The practise of preaching, otherwise called the Pathway to the pulpet conteyning an excellent method how to frame diuine sermons, & to interpret the holy Scriptures according to the capacitie of the vulgar people. First written in Latin by the learned pastor of Christes Church, D. Andreas Hyperius: and now lately (to the profit of the same Church) Englished by Iohn Ludham, vicar of Wethersfeld. 1577.

Hyperius, Andreas, 1511-1564
Ludham, John, d. 1613
Orth, Wigand, 1537-1566
Publisher: By Thomas East
Place of Publication: London
Publication Year: 1577
Approximate Era: Elizabeth
TCP ID: A68093 ESTC ID: S122044 STC ID: 11758.5
Subject Headings: Preaching;
View All References



Full Text of Relevant Sections

View Segment and References (Segment No.) Text Standardized Text Parts of Speech Section Paragraph No. Page or Image No.
0 ¶ Of framing of Diuine Sermons, or popular interpretation of the Scriptures, the first Booke. ¶ Of framing of Divine Sermons, or popular Interpretation of the Scriptures, the First Book. ¶ pp-f vvg pp-f j-jn n2, cc j n1 pp-f dt n2, dt ord n1. (4) sermon (DIV1) 0 Image 17
1 ¶ What the common and popular order of interpreting the Scriptures is: ¶ What the Common and popular order of interpreting the Scriptures is: ¶ q-crq dt j cc j n1 pp-f n-vvg dt n2 vbz: (5) chapter (DIV2) 0 Image 17
2 and howe excellent a function they haue that teach the people in the Churche. Cap. I. NO man doubteth but that there bee two maner of wayes of interpreting the scriptures vsed of skilfull diuines, the one Scholastical, peculyer to ye scholes, ye other Popular pertayning to the people. and how excellent a function they have that teach the people in the Church. Cap. I NO man doubteth but that there be two manner of ways of interpreting the Scriptures used of skilful Divines, the one Scholastical, peculyer to you Schools, you other Popular pertaining to the people. cc c-crq j dt n1 pns32 vhb d vvb dt n1 p-acp dt n1. np1 uh dx n1 vvz p-acp d pc-acp vbi crd n1 pp-f n2 pp-f n-vvg dt n2 vvn pp-f j n2-jn, dt crd j, av-jc p-acp pn22 n2, pn22 j-jn j vvg p-acp dt n1. (5) chapter (DIV2) 0 Image 17
3 That one is apt for the assembles of learned men and young studients some deale profited in good letters: That one is apt for the assembles of learned men and young Students Some deal profited in good letters: cst pi vbz j p-acp dt vvz pp-f j n2 cc j n2 d n1 vvn p-acp j n2: (5) chapter (DIV2) 1 Image 17
4 This other is altogether applied to instructe the confused multitude, wherin are very many rude, ignoraunt and vnlearned. This other is altogether applied to instruct the confused multitude, wherein Are very many rude, ignorant and unlearned. d j-jn vbz av vvn pc-acp vvi dt j-vvn n1, c-crq vbr j d j, j cc j. (5) chapter (DIV2) 1 Image 17
5 The first is exercised within the narrowe compasse of the Scholes: The seconde taketh place in the large and spacious temples. The First is exercised within the narrow compass of the Schools: The seconde Takes place in the large and spacious Temples. dt ord vbz vvn p-acp dt j n1 pp-f dt n2: dt ord vvz n1 p-acp dt j cc j n2. (5) chapter (DIV2) 1 Image 17
6 The one strict and straight laced, sauoring Philosophicall solytarinesse and seueritie: The one strict and straight laced, savouring Philosophical solytarinesse and severity: dt crd j cc av-j vvn, vvg j n1 cc n1: (5) chapter (DIV2) 1 Image 17
7 The other stretched forth, franck and at lybertie, yea and delightinge in the light and (as ye would say) in the court of Orators. The other stretched forth, franck and At liberty, yea and delighting in the Light and (as you would say) in the court of Orators. dt j-jn vvn av, j cc p-acp n1, uh cc vvg p-acp dt n1 cc (c-acp pn22 vmd vvi) p-acp dt n1 pp-f n2. (5) chapter (DIV2) 1 Image 17
8 In yt are mani things exacted after the rule of Logical breuitie and simplicitie: In this, Rhetoricall bountie and furniture ministreth much grace and decencie. In that Are mani things exacted After the Rule of Logical brevity and simplicity: In this, Rhetorical bounty and furniture Ministereth much grace and decency. p-acp pn31 vbr fw-la n2 vvn p-acp dt n1 pp-f j n1 cc n1: p-acp d, j n1 cc n1 vvz d n1 cc n1. (5) chapter (DIV2) 1 Image 17
9 Wherefore if a place out of the holy Scriptures bee offered at any time to a teacher in the scholes to be explaned and interpreted, hee, by and by sticketh wholy therein, Wherefore if a place out of the holy Scriptures be offered At any time to a teacher in the Schools to be explained and interpreted, he, by and by sticketh wholly therein, c-crq cs dt n1 av pp-f dt j n2 vbb vvn p-acp d n1 p-acp dt n1 p-acp dt n2 pc-acp vbi vvn cc vvn, pns31, p-acp cc a-acp vvz av-jn av, (5) chapter (DIV2) 1 Image 17
10 as one shut vp in a streight prison, vinfolde & enclosure, and not only discusseth dilygently the thinges themselues in general and al the partes of them, as one shut up in a straight prison, vinfolde & enclosure, and not only discusseth diligently the things themselves in general and all the parts of them, c-acp pi vvn a-acp p-acp dt j n1, vvn cc n1, cc xx av-j vvz av-j dt n2 px32 p-acp n1 cc d dt n2 pp-f pno32, (5) chapter (DIV2) 1 Image 17
11 but also in a maner euery worde and sillable, thinkinge it vnlawfull to omit any thinge, but also in a manner every word and Syllable, thinking it unlawful to omit any thing, cc-acp av p-acp dt n1 d n1 cc n1, vvg pn31 j-u pc-acp vvi d n1, (5) chapter (DIV2) 1 Image 17
12 or so much as a litle to wrench aside. or so much as a little to wrench aside. cc av av-d c-acp dt j p-acp n1 av. (5) chapter (DIV2) 1 Image 17
13 But he that instructe• the people, sercheth and selecteth out of an argument •••posed, some certaine common places and such as he perceiueth aboue the residew, to be most congruent to the time, place, But he that instructe• the people, searcheth and selecteth out of an argument •••posed, Some certain Common places and such as he perceives above the residue, to be most congruent to the time, place, p-acp pns31 cst n1 dt n1, vvz cc vvz av pp-f dt n1 vvn, d j j n2 cc d c-acp pns31 vvz p-acp dt n1, pc-acp vbi av-ds j p-acp dt n1, n1, (5) chapter (DIV2) 1 Image 18
14 and persons, in discoursing whereof at large, hée bestoweth his time, and to the intent the more large and ample a scope may be opened vnto hym, and Persons, in discoursing whereof At large, he bestoweth his time, and to the intent the more large and ample a scope may be opened unto him, cc n2, p-acp vvg c-crq p-acp j, pns31 vvz po31 n1, cc p-acp dt n1 dt av-dc j cc j dt n1 vmb vbi vvn p-acp pno31, (5) chapter (DIV2) 1 Image 18
15 now and then he ouerskippeth some thinges in the text of the holye Scripture, or toucheth only eche thing slightly by the way, now and then he overskippeth Some things in the text of the holy Scripture, or touches only eke thing slightly by the Way, av cc av pns31 vvz d n2 p-acp dt n1 pp-f dt j n1, cc vvz av-j d n1 av-j p-acp dt n1, (5) chapter (DIV2) 1 Image 18
16 & as it were mindinge some other matter. & as it were minding Some other matter. cc c-acp pn31 vbdr vvg d j-jn n1. (5) chapter (DIV2) 1 Image 18
17 Agayne he that readeth in the Schoole, heapeth together proofes and foundations with as great iudgement and dexterity as he can, Again he that readeth in the School, heapeth together proofs and foundations with as great judgement and dexterity as he can, av pns31 cst vvz p-acp dt n1, vvz av n2 cc n2 p-acp a-acp j n1 cc n1 c-acp pns31 vmb, (5) chapter (DIV2) 1 Image 18
18 and coueteth to vse those in especiall in whiche he perceyueth most pithe and strength to remaine: and covets to use those in especial in which he perceiveth most pith and strength to remain: cc vvz pc-acp vvi d p-acp j p-acp r-crq pns31 vvz ds n1 cc n1 pc-acp vvi: (5) chapter (DIV2) 1 Image 18
19 But he that vndertaketh to speake vnto the people, is not so carefull or anxious but scrapeth together argumentes of all sortes, But he that undertaketh to speak unto the people, is not so careful or anxious but scrapeth together Arguments of all sorts, cc-acp pns31 cst vvz pc-acp vvi p-acp dt n1, vbz xx av j cc j p-acp vvz av n2 pp-f d n2, (5) chapter (DIV2) 1 Image 18
20 and armeth himselfe with probable reasons, euen such as are heard commonly among the meaner sort of men, and armeth himself with probable Reasons, even such as Are herd commonly among the meaner sort of men, cc vvz px31 p-acp j n2, av d c-acp vbr vvn av-j p-acp dt jc n1 pp-f n2, (5) chapter (DIV2) 1 Image 18
21 as he that directeth all thinges to the capacitie of his common auditory. as he that directeth all things to the capacity of his Common auditory. c-acp pns31 cst vvz d n2 p-acp dt n1 pp-f po31 j j. (5) chapter (DIV2) 1 Image 18
22 He yt teacheth in the schole wittingly & willingly neglecteth those thinges that pertaine to the procuring of beneuolence, to the mouing of affections, He that Teaches in the school wittingly & willingly neglecteth those things that pertain to the procuring of benevolence, to the moving of affections, pns31 pn31 vvz p-acp dt n1 av-j cc av-j vvz d n2 cst vvi p-acp dt n-vvg pp-f n1, p-acp dt n-vvg pp-f n2, (5) chapter (DIV2) 1 Image 18
23 moreouer digressions, tedious descriptions, whiche the Greekes call NONLATINALPHABET Hypotyposes, amplificatiōs, artificial elegancye of wordes, many and diuers figuers, to be shorte, all the furniture and ornamentes of an oration, moreover digressions, tedious descriptions, which the Greeks call Hypotyposes, amplifications, artificial elegancy of words, many and diverse figuers, to be short, all the furniture and Ornament of an oration, av n2, j n2, r-crq dt njp2 vvb n2, n2, j n1 pp-f n2, d cc j n2, pc-acp vbi j, d dt n1 cc n2 pp-f dt n1, (5) chapter (DIV2) 1 Image 18
24 and affecteth not so much as to séeme once studious of bountifulnesse in speakynge, but as one astricted to that lawe, whereby the cryer proclaymed in Areopagus to speake, NONLATINALPHABET, that is, without proeme and affections, he is contented with a simple, and affects not so much as to seem once studious of bountifulness in speaking, but as one astricted to that law, whereby the crier proclaimed in Areopagus to speak,, that is, without proem and affections, he is contented with a simple, cc vvz xx av av-d c-acp pc-acp vvi a-acp j pp-f n1 p-acp vvg, cc-acp c-acp pi vvn p-acp d n1, c-crq dt n1 vvn p-acp npg1 pc-acp vvi,, cst vbz, p-acp n1 cc n2, pns31 vbz vvn p-acp dt j, (5) chapter (DIV2) 1 Image 18
25 yet pure and perspicious kynde of speach: yet pure and perspicious kind of speech: av j cc j n1 pp-f n1: (5) chapter (DIV2) 1 Image 18
26 On the other side, he to whom it appertaineth to speake before the multitude, séeketh and prouideth dilygently with wonderfull circumspection al the said stuffe & furniture, On the other side, he to whom it appertaineth to speak before the multitude, seeketh and Provideth diligently with wonderful circumspection all the said stuff & furniture, p-acp dt j-jn n1, pns31 p-acp ro-crq pn31 vvz pc-acp vvi p-acp dt n1, vvz cc vvz av-j p-acp j n1 d dt j-vvn n1 cc n1, (5) chapter (DIV2) 1 Image 18
27 so far forth as it auayleth to teach, refel, exhort, reprooue, comfort, & of nothing maketh more account, so Far forth as it availeth to teach, refel, exhort, reprove, Comfort, & of nothing makes more account, av av-j av c-acp pn31 vvz pc-acp vvi, vvi, vvb, vvi, n1, cc pp-f pix vvz dc n1, (5) chapter (DIV2) 1 Image 18
28 then that he may draw and stir vp the mindes of his auditors •nto what part he will, then that he may draw and stir up the minds of his Auditors •nto what part he will, av cst pns31 vmb vvi cc vvi a-acp dt n2 pp-f po31 n2 av q-crq n1 pns31 vmb, (5) chapter (DIV2) 1 Image 18
29 after the maner & quality of things 〈 ◊ 〉 •ident. After the manner & quality of things 〈 ◊ 〉 •ident. p-acp dt n1 cc n1 pp-f n2 〈 sy 〉 j. (5) chapter (DIV2) 1 Image 18
30 Neither were it hard to bring forth examples, in which the selfe fame argumentes or •heames out of the scriptures are handled one way after ye maner of Scholastical interpretation, Neither were it hard to bring forth Examples, in which the self fame Arguments or •heames out of the Scriptures Are handled one Way After you manner of Scholastical Interpretation, av-d vbdr pn31 j pc-acp vvi av n2, p-acp r-crq dt n1 n1 n2 cc n2 av pp-f dt n2 vbr vvn crd n1 p-acp pn22 n1 pp-f j n1, (5) chapter (DIV2) 1 Image 18
31 an other way, after the cōmon or Popular. And surely out of the writinges of the auncient fathers may be taken not a few, an other Way, After the Common or Popular. And surely out of the writings of the ancient Father's may be taken not a few, dt j-jn n1, p-acp dt j cc j. cc av-j av pp-f dt n2-vvg pp-f dt j-jn n2 vmb vbi vvn xx dt d, (5) chapter (DIV2) 1 Image 18
32 and those most learnedlye explaned and set forth. For after ye Popular interpretatiō, al the Sermons for the most part of the prophetes, and those most learnedly explained and Set forth. For After the Popular Interpretation, all the Sermons for the most part of the Prophets, cc d av-ds av-j vvn cc vvn av. c-acp p-acp dt j n1, d dt n2 p-acp dt av-ds n1 pp-f dt n2, (5) chapter (DIV2) 1 Image 18
33 and of Christ are expounded, and many also of the exhortations, corrections, & consolations of the apostle Paule: Furthermore those thinges yt are read vnder the titles of Homelies, Sermons, and of christ Are expounded, and many also of the exhortations, corrections, & consolations of the apostle Paul: Furthermore those things that Are read under the titles of Homilies, Sermons, cc pp-f np1 vbr vvn, cc d av pp-f dt n2, n2, cc n2 pp-f dt n1 np1: av d n2 pn31 vbr vvn p-acp dt n2 pp-f n2, n2, (5) chapter (DIV2) 1 Image 18
34 or Oratiōs in ye holy fathers, Origen, Chrisostom, Basyl, Nazianzene, Augustine, Maximus, Leo, & (after these) Gregory, Beda, Bernard, and such like. or Orations in you holy Father's, Origen, Chrysostom, Basyl, Nazianzene, Augustine, Maximus, Leo, & (After these) Gregory, Beda, Bernard, and such like. cc n2 p-acp pn22 j n2, np1, np1, n1, np1, np1, fw-la, fw-la, cc (c-acp d) np1, np1, np1, cc d av-j. (5) chapter (DIV2) 1 Image 18
35 Whervnto may be added ye explanations of Augustine vpon ye Gospell of Iohn, & some certaine of ye Psalmes. Whereunto may be added you explanations of Augustine upon you Gospel of John, & Some certain of you Psalms. c-crq vmb vbi vvn pn22 n2 pp-f np1 p-acp pn22 n1 pp-f np1, cc d j pp-f pn22 n2. (5) chapter (DIV2) 1 Image 18
36 But to Scholasticall interpretation doe appertaine certaine more graue and subtile disputations of S. Paule, namely, yt touching mans iustification, in his epistle to the Romaynes, (in whiche yet notwithstanding the apostle breketh foorth successiuely into exhortations and consolations peculier to another kind of interpreting) and to the Galathyans, with some in the fyrst to the Corinthyans: twaine also in the Epistle to the Hebrues, the one of the two natures in Christe, the other concerning the abrogation of the Leuiticall priesthood, But to Scholastical Interpretation do appertain certain more graven and subtle disputations of S. Paul, namely, that touching men justification, in his epistle to the Romans, (in which yet notwithstanding the apostle breaketh forth successively into exhortations and consolations peculiar to Another kind of interpreting) and to the Galatians, with Some in the fyrst to the Corinthians: twaine also in the Epistle to the Hebrews, the one of the two nature's in Christ, the other Concerning the abrogation of the Levitical priesthood, cc-acp p-acp j n1 vdb vvi j av-dc j cc j n2 pp-f sy. np1, av, pn31 vvg vvz n1, p-acp po31 n1 p-acp dt njp2, (p-acp r-crq av p-acp dt n1 vvz av av-j p-acp n2 cc n2 j p-acp j-jn n1 pp-f n-vvg) cc p-acp dt npg1, p-acp d p-acp dt ord p-acp dt npg1: crd av p-acp dt n1 p-acp dt njp2, dt crd pp-f dt crd n2 p-acp np1, dt n-jn vvg dt n1 pp-f dt j n1, (5) chapter (DIV2) 1 Image 18
37 and the euerlasting priesthoode of Christ. and the everlasting priesthood of christ. cc dt j n1 pp-f np1. (5) chapter (DIV2) 1 Image 18
38 To the same order may iustly be ascribed all the commentaries of Sainct Ierom vppon the prophets, of Sainct Ambrose vppon the Epistles of S. Paule, also the epistles and disputations of S. August. Bréefelye, whosoeuer is indued wt any iudgement at al, being furthered wt those things yt we haue alreadye touched, may esely discerne to whether kind of interpretation, ech sentence & treatise of diuine matters ought to be referred. To the same order may justly be ascribed all the commentaries of Saint Jerom upon the Prophets, of Saint Ambrose upon the Epistles of S. Paul, also the Epistles and disputations of S. August. Bréefelye, whosoever is endued with any judgement At all, being furthered with those things that we have already touched, may esely discern to whither kind of Interpretation, each sentence & treatise of divine matters ought to be referred. p-acp dt d n1 vmb av-j vbi vvn d dt n2 pp-f n1 np1 p-acp dt n2, pp-f n1 np1 p-acp dt n2 pp-f n1 np1, av dt n2 cc n2 pp-f n1 np1. av-jn, r-crq vbz vvn p-acp d n1 p-acp d, vbg vvn p-acp d n2 pn31 pns12 vhb av vvn, vmb av-j vvi p-acp cs n1 pp-f n1, d n1 cc n1 pp-f j-jn n2 vmd pc-acp vbi vvn. (5) chapter (DIV2) 1 Image 18
39 Howbeit since we haue already spokē of Scolastical interpretatiō of ye scriptures: Howbeit since we have already spoken of Scolastical Interpretation of the Scriptures: a-acp c-acp pns12 vhb av vvn pp-f j n1 pp-f dt n2: (5) chapter (DIV2) 1 Image 18
40 whē as we intreted of ye order of diuine study, so much as ye matter thē séemed to suffer & require: when as we entreated of you order of divine study, so much as you matter them seemed to suffer & require: c-crq c-acp pns12 vvd pp-f pn22 n1 pp-f j-jn n1, av av-d c-acp pn22 n1 pno32 vvd pc-acp vvi cc vvi: (5) chapter (DIV2) 1 Image 18
41 now it semeth good to put forth som things more large (forsomuch as we haue diuers & sūdry times 〈 ◊ 〉 earnestly moued by a number of men therevnto) concerning Popular interpretation, or that is all one, of framing of diuine sermons to the people. now it Seemeth good to put forth Some things more large (forsomuch as we have diverse & sundry times 〈 ◊ 〉 earnestly moved by a number of men thereunto) Concerning Popular Interpretation, or that is all one, of framing of divine Sermons to the people. av pn31 vvz j pc-acp vvi av d n2 av-dc j (av c-acp pns12 vhb j cc j n2 〈 sy 〉 av-j vvn p-acp dt n1 pp-f n2 av) vvg j n1, cc d vbz d pi, pp-f vvg pp-f j-jn n2 p-acp dt n1. (5) chapter (DIV2) 1 Image 19
42 Which if they shall séeme scarce absolute in learning, as truely I must néedes confesse them to be: Which if they shall seem scarce absolute in learning, as truly I must needs confess them to be: r-crq cs pns32 vmb vvi av-j j p-acp n1, c-acp av-j pns11 vmb av vvi pno32 pc-acp vbi: (5) chapter (DIV2) 1 Image 19
43 Yet haue we bestowed some trauayle and paynes, at the least that they shoulde be apte and correspodent to ye time presēt, Yet have we bestowed Some travail and pains, At the least that they should be apt and correspodent to you time present, av vhb pns12 vvn d n1 cc n2, p-acp dt ds cst pns32 vmd vbi j cc j p-acp pn22 n1 j, (5) chapter (DIV2) 1 Image 19
44 & to the capacities of yong beginners & such as be vnskilful, whō we haue takē in hand to instruct, which also our hope is we shal by some meanes obteyne. & to the capacities of young beginners & such as be unskilful, whom we have taken in hand to instruct, which also our hope is we shall by Some means obtain. cc p-acp dt n2 pp-f j n2 cc d c-acp vbb j, ro-crq pns12 vhb vvn p-acp n1 pc-acp vvi, r-crq av po12 n1 vbz pns12 vmb p-acp d n2 vvi. (5) chapter (DIV2) 1 Image 19
45 Nowe my purpose is to deuyde thys worke into two bookes: Now my purpose is to divide this work into two books: av po11 n1 vbz pc-acp vvi d n1 p-acp crd n2: (5) chapter (DIV2) 2 Image 19
46 Whereof in the former I entend to declare and touch all those thinges that are common in generall to all Sermons: Whereof in the former I intend to declare and touch all those things that Are Common in general to all Sermons: c-crq p-acp dt j pns11 vvi pc-acp vvi cc vvi d d n2 cst vbr j p-acp n1 p-acp d n2: (5) chapter (DIV2) 2 Image 19
47 In the later such things as be peculiar seuerally to euery kind of sermon, and ought exactly to be noted and obserued in the same. In the later such things as be peculiar severally to every kind of sermon, and ought exactly to be noted and observed in the same. p-acp dt jc d n2 c-acp vbb j av-j p-acp d n1 pp-f n1, cc vmd av-j pc-acp vbi vvn cc vvn p-acp dt d. (5) chapter (DIV2) 2 Image 19
48 But in very good season euen in the firste entry (as ye woulde say) of this booke, shall we call to memory how excellent their function is, that declare vnto the people the diuine oracles. But in very good season even in the First entry (as you would say) of this book, shall we call to memory how excellent their function is, that declare unto the people the divine oracles. cc-acp p-acp av j n1 av-j p-acp dt ord n1 (c-acp pn22 vmd vvi) pp-f d n1, vmb pns12 vvi p-acp n1 c-crq j po32 n1 vbz, cst vvb p-acp dt n1 dt j-jn n2. (5) chapter (DIV2) 3 Image 19
49 The prophet Malachy. Cap. 2. termeth him ye teacheth in the Church, the angell of the Lorde of hostes. The Prophet Malachy. Cap. 2. termeth him you Teaches in the Church, the angel of the Lord of hosts. dt n1 np1. np1 crd vvz pno31 pn22 vvz p-acp dt n1, dt n1 pp-f dt n1 pp-f n2. (5) chapter (DIV2) 3 Image 19
50 Which woorde sithe it properly signifieth the office of hym that bringeth the commaundementes of God vnto men, each mannes mynde hearing the same, maye forthwith of necessitie, conceyue some thinge then man more high and excelent, Which word sith it properly signifies the office of him that brings the Commandments of God unto men, each Man's mind hearing the same, may forthwith of necessity, conceive Some thing then man more high and excellent, r-crq n1 c-acp pn31 av-j vvz dt n1 pp-f pno31 cst vvz dt n2 pp-f np1 p-acp n2, d ng1 n1 vvg dt d, vmb av pp-f n1, vvi d n1 av n1 av-dc j cc j, (5) chapter (DIV2) 3 Image 19
51 and approchinge more néere to the heauenly nature. and approaching more near to the heavenly nature. cc vvg av-dc av-j p-acp dt j n1. (5) chapter (DIV2) 3 Image 19
52 Moreouer, ye prechers are called NONLATINALPHABET of god himselfe as though God vouched safe to admytte them as hys fellowes and companions in the worke of buyldinge and establishing his church. Moreover, you Preachers Are called of god himself as though God vouched safe to admit them as his Fellows and Sodales in the work of building and establishing his Church. av, pn22 n2 vbr vvn pp-f n1 px31 c-acp cs np1 vvd j pc-acp vvi pno32 p-acp po31 n2 cc n2 p-acp dt n1 pp-f n1 cc vvg po31 n1. (5) chapter (DIV2) 3 Image 19
53 For by like reason in a maner ye apostle Paule termeth his frnd Epaphroditus, NONLATINALPHABET, that is to say, fellow labourer or (as other lyste to turne it) companyon and fellowe Souldiour. For by like reason in a manner you apostle Paul termeth his frnd Epaphroditus,, that is to say, fellow labourer or (as other list to turn it) Companion and fellow Soldier. c-acp p-acp j n1 p-acp dt n1 pn22 n1 np1 vvz po31 n1 np1,, cst vbz pc-acp vvi, n1 n1 cc (c-acp j-jn vvb pc-acp vvi pn31) n1 cc n1 n1. (5) chapter (DIV2) 3 Image 19
54 No lesse notable is it that the same Apostle affyrmeth the faithful teachers to be NONLATINALPHABET, yt is, gouernours and stuardes of the housholde and secret affayres of God. No less notable is it that the same Apostle Affirmeth the faithful Teachers to be, that is, Governors and Stewards of the household and secret affairs of God. av-dx av-dc j vbz pn31 cst dt d n1 vvz dt j n2 pc-acp vbi, pn31 vbz, n2 cc n2 pp-f dt n1 cc j-jn n2 pp-f np1. (5) chapter (DIV2) 3 Image 19
55 〈 ◊ 〉 as it woulde be to recken vp the residewe of the titles 〈 … 〉 ••llations of lyke and greater dignitie, 〈 ◊ 〉 as it would be to reckon up the residue of the titles 〈 … 〉 ••llations of like and greater dignity, 〈 sy 〉 c-acp pn31 vmd vbi pc-acp vvi a-acp dt n1 pp-f dt n2 〈 … 〉 n2 pp-f av-j cc jc n1, (5) chapter (DIV2) 3 Image 19
56 as also ye wise and sage sayings, examples, types and other ornamentes wherewith the Preachers of the Gospell, aboue all that can be sayde, are adorned and set forth. as also you wise and sage sayings, Examples, types and other Ornament wherewith the Preachers of the Gospel, above all that can be said, Are adorned and Set forth. c-acp av pn22 j cc j-jn n2-vvg, n2, n2 cc j-jn n2 c-crq dt n2 pp-f dt n1, p-acp d cst vmb vbi vvn, vbr vvn cc vvn av. (5) chapter (DIV2) 3 Image 19
57 Yea and amonge all ecclesiasticall functions, I suppose there is no man that either can or wyll denye this one to excell farre away ther rest. Yea and among all ecclesiastical functions, I suppose there is no man that either can or will deny this one to excel Far away there rest. uh cc p-acp d j n2, pns11 vvb pc-acp vbz dx n1 cst d vmb cc vmb vvi d pi pc-acp vvi av-j av pc-acp vvi. (5) chapter (DIV2) 3 Image 19
58 For it is euident yt in it is placed the most excellent office of the whole ministery of the Gospel. For it is evident that in it is placed the most excellent office of the Whole Ministry of the Gospel. p-acp pn31 vbz j pn31 p-acp pn31 vbz vvn dt av-ds j n1 pp-f dt j-jn n1 pp-f dt n1. (5) chapter (DIV2) 3 Image 19
59 For why, Christ departing from the earth, gaue in charge to his disciples that before all thinges, they shoulde stoutely apply• the office of teaching. For why, christ departing from the earth, gave in charge to his Disciples that before all things, they should stoutly apply• the office of teaching. p-acp q-crq, np1 vvg p-acp dt n1, vvd p-acp n1 p-acp po31 n2 cst p-acp d n2, pns32 vmd av-j n1 dt n1 pp-f vvg. (5) chapter (DIV2) 3 Image 19
60 Goe (sayeth he) into the whole worlde, and preache the Gospell to euery creature. Go (Saith he) into the Whole world, and preach the Gospel to every creature. vvi (vvz pns31) p-acp dt j-jn n1, cc vvi dt n1 p-acp d n1. (5) chapter (DIV2) 4 Image 19
61 In whiche place the charge of teaching is preferred before Baptisme or administration of the Sacraments: In which place the charge of teaching is preferred before Baptism or administration of the Sacraments: p-acp r-crq n1 dt n1 pp-f n-vvg vbz vvn p-acp n1 cc n1 pp-f dt n2: (5) chapter (DIV2) 4 Image 19
62 Like as also the hearing of the worde ought of necessitie to goe before the confession of faith. Like as also the hearing of the word ought of necessity to go before the Confessi of faith. av-j c-acp av dt n-vvg pp-f dt n1 vmd pp-f n1 pc-acp vvi p-acp dt n1 pp-f n1. (5) chapter (DIV2) 4 Image 19
63 Wherevppon it commeth to passe also that the Apostle chalengeth to hymselfe, by his owne right, the faculty of teachinge, Whereupon it comes to pass also that the Apostle challenges to himself, by his own right, the faculty of teaching, c-crq pn31 vvz pc-acp vvi av cst dt n1 vvz p-acp px31, p-acp po31 d j-jn, dt n1 pp-f vvg, (5) chapter (DIV2) 4 Image 19
64 as the peculyer office of Thapp•stolike order, leauing to ' other all other kinde of actions. as the peculyer office of Thapp•stolike order, leaving to ' other all other kind of actions. c-acp dt av-jc n1 pp-f jp n1, vvg p-acp ' n-jn d j-jn n1 pp-f n2. (5) chapter (DIV2) 4 Image 19
65 Christe sent not mée (sayeth hée) to Baptise, but that I shoulde preache the Gospell. Christ sent not me (Saith he) too Baptise, but that I should preach the Gospel. np1 vvd xx pno11 (vvz pns31) av vvb, cc-acp cst pns11 vmd vvi dt n1. (5) chapter (DIV2) 4 Image 19
66 Neither is there any other more certayne and sure marke, whereby the true Church may be discerned from the false, then by sounde doctrine: Neither is there any other more certain and sure mark, whereby the true Church may be discerned from the false, then by sound Doctrine: av-d vbz pc-acp d n-jn av-dc j cc j n1, c-crq dt j n1 vmb vbi vvn p-acp dt j, av p-acp n1 n1: (5) chapter (DIV2) 4 Image 19
67 Sith euen heritickes also haue the Sacramentes in their méetinges and conuenticles, but as for sounde doctrine they can in no wise boast or brag of. Sith even heritickes also have the Sacraments in their meetings and conventicles, but as for sound Doctrine they can in no wise boast or brag of. a-acp av-j n2 av vhb dt n2 p-acp po32 n2 cc n2, cc-acp c-acp p-acp n1 n1 pns32 vmb p-acp dx j n1 cc n1 pp-f. (5) chapter (DIV2) 4 Image 19
68 Fynally if the seruice wherewith God is most chiefly delighted, be sought for, euen this vndoubtedly, consisteth also in the publyke denunciation of the Gospell. Finally if the service wherewith God is most chiefly delighted, be sought for, even this undoubtedly, Consisteth also in the public denunciation of the Gospel. av-j cs dt n1 c-crq np1 vbz av-ds av-jn vvn, vbb vvn p-acp, av d av-j, vvz av p-acp dt j n1 pp-f dt n1. (5) chapter (DIV2) 5 Image 19
69 Whervpon the Apostle Paule agayne to the Romaines 1. doubted not to make his vaunt that he worshipped God in spyrit and trueth, by preachinge the Gospell of Iesus Christe. Whereupon the Apostle Paul again to the Romans 1. doubted not to make his vaunt that he worshipped God in spyrit and truth, by preaching the Gospel of Iesus Christ. c-crq dt n1 np1 av p-acp dt njp2 crd vvd xx pc-acp vvi po31 n1 cst pns31 vvd np1 p-acp n1 cc n1, p-acp vvg dt n1 pp-f np1 np1. (5) chapter (DIV2) 5 Image 19
70 And in the 15. Chapter hée professeth that grace was for this cause giuen hym of God that hee shoulde be a minister of Christ Iesu to the Gentiles, administringe the Gospell of God to thintent the oblation of the Gentiles might become acceptable, sanctifyed by the holy Ghost. And in the 15. Chapter he Professes that grace was for this cause given him of God that he should be a minister of christ Iesu to the Gentiles, administering the Gospel of God to intent the oblation of the Gentiles might become acceptable, sanctified by the holy Ghost. cc p-acp dt crd n1 pns31 vvz d n1 vbds p-acp d n1 vvn pno31 pp-f np1 cst pns31 vmd vbi dt n1 pp-f np1 np1 p-acp dt n2-j, j-vvg dt n1 pp-f np1 p-acp n1 dt n1 pp-f dt n2-j vmd vvi j, vvn p-acp dt j n1. (5) chapter (DIV2) 5 Image 20
71 For these consyderations, the same Apostle both wisely and grauelye pronounced, that all those that are desyrous to aspyre to this kynde of lyfe, doe couet an honest callynge: For these considerations, the same Apostle both wisely and gravely pronounced, that all those that Are desirous to aspire to this kind of life, do covet an honest calling: p-acp d n2, dt d n1 d av-j cc av-j vvn, cst d d cst vbr j pc-acp vvi p-acp d n1 pp-f n1, vdb vvi dt j n1: (5) chapter (DIV2) 5 Image 20
72 and agayne that all suche as are duly occupyed therein, ought of al men to be loued, and had in hygh estimation. and again that all such as Are duly ocupied therein, ought of all men to be loved, and had in high estimation. cc av cst d d c-acp vbr av-jn vvn av, pi pp-f d n2 pc-acp vbi vvn, cc vhd p-acp j n1. (5) chapter (DIV2) 5 Image 20
73 Hee that coueteth the office of a Bysshoppe (sayeth hée) desyreth an honeste woorke. And, The Elders that gouerne well, are worthy of double honour, those inespecyally that labour in the woorde and in teachynge. For the Scripture sayeth: He that covets the office of a Bishop (Saith he) desireth an honest work. And, The Elders that govern well, Are worthy of double honour, those inespecyally that labour in the word and in teaching. For the Scripture Saith: pns31 cst vvz dt n1 pp-f dt n1 (vvz pns31) vvz dt j n1. cc, dt n2-jn cst vvb av, vbr j pp-f j-jn n1, d av-j cst n1 p-acp dt n1 cc p-acp vvg. p-acp dt n1 vvz: (5) chapter (DIV2) 6 Image 20
74 Thou shalt not mosell the mouth of the Oxe that treadeth out the Corne. And the woorkman is worthy of his hyre. Thou shalt not mosell the Mouth of the Ox that treadeth out the Corn. And the workman is worthy of his hire. pns21 vm2 xx n1 dt n1 pp-f dt n1 cst vvz av dt n1. cc dt n1 vbz j pp-f po31 n1. (5) chapter (DIV2) 6 Image 20
75 Last of all, what inestimable glorye remayneth also after this lyfe for the faithfull teachers, the noble Prophet Daniel hath left in writinge. Last of all, what inestimable glory remaineth also After this life for the faithful Teachers, the noble Prophet daniel hath left in writing. ord pp-f d, r-crq j n1 vvz av p-acp d n1 p-acp dt j n2, dt j n1 np1 vhz vvn p-acp n1. (5) chapter (DIV2) 7 Image 20
76 They that teache others (sayeth hée) shall shyne as the brightnesse of the Firmament, They that teach Others (Saith he) shall shine as the brightness of the Firmament, pns32 cst vvb n2-jn (vvz pns31) vmb vvi p-acp dt n1 pp-f dt n1, (5) chapter (DIV2) 7 Image 20
77 and those that turne many vnto righteousnesse, shall be as the Starres for euer and euer. and those that turn many unto righteousness, shall be as the Stars for ever and ever. cc d cst vvb d p-acp n1, vmb vbi p-acp dt n2 p-acp av cc av. (5) chapter (DIV2) 7 Image 20
78 Whiche wordes lyke as they may be an occasion to moue them to dilygence in their office, Which words like as they may be an occasion to move them to diligence in their office, r-crq n2 av-j c-acp pns32 vmb vbi dt n1 pc-acp vvi pno32 p-acp n1 p-acp po32 n1, (5) chapter (DIV2) 7 Image 20
79 so agayne doe they minister vnto them incomperable solace in theyr labours and trauailes. so again do they minister unto them incomparable solace in their labours and travails. av av vdb pns32 vvi p-acp pno32 j n1 p-acp po32 n2 cc n2. (5) chapter (DIV2) 7 Image 20
80 And séeynge the Prophet entreteth there most chiefely of those things that shall come to passe about the ende of the worlde, those vndoubtedly, whosoeuer they be, that in these dayes, And seeing the Prophet entreateth there most chiefly of those things that shall come to pass about the end of the world, those undoubtedly, whosoever they be, that in these days, np1 vvg dt n1 vvz a-acp av-ds av-jn pp-f d n2 cst vmb vvi pc-acp vvi p-acp dt n1 pp-f dt n1, d av-j, r-crq pns32 vbb, cst p-acp d n2, (5) chapter (DIV2) 7 Image 20
81 and in this declyning age of the worlde: and in this declining age of the world: cc p-acp d j-vvg n1 pp-f dt n1: (5) chapter (DIV2) 7 Image 20
82 doe with all dylygence and fydelytie sustayne the troubles of teachinge in the Churche, may worthylye interprete the same propheticall Oracle to appertayne vnto themselues. do with all diligence and fydelytie sustain the Troubles of teaching in the Church, may worthily interpret the same prophetical Oracle to appertain unto themselves. vdb p-acp d n1 cc n1 vvi dt n2 pp-f vvg p-acp dt n1, vmb av-j vvi dt d j n1 p-acp vvb p-acp px32. (5) chapter (DIV2) 7 Image 20
83 ¶ With what thinges it behoueth hym to bee furnished, that taketh vpon hym the office of teachinge in the Churche. Cap. II. MOreouer, whosoeuer taketh vpon hym the excellent office of teachinge the people in the church, ought to be furnished inespecially with thrée thinges: ¶ With what things it behooves him to be furnished, that Takes upon him the office of teaching in the Church. Cap. II Moreover, whosoever Takes upon him the excellent office of teaching the people in the Church, ought to be furnished inespecially with thrée things: ¶ p-acp r-crq n2 pn31 vvz pno31 pc-acp vbi vvn, cst vvz p-acp pno31 dt n1 pp-f vvg p-acp dt n1. np1 crd av, r-crq vvz p-acp pno31 dt j n1 pp-f vvg dt n1 p-acp dt n1, pi pc-acp vbi vvn av-j p-acp crd n2: (6) chapter (DIV2) 7 Image 20
84 Learninge, Puritie of maners, and with a Spirite or power in teaching. Learning, Purity of manners, and with a Spirit or power in teaching. n1, n1 pp-f n2, cc p-acp dt n1 cc n1 p-acp vvg. (6) chapter (DIV2) 8 Image 20
85 For wittily is it sayde of Gregory Nazianzene in hys Apology d• Fuga: That it is the point of notorious mad mē, to take vpon them to teache others, For wittily is it said of Gregory Nazianzene in his Apology d• Fuga: That it is the point of notorious mad men, to take upon them to teach Others, p-acp av-j vbz pn31 vvn pp-f np1 np1 p-acp po31 n1 n1 np1: cst pn31 vbz dt n1 pp-f j j n2, pc-acp vvi p-acp pno32 pc-acp vvi n2-jn, (6) chapter (DIV2) 9 Image 20
86 before they themselues be sufficiently taught: before they themselves be sufficiently taught: c-acp pns32 px32 vbi av-j vvn: (6) chapter (DIV2) 9 Image 20
87 For that were according to the prouerbe, Vltra crepidare, and to meddle with diuine matters to the perill of the soule. For that were according to the proverb, Vltra crepidare, and to meddle with divine matters to the peril of the soul. p-acp d vbdr vvg p-acp dt n1, fw-la fw-la, cc pc-acp vvi p-acp j-jn n2 p-acp dt n1 pp-f dt n1. (6) chapter (DIV2) 9 Image 20
88 Those therefore that endeuour themselues to teache the people in sacred assemblies, haue néede of a double doctrine and vnderstandinge: Those Therefore that endeavour themselves to teach the people in sacred assemblies, have need of a double Doctrine and understanding: d av d n1 px32 pc-acp vvi dt n1 p-acp j n2, vhb n1 pp-f dt j-jn n1 cc n1: (6) chapter (DIV2) 9 Image 20
89 The one of thinges diuine, which they properlye call diuinitie, comprised in ye holy writings of the Prophets & Apostles: The one of things divine, which they properly call divinity, comprised in you holy writings of the prophets & Apostles: dt pi pp-f n2 j-jn, r-crq pns32 av-j vvb n1, vvn p-acp pn22 j n2 pp-f dt n2 cc n2: (6) chapter (DIV2) 9 Image 20
90 The other of thinges humaine, in which we doe not only account the artes called Liberal, and the parts of Philosophy commonlye handled in the Scholes, The other of things human, in which we do not only account the arts called Liberal, and the parts of Philosophy commonly handled in the Schools, dt n-jn pp-f n2 j, p-acp r-crq pns12 vdb xx av-j vvi dt n2 vvn j, cc dt n2 pp-f n1 av-j vvn p-acp dt n2, (6) chapter (DIV2) 9 Image 20
91 and likewise the tongues, but also ciuill discripline, and iudgement of polytyke and •econonicall affaires. and likewise the tongues, but also civil discripline, and judgement of politic and •econonicall affairs. cc av dt n2, cc-acp av j n1, cc n1 pp-f j cc j n2. (6) chapter (DIV2) 9 Image 20
92 And that verely is necessary to the Preacher to thin•ent he may sincerely inculke and repeate the principles of Christian religion, confyrme the good in their godly opinions, confute the euill and these that be of a sinister iudgement. And that verily is necessary to the Preacher to thin•ent he may sincerely inculk and repeat the principles of Christian Religion, confirm the good in their godly opinions, confute the evil and these that be of a sinister judgement. cc cst av-j vbz j p-acp dt n1 pc-acp vvi pns31 vmb av-j vvi cc vvi dt n2 pp-f njp n1, vvi dt j p-acp po32 j n2, vvi dt j-jn cc d cst vbb pp-f dt j n1. (6) chapter (DIV2) 9 Image 20
93 And this to thende he may with the greater grace and dexterytie order al things, And this to The end he may with the greater grace and dexterytie order all things, cc d p-acp n1 pns31 vmb p-acp dt jc n1 cc n1 vvi d n2, (6) chapter (DIV2) 9 Image 20
94 but chiefely discouer and condemne all kinde of vices, whiche raigne in diuers and sundrye sortes of men. but chiefly discover and condemn all kind of vices, which Reign in diverse and sundry sorts of men. cc-acp av-jn vvi cc vvi d n1 pp-f n2, r-crq n1 p-acp j cc j n2 pp-f n2. (6) chapter (DIV2) 9 Image 20
95 For how shall hee prudentlye frame his Sermon agaynst Usurye and manye vniuste bargaynes and contractes, eyther els agaynste leude and cancred Customes commonlye receiued, that haue not some kinde of knowledge of ciuill affayres? Esay cap. 22. reprouinge the vaine counsels of the people touching the munition of the Citie, wherein the vngodly in the time of warre dyd put more affiaunce then in God hymselfe, For how shall he prudently frame his Sermon against Usury and many unjust bargains and contracts, either Else against leude and cankered Customs commonly received, that have not Some kind of knowledge of civil affairs? Isaiah cap. 22. reproving the vain Counsels of the people touching the munition of the city, wherein the ungodly in the time of war did put more affiance then in God himself, p-acp q-crq vmb pns31 av-j vvi po31 n1 p-acp n1 cc d j n2 cc n2, av-d av p-acp j cc j-vvn n2 av-j vvd, cst vhb xx d n1 pp-f n1 pp-f j n2? np1 n1. crd vvg dt j n2 pp-f dt n1 vvg dt n1 pp-f dt n1, c-crq dt j p-acp dt n1 pp-f n1 vdd vvi dc n1 cs p-acp np1 px31, (6) chapter (DIV2) 9 Image 21
96 and in many other places besides, wherein he rebuketh diuers sinnes and enormities, dothe sufficiently declare that he was not ignoraunt of ciuill matters. and in many other places beside, wherein he Rebuketh diverse Sins and enormities, doth sufficiently declare that he was not ignorant of civil matters. cc p-acp d j-jn n2 a-acp, c-crq pns31 vvz j n2 cc n2, vdz av-j vvi cst pns31 vbds xx j pp-f j n2. (6) chapter (DIV2) 9 Image 21
97 How many thinges, moreouer, mayest thou sée in Ieremy, Ezechiell, Daniell and other of the Prophetes, which do not obscurely argue, that they were right diligent markers and wise estéemers of a number of thinges perteyninge to the state ciuill? The same thinge dothe Christe testifye of hymselfe in many parables, of whiche sorte is that of the vniust Stuarde, Luke. 16: of the Talentes, Math. 25. and many of hys whole Sermons béesides. How many things, moreover, Mayest thou see in Ieremy, Ezekiel, Daniell and other of the prophets, which do not obscurely argue, that they were right diligent markers and wise estéemers of a number of things pertaining to the state civil? The same thing doth Christ testify of himself in many parables, of which sort is that of the unjust Steward, Lycia. 16: of the Talents, Math. 25. and many of his Whole Sermons besides. c-crq d n2, av, vm2 pns21 vvi p-acp np1, np1, np1 cc n-jn pp-f dt n2, r-crq vdb xx av-j vvi, cst pns32 vbdr av-jn j n2 cc j n2 pp-f dt n1 pp-f n2 vvg p-acp dt n1 j? dt d n1 vdz np1 vvi pp-f px31 p-acp d n2, pp-f r-crq n1 vbz d pp-f dt j n1, av. crd: pp-f dt n2, np1 crd cc d pp-f po31 j-jn n2 a-acp. (6) chapter (DIV2) 9 Image 21
98 Also out of the Sacred Chronicle of the Actes of Thapostles, and out of the Epistles, may easely be gathered that the Apostle Paule was reasonablye well séene both in ye lawes of the Romaines, and also in rourtlike and forensicall actions. Also out of the Sacred Chronicle of the Acts of The apostles, and out of the Epistles, may Easily be gathered that the Apostle Paul was reasonably well seen both in you laws of the Romans, and also in rourtlike and forensical actions. av av pp-f dt j n1 pp-f dt n2 pp-f np1, cc av pp-f dt n2, vmb av-j vbi vvn cst dt n1 np1 vbds av-j av vvn av-d p-acp pn22 n2 pp-f dt njp2, cc av p-acp j cc j n2. (6) chapter (DIV2) 9 Image 21
99 It is requisite, therfore, by al meanes, that ecclesiasticall teachers be not onely some denie skilful in dyuine, It is requisite, Therefore, by all means, that ecclesiastical Teachers be not only Some deny skilful in divine, pn31 vbz j, av, p-acp d n2, cst j n2 vbb xx av-j d vvb j p-acp j-jn, (6) chapter (DIV2) 9 Image 21
100 but also in humayne matters, and specially in polytike and a conomicall affayres, and so far forth skilful to, but also in human matters, and specially in politic and a conomicall affairs, and so Far forth skilful to, cc-acp av p-acp j n2, cc av-j p-acp j cc dt j n2, cc av av-j av j p-acp, (6) chapter (DIV2) 9 Image 21
101 as may be necessarye to the furtheraunce of their flocke committed vnto them, and the impeachment of all kinde of wickednesse and impyetie. as may be necessary to the furtherance of their flock committed unto them, and the impeachment of all kind of wickedness and impyetie. c-acp vmb vbi j p-acp dt n1 pp-f po32 n1 vvn p-acp pno32, cc dt n1 pp-f d n1 pp-f n1 cc n1. (6) chapter (DIV2) 9 Image 21
102 But no smal number of thinges appertinent to this kinde, as well by the familyar acquaintaunce with men of meane wisdome, But no small number of things appertinent to this kind, as well by the familiar acquaintance with men of mean Wisdom, p-acp dx j n1 pp-f n2 j p-acp d n1, c-acp av p-acp dt j-jn n1 p-acp n2 pp-f j n1, (6) chapter (DIV2) 9 Image 21
103 so they be séene in vse and experyence, as also by the dylygent annotation of such affayres as daylye come to passe, so they be seen in use and experience, as also by the diligent annotation of such affairs as daily come to pass, av pns32 vbb vvn p-acp n1 cc n1, c-acp av p-acp dt j n1 pp-f d n2 c-acp av-j vvn pc-acp vvi, (6) chapter (DIV2) 9 Image 21
104 and the inuestigation of the causes and circumstaunces in the same, euery good and wel disposed man may easely gather and conceiue. and the investigation of the Causes and Circumstances in the same, every good and well disposed man may Easily gather and conceive. cc dt n1 pp-f dt n2 cc n2 p-acp dt d, d j cc av vvn n1 vmb av-j vvi cc vvi. (6) chapter (DIV2) 9 Image 21
105 Now that sanctimony of lyfe ought to be required in a Preacher of the Gospell, euery man may iudge: Now that sanctimony of life ought to be required in a Preacher of the Gospel, every man may judge: av d n1 pp-f n1 vmd pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp dt n1 pp-f dt n1, d n1 vmb vvi: (6) chapter (DIV2) 10 Image 21
106 séeinge it profiteth nothing at all to edifye the Churche of GOD in worde, if that whiche is already builded vp, bee subuerted agayne with euill conditions. seeing it profiteth nothing At all to edify the Church of GOD in word, if that which is already built up, be subverted again with evil conditions. vvg pn31 vvz pix p-acp av-d pc-acp vvi dt n1 pp-f np1 p-acp n1, cs d r-crq vbz av vvn a-acp, vbb vvn av p-acp j-jn n2. (6) chapter (DIV2) 10 Image 21
107 A good life is as it were a scale, whereby sounde doctrine is confirmed in the hearers. A good life is as it were a scale, whereby sound Doctrine is confirmed in the hearers. dt j n1 vbz c-acp pn31 vbdr dt n1, c-crq av-j n1 vbz vvn p-acp dt n2. (6) chapter (DIV2) 10 Image 21
108 A thing most vnséemely it is, in •ace hée that professeth to be a Phisition, A thing most unseemly it is, in •ace he that Professes to be a physician, dt n1 av-ds j pn31 vbz, p-acp n1 pns31 cst vvz pc-acp vbi dt n1, (6) chapter (DIV2) 11 Image 21
109 and wyll take vpon him to heale others of their infirmities, bée hymselfe all scabbye and full of byles. and will take upon him to heal Others of their infirmities, been himself all scabbye and full of biles. cc vmb vvi p-acp pno31 pc-acp vvi n2-jn pp-f po32 n2, vbi px31 d j cc j pp-f n2. (6) chapter (DIV2) 11 Image 21
110 Phisition, wyil they all saye, heale thy selfe. physician, wyil they all say, heal thy self. n1, n1 pns32 d vvb, vvb po21 n1. (6) chapter (DIV2) 11 Image 21
111 Therefore, ought all men to set Christe béefore them as theyr Scholemaster, whom we may heare preache not onely in worde, but also effectually in déede. Therefore, ought all men to Set Christ before them as their Schoolmaster, whom we may hear preach not only in word, but also effectually in deed. av, vmd d n2 pc-acp vvi np1 p-acp pno32 p-acp po32 n1, ro-crq pns12 vmb vvi vvi xx av-j p-acp n1, cc-acp av av-j p-acp n1. (6) chapter (DIV2) 12 Image 21
112 For whiche cause the Apostle most dilygentlye prescribed what manner of men Bysshoppes or Elders, For which cause the Apostle most diligently prescribed what manner of men Bishops or Elders, p-acp r-crq n1 dt n1 av-ds av-j vvn r-crq n1 pp-f n2 n2 cc n2-jn, (6) chapter (DIV2) 12 Image 21
113 & lykewyse Decons with their whole families ought to bée, with what vertues hee woulde haue them chiefelye garnished and from what vices hée woulde wyshe them to bée frée. & likewise Deacons with their Whole families ought to been, with what Virtues he would have them chiefly garnished and from what vices he would wish them to been free. cc av n2 p-acp po32 j-jn n2 vmd pc-acp vbi, p-acp r-crq n2 pns31 vmd vhi pno32 av-jn vvn cc p-acp r-crq n2 pns31 vmd vvi pno32 pc-acp vbi j. (6) chapter (DIV2) 12 Image 21
114 Albeit this is also to be added, that where wee may not haue altogether so perfect and absolute Preachers in euery respect, as we couet and desyre: Albeit this is also to be added, that where we may not have altogether so perfect and absolute Preachers in every respect, as we covet and desire: cs d vbz av pc-acp vbi vvn, cst c-crq pns12 vmb xx vhi av av j cc j n2 p-acp d n1, c-acp pns12 vvb cc vvi: (6) chapter (DIV2) 13 Image 21
115 yet ought wee to suffer and imbrace those, whose doctrine is sounde and with no s•ot of heresye, or noysome opinions infected. yet ought we to suffer and embrace those, whose Doctrine is sound and with no s•ot of heresy, or noisome opinions infected. av vmd pns12 pc-acp vvi cc vvi d, rg-crq n1 vbz n1 cc p-acp dx n1 pp-f n1, cc j n2 vvn. (6) chapter (DIV2) 13 Image 21
116 For whither any thorow enuy, or thorow contention, or thorow occasion, doe teache, so they preach Christ, all is well, For whither any thorough envy, or thorough contention, or thorough occasion, do teach, so they preach christ, all is well, p-acp c-crq d j n1, cc j n1, cc p-acp n1, vdb vvi, av pns32 vvb np1, d vbz av, (6) chapter (DIV2) 13 Image 21
117 and God is to be thanked. and God is to be thanked. cc np1 vbz pc-acp vbi vvn. (6) chapter (DIV2) 13 Image 21
118 No man is borne without his fault, great alwayes is the fragilytie of mankinde, and on euerye side euermore are we misers enuironed about, with certaine domestical furies (as yee would say) continually enticing vs to sinne. No man is born without his fault, great always is the fragilytie of mankind, and on every side evermore Are we misers environed about, with certain domestical furies (as ye would say) continually enticing us to sin. av-dx n1 vbz vvn p-acp po31 n1, j av vbz dt n1 pp-f n1, cc p-acp d n1 av vbr pns12 n2 vvn a-acp, p-acp j j n2 (c-acp pn22 vmd vvi) av-j vvg pno12 p-acp n1. (6) chapter (DIV2) 14 Image 21
119 In lyke maner, there is no man that can eschewe the bytyng teeth of detraction. In like manner, there is no man that can eschew the biting teeth of detraction. p-acp av-j n1, pc-acp vbz dx n1 cst vmb vvi dt j-vvg n2 pp-f n1. (6) chapter (DIV2) 14 Image 21
120 And in no place mayst thou not (in these dayes specially) beholde the malignaunt multytude (what saye I multitude? yea euen those also that take vpon them far beyonde the common sort) whettinge their tusshes, to slaunder and backbit the ministers of the Churche, And in no place Mayest thou not (in these days specially) behold the malignant multitude (what say I multitude? yea even those also that take upon them Far beyond the Common sort) whetting their tushes, to slander and backbit the Ministers of the Church, cc p-acp dx n1 vm2 pns21 xx (p-acp d n2 av-j) vvb dt j n1 (r-crq vvb pns11 n1? uh av d av d vvb p-acp pno32 av-j p-acp dt j n1) vvg po32 n2, pc-acp vvi cc vvi dt n2 pp-f dt n1, (6) chapter (DIV2) 14 Image 21
121 euen there also where they haue no iuste cause or occasion so to doe. even there also where they have no just cause or occasion so to do. av a-acp av c-crq pns32 vhb dx j n1 cc n1 av pc-acp vdi. (6) chapter (DIV2) 14 Image 21
122 A number of Sicophants there be, of the sect and faction to that wicked Doeg (in whom Ambrose expoundinge the sixt of Luke, saieth appeared a type of Iudas the traitor) that haue the cast to construe and interprete actions, of themselues voyde of all blame, A number of sycophants there be, of the sect and faction to that wicked Doeg (in whom Ambrose expounding the sixt of Lycia, Saith appeared a type of Iudas the traitor) that have the cast to construe and interpret actions, of themselves void of all blame, dt n1 pp-f n2 pc-acp vbi, pp-f dt n1 cc n1 p-acp d j np1 (p-acp r-crq np1 vvg dt ord pp-f av, vvz vvn dt n1 pp-f np1 dt n1) cst vhb dt n1 pc-acp vvi cc vvi n2, pp-f px32 j pp-f d n1, (6) chapter (DIV2) 14 Image 22
123 as huge crimes and enormities and in their accusations, to make more then mountaines of miles, or oliphants of flies. as huge crimes and enormities and in their accusations, to make more then Mountains of miles, or oliphants of flies. c-acp j n2 cc n2 cc p-acp po32 n2, pc-acp vvi av-dc cs n2 pp-f n2, cc ng1 pp-f n2. (6) chapter (DIV2) 14 Image 22
124 Whosoeuer therfore is wise, wil not rashly giue héede vnto those, that commonlye and willingly speake euill of Ecclesiasticall teachers. Whosoever Therefore is wise, will not rashly give heed unto those, that commonly and willingly speak evil of Ecclesiastical Teachers. r-crq av vbz j, vmb xx av-j vvi n1 p-acp d, cst av-j cc av-j vvi j-jn pp-f j n2. (6) chapter (DIV2) 14 Image 22
125 Whether may be referred that which the same apostle, no lesse grauely prescribeth touchinge the life and conuersation of Elders, then carefully and wiselye admonisheth, that an accusation against a priest or elder, is in no wise to be admitted without two or thrée witnesses. Whither may be referred that which the same apostle, no less gravely prescribeth touching the life and Conversation of Elders, then carefully and wisely Admonisheth, that an accusation against a priest or elder, is in no wise to be admitted without two or thrée Witnesses. cs vmb vbi vvn d r-crq dt d n1, av-dx av-dc av-j vvz vvg dt n1 cc n1 pp-f n2-jn, av av-j cc av-j vvz, cst dt n1 p-acp dt n1 cc n-jn, vbz p-acp dx j pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp crd cc crd n2. (6) chapter (DIV2) 14 Image 22
126 In the thyrde place wee sayde that to a Preacher is néedefull and requisite a spyrite and power in teachinge. In the Third place we said that to a Preacher is needful and requisite a Spirit and power in teaching. p-acp dt ord n1 pns12 vvd cst p-acp dt n1 vbz j cc j dt n1 cc n1 p-acp vvg. (6) chapter (DIV2) 15 Image 22
127 I vnderstande by the name of Spirite and power, a certayne peculyar facultie of proposynge sounde doctrine, I understand by the name of Spirit and power, a certain peculiar faculty of proposing sound Doctrine, pns11 vvb p-acp dt n1 pp-f n1 cc n1, dt j j n1 pp-f vvg av-j n1, (6) chapter (DIV2) 15 Image 22
128 and also of moouing and drawing of mindes, •• thintent, that as many as is possible may reape most ample fruite• and as few as may be presume to disalowe any thinge as vaine & vnfruitfull. and also of moving and drawing of minds, •• intent, that as many as is possible may reap most ample fruite• and as few as may be presume to disallow any thing as vain & unfruitful. cc av pp-f vvg cc vvg pp-f n2, •• n1, cst p-acp d c-acp vbz j vmb vvi av-ds j n1 cc p-acp d c-acp vmb vbi vvb pc-acp vvi d n1 c-acp j cc j-u. (6) chapter (DIV2) 15 Image 22
129 Which facultie, in one place is called NONLATINALPHABET power, in an other place NONLATINALPHABET boldnesse of speache, somtime NONLATINALPHABET might, Which faculty, in one place is called power, in an other place boldness of speech, sometime might, r-crq n1, p-acp crd n1 vbz vvn n1, p-acp dt j-jn n1 n1 pp-f n1, av vmd, (6) chapter (DIV2) 15 Image 22
130 now and than NONLATINALPHABET, Spirit, erewhile agayne NONLATINALPHABET, the demonstration of the spirit and power. For so doe the Euangelistes testifie of Christ. now and than, Spirit, erewhile again, the demonstration of the Spirit and power. For so do the Evangelists testify of christ. av cc cs, n1, av av, dt n1 pp-f dt n1 cc n1. p-acp av vdb dt n2 vvi pp-f np1. (6) chapter (DIV2) 15 Image 22
131 He taught as one hauing power. All men were astonied at his doctrine, bycause his woord was ioyned with power. He taught as one having power. All men were astonished At his Doctrine, Because his word was joined with power. pns31 vvd p-acp crd j-vvg n1. d n2 vbdr vvn p-acp po31 n1, c-acp po31 n1 vbds vvn p-acp n1. (6) chapter (DIV2) 16 Image 22
132 And the Apostle Paule 1. Corinth. 2. My woordes and my preaching were not in flattringe phrases of mans wisedom, And the Apostle Paul 1. Corinth. 2. My words and my preaching were not in flattering phrases of men Wisdom, cc dt n1 np1 crd np1. crd po11 n2 cc po11 vvg vbdr xx p-acp j-vvg n2 pp-f ng1 n1, (6) chapter (DIV2) 16 Image 22
133 but in the demonstration of the spirit and of power, that your faith might not bee in the wisdome of men, but in the demonstration of the Spirit and of power, that your faith might not be in the Wisdom of men, cc-acp p-acp dt n1 pp-f dt n1 cc pp-f n1, cst po22 n1 vmd xx vbi p-acp dt n1 pp-f n2, (6) chapter (DIV2) 16 Image 22
134 but in the power of GOD. Whiche forme of speakinge hee vseth also in the fourthe Chapter of the same Epistle. but in the power of GOD. Which Form of speaking he uses also in the Fourth Chapter of the same Epistle. cc-acp p-acp dt n1 pp-f np1. r-crq n1 pp-f vvg pns31 vvz av p-acp dt ord n1 pp-f dt d n1. (6) chapter (DIV2) 16 Image 22
135 Agayne, in the fourth of the Actes, Peter filled with the holy ghost, is had in admiration for his libertie in speaking. Again, in the fourth of the Acts, Peter filled with the holy ghost, is had in admiration for his liberty in speaking. av, p-acp dt ord pp-f dt n2, np1 vvn p-acp dt j n1, vbz vhn p-acp n1 p-acp po31 n1 p-acp vvg. (6) chapter (DIV2) 16 Image 22
136 And in the same chapter the Apostles pray vnto God that he would giue his seruants grace to speake the word with all boldnes. In the 6. cap. And in the same chapter the Apostles pray unto God that he would give his Servants grace to speak the word with all boldness. In the 6. cap. cc p-acp dt d n1 dt n2 vvb p-acp np1 cst pns31 vmd vvi po31 ng1 n1 pc-acp vvi dt n1 p-acp d n1. p-acp dt crd n1. (6) chapter (DIV2) 16 Image 22
137 is commended Steuen ful of saith & strength, or rather power, (for the worde NONLATINALPHABET is there read) and that none coulde resist the wisdom and spyrite which spake in hym. is commended Stephen full of Says & strength, or rather power, (for the word is there read) and that none could resist the Wisdom and Spirit which spoke in him. vbz vvn np1 j pp-f vvz cc n1, cc av-c n1, (c-acp dt n1 vbz pc-acp vvi) cc cst pix vmd vvi dt n1 cc n1 r-crq vvd p-acp pno31. (6) chapter (DIV2) 16 Image 22
138 Of lyke sorte and effect is it that the Lord sayeth vnto Ieremie: Beholde, I haue giuen (saieth he) my wordes into thy mouth, Of like sort and Effect is it that the Lord Saith unto Ieremie: Behold, I have given (Saith he) my words into thy Mouth, pp-f av-j n1 cc n1 vbz pn31 cst dt n1 vvz p-acp np1: vvb, pns11 vhb vvn (vvz pns31) po11 n2 p-acp po21 n1, (6) chapter (DIV2) 16 Image 22
139 beholde I haue appointed thee this daye ouer nations, and ouer Kingdomes, that thou maiest pluck vp and roote oute, subuert and destroye, build and plant. behold I have appointed thee this day over Nations, and over Kingdoms, that thou Mayest pluck up and root out, subvert and destroy, built and plant. vvb pns11 vhb vvn pno21 d n1 p-acp n2, cc p-acp n2, cst pns21 vm2 vvi a-acp cc vvi av, vvi cc vvi, vvi cc vvi. (6) chapter (DIV2) 16 Image 22
140 Many moe places there be whiche do not obscurely make mention of this facultie and power in speaking. Many more places there be which do not obscurely make mention of this faculty and power in speaking. d av-dc n2 pc-acp vbi r-crq vdb xx av-j vvi n1 pp-f d n1 cc n1 p-acp vvg. (6) chapter (DIV2) 17 Image 22
141 But it appeareth yt the apostle ioyned these thrée thinges together. But it appears that the apostle joined these thrée things together. p-acp pn31 vvz pn31 dt n1 vvd d crd n2 av. (6) chapter (DIV2) 17 Image 22
142 I meane, Doctrine, Puritie of lyfe and Facultie or Power in teaching, in that place where he sayeth vnto Timothy: Take a paterne of the wholesome wordes, which thou haste harde of mee, with faith and loue which is in Christe Iesu. The notable thinge giuen thee in charge, keepe thorowe the holy ghost, which dwelleth in vs. I mean, Doctrine, Purity of life and Faculty or Power in teaching, in that place where he Saith unto Timothy: Take a pattern of the wholesome words, which thou haste harden of me, with faith and love which is in Christ Iesu. The notable thing given thee in charge, keep thorough the holy ghost, which dwells in us pns11 vvb, n1, n1 pp-f n1 cc n1 cc n1 p-acp vvg, p-acp d n1 c-crq pns31 vvz p-acp np1: vvb dt n1 pp-f dt j n2, r-crq pns21 n1 j pp-f pno11, p-acp n1 cc n1 r-crq vbz p-acp np1 np1 dt j n1 vvn pno21 p-acp n1, vvb p-acp dt j n1, r-crq vvz p-acp pno12 (6) chapter (DIV2) 17 Image 22
143 By holsome wordes, is playnely and sufficientlye ynough distincted and meante, Doctrine: by faythe and loue, Puritie of lyfe: by the excellente thinge giuen in charge and the holy ghost, Facultie or the gifte of teachinge. And certes so farre foorth is this power and vertue in teaching•, which me haue touched in ye third• and l•ste place, requisite in all those that wyl teach the people, that albeit they be endued with learning, By wholesome words, is plainly and sufficiently enough distincted and meant, Doctrine: by faith and love, Purity of life: by the excellent thing given in charge and the holy ghost, Faculty or the gift of teaching. And certes so Far forth is this power and virtue in teaching•, which me have touched in you third• and l•ste place, requisite in all those that will teach the people, that albeit they be endued with learning, p-acp j n2, vbz av-j cc av-j d j-vvn cc vvn, n1: p-acp n1 cc n1, n1 pp-f n1: p-acp dt j n1 vvn p-acp n1 cc dt j n1, n1 cc dt n1 pp-f vvg. cc av av av-j av vbz d n1 cc n1 p-acp n1, r-crq pno11 vhb vvn p-acp pn22 n1 cc j n1, j p-acp d d cst vmb vvi dt n1, cst cs pns32 vbb vvn p-acp n1, (6) chapter (DIV2) 18 Image 22
144 and also with integritie of m•ner yet ts•e th•• be destitute of th•• one, let them neuer l•••e to accomplishe any thinge worthy of prase or commendation. and also with integrity of m•ner yet ts•e th•• be destitute of th•• one, let them never l•••e to accomplish any thing worthy of prase or commendation. cc av p-acp n1 pp-f n1 av j n1 vbi j pp-f n1 crd, vvb pno32 av j pc-acp vvi d n1 j pp-f n1 cc n1. (6) chapter (DIV2) 18 Image 22
145 Wherefore, so muche the more muste all me••e labour the matter, that prepare themselues to the function of 〈 ◊ 〉, Wherefore, so much the more must all me••e labour the matter, that prepare themselves to the function of 〈 ◊ 〉, c-crq, av av-d dt av-dc vmb d vbi n1 dt n1, cst vvb px32 p-acp dt n1 pp-f 〈 sy 〉, (6) chapter (DIV2) 19 Image 22
146 or that haue 〈 … 〉 vnto; or that have 〈 … 〉 unto; cc cst vhb 〈 … 〉 p-acp; (6) chapter (DIV2) 19 Image 22
147 that 〈 ◊ 〉 lyke as they are furnished with 〈 ◊ 〉, and good manners, that 〈 ◊ 〉 like as they Are furnished with 〈 ◊ 〉, and good manners, cst 〈 sy 〉 av-j c-acp pns32 vbr vvn p-acp 〈 sy 〉, cc j n2, (6) chapter (DIV2) 19 Image 23
148 so also adorned with a spyrite and power in teaching, they may come forth into the publyke Theatre of the Church. so also adorned with a Spirit and power in teaching, they may come forth into the public Theatre of the Church. av av vvn p-acp dt n1 cc n1 p-acp vvg, pns32 vmb vvi av p-acp dt j n1 pp-f dt n1. (6) chapter (DIV2) 19 Image 23
149 Moreouer, the spirit or power in teachinge, (to thintent we may ad this also) is geuen freely of God in the first calling: Moreover, the Spirit or power in teaching, (to intent we may and this also) is given freely of God in the First calling: av, dt n1 cc n1 p-acp vvg, (p-acp n1 pns12 vmb vvi d av) vbz vvn av-j pp-f np1 p-acp dt ord n1: (6) chapter (DIV2) 20 Image 23
150 but ye increasemēt thereof is obtained of hint thorow often prayer: but you increasement thereof is obtained of hint thorough often prayer: cc-acp pn22 n1 av vbz vvn pp-f n1 p-acp av n1: (6) chapter (DIV2) 20 Image 23
151 Fynally it is nourished and preserued with a feruent studye of procuringe the health and saluation of the hearers. Finally it is nourished and preserved with a fervent study of procuring the health and salvation of the hearers. av-j pn31 vbz vvn cc vvn p-acp dt j n1 pp-f vvg dt n1 cc n1 pp-f dt n2. (6) chapter (DIV2) 20 Image 23
152 Whereof the fyrste verylye is manyfest. Whereof the First verily is manifest. c-crq dt ord av-j vbz j. (6) chapter (DIV2) 20 Image 23
153 For whomsoeuer GOD voucheth safe to choose and selecte to the excellent excellent office of teachinge the people in the Church, the same also immediatelye he fréely garnisheth with hys spyrite and giftes, necessarye to so weighty a charge. For whomsoever GOD voucheth safe to choose and select to the excellent excellent office of teaching the people in the Church, the same also immediately he freely garnisheth with his Spirit and Gifts, necessary to so weighty a charge. p-acp ro-crq np1 vvz j pc-acp vvi cc vvi p-acp dt j j n1 pp-f vvg dt n1 p-acp dt n1, dt d av av-j pns31 av-j vvz p-acp po31 n1 cc n2, j p-acp av j dt n1. (6) chapter (DIV2) 20 Image 23
154 A plentifull wytnesse of hymselfe is Ieremye. Cap. 1. who, when he had sayde that he coulde not speake as one that was a childe: A plentiful witness of himself is Jeremiah. Cap. 1. who, when he had said that he could not speak as one that was a child: dt j n1 pp-f px31 vbz np1. np1 crd r-crq, c-crq pns31 vhd vvn cst pns31 vmd xx vvi c-acp pi cst vbds dt n1: (6) chapter (DIV2) 21 Image 23
155 heareth the Lorde sayinge vnto hym: hears the Lord saying unto him: vvz dt n1 vvg p-acp pno31: (6) chapter (DIV2) 21 Image 23
156 Thou shalt goe vnto all that I wyll sende thee vnto, and all thinges that I wyll giue thee in charge, shalte thou speake: Thou shalt go unto all that I will send thee unto, and all things that I will give thee in charge, shalt thou speak: pns21 vm2 vvi p-acp d cst pns11 vmb vvi pno21 p-acp, cc d n2 cst pns11 vmb vvi pno21 p-acp n1, vm2 pns21 vvi: (6) chapter (DIV2) 21 Image 23
157 I haue giuen my wordes into thy mouth, &c. Christ lykewise is a witnesse of the same matter, promysyng to sende and geue to hys Apostles and Disciples the holy ghost, that shoulde teach them in all trueth, whiche shoulde strengthen and furnishe theyr myndes, I have given my words into thy Mouth, etc. christ likewise is a witness of the same matter, promising to send and give to his Apostles and Disciples the holy ghost, that should teach them in all truth, which should strengthen and furnish their minds, pns11 vhb vvn po11 n2 p-acp po21 n1, av np1 av vbz dt n1 pp-f dt d n1, vvg pc-acp vvi cc vvi p-acp po31 n2 cc n2 dt j n1, cst vmd vvi pno32 p-acp d n1, r-crq vmd vvi cc vvi po32 n2, (6) chapter (DIV2) 21 Image 23
158 and in theyr extreame peril• euen with Kinges; and Princes also minister vnto them, in due time, what thinges they shoulde speake. and in their extreme peril• even with Kings; and Princes also minister unto them, in due time, what things they should speak. cc p-acp po32 j-jn n1 av p-acp n2; cc n2 av vvi p-acp pno32, p-acp j-jn n1, r-crq n2 pns32 vmd vvi. (6) chapter (DIV2) 21 Image 23
159 To bée shorte, the Apostle Paule affirmeth, that it is GOD that maketh the ministers of the news Testamente méete both to thinck and to speake. To been short, the Apostle Paul Affirmeth, that it is GOD that makes the Ministers of the news Testament meet both to think and to speak. pc-acp vbi j, dt n1 np1 vvz, cst pn31 vbz np1 cst vvz dt n2 pp-f dt n1 n1 j av-d pc-acp vvi cc pc-acp vvi. (6) chapter (DIV2) 21 Image 23
160 The seconde pointe béecommeth playne and perspycious by this, that Thapostles in the Actes Cap. 4 doe make their petitions vnto GOD, that hée woulde graunt vnto his seruaunts, That they might speake the woorde with all confidence and lybertye. The seconde point Becometh plain and perspycious by this, that Apostles in the Acts Cap. 4 do make their petitions unto GOD, that he would grant unto his Servants, That they might speak the word with all confidence and liberty. dt ord n1 vvz n1 cc j p-acp d, d n2 p-acp dt n2 np1 crd vdb vvi po32 n2 p-acp np1, cst pns31 vmd vvi p-acp po31 n2, cst pns32 vmd vvi dt n1 p-acp d n1 cc n1. (6) chapter (DIV2) 22 Image 23
161 And Paule not onely hymselfe, for the same cause sueth vnto GOD with continuall prayers, but also requesteth and beséecheth others to doe the same: And Paul not only himself, for the same cause sues unto GOD with continual Prayers, but also requesteth and Beseecheth Others to do the same: cc np1 xx j px31, p-acp dt d n1 vvz p-acp np1 p-acp j n2, cc-acp av vvz cc vvz n2-jn pc-acp vdi dt d: (6) chapter (DIV2) 23 Image 23
162 Praye (sayeth hee) for mee, that the woorde may bee giuen vnto mee in the openinge of my mouth, with lybertie, to the ende, I may make manifest the mistery of the Gospel, Pray (Saith he) for me, that the word may be given unto me in the opening of my Mouth, with liberty, to the end, I may make manifest the mystery of the Gospel, vvb (vvz pns31) p-acp pno11, cst dt n1 vmb vbi vvn p-acp pno11 p-acp dt vvg pp-f po11 n1, p-acp n1, p-acp dt n1, pns11 vmb vvi vvi dt n1 pp-f dt n1, (6) chapter (DIV2) 23 Image 23
163 for the which I supply an ambassade in chaines, that I may speake therein freely, as I ought to speak. for the which I supply an ambassade in chains, that I may speak therein freely, as I ought to speak. p-acp dt r-crq pns11 vvb dt n1 p-acp n2, cst pns11 vmb vvi av av-j, c-acp pns11 vmd pc-acp vvi. (6) chapter (DIV2) 23 Image 23
164 Agayne in the 2. Thessa. 3. Pray for vs, brethren, that the worde of the Lorde may haue free passage, and be gloryfied. Again in the 2. Thessa 3. prey for us, brothers, that the word of the Lord may have free passage, and be glorified. av p-acp dt crd np1 crd n1 p-acp pno12, n2, cst dt n1 pp-f dt n1 vmb vhi j n1, cc vbi vvn. (6) chapter (DIV2) 23 Image 23
165 For whiche cause also there is a custome receiued in all Churches, that all Diuine Sermons shall begin with publick inuocation: For which cause also there is a custom received in all Churches, that all Divine Sermons shall begin with public invocation: p-acp r-crq n1 av pc-acp vbz dt n1 vvn p-acp d n2, cst d j-jn n2 vmb vvi p-acp j n1: (6) chapter (DIV2) 23 Image 23
166 In whiche inuocation, it behooueth all men with their whole hartes to pray, first that the Teachers may sincerelye and with boldnesse open and explane the woorde of God: In which invocation, it behooveth all men with their Whole hearts to pray, First that the Teachers may sincerely and with boldness open and explain the word of God: p-acp r-crq n1, pn31 vvz d n2 p-acp po32 j-jn n2 pc-acp vvi, ord d dt n2 vmb av-j cc p-acp n1 j cc vvi dt n1 pp-f np1: (6) chapter (DIV2) 23 Image 23
167 then that GOD woulde vouchsaue to illustrate the hartes of the hearers, to thende they may rightly vnderstande the doctrine proposed, then that GOD would vouchsaue to illustrate the hearts of the hearers, to The end they may rightly understand the Doctrine proposed, av cst np1 vmd vvi pc-acp vvi dt n2 pp-f dt n2, p-acp n1 pns32 vmb av-jn vvi dt n1 vvn, (6) chapter (DIV2) 23 Image 23
168 and duly vse and practise the same. and duly use and practise the same. cc av-jn vvi cc vvi dt d. (6) chapter (DIV2) 23 Image 23
169 As touchinge the thirde, it is certayne, that where the office enioyned of GOD, is with zelous and feruent affection executed, it cannot bée, As touching the Third, it is certain, that where the office enjoined of GOD, is with zealous and fervent affection executed, it cannot been, p-acp vvg dt ord, pn31 vbz j, cst c-crq dt n1 vvn pp-f np1, vbz p-acp j cc j n1 vvn, pn31 vmbx vbi, (6) chapter (DIV2) 23 Image 23
170 but that hée of his bountiful goodnes wyll brynge to passe, that happye and prosperous successe shall follow and ensue. but that he of his bountiful Goodness will bring to pass, that happy and prosperous success shall follow and ensue. cc-acp cst pns31 pp-f po31 j n1 vmb vvi pc-acp vvi, cst j cc j n1 vmb vvi cc vvi. (6) chapter (DIV2) 23 Image 23
171 For GOD wyll not suffer the great labours and industry of good men seriouslye séeking hys glorye, to become frustrate and voyde of fruite. For GOD will not suffer the great labours and industry of good men seriously seeking his glory, to become frustrate and void of fruit. p-acp np1 vmb xx vvi dt j n2 cc n1 pp-f j n2 av-j vvg po31 n1, pc-acp vvi vvi cc j pp-f n1. (6) chapter (DIV2) 23 Image 23
172 For this cause, the doctrine of the word of GOD is not in one place alone, resembled vnto séede that bringeth forth much fruite. For this cause, the Doctrine of the word of GOD is not in one place alone, resembled unto seed that brings forth much fruit. p-acp d n1, dt n1 pp-f dt n1 pp-f np1 vbz xx p-acp crd n1 av-j, vvd p-acp n1 cst vvz av d n1. (6) chapter (DIV2) 23 Image 23
173 The Apostle also exhorteth Timothy not to neglect the gift giuen vnto hym, but to exercise himselfe dylygently, to thintent his profiting might be apparaunt in all thinges. The Apostle also exhorteth Timothy not to neglect the gift given unto him, but to exercise himself diligently, to intent his profiting might be apparent in all things. dt n1 av vvz np1 xx pc-acp vvi dt n1 vvn p-acp pno31, cc-acp pc-acp vvi px31 av-j, p-acp n1 po31 vvg n1 vbi j p-acp d n2. (6) chapter (DIV2) 24 Image 23
174 For if he gaue attendaunce to him selfe and to learning, and continued therein, it woulde come to passe, that hee shoulde both saue himselfe, and his hearers. For if he gave attendance to him self and to learning, and continued therein, it would come to pass, that he should both save himself, and his hearers. c-acp cs pns31 vvd n1 p-acp pno31 n1 cc p-acp n1, cc vvd av, pn31 vmd vvi pc-acp vvi, cst pns31 vmd av-d vvi px31, cc po31 n2. (6) chapter (DIV2) 24 Image 23
175 And certenly he that doubteth not of his callinge, hee that is assured of the verytie of the doctrine which he professeth, he that cannot be reprooued of any manifest crime, hée that is pryuye in his conscience of hys owne fidelytie and dylligence, hee that accounteth nothinge of more weight and imporfaūce, And Certainly he that doubteth not of his calling, he that is assured of the verytie of the Doctrine which he Professes, he that cannot be reproved of any manifest crime, he that is pryuye in his conscience of his own fidelytie and dylligence, he that accounteth nothing of more weight and imporfaunce, cc av-j pns31 cst vvz xx pp-f po31 vvg, pns31 cst vbz vvn pp-f dt n1 pp-f dt n1 r-crq pns31 vvz, pns31 cst vmbx vbi vvn pp-f d j n1, pns31 cst vbz j p-acp po31 n1 pp-f po31 d n1 cc n1, pns31 cst vvz pix pp-f av-dc n1 cc n1, (6) chapter (DIV2) 24 Image 24
176 then to sanctifie the name of God on earth, and to gayne as many vnto Christ as is possible. then to sanctify the name of God on earth, and to gain as many unto christ as is possible. cs pc-acp vvi dt n1 pp-f np1 p-acp n1, cc pc-acp vvi p-acp d p-acp np1 c-acp vbz j. (6) chapter (DIV2) 24 Image 24
177 Vndoutedly hee speaketh boldly and vnbashfully that which God cōmaundeth. Undoubtedly he speaks boldly and vnbashfully that which God commandeth. av-j pns31 vvz av-j cc av-j cst r-crq np1 vvz. (6) chapter (DIV2) 24 Image 24
178 The sharpe and vehement Oration of this man, striketh and perceth the hartes of the hearers, pea hée doth not onely pricke men forwarde to the amendement of lyfe, The sharp and vehement Oration of this man, striketh and pierceth the hearts of the hearers, pea he does not only prick men forward to the amendment of life, dt j cc j n1 pp-f d n1, vvz cc vvz dt n2 pp-f dt n2, zz pns31 vdz xx av-j vvi n2 av-j p-acp dt n1 pp-f n1, (6) chapter (DIV2) 24 Image 24
179 but playnely forceth and compelleth them. but plainly forceth and compelleth them. cc-acp av-j vvz cc vvz pno32. (6) chapter (DIV2) 24 Image 24
180 Wherefore there is no man, but that may perceyue him to bée decked and adorned with a singuler spirite & powre in teachinge, euen of GOD himselfe. Wherefore there is no man, but that may perceive him to been decked and adorned with a singular Spirit & pour in teaching, even of GOD himself. c-crq pc-acp vbz dx n1, cc-acp d vmb vvi pno31 pc-acp vbi vvn cc vvn p-acp dt j n1 cc n1 p-acp vvg, av pp-f np1 px31. (6) chapter (DIV2) 24 Image 24
181 But such a study, and such godly affections, the Apostle very artificially describeth. But such a study, and such godly affections, the Apostle very artificially Describeth. p-acp d dt n1, cc d j n2, dt n1 av av-j vvz. (6) chapter (DIV2) 24 Image 24
182 1. Thess, 2. his wordes (no doubte) are worthy of vs to be remembred, 1. Thess, 2. his words (no doubt) Are worthy of us to be remembered, crd d, crd po31 n2 (dx n1) vbr j pp-f pno12 pc-acp vbi vvn, (6) chapter (DIV2) 24 Image 24
183 and such as all Preachers ought contiunally to haue in a table before their eyes. and such as all Preachers ought contiunally to have in a table before their eyes. cc d c-acp d n2 vmd av-j pc-acp vhi p-acp dt n1 p-acp po32 n2. (6) chapter (DIV2) 24 Image 24
184 Yee your selues knowe, bretheren, (sayth hee) our entraūce in vnto you, howe that it was not in vayne: Ye your selves know, brethren, (say he) our Entrance in unto you, how that it was not in vain: pn22 po22 n2 vvb, n2, (vvz pns31) po12 n1 p-acp p-acp pn22, c-crq cst pn31 vbds xx p-acp j: (6) chapter (DIV2) 25 Image 24
185 but after that wee had fuffered before, and were shamfully entreated at Philippos (as yee well knowe) wee behaued our selues boldely in our God, to speake vnto you the Gospell of god with much striuing. but After that we had fuffered before, and were shamefully entreated At Philippus (as ye well know) we behaved our selves boldly in our God, to speak unto you the Gospel of god with much striving. cc-acp c-acp cst pns12 vhd vvn a-acp, cc vbdr av-j vvn p-acp np1 (c-acp pn22 av vvi) pns12 vvd po12 n2 av-j p-acp po12 n1, pc-acp vvi p-acp pn22 dt n1 pp-f n1 p-acp d vvg. (6) chapter (DIV2) 25 Image 24
186 For our exhortacion was not to bring you to errour, nor yet to vncleanes, neither was it with guile, For our exhortation was not to bring you to error, nor yet to uncleans, neither was it with guile, p-acp po12 n1 vbds xx pc-acp vvi pn22 p-acp n1, ccx av p-acp n1, dx vbds pn31 p-acp n1, (6) chapter (DIV2) 25 Image 24
187 but as we were allowed of god, that the gospel should bee committed vnto vs, euen so wee speake: but as we were allowed of god, that the gospel should be committed unto us, even so we speak: cc-acp c-acp pns12 vbdr vvn pp-f n1, cst dt n1 vmd vbi vvn p-acp pno12, av av pns12 vvb: (6) chapter (DIV2) 25 Image 24
188 not as though wee entended to please men, but God, which trieth our hartes. not as though we intended to please men, but God, which trieth our hearts. xx c-acp cs pns12 vvd pc-acp vvi n2, cc-acp np1, r-crq vvz po12 n2. (6) chapter (DIV2) 25 Image 24
189 Neyther was our conuersacion at any time with flattringe wordes (as ye well know:) neither in cloked couetousnes, (God is recorde:) neither sought wee praise of men, Neither was our Conversation At any time with flattering words (as you well know:) neither in cloaked covetousness, (God is record:) neither sought we praise of men, av-dx vbds po12 n1 p-acp d n1 p-acp j-vvg n2 (c-acp pn22 av vvb:) d p-acp vvn n1, (np1 vbz n1:) d vvn pns12 vvb pp-f n2, (6) chapter (DIV2) 25 Image 24
190 neither of you, nor yet of any other, when we might haue bene in authoritie as the Apostle of Christ: neither of you, nor yet of any other, when we might have be in Authority as the Apostle of christ: av-dx pp-f pn22, ccx av pp-f d n-jn, c-crq pns12 vmd vhi vbn p-acp n1 p-acp dt n1 pp-f np1: (6) chapter (DIV2) 25 Image 24
191 but we were tender amonge you, euen as a Nurse cherisheth hir children: but we were tender among you, even as a Nurse Cherishes his children: cc-acp pns12 vbdr j p-acp pn22, av c-acp dt n1 vvz png31 n2: (6) chapter (DIV2) 25 Image 24
192 so our affection beeinge toward you, our good will was to haue delte to you, not onely the gospel of God, so our affection being towards you, our good will was to have dealt to you, not only the gospel of God, av po12 n1 vbg p-acp pn22, po12 j n1 vbds pc-acp vhi vvn p-acp pn22, xx av-j dt n1 pp-f np1, (6) chapter (DIV2) 25 Image 24
193 but euen our owne soules also, because yee were deere vnto vs. Yee remember bretheren, our labour and trauaill: but even our own Souls also, Because ye were deer unto us Ye Remember brethren, our labour and travail: cc-acp av po12 d n2 av, c-acp pn22 vbdr j-jn p-acp pno12 pn22 vvb n2, po12 n1 cc n1: (6) chapter (DIV2) 25 Image 24
194 for wee labored day and night, bicause were would not be bur•henous to any of you, for we laboured day and night, Because were would not be bur•henous to any of you, c-acp pns12 vvd n1 cc n1, c-acp vbdr vmd xx vbi j p-acp d pp-f pn22, (6) chapter (DIV2) 25 Image 24
195 and preached vnto you the gospell of God. and preached unto you the gospel of God. cc vvd p-acp pn22 dt n1 pp-f np1. (6) chapter (DIV2) 25 Image 24
196 Ye are witnesses, and so is god, how holily & iustly, and vnblameably wee behaued our selues amonge you that beleue: You Are Witnesses, and so is god, how holily & justly, and unblamably we behaved our selves among you that believe: pn22 vbr n2, cc av vbz n1, c-crq av-j cc av-j, cc av-j pns12 vvd po12 n2 p-acp pn22 cst vvb: (6) chapter (DIV2) 25 Image 24
197 as ye know, how that we exhorted, and comforted, and besought euery of you, as a father his children, that ye would walke worthy of God, which hath called you to his kingdome and glory. as you know, how that we exhorted, and comforted, and besought every of you, as a father his children, that you would walk worthy of God, which hath called you to his Kingdom and glory. c-acp pn22 vvb, c-crq cst pns12 vvd, cc vvn, cc vvd d pp-f pn22, c-acp dt n1 po31 n2, cst pn22 vmd vvi j pp-f np1, r-crq vhz vvn pn22 p-acp po31 n1 cc n1. (6) chapter (DIV2) 25 Image 24
198 Which wordes if they were so exactley weighed & considered, as méete it were they should, do euidentlye declare ye the apostle taught in spirite & power: Which words if they were so exactley weighed & considered, as meet it were they should, do evidently declare you the apostle taught in Spirit & power: r-crq n2 cs pns32 vbdr av n1 vvn cc vvn, c-acp vvb pn31 vbdr pns32 vmd, vdb av-j vvi pn22 dt n1 vvn p-acp n1 cc n1: (6) chapter (DIV2) 25 Image 24
199 albeit those yet that immedialy folow, touchinge the notable effecte of his Sermons, doe more perfectly proue and illustrate the same. albeit those yet that immediately follow, touching the notable Effect of his Sermons, do more perfectly prove and illustrate the same. cs d av cst av-j vvi, vvg dt j n1 pp-f po31 n2, vdb av-dc av-j vvi cc vvi dt d. (6) chapter (DIV2) 25 Image 24
200 Wherefore (saith he) we thancke God without ceasinge bicause that when yee receiued of vs the word, whereby ye learned god, ye receiued it not as the worde of man, Wherefore (Says he) we thank God without ceasing Because that when ye received of us the word, whereby you learned god, you received it not as the word of man, c-crq (vvz pns31) po12 n1 np1 p-acp vvg c-acp d c-crq pn22 vvd pp-f pno12 dt n1, c-crq pn22 vvd n1, pn22 vvd pn31 xx p-acp dt n1 pp-f n1, (6) chapter (DIV2) 25 Image 24
201 but euen as it was in deed the worde of God, which worketh in you that beleue. but even as it was in deed the word of God, which works in you that believe. cc-acp av-j c-acp pn31 vbds p-acp n1 dt n1 pp-f np1, r-crq vvz p-acp pn22 cst vvb. (6) chapter (DIV2) 25 Image 24
202 The like will, the like study, and the like feruency, we may perceiue in that oratīo, which the apostle had to yt Elders of ye church at Ephesus, a little before hée trauayled to Ierusalem. But we may not coueniently (least we should be ouer tedious) repeate ye same at this prelente. The like will, the like study, and the like fervency, we may perceive in that oratīo, which the apostle had to that Elders of the Church At Ephesus, a little before he travailed to Ierusalem. But we may not conveniently (lest we should be over tedious) repeat you same At this prelente. dt j n1, dt j n1, cc dt j n1, pns12 vmb vvi p-acp d fw-la, r-crq dt n1 vhd p-acp pn31 n2-jn pp-f dt n1 p-acp np1, dt j c-acp pns31 vvn p-acp np1. cc-acp pns12 vmb xx av-j (cs pns12 vmd vbi a-acp j) vvi pn22 d p-acp d n1. (6) chapter (DIV2) 25 Image 24
203 Therefore, we saide not without cause, yt the spirite & power in teaching is both nourished and conserued wt an ardent study of procuring ye health & saluacion of ye hearers. Therefore, we said not without cause, that the Spirit & power in teaching is both nourished and conserved with an Ardent study of procuring the health & salvation of the hearers. av, pns12 vvd xx p-acp n1, pn31 dt n1 cc n1 p-acp vvg vbz d vvn cc vvn p-acp dt j n1 pp-f vvg dt n1 cc n1 pp-f dt n2. (6) chapter (DIV2) 25 Image 24
204 But as touching al these points, I meane lerning, innocency of life, & spirit or power in teaching, ye reader, may obserue muche more matter in ye epistles to Timothy & Titus which verili forsomuch as they séeme altogether prepared to expres ye whole office of a precher, whosoeuer taketh vpon him the charge of teching ye people may worthily read, But as touching all these points, I mean learning, innocency of life, & Spirit or power in teaching, you reader, may observe much more matter in you Epistles to Timothy & Titus which verili forsomuch as they seem altogether prepared to express you Whole office of a preacher, whosoever Takes upon him the charge of teaching the people may worthily read, cc-acp p-acp vvg d d n2, pns11 vvb n1, n1 pp-f n1, cc n1 cc n1 p-acp vvg, pn22 n1, vmb vvi d dc n1 p-acp pn22 n2 p-acp np1 cc np1 r-crq j av c-acp pns32 vvb av vvn pc-acp vvi pn22 j-jn n1 pp-f dt n1, r-crq vvz p-acp pno31 dt n1 pp-f vvg dt n1 vmb av-j vvi, (6) chapter (DIV2) 25 Image 24
205 yea & often read them agayn. yea & often read them again. uh cc av vvb pno32 av. (6) chapter (DIV2) 25 Image 24
206 Thus much we thought good to premise to thintēt, we might make it plaine & apparant, yt ye office of teching ye people in ye church, is of far more difficulty & weight, Thus much we Thought good to premise to intent, we might make it plain & apparent, that you office of teaching the people in you Church, is of Far more difficulty & weight, av av-d pns12 vvd j p-acp n1 p-acp n1, pns12 vmd vvi pn31 j cc j, pn31 pn22 n1 pp-f vvg dt n1 p-acp pn22 n1, vbz pp-f av-j av-dc n1 cc n1, (6) chapter (DIV2) 25 Image 24
207 then a number suppose it to be: then a number suppose it to be: cs dt n1 vvb pn31 pc-acp vbi: (6) chapter (DIV2) 25 Image 24
208 and yt it ought not rashly & vnaduisedly to be takē in hand of euery one, much lesse greedily to be inuaded. and that it ought not rashly & unadvisedly to be taken in hand of every one, much less greedily to be invaded. cc pn31 pn31 vmd xx av-j cc av-j pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp n1 pp-f d crd, av-d av-dc av-j pc-acp vbi vvn. (6) chapter (DIV2) 25 Image 24
209 No smal nūber there be ye atteine to ye gouernment of churches, yea, & (yt I may vse ye words of Iere. ) make hast to run before they be sent: No small number there be the attain to you government of Churches, yea, & (that I may use you words of Jeremiah) make haste to run before they be sent: uh-dx j n1 pc-acp vbi dt vvi p-acp pn22 n1 pp-f n2, uh, cc (pn31 pns11 vmb vvi pn22 n2 pp-f np1) vvb n1 pc-acp vvi c-acp pns32 vbb vvn: (6) chapter (DIV2) 25 Image 24
210 & yet are touched, in ye meane time, wt very litle or no care at al of obteining of god his spirit & power in teaching. & yet Are touched, in the mean time, with very little or no care At all of obtaining of god his Spirit & power in teaching. cc av vbr vvn, p-acp dt j n1, p-acp av j cc dx n1 p-acp d pp-f vvg pp-f n1 po31 n1 cc n1 p-acp vvg. (6) chapter (DIV2) 25 Image 24
211 Bishoppes, therefore, aboue all men, ought to be circumspect in this behalfe, that they commit not rashely this reuerende function to euery one that will sue for the same, especially to younge men, whō neither knowledge of ye holy Scriptures, Bishops, Therefore, above all men, ought to be circumspect in this behalf, that they commit not rashly this reverend function to every one that will sue for the same, especially to young men, whom neither knowledge of the holy Scriptures, n2, av, p-acp d n2, pi pc-acp vbi j p-acp d n1, cst pns32 vvb xx av-j d j-jn n1 p-acp d pi cst vmb vvi p-acp dt d, av-j p-acp j n2, ro-crq dx n1 pp-f dt j n2, (6) chapter (DIV2) 25 Image 25
212 nor the vse and experience of thinges, or any earnest study and zeale of religion, doe commende and set forth. nor the use and experience of things, or any earnest study and zeal of Religion, do commend and Set forth. ccx dt n1 cc n1 pp-f n2, cc d j n1 cc n1 pp-f n1, vdb vvi cc vvi av. (6) chapter (DIV2) 25 Image 25
213 Neyther was it without good cause spoken of the Apostle that wyse workeman in the church of God, where he sayeth: Neither was it without good cause spoken of the Apostle that wise workman in the Church of God, where he Saith: av-dx vbds pn31 p-acp j n1 vvn pp-f dt n1 cst j n1 p-acp dt n1 pp-f np1, c-crq pns31 vvz: (6) chapter (DIV2) 25 Image 25
214 Lay no handes hastely vppon any man, neyther be partaker of other means sinnes. Lay no hands hastily upon any man, neither be partaker of other means Sins. vvd dx n2 av-j p-acp d n1, av-dx vbi n1 pp-f j-jn n2 n2. (6) chapter (DIV2) 25 Image 25
215 ¶ The ende of a Preacher what it is. Cap. III. BVt what the ende of a Preacher is, may partely be perceyued by those thinges that we haue next before touched. ¶ The end of a Preacher what it is. Cap. III. But what the end of a Preacher is, may partly be perceived by those things that we have next before touched. ¶ dt n1 pp-f dt n1 r-crq pn31 vbz. np1 np1. cc-acp r-crq dt n1 pp-f dt n1 vbz, vmb av vbi vvn p-acp d n2 cst pns12 vhb ord a-acp vvd. (7) chapter (DIV2) 25 Image 25
216 His worke and labour chiefely consisteth in this, that with all study and inforcement he aduaunce and set forth those thinges that conduce to the saluation and reconciliation of man vnto God. His work and labour chiefly Consisteth in this, that with all study and enforcement he advance and Set forth those things that conduce to the salvation and reconciliation of man unto God. po31 n1 cc n1 av-jn vvz p-acp d, cst p-acp d n1 cc n1 pns31 vvi cc vvi av d n2 cst vvi p-acp dt n1 cc n1 pp-f n1 p-acp np1. (7) chapter (DIV2) 26 Image 25
217 Whervnto it perteyneth, that the Gospell is called the worde of health, and by which men obteyne remission of sinnes. And wysely sayeth the Apostle: Whereunto it pertaineth, that the Gospel is called the word of health, and by which men obtain remission of Sins. And wisely Saith the Apostle: c-crq pn31 vvz, cst dt n1 vbz vvn dt n1 pp-f n1, cc p-acp r-crq n2 vvi n1 pp-f n2. cc av-j vvz dt n1: (7) chapter (DIV2) 26 Image 25
218 It seemed good vnto God, by the folishnesse of preachinge, to saue them that beleue. In the same Epistle also. It seemed good unto God, by the folishnesse of preaching, to save them that believe. In the same Epistle also. pn31 vvd j p-acp np1, p-acp dt n1 pp-f vvg, pc-acp vvi pno32 cst vvb. p-acp dt d n1 av. (7) chapter (DIV2) 26 Image 25
219 Cap. 9. I became all thinges to all men, that I might saue at the leaste some. Cap. 9. I became all things to all men, that I might save At the jest Some. np1 crd pns11 vvd d n2 p-acp d n2, cst pns11 vmd vvi p-acp dt n1 d. (7) chapter (DIV2) 26 Image 25
220 God gaue vnto vs the ministery of reconciliation, and put in vs the worde of atonement. God gave unto us the Ministry of reconciliation, and put in us the word of atonement. np1 vvd p-acp pno12 dt n1 pp-f n1, cc vvd p-acp pno12 dt n1 pp-f n1. (7) chapter (DIV2) 26 Image 25
221 In effecte, syth the office of a Preacher, is by the ayde of the holy Scriptures to accomplyshe all thinges, we doubt not to affyrme, that to be the ende appoynted to a Preacher, which the holy ghost by the mouth of the Apostle hath prescribed in the sacred Scriptures: In Effect, sith the office of a Preacher, is by the aid of the holy Scriptures to accomplish all things, we doubt not to affirm, that to be the end appointed to a Preacher, which the holy ghost by the Mouth of the Apostle hath prescribed in the sacred Scriptures: p-acp n1, c-acp dt n1 pp-f dt n1, vbz p-acp dt n1 pp-f dt j n2 pc-acp vvi d n2, pns12 vvb xx p-acp vvb, cst pc-acp vbi dt n1 vvn p-acp dt n1, r-crq dt j n1 p-acp dt n1 pp-f dt n1 vhz vvn p-acp dt j n2: (7) chapter (DIV2) 26 Image 25
222 The holy Scripture (sayth he) is able to make thee wyse to saluation. The holy Scripture (say he) is able to make thee wise to salvation. dt j n1 (vvz pns31) vbz j pc-acp vvi pno21 j p-acp n1. (7) chapter (DIV2) 26 Image 25
223 Then, therefore doth the Preacher giue apparaunt significatiō, that he with his whole hart and power, is bent to promot & aduaunce ye spirituall profit and vtilitie of men: Then, Therefore does the Preacher give apparent signification, that he with his Whole heart and power, is bent to promot & advance you spiritual profit and utility of men: av, av vdz dt n1 vvb j n1, cst pns31 p-acp po31 j-jn n1 cc n1, vbz vvn p-acp vvb cc vvi pn22 j n1 cc n1 pp-f n2: (7) chapter (DIV2) 26 Image 25
224 When as he handleth and confirmeth true and holsome opinions, reproueth and grauely confuteth thinges erronious and hurtfull: When as he handleth and confirmeth true and wholesome opinions, Reproveth and gravely confuteth things erroneous and hurtful: c-crq c-acp pns31 vvz cc vvz j cc j n2, vvz cc av-j vvz n2 j cc j: (7) chapter (DIV2) 26 Image 25
225 when he dilygently inculketh and inferreth those thinges that are requisite to the godly and due information of lyfe, agayne, seuerely controlleth those that offende, labouryng to bryng them into the right way: when he diligently inculketh and infers those things that Are requisite to the godly and due information of life, again, severely controlleth those that offend, labouring to bring them into the right Way: c-crq pns31 av-j vvz cc vvz d n2 cst vbr j p-acp dt j cc j-jn n1 pp-f n1, av, av-j vvz d cst vvb, vvg pc-acp vvi pno32 p-acp dt j-jn n1: (7) chapter (DIV2) 26 Image 25
226 Lastly when he exhorteth, beséecheth, blameth the sluggishe and dull, and comforteth the afflicted: Lastly when he exhorteth, Beseecheth, blameth the sluggish and dull, and comforts the afflicted: ord c-crq pns31 vvz, vvz, vvz dt j cc j, cc vvz dt j-vvn: (7) chapter (DIV2) 26 Image 25
227 fynally pretermitteth no iote of those thinges, whereby hée trusteth the mindes of hys audytors maye bee trayned and drawne vnto Christe our Sauiour. finally pretermitteth no jot of those things, whereby he Trusteth the minds of his audytors may be trained and drawn unto Christ our Saviour. av-j vvz dx n1 pp-f d n2, c-crq pns31 vvz dt n2 pp-f po31 n2 vmb vbi vvn cc vvn p-acp np1 po12 n1. (7) chapter (DIV2) 26 Image 25
228 ¶ That many thinges are common to the Preacher with the Orator, and of the office of the Preacher, cap. IIII. THat many thinges are common to to the Preacher with the Orator, Sainct Augustine in his fourth Booke of Christian doctrine, doth copiously declare. ¶ That many things Are Common to the Preacher with the Orator, and of the office of the Preacher, cap. IIII. THat many things Are Common to to the Preacher with the Orator, Saint Augustine in his fourth Book of Christian Doctrine, does copiously declare. ¶ cst d n2 vbr j p-acp dt n1 p-acp dt n1, cc pp-f dt n1 pp-f dt n1, n1. crd. cst d n2 vbr j p-acp p-acp dt n1 p-acp dt n1, n1 np1 p-acp po31 ord n1 pp-f njp n1, vdz av-j vvi. (8) chapter (DIV2) 26 Image 25
229 Therfore, the partes of an Orator, whiche are accounted of some to be, Inuention, Disposition, Elocution, Memory, and Pronounciation, may rightlye be called also the partes of a Preacher. Yea and these thrée: Therefore, the parts of an Orator, which Are accounted of Some to be, Invention, Disposition, Elocution, Memory, and Pronunciation, may rightly be called also the parts of a Preacher. Yea and these thrée: av, dt n2 pp-f dt n1, r-crq vbr vvn pp-f d pc-acp vbi, n1, n1, n1, n1, cc n1, vmb av-jn vbi vvn av dt n2 pp-f dt n1. uh cc d crd: (8) chapter (DIV2) 27 Image 25
230 to Teache, to Delight, to Turne: Likewise againe the thrée kyndes of speakying, Loftye, Base, Meane: to Teach, to Delight, to Turn: Likewise again the thrée Kinds of speakying, Lofty, Base, Mean: pc-acp vvi, p-acp n1, pc-acp vvb: av av dt crd n2 pp-f vvg, j, j, av-j: (8) chapter (DIV2) 27 Image 25
231 Moreouer, the whole craft of varienge the Oration by Schemes and Tropes, pertaineth indifferently to the Preacher and Orator, Moreover, the Whole craft of varienge the Oration by Schemes and Tropes, pertaineth indifferently to the Preacher and Orator, av, dt j-jn n1 pp-f j-vvg dt n1 p-acp n2 cc n2, vvz av-j p-acp dt n1 cc n1, (8) chapter (DIV2) 27 Image 25
232 as Sainct Augustine in the same booke doth wittily confesse and learnedly proue. as Saint Augustine in the same book does wittily confess and learnedly prove. c-acp n1 np1 p-acp dt d n1 vdz av-j vvi cc av-j vvi. (8) chapter (DIV2) 27 Image 25
233 To be short, whatsoeuer is necessarie to the Preacher in disposition, Elocution, and Memorye, the Rhetoritians haue exactlye taught all that in their woorkhouses: To be short, whatsoever is necessary to the Preacher in disposition, Elocution, and Memory, the Rhetoricians have exactly taught all that in their woorkhouses: pc-acp vbi j, r-crq vbz j p-acp dt n1 p-acp n1, n1, cc n1, dt n2 vhb av-j vvn d cst p-acp po32 n2: (8) chapter (DIV2) 27 Image 25
234 wherfore (in my opinion) the Preachers may most conuenientlye learne those partes out of them. Wherefore (in my opinion) the Preachers may most conveniently Learn those parts out of them. c-crq (p-acp po11 n1) dt n2 vmb ds av-j vvi d n2 av pp-f pno32. (8) chapter (DIV2) 27 Image 25
235 Certainly, he that hath béene somdeale exercised in the Scholes of the Rhetoritians before he be receiued into the order of Preachers, shall come much more apte and better furnished then many other, Certainly, he that hath been somdeale exercised in the Schools of the Rhetoricians before he be received into the order of Preachers, shall come much more apt and better furnished then many other, av-j, pns31 cst vhz vbn av vvn p-acp dt n2 pp-f dt n2 c-acp pns31 vbb vvn p-acp dt n1 pp-f n2, vmb vvi av-d av-dc j cc jc vvn cs d n-jn, (8) chapter (DIV2) 27 Image 26
236 and may be bolde to hope, that he shall accomplish somwhat in the Church, worthy of prayse and commendation. and may be bold to hope, that he shall accomplish somewhat in the Church, worthy of praise and commendation. cc vmb vbi j pc-acp vvi, cst pns31 vmb vvi av p-acp dt n1, j pp-f n1 cc n1. (8) chapter (DIV2) 27 Image 26
237 Whiche thinge to bée true, the excellent institution in the faculty of well speaking, of the most famous men, Cyprian, Chrisostome, Basilius, Gregorius, Nazianzenus, and other doth aboundantly argue: Which thing to been true, the excellent Institution in the faculty of well speaking, of the most famous men, Cyprian, Chrysostom, Basil, Gregorius, Nazianzenus, and other does abundantly argue: r-crq n1 pc-acp vbi j, dt j n1 p-acp dt n1 pp-f av vvg, pp-f dt av-ds j n2, jp, np1, np1, np1, np1, cc av-jn vdz av-j vvi: (8) chapter (DIV2) 27 Image 26
238 who being not a little furthered with the furniture of oratorycall arte, became easely of all other the most notable Preachers. who being not a little furthered with the furniture of oratorycall art, became Easily of all other the most notable Preachers. r-crq vbg xx dt j vvd p-acp dt n1 pp-f j n1, vvd av-j pp-f d n-jn dt ds j n2. (8) chapter (DIV2) 27 Image 26
239 But pronounciation, for as much as it is now far otherwyse vsed, then it was in times past, But Pronunciation, for as much as it is now Far otherwise used, then it was in times past, p-acp n1, c-acp c-acp d c-acp pn31 vbz av av-j av vvn, av pn31 vbds p-acp n2 j, (8) chapter (DIV2) 28 Image 26
240 and that all thinges ought with greater grauitie, yea maiestie, to bee done in the Temple then in the courte (to the whiche onely the Rhetoritians somtime informed theyr Disciples) agayne, and that all things ought with greater gravity, yea majesty, to be done in the Temple then in the court (to the which only the Rhetoricians sometime informed their Disciples) again, cc cst d n2 vmd p-acp jc n1, uh n1, pc-acp vbi vdn p-acp dt n1 av p-acp dt n1 (p-acp dt r-crq av-j dt n2 av vvn po32 n2) av, (8) chapter (DIV2) 28 Image 26
241 syth euery Prouince and euery language hath hys proper decorum and comelynesse both in Pronounciation and gesture, which in an other place woulde not so well bee lyked off: sith every Province and every language hath his proper decorum and comeliness both in Pronunciation and gesture, which in an other place would not so well be liked off: c-acp d n1 cc d n1 vhz po31 j n1 cc n1 av-d p-acp n1 cc n1, r-crq p-acp dt j-jn n1 vmd xx av av vbi vvd a-acp: (8) chapter (DIV2) 28 Image 26
242 It shall be good for the Preacher, not to searche the arte of Pronouncinge out of the Scholes of auncient Orators, It shall be good for the Preacher, not to search the art of Pronouncing out of the Schools of ancient Orators, pn31 vmb vbi j p-acp dt n1, xx pc-acp vvi dt n1 pp-f vvg av pp-f dt n2 pp-f j-jn n2, (8) chapter (DIV2) 28 Image 26
243 but to endeuour hymselfe rather to imitate those Maisters, whom hee perceiueth, aboue the residue, to bee commended for their excellent grace and dexteritie, in Pronounciation and behauiour, especially in theyr owne natiue Countrye and region. but to endeavour himself rather to imitate those Masters, whom he perceives, above the residue, to be commended for their excellent grace and dexterity, in Pronunciation and behaviour, especially in their own native Country and region. cc-acp p-acp n1 px31 av pc-acp vvi d n2, ro-crq pns31 vvz, p-acp dt n1, pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp po32 j n1 cc n1, p-acp n1 cc n1, av-j p-acp po32 d j-jn n1 cc n1. (8) chapter (DIV2) 28 Image 26
244 By all these thinges it may appeare, that the Preacher hath many poyntes, chiefely in Inuention, wherein he differeth from the Orator. By all these things it may appear, that the Preacher hath many points, chiefly in Invention, wherein he differeth from the Orator. p-acp d d n2 pn31 vmb vvi, cst dt n1 vhz d n2, av-jn p-acp n1, c-crq pns31 vvz p-acp dt n1. (8) chapter (DIV2) 29 Image 26
245 Whiche thinge séeinge it is so, it shall be our part, in opening of Inuention, to employ a specyall labour and dilygence. Which thing seeing it is so, it shall be our part, in opening of Invention, to employ a special labour and diligence. r-crq n1 vvg pn31 vbz av, pn31 vmb vbi po12 n1, p-acp vvg pp-f n1, pc-acp vvi dt j n1 cc n1. (8) chapter (DIV2) 29 Image 26
246 Albeit, in the meane time, if wee shall perceiue any thing to happen by the way as touching disposition, néedful to be marked, we wyll in no wyse dissemble it. Albeit, in the mean time, if we shall perceive any thing to happen by the Way as touching disposition, needful to be marked, we will in no wise dissemble it. cs, p-acp dt j n1, cs pns12 vmb vvi d n1 pc-acp vvi p-acp dt n1 c-acp vvg n1, j pc-acp vbi vvn, pns12 vmb p-acp dx n1 vvi pn31. (8) chapter (DIV2) 29 Image 26
247 ¶ What matter the Preacher shall choose to handle and entreate off. Cap. V. CHriste in one place sayeth that the Ecclesiasticall teacher, is lyke vnto an housholder, which bringeth out of his treasury, thinges both newe and olde. ¶ What matter the Preacher shall choose to handle and entreat off. Cap. V. Christ in one place Saith that the Ecclesiastical teacher, is like unto an householder, which brings out of his treasury, things both new and old. ¶ q-crq n1 dt n1 vmb vvi pc-acp vvi cc vvi a-acp. np1 np1 np1 p-acp crd n1 vvz cst dt j n1, vbz av-j p-acp dt n1, r-crq vvz av pp-f po31 n1, n2 d j cc j. (9) chapter (DIV2) 29 Image 26
248 And the Apostle calleth the same a faithfull and wyse stuarde or Dispensator in the house of GOD. And the Apostle calls the same a faithful and wise steward or Dispensator in the house of GOD. cc dt n1 vvz dt d dt j cc j n1 cc n1 p-acp dt n1 pp-f np1. (9) chapter (DIV2) 30 Image 26
249 Wherefore the Preacher shall with all dylygence and fydelytie applye hymselfe vnto this, that as •fte as he is purposed in his minde to teache and to exhybite some specyaltie of hys wysedome, hee chose and selecte suche matter, Wherefore the Preacher shall with all diligence and fydelytie apply himself unto this, that as •fte as he is purposed in his mind to teach and to exhybite Some specyaltie of his Wisdom, he chosen and select such matter, c-crq dt n1 vmb p-acp d n1 cc n1 vvb px31 p-acp d, cst c-acp av c-acp pns31 vbz vvn p-acp po31 n1 pc-acp vvi cc pc-acp vvi d n1 pp-f po31 n1, pns31 vvd cc vvi d n1, (9) chapter (DIV2) 30 Image 26
250 as may bée Profitable, Easye, and Necessarye. as may been Profitable, Easy, and Necessary. c-acp vmb vbi j, j, cc j. (9) chapter (DIV2) 30 Image 26
251 Whiche, how and after, what sorte it ought to bée vnderstoode, it is requisite that wee declare more at large. Which, how and After, what sort it ought to been understood, it is requisite that we declare more At large. r-crq, c-crq cc p-acp, r-crq n1 pn31 vmd pc-acp vbi vvd, pn31 vbz j cst pns12 vvb av-dc p-acp j. (9) chapter (DIV2) 30 Image 26
252 The vniuersall doctrine of the Gospell is (no doubt) verye profitable, but it falleth out (how I knowe not) that that is founde to engender most ample commodities, especially with the rude people, whereby Faith properly is nourished, whereby men are prouoked to charytie and good woorkes, The universal Doctrine of the Gospel is (no doubt) very profitable, but it falls out (how I know not) that that is found to engender most ample commodities, especially with the rude people, whereby Faith properly is nourished, whereby men Are provoked to charity and good works, dt j n1 pp-f dt n1 vbz (dx n1) av j, p-acp pn31 vvz av (c-crq pns11 vvb xx) cst d vbz vvn pc-acp vvi ds j n2, av-j p-acp dt j n1, c-crq n1 av-j vbz vvn, c-crq n2 vbr vvn p-acp n1 cc j n2, (9) chapter (DIV2) 31 Image 26
253 and lastly whereby the hope as well of the true beléeuers as also of the good dooers is strengthened & confirmed. and lastly whereby the hope as well of the true believers as also of the good doers is strengthened & confirmed. cc ord c-crq dt n1 c-acp av pp-f dt j n2 c-acp av pp-f dt j n2 vbz vvn cc vvn. (9) chapter (DIV2) 31 Image 26
254 For the whole man as wel internell as externall hath néede to bee enstructed and taught: For the Whole man as well internell as external hath need to be instructed and taught: p-acp dt j-jn n1 c-acp av n1 c-acp j vhz n1 pc-acp vbi vvn cc vvn: (9) chapter (DIV2) 31 Image 26
255 not onelye as touching the duties of this lyfe present, whereof some are towardes God, not only as touching the duties of this life present, whereof Some Are towards God, xx av-j p-acp vvg dt n2 pp-f d n1 j, c-crq d vbr p-acp np1, (9) chapter (DIV2) 31 Image 26
256 and other some towards men, but also as touching the expectation of the lyfe to come. and other Some towards men, but also as touching the expectation of the life to come. cc j-jn d p-acp n2, cc-acp av c-acp vvg dt n1 pp-f dt n1 pc-acp vvi. (9) chapter (DIV2) 31 Image 26
257 For thorowe the knowledge and righte vse of these thinges, man fynallye is made perfect, and procureth to himselfe an entryce to the true and euerlastinge felycitie. For thorough the knowledge and right use of these things, man finally is made perfect, and procureth to himself an entryce to the true and everlasting felycitie. p-acp p-acp dt n1 cc j-jn n1 pp-f d n2, n1 av-j vbz vvn j, cc vvz p-acp px31 dt n1 p-acp dt j cc j n1. (9) chapter (DIV2) 31 Image 26
258 And surely the doctrine of Faith and Loue or Charytie doth most duly teach and instruct this present lyfe, And surely the Doctrine of Faith and Love or Charity does most duly teach and instruct this present life, cc av-j dt n1 pp-f n1 cc n1 cc n1 vdz av-ds av-jn vvi cc vvi d j n1, (9) chapter (DIV2) 31 Image 27
259 when as faith agréeing to the inwarde man, sheweth schiefelye what we owe vnto god, when as faith agreeing to the inward man, shows schiefelye what we owe unto god, c-crq p-acp n1 vvg p-acp dt j n1, vvz av-jn q-crq pns12 vvb p-acp n1, (9) chapter (DIV2) 31 Image 27
260 & loue enforming ye outward mā, teacheth what we owe not only vnto god, but also to men. & love informing you outward man, Teaches what we owe not only unto god, but also to men. cc n1 vvg pn22 j n1, vvz r-crq pns12 vvb xx av-j p-acp n1, cc-acp av p-acp n2. (9) chapter (DIV2) 31 Image 27
261 But hope with the things that cleaue thervnto, do certify vs of those benefits of the lyfe to come, with the expectation whereof, we ought to sustaine and proppe vp our languishing mindes weryed and laden with misery. But hope with the things that cleave thereunto, do certify us of those benefits of the life to come, with the expectation whereof, we ought to sustain and prop up our languishing minds wearied and laden with misery. p-acp n1 p-acp dt n2 cst vvb av, vdb vvi pno12 pp-f d n2 pp-f dt n1 pc-acp vvi, p-acp dt n1 c-crq, pns12 vmd pc-acp vvi cc vvi a-acp po12 j-vvg n2 vvn cc vvn p-acp n1. (9) chapter (DIV2) 31 Image 27
262 Wherfore the Preacher shall wholly be occupyed in handlyng and discoursing of these places most chiefly which are conteined vnder Faith, Loue and Hope, Now, to Faith belong these places; Wherefore the Preacher shall wholly be ocupied in handling and discoursing of these places most chiefly which Are contained under Faith, Love and Hope, Now, to Faith belong these places; c-crq dt n1 vmb av-jn vbi vvn p-acp vvg cc vvg pp-f d n2 av-ds av-jn r-crq vbr vvn p-acp n1, n1 cc vvb, av, p-acp n1 vvb d n2; (9) chapter (DIV2) 31 Image 27
263 of the goodnes and power of God, of the frée mercy of God towarde vs, of the benefites purchased by Christ, of the merit and effect of the death and of all the actions of Christe, of the giftes of the holy ghost, of repentaunce and true mortification, of faith and spirituall viuification, of the remission of sinnes, of the iustification of man thorow faith in Iesus Christ, of the right inuocation of the name of GOD, of the daylye exercise of prayer, of thankes giuinge, of the sincere worshippinge of God, of the Goodness and power of God, of the free mercy of God toward us, of the benefits purchased by christ, of the merit and Effect of the death and of all the actions of Christ, of the Gifts of the holy ghost, of Repentance and true mortification, of faith and spiritual vivification, of the remission of Sins, of the justification of man thorough faith in Iesus christ, of the right invocation of the name of GOD, of the daily exercise of prayer, of thanks giving, of the sincere worshipping of God, pp-f dt n1 cc n1 pp-f np1, pp-f dt j n1 pp-f np1 p-acp pno12, pp-f dt n2 vvn p-acp np1, pp-f dt n1 cc n1 pp-f dt n1 cc pp-f d dt n2 pp-f np1, pp-f dt n2 pp-f dt j n1, pp-f n1 cc j n1, pp-f n1 cc j n1, pp-f dt n1 pp-f n2, pp-f dt n1 pp-f n1 p-acp n1 p-acp np1 np1, pp-f dt j-jn n1 pp-f dt n1 pp-f np1, pp-f dt av-j n1 pp-f n1, pp-f n2 vvg, pp-f dt j vvg pp-f np1, (9) chapter (DIV2) 31 Image 27
264 as namely in what points it consisteth, of the dignitie, effect, and the loue of the worde of God, of the promises of God, of confession of the knowne veritie, of constancye in faith. as namely in what points it Consisteth, of the dignity, Effect, and the love of the word of God, of the promises of God, of Confessi of the known verity, of constancy in faith. c-acp av p-acp r-crq vvz pn31 vvz, pp-f dt n1, n1, cc dt n1 pp-f dt n1 pp-f np1, pp-f dt n2 pp-f np1, pp-f n1 pp-f dt j-vvn n1, pp-f n1 p-acp n1. (9) chapter (DIV2) 31 Image 27
265 Lykewise, against the abusers of the name of God, against othes and swearing, against sondry supersticions, against rites of Idolatrie, against new spronge vp heresies. Likewise, against the Abusers of the name of God, against Oaths and swearing, against sundry superstitions, against Rites of Idolatry, against new sprung up heresies. av, p-acp dt n2 pp-f dt n1 pp-f np1, p-acp n2 cc vvg, p-acp j n2, p-acp n2 pp-f n1, p-acp j vvd a-acp n2. (9) chapter (DIV2) 31 Image 27
266 Also, those first articles of relygion contayned in the Symboll of the apostles, called the Creede, are to be placed in this tribe or forme. Also, those First Articles of Religion contained in the Symbol of the Apostles, called the Creed, Are to be placed in this tribe or Form. av, d ord n2 pp-f n1 vvn p-acp dt n1 pp-f dt n2, vvd dt n1, vbr pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp d n1 cc n1. (9) chapter (DIV2) 31 Image 27
267 To the order of Loue perteine these places: To the order of Love pertain these places: p-acp dt n1 pp-f vvb vvi d n2: (9) chapter (DIV2) 32 Image 27
268 of the amendement of lyfe, of the integritie of maners, of chastitie, of modestie, of avoyding of offences, of kyndnes and lyberalytie, of almes, of the amendment of life, of the integrity of manners, of chastity, of modesty, of avoiding of offences, of kindness and lyberalytie, of alms, pp-f dt n1 pp-f n1, pp-f dt n1 pp-f n2, pp-f n1, pp-f n1, pp-f vvg pp-f n2, pp-f n1 cc n1, pp-f n2, (9) chapter (DIV2) 32 Image 27
269 and other good déedes, of pacience, of bearing the crosse, of forgiuinge of those that hurte vs, of praying for all men, and other good Deeds, of patience, of bearing the cross, of forgiuinge of those that hurt us, of praying for all men, cc j-jn j n2, pp-f n1, pp-f vvg dt n1, pp-f vvg pp-f d cst vvd pno12, pp-f vvg p-acp d n2, (9) chapter (DIV2) 32 Image 27
270 euen for our enimies, of humilytie, of obedience to magistarates. Also, of those thinges that become euery man in his callyng and trade of lyfe. even for our enemies, of humilytie, of Obedience to magistarates. Also, of those things that become every man in his calling and trade of life. av p-acp po12 n2, pp-f n1, pp-f n1 pc-acp vvz. av, pp-f d n2 cst vvb d n1 p-acp po31 n-vvg cc n1 pp-f n1. (9) chapter (DIV2) 32 Image 27
271 Moreouer, against y•e, against drounkennes, against slaundryng and detraction, against fornication, against superfluitie in apparel & other things, against filthy idlenesse, against vsurers, against euill and noysome customes, against al kinde of vi•es which from time to time doe créepe in amongst vs. Lastly, to these ought to be added the declaration of ye Decaloge, especially the commaundements of the seconde table. Moreover, against y•e, against drounkennes, against slaundryng and detraction, against fornication, against superfluity in apparel & other things, against filthy idleness, against usurers, against evil and noisome customs, against all kind of vi•es which from time to time do creep in among us Lastly, to these ought to be added the declaration of the Decalogue, especially the Commandments of the seconde table. av, p-acp n1, p-acp n1, p-acp j-vvg cc n1, p-acp n1, p-acp n1 p-acp n1 cc j-jn n2, p-acp j n1, p-acp n2, p-acp j-jn cc j n2, p-acp d n1 pp-f n2 r-crq p-acp n1 p-acp n1 vdb vvi p-acp p-acp pno12 ord, p-acp d pi pc-acp vbi vvn dt n1 pp-f dt n1, av-j dt n2 pp-f dt ord n1. (9) chapter (DIV2) 32 Image 27
272 Now the doctrine of the churche, of the communion of the Church, of the authorytie of the Church, of ecclesiastical discipline, of the sacramentes, of the institution and right vse of the same, is wholy applyed to the exercise of faith and loue ioyntly together. Now the Doctrine of the Church, of the communion of the Church, of the authorytie of the Church, of ecclesiastical discipline, of the Sacraments, of the Institution and right use of the same, is wholly applied to the exercise of faith and love jointly together. av dt n1 pp-f dt n1, pp-f dt n1 pp-f dt n1, pp-f dt n1 pp-f dt n1, pp-f j n1, pp-f dt n2, pp-f dt n1 cc j-jn n1 pp-f dt d, vbz av-jn vvd p-acp dt n1 pp-f n1 cc n1 av-j av. (9) chapter (DIV2) 32 Image 27
273 Last of all, to Hope, are these places to be referred: Last of all, to Hope, Are these places to be referred: ord pp-f d, p-acp vvb, vbr d n2 pc-acp vbi vvn: (9) chapter (DIV2) 33 Image 27
274 of eternall life in the kingdome of heauen, of the glory of the soules and bodyes after this lyfe with Christe sittinge at the right hand of God the father, of the resurrection of the body, of the last iudgement to be executed by Christe, of the rewarde of good works in the world present and to come, of the assured deliueraunce of the godly out of daungers, of the paines and sondrye calamities of the wicked, of the euerlasting condemnation of ye vngodly. of Eternal life in the Kingdom of heaven, of the glory of the Souls and bodies After this life with Christ sitting At the right hand of God the father, of the resurrection of the body, of the last judgement to be executed by Christ, of the reward of good works in the world present and to come, of the assured deliverance of the godly out of dangers, of the pains and sundry calamities of the wicked, of the everlasting condemnation of the ungodly. pp-f j n1 p-acp dt n1 pp-f n1, pp-f dt n1 pp-f dt n2 cc n2 p-acp d n1 p-acp np1 vvg p-acp dt j-jn n1 pp-f np1 dt n1, pp-f dt n1 pp-f dt n1, pp-f dt ord n1 pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp np1, pp-f dt n1 pp-f j n2 p-acp dt n1 j cc pc-acp vvi, pp-f dt j-vvn n1 pp-f dt j av pp-f n2, pp-f dt n2 cc j n2 pp-f dt j, pp-f dt j n1 pp-f dt j. (9) chapter (DIV2) 33 Image 27
275 But who is able to recken vp and rehearce all places in order? These verely are the chiefe and principal, which haue euery where in the sacred scriptures in the sermons of the Prophetes, of Christ and the Apostles most plentifully expressed, But who is able to reckon up and rehearse all places in order? These verily Are the chief and principal, which have every where in the sacred Scriptures in the Sermons of the prophets, of christ and the Apostles most plentifully expressed, p-acp r-crq vbz j pc-acp vvi a-acp cc vvi d n2 p-acp n1? np1 av-j vbr dt j-jn cc n-jn, r-crq vhb d c-crq p-acp dt j n2 p-acp dt n2 pp-f dt n2, pp-f np1 cc dt n2 av-ds av-j vvn, (9) chapter (DIV2) 33 Image 27
276 and that most holesomly are propounded and set foorth to the multitude in the Church, and that most holesomly Are propounded and Set forth to the multitude in the Church, cc cst av-ds av-j vbr vvn cc vvn av p-acp dt n1 p-acp dt n1, (9) chapter (DIV2) 33 Image 27
277 and of which the teachers of the people shall neuer at any time sufficientlye, neuer out of season entreate. and of which the Teachers of the people shall never At any time sufficiently, never out of season entreat. cc pp-f r-crq dt n2 pp-f dt n1 vmb av-x p-acp d n1 av-j, av-x av pp-f n1 vvi. (9) chapter (DIV2) 33 Image 27
278 And that we haue rightlye and properlye recited and digested these said places, this may be a proofe, that the Apostle writinge to Timothy and Titus (whom he had ordayned bishops and teachers in the Churches of of God) inculketh euery where the same, And that we have rightly and properly recited and digested these said places, this may be a proof, that the Apostle writing to Timothy and Titus (whom he had ordained Bishops and Teachers in the Churches of of God) inculketh every where the same, cc cst pns12 vhb av-jn cc av-j vvn cc vvn d j-vvn n2, d vmb vbi dt n1, cst dt n1 n1 p-acp np1 cc np1 (r-crq pns31 vhd vvn n2 cc n2 p-acp dt n2 pp-f pp-f np1) vvz d c-crq dt d, (9) chapter (DIV2) 33 Image 27
279 and with lyke diligence vndoubtedly commandeth them to be vrged and inculked of others. and with like diligence undoubtedly commands them to be urged and inculked of Others. cc p-acp av-j n1 av-j vvz pno32 pc-acp vbi vvn cc zz pp-f n2-jn. (9) chapter (DIV2) 33 Image 27
280 And to Titus. 3. he willeth generallye all foolish and vnprofitable questions by all meanes to bee auoyded and eschewed. And to Titus. 3. he wills generally all foolish and unprofitable questions by all means to be avoided and Eschewed. cc p-acp np1. crd pns31 vvz av-j d j cc j-u n2 p-acp d n2 pc-acp vbi vvn cc vvn. (9) chapter (DIV2) 33 Image 27
281 Thus much, therefore, concerning the profit and vtylitie of matter. We saide in the seconde place that an easye matter ought to be chosen. And that for these causes: Thus much, Therefore, Concerning the profit and vtylitie of matter. We said in the seconde place that an easy matter ought to be chosen. And that for these Causes: av av-d, av, vvg dt n1 cc n1 pp-f n1. pns12 vvd p-acp dt ord n1 cst dt j n1 vmd pc-acp vbi vvn. cc cst p-acp d n2: (9) chapter (DIV2) 33 Image 28
282 Amonge the multitude the greatest parte is rude and vnlearned, or if there be any in place that are learned in déede, Among the multitude the greatest part is rude and unlearned, or if there be any in place that Are learned in deed, p-acp dt n1 dt js n1 vbz j cc j, cc cs pc-acp vbb d p-acp n1 cst vbr vvn p-acp n1, (9) chapter (DIV2) 34 Image 28
283 yet where is one amongst them all that is expert in divine matters? or how many shalt thou finde in the multitude that be diuines, yet where is one among them all that is expert in divine matters? or how many shalt thou find in the multitude that be Divines, av q-crq vbz pi p-acp pno32 d cst vbz j p-acp j-jn n2? cc c-crq d vm2 pns21 vvi p-acp dt n1 cst vbb n2-jn, (9) chapter (DIV2) 34 Image 28
284 and such diuines, as can rightly attaine to matters hard and difficult? which thing syth it is so, in vaine shall those thinges be proposed in a Sermon, that either none at al, and such Divines, as can rightly attain to matters hard and difficult? which thing sith it is so, in vain shall those things be proposed in a Sermon, that either none At all, cc d n2-jn, c-acp vmb av-jn vvi p-acp n2 j cc j? r-crq n1 c-acp pn31 vbz av, p-acp j vmb d n2 vbb vvn p-acp dt n1, cst d pi p-acp d, (9) chapter (DIV2) 34 Image 28
285 or els very few may vnderstand. or Else very few may understand. cc av av d vmb vvi. (9) chapter (DIV2) 34 Image 28
286 He must remember, what soeuer he be that teacheth in the church, that he serueth the turne of the multitude, He must Remember, what soever he be that Teaches in the Church, that he serveth the turn of the multitude, pns31 vmb vvi, r-crq av pns31 vbb cst vvz p-acp dt n1, cst pns31 vvz dt n1 pp-f dt n1, (9) chapter (DIV2) 34 Image 28
287 and that he ought to prouide rather for many then a few. and that he ought to provide rather for many then a few. cc cst pns31 vmd pc-acp vvi av-c p-acp d av dt d. (9) chapter (DIV2) 34 Image 28
288 And what, if by handling of hard and difficult places some perill commeth rather to be feared, And what, if by handling of hard and difficult places Some peril comes rather to be feared, cc q-crq, cs p-acp vvg pp-f j cc j n2 d n1 vvz av-c pc-acp vbi vvn, (9) chapter (DIV2) 34 Image 28
289 then profit and commoditie to be looked for? for in déede, when some curious hearers begin once to cast in their minds how with study and dilygence they may perceiue the misteries of diuine matters, this commonlye commeth in vre: then profit and commodity to be looked for? for in deed, when Some curious hearers begin once to cast in their minds how with study and diligence they may perceive the Mysteres of divine matters, this commonly comes in use: cs n1 cc n1 pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp? p-acp p-acp n1, c-crq d j n2 vvb a-acp pc-acp vvi p-acp po32 n2 c-crq p-acp n1 cc n1 pns32 vmb vvi dt n2 pp-f j-jn n2, d av-j vvz p-acp n1: (9) chapter (DIV2) 34 Image 28
290 that by long and much searching they fal into errours, and whilst they call to remembraunce diuers and sundry interpretations, they conceiue straunge and phantasticall opinions, whiche immediatelye after they obstinatly holde and defende, that by long and much searching they fall into errors, and while they call to remembrance diverse and sundry interpretations, they conceive strange and fantastical opinions, which immediately After they obstinately hold and defend, cst p-acp j cc d vvg pns32 vvi p-acp n2, cc cs pns32 vvb p-acp n1 j cc j n2, pns32 vvb j cc j n2, r-crq av-j c-acp pns32 av-j vvi cc vvi, (9) chapter (DIV2) 34 Image 28
291 and to the great hurt and disturbance both of them selues, & also of others, yea of the whole church, they delight to dispearce them amonge the vnlearned. and to the great hurt and disturbance both of them selves, & also of Others, yea of the Whole Church, they delight to dispearce them among the unlearned. cc p-acp dt j n1 cc n1 av-d pp-f pno32 n2, cc av pp-f n2-jn, uh pp-f dt j-jn n1, pns32 vvb pc-acp vvi pno32 p-acp dt j. (9) chapter (DIV2) 34 Image 28
292 For this cause, therfore, the apostle oft times warneth vs to auoyde all kinde of doctrine that conduceth not to godlynesse, that maketh men proude and hye minded, For this cause, Therefore, the apostle oft times warneth us to avoid all kind of Doctrine that conduceth not to godliness, that makes men proud and high minded, p-acp d n1, av, dt n1 av n2 vvz pno12 pc-acp vvi d n1 pp-f n1 cst vvz xx p-acp n1, cst vv2 n2 j cc j j-vvn, (9) chapter (DIV2) 34 Image 28
293 yea curious and supertitious rather then godly disposed, that stirreth vp strif, brawling and debate, and that edifieth few or none at all. yea curious and superstitious rather then godly disposed, that stirs up strife, brawling and debate, and that Edifieth few or none At all. uh j cc j av av j vvn, cst vvz a-acp n1, vvg cc n1, cc d vvz d cc pix p-acp av-d. (9) chapter (DIV2) 34 Image 28
294 And the Apostle Peter in his last epistle Cap. 3. In the epistles (saieth he) of our brother Paule, are some thinges harde to bee vnderstoode, which the ignoraunt and vnconstant doe wreste, And the Apostle Peter in his last epistle Cap. 3. In the Epistles (Saith he) of our brother Paul, Are Some things harden to be understood, which the ignorant and unconstant doe wrest, cc dt n1 np1 p-acp po31 ord n1 np1 crd p-acp dt n2 (vvz pns31) pp-f po12 n1 np1, vbr d n2 j pc-acp vbi vvd, r-crq dt j cc j-u n1 vvb, (9) chapter (DIV2) 34 Image 28
295 like as other also of the Scriptures to their owne destructiō. like as other also of the Scriptures to their own destruction. av-j c-acp j-jn av pp-f dt n2 p-acp po32 d n1. (9) chapter (DIV2) 34 Image 28
296 Eunomius byshop of Cyzicene (by ye report of Sozomenus ) whilst he discussed on a tune hard places to ye people, of ye substāce of god, of ye knowledge of god, adhibiting also captious and intrycate, reasons of Logick, ministred occasion of an vprore, in which he was expelled both from the citie and also from his byshoprick. Eunomius bishop of Cyzicene (by the report of Sozomenus) while he discussed on a tune hard places to you people, of the substance of god, of the knowledge of god, adhibiting also captious and intrycate, Reasons of Logic, ministered occasion of an uproar, in which he was expelled both from the City and also from his bishopric. np1 n1 pp-f np1 (p-acp dt n1 pp-f np1) cs pns31 vvd p-acp dt n1 j n2 p-acp pn22 n1, pp-f dt n1 pp-f n1, pp-f dt n1 pp-f n1, vvg av j cc j, n2 pp-f n1, vvn n1 pp-f dt n1, p-acp r-crq pns31 vbds vvd av-d p-acp dt n1 cc av p-acp po31 n1. (9) chapter (DIV2) 34 Image 28
297 And we in our time haue harde, how some mouing diuers darke and perplexed questions, haue giuen occasion of much euill & inconuenience, And we in our time have harden, how Some moving diverse dark and perplexed questions, have given occasion of much evil & inconvenience, cc pns12 p-acp po12 n1 vhb vvn, c-crq d j-vvg j j cc j-vvn n2, vhb vvn n1 pp-f d j-jn cc n1, (9) chapter (DIV2) 34 Image 28
298 but of very little or no good at al. Where if peraduenture in the booke or part of the booke which is expounded, some difficult place do offer it selfe, that can not conuenientlye be pretermitted: but of very little or no good At all Where if Peradventure in the book or part of the book which is expounded, Some difficult place do offer it self, that can not conveniently be pretermitted: cc-acp pp-f av j cc dx j p-acp d c-crq cs av p-acp dt n1 cc n1 pp-f dt n1 r-crq vbz vvn, d j n1 vdb vvi pn31 n1, cst vmb xx av-j vbi vvn: (9) chapter (DIV2) 34 Image 28
299 then my counsell is that this moderation be vsed. The place shall in deede be opened but soberly and in few wordes: then simply and plainely: then my counsel is that this moderation be used. The place shall in deed be opened but soberly and in few words: then simply and plainly: cs po11 n1 vbz d d n1 vbi vvn. dt n1 vmb p-acp n1 vbi vvn cc-acp av-j cc p-acp d n2: av av-j cc av-j: (9) chapter (DIV2) 34 Image 28
300 lastly with an exhortation added, concerninge the true and right vse of the same doctrine. lastly with an exhortation added, Concerning the true and right use of the same Doctrine. ord p-acp dt n1 vvd, vvg dt j cc j-jn n1 pp-f dt d n1. (9) chapter (DIV2) 34 Image 28
301 By these thrée meanes it is forséene and prouided, that no scrupulus and superfluous questions and disceptations shall arise and remaine among the people. By these thrée means it is forseen and provided, that no Scrupulus and superfluous questions and disceptations shall arise and remain among the people. p-acp d crd n2 pn31 vbz vvn cc vvn, cst dx fw-la cc j n2 cc n2 vmb vvi cc vvi p-acp dt n1. (9) chapter (DIV2) 34 Image 28
302 Which trade of teaching we may ascribe to the apostle, who hath shewed the same vnto vs. Among the Thessalonians were some, that with many words, verye curyously and diuersly disputed of the comminge of our Lorde Iesus Christ to the last iudgement: Which trade of teaching we may ascribe to the apostle, who hath showed the same unto us Among the Thessalonians were Some, that with many words, very curiously and diversely disputed of the coming of our Lord Iesus christ to the last judgement: r-crq n1 pp-f vvg pns12 vmb vvi p-acp dt n1, r-crq vhz vvn dt d p-acp pno12 p-acp dt njp2 vbdr d, cst p-acp d n2, av av-j cc av-j vvn pp-f dt n-vvg pp-f po12 n1 np1 np1 p-acp dt ord n1: (9) chapter (DIV2) 34 Image 28
303 which controuersy the Apostle being desyrous to dissolue and breake vp, fyrste briefly vseth in maner of a preface and admonisheth them that they would not immoderatly be terrified or mooued with the words of false teachers: which controversy the Apostle being desirous to dissolve and break up, First briefly uses in manner of a preface and Admonisheth them that they would not immoderately be terrified or moved with the words of false Teachers: r-crq n1 dt n1 vbg j pc-acp vvi cc vvi a-acp, ord av-j vvz p-acp n1 pp-f dt n1 cc vvz pno32 cst pns32 vmd xx av-j vbi vvn cc vvn p-acp dt n2 pp-f j n2: (9) chapter (DIV2) 34 Image 28
304 moreouer, mindinge to signifi that ye time of Christs second comming was not yet to be looked for, he heapeth not togither many arguments or prophesies out of the Prophets, moreover, minding to signifi that you time of Christ second coming was not yet to be looked for, he heapeth not together many Arguments or prophecies out of the prophets, av, vvg p-acp n2 cst pn22 n1 pp-f npg1 ord vvg vbds xx av pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp, pns31 vvz xx av d n2 cc n2 av pp-f dt n2, (9) chapter (DIV2) 34 Image 28
305 but with one onely reson deriued of the signe or token, he proueth them to erre, that went about to vphold the contrary. but with one only Reason's derived of the Signen or token, he Proves them to err, that went about to uphold the contrary. cc-acp p-acp crd j ng1 vvn pp-f dt n1 cc n1, pns31 vvz pno32 pc-acp vvi, cst vvd a-acp pc-acp vvi dt n-jn. (9) chapter (DIV2) 34 Image 28
306 For before the Lorde come, that wicked man Antichriste must be reuealed, wherefore, séeing he is not yet in sighte, it is not to be beléeued that the comming of the Lorde is at hande. For before the Lord come, that wicked man Antichrist must be revealed, Wherefore, seeing he is not yet in sight, it is not to be believed that the coming of the Lord is At hand. c-acp p-acp dt n1 vvb, cst j n1 np1 vmb vbi vvn, c-crq, vvg pns31 vbz xx av p-acp n1, pn31 vbz xx pc-acp vbi vvn cst dt n-vvg pp-f dt n1 vbz p-acp n1. (9) chapter (DIV2) 35 Image 28
307 Then fortwith as pertaining to the demonstration of the right vse of the same doctrine, he exhorteth them that they would be of good comfort, Then fortwith as pertaining to the demonstration of the right use of the same Doctrine, he exhorteth them that they would be of good Comfort, av av c-acp vvg p-acp dt n1 pp-f dt j-jn n1 pp-f dt d n1, pns31 vvz pno32 cst pns32 vmd vbi pp-f j n1, (9) chapter (DIV2) 36 Image 29
308 and giue thanks vnto God that vouched safe to elect them to saluation, neither would suffer them to be of their number that shoulde be seduced by Antichrist: and give thanks unto God that vouched safe to elect them to salvation, neither would suffer them to be of their number that should be seduced by Antichrist: cc vvi n2 p-acp np1 cst vvd j pc-acp vvi pno32 p-acp n1, dx vmd vvi pno32 pc-acp vbi pp-f po32 n1 cst vmd vbi vvn p-acp np1: (9) chapter (DIV2) 36 Image 29
309 howbeit that this one thing remained, namly, that they would abide constant in faith, and with all their endeuour flye and eschew false teachers. howbeit that this one thing remained, namely, that they would abide constant in faith, and with all their endeavour fly and eschew false Teachers. a-acp cst d crd n1 vvd, av, cst pns32 vmd vvi j p-acp n1, cc p-acp d po32 n1 vvi cc vvi j n2. (9) chapter (DIV2) 36 Image 29
310 The same Apostle, where to the Romaines. 9. in his disputation of the reiection of the Iewes and callinge of the Gentiles, he falleth into a very hard place concerning predestination and frée election, coueting to declare that God whether he electeth or reiecteth, dealeth alwayes iustelye and vprightly: The same Apostle, where to the Romans. 9. in his disputation of the rejection of the Iewes and calling of the Gentiles, he falls into a very hard place Concerning predestination and free election, coveting to declare that God whither he Electeth or rejects, deals always Justly and uprightly: dt d n1, c-crq p-acp dt njp2. crd p-acp po31 n1 pp-f dt n1 pp-f dt npg1 cc vvg pp-f dt n2-j, pns31 vvz p-acp dt j j n1 vvg n1 cc j n1, vvg pc-acp vvi cst np1 cs pns31 vvz cc vvz, vvz av av-j cc av-j: (9) chapter (DIV2) 37 Image 29
311 first veryly inferreth one or two examples of Iacob and Esau, then of Pharao, and forth with a similitude of the Potter, (for these are proofes very fit to teach the rude and ignoraunt people) afterwarde as one terryfied with the difficulty of the cause, he breaketh off (as yée would say) the continuaunce of his tale. First verily infers one or two Examples of Iacob and Esau, then of Pharaoh, and forth with a similitude of the Potter, (for these Are proofs very fit to teach the rude and ignorant people) afterward as one terryfied with the difficulty of the cause, he breaks off (as the would say) the Continuance of his tale. ord av-j vvz crd cc crd n2 pp-f np1 cc np1, av pp-f np1, cc av p-acp dt n1 pp-f dt n1, (c-acp d vbr n2 av j pc-acp vvi dt j cc j n1) av c-acp pi vvn p-acp dt n1 pp-f dt n1, pns31 vvz a-acp (c-acp pn22 vmd vvi) dt n1 pp-f po31 n1. (9) chapter (DIV2) 37 Image 29
312 Either of whiche his dooyngs (no doubt) is very wel to be lyked, Either of which his doings (no doubt) is very well to be liked, av-d pp-f r-crq po31 n2-vdg (dx n1) vbz av av pc-acp vbi vvd, (9) chapter (DIV2) 37 Image 29
313 for the one was profitable to the plainnes and perspicuitie of the matter, the other very necessary for breuities sake and the avoyding of errour. Finally, in the cap. for the one was profitable to the plainness and perspicuity of the matter, the other very necessary for brevities sake and the avoiding of error. Finally, in the cap. p-acp dt pi vbds j p-acp dt n1 cc n1 pp-f dt n1, dt n-jn av j c-acp ng1 n1 cc dt vvg pp-f n1. av-j, p-acp dt n1. (9) chapter (DIV2) 37 Image 29
314 11. shettinge vp his whole disputation, he teacheth very learnedly to the Gentiles, the true vse of his whole doctrine, 11. shettinge up his Whole disputation, he Teaches very learnedly to the Gentiles, the true use of his Whole Doctrine, crd vvg a-acp po31 j-jn n1, pns31 vvz av av-j p-acp dt n2-j, dt j n1 pp-f po31 j-jn n1, (9) chapter (DIV2) 37 Image 29
315 when as he putteth them in minde, that they shoulde not be proude for this cause, that being taken out of the wilde Oliue trée (yu hast yet an other similitude) they are grafted into ye true Oliue: when as he putteth them in mind, that they should not be proud for this cause, that being taken out of the wild Olive tree (thou hast yet an other similitude) they Are grafted into you true Olive: c-crq c-acp pns31 vvz pno32 p-acp n1, cst pns32 vmd xx vbi j p-acp d n1, cst vbg vvn av pp-f dt j n1 n1 (pns21 vh2 av dt j-jn n1) pns32 vbr vvn p-acp pn22 j n1: (9) chapter (DIV2) 37 Image 29
316 for yt it might come to passe, that they should againe be cut off. for that it might come to pass, that they should again be Cut off. c-acp pn31 pn31 vmd vvi pc-acp vvi, cst pns32 vmd av vbi vvn a-acp. (9) chapter (DIV2) 37 Image 29
317 And at the length, as though he had waded further then he would, he endeth with an exclamation: And At the length, as though he had waded further then he would, he Endeth with an exclamation: cc p-acp dt n1, c-acp cs pns31 vhd vvn av-jc cs pns31 vmd, pns31 vvz p-acp dt n1: (9) chapter (DIV2) 37 Image 29
318 O the deepenesse (saieth he) of the riches, and wisdome, and knowledge of God. Oh the deepness (Saith he) of the riches, and Wisdom, and knowledge of God. uh dt n1 (vvz pns31) pp-f dt n2, cc n1, cc n1 pp-f np1. (9) chapter (DIV2) 37 Image 29
319 So, I say he is wise, and the same also worthy the name of an Apostle, that is well exercised in the interpretation of the sriptures, So, I say he is wise, and the same also worthy the name of an Apostle, that is well exercised in the Interpretation of the Scriptures, av, pns11 vvb pns31 vbz j, cc dt d av j dt n1 pp-f dt n1, cst vbz av vvn p-acp dt n1 pp-f dt n2, (9) chapter (DIV2) 37 Image 29
320 wherfore, let it not repent vs to folow and imitate the example of so worthy • doctor in hard and difficult places. Wherefore, let it not Repent us to follow and imitate the Exampl of so worthy • Doctor in hard and difficult places. c-crq, vvb pn31 xx vvi pno12 pc-acp vvi cc vvi dt n1 pp-f av j • n1 p-acp j cc j n2. (9) chapter (DIV2) 37 Image 29
321 Last of all, the Preacher ought to choose matter necessarie, and (as the Apostle willeth) omit superfluous. Last of all, the Preacher ought to choose matter necessary, and (as the Apostle wills) omit superfluous. ord pp-f d, dt n1 vmd pc-acp vvi n1 j, cc (c-acp dt n1 vvz) vvb j. (9) chapter (DIV2) 38 Image 29
322 I vnderstand that to be necessary, which is most agréeable to the time and place, and whiche the present multitude can not wel be without. I understand that to be necessary, which is most agreeable to the time and place, and which the present multitude can not well be without. pns11 vvb cst pc-acp vbi j, r-crq vbz av-ds j p-acp dt n1 cc n1, cc r-crq dt j n1 vmb xx av vbi p-acp. (9) chapter (DIV2) 38 Image 29
323 There be in deede a nūber of diuine places very profitable, but yet not al méete to be expoūded in euery place & time. There be in deed a number of divine places very profitable, but yet not all meet to be expounded in every place & time. pc-acp vbi p-acp n1 dt n1 pp-f j-jn n2 av j, p-acp av xx d vvi pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp d n1 cc n1. (9) chapter (DIV2) 39 Image 29
324 Some people haue their peculiar vices, & in some one citie reigne diuers enormities, which to an other citie are scarce lye knowen. some people have their peculiar vices, & in Some one City Reign diverse enormities, which to an other City Are scarce lie known. d n1 vhb po32 j n2, cc p-acp d crd n1 vvi j n2, r-crq p-acp dt j-jn n1 vbr av-j n1 vvn. (9) chapter (DIV2) 39 Image 29
325 Moreouer, among some be stirred vp contencions and varieties touching the doctrine of religion, againe amongst other some all thinges are quiet. Moreover, among Some be stirred up contentions and varieties touching the Doctrine of Religion, again among other Some all things Are quiet. av, p-acp d vbb vvn a-acp n2 cc n2 vvg dt n1 pp-f n1, av p-acp j-jn d d n2 vbr j-jn. (9) chapter (DIV2) 39 Image 29
326 Therfore in •ace thou speakest of crimes and errours to the people, in whom those crimes or errours are not to be founde, truly thou doest not wisely. Therefore in •ace thou Speakest of crimes and errors to the people, in whom those crimes or errors Are not to be found, truly thou dost not wisely. av p-acp n1 pns21 vv2 pp-f n2 cc n2 p-acp dt n1, p-acp ro-crq d n2 cc n2 vbr xx pc-acp vbi vvn, av-j pns21 vd2 xx av-j. (9) chapter (DIV2) 39 Image 29
327 For it is to be feared least thy sharpe and tedious reprehension bréede offence amonge those that be weake, whiche will now beginne to learne some euill of thée, that before they were ignoraunt off. For it is to be feared least thy sharp and tedious reprehension breed offence among those that be weak, which will now begin to Learn Some evil of thee, that before they were ignorant off. p-acp pn31 vbz pc-acp vbi vvn ds po21 j cc j n1 vvi n1 p-acp d cst vbb j, r-crq vmb av vvi pc-acp vvi d n-jn pp-f pno21, cst c-acp pns32 vbdr j a-acp. (9) chapter (DIV2) 39 Image 29
328 They that minister medicines to the whole, doe rather hurt them, then confirme thei health. They that minister medicines to the Whole, do rather hurt them, then confirm they health. pns32 d vvi n2 p-acp dt j-jn, vdb av-c vvi pno32, av vvb pns32 n1. (9) chapter (DIV2) 40 Image 29
329 But on the other side, if in any place sinnes or straunge heresies doe budde forth, thou doest not eftsoones, But on the other side, if in any place Sins or strange heresies do bud forth, thou dost not eftsoons, p-acp p-acp dt j-jn n1, cs p-acp d n1 n2 cc j n2 vdb vvi av, pns21 vd2 xx av, (9) chapter (DIV2) 40 Image 29
330 and before they take déepe roote, méete with them and endeuour to roote them out, all the blame of the euill shall be imputed vnto thée: and before they take deep root, meet with them and endeavour to root them out, all the blame of the evil shall be imputed unto thee: cc c-acp pns32 vvb j-jn n1, vvb p-acp pno32 cc n1 pc-acp vvi pno32 av, d dt n1 pp-f dt n-jn vmb vbi vvn p-acp pno21: (9) chapter (DIV2) 40 Image 29
331 and if, wher it behooued thée stoutly to speake, thou filthily holdest thy peace, yu shalt worthily be reported off according to ye sayīg of ye prophet Esay, A dumbe dog, not daring to barke. and if, where it behooved thee stoutly to speak, thou filthily holdest thy peace, thou shalt worthily be reported off according to you saying of the Prophet Isaiah, A dumb dog, not daring to bark. cc cs, c-crq pn31 vvd pno21 av-j p-acp vvi, pns21 av-j vv2 po21 n1, pns21 vm2 av-j vbi vvn a-acp vvg p-acp pn22 vvg pp-f dt n1 np1, dt j n1, xx vvg pc-acp vvi. (9) chapter (DIV2) 40 Image 29
332 Furthermore, it so chaunceth oft times that diuers and sondrye affaires happen, of which it standeth the preacher vppon to frame Orations of diuers kindes: Furthermore, it so chanceth oft times that diverse and sundry affairs happen, of which it Stands the preacher upon to frame Orations of diverse Kinds: av, pn31 av vvz av n2 cst j cc j n2 vvi, pp-f r-crq pn31 vvz dt n1 p-acp pc-acp vvi n2 pp-f j n2: (9) chapter (DIV2) 41 Image 29
333 as when the common wealth is oppressed with famine, pestilence or warre, when the fruits of the field lie beaten downe with hayle or intemperature of the ayre, as when the Common wealth is oppressed with famine, pestilence or war, when the fruits of the field lie beaten down with hail or intemperature of the air, c-acp c-crq dt j n1 vbz vvn p-acp n1, n1 cc n1, c-crq dt n2 pp-f dt n1 vvb vvn a-acp p-acp n1 cc n1 pp-f dt n1, (9) chapter (DIV2) 41 Image 29
334 when sedition, tumults or other daungers are to be feared. when sedition, tumults or other dangers Are to be feared. c-crq n1, n2 cc j-jn n2 vbr pc-acp vbi vvn. (9) chapter (DIV2) 41 Image 29
335 Againe, it is the part of a teacher to comforte the dismayed multitude, to induce them to the knowledge of their sinnes, to stir them vp to implore and call vpon the mercy of God. Again, it is the part of a teacher to Comfort the dismayed multitude, to induce them to the knowledge of their Sins, to stir them up to implore and call upon the mercy of God. av, pn31 vbz dt n1 pp-f dt n1 pc-acp vvi dt j-vvn n1, pc-acp vvi pno32 p-acp dt n1 pp-f po32 n2, pc-acp vvi pno32 a-acp pc-acp vvi cc vvi p-acp dt n1 pp-f np1. (9) chapter (DIV2) 41 Image 29
336 To be short, how many and sundry soeuer the euentes in humane matters be, so many and sundrye Sermons may and ought to be had, To be short, how many and sundry soever the events in humane matters be, so many and sundry Sermons may and ought to be had, pc-acp vbi j, c-crq d cc j av dt n2 p-acp j n2 vbb, av d cc j n2 vmb cc pi pc-acp vbi vhn, (9) chapter (DIV2) 42 Image 30
337 yea and necessitie it selfe doeth from time to time teach vs, to vse now one forme of speaking, and now and then another. yea and necessity it self doth from time to time teach us, to use now one Form of speaking, and now and then Another. uh cc n1 pn31 n1 vdz p-acp n1 p-acp n1 vvb pno12, pc-acp vvi av crd n1 pp-f vvg, cc av cc av j-jn. (9) chapter (DIV2) 42 Image 30
338 By these thinges, therfore, it may appeare vnto all men, what kinde of matter ought openly to be handled of the ministers of ye church. By these things, Therefore, it may appear unto all men, what kind of matter ought openly to be handled of the Ministers of you Church. p-acp d n2, av, pn31 vmb vvi p-acp d n2, r-crq n1 pp-f n1 vmd av-j pc-acp vbi vvn pp-f dt n2 pp-f pn22 n1. (9) chapter (DIV2) 42 Image 30
339 Neyther is it to be doubled, but ye the holy fathers as many as were euer occupied in this most excellent function of preaching, had a right dilygent care & consideration of these things. Neither is it to be doubled, but you the holy Father's as many as were ever occupied in this most excellent function of preaching, had a right diligent care & consideration of these things. av-dx vbz pn31 pc-acp vbi vvn, cc-acp pn22 dt j n2 c-acp d c-acp vbdr av vvn p-acp d av-ds j n1 pp-f vvg, vhd dt j-jn j n1 cc n1 pp-f d n2. (9) chapter (DIV2) 42 Image 30
340 For vndoubtedly to thintent the auncient Doctors of the Church might at all times propose the like matter, yt we haue spoken of, to the people in sacred assemblies, they one while explaned the holy canonicall bookes entirely from the beginning to the ende, For undoubtedly to intent the ancient Doctors of the Church might At all times propose the like matter, that we have spoken of, to the people in sacred assemblies, they one while explained the holy canonical books entirely from the beginning to the end, p-acp av-j p-acp n1 dt j-jn n2 pp-f dt n1 vmd p-acp d n2 vvb dt j n1, pn31 n1 vhb vvn pp-f, p-acp dt n1 p-acp j n2, pns32 crd n1 vvd dt j j n2 av-j p-acp dt n1 p-acp dt n1, (9) chapter (DIV2) 42 Image 30
341 an other while, some parte of the holy Bible, nowe and then, some certaine chapter or place excerpted out of the same, againe somtime, they framed their oration of any matter offred and insident by occasion. an other while, Some part of the holy bible, now and then, Some certain chapter or place excerpted out of the same, again sometime, they framed their oration of any matter offered and insident by occasion. dt j-jn n1, d n1 pp-f dt j n1, av cc av, d j n1 cc n1 vvn av pp-f dt d, av av, pns32 vvd po32 n1 pp-f d n1 vvn cc j p-acp n1. (9) chapter (DIV2) 42 Image 30
342 And lest they should be thought not to haue so dilligent regarde and consideration of the publique vtilytie & edifying of the whole congregation, And lest they should be Thought not to have so diligent regard and consideration of the public vtilytie & edifying of the Whole congregation, cc cs pns32 vmd vbi vvn xx pc-acp vhi av j n1 cc n1 pp-f dt j n1 cc n-vvg pp-f dt j-jn n1, (9) chapter (DIV2) 42 Image 30
343 as was méete and expedient, their custome was (which custom in many places dothe yet still endure, as was meet and expedient, their custom was (which custom in many places doth yet still endure, c-acp vbds j cc j, po32 n1 vbds (r-crq n1 p-acp d n2 vdz av av vvi, (9) chapter (DIV2) 42 Image 30
344 and where it is abolished ought woorthily to bee restored agayne) that in euery Churche the pastor with the residewe of the priestes or elders labouryng together as well in the word as in gouernment, should méete and assemble themselues, and where it is abolished ought worthily to be restored again) that in every Church the pastor with the residue of the Priests or Elders labouring together as well in the word as in government, should meet and assemble themselves, cc c-crq pn31 vbz vvn vmd av-j pc-acp vbi vvn av) cst p-acp d n1 dt n1 p-acp dt n1 pp-f dt n2 cc n2-jn vvg av c-acp av p-acp dt n1 c-acp p-acp n1, vmd vvi cc vvi px32, (9) chapter (DIV2) 42 Image 30
345 and then maturely delyberate and define, accordyng to the state of the churche and maner of the time present, what books, and then maturely delyberate and define, according to the state of the Church and manner of the time present, what books, cc av av-j vvi cc vvi, vvg p-acp dt n1 pp-f dt n1 cc n1 pp-f dt n1 j, r-crq n2, (9) chapter (DIV2) 42 Image 30
346 or what parts thereof, what places out of the same, fynally what matter or what chapters were most expedyent to be handled and illustrated to the people. or what parts thereof, what places out of the same, finally what matter or what Chapters were most expedient to be handled and illustrated to the people. cc r-crq n2 av, r-crq n2 av pp-f dt d, av-j r-crq n1 cc r-crq n2 vbdr av-ds j pc-acp vbi vvn cc vvn p-acp dt n1. (9) chapter (DIV2) 42 Image 30
347 Therefore the ministers of the worde, like as the affayres of the faithfull required in euery place, Therefore the Ministers of the word, like as the affairs of the faithful required in every place, av dt n2 pp-f dt n1, av-j c-acp dt n2 pp-f dt j vvd p-acp d n1, (9) chapter (DIV2) 42 Image 30
348 after the aduice and determination of the Colledge of Elders, were eyther occupied in ye interpretation of certen of ye scriptures, After the Advice and determination of the College of Elders, were either occupied in you Interpretation of certain of you Scriptures, p-acp dt n1 cc n1 pp-f dt n1 pp-f n2-jn, vbdr av-d vvn p-acp pn22 n1 pp-f j pp-f pn22 n2, (9) chapter (DIV2) 42 Image 30
349 or dyd inculke more exactly & frequently then they were accustomed some certayne sounde principles of religion, or did inculk more exactly & frequently then they were accustomed Some certain sound principles of Religion, cc vdd vvi av-dc av-j cc av-j av pns32 vbdr vvn d j n1 n2 pp-f n1, (9) chapter (DIV2) 42 Image 30
350 or, by reason of rauening wolues, that is to say, hereticks and hipocrits, they impugned and subuerted their absurde opinions, or, by reason of ravening wolves, that is to say, Heretics and hipocrits, they impugned and subverted their absurd opinions, cc, p-acp n1 pp-f j-vvg n2, cst vbz pc-acp vvi, n2 cc n2, pns32 vvd cc vvn po32 j n2, (9) chapter (DIV2) 42 Image 30
351 or reproued the vices of certain brethrne lyuing rather after the flesh then after the spirit, or reproved the vices of certain brethrne living rather After the Flesh then After the Spirit, cc vvd dt n2 pp-f j j n-vvg av p-acp dt n1 av p-acp dt n1, (9) chapter (DIV2) 42 Image 30
352 and excited them to diuers and sundry vertues, or els they vsed apt consolations for some publique calamitie, that had lately happened. and excited them to diverse and sundry Virtues, or Else they used apt consolations for Some public calamity, that had lately happened. cc vvd pno32 p-acp j cc j n2, cc av pns32 vvd j n2 p-acp d j n1, cst vhd av-j vvn. (9) chapter (DIV2) 42 Image 30
353 Neither thought they yt sufficient, if an argument proposed were once or twice, & of one onely speaker entreated off, Neither Thought they that sufficient, if an argument proposed were once or twice, & of one only speaker entreated off, av-d vvd pns32 pn31 j, cs dt n1 vvn vbdr a-acp cc av, cc pp-f crd j n1 vvd a-acp, (9) chapter (DIV2) 42 Image 30
354 but as many as were there placed in the ministrie, prosecuted in many sermōs, the selfe same cause, with great and wonderfull consent. but as many as were there placed in the Ministry, prosecuted in many Sermons, the self same cause, with great and wonderful consent. cc-acp c-acp d c-acp vbdr a-acp vvn p-acp dt n1, vvd p-acp d n2, dt n1 d n1, p-acp j cc j n1. (9) chapter (DIV2) 42 Image 30
355 And of this custome of the more ancient and purer church, we finde written by Tertulian, Cap. 39. Apologetici, Wee came together (sayth he) to commemorate the diuine scriptures, And of this custom of the more ancient and Purer Church, we find written by Tertullian, Cap. 39. Apologetici, we Come together (say he) to commemorate the divine Scriptures, cc pp-f d n1 pp-f dt av-dc j cc jc n1, pns12 vvb vvn p-acp np1, np1 crd fw-la, pns12 vvd av (vvz pns31) p-acp j dt j-jn n2, (9) chapter (DIV2) 42 Image 30
356 if the qualiti of the times presēt doth compel vs ether to premonish, or to reknowlege any thing, certes with holy communication, we feede our faith, we arest our hope, wee fix our affiaunce, if the qualiti of the times present does compel us either to premonish, or to reknowlege any thing, certes with holy communication, we feed our faith, we arrest our hope, we fix our affiance, cs dt n1 pp-f dt n2 j vdz vvi pno12 d p-acp vvb, cc p-acp n1 d n1, av p-acp j n1, pns12 vvb po12 n1, pns12 vvb po12 n1, pns12 vvb po12 n1, (9) chapter (DIV2) 42 Image 30
357 and with ofte repetitions and suggestions we confirme the discipline of precepts. and with oft repetitions and suggestions we confirm the discipline of Precepts. cc p-acp av n2 cc n2 pns12 vvb dt n1 pp-f n2. (9) chapter (DIV2) 42 Image 30
358 More cleare is that which S. August. explaninge the 34, and 139. Psal. as he hymselfe counteth them, More clear is that which S. August. explaninge the 34, and 139. Psalm as he himself counteth them, av-dc j vbz d r-crq n1 np1. vvg dt crd, cc crd np1 c-acp pns31 px31 vvz pno32, (9) chapter (DIV2) 42 Image 30
359 also in his second Sermon vpon the 36. Psalme, about the beginning sayth, that he was commaunded of his brethrne and companions, to interpret those Psalmes. also in his second Sermon upon the 36. Psalm, about the beginning say, that he was commanded of his brethrne and Sodales, to interpret those Psalms. av p-acp po31 ord n1 p-acp dt crd n1, p-acp dt n1 vvz, cst pns31 vbds vvn pp-f po31 n1 cc n2, pc-acp vvi d n2. (9) chapter (DIV2) 42 Image 30
360 Moreouer, as touching entier whole bokes of scripture expounded to the people, examples ther be nothing obscure. Moreover, as touching entire Whole books of scripture expounded to the people, Examples there be nothing Obscure. av, c-acp vvg j n-jn n2 pp-f n1 vvn p-acp dt n1, n2 pc-acp vbi pix j. (9) chapter (DIV2) 42 Image 30
361 Origen opened and interpreted to the people certaine bookes of the olde testament, as well out of ye law as out of the prophets: Origen opened and interpreted to the people certain books of the old Testament, as well out of the law as out of the Prophets: np1 vvn cc vvn p-acp dt n1 j n2 pp-f dt j n1, c-acp av av pp-f dt n1 c-acp av pp-f dt n2: (9) chapter (DIV2) 42 Image 30
362 namly, Genesis, Exodus, Leuiticus, Numbers, Iosua, &c. albeit some parcelles thereof are wanting. namely, Genesis, Exodus, Leviticus, Numbers, Iosua, etc. albeit Some parcels thereof Are wanting. av, n1, fw-la, fw-la, n2, np1, av cs d n2 av vbr vvg. (9) chapter (DIV2) 42 Image 30
363 But Chrisostom hath more grace in his homylies vpon Gensis, vpon the gospell of Mathew & Iohn, and on the Epistles of S. Puele. S. August. But Chrysostom hath more grace in his homylies upon Genesis, upon the gospel of Matthew & John, and on the Epistles of S. Puele. S. August. p-acp np1 vhz dc n1 p-acp po31 n2 p-acp np1, p-acp dt n1 pp-f np1 cc np1, cc p-acp dt n2 pp-f n1 np1. np1 np1. (9) chapter (DIV2) 42 Image 30
364 also in ye beginninge of his exposition of S. Iohns epistle, sheweth yt he had explaned in order at ye whole gospel of S. Iohn, & when as by reson of feastful daies falling in the meane time, necessitie requ•rod certaine readings out of ye gospel to be recited & declared, he would procéede, (those daies being past) in the tra•tation of ye sayd epistle of S. Iohn. Neither want their sermons wherein are opened and expounded certaine partes of the sacred scriptures. also in you begin of his exposition of S. Iohns epistle, shows that he had explained in order At you Whole gospel of S. John, & when as by Reason's of feastful days falling in the mean time, necessity requ•rod certain readings out of the gospel to be recited & declared, he would proceed, (those days being passed) in the tra•tation of you said epistle of S. John. Neither want their Sermons wherein Are opened and expounded certain parts of the sacred Scriptures. av p-acp pn22 vvb pp-f po31 n1 pp-f n1 npg1 n1, vvz pn31 pns31 vhd vvn p-acp n1 p-acp pn22 j-jn n1 pp-f n1 np1, cc c-crq c-acp p-acp ng1 pp-f j n2 vvg p-acp dt j n1, n1 vvd j n2-vvg av pp-f dt n1 pc-acp vbi vvn cc vvn, pns31 vmd vvi, (d n2 vbg vvn) p-acp dt n1 pp-f pn22 vvd n1 pp-f n1 np1. av-d vvi po32 n2 c-crq vbr vvn cc vvn j n2 pp-f dt j n2. (9) chapter (DIV2) 42 Image 31
365 Basill in eleuen homilies vttered apparauntly the beginning of Genesis touching the creation of thinges, Basil in eleuen homilies uttered apparauntly the beginning of Genesis touching the creation of things, np1 p-acp crd n2 vvn av-j dt n-vvg pp-f n1 vvg dt n1 pp-f n2, (9) chapter (DIV2) 42 Image 31
366 and some certayne Psalmes. There be extant also certayne percels of Esay, Ieremy, and Ezechiel, in lyke order illustred of Origen. We may reade, in like maner, the most learned homilies of Chrisostom vpon some of the Psalmes. If a man require Sermons compacted and applyed to the explication of some one place out of the Scriptures he shall finde euery where inowe. and Some certain Psalms. There be extant also certain percels of Isaiah, Ieremy, and Ezechiel, in like order illustred of Origen. We may read, in like manner, the most learned homilies of Chrysostom upon Some of the Psalms. If a man require Sermons compacted and applied to the explication of Some one place out of the Scriptures he shall find every where inowe. cc d j n2. pc-acp vbi j av j n2 pp-f np1, np1, cc np1, p-acp av-j n1 vvd pp-f np1. pns12 vmb vvi, p-acp j n1, dt av-ds j n2 pp-f np1 p-acp d pp-f dt n2. cs dt n1 vvi n2 vvn cc vvd p-acp dt n1 pp-f d crd n1 av pp-f dt n2 pns31 vmb vvi d c-crq av-d. (9) chapter (DIV2) 42 Image 31
367 In Chrisostom thou shalt sée homilies cōcerning those wordes in Genesis: I will put enmitie & discord betwixt thee & the womā, also touching ye faith of Abraham, and offeringe vp of Isaac, of Ioseph solde by hys bretherne, of the continency of Ioseph, of that whiche is written Iudicum. 1. Iephthe went forth to battell, In Chrysostom thou shalt see homilies Concerning those words in Genesis: I will put enmity & discord betwixt thee & the woman, also touching the faith of Abraham, and offering up of Isaac, of Ioseph sold by his brethren, of the continency of Ioseph, of that which is written Judgment. 1. Jephthah went forth to battle, p-acp np1 pns21 vm2 vvi n2 vvg d n2 p-acp n1: pns11 vmb vvi n1 cc n1 p-acp pno21 cc dt n1, av vvg dt n1 pp-f np1, cc vvg a-acp pp-f np1, pp-f np1 vvn p-acp po31 n2, pp-f dt n1 pp-f np1, pp-f d r-crq vbz vvn fw-la. crd np1 vvd av p-acp n1, (9) chapter (DIV2) 42 Image 31
368 & vowed a vow, &c. of Anna Elcano, of the education of Samuel, 4. homiles. & vowed a Voelli, etc. of Anna Elcano, of the education of Samuel, 4. homiles. cc vvd dt n1, av pp-f np1 np1, pp-f dt n1 pp-f np1, crd vvz. (9) chapter (DIV2) 42 Image 31
369 Long it were to reken vp what places of ye scripture the same author hath in like maner explaned. Long it were to reckon up what places of you scripture the same author hath in like manner explained. j pn31 vbdr pc-acp vvi a-acp r-crq n2 pp-f pn22 n1 dt d n1 vhz p-acp j n1 vvn. (9) chapter (DIV2) 42 Image 31
370 Which thinge may by very good right also, be sayde of August. Of Basill are set forth two homilies, the one vppon the beginning of the prouerbes of Salomon, the other vpon th'intry of S. Iohns gospell. Which thing may by very good right also, be said of August. Of Basil Are Set forth two homilies, the one upon the beginning of the proverbs of Solomon, the other upon th'intry of S. Iohns gospel. r-crq n1 vmb p-acp av j n-jn av, vbb vvn pp-f np1. pp-f np1 vbr vvn av crd n2, dt pi p-acp dt n-vvg pp-f dt n2 pp-f np1, dt j-jn p-acp n1 pp-f n1 npg1 n1. (9) chapter (DIV2) 42 Image 31
371 Among the homilies of Gregorye Naziāzene, there is one extant, wherin is expressed the euangelical history, touching the Pharisies that tempted Christ with a question propounded: Among the homilies of Gregory Naziāzene, there is one extant, wherein is expressed the Evangelical history, touching the Pharisees that tempted christ with a question propounded: p-acp dt n2 pp-f np1 np1, a-acp vbz pi j, c-crq vbz vvn dt j n1, vvg dt np2 cst vvd np1 p-acp dt n1 vvd: (9) chapter (DIV2) 42 Image 31
372 Whether it were lawfull for a man to put away his wyfe for euery cause. Whither it were lawful for a man to put away his wife for every cause. cs pn31 vbdr j p-acp dt n1 pc-acp vvi av po31 n1 p-acp d n1. (9) chapter (DIV2) 42 Image 31
373 Moreouer, in many places ye custom is, to haue vpon ye Sundaies, certen fragments as wel out of the history of ye Gospel, Moreover, in many places you custom is, to have upon you Sundaies, certain fragments as well out of the history of the Gospel, av, p-acp d n2 pn22 n1 vbz, pc-acp vhi p-acp pn22 np2, j n2 c-acp av av pp-f dt n1 pp-f dt n1, (9) chapter (DIV2) 42 Image 31
374 as also out of ye epistles of thapostles, and words of the prophets, repeated in sacred assemblies, as also out of the Epistles of Apostles, and words of the Prophets, repeated in sacred assemblies, c-acp av av pp-f dt n2 pp-f n2, cc n2 pp-f dt n2, vvn p-acp j n2, (9) chapter (DIV2) 42 Image 31
375 and faithfully expounded to ye hearers. and faithfully expounded to you hearers. cc av-j vvn p-acp pn22 n2. (9) chapter (DIV2) 42 Image 31
376 Last of al, diuers & sundry orations may be sée•e of euery thing offered by occasion in diuers & sundry writers. Last of all, diverse & sundry orations may be sée•e of every thing offered by occasion in diverse & sundry writers. ord pp-f d, j cc j n2 vmb vbi j pp-f d n1 vvn p-acp n1 p-acp j cc j n2. (9) chapter (DIV2) 42 Image 31
377 For in the workes of Chrisostom in his fifte Tome we read sermōs touchīg ye calamity of ye citie of Antioche, thorow sedition & rebellion there raised: For in the works of Chrysostom in his Fifth Tome we read Sermons touching the calamity of the City of Antioch, thorough sedition & rebellion there raised: p-acp p-acp dt n2 pp-f np1 p-acp po31 ord n1 pns12 vvb n2 vvg dt n1 pp-f dt n1 pp-f np1, p-acp n1 cc n1 a-acp vvd: (9) chapter (DIV2) 42 Image 31
378 touching ye wrath of the Emperour agaynste the Antiochians, and that the feare of Princes is profitable: touching the wrath of the Emperor against the antiochians, and that the Fear of Princes is profitable: vvg dt n1 pp-f dt n1 p-acp dt njp2, cc cst dt n1 pp-f n2 vbz j: (9) chapter (DIV2) 42 Image 31
379 to the maiestrates sent from the Emperour Theodosius for enquiry after the subuerters of the regall images: to the Magistrates sent from the Emperor Theodosius for enquiry After the subverters of the regal Images: p-acp dt n2 vvn p-acp dt n1 np1 p-acp n1 p-acp dt n2 pp-f dt j n2: (9) chapter (DIV2) 42 Image 31
380 of the atonemente and reconsilyation of the Emperour with the Citie (the occasion of all which homilies thou shalte learne out of Theodoretus. Lib. 5. Cap. 19. and 20. And out of Tripart historia. lib. 9. Cap. 32): of the atonement and reconsilyation of the Emperor with the city (the occasion of all which homilies thou shalt Learn out of Theodoretus. Lib. 5. Cap. 19. and 20. And out of Tripart History. lib. 9. Cap. 32): pp-f dt n1 cc n1 pp-f dt n1 p-acp dt n1 (dt n1 pp-f d r-crq n2 pns21 vm2 vvi av pp-f np1. np1 crd np1 crd cc crd cc av pp-f np1 fw-la. n1. crd np1 crd): (9) chapter (DIV2) 42 Image 31
381 of women that decked themselues with golde and garlands, and folowed diuinations and inchantmentes: of those that receiue vnworthily the diuine and holy misteries: of women that decked themselves with gold and garlands, and followed divinations and inchantmentes: of those that receive unworthily the divine and holy Mysteres: pp-f n2 cst vvd px32 p-acp n1 cc n2, cc vvd n2 cc n2: pp-f d cst vvb av-j dt j-jn cc j n2: (9) chapter (DIV2) 42 Image 31
382 of them that beléeue not the paynes of hel fyre: of almes: of concorde: that moderate temptations are profitable: of them that believe not the pains of hell fire: of alms: of concord: that moderate temptations Are profitable: pp-f pno32 cst vvb xx dt n2 pp-f n1 n1: pp-f n2: pp-f n1: cst j n2 vbr j: (9) chapter (DIV2) 42 Image 31
383 also, after his returne from his former exile. &c. Nazianzenus in lyke maner, hath put forthe the Sermons, as that wherein he excuseth himselfe, that hee had absteined a certaine time from his ecclesiasticall function: also, After his return from his former exile. etc. Nazianzenus in like manner, hath put forth the Sermons, as that wherein he excuseth himself, that he had abstained a certain time from his ecclesiastical function: av, p-acp po31 n1 p-acp po31 j n1. av np1 p-acp av-j n1, vhz vvn av dt n2, c-acp cst c-crq pns31 vvz px31, cst pns31 vhd vvn dt j n1 p-acp po31 j n1: (9) chapter (DIV2) 42 Image 31
384 a consolation touching the calamitie of the hayle: Item, to the subiects stricken with feare, and the Emperour moued with yre: a consolation touching the calamity of the hail: Item, to the Subjects stricken with Fear, and the Emperor moved with ire: dt n1 vvg dt n1 pp-f dt n1: n1, p-acp dt n2-jn vvn p-acp n1, cc dt n1 vvn p-acp n1: (9) chapter (DIV2) 43 Image 31
385 also, touching regarde and prouision to be had for the poore. &c. There is extant a Sermon of Cyprian of lyke effect made when the pestilence waxed hote. also, touching regard and provision to be had for the poor. etc. There is extant a Sermon of Cyprian of like Effect made when the pestilence waxed hight. av, vvg n1 cc n1 pc-acp vbi vhn p-acp dt j. av a-acp vbz j dt n1 pp-f jp pp-f av-j n1 vvn c-crq dt n1 vvd j. (9) chapter (DIV2) 43 Image 31
386 Hytherto may the Sermons be asscribed also vttered in the prayse of certain vertues, or in dispraise of certayn vices, of which sorte Basill hath ministred some vnto ye Church, Chrisostme very many: Hitherto may the Sermons be ascribed also uttered in the praise of certain Virtues, or in dispraise of certain vices, of which sort Basil hath ministered Some unto you Church, Chrisostme very many: av vmb dt n2 vbb vvn av vvn p-acp dt n1 pp-f j n2, cc p-acp n1 pp-f j n2, pp-f r-crq n1 np1 vhz vvn d p-acp pn22 n1, vvb av av-d: (9) chapter (DIV2) 43 Image 31
387 Agayne the funerall orations likewise of Nazianzen and Ambrose. Again the funeral orations likewise of Nazianzen and Ambrose. av dt n1 n2 av pp-f np1 cc np1. (9) chapter (DIV2) 43 Image 31
388 But in all Sermons vppon what occasion soeuer they be framed and made, this Cantion is in any wise to bée marked and taken héede off, But in all Sermons upon what occasion soever they be framed and made, this Cantion is in any wise to been marked and taken heed off, cc-acp p-acp d n2 p-acp r-crq n1 av pns32 vbb vvn cc vvn, d n1 vbz p-acp d j pc-acp vbi vvn cc vvn n1 a-acp, (9) chapter (DIV2) 44 Image 31
389 namelye that nothinge bee brought in or aleadged, but that whiche is certaine, substanciall, founde, taken out of the holy Scriptures, oute of interpretors worthy credite, namely that nothing be brought in or alleged, but that which is certain, substantial, found, taken out of the holy Scriptures, out of Interpreters worthy credit, av cst pix vbb vvn p-acp cc vvn, cc-acp cst r-crq vbz j, j, vvn, vvn av pp-f dt j n2, av pp-f n2 j n1, (9) chapter (DIV2) 44 Image 31
390 or out of the chiefe & moste allowable Historyographers, and by all meanes agréeinge with the doctrine expresly contayned in the volume of the Sacred Bible. or out of the chief & most allowable Historyographers, and by all means agréeinge with the Doctrine expressly contained in the volume of the Sacred bible. cc av pp-f dt j-jn cc av-ds j n2, cc p-acp d n2 vbg p-acp dt n1 av-j vvn p-acp dt n1 pp-f dt j n1. (9) chapter (DIV2) 44 Image 31
391 For those men that propouned sectes or opinions grounded vpon no good foundation, and those that delight to tell fabulous tales and hystoryes, For those men that proponed Sects or opinions grounded upon no good Foundation, and those that delight to tell fabulous tales and histories, p-acp d n2 cst vvd n2 cc n2 vvn p-acp dx j n1, cc d cst n1 pc-acp vvi j n2 cc n2, (9) chapter (DIV2) 44 Image 32
392 as a number of craftye and subtill felowes haue deuised and imagined for their owne lucres sake of Sainctes, eyther of them indifferently doe incurre reprehension: as a number of crafty and subtle Fellows have devised and imagined for their own lucres sake of Saints, either of them indifferently do incur reprehension: c-acp dt n1 pp-f j cc j n2 vhb vvn cc vvn p-acp po32 d fw-la n1 pp-f n2, av-d pp-f pno32 av-j vdb vvi n1: (9) chapter (DIV2) 44 Image 32
393 The one sorte are euill spoken of as vnskilfull and mutable and the other bee reprooued of leuitie and auarice. The one sort Are evil spoken of as unskilful and mutable and the other be reproved of levity and avarice. dt crd n1 vbr av-jn vvn pp-f p-acp j cc j cc dt j-jn vbi vvn pp-f n1 cc n1. (9) chapter (DIV2) 44 Image 32
394 Wee haue spoken of the ende and matter of Sermons, it is méete that wee adde some thinges also concerning their forme. we have spoken of the end and matter of Sermons, it is meet that we add Some things also Concerning their Form. pns12 vhb vvn pp-f dt n1 cc n1 pp-f n2, pn31 vbz j cst pns12 vvb d n2 av vvg po32 n1. (9) chapter (DIV2) 44 Image 32
395 ¶ Some thinges touchinge the formes of sacred Sermons. Cap. VI. EVery Sermon ought to be briefe: ¶ some things touching the forms of sacred Sermons. Cap. VI. EVery Sermon ought to be brief: ¶ d n2 vvg dt n2 pp-f j n2. np1 crd. d n1 vmd pc-acp vbi j: (10) chapter (DIV2) 44 Image 32
396 then, to consist of playn and perspicious speach: thirdlye, to haue partes rightly ordayned. then, to consist of plain and perspicious speech: Thirdly, to have parts rightly ordained. av, pc-acp vvi pp-f n1 cc j n1: ord, pc-acp vhi n2 av-jn vvn. (10) chapter (DIV2) 45 Image 32
397 The first is necessary to thintent the people may cheerefully and without yrcksomnesse come together to sacred assemblies, and the more easely commende vnto their memorye the thinges that are heard. The First is necessary to intent the people may cheerfully and without yrcksomnesse come together to sacred assemblies, and the more Easily commend unto their memory the things that Are herd. dt ord vbz j p-acp n1 dt n1 vmb av-j cc p-acp n1 vvb av p-acp j n2, cc dt av-dc av-j vvi p-acp po32 n1 dt n2 cst vbr vvn. (10) chapter (DIV2) 45 Image 32
398 For it is by no meanes requisite that ecclesiasticall sermons should excéede in prolixitie Orations, sometimes accustomed to be made of Orators in their consistory. For it is by no means requisite that ecclesiastical Sermons should exceed in prolixity Orations, sometime accustomed to be made of Orators in their consistory. p-acp pn31 vbz p-acp dx n2 j cst j n2 vmd vvi p-acp n1 n2, av vvn pc-acp vbi vvn pp-f n2 p-acp po32 n1. (10) chapter (DIV2) 45 Image 32
399 Therfore duly to them both, as wel Preachers, as Orators, were giuen certayne dyals for to measure the howers withall. Therefore duly to them both, as well Preachers, as Orators, were given certain dials for to measure the hours withal. av av-jn p-acp pno32 d, c-acp av n2, c-acp n2, vbdr vvn j n2 p-acp pc-acp vvi dt n2 av. (10) chapter (DIV2) 45 Image 32
400 And many thinges may in few wordes be declared. And many things may in few words be declared. cc d n2 vmb p-acp d n2 vbb vvn. (10) chapter (DIV2) 45 Image 32
401 The seconde is required as well for the vnlearned whereof there is a great number in the multitude, as also for the avdyding of all suspition of sinister and fraudulent dealyng. The seconde is required as well for the unlearned whereof there is a great number in the multitude, as also for the avdyding of all suspicion of sinister and fraudulent dealing. dt ord vbz vvn a-acp av c-acp dt j c-crq pc-acp vbz dt j n1 p-acp dt n1, c-acp av c-acp dt n-vvg pp-f d n1 pp-f j cc j vvg. (10) chapter (DIV2) 46 Image 32
402 For in déede, an oration ouer cunninglye made and after a sorte inuolued, induceth the hearers, to thinke and surmise that some thinge els is sought for, rather then theyr profite. For in deed, an oration over cunningly made and After a sort involved, induceth the hearers, to think and surmise that Some thing Else is sought for, rather then their profit. p-acp p-acp n1, dt n1 a-acp av-jn vvn cc p-acp dt n1 vvn, vvz dt n2, pc-acp vvi cc vvi cst d n1 av vbz vvn p-acp, av-c av po32 n1. (10) chapter (DIV2) 46 Image 32
403 Wherefore, albeit a man be thorowlye furnished with all kinde of preparation and furniture of speaking, Wherefore, albeit a man be thoroughly furnished with all kind of preparation and furniture of speaking, c-crq, cs dt n1 vbi av-j vvn p-acp d n1 pp-f n1 cc n1 pp-f vvg, (10) chapter (DIV2) 47 Image 32
404 yet shal hée so aduisedly behaue hymselfe to the people, as though hee folowed by no meanes the traces of arte, beyng mindfull of that saying, that it is a notable poynt of cunnynge to dissemble Arte. yet shall he so advisedly behave himself to the people, as though he followed by no means the traces of art, being mindful of that saying, that it is a notable point of cunning to dissemble Art. av vmb pns31 av av-vvn vvi px31 p-acp dt n1, c-acp cs pns31 vvd p-acp dx n2 dt n2 pp-f n1, vbg j pp-f d n-vvg, cst pn31 vbz dt j n1 pp-f j-jn pc-acp vvi n1. (10) chapter (DIV2) 47 Image 32
405 Now hée shall obteine the facultie of speakynge playnely in the Pulpet, that vnderstādeth well the mother tongue, that hath vsed some space the companye of those that sounde it purelie, that hath accustomed to heare the Sermons of fine teachers, in the same tongue, that hath dylygentlye reade ouer theyr Bookes, that are iudged to haue excelled therein, Now he shall obtain the faculty of speaking plainly in the Pulpit, that understands well the mother tongue, that hath used Some Molle the company of those that sound it purely, that hath accustomed to hear the Sermons of fine Teachers, in the same tongue, that hath diligently read over their Books, that Are judged to have excelled therein, av pns31 vmb vvi dt n1 pp-f vvg av-j p-acp dt n1, cst vvz av dt n1 n1, cst vhz vvn d n1 dt n1 pp-f d cst av-j pn31 av-j, cst vhz vvn pc-acp vvi dt n2 pp-f j n2, p-acp dt d n1, cst vhz av-j vvd p-acp po32 n2, cst vbr vvn pc-acp vhi vvn av, (10) chapter (DIV2) 48 Image 32
406 but yet hee shall passe all the resydewe, that is endued with a certayne prerogatiue of nature, but yet he shall pass all the resydewe, that is endued with a certain prerogative of nature, cc-acp av pns31 vmb vvi d dt n1, cst vbz vvn p-acp dt j n1 pp-f n1, (10) chapter (DIV2) 48 Image 32
407 and hath a facultie and modesty in speakynge, as ye woulde say, ingenerate. and hath a faculty and modesty in speaking, as you would say, ingenerate. cc vhz dt n1 cc n1 p-acp vvg, c-acp pn22 vmd vvi, j. (10) chapter (DIV2) 48 Image 32
408 It is no lesse vertue to speake apertly, simply, and popularly, then learnedly, sharply, and grauelye. It is no less virtue to speak apertly, simply, and popularly, then learnedly, sharply, and gravely. pn31 vbz dx dc n1 pc-acp vvi av-jn, av-j, cc av-j, av av-j, av-j, cc av-j. (10) chapter (DIV2) 48 Image 32
409 Which vertue very excellent and rare all men must of necessitie graunt, beyond the residewe, alonely to Chrysostome amonge the Geeke writers, whom trulye I woulde wishe vncessauntlye that all Iunior Preachers should reade both day and night, Which virtue very excellent and rare all men must of necessity grant, beyond the residue, alonely to Chrysostom among the Geek writers, whom truly I would wish vncessauntlye that all Junior Preachers should read both day and night, r-crq n1 av j cc j d n2 vmb pp-f n1 vvi, p-acp dt n1, av-j p-acp np1 p-acp dt vvb n2, ro-crq av-j pns11 vmd vvi av-j cst d j-jn n2 vmd vvi d n1 cc n1, (10) chapter (DIV2) 48 Image 32
410 yea and (if it were possible) transiate hym with lyke happinesse and fertilitie into the vulgar tongue. yea and (if it were possible) transiate him with like happiness and fertility into the Vulgar tongue. uh cc (cs pn31 vbdr j) n1 pno31 p-acp av-j n1 cc n1 p-acp dt j n1. (10) chapter (DIV2) 48 Image 32
411 Neither ought euen those that are learned in déede to be ashamed to borrowe and mutuate diuers places of christian doctrine, Neither ought even those that Are learned in deed to be ashamed to borrow and mutuate diverse places of christian Doctrine, av-d vmd av d cst vbr vvn p-acp n1 pc-acp vbi j pc-acp vvi cc vvi j n2 pp-f njp n1, (10) chapter (DIV2) 48 Image 32
412 yea & that in a maner verbatim, out of Chrysostom (who not without good cause hath obtained this notable name) or other, yea & that in a manner verbatim, out of Chrysostom (who not without good cause hath obtained this notable name) or other, uh cc cst p-acp dt n1 av, av pp-f np1 (r-crq xx p-acp j n1 vhz vvn d j n1) cc j-jn, (10) chapter (DIV2) 48 Image 32
413 if peraduenture there may any be founde lyke vnto hym. if Peradventure there may any be found like unto him. cs av pc-acp vmb d vbi vvn av-j p-acp pno31. (10) chapter (DIV2) 48 Image 32
414 Now for the thirde poynte, namely, that a Sermon shoulde consist of his lawfull partes, who knoweth not that it is required as the principall matter in euerye oration, Now for the Third point, namely, that a Sermon should consist of his lawful parts, who Knoweth not that it is required as the principal matter in every oration, av p-acp dt ord n1, av, cst dt n1 vmd vvi pp-f po31 j n2, r-crq vvz xx cst pn31 vbz vvn p-acp dt j-jn n1 p-acp d n1, (10) chapter (DIV2) 49 Image 32
415 for not so muche as an epistle written priuately to one of familyar affaires, ran be destitute of the a•t order & disposition of hir parts, for not so much as an epistle written privately to one of familiar affairs, ran be destitute of the a•t order & disposition of his parts, c-acp xx av av-d c-acp dt n1 vvn av-j p-acp crd pp-f j-jn n2, vvd vbi j pp-f dt j n1 cc n1 pp-f png31 n2, (10) chapter (DIV2) 49 Image 32
416 how much more then ought the parts of a sermon, which is made of most graue & weighty matters to ye whole multitude, to be placed in order? Not onely the learners, how much more then ought the parts of a sermon, which is made of most graven & weighty matters to you Whole multitude, to be placed in order? Not only the learners, c-crq d dc cs vmd dt n2 pp-f dt n1, r-crq vbz vvn pp-f ds j cc j n2 p-acp pn22 j-jn n1, pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp n1? xx av-j dt n2, (10) chapter (DIV2) 49 Image 32
417 but also the teachers themselues haue néede of iuste disposition of partes: these verely, least in the discourse of their Sermon they shoulde bee compelled to stound, but also the Teachers themselves have need of just disposition of parts: these verily, lest in the discourse of their Sermon they should be compelled to stound, cc-acp av dt n2 px32 vhb n1 pp-f j n1 pp-f n2: d av-j, cs p-acp dt n1 pp-f po32 n1 pns32 vmd vbi vvn p-acp n1, (10) chapter (DIV2) 49 Image 32
418 and by silence to doubt of what poynt it were best for them to speake: and by silence to doubt of what point it were best for them to speak: cc p-acp n1 pc-acp vvi pp-f r-crq n1 pn31 vbdr js p-acp pno32 pc-acp vvi: (10) chapter (DIV2) 49 Image 33
419 and those to thintent they maye the more easily perceiue each thing by hearyng, and when they are retourned home, and those to intent they may the more Easily perceive each thing by hearing, and when they Are returned home, cc d p-acp n1 pns32 vmb dt av-dc av-j vvi d n1 p-acp vvg, cc c-crq pns32 vbr vvn av-an, (10) chapter (DIV2) 49 Image 33
420 or whersoeuer els they wyl repeate the principall partes and Chapters by hart. or wheresoever Else they will repeat the principal parts and Chapters by heart. cc c-crq av pns32 vmb vvi dt j-jn n2 cc n2 p-acp n1. (10) chapter (DIV2) 49 Image 33
421 Truly there is nothyng more vnséemely, nothing more perilous, then if a man presume to teach in the Church ex tempore, and without premeditatiō, Truly there is nothing more unseemly, nothing more perilous, then if a man presume to teach in the Church ex tempore, and without premeditation, av-j a-acp vbz pix av-dc j, pix av-dc j, av cs dt n1 vvb pc-acp vvi p-acp dt n1 fw-la fw-la, cc p-acp n1, (10) chapter (DIV2) 49 Image 33
422 or rather rashly without choice to powre out euery thing. or rather rashly without choice to pour out every thing. cc av-c av-j p-acp n1 pc-acp vvi av d n1. (10) chapter (DIV2) 49 Image 33
423 Wherefore also the most excellent Doctors of the church furnished thorowlye as well with the knowledge of the diuine Scriptures, as also with the vse and experience of very many thinges, had a custome• in times past, to write out their whole Sermons, made and digested with great diligence, Wherefore also the most excellent Doctors of the Church furnished thoroughly as well with the knowledge of the divine Scriptures, as also with the use and experience of very many things, had a custome• in times past, to write out their Whole Sermons, made and digested with great diligence, c-crq av dt av-ds j n2 pp-f dt n1 vvn av-j p-acp av p-acp dt n1 pp-f dt j-jn n2, c-acp av p-acp dt n1 cc n1 pp-f av d n2, vhd dt n1 p-acp n2 j, pc-acp vvi av po32 j-jn n2, vvn cc vvn p-acp j n1, (10) chapter (DIV2) 50 Image 33
424 before they shoulde come to the sacred assembly. before they should come to the sacred assembly. c-acp pns32 vmd vvi p-acp dt j n1. (10) chapter (DIV2) 50 Image 33
425 That they dyd, not onelye bicause they were oft times present in the multitude of hearers, learned men and such as were expert in ye holy scriptures, which marked & obserued euery lytle thing that was spoken, That they did, not only Because they were oft times present in the multitude of hearers, learned men and such as were expert in you holy Scriptures, which marked & observed every little thing that was spoken, cst pns32 vdd, xx av-j c-acp pns32 vbdr av n2 vvb p-acp dt n1 pp-f n2, j n2 cc d c-acp vbdr j p-acp pn22 j n2, r-crq vvd cc vvn d j n1 cst vbds vvn, (10) chapter (DIV2) 50 Image 33
426 and in ca•e any trippe were committed, coulde by and by note it and put it vp, and in ca•e any trip were committed, could by and by note it and put it up, cc p-acp n1 d n1 vbdr vvn, vmd p-acp cc p-acp n1 pn31 cc vvi pn31 a-acp, (10) chapter (DIV2) 50 Image 33
427 but also for so muche as all thinges were with great fidelitie & diligence receiued of ye Notaries, by reason of aduersaries, but also for so much as all things were with great Fidis & diligence received of you Notaries, by reason of Adversaries, cc-acp av c-acp av av-d c-acp d n2 vbdr p-acp j n1 cc n1 vvn pp-f pn22 n2, p-acp n1 pp-f n2, (10) chapter (DIV2) 50 Image 33
428 namely, either ethnicks or hereticks, which afterwarde hatefully and disdaynefully reasoned of those thinges that were spoken of the Preachers. namely, either Ethnics or Heretics, which afterward hatefully and disdaynefully reasoned of those things that were spoken of the Preachers. av, d n2-jn cc n2, r-crq av av-j cc av-j vvn pp-f d n2 cst vbdr vvn pp-f dt n2. (10) chapter (DIV2) 50 Image 33
429 Some againe declared in writing certayn chapters, or els vsing the help of Notaries or Clerkes, expounded those things that they had premeditated before. some again declared in writing certain Chapters, or Else using the help of Notaries or Clerks, expounded those things that they had premeditated before. d av vvn p-acp vvg j n2, cc av vvg dt n1 pp-f n2 cc n2, vvn d n2 cst pns32 vhd vvn a-acp. (10) chapter (DIV2) 50 Image 33
430 Such a Notary had Cyprian, being a very stripeling named Paulus Concordiensis, such to the number of seuen & more were giuen to Origen by Ambrose, a learned & welthy man, Such a Notary had Cyprian, being a very stripeling nam Paulus Concordiensis, such to the number of seuen & more were given to Origen by Ambrose, a learned & wealthy man, d dt n1 vhd np1, vbg dt av vvg vvn np1 np1, d p-acp dt n1 pp-f crd cc n1 vbdr vvn p-acp np1 p-acp np1, dt j cc j n1, (10) chapter (DIV2) 51 Image 33
431 as witnesseth Ierom in his worke of Ecclesiasticall writers. Augustine declareth in his preface to the.118. as Witnesseth Jerom in his work of Ecclesiastical writers. Augustine Declareth in his preface to the.118. c-acp vvz np1 p-acp po31 n1 pp-f j n2. np1 vvz p-acp po31 n1 p-acp dt crd. (10) chapter (DIV2) 51 Image 33
432 Psalme, that he had expounded for the most parte all the Psalmes partly by preaching, partely by rehercinge to the people. Psalm, that he had expounded for the most part all the Psalms partly by preaching, partly by rehercinge to the people. n1, cst pns31 vhd vvn p-acp dt av-ds n1 d dt n2 av p-acp vvg, av p-acp vvg p-acp dt n1. (10) chapter (DIV2) 51 Image 33
433 There is no doubte, therefore, but that he committed to remembraunce at home, those thinges by wryting, yt be minded afterward opēl• to vtter. There is no doubt, Therefore, but that he committed to remembrance At home, those things by writing, that be minded afterwards openl• to utter. pc-acp vbz dx n1, av, cc-acp cst pns31 vvd p-acp n1 p-acp n1-an, d n2 p-acp vvg, pn31 vbi vvn av n1 pc-acp vvi. (10) chapter (DIV2) 51 Image 33
434 Certes we may gather out of the words of Gregory in a certayne homily had vpon the holy day of Easter, touching the women that came to the Sepulchre of Christe, that euen in that age it was a common matter with most Preachers, to wryte their interpretations for good orders sake, Certes we may gather out of the words of Gregory in a certain homily had upon the holy day of Easter, touching the women that Come to the Sepulchre of Christ, that even in that age it was a Common matter with most Preachers, to write their interpretations for good order sake, av pns12 vmb vvi av pp-f dt n2 pp-f np1 p-acp dt j n1 vhd p-acp dt j n1 pp-f n1, vvg dt n2 cst vvd p-acp dt n1 pp-f np1, cst av-j p-acp d n1 pn31 vbds dt j n1 p-acp ds n2, pc-acp vvi po32 n2 p-acp j ng1 n1, (10) chapter (DIV2) 51 Image 33
435 and the helping of their memorye•, and then oute of wrytinge to recite them openly before the multitude of the faithfull. and the helping of their memorye•, and then out of writing to recite them openly before the multitude of the faithful. cc dt j-vvg pp-f po32 n1, cc av av pp-f n1 pc-acp vvi pno32 av-j p-acp dt n1 pp-f dt j. (10) chapter (DIV2) 51 Image 33
436 Let all Preachers therefore vnderstande, that it is theyr partes, after the example of these most famous men, studiously to digest into papers, what soeuer things they haue determined to speake in sacred assemblies to the profyte and furtheraunce of their hearers: Let all Preachers Therefore understand, that it is their parts, After the Exampl of these most famous men, studiously to digest into papers, what soever things they have determined to speak in sacred assemblies to the profit and furtherance of their hearers: vvb d n2 av vvi, cst pn31 vbz po32 n2, p-acp dt n1 pp-f d av-ds j n2, av-j pc-acp vvi p-acp n2, r-crq av n2 pns32 vhb vvn pc-acp vvi p-acp j n2 p-acp dt n1 cc n1 pp-f po32 n2: (10) chapter (DIV2) 52 Image 33
437 and at all times let them repute with themselues, yt in euery frequent audytory, are alwayes some present yt be more redy to reproue, and At all times let them repute with themselves, that in every frequent audytory, Are always Some present that be more ready to reprove, cc p-acp d n2 vvb pno32 vvi p-acp px32, pn31 p-acp d j n1, vbr av d vvb pn31 vbb av-dc j pc-acp vvi, (10) chapter (DIV2) 52 Image 33
438 then to allow or follow, and that will many times, call into question (Censorlike) euen those things that are welt and most warely spoken. then to allow or follow, and that will many times, call into question (Censorlike) even those things that Are welt and most warily spoken. cs pc-acp vvi cc vvi, cc cst vmb d n2, vvb p-acp n1 (av) av d n2 cst vbr n1 cc av-ds av-j vvn. (10) chapter (DIV2) 52 Image 33
439 Whervpon, as the Apostle chargeth Timothy being notablye exrcised in the affayres of ye Church, to giue attendaunce to readyng, exhortation, and doctrine: Whereupon, as the Apostle charges Timothy being notably exrcised in the affairs of the Church, to give attendance to reading, exhortation, and Doctrine: c-crq, p-acp dt n1 vvz np1 vbg av-j vvn p-acp dt n2 pp-f dt n1, pc-acp vvi n1 p-acp vvg, n1, cc n1: (10) chapter (DIV2) 53 Image 33
440 Euen so the Byshops of our tyme, shall worthyly giue in charge, to all those that they preferre to the sacred function of teaching, that they also apply themselues to wrytinge, that is to saye, that they with serious meditation excogitate and searche out those thinges that pertaine vnto Sermons to be hard before the people, Even so the Bishops of our time, shall worthily give in charge, to all those that they prefer to the sacred function of teaching, that they also apply themselves to writing, that is to say, that they with serious meditation excogitate and search out those things that pertain unto Sermons to be hard before the people, av av dt n2 pp-f po12 n1, vmb av-j vvi p-acp n1, p-acp d d cst pns32 vvb p-acp dt j n1 pp-f vvg, cst pns32 av vvi px32 p-acp n1, cst vbz pc-acp vvi, cst pns32 p-acp j n1 vvi cc vvi av d n2 cst vvi p-acp n2 pc-acp vbi j p-acp dt n1, (10) chapter (DIV2) 53 Image 33
441 when they haue found them out reduce them into order, and lastly hauynge aptlye disposed them, comprehende them in wryting. when they have found them out reduce them into order, and lastly having aptly disposed them, comprehend them in writing. c-crq pns32 vhb vvn pno32 av vvi pno32 p-acp n1, cc ord vhg av-j vvn pno32, vvi pno32 p-acp vvg. (10) chapter (DIV2) 53 Image 33
442 Whiche thing, then wyll these men dilygentlye do and accomplish, when as the Byshoppes, at such time as they yéerely visyte and surueye theyr seuerall Churches, shall some what sharpely chastice all those that they perceiue to be negligēt in this behalfe. Which thing, then will these men diligently doe and accomplish, when as the Bishops, At such time as they yearly visit and survey their several Churches, shall Some what sharply chastise all those that they perceive to be negligent in this behalf. r-crq n1, av vmb d n2 av-j n1 cc vvi, c-crq c-acp dt n2, p-acp d n1 c-acp pns32 av-j vvi cc vvi po32 j n2, vmb d r-crq av-j vvi d d cst pns32 vvb pc-acp vbi j p-acp d n1. (10) chapter (DIV2) 53 Image 33
443 This dilygence and industrye of the Byshoppes, wyll styrre vp and procure diligence in the Preachers, whiche will successiuely bring forth incredible profite and vtilyty to all churches. This diligence and industry of the Bishops, will stir up and procure diligence in the Preachers, which will successively bring forth incredible profit and vtilyty to all Churches. d n1 cc n1 pp-f dt n2, vmb vvi a-acp cc vvi n1 p-acp dt n2, r-crq vmb av-j vvi av j n1 cc n1 p-acp d n2. (10) chapter (DIV2) 54 Image 34
444 ¶ How many kindes of diuine Sermons there bee: howe manyfolde the state is: and of two sortes of theames. Cap. VII. THose thinges that haue hytherto bene spoken, euery man may perceiue, to be agréeable and concordaunt indifferently to all sacred Sermons: ¶ How many Kinds of divine Sermons there be: how manifold the state is: and of two sorts of Thames. Cap. VII. THose things that have hitherto be spoken, every man may perceive, to be agreeable and concordant indifferently to all sacred Sermons: ¶ uh-crq d n2 pp-f j-jn n2 pc-acp vbi: c-crq j dt n1 vbz: cc pp-f crd n2 pp-f n2. np1 np1. d n2 cst vhb av vbn vvn, d n1 vmb vvi, pc-acp vbi j cc j av-j p-acp d j n2: (11) chapter (DIV2) 54 Image 34
445 Now it is requisyte that we distinguishe and poynte oute certayne kindes of Sermons, to thintent we may further note, what oughte chiefly so be marked and obserued in euery one of them, Now it is requisyte that we distinguish and point out certain Kinds of Sermons, to intent we may further note, what ought chiefly so be marked and observed in every one of them, av pn31 vbz n1 cst pns12 vvi cc vvi av j n2 pp-f n2, p-acp n1 pns12 vmb av-jc vvi, q-crq vmd av-jn av vbi vvn cc vvn p-acp d crd pp-f pno32, (11) chapter (DIV2) 55 Image 34
446 and that wee gather together (so farre as may be) apt and meete precepts of each of them seuerally apart. and that we gather together (so Far as may be) apt and meet Precepts of each of them severally apart. cc cst pns12 vvb av (av av-j c-acp vmb vbi) j cc j n2 pp-f d pp-f pno32 av-j av. (11) chapter (DIV2) 55 Image 34
447 Sith therfore, the action of a Preacher in the Churche of God, is much discrepant from the action of a Rhetoritian in the guyld hall, I fréely confesse that I can in no wise fancy theyr iudgement, that endeuour to bringe, those thrée kindes of cases, I meane Demonstratiue, Delibratiue, and Iudiciall, oute of the prophane market place, into the sacred and reuerend Churche, Sith Therefore, the actium of a Preacher in the Church of God, is much discrepant from the actium of a Rhetorician in the guild hall, I freely confess that I can in no wise fancy their judgement, that endeavour to bring, those thrée Kinds of cases, I mean Demonstrative, Delibratiue, and Judicial, out of the profane market place, into the sacred and reverend Church, a-acp av, dt n1 pp-f dt n1 p-acp dt n1 pp-f np1, vbz d j p-acp dt n1 pp-f dt n1 p-acp dt n1 n1, pns11 av-j vvb cst pns11 vmb p-acp dx j n1 po32 n1, cst n1 pc-acp vvi, d crd n2 pp-f n2, pns11 vvb j, j, cc j, av pp-f dt j n1 n1, p-acp dt j cc j-jn n1, (11) chapter (DIV2) 56 Image 34
448 and set them forth, vnto preachers to be immitated and folowed. and Set them forth, unto Preachers to be imitated and followed. cc vvd pno32 av, p-acp n2 pc-acp vbi vvd cc vvn. (11) chapter (DIV2) 56 Image 34
449 Who knoweth not that both the name and action of cases, as they are deuided into those kyndes, are properly as well of all Orators as also of Lawyers referred to the place of common plea, called Forum, and that of those very cases, sprange the name of Casepleaders? But as vnfytting as the name of Casepleader is to hym that deliuereth publykelye vnto the chosen people of God, the doctrine of Christian religion: Who Knoweth not that both the name and actium of cases, as they Are divided into those Kinds, Are properly as well of all Orators as also of Lawyers referred to the place of Common plea, called Forum, and that of those very cases, sprang the name of Casepleaders? But as vnfytting as the name of Casepleader is to him that Delivereth publykelye unto the chosen people of God, the Doctrine of Christian Religion: q-crq vvz xx cst d dt n1 cc n1 pp-f n2, c-acp pns32 vbr vvn p-acp d n2, vbr av-j p-acp av pp-f d n2 c-acp av pp-f n2 vvn p-acp dt n1 pp-f j n1, vvn np1, cc d pp-f d j n2, vvd dt n1 pp-f n2? cc-acp c-acp vvg c-acp dt n1 pp-f n1 vbz p-acp pno31 cst vvz av-j p-acp dt j-vvn n1 pp-f np1, dt n1 pp-f njp n1: (11) chapter (DIV2) 56 Image 34
450 euen so absurde and inconuenient a thinge it were, that Sermons of diuine matters holden in •acred assemblies, shoulde be called cases. even so absurd and inconvenient a thing it were, that Sermons of divine matters held in •acred assemblies, should be called cases. av av j cc j dt n1 pn31 vbdr, cst n2 pp-f j-jn n2 vvn p-acp j n2, vmd vbi vvn n2. (11) chapter (DIV2) 56 Image 34
451 We sée, moreouer, how greatly some labour and toyle, and what euill successe they haue, We see, moreover, how greatly Some labour and toil, and what evil success they have, pns12 vvb, av, c-crq av-j d n1 cc n1, cc r-crq j-jn n1 pns32 vhb, (11) chapter (DIV2) 56 Image 34
452 whilest they go aboute to wrest and (after a sorte) to ioyne, all the formes of diuine Sermons to the thrée kindes of cases afore rehearced. whilst they go about to wrest and (After a sort) to join, all the forms of divine Sermons to the thrée Kinds of cases afore rehearsed. cs pns32 vvb p-acp pc-acp vvi cc (c-acp dt n1) pc-acp vvi, d dt n2 pp-f j-jn n2 p-acp dt crd n2 pp-f n2 a-acp vvn. (11) chapter (DIV2) 56 Image 34
453 Neither can wee any otherwise iudge, then that Diuinitie, of all other disciplines the chiefe, is moste grieuouslye iniured of those men, that suppose hir faculties to be so slender and bare, Neither can we any otherwise judge, then that Divinity, of all other disciplines the chief, is most grievously injured of those men, that suppose his faculties to be so slender and bore, av-d vmb pns12 d av vvi, cs d n1, pp-f d j-jn n2 dt j-jn, vbz av-ds av-j vvn pp-f d n2, cst vvb po31 n2 pc-acp vbi av j cc j, (11) chapter (DIV2) 56 Image 34
454 as though she had not furniture and implements sufficient, especially for th'ecclesiasticall function, in hir owne proper house at home. as though she had not furniture and implements sufficient, especially for th'ecclesiasticall function, in his own proper house At home. c-acp cs pns31 vhd xx n1 cc n2 j, av-j p-acp j n1, p-acp po31 d j n1 p-acp n1-an. (11) chapter (DIV2) 56 Image 34
455 With most soueraigne right therefore shall we endeuour our selues to draw out of the entrailes of the scriptures, both what and howe many kindes of diuine Sermons there bée. With most sovereign right Therefore shall we endeavour our selves to draw out of the entrails of the Scriptures, both what and how many Kinds of divine Sermons there been. p-acp ds j-jn j-jn av vmb pns12 n1 po12 n2 pc-acp vvi av pp-f dt n2 pp-f dt n2, d r-crq cc c-crq d n2 pp-f j-jn n2 pc-acp vbi. (11) chapter (DIV2) 57 Image 34
456 The Apostle Paule of all Preachers the Lode star affyrmeth, yt al the holy scripture is most chiefly profitable to fyue thinges, that is to say, to doctrine, to redargution, to correction, to institution, and to consolation. For thus we reade. The Apostle Paul of all Preachers the Load star Affirmeth, that all the holy scripture is most chiefly profitable to fyue things, that is to say, to Doctrine, to redargution, to correction, to Institution, and to consolation. For thus we read. dt n1 np1 pp-f d n2 dt n1 n1 vvz, pn31 av-d dt j n1 vbz av-ds av-jn j p-acp crd n2, cst vbz pc-acp vvi, p-acp n1, p-acp n1, p-acp n1, p-acp n1, cc p-acp n1. p-acp av pns12 vvb. (11) chapter (DIV2) 58 Image 34
457 2. Timothy. 3. All scripture inspired of God, is profitable to learning, to reprouing, to correction, to instruction which is in rightuousnesse, that the man of God may be perfecte, prepared to euery good worke. 2. Timothy. 3. All scripture inspired of God, is profitable to learning, to reproving, to correction, to instruction which is in righteousness, that the man of God may be perfect, prepared to every good work. crd np1. crd av-d n1 vvn pp-f np1, vbz j p-acp n1, p-acp vvg, p-acp n1, p-acp n1 r-crq vbz p-acp n1, cst dt n1 pp-f np1 vmb vbi vvi, vvn p-acp d j n1. (11) chapter (DIV2) 58 Image 34
458 Moreouer to the Rom. 15. What soeuer thinges are written before are writtē for our learning, that thorow patience & consolatiō of the scriptures we might haue hope. Moreover to the Rom. 15. What soever things Are written before Are written for our learning, that thorough patience & consolation of the Scriptures we might have hope. av p-acp dt np1 crd q-crq av n2 vbr vvn c-acp vbr vvn p-acp po12 n1, cst p-acp n1 cc n1 pp-f dt n2 pns12 vmd vhi n1. (11) chapter (DIV2) 58 Image 34
459 Doctrine, or NONLATINALPHABET, signifieth the tractation and confirmation of all true principles and opinions, as when with arguments taken out of the writinges of the Prophets and Apostles, it is proued that there is but one GOD omnipotent, eternall, iust, mercyfull, that God made all thinges, Doctrine, or, signifies the tractation and confirmation of all true principles and opinions, as when with Arguments taken out of the writings of the prophets and Apostles, it is proved that there is but one GOD omnipotent, Eternal, just, merciful, that God made all things, n1, cc, vvz dt n1 cc n1 pp-f d j n2 cc n2, c-acp c-crq p-acp n2 vvn av pp-f dt n2-vvg pp-f dt n2 cc n2, pn31 vbz vvn cst pc-acp vbz cc-acp crd np1 j, j, j, j, cst np1 vvd d n2, (11) chapter (DIV2) 58 Image 34
460 and by his prouidence gouerneth the same, when also the doctrine is expounded, concerning ye thrée persons, and by his providence Governs the same, when also the Doctrine is expounded, Concerning you thrée Persons, cc p-acp po31 n1 vvz dt d, c-crq av dt n1 vbz vvn, vvg pn22 crd n2, (11) chapter (DIV2) 58 Image 34
461 & the properties of euery person of the church, of ye law, of sin, of the gospell, of repentaunce, of faith, of charytie, of hope, of the sacraments, of ye resurrection of the dead, of eternall lyfe. &c. These and such lyke places are frequentlye founde in the Scriptures, explaned in a iust method, & the properties of every person of the Church, of the law, of since, of the gospel, of Repentance, of faith, of charity, of hope, of the Sacraments, of the resurrection of the dead, of Eternal life. etc. These and such like places Are frequently found in the Scriptures, explained in a just method, cc dt n2 pp-f d n1 pp-f dt n1, pp-f dt n1, pp-f n1, pp-f dt n1, pp-f n1, pp-f n1, pp-f n1, pp-f n1, pp-f dt n2, pp-f dt n1 pp-f dt j, pp-f j n1. av d cc d av-j n2 vbr av-j vvn p-acp dt n2, vvn p-acp dt j n1, (11) chapter (DIV2) 58 Image 35
462 and after the popular mener of teaching. and After the popular mener of teaching. cc p-acp dt j n1 pp-f vvg. (11) chapter (DIV2) 58 Image 35
463 Redargution or NONLATINALPHABET, is no other thinge then a destruction or confutation of false and eronious opinions, which are obtruded of the enimies of truthe to deceue the ignoraunt and vnlearned. Redargution or, is no other thing then a destruction or confutation of false and Erroneous opinions, which Are obtruded of the enemies of truth to deceue the ignorant and unlearned. n1 cc, vbz dx j-jn n1 cs dt n1 cc n1 pp-f j cc j n2, r-crq vbr vvd pp-f dt n2 pp-f n1 pc-acp vvi dt j cc j. (11) chapter (DIV2) 59 Image 35
464 For it is necessary that theyr mouthes be stopped by thautority of gods word: For it is necessary that their mouths be stopped by thautority of God's word: p-acp pn31 vbz j cst po32 n2 vbb vvn p-acp n1 pp-f ng1 n1: (11) chapter (DIV2) 59 Image 35
465 for which cause the Apostle, would haue him to be a Byshoppe or teacher of the church, yt coulde NONLATINALPHABET, that is to say, reproue and conuince the gayn•speakers. for which cause the Apostle, would have him to be a Bishop or teacher of the Church, that could, that is to say, reprove and convince the gayn•speakers. p-acp r-crq n1 dt n1, vmd vhi pno31 pc-acp vbi dt n1 cc n1 pp-f dt n1, pn31 vmd, cst vbz pc-acp vvi, vvi cc vvi dt n2. (11) chapter (DIV2) 59 Image 35
466 Thou shalt sée not seeldome times in the Sermons of the Prophetes, of Christ and thapostles, the phantasticall surmises of the Gentiles, of the false prophets, Pharisies and such lyke grieuously assaulted and vtterly ouerthrowne. Thou shalt see not seldom times in the Sermons of the prophets, of christ and Apostles, the fantastical surmises of the Gentiles, of the false Prophets, Pharisees and such like grievously assaulted and utterly overthrown. pns21 vm2 vvi xx av n2 p-acp dt n2 pp-f dt n2, pp-f np1 cc n2, dt j n2 pp-f dt n2-j, pp-f dt j n2, np2 cc d av-j av-j vvn cc av-j vvn. (11) chapter (DIV2) 59 Image 35
467 Furthermore, Institution, NONLATINALPHABET, vnderstand to be that whereby the lyfe and maners are informed vnto Godlines. Furthermore, Institution,, understand to be that whereby the life and manners Are informed unto Godliness. av, n1,, vvb pc-acp vbi d q-crq dt n1 cc n2 vbr vvn p-acp n1. (11) chapter (DIV2) 59 Image 35
468 The holy Scriptures doe abounde with precepts and exhortations of this kinde, into whiche sufficiently tedyous and prolixe, euery man slippeth, The holy Scriptures do abound with Precepts and exhortations of this kind, into which sufficiently tedious and prolix, every man slippeth, dt j n2 vdb vvi p-acp n2 cc n2 pp-f d n1, p-acp r-crq av-j j cc j, d n1 vvz, (11) chapter (DIV2) 60 Image 35
469 euen without occasion, and intending some other matter. even without occasion, and intending Some other matter. av p-acp n1, cc vvg d j-jn n1. (11) chapter (DIV2) 60 Image 35
470 Correction, NONLATINALPHABET is after a contrary order occupyed in reprouing of corrupt maners, and of those crimes, where vnto many men are perceiued to be giuen. Correction, is After a contrary order ocupied in reproving of corrupt manners, and of those crimes, where unto many men Are perceived to be given. n1, vbz p-acp dt j-jn n1 vvn p-acp vvg pp-f j n2, cc pp-f d n2, c-crq p-acp d n2 vbr vvn pc-acp vbi vvn. (11) chapter (DIV2) 60 Image 35
471 The Prophets & Apostles in their Sermons are in nothyng more busye, then inueyinge against their sinnes and wickednesse, whom they couet to traine to repentaunce, The prophets & Apostles in their Sermons Are in nothing more busy, then inveighing against their Sins and wickedness, whom they covet to train to Repentance, dt n2 cc n2 p-acp po32 n2 vbr p-acp pix av-dc j, av vvg p-acp po32 n2 cc n1, ro-crq pns32 vvb pc-acp vvi p-acp n1, (11) chapter (DIV2) 60 Image 35
472 and to haue them become honest and vertuous. and to have them become honest and virtuous. cc pc-acp vhi pno32 vvi j cc j. (11) chapter (DIV2) 60 Image 35
473 Last of all, vnder the name of NONLATINALPHABET or Consolation, what oughte to be vnderstoode, there is no man that can be ignoraunt, seeing euery one of vs beynge daily conuicted of our owne iniquitie, doe feele by experyence how greatly we stand in neede of consolations, prepared for all euents. Last of all, under the name of or Consolation, what ought to be understood, there is no man that can be ignorant, seeing every one of us being daily convicted of our own iniquity, do feel by experience how greatly we stand in need of consolations, prepared for all events. ord pp-f d, p-acp dt n1 pp-f cc n1, r-crq vmd pc-acp vbi vvd, pc-acp vbz dx n1 cst vmb vbi j, vvg d crd pp-f pno12 vbg av-j j-vvn pp-f po12 d n1, vdb vvi p-acp n1 c-crq av-j pns12 vvb p-acp n1 pp-f n2, vvn p-acp d n2. (11) chapter (DIV2) 60 Image 35
474 And surely of comfortes and consolations, which may assuredly stay & erect vp afflicted mindes, the sacred scripture is a most plentifull storehouse. And surely of comforts and consolations, which may assuredly stay & erect up afflicted minds, the sacred scripture is a most plentiful storehouse. cc av-j pp-f n2 cc n2, r-crq vmb av-vvn vvi cc vvi a-acp j-vvn n2, dt j n1 vbz dt av-ds j n1. (11) chapter (DIV2) 60 Image 35
475 If therefore we will heare S. Paule, what soeuer thinges may profitably be spoken out of the scriptures, it is requisite that they be referred to these fiue ends or chapters. If Therefore we will hear S. Paul, what soever things may profitably be spoken out of the Scriptures, it is requisite that they be referred to these fiue ends or Chapters. cs av pns12 vmb vvi n1 np1, r-crq av n2 vmb av-j vbi vvn av pp-f dt n2, pn31 vbz j cst pns32 vbb vvn p-acp d crd n2 cc n2. (11) chapter (DIV2) 60 Image 35
476 Why then may we not say, that accordinge to these same chapters, all kindes of sermons ought to be distincted and deuided? Herevnto is added, that there is no treaty that hapeneth any where in the sacred scriptures, which may not be placed vnder some one of these chapters, Why then may we not say, that according to these same Chapters, all Kinds of Sermons ought to be distincted and divided? Hereunto is added, that there is no treaty that Happeneth any where in the sacred Scriptures, which may not be placed under Some one of these Chapters, uh-crq av vmb pns12 xx vvi, cst vvg p-acp d d n2, d n2 pp-f n2 vmd pc-acp vbi j-vvn cc vvn? av vbz vvn, cst pc-acp vbz dx n1 cst vvz d c-crq p-acp dt j n2, r-crq vmb xx vbi vvn p-acp d crd pp-f d n2, (11) chapter (DIV2) 60 Image 35
477 as vnder a certayne captayne and guide. as under a certain captain and guide. c-acp p-acp dt j n1 cc n1. (11) chapter (DIV2) 60 Image 35
478 It were no long work, to demonstrate, in the volumes of the Prophetes and Apostles, iust Sermons, the arguments and titles wherof might most aptly be prefixed after the sayde Chapters, a proofe of which matter, we wyll bringe in the sequell hereof, It were no long work, to demonstrate, in the volumes of the prophets and Apostles, just Sermons, the Arguments and titles whereof might most aptly be prefixed After the said Chapters, a proof of which matter, we will bring in the sequel hereof, pn31 vbdr dx j n1, pc-acp vvi, p-acp dt n2 pp-f dt n2 cc n2, j n2, dt n2 cc n2 c-crq n1 av-ds av-j vbi vvn p-acp dt j-vvn n2, dt n1 pp-f r-crq n1, pns12 vmb vvi p-acp dt n1 av, (11) chapter (DIV2) 61 Image 35
479 and especially in the second Booke, where shal be noted diuers and sundry examples. and especially in the second Book, where shall be noted diverse and sundry Examples. cc av-j p-acp dt ord n1, q-crq vmb vbi vvn j cc j n2. (11) chapter (DIV2) 61 Image 35
480 And what if all thinges necessary to be knowne to a man carefull of his saluation, are founde to be layde vp, aboundantly in the same chapters? for what things soeuer pertayne to sincere religion and christian piety, are referred either vnto NONLATINALPHABET that is to say, knowledge or science, And what if all things necessary to be known to a man careful of his salvation, Are found to be laid up, abundantly in the same Chapters? for what things soever pertain to sincere Religion and christian piety, Are referred either unto that is to say, knowledge or science, cc q-crq cs d n2 j pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp dt n1 j pp-f po31 n1, vbr vvn pc-acp vbi vvn a-acp, av-j p-acp dt d n2? p-acp r-crq n2 av vvi p-acp j n1 cc njp n1, vbr vvn av-d p-acp cst vbz pc-acp vvi, n1 cc n1, (11) chapter (DIV2) 61 Image 35
481 or els vnto NONLATINALPHABET, that is action or doyng. or Else unto, that is actium or doing. cc av p-acp, cst vbz n1 cc vdg. (11) chapter (DIV2) 61 Image 35
482 The author of this particion, least any mā should finde fault therwith, we haue the Apostle Paule, which prayeth vnto God that all the godly may be filled as well with the knowledge of the misteries and will of God, The author of this partition, lest any man should find fault therewith, we have the Apostle Paul, which Prayeth unto God that all the godly may be filled as well with the knowledge of the Mysteres and will of God, dt n1 pp-f d n1, cs d n1 vmd vvi n1 av, pns12 vhb dt n1 np1, r-crq vvz p-acp np1 cst d dt j vmb vbi vvn a-acp av p-acp dt n1 pp-f dt n2 cc n1 pp-f np1, (11) chapter (DIV2) 61 Image 35
483 as also that, after the measure of knowledge which fell vnto them, they might fructifie in all good workes. as also that, After the measure of knowledge which fell unto them, they might fructify in all good works. c-acp av d, p-acp dt n1 pp-f n1 r-crq vvd p-acp pno32, pns32 vmd vvi p-acp d j n2. (11) chapter (DIV2) 61 Image 35
484 And NONLATINALPHABET verely is then made perfect, when as those things are perceiued and allowed, which bene true and agreeable to the first truthe manifested by the holy ghost, And verily is then made perfect, when as those things Are perceived and allowed, which bene true and agreeable to the First truth manifested by the holy ghost, cc av-j vbz av vvn j, c-crq p-acp d n2 vbr vvn cc vvn, q-crq fw-la j cc j p-acp dt ord n1 vvn p-acp dt j n1, (11) chapter (DIV2) 61 Image 35
485 and agayne, those thinges be reiected which are false and vntrue. Here then are eftsoones perceiued NONLATINALPHABET, doctrine and r•dargution. and again, those things be rejected which Are false and untrue. Here then Are eftsoons perceived, Doctrine and r•dargution. cc av, d n2 vbb vvn r-crq vbr j cc j-u. av av vbr av vvn, n1 cc n1. (11) chapter (DIV2) 61 Image 35
486 But NONLATINALPHABET leaning vpon actitons or works, is altogither in this continually, that it may shew forth worthy examples of honesty and vnfeigned holynes, But leaning upon actitons or works, is altogether in this continually, that it may show forth worthy Examples of honesty and unfeigned holiness, p-acp vvg p-acp n2 cc n2, vbz av p-acp d av-j, cst pn31 vmb vvi av j n2 pp-f n1 cc j n1, (11) chapter (DIV2) 61 Image 35
487 and as for thinges filthy and reprochefull, shonne them with all indeuour. In the meane while, in that one poynt, NONLATINALPHABET, or institution bewrayeth it selfe: In this other NONLATINALPHABET, or correction. and as for things filthy and reproachful, shun them with all endeavour. In the mean while, in that one point,, or Institution bewrayeth it self: In this other, or correction. cc c-acp p-acp n2 j cc j, vvb pno32 p-acp d n1. p-acp dt j n1, p-acp d crd n1,, cc n1 vvz pn31 n1: p-acp d j-jn, cc n1. (11) chapter (DIV2) 61 Image 35
488 Where as if againe it chaunceth any man, eyther in these thinges which are referred vnto NONLATINALPHABET, Where as if again it chanceth any man, either in these things which Are referred unto, c-crq c-acp cs av pn31 vvz d n1, av-d p-acp d n2 r-crq vbr vvn p-acp, (11) chapter (DIV2) 61 Image 36
489 or in those that perteyne vnto NONLATINALPHABET, to doubt: or in those that pertain unto, to doubt: cc p-acp d cst vvb p-acp, pc-acp vvi: (11) chapter (DIV2) 61 Image 36
490 wauer, or feare, in such sort that some great daunger of falling séemeth to hange ouer his head, waver, or Fear, in such sort that Some great danger of falling Seemeth to hang over his head, vvi, cc n1, p-acp d n1 cst d j n1 pp-f vvg vvz pc-acp vvi p-acp po31 n1, (11) chapter (DIV2) 61 Image 36
491 then must seasonable remedy bée applyed, by ministringe apte consolations. then must seasonable remedy been applied, by ministering apt consolations. av vmb j n1 vbi vvd, p-acp j-vvg j n2. (11) chapter (DIV2) 61 Image 36
492 It is playne therefore that the order of comfortinge in the fift place, ought in this wyse of necessitie to bée adioyned vnto the premisses. It is plain Therefore that the order of comforting in the fift place, ought in this wise of necessity to been adjoined unto the premises. pn31 vbz j av cst dt n1 pp-f vvg p-acp dt ord n1, vmd p-acp d n1 pp-f n1 pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp dt n2. (11) chapter (DIV2) 61 Image 36
493 Moreouer, thrée thinges, by the consent of all men are determined to be of themselues most worthy, in which the spirituall lyfe of man, doth wholely consist, namely, Fayth, Charitie, and Hope: Moreover, thrée things, by the consent of all men Are determined to be of themselves most worthy, in which the spiritual life of man, does wholly consist, namely, Faith, Charity, and Hope: av, crd n2, p-acp dt n1 pp-f d n2 vbr vvn pc-acp vbi pp-f px32 av-ds j, p-acp r-crq dt j n1 pp-f n1, vdz av-jn vvi, av, n1, n1, cc n1: (11) chapter (DIV2) 61 Image 36
494 For when these things be in any man, ye diuine oracles testify that, he shal neuer perishe. For when these things be in any man, you divine oracles testify that, he shall never perish. c-acp c-crq d n2 vbb p-acp d n1, pn22 j-jn n2 vvi d, pns31 vmb av-x vvi. (11) chapter (DIV2) 61 Image 36
495 And surely Fayth stickinge fast to the certeyne rules of the holy Ghost, is susteyned and fortefied with doctrin, and redargution: Charitie, busily applying to good workes, is furthered and holpen forward with Institution and Correction: Lastly, Hope is nourished and cherished, with swéet consolation and comfort. And surely Faith sticking fast to the certain rules of the holy Ghost, is sustained and fortified with Doctrine, and redargution: Charity, busily applying to good works, is furthered and helped forward with Institution and Correction: Lastly, Hope is nourished and cherished, with sweet consolation and Comfort. cc av-j n1 vvg av-j p-acp dt j n2 pp-f dt j n1, vbz vvn cc vvd p-acp n1, cc n1: n1, av-j vvg p-acp j n2, vbz vvn cc vvn av-j p-acp n1 cc n1: ord, vvb vbz vvn cc vvn, p-acp j n1 cc n1. (11) chapter (DIV2) 61 Image 36
496 Yea, & in thorder of these Chapters may al those thinges bée disposed also, which the Rhetoricians doe comprehende in the thrée sayde common kyndes of Cases: But on the other side, not all the thinges agayne that are comprised in those Chapters, can haue place vnder those kyndes of cases. Yea, & in order of these Chapters may all those things been disposed also, which the Rhetoricians do comprehend in the thrée said Common Kinds of Cases: But on the other side, not all the things again that Are comprised in those Chapters, can have place under those Kinds of cases. uh, cc p-acp n1 pp-f d n2 vmb d d n2 vbi vvn av, r-crq dt n2 vdb vvi p-acp dt crd vvn j n2 pp-f n2: cc-acp p-acp dt j-jn n1, xx d dt n2 av d vbr vvn p-acp d n2, vmb vhi n1 p-acp d n2 pp-f n2. (11) chapter (DIV2) 62 Image 36
497 For those thinges that amonge the Oracles are ascribed to the kynde Iuditiall, may conueniently bee handeled in redargution or correction: Of which that one is applied to the state definit, For those things that among the Oracles Are ascribed to the kind Judicial, may conveniently be handled in redargution or correction: Of which that one is applied to the state definite, p-acp d n2 cst p-acp dt n2 vbr vvn p-acp dt n1 j, vmb av-j vbi vvn p-acp n1 cc n1: pp-f r-crq d pi vbz vvn p-acp dt n1 j, (11) chapter (DIV2) 62 Image 36
498 and this other to the state of qualytie: and this other to the state of qualytie: cc d n-jn p-acp dt n1 pp-f n1: (11) chapter (DIV2) 62 Image 36
499 But those thinges which are attributed, to the kyndes delyberatiue and demonstratiue, bée very aptelie placed vnder institution, touching which matter, we shall haue an other place agayne else where to entreate of. But those things which Are attributed, to the Kinds delyberatiue and demonstrative, been very aptly placed under Institution, touching which matter, we shall have an other place again Else where to entreat of. cc-acp d n2 r-crq vbr vvn, p-acp dt n2 j cc j, vbi av av-j vvn p-acp n1, vvg r-crq n1, pns12 vmb vhi dt j-jn n1 av av c-crq pc-acp vvi pp-f. (11) chapter (DIV2) 62 Image 36
500 But if thou shouldest requyre of the Rhetoritians a kynde of case, to the which doctrin or consolation might be referred, they coulde giue none at all, But if thou Shouldst require of the Rhetoricians a kind of case, to the which Doctrine or consolation might be referred, they could give none At all, p-acp cs pns21 vmd2 vvi pp-f dt n2 dt n1 pp-f n1, p-acp dt r-crq n1 cc n1 vmd vbi vvn, pns32 vmd vvi pix p-acp d, (11) chapter (DIV2) 62 Image 36
501 as those that haue euermore set ouer the whole practise of Teachinge and comfortynge to the Philosophers of Vniuersities, as those that have evermore Set over the Whole practice of Teaching and comforting to the Philosophers of Universities, c-acp d cst vhb av vvn p-acp dt j-jn n1 pp-f vvg cc vvg p-acp dt n2 pp-f n2, (11) chapter (DIV2) 62 Image 36
502 and thin-habitauntes of Scoles, giuinge themselues to ouer muche ease and idlenesse in the meane tyme. and thin-habitauntes of Scoles, giving themselves to over much ease and idleness in the mean time. cc j pp-f np1, vvg px32 p-acp a-acp d n1 cc n1 p-acp dt j n1. (11) chapter (DIV2) 62 Image 36
503 But hée that will followe the course and direction of those fiue Chapiters or fountaynes, shall pretermit no order of Teaching, which maye serue any thinge at all to the furtheraunce: But he that will follow the course and direction of those fiue Chapiters or fountains, shall pretermit no order of Teaching, which may serve any thing At all to the furtherance: p-acp pns31 cst vmb vvi dt n1 cc n1 pp-f d crd npg1 cc n2, vmb vvi dx n1 pp-f vvg, r-crq vmb vvi d n1 p-acp d p-acp dt n1: (11) chapter (DIV2) 62 Image 36
504 and information of the myndes of wretched men. and information of the minds of wretched men. cc n1 pp-f dt n2 pp-f j n2. (11) chapter (DIV2) 62 Image 36
505 Which thinges séeinge they bée so, it is very méete and requisite vndoubtedly, that we distinguishe and deuide in order the kyndes of diuine Sermons, which are preached to the multitude in sacred assembles, Which things seeing they been so, it is very meet and requisite undoubtedly, that we distinguish and divide in order the Kinds of divine Sermons, which Are preached to the multitude in sacred assembles, r-crq n2 vvg pns32 vbi av, pn31 vbz av j cc j av-j, cst pns12 vvi cc vvi p-acp n1 dt n2 pp-f j-jn n2, r-crq vbr vvn p-acp dt n1 p-acp j vvz, (11) chapter (DIV2) 62 Image 36
506 after the sayde Chapiters and conclusions: After the said Chapiters and conclusions: p-acp dt j-vvn npg1 cc n2: (11) chapter (DIV2) 62 Image 36
507 And the firste kynde verely may be called NONLATINALPHABET, that is to say, doctrinall or didascalick: The seconde NONLATINALPHABET, redargutiue or reprehensiue: The thirde NONLATINALPHABET, institutiue or instructiue (bée it lawfull for vs to vse these termes in this our profession, not vnaptely expressinge the sence of our mynde) the fourth NONLATINALPHABET, correctiue: The fifte NONLATINALPHABET, comfortatiue. Neyther shall it nowe bée harde or difficulte, to define euery kynde, And the First kind verily may be called, that is to say, doctrinal or Didascalick: The seconde, Redargutive or reprehensive: The Third, Institutive or instructive (been it lawful for us to use these terms in this our profession, not unaptly expressing the sense of our mind) the fourth, corrective: The Fifth, Comfortative. Neither shall it now been harden or difficult, to define every kind, cc dt ord n1 av-j vmb vbi vvn, cst vbz pc-acp vvi, j cc j: dt ord, j cc j: dt ord, j cc j (vbi pn31 j p-acp pno12 pc-acp vvi d n2 p-acp d po12 n1, xx av-j vvg dt n1 pp-f po12 n1) dt ord, j: dt ord, j. av-dx vmb pn31 av vbi j cc j, pc-acp vvi d n1, (11) chapter (DIV2) 62 Image 36
508 and to shewe, what sortes of Sermons are correspondent to the same. and to show, what sorts of Sermons Are correspondent to the same. cc pc-acp vvi, r-crq n2 pp-f n2 vbr j p-acp dt d. (11) chapter (DIV2) 62 Image 36
509 Let the kynde Didascalicke therefore bée that, wherein any one true sentence or moe, are proued, confirmed, Let the kind Didascalicke Therefore been that, wherein any one true sentence or more, Are proved, confirmed, vvb dt n1 jp av vbi d, c-crq d crd j n1 cc av-dc, vbr vvn, vvn, (11) chapter (DIV2) 62 Image 36
510 and declared ▪ Of this sorte is the assertion of the resurrection of the dead, disscussed after a familyar kynde of spéech 1. Corinth. 15. Moses, Deut. 9. and 10. teacheth the people in a graue oration, that all benefites receyued are to bée ascribed, onely vnto God. and declared ▪ Of this sort is the assertion of the resurrection of the dead, disscussed After a familiar kind of speech 1. Corinth. 15. Moses, Deuteronomy 9. and 10. Teaches the people in a graven oration, that all benefits received Are to been ascribed, only unto God. cc vvd ▪ pp-f d n1 vbz dt n1 pp-f dt n1 pp-f dt j, vvn p-acp dt j-jn n1 pp-f n1 crd np1. crd np1, np1 crd cc crd vvz dt n1 p-acp dt j n1, cst d n2 vvn vbr pc-acp vbi vvn, av-j p-acp np1. (11) chapter (DIV2) 62 Image 36
511 The kynde Redargutiue is that, wherein a false sentence or opinion is destroyed and subuerted, Esay. Cap. 44. preacheth agaynst Idolatrye. The kind Redargutive is that, wherein a false sentence or opinion is destroyed and subverted, Isaiah. Cap. 44. Preacheth against Idolatry. dt n1 j vbz d, c-crq dt j n1 cc n1 vbz vvn cc vvn, np1. np1 crd vvz p-acp n1. (11) chapter (DIV2) 62 Image 36
512 Christ, Math. 15. impugneth and assaulteth the traditions of men, and theyr pr•posterous iudgement in them. christ, Math. 15. impugns and assaulteth the traditions of men, and their pr•posterous judgement in them. np1, np1 crd vvz cc vvz dt n2 pp-f n2, cc po32 j n1 p-acp pno32. (11) chapter (DIV2) 62 Image 36
513 Math. 22. Hée refelleth the Saduces, which deuided the resurrection of the dead. The kinde Instructiue is wherin men are induced to lead a godly and holy life. Math. 22. He refelleth the Sadducees, which divided the resurrection of the dead. The kind Instructive is wherein men Are induced to led a godly and holy life. np1 crd pns31 vvz dt vvz, r-crq vvd dt n1 pp-f dt j. dt j j vbz c-crq n2 vbr vvn pc-acp vvi dt j cc j n1. (11) chapter (DIV2) 62 Image 36
514 Deut. 11. Moyses exhorteth the people to obserue dilygently the law of God. Thappostle 1. Cor. 16 and also. Deuteronomy 11. Moses exhorteth the people to observe diligently the law of God. Thappostle 1. Cor. 16 and also. np1 crd np1 vvz dt n1 pc-acp vvi av-j dt n1 pp-f np1. np1 crd np1 crd cc av. (11) chapter (DIV2) 63 Image 37
515 2. Cor. 8. admonisheth that they woulde collect their almse, and sende it to Ierusalem. Howbeit, when the same Apostle. 2. Cor. 8. Admonisheth that they would collect their almse, and send it to Ierusalem. Howbeit, when the same Apostle. crd np1 crd vvz cst pns32 vmd vvi po32 n1, cc vvi pn31 p-acp np1. a-acp, c-crq dt d n1. (11) chapter (DIV2) 63 Image 37
516 1. Cor. 10. to the same effect sayeth, that the things which are written, are written NONLATINALPHABET for our admonityon, nothinge letteth but that this Instructiue kinde may be called also NONLATINALPHABET that is to saye, admonitory. 1. Cor. 10. to the same Effect Saith, that the things which Are written, Are written for our admonityon, nothing lets but that this Instructive kind may be called also that is to say, admonitory. crd np1 crd p-acp dt d n1 vvz, cst dt n2 r-crq vbr vvn, vbr vvn p-acp po12 n1, pix vvz cc-acp cst d j n1 vmb vbi vvn av cst vbz pc-acp vvi, j. (11) chapter (DIV2) 63 Image 37
517 The Correctiue kynd is that, wherin the corrupt maners of men are reproued and chastised. The Corrective kind is that, wherein the corrupt manners of men Are reproved and chastised. dt j n1 vbz d, c-crq dt j n2 pp-f n2 vbr vvn cc vvn. (11) chapter (DIV2) 64 Image 37
518 Esay. cap. 28. inueigheth bitterly agaynst the excesse and superfluitie of the Iewes. The same prophet Cap. 58. condemneth the sightly works of the hypocrits, Isaiah. cap. 28. inveigheth bitterly against the excess and superfluity of the Iewes. The same Prophet Cap. 58. Condemneth the sightly works of the Hypocrites, np1. n1. crd vvz av-j p-acp dt n1 cc n1 pp-f dt np2. dt d n1 np1 crd vvz dt av-j vvz pp-f dt n2, (11) chapter (DIV2) 64 Image 37
519 and requireth of them the true fruites of godlynesse. Christ Math. 5. and in a good parte of the. and requires of them the true fruits of godliness. christ Math. 5. and in a good part of thee. cc vvz pp-f pno32 dt j n2 pp-f n1. np1 np1 crd cc p-acp dt j n1 pp-f pno32. (11) chapter (DIV2) 64 Image 37
520 6. conuerteth his oration inespecially to the hypocrits, and with lyke diligence, declareth in what poyntes true perfection and rightuousnes doth consist. 6. Converts his oration inespecially to the Hypocrites, and with like diligence, Declareth in what points true perfection and righteousness does consist. crd vvz po31 n1 av-j p-acp dt n2, cc p-acp av-j n1, vvz p-acp r-crq n2 j n1 cc n1 vdz vvi. (11) chapter (DIV2) 64 Image 37
521 Of the kinde Comfortatiue, are al Sermons prepared to the erection of daunted and desolate mindes. Of the kind Comfortative, Are all Sermons prepared to the erection of daunted and desolate minds. pp-f dt j j, vbr d n2 vvn p-acp dt n1 pp-f j-vvn cc j n2. (11) chapter (DIV2) 65 Image 37
522 There bee extant comfortable sermons in Esaye. cap. 40. and in the eight folowing, where he biddeth the people, being in the captiuytie of Babilon, to be of good courage and comforte. There be extant comfortable Sermons in Isaiah. cap. 40. and in the eight following, where he bids the people, being in the captiuytie of Babylon, to be of good courage and Comfort. pc-acp vbi j j n2 p-acp np1. n1. crd cc p-acp dt crd vvg, c-crq pns31 vvz dt n1, vbg p-acp dt n1 pp-f np1, pc-acp vbi pp-f j n1 cc n1. (11) chapter (DIV2) 65 Image 37
523 Of the lyke argument we may reade a sermon of Ieremy. 29.30.31. Christ, Iohn. 15. comforteth and fortyfieth his disciples against the stormes of persecution to come. Of the like argument we may read a sermon of Ieremy. 29.30.31. christ, John. 15. comforts and fortyfieth his Disciples against the storms of persecution to come. pp-f dt av-j n1 pns12 vmb vvi dt n1 pp-f np1. crd. np1, np1. crd vvz cc vvz po31 n2 p-acp dt n2 pp-f n1 pc-acp vvi. (11) chapter (DIV2) 65 Image 37
524 Therefore, to these fyue kindes of sermons, all men shall worthyly giue place in the Churche, Therefore, to these fyue Kinds of Sermons, all men shall worthily give place in the Church, av, p-acp d crd n2 pp-f n2, d n2 vmb av-j vvi n1 p-acp dt n1, (11) chapter (DIV2) 65 Image 37
525 and syth they are so playnely noted and distinguished of the Apostle hymselfe. Let no man be to buysy eyther in diminishing or increafing of this number. and sith they Are so plainly noted and distinguished of the Apostle himself. Let no man be to buysy either in diminishing or increafing of this number. cc c-acp pns32 vbr av av-j vvn cc vvn pp-f dt n1 px31. vvb dx n1 vbb p-acp n1 av-d p-acp vvg cc n-vvg pp-f d n1. (11) chapter (DIV2) 65 Image 37
526 Some man peraduenture wyll contende that all these thinges may be reduced to the number of thrée, as that the first should be NONLATINALPHABET, in whiche might be included the kynde didascalick and redargutiue: the seconde NONLATINALPHABET, which should contein institution and correction: and the thirde NONLATINALPHABET: some man Peradventure will contend that all these things may be reduced to the number of thrée, as that the First should be, in which might be included the kind Didascalick and Redargutive: the seconde, which should contain Institution and correction: and the Third: d n1 av vmb vvi cst d d n2 vmb vbi vvn p-acp dt n1 pp-f crd, p-acp d dt ord vmd vbi, p-acp r-crq vmd vbi vvd dt n1 j cc j: dt ord, r-crq vmd vvi n1 cc n1: cc dt ord: (11) chapter (DIV2) 66 Image 37
527 but as well for other considerations, as also by reason of thauthorytie of thappostle, & the greater perspicuities sake, it is muche better to reteyne both the number and order whiche we haue already spoken off. but as well for other considerations, as also by reason of thauthorytie of apostle, & the greater perspicuities sake, it is much better to retain both the number and order which we have already spoken off. cc-acp c-acp av c-acp j-jn n2, c-acp av p-acp n1 pp-f n1 pp-f n1, cc dt jc n2 n1, pn31 vbz av-d jc pc-acp vvi d dt n1 cc n1 r-crq pns12 vhb av vvn a-acp. (11) chapter (DIV2) 66 Image 37
528 Sometime ouermuch subtelty in handlyng especyally of the sacred scriptures, doth sooner hurte then profyte. Neuer the lesse; Sometime overmuch subtlety in handling especially of the sacred Scriptures, does sooner hurt then profit. Never the less; av av n1 p-acp vvg av-j pp-f dt j n2, vdz av-c vvi cs n1. av-x dt av-dc; (11) chapter (DIV2) 67 Image 37
529 no man can deny, but that there may decently be added an other certaine kinde also, no man can deny, but that there may decently be added an other certain kind also, dx n1 vmb vvi, cc-acp cst a-acp vmb av-j vbi vvn dt j-jn j n1 av, (11) chapter (DIV2) 67 Image 37
530 namely Mixte, in which the partes are taken and compacted out of the sondry kyndes before specified. namely Mixed, in which the parts Are taken and compacted out of the sundry Kinds before specified. av vvn, p-acp r-crq dt n2 vbr vvn cc vvn av pp-f dt j n2 a-acp vvn. (11) chapter (DIV2) 67 Image 37
531 Wherefore, in care wee, in the sequell hereof, shall entreat of these sixe kindes of dyuine sermons, I meane, didascalick, redargutiue, Instructiue, correctiue, comfortatiue, and Mixte, notinge by the way, what ought to be obserued in euery of them, we shall séeme to haue taught that whiche may be sufficient, Wherefore, in care we, in the sequel hereof, shall entreat of these sixe Kinds of divine Sermons, I mean, Didascalick, Redargutive, Instructive, corrective, Comfortative, and Mixed, noting by the Way, what ought to be observed in every of them, we shall seem to have taught that which may be sufficient, q-crq, p-acp n1 pns12, p-acp dt n1 av, vmb vvi pp-f d crd n2 pp-f j-jn n2, pns11 vvb, j, j, j, j, j, cc vvn, vvg p-acp dt n1, q-crq vmd pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp d pp-f pno32, pns12 vmb vvi pc-acp vhi vvn d r-crq vmb vbi j, (11) chapter (DIV2) 67 Image 37
532 and fully to haue accompllished our duty in this behalfe. and Fully to have accompllished our duty in this behalf. cc av-j pc-acp vhi vvn po12 n1 p-acp d n1. (11) chapter (DIV2) 67 Image 37
533 Now what the State is, and how many formes therof, what also •how manifolde the Theame, it is méete further that we compendiously declare. Now what the State is, and how many forms thereof, what also •how manifold the Theme, it is meet further that we compendiously declare. av r-crq dt n1 vbz, cc c-crq d n2 av, r-crq av vvb j dt n1, pn31 vbz j av-jc d pns12 av-j vvi. (11) chapter (DIV2) 67 Image 37
534 The State is a bréefe sūme of the whole matter, wherof a man purposeth to speake, The State is a brief sum of the Whole matter, whereof a man Purposes to speak, dt n1 vbz dt j n1 pp-f dt j-jn n1, c-crq dt n1 vvz pc-acp vvi, (11) chapter (DIV2) 68 Image 37
535 and euen the argument and fountaine of the whole oration. and even the argument and fountain of the Whole oration. cc av-j dt n1 cc n1 pp-f dt j-jn n1. (11) chapter (DIV2) 68 Image 37
536 For if thou be determyned in thy minde either to write or speake of any matter, thou considerest and definest with thy selfe, what thing inespecially thou couetest to bring to passe. For if thou be determined in thy mind either to write or speak of any matter, thou Considerest and definest with thy self, what thing inespecially thou covetest to bring to pass. p-acp cs pns21 vbb vvd p-acp po21 n1 av-d pc-acp vvi cc vvi pp-f d n1, pns21 vv2 cc vv2 p-acp po21 n1, r-crq n1 av-j pns21 vv2 pc-acp vvi pc-acp vvi. (11) chapter (DIV2) 68 Image 37
537 Thou sayst therfore, that thou wilt entreat of the prouydence of God, of the finall blessednes of man, of the resurrection of the dead, against dronkennes, against excesse in apparell, and so forth. Thou Sayest Therefore, that thou wilt entreat of the providence of God, of the final blessedness of man, of the resurrection of the dead, against Drunkenness, against excess in apparel, and so forth. pns21 vv2 av, cst pns21 vm2 vvi pp-f dt n1 pp-f np1, pp-f dt j n1 pp-f n1, pp-f dt n1 pp-f dt j, p-acp n1, p-acp n1 p-acp n1, cc av av. (11) chapter (DIV2) 69 Image 37
538 Agayne if thou wilt make a tryall of an other mans writing, principally taken out of the holy Scripture, it is necessary that thou exactly, Again if thou wilt make a trial of an other men writing, principally taken out of the holy Scripture, it is necessary that thou exactly, av cs pns21 vm2 vvi dt n1 pp-f dt j-jn ng1 n1, av-jn vvn av pp-f dt j n1, pn31 vbz j cst pns21 av-j, (11) chapter (DIV2) 70 Image 37
539 and perhaps oftener then once, reade ouer the whole, or a part, or els some certaine place therof (as the case shall require): whiche when thou hast doné; and perhaps oftener then once, read over the Whole, or a part, or Else Some certain place thereof (as the case shall require): which when thou hast doné; cc av av-c cs a-acp, vvb p-acp dt j-jn, cc dt n1, cc av d j n1 av (c-acp dt n1 vmb vvi): r-crq c-crq pns21 vh2 fw-fr; (11) chapter (DIV2) 70 Image 37
540 thou pronouncest that the author entreateth of this or that matter. thou pronouncest that the author entreateth of this or that matter. pns21 vv2 cst dt n1 vvz pp-f d cc d n1. (11) chapter (DIV2) 70 Image 37
541 Therefore this shorte and absolute comprehension of the whole place or forme of speakinge, is called the State. And often tymes the State is conteyned in the very titles or inscriptions of the Sermons, which are prefixed to the homilies of the holy fathers, Chrisostom, Augustine, and others. Therefore this short and absolute comprehension of the Whole place or Form of speaking, is called the State. And often times the State is contained in the very titles or inscriptions of the Sermons, which Are prefixed to the homilies of the holy Father's, Chrysostom, Augustine, and Others. av d j cc j n1 pp-f dt j-jn n1 cc n1 pp-f vvg, vbz vvn dt n1. cc av n2 dt n1 vbz vvn p-acp dt j n2 cc n2 pp-f dt n2, r-crq vbr vvn p-acp dt n2 pp-f dt j n2, np1, np1, cc n2-jn. (11) chapter (DIV2) 70 Image 38
542 In Chrisostom, wée reade these inscriptions, which doe signifie vnto vs the State of the Sermons • as that it behoueth a Christiā to lyue vertuously and godlily: In Chrysostom, we read these inscriptions, which do signify unto us the State of the Sermons • as that it behooves a Christian to live virtuously and godlily: p-acp np1, pns12 vvb d n2, r-crq vdb vvi p-acp pno12 dt n1 pp-f dt n2 • c-acp cst pn31 vvz dt jp pc-acp vvi av-j cc av-j: (11) chapter (DIV2) 70 Image 38
543 That vertue of euery small occasion is to bée enterprysed: That almose gyuing is an arte most gaynefull: That virtue of every small occasion is to been enterprised: That almose gyving is an art most gainful: cst n1 pp-f d j n1 vbz pc-acp vbi vvn: cst n1 vvg vbz dt n1 av-ds j: (11) chapter (DIV2) 70 Image 38
544 Of those that beléeue not the paynes of hell: Of them that receiue the Sacramentes vnworthily: Of those that believe not the pains of hell: Of them that receive the Sacraments unworthily: pp-f d cst vvb xx dt n2 pp-f n1: pp-f pno32 cst vvb dt n2 av-j: (11) chapter (DIV2) 70 Image 38
545 That sinnes whither they bée aliue or dead are to bée lamented: That pouerty is profitable: That Sins whither they been alive or dead Are to been lamented: That poverty is profitable: cst n2 c-crq pns32 vbi j cc j vbr pc-acp vbi vvn: cst n1 vbz j: (11) chapter (DIV2) 70 Image 38
546 That it is better to suffer wronge then to doe wronge: Of prayer: Of repentaunce: Of vayne glorie and ambition: Of enuy: That it is better to suffer wrong then to do wrong: Of prayer: Of Repentance: Of vain glory and ambition: Of envy: cst pn31 vbz jc pc-acp vvi n-jn av pc-acp vdi n-jn: pp-f n1: pp-f n1: pp-f j n1 cc n1: pp-f n1: (11) chapter (DIV2) 70 Image 38
547 Agaynst ryot and superfluitie, &c. Looke therefore howe many kyndes of Sermons be prefixed, so many formes of States also shall appere. Against riot and superfluity, etc. Look Therefore how many Kinds of Sermons be prefixed, so many forms of States also shall appear. p-acp n1 cc n1, av n1 av c-crq d n2 pp-f n2 vbb vvn, av d n2 pp-f n2 av vmb vvi. (11) chapter (DIV2) 70 Image 38
548 Assoone as thou perceyuest what the State is, thou mayest easely pronounce, to what kynde of Sermon it ought to bée referred. As soon as thou perceivest what the State is, thou Mayest Easily pronounce, to what kind of Sermon it ought to been referred. c-acp c-acp pns21 vv2 r-crq dt n1 vbz, pns21 vm2 av-j vvi, p-acp r-crq n1 pp-f n1 pn31 vmd pc-acp vbi vvn. (11) chapter (DIV2) 70 Image 38
549 The State touchinge those that beléeue not the paynes of hell, is of the kynde redargutiue. Wher wée entreate agaynst enuy, vayne glory, ryot &c. The State is of the kynde correctiue. That a Christian ought to lyue deuoutly and holily, the State is of the kynde instructiue. In lyke maner is it to bée iudged of that, that pouerty is profitable. The State touching those that believe not the pains of hell, is of the kind Redargutive. Where we entreat against envy, vain glory, riot etc. The State is of the kind corrective. That a Christian ought to live devoutly and holily, the State is of the kind instructive. In like manner is it to been judged of that, that poverty is profitable. dt n1 vvg d cst vvb xx dt n2 pp-f n1, vbz pp-f dt n1 j. c-crq pns12 vvi p-acp n1, j n1, n1 av dt n1 vbz pp-f dt n1 j. cst dt njp vmd p-acp vvi av-j cc av-j, dt n1 vbz pp-f dt n1 j. p-acp av-j n1 vbz pn31 pc-acp vbi vvn pp-f d, cst n1 vbz j. (11) chapter (DIV2) 70 Image 38
550 That it is better to suffer, then to doe iniury, may bée reduced to the kynde comfortatiue, vnlesse some had lyuer haue it of the kynde instructiue. Howebeit, to a Sermō of mixt kinde, no one certain state, may bée assigned, That it is better to suffer, then to do injury, may been reduced to the kind Comfortative, unless Some had liver have it of the kind instructive. Howbeit, to a Sermon of mixed kind, no one certain state, may been assigned, cst pn31 vbz jc pc-acp vvi, cs pc-acp vdi n1, vmb vbi vvn p-acp dt n1 j, cs d vhd n1 vhi pn31 pp-f dt n1 j. a-acp, p-acp dt n1 pp-f vvn n1, dx pi j n1, vmb vbi vvn, (11) chapter (DIV2) 70 Image 38
551 but accordinge to the varietie of partes, it is requisite that diuers states also bée alotted out. but according to the variety of parts, it is requisite that diverse states also been allotted out. cc-acp vvg p-acp dt n1 pp-f n2, pn31 vbz j cst j n2 av vbi vvn av. (11) chapter (DIV2) 70 Image 38
552 Moreouer, the sentence wherein the State of euery Sermon is expressed, they haue accustomed to call the Theme. Where if the State be rendred in one worde, Moreover, the sentence wherein the State of every Sermon is expressed, they have accustomed to call the Theme. Where if the State be rendered in one word, av, dt n1 c-crq dt n1 pp-f d n1 vbz vvn, pns32 vhb vvn pc-acp vvi dt n1. c-crq cs dt n1 vbb vvn p-acp crd n1, (11) chapter (DIV2) 71 Image 38
553 then is it called a simple Theme: as if thou determinest to speake of Faith, of works, of death, of patience, these will be simple Themes: Faith, workes, death, patience. then is it called a simple Theme: as if thou determinest to speak of Faith, of works, of death, of patience, these will be simple Themes: Faith, works, death, patience. av vbz pn31 vvn dt j n1: c-acp cs pns21 vv2 pc-acp vvi pp-f n1, pp-f vvz, pp-f n1, pp-f n1, d vmb vbi j n2: n1, n2, n1, n1. (11) chapter (DIV2) 71 Image 38
554 But if the State do consist of many wordes, and euen of a iust propositiō, they call that Theme compound, But if the State do consist of many words, and even of a just proposition, they call that Theme compound, cc-acp cs dt n1 vdb vvi pp-f d n2, cc av pp-f dt j n1, pns32 vvb cst n1 vvi, (11) chapter (DIV2) 71 Image 38
555 as when it is sayde, that Faith doth iustify, good workes doe obteyne with God the benefit and rewarde as well of the lyfe present as of the lyfe to come, the death of the godly is not to be bewayled, patience for rigtuousnes sake or cōfession of the truth maketh men happy. as when it is said, that Faith does justify, good works do obtain with God the benefit and reward as well of the life present as of the life to come, the death of the godly is not to be bewailed, patience for rigtuousnes sake or Confessi of the truth makes men happy. c-acp c-crq pn31 vbz vvn, cst n1 vdz vvi, j n2 vdb vvi p-acp np1 dt n1 cc vvi c-acp av pp-f dt n1 vvb a-acp pp-f dt n1 pc-acp vvi, dt n1 pp-f dt j vbz xx pc-acp vbi vvn, n1 p-acp n1 n1 cc n1 pp-f dt n1 vvz n2 j. (11) chapter (DIV2) 71 Image 38
556 And when as either a booke of holy Scripture, or a part, or some place out of the boke is taken in hand to be declared openly, it is no harde matter, And when as either a book of holy Scripture, or a part, or Some place out of the book is taken in hand to be declared openly, it is no harden matter, cc c-crq p-acp d dt n1 pp-f j n1, cc dt n1, cc d n1 av pp-f dt n1 vbz vvn p-acp n1 pc-acp vbi vvn av-j, pn31 vbz dx j n1, (11) chapter (DIV2) 71 Image 38
557 after ye words be recited, to expresse the State by some Theme, especially compound. Hitherto, concerning the diuers kinds of Sermons, States and Themes. After you words be recited, to express the State by Some Theme, especially compound. Hitherto, Concerning the diverse Kinds of Sermons, States and Themes. c-acp pn22 n2 vbb vvn, pc-acp vvi dt n1 p-acp d n1, av-j vvi. av, vvg dt j n2 pp-f n2, n2 cc n2. (11) chapter (DIV2) 71 Image 38
558 ¶ That Sermons of euerye kinde ought to be deuided into certian parts, and how many those are: ¶ That Sermons of every kind ought to be divided into certain parts, and how many those Are: ¶ cst n2 pp-f d n1 vmd pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp j n2, cc c-crq d d vbr: (12) chapter (DIV2) 71 Image 38
559 then of readinge of the sacred Scripture. Cap. viii. then of reading of the sacred Scripture. Cap. viii. av pp-f vvg pp-f dt j n1. np1 crd. (12) chapter (DIV2) 71 Image 38
560 NOw in what kinde soeuer a Sermon shal be instituted, it is firste of all to be prouyded, that, NOw in what kind soever a Sermon shall be instituted, it is First of all to be provided, that, av p-acp r-crq n1 av dt n1 vmb vbi vvn, pn31 vbz ord pp-f d pc-acp vbi vvn, cst, (12) chapter (DIV2) 72 Image 38
561 like as it is sayde, when we entreated of the forme of diuine sermons, it be deuided into certayn parts. like as it is said, when we entreated of the Form of divine Sermons, it be divided into certain parts. av-j c-acp pn31 vbz vvn, c-crq pns12 vvd pp-f dt n1 pp-f j-jn n2, pn31 vbi vvn p-acp j n2. (12) chapter (DIV2) 72 Image 38
562 The parts commonly receiued are in nūber seuen, yt is to say: reding of the sacred scripture, Inuocatiō, Exordiū, propositiō or diuisiō, Confirmation, Confutation, cōclusiō. The parts commonly received Are in number seuen, that is to say: reding of the sacred scripture, Invocation, Exordiū, proposition or division, Confirmation, Confutation, conclusion. dt n2 av-j vvn vbr p-acp n1 crd, pn31 vbz pc-acp vvi: vvg pp-f dt j n1, n1, fw-la, n1 cc n1, n1, n1, n1. (12) chapter (DIV2) 72 Image 38
563 But when & after what sort these ought to be applied and generally to be hādele•, we wil in o•der oftsoones declare. But when & After what sort these ought to be applied and generally to be handele•, we will in o•der oftsoones declare. cc-acp c-crq cc p-acp r-crq n1 d pi pc-acp vbi vvn cc av-j pc-acp vbi n1, pns12 vmb p-acp vvi av vvi. (12) chapter (DIV2) 72 Image 38
564 As touching therfore the reading of holy scripture, we finde that this was the custome of the auncient Churche Some one, to whom ye office was appoynted, ••citod 〈 ◊ 〉 ••lye and distinctly some parcell out of the holy Scripture and by and by, some other learned m•n w•nt vp into the pulpit to declare those thinges that were read. As touching Therefore the reading of holy scripture, we find that this was the custom of the ancient Church some one, to whom you office was appointed, ••citod 〈 ◊ 〉 ••lye and distinctly Some parcel out of the holy Scripture and by and by, Some other learned m•n w•nt up into the pulpit to declare those things that were read. p-acp vvg av dt n-vvg pp-f j n1, pns12 vvb cst d vbds dt n1 pp-f dt j-jn n1 d crd, p-acp ro-crq pn22 n1 vbds vvn, j 〈 sy 〉 av-vvn cc av-j d n1 av pp-f dt j n1 cc p-acp cc a-acp, d j-jn j n1 vvd a-acp p-acp dt n1 pc-acp vvi d n2 cst vbdr vvn. (12) chapter (DIV2) 73 Image 38
565 We read Actes 13 when Paule with his companyons were entred into the sinagoge on the sabboth day at Antioche in Pisidia that after the reading of the 〈 ◊ 〉 and the prophetes, the Rulers of the Sinagoge sent vnto them saying: We read Acts 13 when Paul with his Sodales were entered into the synagogue on the Sabbath day At Antioch in Pisidia that After the reading of the 〈 ◊ 〉 and the Prophets, the Rulers of the Synagogue sent unto them saying: pns12 vvb n2 crd c-crq np1 p-acp po31 n2 vbdr vvn p-acp dt n1 p-acp dt n1 n1 p-acp np1 p-acp np1 cst p-acp dt n-vvg pp-f dt 〈 sy 〉 cc dt n2, dt n2 pp-f dt n1 vvd p-acp pno32 vvg: (12) chapter (DIV2) 74 Image 39
566 Men and brethren if there be any among you that can speake wordes of exhortation to the people, say on. Christ Luke. Men and brothers if there be any among you that can speak words of exhortation to the people, say on. christ Lycia. n2 cc n2 cs pc-acp vbb d p-acp pn22 cst vmb vvi n2 pp-f n1 p-acp dt n1, vvb a-acp. np1 av. (12) chapter (DIV2) 74 Image 39
567 4. went vp hymselfe and reade, and then sitting downe interpreted the same to the great admiration of all men. 4. went up himself and read, and then sitting down interpreted the same to the great admiration of all men. crd vvd a-acp px31 cc vvi, cc av vvg a-acp vvd dt d p-acp dt j n1 pp-f d n2. (12) chapter (DIV2) 74 Image 39
568 Of this laudable custom, therfore, of the synagog our forefathers learned to appoynt Readers in euery church, which should publikely rehearce the bookes of the sacred scripture Socrates. lib. 10. cap. 3. of his Tripartite history, witnesseth that Iohn Chrysostom dyd for a certayne time supply the office of a reader. Of this laudable custom, Therefore, of the synagogue our Forefathers learned to appoint Readers in every Church, which should publicly rehearse the books of the sacred scripture Socrates. lib. 10. cap. 3. of his Tripartite history, Witnesseth that John Chrysostom did for a certain time supply the office of a reader. pp-f d j n1, av, pp-f dt n1 po12 n2 j pc-acp vvi n2 p-acp d n1, r-crq vmd av-j vvi dt n2 pp-f dt j n1 np1. n1. crd n1. crd pp-f po31 j n1, vvz d np1 np1 vdd p-acp dt j n1 vvi dt n1 pp-f dt n1. (12) chapter (DIV2) 75 Image 39
569 Epiphanius also in his Summary of the catholike faith, maketh mencion of the same order, Epiphanius also in his Summary of the catholic faith, makes mention of the same order, np1 av p-acp po31 n1 pp-f dt jp n1, vvz n1 pp-f dt d n1, (12) chapter (DIV2) 75 Image 39
570 and the maner of ordeyning them is read in the eight cannon of the fourth counsell of Carthage. Further out of Augustine touching the words of the Lord in the Gospell of Iohn. Sermon. 45. may be gathered that the scriptures were first recited of the Reader, and then that the elder or Byshop folowed immediatly to expounde them. and the manner of ordaining them is read in the eight cannon of the fourth counsel of Carthage. Further out of Augustine touching the words of the Lord in the Gospel of John. Sermon. 45. may be gathered that the Scriptures were First recited of the Reader, and then that the elder or Bishop followed immediately to expound them. cc dt n1 pp-f vvg pno32 vbz vvn p-acp dt crd n1 pp-f dt ord n1 pp-f np1. jc av pp-f np1 vvg dt n2 pp-f dt n1 p-acp dt n1 pp-f np1. n1. crd vmb vbi vvn cst dt n2 vbdr ord vvn pp-f dt n1, cc av cst dt n-jn cc n1 vvd av-j pc-acp vvi pno32. (12) chapter (DIV2) 75 Image 39
571 But now for the most part he in the beginninge of the Sermon readeth the Scriptures, that declareth them also more at large: But now for the most part he in the begin of the Sermon readeth the Scriptures, that Declareth them also more At large: p-acp av p-acp dt av-ds n1 pns31 p-acp dt n-vvg pp-f dt n1 vvz dt n2, cst vvz pno32 av av-dc p-acp j: (12) chapter (DIV2) 75 Image 39
572 which thing verily is thē most conueniēt to be done, when a man taketh in hand to explane some entire booke of the olde or new Testament. which thing verily is them most convenient to be done, when a man Takes in hand to explain Some entire book of the old or new Testament. r-crq n1 av-j vbz pno32 av-ds j pc-acp vbi vdn, c-crq dt n1 vvz p-acp n1 pc-acp vvi d j n1 pp-f dt j cc j n1. (12) chapter (DIV2) 75 Image 39
573 Albeit thou maist oft times sée also one to reade the scriptures and an other to interprete the same. Albeit thou Mayest oft times see also one to read the Scriptures and an other to interpret the same. cs pns21 vm2 av av vvi av crd pc-acp vvi dt n2 cc dt n-jn pc-acp vvi dt d. (12) chapter (DIV2) 75 Image 39
574 But we suppose it to make no matter at all. But we suppose it to make no matter At all. cc-acp pns12 vvb pn31 pc-acp vvi dx n1 p-acp d. (12) chapter (DIV2) 75 Image 39
575 Howbeit whereas vpon occasion offered the sermon is ordayned, there the readinge of ye scripture is not accustomed to go before, Howbeit whereas upon occasion offered the sermon is ordained, there the reading of the scripture is not accustomed to go before, a-acp cs p-acp n1 vvd dt n1 vbz vvn, a-acp dt vvg pp-f dt n1 vbz xx vvn pc-acp vvi a-acp, (12) chapter (DIV2) 76 Image 39
576 but he that teacheth, either choseth out a few, woordes onely or some shorte sentence freely out of the scriptures, which namly, he iudgeth to be most agréeable to his purpose: but he that Teaches, either chooses out a few, words only or Some short sentence freely out of the Scriptures, which namely, he Judgeth to be most agreeable to his purpose: cc-acp pns31 cst vvz, av-d vvz av dt d, n2 j cc d j n1 av-j av pp-f dt n2, r-crq av, pns31 vvz pc-acp vbi av-ds j p-acp po31 n1: (12) chapter (DIV2) 76 Image 39
577 or els making no mention at all of any place out of the Scriptures he beginneth forthwith to speake: or Else making no mention At all of any place out of the Scriptures he begins forthwith to speak: cc av vvg dx n1 p-acp d pp-f d n1 av pp-f dt n2 pns31 vvz av pc-acp vvi: (12) chapter (DIV2) 76 Image 39
578 whereof that very séeldome, this very often hath bene frequented of the fathers. Examples of the former kinde are these: whereof that very seldom, this very often hath be frequented of the Father's. Examples of the former kind Are these: c-crq cst j av, d av av vhz vbn vvn pp-f dt n2. n2 pp-f dt j n1 vbr d: (12) chapter (DIV2) 76 Image 39
579 Nazianzenus in his Sermon to the subiectes stricken with feare by reson of the wrath of the Emperour Theodosius the firste, vsurpeth the wordes out of Ieremy, 4. Ah my belly, ah my bowels, Nazianzenus in his Sermon to the Subjects stricken with Fear by Reason's of the wrath of the Emperor Theodosius the First, usurpeth the words out of Ieremy, 4. Ah my belly, ah my bowels, np1 p-acp po31 n1 p-acp dt n2-jn vvn p-acp n1 p-acp ng1 pp-f dt n1 pp-f dt n1 np1 dt ord, vvz dt n2 av pp-f np1, crd uh po11 n1, uh po11 n2, (12) chapter (DIV2) 77 Image 39
580 and the inwarde partes of my body, I am sore greued, my hart panteth within mee. and the inward parts of my body, I am soar grieved, my heart pants within me. cc dt j n2 pp-f po11 n1, pns11 vbm av-j vvn, po11 n1 vvz p-acp pno11. (12) chapter (DIV2) 77 Image 39
581 The same Author framing his oration of the holy feast of Easter, premiseth the words of Habacuc. 2. I will stande vpon my watch. The same Author framing his oration of the holy feast of Easter, premiseth the words of Habacuc. 2. I will stand upon my watch. dt d n1 vvg po31 n1 pp-f dt j n1 pp-f n1, vvz dt n2 pp-f np1. crd pns11 vmb vvi p-acp po11 n1. (12) chapter (DIV2) 77 Image 39
582 Chrysostome entreatinge of the troubled common wealth of Antioche, and of his returne out of exile, doth ofte tymes inculke in the beginning of hys Sermon that sayinge of Iob: Blessed be God. Chrysostom entreating of the troubled Common wealth of Antioch, and of his return out of exile, does oft times inculk in the beginning of his Sermon that saying of Job: Blessed be God. np1 vvg pp-f dt j-vvn j n1 pp-f np1, cc pp-f po31 n1 av pp-f n1, vdz av n2 j p-acp dt n-vvg pp-f po31 n1 cst vvg pp-f np1: vvn vbb np1. (12) chapter (DIV2) 77 Image 39
583 Basill beynge desyrous to perswade the people to pacifye the wrath of GOD, alledgeth these words out of Amos. 3. The Lyon hath roared, who wyll not be afrayde? the Lorde God hath spoken, Basil being desirous to persuade the people to pacify the wrath of GOD, allegeth these words out of Amos. 3. The lion hath roared, who will not be afraid? the Lord God hath spoken, np1 vbg j pc-acp vvi dt n1 pc-acp vvi dt n1 pp-f np1, vvz d n2 av pp-f np1 crd dt n1 vhz vvn, r-crq vmb xx vbi j? dt n1 np1 vhz vvn, (12) chapter (DIV2) 77 Image 39
584 and who will not prophesy? Agayne where he exhorteth them to fast: and who will not prophesy? Again where he exhorteth them to fast: cc r-crq vmb xx vvi? av c-crq pns31 vvz pno32 pc-acp vvi: (12) chapter (DIV2) 77 Image 39
585 Blow vp the Trumpet in Sion, vpon our solemne feaste day, out of the 81. Psalme, and Ioel. 2. Of the later kinde, that is so say, where no words of the sacred Scripture are put before, there be examples in them very frequente and common. Blow up the Trumpet in Sion, upon our solemn feast day, out of the 81. Psalm, and Joel 2. Of the later kind, that is so say, where no words of the sacred Scripture Are put before, there be Examples in them very frequent and Common. vvb a-acp dt n1 p-acp np1, p-acp po12 j n1 n1, av pp-f dt crd n1, cc np1 crd pp-f dt jc n1, cst vbz av vvb, c-crq dx n2 pp-f dt j n1 vbr vvn a-acp, pc-acp vbi n2 p-acp pno32 av vvi cc j. (12) chapter (DIV2) 77 Image 39
586 Now let vs ad herevnto this also. Now let us and hereunto this also. av vvb pno12 vvi av d av. (12) chapter (DIV2) 78 Image 39
587 Namely, that no other bookes ought to be read and expoūded in sacred assemblies, but those onely that are accounted to be canonicall, concerning which thinge we may reade it established by the 59. canon of the counsell of Laodicia. The Preacher must also take héede in any wyfe, that when he reciteth the holy scripture out of the Pulpet in hys Countrye language, h•• vseth the best and most allowable translation that may be, Namely, that no other books ought to be read and expounded in sacred assemblies, but those only that Are accounted to be canonical, Concerning which thing we may read it established by the 59. canon of the counsel of Laodicea. The Preacher must also take heed in any wife, that when he reciteth the holy scripture out of the Pulpit in his Country language, h•• uses the best and most allowable Translation that may be, av, cst dx j-jn n2 vmd pc-acp vbi vvn cc vvn p-acp j n2, cc-acp d av-j cst vbr vvn pc-acp vbi j, vvg r-crq n1 pns12 vmb vvi pn31 vvn p-acp dt crd n1 pp-f dt n1 pp-f np1. dt n1 vmb av vvi n1 p-acp d n1, cst c-crq pns31 vvz dt j n1 av pp-f dt n1 p-acp po31 n1 n1, n1 vvz dt js cc av-ds j n1 cst vmb vbi, (12) chapter (DIV2) 78 Image 39
588 and such a one as is knowne and common to the people. and such a one as is known and Common to the people. cc d dt pi a-acp vbz vvn cc j p-acp dt n1. (12) chapter (DIV2) 78 Image 39
589 For truely a proper and exact translation bringeth so great light vnto thinges, that it deserueth to be estéemed in stéede of a commentary. For truly a proper and exact Translation brings so great Light unto things, that it deserves to be esteemed in steed of a commentary. c-acp av-j dt j cc j n1 vvz av j n1 p-acp n2, cst pn31 vvz pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp n1 pp-f dt n1. (12) chapter (DIV2) 78 Image 39
590 Neither shal the preacher vnaduisedly alter or innouate any thing therin: Neither shall the preacher unadvisedly altar or innovate any thing therein: av-d vmb dt n1 av-j vvi cc vvi d n1 av: (12) chapter (DIV2) 79 Image 39
591 least that whilest he is thought of the learned to speake affectiuely and curiouslye, of the vnlearned fondly and folshly, he so prouoke the offence of many against himsefe. lest that whilst he is Thought of the learned to speak affectively and curiously, of the unlearned fondly and folshly, he so provoke the offence of many against himself. cs cst cs pns31 vbz vvn pp-f dt j pc-acp vvi av-j cc av-j, pp-f dt j av-j cc av-j, pns31 av vvi dt n1 pp-f d p-acp px31. (12) chapter (DIV2) 79 Image 40
592 Spiridion Byshoppe of Cypres in thassembly of many byshops, and in the presence of all the people, durst openly rebuke Tryphillus bishop of Ledres, who being puffed vp in pryde with the visor of his eloquence, Spiridion Bishop of Cypress in th'assembly of many Bishops, and in the presence of all the people, durst openly rebuke Tryphillus bishop of Ledres, who being puffed up in pride with the visor of his eloquence, np1 n1 pp-f n1 p-acp n1 pp-f d n2, cc p-acp dt n1 pp-f d dt n1, vvd av-j n1 np1 n1 pp-f vvi, r-crq vbg vvn a-acp p-acp n1 p-acp dt n1 pp-f po31 n1, (12) chapter (DIV2) 80 Image 40
593 when he came to these words of the euangelycall hystory: when he Come to these words of the Evangelical history: c-crq pns31 vvd p-acp d n2 pp-f dt j n1: (12) chapter (DIV2) 80 Image 40
594 Take vp thy bedde and walke, for the word NONLATINALPHABET he planted in an other, to wit, NONLATINALPHABET, which signifieth a course or simple bed. Take up thy Bed and walk, for the word he planted in an other, to wit,, which signifies a course or simple Bed. vvb a-acp po21 n1 cc vvi, p-acp dt n1 pns31 vvd p-acp dt n-jn, pc-acp vvi,, r-crq vvz dt n1 cc j n1. (12) chapter (DIV2) 80 Image 40
595 Then saith Spiridion vnto hym, art thou better then he that sayde NONLATINALPHABET, in as muche as thou art ashamed to vse his words? It is not much vnlyke vnto this, that Augustine in his 10. epistle writinge to Ierom, telleth how a certaine bishop in Aphrica, when as he recited a place in Ionas the prophet otherwise then was contayned in the vulgar translation of that time, was in great peril thorow the rage of the people offended with the strangenes of the phrase, Then Says Spiridion unto him, art thou better then he that said, in as much as thou art ashamed to use his words? It is not much unlike unto this, that Augustine in his 10. epistle writing to Jerom, Telleth how a certain bishop in Africa, when as he recited a place in Ionas the Prophet otherwise then was contained in the Vulgar Translation of that time, was in great peril thorough the rage of the people offended with the strangeness of the phrase, av vvz np1 p-acp pno31, vb2r pns21 jc cs pns31 cst vvd, p-acp c-acp d c-acp pns21 vb2r j pc-acp vvi po31 n2? pn31 vbz xx d j p-acp d, cst np1 p-acp po31 crd n1 n1 p-acp np1, vvz c-crq dt j n1 p-acp np1, c-crq c-acp pns31 vvd dt n1 p-acp np1 dt n1 av av vbds vvn p-acp dt j n1 pp-f d n1, vbds p-acp j n1 p-acp dt n1 pp-f dt n1 vvn p-acp dt n1 pp-f dt n1, (12) chapter (DIV2) 80 Image 40
596 and had almost bene thrust from his Sea, if he had not promised eftsoones to render an account of his doing. and had almost be thrust from his Sea, if he had not promised eftsoons to render an account of his doing. cc vhd av vbn vvn p-acp po31 n1, cs pns31 vhd xx vvn av pc-acp vvi dt n1 pp-f po31 vdg. (12) chapter (DIV2) 80 Image 40
597 Albeit that Preacher shat doe very well who at such time as he premeditateth at home by himselfe those thinges that he shall afterwarde vtter a brode, hath alwayes at hand most perfect & sounde exemplars: Albeit that Preacher shat do very well who At such time as he premeditateth At home by himself those things that he shall afterward utter a broad, hath always At hand most perfect & sound exemplars: cs d n1 vvd vdb av av r-crq p-acp d n1 c-acp pns31 vvz p-acp n1-an p-acp px31 d n2 cst pns31 vmb av vvi dt j, vhz av p-acp n1 av-ds j cc av-j n2: (12) chapter (DIV2) 80 Image 40
598 which agayne let hym confer one wt an other, and (the matter so requiringe) compare the Latin with the Greeke and Hebrew: and out of all these together drawe forth apte and peculiar sentences, to be proponed in the vulger speach to the multitude in the time of his sermon. which again let him confer one with an other, and (the matter so requiring) compare the Latin with the Greek and Hebrew: and out of all these together draw forth apt and peculiar sentences, to be proponed in the vulger speech to the multitude in the time of his sermon. r-crq av vvb pno31 vvi crd p-acp dt n-jn, cc (dt n1 av vvg) vvb dt jp p-acp dt jp cc njp: cc av pp-f d d av vvi av j cc j n2, pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp dt jc n1 p-acp dt n1 p-acp dt n1 pp-f po31 n1. (12) chapter (DIV2) 80 Image 40
599 This diligence, this honest and gentle curiositie is so farre absent from incurringe reprehension, that it is reputed worthy to be prosecuted of all men with prayse and commendation. This diligence, this honest and gentle curiosity is so Far absent from incurringe reprehension, that it is reputed worthy to be prosecuted of all men with praise and commendation. d n1, d j cc j n1 vbz av av-j j p-acp n1 n1, cst pn31 vbz vvn j pc-acp vbi vvd pp-f d n2 p-acp n1 cc n1. (12) chapter (DIV2) 80 Image 40
600 ¶ Of Inuocation. Cap. ix. THe maner of Inuocation vsed in the beginning of sermons is shewed also vnto vs of the Apostles, Actes 4. where they pray vnto God that he would giue them vtterance to speake the word with all boldnes. ¶ Of Invocation. Cap. ix. THe manner of Invocation used in the beginning of Sermons is showed also unto us of the Apostles, Acts 4. where they pray unto God that he would give them utterance to speak the word with all boldness. ¶ pp-f n1. np1 crd. dt n1 pp-f n1 vvn p-acp dt n-vvg pp-f n2 vbz vvn av p-acp pno12 pp-f dt n2, n2 crd c-crq pns32 vvb p-acp np1 cst pns31 vmd vvi pno32 n1 pc-acp vvi dt n1 p-acp d n1. (13) chapter (DIV2) 80 Image 40
601 Lykewise where the Apostle Paule willeth and beséecheth that prayer be made vnto God for hym and for the course of the Gospell. Likewise where the Apostle Paul wills and Beseecheth that prayer be made unto God for him and for the course of the Gospel. av c-crq dt n1 np1 vvz cc vvz d n1 vbi vvn p-acp np1 p-acp pno31 cc p-acp dt n1 pp-f dt n1. (13) chapter (DIV2) 81 Image 40
602 For verely as well in the whole busynes of syncere religion, as also most specially in doctrine, the ministers doe in déede plant and water, but god giueth the increase. For verily as well in the Whole business of sincere Religion, as also most specially in Doctrine, the Ministers do in deed plant and water, but god gives the increase. p-acp av-j c-acp av p-acp dt j-jn n1 pp-f j n1, c-acp av av-ds av-j p-acp n1, dt n2 vdb p-acp n1 vvi cc n1, p-acp n1 vvz dt n1. (13) chapter (DIV2) 81 Image 40
603 And certes the auncient fathers made theyr prayers before the Exordium or beginninge of their Sermons, as Augustine playnely testifieth lib. 4. Cap. 1, of christian doctrine. And certes the ancient Father's made their Prayers before the Exordium or begin of their Sermons, as Augustine plainly Testifieth lib. 4. Cap. 1, of christian Doctrine. cc av dt j-jn n2 vvd po32 n2 p-acp dt fw-la cc n-vvg pp-f po32 n2, p-acp np1 av-j vvz n1. crd np1 vvn, pp-f njp n1. (13) chapter (DIV2) 81 Image 40
604 The Preacher prayed (which Augustine doth not obscurely signify) that the spirit of God might be giuen hym to teache fréely and sincerely, then that his hearers might conceyue all thinges aright, The Preacher prayed (which Augustine does not obscurely signify) that the Spirit of God might be given him to teach freely and sincerely, then that his hearers might conceive all things aright, dt n1 vvd (r-crq np1 vdz xx av-j vvi) cst dt n1 pp-f np1 vmd vbi vvn pno31 pc-acp vvi av-j cc av-j, av cst po31 n2 vmd vvi d n2 av, (13) chapter (DIV2) 82 Image 40
605 and conuert them to the institution of a spirituall life: and convert them to the Institution of a spiritual life: cc vvi pno32 p-acp dt n1 pp-f dt j n1: (13) chapter (DIV2) 82 Image 40
606 The auditors, they agayne praied both for the Preacher and for themselues to the same effect. The Auditors, they again prayed both for the Preacher and for themselves to the same Effect. dt n2, pns32 av vvd d p-acp dt n1 cc p-acp px32 p-acp dt d n1. (13) chapter (DIV2) 82 Image 40
607 But now in some Churches we sée that prayer is put immediately after the Exordium. There be Churches also where prayer is made before the place of scripture be recited. But now in Some Churches we see that prayer is put immediately After the Exordium. There be Churches also where prayer is made before the place of scripture be recited. cc-acp av p-acp d n2 pns12 vvb d n1 vbz vvn av-j p-acp dt fw-la. pc-acp vbi n2 av c-crq n1 vbz vvn p-acp dt n1 pp-f n1 vbb vvn. (13) chapter (DIV2) 82 Image 40
608 And agayne in some place the whole multitude maketh inuocation with a song and Psalme, and some other wher, euery one praieth in silence by himselfe. And again in Some place the Whole multitude makes invocation with a song and Psalm, and Some other where, every one Prayeth in silence by himself. cc av p-acp d n1 dt j-jn n1 vvz n1 p-acp dt n1 cc n1, cc d n-jn c-crq, d pi vvz p-acp n1 p-acp px31. (13) chapter (DIV2) 82 Image 40
609 But whatsoeuer the custome of Churches and congregations is, it behoueth inuocation to be briefe, pure, and dyrected, to th'attainment of the ayde of the holy ghost, that he would vouchsafe to informe and enstructe the minde as wel of the teacher as also of the hearers. But whatsoever the custom of Churches and congregations is, it behooves invocation to be brief, pure, and directed, to th'attainment of the aid of the holy ghost, that he would vouchsafe to inform and enstructe the mind as well of the teacher as also of the hearers. p-acp r-crq dt n1 pp-f n2 cc n2 vbz, pn31 vvz n1 pc-acp vbi j, j, cc vvn, p-acp n1 pp-f dt n1 pp-f dt j n1, cst pns31 vmd vvi pc-acp vvi cc vvi dt n1 c-acp av pp-f dt n1 c-acp av pp-f dt n2. (13) chapter (DIV2) 82 Image 40
610 ¶ Of Exordium. Cap. x. EXordiums in all kindes of Sermons are very frée and at lybertye. ¶ Of Exordium. Cap. x. EXordiums in all Kinds of Sermons Are very free and At liberty. ¶ pp-f fw-la. np1 crd. n2 p-acp d n2 pp-f n2 vbr av j cc p-acp n1. (14) chapter (DIV2) 82 Image 41
611 Wherefore the apte maner of exordinge may rather bée shewed in th'examples of the Sermons which the Prophetes, Christe, Th'appostles, Wherefore the apt manner of exordinge may rather been showed in Examples of the Sermons which the prophets, Christ, Th'appostles, c-crq dt j n1 pp-f vvg vmb av-c vbi vvn p-acp n2 pp-f dt n2 r-crq dt n2, np1, np1, (14) chapter (DIV2) 83 Image 41
612 and holy fathers haue set forth, then comprehended in preceptes and rules. and holy Father's have Set forth, then comprehended in Precepts and rules. cc j n2 vhb vvn av, av vvn p-acp n2 cc n2. (14) chapter (DIV2) 83 Image 41
613 Neither is it alwayes néedefull that the beginnings of sacred Sermons be so instituted as that we shoulde make our hearers attentiue, apte to be taught, and beneuolent. Neither is it always needful that the beginnings of sacred Sermons be so instituted as that we should make our hearers attentive, apt to be taught, and benevolent. d vbz pn31 av j cst dt n2 pp-f j n2 vbb av vvn p-acp cst pns12 vmd vvi po12 n2 j, j pc-acp vbi vvn, cc j. (14) chapter (DIV2) 83 Image 41
614 For the matters of which we entreate may and ought of themselues to cause the hearers to be so enclyned. For the matters of which we entreat may and ought of themselves to cause the hearers to be so inclined. p-acp dt n2 pp-f r-crq pns12 vvi vmb cc pi pp-f px32 p-acp n1 dt n2 pc-acp vbi av vvn. (14) chapter (DIV2) 83 Image 41
615 Neither dothe any man for the most part, set his foote toward the church, but that he is already perswaded that he shal heare those thinges, that hee ought, worthilye and gréedely to learne, Neither doth any man for the most part, Set his foot towards the Church, but that he is already persuaded that he shall hear those things, that he ought, worthily and greedily to Learn, av-d vdz d n1 p-acp dt av-ds n1, vvb po31 n1 p-acp dt n1, cc-acp cst pns31 vbz av vvn cst pns31 vmb vvi d n2, cst pns31 vmd, av-j cc av-j pc-acp vvi, (14) chapter (DIV2) 83 Image 41
616 yea and beare away to his owne profyte and commodytie. yea and bear away to his own profit and commodities. uh cc vvi av p-acp po31 d n1 cc n2. (14) chapter (DIV2) 83 Image 41
617 Therefore the verye circumstaunces and causes incident of thinges doe minister now one, now another matter of Exordium. In the meane time wee wyll note certaine poyntes, accordinge to the diuersite of the argumentes whiche are handeled, to be obserued in generall. Therefore the very Circumstances and Causes incident of things do minister now one, now Another matter of Exordium. In the mean time we will note certain points, according to the diuersite of the Arguments which Are handled, to be observed in general. av dt j n2 cc n2 j pp-f n2 vdb vvi av crd, av j-jn n1 pp-f fw-la. p-acp dt j n1 pns12 vmb vvi j n2, vvg p-acp dt vvi pp-f dt n2 r-crq vbr vvn, pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp n1. (14) chapter (DIV2) 84 Image 41
618 When as a whole booke is expounded to the people, ofte times Exordimus are taken of transition. Chrysostom vpon Genesis homilie. When as a Whole book is expounded to the people, oft times Exordimus Are taken of transition. Chrysostom upon Genesis homily. c-crq c-acp dt j-jn n1 vbz vvn p-acp dt n1, av n2 np1 vbr vvn pp-f n1. np1 p-acp n1 n1. (14) chapter (DIV2) 84 Image 41
619 16. I suppose (saith he) that we haue sufficiently yester day to our power interpreted and explaned the place touching the trée. 16. I suppose (Says he) that we have sufficiently yester day to our power interpreted and explained the place touching the tree. crd pns11 vvb (vvz pns31) cst pns12 vhb av-j j n1 p-acp po12 n1 vvn cc vvd dt n1 vvg dt n1. (14) chapter (DIV2) 84 Image 41
620 For we haue taught vnto your patience, wherfore the diuine Scripture calleth it the trée of knowledge of good and euill: For we have taught unto your patience, Wherefore the divine Scripture calls it the tree of knowledge of good and evil: c-acp pns12 vhb vvn p-acp po22 n1, c-crq dt j-jn n1 vvz pn31 dt n1 pp-f n1 pp-f j cc j-jn: (14) chapter (DIV2) 84 Image 41
621 therefore thys day we intend to procéede to ye matters folowing, to th'intent ye may learne the vnspeakable mercye of God, Therefore this day we intend to proceed to you matters following, to intent you may Learn the unspeakable mercy of God, av d n1 pns12 vvb pc-acp vvi p-acp pn22 n2 vvg, p-acp dt|n1 pn22 vmb vvi dt j-u n1 pp-f np1, (14) chapter (DIV2) 84 Image 41
622 and how great moderation of speache he hath vsed, hauynge regarde and foresight of our nature, homilie. and how great moderation of speech he hath used, having regard and foresight of our nature, homily. cc c-crq j n1 pp-f n1 pns31 vhz vvn, vhg n1 cc n1 pp-f po12 n1, n1. (14) chapter (DIV2) 84 Image 41
623 17, he beginneth with rehersall or repetition of those thinges, which the day before were expressed, 17, he begins with rehearsal or repetition of those things, which the day before were expressed, crd, pns31 vvz p-acp n1 cc n1 pp-f d n2, r-crq dt n1 a-acp vbdr vvn, (14) chapter (DIV2) 84 Image 41
624 and admonisheth his auditors, that they shoulde conuert them to spirituall fruite. and Admonisheth his Auditors, that they should convert them to spiritual fruit. cc vvz po31 n2, cst pns32 vmd vvi pno32 p-acp j n1. (14) chapter (DIV2) 84 Image 41
625 Oftentymes hée vseth similitudes, touchinge deynties or delicates of feastes to bée prepared, touching disseases of bodies to bée expelled, Oftentimes he uses Similitudes, touching dainties or delicates of feasts to been prepared, touching diseases of bodies to been expelled, av pns31 vvz n2, vvg n2-j cc n2-j pp-f n2 pc-acp vbi vvn, vvg n2 pp-f n2 pc-acp vbi vvd, (14) chapter (DIV2) 84 Image 41
626 and many moe of lyke sorte declaringe in the meane tyme, that in spirituall affayres, and many more of like sort declaring in the mean time, that in spiritual affairs, cc d dc pp-f av-j n1 vvg p-acp dt j n1, cst p-acp j n2, (14) chapter (DIV2) 84 Image 41
627 and in refection and care of the soule, all those thinges are to bée considered and obserued which are accustomed to bée done in corporall matters, and in refection and care of the soul, all those things Are to been considered and observed which Are accustomed to been done in corporal matters, cc p-acp n1 cc n1 pp-f dt n1, d d n2 vbr pc-acp vbi vvn cc vvd r-crq vbr vvn pc-acp vbi vdn p-acp j n2, (14) chapter (DIV2) 84 Image 41
628 or in conseruation of the body. or in conservation of the body. cc p-acp n1 pp-f dt n1. (14) chapter (DIV2) 84 Image 41
629 Homily .5. and .6. hée by and by in the beginninge reproueth and sharpely rebuketh those that vsed to gadde to the beholdinge of combates in the Theater, and cared not for comminge to diuine Sermons. Homily.5. and.6. he by and by in the begin Reproveth and sharply Rebuketh those that used to gad to the beholding of combats in the Theater, and cared not for coming to divine Sermons. n1 crd. cc crd. pns31 p-acp cc a-acp p-acp dt n-vvg vvz cc av-j vvz d cst vvd p-acp n1 p-acp dt vvg pp-f n2 p-acp dt n1, cc vvd xx p-acp vvg p-acp j-jn n2. (14) chapter (DIV2) 84 Image 41
630 Agayne the ninth homily hée beginneth with chidinge, bicause hée sawe very fewe or none resorte to the scacred assembly. Again the ninth homily he begins with chiding, Because he saw very few or none resort to the scacred assembly. av dt ord n1 pns31 vvz p-acp vvg, c-acp pns31 vvd av d cc pix vvi p-acp dt j n1. (14) chapter (DIV2) 84 Image 41
631 Moreouer in his .12. and 14. homily hee prayseth them: Moreover in his.12. and 14. homily he Praiseth them: av p-acp po31 crd. cc crd n1 pns31 vvz pno32: (14) chapter (DIV2) 84 Image 41
632 yea, & in the later hee thanketh them also for that they came chéerefully to heare the interpretation of the holy Scriptures. yea, & in the later he thanketh them also for that they Come cheerfully to hear the Interpretation of the holy Scriptures. uh, cc p-acp dt jc pns31 vvz pno32 av p-acp cst pns32 vvd av-j pc-acp vvi dt n1 pp-f dt j n2. (14) chapter (DIV2) 84 Image 41
633 For hée hoped that no small spiritual fruite should ensue therevppon. For he hoped that no small spiritual fruit should ensue thereupon. p-acp pns31 vvd cst dx j j n1 vmd vvi av. (14) chapter (DIV2) 84 Image 41
634 These thinges bée therefore of vs remembred, to thintent all men should vnderstande, that, when an entier booke is expounded, it is in our lybertie to prepare Exordiums of sundry sortes, accordinge to the maner of circumstaūces and causes incident. These things been Therefore of us remembered, to intent all men should understand, that, when an entire book is expounded, it is in our liberty to prepare Exordiums of sundry sorts, according to the manner of Circumstances and Causes incident. np1 n2 vbi av pp-f pno12 vvd, p-acp n1 d n2 vmd vvi, cst, c-crq dt j n1 vbz vvn, pn31 vbz p-acp po12 n1 pc-acp vvi n2 pp-f j n2, vvg p-acp dt n1 pp-f n2 cc n2 j. (14) chapter (DIV2) 84 Image 41
635 It is a very familiar thinge with Chrysostom, eftsoons to approue or declare ye propositiō of his Exordium, or else to illustrate the same with some similitude or comparison, It is a very familiar thing with Chrysostom, eftsoons to approve or declare you proposition of his Exordium, or Else to illustrate the same with Some similitude or comparison, pn31 vbz dt j j-jn n1 p-acp np1, av pc-acp vvi cc vvi pn22 n1 pp-f po31 fw-la, cc av pc-acp vvi dt d p-acp d n1 cc n1, (14) chapter (DIV2) 84 Image 41
636 and then to ad to some thinges, whereby hée may make his hearers either attentiue or beneuolent. and then to and to Some things, whereby he may make his hearers either attentive or benevolent. cc av pc-acp vvi p-acp d n2, c-crq pns31 vmb vvi po31 n2 d j cc j. (14) chapter (DIV2) 84 Image 41
637 For verily in trayninge and excitinge the myndes of his auditors, he is both a dilygent and wonderfull artificer. For verily in training and exciting the minds of his Auditors, he is both a diligent and wonderful Artificer. p-acp av-j p-acp vvg cc vvg dt n2 pp-f po31 n2, pns31 vbz d dt j cc j n1. (14) chapter (DIV2) 84 Image 41
638 But in cace the liberty of Exordiums be so great in thexplication of a whole booke: But in case the liberty of Exordiums be so great in thexplication of a Whole book: cc-acp p-acp n1 dt n1 pp-f n2 vbb av j p-acp n1 pp-f dt j-jn n1: (14) chapter (DIV2) 85 Image 41
639 It is an easy matter to iudge, that they may no lesse franckely order the matter, which take in hande to expounde onely a part or fragment of ye booke, It is an easy matter to judge, that they may no less frankly order the matter, which take in hand to expound only a part or fragment of the book, pn31 vbz dt j n1 pc-acp vvi, cst pns32 vmb av-dx av-dc av-j vvi dt n1, r-crq vvb p-acp n1 pc-acp vvi av-j dt n1 cc n1 pp-f dt n1, (14) chapter (DIV2) 85 Image 41
640 or any one place whatsoeuer takē out of the Scriptures. or any one place whatsoever taken out of the Scriptures. cc d crd n1 r-crq vvn av pp-f dt n2. (14) chapter (DIV2) 85 Image 41
641 But most commonly in those Sermons which are framed of a parcel or some certaine place of a booke, Exordium, are deriued of the commendation of the Author, out of whome the Reading was recited. But most commonly in those Sermons which Are framed of a parcel or Some certain place of a book, Exordium, Are derived of the commendation of the Author, out of whom the Reading was recited. p-acp av-ds av-j p-acp d n2 r-crq vbr vvn pp-f dt n1 cc d j n1 pp-f dt n1, fw-la, vbr vvn pp-f dt n1 pp-f dt n1, av pp-f r-crq dt vvg vbds vvn. (14) chapter (DIV2) 86 Image 42
642 Nowe and then of the vtilitie of the doctrine which shineth principally in the same lesson. Now and then of the utility of the Doctrine which shines principally in the same Lesson. av cc av pp-f dt n1 pp-f dt n1 r-crq vvz av-j p-acp dt d n1. (14) chapter (DIV2) 86 Image 42
643 Somtymes agayne after the lessen read, some one place in fewe wordes is repeated in the beginninge of the Sermon, that inespecially of which the Preacher hath determined more at large to entreate. Sometimes again After the lessen read, Some one place in few words is repeated in the begin of the Sermon, that inespecially of which the Preacher hath determined more At large to entreat. av av p-acp dt vvi vvn, d crd n1 p-acp d n2 vbz vvn p-acp dt n-vvg pp-f dt n1, cst av-j pp-f r-crq dt n1 vhz vvn av-dc p-acp j pc-acp vvi. (14) chapter (DIV2) 86 Image 42
644 We will adde to some examples. We will add to Some Examples. pns12 vmb vvi p-acp d n2. (14) chapter (DIV2) 86 Image 42
645 Chrysostom in a certayne homily to the people of Antioche, taking in hand to expound the place of Sainct Paule vnto Timothy: Vse a littel wine for thy stomacke, and thy often infirmities: Chrysostom in a certain homily to the people of Antioch, taking in hand to expound the place of Saint Paul unto Timothy: Use a little wine for thy stomach, and thy often infirmities: np1 p-acp dt j n1 p-acp dt n1 pp-f np1, vvg p-acp n1 pc-acp vvi dt n1 pp-f n1 np1 p-acp np1: vvb dt j n1 p-acp po21 n1, cc po21 av n1: (14) chapter (DIV2) 86 Image 42
646 Beginneth with the dignitie of the Apostle, and compareth him to a Trumpet and Harpe. The same interpretinge the Psalme. Begins with the dignity of the Apostle, and compareth him to a Trumpet and Harp. The same interpreting the Psalm. vvz p-acp dt n1 pp-f dt n1, cc vvz pno31 p-acp dt n1 cc n1. dt d n-vvg dt n1. (14) chapter (DIV2) 86 Image 42
647 127. immediately after the beginninge of the Psalme recited: 127. immediately After the begin of the Psalm recited: crd av-j p-acp dt n-vvg pp-f dt n1 vvn: (14) chapter (DIV2) 86 Image 42
648 vnto thee haue I lifted vp myne eyes, beginneth his Sermon, with that, that it is good to bée strycken with aduersitie. Agayne, homily. unto thee have I lifted up mine eyes, begins his Sermon, with that, that it is good to been stricken with adversity. Again, homily. p-acp pno21 vhb pns11 vvn a-acp po11 n2, vvz po31 n1, p-acp d, cst pn31 vbz j pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp n1. av, n1. (14) chapter (DIV2) 86 Image 42
649 68. he repeateth in the entry thereof these wordes out of the first to the Thessalonians, Cap. 5. Deere brethrne (saieth Sainct Paule ) reioyce alwayes, pray without ceassing giue thankes in all thinges. 68. he repeateth in the entry thereof these words out of the First to the Thessalonians, Cap. 5. Dear brethrne (Saith Saint Paul) rejoice always, pray without ceasing give thanks in all things. crd pns31 vvz p-acp dt n1 av d n2 av pp-f dt ord p-acp dt njp2, np1 crd n1 j (vvz n1 np1) vvb av, vvb p-acp vvg vvn n2 p-acp d n2. (14) chapter (DIV2) 86 Image 42
650 For this is the will of God. And forthwith hée addeth: Alwayes to be thankefull, is the point of a howse wisely instructed. For this is the will of God. And forthwith he adds: Always to be thankful, is the point of a house wisely instructed. p-acp d vbz dt n1 pp-f np1. cc av pns31 vvz: av pc-acp vbi j, vbz dt n1 pp-f dt n1 av-j vvn. (14) chapter (DIV2) 86 Image 42
651 Thou hast suffred some distresse, but if thou wilte thy selfe, it is no distresse. Giue thankes to God, and thine euill shalbe turned into good. Thou hast suffered Some distress, but if thou wilt thy self, it is no distress. Give thanks to God, and thine evil shall turned into good. pns21 vh2 vvn d n1, cc-acp cs pns21 vm2 po21 n1, pn31 vbz dx n1. vvb n2 p-acp np1, cc po21 j-jn vmb vvn p-acp j. (14) chapter (DIV2) 86 Image 42
652 It is a custome also commonly receyued, to take and driue beginninges of circumstaunces, of causes, of similitudes, or of other places. It is a custom also commonly received, to take and driven beginnings of Circumstances, of Causes, of Similitudes, or of other places. pn31 vbz dt n1 av av-j vvn, pc-acp vvi cc vvi n2 pp-f n2, pp-f n2, pp-f n2, cc pp-f j-jn n2. (14) chapter (DIV2) 86 Image 42
653 So Chrisostom expoundinge the euanglicall history of ye woman of Canaan, beginneth with the prayse of the dilligence and constancy of the hearers. So Chrysostom expounding the euanglicall history of the woman of Canaan, begins with the praise of the diligence and constancy of the hearers. np1 np1 vvg dt j n1 pp-f dt n1 pp-f np1, vvz p-acp dt n1 pp-f dt n1 cc n1 pp-f dt n2. (14) chapter (DIV2) 86 Image 42
654 In the history of Elias conueied into heauen in a fyrie Chariot, he beginneth with a similitude, taken of ye maner, whereby kinges are accustomed to rewarde those that hazarde themselues in battayle with a Chariot, In the history of Elias conveyed into heaven in a firy Chariot, he begins with a similitude, taken of you manner, whereby Kings Are accustomed to reward those that hazard themselves in battle with a Chariot, p-acp dt n1 pp-f np1 vvn p-acp n1 p-acp dt j n1, pns31 vvz p-acp dt n1, vvn pp-f pn22 n1, c-crq n2 vbr vvn pc-acp vvi d cst vvi px32 p-acp n1 p-acp dt n1, (14) chapter (DIV2) 86 Image 42
655 or else to granish thē with some other princely 〈 ◊ 〉: or Else to granish them with Some other princely 〈 ◊ 〉: cc av p-acp vvb pno32 p-acp d j-jn j 〈 sy 〉: (14) chapter (DIV2) 86 Image 42
656 whervppon he g•thereth that God would also in li••e maner adorne his faithfull minister Elias with a Chariot, whereupon he g•thereth that God would also in li••e manner adorn his faithful minister Elias with a Chariot, c-crq pns31 vvz cst np1 vmd av p-acp j n1 vvi po31 j n1 np1 p-acp dt n1, (14) chapter (DIV2) 86 Image 42
657 and so drawe him vp into heauen. and so draw him up into heaven. cc av vvi pno31 a-acp p-acp n1. (14) chapter (DIV2) 86 Image 42
658 Nazianzenus at the Gospell which is read in the 18. Chap. of Mathew, beginneth his Sermon with the labor & dilligence of Christ in trayning of men to the truth. Nazianzenus At the Gospel which is read in the 18. Chap. of Matthew, begins his Sermon with the labour & diligence of christ in training of men to the truth. np1 p-acp dt n1 r-crq vbz vvn p-acp dt crd np1 pp-f np1, vvz po31 n1 p-acp dt n1 cc n1 pp-f np1 p-acp n-vvg pp-f n2 p-acp dt n1. (14) chapter (DIV2) 86 Image 42
659 But that which we haue already sayd may suffice in this place. But that which we have already said may suffice in this place. cc-acp cst r-crq pns12 vhb av vvn vmb vvi p-acp d n1. (14) chapter (DIV2) 86 Image 42
660 Whē a Sermō is framed of an argument offred by occasion of tyme, it is lawfull to deriue an Exordium out of diuers & sondri things & places. When a Sermon is framed of an argument offered by occasion of time, it is lawful to derive an Exordium out of diverse & sondri things & places. c-crq dt n1 vbz vvn pp-f dt n1 vvd p-acp n1 pp-f n1, pn31 vbz j pc-acp vvi dt fw-la av pp-f j cc fw-la n2 cc n2. (14) chapter (DIV2) 86 Image 42
661 But neuerthelesse the most apte and vsuall order of all other is this, namely, wherein at the beginninge is by & by opened, of what matter or businesse we purpose to intreate. But nevertheless the most apt and usual order of all other is this, namely, wherein At the begin is by & by opened, of what matter or business we purpose to entreat. p-acp av dt av-ds j cc j n1 pp-f d n-jn vbz d, av, c-crq p-acp dt n-vvg vbz p-acp cc a-acp vvd, pp-f r-crq n1 cc n1 pns12 vvb pc-acp vvi. (14) chapter (DIV2) 86 Image 42
662 As néere as is possible, the first wordes of Thexordium ought to be aunswerable to the matter it selfe, which thou haste taken vppon thée to handle, As near as is possible, the First words of Thexordium ought to be answerable to the matter it self, which thou haste taken upon thee to handle, c-acp av-j c-acp vbz j, dt ord n2 pp-f fw-la vmd pc-acp vbi j p-acp dt n1 pn31 n1, r-crq pns21 n1 vvn p-acp pno21 pc-acp vvi, (14) chapter (DIV2) 87 Image 42
663 yea, and the very same, either taken out of some place of Scripture, or simply expressinge the kynde and maner of the busynesse. yea, and the very same, either taken out of Some place of Scripture, or simply expressing the kind and manner of the business. uh, cc dt j d, av-d vvn av pp-f d n1 pp-f n1, cc av-j vvg dt n1 cc n1 pp-f dt n1. (14) chapter (DIV2) 87 Image 42
664 Out of the Scriptures are taken these beginninges: Out of the Scriptures Are taken these beginnings: av pp-f dt n2 vbr vvn d n2: (14) chapter (DIV2) 87 Image 42
665 Nazianzenus in his Sermon to ye subiectes strickē with feare by reasō of ye displeasure of the Emperour, vseth ye wordes of Ieremy. 4• Oh my bowells, Nazianzenus in his Sermon to you Subjects stricken with Fear by reason of the displeasure of the Emperor, uses you words of Ieremy. 4• O my bowels, np1 p-acp po31 n1 p-acp pn22 n2-jn vvn p-acp n1 p-acp n1 pp-f dt n1 pp-f dt n1, vvz pn22 n2 pp-f np1. n1 uh po11 n2, (14) chapter (DIV2) 87 Image 42
666 and the inner partes of my body, I am sore grieued, &c. And Basill when he taketh in hande to entreate of fastinge, boroweth the wordes of Ioell. Blowe vp the Trumpet in Sion, vppon the notable day of your solemnitie, &c. As we haue littell before remembred, and the inner parts of my body, I am soar grieved, etc. And Basil when he Takes in hand to entreat of fasting, borroweth the words of Joel. Blow up the Trumpet in Sion, upon the notable day of your solemnity, etc. As we have little before remembered, cc dt j n2 pp-f po11 n1, pns11 vbm av-j vvn, av cc np1 c-crq pns31 vvz p-acp n1 pc-acp vvi pp-f vvg, vvz dt n2 pp-f np1. vvb a-acp dt n1 p-acp np1, p-acp dt j n1 pp-f po22 n1, av c-acp pns12 vhb j c-acp vvn, (14) chapter (DIV2) 87 Image 42
667 when an argument or proposition is expressed in simple wordes, without any place of Scripture ••nexed, therevnto, a man may fynde diuers and sundry Exordiums in Chrisostom, Nazianzenus, and other moe. when an argument or proposition is expressed in simple words, without any place of Scripture ••nexed, thereunto, a man may find diverse and sundry Exordiums in Chrysostom, Nazianzenus, and other more. c-crq dt n1 cc n1 vbz vvn p-acp j n2, p-acp d n1 pp-f n1 vvn, av, dt n1 vmb vvi j cc j n2 p-acp np1, np1, cc n-jn av-dc. (14) chapter (DIV2) 87 Image 42
668 Nazianzenus beginneth his Sermon which hée made to those that came by water out of AEgipt, in this sort: Nazianzenus begins his Sermon which he made to those that Come by water out of Egypt, in this sort: np1 vvz po31 n1 r-crq pns31 vvd p-acp d cst vvd p-acp n1 av pp-f np1, p-acp d n1: (14) chapter (DIV2) 87 Image 42
669 To them, that are of AEgipt, will I speake: Albeit hee doth not yet there open what maner of argument hée will handle. To them, that Are of Egypt, will I speak: Albeit he does not yet there open what manner of argument he will handle. p-acp pno32, cst vbr pp-f np1, vmb pns11 vvi: cs pns31 vdz xx av pc-acp vvi r-crq n1 pp-f n1 pns31 vmb vvi. (14) chapter (DIV2) 87 Image 42
670 Neuerthelesse hée entreateth afterward of the mistery of the Trinitie. Nevertheless he entreateth afterwards of the mystery of the Trinity. av pns31 vvz av pp-f dt n1 pp-f dt np1. (14) chapter (DIV2) 88 Image 43
671 But when hée sayde that hée woulde speake to those that came from the Church of Alexandria, which Athanasius, and after him Peter bishops there, had rightly enstructed in sounde doctrine of the Trinitie, But when he said that he would speak to those that Come from the Church of Alexandria, which Athanasius, and After him Peter Bishops there, had rightly instructed in sound Doctrine of the Trinity, p-acp c-crq pns31 vvd cst pns31 vmd vvi p-acp d cst vvd p-acp dt n1 pp-f np1, r-crq np1, cc p-acp pno31 np1 n2 a-acp, vhd av-jn vvn p-acp n1 n1 pp-f dt np1, (14) chapter (DIV2) 88 Image 43
672 and they comminge to Constantinople, were nowe approched to the Church, where Gregory Nazianzene, (a stout defendour of the Trinity and of one substaunce in the same) then taught, the hearers might easely perceyue that Gregory vppon that occasion woulde speake of their faithfull consent, in the confession of the Trinitie. and they coming to Constantinople, were now approached to the Church, where Gregory Nazianzene, (a stout defendor of the Trinity and of one substance in the same) then taught, the hearers might Easily perceive that Gregory upon that occasion would speak of their faithful consent, in the Confessi of the Trinity. cc pns32 vvg p-acp np1, vbdr av vvn p-acp dt n1, c-crq np1 np1, (dt j n1 pp-f dt np1 cc pp-f crd n1 p-acp dt d) av vvd, dt n2 vmd av-j vvi d np1 p-acp d n1 vmd vvi pp-f po32 j n1, p-acp dt n1 pp-f dt np1. (14) chapter (DIV2) 88 Image 43
673 Touchinge which thinge somewhat there is Tripart. Histo. lib. 9. Cap. 13. The same takinge in hande to speake hys minde, concerninge prouision and care to bée had for the poore, beginneth thus: Touching which thing somewhat there is Tripart. Hist. lib. 9. Cap. 13. The same taking in hand to speak his mind, Concerning provision and care to been had for the poor, begins thus: vvg r-crq n1 av pc-acp vbz np1. fw-la. n1. crd np1 crd dt d vvg p-acp n1 pc-acp vvi po31 n1, vvg n1 cc n1 pc-acp vbi vhn p-acp dt j, vvz av: (14) chapter (DIV2) 88 Image 43
674 Men and brethrne, yea, and (as I may say) fellowe beggars, for wée are all the sort of vs poore and néedinge the grace and goodnesse of god (although one may séeme to goe before an other) if yée haue measured with small measures, receyue and imbrace these wordes touchinge the loue and good will which ye ought to beare towardes the poore. Men and brethrne, yea, and (as I may say) fellow beggars, for we Are all the sort of us poor and néedinge the grace and Goodness of god (although one may seem to go before an other) if the have measured with small measures, receive and embrace these words touching the love and good will which you ought to bear towards the poor. n2 cc n1, uh, cc (c-acp pns11 vmb vvi) n1 n2, c-acp pns12 vbr d dt n1 pp-f pno12 j cc vvg dt n1 cc n1 pp-f n1 (cs pi vmb vvi pc-acp vvi p-acp dt n-jn) cs pn22 vhb vvn p-acp j n2, vvi cc vvi d n2 vvg dt n1 cc j n1 r-crq pn22 vmd pc-acp vvi p-acp dt j. (14) chapter (DIV2) 88 Image 43
675 Thexorgiums in this kinde of Sermons are otherwise as wée haue sayde very large and frée. Thexorgiums in this kind of Sermons Are otherwise as we have said very large and free. npg1 p-acp d n1 pp-f n2 vbr av a-acp pns12 vhb vvn av j cc j. (14) chapter (DIV2) 88 Image 43
676 Esay. Cap. 1. reprouinge the enormities of his owne nation, especially the sinne of hipocrisy and contempt of the true seruice God, beginneth with an exclamation or contestation of all creatures, Isaiah. Cap. 1. reproving the enormities of his own Nation, especially the sin of hypocrisy and contempt of the true service God, begins with an exclamation or contestation of all creatures, np1. np1 crd vvg dt n2 pp-f po31 d n1, av-j dt n1 pp-f n1 cc n1 pp-f dt j n1 np1, vvz p-acp dt n1 cc n1 pp-f d n2, (14) chapter (DIV2) 88 Image 43
677 and therewithall introduceth God himselfe gréeuously expostulatinge the matter. For his whole oration from the beginning forth on is very vehement and ardent. and therewithal introduceth God himself grievously expostulatinge the matter. For his Whole oration from the beginning forth on is very vehement and Ardent. cc av vvz n1 px31 av-j vvg dt n1. p-acp po31 j-jn n1 p-acp dt n1 av a-acp vbz av j cc j. (14) chapter (DIV2) 88 Image 43
678 Peter willing to rebuke the peruerse iudgement of the people, touching the miracle of the tongues, vseth a place of attentiuenesse, Peter willing to rebuke the perverse judgement of the people, touching the miracle of the tongues, uses a place of attentiveness, np1 j pc-acp vvi dt j n1 pp-f dt n1, vvg dt n1 pp-f dt n2, vvz dt n1 pp-f n1, (14) chapter (DIV2) 88 Image 43
679 then wisely remoueth the cryme of dronkennesse obiected vnto them and so procéedeth to the cause of Christ our sauiour. then wisely Removeth the crime of Drunkenness objected unto them and so Proceedeth to the cause of christ our Saviour. av av-j vvz dt n1 pp-f n1 vvn p-acp pno32 cc av vvz p-acp dt n1 pp-f np1 po12 n1. (14) chapter (DIV2) 88 Image 43
680 Steuen, and Paule desyrous to expounde the businesse of the Gospell, take the beginninge of their Sermons of the callinge of Abraham. Stephen, and Paul desirous to expound the business of the Gospel, take the begin of their Sermons of the calling of Abraham. np1, cc np1 j pc-acp vvi dt n1 pp-f dt n1, vvb dt n-vvg pp-f po32 n2 pp-f dt vvg pp-f np1. (14) chapter (DIV2) 88 Image 43
681 By these thinges it is manyfest, after what sorte Exordiums ought to bée framed and ioyned togither, By these things it is manifest, After what sort Exordiums ought to been framed and joined together, p-acp d n2 pn31 vbz j, p-acp r-crq n1 n2 vmd pc-acp vbi vvn cc vvn av, (14) chapter (DIV2) 89 Image 43
682 when ye matter so requireth that a Sermon be made of a Theme simple. For the lyke reason is in this, that was in the other before. when you matter so requires that a Sermon be made of a Theme simple. For the like reason is in this, that was in the other before. c-crq pn22 n1 av vvz cst dt n1 vbi vvn pp-f dt n1 j. p-acp dt av-j n1 vbz p-acp d, cst vbds p-acp dt j-jn p-acp. (14) chapter (DIV2) 89 Image 43
683 But as for Exordiums discrepante from the cause, and such as are far fetched, or also very tedyous and prolixe, no wise man will allowe. But as for Exordiums discrepant from the cause, and such as Are Far fetched, or also very tedious and prolix, no wise man will allow. cc-acp c-acp p-acp n2 av-j p-acp dt n1, cc d c-acp vbr av-j vvn, cc av av j cc j, dx j n1 vmb vvi. (14) chapter (DIV2) 89 Image 43
684 And yet notwithstandinge sometymes they are to bee borne with all in sacred Sermons, vppon this condition, that they tende to some edifyinge of the congregation, And yet notwithstanding sometimes they Are to be born with all in sacred Sermons, upon this condition, that they tend to Some edifying of the congregation, cc av a-acp av pns32 vbr pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp d p-acp j n2, p-acp d n1, cst pns32 vvb p-acp d n-vvg pp-f dt n1, (14) chapter (DIV2) 89 Image 43
685 and bée applyed to the commoditie of tymes and persons, and bée aptely and conueniently handled. and been applied to the commodity of times and Persons, and been aptly and conveniently handled. cc vbi vvd p-acp dt n1 pp-f n2 cc n2, cc vbi av-j cc av-j vvn. (14) chapter (DIV2) 89 Image 43
686 But then most chiefly are they to be admytted, when some thinges bée propounded to the people, that may not conueniently bée enterlaced in the enarration folowing, But then most chiefly Are they to be admitted, when Some things been propounded to the people, that may not conveniently been interlaced in the enarration following, p-acp av av-ds av-jn vbr pns32 pc-acp vbi vvn, c-crq d n2 vbi vvn p-acp dt n1, cst vmb xx av-j vbi vvn p-acp dt n1 vvg, (14) chapter (DIV2) 89 Image 43
687 or else are iudged expediēt for some other cause and consideration. or Else Are judged expedient for Some other cause and consideration. cc av vbr vvn j p-acp d j-jn n1 cc n1. (14) chapter (DIV2) 89 Image 43
688 Some such Exordiums are extante in the homilyes of Chrisostom vppon ye booke of Genesis, in the which Exordiums hée exhorteth, chydeth, some such Exordiums Are extant in the homilies of Chrysostom upon you book of Genesis, in the which Exordiums he exhorteth, chydeth, d d n2 vbr j p-acp dt n2 pp-f np1 p-acp pn22 n1 pp-f n1, p-acp dt r-crq n2 pns31 vvz, vvz, (14) chapter (DIV2) 89 Image 43
689 or dooth some lyke thynge a yée woulde saye on the sodayne. Such an Exordium also Paule séemeth to vsurpe. or doth Some like thing a the would say on the sudden. Such an Exordium also Paul Seemeth to usurp. cc vdz d vvb n1 av pn22 vmd vvi p-acp dt j. d dt fw-la av np1 vvz pc-acp vvi. (14) chapter (DIV2) 89 Image 43
690 Acts. 17. Where hee beginneth with reprehension of the supersticion of Thathenienses, and with the Aulter of the vnknowen God. Acts. 17. Where he begins with reprehension of the Superstition of Thathenienses, and with the Alter of the unknown God. n2 crd c-crq pns31 vvz p-acp n1 pp-f dt n1 pp-f np1, cc p-acp dt vvb pp-f dt j np1. (14) chapter (DIV2) 89 Image 43
691 Afterward hée goeth on to declare Christe to bée true GOD, and to make hym knowen vnto all men. Afterwards he Goes on to declare Christ to been true GOD, and to make him known unto all men. av pns31 vvz a-acp pc-acp vvi np1 pc-acp vbi j np1, cc pc-acp vvi pno31 vvn p-acp d n2. (14) chapter (DIV2) 89 Image 43
692 Neither is this to bée passed ouer, that the Exordium sometymes may bée omytted, and the proposition or diuision eftesoones produced Chrysostom in his Sermon of the thrée childrne, the discourse (sayeth hée) of thrée childrne shalbe handeled, whose fayth, with what gloryous prayse and commendation it doeth resounde, the healthfull and hurtlesse flames of fyre doe testifie. Also homily. Neither is this to been passed over, that the Exordium sometimes may been omitted, and the proposition or division eftesoones produced Chrysostom in his Sermon of the thrée childrne, the discourse (Saith he) of thrée childrne shall handled, whose faith, with what glorious praise and commendation it doth resound, the healthful and hurtless flames of fire do testify. Also homily. d vbz d pc-acp vbi vvn a-acp, cst dt fw-la av vmb vbi vvn, cc dt n1 cc n1 av vvn np1 p-acp po31 n1 pp-f dt crd n1, dt n1 (vvz pns31) pp-f crd n2 vmb|vbi vvn, rg-crq n1, p-acp r-crq j n1 cc n1 pn31 vdz vvi, dt j cc j n2 pp-f n1 vdb vvi. av n1. (14) chapter (DIV2) 90 Image 43
693 33. to the people of Antioche hée sayeth: Goe to my déere brethrne, let vs repeat the thinges that we haue sayd before, 33. to the people of Antioch he Saith: Go to my dear brethrne, let us repeat the things that we have said before, crd p-acp dt n1 pp-f np1 pns31 vvz: vvb p-acp po11 j-jn n1, vvb pno12 vvi dt n2 cst pns12 vhb vvn a-acp, (14) chapter (DIV2) 90 Image 43
694 and shewe this daye vnto you howe that almose is an arte, yea, and of all artes the most gayneful. and show this day unto you how that almose is an art, yea, and of all arts the most gayneful. cc vvi d n1 p-acp pn22 c-crq d n1 vbz dt n1, uh, cc pp-f d n2 dt av-ds j. (14) chapter (DIV2) 90 Image 43
695 This thinge commeth to passe, either where some Sermons went immediately before, in which the people is made sufficiently attent already: This thing comes to pass, either where Some Sermons went immediately before, in which the people is made sufficiently attended already: d n1 vvz pc-acp vvi, av-d c-crq d n2 vvd av-j a-acp, p-acp r-crq dt n1 vbz vvn av-j vvn av: (14) chapter (DIV2) 90 Image 44
696 Or when the streightnesse of tyme will not suffer the Sermon to bée protracted: Or when the straightness of time will not suffer the Sermon to been protracted: cc c-crq dt n1 pp-f n1 vmb xx vvi dt n1 pc-acp vbi vvn: (14) chapter (DIV2) 90 Image 44
697 Or else peraduenture, a man must preach in suche a daye or place, as very fewe doe assemble and méete togither to the hearinge of diuine seruice. Or Else Peradventure, a man must preach in such a day or place, as very few do assemble and meet together to the hearing of divine service. cc av av, dt n1 vmb vvi p-acp d dt n1 cc n1, c-acp av d vdb vvi cc vvi av p-acp dt vvg pp-f j-jn n1. (14) chapter (DIV2) 90 Image 44
698 Of Diuision or Proposition. Cap. XI. FRom Exordium wée passe immediately to Diuision or Proposition. Of Division or Proposition. Cap. XI. FRom Exordium we pass immediately to Division or Proposition. pp-f n1 cc n1. np1 crd. p-acp fw-la pns12 vvb av-j p-acp n1 cc n1. (15) chapter (DIV2) 90 Image 44
699 Therefore when wée purpose to entreate of one onely matter thorowout our whole Sermon, it shall bée sufficient to comprehende the same in a proposition. Therefore when we purpose to entreat of one only matter throughout our Whole Sermon, it shall been sufficient to comprehend the same in a proposition. av c-crq pns12 vvb pc-acp vvi pp-f crd j n1 p-acp po12 j-jn n1, pn31 vmb vbi j pc-acp vvi dt d p-acp dt n1. (15) chapter (DIV2) 92 Image 44
700 But in cace wée frame our Oration of many matters, then Diuision is to bée had, conteyninge all the partes and members of which wée shall orderly speake. But in case we frame our Oration of many matters, then Division is to been had, containing all the parts and members of which we shall orderly speak. cc-acp p-acp n1 pns12 vvb po12 n1 pp-f d n2, av n1 vbz pc-acp vbi vhn, vvg d dt n2 cc n2 pp-f r-crq pns12 vmb av-j vvi. (15) chapter (DIV2) 93 Image 44
701 And the Proposition verily, is somtymes put in the beginninge of Thexordium, which wée haue a litell before admonished most commonly to bée done in Sermons that are made of matters offred by occasion: And the Proposition verily, is sometimes put in the begin of Thexordium, which we have a little before admonished most commonly to been done in Sermons that Are made of matters offered by occasion: cc dt n1 av-j, vbz av vvn p-acp dt n-vvg pp-f fw-la, r-crq pns12 vhb dt j c-acp vvd av-ds av-j pc-acp vbi vdn p-acp n2 cst vbr vvn pp-f n2 vvn p-acp n1: (15) chapter (DIV2) 94 Image 44
702 But most of all it is annexed immediately after the Exordium. Example of the former is in Chrysostom, Homilie. But most of all it is annexed immediately After the Exordium. Exampl of the former is in Chrysostom, Homily. cc-acp ds pp-f d pn31 vbz vvn av-j p-acp dt fw-la. n1 pp-f dt j vbz p-acp np1, n1. (15) chapter (DIV2) 94 Image 44
703 38. Which is intituled of humilitie and rest. 38. Which is entitled of humility and rest. crd r-crq vbz vvn pp-f n1 cc n1. (15) chapter (DIV2) 94 Image 44
704 Let vs not bée to wise in our owne opinions, saythe hee, O brethrne, neither yet bée puffed vp in pryde, séeing we are earth and asshes, smoke, and shadowes. Let us not been to wise in our own opinions, say he, Oh brethrne, neither yet been puffed up in pride, seeing we Are earth and Ashes, smoke, and shadows. vvb pno12 xx vbi p-acp j p-acp po12 d n2, vvb pns31, uh n1, av-dx av vbn vvn a-acp p-acp n1, vvg pns12 vbr n1 cc n2, n1, cc n2. (15) chapter (DIV2) 95 Image 44
705 Examples of the later kynde are extante in the same author euery where plenty. Homilie. Examples of the later kind Are extant in the same author every where plenty. Homily. n2 pp-f dt jc n1 vbr j p-acp dt d n1 d c-crq n1. n1. (15) chapter (DIV2) 95 Image 44
706 19. to the husandemen, and of others to bée eschewed, after a longe Exordium, wherin hée commendeth the simplicitie of the countrie lyfe: 19. to the husandemen, and of Others to been Eschewed, After a long Exordium, wherein he commends the simplicity of the country life: crd p-acp dt n2, cc pp-f ng2-jn pc-acp vbn vvn, p-acp dt av-j fw-la, c-crq pns31 vvz dt n1 pp-f dt n1 n1: (15) chapter (DIV2) 95 Image 44
707 Agayne, sayeth hee, let vs bende the force of our talke agaynst swearinge, to thintent this wicked custome may be plucked vp by the rootes out of the myndes of al men. Item Homilie. Again, Saith he, let us bend the force of our talk against swearing, to intent this wicked custom may be plucked up by the roots out of the minds of all men. Item Homily. av, vvz pns31, vvb pno12 vvi dt n1 pp-f po12 n1 p-acp vvg, p-acp n1 d j n1 vmb vbi vvn a-acp p-acp dt n2 av pp-f dt n2 pp-f d n2. n1 n1. (15) chapter (DIV2) 95 Image 44
708 55. which is written agaynst those that are giuen to riot and voluptuousnesse: 55. which is written against those that Are given to riot and voluptuousness: crd r-crq vbz vvn p-acp d cst vbr vvn p-acp n1 cc n1: (15) chapter (DIV2) 95 Image 44
709 I will tell you howe many griefes & perturbations they bee subiect vnto, that are drowned in pleasure and superfluitie. I will tell you how many griefs & perturbations they be Subject unto, that Are drowned in pleasure and superfluity. pns11 vmb vvi pn22 c-crq d n2 cc n2 pns32 vbb j-jn p-acp, cst vbr vvn p-acp n1 cc n1. (15) chapter (DIV2) 95 Image 44
710 Moreouer, an example of Diuision very proper and elegante is to bée seene in the Oration of Nazianzenus, made at the funerall of his brother Caesarius: First, saith hee, wée will some deale touche the Lawe of mourninge for the dead accustomably vsed, Moreover, an Exampl of Division very proper and elegant is to been seen in the Oration of Nazianzenus, made At the funeral of his brother Caesarius: First, Says he, we will Some deal touch the Law of mourning for the dead accustomably used, av, dt n1 pp-f n1 av j cc j vbz pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp dt n1 pp-f np1, vvd p-acp dt n1 pp-f po31 n1 np1: ord, vvz pns31, pns12 vmb d vvi vvi dt n1 pp-f n1 p-acp dt j av-j vvn, (15) chapter (DIV2) 96 Image 44
711 so that we may both shed teares, and also by the way fall into admiration: so that we may both shed tears, and also by the Way fallen into admiration: av cst pns12 vmb av-d vvi n2, cc av p-acp dt n1 vvb p-acp n1: (15) chapter (DIV2) 96 Image 44
712 Then we will shewe the weakenesse and imbecillitie of mankinde, & entreat somwhat of ye Dignitie of ye minde: Then we will show the weakness and imbecility of mankind, & entreat somewhat of the Dignity of the mind: av pns12 vmb vvi dt n1 cc n1 pp-f n1, cc vvi av pp-f dt n1 pp-f dt n1: (15) chapter (DIV2) 96 Image 44
713 lastly we will minister due consolation to those that mourne, & transfer their sorowe from the fleshe, lastly we will minister due consolation to those that mourn, & transfer their sorrow from the Flesh, ord pns12 vmb vvi j-jn n1 p-acp d cst n1, cc vvi po32 n1 p-acp dt n1, (15) chapter (DIV2) 96 Image 44
714 and from temporall thinges, vnto thinges spirituall and eternall. Euery Diuision ought to bée briefe, ordinary, and cléere: and from temporal things, unto things spiritual and Eternal. Every Division ought to been brief, ordinary, and clear: cc p-acp j n2, p-acp n2 j cc j. d n1 vmd pc-acp vbi j, j, cc j: (15) chapter (DIV2) 96 Image 44
715 That is to saye, not consistinge of many members (scarse moe at any tyme then thrée): That is to say, not consisting of many members (scarce more At any time then thrée): cst vbz pc-acp vvi, xx vvg pp-f d n2 (av-j av-dc p-acp d n1 av crd): (15) chapter (DIV2) 97 Image 44
716 Secondely, they must bee placed aright, as the nature of thinges doth require: Thirdly it is conuenient that all thinges bee expressed with cléere and manifest wordes. Secondly, they must be placed aright, as the nature of things does require: Thirdly it is convenient that all things be expressed with clear and manifest words. ord, pns32 vmb vbi vvn av, c-acp dt n1 pp-f n2 vdz vvi: ord pn31 vbz j cst d n2 vbb vvn p-acp j cc j n2. (15) chapter (DIV2) 97 Image 44
717 And then also is it thought to bée necessarie, when as we purpose in our mynde to examine diuerse distinct and sondry places in the discourse of our Sermon, And then also is it Thought to been necessary, when as we purpose in our mind to examine diverse distinct and sundry places in the discourse of our Sermon, cc av av vbz pn31 n1 pc-acp vbi j, c-crq c-acp pns12 vvb p-acp po12 n1 pc-acp vvi j j cc j n2 p-acp dt n1 pp-f po12 n1, (15) chapter (DIV2) 98 Image 44
718 or also when one certayne place offreth it selfe to bée handeled to the obscurenesse and difficultie whereof, reason requireth, by makinge a particion, some light to bée inferred. or also when one certain place Offereth it self to been handled to the obscureness and difficulty whereof, reason requires, by making a partition, Some Light to been inferred. cc av c-crq crd j n1 vvz pn31 n1 pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp dt n1 cc n1 c-crq, n1 vvz, p-acp vvg dt n1, d n1 pc-acp vbi vvn. (15) chapter (DIV2) 98 Image 44
719 For truely Diuision is worthily added to, as well for the due order in disposition of partes, For truly Division is worthily added to, as well for the due order in disposition of parts, p-acp av-j n1 vbz av-j vvn p-acp, c-acp av c-acp dt j-jn n1 p-acp n1 pp-f n2, (15) chapter (DIV2) 98 Image 44
720 and for an apte method in Teachinge, as also to illustrate and set forth the matter, and for an apt method in Teaching, as also to illustrate and Set forth the matter, cc p-acp dt j n1 p-acp vvg, c-acp av pc-acp vvi cc vvi av dt n1, (15) chapter (DIV2) 98 Image 44
721 yea, and also to healpe and further memory. yea, and also to help and further memory. uh, cc av p-acp vvb cc av-jc n1. (15) chapter (DIV2) 98 Image 44
722 In the meane season it is to be noted, that Diuision somtyme is mentioned in the Exordium, or immediatly after the Exordium, of the seuerall members whereof notwithstandinge, it is not our purpose to entreate, In the mean season it is to be noted, that Division sometime is mentioned in the Exordium, or immediately After the Exordium, of the several members whereof notwithstanding, it is not our purpose to entreat, p-acp dt j n1 pn31 vbz pc-acp vbi vvn, cst n1 av vbz vvn p-acp dt fw-la, cc av-j p-acp dt fw-la, pp-f dt j n2 c-crq a-acp, pn31 vbz xx po12 n1 pc-acp vvi, (15) chapter (DIV2) 99 Image 45
723 but onely in one or two. but only in one or two. cc-acp av-j p-acp crd cc crd. (15) chapter (DIV2) 99 Image 45
724 Nazianzenus in his oration of the holy Lauer, after a place of attention, the sacred Scriptures, sayeth hée sheweth vnto vs a thréefold generation, one of the body: an other of Baptisme: the thirde of resurrectiō. Then after a fewe wordes. Nazianzenus in his oration of the holy Laver, After a place of attention, the sacred Scriptures, Saith he shows unto us a threefold generation, one of the body: an other of Baptism: the Third of resurrection. Then After a few words. np1 p-acp po31 n1 pp-f dt j n1, p-acp dt n1 pp-f n1, dt j n2, vvz pns31 vvz p-acp pno12 dt j n1, crd pp-f dt n1: dt n-jn pp-f n1: dt ord pp-f n1. av p-acp dt d n2. (15) chapter (DIV2) 99 Image 45
725 Wherefore of the two natiuities, the firste, I saye, and laste, it perteyneth not to this present tyme to discourse: Wherefore of the two Nativities, the First, I say, and laste, it pertaineth not to this present time to discourse: q-crq pp-f dt crd n2, dt ord, pns11 vvb, cc ord, pn31 vvz xx p-acp d j n1 p-acp n1: (15) chapter (DIV2) 99 Image 45
726 But of the midlemost, and that which is nowe néedefull vnto vs, which also is called the day of illumination wee will presently entreat. But of the middlemost, and that which is now needful unto us, which also is called the day of illumination we will presently entreat. cc-acp pp-f dt js, cc cst r-crq vbz av j p-acp pno12, r-crq av vbz vvn dt n1 pp-f n1 pns12 vmb av-j vvi. (15) chapter (DIV2) 99 Image 45
727 It commeth in vre also somtyme, that a Sermon may bee made of dyuers and sondry places, and yet no diuision at all going before. It comes in use also sometime, that a Sermon may be made of Diverse and sundry places, and yet no division At all going before. pn31 vvz p-acp n1 av av, cst dt n1 vmb vbi vvn pp-f j cc j n2, cc av dx n1 p-acp d vvg a-acp. (15) chapter (DIV2) 100 Image 45
728 But yet in this kynde, this caution is accustomed to bee vsed, that as ofte as progression is made from one place to an other, But yet in this kind, this caution is accustomed to be used, that as oft as progression is made from one place to an other, p-acp av p-acp d n1, d n1 vbz vvn pc-acp vbi vvn, cst c-acp av c-acp n1 vbz vvn p-acp crd n1 p-acp dt n-jn, (15) chapter (DIV2) 100 Image 45
729 so ofte is put to, either some conclusion or transition, or new place of attention, so oft is put to, either Some conclusion or transition, or new place of attention, av av vbz vvn p-acp, av-d d n1 cc n1, cc j n1 pp-f n1, (15) chapter (DIV2) 100 Image 45
730 or (to bee shorte) some other note of distinction, wherby the hearers may easely perceyue, that some new place is in hande. or (to be short) Some other note of distinction, whereby the hearers may Easily perceive, that Some new place is in hand. cc (pc-acp vbi j) d j-jn n1 pp-f n1, c-crq dt n2 vmb av-j vvi, cst d j n1 vbz p-acp n1. (15) chapter (DIV2) 100 Image 45
731 In the Sermons of Chrisostom no small number of such formes are to bee founde. Homylie. In the Sermons of Chrysostom no small number of such forms Are to be found. Homily. p-acp dt n2 pp-f np1 dx j n1 pp-f d n2 vbr pc-acp vbi vvn. n1. (15) chapter (DIV2) 100 Image 45
732 28. entituled agaynst swearinge, and, that beinge in pouerty wee ought to giue GOD thanckes, hee consumeth the firste parte of his Oration in detestinge othes and periury, and at length concludeth protestinge: 28. entitled against swearing, and, that being in poverty we ought to give GOD thanks, he consumeth the First part of his Oration in detesting Oaths and perjury, and At length Concludeth protesting: crd vvn p-acp vvg, cc, cst vbg p-acp n1 pns12 vmd pc-acp vvi np1 n2, pns31 vvz dt ord n1 pp-f po31 n1 p-acp j-vvg n2 cc n1, cc p-acp n1 vvz vvg: (15) chapter (DIV2) 100 Image 45
733 That if hee might perceiue any, after that whatsoeuer they were, that woulde not leaue off their accustomable swearinge and forswearinge, hée woulde exclude them vtterly from the participation of the holy communion, That if he might perceive any, After that whatsoever they were, that would not leave off their accustomable swearing and forswearing, he would exclude them utterly from the participation of the holy communion, cst cs pns31 vmd vvi d, c-acp d r-crq pns32 vbdr, cst vmd xx vvi a-acp po32 j n-vvg cc vvg, pns31 vmd vvi pno32 av-j p-acp dt n1 pp-f dt j n1, (15) chapter (DIV2) 100 Image 45
734 whether they were rich or poore. whither they were rich or poor. cs pns32 vbdr j cc j. (15) chapter (DIV2) 100 Image 45
735 For hee for his parte, woulde for none of them all, runne into the daunger of euerlasting dampnation. For he for his part, would for none of them all, run into the danger of everlasting damnation. p-acp pns31 p-acp po31 n1, vmd p-acp pi pp-f pno32 d, vvn p-acp dt n1 pp-f j n1. (15) chapter (DIV2) 100 Image 45
736 Afterwarde hee proceedeth to the later parte, touthinge pouertie patiently to bee borne, saying: Afterward he Proceedeth to the later part, touthinge poverty patiently to be born, saying: av pns31 vvz p-acp dt jc n1, vvg n1 av-j pc-acp vbi vvn, vvg: (15) chapter (DIV2) 100 Image 45
737 when therefore, O man, thou shalt be oppressed with pouerty or sickenes, if by no other meanes, when Therefore, Oh man, thou shalt be oppressed with poverty or sickness, if by no other means, c-crq av, uh n1, pns21 vm2 vbi vvn p-acp n1 cc n1, cs p-acp dx j-jn n2, (15) chapter (DIV2) 100 Image 45
738 yet at the least learne of ye very beggars ye go in ye stréets to be thankfull vnto God. yet At the least Learn of you very beggars you go in you streets to be thankful unto God. av p-acp dt ds vvi pp-f pn22 j n2 pn22 vvb p-acp pn22 n2 pc-acp vbi j p-acp np1. (15) chapter (DIV2) 100 Image 45
739 Therfore by ye conclusion euery man might iudge how that part was at an ende: Therefore by you conclusion every man might judge how that part was At an end: av p-acp pn22 n1 d n1 vmd vvi c-crq d n1 vbds p-acp dt n1: (15) chapter (DIV2) 100 Image 45
740 & the words folowing did not obscurely declare, that an other matter was taken in hande. & the words following did not obscurely declare, that an other matter was taken in hand. cc dt n2 vvg vdd xx av-j vvi, cst dt j-jn n1 vbds vvn p-acp n1. (15) chapter (DIV2) 100 Image 45
741 In other of his Sermons, may be séene transitions, exhortations, and other figures and phrases of sentences, which doe signifye that he goeth spéedely on to an other matter or argument. Such examples are these: In other of his Sermons, may be seen transitions, exhortations, and other figures and phrases of sentences, which do signify that he Goes speedily on to an other matter or argument. Such Examples Are these: p-acp n-jn pp-f po31 n2, vmb vbi vvn n2, n2, cc j-jn n2 cc n2 pp-f n2, r-crq vdb vvi cst pns31 vvz av-j a-acp p-acp dt j-jn n1 cc n1. d n2 vbr d: (15) chapter (DIV2) 101 Image 45
742 hytherto hath bene sufficiently spoken touchinge the euils that are engendred thorow yre. Now let vs speake of the commodities that come of méekenesse. Also: hitherto hath be sufficiently spoken touching the evils that Are engendered thorough ire. Now let us speak of the commodities that come of meekness. Also: av vhz vbn av-j vvn vvg dt n2-jn cst vbr vvn p-acp n1. av vvb pno12 vvi pp-f dt n2 cst vvb pp-f n1. zz: (15) chapter (DIV2) 101 Image 45
743 But go to let vs sée how necessary a thing patience is. Or: well, somwhat now must we say (according to the time) of fasting: Or: But go to let us see how necessary a thing patience is. Or: well, somewhat now must we say (according to the time) of fasting: Or: cc-acp vvb pc-acp vvi pno12 vvi c-crq j dt n1 n1 vbz. cc: uh-av, av av vmb pns12 vvi (vvg p-acp dt n1) pp-f vvg: cc: (15) chapter (DIV2) 101 Image 45
744 but why doe we not also, séeing it may now conueniently be done, adde somwhat of fasting? Also: but why do we not also, seeing it may now conveniently be done, add somewhat of fasting? Also: cc-acp q-crq vdb pns12 xx av, vvg pn31 vmb av av-j vbb vdn, vvb av pp-f vvg? av: (15) chapter (DIV2) 101 Image 45
745 Moreouer, take dilligent héede, my brother, that as well all thy wordes, as thy déedes, may sauour the loue of honesty and shamefastnes. Moreover, take diligent heed, my brother, that as well all thy words, as thy Deeds, may savour the love of honesty and shamefastness. av, vvb j n1, po11 n1, cst c-acp av d po21 n2, c-acp po21 n2, vmb n1 dt n1 pp-f n1 cc n1. (15) chapter (DIV2) 102 Image 45
746 Againe, where peraduenture a Sermon of chastitye hath gone before, there passage shall rightlye be made to the place of sobryatie in meate, drynke, and clothynge, in this wise: Again, where Peradventure a Sermon of chastity hath gone before, there passage shall rightly be made to the place of sobryatie in meat, drink, and clothing, in this wise: av, c-crq av dt n1 pp-f n1 vhz vvn a-acp, a-acp n1 vmb av-jn vbi vvn p-acp dt n1 pp-f n1 p-acp n1, n1, cc vvg, p-acp d n1: (15) chapter (DIV2) 102 Image 45
747 But yet is all our talke of the excellency of chastytie spent in vaine, except also wee adde some thinges against superfluitie in meate, drinke, and clothing. Or thus: But yet is all our talk of the excellency of chastytie spent in vain, except also we add Some things against superfluity in meat, drink, and clothing. Or thus: cc-acp av vbz d po12 n1 pp-f dt n1 pp-f n1 vvn p-acp j, c-acp av pns12 vvb d n2 p-acp n1 p-acp n1, n1, cc vvg. cc av: (15) chapter (DIV2) 102 Image 45
748 But now be attentiue and giue good eare vnto those things that remaine to be spoken against excesse in meate, drinke, and apparel. Agayne: But now be attentive and give good ear unto those things that remain to be spoken against excess in meat, drink, and apparel. Again: cc-acp av vbi j cc vvi j n1 p-acp d n2 cst vvb pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp n1 p-acp n1, n1, cc n1. av: (15) chapter (DIV2) 102 Image 45
749 Séeing we haue hitherto sufficiently inough spoken of the feare of God, I doe not doubte, Seeing we have hitherto sufficiently enough spoken of the Fear of God, I do not doubt, vvg pns12 vhb av av-j av-d vvn pp-f dt n1 pp-f np1, pns11 vdb xx n1, (15) chapter (DIV2) 102 Image 45
750 but that it wyll be very acceptable vnto you, my déere brethren, if we shal entreat also of patience in aduersitie. but that it will be very acceptable unto you, my dear brothers, if we shall entreat also of patience in adversity. cc-acp cst pn31 vmb vbi av j p-acp pn22, po11 j-jn n2, cs pns12 vmb vvi av pp-f n1 p-acp n1. (15) chapter (DIV2) 102 Image 45
751 What néede many wordes? In the Sermons of the Prophets, in certayne of Paules Epistles, in most of the homilies of Chrysostom, and of other holy fathers, it is no difficult matter, to obserue a number of such lyke formes of Translitions, as these. What need many words? In the Sermons of the prophets, in certain of Paul's Epistles, in most of the homilies of Chrysostom, and of other holy Father's, it is no difficult matter, to observe a number of such like forms of Translitions, as these. q-crq vvb d n2? p-acp dt n2 pp-f dt n2, p-acp j pp-f npg1 n2, p-acp ds pp-f dt n2 pp-f np1, cc pp-f j-jn j n2, pn31 vbz dx j n1, pc-acp vvi dt n1 pp-f d av-j n2 pp-f n2, c-acp d. (15) chapter (DIV2) 103 Image 45
752 Yea and the Preachers themselues doe sometymes by a certaine silence, or pause put betwéene, Yea and the Preachers themselves do sometimes by a certain silence, or pause put between, uh cc dt n2 px32 vdb av p-acp dt j n1, cc n1 vvn p-acp, (15) chapter (DIV2) 104 Image 45
753 or by some other like reason signifie, that they will procéede and passe ouer to an other place. or by Some other like reason signify, that they will proceed and pass over to an other place. cc p-acp d j-jn av-j n1 vvi, cst pns32 vmb vvi cc vvi a-acp p-acp dt j-jn n1. (15) chapter (DIV2) 104 Image 46
754 Somtimes agayne, (but especiallye when an entier booke is with continual ••a•ration expounded to the people) neither any proposition or diuision at all is premised, Sometimes again, (but especially when an entire book is with continual ••a•ration expounded to the people) neither any proposition or division At all is premised, av av, (p-acp av-j c-crq dt j n1 vbz p-acp j n1 vvn p-acp dt n1) d d n1 cc n1 p-acp d vbz vvn, (15) chapter (DIV2) 104 Image 46
755 but Thexordiū being ended, some few words are recited, touching the contentes of the sacred booke, out of which, eftsoones some spirituall doctrine is picked and the same briefely declared according to ye capacitie of the hearers. but Thexordiū being ended, Some few words Are recited, touching the contents of the sacred book, out of which, eftsoons Some spiritual Doctrine is picked and the same briefly declared according to you capacity of the hearers. cc-acp fw-la vbg vvn, d d n2 vbr vvn, vvg dt n2 pp-f dt j n1, av pp-f r-crq, av d j n1 vbz vvn cc dt d av-j vvn vvg p-acp pn22 n1 pp-f dt n2. (15) chapter (DIV2) 104 Image 46
756 But afterwarde immediately progression is made to the sacred words folowinge, where likewise one or two places are noted, with an exhortation added to the multitude, that they woulde commende them to their memory, But afterward immediately progression is made to the sacred words following, where likewise one or two places Are noted, with an exhortation added to the multitude, that they would commend them to their memory, p-acp av av-j n1 vbz vvn p-acp dt j n2 vvg, c-crq av crd cc crd n2 vbr vvn, p-acp dt n1 vvn p-acp dt n1, cst pns32 vmd vvi pno32 p-acp po32 n1, (15) chapter (DIV2) 104 Image 46
757 and that euery one priuately would endeuour themselues to conuert them to the instruction and reformatiō of their liues. and that every one privately would endeavour themselves to convert them to the instruction and Reformation of their lives. cc cst d pi av-j vmd n1 px32 pc-acp vvi pno32 p-acp dt n1 cc n1 pp-f po32 n2. (15) chapter (DIV2) 104 Image 46
758 In Chrisostō thou maist finde diuers examples. homily. In Chrisoston thou Mayest find diverse Examples. homily. p-acp j-jn pns21 vm2 vvi j n2. n1. (15) chapter (DIV2) 104 Image 46
759 13. vpō Gene. after the Exordium: Let vs now therfore sée, saieth he, what we are taught by blessed Moyses, speaking these words not of him self, 13. upon Gene. After the Exordium: Let us now Therefore see, Saith he, what we Are taught by blessed Moses, speaking these words not of him self, crd p-acp np1 p-acp dt fw-la: vvb pno12 av av vvi, vvz pns31, r-crq pns12 vbr vvn p-acp j-vvn np1, vvg d n2 xx pp-f pno31 n1, (15) chapter (DIV2) 104 Image 46
760 but enspired of ye holy 〈 ◊ 〉 And the Lorde God tooke man whom hee had made. but inspired of you holy 〈 ◊ 〉 And the Lord God took man whom he had made. cc-acp vvn pp-f pn22 j 〈 sy 〉 cc dt n1 np1 vvd n1 ro-crq pns31 vhd vvn. (15) chapter (DIV2) 104 Image 46
761 Where o•t of those two wordes Lorde and God, he featly gather 〈 ◊ 〉 •unfutation of the hereticks, which contended that ye sonne was lesse then ye fater. Where o•t of those two words Lord and God, he featly gather 〈 ◊ 〉 •unfutation of the Heretics, which contended that you son was less then you Fater. q-crq n1 pp-f d crd n2 n1 cc np1, pns31 av-j vvi 〈 sy 〉 n1 pp-f dt n2, r-crq vvd cst pn22 n1 vbds av-dc cs pn22 n1. (15) chapter (DIV2) 104 Image 46
762 Which doctrin at that time by reason of the Arrians was in very good season set forth, Which Doctrine At that time by reason of the Arians was in very good season Set forth, r-crq n1 p-acp d n1 p-acp n1 pp-f dt n2-jn vbds p-acp av j n1 vvd av, (15) chapter (DIV2) 104 Image 46
763 but now séeing ye heresie is extīct, it taketh not so good place, neither is it very necessary. but now seeing the heresy is extinct, it Takes not so good place, neither is it very necessary. cc-acp av vvg dt n1 vbz j, pn31 vvz xx av j n1, av-dx vbz pn31 av j. (15) chapter (DIV2) 104 Image 46
764 Then forthwith he prosecuteth ye text: And he placed him in the Garden of pleasure. Then forthwith he prosecuteth you text: And he placed him in the Garden of pleasure. av av pns31 vvz pn22 n1: cc pns31 vvd pno31 p-acp dt n1 pp-f n1. (15) chapter (DIV2) 104 Image 46
765 In which words he admonisheth to be obserued, how great the mercy, care and prouidence of God is towardes mankinde. In which words he Admonisheth to be observed, how great the mercy, care and providence of God is towards mankind. p-acp r-crq n2 pns31 vvz pc-acp vbi vvn, c-crq j dt n1, n1 cc n1 pp-f np1 vbz p-acp n1. (15) chapter (DIV2) 104 Image 46
766 Afterward bicause it foloweth in the text: To thintent he should husband it and keepe it: Afterwards Because it Followeth in the text: To intent he should husband it and keep it: av c-acp pn31 vvz p-acp dt n1: p-acp n1 pns31 vmd vvi pn31 cc vvi pn31: (15) chapter (DIV2) 104 Image 46
767 he hrieflly giueth vs to vnderstand, how perilous a thing idlenesse is, and therefore, ye man ought alwayes to be occupyed about some good exercise. he hrieflly gives us to understand, how perilous a thing idleness is, and Therefore, you man ought always to be ocupied about Some good exercise. pns31 av-j vvz pno12 pc-acp vvi, c-crq j dt n1 n1 vbz, cc av, pn22 n1 vmd av pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp d j n1. (15) chapter (DIV2) 104 Image 46
768 In the same maner he procéedeth orderly as wel in that as also in many other of his sermōs. In the same manner he Proceedeth orderly as well in that as also in many other of his Sermons. p-acp dt d n1 pns31 vvz av-j c-acp av p-acp d c-acp av p-acp d n-jn pp-f po31 n2. (15) chapter (DIV2) 104 Image 46
769 Which order is founde oftentimes obserued in those sermons also yt are occupied in the explication of a part o• any booke: Which order is found oftentimes observed in those Sermons also that Are occupied in the explication of a part o• any book: r-crq n1 vbz vvn av vvn p-acp d n2 av pn31 vbr vvn p-acp dt n1 pp-f dt n1 n1 d n1: (15) chapter (DIV2) 104 Image 46
770 but chiefly when Sermons are made to the multitude, wherin are mixed diuers learned men: or that haue bene accustomed to heare diligently the scriptures expounded. but chiefly when Sermons Are made to the multitude, wherein Are mixed diverse learned men: or that have be accustomed to hear diligently the Scriptures expounded. cc-acp av-jn c-crq n2 vbr vvn p-acp dt n1, c-crq vbr vvn j j n2: cc cst vhb vbn vvn pc-acp vvi av-j dt n2 vvn. (15) chapter (DIV2) 104 Image 46
771 Which thing euery man may perceiue, that will not negligently reade ouer the homilies of the holy fathers, Chrysostom, Augustine, Gregory, Leo, Maximus. &c. by whom diuers and sundry euangelicall historyes accustomablye recited in sacred assemblies, are explaned. Which thing every man may perceive, that will not negligently read over the homilies of the holy Father's, Chrysostom, Augustine, Gregory, Leo, Maximus. etc. by whom diverse and sundry Evangelical histories accustomably recited in sacred assemblies, Are explained. r-crq n1 d n1 vmb vvi, cst vmb xx av-j vvi p-acp dt n2 pp-f dt j n2, np1, np1, np1, np1, fw-la. av p-acp ro-crq j cc j j n2 av-j vvn p-acp j n2, vbr vvn. (15) chapter (DIV2) 104 Image 46
772 But as touchinge this whole maner of collecting many and diuers places, which as distinct parts, ought orderly to be expounded, But as touching this Whole manner of collecting many and diverse places, which as distinct parts, ought orderly to be expounded, cc-acp c-acp vvg d j-jn n1 pp-f vvg d cc j n2, r-crq c-acp j n2, vmd av-j pc-acp vbi vvn, (15) chapter (DIV2) 104 Image 46
773 and some truely brieflye, and other some more at large, shall be entreated more conueniently in the seconde Booke, where, what thinges are proper and peculiar to euery kinde of sermon, we will seuerally endeuour our selues to declare. and Some truly briefly, and other Some more At large, shall be entreated more conveniently in the seconde Book, where, what things Are proper and peculiar to every kind of sermon, we will severally endeavour our selves to declare. cc d av-j av-j, cc j-jn d n1 p-acp j, vmb vbi vvn av-dc av-j p-acp dt ord n1, c-crq, q-crq n2 vbr j cc j p-acp d n1 pp-f n1, pns12 vmb av-j n1 po12 n2 pc-acp vvi. (15) chapter (DIV2) 104 Image 46
774 ¶ Of Confirmation. Cap. XII. ¶ Of Confirmation. Cap. XII. ¶ pp-f n1. np1 np1. (16) chapter (DIV2) 104 Image 46
775 COnfirmation, foloweth next after proposition or diuision, & is in very déed ye most worthy part of all the Sermon, COnfirmation, Followeth next After proposition or division, & is in very deed you most worthy part of all the Sermon, n1, vvz ord p-acp n1 cc n1, cc vbz p-acp j n1 pn22 av-ds j n1 pp-f d dt n1, (16) chapter (DIV2) 105 Image 46
776 & therfore requireth more labor, dilligence, and industry, then the other partes. & Therefore requires more labour, diligence, and industry, then the other parts. cc av vvz dc n1, n1, cc n1, cs dt j-jn n2. (16) chapter (DIV2) 105 Image 46
777 And sythe the chiefe treasurie of argumentes consisteth in this one, the mindes of all the hearers are wonte to be intentiuely fixed therevppon, And sith the chief treasury of Arguments Consisteth in this one, the minds of all the hearers Are wont to be intentively fixed thereupon, cc c-acp dt j-jn n1 pp-f n2 vvz p-acp d crd, dt n2 pp-f d dt n2 vbr j pc-acp vbi av-j vvn av, (16) chapter (DIV2) 105 Image 46
778 and euery man priuately gathereth and committeth to memory that which he supposeth to be most fruitfull. and every man privately gathereth and Committeth to memory that which he Supposeth to be most fruitful. cc d n1 av-jn vvz cc vvz p-acp n1 cst r-crq pns31 vvz pc-acp vbi av-ds j. (16) chapter (DIV2) 105 Image 46
779 But yet the handelyng therof of can not be conueighed in any one and simple forme. But yet the handling thereof of can not be conveyed in any one and simple Form. p-acp av dt n-vvg av pp-f n1 xx vbi vvn p-acp d crd cc j n1. (16) chapter (DIV2) 106 Image 46
780 For lyke as the kindes of Sermons are deuided, euen so Confirmatiōs in euery kynde be supported with peculiar places of arguments. For like as the Kinds of Sermons Are divided, even so Confirmations in every kind be supported with peculiar places of Arguments. c-acp av-j c-acp dt n2 pp-f n2 vbr vvn, av av n2 p-acp d n1 vbi vvn p-acp j n2 pp-f n2. (16) chapter (DIV2) 106 Image 46
781 Wherfore, what places they bene that are chiefly congruent to euery kinde of Sermon, shall both more largely and exactly be shewed of vs hearafter: Wherefore, what places they be that Are chiefly congruent to every kind of Sermon, shall both more largely and exactly be showed of us hearafter: c-crq, q-crq n2 pns32 vbi d vbr av-jn j p-acp d n1 pp-f n1, vmb d n1 av-j cc av-j vbi vvn pp-f pno12 av: (16) chapter (DIV2) 107 Image 46
782 Now at this present it séemeth good onely to note, as it were by the way, certaine poyntes worthy to be obserued generally in all confirmations. Now At this present it Seemeth good only to note, as it were by the Way, certain points worthy to be observed generally in all confirmations. av p-acp d vvb pn31 vvz j av-j pc-acp vvi, c-acp pn31 vbdr p-acp dt n1, j n2 j pc-acp vbi vvn av-j p-acp d n2. (16) chapter (DIV2) 107 Image 46
783 Which we in certaine chapters or obseruations orderlye digested will briefely and perspiciously comprise. Which we in certain Chapters or observations orderly digested will briefly and perspiciously comprise. r-crq pns12 p-acp j n2 cc n2 av-j vvn vmb av-j cc av-j vvi. (16) chapter (DIV2) 107 Image 47
784 I We haue admonished in the procéeding chapter, that often times in one and the selfe same Sermon, diuers and sundry places are handeled, I We have admonished in the proceeding chapter, that often times in one and the self same Sermon, diverse and sundry places Are handled, pns11 pns12 vhb vvn p-acp dt vvg n1, cst av n2 p-acp crd cc dt n1 d n1, j cc j n2 vbr vvn, (16) chapter (DIV2) 108 Image 47
785 and that passage is made frō one place to another. and that passage is made from one place to Another. cc d n1 vbz vvn p-acp crd n1 p-acp j-jn. (16) chapter (DIV2) 108 Image 47
786 But how and after what sorte these ought to be found out, gathered togither, and explaned in euery kinde, it is not now requisit to be declared. But how and After what sort these ought to be found out, gathered together, and explained in every kind, it is not now requisite to be declared. p-acp c-crq cc p-acp r-crq n1 d pi pc-acp vbi vvn av, vvd av, cc vvd p-acp d n1, pn31 vbz xx av j pc-acp vbi vvn. (16) chapter (DIV2) 108 Image 47
787 Therefore here in this first place is this to be obserued: Therefore Here in this First place is this to be observed: av av p-acp d ord n1 vbz d pc-acp vbi vvn: (16) chapter (DIV2) 108 Image 47
788 yt whether it shall be thought good to prosecute one cōmon place, or two, or thrée of the chiefes•, thorow out the whole sermon, we must principally remember, yt euery one ought to be expounded in a certaine peculyar method, that whither it shall be Thought good to prosecute one Common place, or two, or thrée of the chiefes•, thorough out the Whole sermon, we must principally Remember, that every one ought to be expounded in a certain peculiar method, pn31 cs pn31 vmb vbi vvn j pc-acp vvi crd j n1, cc crd, cc crd pp-f dt n1, p-acp av dt j-jn n1, pns12 vmb av-j vvi, pn31 d crd vmd pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp dt j j n1, (16) chapter (DIV2) 108 Image 47
789 yea and a certaine peculyar order of confirmation applyed vnto euery of them. yea and a certain peculiar order of confirmation applied unto every of them. uh cc dt j j n1 pp-f n1 vvd p-acp d pp-f pno32. (16) chapter (DIV2) 108 Image 47
790 For verely it is a playne cace of it selfe, that other arguments must be sought, For verily it is a plain case of it self, that other Arguments must be sought, p-acp av-j pn31 vbz dt j n1 pp-f pn31 n1, cst j-jn n2 vmb vbi vvn, (16) chapter (DIV2) 108 Image 47
791 and the same also otherwise digested, when we entend to infer consolation: other, when we purpose to confirme or cōuince an opiniō: and the same also otherwise digested, when we intend to infer consolation: other, when we purpose to confirm or convince an opinion: cc dt d av av vvn, c-crq pns12 vvi pc-acp vvi n1: n-jn, c-crq pns12 vvb pc-acp vvi cc vvi dt n1: (16) chapter (DIV2) 108 Image 47
792 other, when we exhort our hearers to any thing: and other when we rebuke sinne and wickednesse. other, when we exhort our hearers to any thing: and other when we rebuke sin and wickedness. n-jn, c-crq pns12 vvb po12 n2 p-acp d n1: cc j-jn c-crq pns12 vvb n1 cc n1. (16) chapter (DIV2) 108 Image 47
793 Therfore to one & the selfe same Sermon according to the diuersitie of places, or parts, it is necessary that a diuers practise and cunning be applyed and annexed. Therefore to one & the self same Sermon according to the diversity of places, or parts, it is necessary that a diverse practice and cunning be applied and annexed. av p-acp crd cc dt n1 d n1 vvg p-acp dt n1 pp-f n2, cc n2, pn31 vbz j cst dt j n1 cc n-jn vbi vvd cc vvn. (16) chapter (DIV2) 108 Image 47
794 II Now what place soeuer thou takest in hand beware that thou so handle the same, II Now what place soever thou Takest in hand beware that thou so handle the same, crd av q-crq n1 av pns21 vv2 p-acp n1 vvi cst pns21 av vvi dt d, (16) chapter (DIV2) 109 Image 47
795 as that for the present state of things, it nay (in thy iudgement) be most expedient. as that for the present state of things, it nay (in thy judgement) be most expedient. c-acp cst p-acp dt j n1 pp-f n2, pn31 uh-x (p-acp po21 n1) vbi av-ds j. (16) chapter (DIV2) 109 Image 47
796 For vndoubtedly, common custom and daily maners, the tranquilytie, or preturbation of the church, vices euery where growing and increasing, the forme and state of the cōmon wealth, the constitution of the whole citie, doe oftentimes require, that thou vse a new forme and maner of speakinge. For undoubtedly, Common custom and daily manners, the tranquilytie, or perturbation of the Church, vices every where growing and increasing, the Form and state of the Common wealth, the constitution of the Whole City, do oftentimes require, that thou use a new Form and manner of speaking. p-acp av-j, j n1 cc j n2, dt n1, cc n1 pp-f dt n1, n2 d c-crq vvg cc vvg, dt n1 cc n1 pp-f dt j n1, dt n1 pp-f dt j-jn n1, vdb av vvi, cst pns21 vvb dt j n1 cc n1 pp-f vvg. (16) chapter (DIV2) 109 Image 47
797 For of cities, thou shalt sée one florishe with the Princes Courte, an other illustrated with the high Senate house and chiefe counsayle of the whole Region, in an other a noble and famous Schoole, For of cities, thou shalt see one flourish with the Princes Court, an other illustrated with the high Senate house and chief counsel of the Whole Region, in an other a noble and famous School, p-acp pp-f n2, pns21 vm2 vvi pi vvi p-acp dt ng1 n1, dt n-jn vvn p-acp dt j n1 n1 cc j-jn n1 pp-f dt j-jn n1, p-acp dt j-jn dt j cc j n1, (16) chapter (DIV2) 109 Image 47
798 an other notable thorowe some Marte or Market, in an other • companye of noble and ritche menne, an other notable thorough Some Mars or Market, in an other • company of noble and rich men, dt j-jn j p-acp d np1 cc n1, p-acp dt j-jn • n1 pp-f j cc j n2, (16) chapter (DIV2) 109 Image 47
799 an other to be inhabited with a great number of artificers an other to nourysh and sustaine many souldiours (such as are placed for continuall garrisons in the borders of kingdomes and prouinces) an other to be frequented of citizens wherof the greater part is giuen to husbandry, to be short, in an other, some other kinde of men to abounde and beare rule. an other to be inhabited with a great number of artificers an other to nourish and sustain many Soldiers (such as Are placed for continual garrisons in the borders of kingdoms and Provinces) an other to be frequented of Citizens whereof the greater part is given to Husbandry, to be short, in an other, Some other kind of men to abound and bear Rule. dt n-jn p-acp vbb vvn p-acp dt j n1 pp-f n2 dt j-jn pc-acp vvi cc vvi d n2 (d c-acp vbr vvn p-acp j n2 p-acp dt n2 pp-f n2 cc n2) dt n-jn pc-acp vbi vvn pp-f n2 c-crq dt jc n1 vbz vvn p-acp n1, pc-acp vbi j, p-acp dt n-jn, d j-jn n1 pp-f n2 pc-acp vvi cc vvi n1. (16) chapter (DIV2) 109 Image 47
800 Therefore, so farre forth as is possible, it is requisyte that thou accomodate the whole comming and experience in expounding of common places, to the maners and conditions of the people that are present, Therefore, so Far forth as is possible, it is requisyte that thou accommodate the Whole coming and experience in expounding of Common places, to the manners and conditions of the people that Are present, av, av av-j av a-acp vbz j, pn31 vbz n1 cst pns21 vvi dt j-jn n-vvg cc n1 p-acp vvg pp-f j n2, p-acp dt n2 cc n2 pp-f dt n1 cst vbr j, (16) chapter (DIV2) 110 Image 47
801 and to the state of the whole Citie: and to the state of the Whole city: cc p-acp dt n1 pp-f dt j-jn n1: (16) chapter (DIV2) 110 Image 47
802 namely so, that examples, similitudes, comparisons, Item reprehensions of vices and enormities, be in such sorte prepared and handeled, namely so, that Examples, Similitudes, comparisons, Item reprehensions of vices and enormities, be in such sort prepared and handled, av av, cst n2, n2, n2, n1 n2 pp-f n2 cc n2, vbb p-acp d n1 vvn cc vvn, (16) chapter (DIV2) 110 Image 47
803 as that it is most lykely, they shall best perceiue them. To thaccomplyshing of which thing we haue néede of a certaine cyuill policye and prudence. as that it is most likely, they shall best perceive them. To thaccomplyshing of which thing we have need of a certain civil policy and prudence. c-acp cst pn31 vbz av-ds j, pns32 vmb js vvi pno32. p-acp vvg pp-f r-crq n1 pns12 vhb n1 pp-f dt j j n1 cc n1. (16) chapter (DIV2) 110 Image 47
804 III It is a very common matter with Chrysostom and other holy fathers, whē they take in hand any other place at large, to expounde in the beginninge with apparaunt wordes the summe of the whole busines, III It is a very Common matter with Chrysostom and other holy Father's, when they take in hand any other place At large, to expound in the begin with apparent words the sum of the Whole business, np1 pn31 vbz dt av j n1 p-acp np1 cc j-jn j n2, c-crq pns32 vvb p-acp n1 d j-jn n1 p-acp j, pc-acp vvi p-acp dt n-vvg p-acp j n2 dt n1 pp-f dt j-jn n1, (16) chapter (DIV2) 111 Image 47
805 and euidentlye to interprete the same, to the intent all the hearers may perceiue what theyr meaning is, and evidently to interpret the same, to the intent all the hearers may perceive what their meaning is, cc av-j pc-acp vvi dt d, p-acp dt n1 d dt n2 vmb vvi r-crq po32 n1 vbz, (16) chapter (DIV2) 111 Image 47
806 and whither that parte of their sermon doe tende. and whither that part of their sermon do tend. cc c-crq d n1 pp-f po32 n1 vdb vvi. (16) chapter (DIV2) 111 Image 47
807 IIII Somtime also they render a reason of their deuice, and shew how necessary and profitable it is for them to entreat presently of that very matter and argument. IIII Sometime also they render a reason of their device, and show how necessary and profitable it is for them to entreat presently of that very matter and argument. crd av av pns32 vvb dt n1 pp-f po32 n1, cc vvb c-crq j cc j pn31 vbz p-acp pno32 pc-acp vvi av-j pp-f d j n1 cc n1. (16) chapter (DIV2) 112 Image 47
808 V Herevpon they gather togither certayne speciall proofes, taken out of the sacred Scriptures, and doe brieflye declare how they agrée to their purpose, V Hereupon they gather together certain special proofs, taken out of the sacred Scriptures, and do briefly declare how they agree to their purpose, crd av pns32 vvb av j j n2, vvn av pp-f dt j n2, cc vdb av-j vvi c-crq pns32 vvb p-acp po32 n1, (16) chapter (DIV2) 113 Image 47
809 whether they be prepared to proue or confute an opinion, or to moue and exhort. whither they be prepared to prove or confute an opinion, or to move and exhort. cs pns32 vbb vvn pc-acp vvi cc vvi dt n1, cc pc-acp vvi cc vvi. (16) chapter (DIV2) 113 Image 47
810 VI But as touching the order of proofes, the Rhetorytians, haue giuen precepts, that the firste and last place is to be giuen to the most effectual, VI But as touching the order of proofs, the Rhetorytians, have given Precepts, that the First and last place is to be given to the most effectual, crd p-acp c-acp vvg dt n1 pp-f n2, dt n2, vhb vvn n2, cst dt ord cc ord n1 vbz pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp dt av-ds j, (16) chapter (DIV2) 114 Image 47
811 & the slendrest to be placed in the middest: & the slenderest to be placed in the midst: cc dt js pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp dt n1: (16) chapter (DIV2) 114 Image 47
812 but surely we perceiue that the holy Fathers haue vsed herein theyr lybertye, and accordynge to the qualytie of their businesse, haue diuersly disposed their proofes. but surely we perceive that the holy Father's have used herein their liberty, and according to the qualytie of their business, have diversely disposed their proofs. cc-acp av-j pns12 vvb cst dt j n2 vhb vvn av po32 n1, cc vvg p-acp dt n1 pp-f po32 n1, vhb av-j vvn po32 n2. (16) chapter (DIV2) 114 Image 48
813 Wherefore we will héere prescribe nothyng at all, but onely admonishe, that no man bring forth any without iudgement. Wherefore we will Here prescribe nothing At all, but only admonish, that no man bring forth any without judgement. c-crq pns12 vmb av vvi pix p-acp d, cc-acp av-j vvi, cst dx n1 vvi av d p-acp n1. (16) chapter (DIV2) 114 Image 48
814 VII Nowe and then also one or other proofe (if peraduenture there be any that séeme to be obseure, VII Now and then also one or other proof (if Peradventure there be any that seem to be obseure, crd av cc av av crd cc j-jn n1 (cs av pc-acp vbi d cst vvb pc-acp vbi n1, (16) chapter (DIV2) 115 Image 48
815 or if we couet to haue any, as most firme and cléere, to be déepely fixed and setled in the mindes of our hearers) is somwhat more fully and euidently to be discussed and examyned. or if we covet to have any, as most firm and clear, to be deeply fixed and settled in the minds of our hearers) is somewhat more Fully and evidently to be discussed and examined. cc cs pns12 vvb pc-acp vhi d, c-acp ds j cc j, pc-acp vbi av-jn vvn cc vvn p-acp dt n2 pp-f po12 n2) vbz av av-dc av-j cc av-j pc-acp vbi vvn cc vvn. (16) chapter (DIV2) 115 Image 48
816 VIII Then after may be mingled similitudes of all sortes, hat is to saye, scraped togither out of affayres politike, domesticall, VIII Then After may be mingled Similitudes of all sorts, hat is to say, scraped together out of affairs politic, domestical, crd av c-acp vmb vbi vvn n2 pp-f d n2, n1 vbz pc-acp vvi, vvn av av pp-f n2 j, j, (16) chapter (DIV2) 116 Image 48
817 and dayly actions of men, yea and of all kynde of thinges as well in life, and daily actions of men, yea and of all kind of things as well in life, cc j n2 pp-f n2, uh cc pp-f d n1 pp-f n2 c-acp av p-acp n1, (16) chapter (DIV2) 116 Image 48
818 as without life, which doe both bring excéedinge much light, and also are most apt of all other to teache and enstructe the common people. as without life, which do both bring exceeding much Light, and also Are most apt of all other to teach and enstructe the Common people. c-acp p-acp n1, r-crq vdb d vvi vvg d n1, cc av vbr av-ds j pp-f d n-jn pc-acp vvi cc vvi dt j n1. (16) chapter (DIV2) 116 Image 48
819 Thou shalt finde very few Sermons in Chrysostom, in which are not a number of similitudes, Thou shalt find very few Sermons in Chrysostom, in which Are not a number of Similitudes, pns21 vm2 vvi av d n2 p-acp np1, p-acp r-crq vbr xx dt n1 pp-f n2, (16) chapter (DIV2) 116 Image 48
820 and that in euery part of his Sermon, conteyned. Neither may and man lightly be compared vnto him in this practise. and that in every part of his Sermon, contained. Neither may and man lightly be compared unto him in this practice. cc cst p-acp d n1 pp-f po31 n1, vvn. av-d vmb cc n1 av-j vbi vvn p-acp pno31 p-acp d n1. (16) chapter (DIV2) 116 Image 48
821 So also are the Sermons of Christ and the Prophets to be séene, bewtified and adorned with the frequency of similitudes or parables. So also Are the Sermons of christ and the prophets to be seen, beautified and adorned with the frequency of Similitudes or parables. av av vbr dt n2 pp-f np1 cc dt n2 pc-acp vbi vvn, vvn cc vvn p-acp dt n1 pp-f n2 cc n2. (16) chapter (DIV2) 117 Image 48
822 IX Opportunely next are adioyned certaine examples or historyes taken out of the sacred Scriptures, wherin is declared the trueth and certayntie of that thinge whiche we chiefely couet to inculcate, and make knowen. IX Opportunely next Are adjoined certain Examples or histories taken out of the sacred Scriptures, wherein is declared the truth and certainty of that thing which we chiefly covet to inculcate, and make known. crd av-j ord vbr vvn j n2 cc n2 vvn av pp-f dt j n2, c-crq vbz vvn dt n1 cc n1 pp-f d n1 r-crq pns12 av-jn vvb p-acp vvb, cc vvi vvn. (16) chapter (DIV2) 118 Image 48
823 For the very rude, senseles, and vnciuill people also doe easely vnderstand histories, and euen with a certayne pleasure heare them. For the very rude, senseless, and Uncivil people also do Easily understand histories, and even with a certain pleasure hear them. p-acp dt j j, j, cc j n1 av vdb av-j vvi n2, cc av p-acp dt j n1 vvi pno32. (16) chapter (DIV2) 118 Image 48
824 X If it be thought conuenient, now and then, some hystory, by adding amplyfications, or deducing out of it some s•raunge probations, more delectable to the eare is set forth to the hearers. X If it be Thought convenient, now and then, Some history, by adding amplyfications, or deducing out of it Some s•raunge probations, more delectable to the ear is Set forth to the hearers. crd cs pn31 vbb vvn j, av cc av, d n1, p-acp vvg n2, cc vvg av pp-f pn31 d j n2, av-dc j p-acp dt n1 vbz vvn av p-acp dt n2. (16) chapter (DIV2) 119 Image 48
825 In which practise, how skilful Chrysostome was, each man may perceiue, as well in other places as also by his homily. In which practice, how skilful Chrysostom was, each man may perceive, as well in other places as also by his homily. p-acp r-crq n1, c-crq j np1 vbds, d n1 vmb vvi, c-acp av p-acp j-jn n2 c-acp av p-acp po31 n1. (16) chapter (DIV2) 119 Image 48
826 19. to the husbandmen, & touching othes to be eschued, where he declareth the history of king Esechias, vanquisshed & taken prysoner of Nabuchodonosor kinge of Babilon, by reason of his othe and promise violated and broken. 19. to the husbandmen, & touching Oaths to be Eschewed, where he Declareth the history of King Hezekiah, vanquished & taken prisoner of Nebuchadnezzar King of Babylon, by reason of his other and promise violated and broken. crd p-acp dt n2, cc vvg n2 pc-acp vbi vvn, c-crq pns31 vvz dt n1 pp-f n1 np1, vvn cc vvn n1 pp-f np1 n1 pp-f np1, p-acp n1 pp-f po31 n1 cc n1 vvn cc vvn. (16) chapter (DIV2) 119 Image 48
827 XI After proufes and examples alledged out of ye Scriptures, somtimes may rightly be added to other proufes also apt to winne credit, XI After proofs and Examples alleged out of the Scriptures, sometimes may rightly be added to other proofs also apt to win credit, crd p-acp n2 cc n2 vvn av pp-f dt n2, av vmb av-jn vbi vvn p-acp j-jn n2 av j pc-acp vvi n1, (16) chapter (DIV2) 120 Image 48
828 and perswade, whiche by the very sence of nature, or by the iudgement of Phylosophye, or of humane reason, doe brynge with them probabilytie and lykelyhod. and persuade, which by the very sense of nature, or by the judgement of Philosophy, or of humane reason, do bring with them probabilytie and lykelyhod. cc vvi, r-crq p-acp dt j n1 pp-f n1, cc p-acp dt n1 pp-f n1, cc pp-f j n1, vdb vvi p-acp pno32 n1 cc n1. (16) chapter (DIV2) 120 Image 48
829 Of which kinde is it, that Chrysostom and other of the fathers do successiuely inculcate many things, touching the frame of the world, Of which kind is it, that Chrysostom and other of the Father's do successively inculcate many things, touching the frame of the world, pp-f r-crq n1 vbz pn31, cst np1 cc n-jn pp-f dt n2 vdb av-j vvb d n2, vvg dt n1 pp-f dt n1, (16) chapter (DIV2) 120 Image 48
830 and the wonderfull bewty thereof, of diuers and sundry creatures, and the effects of the same, and the wonderful beauty thereof, of diverse and sundry creatures, and the effects of the same, cc dt j n1 av, pp-f j cc j n2, cc dt n2 pp-f dt d, (16) chapter (DIV2) 120 Image 48
831 and out of these do collect a manifold doctrin, of the good wil of God towarde vs, and out of these do collect a manifold Doctrine, of the good will of God toward us, cc av pp-f d vdb vvi dt j n1, pp-f dt j n1 pp-f np1 p-acp pno12, (16) chapter (DIV2) 120 Image 48
832 or of our duties both towardes God and towards our neighbour, Agayne, somtimes (and yet scarcely) the opinions and sentences of philosophers and poets are alledged and brought forth. or of our duties both towards God and towards our neighbour, Again, sometimes (and yet scarcely) the opinions and sentences of Philosophers and Poets Are alleged and brought forth. cc pp-f po12 n2 av-d p-acp np1 cc p-acp po12 n1, av, av (cc av av-j) dt n2 cc n2 pp-f n2 cc n2 vbr vvn cc vvd av. (16) chapter (DIV2) 120 Image 48
833 But least any man should despise that which we héere say, as a thing either fryuolous or suspicious, we haue examples of this study and dilygence set forth in the sacred scriptures. But least any man should despise that which we Here say, as a thing either frivolous or suspicious, we have Examples of this study and diligence Set forth in the sacred Scriptures. p-acp ds d n1 vmd vvi d r-crq pns12 av vvb, c-acp dt n1 av-d j cc j, pns12 vhb n2 pp-f d n1 cc n1 vvd av p-acp dt j n2. (16) chapter (DIV2) 120 Image 48
834 For next after the Prophets vsing oftentimes reasons deriued of nature, we may see Christ himselfe to preache of grasse, of Lilies, of Sparowes. &c. and out of these thinges to proue, For next After the prophets using oftentimes Reasons derived of nature, we may see christ himself to preach of grass, of Lilies, of Sparrows. etc. and out of these things to prove, p-acp ord p-acp dt n2 vvg av n2 vvn pp-f n1, pns12 vmb vvi np1 px31 pc-acp vvi pp-f n1, pp-f n2, pp-f n2. av cc av pp-f d n2 pc-acp vvi, (16) chapter (DIV2) 120 Image 48
835 how admyrable the prouidence of God is in the furniture and preseruation of all thinges. how admyrable the providence of God is in the furniture and preservation of all things. c-crq j dt n1 pp-f np1 vbz p-acp dt n1 cc n1 pp-f d n2. (16) chapter (DIV2) 120 Image 48
836 The Apostle Paule. 1. Cor. 11. Nature it selfe (saieth he) teacheth you this, that to a man, The Apostle Paul. 1. Cor. 11. Nature it self (Saith he) Teaches you this, that to a man, dt n1 np1. crd np1 crd n1 pn31 n1 (vvz pns31) vvz pn22 d, cst p-acp dt n1, (16) chapter (DIV2) 121 Image 48
837 if he haue longe haire, it is a reproche: if he have long hair, it is a reproach: cs pns31 vhb av-j n1, pn31 vbz dt n1: (16) chapter (DIV2) 121 Image 48
838 contrariwise to a womā, if she haue long haire, it is a praise, for so much as hir haire is giuē hir for a couer. contrariwise to a woman, if she have long hair, it is a praise, for so much as his hair is given his for a cover. av p-acp dt n1, cs pns31 vhb j n1, pn31 vbz dt n1, c-acp av av-d p-acp png31 n1 vbz vvn pno31 p-acp dt n1. (16) chapter (DIV2) 121 Image 48
839 In the same Epistle Chap. 15. prouing the opinion touching the resurrection of the body, he produceth examples of séede cast into the earth, In the same Epistle Chap. 15. proving the opinion touching the resurrection of the body, he Produceth Examples of seed cast into the earth, p-acp dt d n1 np1 crd vvg dt n1 vvg dt n1 pp-f dt n1, pns31 vvz n2 pp-f n1 vvn p-acp dt n1, (16) chapter (DIV2) 121 Image 48
840 and there putting on a newe forme or fashion. and there putting on a new Form or fashion. cc a-acp vvg p-acp dt j n1 cc n1. (16) chapter (DIV2) 121 Image 48
841 Then of the diuersitie of flesh, where he distinguisheth the flesh of men, of beastes, of fishes, of foules: Then of the diversity of Flesh, where he Distinguisheth the Flesh of men, of beasts, of Fish, of fowls: av pp-f dt n1 pp-f n1, c-crq pns31 vvz dt n1 pp-f n2, pp-f n2, pp-f n2, pp-f n2: (16) chapter (DIV2) 121 Image 48
842 and also of bodies, wherof he maketh some celestiall other s•me terrestriall. and also of bodies, whereof he makes Some celestial other s•me terrestrial. cc av pp-f n2, c-crq pns31 vvz d j j-jn n1 j. (16) chapter (DIV2) 121 Image 48
843 The same apostle in ye Acts cap. •7. alledgeth halfe a verse out of the poet AEratus. 1. Cor. 15. a verse out of the Comical poet Menader, to Titus, Cap. 1. an other verse out of Epimenides. The same apostle in you Acts cap. •7. allegeth half a verse out of the poet AEratus. 1. Cor. 15. a verse out of the Comical poet Menader, to Titus, Cap. 1. an other verse out of Epimenides. dt d n1 p-acp pn22 n2 n1. n1. vvz j-jn dt n1 av pp-f dt n1 np1. crd np1 crd dt n1 av pp-f dt j n1 n1, p-acp np1, np1 crd dt j-jn n1 av pp-f np1. (16) chapter (DIV2) 122 Image 49
844 And albeit it is not conuenient to take witnes & tryall of those whom we know to be estraunged from our relygion, And albeit it is not convenient to take witness & trial of those whom we know to be estranged from our Religion, cc cs pn31 vbz xx j pc-acp vvi n1 cc n1 pp-f d ro-crq pns12 vvb pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp po12 n1, (16) chapter (DIV2) 123 Image 49
845 yet as we saide, is it tollerable, so that it be done sparinglye and selde, yet as we said, is it tolerable, so that it be done sparingly and selde, av c-acp pns12 vvd, vbz pn31 j, av cst pn31 vbb vdn av-vvg cc av, (16) chapter (DIV2) 123 Image 49
846 and to conuince stifnecked and harde harted men, further, in vsing now and then, this cantion, to saye that we vsurpe those kinde of reasons deryued of mans wisdome, to the entent christian hearers may be ashamed of their ignoraunce, slouth, dulnesse, incredulitie, and to convince Stiffnecked and harden hearted men, further, in using now and then, this cantion, to say that we usurp those kind of Reasons deryued of men Wisdom, to the intent christian hearers may be ashamed of their ignorance, sloth, dulness, incredulity, cc pc-acp vvi j cc j j-vvn n2, av-jc, p-acp vvg av cc av, d n1, pc-acp vvi cst pns12 vvi d n1 pp-f n2 vvn pp-f ng1 n1, p-acp dt n1 njp n2 vmb vbi j pp-f po32 n1, n1, n1, n1, (16) chapter (DIV2) 123 Image 49
847 or that they maye knowe themselues to be conuicted euen of the heathen and prophane sort vtterly voyde of all spirytuall knowledge. or that they may know themselves to be convicted even of the heathen and profane sort utterly void of all spiritual knowledge. cc cst pns32 vmb vvi px32 pc-acp vbi j-vvn av pp-f dt j-jn cc j n1 av-j j pp-f d j n1. (16) chapter (DIV2) 123 Image 49
848 Which thing truely we haue obserued now and then to be vsually done of the fathers immitatinge the Prophetes, Christ and Thappostles. Which thing truly we have observed now and then to be usually done of the Father's imitating the prophets, christ and Thappostles. r-crq n1 av-j pns12 vhb vvn av cc av pc-acp vbi av-j vdn pp-f dt n2 vvg dt n2, np1 cc np1. (16) chapter (DIV2) 123 Image 49
849 Chrysostome in his homily 28. touching swearing to be auoyded. Chrysostom in his homily 28. touching swearing to be avoided. np1 p-acp po31 n1 crd vvg n-vvg pc-acp vbi vvn. (16) chapter (DIV2) 123 Image 49
850 After that ye can not (saith he) be perswaded by the scriptures, I will admonishe you by forreine and externall examples. After that you can not (Says he) be persuaded by the Scriptures, I will admonish you by foreign and external Examples. p-acp cst pn22 vmb xx (vvz pns31) vbb vvn p-acp dt n2, pns11 vmb vvi pn22 p-acp j cc j n2. (16) chapter (DIV2) 123 Image 49
851 This dyd God also among the Iewes saying: This did God also among the Iewes saying: d vdd np1 av p-acp dt npg1 vvg: (16) chapter (DIV2) 123 Image 49
852 Goe into the Ilandes Cethim and Kedar, sende and knowe, if that nation haue chauned hir Gods, which neuerthelesse ore no Gods. And vnto the brute beasts he oftetimes sendeth them, thus sayinge: Go into the Islands Cethim and Kedar, send and know, if that Nation have chanced his God's, which nevertheless over no God's And unto the brutus beasts he oftentimes sends them, thus saying: vvb p-acp dt n2 np1 cc np1, vvb cc vvi, cs d n1 vhb vvd po31 n2, r-crq av n1 dx n2 cc p-acp dt n1 n2 pns31 av vvz pno32, av vvg: (16) chapter (DIV2) 123 Image 49
853 Goe to the Ante and the Bee thou sluggard. This therfore will I now say vnto you. Go to the Ante and the Bee thou sluggard. This Therefore will I now say unto you. vvb p-acp dt n1 cc dt n1 pns21 n1. np1 av vmb pns11 av vvb p-acp pn22. (16) chapter (DIV2) 123 Image 49
854 Remember the Gentile Philosophers, and then shall yée knowe, of howe great punyshement wée are worthy, that despise and contemne the lawes of God. This hée. remember the Gentile Philosophers, and then shall the know, of how great punishment we Are worthy, that despise and contemn the laws of God. This he. np1 dt j n2, cc av vmb pn22 vvi, pp-f c-crq j n1 pns12 vbr j, cst vvb cc vvi dt n2 pp-f np1. d pns31. (16) chapter (DIV2) 124 Image 49
855 And to this ende and purpose also the Apostle séemeth to speake of the Cretensians. A certaine Prophet of their owne Countrie, saide: And to this end and purpose also the Apostle Seemeth to speak of the Cretans. A certain Prophet of their own Country, said: cc p-acp d n1 cc n1 av dt n1 vvz pc-acp vvi pp-f dt n2. dt j n1 pp-f po32 d n1, vvd: (16) chapter (DIV2) 125 Image 49
856 That the Cretes, are alwaies liers, euil beastes, and slowe bellies. This testimony is true, wherefore rebuke them sharpely. That the Cretes, Are always liers, evil beasts, and slow bellies. This testimony is true, Wherefore rebuke them sharply. cst dt n2-jn, vbr av n2, j-jn n2, cc j n2. d n1 vbz j, q-crq vvb pno32 av-j. (16) chapter (DIV2) 125 Image 49
857 XII. Sometimes thou shalt see in the middest of the discourse a certaine briefe digression to bée made, wherein either vices are reproued or exhortation is framed vnto vertue. XII. Sometime thou shalt see in the midst of the discourse a certain brief digression to been made, wherein either vices Are reproved or exhortation is framed unto virtue. np1. av pns21 vm2 vvi p-acp dt n1 pp-f dt n1 dt j j n1 pc-acp vbi vvn, c-crq d n2 vbr vvn cc n1 vbz vvn p-acp n1. (16) chapter (DIV2) 126 Image 49
858 Which Digressions very opportunely and wyth a certaine grace also are accustomed oftentymes to slyppe from those that haue not premedicated afore what to speake. Which Digressions very opportunely and with a certain grace also Are accustomed oftentimes to slip from those that have not premedicated afore what to speak. r-crq n2 av av-j cc p-acp dt j n1 av vbr vvn av pc-acp vvi p-acp d cst vhb xx vvn p-acp r-crq pc-acp vvi. (16) chapter (DIV2) 126 Image 49
859 XIII. Lastly, yt which remayneth is bestowed in mouinge of affections; XIII. Lastly, that which remaineth is bestowed in moving of affections; np1. ord, pn31 r-crq vvz vbz vvn p-acp vvg pp-f n2; (16) chapter (DIV2) 127 Image 49
860 to the entent all men maye the more willingly and cher•fully imbrace the sūme and effect of the argument or common place of vs handeled, to the intent all men may the more willingly and cher•fully embrace the sum and Effect of the argument or Common place of us handled, p-acp dt n1 d n2 vmb dt av-dc av-j cc av-j vvi dt n1 cc n1 pp-f dt n1 cc j n1 pp-f pno12 vvd, (16) chapter (DIV2) 127 Image 49
861 and that béeinge drawen after a sorte to consent vnto vs, they may cary aboute the same perpetually imprinted in their myndes. and that being drawn After a sort to consent unto us, they may carry about the same perpetually imprinted in their minds. cc cst vbg vvn p-acp dt n1 pc-acp vvi p-acp pno12, pns32 vmb vvi p-acp dt d av-j vvn p-acp po32 n2. (16) chapter (DIV2) 127 Image 49
862 This therefore is a certayne common and simple forme of findinge out, collectinge, and disposinge of proufes, a•te to expounde and declare common places in sacred Sermons (howsoeuer it bée of vs set forth) which wee perceyue to haue bene oftentymes vsed, not onely of the auncient fathers of great o••imation, This Therefore is a certain Common and simple Form of finding out, collecting, and disposing of proofs, a•te to expound and declare Common places in sacred Sermons (howsoever it been of us Set forth) which we perceive to have be oftentimes used, not only of the ancient Father's of great o••imation, np1 av vbz dt j j cc j n1 pp-f vvg av, vvg, cc vvg pp-f n2, j pc-acp vvi cc vvi j n2 p-acp j n2 (c-acp pn31 vbi pp-f pno12 vvi av) r-crq pns12 vvb pc-acp vhi vbn av vvn, xx av-j pp-f dt j-jn n2 pp-f j n1, (16) chapter (DIV2) 128 Image 49
863 but also of the holy prophetes and Apostle•, lyke as wáe haue al•eady shewed. but also of the holy Prophets and Apostle•, like as wáe have al•eady showed. cc-acp av pp-f dt j n2 cc np1, av-j c-acp n1 vhb av vvn. (16) chapter (DIV2) 128 Image 49
864 It fauoreth of no running at all, there is nothinge in it artificially deuised, yet neuerthelesse to the cōmon course of nature, It favoureth of no running At all, there is nothing in it artificially devised, yet nevertheless to the Common course of nature, pn31 vvz pp-f dx n-vvg p-acp d, pc-acp vbz pix p-acp pn31 av-j vvn, av av p-acp dt j n1 pp-f n1, (16) chapter (DIV2) 129 Image 49
865 and the playne simplicitie of the multitude, it serueth inespecially & agréeth more the any other. and the plain simplicity of the multitude, it serveth inespecially & agreeth more the any other. cc dt j n1 pp-f dt n1, pn31 vvz av-j cc vvz av-dc dt d n-jn. (16) chapter (DIV2) 129 Image 49
866 Wherfore it is not to bée contemned or neglected, chiefely séeinge, as an Orator, euen so it becommeth also a Preacher, alwayes to auoyde, Wherefore it is not to been contemned or neglected, chiefly seeing, as an Orator, even so it becomes also a Preacher, always to avoid, c-crq pn31 vbz xx pc-acp vbi vvn cc vvn, av-jn vvg, c-acp dt n1, av av pn31 vvz av dt n1, av pc-acp vvi, (16) chapter (DIV2) 129 Image 49
867 so much as in him lyeth, the suspicion of ouer much cunninge and curiositie. so much as in him lies, the suspicion of over much cunning and curiosity. av av-d c-acp p-acp pno31 vvz, dt n1 pp-f p-acp d j-jn cc n1. (16) chapter (DIV2) 129 Image 49
868 Nowe there be two thinges (to the intent I may addde this also by the way) where with a man shal bée furthered very much to thatteyninge of this easye order of popular Teaching. Now there be two things (to the intent I may addde this also by the Way) where with a man shall been furthered very much to thatteyninge of this easy order of popular Teaching. av pc-acp vbi crd n2 (p-acp dt n1 pns11 vmb j d av p-acp dt n1) c-crq p-acp dt n1 vmb vbi vvn av av-d p-acp vvg pp-f d j n1 pp-f j vvg. (16) chapter (DIV2) 130 Image 49
869 The former is, that, after the Sermons of the Prophetes, Christ, and Thapostles, (wherevnto alwayes ye first place and dignitie is due) hée accustom diligently and with sharpe dyindication of the partes thereof, to peruse 〈 ◊ 〉 the Homilies of certayne of the fathers, The former is, that, After the Sermons of the prophets, christ, and Apostles, (whereunto always the First place and dignity is due) he accustom diligently and with sharp dyindication of the parts thereof, to peruse 〈 ◊ 〉 the Homilies of certain of the Father's, dt j vbz, cst, p-acp dt n2 pp-f dt n2, np1, cc n2, (c-crq av dt ord n1 cc n1 vbz j-jn) pns31 vvi av-j cc p-acp j n1 pp-f dt n2 av, pc-acp vvi 〈 sy 〉 dt n2 pp-f j pp-f dt n2, (16) chapter (DIV2) 131 Image 49
870 but chiefly about the rest o• Iohn Chrysostom. but chiefly about the rest o• John Chrysostom. cc-acp av-jn p-acp dt n1 n1 np1 np1. (16) chapter (DIV2) 131 Image 49
871 Yet can wee not dissemble, but that the doinges of Chrysostom so often of vs commended, are to bee reade with great discretion, warely, Yet can we not dissemble, but that the doings of Chrysostom so often of us commended, Are to be read with great discretion, warily, av vmb pns12 xx vvi, cc-acp cst dt n2-vdg pp-f np1 av av pp-f pno12 vvd, vbr pc-acp vbi vvd p-acp j n1, av-j, (16) chapter (DIV2) 132 Image 50
872 and not saue of those that haue afore bene well exercised in the principall common places of Christian doctrine. and not save of those that have afore be well exercised in the principal Common places of Christian Doctrine. cc xx vvi pp-f d cst vhb a-acp vbn av vvn p-acp dt n-jn j n2 pp-f njp n1. (16) chapter (DIV2) 132 Image 50
873 Which thinge also is mée to to bée vnderstood of the Commentaries of other holy Fathers, Which thing also is me to to been understood of the Commentaries of other holy Father's, r-crq n1 av vbz pno11 p-acp pc-acp vbi vvn pp-f dt n2 pp-f j-jn j n2, (16) chapter (DIV2) 132 Image 50
874 lyke as S. Augustine also in his workes, wisheth ye readerse to vse their censure and iudgement, like as S. Augustine also in his works, wishes you readerse to use their censure and judgement, av-j c-acp n1 np1 av p-acp po31 n2, vvz pn22 vvb pc-acp vvi po32 n1 cc n1, (16) chapter (DIV2) 132 Image 50
875 as maye be séene in his Epistle. 7. to Marcellinus. 19. to Hieronimus, 3. to Fortunatianus. as may be seen in his Epistle. 7. to Marcellinus. 19. to Jerome, 3. to Fortunatianus. c-acp vmb vbi vvn p-acp po31 n1. crd p-acp np1. crd p-acp np1, crd p-acp np1. (16) chapter (DIV2) 132 Image 50
876 The later is, whosoeuer coueteth at any tyme to preach readily and to the purpose, him it behoueth to gather togither, The later is, whosoever covets At any time to preach readily and to the purpose, him it behooves to gather together, dt jc vbz, r-crq vvz p-acp d n1 pc-acp vvi av-j cc p-acp dt n1, pno31 pn31 vvz pc-acp vvi av, (16) chapter (DIV2) 133 Image 50
877 and to note in paper bookes, as many both sentences and examples out of the holy canonicall Scriptures as is possible, touchinge all the common places belonginge to the whole course of Diuintie, which may at all tymes, and to note in paper books, as many both sentences and Examples out of the holy canonical Scriptures as is possible, touching all the Common places belonging to the Whole course of Divinity, which may At all times, cc pc-acp vvi p-acp n1 n2, c-acp d d n2 cc n2 av pp-f dt j j n2 c-acp vbz j, vvg d dt j n2 vvg p-acp dt j-jn n1 pp-f n1, r-crq vmb p-acp d n2, (16) chapter (DIV2) 133 Image 50
878 and vnto euery argumente proposed, stande him in steade, and be in a readinesse. and unto every argument proposed, stand him in stead, and be in a readiness. cc p-acp d n1 vvn, vvb pno31 p-acp n1, cc vbb p-acp dt n1. (16) chapter (DIV2) 133 Image 50
879 Hée verily must dilligently trauayle in both these poyntes, that desyreth at any tyme with plentifull fruite of the spirite to enstruct the people vnto godlynesse in the Church of Christ. He verily must diligently travail in both these points, that desireth At any time with plentiful fruit of the Spirit to enstruct the people unto godliness in the Church of christ. pns31 av-j vmb av-j vvi p-acp d d n2, cst vvz p-acp d n1 p-acp j n1 pp-f dt n1 pc-acp vvi dt n1 p-acp n1 p-acp dt n1 pp-f np1. (16) chapter (DIV2) 133 Image 50
880 ¶ Of Confutation. Cap. XIII. ¶ Of Confutation. Cap. XIII. ¶ pp-f n1. np1 np1. (17) chapter (DIV2) 133 Image 50
881 WHere, if at any tyme the cace so requireth that some thinges, alledged of aduersaries agaynst our opinion, be confuted, that shall in déede bée accomplished, rather after an Oratoriall maner, WHere, if At any time the case so requires that Some things, alleged of Adversaries against our opinion, be confuted, that shall in deed been accomplished, rather After an Oratorial manner, q-crq, cs p-acp d n1 dt n1 av vvz cst d n2, vvd pp-f n2 p-acp po12 n1, vbb vvn, cst vmb p-acp n1 vbi vvn, av-c p-acp dt j n1, (17) chapter (DIV2) 134 Image 50
882 then Logicall, but yet compendiously and with perspicuous reasons agréeable to the capacitie of the hearers. Example hereof bée these: Chrysostome in his Homilie. 78. entituled: then Logical, but yet compendiously and with perspicuous Reasons agreeable to the capacity of the hearers. Exampl hereof been these: Chrysostom in his Homily. 78. entitled: cs j, p-acp av av-j cc p-acp j n2 j p-acp dt n1 pp-f dt n2. n1 av vbi d: np1 p-acp po31 n1. crd vvn: (17) chapter (DIV2) 134 Image 50
883 That it is better to suffer wrong then doo wronge: after he had sayd: That it is better to suffer wrong then do wrong: After he had said: cst pn31 vbz jc pc-acp vvi n-jn av vdi vvi: c-acp pns31 vhd vvn: (17) chapter (DIV2) 134 Image 50
884 Therefore God commanndeth vs to suffer iniury and doth all things, that he might withdrawe vs from worldly things, Therefore God commandeth us to suffer injury and does all things, that he might withdraw us from worldly things, av np1 vvz pno12 pc-acp vvi n1 cc vdz d n2, cst pns31 vmd vvi pno12 p-acp j n2, (17) chapter (DIV2) 134 Image 50
885 & make vs to vnderstād what glory is, what dishonor, what los, what gain: he addeth this obiection with a solution also adioyned therevnto: & make us to understand what glory is, what dishonour, what los, what gain: he adds this objection with a solution also adjoined thereunto: cc vvb pno12 p-acp vvb r-crq n1 vbz, q-crq n1, q-crq fw-la, r-crq n1: pns31 vvz d n1 p-acp dt n1 av vvn av: (17) chapter (DIV2) 134 Image 50
886 But it is a grieuous thinge (thou wilte saye) to suffer iniury and reproche. But it is a grievous thing (thou wilt say) to suffer injury and reproach. cc-acp pn31 vbz dt j n1 (pns21 vm2 vvi) pc-acp vvi n1 cc n1. (17) chapter (DIV2) 134 Image 50
887 It is not gréeuous, no, it is not (I saye) O man. It is not grievous, no, it is not (I say) Oh man. pn31 vbz xx j, uh-dx, pn31 vbz xx (pns11 vvb) uh n1. (17) chapter (DIV2) 134 Image 50
888 Howe longe wilt thou sticke astonyed about thinges present and transitory for neyther woulde GOD haue instituted that, Howe long wilt thou stick astonied about things present and transitory for neither would GOD have instituted that, np1 av-j vm2 pns21 vvi vvn p-acp n2 j cc j p-acp dx vmd np1 vhi vvn cst, (17) chapter (DIV2) 134 Image 50
889 if it had beue to gréeuous or burthenous. But marke what I shall saye: if it had beue to grievous or burdenous. But mark what I shall say: cs pn31 vhd vbn p-acp j cc j. p-acp n1 r-crq pns11 vmb vvi: (17) chapter (DIV2) 134 Image 50
890 hée that doth iniury, goeth his way, hauinge in déede money, but yet a wounded conscience. he that does injury, Goes his Way, having in deed money, but yet a wounded conscience. pns31 cst vdz n1, vvz po31 n1, vhg p-acp n1 n1, cc-acp av dt j-vvn n1. (17) chapter (DIV2) 135 Image 50
891 Hee that suff•eth iniury, is depriued of his money, but hath trust to GOD warde, a possession verily more worth then innnumerable treasures. He that suff•eth injury, is deprived of his money, but hath trust to GOD ward, a possession verily more worth then innnumerable treasures. pns31 cst vvz n1, vbz vvn pp-f po31 n1, cc-acp vhz n1 p-acp np1 n1, dt n1 av-j av-dc j cs j n2. (17) chapter (DIV2) 135 Image 50
892 Therfore the Obiection is solued, by settinge agaynst a lytell corporall losse of him that suffreth wronge, a greater spirituall detriment of him that doth the wronge. Therefore the Objection is solved, by setting against a little corporal loss of him that suffers wrong, a greater spiritual detriment of him that does the wrong. av dt n1 vbz vvn, p-acp vvg p-acp dt j j n1 pp-f pno31 cst vvz vvi, dt jc j n1 pp-f pno31 cst vdz dt n-jn. (17) chapter (DIV2) 136 Image 50
893 And a litell after in the same place: And a little After in the same place: cc dt j c-acp p-acp dt d n1: (17) chapter (DIV2) 136 Image 50
894 What? Sayest thou, I am depriued of all my goods, and biddest thou me holde my peace? I haue suffred reproch, What? Sayest thou, I am deprived of all my goods, and biddest thou me hold my peace? I have suffered reproach, q-crq? vv2 pns21, pns11 vbm vvn pp-f d po11 n2-j, cc vv2 pns21 pno11 vvi po11 n1? pns11 vhb vvn n1, (17) chapter (DIV2) 136 Image 50
895 and wouldest thou haue mee take it paciently? But howe can I? Forsooth very ea•ely, and Wouldst thou have me take it patiently? But how can I? Forsooth very ea•ely, cc vmd2 pns21 vhi pno11 vvi pn31 av-j? p-acp q-crq vmb pns11? uh av av-j, (17) chapter (DIV2) 136 Image 50
896 if thou wouldest looke onely vp into heauen, if thou wouldest be holde the pleasaunte bewty thereof, if thou Wouldst look only up into heaven, if thou Wouldst be hold the pleasant beauty thereof, cs pns21 vmd2 vvi av-j a-acp p-acp n1, cs pns21 vmd2 vbi n1 dt j n1 av, (17) chapter (DIV2) 136 Image 50
897 and consider howe GOD hath promysed to take thée vp thither after thou hast manfully suffred wronge and iniury. and Consider how GOD hath promised to take thee up thither After thou hast manfully suffered wrong and injury. cc vvb c-crq np1 vhz vvn pc-acp vvi pno21 a-acp av c-acp pns21 vh2 av-j vvd vvi cc n1. (17) chapter (DIV2) 136 Image 50
898 This doe therefore, and lookinge towarde heauen, suppose that thou arte made lyke vnto him that sitteth there vppon Cherubins. For hee was both vexed with reproch and iniury, and yet hee suffred paciently: This do Therefore, and looking toward heaven, suppose that thou art made like unto him that Sitteth there upon Cherubim. For he was both vexed with reproach and injury, and yet he suffered patiently: d vdb av, cc vvg p-acp n1, vvb cst pns21 vb2r vvn av-j p-acp pno31 cst vvz a-acp p-acp n2. c-acp pns31 vbds av-d vvn p-acp n1 cc n1, cc av pns31 vvd av-j: (17) chapter (DIV2) 137 Image 50
899 He endured in reuilmentes, & yet sought no reuengment: hée was stricken, and strak not agayne: He endured in reuilmentes, & yet sought no revengement: he was stricken, and strake not again: pns31 vvd p-acp n2, cc av vvd dx n1: pns31 vbds vvn, cc vvd xx av: (17) chapter (DIV2) 138 Image 50
900 But contrariwyse, hée gaue them innumerable benefites that committed suth thinges, and commaunded vs to bee followers of him. But contrariwise, he gave them innumerable benefits that committed suth things, and commanded us to be followers of him. cc-acp av, pns31 vvd pno32 j n2 cst vvd vvz n2, cc vvd pno12 pc-acp vbi n2 pp-f pno31. (17) chapter (DIV2) 138 Image 50
901 This solution is taken of the hope of reward promised, of thexample of Christ him else and of God, and lykewise of his commaundement. This solution is taken of the hope of reward promised, of Exampl of christ him Else and of God, and likewise of his Commandment. d n1 vbz vvn pp-f dt n1 pp-f n1 vvd, pp-f n1 pp-f np1 pno31 av cc pp-f np1, cc av pp-f po31 n1. (17) chapter (DIV2) 139 Image 50
902 Nowe it is in no wyse necessary, that those thinges that néede confutation shoulde bée heaped vp togither into one place, to the intente all thinges shoulde be dissolueed at once, Now it is in no wise necessary, that those things that need confutation should been heaped up together into one place, to the intent all things should be dissolueed At once, av pn31 vbz p-acp dx j j, cst d n2 d n1 n1 vmd vbi vvn a-acp av p-acp crd n1, p-acp dt n1 d n2 vmd vbi vvn p-acp a-acp, (17) chapter (DIV2) 140 Image 51
903 but it is lawfull to disperse them through diuers and sondry partes of the whole Sermon, that whersoeuer any thinge by occasion commeth to mynde, which we suppose may bee obiected to our sentence and opinion, ther wée may confute the same without any further delaye. but it is lawful to disperse them through diverse and sundry parts of the Whole Sermon, that wheresoever any thing by occasion comes to mind, which we suppose may be objected to our sentence and opinion, there we may confute the same without any further Delay. cc-acp pn31 vbz j pc-acp vvi pno32 p-acp j cc j n2 pp-f dt j-jn n1, cst c-crq d n1 p-acp n1 vvz p-acp n1, r-crq pns12 vvb vmb vbi vvn p-acp po12 n1 cc n1, a-acp pns12 vmb vvi dt d p-acp d jc n1. (17) chapter (DIV2) 140 Image 51
904 Examples of which obseruation may euery where bée séene in the Sermons of the Prophetes, Apostles, and holy fathers. Examples of which observation may every where been seen in the Sermons of the prophets, Apostles, and holy Father's. n2 pp-f r-crq n1 vmb d c-crq vbi vvn p-acp dt n2 pp-f dt n2, n2, cc j n2. (17) chapter (DIV2) 140 Image 51
905 For certes it is not the fasshion, that iust confutations, and such as wée sée vsed in Courtelyke cases amonge the Rethoritians, shoulde bée instituted in euangelicall Sermons. For certes it is not the fashion, that just confutations, and such as we see used in Courtelyke cases among the Rhetoricians, should been instituted in Evangelical Sermons. c-acp av pn31 vbz xx dt n1, cst j n2, cc d c-acp pns12 vvb vvn p-acp j n2 p-acp dt n2, vmd vbi vvn p-acp j n2. (17) chapter (DIV2) 141 Image 51
906 For why, hee prouideth not well for the people, that will séeme to pester them with the hearinge of ouer many aunswers and solutions of obiections in one Sermon. For why, he Provideth not well for the people, that will seem to pester them with the hearing of over many answers and Solutions of objections in one Sermon. p-acp q-crq, pns31 vvz xx av p-acp dt n1, cst vmb vvi pc-acp vvi pno32 p-acp dt vvg pp-f p-acp d n2 cc n2 pp-f n2 p-acp crd n1. (17) chapter (DIV2) 141 Image 51
907 Neuerthelesse, if it happen at any tyme, (thaffayres of the Church so requiringe) that the whole Sermon be• applyed to the reprouinge of a false opinion, Nevertheless, if it happen At any time, (th'affairs of the Church so requiring) that the Whole Sermon be• applied to the reproving of a false opinion, av, cs pn31 vvb p-acp d n1, (n2 pp-f dt n1 av vvg) cst dt j-jn n1 n1 vvd p-acp dt vvg pp-f dt j n1, (17) chapter (DIV2) 142 Image 51
908 or to the correction and abolishinge of superstitions, or of some euill inueterate custome, then doubtelesse it is both seemely & also very requisite, that all thinges bée dissolued in order that are produced of obstinat men for the defence of their errors. or to the correction and abolishing of superstitions, or of Some evil inveterate custom, then doubtless it is both seemly & also very requisite, that all things been dissolved in order that Are produced of obstinate men for the defence of their errors. cc p-acp dt n1 cc n-vvg pp-f n2, cc pp-f d j-jn j n1, av av-j pn31 vbz av-d j cc av av j, cst d n2 vbi vvn p-acp n1 cst vbr vvn pp-f j n2 p-acp dt n1 pp-f po32 n2. (17) chapter (DIV2) 142 Image 51
909 For great labor and dilligence is néedefull to the extirpinge and rooting out of peruerse opinions, wherwith the myndes of men haue any longe tyme bene infected, séeinge they alwayes subtilly and craftely goe about to imagine and contriue a number of thinges to establish and confirme their noysom opinions withall. For great labour and diligence is needful to the extirpinge and rooting out of perverse opinions, wherewith the minds of men have any long time be infected, seeing they always subtly and craftily go about to imagine and contrive a number of things to establish and confirm their noisome opinions withal. p-acp j n1 cc n1 vbz j p-acp dt n-vvg cc n-vvg av pp-f j n2, c-crq dt n2 pp-f n2 vhb d j n1 vbn vvn, vvg pns32 av av-j cc av-j vvi a-acp pc-acp vvi cc vvi dt n1 pp-f n2 pc-acp vvi cc vvi po32 j n2 av. (17) chapter (DIV2) 142 Image 51
910 For after this sorte wee may sée confuted in the booke of Salomon, which is entituled Ecclesiastes, the false and erroneous opinions of many touchinge the soueraigne felicitie. For After this sort we may see confuted in the book of Solomon, which is entitled Ecclesiastes, the false and erroneous opinions of many touching the sovereign felicity. c-acp p-acp d n1 pns12 vmb vvi vvn p-acp dt n1 pp-f np1, r-crq vbz vvn n2, dt j cc j n2 pp-f d vvg dt j-jn n1. (17) chapter (DIV2) 143 Image 51
911 And the Apostle Paule in his Epistle to the Romaynes. Cap. 5.6. and 7. wysely infringeth and dissolueeth no fewe thinges, which the aduersaries obiected against the doctrine of iustificatiō by faith without workes. And the Apostle Paul in his Epistle to the Romans. Cap. 5.6. and 7. wisely infringeth and dissolueeth no few things, which the Adversaries objected against the Doctrine of justification by faith without works. cc dt n1 np1 p-acp po31 n1 p-acp dt np1. np1 crd. cc crd av-j vvz cc vvz dx d n2, r-crq dt n2 vvn p-acp dt n1 pp-f n1 p-acp n1 p-acp n2. (17) chapter (DIV2) 143 Image 51
912 Moreouer, the Preacher shall vse all the order and con•ing in confutation, which wée sée to be prescribed to ye Orators, Moreover, the Preacher shall use all the order and con•ing in confutation, which we see to be prescribed to you Orators, av, dt n1 vmb vvi d dt n1 cc n1 p-acp n1, r-crq pns12 vvb pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp pn22 n2, (17) chapter (DIV2) 144 Image 51
913 and he shall franckely vse negation, eleuation, translation, excusation, digression, regestion, inuersion, distinction, absolution, conquestion, inuestigation of the matter and forme of argumentes after the maner of Logicke, and whatsoeuer else is of this kynde. and he shall frankly use negation, elevation, Translation, excusation, digression, regestion, inversion, distinction, absolution, conquestion, investigation of the matter and Form of Arguments After the manner of Logic, and whatsoever Else is of this kind. cc pns31 vmb av-j vvi n1, n1, n1, n1, n1, n1, n1, n1, n1, n1, n1 pp-f dt n1 cc n1 pp-f n2 p-acp dt n1 pp-f n1, cc r-crq av vbz pp-f d n1. (17) chapter (DIV2) 144 Image 51
914 For of all these thinges examples may be shewed in ye Sermons of Christ, the Prophetes and Apostles. For of all these things Examples may be showed in you Sermons of christ, the prophets and Apostles. p-acp pp-f d d n2 n2 vmb vbi vvn p-acp pn22 n2 pp-f np1, dt n2 cc n2. (17) chapter (DIV2) 144 Image 51
915 Notwithstandinge he must take dilligent héede of this, that his Confutation bée vtterly voyde of all subtill sophistry, that it bee without ostentation of the deceytfull drinkes of Logicke, and lawelyke craftinesse, to be short, that it bee without any desyre of cauillinge: Notwithstanding he must take diligent heed of this, that his Confutation been utterly void of all subtle sophistry, that it be without ostentation of the deceitful drinks of Logic, and lawelyke craftiness, to be short, that it be without any desire of cavilling: p-acp pns31 vmb vvi j n1 pp-f d, cst po31 n1 vbi av-j j pp-f d j n1, cst pn31 vbb p-acp n1 pp-f dt j n2 pp-f n1, cc j n1, pc-acp vbi j, cst pn31 vbb p-acp d n1 pp-f vvg: (17) chapter (DIV2) 145 Image 51
916 And that verily for this cause, least any man shoulds suspect hym either to trifle, or else to bee desirous to circumuent and begyle his auditors: And that verily for this cause, lest any man shoulds suspect him either to trifle, or Else to be desirous to circumvent and beguile his Auditors: cc cst av-j p-acp d n1, cs d n1 n2 vvi pno31 av-d pc-acp vvi, cc av pc-acp vbi j pc-acp vvi cc vvi po31 n2: (17) chapter (DIV2) 145 Image 51
917 Whereof the one is the poynt of shamefull vanitie and the other of malitious subteltie. Whereof the one is the point of shameful vanity and the other of malicious subtlety. c-crq dt pi vbz dt n1 pp-f j n1 cc dt n-jn pp-f j n1. (17) chapter (DIV2) 145 Image 51
918 Full well goeth the ecclesiasticall discourse forward, that is séene to bee decked and adorned with veritie and simplicitie. Full well Goes the ecclesiastical discourse forward, that is seen to be decked and adorned with verity and simplicity. j av vvz dt j n1 av-j, cst vbz vvn pc-acp vbi vvn cc vvn p-acp n1 cc n1. (17) chapter (DIV2) 146 Image 51
919 Some there bee that in confutinge now and then become so hote and vehement, that as men enraged wyth ire, they brast forth into contumelious reproches yea, some there be that in confuting now and then become so hight and vehement, that as men enraged with ire, they braced forth into contumelious Reproaches yea, d a-acp vbi d p-acp vvg av cc av vvn av j cc j, cst c-acp n2 vvn p-acp n1, pns32 vvd av p-acp j n2 uh, (17) chapter (DIV2) 147 Image 51
920 and somtimes into Thiestes execratiōs, which whilest they doo they excéede all measure and mediocritie. and sometimes into Thiestes execrations, which whilst they do they exceed all measure and mediocrity. cc av p-acp npg1 n2, r-crq cs pns32 vdb pns32 vvi d n1 cc n1. (17) chapter (DIV2) 147 Image 51
921 These men wee wishe to be admonished, that they woulde endeuour themselues to restrayne, with the bridell of charitie, the excursion of their vehement and hasty Oration. These men we wish to be admonished, that they would endeavour themselves to restrain, with the bridle of charity, the excursion of their vehement and hasty Oration. np1 n2 pns12 vvb pc-acp vbi vvn, cst pns32 vmd n1 px32 pc-acp vvi, p-acp dt n1 pp-f n1, dt n1 pp-f po32 j cc j n1. (17) chapter (DIV2) 147 Image 51
922 For it lesse offendeth, albeit it bee a sharpe reprehension, if it may bee vnderstood to procéede of charitie. For it less offends, albeit it be a sharp reprehension, if it may be understood to proceed of charity. p-acp pn31 av-dc vvz, cs pn31 vbb dt j n1, cs pn31 vmb vbi vvn pc-acp vvi pp-f n1. (17) chapter (DIV2) 147 Image 51
923 These thinges, touchinge the maner of Confutinge applied to the Popular vnderstanding, and congruent to euery kinde of Sermons, whither it be a whole booke, or a parte of the booke or some certaine place that is expounded, These things, touching the manner of Confuting applied to the Popular understanding, and congruent to every kind of Sermons, whither it be a Whole book, or a part of the book or Some certain place that is expounded, d n2, vvg dt n1 pp-f vvg vvn p-acp dt j n1, cc j p-acp d n1 pp-f n2, c-crq pn31 vbb dt j-jn n1, cc dt n1 pp-f dt n1 cc d j n1 cst vbz vvn, (17) chapter (DIV2) 148 Image 51
924 or whither we entreat of affayres offred by occasion of tyme, may suffise. or whither we entreat of affairs offered by occasion of time, may suffice. cc c-crq pns12 vvb pp-f n2 vvn p-acp n1 pp-f n1, vmb vvi. (17) chapter (DIV2) 148 Image 51
925 For the thinges that ought besides to be accommodate as proper to the kinde r•dargutiue or correctiue, those things we will with more dilligence declare, For the things that ought beside to be accommodate as proper to the kind r•dargutiue or corrective, those things we will with more diligence declare, p-acp dt n2 cst vmd p-acp pc-acp vbi vvi p-acp j p-acp dt j j cc j, d n2 pns12 vmb p-acp dc n1 vvi, (17) chapter (DIV2) 148 Image 52
926 when we shall seuerally entreat of ye same kindes. when we shall severally entreat of you same Kinds. c-crq pns12 vmb av-j vvi pp-f pn22 d n2. (17) chapter (DIV2) 148 Image 52
927 ¶ Of Conclusion. Cap. XIII. IN euery sacred Sermon, eche parte or common place doth craue a briefe conclusion: ¶ Of Conclusion. Cap. XIII. IN every sacred Sermon, eke part or Common place does crave a brief conclusion: ¶ pp-f n1. np1 np1. p-acp d j n1, d n1 cc j n1 vdz vvi dt j n1: (18) chapter (DIV2) 148 Image 52
928 but besides that a certaine apte and conuenient peroration must be added to the whole oration. but beside that a certain apt and convenient peroration must be added to the Whole oration. cc-acp p-acp d dt j j cc j n1 vmb vbi vvn p-acp dt j-jn n1. (18) chapter (DIV2) 149 Image 52
929 Now it this, if many notable places out of a whole booke, or a part of a booke, haue ben examined, a short repetitiō is rightely made of some principal points & Chapters therof. Now it this, if many notable places out of a Whole book, or a part of a book, have been examined, a short repetition is rightly made of Some principal points & Chapters thereof. av pn31 d, cs d j n2 av pp-f dt j-jn n1, cc dt n1 pp-f dt n1, vhb vbn vvn, dt j n1 vbz av-jn vvn pp-f d j-jn n2 cc n2 av. (18) chapter (DIV2) 150 Image 52
930 If two or thrée places haue bene expoūded, then of euery one in order may be called into memory some certayne proufes, such as séeme to be most eminēt & probable: If two or thrée places have be expounded, then of every one in order may be called into memory Some certain proofs, such as seem to be most eminent & probable: cs crd cc crd n2 vhb vbn vvn, av pp-f d crd p-acp n1 vmb vbi vvn p-acp n1 d j n2, d c-acp vvb pc-acp vbi av-ds j cc j: (18) chapter (DIV2) 150 Image 52
931 nowe and then, the Preacher strayeth onely in those thinges that pertayne to the last place, the doctrine and vtilitie whereof he alonely studiously commendeth. now and then, the Preacher strayeth only in those things that pertain to the last place, the Doctrine and utility whereof he alonely studiously commends. av cc av, dt n1 vvz av-j p-acp d n2 cst vvi p-acp dt ord n1, dt n1 cc n1 c-crq pns31 av-j av-j vvz. (18) chapter (DIV2) 150 Image 52
932 But in cace some one certaine place of Scripture, or a Theame simple or compound, shall thorow out the whole Sermon be declared at large, But in case Some one certain place of Scripture, or a Theme simple or compound, shall thorough out the Whole Sermon be declared At large, p-acp p-acp n1 d crd j n1 pp-f n1, cc dt n1 j cc vvi, vmb p-acp av dt j-jn n1 vbi vvn p-acp j, (18) chapter (DIV2) 150 Image 52
933 or that the Sermon be taken in hande touchinge businesse, which the state of the Church requireth to be handeled, or that the Sermon be taken in hand touching business, which the state of the Church requires to be handled, cc cst dt n1 vbb vvn p-acp n1 vvg n1, r-crq dt n1 pp-f dt n1 vvz pc-acp vbi vvn, (18) chapter (DIV2) 150 Image 52
934 then for the most parte a peroration is accustomably bestowed in mouing of affectiōs, to ye intēt, mē may be stirred to desire or eschew, to alow or dissalowe, that whereof entreaty hath bene made. then for the most part a peroration is accustomably bestowed in moving of affections, to the intent, men may be stirred to desire or eschew, to allow or dissalowe, that whereof entreaty hath be made. av p-acp dt av-ds n1 dt n1 vbz av-j vvn p-acp vvg pp-f n2, p-acp dt n1, n2 vmb vbi vvn pc-acp vvi cc vvi, pc-acp vvi cc vvi, cst c-crq n1 vhz vbn vvn. (18) chapter (DIV2) 150 Image 52
935 Somtyme to Sermons of euery kinde are annexed exhortation, or obiurgations vtterly deuided from those places that are before expounded: Sometime to Sermons of every kind Are annexed exhortation, or obiurgations utterly divided from those places that Are before expounded: av p-acp n2 pp-f d n1 vbr vvn n1, cc n2 av-j vvn p-acp d n2 cst vbr a-acp vvn: (18) chapter (DIV2) 151 Image 52
936 Which then truely rightely commeth to passe, when certayne affayres doe happen, whereof it behoueth the people to bee admonished. Which then truly rightly comes to pass, when certain affairs do happen, whereof it behooves the people to be admonished. r-crq av av-j av-jn vvz p-acp n1, c-crq j n2 vdb vvi, c-crq pn31 vvz dt n1 pc-acp vbi vvn. (18) chapter (DIV2) 151 Image 52
937 So Chrisostom in a place in the ende of his Sermon, rebuketh those that neglectinge diuine Sermons vsed to gadd to the Theatre to beholde there the games on horsebacke called Ludi equestres. The same in his Ho••lie 19. vppon Genesis after the Scriptures declared wyth a briefe conclusion, hee passeth to an exhortation, wherein he detesteth couetousnesse, So Chrysostom in a place in the end of his Sermon, Rebuketh those that neglecting divine Sermons used to gadd to the Theatre to behold there the games on horseback called Ludi equestres. The same in his Ho••lie 19. upon Genesis After the Scriptures declared with a brief conclusion, he passes to an exhortation, wherein he detesteth covetousness, av np1 p-acp dt n1 p-acp dt n1 pp-f po31 n1, vvz d cst vvg j-jn n2 vvn p-acp vvd p-acp dt n1 pc-acp vvi a-acp dt n2 p-acp n1 vvn np1 n2. dt d p-acp po31 j crd p-acp n1 p-acp dt n2 vvn p-acp dt j n1, pns31 vvz p-acp dt n1, c-crq pns31 vvz n1, (18) chapter (DIV2) 152 Image 52
938 and requireth all men that they woulde endeuoure themselues to helpe the poore, and to giue almose vnto them. In his Homilie. and requires all men that they would endeavour themselves to help the poor, and to give almose unto them. In his Homily. cc vvz d n2 cst pns32 vmd vvi px32 pc-acp vvi dt j, cc pc-acp vvi n1 p-acp pno32. p-acp po31 n1. (18) chapter (DIV2) 152 Image 52
939 15. after hee had besought his hearers that they would commende vnto their memory, the thinges that had bene spoken touchinge the incomnparable mercy of GOD, he admonisheth them that they woulds laboure to passe the residewe of ye Lente fruitefully, 15. After he had besought his hearers that they would commend unto their memory, the things that had be spoken touching the incomnparable mercy of GOD, he Admonisheth them that they woulds labour to pass the residue of you Lente fruitfully, crd c-acp pns31 vhd vvn po31 n2 cst pns32 vmd vvi p-acp po32 n1, dt n2 cst vhd vbn vvn vvg dt j n1 pp-f np1, pns31 vvz pno32 cst pns32 vmd2 n1 pc-acp vvi dt n1 pp-f pn22 fw-la av-j, (18) chapter (DIV2) 152 Image 52
940 and studye not onely to absteyne from meates, but also much more from sinne and wycked attemptes. and study not only to abstain from Meats, but also much more from sin and wicked attempts. cc n1 xx av-j pc-acp vvi p-acp n2, cc-acp av av-d av-dc p-acp n1 cc j n2. (18) chapter (DIV2) 152 Image 52
941 But most commonly he concludeth simply in prayinge and beseacute; But most commonly he Concludeth simply in praying and beseacute; p-acp av-ds av-j pns31 vvz av-j p-acp vvg cc j; (18) chapter (DIV2) 153 Image 52
942 echinge his audientes, that they woulde haue dilligent consideration of the holsome doctrine propounded vnto them, that they woulde repeate it after they were returned home, somtymes also declare it vnto others (which we may sée him to haue done, Homilie. echinge his Audientes, that they would have diligent consideration of the wholesome Doctrine propounded unto them, that they would repeat it After they were returned home, sometimes also declare it unto Others (which we may see him to have done, Homily. vvg po31 n2, cst pns32 vmd vhi j n1 pp-f dt j n1 vvn p-acp pno32, cst pns32 vmd vvi pn31 c-acp pns32 vbdr vvn av-an, av av vvi pn31 p-acp n2-jn (r-crq pns12 vmb vvi pno31 pc-acp vhi vdn, n1. (18) chapter (DIV2) 153 Image 52
943 2.14. and 20. vppon Genesis, and else where) and finally conuert it wholely to the amendement of their lyues. 2.14. and 20. upon Genesis, and Else where) and finally convert it wholly to the amendment of their lives. crd. cc crd p-acp n1, cc av c-crq) cc av-j vvi pn31 av-jn p-acp dt n1 pp-f po32 n2. (18) chapter (DIV2) 153 Image 52
944 Moreouer nowe and then the Preachers doe admonish in the conclusion, of what matter they are determined to entreate in their Sermon followinge. Out of Chrysostom Homilie. 4. vppon Genesis, also. Moreover now and then the Preachers do admonish in the conclusion, of what matter they Are determined to entreat in their Sermon following. Out of Chrysostom Homily. 4. upon Genesis, also. av av cc av dt n2 vdb vvi p-acp dt n1, pp-f r-crq n1 pns32 vbr vvn pc-acp vvi p-acp po32 n1 vvg. av pp-f np1 n1. crd p-acp n1, av. (18) chapter (DIV2) 154 Image 52
945 4. vppon the first Epistle to the Corinth. Item, his. 5. Tome, Homilie. 4. upon the First Epistle to the Corinth. Item, his. 5. Tome, Homily. crd p-acp dt ord n1 p-acp dt np1. n1, po31. crd np1, n1. (18) chapter (DIV2) 155 Image 52
946 28. agaynst Swearinge, some gather that the custome was in the church in tymes past, that the people after the ende of the Sermon, shoulde clappe their handes and make acclamations, but so asmuch as this custome séemeth to haue folowed from the Theatre or market place, it is worthely obsolete and growen out of vre. 28. against Swearing, Some gather that the custom was in the Church in times past, that the people After the end of the Sermon, should clap their hands and make acclamations, but so as as this custom Seemeth to have followed from the Theatre or market place, it is worthily obsolete and grown out of use. crd p-acp vvg, d vvb cst dt n1 vbds p-acp dt n1 p-acp n2 j, cst dt n1 p-acp dt n1 pp-f dt n1, vmd vvi po32 n2 cc vvi n2, p-acp av av c-acp d n1 vvz pc-acp vhi vvn p-acp dt n1 cc n1 n1, pn31 vbz av-j j cc vvn av pp-f n1. (18) chapter (DIV2) 155 Image 52
947 Much better it is verely to ende all sacred Sermons with prayer, or (that wee certaynely knowe to bee done in some place) wyth the confession of fayth, that is to saye with the repetition of the Symboll Apostolyke or Nicaene. Much better it is verily to end all sacred Sermons with prayer, or (that we Certainly know to be done in Some place) with the Confessi of faith, that is to say with the repetition of the Symbol Apostolic or Nicene. av-d av-jc pn31 vbz av-j pc-acp vvi d j n2 p-acp n1, cc (cst pns12 av-j vvb pc-acp vbi vdn p-acp d n1) p-acp dt n1 pp-f n1, cst vbz pc-acp vvi p-acp dt n1 pp-f dt n1 j-jn cc j. (18) chapter (DIV2) 156 Image 53
948 ¶ Of Amplification, Cap. XV. WHatsoeuer thinge is profitable either to teache perspicuousely, or also to moue & perswade withall, all that shall the Preacher purchase to himselfe as most requisite and necessary furniture. ¶ Of Amplification, Cap. XV. Whatsoever thing is profitable either to teach perspicuously, or also to move & persuade withal, all that shall the Preacher purchase to himself as most requisite and necessary furniture. ¶ pp-f n1, np1 crd. r-crq n1 vbz j av-d pc-acp vvi av-j, cc av pc-acp vvi cc vvi av, d cst vmb dt n1 vvb p-acp px31 c-acp ds j cc j n1. (19) chapter (DIV2) 156 Image 53
949 Therefore, let him knowe, that argumentations tripartite, quinquepartite, Enthymemata: Therefore, let him know, that argumentations tripartite, quinquepartite, Enthymemata: av, vvb pno31 vvi, cst n2 j, j, fw-la: (19) chapter (DIV2) 157 Image 53
950 also Schemes and Tropes: further, the crafte of amplifying and mouing of affections, and finally whatsoeuer else of this order is taught of the Rhetoritians, masters of well speakinge, doe appertayne and belonge vnto him. also Schemes and Tropes: further, the craft of amplifying and moving of affections, and finally whatsoever Else of this order is taught of the Rhetoricians, Masters of well speaking, do appertain and belong unto him. av n2 cc n2: av-j, dt n1 pp-f j-vvg cc vvg pp-f n2, cc av-j r-crq av pp-f d n1 vbz vvn pp-f dt n2, n2 pp-f av vvg, vdb vvb cc vvb p-acp pno31. (19) chapter (DIV2) 157 Image 53
951 Howbeit our purpose is not to speake any thinge at all touchinge the formes of argumentes, of Schemes or Tropes, forasmuch as we doe gather these thinges onely for their sakes, Howbeit our purpose is not to speak any thing At all touching the forms of Arguments, of Schemes or Tropes, forasmuch as we do gather these things only for their sakes, a-acp po12 n1 vbz xx pc-acp vvi d n1 p-acp d vvg dt n2 pp-f n2, pp-f n2 cc n2, av c-acp pns12 vdb vvi d n2 av-j p-acp po32 n2, (19) chapter (DIV2) 157 Image 53
952 vnto whō we supppose all those thinges to bee already verye well knowen. unto whom we suppose all those things to be already very well known. p-acp ro-crq pns12 vvb d d n2 pc-acp vbi av j av vvn. (19) chapter (DIV2) 157 Image 53
953 But neuerthelesse we will note somwhat touchinge amplification, for that we perceyue many of the holy Fathers to haue bene studiously occupied in handelinge of the same: But nevertheless we will note somewhat touching amplification, for that we perceive many of the holy Father's to have be studiously occupied in handling of the same: p-acp av pns12 vmb vvi av vvg n1, p-acp cst pns12 vvb d pp-f dt j n2 pc-acp vhi vbn av-j vvn p-acp vvg pp-f dt d: (19) chapter (DIV2) 158 Image 53
954 Yea, and somwhat otherwyse to vsurpe amplifications, and to alledge also other maner of arguments, thē the Orators are accustomed. Yea, and somewhat otherwise to usurp amplifications, and to allege also other manner of Arguments, them the Orators Are accustomed. uh, cc av av pc-acp vvi n2, cc pc-acp vvi av j-jn n1 pp-f n2, pno32 dt n2 vbr vvn. (19) chapter (DIV2) 158 Image 53
955 For the Preacher doth not vse amplification, to the intent to bring to passe, that the matter might appere either greater or lesser then it is of it selfe, For the Preacher does not use amplification, to the intent to bring to pass, that the matter might appear either greater or lesser then it is of it self, p-acp dt n1 vdz xx vvi n1, p-acp dt n1 pc-acp vvi pc-acp vvi, cst dt n1 vmd vvi d jc cc jc cs pn31 vbz pp-f pn31 n1, (19) chapter (DIV2) 159 Image 53
956 or (as it is fayed) that of a flye might bee made an Elephante, or (as it is fayed) that of a fly might be made an Elephante, cc (c-acp pn31 vbz vvn) cst pp-f dt n1 vmd vbi vvn dt np1, (19) chapter (DIV2) 159 Image 53
957 or agayne of an Elephante a flye, in which point the Rhetoritians doe most chiefely laboure, couetinge withall to corrupte the iudgement of the hearers, or again of an Elephante a fly, in which point the Rhetoricians do most chiefly labour, coveting withal to corrupt the judgement of the hearers, cc av pp-f dt np1 dt n1, p-acp r-crq n1 dt n2 vdb av-ds av-jn n1, vvg av pc-acp vvi dt n1 pp-f dt n2, (19) chapter (DIV2) 159 Image 53
958 and to withdrawe them from the right scope: and to withdraw them from the right scope: cc pc-acp vvi pno32 p-acp dt j-jn n1: (19) chapter (DIV2) 159 Image 53
959 but to the ende, it may bee acknowledged of all men to bee suche and so greate, as is meete and requisite that it shoulde bee in deede which verily is no other thing, thē to reclayme men erring from the truth, to a prudent and sincere iudgement. but to the end, it may be acknowledged of all men to be such and so great, as is meet and requisite that it should be in deed which verily is not other thing, them to reclaim men erring from the truth, to a prudent and sincere judgement. cc-acp p-acp dt n1, pn31 vmb vbi vvn pp-f d n2 pc-acp vbi d cc av j, c-acp vbz j cc j cst pn31 vmd vbi p-acp n1 r-crq av-j vbz xx j-jn n1, pno32 pc-acp vvi n2 vvg p-acp dt n1, p-acp dt j cc j n1. (19) chapter (DIV2) 159 Image 53
960 And herevppon we maye also gather, when and at what time the practise of amplification ought most conueniently to be vsed. And hereupon we may also gather, when and At what time the practice of amplification ought most conveniently to be used. cc av pns12 vmb av vvi, c-crq cc p-acp r-crq n1 dt n1 pp-f n1 vmd av-ds av-j pc-acp vbi vvn. (19) chapter (DIV2) 159 Image 53
961 For if at any time thou happenest vppon those places, of which it is likely that the bearers cannot iudge sufficiently aright, For if At any time thou happenest upon those places, of which it is likely that the bearer cannot judge sufficiently aright, c-acp cs p-acp d n1 pns21 vv2 p-acp d n2, pp-f r-crq pn31 vbz j cst dt n2 vmbx vvi av-j av, (19) chapter (DIV2) 160 Image 53
962 then by adding to amplifications we must labor to bringe them to this point, that they may be able to conceaue both what and howe great euery thinge is. then by adding to amplifications we must labour to bring them to this point, that they may be able to conceive both what and how great every thing is. av p-acp vvg p-acp n2 pns12 vmb vvi pc-acp vvi pno32 p-acp d n1, cst pns32 vmb vbi j pc-acp vvi d r-crq cc c-crq j d n1 vbz. (19) chapter (DIV2) 160 Image 53
963 And oft times it commeth to passe, that certaine sinnes, (for asmuch as they are commnoly and euery where without controlmente committed) be by the iudgement of the common people supposed not to be so haynous as they are in déede: And oft times it comes to pass, that certain Sins, (for as as they Are commnoly and every where without controlmente committed) be by the judgement of the Common people supposed not to be so heinous as they Are in deed: cc av n2 pn31 vvz pc-acp vvi, cst j n2, (c-acp av c-acp pns32 vbr j cc d c-crq p-acp fw-it vvn) vbi p-acp dt n1 pp-f dt j n1 vvd xx pc-acp vbi av j c-acp pns32 vbr p-acp n1: (19) chapter (DIV2) 161 Image 53
964 of whiche sorte are, concupiscence, hatred of our neighbour, reuilements, periurie, brawlings, dronkennes, offences giuen, &c. Of these therfore when the Preacher shall fortune to entreat, he shall not without good cause, by vsinge of amplyfications, goe about to declare the greatnesse of the same. In respect wherof. of which sort Are, concupiscence, hatred of our neighbour, revilements, perjury, brawlings, Drunkenness, offences given, etc. Of these Therefore when the Preacher shall fortune to entreat, he shall not without good cause, by using of amplyfications, go about to declare the greatness of the same. In respect whereof. pp-f r-crq n1 vbr, n1, n1 pp-f po12 n1, n2, n1, n2-vvg, n1, n2 vvn, av pp-f d av c-crq dt n1 vmb n1 pc-acp vvi, pns31 vmb xx p-acp j n1, p-acp vvg pp-f n2, vvb a-acp pc-acp vvi dt n1 pp-f dt d. p-acp n1 c-crq. (19) chapter (DIV2) 161 Image 53
965 Esay Cap. 1. doth very artificially amplyfye certaine sinnes of the Iewes by comparisons and suche lyke places. Isaiah Cap. 1. does very artificially amplyfye certain Sins of the Iewes by comparisons and such like places. np1 np1 crd vdz av av-j vvi j n2 pp-f dt npg1 p-acp n2 cc d av-j n2. (19) chapter (DIV2) 162 Image 53
966 Christ in like maner Math. 5, amplifieth diuers and sondry offences, as namely reproche of our neighbour, concupiscence, periury, christ in like manner Math. 5, amplifieth diverse and sundry offences, as namely reproach of our neighbour, concupiscence, perjury, np1 p-acp j n1 np1 crd, vvz j cc j n2, c-acp av n1 pp-f po12 n1, n1, n1, (19) chapter (DIV2) 163 Image 53
967 and proueth them to be much more grieuous then a great number did suppose. and Proves them to be much more grievous then a great number did suppose. cc vvz pno32 pc-acp vbi av-d av-dc j cs dt j n1 vdd vvi. (19) chapter (DIV2) 163 Image 53
968 Agayne, some there be that estéeme certayne thinges more highly then they ought to be estéemed, Again, Some there be that esteem certain things more highly then they ought to be esteemed, av, d pc-acp vbi d n1 j n2 av-dc av-j cs pns32 vmd pc-acp vbi vvn, (19) chapter (DIV2) 164 Image 53
969 as for example, we may sée some men to attribute so much vnto ceremonies, rights, mens traditions. &c. that they are not affrayd to prefer them before the very commaundements of god. as for Exampl, we may see Some men to attribute so much unto ceremonies, rights, men's traditions. etc. that they Are not afraid to prefer them before the very Commandments of god. c-acp p-acp n1, pns12 vmb vvi d n2 pc-acp vvi av av-d p-acp n2, n2-jn, ng2 n2. av cst pns32 vbr xx j pc-acp vvi pno32 p-acp dt j n2 pp-f n1. (19) chapter (DIV2) 164 Image 53
970 Therfore when it shall be for the behoofe of the hearers to entreat of these thinges, the Preacher shall prudently extenuate al obseruations or traditions, Therefore when it shall be for the behoof of the hearers to entreat of these things, the Preacher shall prudently extenuate all observations or traditions, av c-crq pn31 vmb vbi p-acp dt n1 pp-f dt n2 pc-acp vvi pp-f d n2, dt n1 vmb av-j vvi d n2 cc n2, (19) chapter (DIV2) 164 Image 53
971 yea and with necessary and probable argumēts (so much as lieth in him) conclude, that they are by no meanes to be compared with the preceptes of Gods law. yea and with necessary and probable Arguments (so much as lies in him) conclude, that they Are by no means to be compared with the Precepts of God's law. uh cc p-acp j cc j n2 (av d c-acp vvz p-acp pno31) vvi, cst pns32 vbr p-acp dx n2 pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp dt n2 pp-f npg1 n1. (19) chapter (DIV2) 164 Image 54
972 Christe, Mathew, 15. and Mark. 7. doth grieuously reproue the preposterous iudgementes of men in this behalfe. Christ, Matthew, 15. and Mark. 7. does grievously reprove the preposterous Judgments of men in this behalf. np1, np1, crd cc vvb. crd vdz av-j vvi dt j n2 pp-f n2 p-acp d n1. (19) chapter (DIV2) 165 Image 54
973 And Paule in his epistle to the Colossians dothe with wonderfull dexteritye shake vp and bringe into contēpt the vphoulders and maynteyners of traditions. And Paul in his epistle to the colossians doth with wonderful dexterity shake up and bring into contempt the vphoulders and maynteyners of traditions. cc np1 p-acp po31 n1 p-acp dt njp2 vdz p-acp j n1 vvi a-acp cc vvi p-acp n1 dt n2 cc n2 pp-f n2. (19) chapter (DIV2) 166 Image 54
974 Sometimes it so falleth out that certaine notable vertues are neglected, or be not estéemed as they are worthy: Sometime it so falls out that certain notable Virtues Are neglected, or be not esteemed as they Are worthy: av pn31 av vvz av d j j n2 vbr vvn, cc vbb xx vvn c-acp pns32 vbr j: (19) chapter (DIV2) 167 Image 54
975 wherefore throughe amplifications they shall bee aduaunced to the dignitye whiche of right they ought to haue. Wherefore through amplifications they shall be advanced to the dignity which of right they ought to have. c-crq p-acp n2 pns32 vmb vbi vvn p-acp dt n1 r-crq pp-f av-jn pns32 vmd pc-acp vhi. (19) chapter (DIV2) 167 Image 54
976 In respecte whereof the Apostle to the Rom. 4. doth amplyfye the faithe of Adraham, by the causes and circumstaunces thereof, to the intent, that all men might perceiue, that the faith wherby Abraham so greatly pleased god & was accepted of him, In respect whereof the Apostle to the Rom. 4. does amplyfye the faith of Abraham, by the Causes and Circumstances thereof, to the intent, that all men might perceive, that the faith whereby Abraham so greatly pleased god & was accepted of him, p-acp n1 c-crq dt n1 p-acp dt np1 crd vdz vvi dt n1 pp-f np1, p-acp dt n2 cc n2 av, p-acp dt n1, cst d n2 vmd vvi, cst dt n1 c-crq np1 av av-j vvn n1 cc vbds vvn pp-f pno31, (19) chapter (DIV2) 168 Image 54
977 and wherby also men ought to be iustified, was not colde and light: but vehement, notable, and very wonderfull. and whereby also men ought to be justified, was not cold and Light: but vehement, notable, and very wonderful. cc c-crq av n2 vmd pc-acp vbi vvn, vbds xx j-jn cc j: cc-acp j, j, cc av j. (19) chapter (DIV2) 168 Image 54
978 Who contrary to hope (sayeth hée) beleeued in hope, that hee should be the father of many nations, accordyng to that whiche was spoken: So shall thy seede bee. Who contrary to hope (Saith he) believed in hope, that he should be the father of many Nations, according to that which was spoken: So shall thy seed be. r-crq j-jn p-acp n1 (vvz pns31) vvn p-acp n1, cst pns31 vmd vbi dt n1 pp-f d n2, vvg p-acp d r-crq vbds vvn: av vmb po21 n1 vbi. (19) chapter (DIV2) 169 Image 54
979 And hee faynted not in the fayth, nor consydered hys owne bodye now dead, whon hee was almost an hundred yeares olde, And he fainted not in the faith, nor considered his own body now dead, whon he was almost an hundred Years old, cc pns31 vvd xx p-acp dt n1, ccx vvd po31 d n1 av j, r-crq pns31 vbds av dt crd n2 j, (19) chapter (DIV2) 170 Image 54
980 neither yet the barennesse of Saraes wombe. Hee staggard not at the promise of God through vnbeleefe: neither yet the barennesse of Saraes womb. He staggard not At the promise of God through unbelief: av-dx av dt n1 pp-f npg1 n1. pns31 vvn xx p-acp dt n1 pp-f np1 p-acp n1: (19) chapter (DIV2) 170 Image 54
981 but was stronge in fayth, giuinge glorye to GOD: and beinge full certifyed that what he had promised, he was able also to performe. but was strong in faith, giving glory to GOD: and being full certified that what he had promised, he was able also to perform. cc-acp vbds j p-acp n1, vvg n1 p-acp np1: cc vbg av-j vvn d r-crq pns31 vhd vvn, pns31 vbds j av pc-acp vvi. (19) chapter (DIV2) 171 Image 54
982 And therefore was it reckoned vnto hym for rightuousnesse. And Therefore was it reckoned unto him for righteousness. cc av vbds pn31 vvn p-acp pno31 p-acp n1. (19) chapter (DIV2) 172 Image 54
983 There is extant also a graue amplyfycation of the same Apostle, touchynge the wrath of God to be feared of all those that wyll not acknowledge Christ to be the true Messias: There is extant also a graven amplyfycation of the same Apostle, touching the wrath of God to be feared of all those that will not acknowledge christ to be the true Messias: pc-acp vbz j av dt j n1 pp-f dt d n1, vvg dt n1 pp-f np1 pc-acp vbi vvn pp-f d d cst vmb xx vvi np1 pc-acp vbi dt j np1: (19) chapter (DIV2) 173 Image 54
984 Take heede my brethrne (sayeth he) least at any tyme there bee in you an euill harte of vnbeleefe, to departe from the lyuing God: Take heed my brethrne (Saith he) lest At any time there be in you an evil heart of unbelief, to depart from the living God: vvb n1 po11 n1 (vvz pns31) cs p-acp d n1 pc-acp vbi p-acp pn22 dt j-jn n1 pp-f n1, pc-acp vvi p-acp dt j-vvg n1: (19) chapter (DIV2) 174 Image 54
985 but exhort yee one an other daylye, while it is called to day, least any of you be hardened, through the deceitfulnesse of sinne. but exhort ye one an other daily, while it is called to day, lest any of you be hardened, through the deceitfulness of sin. cc-acp vvb pn22 pi dt n-jn av-j, cs pn31 vbz vvn p-acp n1, cs d pp-f pn22 vbb vvn, p-acp dt n1 pp-f n1. (19) chapter (DIV2) 174 Image 54
986 For wee are made pertakers of Christe, if wee keepe sure vnto the ende the beginninge of the substaune, and so foorth as it is in the texte. For the place is longe. For we Are made partakers of Christ, if we keep sure unto the end the begin of the substaune, and so forth as it is in the text. For the place is long. c-acp pns12 vbr vvn n2 pp-f np1, cs pns12 vvb j p-acp dt n1 dt n-vvg pp-f dt n1, cc av av c-acp pn31 vbz p-acp dt n1. p-acp dt n1 vbz av-j. (19) chapter (DIV2) 175 Image 54
987 Moreouer, the Preacher may vse all the furniture of amplyfyinge, that the Schole of Orators ministreth vnto hym. Moreover, the Preacher may use all the furniture of amplyfyinge, that the School of Orators Ministereth unto him. av, dt n1 vmb vvi d dt n1 pp-f vvg, cst dt n1 pp-f n2 vvz p-acp pno31. (19) chapter (DIV2) 176 Image 54
988 Wherefore, as touchinge that whiche pertayneth vnto woordes, hee may mingle together NONLATINALPHABET, expolition, definition, description, distribution, heapinge vppe of matter, encrea•ement: Wherefore, as touching that which pertaineth unto words, he may mingle together, expolition, definition, description, distribution, heaping up of matter, encrea•ement: c-crq, c-acp vvg d r-crq vvz p-acp n2, pns31 vmb vvi av, n1, n1, n1, n1, vvg a-acp pp-f n1, n1: (19) chapter (DIV2) 177 Image 54
989 As touchinge the things themselues, he may transferre NONLATINALPHABET to NONLATINALPHABET, that is to saye, passe from a question definite to a question infinite or common place, hee may examine (so farre foorth as the nature of the argument wyll suffer) the causes, to witte, the matter, forme, effecte, ende: As touching the things themselves, he may transfer to, that is to say, pass from a question definite to a question infinite or Common place, he may examine (so Far forth as the nature of the argument will suffer) the Causes, to wit, the matter, Form, Effect, end: p-acp vvg dt n2 px32, pns31 vmb vvi p-acp, cst vbz pc-acp vvi, vvb p-acp dt n1 j p-acp dt n1 j cc j n1, pns31 vmb vvi (av av-j av c-acp dt n1 pp-f dt n1 vmb vvi) dt n2, p-acp n1, dt n1, n1, n1, n1: (19) chapter (DIV2) 178 Image 54
990 Moreouer the circumstaunces, as the personne, time, place, maner, instrument, occasion, and so foorth. Moreover the Circumstances, as the person, time, place, manner, Instrument, occasion, and so forth. av dt n2, c-acp dt n1, n1, n1, n1, n1, n1, cc av av. (19) chapter (DIV2) 179 Image 54
991 Then, thinges happening or signes, whereof some be antesedēts, some subsequentes, other some annixed to the busines it selfe: also comparisons, similitudes, contentions, contraries: Then, things happening or Signs, whereof Some be antesedents, Some subsequentes, other Some annixed to the business it self: also comparisons, Similitudes, contentions, contraries: av, n2 vvg cc n2, c-crq d vbb n2, d n2, j-jn d vvn p-acp dt n1 pn31 n1: av n2, n2, n2, n2-jn: (19) chapter (DIV2) 179 Image 54
992 and whatsoeruer thinges els are in this kynde set forth of the Rhetoritians. and whatsoeruer things Else Are in this kind Set forth of the Rhetoricians. cc n1 n2 av vbr p-acp d n1 vvd av pp-f dt n2. (19) chapter (DIV2) 179 Image 54
993 Againe further, the Preacher may borrowe many poyntes of amplifying out of Theologye it selfe, whiche hath no small number of peculyar places, apt and correspondent to euery kynde of argumente as well as any other discipline beside, Again further, the Preacher may borrow many points of amplifying out of Theology it self, which hath no small number of peculiar places, apt and correspondent to every kind of argument as well as any other discipline beside, av av-jc, dt n1 vmb vvi d n2 pp-f j-vvg av pp-f n1 pn31 n1, r-crq vhz dx j n1 pp-f j n2, j cc j p-acp d n1 pp-f n1 c-acp av c-acp d j-jn n1 a-acp, (19) chapter (DIV2) 180 Image 55
994 lyke as we shall a little after declare. like as we shall a little After declare. av-j c-acp pns12 vmb dt j p-acp vvi. (19) chapter (DIV2) 180 Image 55
995 Therefore hee that teacheth the people, doeth ofte times frame his amplyfication, Ab attributis Dei, that is, of the properties of God, Therefore he that Teaches the people, doth oft times frame his amplyfication, Ab attributis Dei, that is, of the properties of God, av pns31 cst vvz dt n1, vdz av av vvi po31 n1, fw-la fw-la fw-la, cst vbz, pp-f dt n2 pp-f np1, (19) chapter (DIV2) 181 Image 55
996 as that God searcheth the harte, that hee can not bee deceyued: Of the Commaundement of God: Of the Promises set foorth: Of the Threatninge of punishmentes: as that God Searches the heart, that he can not be deceived: Of the Commandment of God: Of the Promises Set forth: Of the Threatening of punishments: c-acp cst np1 vvz dt n1, cst pns31 vmb xx vbi vvn: pp-f dt n1 pp-f np1: pp-f dt vvz vvn av: pp-f dt vvg pp-f n2: (19) chapter (DIV2) 181 Image 55
997 Of the Callynge of Manne to the knowledge of the trueth: Of Electinge into the Churche of God: Of Spirituall giftes receyued: Of the Calling of Man to the knowledge of the truth: Of Electing into the Church of God: Of Spiritual Gifts received: pp-f dt vvg pp-f n1 p-acp dt n1 pp-f dt n1: pp-f vvg p-acp dt n1 pp-f np1: pp-f j n2 vvn: (19) chapter (DIV2) 181 Image 55
998 Of a Generall sentence in Diuinitie: Of the Predictions of the Prophetes: Of that, that they bee thinges spyrytuall: Of a General sentence in Divinity: Of the Predictions of the prophets: Of that, that they be things spiritual: pp-f dt n1 n1 p-acp n1: pp-f dt n2 pp-f dt n2: pp-f d, cst pns32 vbb n2 j: (19) chapter (DIV2) 181 Image 55
999 Of the tyme of the Lawe: Of the Tyme of the Gospell: Of the Signe to the thinge signyfyed: Of the time of the Law: Of the Time of the Gospel: Of the Signen to the thing signyfyed: pp-f dt n1 pp-f dt n1: pp-f dt n1 pp-f dt n1: pp-f dt n1 p-acp dt n1 vvn: (19) chapter (DIV2) 181 Image 55
1000 Of a thinge spyrytuall to a thinge Corporall: And agayne of a thynge corporall to a thinge Spyrytuall, &c. Which to the intent we may in some sort make playne, and euident, it shall not be amisse to adde one or two examples touching the same. Of a thing spiritual to a thing Corporal: And again of a thing corporal to a thing Spiritual, etc. Which to the intent we may in Some sort make plain, and evident, it shall not be amiss to add one or two Examples touching the same. pp-f dt n1 j p-acp dt n1 n1: cc av pp-f dt n1 j p-acp dt n1 j, av r-crq p-acp dt n1 pns12 vmb p-acp d n1 vvi n1, cc j, pn31 vmb xx vbi av pc-acp vvi crd cc crd n2 vvg dt d. (19) chapter (DIV2) 181 Image 55
1001 Esaye Capitulo, 15. prophesyinge beefore that it woulde come to passe, that all the moste noble Cities of the Moabites shoulde bee destroyed, in an Oration not ouer longe in déede, Isaiah Chapter, 15. prophesying before that it would come to pass, that all the most noble Cities of the Moabites should be destroyed, in an Oration not over long in deed, np1 np1, crd vvg a-acp cst pn31 vmd vvi pc-acp vvi, cst d dt av-ds j n2 pp-f dt np2 vmd vbi vvn, p-acp dt n1 xx p-acp av-j p-acp n1, (19) chapter (DIV2) 183 Image 55
1002 but yet verye proper and elegante, amplyfieth the perilles and daungers whiche hee foresawe to hange ouer them. but yet very proper and elegant, amplyfieth the perils and dangers which he foresaw to hang over them. cc-acp av av j cc j, vvz dt n2 cc n2 r-crq pns31 vvd pc-acp vvi p-acp pno32. (19) chapter (DIV2) 183 Image 55
1003 All theyr heades (sayeth hee) were balde, and all their beardes shauen. All their Heads (Saith he) were bald, and all their beards shaven. d po32 n2 (vvz pns31) vbdr j, cc d po32 n2 j-vvn. (19) chapter (DIV2) 184 Image 55
1004 In hir Streets are they gyrded aboute with Sackcloth, in al the toppes of hir houses and Streets shal be nothing but mourning and weeping. In his Streets Are they girded about with sackcloth, in all the tops of his houses and Streets shall be nothing but mourning and weeping. p-acp png31 n2 vbr pns32 vvn p-acp p-acp n1, p-acp d dt n2 pp-f png31 n2 cc n2 vmb vbi pix p-acp n1 cc vvg. (19) chapter (DIV2) 185 Image 55
1005 Hesbon and Eleale shall crye, that their voyce shall bee hearde vnto Iahaz: Heshbon and Eleale shall cry, that their voice shall be heard unto Iahaz: np1 cc vvi vmb vvi, cst po32 n1 vmb vbi vvn p-acp np1: (19) chapter (DIV2) 186 Image 55
1006 and therefore the armed souldiours also of Moab shall bleat out and crye for very sorrowe of their mindes. and Therefore the armed Soldiers also of Moab shall bleat out and cry for very sorrow of their minds. cc av dt j-vvn n2 av pp-f np1 vmb vvi av cc vvi p-acp j n1 pp-f po32 n2. (19) chapter (DIV2) 186 Image 55
1007 And so foorth as it foloweth through out the whole Chapter. Chrysostom, in his homilie. And so forth as it Followeth through out the Whole Chapter. Chrysostom, in his homily. cc av av c-acp pn31 vvz p-acp av dt j-jn n1. np1, p-acp po31 n1. (19) chapter (DIV2) 187 Image 55
1008 19. entituled to the husbandmē, and against swearing, to the ende he might teach how grieuous a sin it is to sweare falsely, 19. entitled to the husbandmen, and against swearing, to the end he might teach how grievous a since it is to swear falsely, crd vvn p-acp dt n2, cc p-acp vvg, p-acp dt n1 pns31 vmd vvi c-crq j dt n1 pn31 vbz pc-acp vvi av-j, (19) chapter (DIV2) 188 Image 55
1009 and violate an oth, sayeth in the beginning, that not only those ye periure themselues shall be punished, and violate an oath, Saith in the beginning, that not only those you perjure themselves shall be punished, cc vvi dt n1, vvz p-acp dt n1, cst xx av-j d pn22 vvi px32 vmb vbi vvn, (19) chapter (DIV2) 188 Image 55
1010 but also their whole houses and families by the iust iudgement of God shal vtterly be subuerted and destroyed. but also their Whole houses and families by the just judgement of God shall utterly be subverted and destroyed. cc-acp av po32 j-jn n2 cc n2 p-acp dt j n1 pp-f np1 vmb av-j vbi vvn cc vvn. (19) chapter (DIV2) 188 Image 55
1011 Which he proueth generally by the example of the destruction of the Sodomits, in whiche, Which he Proves generally by the Exampl of the destruction of the Sodomites, in which, r-crq pns31 vvz av-j p-acp dt n1 pp-f dt n1 pp-f dt n2, p-acp r-crq, (19) chapter (DIV2) 188 Image 55
1012 for the offences of some, not onely the men, but also the very walles, the houses and buyldings, for the offences of Some, not only the men, but also the very walls, the houses and buildings, p-acp dt n2 pp-f d, xx av-j dt n2, cc-acp av dt j n2, dt n2 cc n2, (19) chapter (DIV2) 188 Image 55
1013 yea and the very earth it selfe, séemed to sustaine most bitter torments, the very reliques of synders and ashes, with perpetuall barennesse, remaining euen vntill this day. yea and the very earth it self, seemed to sustain most bitter torments, the very Relics of synders and Ashes, with perpetual barennesse, remaining even until this day. uh cc dt j n1 pn31 n1, vvd pc-acp vvi ds j n2, dt j n2 pp-f n2 cc n2, p-acp j n1, vvg av c-acp d n1. (19) chapter (DIV2) 188 Image 55
1014 Afterwarde he addeth further that he will make also a speciall demonstration, how that for the periury, Afterward he adds further that he will make also a special demonstration, how that for the perjury, av pns31 vvz av-j cst pns31 vmb vvi av dt j n1, c-crq d p-acp dt n1, (19) chapter (DIV2) 189 Image 55
1015 and ye of one man, it may come to passe, not only some one house, and you of one man, it may come to pass, not only Some one house, cc pn22 pp-f crd n1, pn31 vmb vvi pc-acp vvi, xx av-j d crd n1, (19) chapter (DIV2) 189 Image 55
1016 but also a large and ample Citie, yea and some whole Prouince and Countrye to be destroyed by the iust vengeaunce of God. but also a large and ample city, yea and Some Whole Province and Country to be destroyed by the just vengeance of God. cc-acp av dt j cc j n1, uh cc d j-jn n1 cc n1 pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp dt j n1 pp-f np1. (19) chapter (DIV2) 189 Image 55
1017 By and by therefore he produceth the historye out of the fourth booke of the Kinges. By and by Therefore he Produceth the history out of the fourth book of the Kings. p-acp cc p-acp av pns31 vvz dt n1 av pp-f dt ord n1 pp-f dt n2. (19) chapter (DIV2) 190 Image 55
1018 Cap. 24. and 25. of King Zedechias, or Zidkijahu, who, after that he was made Kinge of Iuda by Nabuchodonosor king of Babilon, kept not touche and couenaunt with him, Cap. 24. and 25. of King Zedechiah, or Zidkijahu, who, After that he was made King of Iuda by Nebuchadnezzar King of Babylon, kept not touch and Covenant with him, np1 crd cc crd pp-f n1 np1, cc np1, r-crq, c-acp cst pns31 vbds vvn n1 pp-f np1 p-acp np1 n1 pp-f np1, vvd xx vvi cc n1 p-acp pno31, (19) chapter (DIV2) 190 Image 55
1019 but striking a league with the king of AEgipt, in the ninth yeare of his raigne he sought meanes to reuolte; but striking a league with the King of Egypt, in the ninth year of his Reign he sought means to revolt; cc-acp vvg dt n1 p-acp dt n1 pp-f np1, p-acp dt ord n1 pp-f po31 n1 pns31 vvd n2 pc-acp vvi; (19) chapter (DIV2) 190 Image 55
1020 for which cause the kingdome of Iuda (notwithstanding the puissaunce therof) was vtterly rooted by and ouerthrowne. for which cause the Kingdom of Iuda (notwithstanding the puissance thereof) was utterly rooted by and overthrown. p-acp r-crq n1 dt n1 pp-f np1 (c-acp dt n1 av) vbds av-j vvn p-acp cc vvn. (19) chapter (DIV2) 190 Image 55
1021 And besides this, he inferreth diuers and sundry reasons to aggrauate the sinne of Zedechias, but amongst ye rest, he taketh one trim and notable specialytie out of the Prophesy of Ezechiel, cap. 17. For when as by chaunce some had sayde, that the country of Iuda was not punished for the violating of an oth, but rather for other offences: And beside this, he infers diverse and sundry Reasons to aggravate the sin of Zedechiah, but among you rest, he Takes one trim and notable specialytie out of the Prophesy of Ezechiel, cap. 17. For when as by chance Some had said, that the country of Iuda was not punished for the violating of an oath, but rather for other offences: cc p-acp d, pns31 vvz j cc j n2 pc-acp vvi dt n1 pp-f np1, p-acp p-acp pn22 n1, pns31 vvz pi j cc j n1 av pp-f dt vvb pp-f np1, n1. crd c-acp c-crq c-acp p-acp n1 d vhd vvn, cst dt n1 pp-f np1 vbds xx vvn p-acp dt vvg pp-f dt n1, cc-acp av-c p-acp j-jn n2: (19) chapter (DIV2) 191 Image 55
1022 Chrysostom reciteth, touching the same matter, the iudgement of Ezechiel, 〈 ◊ 〉 playnly testifieth that the subuercion of the Iewes happened through the breakings of couenaunt with the king of Babilon. Vppon which occasion he properlye expoundeth and conningly interpreteth the parable of the Prophet of the two Eagles and of the vineyard, wherof the one Eagle betokened the kyng of Babilon, the other, the king of AEgypt, and the vineyarde the kyngdome of Iuda. Chrysostom reciteth, touching the same matter, the judgement of Ezechiel, 〈 ◊ 〉 plainly Testifieth that the subuercion of the Iewes happened through the breakings of Covenant with the King of Babylon. Upon which occasion he properly expoundeth and cunningly interpreteth the parable of the Prophet of the two Eagles and of the vineyard, whereof the one Eagl betokened the King of Babylon, the other, the King of Egypt, and the vineyard the Kingdom of Iuda. np1 vvz, vvg dt d n1, dt n1 pp-f np1, 〈 sy 〉 av-j vvz cst dt n1 pp-f dt npg1 vvn p-acp dt n2 pp-f n1 p-acp dt n1 pp-f np1. p-acp r-crq n1 pns31 av-j vvz cc av-jn vvz dt n1 pp-f dt n1 pp-f dt crd n2 cc pp-f dt n1, c-crq dt crd n1 vvd dt n1 pp-f np1, dt n-jn, dt n1 pp-f np1, cc dt n1 dt n1 pp-f np1. (19) chapter (DIV2) 191 Image 56
1023 After this, he prosecuteth the thinges that partaine to ye history. After this, he prosecuteth the things that partaine to you history. p-acp d, pns31 vvz dt n2 cst vvb p-acp pn22 n1. (19) chapter (DIV2) 192 Image 56
1024 And whereas it is reported in ye story, that the Citye was besieged almost by the space of thrée yeres, out of that circumstaunce he exaggerateth the euill, admonishinge that, by the continuaunce of time and also by the perilles adioyned therevnto, And whereas it is reported in you story, that the city was besieged almost by the Molle of thrée Years, out of that circumstance he exaggerateth the evil, admonishing that, by the Continuance of time and also by the perils adjoined thereunto, cc cs pn31 vbz vvn p-acp pn22 n1, cst dt n1 vbds vvn av p-acp dt n1 pp-f crd n2, av pp-f d n1 pns31 vvz dt j-jn, vvg cst, p-acp dt n1 pp-f n1 cc av p-acp dt n2 vvd av, (19) chapter (DIV2) 192 Image 56
1025 as on the one side honger and famishmente, on the other, fierce and outragious slaughter, the greuousenes of the sinne mighte be estéemed. as on the one side hunger and famishmente, on the other, fierce and outrageous slaughter, the greuousenes of the sin might be esteemed. c-acp p-acp dt crd n1 n1 cc n1, p-acp dt n-jn, j cc j n1, dt n1 pp-f dt n1 vmd vbi vvn. (19) chapter (DIV2) 192 Image 56
1026 But he addeth further in the same place, an other reason deriued of the prouidence and ordinaunce of God, saying: But he adds further in the same place, an other reason derived of the providence and Ordinance of God, saying: p-acp pns31 vvz av-jc p-acp dt d n1, dt j-jn n1 vvn pp-f dt n1 cc n1 pp-f np1, vvg: (19) chapter (DIV2) 192 Image 56
1027 Therfore would God haue the Citie oppressed with so long a séege, that the king relenting, might confesse his sinne, Therefore would God have the city oppressed with so long a siege, that the King relenting, might confess his sin, av vmd np1 vhi dt n1 vvn p-acp av j dt n1, cst dt n1 vvg, vmd vvi po31 n1, (19) chapter (DIV2) 192 Image 56
1028 and also through the perswasion and impulsion of the Inhabitauntes, willingly yéelde himselfe to the Babilonians: by which meanes verily it séemed that some kinde of redresse might haue bene procured to so great calamities. and also through the persuasion and impulsion of the Inhabitants, willingly yield himself to the Babylonians: by which means verily it seemed that Some kind of redress might have be procured to so great calamities. cc av p-acp dt n1 cc n1 pp-f dt n2, av-j vvi px31 p-acp dt njp2: p-acp r-crq n2 av-j pn31 vvd cst d n1 pp-f n1 vmd vhi vbn vvn p-acp av j n2. (19) chapter (DIV2) 192 Image 56
1029 Wherefore so long time togither to persist obstinate in his euill, and not to be touched with repentaunce, Wherefore so long time together to persist obstinate in his evil, and not to be touched with Repentance, c-crq av j n1 av pc-acp vvi j p-acp po31 n-jn, cc xx pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp n1, (19) chapter (DIV2) 193 Image 56
1030 when God specially so many wayes inuited hym, was very heynous and horrible to consider. when God specially so many ways invited him, was very heinous and horrible to Consider. c-crq np1 av-j av d n2 vvd pno31, vbds av j cc j pc-acp vvi. (19) chapter (DIV2) 193 Image 56
1031 And euen this also maketh to the augmentation of the ••ime, that the King in the meane while, woulde not giue eare vnto those that tolde hym the trueth, And even this also makes to the augmentation of the ••ime, that the King in the mean while, would not give ear unto those that told him the truth, cc av d av vvz p-acp dt n1 pp-f dt n1, cst dt n1 p-acp dt j n1, vmd xx vvi n1 p-acp d cst vvd pno31 dt n1, (19) chapter (DIV2) 194 Image 56
1032 and counselled him for the best. and counseled him for the best. cc vvd pno31 p-acp dt js. (19) chapter (DIV2) 194 Image 56
1033 Concerning which matter Chrysostom addeth the prophesye and counsell of Ieremy, which is extant Ierem. 38. For he being inspyred with the spyrit of God, counselled and foretolde vnto the King, requiryng his aduice, that yf he woulde willinglye submitte himselfe to the Kinge of Babilon, he shoulde be receaued into fauor, Concerning which matter Chrysostom adds thee prophesy and counsel of Ieremy, which is extant Jeremiah 38. For he being inspired with the spyrit of God, counseled and foretold unto the King, requiring his Advice, that if he would willingly submit himself to the King of Babylon, he should be received into favour, vvg r-crq n1 np1 vvz pno32 vvi cc n1 pp-f np1, r-crq vbz j np1 crd c-acp pns31 vbg vvd p-acp dt n1 pp-f np1, vvd cc vvd p-acp dt n1, vvg po31 n1, cst cs pns31 vmd av-j vvi px31 p-acp dt n1 pp-f np1, pns31 vmd vbi vvn p-acp n1, (19) chapter (DIV2) 195 Image 56
1034 and his kingdome by that meanes should remaine in safety: and his Kingdom by that means should remain in safety: cc po31 n1 p-acp d n2 vmd vvi p-acp n1: (19) chapter (DIV2) 195 Image 56
1035 but in cace he refused so to do, he should be ledd away a captiue & his Citie consumed with fyre. but in case he refused so to do, he should be led away a captive & his city consumed with fire. cc-acp p-acp n1 pns31 vvd av pc-acp vdi, pns31 vmd vbi vvn av dt j-jn cc po31 n1 vvn p-acp n1. (19) chapter (DIV2) 195 Image 56
1036 But Ieremy preached to a deafe man. Wherefore in this respect agayne is Zedechias greatly to be accused. But Ieremy preached to a deaf man. Wherefore in this respect again is Zedechiah greatly to be accused. p-acp np1 vvn p-acp dt j n1. c-crq p-acp d n1 av vbz np1 av-j pc-acp vbi vvn. (19) chapter (DIV2) 195 Image 56
1037 Then consequentlye as it were, per NONLATINALPHABET he describeth the spoylyng and prophanation of the Temple, the burning of the Citie, the walles plucked downe, the boot•es carryed away, the Princes stayne with the sworde, the people ledde away captiue, eftsoones repenting and in•ulking withall that periury and breakinge of promise were the causes of all these calamities. Then consequently as it were, per he Describeth the spoiling and profanation of the Temple, the burning of the city, the walls plucked down, the boot•es carried away, the Princes stain with the sword, the people led away captive, eftsoons repenting and in•ulking withal that perjury and breaking of promise were the Causes of all these calamities. av av-j c-acp pn31 vbdr, fw-la pns31 vvz dt vvg cc n1 pp-f dt n1, dt j-vvg pp-f dt n1, dt n2 vvd a-acp, dt n2 vvd av, dt n2 vvi p-acp dt n1, dt n1 vvd av j-jn, av vvg cc vvg av d n1 cc vvg pp-f n1 vbdr dt n2 pp-f d d n2. (19) chapter (DIV2) 196 Image 56
1038 With these thinges not contented, he procéedeth further and sheweth the paynes which the kyng hymselfe sustayned: With these things not contented, he Proceedeth further and shows the pains which the King himself sustained: p-acp d n2 xx vvn, pns31 vvz av-jc cc vvz dt n2 r-crq dt n1 px31 vvd: (19) chapter (DIV2) 197 Image 56
1039 declarynge the same to be double or two folde, the one depriuation of his sight, the other captiuitie. declaring the same to be double or two fold, the one deprivation of his sighed, the other captivity. vvg dt d pc-acp vbi j-jn cc crd n1, dt crd n1 pp-f po31 n1, dt j-jn n1. (19) chapter (DIV2) 197 Image 56
1040 And forthwith he amplyfyeth them booth: And forthwith he amplyfyeth them booth: cc av pns31 vvz pno32 n1: (19) chapter (DIV2) 198 Image 56
1041 the fyrste verily, for as much as before he was made blynde, he was constrayned to sée his children slayne in hys presence: the First verily, for as much as before he was made blind, he was constrained to see his children slain in his presence: dt ord av-j, c-acp c-acp d c-acp a-acp pns31 vbds vvn j, pns31 vbds vvn pc-acp vvi po31 n2 vvn p-acp po31 n1: (19) chapter (DIV2) 198 Image 56
1042 the later, for that from thence forth he should become a Spectacle and an example to the whole world, the later, for that from thence forth he should become a Spectacle and an Exampl to the Whole world, dt jc, c-acp cst p-acp av av pns31 vmd vvi dt n1 cc dt n1 p-acp dt j-jn n1, (19) chapter (DIV2) 198 Image 56
1043 but chifely vnto those nations, through whose dominions he should afterward be ledd away captiue. but chifely unto those Nations, through whose Dominions he should afterwards be led away captive. cc-acp av-j p-acp d n2, p-acp rg-crq n2 pns31 vmd av vbi vvn av j-jn. (19) chapter (DIV2) 198 Image 56
1044 Where againe, be conningly accordeth two prophesyes the one séeming contrary to the other, and proueth them in the ende to be booth true, by the successe that ensued vppon the same. Where again, be cunningly accords two prophecies the one seeming contrary to the other, and Proves them in the end to be booth true, by the success that ensued upon the same. c-crq av, vbb av-jn vvz crd n2 dt pi vvg n-jn p-acp dt n-jn, cc vvz pno32 p-acp dt n1 pc-acp vbi n1 j, p-acp dt n1 cst vvd p-acp dt d. (19) chapter (DIV2) 199 Image 56
1045 The one of them was, that Zedechias shoulde not sée Babilon: the other that hee shoulde be ledde away into Babilon: The one of them was, that Zedechiah should not see Babylon: the other that he should be led away into Babylon: dt crd pp-f pno32 vbds, cst np1 vmd xx vvi np1: dt n-jn cst pns31 vmd vbi vvn av p-acp np1: (19) chapter (DIV2) 200 Image 56
1046 Whereof that one (saye•• he) was accomplished when in Iuda it selfe hee had his eyes plucked out: Whereof that one (saye•• he) was accomplished when in Iuda it self he had his eyes plucked out: c-crq cst crd (n1 pns31) vbds vvn c-crq p-acp np1 pn31 n1 pns31 vhd po31 n2 vvd av: (19) chapter (DIV2) 201 Image 56
1047 this other lykewyse founde true, when after hee was caryed away into Babylon with a greate number of other captiues moe. this other likewise found true, when After he was carried away into Babylon with a great number of other captives more. d j-jn av vvd j, c-crq c-acp pns31 vbds vvn av p-acp np1 p-acp dt j n1 pp-f j-jn n2-jn av-dc. (19) chapter (DIV2) 201 Image 57
1048 He addeth yet (fynally) an other amplyfication to the hearers taken out of the comparyson of the time of the Lawe, to the tyme of the Gospell. He adds yet (finally) an other amplyfication to the hearers taken out of the comparison of the time of the Law, to the time of the Gospel. pns31 vvz av (av-j) dt j-jn n1 p-acp dt n2 vvn av pp-f dt n1 pp-f dt n1 pp-f dt n1, p-acp dt n1 pp-f dt n1. (19) chapter (DIV2) 202 Image 57
1049 If those that lyued vnder the law were so grieuousely punished for periurie, what greate plagues doe remayne for those, that now in these dayes, If those that lived under the law were so grievously punished for perjury, what great plagues do remain for those, that now in these days, cs d cst vvd p-acp dt n1 vbdr av av-j vvn p-acp n1, r-crq j n2 vdb vvi p-acp d, cst av p-acp d n2, (19) chapter (DIV2) 202 Image 57
1050 when the light of the Gospell most clearly shyneth, are not ashamed to forsweare themselues? But I cease to make any further annotations vppon that place furnyshed with all kynde of conninge and conueig•aunce. when the Light of the Gospel most clearly shineth, Are not ashamed to forswear themselves? But I cease to make any further annotations upon that place furnished with all kind of conning and conueig•aunce. c-crq dt n1 pp-f dt n1 av-ds av-j vvz, vbr xx j pc-acp vvi px32? p-acp pns11 vvb pc-acp vvi d jc n2 p-acp d n1 vvn p-acp d n1 pp-f vvg cc n1. (19) chapter (DIV2) 202 Image 57
1051 By these thinges it may sufficientlye bee perceyued, that amplyfications are ofte times gathered out of those places, whiche Diuinitye, challengeth as proper to it selfe. By these things it may sufficiently be perceived, that amplyfications Are oft times gathered out of those places, which Divinity, Challengeth as proper to it self. p-acp d n2 pn31 vmb av-j vbi vvn, cst n2 vbr av n2 vvd av pp-f d n2, r-crq n1, vvz p-acp j p-acp pn31 n1. (19) chapter (DIV2) 203 Image 57
1052 The same Chrysostom in his homilie, 46. vpon Genesis, with wonderfull prudence and dexteritye amplyfieth (like as did. The same Chrysostom in his homily, 46. upon Genesis, with wonderful prudence and dexterity amplyfieth (like as did. dt d np1 p-acp po31 n1, crd p-acp n1, p-acp j n1 cc n1 vvz (av-j c-acp vdd. (19) chapter (DIV2) 204 Image 57
1053 Origen also before him) the fayth of Abraham, and his obedience deriued of faith, being readye to offer vp his onely sonne Isaac: the discourse wherof whosoeuer will attentiuely reade, he shall hardly (I am sure) refrayne hym selfe from teares. Agayne in his homilie. Origen also before him) the faith of Abraham, and his Obedience derived of faith, being ready to offer up his only son Isaac: the discourse whereof whosoever will attentively read, he shall hardly (I am sure) refrain him self from tears. Again in his homily. np1 av p-acp pno31) dt n1 pp-f np1, cc po31 n1 vvn pp-f n1, vbg j pc-acp vvi a-acp po31 j n1 np1: dt n1 c-crq c-crq vmb av-j vvi, pns31 vmb av (pns11 vbm j) vvi pno31 n1 p-acp n2. av p-acp po31 n1. (19) chapter (DIV2) 204 Image 57
1054 14. touching the temerarious othe of Saule, wherein he swore that who so euer dyd taste any bread before the euening should dye the death, it is an easy matter to obserue many mo amplifications deriued out of diuers and sondry places of Diuinitie. 14. touching the temerarious other of Saule, wherein he swore that who so ever did taste any bred before the evening should die the death, it is an easy matter to observe many more amplifications derived out of diverse and sundry places of Divinity. crd vvg dt j n1 pp-f np1, q-crq pns31 vvd d r-crq av av vdd vvi d n1 p-acp dt n1 vmd vvi dt n1, pn31 vbz dt j n1 pc-acp vvi d dc n2 vvn av pp-f j cc j n2 pp-f n1. (19) chapter (DIV2) 205 Image 57
1055 I cannot choose, but that I must néedes adde this also by the way, and (as ye would say) minding of some other matter. I cannot choose, but that I must needs add this also by the Way, and (as you would say) minding of Some other matter. pns11 vmbx vvi, cc-acp cst pns11 vmb av vvi d av p-acp dt n1, cc (c-acp pn22 vmd vvi) vvg pp-f d j-jn n1. (19) chapter (DIV2) 206 Image 57
1056 Some there be that propounde vnto the youth in Scholes arguments, in which thei may exercise their stile, some there be that propound unto the youth in Schools Arguments, in which they may exercise their style, d a-acp vbb d vvi p-acp dt n1 p-acp np1 n2, p-acp r-crq pns32 vmb vvi po32 n1, (19) chapter (DIV2) 206 Image 57
1057 and make a tryall of the towardnes of their wit: and make a trial of the towardness of their wit: cc vvi dt n1 pp-f dt n1 pp-f po32 n1: (19) chapter (DIV2) 206 Image 57
1058 but those for the most parte are taken out of fables, or certes things vayne and friuolous, that I say not, somtimes filthy, but those for the most part Are taken out of fables, or certes things vain and frivolous, that I say not, sometimes filthy, cc-acp d c-acp dt av-ds n1 vbr vvn av pp-f n2, cc av n2 j cc j, cst pns11 vvb xx, av j, (19) chapter (DIV2) 206 Image 57
1059 or otherwise hu••fill• But how muche better should the Scolemasters doe, if they woulde oftentymes prescribe vnto their Scollers committed to their charge, or otherwise hu••fill• But how much better should the Schoolmasters do, if they would oftentimes prescribe unto their Scholars committed to their charge, cc av n1 cc-acp c-crq av-d av-jc vmd dt n2 vdb, cs pns32 vmd av vvi p-acp po32 n2 vvn p-acp po32 n1, (19) chapter (DIV2) 206 Image 57
1060 & to those inespecially that are enformed, to the study of diuine letters, argumentes taken out of the holy Scriptures, & to those inespecially that Are informed, to the study of divine letters, Arguments taken out of the holy Scriptures, cc p-acp d av-j cst vbr vvn, p-acp dt n1 pp-f j-jn n2, n2 vvn av pp-f dt j n2, (19) chapter (DIV2) 206 Image 57
1061 and woulde commande them to explicate and in explicating to adorne the same, one while by amplifications, an other while, by other formes of exercises, accordinge to the imitation of Chrysostom or some other excellent diuines. and would command them to explicate and in explicating to adorn the same, one while by amplifications, an other while, by other forms of exercises, according to the imitation of Chrysostom or Some other excellent Divines. cc vmd vvi pno32 pc-acp vvi cc p-acp vvg pc-acp vvi dt d, crd n1 p-acp n2, dt j-jn n1, p-acp j-jn n2 pp-f n2, vvg p-acp dt n1 pp-f np1 cc d j-jn j n2-jn. (19) chapter (DIV2) 206 Image 57
1062 Of mouinge of affections. Cap. XVI. Of moving of affections. Cap. XVI. pp-f vvg pp-f n2. np1 np1. (20) chapter (DIV2) 206 Image 57
1063 THe Preacher shall not employe his least care in mouinge of affections, forsomuch as all the learned sorte doe confesse, that he stādeth of no one thing more in néede, THe Preacher shall not employ his least care in moving of affections, forsomuch as all the learned sort do confess, that he Stands of no one thing more in need, dt n1 vmb xx vvi po31 av-ds n1 p-acp vvg pp-f n2, av p-acp d dt j n1 vdb vvi, cst pns31 vvz pp-f dx pi n1 av-dc p-acp n1, (20) chapter (DIV2) 207 Image 57
1064 then he doth of this one onely faculty. then he does of this one only faculty. cs pns31 vdz pp-f d crd j n1. (20) chapter (DIV2) 207 Image 57
1065 They that teache no otherwyse in the temple, then professors are accustomed in the Scoles, it cannot be that they shoulde be the authors of any greate spirituall fruites, They that teach no otherwise in the temple, then professors Are accustomed in the Scoles, it cannot be that they should be the Authors of any great spiritual fruits, pns32 d vvi dx av p-acp dt n1, cs n2 vbr vvn p-acp dt np1, pn31 vmbx vbi cst pns32 vmd vbi dt n2 pp-f d j j n2, (20) chapter (DIV2) 208 Image 57
1066 and very fewe or none are séene to bee induced with such Sermons to repentaunce and amendement of lyfe. and very few or none Are seen to be induced with such Sermons to Repentance and amendment of life. cc av d cc pix vbr vvn pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp d n2 p-acp n1 cc n1 pp-f n1. (20) chapter (DIV2) 208 Image 57
1067 Wherefore, whosoeuer he be that hath once taken vppon him the office of teaching in the church, must with great industry apply himself vnto this, yt he may at the lengthe féele himselfe able to performe somewhat worthy of commendation in this behalfe. Wherefore, whosoever he be that hath once taken upon him the office of teaching in the Church, must with great industry apply himself unto this, that he may At the length feel himself able to perform somewhat worthy of commendation in this behalf. q-crq, c-crq pns31 vbb cst vhz a-acp vvn p-acp pno31 dt n1 pp-f vvg p-acp dt n1, vmb p-acp j n1 vvi px31 p-acp d, pn31 pns31 vmb p-acp dt n1 vvb px31 j pc-acp vvi av j pp-f n1 p-acp d n1. (20) chapter (DIV2) 208 Image 57
1068 Wée in the meane tyme will add to some thinges that serue vnto this ende: We in the mean time will add to Some things that serve unto this end: pns12 p-acp dt j n1 vmb vvi p-acp d n2 cst vvb p-acp d n1: (20) chapter (DIV2) 209 Image 57
1069 and firste verily wee will declare when and what tyme it is conuenient to moue affections: and First verily we will declare when and what time it is convenient to move affections: cc ord av-j pns12 vmb vvi c-crq cc r-crq n1 pn31 vbz j pc-acp vvi n2: (20) chapter (DIV2) 209 Image 57
1070 then next, where or in what parte of the Sermon: lastly in what places or with what practise it may be done. then next, where or in what part of the Sermon: lastly in what places or with what practice it may be done. av ord, c-crq cc p-acp r-crq n1 pp-f dt n1: ord p-acp r-crq n2 cc p-acp r-crq n1 pn31 vmb vbi vdn. (20) chapter (DIV2) 209 Image 57
1071 It is well knowen out of the bookes of the Rhetoritians, that the common affections are accounted to be fower: Gladnesse, Hope, Feare, Griefe. It is well known out of the books of the Rhetoricians, that the Common affections Are accounted to be fower: Gladness, Hope, fear, Grief. pn31 vbz av vvn av pp-f dt n2 pp-f dt n2, cst dt j n2 vbr vvn pc-acp vbi crd: n1, vvb, n1, np1-n. (20) chapter (DIV2) 210 Image 57
1072 And vnder gladnesse are ordinarily placed, deletation, vaunting or bosting: vnder hope, desire, indigēce, or néede: And under gladness Are ordinarily placed, deletation, vaunting or boasting: under hope, desire, indigence, or need: cc p-acp n1 vbr av-jn vvn, n1, vvg cc vvg: p-acp n1, vvb, n1, cc n1: (20) chapter (DIV2) 210 Image 57
1073 Vnder feare, slouthfulnesse, shamfastnes, terrour, timorousnes, trembling, preturbatiō: Under Fear, slothfulness, shamefastness, terror, timorousness, trembling, perturbation: p-acp n1, n1, n1, n1, n1, vvg, n1: (20) chapter (DIV2) 210 Image 57
1074 Vnder griefe are, enuy, ire, euill will, hatred, emulatiō, pitie, sorrowe, lamentation, carefulnesse, paynefulnesse, desperation, &c. Under grief Are, envy, ire, evil will, hatred, emulation, pity, sorrow, lamentation, carefulness, painfulness, desperation, etc. p-acp n1 vbr, n1, n1, j-jn n1, n1, n1, n1, n1, n1, n1, n1, n1, av (20) chapter (DIV2) 210 Image 58
1075 Now the Preachers doe not accustomably vse to excite the myndes of their hearers, to euery of the kyndes of affections nowe reherced, Now the Preachers do not accustomably use to excite the minds of their hearers, to every of the Kinds of affections now rehearsed, av dt n2 vdb xx av-j vvi pc-acp vvi dt n2 pp-f po32 n2, p-acp d pp-f dt n2 pp-f n2 av vvn, (20) chapter (DIV2) 211 Image 58
1076 but vnto those moste chiefely which euery man at the first sight may knowe distinctly to be most conuenient and, but unto those most chiefly which every man At the First sighed may know distinctly to be most convenient and, cc-acp p-acp d av-ds av-jn r-crq d n1 p-acp dt ord n1 vmb vvi av-j pc-acp vbi av-ds j cc, (20) chapter (DIV2) 211 Image 58
1077 as it were, destinate to diuine affayres, that is to say, to thinges perteyninge to the eternall saluation of mankinde. as it were, destinate to divine affairs, that is to say, to things pertaining to the Eternal salvation of mankind. c-acp pn31 vbdr, j p-acp j-jn n2, cst vbz pc-acp vvi, p-acp n2 vvg p-acp dt j n1 pp-f n1. (20) chapter (DIV2) 211 Image 58
1078 They induce therfore their hearers most specially to the care of obteyning saluation, to sorrowe or indignation for offences committed, to the lothsomnesse and hatred of sinnes, to the loue of vertue, to the feare of gods iudgement and of punishment, to the hope of mercy to be obteyned with God, to compassion and loue towardes our neighbour, They induce Therefore their hearers most specially to the care of obtaining salvation, to sorrow or Indignation for offences committed, to the loathsomeness and hatred of Sins, to the love of virtue, to the Fear of God's judgement and of punishment, to the hope of mercy to be obtained with God, to compassion and love towards our neighbour, pns32 vvb av po32 n2 av-ds av-j p-acp dt n1 pp-f vvg n1, p-acp n1 cc n1 p-acp n2 vvn, p-acp dt n1 cc n1 pp-f n2, p-acp dt n1 pp-f n1, p-acp dt n1 pp-f ng1 n1 cc pp-f n1, p-acp dt n1 pp-f n1 pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp np1, p-acp n1 cc n1 p-acp po12 n1, (20) chapter (DIV2) 211 Image 58
1079 and vnto those affections besides, that are vnto these moste semblable, but scarcely to any other. and unto those affections beside, that Are unto these most semblable, but scarcely to any other. cc p-acp d n2 a-acp, cst vbr p-acp d av-ds j, cc-acp av-j p-acp d n-jn. (20) chapter (DIV2) 211 Image 58
1080 Wherefore the mener of mouinge of affections assigned vnto Preachers in the Church, is not altogither lyke vnto that, that the Orators vse in their Forum or Consistory. Wherefore the mener of moving of affections assigned unto Preachers in the Church, is not altogether like unto that, that the Orators use in their Forum or Consistory. c-crq dt n1 pp-f vvg pp-f n2 vvn p-acp n2 p-acp dt n1, vbz xx av av-j p-acp d, cst dt n2 vvb p-acp po32 n1 cc n1. (20) chapter (DIV2) 211 Image 58
1081 To the intent therefore thou mayest knowe when and at what tyme it is méete and conuenient that affections be moued of the Preacher, before all thinges the partes of the whole Sermon, To the intent Therefore thou Mayest know when and At what time it is meet and convenient that affections be moved of the Preacher, before all things the parts of the Whole Sermon, p-acp dt n1 av pns21 vm2 vvi c-crq cc p-acp r-crq n1 pn31 vbz j cc j cst n2 vbb vvn pp-f dt n1, p-acp d n2 dt n2 pp-f dt j-jn n1, (20) chapter (DIV2) 212 Image 58
1082 and the principall places, which are specially to be touched therein, ought effectually to be comprised in the mynde and reduced to a perfect order. and the principal places, which Are specially to be touched therein, ought effectually to be comprised in the mind and reduced to a perfect order. cc dt j-jn n2, r-crq vbr av-j pc-acp vbi vvn av, vmd av-j pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp dt n1 cc vvn p-acp dt j n1. (20) chapter (DIV2) 212 Image 58
1083 For the tractation of what place soeuer thou shalt iudge to be most profitable and necessary either to the state of the Church, For the tractation of what place soever thou shalt judge to be most profitable and necessary either to the state of the Church, p-acp dt n1 pp-f r-crq n1 av pns21 vm2 vvi pc-acp vbi av-ds j cc j av-d p-acp dt n1 pp-f dt n1, (20) chapter (DIV2) 213 Image 58
1084 or to the tyme and causes incident, in the illustration thereof chiefely, beyonde the rest, thou shalt employ thy dilligent labour, or to the time and Causes incident, in the illustration thereof chiefly, beyond the rest, thou shalt employ thy diligent labour, cc p-acp dt n1 cc n2 j, p-acp dt n1 av av-jn, p-acp dt n1, pns21 vm2 vvi po21 j n1, (20) chapter (DIV2) 213 Image 58
1085 and also endeuour thy selfe to moue the affections of the hearers. The effecte of our meaninge, is this: and also endeavour thy self to move the affections of the hearers. The Effect of our meaning, is this: cc av n1 po21 n1 pc-acp vvi dt n2 pp-f dt n2. dt n1 pp-f po12 n1, vbz d: (20) chapter (DIV2) 213 Image 58
1086 Thou expoundest some entier booke of Scripture, or some parte of a booke: Thou expoundest Some entire book of Scripture, or Some part of a book: pns21 vvd2 d j n1 pp-f n1, cc d n1 pp-f dt n1: (20) chapter (DIV2) 214 Image 58
1087 in the wordes that come nexte to hande, are founde (peraduenture) touched diuers and sondry profitable places, wherof some doe conteyne manifold doctrine, othersome redargutions, other institucions, other corrections, or consolations. in the words that come Next to hand, Are found (Peradventure) touched diverse and sundry profitable places, whereof Some do contain manifold Doctrine, Othersome redargutions, other institutions, other corrections, or consolations. p-acp dt n2 cst vvb ord p-acp n1, vbr vvn (av) vvd j cc j j n2, c-crq d vdb vvi j n1, j n2, j-jn n2, j-jn n2, cc n2. (20) chapter (DIV2) 214 Image 58
1088 And in these one there is most apte to styrre vpp the myndes of menne vnto vertue, verye requisite in the lyfe of man, And in these one there is most apt to stir vpp the minds of men unto virtue, very requisite in the life of man, cc p-acp d crd a-acp vbz av-ds j pc-acp vvi a-acp dt n2 pp-f n2 p-acp n1, av j p-acp dt n1 pp-f n1, (20) chapter (DIV2) 214 Image 58
1089 and chiefely in respecte of present considerations: and chiefly in respect of present considerations: cc av-jn p-acp n1 pp-f j n2: (20) chapter (DIV2) 214 Image 58
1090 therefore, thou shalte vnderstande that this same place is in suche sorte to bée declared of thée, that thou mayste endeuoure thy selfe to moue the affections, either more vehement or moderate, according as thou shalte sée it expedient. Therefore, thou shalt understand that this same place is in such sort to been declared of thee, that thou mayste endeavour thy self to move the affections, either more vehement or moderate, according as thou shalt see it expedient. av, pns21 vm2 vvi cst d d n1 vbz p-acp d n1 pc-acp vbi vvn pp-f pno21, cst pns21 vm2 vvi po21 n1 pc-acp vvi dt n2, av-d av-dc j cc j, vvg c-acp pns21 vm2 vvi pn31 j. (20) chapter (DIV2) 214 Image 58
1091 At what tyme therefore, thou shalte perceyue men to be giuen to drounkennesse and excesse, At what time Therefore, thou shalt perceive men to be given to drounkennesse and excess, p-acp r-crq n1 av, pns21 vm2 vvi n2 pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp n1 cc n1, (20) chapter (DIV2) 215 Image 58
1092 if there happen any wher in the Sermon a place of sobrietie and temperance, or agaynst superfluitie, in this verily thou shalte longest tary, if there happen any where in the Sermon a place of sobriety and temperance, or against superfluity, in this verily thou shalt longest tarry, cs pc-acp vvi d c-crq p-acp dt n1 dt n1 pp-f n1 cc n1, cc p-acp n1, p-acp d av-j pns21 vm2 av-js vvi, (20) chapter (DIV2) 215 Image 58
1093 and through exhortation or reprehension, so styrre vp the affections of the hearers, that they may both couet sobrietie and abandon excesse. and through exhortation or reprehension, so stir up the affections of the hearers, that they may both covet sobriety and abandon excess. cc p-acp n1 cc n1, av vvi a-acp dt n2 pp-f dt n2, cst pns32 vmb av-d vvi n1 cc vvi n1. (20) chapter (DIV2) 215 Image 58
1094 Moreouer, wher many of the common sort are oppressed with pouerty and that there is euery where greate scarcitie of vittayle, Moreover, where many of the Common sort Are oppressed with poverty and that there is every where great scarcity of vittayle, av, c-crq d pp-f dt j n1 vbr vvn p-acp n1 cc cst pc-acp vbz d c-crq j n1 pp-f n1, (20) chapter (DIV2) 216 Image 58
1095 and yet in the meane tyme charitie very colde, and vnneath any where to bée founde: and yet in the mean time charity very cold, and uneath any where to been found: cc av p-acp dt j n1 n1 av j-jn, cc av d c-crq pc-acp vbi vvn: (20) chapter (DIV2) 216 Image 58
1096 if then a conuenient place offer it selfe touchinge liberalitie, thou shalte wyth all thy power goe aboute to explayne it at large, if then a convenient place offer it self touching liberality, thou shalt with all thy power go about to explain it At large, cs av dt j n1 vvi pn31 n1 vvg n1, pns21 vm2 p-acp d po21 n1 vvi p-acp pc-acp vvi pn31 p-acp j, (20) chapter (DIV2) 216 Image 58
1097 and wyth as greate industry as thou canst, induce the myndes of the hearers to bountifulnesse, and compassion towardes the poore. and with as great industry as thou Canst, induce the minds of the hearers to bountifulness, and compassion towards the poor. cc p-acp p-acp j n1 c-acp pns21 vm2, vvb dt n2 pp-f dt n2 p-acp n1, cc n1 p-acp dt j. (20) chapter (DIV2) 216 Image 58
1098 Furthermore, there happeneth peraduenture a place wherby it is signified that God woulde haue littell children to come vnto him: Furthermore, there Happeneth Peradventure a place whereby it is signified that God would have little children to come unto him: np1, a-acp vvz av dt n1 c-crq pn31 vbz vvn cst np1 vmd vhi j n2 pc-acp vvi p-acp pno31: (20) chapter (DIV2) 216 Image 58
1099 Héere very fitly shall bee entreated of the loue of parentes towardes their childrne, yea, Here very fitly shall be entreated of the love of Parents towards their childrne, yea, av av av-j vmb vbi vvn pp-f dt n1 pp-f n2 p-acp po32 n1, uh, (20) chapter (DIV2) 216 Image 58
1100 and with some vehemence also, and prouocation of myndes, shall the parentes bee vrged to sende their childrne to Scole in tyme conuenient, and with Some vehemence also, and provocation of minds, shall the Parents be urged to send their childrne to Scole in time convenient, cc p-acp d n1 av, cc n1 pp-f n2, vmb dt n2 vbb vvn pc-acp vvi po32 n1 p-acp n1 p-acp n1 j, (20) chapter (DIV2) 216 Image 58
1101 and prouide that they maye rightely bee enstructed in the principles of godlynesse. and provide that they may rightly be instructed in the principles of godliness. cc vvi cst pns32 vmb av-jn vbi vvn p-acp dt n2 pp-f n1. (20) chapter (DIV2) 216 Image 58
1102 To be short, if at any tyme an history or precepte, or sentence be purposed vpō, which produceth a place of constācy and fortitude in the confession of fayth, this place certes shall worthily so much the more amply bee declared, by howe much, very fewe are to be founde in these dayes, that by reason of publike daungers, To be short, if At any time an history or precept, or sentence be purposed upon, which Produceth a place of constancy and fortitude in the Confessi of faith, this place certes shall worthily so much the more amply be declared, by how much, very few Are to be found in these days, that by reason of public dangers, pc-acp vbi j, cs p-acp d n1 dt n1 cc n1, cc n1 vbb vvn p-acp, r-crq vvz dt n1 pp-f n1 cc n1 p-acp dt n1 pp-f n1, d n1 av vmb av-j av av-d dt av-dc av-j vbi vvn, p-acp c-crq d, av d vbr pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp d n2, cst p-acp n1 pp-f j n2, (20) chapter (DIV2) 217 Image 59
1103 but especially for the perturbatiō of ye Church, dare constātely abide by ye truth. but especially for the perturbation of the Church, Dare constantly abide by you truth. cc-acp av-j c-acp dt n1 pp-f dt n1, vvb av-j vvi p-acp pn22 n1. (20) chapter (DIV2) 217 Image 59
1104 And verily in this selfe same argument, shall all the cunning in mouing of affections be seasonably set abroch, and men prouoked with great sharpnesse of wordes and sentences, to constancy and fortitude in the confession of the truth. And verily in this self same argument, shall all the cunning in moving of affections be seasonably Set abroach, and men provoked with great sharpness of words and sentences, to constancy and fortitude in the Confessi of the truth. cc av-j p-acp d n1 d n1, vmb d dt j-jn p-acp vvg pp-f n2 vbb av-j vvn av, cc n2 vvn p-acp j n1 pp-f n2 cc n2, p-acp n1 cc n1 p-acp dt n1 pp-f dt n1. (20) chapter (DIV2) 218 Image 59
1105 Somtymes also beside the tractation of common places, or explication of the scripture, there is mingled, either in the beginninge of the Sermon, Sometimes also beside the tractation of Common places, or explication of the scripture, there is mingled, either in the begin of the Sermon, av av p-acp dt n1 pp-f j n2, cc n1 pp-f dt n1, pc-acp vbz vvn, av-d p-acp dt n-vvg pp-f dt n1, (20) chapter (DIV2) 218 Image 59
1106 or in the ende, or else (by digression) in the middest, some exhortation or obiurgation, in which the oration assurgeth euen to the styrringe vp and concitation of affections. or in the end, or Else (by digression) in the midst, Some exhortation or obiurgation, in which the oration assurgeth even to the stirring up and concitation of affections. cc p-acp dt n1, cc av (p-acp n1) p-acp dt n1, d n1 cc n1, p-acp r-crq dt n1 vvz av-j p-acp dt vvg a-acp cc n1 pp-f n2. (20) chapter (DIV2) 218 Image 59
1107 Examples thou mayst finde not rare in Chrysostom and other ecclesiasticall writers. Examples thou Mayest find not rare in Chrysostom and other ecclesiastical writers. n2 pns21 vm2 vvi xx j p-acp np1 cc j-jn j n2. (20) chapter (DIV2) 219 Image 59
1108 By these things it is euidently to be perceyued, in what parte of the Sermon affections ought to be moued. By these things it is evidently to be perceived, in what part of the Sermon affections ought to be moved. p-acp d n2 pn31 vbz av-j pc-acp vbi vvn, p-acp r-crq n1 pp-f dt n1 n2 vmd pc-acp vbi vvn. (20) chapter (DIV2) 220 Image 59
1109 Not in confirmation onely, but also in the Exordium, and conclusion: Not in confirmation only, but also in the Exordium, and conclusion: xx p-acp n1 av-j, cc-acp av p-acp dt fw-la, cc n1: (20) chapter (DIV2) 220 Image 59
1110 Not onely where the confirmation drawethe to an ende, but also wheresoeuer else the consideration of those thinges that are touched will séeme to require, shall it bée conuenient to styrre vp the motions of the minde. Not only where the confirmation draweth to an end, but also wheresoever Else the consideration of those things that Are touched will seem to require, shall it been convenient to stir up the motions of the mind. xx av-j c-crq dt n1 vvz p-acp dt n1, cc-acp av c-crq av dt n1 pp-f d n2 cst vbr vvn vmb vvi pc-acp vvi, vmb pn31 vbi j pc-acp vvi a-acp dt n2 pp-f dt n1. (20) chapter (DIV2) 220 Image 59
1111 To the Preacher oughte a greater liberty to bee gyuen by all meanes then to the Orator, To the Preacher ought a greater liberty to be given by all means then to the Orator, p-acp dt n1 vmd dt jc n1 pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp d n2 av p-acp dt n1, (20) chapter (DIV2) 220 Image 59
1112 lyke as also the Preacher may doe many other thinges with comlynesse, that are not in the meane time to bee attempted of the Rhetoritian. For the Preacher chargeth, commaundeth, sharply rebuketh, threateneth, pronounceth, like as also the Preacher may do many other things with comeliness, that Are not in the mean time to be attempted of the Rhetorician. For the Preacher charges, commandeth, sharply Rebuketh, threateneth, pronounceth, av-j c-acp av dt n1 vmb vdi d j-jn n2 p-acp n1, cst vbr xx p-acp dt j n1 pc-acp vbi vvn pp-f dt n1. p-acp dt n1 vvz, vvz, av-j vvz, vvz, vvz, (20) chapter (DIV2) 220 Image 59
1113 as one in place of authoritie, and as a Iudge, the sentence of excommunication: as one in place of Authority, and as a Judge, the sentence of excommunication: c-acp pi p-acp n1 pp-f n1, cc p-acp dt n1, dt n1 pp-f n1: (20) chapter (DIV2) 220 Image 59
1114 But the Rhetoritian supposeth none of these thinges to bée lawfull vnto him, but rather he is compelled nowe and then fowly to flatter and fawne vppon the Iudges, somtymes also to prostrat himselfe as an humble supplyaunt, But the Rhetorician Supposeth none of these things to been lawful unto him, but rather he is compelled now and then foully to flatter and fawn upon the Judges, sometimes also to prostrate himself as an humble supplyaunt, cc-acp dt n1 vvz pix pp-f d n2 pc-acp vbi j p-acp pno31, cc-acp av-c pns31 vbz vvn av cc av av-j pc-acp vvi cc vvi p-acp dt n2, av av p-acp j px31 p-acp dt j j, (20) chapter (DIV2) 220 Image 59
1115 before the tribunall seate, and what not & Chrysostom in his Homilie. before the tribunal seat, and what not & Chrysostom in his Homily. p-acp dt n1 n1, cc q-crq xx cc np1 p-acp po31 n1. (20) chapter (DIV2) 220 Image 59
1116 26. entituled, That wee ought to bée vert•••sely occupied in the leaste thinges, and that wee ought not to sweare, forthwyth in the very entry of his Sermon, repeateth many things grauely and with a certayne Episcopall dignitie, wherby he induceth the hearers to feare the iudgement of God, 26. entitled, That we ought to been vert•••sely occupied in the jest things, and that we ought not to swear, forthwith in the very entry of his Sermon, repeateth many things gravely and with a certain Episcopal dignity, whereby he induceth the hearers to Fear the judgement of God, crd vvn, cst pns12 vmd pc-acp vbi av-j vvn p-acp dt n1 n2, cc cst pns12 vmd xx pc-acp vvi, av p-acp dt j n1 pp-f po31 n1, vvz d n2 av-j cc p-acp dt j np1 n1, c-crq pns31 vvz dt n2 pc-acp vvi dt n1 pp-f np1, (20) chapter (DIV2) 220 Image 59
1117 and also the seueritie of ecclesiasticall discipline. and also the severity of ecclesiastical discipline. cc av dt n1 pp-f j n1. (20) chapter (DIV2) 220 Image 59
1118 Howbeit, in whatsoeuer exhortations, reprehensions or obiurgations it be, that place ought chiefely and frequently to bée giuen to the mouinge of affections of myndes, it is much better knowen, Howbeit, in whatsoever exhortations, reprehensions or obiurgations it be, that place ought chiefly and frequently to been given to the moving of affections of minds, it is much better known, a-acp, p-acp r-crq n2, n2 cc n2 pn31 vbi, cst n1 vmd av-jn cc av-j pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp dt vvg pp-f n2 pp-f n2, pn31 vbz av-d jc vvn, (20) chapter (DIV2) 220 Image 59
1119 then that it is needefull here to bée admonished, the dayely custome of teachers in the Churche not obscurely, prouinge and confirminge the same. then that it is needful Here to been admonished, the daily custom of Teachers in the Church not obscurely, proving and confirming the same. av cst pn31 vbz j av pc-acp vbi vvn, dt av-j n1 pp-f n2 p-acp dt n1 xx av-j, vvg cc vvg dt d. (20) chapter (DIV2) 220 Image 59
1120 Moreouer, with what furniture of arguments or with what kinde of arte the Preacher may conueniently moue and styrre vp the myndes of the hearers, wee will eftesoones declare. Moreover, with what furniture of Arguments or with what kind of art the Preacher may conveniently move and stir up the minds of the hearers, we will eftesoones declare. av, p-acp r-crq n1 pp-f n2 cc p-acp r-crq n1 pp-f n1 dt n1 vmb av-j vvi cc vvi a-acp dt n2 pp-f dt n2, pns12 vmb av vvi. (20) chapter (DIV2) 221 Image 59
1121 Before all thinges it is very necessary that hée which speaketh, doe conceyue such lyke affectiōs in his mynde, Before all things it is very necessary that he which speaks, do conceive such like affections in his mind, p-acp d n2 pn31 vbz av j cst pns31 r-crq vvz, vdb vvi d av-j n2 p-acp po31 n1, (20) chapter (DIV2) 221 Image 59
1122 and rayse them vpp in himselfe, yea, and (after a sorte) shews them forth to be séene vnto others, and raise them vpp in himself, yea, and (After a sort) shows them forth to be seen unto Others, cc vvi pno32 a-acp p-acp px31, uh, cc (c-acp dt n1) vvz pno32 av pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp n2-jn, (20) chapter (DIV2) 221 Image 59
1123 as hee coueteth to hée translated into the myndes of his auditors. as he covets to he translated into the minds of his Auditors. c-acp pns31 vvz p-acp pns31 vvn p-acp dt n2 pp-f po31 n2. (20) chapter (DIV2) 221 Image 59
1124 For hée that both in wordes, voyce, countenaunce, and apte gesture, declareth himselfe to lamente and bée sory either for the perill of some, For he that both in words, voice, countenance, and apt gesture, Declareth himself to lament and been sorry either for the peril of Some, p-acp pns31 cst d p-acp n2, n1, n1, cc j n1, vvz px31 pc-acp vvi cc vbi j av-d p-acp dt n1 pp-f d, (20) chapter (DIV2) 221 Image 59
1125 or for the common misery of all men, •ée alone séemeth forthwyth to prouoke the residewe to pitie and compassion: or for the Common misery of all men, •ée alone Seemeth forthwith to provoke the residue to pity and compassion: cc p-acp dt j n1 pp-f d n2, vvb av-j vvz av pc-acp vvi dt n1 pc-acp vvi cc n1: (20) chapter (DIV2) 221 Image 59
1126 Hee that burneth wholly in himselfe, and is altogither inflamed to attempt some notable thinge, hée by his oration and (as it were) by his owne example may incense others to enterprise the lyke: He that burns wholly in himself, and is altogether inflamed to attempt Some notable thing, he by his oration and (as it were) by his own Exampl may incense Others to enterprise the like: pns31 cst vvz av-jn p-acp px31, cc vbz av vvn pc-acp vvi d j n1, pns31 p-acp po31 n1 cc (c-acp pn31 vbdr) p-acp po31 d n1 vmb vvi n2-jn p-acp n1 dt av-j: (20) chapter (DIV2) 221 Image 59
1127 Hée that doth vtterly abandon vices himselfe, and expresseth the same accordingly by the testimony of his mynde, hée vndoubtedly at the length shall trayne others to the hatred and detestation of the same. He that does utterly abandon vices himself, and Expresses the same accordingly by the testimony of his mind, he undoubtedly At the length shall train Others to the hatred and detestation of the same. pns31 cst vdz av-j vvi n2 px31, cc vvz dt d av-vvg p-acp dt n1 pp-f po31 n1, pns31 av-j p-acp dt n1 vmb vvi n2-jn p-acp dt n1 cc n1 pp-f dt d. (20) chapter (DIV2) 221 Image 59
1128 A man may stirre vp affections in himselfe diuers wayes. A man may stir up affections in himself diverse ways. dt n1 vmb vvi a-acp n2 p-acp px31 j n2. (20) chapter (DIV2) 221 Image 59
1129 First, by the dilligent consideration of the things ye are before his eyes as namely whē a man very exactly discusseth and ensercheth in his mynde, all and euery point annexed to the matter it selfe. First, by the diligent consideration of the things you Are before his eyes as namely when a man very exactly discusseth and ensercheth in his mind, all and every point annexed to the matter it self. ord, p-acp dt j n1 pp-f dt n2 pn22 vbr p-acp po31 n2 c-acp av c-crq dt n1 av av-j vvz cc vvz p-acp po31 n1, d cc d n1 vvn p-acp dt n1 pn31 n1. (20) chapter (DIV2) 222 Image 60
1130 Which thinge neuerthelesse cannot bée done but of him, that knoweth perfectly the nature and kynde of the businesse in hande. Which thing nevertheless cannot been done but of him, that Knoweth perfectly the nature and kind of the business in hand. r-crq n1 av vmbx vbi vdn p-acp pp-f pno31, cst vvz av-j dt n1 cc n1 pp-f dt n1 p-acp n1. (20) chapter (DIV2) 222 Image 60
1131 Secondely, by a vehement imagination or fantasy, when a man with most attētiue cogitatiō apprehendeth, Secondly, by a vehement imagination or fantasy, when a man with most attentive cogitation apprehendeth, ord, p-acp dt j n1 cc n1, c-crq dt n1 p-acp ds j n1 vvz, (20) chapter (DIV2) 223 Image 60
1132 and depaynteth to himselfe the formes and simylitudes of the thinges whereof hée entreateth, which afterwarde he so fixeth & setleth in his minde, and depainteth to himself the forms and simylitudes of the things whereof he entreateth, which afterward he so fixeth & settleth in his mind, cc vvz p-acp px31 dt n2 cc n2 pp-f dt n2 c-crq pns31 vvz, r-crq av pns31 av vvz cc vvz p-acp po31 n1, (20) chapter (DIV2) 223 Image 60
1133 as if his owne priuate cause were in handling, and as though hee shoulde perpetually muse vppon that thinge alone. as if his own private cause were in handling, and as though he should perpetually muse upon that thing alone. c-acp cs po31 d j-jn n1 vbdr p-acp n-vvg, cc c-acp cs pns31 vmd av-j vvi p-acp d n1 av-j. (20) chapter (DIV2) 223 Image 60
1134 Thirdly, these thinges are furthered, yea, and increased also, if a man shall attentiuely reade and peruse some one place (especially) in the sacred Scriptures, wherein the affections are iudged to be most cunningely and artificially moued: Thirdly, these things Are furthered, yea, and increased also, if a man shall attentively read and peruse Some one place (especially) in the sacred Scriptures, wherein the affections Are judged to be most cunningly and artificially moved: ord, d n2 vbr vvn, uh, cc vvd av, cs dt n1 vmb av-j vvi cc vvi d crd n1 (av-j) p-acp dt j n2, c-crq dt n2 vbr vvn pc-acp vbi av-ds av-jn cc av-j vvn: (20) chapter (DIV2) 224 Image 60
1135 in which it shall bée conuenient so longe time to staye, as the mynde may fully conceyue those thinges that agrée with the purpose. in which it shall been convenient so long time to stay, as the mind may Fully conceive those things that agree with the purpose. p-acp r-crq pn31 vmb vbi j av av-j n1 pc-acp vvi, c-acp dt n1 vmb av-j vvi d n2 cst vvb p-acp dt n1. (20) chapter (DIV2) 224 Image 60
1136 After which sorte certaine Emperours bée reported (& amonge these also Alexander of Macedony ) as ofte as they entended to ioyne battaile with their enimies, to haue enflamed themselues by the readinge of certayne verses, wherein some horrible conflicte cōmitted, was of some Poete described & set forth. After which sort certain emperors been reported (& among these also Alexander of Macedonia) as oft as they intended to join battle with their enemies, to have inflamed themselves by the reading of certain Verses, wherein Some horrible conflict committed, was of Some Poet described & Set forth. p-acp r-crq n1 j n2 vbi vvn (cc p-acp d av np1 pp-f np1) c-acp av c-acp pns32 vvd pc-acp vvi n1 p-acp po32 n2, pc-acp vhi vvn px32 p-acp dt vvg pp-f j n2, c-crq d j n1 vvn, vbds pp-f d n1 vvn cc vvn av. (20) chapter (DIV2) 224 Image 60
1137 Fourthly, in cace thou desirest earnestely to be moued and affected thy self, it is requisit that thou laboure to obteine that of God, (who turneth and enforceth the hartes of men at his pleasure) and saye wyth the Plalmist: Fourthly, in case thou Desirest earnestly to be moved and affected thy self, it is requisite that thou labour to obtain that of God, (who turns and enforceth the hearts of men At his pleasure) and say with the Psalmist: ord, p-acp n1 pns21 vv2 av-j pc-acp vbi vvn cc vvn po21 n1, pn31 vbz j cst pns21 n1 pc-acp vvi d pp-f np1, (r-crq vvz cc vvz dt n2 pp-f n2 p-acp po31 n1) cc vvb p-acp dt n1: (20) chapter (DIV2) 224 Image 60
1138 Inclyne my hart O God vnto thy testimonies. Incline my heart Oh God unto thy testimonies. vvi po11 n1 uh np1 p-acp po21 n2. (20) chapter (DIV2) 224 Image 60
1139 And herevppon is nowe opened vnto vs also the seconde meane wherby a man may mou ye mindes of his hearers. And hereupon is now opened unto us also the seconde mean whereby a man may mou you minds of his hearers. cc av vbz av vvn p-acp pno12 av dt ord n1 c-crq dt n1 vmb fw-mi pn22 n2 pp-f po31 n2. (20) chapter (DIV2) 225 Image 60
1140 For it behoueth him in the beginninge of his Sermon to pray vnto God with feruent prayer, yt it woulde please him by his holy spirit so to frame and direct the hartes of all men, that they may both easely perceyue those things that are spoken of the truth, For it behooves him in the begin of his Sermon to pray unto God with fervent prayer, that it would please him by his holy Spirit so to frame and Direct the hearts of all men, that they may both Easily perceive those things that Are spoken of the truth, p-acp pn31 vvz pno31 p-acp dt n-vvg pp-f po31 n1 pc-acp vvi p-acp np1 p-acp j n1, pn31 zz vmd vvi pno31 p-acp po31 j n1 av pc-acp vvi cc vvi dt n2 pp-f d n2, cst pns32 vmb av-d av-j vvb d n2 cst vbr vvn pp-f dt n1, (20) chapter (DIV2) 225 Image 60
1141 and also by all meanes embrace and accomplyshe the same. and also by all means embrace and accomplish the same. cc av p-acp d n2 vvi cc vvi dt d. (20) chapter (DIV2) 225 Image 60
1142 Full well sayde Augustine, that all the preachinge of the veritie profiteth a man nothinge at all, vnlesse God by his interior grace, gouerne and worke in the harte. Full well said Augustine, that all the preaching of the verity profiteth a man nothing At all, unless God by his interior grace, govern and work in the heart. j av vvd np1, cst d dt vvg pp-f dt n1 vvz dt n1 pix p-acp d, cs np1 p-acp po31 j-jn n1, vvb cc vvi p-acp dt n1. (20) chapter (DIV2) 226 Image 60
1143 Thirdely, it cannot bée dissembled, but that the moderate pronunciation of a lyuely voyce togither with a decent and comely gesture of the speaker, doth adde greate force and importaunce to the mouinge of affections. Thirdly, it cannot been dissembled, but that the moderate pronunciation of a lively voice together with a decent and comely gesture of the speaker, does add great force and importance to the moving of affections. ord, pn31 vmbx vbi vvn, cc-acp cst dt j n1 pp-f dt j n1 av p-acp dt j cc j n1 pp-f dt n1, vdz vvi j n1 cc n1 p-acp dt vvg pp-f n2. (20) chapter (DIV2) 227 Image 60
1144 Which thinge to bee true the very Gentiles also themselues doe testifie. Which thing to be true the very Gentiles also themselves do testify. r-crq n1 pc-acp vbi j dt j n2-j av px32 vdb vvi. (20) chapter (DIV2) 228 Image 60
1145 Demosthenes, beinge oftentymes demaunded what the chiefe and principall poynt was in the wholle kynde of well speakinge, woulde alwayes make aunswere that it was gesture and ponunciation. Agayne Aeschines his aduersary affirmed; Demosthenes, being oftentimes demanded what the chief and principal point was in the wholle kind of well speaking, would always make answer that it was gesture and ponunciation. Again Aeschines his adversary affirmed; np1, vbg av vvn r-crq dt j-jn cc j-jn n1 vbds p-acp dt j-jn n1 pp-f av vvg, vmd av vvi n1 cst pn31 vbds n1 cc n1. av np1 po31 n1 vvd; (20) chapter (DIV2) 229 Image 60
1146 that the oration of Demosthenes which hée had with great grace rehearsed, woulde deserue incomparable admiration wyth the hearers, in cace it myght fortune them to heare Demosthenes himselfe but pronouncing his owne woordes. that the oration of Demosthenes which he had with great grace rehearsed, would deserve incomparable admiration with the hearers, in case it might fortune them to hear Demosthenes himself but pronouncing his own words. cst dt n1 pp-f npg1 r-crq pns31 vhd p-acp j n1 vvn, vmd vvi j n1 p-acp dt n2, p-acp n1 pn31 vmd n1 pno32 pc-acp vvi npg1 px31 p-acp vvg po31 d n2. (20) chapter (DIV2) 230 Image 60
1147 So far forth is one and the self same. So Far forth is one and the self same. av av-j av vbz crd cc dt n1 d. (20) chapter (DIV2) 230 Image 60
1148 Oration (by diuers men, pronounced) perceyued to bée one while of more, an other while of lesse power and strength. Oration (by diverse men, pronounced) perceived to been one while of more, an other while of less power and strength. n1 (p-acp j n2, vvd) vvd pc-acp vbi crd n1 pp-f dc, dt j-jn n1 pp-f dc n1 cc n1. (20) chapter (DIV2) 230 Image 60
1149 Fourthly, most effectually of all doe they moue ye mindes of men, to whom is giuen of God that vertue or power of spirit in Teaching, which wee sayd, in the second Chapiter of this present Booke, to be most requisite and necessary to euery Preacher. Fourthly, most effectually of all doe they move you minds of men, to whom is given of God that virtue or power of Spirit in Teaching, which we said, in the second Chapter of this present Book, to be most requisite and necessary to every Preacher. ord, av-ds av-j pp-f d n1 pns32 vvi pn22 n2 pp-f n2, p-acp ro-crq vbz vvn pp-f np1 cst n1 cc n1 pp-f n1 p-acp vvg, r-crq pns12 vvd, p-acp dt ord n1 pp-f d j n1, pc-acp vbi av-ds j cc j p-acp d n1. (20) chapter (DIV2) 231 Image 60
1150 For all men must confesse that the power of mouinge affections, doth not in such wyse consist in exquisite termes, exacte of spéech and apte pronounciatiō, For all men must confess that the power of moving affections, does not in such wise consist in exquisite terms, exact of speech and apt Pronunciation, p-acp d n2 vmb vvi d dt n1 pp-f vvg n2, vdz xx p-acp d n1 vvi p-acp j n2, vvb pp-f n1 cc j n1, (20) chapter (DIV2) 231 Image 60
1151 but that a much greater dignitie, brightnesse, yea, and maiesty doeth rest in thys maner of speakinge, wherin we sée some men to excel and shyne before others. but that a much greater dignity, brightness, yea, and majesty doth rest in this manner of speaking, wherein we see Some men to excel and shine before Others. cc-acp cst dt d jc n1, n1, uh, cc n1 vdz vvi p-acp d n1 pp-f vvg, c-crq pns12 vvb d n2 pc-acp vvi cc vvi p-acp n2-jn. (20) chapter (DIV2) 231 Image 60
1152 For we know by experience that some commonly speake atogither without arte, and very simply and plainely, For we know by experience that Some commonly speak atogither without art, and very simply and plainly, c-acp pns12 vvb p-acp n1 cst d av-j vvi av p-acp n1, cc av av-j cc av-j, (20) chapter (DIV2) 231 Image 60
1153 and yet in the meane tyme doe drawe their hearers whithersoeuer they lyst. &c. and yet in the mean time do draw their hearers whithersoever they list. etc. cc av p-acp dt j n1 vdb vvi po32 n2 av pns32 vvb. av (20) chapter (DIV2) 231 Image 60
1154 And herevppon it commeth to passe, that in Thappostles speakinge so simpely and playnely, (I had almoste sayde also rudely and disordredly) is so ofte tymes commended their wonderful power in speaking and teaching, wherby all the most learned and smooth tongued enimies of the Gospell have maruaylously from tyme to tyme bene vanquyshed and compelled to giue place. And hereupon it comes to pass, that in Apostles speaking so simpely and plainly, (I had almost said also rudely and disorderedly) is so oft times commended their wondered power in speaking and teaching, whereby all the most learned and smooth tongued enemies of the Gospel have maruaylously from time to time be vanquished and compelled to give place. cc av pn31 vvz pc-acp vvi, cst p-acp n2 vvg av av-j cc av-j, (pns11 vhd av vvn av av-j cc av-j) vbz av av n2 vvd po32 j n1 p-acp vvg cc vvg, c-crq d dt av-ds j cc j j-vvn n2 pp-f dt n1 vhb av-j p-acp n1 p-acp n1 vbn vvn cc vvn pc-acp vvi n1. (20) chapter (DIV2) 232 Image 61
1155 Neither doth this excellent gifte happen to any other, then vnto those that are seriously occupyed in Gods busines, which thing is the cause why the apostle so studiously setteth the same (ad oppositum) agaynst the faculty of well Speakinge which the Rhetoritians doe challenge to themselues as their owne proper right. Neither does this excellent gift happen to any other, then unto those that Are seriously ocupied in God's business, which thing is the cause why the apostle so studiously sets the same (ad oppositum) against the faculty of well Speaking which the Rhetoricians do challenge to themselves as their own proper right. av-d vdz d j n1 vvi p-acp d n-jn, av p-acp d cst vbr av-j vvn p-acp ng1 n1, r-crq n1 vbz dt n1 c-crq dt n1 av av-j vvz dt d (fw-la fw-la) p-acp dt n1 pp-f av vvg r-crq dt n2 vdb vvi p-acp px32 p-acp po32 d j n-jn. (20) chapter (DIV2) 232 Image 61
1156 My preachinge (sayth hée) was not in the flatteringe phrases of mannes wysdome, but in the demonstration of the spirite and of power. Agayne: My preaching (say he) was not in the flattering phrases of Man's Wisdom, but in the demonstration of the Spirit and of power. Again: po11 vvg (vvz pns31) vbds xx p-acp dt j-vvg n2 pp-f ng1 n1, cc-acp p-acp dt n1 pp-f dt n1 cc pp-f n1. av: (20) chapter (DIV2) 233 Image 61
1157 wee haue not receyued the spirite of the worlde, but the spirite which is of God, to the intent wee may knowe those thinges that bee giuen vs of Christ, which also wee speake, not in wordes taught by mannes wysdome, we have not received the Spirit of the world, but the Spirit which is of God, to the intent we may know those things that be given us of christ, which also we speak, not in words taught by Man's Wisdom, pns12 vhb xx vvn dt n1 pp-f dt n1, cc-acp dt n1 r-crq vbz pp-f np1, p-acp dt n1 pns12 vmb vvi d n2 cst vbb vvn pno12 pp-f np1, r-crq av pns12 vvb, xx p-acp n2 vvn p-acp ng1 n1, (20) chapter (DIV2) 233 Image 61
1158 but such as wee are learned by the holy Ghoste. but such as we Are learned by the holy Ghost. cc-acp d c-acp pns12 vbr vvn p-acp dt j n1. (20) chapter (DIV2) 233 Image 61
1159 Fiftly, the matter themselves (many tymes) wherof entreatie is made, be of great weight and force to the stirring vp of the motions of myndes. Fifty, the matter themselves (many times) whereof entreaty is made, be of great weight and force to the stirring up of the motions of minds. ord, dt n1 px32 (d n2) c-crq n1 vbz vvn, vbb pp-f j n1 cc n1 p-acp dt vvg a-acp pp-f dt n2 pp-f n2. (20) chapter (DIV2) 233 Image 61
1160 For ther happen some thinges of such a nature, that the narration thereof (though it be rude and homely) doe moste swiftely and déepely sincke into the hartes of ye hearers, and that doe very greatly moue and delight the same. For there happen Some things of such a nature, that the narration thereof (though it be rude and homely) do most swiftly and deeply sink into the hearts of the hearers, and that do very greatly move and delight the same. p-acp pc-acp vvi d n2 pp-f d dt n1, cst dt n1 av (cs pn31 vbb j cc j) vdb ds av-j cc av-jn vvi p-acp dt n2 pp-f dt n2, cc d vdb av av-j vvi cc vvi dt d. (20) chapter (DIV2) 233 Image 61
1161 We may take, for examples sake, the narration of Ioseph acknowledgeing his brethrne, when hee helde the chiefe gouernement of the common wealth of AEgipte: which who (I praye you) except, he be of flynt can réede without wéeping? Grigory Nazianzene in his first oration touching the reconcilement of the Monkes, affirmeth that he neuer read the Threnes of the Prophete Ieremie, without shedding of teares. We may take, for Examples sake, the narration of Ioseph acknowledging his brethrne, when he held the chief government of the Common wealth of Aegyptus: which who (I pray you) except, he be of flint can reed without weeping? Gregory Nazianzene in his First oration touching the reconcilement of the Monks, Affirmeth that he never read the Threnes of the Prophet Ieremie, without shedding of tears. pns12 vmb vvi, p-acp ng1 n1, dt n1 pp-f np1 vvg po31 n1, c-crq pns31 vvd dt j-jn n1 pp-f dt j n1 pp-f np1: r-crq zz (pns11 vvb pn22) c-acp, pns31 vbb pp-f n1 vmb n1 p-acp vvg? np1 np1 p-acp po31 ord n1 vvg dt n1 pp-f dt n2, vvz cst pns31 av-x vvd dt np1 pp-f dt n1 np1, p-acp vvg pp-f n2. (20) chapter (DIV2) 234 Image 61
1162 Very shorte but yet very vehement and lamentable is the complaynt of Dauid bewailing ye deth of his son Absolō. To these may be adioyned certain Sermōs pronoūced by Christ a litel before his death Sixtly, to ye same effect are ordeined certaine places artificiall, whereof we may perceiue not a few to be taken out of the rules of the Rhetoritians, but many moe also out of Diuinitie it selfe, Very short but yet very vehement and lamentable is the complaint of David bewailing the death of his son Absolō. To these may be adjoined certain Sermons pronounced by christ a little before his death Sixty, to you same Effect Are ordained certain places artificial, whereof we may perceive not a few to be taken out of the rules of the Rhetoricians, but many more also out of Divinity it self, av j p-acp av av j cc j vbz dt n1 pp-f np1 vvg dt n1 pp-f po31 n1 np1. p-acp d vmb vbi vvn j n2 vvn p-acp np1 dt j p-acp po31 n1 ord, p-acp pn22 d n1 vbr vvn j n2 j, c-crq pns12 vmb vvi xx dt d pc-acp vbi vvn av pp-f dt n2 pp-f dt n2, p-acp d dc av av pp-f n1 pn31 n1, (20) chapter (DIV2) 234 Image 61
1163 and out of the sacred scriptures. and out of the sacred Scriptures. cc av pp-f dt j n2. (20) chapter (DIV2) 234 Image 61
1164 What these places be and to the mouing of what affectiōs every one doe serue, it shall not be a loste labour briefely to declare. What these places be and to the moving of what affections every one do serve, it shall not be a lost labour briefly to declare. q-crq d n2 vbb cc pc-acp dt n-vvg pp-f r-crq n2 d crd vdb vvi, pn31 vmb xx vbi dt vvn n1 av-j pc-acp vvi. (20) chapter (DIV2) 234 Image 61
1165 Therfore, if the Preacher at any time be desyrous to bring to passe in his Sermon, that men vtterly desperate and past hope (in a maner) of recouery thould become carefull of atteyning vnto eternall saluation, he may borrowe certayne reasons and arguments out of these places that folow. Therefore, if the Preacher At any time be desirous to bring to pass in his Sermon, that men utterly desperate and past hope (in a manner) of recovery thould become careful of attaining unto Eternal salvation, he may borrow certain Reasons and Arguments out of these places that follow. av, cs dt n1 p-acp d n1 vbi j pc-acp vvi pc-acp vvi p-acp po31 n1, cst n2 av-j j cc j n1 (p-acp dt n1) pp-f n1 vmd vvi j pp-f vvg p-acp j n1, pns31 vmb vvi j n2 cc n2 av pp-f d n2 cst vvi. (20) chapter (DIV2) 235 Image 61
1166 1 Of the honestie of the cause. 1 Of the honesty of the cause. crd pp-f dt n1 pp-f dt n1. (20) chapter (DIV2) 236 Image 61
1167 For it were a vere fylthy and vnhonest thinge to persist in that kinde of life, of which all good men would be ashamed. For it were a vere filthy and unhonest thing to persist in that kind of life, of which all good men would be ashamed. p-acp pn31 vbdr dt vvb j cc j-u n1 pc-acp vvi p-acp d n1 pp-f n1, pp-f r-crq d j n2 vmd vbi j. (20) chapter (DIV2) 236 Image 61
1168 2 Of the lothsomnesse and greatnesse of sinnes. Either of which is to be learned out of the law of God. 2 Of the loathsomeness and greatness of Sins. Either of which is to be learned out of the law of God. crd pp-f dt n1 cc n1 pp-f n2. av-d pp-f r-crq vbz pc-acp vbi vvn av pp-f dt n1 pp-f np1. (20) chapter (DIV2) 237 Image 61
1169 3 Of the knowledge of mans fragilitie. 3 Of the knowledge of men fragility. crd pp-f dt n1 pp-f ng1 n1. (20) chapter (DIV2) 238 Image 61
1170 What is this lyfe but a vapour sodainly vanishing a way? why therefore doe we not spéedely frame our selues to the amendement of lyfe? What is this life but a vapour suddenly vanishing a Way? why Therefore do we not speedily frame our selves to the amendment of life? q-crq vbz d n1 p-acp dt n1 av-j vvg dt n1? uh-crq av vdb pns12 xx av-j vvi po12 n2 p-acp dt n1 pp-f n1? (20) chapter (DIV2) 239 Image 61
1171 4 Of the miseries as wel externall as internall whiche being subiect to the crimes of this lyfe, are adioyned thereunto. 4 Of the misery's as well external as internal which being Subject to the crimes of this life, Are adjoined thereunto. crd pp-f dt n2 c-acp av j c-acp j r-crq vbg j-jn p-acp dt n2 pp-f d n1, vbr vvn av. (20) chapter (DIV2) 240 Image 61
1172 A great miserie it is to liue in contempt, & perpetuall vexation of minde. 5 Of the harmes that accompany for the most part the fylthynesse of this lyfe: A great misery it is to live in contempt, & perpetual vexation of mind. 5 Of the harms that accompany for the most part the filthiness of this life: dt j n1 pn31 vbz pc-acp vvi p-acp n1, cc j n1 pp-f n1. crd pp-f dt n2 cst vvb p-acp dt av-ds n1 dt n1 pp-f d n1: (20) chapter (DIV2) 240 Image 61
1173 as losse of good name and estimation, losse and consumption of goods, to be cast downe from the degrée and estate of honor, &c. Adde also hereunto the euils that shall follow after this lyfe. as loss of good name and estimation, loss and consumption of goods, to be cast down from the degree and estate of honour, etc. Add also hereunto the evils that shall follow After this life. c-acp n1 pp-f j n1 cc n1, n1 cc n1 pp-f n2-j, pc-acp vbi vvn a-acp p-acp dt n1 cc n1 pp-f n1, av vvb av av dt n2-jn cst vmb vvi p-acp d n1. (20) chapter (DIV2) 241 Image 61
1174 6 Of innumerable benefits which shal happen through the purposing of a better lyfe. Where it behoueth vs to remember the promises of God. 6 Of innumerable benefits which shall happen through the purposing of a better life. Where it behooves us to Remember the promises of God. crd pp-f j n2 r-crq vmb vvi p-acp dt vvg pp-f dt jc n1. c-crq pn31 vvz pno12 pc-acp vvi dt n2 pp-f np1. (20) chapter (DIV2) 243 Image 61
1175 7 Of the necessitie of the matter. 7 Of the necessity of the matter. crd pp-f dt n1 pp-f dt n1. (20) chapter (DIV2) 244 Image 61
1176 Except we repent, we are vtterly vndone, and shall doe nothinge els then heape moe sinnes vppon more. Except we Repent, we Are utterly undone, and shall do nothing Else then heap more Sins upon more. c-acp pns12 vvb, pns12 vbr av-j vvn, cc vmb vdi pix av av vvi dc n2 p-acp dc. (20) chapter (DIV2) 244 Image 61
1177 And may so many thretninges of God hym selfe sette foorth in the Scriptures nothing moue vs at all? And may so many threatenings of God him self Set forth in the Scriptures nothing move us At all? cc vmb av d n2-vvg pp-f np1 pno31 n1 vvd av p-acp dt n2 pix vvi pno12 p-acp d? (20) chapter (DIV2) 244 Image 62
1178 8 Of the easynesse of the matter. God planteth in the mindes of all men a certayne studye and desyre of health. 8 Of the easynesse of the matter. God plants in the minds of all men a certain study and desire of health. crd pp-f dt n1 pp-f dt n1. np1 vvz p-acp dt n2 pp-f d n2 dt j n1 cc n1 pp-f n1. (20) chapter (DIV2) 245 Image 62
1179 The same at all times inuiteth, allureth, draweth vs, and layeth open vnto vs a most easy entraunce unto saluation. The same At all times Inviteth, Allureth, draws us, and Layeth open unto us a most easy Entrance unto salvation. dt d p-acp d n2 vvz, vvz, vvz pno12, cc vvz j p-acp pno12 dt ds j n1 p-acp n1. (20) chapter (DIV2) 245 Image 62
1180 What néede many wordes? As well these places, as also many other besides, may be obserued in the Sermons of Christ, the prophets and Apostles, touchinge repentaunce & amendement of lyfe. What need many words? As well these places, as also many other beside, may be observed in the Sermons of christ, the Prophets and Apostles, touching Repentance & amendment of life. q-crq vvb d n2? p-acp av d n2, c-acp av d n-jn p-acp, vmb vbi vvn p-acp dt n2 pp-f np1, dt n2 cc n2, vvg n1 cc n1 pp-f n1. (20) chapter (DIV2) 245 Image 62
1181 Peter in his fyrst Sermon that hee made Act. 2. vsing some certayne places of this kynde, doth by and by so moue the hearers, that they foorthwith were pricked in their harts, Peter in his fyrst Sermon that he made Act. 2. using Some certain places of this kind, does by and by so move the hearers, that they forthwith were pricked in their hearts, np1 p-acp po31 ord n1 cst pns31 vvd n1 crd vvg d j n2 pp-f d n1, vdz p-acp cc p-acp av vvi dt n2, cst pns32 av vbdr vvn p-acp po32 n2, (20) chapter (DIV2) 245 Image 62
1182 & very desyrously required to know what they might doe to obtayne saluation. & very desyrously required to know what they might do to obtain salvation. cc av av-j vvn pc-acp vvi r-crq pns32 vmd vdi pc-acp vvi n1. (20) chapter (DIV2) 245 Image 62
1183 Moreouer ye Preacher shall vse partly these same, partly also some other places, if at any time hee endeuoureth to moue his hearers vnto sorrow or indignatiō for their offences committed; Moreover you Preacher shall use partly these same, partly also Some other places, if At any time he endeavoureth to move his hearers unto sorrow or Indignation for their offences committed; av pn22 n1 vmb vvi av d d, av av d j-jn n2, cs p-acp d n1 pns31 vvz pc-acp vvi po31 n2 p-acp n1 cc n1 p-acp po32 n2 vvn; (20) chapter (DIV2) 246 Image 62
1184 or vnto hatred & detessation, not of wretched and miserable men (as the Orators are accustomed to doe) but of sinnes and of the deuill continually without ceasing prouoking vs to euill. or unto hatred & detessation, not of wretched and miserable men (as the Orators Are accustomed to do) but of Sins and of the Devil continually without ceasing provoking us to evil. cc p-acp n1 cc n1, xx pp-f j cc j n2 (c-acp dt n2 vbr vvn pc-acp vdi) cc-acp pp-f n2 cc pp-f dt n1 av-j p-acp vvg vvg pno12 pc-acp j-jn. (20) chapter (DIV2) 246 Image 62
1185 For truely Diuinitie teacheth vs ye euen our enemies also are to be holpen with all maner duties of Godlynesse, For truly Divinity Teaches us the even our enemies also Are to be helped with all manner duties of Godliness, c-acp av-j n1 vvz pno12 dt j po12 n2 av vbr pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp d n1 n2 pp-f n1, (20) chapter (DIV2) 247 Image 62
1186 and Christ willeth vs to praye vnto God the father for the health and saluation of our aduersaryes. and christ wills us to pray unto God the father for the health and salvation of our Adversaries. cc np1 vvz pno12 pc-acp vvi p-acp np1 dt n1 p-acp dt n1 cc n1 pp-f po12 ng1. (20) chapter (DIV2) 247 Image 62
1187 Furthermore wee have obserued amonge the Diuine writers, to the stirryng vp of hatred and detestation of any one or moe vices, these places followynge as fyt to be vsed: Furthermore we have observed among the Divine writers, to the stirring up of hatred and detestation of any one or more vices, these places following as fit to be used: av pns12 vhb vvn p-acp dt j-jn n2, p-acp dt vvg a-acp pp-f n1 cc n1 pp-f d crd cc dc n2, d n2 vvg p-acp j pc-acp vbi vvn: (20) chapter (DIV2) 248 Image 62
1188 1 Of the authorytie and diligence of these men that before vs laboured by all meanes to extirpate and roote out those vices out of the company of the faythfull. 1 Of the authorytie and diligence of these men that before us laboured by all means to extirpate and root out those vices out of the company of the faithful. crd pp-f dt n1 cc n1 pp-f d n2 cst p-acp pno12 vvd p-acp d n2 pc-acp vvi cc vvi av d n2 av pp-f dt n1 pp-f dt j. (20) chapter (DIV2) 249 Image 62
1189 2 Of the greatnesse of the same vices, as namelye that they are not common, that they be straunge, seldom heard off, &c. 3 Of the qualitie of the persons yt be infected with those nices. 2 Of the greatness of the same vices, as namely that they Are not Common, that they be strange, seldom herd off, etc. 3 Of the quality of the Persons that be infected with those nices. crd pp-f dt n1 pp-f dt d n2, c-acp av cst pns32 vbr xx j, cst pns32 vbb j, av vvn a-acp, av crd pp-f dt n1 pp-f dt n2 pn31 vbi vvn p-acp d n2. (20) chapter (DIV2) 250 Image 62
1190 4 Of the very shape, matter, & other circumstaumces of ye same vices, which declare their filthynesse & indignitie. 4 Of the very shape, matter, & other circumstaumces of you same vices, which declare their filthiness & indignity. crd pp-f dt j n1, n1, cc j-jn n2 pp-f pn22 d n2, r-crq vvb po32 n1 cc n1. (20) chapter (DIV2) 252 Image 62
1191 5 Of that, yt euen by the secret instinct of nature alone al men ought to abhorre and absteine from them. 5 Of that, that even by the secret instinct of nature alone all men ought to abhor and abstain from them. crd pp-f d, pn31 av-j p-acp dt j-jn n1 pp-f n1 av-j d n2 vmd pc-acp vvi cc vvi p-acp pno32. (20) chapter (DIV2) 253 Image 62
1192 6 Likewise sinnes are compared with sinnes, and those that be touched, are shewed to be far more grievous then all the residew. 6 Likewise Sins Are compared with Sins, and those that be touched, Are showed to be Far more grievous then all the residue. crd av n2 vbr vvn p-acp n2, cc d cst vbb vvn, vbr vvn pc-acp vbi av-j av-dc j cs d dt n1. (20) chapter (DIV2) 254 Image 62
1193 7 Of the greatnesse of the euils, that be already spronge out of the sinnes present, 7 Of the greatness of the evils, that be already sprung out of the Sins present, crd pp-f dt n1 pp-f dt n2-jn, cst vbb av vvd av pp-f dt n2 j, (20) chapter (DIV2) 255 Image 62
1194 and yt may afterward redounde to potterytie. and that may afterwards redound to potterytie. cc pn31 vmb av vvi p-acp n1. (20) chapter (DIV2) 255 Image 62
1195 And these places verely may be taken as specifyed of the Orators: but out of Diuinitie are deryued groundes of greater weight and importaunce, as: And these places verily may be taken as specified of the Orators: but out of Divinity Are deryued grounds of greater weight and importance, as: cc d n2 av-j vmb vbi vvn c-acp vvn pp-f dt n2: p-acp av pp-f n1 vbr vvn n2 pp-f jc n1 cc n1, a-acp: (20) chapter (DIV2) 255 Image 62
1196 8 Of that, that wee ought not to be so fylthye and vile, as that wee shoulde submit our mindes and bodyes to our enemy the Diuell to serue his wicked and diabolicall suggestions. 8 Of that, that we ought not to be so filthy and vile, as that we should submit our minds and bodies to our enemy the devil to serve his wicked and diabolical suggestions. crd pp-f d, cst pns12 vmd xx pc-acp vbi av j cc j, c-acp cst pns12 vmd vvi po12 n2 cc n2 p-acp po12 n1 dt n1 pc-acp vvi po31 j cc j n2. (20) chapter (DIV2) 256 Image 62
1197 9 Of that, yt we incurre the crime of disloyaltie, yea and of high treason also, 9 Of that, that we incur the crime of disloyalty, yea and of high treason also, crd pp-f d, pn31 pns12 vvi dt n1 pp-f n1, uh cc pp-f j n1 av, (20) chapter (DIV2) 257 Image 62
1198 if we reuolte from the tents of our sauiour Christ unto Beliall. if we revolt from the tents of our Saviour christ unto Belial. cs pns12 vvi p-acp dt n2 pp-f po12 n1 np1 p-acp np1. (20) chapter (DIV2) 257 Image 62
1199 10 of that, yt it is a great ingratitude, and yt more is an extreame cruelty to crucify Christ a fresh through our sinnes, 10 of that, that it is a great ingratitude, and that more is an extreme cruelty to crucify christ a fresh through our Sins, crd pp-f d, pn31 pn31 vbz dt j n1, cc pn31 n1 vbz dt j-jn n1 pc-acp vvi np1 dt j p-acp po12 n2, (20) chapter (DIV2) 258 Image 62
1200 and to dispise his blood wherwith he hath once wasshed and sanctified vs. 11 Of that, yt by defylynge our selues wt sin, we grieue the holy ghost, and to despise his blood wherewith he hath once washed and sanctified us 11 Of that, that by defiling our selves with since, we grieve the holy ghost, cc pc-acp vvi po31 n1 c-crq pns31 vhz a-acp vvn cc vvn pno12 crd pp-f d, pn31 p-acp vvg po12 n2 p-acp n1, pns12 vvb dt j n1, (20) chapter (DIV2) 258 Image 62
1201 and doe slaunder the holy angells our kéepers, yea and the vniuersall church of God. and do slander the holy Angels our keepers, yea and the universal Church of God. cc vdb vvi dt j n2 po12 n2, uh cc dt j n1 pp-f np1. (20) chapter (DIV2) 259 Image 62
1202 12 Of ye, that by the grace of God assisting vs, we may be able to refist the temptor and traitor sathan, tame our flesh, abandon evill thoughts, &c. 12 Of you, that by the grace of God assisting us, we may be able to refist the Tempter and traitor sathan, tame our Flesh, abandon evil thoughts, etc. crd pp-f pn22, cst p-acp dt n1 pp-f np1 vvg pno12, pns12 vmb vbi j p-acp n1 dt n1 cc n1 fw-ge, vvb po12 n1, vvb j-jn n2, av (20) chapter (DIV2) 260 Image 62
1203 13 Of that, yt if we harken vnto the Deuill, all the fault shall be imputed to vs, 13 Of that, that if we harken unto the devil, all the fault shall be imputed to us, crd pp-f d, pn31 cs pns12 vvb p-acp dt n1, d dt n1 vmb vbi vvn p-acp pno12, (20) chapter (DIV2) 261 Image 62
1204 and vnto our iniquitie, neyther shal it bee lawfull to pretende any excuse at all, and unto our iniquity, neither shall it be lawful to pretend any excuse At all, cc p-acp po12 n1, dx vmb pn31 vbi j pc-acp vvi d n1 p-acp d, (20) chapter (DIV2) 261 Image 62
1205 but euen wee our selues shall bes punished for those enormities, whiche by the prouocation of the deuill we commit. but even we our selves shall bes punished for those enormities, which by the provocation of the Devil we commit. cc-acp av pns12 po12 n2 vmb zz vvn p-acp d n2, r-crq p-acp dt n1 pp-f dt n1 pns12 vvb. (20) chapter (DIV2) 261 Image 62
1206 14 Of the paines yt are threatned vnto sinners, and the same not onely temporall, 14 Of the pains that Are threatened unto Sinners, and the same not only temporal, crd pp-f dt n2 pn31 vbr vvn p-acp n2, cc dt d xx av-j j, (20) chapter (DIV2) 262 Image 62
1207 but, also eternall, to ye auoyding and eschewing wherof, there is no way for vs to be founde except we repenting implore the ayde of Christe. but, also Eternal, to you avoiding and Eschewing whereof, there is no Way for us to be found except we repenting implore the aid of Christ. cc-acp, av j, p-acp pn22 vvg cc vvg c-crq, pc-acp vbz dx n1 p-acp pno12 pc-acp vbi vvn c-acp pns12 vvg vvb dt n1 pp-f np1. (20) chapter (DIV2) 262 Image 63
1208 Somtimes occasion is offered vnto the preacher, to sti• vp his audients vnto loue, that is to saye, vnto charytie or beneuolence. Sometimes occasion is offered unto the preacher, to sti• up his audients unto love, that is to say, unto charity or benevolence. av n1 vbz vvn p-acp dt n1, p-acp n1 p-acp po31 n2 p-acp n1, cst vbz pc-acp vvi, p-acp n1 cc n1. (20) chapter (DIV2) 263 Image 63
1209 Which truly then chiefely commeth to passe, when as entrety is made of some notable vertue, Which truly then chiefly comes to pass, when as entreaty is made of Some notable virtue, r-crq av-j av av-jn vvz p-acp n1, c-crq p-acp n1 vbz vvn pp-f d j n1, (20) chapter (DIV2) 263 Image 63
1210 or when the excellent déede of some Patryarke, Prophet, Apostle, or of any other man of worthy memorye, is celebrated and solempnised. or when the excellent deed of Some Patriarch, Prophet, Apostle, or of any other man of worthy memory, is celebrated and solemnised. cc c-crq dt j n1 pp-f d n1, n1, np1, cc pp-f d j-jn n1 pp-f j n1, vbz vvn cc vvn. (20) chapter (DIV2) 263 Image 63
1211 For héere it is conuenient to prouoke the mindes of men, and (so farforth as may be) to enflame them to loue and imbrace so excellent and rare a vertue, For Here it is convenient to provoke the minds of men, and (so farforth as may be) to inflame them to love and embrace so excellent and rare a virtue, c-acp av pn31 vbz j pc-acp vvi dt n2 pp-f n2, cc (av av c-acp vmb vbi) pc-acp vvi pno32 pc-acp vvi cc vvi av j cc j dt n1, (20) chapter (DIV2) 264 Image 63
1212 & to the feruent study of imitating so notable a déede. & to the fervent study of imitating so notable a deed. cc p-acp dt j n1 pp-f vvg av j dt n1. (20) chapter (DIV2) 264 Image 63
1213 To the furtheraunce therefore of this matter much auaylable will be the reasons taken out of the places of thinges to be desyred and thinges to be eschewed, to witte: 1 Of the honestye. Of the thinge. 2 Of the godlynesse. Of the thinge. 3 Of the religiousnesse. Of the thinge. 4 Of the gloryousnesse. Of the thinge. 5 Of the easynesse. Of the thinge. 6 Of the necessitie. Of the thinge. To the furtherance Therefore of this matter much available will be the Reasons taken out of the places of things to be desired and things to be Eschewed, to wit: 1 Of the honesty. Of the thing. 2 Of the godliness. Of the thing. 3 Of the religiousness. Of the thing. 4 Of the gloryousnesse. Of the thing. 5 Of the easynesse. Of the thing. 6 Of the necessity. Of the thing. p-acp dt n1 av pp-f d n1 d j vmb vbi dt n2 vvn av pp-f dt n2 pp-f n2 pc-acp vbi vvn cc n2 pc-acp vbi vvn, p-acp n1: crd pp-f dt n1. pp-f dt n1. crd pp-f dt n1. pp-f dt n1. crd pp-f dt n1. pp-f dt n1. crd pp-f dt n1. pp-f dt n1. crd pp-f dt n1. pp-f dt n1. crd pp-f dt n1. pp-f dt n1. (20) chapter (DIV2) 265 Image 63
1214 All which thinges may briefely be confirmed and illustrated by reasons, sentences, examples, similitudes, deryued out of the treasurie of the sacred scriptures, Item: All which things may briefly be confirmed and illustrated by Reasons, sentences, Examples, Similitudes, deryued out of the treasury of the sacred Scriptures, Item: d r-crq n2 vmb av-j vbi vvn cc vvn p-acp n2, n2, n2, n2, vvn av pp-f dt n1 pp-f dt j n2, n1: (20) chapter (DIV2) 266 Image 63
1215 7 Of the causes of thinges. 8 Of the circumstaunces. 7 Of the Causes of things. 8 Of the Circumstances. crd pp-f dt n2 pp-f n2. crd pp-f dt n2. (20) chapter (DIV2) 266 Image 63
1216 9 Of the signes, or accidents, as well 10 Antecedent, and 11 Adioyned to the matter it selfe, as also 12 Conssquent, &c. Which kinde of places verily and those deduced out of Diuinite; 9 Of the Signs, or accidents, as well 10 Antecedent, and 11 Adjoined to the matter it self, as also 12 Conssquent, etc. Which kind of places verily and those deduced out of Divinity; crd pp-f dt n2, cc n2, c-acp av crd n1, cc crd vvn p-acp dt n1 pn31 n1, c-acp av crd j, av r-crq n1 pp-f n2 av-j cc d vvn av pp-f n1; (20) chapter (DIV2) 266 Image 63
1217 we sée the holy Prophets to vse, as oft as thei exhort vnto rightuousnesse, vnto modestie, we see the holy prophets to use, as oft as they exhort unto righteousness, unto modesty, pns12 vvb dt j n2 pc-acp vvi, c-acp av c-acp pns32 vvb p-acp n1, p-acp n1, (20) chapter (DIV2) 267 Image 63
1218 vnto humilitie, vnto the confession of the knowne trueth, vnto the diligence obseruation of the true worshippinge of God. unto humility, unto the Confessi of the known truth, unto the diligence observation of the true worshipping of God. p-acp n1, p-acp dt n1 pp-f dt j-vvn n1, p-acp dt n1 n1 pp-f dt j vvg pp-f np1. (20) chapter (DIV2) 267 Image 63
1219 Neyther dothe any thinge what soeuer appertinent to this kynde of busynesse, lesse notably appeare in those Sermons of Chrysostom, in which he endeuoureth to traine men vnto pacience, sobryetie, hospitalytie, liberalitie towardes the poore, and other such lyke vertues. Neither doth any thing what soever appertinent to this kind of business, less notably appear in those Sermons of Chrysostom, in which he endeavoureth to train men unto patience, sobryetie, hospitalytie, liberality towards the poor, and other such like Virtues. av-dx vdz d n1 r-crq av j p-acp d n1 pp-f n1, av-dc av-j vvi p-acp d n2 pp-f np1, p-acp r-crq pns31 vvz pc-acp vvi n2 p-acp n1, n1, n1, n1 p-acp dt j, cc j-jn d av-j n2. (20) chapter (DIV2) 267 Image 63
1220 Now to cause yt feare of gods iudgemēt to be imprinted in the mindes of the hearers, will be a helpe and furtheraunce proofes drawen forth. Now to cause that Fear of God's judgement to be imprinted in the minds of the hearers, will be a help and furtherance proofs drawn forth. av pc-acp vvi pn31 n1 pp-f ng1 n1 pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp dt n2 pp-f dt n2, vmb vbi dt n1 cc n1 n2 vvn av. (20) chapter (DIV2) 268 Image 63
1221 1 Of the the greatnesse of our sinnes, which it behoueth to be amplyfyed out of the law, by and through all the circumstaunces thereof. 1 Of the the greatness of our Sins, which it behooves to be amplyfyed out of the law, by and through all the Circumstances thereof. crd pp-f dt dt n1 pp-f po12 n2, r-crq pn31 vvz pc-acp vbi vvn av pp-f dt n1, p-acp cc p-acp d dt n2 av. (20) chapter (DIV2) 269 Image 63
1222 2 Of our owne vnworthynes, and proper offence. 3 Of our owne imbecilitie and weakenesse. 2 Of our own unworthiness, and proper offence. 3 Of our own imbecility and weakness. crd pp-f po12 d n1, cc j n1. crd pp-f po12 d n1 cc n1. (20) chapter (DIV2) 270 Image 63
1223 We that are voyde and destitute of all kinde of vertues, what shall we obiect against the iudement of God? We that Are void and destitute of all kind of Virtues, what shall we Object against the judgement of God? pns12 d vbr j cc j pp-f d n1 pp-f n2, r-crq vmb pns12 vvi p-acp dt n1 pp-f np1? (20) chapter (DIV2) 272 Image 63
1224 4 Of that, that it is necessary the threatninges of God thould be accomplished without any exception. 4 Of that, that it is necessary the threatenings of God thould be accomplished without any exception. crd pp-f d, cst pn31 vbz j dt n2-vvg pp-f np1 vmd vbi vvn p-acp d n1. (20) chapter (DIV2) 273 Image 63
1225 5 Of the grieuousnes of the paynes that are euidentley mentioned and set forth in the threatnings of God. 5 Of the grievousness of the pains that Are euidentley mentioned and Set forth in the threatenings of God. crd pp-f dt n1 pp-f dt n2 cst vbr n1 vvn cc vvn av p-acp dt n2-vvg pp-f np1. (20) chapter (DIV2) 274 Image 63
1226 6 Of that, that God executeth those things indifferentlye, whereby both his iustice becommeth famous, and his mercy also apparaunt. 6 Of that, that God Executeth those things indifferently, whereby both his Justice becomes famous, and his mercy also apparent. crd pp-f d, cst np1 vvz d n2 av-j, c-crq d po31 n1 vvz j, cc po31 n1 av j. (20) chapter (DIV2) 275 Image 63
1227 7 Of the examples of those men, whō we know to haue bene sharply punished of God for their sinnes. 7 Of the Examples of those men, whom we know to have be sharply punished of God for their Sins. crd pp-f dt n2 pp-f d n2, ro-crq pns12 vvb pc-acp vhi vbn av-j vvn pp-f np1 p-acp po32 n2. (20) chapter (DIV2) 276 Image 63
1228 8 Of that, that God, if he punisheth not by and by, and if not in this lyfe: 8 Of that, that God, if he Punisheth not by and by, and if not in this life: crd pp-f d, cst np1, cs pns31 vvz xx p-acp cc a-acp, cc cs xx p-acp d n1: (20) chapter (DIV2) 277 Image 63
1229 yet after a shorte time, or at least after this lyfe, he repayeth due penalties accordynge to the desertes. yet After a short time, or At least After this life, he repayeth due penalties according to the deserts. av p-acp dt j n1, cc p-acp ds p-acp d n1, pns31 vvz j-jn n2 vvg p-acp dt n2. (20) chapter (DIV2) 277 Image 63
1230 9 Of that, that no euasion of mans wisdom or industrye will serue to escape and winde out of Gods iudgement. 9 Of that, that no evasion of men Wisdom or industry will serve to escape and wind out of God's judgement. crd pp-f d, cst dx n1 pp-f ng1 n1 cc n1 vmb vvi pc-acp vvi cc vvi av pp-f npg1 n1. (20) chapter (DIV2) 278 Image 63
1231 It is no difficult matter to accorde also some other places, vnto these arguments, touched before in the premisses. It is no difficult matter to accord also Some other places, unto these Arguments, touched before in the premises. pn31 vbz dx j n1 pc-acp vvi av d j-jn n2, p-acp d n2, vvn a-acp p-acp dt n2. (20) chapter (DIV2) 279 Image 63
1232 The controlling Sermons of the Prophets and Apostles, or of Chrysostome and other holy fathers doe throughlye abounde in this kinde. The controlling Sermons of the prophets and Apostles, or of Chrysostom and other holy Father's do thoroughly abound in this kind. dt j-vvg n2 pp-f dt n2 cc n2, cc pp-f np1 cc j-jn j n2 vdb av-j vvi p-acp d n1. (20) chapter (DIV2) 279 Image 63
1233 Further to the procurement of hope and desyre of mercy doe conduce a number of places accustomed to be vsed in consolations, but especially these: Further to the procurement of hope and desire of mercy do conduce a number of places accustomed to be used in consolations, but especially these: jc p-acp dt n1 pp-f n1 cc vvi pp-f n1 vdb vvi dt n1 pp-f n2 vvn pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp n2, cc-acp av-j d: (20) chapter (DIV2) 280 Image 63
1234 2 Of the confession of sinnes before God. 3 Of our humilytie or mortification. 4 Of the continuall imploration of Gods ayde. 2 Of the Confessi of Sins before God. 3 Of our humilytie or mortification. 4 Of the continual imploration of God's aid. crd pp-f dt n1 pp-f n2 p-acp np1. crd pp-f po12 n1 cc n1. crd pp-f dt j n1 pp-f npg1 n1. (20) chapter (DIV2) 281 Image 63
1235 God despiseth not the prayers of them that humble themselues, and dispaire of their owne strength. God despises not the Prayers of them that humble themselves, and despair of their own strength. np1 vvz xx dt n2 pp-f pno32 cst vvb px32, cc n1 pp-f po32 d n1. (20) chapter (DIV2) 283 Image 64
1236 5 Of the power of the spirit assistinge vs in our prayers. 6 Of the promises of God. 5 Of the power of the Spirit assisting us in our Prayers. 6 Of the promises of God. crd pp-f dt n1 pp-f dt n1 vvg pno12 p-acp po12 n2. crd pp-f dt n2 pp-f np1. (20) chapter (DIV2) 284 Image 64
1237 7 Of the naturall goodnesse of God that is the promiser, whereby he will both be prayed vnto, 7 Of the natural Goodness of God that is the promiser, whereby he will both be prayed unto, crd pp-f dt j n1 pp-f np1 cst vbz dt n1, c-crq pns31 vmb d vbi vvn p-acp, (20) chapter (DIV2) 286 Image 64
1238 and also graciousely graunt our peticions. and also graciously grant our petitions. cc av av-j vvi po12 n2. (20) chapter (DIV2) 286 Image 64
1239 8 Of that, that God delighteth to stande by his woorde and promise, and will deceiue no man. 8 Of that, that God delights to stand by his word and promise, and will deceive no man. crd pp-f d, cst np1 vvz pc-acp vvi p-acp po31 n1 cc n1, cc vmb vvi dx n1. (20) chapter (DIV2) 287 Image 64
1240 9 Of the intercession of Christ our mediatour. 10 Of the effect of the death, and all the merits of Christ. 9 Of the Intercession of christ our Mediator. 10 Of the Effect of the death, and all the merits of christ. crd pp-f dt n1 pp-f np1 po12 n1. crd pp-f dt n1 pp-f dt n1, cc d dt n2 pp-f np1. (20) chapter (DIV2) 288 Image 64
1241 11 Of that, that our father knoweth our necessities, yea euen before the aske. 12 Of our election, vocation, iustification. 11 Of that, that our father Knoweth our necessities, yea even before the ask. 12 Of our election, vocation, justification. crd pp-f d, cst po12 n1 vvz po12 n2, uh av p-acp dt vvi. crd pp-f po12 n1, n1, n1. (20) chapter (DIV2) 290 Image 64
1242 13 Of that, that God neuer vtterly forsaketh those that be his, but with fatherly compassion helpeth them before they fall into any extreame daunger. 13 Of that, that God never utterly Forsaketh those that be his, but with fatherly compassion Helpeth them before they fallen into any extreme danger. crd pp-f d, cst np1 av av-j vvz d cst vbb png31, cc-acp p-acp j n1 vvz pno32 c-acp pns32 vvb p-acp d j-jn n1. (20) chapter (DIV2) 292 Image 64
1243 To the furtheraunce also hereof, let the Sermons consolatory or comfortatiue be read disposed to the fortifiynge and erecting of mindes in the conflicts of temptations, To the furtherance also hereof, let the Sermons consolatory or Comfortative be read disposed to the fortifying and erecting of minds in the conflicts of temptations, p-acp dt n1 av av, vvb dt n2 j cc j vbb vvn vvn p-acp dt vvg cc vvg pp-f n2 p-acp dt n2 pp-f n2, (20) chapter (DIV2) 293 Image 64
1244 and (no doubt) a much more plentifull matter will offer it selfe in them, and (no doubt) a much more plentiful matter will offer it self in them, cc (dx n1) dt av-d av-dc j n1 vmb vvi pn31 n1 p-acp pno32, (20) chapter (DIV2) 293 Image 64
1245 then can of vs in few words be comprised. then can of us in few words be comprised. av vmb pp-f pno12 p-acp d n2 vbb vvn. (20) chapter (DIV2) 293 Image 64
1246 Lastly if thou intendest to prouoke the mindes of men vnto pitie and compassion, which then truely is expedyent to be done, Lastly if thou intendest to provoke the minds of men unto pity and compassion, which then truly is expedient to be done, ord cs pns21 vv2 pc-acp vvi dt n2 pp-f n2 p-acp n1 cc n1, r-crq av av-j vbz j pc-acp vbi vdn, (20) chapter (DIV2) 294 Image 64
1247 when the people is to be admonished and required, to be helpfull to the poore and needye, to succour them that are afflicted with sicknesse, shypwracke, casualtie of fyer, rage of waters, warre, when the people is to be admonished and required, to be helpful to the poor and needy, to succour them that Are afflicted with sickness, shypwracke, casualty of fire, rage of waters, war, c-crq dt n1 vbz pc-acp vbi vvn cc vvn, pc-acp vbi j p-acp dt j cc j, pc-acp vvi pno32 cst vbr vvn p-acp n1, n1, n1 pp-f n1, n1 pp-f n2, n1, (20) chapter (DIV2) 294 Image 64
1248 or such lyke calamitie, to labour with all dilygence to reduce those that erre, or those that are almost fallen into desperation, into the right way agayne, or such like calamity, to labour with all diligence to reduce those that err, or those that Are almost fallen into desperation, into the right Way again, cc d av-j n1, pc-acp vvi p-acp d n1 pc-acp vvi d cst vvb, cc d cst vbr av vvn p-acp n1, p-acp dt j-jn n1 av, (20) chapter (DIV2) 294 Image 64
1249 or to pray vnto God for their health and safety, thou shalt conueniently gather some reasons of these places followynge. 1 Of the age: or to pray unto God for their health and safety, thou shalt conveniently gather Some Reasons of these places following. 1 Of the age: cc pc-acp vvi p-acp np1 p-acp po32 n1 cc n1, pns21 vm2 av-j vvi d n2 pp-f d n2 vvg. crd pp-f dt n1: (20) chapter (DIV2) 294 Image 64
1250 as, if it be a childe, or an olde man that is afflicted. 2 Of the sexe. as, if it be a child, or an old man that is afflicted. 2 Of the sex. c-acp, cs pn31 vbb dt n1, cc dt j n1 cst vbz vvn. crd pp-f dt n1. (20) chapter (DIV2) 295 Image 64
1251 3 Of the condition or impotencye of the partye: as, if it be a poore man, if it be a widow, orphan, &c. 4 Of the innocency of lyfe. 3 Of the condition or impotency of the party: as, if it be a poor man, if it be a widow, orphan, etc. 4 Of the innocency of life. crd pp-f dt n1 cc n1 pp-f dt n1: c-acp, cs pn31 vbb dt j n1, cs pn31 vbb dt n1, n1, av crd pp-f dt n1 pp-f n1. (20) chapter (DIV2) 297 Image 64
1252 Of hym that hath hurt no man, nor shamefully and prodigally cōsumed his substance, we sooner take pitie and compassion. 5 Of the former estate: happy, prosperous, &c. 6 Of the kinde of the calamitie. 7 Of the greatnesse therof. Of him that hath hurt no man, nor shamefully and prodigally consumed his substance, we sooner take pity and compassion. 5 Of the former estate: happy, prosperous, etc. 6 Of the kind of the calamity. 7 Of the greatness thereof. pp-f pno31 cst vhz vvn dx n1, ccx av-j cc av-jn vvd po31 n1, pns12 av-c vvi n1 cc n1. crd pp-f dt j n1: j, j, av crd pp-f dt n1 pp-f dt n1. crd pp-f dt n1 av. (20) chapter (DIV2) 298 Image 64
1253 8 Of the comparison of the present euill with other discommodities. 9 Of the place, time, instrument, maner, and other circumstaunces. 8 Of the comparison of the present evil with other Discomforts. 9 Of the place, time, Instrument, manner, and other Circumstances. crd pp-f dt n1 pp-f dt j j-jn p-acp j-jn n2. crd pp-f dt n1, n1, n1, n1, cc j-jn n2. (20) chapter (DIV2) 302 Image 64
1254 10 Of the power and crueltie of those that inferred the iniury. 10 Of the power and cruelty of those that inferred the injury. crd pp-f dt n1 cc n1 pp-f d cst vvn dt n1. (20) chapter (DIV2) 304 Image 64
1255 11 Of the prouidence of God disposing all thinges wisely and to the best, which also would have present examples of calamities to be extant for our sakes, to the ende a tryall might be had how we ought to behaue our selues in the afflictions of other men, 11 Of the providence of God disposing all things wisely and to the best, which also would have present Examples of calamities to be extant for our sakes, to the end a trial might be had how we ought to behave our selves in the afflictions of other men, crd pp-f dt n1 pp-f np1 vvg d n2 av-j cc p-acp dt js, r-crq av vmd vhi j n2 pp-f n2 pc-acp vbi j p-acp po12 n2, p-acp dt n1 dt n1 vmd vbi vhn uh-crq pns12 vmd pc-acp vvi po12 n2 p-acp dt n2 pp-f j-jn n2, (20) chapter (DIV2) 305 Image 64
1256 and that wee mighte haue occasion to exercise the duties of Charytie towardes the oppressed and that we might have occasion to exercise the duties of Charity towards the oppressed cc cst pns12 vmd vhi n1 pc-acp vvi dt n2 pp-f n1 p-acp dt j-vvn (20) chapter (DIV2) 305 Image 64
1257 12 Of the dignitie of hym that is distressed, as namely that he is our brother, pertaker of the same spirituall regen•ration with vs, 12 Of the dignity of him that is distressed, as namely that he is our brother, partaker of the same spiritual regen•ration with us, crd pp-f dt n1 pp-f pno31 cst vbz vvn, c-acp av cst pns31 vbz po12 n1, n1 pp-f dt d j n1 p-acp pno12, (20) chapter (DIV2) 306 Image 64
1258 and redéemed with the self same blood of Christ. and redeemed with the self same blood of christ. cc vvn p-acp dt n1 d n1 pp-f np1. (20) chapter (DIV2) 306 Image 64
1259 13 Also of that, that our brother which is oppressed doth not suffer onely for his owne offences, 13 Also of that, that our brother which is oppressed does not suffer only for his own offences, crd av pp-f d, cst po12 n1 r-crq vbz vvn vdz xx vvi av-j p-acp po31 d n2, (20) chapter (DIV2) 307 Image 64
1260 but rather for the example of others: but rather for the Exampl of Others: cc-acp av-c p-acp dt n1 pp-f n2-jn: (20) chapter (DIV2) 307 Image 64
1261 as Christ interpreteth the casualtye of those men that were slayne by the fall of the Tower in Siloe. as christ interpreteth the casualty of those men that were slain by the fallen of the Tower in Siloe. c-acp np1 vvz dt n1 pp-f d n2 cst vbdr vvn p-acp dt n1 pp-f dt n1 p-acp np1. (20) chapter (DIV2) 307 Image 64
1262 14 Of the feare of the lyke euills hanginge ouer our heades. 14 Of the Fear of the like evils hanging over our Heads. crd pp-f dt n1 pp-f dt av-j n2-jn vvg p-acp po12 n2. (20) chapter (DIV2) 308 Image 64
1263 For the punishments which we sée inflicted vnto others, we ought to knowe that the same also are prepared for vs at all times by the good will and iuste iudgmente of God. For the punishments which we see inflicted unto Others, we ought to know that the same also Are prepared for us At all times by the good will and just iudgmente of God. p-acp dt n2 r-crq pns12 vvb vvn p-acp n2-jn, pns12 vmd pc-acp vvi cst dt d av vbr vvn p-acp pno12 p-acp d n2 p-acp dt j n1 cc j n1 pp-f np1. (20) chapter (DIV2) 308 Image 64
1264 15 Lykewise of the precepts of God, wherby we are commaunded to be mercyfull vnto other. 15 Likewise of the Precepts of God, whereby we Are commanded to be merciful unto other. crd av pp-f dt n2 pp-f np1, c-crq pns12 vbr vvn pc-acp vbi j p-acp n-jn. (20) chapter (DIV2) 309 Image 65
1265 16 Of the promises that are set forth vnto those that exercise the déedes of mercy. 16 Of the promises that Are Set forth unto those that exercise the Deeds of mercy. crd pp-f dt n2 cst vbr vvn av p-acp d cst vvb dt n2 pp-f n1. (20) chapter (DIV2) 310 Image 65
1266 17 Of the threatninges both of temporall and eternall paynes, which doe hang ouer as well the body as the soule of those that are not touched with compassion towardes others. 17 Of the threatenings both of temporal and Eternal pains, which do hang over as well the body as the soul of those that Are not touched with compassion towards Others. crd pp-f dt n2-vvg d pp-f j cc j n2, r-crq vdb vvi a-acp c-acp av dt n1 p-acp dt n1 pp-f d cst vbr xx vvn p-acp n1 p-acp n2-jn. (20) chapter (DIV2) 311 Image 65
1267 18 Of the auoydyinge and contemninge of the sleightes of our spirituall enemies the fleshe, the worlde, the deuill, that call vs away from well doyng, 18 Of the auoydyinge and contemning of the sleights of our spiritual enemies the Flesh, the world, the Devil, that call us away from well doing, crd pp-f dt n-vvg cc vvg pp-f dt n2 pp-f po12 j n2 dt n1, dt n1, dt n1, cst vvb pno12 av p-acp av vdg, (20) chapter (DIV2) 312 Image 65
1268 and continually séeke to drawe vs into daunger, misery, and thraldom. and continually seek to draw us into danger, misery, and thraldom. cc av-j vvi pc-acp vvi pno12 p-acp n1, n1, cc n1. (20) chapter (DIV2) 312 Image 65
1269 But bée it sufficient to haue rehearced these places in order, which doe minister occasion wherby also other fitte and conuenient places may bée excogitate. But been it sufficient to have rehearsed these places in order, which do minister occasion whereby also other fit and convenient places may been excogitate. p-acp vbi pn31 j pc-acp vhi vvn d n2 p-acp n1, r-crq vdb vvi n1 c-crq av j-jn n1 cc j n2 vmb vbi vvi. (20) chapter (DIV2) 312 Image 65
1270 Moreouer somtime are published the most ample benefites purchassed by Christe: Moreover sometime Are published the most ample benefits purchased by Christ: av av vbr vvn dt av-ds j n2 vvn p-acp np1: (20) chapter (DIV2) 313 Image 65
1271 very well therefore shall the Preacher with all force of wordes, and couragiousnes of minde extimulate his hearers, to wheigh exactely ye greatenes of Christes benefites, to the intente, that by their amēdement of life, and by their good and godly conuersation hereafter they may endeuoure to showe themselues thankfull for the same. very well Therefore shall the Preacher with all force of words, and couragiousnes of mind extimulate his hearers, to wheigh exactly the greatness of Christ's benefits, to the intent, that by their amendment of life, and by their good and godly Conversation hereafter they may endeavour to show themselves thankful for the same. av av av vmb dt n1 p-acp d n1 pp-f n2, cc n1 pp-f n1 vvb po31 n2, pc-acp vvi av-j dt n1 pp-f npg1 n2, p-acp dt n1, cst p-acp po32 n1 pp-f n1, cc p-acp po32 j cc j n1 av pns32 vmb vvi pc-acp vvi px32 j p-acp dt d. (20) chapter (DIV2) 313 Image 65
1272 In this behalfe therefore hée shall not without good cause bestowe greate laboure and diligence. In this behalf Therefore he shall not without good cause bestow great labour and diligence. p-acp d n1 av pns31 vmb xx p-acp j n1 vvi j n1 cc n1. (20) chapter (DIV2) 313 Image 65
1273 But as we saide before, lyke as these thinges are properly pertaininge to Diuinitie, euen so the places applied to the mouinge of affections, can not more conuenintly bée collected out of any other faculty (those onely excepted which wee sée to bee contained amonge the rules of the Rhetoricians ) then out of Diuinitie it selfe. But as we said before, like as these things Are properly pertaining to Divinity, even so the places applied to the moving of affections, can not more conuenintly been collected out of any other faculty (those only excepted which we see to be contained among the rules of the Rhetoricians) then out of Divinity it self. p-acp c-acp pns12 vvd a-acp, av-j c-acp d n2 vbr av-j vvg p-acp n1, av av dt n2 vvn p-acp dt vvg pp-f n2, vmb xx av-dc av-j vbi vvn av pp-f d j-jn n1 (d av-j vvn r-crq pns12 vvb pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp dt n2 pp-f dt n2) av av pp-f n1 pn31 n1. (20) chapter (DIV2) 314 Image 65
1274 Howebeit to stande longer vpon these pointes, and to occupy the time in repeating and discoursing of these and such like places, would be but a superfluous labour. Howbeit to stand longer upon these points, and to occupy the time in repeating and discoursing of these and such like places, would be but a superfluous labour. a-acp pc-acp vvi av-jc p-acp d n2, cc pc-acp vvi dt n1 p-acp vvg cc vvg pp-f d cc d j n2, vmd vbi p-acp dt j n1. (20) chapter (DIV2) 314 Image 65
1275 We séeme to haue perfourmed that which to our duty appertayneth, in as much as we haue (after a sorte) shewed away, wherein they that beginne at any time to trace, shall easely enure themselues to drawe out of the fountaynes of Diuinitie places apte for euery kynde of argumente. We seem to have performed that which to our duty appertaineth, in as much as we have (After a sort) showed away, wherein they that begin At any time to trace, shall Easily enure themselves to draw out of the fountains of Divinity places apt for every kind of argument. pns12 vvb pc-acp vhi vvn d r-crq p-acp po12 n1 vvz, p-acp c-acp d c-acp pns12 vhb (c-acp dt n1) vvd av, c-crq pns32 cst vvb p-acp d n1 pc-acp vvi, vmb av-j vvi px32 pc-acp vvi av pp-f dt n2 pp-f n1 n2 j p-acp d n1 pp-f n1. (20) chapter (DIV2) 315 Image 65
1276 For Diuinitie is very ritch, and ministreth most plentifully and liberally to euery one that seeketh, all kynde of furniture requisite to the faculty of well speakinge. For Divinity is very rich, and Ministereth most plentifully and liberally to every one that seeks, all kind of furniture requisite to the faculty of well speaking. p-acp n1 vbz av j, cc vvz av-ds av-j cc av-j p-acp d pi cst vvz, d n1 pp-f n1 j p-acp dt n1 pp-f av vvg. (20) chapter (DIV2) 315 Image 65
1277 But as touchinge figures which serue to the mouing of affectiōs, it is not neéedfull yt wée should ad any thing further then ye Orators haue done. But as touching figures which serve to the moving of affections, it is not neéedfull that we should and any thing further then you Orators have done. cc-acp p-acp vvg n2 r-crq vvb p-acp dt n-vvg pp-f n2, pn31 vbz xx j pn31 pns12 vmd vvi d n1 av-jc cs pn22 n2 vhb vdn. (20) chapter (DIV2) 316 Image 65
1278 For such as they haue taught to bée profitable for this purpose, all those shall ye Preacher at his liberty appropriate to his owne oration. For such as they have taught to been profitable for this purpose, all those shall you Preacher At his liberty Appropriate to his own oration. p-acp d c-acp pns32 vhb vvn pc-acp vbi j p-acp d n1, d d vmb pn22 n1 p-acp po31 n1 vvi p-acp po31 d n1. (20) chapter (DIV2) 316 Image 65
1279 Wherefore repetition, heapinge of matter, increasemēt, contention, exclamation, interrogation, subiection, apostrophe, communication, dubitation, permission, silence, hyperbole, effiction, imagination, hypotyposis, and other figures of the same kynde doe take place béeinge wyth iudgement applyed. Wherefore repetition, heaping of matter, increasement, contention, exclamation, interrogation, subjection, apostrophe, communication, dubitation, permission, silence, hyperbole, effiction, imagination, hypotyposis, and other figures of the same kind do take place being with judgement applied. c-crq n1, vvg pp-f n1, n1, n1, n1, n1, n1, n1, n1, n1, n1, n1, n1, n1, n1, n1, cc j-jn n2 pp-f dt d n1 vdb vvi n1 vbg p-acp n1 vvd. (20) chapter (DIV2) 317 Image 65
1280 Albet oftetymes also the Preacher settinge a side all arte and cunninge and vtterly excluding all furniture and preparation doth vehemently moue and enclyne: Albet oftetymes also the Preacher setting a side all art and cunning and utterly excluding all furniture and preparation does vehemently move and incline: np1 av av dt n1 vvg dt n1 d n1 cc j-jn cc av-j vvg d n1 cc n1 vdz av-j vvi cc vvi: (20) chapter (DIV2) 318 Image 65
1281 When namely the oracles of God, the testimonies of the Prophetes, the preceptes, promyses, comminations of God himselfe, the interpretations of the holy Prophetes, by reason of their certeynty, dignitie, When namely the oracles of God, the testimonies of the prophets, the Precepts, promises, comminations of God himself, the interpretations of the holy prophets, by reason of their certeynty, dignity, c-crq av dt n2 pp-f np1, dt n2 pp-f dt n2, dt n2, n2, n2 pp-f np1 px31, dt n2 pp-f dt j n2, p-acp n1 pp-f po32 j, n1, (20) chapter (DIV2) 318 Image 65
1282 and grauitie, are perceyued to bée of so great weight and importance, especially if a certayne comely and graue maner of elocution bée adioyned therevnto, that they may eftesoones drawe yea, and gravity, Are perceived to been of so great weight and importance, especially if a certain comely and graven manner of elocution been adjoined thereunto, that they may eftesoones draw yea, cc n1, vbr vvn pc-acp vbi pp-f av j n1 cc n1, av-j cs dt j j cc j n1 pp-f n1 vbi vvn av, cst pns32 vmb av vvi uh, (20) chapter (DIV2) 318 Image 65
1283 and compell also euen those men that are stiffe and rude, vnto mercy, indignation, hatred, feare, hope, loue, study and disire of imitation. and compel also even those men that Are stiff and rude, unto mercy, Indignation, hatred, Fear, hope, love, study and disire of imitation. cc vvi av av-j d n2 cst vbr j cc j, p-acp n1, n1, n1, n1, vvb, n1, n1 cc n1 pp-f n1. (20) chapter (DIV2) 318 Image 65
1284 For it behoueth that to be true which the Lorde hymselfe sayth by the Prophet Ieremy: namely that his word is as it were a fyre, and lyke vnto a hammer that breaketh in sunder the harde stone. For it behooves that to be true which the Lord himself say by the Prophet Ieremy: namely that his word is as it were a fire, and like unto a hammer that breaks in sunder the harden stone. p-acp pn31 vvz cst pc-acp vbi j r-crq dt n1 px31 vvz p-acp dt n1 np1: av cst po31 n1 vbz c-acp pn31 vbdr dt n1, cc av-j p-acp dt n1 cst vvz p-acp av dt j n1. (20) chapter (DIV2) 319 Image 65
1285 Also that which the author of the Epistle to the Hebrues affirmeth: Also that which the author of the Epistle to the Hebrews Affirmeth: av cst r-crq dt n1 pp-f dt n1 p-acp dt njp2 vvz: (20) chapter (DIV2) 320 Image 65
1286 The worde of GOD is very quicke and mighty in operation, and sharper then any two edged sworde, The word of GOD is very quick and mighty in operation, and sharper then any two edged sword, dt n1 pp-f np1 vbz av j cc j p-acp n1, cc jc cs d crd j-vvn n1, (20) chapter (DIV2) 320 Image 65
1287 and entreth through, euen to the deuiding a sonder of the soule and the spirite, and entereth through, even to the dividing a sunder of the soul and the Spirit, cc vvz p-acp, av p-acp dt vvg dt av pp-f dt n1 cc dt n1, (20) chapter (DIV2) 320 Image 66
1288 and of the ioyntes and the marye, and is a discerner of the thoughtes, and of the intentes of the harte. and of the Joints and the mary, and is a discerner of the thoughts, and of the intentes of the heart. cc pp-f dt n2 cc dt uh, cc vbz dt n1 pp-f dt n2, cc pp-f dt fw-la pp-f dt n1. (20) chapter (DIV2) 320 Image 66
1289 In which behalfe truely, that the Preacher is in better cace then the Orator, all men must néedes confesse. In which behalf truly, that the Preacher is in better case then the Orator, all men must needs confess. p-acp r-crq n1 av-j, cst dt n1 vbz p-acp j n1 cs dt n1, d n2 vmb av vvi. (20) chapter (DIV2) 321 Image 66
1290 Furthermore, where the Orators bée of opinion that it is not good to sticke longe, especially in the affections that are ouer vehemente, in that pointe wée also assente vnto them: Furthermore, where the Orators been of opinion that it is not good to stick long, especially in the affections that Are over vehement, in that point we also assent unto them: av, c-crq dt n2 vbi pp-f n1 cst pn31 vbz xx j pc-acp vvi av-j, av-j p-acp dt n2 cst vbr a-acp j, p-acp d n1 pns12 av vvi p-acp pno32: (20) chapter (DIV2) 322 Image 66
1291 séeinge the thinges that are ouer vehement can in no wise bée of any longe contynuaūce. seeing the things that Are over vehement can in no wise been of any long Continuance. vvg dt n2 cst vbr a-acp j vmb p-acp dx j vbi pp-f d j n1. (20) chapter (DIV2) 322 Image 66
1292 But as for the gentiller sorte of affections, to disperse them through euery parte of the Sermon, it is very séemely and profytable for the Oration ye alwayes créepeth lowe by the ground and neuer at any time mounteth vp a lofte or waxeth hote, it is very lyke that such a one will bringe tediousnes & bée disliked of the hearers. But as for the gentiller sort of affections, to disperse them through every part of the Sermon, it is very seemly and profitable for the Oration you always creepeth low by the ground and never At any time mounts up a loft or Waxes hight, it is very like that such a one will bring tediousness & been disliked of the hearers. cc-acp c-acp p-acp dt jc n1 pp-f n2, pc-acp vvi pno32 p-acp d n1 pp-f dt n1, pn31 vbz av j cc j p-acp dt n1 pn22 av vvz j p-acp dt n1 cc av-x p-acp d n1 vvz a-acp dt n1 cc vvz j, pn31 vbz av av-j cst d dt pi vmb vvi n1 cc vbi vvn pp-f dt n2. (20) chapter (DIV2) 322 Image 66
1293 Such as bée luke warme in the actions of pietie, the Lorde hateth, & promiseth ye he will spewe thē out of his mouth: Such as been lycia warm in the actions of piety, the Lord hates, & promises you he will spew them out of his Mouth: d a-acp vbi av j p-acp dt n2 pp-f n1, dt n1 vvz, cc vvz pn22 pns31 vmb vvi pno32 av pp-f po31 n1: (20) chapter (DIV2) 323 Image 66
1294 what shall wée then iudge of their Sermons, that make others luke warme also? what shall we then judge of their Sermons, that make Others lycia warm also? r-crq vmb pns12 av vvi pp-f po32 n2, cst vvb n2-jn n1 vvi av? (20) chapter (DIV2) 323 Image 66
1295 Wherefore I might worthilie add herevnto examples wherein affections are moued, out of the Prophetes and Apostles, Wherefore I might worthily add hereunto Examples wherein affections Are moved, out of the prophets and Apostles, c-crq pns11 vmd av-j vvi av n2 c-crq n2 vbr vvn, av pp-f dt n2 cc n2, (20) chapter (DIV2) 324 Image 66
1296 and likewise out of the holy fathers, I myght also explane some thinges perticulerly by themselues, makinge a perfect demonstration of the whole arte: and likewise out of the holy Father's, I might also explain Some things particularly by themselves, making a perfect demonstration of the Whole art: cc av av pp-f dt j n2, pns11 vmd av vvi d n2 av-jn p-acp px32, vvg dt j n1 pp-f dt j-jn n1: (20) chapter (DIV2) 324 Image 66
1297 but I feare lest my discourse thould excéed hir prescribed compasse. Howbeit some points I wil shew briefely by ye way. but I Fear lest my discourse thould exceed his prescribed compass. Howbeit Some points I will show briefly by you Way. cc-acp pns11 vvb cs po11 n1 vmd vvi png31 j-vvn n1. a-acp d n2 pns11 vmb vvi av-j p-acp pn22 n1. (20) chapter (DIV2) 324 Image 66
1298 To the care of obteininge saluation Esay soliciteth Cap. 23. Ezechiell Cap. 6.16 18. Also Peter in he 2. &. 3. of the Actes: where hee fyrst of all proueth that they ought to haue acknowledged Christ to be very God, To the care of obtaining salvation Isaiah soliciteth Cap. 23. Ezekiel Cap. 6.16 18. Also Peter in he 2. &. 3. of the Acts: where he fyrst of all Proves that they ought to have acknowledged christ to be very God, p-acp dt n1 pp-f vvg n1 np1 vvz np1 crd np1 np1 crd crd av np1 p-acp pns31 crd cc. crd pp-f dt n2: c-crq pns31 ord pp-f d vvz cst pns32 vmd pc-acp vhi vvn np1 pc-acp vbi j np1, (20) chapter (DIV2) 324 Image 66
1299 and forthwith imbraydeth thē with their insatiable crueltie, which they practised towardes the same Christ. Loue or beneuolence the Apostle Paule vehemently exciteth. and forthwith imbraideth them with their insatiable cruelty, which they practised towards the same christ. Love or benevolence the Apostle Paul vehemently Exciteth. cc av vvz pno32 p-acp po32 j n1, r-crq pns32 vvd p-acp dt d np1. n1 cc n1 dt n1 np1 av-j vvz. (20) chapter (DIV2) 324 Image 66
1300 Actes 20. and 1. Thess. 2. Of which Sermons mention is made aboue, where wée entreated of the spirite or power in teachinge. The feare of gods iudgemēt. Acts 20. and 1. Thess 2. Of which Sermons mention is made above, where we entreated of the Spirit or power in teaching. The Fear of God's judgement. n2 crd cc crd np1 crd pp-f r-crq n2 vvb vbz vvn a-acp, c-crq pns12 vvd pp-f dt n1 cc n1 p-acp vvg. dt n1 pp-f ng1 n1. (20) chapter (DIV2) 324 Image 66
1301 Esay, stricketh into ye myndes of his hearers Cap. 1. likewyse where hee describeth the miserable desolation of the prouince of Iuda, saying: Isaiah, stricketh into you minds of his hearers Cap. 1. likewise where he Describeth the miserable desolation of the province of Iuda, saying: np1, vvz p-acp pn22 n2 pp-f po31 n2 np1 crd av c-crq pns31 vvz dt j n1 pp-f dt n1 pp-f np1, vvg: (20) chapter (DIV2) 324 Image 66
1302 Euery heade is pearced with pensiuenesse, &c. Also, where hée desirous to exaggerate their sinnes as the causes of the desolation, calleth the princes of the Iewes, the princes of Sodome, and the people the people of Emor, &c. Of the same kynde of Sermons there bée certayne partes, Cap. 3.10.13. Also Heb. 3. and. Every head is pierced with pensiveness, etc. Also, where he desirous to exaggerate their Sins as the Causes of the desolation, calls the Princes of the Iewes, the Princes of Sodom, and the people the people of Emor, etc. Of the same kind of Sermons there been certain parts, Cap. 3.10.13. Also Hebrew 3. and. d n1 vbz vvn p-acp n1, av av, c-crq pns31 j p-acp vvb po32 n2 p-acp dt n2 pp-f dt n1, vvz dt n2 pp-f dt np2, dt n2 pp-f np1, cc dt n1 dt n1 pp-f n1, av pp-f dt d n1 pp-f n2 pc-acp vbi j n2, np1 crd. av np1 crd cc. (20) chapter (DIV2) 324 Image 66
1303 4. To the hope of mercy Esay induceth, and the rest of the prophetes: 4. To the hope of mercy Isaiah induceth, and the rest of the Prophets: crd p-acp dt n1 pp-f n1 np1 vvz, cc dt n1 pp-f dt n2: (20) chapter (DIV2) 324 Image 66
1304 in which places after sharp controlmentes, they descende to cōsolations, & doo prophesy and promise remission of sinnes to be obteyned through Christ. in which places After sharp controlmentes, they descend to consolations, & do prophesy and promise remission of Sins to be obtained through christ. p-acp r-crq n2 p-acp j n2, pns32 vvb p-acp n2, cc vdi vvi cc vvi n1 pp-f n2 pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp np1. (20) chapter (DIV2) 324 Image 66
1305 Notable is that Sermon touching ye deliueraunce of the Church by Christ, and that through the frée mercy of God. Notable is that Sermon touching the deliverance of the Church by christ, and that through the free mercy of God. j vbz d n1 vvg dt n1 pp-f dt n1 p-acp np1, cc cst p-acp dt j n1 pp-f np1. (20) chapter (DIV2) 324 Image 66
1306 Cap. 52.53. In like maner of the effectes of iustifycation to be receiued after this lyfe, Rom 8. For we suffer togither with him (sayth he) that we may togither with him also be glorified, and so forth to the ende of the Chapiter. Cap. 52.53. In like manner of the effects of justification to be received After this life, Rom 8. For we suffer together with him (say he) that we may together with him also be glorified, and so forth to the end of the Chapter. np1 crd. p-acp j n1 pp-f dt n2 pp-f n1 pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp d n1, np1 crd c-acp pns12 vvb av p-acp pno31 (vvz pns31) d pns12 vmb av p-acp pno31 av vbi vvn, cc av av p-acp dt n1 pp-f dt n1. (20) chapter (DIV2) 324 Image 66
1307 Among the Sermons of Chrysostome thou shalt fynde very fewe or none, wherein he handeleth any one commō place, Among the Sermons of Chrysostom thou shalt find very few or none, wherein he handleth any one Common place, p-acp dt n2 pp-f np1 pns21 vm2 vvi av d cc pix, c-crq pns31 vvz d crd j n1, (20) chapter (DIV2) 325 Image 66
1308 and either prouoketh vnto vertue, or disswadeth & deterreth from vice, or else entreateth of some businesse offced by occasion of time, and either provoketh unto virtue, or dissuadeth & deterreth from vice, or Else entreateth of Some business officed by occasion of time, cc d vvz p-acp n1, cc vvz cc vvz p-acp n1, cc av vvz pp-f d n1 vvn p-acp n1 pp-f n1, (20) chapter (DIV2) 325 Image 66
1309 but that in them he vehemently moueth affectiōs: but that in them he vehemently moves affections: cc-acp cst p-acp pno32 pns31 av-j vvz n2: (20) chapter (DIV2) 325 Image 66
1310 and that truly one while, by ye weight and dignitie of the thinges themselues, an other while, by his singuler eloquence, and that truly one while, by the weight and dignity of the things themselves, an other while, by his singular eloquence, cc cst av-j crd n1, p-acp dt n1 cc n1 pp-f dt n2 px32, dt j-jn n1, p-acp po31 j n1, (20) chapter (DIV2) 325 Image 66
1311 & grace in speaking, wherein he surmounteth a greate number of his order and callinge. & grace in speaking, wherein he surmounteth a great number of his order and calling. cc n1 p-acp vvg, c-crq pns31 vvz dt j n1 pp-f po31 n1 cc vvg. (20) chapter (DIV2) 325 Image 66
1312 Reade inespecially the 20. homily of his fifte Tome, touching the returne of Bishop Flauianus, who was sent forth to pacifie the Emperour: Reade inespecially the 20. homily of his Fifth Tome, touching the return of Bishop Flavianus, who was sent forth to pacify the Emperor: np1 av-j dt crd n1 pp-f po31 ord n1, vvg dt n1 pp-f n1 np1, r-crq vbds vvn av pc-acp vvi dt n1: (20) chapter (DIV2) 325 Image 66
1313 where he introduceth an ancient & reuerēd Bishop, with incredible endeuoure & swéetnes of spéech, turning ye mind of the wrathfull prince vnto mercy & compassion, Reade also in ye same Tome, the Sermon which he made, where he introduceth an ancient & reverend Bishop, with incredible endeavour & sweetness of speech, turning the mind of the wrathful Prince unto mercy & compassion, Read also in you same Tome, the Sermon which he made, c-crq pns31 vvz dt j cc j-jn n1, p-acp j n1 cc n1 pp-f n1, vvg dt n1 pp-f dt j n1 p-acp n1 cc n1, vvb av p-acp pn22 d np1, dt n1 r-crq pns31 vvd, (20) chapter (DIV2) 325 Image 66
1314 when cōsultation was had touching his banishment: when consultation was had touching his banishment: c-crq n1 vbds vhn vvg po31 n1: (20) chapter (DIV2) 325 Image 66
1315 a Sermon in déede very briefe, but to ye stirring vp of loue & affectiō, both in mater & wordes excellently well furnished and appoynted. a Sermon in deed very brief, but to you stirring up of love & affection, both in mater & words excellently well furnished and appointed. dt n1 p-acp n1 av j, cc-acp p-acp pn22 vvg a-acp pp-f n1 cc n1, av-d p-acp fw-la cc n2 av-j av vvn cc vvn. (20) chapter (DIV2) 325 Image 66
1316 Finally let ye Sermons be read entituled, against ye cursed. and detestable custome of swearing and periury, agaynst ire, agaynst enuy, backbitinge, detraction, ryotte, couetousnesse, Finally let you Sermons be read entitled, against you cursed. and detestable custom of swearing and perjury, against ire, against envy, backbiting, detraction, riot, covetousness, av-j vvb pn22 n2 vbb vvn vvn, p-acp pn22 vvd. cc j n1 pp-f vvg cc n1, p-acp n1, p-acp n1, n1, n1, n1, n1, (20) chapter (DIV2) 326 Image 66
1317 and other of the same kynde. and other of the same kind. cc n-jn pp-f dt d n1. (20) chapter (DIV2) 326 Image 67
1318 And hitherto as touchinge those thinges, which are common to all kyndes of Sermons, and maye bée taken as generall Rules and preceptes of the whole faculty of Preachinge: And hitherto as touching those things, which Are Common to all Kinds of Sermons, and may been taken as general Rules and Precepts of the Whole faculty of Preaching: cc av c-acp vvg d n2, r-crq vbr j p-acp d n2 pp-f n2, cc vmb vbi vvn p-acp j n2 cc n2 pp-f dt j-jn n1 pp-f vvg: (20) chapter (DIV2) 327 Image 67
1319 It remayneth that wée compendiously declare, what poyntes are proper to euery kynde, that is to saye, It remaineth that we compendiously declare, what points Are proper to every kind, that is to say, pn31 vvz cst pns12 av-j vvb, r-crq n2 vbr j p-acp d n1, cst vbz pc-acp vvi, (20) chapter (DIV2) 327 Image 67
1320 howe and by what meanes it maye bée discerned vnto what kynde euery Sermon is to bée referred, then, what speciall places of argumentes ought to be in a readinesse to the apte preparation of Confirmations, agayne, what Cantions are to bée obserued in euery of the kyndes for the auoyding of inconueniences, how and by what means it may been discerned unto what kind every Sermon is to been referred, then, what special places of Arguments ought to be in a readiness to the apt preparation of Confirmations, again, what Cantions Are to been observed in every of the Kinds for the avoiding of inconveniences, c-crq cc p-acp r-crq vvz pn31 vmb vbi vvn p-acp r-crq n1 d n1 vbz pc-acp vbi vvn, av, r-crq j n2 pp-f n2 vmd pc-acp vbi p-acp dt n1 p-acp dt j n1 pp-f n2, av, r-crq n2 vbr pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp d pp-f dt n2 p-acp dt vvg pp-f n2, (20) chapter (DIV2) 327 Image 67
1321 and whatsoeuer els is semblable herevnto. FINIS. and whatsoever Else is semblable hereunto. FINIS. cc r-crq av vbz j av. fw-la. (20) chapter (DIV2) 327 Image 67
1322 ¶ Of framing of Diuine Sermons or popular interpretation of the Scriptures, the Seconde Booke. ¶ Of framing of Divine Sermons or popular Interpretation of the Scriptures, the Seconde Book. ¶ pp-f vvg pp-f j-jn n2 cc j n1 pp-f dt n2, dt ord n1. (21) sermon (DIV1) 327 Image 67
1323 ¶ How and by what meanes a man maye perceyue vnto what kynde of Sermon, euery sacred Sermon ought to bee referred. Cap. I. ¶ How and by what means a man may perceive unto what kind of Sermon, every sacred Sermon ought to be referred. Cap. I ¶ uh-crq cc p-acp r-crq vvz dt n1 vmb vvi p-acp r-crq n1 pp-f n1, d j n1 vmd pc-acp vbi vvn. np1 uh (22) chapter (DIV2) 327 Image 67
1324 LIke as those men that intende to make any sumptuous buyldinge, or to pitche their Tentes, LIke as those men that intend to make any sumptuous building, or to pitch their Tents, j p-acp d n2 cst vvb pc-acp vvi d j n1, cc pc-acp vvi po32 n2, (22) chapter (DIV2) 328 Image 67
1325 before all thinges are very circumspect, where they may haue a fitte and conueniēt place for their purpose, before all things Are very circumspect, where they may have a fit and convenient place for their purpose, p-acp d n2 vbr av j, c-crq pns32 vmb vhi dt n1 cc j n1 p-acp po32 n1, (22) chapter (DIV2) 328 Image 67
1326 and of this one thing alone are carefull aboue measure, as beinge certaynly perswaded, if they here chaunce to erre and goe amisse, that it will bee vnprofitable whatsoeuer they shall afterwarde take in hande: and of this one thing alone Are careful above measure, as being Certainly persuaded, if they Here chance to err and go amiss, that it will be unprofitable whatsoever they shall afterward take in hand: cc pp-f d crd n1 av-j vbr j p-acp n1, c-acp vbg av-j vvn, cs pns32 av vvb pc-acp vvi cc vvi av, cst pn31 vmb vbi j r-crq pns32 vmb av vvi p-acp n1: (22) chapter (DIV2) 328 Image 67
1327 Euen so it standeth hym greatly vppon that hath determyned to Preach in thassemblye of Christian people, eftesones to obserue vnto what kynd of Sermon, the matter which he will chose to entreate off, ought to be referred: Even so it Stands him greatly upon that hath determined to Preach in thassemblye of Christian people, eftsoons to observe unto what kind of Sermon, the matter which he will chosen to entreat off, ought to be referred: av av pn31 vvz pno31 av-j p-acp cst vhz vvd pc-acp vvi p-acp n1 pp-f njp n1, av pc-acp vvi p-acp r-crq n1 pp-f n1, dt n1 r-crq pns31 vmb vvi pc-acp vvi a-acp, pi pc-acp vbi vvn: (22) chapter (DIV2) 328 Image 67
1328 for vnlesse he be assured at the beginning touching the kynde of his Sermon, he shal neuer atteyne to an apt and perfect order of inuention and disposition of his argumēts, for unless he be assured At the beginning touching the kind of his Sermon, he shall never attain to an apt and perfect order of invention and disposition of his Arguments, c-acp cs pns31 vbb vvn p-acp dt n1 vvg dt n1 pp-f po31 n1, pns31 vmb av-x vvi p-acp dt j cc j n1 pp-f n1 cc n1 pp-f po31 n2, (22) chapter (DIV2) 328 Image 67
1329 but of necessitye they will appere confused, inconuenient, vnordered, and (as it is sayd in ye prouerbe) Loose shreddes, but of necessity they will appear confused, inconvenient, unordered, and (as it is said in you proverb) Lose shreds, cc-acp pp-f n1 pns32 vmb vvi j-vvn, j, j-vvn-u, cc (c-acp pn31 vbz vvn p-acp pn22 n1) j n2, (22) chapter (DIV2) 328 Image 67
1330 and sand without morter, whatsoeur shalbe heaped togither. and sand without mortar, whatsoeur shall heaped together. cc n1 p-acp n1, fw-fr vmb|vbi vvn av. (22) chapter (DIV2) 328 Image 67
1331 Neither truely can any man fruitfully speake of any matter vnto others, neyther shall the hearers perceyue what his meaning is, Neither truly can any man fruitfully speak of any matter unto Others, neither shall the hearers perceive what his meaning is, av-d av-j vmb d n1 av-j vvi pp-f d n1 p-acp n2-jn, dx vmb dt n2 vvb r-crq po31 n1 vbz, (22) chapter (DIV2) 328 Image 67
1332 except he first of all prefixe to himselfe a certain scope, acording to the which al his reasons may be directed. except he First of all prefix to himself a certain scope, according to the which all his Reasons may be directed. c-acp pns31 ord pp-f d vvi p-acp px31 dt j n1, vvg p-acp dt r-crq d po31 n2 vmb vbi vvn. (22) chapter (DIV2) 328 Image 67
1333 That the cace standeth thus (least we should staye any longer herein) experience it selfe doth teach. That the case Stands thus (lest we should stay any longer herein) experience it self does teach. cst dt n1 vvz av (cs pns12 vmd vvi d av-jc av) vvb pn31 n1 vdz vvi. (22) chapter (DIV2) 328 Image 67
1334 Therfore, he that deuiseth to entreate of religion to the people, let this be his firste care, Therefore, he that devises to entreat of Religion to the people, let this be his First care, av, pns31 cst vvz pc-acp vvi pp-f n1 p-acp dt n1, vvb d vbb po31 ord n1, (22) chapter (DIV2) 328 Image 67
1335 euen to finde out the kinde of his sermon following. That is brought to passe in this wise. even to find out the kind of his sermon following. That is brought to pass in this wise. av pc-acp vvi av dt n1 pp-f po31 n1 vvg. cst vbz vvn pc-acp vvi p-acp d n1. (22) chapter (DIV2) 328 Image 67
1336 If thou takest in hande any parte of the sacred Scripture to expounde, it is verilye thy dutye, to bestowe somtime in readinge and perusing it ouer oftner then once or twise, attentiuely weighing and considering euerye part and parsell thereof, with all the causes and circumstances of the same. If thou Takest in hand any part of the sacred Scripture to expound, it is verily thy duty, to bestow sometime in reading and perusing it over oftener then once or twice, attentively weighing and considering every part and parsell thereof, with all the Causes and Circumstances of the same. cs pns21 vv2 p-acp n1 d n1 pp-f dt j n1 pc-acp vvi, pn31 vbz av-j po21 n1, pc-acp vvi av p-acp vvg cc vvg pn31 a-acp av-c cs a-acp cc av, av-j vvg cc vvg d n1 cc n1 av, p-acp d dt n2 cc n2 pp-f dt d. (22) chapter (DIV2) 329 Image 67
1337 Then thou shalt dilligently recount and gather with thy selfe, what the authors meaninge is in the whole, Then thou shalt diligently recount and gather with thy self, what the Authors meaning is in the Whole, cs pns21 vm2 av-j vvi cc vvi p-acp po21 n1, r-crq dt n2 vvg vbz p-acp dt j-jn, (22) chapter (DIV2) 329 Image 67
1338 and so far forth as may be, thou shalte in a briefe, sentēce comprise the summe and effect therof. and so Far forth as may be, thou shalt in a brief, sentence comprise the sum and Effect thereof. cc av av-j av c-acp vmb vbi, pns21 vm2 p-acp dt j, n1 vvi dt n1 cc n1 av. (22) chapter (DIV2) 329 Image 67
1339 This sentence shalbe the state of the whole Sermon. This sentence shall the state of the Whole Sermon. d n1 vmb|vbi dt n1 pp-f dt j-jn n1. (22) chapter (DIV2) 329 Image 67
1340 Againe, when thou hast once expressed the state, it is an easye matter to be seene, whither in it bee commended any true doctine, Again, when thou hast once expressed the state, it is an easy matter to be seen, whither in it be commended any true Doctrine, av, c-crq pns21 vh2 a-acp vvd dt n1, pn31 vbz dt j n1 pc-acp vbi vvn, c-crq p-acp pn31 vbi vvn d j n1, (22) chapter (DIV2) 329 Image 67
1341 or any false doctrine confuted, whither menne bée excited to the doinge of good actions, or any false Doctrine confuted, whither men been excited to the doing of good actions, cc d j n1 vvn, c-crq n2 vbi vvd p-acp dt vdg pp-f j n2, (22) chapter (DIV2) 329 Image 67
1342 or reproued for their euill déedes, to bée shorte, whither there bée any thinge therein prepared for consolation. or reproved for their evil Deeds, to been short, whither there been any thing therein prepared for consolation. cc vvd p-acp po32 j-jn n2, pc-acp vbi j, c-crq pc-acp vbi d n1 av vvn p-acp n1. (22) chapter (DIV2) 329 Image 67
1343 Therefore, when thou percey•est true doctryne to bee established, thou shalte pronounce the Sermon to bee of the kinde Didascalick: when any false doctrine is refelled, thou shalt affirme it to perteyne to the kinde Redargutiue. But if men be induced to those thinges that doo set forth sanctimony of life, Therefore, when thou percey•est true Doctrine to be established, thou shalt pronounce the Sermon to be of the kind Didascalick: when any false Doctrine is refelled, thou shalt affirm it to pertain to the kind Redargutive. But if men be induced to those things that do Set forth sanctimony of life, av, c-crq pns21 vv2 j n1 pc-acp vbi vvn, pns21 vm2 vvi dt n1 pc-acp vbi pp-f dt j j: c-crq d j n1 vbz vvn, pns21 vm2 vvi pn31 p-acp vvb p-acp dt j j. cc-acp cs n2 vbb vvn p-acp d n2 cst vdb vvi av n1 pp-f n1, (22) chapter (DIV2) 330 Image 68
1344 and integritie of manners, the Sermō shall then be of the kinde Instructiue: If the corrupt state of lyfe be founde faulte with and condemned, it shabe reduced to the kinde Correctiue. Againe if in the state it self, there happen to be founde matter of consolation, the Sermon may be auouched to be instituted in the kinde comfortatiue or Consolatory. and integrity of manners, the Sermon shall then be of the kind Instructive: If the corrupt state of life be found fault with and condemned, it shabe reduced to the kind Corrective. Again if in the state it self, there happen to be found matter of consolation, the Sermon may be avouched to be instituted in the kind Comfortative or Consolatory. cc n1 pp-f n2, dt n1 vmb av vbi pp-f dt j j: cs dt j n1 pp-f n1 vbb vvn n1 p-acp cc vvn, pn31 n1 vvn p-acp dt j j. av cs p-acp dt n1 pn31 n1, pc-acp vvi pc-acp vbi vvn n1 pp-f n1, dt n1 vmb vbi vvn pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp dt j j cc j. (22) chapter (DIV2) 330 Image 68
1345 Howbeit, to collect the state of an intire booke of scripture, it is a thinge very difficulte, séeinge fewe or none are to be founde, whereof the summe may be reduced in one sentence Howbeit, to collect the state of an entire book of scripture, it is a thing very difficult, seeing few or none Are to be found, whereof the sum may be reduced in one sentence a-acp, pc-acp vvi dt n1 pp-f dt j n1 pp-f n1, pn31 vbz dt n1 av j, vvg d cc pix vbr pc-acp vbi vvn, c-crq dt n1 vmb vbi vvn p-acp crd n1 (22) chapter (DIV2) 331 Image 68
1346 The state of the booke which is entituled Ecclesiastes, is: The state of the book which is entitled Ecclesiastes, is: dt n1 pp-f dt n1 r-crq vbz vvn n2, vbz: (22) chapter (DIV2) 332 Image 68
1347 that the souereigne felicitie is the coniunction with God, and the perpetuall fruition of the dietie. that the sovereign felicity is the conjunction with God, and the perpetual fruition of the diety. cst dt j-jn n1 vbz dt n1 p-acp np1, cc dt j n1 pp-f dt n1. (22) chapter (DIV2) 332 Image 68
1348 The state of the Songes of Salomon, Sainct Paule hath expressed, as it appereth Ephes. 5. where he sayth: The state of the Songs of Solomon, Saint Paul hath expressed, as it appeareth Ephesians 5. where he say: dt n1 pp-f dt n2 pp-f np1, n1 np1 vhz vvn, c-acp pn31 vvz np1 crd c-crq pns31 vvz: (22) chapter (DIV2) 332 Image 68
1349 that Christ hath loued his Church, and that he hath giuen himselfe for it to the intent hée might sanctifie the same. that christ hath loved his Church, and that he hath given himself for it to the intent he might sanctify the same. cst np1 vhz vvn po31 n1, cc cst pns31 vhz vvn px31 p-acp pn31 p-acp dt n1 pns31 vmd vvi dt d. (22) chapter (DIV2) 332 Image 68
1350 The state of the euangelicall history by him written Ihon himselfe declareth in his owne sense Cap. 20. namely that Iesus is Christ the sonne of God, by whome the beléeuers obteyne euerlasting lyfe. The state of the Evangelical history by him written John himself Declareth in his own sense Cap. 20. namely that Iesus is christ the son of God, by whom the believers obtain everlasting life. dt n1 pp-f dt j n1 p-acp pno31 vvn np1 px31 vvz p-acp po31 d n1 np1 crd av cst np1 vbz np1 dt n1 pp-f np1, p-acp ro-crq dt n2 vvi j n1. (22) chapter (DIV2) 333 Image 68
1351 Now euery man may easely iudge that these thrée states of entier bookes are to bée referred to the kynde didascalick, as those that conteyne the chiefe principles of Christian religion. Now every man may Easily judge that these thrée states of entire books Are to been referred to the kind Didascalick, as those that contain the chief principles of Christian Religion. av d n1 vmb av-j vvi cst d crd n2 pp-f j n2 vbr pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp dt n1 j, p-acp d cst vvb dt j-jn n2 pp-f njp n1. (22) chapter (DIV2) 334 Image 68
1352 But when a parte of any one booke is explayned, it is of no greate difficulty, to fynde out the state. But when a part of any one book is explained, it is of no great difficulty, to find out the state. cc-acp c-crq dt n1 pp-f d crd n1 vbz vvn, pn31 vbz pp-f dx j n1, pc-acp vvi av dt n1. (22) chapter (DIV2) 335 Image 68
1353 For one while, by consideringe the order of the argumentes consequently followinge one an other, For one while, by considering the order of the Arguments consequently following one an other, p-acp crd n1, p-acp vvg dt n1 pp-f dt n2 av-j vvg pi dt n-jn, (22) chapter (DIV2) 335 Image 68
1354 and tendinge to one & the same scope, it is soone, and easely inough to bée picked out: and tending to one & the same scope, it is soon, and Easily enough to been picked out: cc vvg p-acp crd cc dt d n1, pn31 vbz av, cc av-j av-d pc-acp vbi vvn av: (22) chapter (DIV2) 335 Image 68
1355 other whiles agayne, the diuine writers themselues doe in apte and perspicuous woordes set forth the same. other while again, the divine writers themselves do in apt and perspicuous words Set forth the same. j-jn n1 av, dt j-jn n2 px32 vdb p-acp j cc j n2 vvn av dt d. (22) chapter (DIV2) 335 Image 68
1356 Steuen, Act. 7. hath a Sermon very sharpe and vehemēt, the state whereof is: Stephen, Act. 7. hath a Sermon very sharp and vehement, the state whereof is: np1, n1 crd vhz dt n1 av j cc j, dt n1 c-crq vbz: (22) chapter (DIV2) 335 Image 68
1357 That true relygion doth not consist in the Temple or ceremonies, but in fayth to God warde, and his sonne Iesus Christ. That true Religion does not consist in the Temple or ceremonies, but in faith to God ward, and his son Iesus christ. cst j n1 vdz xx vvi p-acp dt n1 cc n2, cc-acp p-acp n1 p-acp np1 n1, cc po31 n1 np1 np1. (22) chapter (DIV2) 335 Image 68
1358 For to this scope doe concurre as well those things that were spoken of the accusers of Sainct Steuen, as also the actes which hee calleth to memory, in all that time, wherin there was no Temple amonge the Iewes consecrate vnto GOD, For to this scope do concur as well those things that were spoken of the accusers of Saint Stephen, as also the acts which he calls to memory, in all that time, wherein there was no Temple among the Iewes consecrate unto GOD, c-acp p-acp d n1 vdb vvi c-acp av d n2 cst vbdr vvn pp-f dt n2 pp-f n1 np1, c-acp av dt n2 r-crq pns31 vvz p-acp n1, p-acp d cst n1, c-crq pc-acp vbds dx n1 p-acp dt npg1 vvb p-acp np1, (22) chapter (DIV2) 336 Image 68
1359 lykewyse the prophesies of Moyses touching the cumminge of Christ, also the woordes added by him, lastly concerninge the same matter. likewise the prophecies of Moses touching the coming of christ, also the words added by him, lastly Concerning the same matter. av dt n2 pp-f np1 vvg dt n-vvg pp-f np1, av dt n2 vvn p-acp pno31, ord vvg dt d n1. (22) chapter (DIV2) 336 Image 68
1360 It appeareth therefore euidently that the holy Sermon of Steuen is of the kynde redargutiue, inasmuch as ye false perswasion of the sanctitie of Hierusalem and the temple, is subuerted theirein. It appears Therefore evidently that the holy Sermon of Stephen is of the kind Redargutive, inasmuch as you false persuasion of the sanctity of Jerusalem and the temple, is subverted theirein. pn31 vvz av av-j cst dt j n1 pp-f np1 vbz pp-f dt n1 j, av c-acp pn22 j n1 pp-f dt n1 pp-f np1 cc dt n1, vbz vvn av. (22) chapter (DIV2) 337 Image 68
1361 Where Paule the Apostle exhorteth the Bishops or elders, to prouide for themselues and the flocke, Where Paul the Apostle exhorteth the Bishops or Elders, to provide for themselves and the flock, c-crq np1 dt n1 vvz dt n2 cc n2-jn, pc-acp vvi p-acp px32 cc dt n1, (22) chapter (DIV2) 338 Image 68
1362 lest any hurte or detriment shoulde be ministred on the sodeyne by false Teachers, the discourse of his Oration doth not obscurely demonstrate, that his wholle Sermon is of the kynde instructiue. In that parte of the Epistle to the Romaynes whih consisteth in the 9.10. and 11. Chapiters, lest any hurt or detriment should be ministered on the sudden by false Teachers, the discourse of his Oration does not obscurely demonstrate, that his wholle Sermon is of the kind instructive. In that part of the Epistle to the Romans whih Consisteth in the 9.10. and 11. Chapiters, cs d n1 cc n1 vmd vbi vvn p-acp dt j p-acp j n2, dt n1 pp-f po31 n1 vdz xx av-j vvi, cst po31 j-jn n1 vbz pp-f dt n1 j. p-acp d n1 pp-f dt n1 p-acp dt np1 av vvz p-acp dt crd. cc crd npg1, (22) chapter (DIV2) 338 Image 68
1363 howe it is affirmed of the Apostle, that the Iewes ought, by the iustice of GOD to bee reiected, how it is affirmed of the Apostle, that the Iewes ought, by the Justice of GOD to be rejected, c-crq pn31 vbz vvn pp-f dt n1, cst dt npg1 vmd, p-acp dt n1 pp-f np1 pc-acp vbi vvn, (22) chapter (DIV2) 338 Image 68
1364 and the Gintiles to bee called by gods mercy to the knowledge of ye truth, the argumentes in due order placed doo more apparantly signifie, and the Gintiles to be called by God's mercy to the knowledge of the truth, the Arguments in due order placed do more apparently signify, cc dt n2-j pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp ng1 n1 p-acp dt n1 pp-f dt n1, dt n2 p-acp j-jn n1 vvd vdi av-dc av-j vvi, (22) chapter (DIV2) 338 Image 68
1365 then that it may be dissembled. Therefore we conclude ye all that tractation also is of the kynde didascalick. then that it may be dissembled. Therefore we conclude you all that tractation also is of the kind Didascalick. av cst pn31 vmb vbi vvn. av pns12 vvb pn22 d cst n1 av vbz pp-f dt n1 j. (22) chapter (DIV2) 338 Image 68
1366 Moreouer those men that render the state of their Oration themselues, doe it sometymes in the beginninge, sometymes in the later ende. Moreover those men that render the state of their Oration themselves, doe it sometimes in the begin, sometimes in the later end. av d n2 cst vvb dt n1 pp-f po32 n1 px32, n1 pn31 av p-acp dt n-vvg, av p-acp dt jc n1. (22) chapter (DIV2) 339 Image 68
1367 Examples of the state rendred in the entry of ye disputation are these: The Gospell is the power of God to saluation to euery one that beleeueth. Examples of the state rendered in the entry of the disputation Are these: The Gospel is the power of God to salvation to every one that Believeth. n2 pp-f dt n1 vvn p-acp dt n1 pp-f dt n1 vbr d: dt n1 vbz dt n1 pp-f np1 p-acp n1 p-acp d pi cst vvz. (22) chapter (DIV2) 340 Image 68
1368 The rightuousnesse of God by it is reuealed from fayth to fayth. The righteousness of God by it is revealed from faith to faith. dt n1 pp-f np1 p-acp pn31 vbz vvn p-acp n1 p-acp n1. (22) chapter (DIV2) 340 Image 68
1369 The same state or generall proposition is repeated more apparauntly cap. 3. we suppose (sayth he) that man is iustified by fayth with out the workes of the lawe. The same state or general proposition is repeated more apparauntly cap. 3. we suppose (say he) that man is justified by faith with out the works of the law. dt d n1 cc j n1 vbz vvn av-dc av-j n1. crd pns12 vvb (vvz pns31) d n1 vbz vvn p-acp n1 p-acp av dt n2 pp-f dt n1. (22) chapter (DIV2) 341 Image 68
1370 Therefore is that state of the kynde didascalick. Moyses, Deuteronomy. 11. admonisheth all the Israelites in the beginninge, to obeye the commaundementes of God wyth their whole harte which likewyse he inculketh in ye ende: Therefore is that state of the kind Didascalick. Moses, Deuteronomy. 11. Admonisheth all the Israelites in the begin, to obey the Commandments of God with their Whole heart which likewise he inculketh in you end: av vbz d n1 pp-f dt n1 j. np1, np1. crd vvz d dt np1 p-acp dt n-vvg, pc-acp vvi dt n2 pp-f np1 p-acp po32 j-jn n1 r-crq av pns31 vvz p-acp pn22 n1: (22) chapter (DIV2) 341 Image 69
1371 wherefore all that Sermon is of the kinde Institutiue, or instructiue. Esay. Cap. 40. beginneth in this sorte: Wherefore all that Sermon is of the kind Institutive, or instructive. Isaiah. Cap. 40. begins in this sort: c-crq d cst n1 vbz pp-f dt j j, cc j. np1. np1 crd vvz p-acp d n1: (22) chapter (DIV2) 341 Image 69
1372 Comforte, O yee prophetes, O comforte my people, and in the wordes followinge each one maketh to consolatiō. Comfort, Oh ye Prophets, Oh Comfort my people, and in the words following each one makes to consolation. vvb, uh pn22 n2, uh n1 po11 n1, cc p-acp dt n2 vvg d pi vvz p-acp n1. (22) chapter (DIV2) 341 Image 69
1373 By meanes whereof it appeareth sufficiently that his Sermon there is instituted in the kynde consolatory. By means whereof it appears sufficiently that his Sermon there is instituted in the kind consolatory. p-acp n2 c-crq pn31 vvz av-j cst po31 n1 a-acp vbz vvn p-acp dt n1 j. (22) chapter (DIV2) 341 Image 69
1374 Agayne, Peter. Act. 10. beinge in the house of Cornelius, addeth to the state of his Sermon in the very ende, saying: Again, Peter. Act. 10. being in the house of Cornelius, adds to the state of his Sermon in the very end, saying: av, np1. n1 crd vbg p-acp dt n1 pp-f np1, vvz p-acp dt n1 pp-f po31 n1 p-acp dt j n1, vvg: (22) chapter (DIV2) 342 Image 69
1375 Whosoeuer beleeueth in the name of Iesu, shal receyue (through him) remission of his sinnes. Whosoever Believeth in the name of Iesu, shall receive (through him) remission of his Sins. r-crq vvz p-acp dt n1 pp-f np1, vmb vvi (p-acp pno31) n1 pp-f po31 n2. (22) chapter (DIV2) 342 Image 69
1376 In lyke maner S. Paule in the later ende of his Sermō: In like manner S. Paul in the later end of his Sermon: p-acp av-j n1 n1 np1 p-acp dt jc n1 pp-f po31 n1: (22) chapter (DIV2) 343 Image 69
1377 By hym (sayth hee) is declared vnto you forgiuenes of sins, from the which yee coulde not bee iustified by the lawe of Moyses. By him (say he) is declared unto you forgiveness of Sins, from the which ye could not be justified by the law of Moses. p-acp pno31 (vvz pns31) vbz vvn p-acp pn22 n1 pp-f n2, p-acp dt r-crq pn22 vmd xx vbi vvn p-acp dt n1 pp-f np1. (22) chapter (DIV2) 343 Image 69
1378 It is requisite, therefore, that we reduce these two Sermons to the kynde didascalik. It is requisite, Therefore, that we reduce these two Sermons to the kind didascalik. pn31 vbz j, av, cst pns12 vvb d crd n2 p-acp dt n1 j. (22) chapter (DIV2) 343 Image 69
1379 Againe the same S. Paule reasoninge of them that were fallen a sléepe in Christ, in ye beginning of the same place, sayth, Be not sorowfull: and in the ende he addeth, Comforte your selues one an other with these wordes. Again the same S. Paul reasoning of them that were fallen a sleep in christ, in the beginning of the same place, say, Be not sorrowful: and in the end he adds, Comfort your selves one an other with these words. av dt d n1 np1 vvg pp-f pno32 cst vbdr vvn dt n1 p-acp np1, p-acp dt n-vvg pp-f dt d n1, vvz, vbb xx j: cc p-acp dt n1 pns31 vvz, vvb po22 n2 crd dt n-jn p-acp d n2. (22) chapter (DIV2) 344 Image 69
1380 Who therefore perceyueth not that parte to be conteined in the kinde Consolatory? And certes if any man be determyned to expounde in his Sermon some certaine place or sentēce out of the scriptures, he, after his owner arbitrement; Who Therefore perceiveth not that part to be contained in the kind Consolatory? And certes if any man be determined to expound in his Sermon Some certain place or sentence out of the Scriptures, he, After his owner arbitrement; r-crq av vvz xx d n1 pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp dt j j? cc av cs d n1 vbi vvd pc-acp vvi p-acp po31 n1 d j n1 cc n1 av pp-f dt n2, pns31, c-acp po31 n1 n1; (22) chapter (DIV2) 344 Image 69
1381 choseth out such a one as he supposeth, to bee most méete and conuenient for his purpose, chooses out such a one as he Supposeth, to be most meet and convenient for his purpose, vvz av d dt crd c-acp pns31 vvz, pc-acp vbi av-ds j cc j p-acp po31 n1, (22) chapter (DIV2) 344 Image 69
1382 for which cause it is very necessary, that ye state of his Sermon be knowē vnto him, for which cause it is very necessary, that you state of his Sermon be known unto him, p-acp r-crq n1 pn31 vbz av j, cst pn22 n1 pp-f po31 n1 vbi vvn p-acp pno31, (22) chapter (DIV2) 344 Image 69
1383 before he taketh ye same place in hande. before he Takes you same place in hand. c-acp pns31 vvz pn22 d n1 p-acp n1. (22) chapter (DIV2) 344 Image 69
1384 The like iudgement is worthily to be taken of those men yt are prepared to speake, of busines offred by occasion, The like judgement is worthily to be taken of those men that Are prepared to speak, of business offered by occasion, dt j n1 vbz av-j pc-acp vbi vvn pp-f d n2 pn31 vbr vvn pc-acp vvi, pp-f n1 vvn p-acp n1, (22) chapter (DIV2) 344 Image 69
1385 or of a Theame either simple or compound. or of a Theme either simple or compound. cc pp-f dt n1 av-d j cc vvi. (22) chapter (DIV2) 344 Image 69
1386 For in asmuch as it behoueth thē to prefixe to themselues a certaine state or generall proposition, For in as as it behooves them to prefix to themselves a certain state or general proposition, p-acp p-acp av c-acp pn31 vvz pno32 pc-acp vvi p-acp px32 dt j n1 cc j n1, (22) chapter (DIV2) 344 Image 69
1387 truely it can not bee chosen but that they muste be verye well instructed as touchynge the kynde of Sermon, truly it can not be chosen but that they must be very well instructed as touching the kind of Sermon, av-j pn31 vmb xx vbi vvn p-acp cst pns32 vmb vbi j av vvn p-acp vvg dt n1 pp-f n1, (22) chapter (DIV2) 344 Image 69
1388 vnto which their dicourse followinge, doth apperteyne. unto which their discourse following, does appertain. p-acp r-crq po32 n1 vvg, vdz vvi. (22) chapter (DIV2) 344 Image 69
1389 But these thinges, touching the maner of findynge out the kynde, whervnto all sacred sermons are ref•rred• we suppose to be sufficient. But these things, touching the manner of finding out the kind, whereunto all sacred Sermons Are ref•rred• we suppose to be sufficient. p-acp d n2, vvg dt n1 pp-f vvg av dt n1, c-crq d j n2 vbr n1 pns12 vvb pc-acp vbi j. (22) chapter (DIV2) 344 Image 69
1390 ¶ That there ought in euery kinde of Sermon, certayne thinges to be obserued as proper to the same kinde: ¶ That there ought in every kind of Sermon, certain things to be observed as proper to the same kind: ¶ cst a-acp vmd p-acp d n1 pp-f n1, j n2 pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp j p-acp dt d n1: (23) chapter (DIV2) 344 Image 69
1391 and fyrste, how that may bee accomplished in the kinde didascalick or doctrinall. cap. II. and First, how that may be accomplished in the kind Didascalick or doctrinal. cap. II cc ord, c-crq d vmb vbi vvn p-acp dt j j cc j. n1. crd (23) chapter (DIV2) 344 Image 69
1392 IN our former Booke entreating of all and singuler the partes of diuine sermons, we haue shewed certayne briefe and ordynary formes of exhordiums, propositions, diuisions, and conclusions: But when we were come to confirmation, wee admonisshed that there was no small diuersitie to be séene in this, IN our former Book entreating of all and singular the parts of divine Sermons, we have showed certain brief and ordinary forms of exhordiums, propositions, divisions, and conclusions: But when we were come to confirmation, we admonished that there was no small diversity to be seen in this, p-acp po12 j n1 vvg pp-f d cc j dt n2 pp-f j-jn n2, pns12 vhb vvn j n1 cc j n2 pp-f n2, n2, n2, cc n2: cc-acp c-crq pns12 vbdr vvn p-acp n1, pns12 vvd cst pc-acp vbds dx j n1 pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp d, (23) chapter (DIV2) 345 Image 69
1393 and no little study and dilygence required to the apt & conuenient pertractation therof. and no little study and diligence required to the apt & convenient pertractation thereof. cc dx j n1 cc n1 vvn p-acp dt j cc j n1 av. (23) chapter (DIV2) 345 Image 69
1394 That thing how true it is, it is time that I declare, and that by discoursing orderly through all the kindes of Sermons. That thing how true it is, it is time that I declare, and that by discoursing orderly through all the Kinds of Sermons. cst n1 c-crq j pn31 vbz, pn31 vbz n1 cst pns11 vvb, cc cst p-acp vvg av-j p-acp d dt n2 pp-f n2. (23) chapter (DIV2) 346 Image 69
1395 For truely as ther is great difference of the things, which are handled in euery kinde: For truly as there is great difference of the things, which Are handled in every kind: p-acp av-j c-acp pc-acp vbz j n1 pp-f dt n2, r-crq vbr vvn p-acp d n1: (23) chapter (DIV2) 346 Image 69
1396 so is it verye requisyte and néedefull that diuers and sondry kindes of furniture be prouided. so is it very requisyte and needful that diverse and sundry Kinds of furniture be provided. av vbz pn31 av vvi cc j cst j cc j n2 pp-f n1 vbb vvn. (23) chapter (DIV2) 346 Image 69
1397 For who séeth not the great variaunce and contraryetie that is betwixte a true opinion and a false opinion? For who seeth not the great variance and contraryetie that is betwixt a true opinion and a false opinion? p-acp r-crq vvz xx dt j n1 cc n1 cst vbz p-acp dt j n1 cc dt j n1? (23) chapter (DIV2) 346 Image 69
1398 Agayne what diuersitie there is, in defending the one and impugning the other? Furthermore, great is the difference betwéene vertue and vice, Again what diversity there is, in defending the one and impugning the other? Furthermore, great is the difference between virtue and vice, av r-crq n1 a-acp vbz, p-acp vvg dt crd cc vvg dt j-jn? np1, j vbz dt n1 p-acp n1 cc n1, (23) chapter (DIV2) 347 Image 69
1399 and in stirring vp to the one and disswading from the other. and in stirring up to the one and dissuading from the other. cc p-acp vvg a-acp p-acp dt crd cc vvg p-acp dt n-jn. (23) chapter (DIV2) 347 Image 69
1400 Moreouer, of the perils which cōtinually oppresse vs & on euery side beset vs, wonderfull is the varietie. Moreover, of the perils which continually oppress us & on every side beset us, wonderful is the variety. av, pp-f dt n2 r-crq av-j vvb pno12 cc p-acp d n1 vvd pno12, j vbz dt n1. (23) chapter (DIV2) 347 Image 69
1401 Whosoeuer therfore is endued but with a meane iudgement, perceyueth that in all these thinges confyrmations •ught diuersly to be framed, Whosoever Therefore is endued but with a mean judgement, perceiveth that in all these things confyrmations •ught diversely to be framed, r-crq av vbz vvn p-acp p-acp dt j n1, vvz cst p-acp d d n2 n2 vvd av-j pc-acp vbi vvn, (23) chapter (DIV2) 348 Image 69
1402 & manifold places of inuentiō, together with sondry and distinct cātions to be sought for. & manifold places of invention, together with sundry and distinct cantions to be sought for. cc j n2 pp-f n1, av p-acp j cc j n2 pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp. (23) chapter (DIV2) 348 Image 70
1403 Wherfore this diuersitie of cōfirmatiōs we wil first take in hand to declare in the kinde didascalick: in whiche if we shall bestow somwhat the more dilligence, it shall be lawfull for vs to vse fewer woordes heereafter in the other kindes. Wherefore this diversity of confirmations we will First take in hand to declare in the kind Didascalick: in which if we shall bestow somewhat the more diligence, it shall be lawful for us to use fewer words hereafter in the other Kinds. c-crq d n1 pp-f n2 pns12 vmb ord vvi p-acp n1 pc-acp vvi p-acp dt j j: p-acp r-crq cs pns12 vmb vvi av dt av-dc n1, pn31 vmb vbi j p-acp pno12 pc-acp vvi dc n2 av p-acp dt j-jn n2. (23) chapter (DIV2) 348 Image 70
1404 Thrée thinges, therefore, are prudently to be consydered of hym that will preache and compose his Sermon in the kinde didascalick, so soone as (hauing ended the exordium ) hee shall come to the pithe and effecte of the matter Thrée things, Therefore, Are prudently to be considered of him that will preach and compose his Sermon in the kind Didascalick, so soon as (having ended the exordium) he shall come to the pith and Effect of the matter crd n2, av, vbr av-j pc-acp vbi vvn pp-f pno31 cst vmb vvi cc vvi po31 n1 p-acp dt j j, av av c-acp (vhg vvn dt fw-la) pns31 vmb vvi p-acp dt n1 cc n1 pp-f dt n1 (23) chapter (DIV2) 349 Image 70
1405 I First he shall mark, whether it be expedient that a certayne forme of confirmatiō be vsed, or altogether cōmitted. I First he shall mark, whither it be expedient that a certain Form of confirmation be used, or altogether committed. pns11 ord pns31 vmb vvi, cs pn31 vbb j cst dt j n1 pp-f n1 vbb vvn, cc av vvn. (23) chapter (DIV2) 350 Image 70
1406 II Secondlye, it is necessarye that he haue at hande places of inuencion congruent and correspondent to this kynd, by the direction wherof he shall excogitate and vtter those thinges, that may holsomelye be put foorth to the multytude. II Secondly, it is necessary that he have At hand places of invention congruent and correspondent to this kind, by the direction whereof he shall excogitate and utter those things, that may holsomelye be put forth to the multitude. crd ord, pn31 vbz j cst pns31 vhb p-acp n1 n2 pp-f n1 j cc j p-acp d n1, p-acp dt n1 c-crq pns31 vmb vvi cc vvi d n2, cst vmb j vbi vvn av p-acp dt n1. (23) chapter (DIV2) 351 Image 70
1407 III Thirdly, he shal haue in a readinesse certayne cautions, wherewith being furthered, he shall prouide and foresée, III Thirdly, he shall have in a readiness certain cautions, wherewith being furthered, he shall provide and foresee, crd ord, pns31 vmb vhi p-acp dt n1 j n2, c-crq vbg vvn, pns31 vmb vvi cc vvi, (23) chapter (DIV2) 352 Image 70
1408 lest any thing rashly, vnsauourily, friuolously, lest any thing vaine, superstuous, defectiue, or redundant, doe escape hym in the sacred assembly. lest any thing rashly, vnsauourily, frivolously, lest any thing vain, superstuous, defective, or redundant, do escape him in the sacred assembly. cs d n1 av-j, av-j, av-j, cs d n1 j, j, j, cc j, vdb vvi pno31 p-acp dt j n1. (23) chapter (DIV2) 352 Image 70
1409 Of these thrée poyntes so far forth as they are peculiar to the Didascalick kynde, we will orderly entreat. Of these thrée points so Far forth as they Are peculiar to the Didascalick kind, we will orderly entreat. pp-f d crd n2 av av-j av c-acp pns32 vbr j p-acp dt j j, pns12 vmb av-j vvi. (23) chapter (DIV2) 352 Image 70
1410 It is not without cause, that we affirme it expedyent vnto hym that will speake to the people, to delibrate whether confirmation ought to be instituted, or no. It is not without cause, that we affirm it expedient unto him that will speak to the people, to delibrate whither confirmation ought to be instituted, or no. pn31 vbz xx p-acp n1, cst pns12 vvb pn31 j p-acp pno31 cst vmb vvi p-acp dt n1, pc-acp vvi cs n1 vmd pc-acp vbi vvn, cc uh-dx. (23) chapter (DIV2) 353 Image 70
1411 For often times al the order of confyrming is omitted, and the preacher can in no case vse the fame, For often times all the order of confirming is omitted, and the preacher can in no case use the fame, p-acp av n2 d dt n1 pp-f vvg vbz vvn, cc dt n1 vmb p-acp dx n1 vvi dt n1, (23) chapter (DIV2) 353 Image 70
1412 though he woulde neuer so feine. though he would never so feign. cs pns31 vmd av-x av vvi. (23) chapter (DIV2) 353 Image 70
1413 For when it standeth him vpon simply to interpret the text of the holy Scriptures as it lyeth, he is compelled to follow ye order in his enarration, For when it Stands him upon simply to interpret the text of the holy Scriptures as it lies, he is compelled to follow you order in his enarration, p-acp c-crq pn31 vvz pno31 p-acp av-j pc-acp vvi dt n1 pp-f dt j n2 c-acp pn31 vvz, pns31 vbz vvn pc-acp vvi pn22 n1 p-acp po31 n1, (23) chapter (DIV2) 353 Image 70
1414 and to vsurp such kinde of argumentes and proofes, agayne, to examine those common places, which and what maner, and to usurp such kind of Arguments and proofs, again, to examine those Common places, which and what manner, cc pc-acp vvi d n1 pp-f n2 cc n2, av, pc-acp vvi d j n2, r-crq cc q-crq n1, (23) chapter (DIV2) 353 Image 70
1415 as well the words as the matters placed in the texte doe apparauntly minister. as well the words as the matters placed in the text do apparauntly minister. c-acp av dt n2 p-acp dt n2 vvn p-acp dt n1 vdb av-j vvi. (23) chapter (DIV2) 353 Image 70
1416 And it were a great offence to passe ouer those reasons and common places vndiscussed, whiche are openly touched in the scriptures read before. And it were a great offence to pass over those Reasons and Common places undiscussed, which Are openly touched in the Scriptures read before. cc pn31 vbdr dt j n1 pc-acp vvi p-acp d n2 cc j n2 vvn, r-crq vbr av-j vvn p-acp dt n2 vvb a-acp. (23) chapter (DIV2) 353 Image 70
1417 Herevnto is added that this same faithfull explanation of the scriptures, is not alwaies conueighed a lyke after one rate, in the company of Christian hearers. Hereunto is added that this same faithful explanation of the Scriptures, is not always conveyed a like After one rate, in the company of Christian hearers. av vbz vvn cst d d j n1 pp-f dt n2, vbz xx av vvn dt av-j p-acp crd n1, p-acp dt n1 pp-f njp n2. (23) chapter (DIV2) 353 Image 70
1418 For somtimes, many & diuers cōmon places are noted in the scripture recited, conteyning very godly and profitable matter, For sometimes, many & diverse Common places Are noted in the scripture recited, containing very godly and profitable matter, c-acp av, d cc j j n2 vbr vvn p-acp dt n1 vvn, vvg av j cc j n1, (23) chapter (DIV2) 354 Image 70
1419 but amongst them all onely a few supposed to bee most fruitfull, are with as great industrye as may be, expounded. but among them all only a few supposed to be most fruitful, Are with as great industry as may be, expounded. cc-acp p-acp pno32 d av-j dt d j-vvn pc-acp vbi av-ds j, vbr p-acp c-acp j n1 c-acp vmb vbi, vvn. (23) chapter (DIV2) 354 Image 70
1420 Somtime the whole explanation of Scripture, is aptly distributed into two or thrée chapters, or partes, Sometime the Whole explanation of Scripture, is aptly distributed into two or thrée Chapters, or parts, av dt j-jn n1 pp-f n1, vbz av-j vvn p-acp crd cc crd n2, cc n2, (23) chapter (DIV2) 355 Image 70
1421 or common places (it maketh no great matter how we tearme them). or Common places (it makes no great matter how we term them). cc j n2 (pn31 vvz dx j n1 c-crq pns12 n1 pno32). (23) chapter (DIV2) 355 Image 70
1422 Yea now and then also thou maist sée the whole diuine redynge, with all the parts thereof, to be directed to a more ample explication of one only common place. Yea now and then also thou Mayest see the Whole divine redynge, with all the parts thereof, to be directed to a more ample explication of one only Common place. uh av cc av av pns21 vm2 vvi dt j-jn j-jn n1, p-acp d dt n2 av, pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp dt av-dc j n1 pp-f crd j j n1. (23) chapter (DIV2) 355 Image 70
1423 Moreouer some whiles all and euery member of ye scripture is briefely and precisely run ouer, to the intent afterwarde some one common place by it selfe, may more franckly and abundantlye be declared. Moreover Some while all and every member of the scripture is briefly and precisely run over, to the intent afterward Some one Common place by it self, may more frankly and abundantly be declared. av d n1 d cc d n1 pp-f dt n1 vbz av-j cc av-j vvn a-acp, p-acp dt n1 av d crd j n1 p-acp pn31 n1, vmb av-dc av-j cc av-j vbi vvn. (23) chapter (DIV2) 356 Image 70
1424 Which things whilest they are in this wise accomplished, certes there is no kinde of thinge héere that may séeme to beare the forme or countenaunce of a iust confirmation. Which things whilst they Are in this wise accomplished, certes there is no kind of thing Here that may seem to bear the Form or countenance of a just confirmation. r-crq n2 cs pns32 vbr p-acp d j j-vvn, av pc-acp vbz dx n1 pp-f n1 av cst vmb vvi pc-acp vvi dt n1 cc n1 pp-f dt j n1. (23) chapter (DIV2) 357 Image 70
1425 Agayne on the other side, there is special consideration where lawfull confirmation may seasonably be admitted. Again on the other side, there is special consideration where lawful confirmation may seasonably be admitted. av p-acp dt j-jn n1, pc-acp vbz j n1 c-crq j n1 vmb av-j vbi vvn. (23) chapter (DIV2) 358 Image 70
1426 For whensoeuer any one place or sentence out of the scriptures is openly explaned, or a man vndertaketh to handle a Theame simple or compound, For whensoever any one place or sentence out of the Scriptures is openly explained, or a man undertaketh to handle a Theme simple or compound, p-acp c-crq d crd n1 cc n1 av pp-f dt n2 vbz av-j vvn, cc dt n1 vvz pc-acp vvi dt n1 j cc vvi, (23) chapter (DIV2) 358 Image 70
1427 then worthely is iust confirmation to be adorned, furnished with all kynde of preparation, and withall, are to be heaped together arguments deduced out of those places of Inuention whiche we see to be attributed to the kinde didascalick. then worthily is just confirmation to be adorned, furnished with all kind of preparation, and withal, Are to be heaped together Arguments deduced out of those places of Invention which we see to be attributed to the kind Didascalick. av av-j vbz j n1 pc-acp vbi vvn, vvn p-acp d n1 pp-f n1, cc av, vbr pc-acp vbi vvn av n2 vvn av pp-f d n2 pp-f n1 r-crq pns12 vvb pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp dt j j. (23) chapter (DIV2) 358 Image 70
1428 And (that I may speake briefely) if the matter so requyreth that a Booke of Scripture, And (that I may speak briefly) if the matter so requireth that a Book of Scripture, cc (cst pns11 vmb vvi av-j) cs dt n1 av vvz cst dt n1 pp-f n1, (23) chapter (DIV2) 359 Image 70
1429 or any parte thereof be opened to the people, there is no place left vnto confirmatiō: but if a place or sentence taken out of the scriptures, or any part thereof be opened to the people, there is no place left unto confirmation: but if a place or sentence taken out of the Scriptures, cc d n1 av vbi vvn p-acp dt n1, pc-acp vbz dx n1 vvn p-acp n1: cc-acp cs dt n1 cc n1 vvn av pp-f dt n2, (23) chapter (DIV2) 359 Image 71
1430 or a Theame simple or compounde, and peraduēture choyce be made of some common place, or a Theme simple or compound, and Peradventure choice be made of Some Common place, cc dt n1 j cc vvi, cc av n1 vbb vvn pp-f d j n1, (23) chapter (DIV2) 359 Image 71
1431 or affaires, incydent by occasion of time to bee intreated off, then there is no let but that a iust Confirmation may bee vsed. or affairs, incydent by occasion of time to be entreated off, then there is no let but that a just Confirmation may be used. cc n2, j p-acp n1 pp-f n1 pc-acp vbi vvn a-acp, cs pc-acp vbz dx vvb cc-acp cst dt j n1 vmb vbi vvn. (23) chapter (DIV2) 359 Image 71
1432 Let vs nowe procéede to speake of the places of Inuention. Let us now proceed to speak of the places of Invention. vvb pno12 av vvi pc-acp vvi pp-f dt n2 pp-f n1. (23) chapter (DIV2) 360 Image 71
1433 Whensoeuer it shall bee thought good to handle a diuine Sermon, certaine places ought alwayes to be in a retines, by the order and direction whereof thou mayst finde out and (as it were) drawe out of couerte into light as well the thinges that are conuenient to the explycation & illustratinge of thy purpose, Whensoever it shall be Thought good to handle a divine Sermon, certain places ought always to be in a retines, by the order and direction whereof thou Mayest find out and (as it were) draw out of covert into Light as well the things that Are convenient to the explycation & illustrating of thy purpose, c-crq pn31 vmb vbi vvn j pc-acp vvi dt j-jn n1, j n2 vmd av pc-acp vbi p-acp dt n1, p-acp dt n1 cc n1 c-crq pns21 vm2 vvi av cc (c-acp pn31 vbdr) vvi av pp-f j p-acp j c-acp av dt n2 cst vbr j p-acp dt n1 cc vvg pp-f po21 n1, (23) chapter (DIV2) 361 Image 71
1434 as also those thinges that are knowne to bée auayleable to the edification of the hearers. as also those things that Are known to been available to the edification of the hearers. c-acp av d n2 cst vbr vvn pc-acp vbi j p-acp dt n1 pp-f dt n2. (23) chapter (DIV2) 361 Image 71
1435 All the places which wée vse in this behalfe, it is requisite that wée deuide into two formes or orders, far otherwise truely then the Logicians or Phylosophers haue bene accustomed. All the places which we use in this behalf, it is requisite that we divide into two forms or order, Far otherwise truly then the Logicians or Philosophers have be accustomed. av-d dt n2 r-crq pns12 vvb p-acp d n1, pn31 vbz j cst pns12 vvb p-acp crd n2 cc n2, av-j av av-j av dt n2 cc n2 vhb vbn vvn. (23) chapter (DIV2) 361 Image 71
1436 The fyrst forme compriseth those that admonyshe and showe vnto vs, howe and after what sorte wée may gather out of the Scriptures whiche wée haue read the cheife common places touchinge all the doctrine of pietye, of faith, The fyrst Form compriseth those that admonish and show unto us, how and After what sort we may gather out of the Scriptures which we have read the chief Common places touching all the Doctrine of piety, of faith, dt ord n1 vvz d cst vvb cc vvi p-acp pno12, c-crq cc p-acp r-crq n1 pns12 vmb vvi av pp-f dt n2 r-crq pns12 vhb vvn dt j-jn j n2 vvg d dt n1 pp-f n1, pp-f n1, (23) chapter (DIV2) 362 Image 71
1437 and touchinge the dutyes of charytye and hope. and touching the duties of Charity and hope. cc vvg dt n2 pp-f n1 cc n1. (23) chapter (DIV2) 362 Image 71
1438 II. The later forme conteyneth those places of Inuention out of whiche are deryued apte argumentes to discribe and set forth the nature and forte of that thinge, of whiche wée purpose to intreate. II The later Form Containeth those places of Invention out of which Are deryued apt Arguments to describe and Set forth the nature and fort of that thing, of which we purpose to entreat. crd dt jc n1 vvz d n2 pp-f n1 av pp-f r-crq vbr vvn j n2 pc-acp vvi cc vvi av dt n1 cc n1 pp-f d n1, pp-f r-crq pns12 vvb pc-acp vvi. (23) chapter (DIV2) 363 Image 71
1439 The fyrst forme sheweth playnely Theologicall or diuine places, and such as are vsurped in no other disciplynes: The fyrst Form shows plainly Theological or divine places, and such as Are usurped in no other disciplines: dt ord n1 vvz av-j j cc j-jn n2, cc d c-acp vbr vvn p-acp dx j-jn n2: (23) chapter (DIV2) 364 Image 71
1440 the last comprehendeth places Philosophicall, albeit some also Theologicall. Of the former order are accounted fyue, that is to say: the last comprehendeth places Philosophical, albeit Some also Theological. Of the former order Are accounted fyue, that is to say: dt ord vvz n2 j, cs d av np1. pp-f dt j n1 vbr vvn crd, cst vbz pc-acp vvi: (23) chapter (DIV2) 364 Image 71
1441 I Doctrine. II Redargution. III Institution. IIII Correction. V Consolation. I Doctrine. II Redargution. III Institution. IIII Correction. V Consolation. pns11 n1. crd n1. np1 n1. crd n1. crd n1. (23) chapter (DIV2) 365 Image 71
1442 Which places, whence we haue taken them, and how it behoueth vs to vse them arighte vnto the ende whiche we talke off, it is easy to be knowne by the woordes of the Apostle. Which places, whence we have taken them, and how it behooves us to use them aright unto the end which we talk off, it is easy to be known by the words of the Apostle. r-crq n2, c-crq pns12 vhb vvn pno32, cc c-crq pn31 vvz pno12 pc-acp vvi pno32 av p-acp dt n1 r-crq pns12 vvb a-acp, pn31 vbz j pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp dt n2 pp-f dt n1. (23) chapter (DIV2) 366 Image 71
1443 2. Timoth. 3. and Rom. 15. All scripture (sayeth he) is giuen by inspiration of God, and is profitable to doctrine, to reproue, to correction, to instruction which is in rightuousnesse, that the man of God may be perfect, instructed vnto all good woorkes. 2. Timothy 3. and Rom. 15. All scripture (Saith he) is given by inspiration of God, and is profitable to Doctrine, to reprove, to correction, to instruction which is in righteousness, that the man of God may be perfect, instructed unto all good works. crd np1 crd cc np1 crd d n1 (vvz pns31) vbz vvn p-acp n1 pp-f np1, cc vbz j p-acp n1, pc-acp vvi, p-acp n1, p-acp n1 r-crq vbz p-acp n1, cst dt n1 pp-f np1 vmb vbi j, vvn p-acp d j n2. (23) chapter (DIV2) 366 Image 71
1444 And, what soeuer things haue bene written afore time, were writen for our learning, that we through patience and comforte of the Scriptures, might haue hope. And, what soever things have be written afore time, were written for our learning, that we through patience and Comfort of the Scriptures, might have hope. cc, r-crq av n2 vhb vbn vvn p-acp n1, vbdr vvn p-acp po12 n1, cst pns12 p-acp n1 cc n1 pp-f dt n2, vmd vhi n1. (23) chapter (DIV2) 367 Image 71
1445 Lyke as therefore we may briefely learne out of these wordes, how and by what meanes the kinds of diuine sermons ought conueniently to be deuided, Like as Therefore we may briefly Learn out of these words, how and by what means the Kinds of divine Sermons ought conveniently to be divided, av-j c-acp av pns12 vmb av-j vvi av pp-f d n2, c-crq cc p-acp r-crq vvz dt n2 pp-f j-jn n2 vmd av-j pc-acp vbi vvn, (23) chapter (DIV2) 368 Image 71
1446 euen so the Apostle in the same wordes playnly sheweth how and after what sort we may pick not out of ye scriptures which we shal fortune to reade fruitfull & plentious matter of speaking, whereby faith, hope, loue, even so the Apostle in the same words plainly shows how and After what sort we may pick not out of the Scriptures which we shall fortune to read fruitful & plenteous matter of speaking, whereby faith, hope, love, av av dt n1 p-acp dt d n2 av-j vvz c-crq cc p-acp r-crq n1 pns12 vmb vvi xx av pp-f dt n2 r-crq pns12 vmb n1 pc-acp vvi j cc j n1 pp-f vvg, c-crq n1, vvb, n1, (23) chapter (DIV2) 368 Image 71
1447 and al the duties of sincere godlynesse may amonge true christian hearers be aduaunced and promoted. and all the duties of sincere godliness may among true christian hearers be advanced and promoted. cc d dt n2 pp-f j n1 vmb p-acp j njp n2 vbi vvn cc vvn. (23) chapter (DIV2) 368 Image 71
1448 Which thinge to the intente, all men may the more easely vnderstand, I will not let somewhat more exactly to speake of euery of them in order. Which thing to the intent, all men may the more Easily understand, I will not let somewhat more exactly to speak of every of them in order. r-crq n1 p-acp dt n1, d n2 vmb dt av-dc av-j vvi, pns11 vmb xx vvi av av-dc av-j pc-acp vvi pp-f d pp-f pno32 p-acp n1. (23) chapter (DIV2) 368 Image 71
1449 I Doctrine which compriseth an assertion and comprobation of true opinions, admonisheth vs that we should diligently ensearche, I Doctrine which compriseth an assertion and comprobation of true opinions, Admonisheth us that we should diligently ensearche, pns11 n1 r-crq vvz dt n1 cc n1 pp-f j n2, vvz pno12 cst pns12 vmd av-j vvi, (23) chapter (DIV2) 369 Image 71
1450 whether in the wordes of Scripture which we haue in hande, any thing be either openly affirmed or couertly signifyed that ought to be referred to some article (as they tearme it) of fayth, whither in the words of Scripture which we have in hand, any thing be either openly affirmed or covertly signified that ought to be referred to Some article (as they term it) of faith, cs p-acp dt n2 pp-f n1 r-crq pns12 vhb p-acp n1, d n1 vbb av-d av-j vvn cc av-j vvd cst vmd pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp d n1 (c-acp pns32 vvi pn31) pp-f n1, (23) chapter (DIV2) 369 Image 71
1451 or to a principle of christian religion. or to a principle of christian Religion. cc p-acp dt n1 pp-f njp n1. (23) chapter (DIV2) 369 Image 71
1452 For it can not be, but that, when we haue some space together stirred vp the powers of our minde in musing and consideringe of things, some such matter will come to remembraunce, For it can not be, but that, when we have Some Molle together stirred up the Powers of our mind in musing and considering of things, Some such matter will come to remembrance, p-acp pn31 vmb xx vbi, cc-acp cst, c-crq pns12 vhb d n1 av vvn a-acp dt n2 pp-f po12 n1 p-acp vvg cc vvg pp-f n2, d d n1 vmb vvi p-acp n1, (23) chapter (DIV2) 370 Image 71
1453 if in the meane tyme we beare about fixed in our memory all the articles of faith, if in the mean time we bear about fixed in our memory all the Articles of faith, cs p-acp dt j n1 pns12 vvb a-acp vvn p-acp po12 n1 d dt n2 pp-f n1, (23) chapter (DIV2) 370 Image 71
1454 or the principall poyntes and common places of christian doctrine. or the principal points and Common places of christian Doctrine. cc dt j-jn n2 cc j n2 pp-f njp n1. (23) chapter (DIV2) 370 Image 71
1455 And it is no straunge matter, in one and the selfe same sentence to fynde things couched and bestowed that doe belong to many and diuers common places of chirstian religion. And it is no strange matter, in one and the self same sentence to find things couched and bestowed that doe belong to many and diverse Common places of Christian Religion. cc pn31 vbz dx j n1, p-acp crd cc dt n1 d n1 pc-acp vvi n2 vvn cc vvn d n1 vvi p-acp d cc j j n2 pp-f j n1. (23) chapter (DIV2) 371 Image 72
1456 Where if (to be short) we would goe about to confirme the sentence there noted and perceiued with one or two testiemonies of Scripture, it is incredible how trimly the matter woulde goe forwarde, in asmuch as our oration should become not onely more cleere and lightsome, Where if (to be short) we would go about to confirm the sentence there noted and perceived with one or two testiemonies of Scripture, it is incredible how trimly the matter would go forward, in as as our oration should become not only more clear and lightsome, c-crq cs (p-acp vbi j) pns12 vmd vvi a-acp pc-acp vvi dt n1 a-acp vvn cc vvd p-acp crd cc crd n2 pp-f n1, pn31 vbz j c-crq av-j dt n1 vmd vvi av-j, p-acp av c-acp po12 n1 vmd vvi xx av-j av-dc j cc j, (23) chapter (DIV2) 372 Image 72
1457 but also more riche and plenteous. but also more rich and plenteous. cc-acp av av-dc j cc j. (23) chapter (DIV2) 372 Image 72
1458 II Redargution ministreth vnto our mindes how that the confutation of false assertions is dilligentlye to bee sought out. II Redargution Ministereth unto our minds how that the confutation of false assertions is diligently to be sought out. crd n1 vvz p-acp po12 n2 c-crq d dt n1 pp-f j n2 vbz av-j pc-acp vbi vvn av. (23) chapter (DIV2) 373 Image 72
1459 For so much is signifyed by the name of Redargution. For so much is signified by the name of Redargution. p-acp av d vbz vvn p-acp dt n1 pp-f n1. (23) chapter (DIV2) 373 Image 72
1460 He that will goe about to prepare redargution, shall firste seriously consider, whether the very wordes of Scripture simply taken doe apparauntly confute and false opinion or no. He that will go about to prepare redargution, shall First seriously Consider, whither the very words of Scripture simply taken doe apparauntly confute and false opinion or no. pns31 cst vmb vvi a-acp pc-acp vvi n1, vmb ord av-j vvi, cs dt j n2 pp-f n1 av-j vvn n1 av-j vvi cc j n1 cc uh-dx. (23) chapter (DIV2) 374 Image 72
1461 Where if it be so in déede, then is redargution plaine of it selfe, neither is it néedefull to procéede any further for the serching out therof. Where if it be so in deed, then is redargution plain of it self, neither is it needful to proceed any further for the searching out thereof. q-crq cs pn31 vbb av p-acp n1, av vbz n1 j pp-f pn31 n1, av-dx vbz pn31 j pc-acp vvi d av-jc p-acp dt vvg av av. (23) chapter (DIV2) 374 Image 72
1462 But if there be extant no open redargution, but rather a doctrine and assertion of some true opinion, it behoueth thée to recoūt studiously wt thy selfe, But if there be extant no open redargution, but rather a Doctrine and assertion of Some true opinion, it behooves thee to recount studiously with thy self, cc-acp cs pc-acp vbi j av-dx j n1, p-acp av-c dt n1 cc n1 pp-f d j n1, pn31 vvz pno21 pc-acp vvi av-j p-acp po21 n1, (23) chapter (DIV2) 375 Image 72
1463 whether in these daies or in times past any hereticks, or philosophers, or wise men of this world, haue at any time mayntayned the contrary sentence. whither in these days or in times passed any Heretics, or Philosophers, or wise men of this world, have At any time maintained the contrary sentence. cs p-acp d n2 cc p-acp n2 p-acp d n2, cc n2, cc j n2 pp-f d n1, vhb p-acp d n1 vvn dt j-jn n1. (23) chapter (DIV2) 375 Image 72
1464 Such a sentence false and contrary being founde, it is to be déemed that the same is confuted with those verye wordes of Scripture, with which the true assertion was confirmed. Such a sentence false and contrary being found, it is to be deemed that the same is confuted with those very words of Scripture, with which the true assertion was confirmed. d dt n1 j cc j-jn vbg vvn, pn31 vbz pc-acp vbi vvn cst dt d vbz vvn p-acp d j n2 pp-f n1, p-acp r-crq dt j n1 vbds vvn. (23) chapter (DIV2) 376 Image 72
1465 For it is out of al question, yt, a true sentence or opinion being offered, whatsoeuer is inferred repugnaunte thervnto, is to be counted amonge false and erronious opinions. For it is out of all question, that, a true sentence or opinion being offered, whatsoever is inferred repugnaunte thereunto, is to be counted among false and erroneous opinions. p-acp pn31 vbz av pp-f d n1, pn31, dt j n1 cc n1 vbg vvn, r-crq vbz vvn n1 av, vbz pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp j cc j n2. (23) chapter (DIV2) 376 Image 72
1466 By meanes wherof it commeth to passe, that euery false sentence is by the same reason impugned and subuerted, by which the true was before defended and mayntayned. As for example: By means whereof it comes to pass, that every false sentence is by the same reason impugned and subverted, by which the true was before defended and maintained. As for Exampl: p-acp n2 c-crq pn31 vvz pc-acp vvi, cst d j n1 vbz p-acp dt d n1 vvd cc vvn, p-acp r-crq dt j vbds a-acp vvn cc vvn. p-acp p-acp n1: (23) chapter (DIV2) 377 Image 72
1467 Rom. •. it is sayde, that through sy•n• •ame death. In these wordes is contayned a true sentence namelye, touching the effect of sinne. Rom. •. it is said, that through sy•n• •ame death. In these words is contained a true sentence namely, touching the Effect of sin. np1 •. pn31 vbz vvn, cst p-acp n1 vvd n1. p-acp d n2 vbz vvn dt j n1 av, vvg dt n1 pp-f n1. (23) chapter (DIV2) 377 Image 72
1468 And certes very aptly is added eftsoones a redargution, where a man out of them gathereth and reasoneth, their opinion to be false and vntrue which following that subtil serpent go about to perswade men, that death is in no wise to be feared by reason of sin, And certes very aptly is added eftsoons a redargution, where a man out of them gathereth and reasoneth, their opinion to be false and untrue which following that subtle serpent go about to persuade men, that death is in no wise to be feared by reason of since, cc av av av-j vbz vvn av dt n1, c-crq dt n1 av pp-f pno32 vvz cc vvz, po32 n1 pc-acp vbi j cc j-u r-crq vvg d j n1 vvb a-acp pc-acp vvi n2, cst n1 vbz p-acp dx j pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp n1 pp-f n1, (23) chapter (DIV2) 377 Image 72
1469 and by that meanes, doe blinde the miserable mindes of men, and thruste them headlonge into eternall destruction. and by that means, do blind the miserable minds of men, and thrust them headlong into Eternal destruction. cc p-acp d n2, vdb vvi dt j n2 pp-f n2, cc vvi pno32 av-j p-acp j n1. (23) chapter (DIV2) 377 Image 72
1470 III Institution wherevnto are reduced all places touchyng the good and godly framing of lyfe and maners, it is no very hard matter to fynde. III Institution whereunto Are reduced all places touching the good and godly framing of life and manners, it is no very hard matter to find. np1 n1 c-crq vbr vvn d n2 j-vvg dt j cc j vvg pp-f n1 cc n2, pn31 vbz dx j j n1 pc-acp vvi. (23) chapter (DIV2) 378 Image 72
1471 Oft times the sentence which occurreth in holy scripture, comprehendeth a notable exhortation vnto vertue, Oft times the sentence which occurreth in holy scripture, comprehendeth a notable exhortation unto virtue, av n2 dt n1 r-crq vvz p-acp j n1, vvz dt j n1 p-acp n1, (23) chapter (DIV2) 379 Image 72
1472 or els sheweth how the lyfe & maners of a Christian man ought to be without all sinne and offence. or Else shows how the life & manners of a Christian man ought to be without all sin and offence. cc av vvz c-crq dt n1 cc n2 pp-f dt njp n1 vmd pc-acp vbi p-acp d n1 cc n1. (23) chapter (DIV2) 379 Image 72
1473 The sentences, therfore, that are of themselues such, it is méete they be accepted for holsom admonitions. The sentences, Therefore, that Are of themselves such, it is meet they be accepted for holsom admonitions. dt n2, av, cst vbr pp-f px32 av, pn31 vbz j pns32 vbb vvn p-acp j n2. (23) chapter (DIV2) 380 Image 72
1474 Examples not a few are to be founde in the later partes of the epistles of Sainct Paule, in whiche the Apostle alwayes for the most part contendeth, that it behoueth those that are once iustifyed by faith to passe all their whole liues in godly conuersation and honesty. Examples not a few Are to be found in the later parts of the Epistles of Saint Paul, in which the Apostle always for the most part contendeth, that it behooves those that Are once justified by faith to pass all their Whole lives in godly Conversation and honesty. n2 xx dt d vbr pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp dt jc n2 pp-f dt n2 pp-f n1 np1, p-acp r-crq dt n1 av p-acp dt av-ds n1 vvz, cst pn31 vvz d cst vbr a-acp vvn p-acp n1 pc-acp vvi d po32 j-jn n2 p-acp j n1 cc n1. (23) chapter (DIV2) 381 Image 72
1475 That thing is witnessed in the epistle to the Romanes. Cap. 12.13. &c. Likewise in the epistle to the Galat. in part of the cap. 5. and cap. 6. the whole, to the Ephesians. cap 4.5.6. That thing is witnessed in the epistle to the Romans. Cap. 12.13. etc. Likewise in the epistle to the Galatians in part of the cap. 5. and cap. 6. the Whole, to the Ephesians. cap 4.5.6. cst n1 vbz vvn p-acp dt n1 p-acp dt njp2. np1 crd. av av p-acp dt n1 p-acp dt np1 p-acp n1 pp-f dt n1. crd cc n1. crd dt j-jn, p-acp dt np1. n1 crd. (23) chapter (DIV2) 382 Image 72
1476 But where as be not such apparaunt exhortations, but haply some sentēces are declared, there may neuerthelesse rasely be gathered out of ye same those thinges that conduce to the right institution of life. But where as be not such apparent exhortations, but haply Some sentences Are declared, there may nevertheless rasely be gathered out of you same those things that conduce to the right Institution of life. cc-acp q-crq a-acp vbb xx d j n2, cc-acp av d n2 vbr vvn, pc-acp vmb av av-j vbi vvn av pp-f pn22 d d n2 cst vvi p-acp dt j-jn n1 pp-f n1. (23) chapter (DIV2) 383 Image 72
1477 That thing is most conueniently brought to passe, when the vse of euery sentence or assertion is brought to light, That thing is most conveniently brought to pass, when the use of every sentence or assertion is brought to Light, cst n1 vbz av-ds av-j vvn pc-acp vvi, c-crq dt n1 pp-f d n1 cc n1 vbz vvn pc-acp vvi, (23) chapter (DIV2) 384 Image 72
1478 so farre forth as it is applied to the common course of mans life. The Apostle Romans. 6. teacheth vs this sentence, saying: so Far forth as it is applied to the Common course of men life. The Apostle Romans. 6. Teaches us this sentence, saying: av av-j av c-acp pn31 vbz vvn p-acp dt j n1 pp-f ng1 n1. dt n1 np1. crd vvz pno12 d n1, vvg: (23) chapter (DIV2) 384 Image 72
1479 We ought not to abuse the grace of God to the lilbertie of sinne. He addeth a reason on the contrary part: We ought not to abuse the grace of God to the lilbertie of sin. He adds a reason on the contrary part: pns12 vmd xx pc-acp vvi dt n1 pp-f np1 p-acp dt n1 pp-f n1. pns31 vvz dt n1 p-acp dt j-jn n1: (23) chapter (DIV2) 385 Image 73
1480 Because we are dead vnto sinne. The proofe of the same reason followeth of the effect and ende of Baptisme. Because we Are dead unto sin. The proof of the same reason follows of the Effect and end of Baptism. c-acp pns12 vbr j p-acp n1. dt n1 pp-f dt d n1 vvz pp-f dt n1 cc n1 pp-f n1. (23) chapter (DIV2) 385 Image 73
1481 In Baptisme we renownce and dye vnto sinne, By and by he annexeth an exhortation or institution deriued out of the proper vse of the same assertions. In Baptism we renounce and die unto sin, By and by he annexeth an exhortation or Institution derived out of the proper use of the same assertions. p-acp n1 pns12 vvb cc vvi p-acp n1, p-acp cc p-acp pns31 vvz dt n1 cc n1 vvn av pp-f dt j n1 pp-f dt d n2. (23) chapter (DIV2) 386 Image 73
1482 Euen so we also (saieth he) ought to walke in newnesse of lyfe. Even so we also (Saith he) ought to walk in newness of life. av av pns12 av (vvz pns31) vmd pc-acp vvi p-acp n1 pp-f n1. (23) chapter (DIV2) 387 Image 73
1483 Agayne the Apostle confirminge the ende or effect of Baptisme, by a reason taken of the efficatie of Christes death, saith, that death was vtterly vanquished of Christ, Again the Apostle confirming the end or Effect of Baptism, by a reason taken of the efficatie of Christ's death, Says, that death was utterly vanquished of christ, av dt n1 vvg dt n1 cc n1 pp-f n1, p-acp dt n1 vvn pp-f dt n1 pp-f npg1 n1, vvz, cst n1 vbds av-j vvn pp-f np1, (23) chapter (DIV2) 388 Image 73
1484 & that it hath no more power ouer hym. Which truely ought to bee taken for a principle. & that it hath no more power over him. Which truly ought to be taken for a principle. cc cst pn31 vhz dx dc n1 p-acp pno31. r-crq av-j vmd p-acp vbi vvn p-acp dt n1. (23) chapter (DIV2) 388 Image 73
1485 Then forth with the Apostle herevppon sorteth out an institution meruaylously to the purpose. Let not sinne (saith hée) raigne in your mortall bodye. Then forth with the Apostle hereupon sorts out an Institution marvelously to the purpose. Let not sin (Says he) Reign in your Mortal body. av av p-acp dt n1 av vvz av dt n1 av-j p-acp dt n1. vvb xx n1 (vvz pns31) n1 p-acp po22 j-jn n1. (23) chapter (DIV2) 389 Image 73
1486 To the same effecte when one hath explaned the doctrine touchinge the will of man, To the same Effect when one hath explained the Doctrine touching the will of man, p-acp dt d n1 c-crq pi vhz vvn dt n1 vvg dt n1 pp-f n1, (23) chapter (DIV2) 389 Image 73
1487 and the weakenes of our owne strenght, he shall we good right and this, that we are to bée instructed and admonished by that generall sentence, and the weakness of our own strength, he shall we good right and this, that we Are to been instructed and admonished by that general sentence, cc dt n1 pp-f po12 d n1, pns31 vmb po12 j n-jn cc d, cst pns12 vbr pc-acp vbi vvn cc vvn p-acp d j n1, (23) chapter (DIV2) 389 Image 73
1488 howe wee ought (acknowledging our so great infirmitie) to bee humble and méeke, not to stande high in our owne conceytes, to attribute nothinge vnto our selues, to depende wholly vppon God onely which gouerneth our will and actions, how we ought (acknowledging our so great infirmity) to be humble and meek, not to stand high in our own conceits, to attribute nothing unto our selves, to depend wholly upon God only which Governs our will and actions, c-crq pns12 vmd (vvg po12 av j n1) pc-acp vbi j cc j, xx pc-acp vvi j p-acp po12 d n2, pc-acp vvi pix p-acp po12 n2, pc-acp vvb av-jn p-acp np1 av-j r-crq vvz po12 n1 cc n2, (23) chapter (DIV2) 389 Image 73
1489 and finally to looke for all good thinges of him alone. In whiche behalfe, wée maye sée some thinges heaped together of the Apostle Rom. 7. and finally to look for all good things of him alone. In which behalf, we may see Some things heaped together of the Apostle Rom. 7. cc av-j pc-acp vvi p-acp d j n2 pp-f pno31 av-j. p-acp r-crq n1, pns12 vmb vvi d n2 vvd av pp-f dt n1 np1 crd (23) chapter (DIV2) 389 Image 73
1490 These things (vndoubtedly) bée of great importaunce to the information of life in rightuousnes, as euery man may perceyue. These things (undoubtedly) been of great importance to the information of life in righteousness, as every man may perceive. d n2 (av-j) vbi pp-f j n1 p-acp dt n1 pp-f n1 p-acp n1, c-acp d n1 vmb vvi. (23) chapter (DIV2) 390 Image 73
1491 IIII Correction or Reprehension is contrary to Institution, as that which sharply controlleth ye vices and corruptions of maners. IIII Correction or Reprehension is contrary to Institution, as that which sharply controlleth you vices and corruptions of manners. crd n1 cc n1 vbz j-jn p-acp n1, p-acp d r-crq av-j vvz pn22 n2 cc n2 pp-f n2. (23) chapter (DIV2) 391 Image 73
1492 Therfore after the collection of Instytutions, Corrections may without difficulty be excogitate. Therefore After the collection of Instytutions, Corrections may without difficulty be excogitate. av p-acp dt n1 pp-f n2, n2 vmb p-acp n1 vbb vvi. (23) chapter (DIV2) 391 Image 73
1493 For he that speaking of the effecte and ende of Babtisme, had added to a notable institution, saying, Those that are baptised ought to walke in newnesse of lyfe: For he that speaking of the Effect and end of Baptism, had added to a notable Institution, saying, Those that Are baptised ought to walk in newness of life: p-acp pns31 cst vvg pp-f dt n1 cc n1 pp-f n1, vhd vvn p-acp dt j n1, vvg, d cst vbr j-vvn vmd p-acp vvi p-acp n1 pp-f n1: (23) chapter (DIV2) 391 Image 73
1494 He also in very good season inferreth a grieuous Correction, blaminge those, namely, with a vehement and sharpe Oration, which albeit they delight to be called Christians, He also in very good season infers a grievous Correction, blaming those, namely, with a vehement and sharp Oration, which albeit they delight to be called Christians, pns31 av p-acp av j n1 vvz dt j n1, vvg d, av, p-acp dt j cc j n1, r-crq cs pns32 vvb pc-acp vbi vvn np1, (23) chapter (DIV2) 391 Image 73
1495 yet neuertheles liue a lyfe nothinge aunswerable to their most holy profession, and doe so behaue themselues in all their dealinges, yet nevertheless live a life nothing answerable to their most holy profession, and do so behave themselves in all their dealings, av av vvi dt n1 pix j p-acp po32 av-ds j n1, cc vdb av vvi px32 p-acp d po32 n2-vvg, (23) chapter (DIV2) 391 Image 73
1496 as though they had quight forgotten that they were once baptysed into the name of Christ. as though they had quite forgotten that they were once baptised into the name of christ. c-acp cs pns32 vhd av vvn cst pns32 vbdr a-acp j-vvn p-acp dt n1 pp-f np1. (23) chapter (DIV2) 391 Image 73
1497 But hée that can wysely discerne, vnto what vertues & godly actions, what vices are directly contrary, he will sone call to minde, But he that can wisely discern, unto what Virtues & godly actions, what vices Are directly contrary, he will soon call to mind, p-acp pns31 cst vmb av-j vvi, p-acp r-crq n2 cc j n2, r-crq n2 vbr av-j j-jn, pns31 vmb av vvi p-acp n1, (23) chapter (DIV2) 392 Image 73
1498 howe, after institutions put forth touchinge any maner of cause, hée may adioyne also Corrections congruent both to the persones, tyme and businesse. how, After institutions put forth touching any manner of cause, he may adjoin also Corrections congruent both to the Persons, time and business. c-crq, p-acp n2 vvd av vvg d n1 pp-f n1, pns31 vmb vvi av n2 j av-d p-acp dt n2, n1 cc n1. (23) chapter (DIV2) 392 Image 73
1499 V Consolations according to the frequency & greatnesse of thaduersities and discommodities that trouble vs, are dilligently to bée sought for of euery man: V Consolations according to the frequency & greatness of thaduersities and Discomforts that trouble us, Are diligently to been sought for of every man: crd n2 vvg p-acp dt n1 cc n1 pp-f n2 cc n2 cst vvb pno12, vbr av-j pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp pp-f d n1: (23) chapter (DIV2) 393 Image 73
1500 But of those inespecially that are somwhat exercised in the bookes of holy Scripture, they maye easely hée drawen forth at all tymes. But of those inespecially that Are somewhat exercised in the books of holy Scripture, they may Easily he drawn forth At all times. cc-acp pp-f d av-j cst vbr av vvn p-acp dt n2 pp-f j n1, pns32 vmb av-j pns31 vvn av p-acp d n2. (23) chapter (DIV2) 393 Image 73
1501 And yt not onely bicause in thē aswel sētences, as examples doo euery wher offer themselues yeldinge most plentifull matter of consolations agaynst all calamities and misfortunes, And that not only Because in them aswell sentences, as Examples do every where offer themselves yielding most plentiful matter of consolations against all calamities and misfortunes, cc pn31 xx av-j c-acp p-acp pno32 p-acp n2, c-acp n2 vdb d c-crq vvi px32 vvg av-ds j n1 pp-f n2 p-acp d n2 cc n2, (23) chapter (DIV2) 394 Image 73
1502 but also for somuch as they may very welbe selected out of the assertions which a lytell before were declared. but also for So much as they may very welbe selected out of the assertions which a little before were declared. cc-acp av c-acp av c-acp pns32 vmb av vmb vvn av pp-f dt n2 r-crq dt j a-acp vbdr vvn. (23) chapter (DIV2) 394 Image 73
1503 For why may not, seinge somewhat nowe is already spoken touching the effect of Baytisme by the death of Christ (I gladly sticke in ye same example) why may not (I say) a man auouch: For why may not, sing somewhat now is already spoken touching the Effect of Baytisme by the death of christ (I gladly stick in you same Exampl) why may not (I say) a man avouch: p-acp q-crq vmb xx, vvb av av vbz av vvn vvg dt n1 pp-f n1 p-acp dt n1 pp-f np1 (pns11 av-j vvb p-acp pn22 d n1) q-crq vmb xx (pns11 vvb) dt n1 vvb: (23) chapter (DIV2) 394 Image 73
1504 that miserable men are well delte withall, and that greate occasion is offred vnto them to hope for all good thinges at the handes of GOD, that miserable men Are well dealt withal, and that great occasion is offered unto them to hope for all good things At the hands of GOD, cst j n2 vbr av vvn av, cc cst j n1 vbz vvn p-acp pno32 pc-acp vvi p-acp d j n2 p-acp dt n2 pp-f np1, (23) chapter (DIV2) 394 Image 73
1505 when as they beholde God as well by his worde, as by the sacramentes by him instituted to certifie and assure them of the remission of their sinnes by his sonne Iesus Christ? And that there is no cause why they shoulde cast themselues hedlonge into the whirlpoole of desperation so longe as they fixe their mynde vppon the promysses of GOD and the couenaunte which hee hath made with vs. when as they behold God as well by his word, as by the Sacraments by him instituted to certify and assure them of the remission of their Sins by his son Iesus christ? And that there is no cause why they should cast themselves headlong into the whirlpool of desperation so long as they fix their mind upon the promises of GOD and the Covenant which he hath made with us c-crq c-acp pns32 vvb np1 c-acp av p-acp po31 n1, c-acp p-acp dt n2 p-acp pno31 vvd pc-acp vvi cc vvi pno32 pp-f dt n1 pp-f po32 n2 p-acp po31 n1 np1 np1? cc cst pc-acp vbz dx n1 c-crq pns32 vmd vvi px32 av-j p-acp dt n1 pp-f n1 av av-j c-acp pns32 vvi po32 n1 p-acp dt n2 pp-f np1 cc dt n1 r-crq pns31 vhz vvn p-acp pno12 (23) chapter (DIV2) 394 Image 74
1506 Hitherto touchinge the fiue principall Diuine places of •••ention, wherevppon the mynde ought with all enforcement and dilligence to bee intentiuely sette, Hitherto touching the fiue principal Divine places of •••ention, whereupon the mind ought with all enforcement and diligence to be intentively Set, av vvg dt crd j-jn j-jn n2 pp-f n1, c-crq dt n1 vmd p-acp d n1 cc n1 pc-acp vbi av-j vvn, (23) chapter (DIV2) 395 Image 74
1507 so ofte as out of the Scriptures which are openly explaned, we intende to excerpte certayne common places profitable for the Church. so oft as out of the Scriptures which Are openly explained, we intend to excerpte certain Common places profitable for the Church. av av c-acp av pp-f dt n2 r-crq vbr av-j vvn, pns12 vvb pc-acp vvi j j n2 j p-acp dt n1. (23) chapter (DIV2) 395 Image 74
1508 Seing ye Apostle himselfe so euidently affyrmeth, that we ought to gather euery where out of the readinge of the Scriptures, whatsoeuer is auayleable to doctrine, to reproue, to institution, to correction, to consolation: Sing you Apostle himself so evidently Affirmeth, that we ought to gather every where out of the reading of the Scriptures, whatsoever is available to Doctrine, to reprove, to Institution, to correction, to consolation: vvb pn22 n1 px31 av av-j vvz, cst pns12 vmd pc-acp vvi d c-crq av pp-f dt vvg pp-f dt n2, r-crq vbz j p-acp n1, pc-acp vvi, p-acp n1, p-acp n1, p-acp n1: (23) chapter (DIV2) 396 Image 74
1509 whom may wee rather followe for our author then him? And why shoulde nto wée (I meane so many as are conuersante in the ministery) employ our wholle laboures and studyes vppon this, that wée maye drawe forth of the Scriptures these most holsome and profitable thinges? Certes this inuention of common places is, whom may we rather follow for our author then him? And why should unto we (I mean so many as Are conversante in the Ministry) employ our wholle labours and studies upon this, that we may draw forth of the Scriptures these most wholesome and profitable things? Certes this invention of Common places is, r-crq vmb pns12 av-c vvi p-acp po12 n1 cs pno31? cc q-crq vmd p-acp pns12 (pns11 vvb av av-d c-acp vbr j p-acp dt n1) vvb po12 j-jn n2 cc n2 p-acp d, cst pns12 vmb vvi av pp-f dt n2 d av-ds j cc j n2? av d n1 pp-f j n2 vbz, (23) chapter (DIV2) 396 Image 74
1510 as ye woulde saye, the grounde worke and foundation, wherevppon the wholle frame of all Diuine Sermons doth consist. as you would say, the ground work and Foundation, whereupon the wholle frame of all Divine Sermons does consist. c-acp pn22 vmd vvi, dt n1 n1 cc n1, c-crq dt j-jn n1 pp-f d j-jn n2 vdz vvi. (23) chapter (DIV2) 396 Image 74
1511 For vnlesse thou shalt in this wyse note the common places accordinge to the diuersitie of the members of Scripture, thou endeuourest in vayne to vtter any thing, whereout any fruite may bée hoped for to redounde to the hearers. For unless thou shalt in this wise note the Common places according to the diversity of the members of Scripture, thou endeuourest in vain to utter any thing, whereout any fruit may been hoped for to redound to the hearers. c-acp cs pns21 vm2 p-acp d j n1 dt j n2 vvg p-acp dt n1 pp-f dt n2 pp-f n1, pns21 vv2 p-acp j pc-acp vvi d n1, c-crq d n1 vmb vbi vvn p-acp pc-acp vvi p-acp dt n2. (23) chapter (DIV2) 397 Image 74
1512 But he that will followe this order and method of inuention after the fine places afore goinge, shall neuer bée destitute of plenteous, godly and profitable matter of speakinge. But he that will follow this order and method of invention After the fine places afore going, shall never been destitute of plenteous, godly and profitable matter of speaking. p-acp pns31 cst vmb vvi d n1 cc n1 pp-f n1 p-acp dt j n2 p-acp vvg, vmb av-x vbi j pp-f j, j cc j n1 pp-f vvg. (23) chapter (DIV2) 398 Image 74
1513 Verely I suppose there bée some will say that this deuice is straung and very difficulte. Verily I suppose there been Some will say that this device is strange and very difficult. av-j pns11 vvb pc-acp vbi d vmb vvi cst d n1 vbz j cc j j. (23) chapter (DIV2) 399 Image 74
1514 But forasmuch as we haue ye Apostle Paule, the ringeleader of all preachers as ye teacher thereof, who can worthily suspect it, But forasmuch as we have you Apostle Paul, the ringeleader of all Preachers as you teacher thereof, who can worthily suspect it, p-acp av c-acp pns12 vhb pn22 n1 np1, dt n1 pp-f d n2 c-acp pn22 n1 av, r-crq vmb av-j vvi pn31, (23) chapter (DIV2) 399 Image 74
1515 or lightely esteeme of it? Moreouer I dare warraunt to those that shalbe bu• meanely furnished with the knowledge of common places perceyuinge to Christian religyon, that it will euen forthwith béecome easye, well lyked off, and fruitefull. or lightly esteem of it? Moreover I Dare warrant to those that shall bu• meanly furnished with the knowledge of Common places perceiving to Christian Religion, that it will even forthwith become easy, well liked off, and fruitful. cc av-j vvi pp-f pn31? av pns11 vvb vvi p-acp d cst vmb n1 av-j vvn p-acp dt n1 pp-f j n2 vvg p-acp np1 n1, cst pn31 vmb av av vvn j, av vvd a-acp, cc j. (23) chapter (DIV2) 399 Image 74
1516 There is no man, I am sure, will euer repent him of his paynes taken. There is no man, I am sure, will ever Repent him of his pains taken. pc-acp vbz dx n1, pns11 vbm j, vmb av vvi pno31 pp-f po31 n2 vvn. (23) chapter (DIV2) 399 Image 74
1517 That which is attempted to the aduauncement of godlynesse commeth alwayes of necessitie vnto good successe. That which is attempted to the advancement of godliness comes always of necessity unto good success. d r-crq vbz vvn p-acp dt n1 pp-f n1 vvz av pp-f n1 p-acp j n1. (23) chapter (DIV2) 399 Image 74
1518 And we a litell after will add some examples, which shal open a way vnto all men, And we a little After will add Some Examples, which shall open a Way unto all men, cc pns12 dt j c-acp vmb vvi d n2, r-crq vmb vvi dt n1 p-acp d n2, (23) chapter (DIV2) 400 Image 74
1519 and make it very playne and easy, all impedimentes set a parte. and make it very plain and easy, all impediments Set a part. cc vvi pn31 av j cc j, d n2 vvi dt n1. (23) chapter (DIV2) 400 Image 74
1520 Neither in this didascalik kynde •ons, but also in the other kyndes of Sermons, those thinges that are spoken touchinge these places, may conueniently bée applyed to all and euery explication of Scripture, Neither in this didascalik kind •ons, but also in the other Kinds of Sermons, those things that Are spoken touching these places, may conveniently been applied to all and every explication of Scripture, av-d p-acp d j j n2, p-acp av p-acp dt j-jn n2 pp-f n2, d n2 cst vbr vvn vvg d n2, vmb av-j vbi vvd p-acp d cc d n1 pp-f n1, (23) chapter (DIV2) 401 Image 74
1521 lyke as, so ofte as it shall bée requisite, we will agayne admonishe. like as, so oft as it shall been requisite, we will again admonish. av-j a-acp, av av c-acp pn31 vmb vbi j, pns12 vmb av vvi. (23) chapter (DIV2) 401 Image 74
1522 Now let vs entreate of the places of inuention apperteyninge to the seconde forme or orded. Now let us entreat of the places of invention aPPERTAINING to the seconde Form or orded. av vvb pno12 vvi pp-f dt n2 pp-f n1 vvg p-acp dt ord n1 cc vvn. (23) chapter (DIV2) 402 Image 74
1523 These declare vnto vs, howe and after what sorte wee maye more néerely trye and axamine the nature of euery thinge (of which at the least any thinge in Diuine Sermons may truly bée sayde or disc••rs•d) and heape togither proofes or argumentes meete to the accomplishement thereof. These declare unto us, how and After what sort we may more nearly try and axamine the nature of every thing (of which At the least any thing in Divine Sermons may truly been said or disc••rs•d) and heap together proofs or Arguments meet to the accomplishment thereof. d vvi p-acp pno12, c-crq cc p-acp r-crq n1 pns12 vmb av-dc av-j vvi cc vvi dt n1 pp-f d n1 (pp-f r-crq p-acp dt ds d n1 p-acp j-jn n2 vmb av-j vbi vvn cc j-vvn) cc vvb av n2 cc n2 vvb p-acp dt n1 av. (23) chapter (DIV2) 403 Image 74
1524 For by them we easely learne, what euery thinge is, howe many partes or formes be thereof, what the causes, what the offectes or duties; For by them we Easily Learn, what every thing is, how many parts or forms be thereof, what the Causes, what the offectes or duties; c-acp p-acp pno32 pns12 av-j vvi, r-crq d n1 vbz, c-crq d n2 cc n2 vbb av, q-crq dt n2, r-crq dt n2 cc n2; (23) chapter (DIV2) 404 Image 74
1525 what thinges bée of alyaunce, what Contrary therevnto, as those that playnly appere to be destinate to the explication of these questions. what things been of alyaunce, what Contrary thereunto, as those that plainly appear to be destinate to the explication of these questions. r-crq n2 vbi pp-f n1, r-crq n-jn av, c-acp d cst av-j vvi pc-acp vbi j p-acp dt n1 pp-f d n2. (23) chapter (DIV2) 404 Image 74
1526 He that shall diligently discusse the sayde questions, is supposed to haue am•ly and thorowly atteined whatsoeuer is worthy to be knowen as touching that thing. He that shall diligently discuss the said questions, is supposed to have am•ly and thoroughly attained whatsoever is worthy to be known as touching that thing. pns31 cst vmb av-j vvi dt j-vvn n2, vbz vvn pc-acp vhi av-j cc av-j vvn r-crq vbz j pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp vvg d n1. (23) chapter (DIV2) 404 Image 74
1527 Which thing is the cause why the Logicians and Philosoph••s do• very highly esteme them, and maruelously commend •hē. Which thing is the cause why the Logicians and Philosoph••s do• very highly esteem them, and marvelously commend •hen. r-crq n1 vbz dt n1 c-crq dt n2 cc j n1 av av-j vvb pno32, cc av-j vvi av. (23) chapter (DIV2) 404 Image 74
1528 Théen both the 〈 ◊ 〉 vse 〈 … 〉 them to be agréeable to his treatise takē in ha••. Théen both the 〈 ◊ 〉 use 〈 … 〉 them to be agreeable to his treatise taken in ha••. j d dt 〈 sy 〉 vvi 〈 … 〉 pno32 pc-acp vbi j p-acp po31 n1 vvn p-acp n1. (23) chapter (DIV2) 404 Image 74
1529 We wil therefore reherse them, & doo nothing else then •eherse thē: We will Therefore rehearse them, & do nothing Else then •eherse them: pns12 vmb av vvi pno32, cc vdb pix av av vvi pno32: (23) chapter (DIV2) 404 Image 74
1530 for hint yt is desirous to know more we remit to ye maste•s & teachers of Logic•• But 〈 … 〉 they profit to ye 〈 ◊ 〉 & indagatiō of diuine affayr 〈 … 〉 at large sufficiētly inough declared in our Theologicall Topicks. At séemeth good héere onely to dispose them in such wyse, for hint that is desirous to know more we remit to you maste•s & Teachers of Logic•• But 〈 … 〉 they profit to you 〈 ◊ 〉 & indagation of divine affayr 〈 … 〉 At large sufficiently enough declared in our Theological Topicks. At Seemeth good Here only to dispose them in such wise, p-acp n1 pn31 vbz j pc-acp vvi av-dc pns12 vvb p-acp pn22 n2 cc n2 pp-f np1 cc-acp 〈 … 〉 pns32 n1 p-acp pn22 〈 sy 〉 cc n1 pp-f j-jn j-jn 〈 … 〉 p-acp j av-j av-d vvn p-acp po12 j np2. p-acp vvz j av av-j pc-acp vvi pno32 p-acp d n1, (23) chapter (DIV2) 404 Image 75
1531 as by the same dilligence I maye set forth vnto the eye, to the explication of what questions euery of them may and ought to be applyed. as by the same diligence I may Set forth unto the eye, to the explication of what questions every of them may and ought to be applied. c-acp p-acp dt d n1 pns11 vmb vvi av p-acp dt n1, p-acp dt n1 pp-f r-crq n2 d pp-f pno32 vmb cc pi pc-acp vbi vvd. (23) chapter (DIV2) 404 Image 75
1532 To the declaration of the question, what the thinge is, are referred: To the declaration of the question, what the thing is, Are referred: p-acp dt n1 pp-f dt n1, r-crq dt n1 vbz, vbr vvn: (23) chapter (DIV2) 405 Image 75
1533 I. Definition of the name, II. Definition of the thinge, III. Generall kinde, IIII. Speciall kinde, V. Difference, VI. Propertie. I Definition of the name, II Definition of the thing, III. General kind, IIII. Special kind, V. Difference, VI. Property. uh n1 pp-f dt n1, crd n1 pp-f dt n1, np1. n1 n1, crd. j n1, np1 n1, crd. n1. (23) chapter (DIV2) 405 Image 75
1534 To the discussion of the question, Howe many partes or how manyfolde the thinge is, be annexed: To the discussion of the question, How many parts or how manifold the thing is, be annexed: p-acp dt n1 pp-f dt n1, c-crq d n2 cc c-crq j dt n1 vbz, vbb vvn: (23) chapter (DIV2) 406 Image 75
1535 VII. Diuision, VIII. Wholle, IX. Partes. To the question of causes doe accorde: X. Matter, XI. Forme, XII. Effect, XIII. Ende. VII. Division, VIII. Wholle, IX. Parts. To the question of Causes do accord: X. Matter, XI. Form, XII. Effect, XIII. End. np1. n1, crd. j-jn, crd. n2. p-acp dt n1 pp-f n2 vdb vvi: fw-la n1, crd. n1, np1. vvb, np1. vvb. (23) chapter (DIV2) 406 Image 75
1536 He that will explane the question, what be the effectes or offices of the thinge, must haue regarde to the: He that will explain the question, what be the effects or Offices of the thing, must have regard to thee: pns31 cst vmb vvi dt n1, r-crq vbb dt n2 cc n2 pp-f dt n1, vmb vhi n1 p-acp pno32: (23) chapter (DIV2) 408 Image 75
1537 XIIII. Euentes, XV. Effectes, XVI. Destinata, XVII. Adiacentia, XVIII. Actes, XIX. Subiecte. XIIII. Events, XV. Effects, XVI. Destinata, XVII. Adiacentia, XVIII. Acts, XIX. Subject. crd. n2, crd. n2, np1. np1, np1. np1, np1. n2, np1. j-jn. (23) chapter (DIV2) 408 Image 75
1538 For a man to finde out what be of alyaunce or aiffiniti• to the thinge, he ought to respect, XX. Coniugata, XXI. Contingentia, XXII. Signa, or Signes, wherein for the most parte Contingentia doe consist, XXIII. Circumstaunces, XXIIII. Pronunciata, XXV. Similia, XXVI. Comparata. For a man to find out what be of alyaunce or aiffiniti• to the thing, he ought to respect, XX. Coniugata, XXI. Contingentia, XXII. Signs, or Signs, wherein for the most part Contingentia do consist, XXIII. circumstances, XXIIII. Pronunciata, XXV. Similar, XXVI. Comparata. p-acp dt n1 pc-acp vvi av q-crq vbb pp-f n1 cc n1 p-acp dt n1, pns31 vmd p-acp n1, crd. fw-la, np1. np1, np1. np1, cc n2, c-crq p-acp dt av-ds n1 np1 vdb vvi, np1. n2, crd. np1, np1. np1, crd. np1. (23) chapter (DIV2) 409 Image 75
1539 The question, what be the contraries of the thing, is absolued by searchinge out, XXVII. Opposita, XXVIII. Disparata. The question, what be the contraries of the thing, is absolved by searching out, XXVII. Opposita, XXVIII. Disparata. dt n1, r-crq vbb dt n-jn pp-f dt n1, vbz vvn p-acp vvg av, np1. np1, np1. np1. (23) chapter (DIV2) 410 Image 75
1540 The sayde places are taught of the Logicians, who (as it is méete and conuenient those artes to serue the turne of more worthy actes) doe minister the same to the professors of other disciplines, The said places Are taught of the Logicians, who (as it is meet and convenient those arts to serve the turn of more worthy acts) do minister the same to the professors of other disciplines, dt j-vvn n2 vbr vvn pp-f dt n2, r-crq (c-acp pn31 vbz j cc j d n2 pc-acp vvi dt n1 pp-f dc j n2) vdb vvi dt d p-acp dt n2 pp-f j-jn n2, (23) chapter (DIV2) 411 Image 75
1541 but especially of Diuinitie, to be vsed. but especially of Divinity, to be used. cc-acp av-j pp-f n1, pc-acp vbi vvn. (23) chapter (DIV2) 411 Image 75
1542 Moreouer Theologie is accustomed to produce other places also to the explication of thinges in the kynde didascalik, and in the bookes of the prophetes and Apostles we may perceiue no small number of probations deriued of the places followinge. Moreover Theology is accustomed to produce other places also to the explication of things in the kind didascalik, and in the books of the Prophets and Apostles we may perceive no small number of probations derived of the places following. av n1 vbz vvn pc-acp vvi j-jn n2 av p-acp dt n1 pp-f n2 p-acp dt n1 j, cc p-acp dt n2 pp-f dt n2 cc n2 pns12 vmb vvi dx j n1 pp-f n2 vvn pp-f dt n2 vvg. (23) chapter (DIV2) 412 Image 75
1543 1 Of the vsurpation of the voyce of any man in the sacred Scriptures. 1 Of the usurpation of the voice of any man in the sacred Scriptures. crd pp-f dt n1 pp-f dt n1 pp-f d n1 p-acp dt j n2. (23) chapter (DIV2) 413 Image 75
1544 Thapostle in that promise made of God vnto Abraham Genes. 17. I haue appointed thee to be the father of many nations, weighinge the worde Nations, he reasoneth in this sorte: Apostle in that promise made of God unto Abraham Genesis. 17. I have appointed thee to be the father of many Nations, weighing the word nations, he reasoneth in this sort: n1 p-acp d n1 vvd pp-f np1 p-acp np1 np1. crd pns11 vhb vvn pno21 pc-acp vbi dt n1 pp-f d n2, vvg dt n1 n2, pns31 vvz p-acp d n1: (23) chapter (DIV2) 413 Image 75
1545 Abraham is the father of many nations, Ergo, the Gentiles also séeinge they are the children of Abraham, shall be pertakers of the spirituall benefites purchased by Christ, which were promised to Abraham and to his séede. Abraham is the father of many Nations, Ergo, the Gentiles also seeing they Are the children of Abraham, shall be partakers of the spiritual benefits purchased by christ, which were promised to Abraham and to his seed. np1 vbz dt n1 pp-f d n2, fw-la, dt n2-j av vvg pns32 vbr dt n2 pp-f np1, vmb vbi n2 pp-f dt j n2 vvn p-acp np1, r-crq vbdr vvn p-acp np1 cc p-acp po31 n1. (23) chapter (DIV2) 413 Image 75
1546 2 Of the certaine forme of speaking, or of the phrase of holy Scripture. 2 Of the certain Form of speaking, or of the phrase of holy Scripture. crd pp-f dt j n1 pp-f vvg, cc pp-f dt n1 pp-f j n1. (23) chapter (DIV2) 414 Image 75
1547 Mans iustification or beatification the Apostle interpreteth to bee the remission of sinnes, & the not imputinge thereof, which hee confirmeth by the wordes of the Psalmiste taken out of the 23. Psalme: men justification or beatification the Apostle interpreteth to be the remission of Sins, & the not imputing thereof, which he confirmeth by the words of the Psalmist taken out of the 23. Psalm: ng1 n1 cc n1 dt n1 vvz pc-acp vbi dt n1 pp-f n2, cc av xx vvg av, r-crq pns31 vvz p-acp dt n2 pp-f dt n1 vvn av pp-f dt crd n1: (23) chapter (DIV2) 414 Image 75
1548 Blessed are they whose iniquities be remitted, and whose sinnes are couered. Blessed is that man to whome the Lorde will not impute sinne. Blessed Are they whose iniquities be remitted, and whose Sins Are covered. Blessed is that man to whom the Lord will not impute sin. vvn vbr pns32 r-crq n2 vbb vvn, cc rg-crq n2 vbr vvn. j-vvn vbz d n1 p-acp ro-crq dt n1 vmb xx vvi n1. (23) chapter (DIV2) 414 Image 75
1549 Christ affirmeth himself to be very God out of the wordes of Dauid Psalm. 109: The Lorde sayde vnto my Lorde, sitte on my right hande. christ Affirmeth himself to be very God out of the words of David Psalm. 109: The Lord said unto my Lord, sit on my right hand. np1 vvz px31 pc-acp vbi j np1 av pp-f dt n2 pp-f np1 np1. crd: dt n1 vvd p-acp po11 n1, vvi p-acp po11 j-jn n1. (23) chapter (DIV2) 414 Image 75
1550 If Dauid calleth him Lorde, howe is he then his sonne? 3 Of the significatiō of the wordes to ye sentence or meaninge of the speaker. If David calls him Lord, how is he then his son? 3 Of the signification of the words to you sentence or meaning of the speaker. cs np1 vvz pno31 n1, q-crq vbz pns31 av po31 n1? crd pp-f dt n1 pp-f dt n2 p-acp pn22 n1 cc n1 pp-f dt n1. (23) chapter (DIV2) 414 Image 76
1551 It behoueth this most chiefely to be obserued in figuratiue spéeches: albeit euen where no figures bée at all yet some obscuritie may séeme to lurke. It behooves this most chiefly to be observed in figurative Speeches: albeit even where no figures been At all yet Some obscurity may seem to lurk. pn31 vvz d ds av-jn pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp j n2: cs av c-crq dx n2 vbi p-acp d av d n1 vmb vvi pc-acp vvi. (23) chapter (DIV2) 415 Image 76
1552 Nowe this must bée remoued by searchinge the authors mynde out of the circumstaunces, or out of the thinges either antecedent or consequent. Now this must been removed by searching the Authors mind out of the Circumstances, or out of the things either antecedent or consequent. av d vmb vbi vvn p-acp vvg dt ng1 n1 av pp-f dt n2, cc av pp-f dt n2 d n1 cc j. (23) chapter (DIV2) 415 Image 76
1553 4 Of wordes goinge afore and comminge after. This also is a helpe in no wyse to be neglected. 4 Of words going afore and coming After. This also is a help in no wise to be neglected. crd pp-f n2 vvg a-acp cc vvg a-acp. np1 av vbz dt n1 p-acp dx j pc-acp vbi vvn. (23) chapter (DIV2) 416 Image 76
1554 For where it séemeth good out of some place of Scripture to confirme a doctrin or sentence, it is requisite forthwith to marke as well the wordes antecedent as consequent, For where it Seemeth good out of Some place of Scripture to confirm a Doctrine or sentence, it is requisite forthwith to mark as well the words antecedent as consequent, p-acp c-crq pn31 vvz j av pp-f d n1 pp-f n1 pc-acp vvi dt n1 cc n1, pn31 vbz j av pc-acp vvi c-acp av dt n2 n1 p-acp j, (23) chapter (DIV2) 416 Image 76
1555 and out of them to declare the sentence to bée true which wée proponed. 5 Of a generall sentence in Diuinitie. and out of them to declare the sentence to been true which we proponed. 5 Of a general sentence in Divinity. cc av pp-f pno32 pc-acp vvi dt n1 pc-acp vbi j r-crq pns12 vvn. crd pp-f dt j n1 p-acp n1. (23) chapter (DIV2) 416 Image 76
1556 Such a one is this, Deut. 10. God is no respecter of persons. Therfore Peter. Act. 10 gathereth herevppon that the Gentiles also in cace they feare God, Such a one is this, Deuteronomy 10. God is no respecter of Persons. Therefore Peter. Act. 10 gathereth hereupon that the Gentiles also in case they Fear God, d dt pi vbz d, np1 crd np1 vbz dx n1 pp-f n2. av np1. n1 crd vvz av cst dt n2-j av p-acp n1 pns32 vvb np1, (23) chapter (DIV2) 417 Image 76
1557 and giue themselues vnto rightuousnesse, may bée accepted with God. 6 Of the thinges atributed to God. and give themselves unto righteousness, may been accepted with God. 6 Of the things attributed to God. cc vvi px32 p-acp n1, vmb vbi vvn p-acp np1. crd pp-f dt n2 vvn p-acp np1. (23) chapter (DIV2) 417 Image 76
1558 God is true, therfore will he performe his promyses, & proue vs to be liers. God is rightuous, wherefore of him shall the worlde be iudged. God is true, Therefore will he perform his promises, & prove us to be liers. God is righteous, Wherefore of him shall the world be judged. np1 vbz j, av vmb pns31 vvi po31 n2, cc vvb pno12 pc-acp vbi n2. np1 vbz j, q-crq pp-f pno31 vmb dt n1 vbb vvn. (23) chapter (DIV2) 418 Image 76
1559 7 Of the signe to the thinge signified. We are baptised, therefore are we clensed from our sinnes by ye bloode of Christ. 7 Of the Signen to the thing signified. We Are baptised, Therefore Are we cleansed from our Sins by you blood of christ. crd pp-f dt n1 p-acp dt n1 vvd. pns12 vbr j-vvn, av vbr pns12 vvd p-acp po12 n2 p-acp pn22 n1 pp-f np1. (23) chapter (DIV2) 419 Image 76
1560 8 Of one tyme to an other, or of the tyme of the lawe to the tyme of the Gospell. 8 Of one time to an other, or of the time of the law to the time of the Gospel. crd pp-f crd n1 p-acp dt n-jn, cc pp-f dt n1 pp-f dt n1 p-acp dt n1 pp-f dt n1. (23) chapter (DIV2) 420 Image 76
1561 Rom. ••. it is shewed how at all tymes some are elected by the grace of God to saluation, Rom. ••. it is showed how At all times Some Are elected by the grace of God to salvation, np1 ••. pn31 vbz vvn c-crq p-acp d n2 d vbr vvn p-acp dt n1 pp-f np1 p-acp n1, (23) chapter (DIV2) 420 Image 76
1562 and therefore that we ought not to cast away all hope touching certayne of the Iewes to be saued, and Therefore that we ought not to cast away all hope touching certain of the Iewes to be saved, cc av cst pns12 vmd xx pc-acp vvi av d n1 vvg j pp-f dt npg1 pc-acp vbi vvn, (23) chapter (DIV2) 420 Image 76
1563 and that by this argument out of the •. Reg. 19. Knowe yee not (sayth he) what the Scripture sayth of Elias? Howe he crieth vnto God agaynst Israell, sayinge, Lorde they haue killed thy prophetes, and that by this argument out of the •. Reg. 19. Knowe ye not (say he) what the Scripture say of Elias? How he cries unto God against Israel, saying, Lord they have killed thy Prophets, cc cst p-acp d n1 av pp-f dt •. np1 crd np1 pn22 xx (vvz pns31) r-crq dt n1 vvz pp-f np1? c-crq pns31 vvz p-acp np1 p-acp np1, vvg, n1 pns32 vhb vvn po21 n2, (23) chapter (DIV2) 420 Image 76
1564 and broken downe thyne altars, and I was lefte alone, and they lye in awayte for my lyfe. and broken down thine Altars, and I was left alone, and they lie in await for my life. cc vvn a-acp po21 n2, cc pns11 vbds vvn av-j, cc pns32 vvb p-acp vvi p-acp po11 n1. (23) chapter (DIV2) 420 Image 76
1565 But what aunswere maketh God vnto him? I haue reserued vnto my selfe seauen thowsande men, that haue not bowed their knees to Baall. But what answer makes God unto him? I have reserved unto my self seauen thowsande men, that have not bowed their knees to Baal. p-acp r-crq n1 vvz np1 p-acp pno31? pns11 vhb vvn p-acp po11 n1 crd crd n2, cst vhb xx vvn po32 n2 p-acp np1. (23) chapter (DIV2) 420 Image 76
1566 Euen so in this tyme also haue some remayned according to the election of grace. 9 Of one tyme to all tymes. Even so in this time also have Some remained according to the election of grace. 9 Of one time to all times. av av p-acp d n1 av vhi d vvn vvg p-acp dt n1 pp-f n1. crd pp-f crd n1 p-acp d n2. (23) chapter (DIV2) 420 Image 76
1567 I will haue compassion on whom I haue compassion, and I will haue mercy vpon whome I haue mercy. I will have compassion on whom I have compassion, and I will have mercy upon whom I have mercy. pns11 vmb vhi n1 p-acp ro-crq pns11 vhb n1, cc pns11 vmb vhi n1 p-acp ro-crq pns11 vhb n1. (23) chapter (DIV2) 421 Image 76
1568 It is knowen that these wordes were thus spoken of God when he threatened destructiō to the Israelites by reason of their vprore in the absence of Moyses & their worshippinge of the golden calfe. It is known that these words were thus spoken of God when he threatened destruction to the Israelites by reason of their uproar in the absence of Moses & their worshipping of the golden calf. pn31 vbz vvn cst d n2 vbdr av vvn pp-f np1 c-crq pns31 vvd n1 p-acp dt np1 p-acp n1 pp-f po32 n1 p-acp dt n1 pp-f np1 cc po32 vvg pp-f dt j n1. (23) chapter (DIV2) 421 Image 76
1569 But the Apostle doubteth not to vsurpe those wordes which God then pronounced in his anger for the cause about-sayde, to proue that God at all tymes choseth some, But the Apostle doubteth not to usurp those words which God then pronounced in his anger for the cause about-sayde, to prove that God At all times chooses Some, p-acp dt n1 vvz xx pc-acp vvi d n2 r-crq np1 av vvn p-acp po31 n1 p-acp dt n1 j, pc-acp vvi cst np1 p-acp d n2 vvz d, (23) chapter (DIV2) 421 Image 76
1570 and of his mercy, when it pleaseth him, willingely saueth them. 10 Of the head to the members. and of his mercy, when it Pleases him, willingly Saveth them. 10 Of the head to the members. cc pp-f po31 n1, c-crq pn31 vvz pno31, av-j vvz pno32. crd pp-f dt n1 p-acp dt n2. (23) chapter (DIV2) 421 Image 76
1571 Christ the sonne of God hath receyued an heauenly inheritaunce, the same therefore shall those also receyue that beléeue, which truly by adoption are the sonnes of God. christ the son of God hath received an heavenly inheritance, the same Therefore shall those also receive that believe, which truly by adoption Are the Sons of God. np1 dt n1 pp-f np1 vhz vvn dt j n1, dt d av vmb d av vvi cst vvb, r-crq av-j p-acp n1 vbr dt n2 pp-f np1. (23) chapter (DIV2) 422 Image 76
1572 11 Of the members to the head. 11 Of the members to the head. crd pp-f dt n2 p-acp dt n1. (23) chapter (DIV2) 423 Image 76
1573 Some thinges that bée attributed in the body of the Church to the members, are not vnaptely transferred also to Christ, the heade of the Church. some things that been attributed in the body of the Church to the members, Are not unaptly transferred also to christ, the head of the Church. d n2 d vbi vvn p-acp dt n1 pp-f dt n1 p-acp dt n2, vbr xx av-j vvn av p-acp np1, dt n1 pp-f dt n1. (23) chapter (DIV2) 423 Image 76
1574 Heb. 4. and 5. The highe Priestes that be chosen of men, forsomuch as they are compassed aboute with infirmitie, are moued also with the feelinge of other mens infirmities. Hebrew 4. and 5. The high Priests that be chosen of men, forsomuch as they Are compassed about with infirmity, Are moved also with the feeling of other men's infirmities. np1 crd cc crd dt j n2 cst vbb vvn pp-f n2, av c-acp pns32 vbr vvn p-acp p-acp n1, vbr vvn av p-acp dt n-vvg pp-f j-jn ng2 n2. (23) chapter (DIV2) 423 Image 76
1575 The man Christ therefore beinge made an highe Prieste, and tempted in all thinges, is moued with the feelinge of our infirmities. The man christ Therefore being made an high Priest, and tempted in all things, is moved with the feeling of our infirmities. dt n1 np1 av vbg vvn dt j n1, cc vvn p-acp d n2, vbz vvn p-acp dt n-vvg pp-f po12 n2. (23) chapter (DIV2) 423 Image 76
1576 But in no wyse may humayne matters bee applyed vnto Christe, in which is to bee séene the corruption of sinne. But in no wise may human matters be applied unto Christ, in which is to be seen the corruption of sin. cc-acp p-acp dx n1 vmb j n2 vbi vvd p-acp np1, p-acp r-crq vbz pc-acp vbi vvn dt n1 pp-f n1. (23) chapter (DIV2) 424 Image 76
1577 12 Of a thinge corporall to a thinge spirituall. 12 Of a thing corporal to a thing spiritual. crd pp-f dt n1 j p-acp dt n1 j. (23) chapter (DIV2) 425 Image 76
1578 The promyses made of GOD to our fathers touching temporall benefites, caused them to laye holde vppon spirituall and euerlasting benefites. The promises made of GOD to our Father's touching temporal benefits, caused them to say hold upon spiritual and everlasting benefits. dt n2 vvn pp-f np1 p-acp po12 n2 vvg j n2, vvd pno32 pc-acp vvi n1 p-acp j cc j n2. (23) chapter (DIV2) 425 Image 76
1579 Inasmuch as these carnal things are after a sort shadows & ti•es of things spiritual & eternal. Inasmuch as these carnal things Are After a sort shadows & ti•es of things spiritual & Eternal. av p-acp d j n2 vbr p-acp dt n1 n2 cc n2 pp-f n2 j cc j. (23) chapter (DIV2) 426 Image 76
1580 By faith Abrahā departed into the lande of promise as into a strange coūtry whan as he dwelled in tabernacles with Isaac and Iacob coheires of the same promise. By faith Abrahā departed into the land of promise as into a strange country when as he dwelled in Tabernacles with Isaac and Iacob coheirs of the same promise. p-acp n1 np1 vvd p-acp dt n1 pp-f n1 c-acp p-acp dt j n1 c-crq c-acp pns31 vvd p-acp n2 p-acp np1 cc np1 n2 pp-f dt d n1. (23) chapter (DIV2) 426 Image 77
1581 For he loked for a citie hauinge a sure foundation, the buylder and founder whereof is God. For he looked for a City having a sure Foundation, the builder and founder whereof is God. p-acp pns31 vvn p-acp dt n1 vhg dt j n1, dt n1 cc n1 c-crq vbz np1. (23) chapter (DIV2) 426 Image 77
1582 Of which place this is the summe: By fayth Abraham wente out of his owne. Of which place this is the sum: By faith Abraham went out of his own. pp-f r-crq n1 d vbz dt n1: p-acp n1 np1 vvd av pp-f po31 d. (23) chapter (DIV2) 426 Image 77
1583 Couutrey and came to the lande of promise, therefore by fayth likewyse must we come to heauen or to the heauenly Citie. Couutrey and Come to the land of promise, Therefore by faith likewise must we come to heaven or to the heavenly city. np1 cc vvd p-acp dt n1 pp-f n1, av p-acp n1 av vmb pns12 vvi p-acp n1 cc p-acp dt j n1. (23) chapter (DIV2) 426 Image 77
1584 13 Of a thinge spirituall to a thinge corporall. Esaye, Cap. 59. the Lorde sayth: My house shalbe called the house of prayer amongest all people. 13 Of a thing spiritual to a thing corporal. Isaiah, Cap. 59. the Lord say: My house shall called the house of prayer amongst all people. crd pp-f dt n1 j p-acp dt n1 j. np1, np1 crd dt n1 vvz: po11 n1 vmb|vbi vvn dt n1 pp-f n1 p-acp d n1. (23) chapter (DIV2) 427 Image 77
1585 That mention is there made of the spirituall house of God, that is to say, of the Church or congregation of the faythfull, whom it behoueth continually to worship God a right and truly to call vpon the name of the Lorde, it is manifest by other things which in that place doe both goe before and also followe after. That mention is there made of the spiritual house of God, that is to say, of the Church or congregation of the faithful, whom it behooves continually to worship God a right and truly to call upon the name of the Lord, it is manifest by other things which in that place do both go before and also follow After. cst n1 vbz a-acp vvn pp-f dt j n1 pp-f np1, cst vbz pc-acp vvi, pp-f dt n1 cc n1 pp-f dt j, ro-crq pn31 vvz av-j p-acp n1 np1 dt n-jn cc av-j pc-acp vvi p-acp dt n1 pp-f dt n1, pn31 vbz j p-acp j-jn n2 r-crq p-acp d n1 vdb d vvi a-acp cc av vvi a-acp. (23) chapter (DIV2) 427 Image 77
1586 And certes Christ whilest he throweth the byers and sellers out of the materiall. Temple of Hierusalem, applieth the same wordes to his purpose, and argueth in this sorte: And certes christ whilst he throweth the byers and sellers out of the material. Temple of Jerusalem, Applieth the same words to his purpose, and argue in this sort: cc av np1 cs pns31 vvz dt n2 cc n2 av pp-f dt j-jn. n1 pp-f np1, vvz dt d n2 p-acp po31 n1, cc vvz p-acp d n1: (23) chapter (DIV2) 427 Image 77
1587 In the Church or spirituall house of God, it is meete that inuocation of the Lordes name be exercised without ceassinge, Ergo therefore in the materiall Temple also it behoueth prayers continually to be made. In the Church or spiritual house of God, it is meet that invocation of the lords name be exercised without ceasing, Ergo Therefore in the material Temple also it behooves Prayers continually to be made. p-acp dt n1 cc j n1 pp-f np1, pn31 vbz j cst n1 pp-f dt ng1 n1 vbi vvn p-acp vvg, fw-la av p-acp dt j-jn n1 av pn31 vvz n2 av-j pc-acp vbi vvn. (23) chapter (DIV2) 427 Image 77
1588 Séest thou not therefore howe that is deduced to a thinge corporall, which before was simply spoken of a thinge spirituall? See thou not Therefore how that is deduced to a thing corporal, which before was simply spoken of a thing spiritual? vv2 pns21 xx av c-crq d vbz vvn p-acp dt n1 j, r-crq a-acp vbds av-j vvn pp-f dt n1 j? (23) chapter (DIV2) 427 Image 77
1589 14 Of a thinge earthly to a thinge heauenly. 14 Of a thing earthly to a thing heavenly. crd pp-f dt n1 j p-acp dt n1 j. (23) chapter (DIV2) 428 Image 77
1590 The author of the Apocalypes. Cap. 7. transferreth the words, which Esay the Prophete had vsurped Cap. 49. touchinge the felicitie to followe, The author of the Apocalypes. Cap. 7. transferreth the words, which Isaiah the Prophet had usurped Cap. 49. touching the felicity to follow, dt n1 pp-f dt n2. np1 crd vvz dt n2, r-crq np1 dt n1 vhd vvn np1 crd vvg dt n1 pc-acp vvi, (23) chapter (DIV2) 428 Image 77
1591 when the Gospell shoulde bée divulged into all the prouinces of the worlde, to celebrate the reste and glory which the Sainctes that dye for the confession of the truth, doe obteyne in the lyfe to come in heauen. The wordes are these: when the Gospel should been divulged into all the Provinces of the world, to celebrate the rest and glory which the Saints that die for the Confessi of the truth, do obtain in the life to come in heaven. The words Are these: c-crq dt n1 vmd vbi vvn p-acp d dt n2 pp-f dt n1, pc-acp vvi dt n1 cc n1 r-crq dt n2 cst vvb p-acp dt n1 pp-f dt n1, vdb vvi p-acp dt n1 pc-acp vvi p-acp n1. dt n2 vbr d: (23) chapter (DIV2) 428 Image 77
1592 They shall not honger nor thirste any more, neither shall the Sunne rise or fall vppon them, nor any heate: They shall not hunger nor thirst any more, neither shall the Sun rise or fallen upon them, nor any heat: pns32 vmb xx n1 ccx n1 d dc, dx vmb dt n1 vvb cc vvi p-acp pno32, ccx d n1: (23) chapter (DIV2) 429 Image 77
1593 For the Lambe which is in the myddes of the throne (as one that pitiet•e them) shall leade them forth to the comfortable springs of water. For the Lamb which is in the mids of the throne (as one that pitiet•e them) shall lead them forth to the comfortable springs of water. c-acp dt n1 r-crq vbz p-acp dt n2-jn pp-f dt n1 (c-acp pi cst vvd pno32) vmb vvi pno32 av p-acp dt j n2 pp-f n1. (23) chapter (DIV2) 429 Image 77
1594 The wordes therefore spoken of these thinges that ought to be done in earth, are translated to those that come to pas in heauen. The words Therefore spoken of these things that ought to be done in earth, Are translated to those that come to pass in heaven. dt n2 av vvn pp-f d n2 cst vmd pc-acp vbi vdn p-acp n1, vbr vvn p-acp d cst vvb pc-acp vvi p-acp n1. (23) chapter (DIV2) 430 Image 77
1595 This forme of reasoninge doth not much differ from that, which a little before we intituled, of a thinge corporall to a spirituall. This Form of reasoning does not much differ from that, which a little before we entitled, of a thing corporal to a spiritual. d n1 pp-f vvg vdz xx d vvi p-acp d, r-crq dt j c-acp pns12 vvd, pp-f dt n1 j p-acp dt j. (23) chapter (DIV2) 431 Image 77
1596 15 Of the threatning of God to the effect thereof. 15 Of the threatening of God to the Effect thereof. crd pp-f dt n-vvg pp-f np1 p-acp dt n1 av. (23) chapter (DIV2) 432 Image 77
1597 Thapostle affirmeth the time to be at hande, wherein the Iewes ought to be reiected and excluded from the church of God, The apostle Affirmeth the time to be At hand, wherein the Iewes ought to be rejected and excluded from the Church of God, np1 vvz dt n1 pc-acp vbi p-acp n1, q-crq dt npg1 vmd pc-acp vbi vvn cc vvn p-acp dt n1 pp-f np1, (23) chapter (DIV2) 432 Image 77
1598 and the Gentiles to be called and to succéede the Iewes, addinge to a grieuous communication published of God in time past touchinge that matter: and the Gentiles to be called and to succeed the Iewes, adding to a grievous communication published of God in time passed touching that matter: cc dt n2-j pc-acp vbi vvn cc pc-acp vvi dt np2, vvg p-acp dt j n1 vvn pp-f np1 p-acp n1 p-acp vvg d n1: (23) chapter (DIV2) 432 Image 77
1599 I will prouoke you to enuy by a people which is no people, by foolishe nation will I stirre you vnto wrath. I will provoke you to envy by a people which is no people, by foolish Nation will I stir you unto wrath. pns11 vmb vvi pn22 pc-acp vvi p-acp dt n1 r-crq vbz dx n1, p-acp j n1 vmb pns11 vvi pn22 p-acp n1. (23) chapter (DIV2) 432 Image 77
1600 That which God hath once determined cōcerning ye punishment of wicked men muste of necessitie be accomplished, That which God hath once determined Concerning the punishment of wicked men must of necessity be accomplished, cst r-crq np1 vhz a-acp vvn vvg dt n1 pp-f j n2 vmb pp-f n1 vbb vvn, (23) chapter (DIV2) 433 Image 77
1601 except peraduenture some condition be either openly or pryuily adioyned to the threatning. 16 Of the promise of God to the effect therof. except Peradventure Some condition be either openly or pryuily adjoined to the threatening. 16 Of the promise of God to the Effect thereof. c-acp av d n1 vbb av-d av-j cc av-j vvn p-acp dt j-vvg. crd pp-f dt n1 pp-f np1 p-acp dt n1 av. (23) chapter (DIV2) 433 Image 77
1602 Abraham staggered not at the promise of God through incredulitie, but being made strong by faith gaue the glory to God, conceiuing a certaine perswasion, that he which had promised, was able also to performe. Abraham staggered not At the promise of God through incredulity, but being made strong by faith gave the glory to God, conceiving a certain persuasion, that he which had promised, was able also to perform. np1 vvd xx p-acp dt n1 pp-f np1 p-acp n1, cc-acp vbg vvn j p-acp n1 vvd dt n1 p-acp np1, vvg dt j n1, cst pns31 r-crq vhd vvn, vbds j av pc-acp vvi. (23) chapter (DIV2) 434 Image 77
1603 So is it read Rom. 4. we may therfore argue in this sorte: God hath promised, ergo, hee will vndoubtedly performe. So is it read Rom. 4. we may Therefore argue in this sort: God hath promised, ergo, he will undoubtedly perform. av vbz pn31 vvn np1 crd pns12 vmb av vvi p-acp d n1: np1 vhz vvn, fw-la, pns31 vmb av-j vvi. (23) chapter (DIV2) 435 Image 77
1604 Héere also must héede be taken whether any maner of condition be annexed to the promise. Here also must heed be taken whither any manner of condition be annexed to the promise. av av vmb n1 vbi vvn cs d n1 pp-f n1 vbb vvn p-acp dt n1. (23) chapter (DIV2) 435 Image 77
1605 17 Of a prophesy or propheticall prediction. 17 Of a prophesy or prophetical prediction. crd pp-f dt vvb cc j n1. (23) chapter (DIV2) 436 Image 77
1606 The Euangelistes doe very frequently commend vnto vs this place of inuention, so oft namely as they shew this or that thing to be therfore accomplished in or by Christ, forsomuch as it was necessary those thinges shoulde be fulfilled which were spoken before of the Prophets touchynge the same. The Evangelists do very frequently commend unto us this place of invention, so oft namely as they show this or that thing to be Therefore accomplished in or by christ, forsomuch as it was necessary those things should be fulfilled which were spoken before of the prophets touching the same. dt n2 vdb av av-j vvi p-acp pno12 d n1 pp-f n1, av av av c-acp pns32 vvb d cc d n1 pc-acp vbi av vvn p-acp cc p-acp np1, av c-acp pn31 vbds j d n2 vmd vbi vvn r-crq vbdr vvn a-acp pp-f dt n2 vvg dt d. (23) chapter (DIV2) 437 Image 77
1607 18 Of the truth of a diuine or propheticall determination. 18 Of the truth of a divine or prophetical determination. crd pp-f dt n1 pp-f dt j-jn cc j n1. (23) chapter (DIV2) 438 Image 77
1608 The thinges that are once pronounced and decreed of God or of some notable Prophet by Gods commaundement, those thinges must of necessitie be accounted certain and sure. The things that Are once pronounced and decreed of God or of Some notable Prophet by God's Commandment, those things must of necessity be accounted certain and sure. dt n2 cst vbr a-acp vvn cc vvn pp-f np1 cc pp-f d j n1 p-acp npg1 n1, d n2 vmb pp-f n1 vbb vvn j cc j. (23) chapter (DIV2) 438 Image 78
1609 He that vnderstandeth how to argue conueniently of a generall sentence, shall also well perceiue the vse of this place. He that understandeth how to argue conveniently of a general sentence, shall also well perceive the use of this place. pns31 cst vvz c-crq pc-acp vvi av-j pp-f dt j n1, vmb av av vvi dt n1 pp-f d n1. (23) chapter (DIV2) 438 Image 78
1610 19 Of the person of one good man to the person of all the godly. 19 Of the person of one good man to the person of all the godly. crd pp-f dt n1 pp-f crd j n1 p-acp dt n1 pp-f d dt j. (23) chapter (DIV2) 439 Image 78
1611 So gathereth the Apostle Rom. 4: Abraham was iustified by faith, therefore shall all that beléeue lykewise, be iustifyed by faith. So gathereth the Apostle Rom. 4: Abraham was justified by faith, Therefore shall all that believe likewise, be justified by faith. np1 vvz dt n1 np1 crd: np1 vbds vvn p-acp n1, av vmb d cst vvb av, vbb vvn p-acp n1. (23) chapter (DIV2) 439 Image 78
1612 It is not written, saith he, for his cause onely that it was imputed vnto him, It is not written, Says he, for his cause only that it was imputed unto him, pn31 vbz xx vvn, vvz pns31, c-acp po31 n1 av-j cst pn31 vbds vvn p-acp pno31, (23) chapter (DIV2) 439 Image 78
1613 but also for our sakes, to whom it shall be imputed if we beleeue, &c. 20 Of the person of one vngodly man, to all. but also for our sakes, to whom it shall be imputed if we believe, etc. 20 Of the person of one ungodly man, to all. cc-acp av c-acp po12 n2, p-acp ro-crq pn31 vmb vbi vvn cs pns12 vvb, av crd pp-f dt n1 pp-f crd j n1, p-acp d. (23) chapter (DIV2) 439 Image 78
1614 The hardeninge of Pharao came of God, therefore, commeth the hardenyng of all other wicked persons of GOD likewise. The hardening of Pharaoh Come of God, Therefore, comes the hardening of all other wicked Persons of GOD likewise. dt n-vvg pp-f np1 vvd pp-f np1, av, vvz dt n-vvg pp-f d j-jn j n2 pp-f np1 av. (23) chapter (DIV2) 441 Image 78
1615 21 Of a type or figure to the truethment thereby. The bones of the lambe that was eaten at Easter might not be diminished: 21 Of a type or figure to the truethment thereby. The bones of the lamb that was eaten At Easter might not be diminished: crd pp-f dt n1 cc n1 p-acp dt n1 av. dt n2 pp-f dt n1 cst vbds vvn p-acp n1 vmd xx vbi vvn: (23) chapter (DIV2) 442 Image 78
1616 ergo, neither ought the legges of Christe hanging on the Crosse to be broken. ergo, neither ought the legs of Christ hanging on the Cross to be broken. fw-la, av-dx vmd dt n2 pp-f np1 vvg p-acp dt n1 pc-acp vbi vvn. (23) chapter (DIV2) 442 Image 78
1617 And the tipes of the prophet Ionas and of the brason serpent erected in the wildernesse Christ interpreteth of hymselfe. And the tipes of the Prophet Ionas and of the Brazon serpent erected in the Wilderness christ interpreteth of himself. cc dt n2 pp-f dt n1 np1 cc pp-f dt j n1 vvn p-acp dt n1 np1 vvz pp-f px31. (23) chapter (DIV2) 443 Image 78
1618 So then we may elegantly gather: they that behelde the serpent in the desart; were healed: So then we may elegantly gather: they that beheld the serpent in the desert; were healed: av cs pns12 vmb av-j vvi: pns32 cst vvd dt n1 p-acp dt n1; vbdr vvn: (23) chapter (DIV2) 443 Image 78
1619 ergo, those also that beléeue and hope in CHRISTE, shall obtayne saluation. 22 Of an allegory to the thing signifyed. ergo, those also that believe and hope in CHRIST, shall obtain salvation. 22 Of an allegory to the thing signified. fw-la, d av d vvb cc vvb p-acp np1, vmb vvi n1. crd pp-f dt n1 p-acp dt n1 vvd. (23) chapter (DIV2) 443 Image 78
1620 The prophet Esay. Cap. 54. by an allegorye and in many wordes teacheth how wonderfully the Churche encreaseth. The Prophet Isaiah. Cap. 54. by an allegory and in many words Teaches how wonderfully the Church increases. dt n1 np1. np1 crd p-acp dt n1 cc p-acp d n2 vvz c-crq av-j dt n1 vvz. (23) chapter (DIV2) 445 Image 78
1621 Reioyce thou baren, saith he, that bearest no Children: breake foorth and cry thou that trauailest not, Rejoice thou baren, Says he, that bearest no Children: break forth and cry thou that travailest not, vvb pns21 vvi, vvz pns31, cst vv2 dx n2: vvb av cc vvb pns21 cst vv2 xx, (23) chapter (DIV2) 445 Image 78
1622 for shee that is desolat hath many mo children, then she which hath an husband. for she that is desolate hath many more children, then she which hath an husband. c-acp pns31 cst vbz j vhz d dc n2, cs pns31 r-crq vhz dt n1. (23) chapter (DIV2) 445 Image 78
1623 And the Apostle intending to demonstrat that albeit the Iewes raged neuer so much yet it would come to passe that the churche collected of the Gentiles should be increased and amplyfyed, And the Apostle intending to demonstrate that albeit the Iewes raged never so much yet it would come to pass that the Church collected of the Gentiles should be increased and amplyfyed, cc dt n1 vvg pc-acp vvi cst cs dt npg1 vvd av av av-d av pn31 vmd vvi pc-acp vvi cst dt n1 vvn pp-f dt n2-j vmd vbi vvn cc vvn, (23) chapter (DIV2) 445 Image 78
1624 yea euen then when by reason of troubles and contentiōs if should be supposed to be vtterly destroyed, applyeth the same alleg•ry very fifly, and saith: yea even then when by reason of Troubles and contentions if should be supposed to be utterly destroyed, Applieth the same alleg•ry very fifly, and Says: uh av av c-crq p-acp n1 pp-f n2 cc n2 cs vmd vbi vvn pc-acp vbi av-j vvn, vvz dt d n1 av av-j, cc vvz: (23) chapter (DIV2) 445 Image 78
1625 If she that was baren & despised, as Sara, doth yet bring forth children, and hir posteritie encreaseth beyonde all mens expectation: If she that was baren & despised, as Sarah, does yet bring forth children, and his posterity increases beyond all men's expectation: cs pns31 cst vbds vvi cc vvn, c-acp np1, vdz av vvi av n2, cc png31 n1 vvz p-acp d ng2 n1: (23) chapter (DIV2) 445 Image 78
1626 why shoulde we not beleeue that the Church, though small and abiecte, receiueth dayly encreasement also? why should we not believe that the Church, though small and abject, receiveth daily encreasement also? q-crq vmd pns12 xx vvi cst dt n1, cs j cc j, vvz av-j n1 av? (23) chapter (DIV2) 445 Image 78
1627 These places, therefore, if not alwaies all, yet at the least a greate sorte of them, These places, Therefore, if not always all, yet At the least a great sort of them, d n2, av, cs xx av av-d, av p-acp dt ds dt j n1 pp-f pno32, (23) chapter (DIV2) 446 Image 78
1628 and one while these, an other while those, doe they rightly vse that haue to speake in sacred assemblies. and one while these, an other while those, do they rightly use that have to speak in sacred assemblies. cc crd n1 d, dt n-jn cs d, vdb pns32 av-jn vvb cst vhb pc-acp vvi p-acp j n2. (23) chapter (DIV2) 446 Image 78
1629 And then verily do they vse them, when as they shall entreate, either of a certaine place or sentence of holy Scripture, And then verily do they use them, when as they shall entreat, either of a certain place or sentence of holy Scripture, cc av av-j vdb pns32 vvi pno32, c-crq c-acp pns32 vmb vvi, av-d pp-f dt j n1 cc n1 pp-f j n1, (23) chapter (DIV2) 446 Image 78
1630 or of busines offred by occasion of time, or else of a theame simple or compounde, or of business offered by occasion of time, or Else of a theme simple or compound, cc pp-f n1 vvn p-acp n1 pp-f n1, cc av pp-f dt n1 j cc vvi, (23) chapter (DIV2) 446 Image 78
1631 like as afterward we will once againe admonishe, when wée shall come to the addinge to of some peculiar examples. like as afterwards we will once again admonish, when we shall come to the adding to of Some peculiar Examples. av-j c-acp av pns12 vmb a-acp av vvi, c-crq pns12 vmb vvi p-acp dt vvg p-acp pp-f d j n2. (23) chapter (DIV2) 446 Image 78
1632 They haue néede vndoubtedly of a right iudgement and of some wisdome and experience in this behalfe gotten by the continuall readinge and •earinge partly of the Scriptures, partly of some faithfull and probable interpreters. They have need undoubtedly of a right judgement and of Some Wisdom and experience in this behalf got by the continual reading and •earinge partly of the Scriptures, partly of Some faithful and probable Interpreters. pns32 vhb n1 av-j pp-f dt j-jn n1 cc pp-f d n1 cc n1 p-acp d n1 vvn p-acp dt j vvg cc vvg av pp-f dt n2, av pp-f d j cc j n2. (23) chapter (DIV2) 447 Image 78
1633 He truely shall beste prouide for himselfe, and may at the length be able to performe some thinge worthy of prayse and commendation, who so will dilligently obserue ye profes and reasons extant in the didascalick Sermons of the prophetes, Christ and Apostles, He truly shall best provide for himself, and may At the length be able to perform Some thing worthy of praise and commendation, who so will diligently observe you profess and Reasons extant in the Didascalick Sermons of the Prophets, christ and Apostles, pns31 av-j vmb js vvi p-acp px31, cc vmb p-acp dt n1 vbb j pc-acp vvi d n1 j pp-f n1 cc n1, r-crq av vmb av-j vvi pn22 vvb cc n2 j p-acp dt j n2 pp-f dt n2, np1 cc np1, (23) chapter (DIV2) 448 Image 78
1634 and will enserch the places out of which they are taken and deduced, and fynally beinge night and daye studious of imitation, will endeuour after hys power and abilytie to practise the same. and will enserch the places out of which they Are taken and deduced, and finally being night and day studious of imitation, will endeavour After his power and abilytie to practise the same. cc vmb vvi dt n2 av pp-f r-crq pns32 vbr vvn cc vvn, cc av-j vbg n1 cc n1 j pp-f n1, vmb n1 p-acp po31 n1 cc n1 pc-acp vvi dt d. (23) chapter (DIV2) 448 Image 78
1635 Now vnto this kinde, forsomuch as it is weighty and diffyculte, and no small wisdome is required therein, wée will worthely adioyne (like as wée vndertooke to doe) certayne Cantions, whereby euery man may bée premonisshed to vse dilligent héede, and circumspection in his procedings. Now unto this kind, forsomuch as it is weighty and difficult, and no small Wisdom is required therein, we will worthily adjoin (like as we undertook to do) certain Cantions, whereby every man may been premonished to use diligent heed, and circumspection in his proceedings. av p-acp d n1, av c-acp pn31 vbz j cc j, cc dx j n1 vbz vvn av, pns12 vmb av-j vvi (j c-acp pns12 vvd pc-acp vdi) j n2, c-crq d n1 vmb vbi vvn pc-acp vvi j n1, cc n1 p-acp po31 n2-vvg. (23) chapter (DIV2) 449 Image 78
1636 Which wée haue in lyke maner determined to doe in the other kindes followinge. Which we have in like manner determined to do in the other Kinds following. r-crq pns12 vhb p-acp av-j n1 vvd pc-acp vdi p-acp dt j-jn n2 vvg. (23) chapter (DIV2) 449 Image 78
1637 I In doctrines or princyples of relygion to bée taught before the people, it is very requisite to be considered what maner of persons the hearers are & how far forth traded in the knowledge of diuine matters. I In doctrines or princyples of Religion to been taught before the people, it is very requisite to be considered what manner of Persons the hearers Are & how Far forth traded in the knowledge of divine matters. pns11 p-acp n2 cc n2 pp-f n1 pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp dt n1, pn31 vbz av j pc-acp vbi vvn r-crq n1 pp-f n2 dt n2 vbr cc q-crq av-j av vvn p-acp dt n1 pp-f j-jn n2. (23) chapter (DIV2) 450 Image 79
1638 For it is necessary that all the order of teaching, so oft, I saye, as it is thought good to examine any sentence, be tempered accordinge to their capacitie. For it is necessary that all the order of teaching, so oft, I say, as it is Thought good to examine any sentence, be tempered according to their capacity. p-acp pn31 vbz j cst d dt n1 pp-f vvg, av av, pns11 vvb, c-acp pn31 vbz vvn j pc-acp vvi d n1, vbb vvn vvg p-acp po32 n1. (23) chapter (DIV2) 450 Image 79
1639 Christ himselfe that we should be circumspect• in this behalfe hath admonished vs, when as he said to his Apostles: christ himself that we should be circumspect• in this behalf hath admonished us, when as he said to his Apostles: np1 px31 cst pns12 vmd vbi n1 p-acp d n1 vhz vvn pno12, c-crq c-acp pns31 vvd p-acp po31 n2: (23) chapter (DIV2) 451 Image 79
1640 I haue many thinges to saye vnto you, but ye can not beare them away now. And the apostle: I have many things to say unto you, but you can not bear them away now. And the apostle: pns11 vhb d n2 pc-acp vvi p-acp pn22, cc-acp pn22 vmb xx vvi pno32 av av. cc dt n1: (23) chapter (DIV2) 451 Image 79
1641 I could not speak vnto you brethren, as vnto spirituall, but as vnto carnal as vnto babes in Christ. I could not speak unto you brothers, as unto spiritual, but as unto carnal as unto babes in christ. pns11 vmd xx vvi p-acp pn22 n2, a-acp p-acp j, cc-acp c-acp p-acp j c-acp p-acp n2 p-acp np1. (23) chapter (DIV2) 451 Image 79
1642 I haue nourished you with milke, and not with meate. For ye could not as yet away with it, neither can yee as yet. I have nourished you with milk, and not with meat. For you could not as yet away with it, neither can ye as yet. pns11 vhb vvn pn22 p-acp n1, cc xx p-acp n1. p-acp pn22 vmd xx c-acp av av p-acp pn31, dx vmb pn22 a-acp av. (23) chapter (DIV2) 451 Image 79
1643 It is certayne, therfore, that the thinges whiche are true, vndoubted, and taken out of the worde of God are to be taught and set forth vnto all men. It is certain, Therefore, that the things which Are true, undoubted, and taken out of the word of God Are to be taught and Set forth unto all men. pn31 vbz j, av, cst dt n2 r-crq vbr j, j, cc vvn av pp-f dt n1 pp-f np1 vbr pc-acp vbi vvn cc vvn av p-acp d n2. (23) chapter (DIV2) 451 Image 79
1644 And albeit a man taketh in hand one and the selfe same doctrine to handle and entreate off, And albeit a man Takes in hand one and the self same Doctrine to handle and entreat off, cc cs dt n1 vvz p-acp n1 crd cc dt n1 d n1 pc-acp vvi cc vvi a-acp, (23) chapter (DIV2) 451 Image 79
1645 yet truly ought he to attempt all thinges far otherwise among the hearers and Citizens of an ample citie, hauing now of long time ben accustomed to hare men excellinge in learninge and eloquence, yet truly ought he to attempt all things Far otherwise among the hearers and Citizens of an ample City, having now of long time been accustomed to hare men excelling in learning and eloquence, av av-j vmd pns31 pc-acp vvi d n2 av-j av p-acp dt n2 cc n2 pp-f dt j n1, vhg av pp-f j n1 vbn vvn p-acp n1 n2 vvg p-acp n1 cc n1, (23) chapter (DIV2) 451 Image 79
1646 then in an obscure place, where men of rude wits and maners can neuer attayne to any thing, then in an Obscure place, where men of rude wits and manners can never attain to any thing, av p-acp dt j n1, c-crq n2 pp-f j n2 cc n2 vmb av-x vvi p-acp d n1, (23) chapter (DIV2) 451 Image 79
1647 but that which shall very grosly be inculked and beaten into their heades. but that which shall very grossly be inculked and beaten into their Heads. cc-acp cst r-crq vmb av av-j vbi zz cc vvn p-acp po32 n2. (23) chapter (DIV2) 451 Image 79
1648 To whiche effecte well nere S. August. hath somewhat in his treatise 98. vpon the gospell of Iohn To which Effect well never S. August. hath somewhat in his treatise 98. upon the gospel of John p-acp r-crq n1 av av-j n1 np1. vhz av p-acp po31 n1 crd p-acp dt n1 pp-f np1 (23) chapter (DIV2) 451 Image 79
1649 II What hearers soeuer shall betide, let the tractation of those poyntes be eschewed and pretermitted whiche doe smally conduce vnto godlynesse, II What hearers soever shall betide, let the tractation of those points be Eschewed and pretermitted which doe smally conduce unto godliness, crd r-crq n2 av vmb vvi, vvb dt n1 pp-f d n2 vbb vvn cc vvn r-crq n1 av-j vvi p-acp n1, (23) chapter (DIV2) 452 Image 79
1650 and the inquifition and knowledge whereof doe make the hearers rather curious then godly disposed. and the inquifition and knowledge whereof do make the hearers rather curious then godly disposed. cc dt n1 cc n1 c-crq vdb vvi dt n2 av j cs j vvn. (23) chapter (DIV2) 452 Image 79
1651 Whervnto pertayneth that whiche Thapostle writinge in diuers places vnto Timothye and Titus, forbiddeth any place to be giuen in the church to doctrine which is not after godlynesse, to foolishe and fantasticall questions, to contencions, Whereunto pertaineth that which Apostle writing in diverse places unto Timothy and Titus, forbiddeth any place to be given in the Church to Doctrine which is not After godliness, to foolish and fantastical questions, to contentions, c-crq vvz d r-crq n1 n1 p-acp j n2 p-acp np1 cc np1, vvz d n1 pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp dt n1 p-acp n1 r-crq vbz xx p-acp n1, p-acp j cc j n2, p-acp n2, (23) chapter (DIV2) 452 Image 79
1652 and striuings about the law, which are vnprofitable and superfluous, and which do rather procure deuision then edifiyng. and strivings about the law, which Are unprofitable and superfluous, and which doe rather procure division then edifying. cc n2-vvg p-acp dt n1, r-crq vbr j cc j, cc r-crq n1 av-c vvi n1 av vvg. (23) chapter (DIV2) 452 Image 79
1653 III After thou hast chosen out suche a sentence or assertion as is holsomelye to bee handled and entreated off, it is requisyte that thou dilligently enserche and perpende the doctrine contayned in the bookes of the prophetes and Apostles touching the same, whiche onely is the foundation of the truth and the rule that all men ought of necessity to follow. III After thou hast chosen out such a sentence or assertion as is holsomelye to be handled and entreated off, it is requisyte that thou diligently enserche and Perpend the Doctrine contained in the books of the Prophets and Apostles touching the same, which only is the Foundation of the truth and the Rule that all men ought of necessity to follow. crd c-acp pns21 vh2 vvn av d dt n1 cc n1 c-acp vbz j pc-acp vbi vvn cc vvn a-acp, pn31 vbz n1 cst pns21 av-j vvi cc vvb dt n1 vvn p-acp dt n2 pp-f dt n2 cc n2 vvg dt d, r-crq av-j vbz dt n1 pp-f dt n1 cc dt n1 cst d n2 vmd pp-f n1 pc-acp vvi. (23) chapter (DIV2) 453 Image 79
1654 Then shalt thou wisely examine also ye sentences & iudgements of other diuines, which in their commentaries doe explane the scriptures and the assertions contayned in thē, Then shalt thou wisely examine also you sentences & Judgments of other Divines, which in their commentaries do explain the Scriptures and the assertions contained in them, av vm2 pns21 av-j vvi av pn22 n2 cc n2 pp-f j-jn n2-jn, r-crq p-acp po32 n2 vdb vvi dt n2 cc dt n2 vvn p-acp pno32, (23) chapter (DIV2) 454 Image 79
1655 and shalt with iudgement accommodate and inserte into thy Sermons all the notable pointes comprised therein. and shalt with judgement accommodate and insert into thy Sermons all the notable points comprised therein. cc vmb p-acp n1 vvi cc vvi p-acp po21 n2 d dt j n2 vvd av. (23) chapter (DIV2) 454 Image 79
1656 Which labour shall redounde to thy double commodytie. Which labour shall redound to thy double commodities. r-crq n1 vmb vvi p-acp po21 j-jn n2. (23) chapter (DIV2) 454 Image 79
1657 For fyrst thou maist bebolde without bashement or feare of reprehension to determine and defyne vpon all matters, For fyrst thou Mayest bebolde without bashement or Fear of reprehension to determine and define upon all matters, p-acp ord pns21 vm2 vvi p-acp n1 cc n1 pp-f n1 pc-acp vvi cc vvi p-acp d n2, (23) chapter (DIV2) 454 Image 79
1658 albeit thou namest no authors openly. albeit thou namest no Authors openly. cs pns21 vv2 dx n2 av-j. (23) chapter (DIV2) 454 Image 79
1659 Where if it lyketh thée afterward to name the authors themselues, thou shalt declare by that meanes the consent of the churches, Where if it liketh thee afterwards to name the Authors themselves, thou shalt declare by that means the consent of the Churches, q-crq cs pn31 vvz pno21 av pc-acp vvi dt n2 px32, pns21 vm2 vvi p-acp d n2 dt n1 pp-f dt n2, (23) chapter (DIV2) 454 Image 79
1660 and of the learned men in the same touchinge that assertion. and of the learned men in the same touching that assertion. cc pp-f dt j n2 p-acp dt d vvg cst n1. (23) chapter (DIV2) 454 Image 79
1661 With which consent truely it can not be spoken how greatlye the hearers will be moued not so muche with folded armes (as they saye) to imbrace sounde doctrine as with stiffe and obstinate mindes to defende and mayntaine the same. With which consent truly it can not be spoken how greatly the hearers will be moved not so much with folded arms (as they say) to embrace sound Doctrine as with stiff and obstinate minds to defend and maintain the same. p-acp r-crq n1 av-j pn31 vmb xx vbi vvn c-crq av-j dt n2 vmb vbi vvn xx av av-d p-acp j-vvn n2 (c-acp pns32 vvb) pc-acp vvi av-j n1 c-acp p-acp j cc j n2 pc-acp vvi cc vvi dt d. (23) chapter (DIV2) 455 Image 79
1662 IIII Accordyng to the weight or vtilitie and dignyfie of the thinges digested as well out of the sacred scriptures, IIII According to the weight or utility and dignyfie of the things digested as well out of the sacred Scriptures, crd vvg p-acp dt n1 cc n1 cc vvi pp-f dt n2 vvn a-acp av av pp-f dt j n2, (23) chapter (DIV2) 456 Image 79
1663 as also out of the commentaries of learned writers thou shalt take aduice, whether it be expedyent briefely to run ouer the sentence or to handle it at large. as also out of the commentaries of learned writers thou shalt take Advice, whither it be expedient briefly to run over the sentence or to handle it At large. c-acp av av pp-f dt n2 pp-f j n2 pns21 vm2 vvi n1, cs pn31 vbb j av-j pc-acp vvi p-acp dt n1 cc pc-acp vvi pn31 p-acp j. (23) chapter (DIV2) 456 Image 79
1664 But how soeuer it shall like thée to doe in this behalfe, thou must bee sure and certaine of an apt method, such a one as the nature of the sentence to be declared admitteth, But how soever it shall like thee to do in this behalf, thou must be sure and certain of an apt method, such a one as the nature of the sentence to be declared admitteth, cc-acp q-crq av pn31 vmb vvi pno21 pc-acp vdi p-acp d n1, pns21 vmb vbi j cc j pp-f dt j n1, d dt pi p-acp dt n1 pp-f dt n1 pc-acp vbi vvn vvz, (23) chapter (DIV2) 457 Image 79
1665 and such as most chiefly agréeth to the times, places, & capacities of the hearers. For an other sentence requireth to be handeled in an other method. and such as most chiefly agreeth to the times, places, & capacities of the hearers. For an other sentence requires to be handled in an other method. cc d c-acp ds av-jn vvz p-acp dt n2, n2, cc n2 pp-f dt n2. p-acp dt j-jn n1 vvz pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp dt j-jn n1. (23) chapter (DIV2) 457 Image 79
1666 And this séemeth to be yt which the Apostle meaneth saying vnto Timothye: And this Seemeth to be that which the Apostle means saying unto Timothy: cc d vvz pc-acp vbi pn31 q-crq dt n1 vvz vvg p-acp np1: (23) chapter (DIV2) 458 Image 79
1667 Study to yeelde thy selfe approued vnto God, a woorkman not to be dispised, duly deuiding the word of truthe. Study to yield thy self approved unto God, a workman not to be despised, duly dividing the word of truth. vvb pc-acp vvi po21 n1 vvn p-acp np1, dt n1 xx pc-acp vbi vvn, av-jn vvg dt n1 pp-f n1. (23) chapter (DIV2) 459 Image 79
1668 V All good men doe consent, that to the establishinge of a principle of christian religion, reasons and foundations ought not to be required from any other place, V All good men do consent, that to the establishing of a principle of christian Religion, Reasons and foundations ought not to be required from any other place, crd d j n2 vdb vvi, cst p-acp dt n-vvg pp-f dt n1 pp-f njp n1, n2 cc n2 vmd xx pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp d j-jn n1, (23) chapter (DIV2) 460 Image 80
1669 then out of those bookes which are ackowledged of all men to be canonicall. then out of those books which Are acknowledged of all men to be canonical. cs av pp-f d n2 r-crq vbr vvn pp-f d n2 pc-acp vbi j. (23) chapter (DIV2) 460 Image 80
1670 As touching which matter looke Ireneus. lib. 1. Cap. 1. Augustine against Faustus the Maniche Liber. 11. cap. 5. De natura et gratia cap. 61. Epist. 19. ad Hieronymum. As touching which matter look Irenaeus. lib. 1. Cap. 1. Augustine against Faustus the Manichean Liber. 11. cap. 5. De Nature et Gratia cap. 61. Epistle 19. and Hieronymus. p-acp vvg r-crq n1 vvb np1. n1. crd np1 crd np1 p-acp np1 dt fw-mi fw-la. crd n1. crd fw-fr fw-la fw-la fw-la n1. crd np1 crd cc np1. (23) chapter (DIV2) 460 Image 80
1671 VI Dilligent heede must be taken, lest any proofes or resons appeare to be hardly wrested or ouer farre fet. VI Diligent heed must be taken, lest any proofs or Reasons appear to be hardly wrested or over Far fetched. crd j n1 vmb vbi vvn, cs d n2 cc n2 vvb pc-acp vbi av vvn cc a-acp av-j vvn. (23) chapter (DIV2) 461 Image 80
1672 For where as the hearers doe perceiue but euen one of these, there they lesse estéeme of the rest, For where as the hearers do perceive but even one of these, there they less esteem of the rest, p-acp c-crq c-acp dt n2 vdb vvi cc-acp av-j crd pp-f d, a-acp pns32 dc n1 pp-f dt n1, (23) chapter (DIV2) 461 Image 80
1673 and begin foorthwith to suspect the Preacher, yea and to accuse him priuily eyther of deceit, or ignoraunce. and begin forthwith to suspect the Preacher, yea and to accuse him privily either of deceit, or ignorance. cc vvb av pc-acp vvi dt n1, uh cc pc-acp vvi pno31 av-j d pp-f n1, cc n1. (23) chapter (DIV2) 461 Image 80
1674 VII That proofe shall alwayes be of most importaunce, which is drawne out of the simple meaninge and singnyfycation of the wordes. VII That proof shall always be of most importance, which is drawn out of the simple meaning and singnyfycation of the words. crd cst n1 vmb av vbi pp-f ds n1, r-crq vbz vvn av pp-f dt j n1 cc n1 pp-f dt n2. (23) chapter (DIV2) 462 Image 80
1675 For the truth is delighted with playnnes and simplicitie: and more simplicytie canne not be vsed, then where; For the truth is delighted with playnnes and simplicity: and more simplicytie can not be used, then where; p-acp dt n1 vbz vvn p-acp n2 cc n1: cc dc n1 vmb xx vbi vvn, av c-crq; (23) chapter (DIV2) 463 Image 80
1676 all tropes and figures layd aparte, wordes are taken in their natiue and proper sence. all tropes and figures laid apart, words Are taken in their native and proper sense. d n2 cc n2 vvn av, n2 vbr vvn p-acp po32 j-jn cc j n1. (23) chapter (DIV2) 463 Image 80
1677 By this meanes all thinges shall be sounde, certayne, and to ye purpose, wherwith the assertion shal be proued. By this means all things shall be sound, certain, and to the purpose, wherewith the assertion shall be proved. p-acp d n2 d n2 vmb vbi n1, j, cc p-acp dt n1, c-crq dt n1 vmb vbi vvn. (23) chapter (DIV2) 464 Image 80
1678 VIII Herevpon it followeth, that similitudes oughte scarcely and sparingly, tipes and allegories verye séeldome or neuer to be vsed in confirmation of assertions, VIII Hereupon it follows, that Similitudes ought scarcely and sparingly, tipes and allegories very seldom or never to be used in confirmation of assertions, crd av pn31 vvz, cst n2 vmd av-j cc av-vvg, n2 cc n2 av av cc av-x pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp n1 pp-f n2, (23) chapter (DIV2) 465 Image 80
1679 as out of which, arguments are deriued (by the opinion of all men) scarce firme and effectuall. as out of which, Arguments Are derived (by the opinion of all men) scarce firm and effectual. c-acp av pp-f r-crq, n2 vbr vvn (p-acp dt n1 pp-f d n2) av-j j cc j. (23) chapter (DIV2) 465 Image 80
1680 Neither is it in déede méete for euery artificer to shape allegories, wherefore to a younge practicioner, that he should much comber himselfe in deuising hereof, I would not become the author. Neither is it in deed meet for every Artificer to shape allegories, Wherefore to a young practitioner, that he should much cumber himself in devising hereof, I would not become the author. av-d vbz pn31 p-acp n1 vvi p-acp d n1 pc-acp vvi n2, c-crq p-acp dt j n1, cst pns31 vmd av-d vvi px31 p-acp vvg av, pns11 vmd xx vvi dt n1. (23) chapter (DIV2) 465 Image 80
1681 Of whiche thing, we haue admonished the studious younge men in the second booke and fiue and thirtye Chapter of our worke de Theologo. Where if thou thinkest good notwithstanding to practise any part of this kinde, be it so trulye, Of which thing, we have admonished the studious young men in the second book and fiue and thirtye Chapter of our work de Theologo. Where if thou Thinkest good notwithstanding to practise any part of this kind, be it so truly, pp-f r-crq n1, pns12 vhb vvn dt j j n2 p-acp dt ord n1 cc crd cc crd n1 pp-f po12 n1 fw-fr np1. c-crq cs pns21 vv2 j c-acp pc-acp vvi d n1 pp-f d n1, vbb pn31 av av-j, (23) chapter (DIV2) 466 Image 80
1682 but with this condition, whilest other argumentes hauinge more pith and strength in them doe procéede as wee may sée the Apostle Paule Galathians. 4. at the ende of his disputation to vse an allegory or rather a type of two brethren, whiche he sayth to signyfye two Testaments. but with this condition, whilst other Arguments having more pith and strength in them do proceed as we may see the Apostle Paul Galatians. 4. At the end of his disputation to use an allegory or rather a type of two brothers, which he say to signyfye two Testaments. cc-acp p-acp d n1, cs j-jn n2 vhg dc n1 cc n1 p-acp pno32 vdb vvi c-acp pns12 vmb vvi dt n1 np1 np2. crd p-acp dt n1 pp-f po31 n1 pc-acp vvi dt n1 cc av-c dt n1 pp-f crd n2, r-crq pns31 vvz pc-acp vvi crd n2. (23) chapter (DIV2) 466 Image 80
1683 IX Moreouer, due regarde must be had, least we interlace any thing in any place, that by reason of the difficultye or obscuritie therof, IX Moreover, due regard must be had, lest we interlace any thing in any place, that by reason of the difficulty or obscurity thereof, crd av, j-jn n1 vmb vbi vhn, cs pns12 vvi d n1 p-acp d n1, cst p-acp n1 pp-f dt n1 cc n1 av, (23) chapter (DIV2) 467 Image 80
1684 or by reasō of ye indirect maner of speaking, may be drawen by the wicked sorte, simple, vnlearned, or by reason of the indirect manner of speaking, may be drawn by the wicked sort, simple, unlearned, cc p-acp n1 pp-f dt j n1 pp-f vvg, vmb vbi vvn p-acp dt j n1, j, j, (23) chapter (DIV2) 467 Image 80
1685 or other what soeuer, to the establishement of a false opinion, or to the defence of mischife and impietie. or other what soever, to the establishment of a false opinion, or to the defence of mischief and impiety. cc n-jn r-crq av, p-acp dt n1 pp-f dt j n1, cc p-acp dt n1 pp-f n1 cc n1. (23) chapter (DIV2) 467 Image 80
1686 After which sort Saint Peter sayde, there were some vnlearned and inconstant men that wrested certayne thinges to their owne perdicion, whiche Paule the Apostle had faithfully and sincerely taught in his epistles. After which sort Saint Peter said, there were Some unlearned and inconstant men that wrested certain things to their own perdition, which Paul the Apostle had faithfully and sincerely taught in his Epistles. p-acp r-crq n1 n1 np1 vvd, pc-acp vbdr d j cc j n2 cst vvd j n2 p-acp po32 d n1, r-crq np1 dt n1 vhd av-j cc av-j vvn p-acp po31 n2. (23) chapter (DIV2) 467 Image 80
1687 So far forth doe men rauishe euen those thinges also that are very well spoken of most excellent and holy writers to an other ende, then they wrote them for. So Far forth do men ravish even those things also that Are very well spoken of most excellent and holy writers to an other end, then they wrote them for. av av-j av vdb n2 vvi av d n2 av d vbr av av vvn pp-f ds j cc j n2 p-acp dt j-jn n1, cs pns32 vvd pno32 p-acp. (23) chapter (DIV2) 468 Image 80
1688 And surely it can not be denyed, but that the Preachers themselues doe oft times giue occasion of euill speakinge. And surely it can not be denied, but that the Preachers themselves do oft times give occasion of evil speaking. cc av-j pn31 vmb xx vbi vvn, cc-acp cst dt n2 px32 vdb pp-f|pn31 n2 vvb n1 pp-f n-jn vvg. (23) chapter (DIV2) 469 Image 80
1689 How commonly, I pray you, are complaints heard in these dayes of a nūber, which taught in déede doctrin both profitable & necessary, How commonly, I pray you, Are complaints herd in these days of a number, which taught in deed Doctrine both profitable & necessary, c-crq av-j, pns11 vvb pn22, vbr n2 vvn p-acp d n2 pp-f dt n1, r-crq vvd p-acp n1 n1 d j cc j, (23) chapter (DIV2) 469 Image 80
1690 but that the hearers did not eft soones allow it and receiue it, the Preachers themselues were the cause, but that the hearers did not eft soon allow it and receive it, the Preachers themselves were the cause, cc-acp cst dt n2 vdd xx av av vvi pn31 cc vvi pn31, dt n2 px32 vbdr dt n1, (23) chapter (DIV2) 469 Image 80
1691 whilest they vsed suche formes of speakynge as all menne for the most parte abandoned as foolishe and prophane. whilst they used such forms of speaking as all men for the most part abandoned as foolish and profane. cs pns32 vvd d n2 pp-f vvg c-acp d n2 p-acp dt av-ds n1 vvn p-acp j cc j. (23) chapter (DIV2) 469 Image 80
1692 I was my selfe on a time present in a companye assembled at a sermon, where one entreated in suche wise of good workes, I was my self on a time present in a company assembled At a sermon, where one entreated in such wise of good works, pns11 vbds po11 n1 p-acp dt n1 j p-acp dt n1 vvn p-acp dt n1, c-crq pi vvd p-acp d n1 pp-f j n2, (23) chapter (DIV2) 470 Image 80
1693 as if he had bene resolued to disswade his hearers from them, hee coulde not haue done it more conueniently any other way. as if he had be resolved to dissuade his hearers from them, he could not have done it more conveniently any other Way. c-acp cs pns31 vhd vbn vvn pc-acp vvi po31 n2 p-acp pno32, pns31 vmd xx vhi vdn pn31 av-dc av-j d j-jn n1. (23) chapter (DIV2) 470 Image 80
1694 Howbeit this inconuenience for the most parte may be remedied two maner of wayes. Howbeit this inconvenience for the most part may be remedied two manner of ways. a-acp d n1 p-acp dt av-ds n1 vmb vbi vvn crd n1 pp-f n2. (23) chapter (DIV2) 471 Image 80
1695 The one is, if thou endeuorest thy selfe to speake alwayes aduisedly and properlye, and doest with dilligence premeditate euery thing at home. The one is, if thou endeuorest thy self to speak always advisedly and properly, and dost with diligence premeditate every thing At home. dt crd vbz, cs pns21 js po21 n1 pc-acp vvi av av-vvn cc av-j, cc vd2 p-acp n1 vvn d n1 p-acp n1-an. (23) chapter (DIV2) 472 Image 80
1696 But the surest waye, when there is daunger in the formes of speakinge, is to sticke faste in the phrases of holy scripture it selfe. But the Surest Way, when there is danger in the forms of speaking, is to stick fast in the phrases of holy scripture it self. p-acp dt js n1, c-crq pc-acp vbz n1 p-acp dt n2 pp-f vvg, vbz pc-acp vvi j p-acp dt n2 pp-f j n1 pn31 n1. (23) chapter (DIV2) 473 Image 81
1697 The other is, that when thou priuily suspectest that any thing may maliciously be obiected, ye exhibit in time certaine preoccupations whereby the occasion of sinister interpretation, The other is, that when thou privily suspectest that any thing may maliciously be objected, you exhibit in time certain preoccupations whereby the occasion of sinister Interpretation, dt n-jn vbz, cst c-crq pns21 av-j vv2 d d n1 vmb av-j vbi vvn, pn22 vvb p-acp n1 j n2 c-crq dt n1 pp-f j n1, (23) chapter (DIV2) 474 Image 81
1698 and detraction may be preuented and taken away. and detraction may be prevented and taken away. cc n1 vmb vbi vvn cc vvn av. (23) chapter (DIV2) 474 Image 81
1699 Which thing we may perceyue to be studioufly and euery where obserued of the Apostle Paule. Which thing we may perceive to be studiously and every where observed of the Apostle Paul. r-crq n1 pns12 vmb vvi pc-acp vbi av-j cc d c-crq vvn pp-f dt n1 np1. (23) chapter (DIV2) 474 Image 81
1700 X After a sentence, either briefely, or more at large declared, let admonitions neuer at any time be neglected touchinge the true vse therof, X After a sentence, either briefly, or more At large declared, let admonitions never At any time be neglected touching the true use thereof, crd p-acp dt n1, av-d av-j, cc av-dc p-acp j vvn, vvb n2 av p-acp d n1 vbi vvn vvg dt j n1 av, (23) chapter (DIV2) 475 Image 81
1701 as well publiekly perteyninge to the whole Church as also priuatly to bée referred to euery mannes conscience: as well publiekly pertaining to the Whole Church as also privately to been referred to every Man's conscience: c-acp av av-j vvg p-acp dt j-jn n1 c-acp av av-j pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp d ng1 n1: (23) chapter (DIV2) 475 Image 81
1702 Of the doctrine, whose vse lieth hidd, the knowledge is vayne, and in a manner, superfluous. Of the Doctrine, whose use lies hid, the knowledge is vain, and in a manner, superfluous. pp-f dt n1, rg-crq n1 vvz vvn, dt n1 vbz j, cc p-acp dt n1, j. (23) chapter (DIV2) 475 Image 81
1703 For so S. Paule, to the arguments wherby he had proued that all those which bée baptised are dead vnto sinne, For so S. Paul, to the Arguments whereby he had proved that all those which been baptised Are dead unto sin, c-acp av np1 np1, p-acp dt n2 c-crq pns31 vhd vvn cst d d r-crq vbn j-vvn vbr j p-acp n1, (23) chapter (DIV2) 476 Image 81
1704 and ought afterward to liue onely vnto rightuousenes, addeth an exhortation, wherein he admonissheth that they would dilligently endeuoure to doe that thinge: and ought afterwards to live only unto rightuousenes, adds an exhortation, wherein he Admonisheth that they would diligently endeavour to do that thing: cc vmd av pc-acp vvi av-j p-acp n1, vvz dt n1, c-crq pns31 vvz cst pns32 vmd av-j vvi pc-acp vdi d n1: (23) chapter (DIV2) 476 Image 81
1705 Let not sinne therfore, sayeth he, raigne in your mortall bodies, &c. In some part of the 4. chapter, Let not sin Therefore, Saith he, Reign in your Mortal bodies, etc. In Some part of the 4. chapter, vvb xx n1 av, vvz pns31, n1 p-acp po22 j-jn n2, av p-acp d n1 pp-f dt crd n1, (23) chapter (DIV2) 476 Image 81
1706 and also of the fyft to the Galathians, the apostle techeth, how they yt are graffed in christ through baptisme, are deliuered from the law, and also of the fyft to the Galatians, the apostle teacheth, how they that Are graffed in Christ through Baptism, Are Delivered from the law, cc av pp-f dt ord p-acp dt np2, dt n1 vvz, c-crq pns32 pn31 vbr vvn p-acp np1 p-acp n1, vbr vvn p-acp dt n1, (23) chapter (DIV2) 476 Image 81
1707 neither ought they to looke to bee iustified thereby: neither ought they to look to be justified thereby: dx vmd pns32 pc-acp vvi pc-acp vbi vvn av: (23) chapter (DIV2) 476 Image 81
1708 and by and by he addeth that whiche declareth the righte vse of the same doctrine, saying: and by and by he adds that which Declareth the right use of the same Doctrine, saying: cc p-acp cc a-acp pns31 vvz cst r-crq vvz dt j-jn n1 pp-f dt d n1, vvg: (23) chapter (DIV2) 476 Image 81
1709 Yee were called into libertie, my brethren, onely that yee should not giue libertie by occasion to the fleshe, Ye were called into liberty, my brothers, only that ye should not give liberty by occasion to the Flesh, pn22 vbdr vvn p-acp n1, po11 n2, av-j cst pn22 vmd xx vvi n1 p-acp n1 p-acp dt n1, (23) chapter (DIV2) 477 Image 81
1710 but serue yee one an other through loue. XI Neither is this truely to be pretermitted. but serve ye one an other through love. XI Neither is this truly to be pretermitted. cc-acp vvb pn22 pi dt n-jn p-acp n1. crd d vbz d av-j pc-acp vbi vvn. (23) chapter (DIV2) 477 Image 81
1711 It falleth out somtimes that the teacher of the people in the explication of some one sentence doth erre somwhat from the scope of truth, It falls out sometimes that the teacher of the people in the explication of Some one sentence does err somewhat from the scope of truth, pn31 vvz av av cst dt n1 pp-f dt n1 p-acp dt n1 pp-f d crd n1 vdz vvi av p-acp dt n1 pp-f n1, (23) chapter (DIV2) 478 Image 81
1712 and exhibiteth, for things certayne and true, things vncertayne and false. and exhibiteth, for things certain and true, things uncertain and false. cc vvz, p-acp n2 j cc j, n2 j cc j. (23) chapter (DIV2) 478 Image 81
1713 For what if he that entreth the sacred Pulpit, be not as yet sufficioutlye exercised hymselfe in the contemplation and tractation of diuine affayrers? Or followeth peraduenturs some one onely writer which he hath redd, hauing not heard ye iudgemētes of other? or to be short whiles certayne questions sometyme in the Church, especially such as are called in controuersy be, in processe of tyme more fully & manifestly discussed; For what if he that entereth the sacred Pulpit, be not as yet sufficioutlye exercised himself in the contemplation and tractation of divine affayrers? Or follows peraduenturs Some one only writer which he hath red, having not herd you Judgments of other? or to be short while certain questions sometime in the Church, especially such as Are called in controversy be, in process of time more Fully & manifestly discussed; p-acp r-crq cs pns31 cst vvz dt j n1, vbb xx c-acp av av-j vvn px31 p-acp dt n1 cc n1 pp-f j-jn n2? cc vvz n2 d crd j n1 r-crq pns31 vhz j-jn, vhg xx vvn pn22 n2 pp-f n-jn? cc pc-acp vbi j cs j n2 av p-acp dt n1, av-j d c-acp vbr vvn p-acp n1 vbi, p-acp n1 pp-f n1 av-dc av-j cc av-j vvn; (23) chapter (DIV2) 479 Image 81
1714 then to fore they were? what if he coulde not as yet come to the sight of the later and sounder opinions? And who is able to rehearce al the causes and occasions of error? then to before they were? what if he could not as yet come to the sighed of the later and sounder opinions? And who is able to rehearse all the Causes and occasions of error? av p-acp a-acp pns32 vbdr? q-crq cs pns31 vmd xx c-acp av vvn p-acp dt n1 pp-f dt jc cc jc n2? cc q-crq vbz j pc-acp vvi d dt n2 cc n2 pp-f n1? (23) chapter (DIV2) 479 Image 81
1715 Therefore let not him, whome it shall fortune by any meanes to fayle in his teachinge, be ashamed to confesse and acknowledge in tyme conuenient, that hée was of late intangeled in error, Therefore let not him, whom it shall fortune by any means to fail in his teaching, be ashamed to confess and acknowledge in time convenient, that he was of late intangeled in error, av vvb xx pno31, ro-crq pn31 vmb n1 p-acp d n2 pc-acp vvi p-acp po31 n-vvg, vbb j pc-acp vvi cc vvi p-acp n1 j, cst pns31 vbds pp-f av-j vvn p-acp n1, (23) chapter (DIV2) 480 Image 81
1716 and the offence which he committed by not teachinge of sounde doctrine, or by vnaduised speakinge, hée will nowe make amendes for, by bringinge a more sounde interpretation: and the offence which he committed by not teaching of sound Doctrine, or by unadvised speaking, he will now make amends for, by bringing a more sound Interpretation: cc dt n1 r-crq pns31 vvd a-acp xx vvg pp-f n1 n1, cc p-acp j vvg, pns31 vmb av vvi n2 p-acp, p-acp vvg dt av-dc av-j n1: (23) chapter (DIV2) 480 Image 81
1717 That hee hath since that tyme somdeale profited, as one daye teacheth an other, and the later cogitations (accordinge to the prouerbe) are wonte to be wiser then the first. That he hath since that time somdeale profited, as one day Teaches an other, and the later cogitations (according to the proverb) Are wont to be Wiser then the First. cst pns31 vhz p-acp d n1 av vvn, c-acp crd n1 vvz dt n-jn, cc dt jc n2 (vvg p-acp dt n1) vbr j pc-acp vbi jc cs dt ord. (23) chapter (DIV2) 480 Image 81
1718 Hée that became a guyde vnto others, whereby they fell into the ditche, the same shall worthily shewe the waye howe they may againe recouer and escape. He that became a guide unto Others, whereby they fell into the ditch, the same shall worthily show the Way how they may again recover and escape. pns31 cst vvd dt n1 p-acp n2-jn, c-crq pns32 vvd p-acp dt n1, dt d vmb av-j vvi dt n1 c-crq pns32 vmb av vvi cc vvi. (23) chapter (DIV2) 481 Image 81
1719 Neither ought the hearers to bée offended greatly in this behalfe. Neither ought the hearers to been offended greatly in this behalf. av-d vmd dt n2 pc-acp vbi vvn av-j p-acp d n1. (23) chapter (DIV2) 481 Image 81
1720 For it behoueth all men to remember, that they are men which are placed in the ecclesiasticall function, For it behooves all men to Remember, that they Are men which Are placed in the ecclesiastical function, p-acp pn31 vvz d n2 pc-acp vvi, cst pns32 vbr n2 r-crq vbr vvn p-acp dt j n1, (23) chapter (DIV2) 481 Image 81
1721 & therefore that nothinge humayne is estraunged from them. And it is the propertie of mannes nature to errre: & Therefore that nothing human is estranged from them. And it is the property of Man's nature to err: cc av cst pix j vbz vvn p-acp pno32. cc pn31 vbz dt n1 pp-f ng1 n1 pc-acp vvi: (23) chapter (DIV2) 481 Image 81
1722 Of malyce or madnesse to persist in error: Of malice or madness to persist in error: pp-f n1 cc n1 pc-acp vvi p-acp n1: (23) chapter (DIV2) 482 Image 81
1723 but of the singuler goodnesse and grace of God after the fall to be againe erected. but of the singular Goodness and grace of God After the fallen to be again erected. cc-acp pp-f dt j n1 cc n1 pp-f np1 p-acp dt n1 pc-acp vbi av vvn. (23) chapter (DIV2) 482 Image 81
1724 Wherefore if any of the hearers doe stomacke the matter and disdayne that they were a littell before seduced, it is méete the same doe now againe reioyce, Wherefore if any of the hearers do stomach the matter and disdain that they were a little before seduced, it is meet the same do now again rejoice, c-crq cs d pp-f dt n2 vdb vvi dt n1 cc n1 cst pns32 vbdr dt j c-acp vvn, pn31 vbz j dt d vdb av av vvi, (23) chapter (DIV2) 483 Image 81
1725 and, as ye woulde say, congratulate both with themselues and their teacher and especially to giue vnto God most harty thankes, and, as you would say, congratulate both with themselves and their teacher and especially to give unto God most hearty thanks, cc, c-acp pn22 vmd vvi, vvi d p-acp px32 cc po32 n1 cc av-j pc-acp vvi p-acp np1 av-ds j n2, (23) chapter (DIV2) 483 Image 81
1726 whē they perceyue themselues to bée brought agayne out of the darkenesse of error into the lighte of truth. when they perceive themselves to been brought again out of the darkness of error into the Light of truth. c-crq pns32 vvb px32 pc-acp vbi vvn av av pp-f dt n1 pp-f n1 p-acp dt n1 pp-f n1. (23) chapter (DIV2) 483 Image 81
1727 As touchinge this Cantion, Augusine hath somwhat in his boke de Catechizandis Rudibus cap. 11. & in his boke de verbis Apostoli sermon. 22. But many moe thinges yt may make the Preachers wise & circumspect in this behalfe, erperiēce it selfe will teach and the longe exercise of preachinge. As touching this Cantion, Augusine hath somewhat in his book de Catechizandis Rudibus cap. 11. & in his book de verbis Apostles sermon. 22. But many more things that may make the Preachers wise & circumspect in this behalf, erperience it self will teach and the long exercise of preaching. p-acp vvg d n1, n1 vhz av p-acp po31 n1 fw-fr fw-fr fw-la n1. crd cc p-acp po31 n1 fw-fr fw-la np1 n1. crd p-acp d dc n2 pn31 vmb vvi dt n2 j cc j p-acp d n1, n1 pn31 n1 vmb vvi cc dt av-j n1 pp-f vvg. (23) chapter (DIV2) 483 Image 82
1728 Neither is it possible that all thinges shoulde bée comprehended in rules and preceptes. Neither is it possible that all things should been comprehended in rules and Precepts. av-d vbz pn31 j cst d n2 vmd vbi vvn p-acp n2 cc n2. (23) chapter (DIV2) 483 Image 82
1729 And at all tymes lightly there chaunceth some thinge vnloked for which compelleth digression to bée made from ye order of preceptes and purposed aduertisementes. And At all times lightly there chanceth Some thing unlooked for which compelleth digression to been made from you order of Precepts and purposed advertisement. cc p-acp d n2 av-j a-acp vvz d n1 vvn p-acp r-crq vvz n1 pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp pn22 n1 pp-f n2 cc j-vvn n2. (23) chapter (DIV2) 484 Image 82
1730 Nowe it is requisite that wée put forth some examples of Sermons of the kynde didascalick. It is alwayes méete, Now it is requisite that we put forth Some Examples of Sermons of the kind Didascalick. It is always meet, av pn31 vbz j cst pns12 vvd av d n2 pp-f n2 pp-f dt n1 j. pn31 vbz av j, (23) chapter (DIV2) 485 Image 82
1731 and in déede for many causes expedient, that all men with sharpe and intentiue mynde looke vppon the notable examples of Sermons which the Prophetes, Christ and Apostles haue had. and in deed for many Causes expedient, that all men with sharp and intentive mind look upon the notable Examples of Sermons which the prophets, christ and Apostles have had. cc p-acp n1 p-acp d n2 j, cst d n2 p-acp j cc j n1 vvb p-acp dt j n2 pp-f n2 r-crq dt n2, np1 cc np1 vhb vhn. (23) chapter (DIV2) 485 Image 82
1732 For, to followe and imitate these in all poyntes so far as may bée, as it is a thing most semely, For, to follow and imitate these in all points so Far as may been, as it is a thing most seemly, p-acp, pc-acp vvi cc vvi d p-acp d n2 av av-j c-acp vmb vbi, c-acp pn31 vbz dt n1 av-ds j, (23) chapter (DIV2) 485 Image 82
1733 so is it also most sure. so is it also most sure. av vbz pn31 av av-ds j. (23) chapter (DIV2) 485 Image 82
1734 Next whome it may bée lawfull to commende the more famous Preachers, and especially the auncient fathers, which to haue excelled in the giftes of the holy Ghoste, there is no man that knoweth not. Next whom it may been lawful to commend the more famous Preachers, and especially the ancient Father's, which to have excelled in the Gifts of the holy Ghost, there is no man that Knoweth not. ord ro-crq pn31 vmb vbi j pc-acp vvi dt av-dc j n2, cc av-j dt j-jn n2, r-crq pc-acp vhi vvn p-acp dt n2 pp-f dt j n1, pc-acp vbz dx n1 cst vvz xx. (23) chapter (DIV2) 486 Image 82
1735 Wherfore, that all good things doe happen vnto men by the onely goodnesse of God Moyses teacheth in a iuste Sermon. Wherefore, that all good things do happen unto men by the only Goodness of God Moses Teaches in a just Sermon. c-crq, cst d j n2 vdb vvi p-acp n2 p-acp dt j n1 pp-f np1 np1 vvz p-acp dt j n1. (23) chapter (DIV2) 487 Image 82
1736 Deut. 9. and 10. almoste throughout. Deuteronomy 9. and 10. almost throughout. np1 crd cc crd av a-acp. (23) chapter (DIV2) 487 Image 82
1737 Esay. Cap. 1. briefely declareth that eternall worshipping without ye affectiō of ye hart, & integritie of lyfe is vnprofitable. Isaiah. Cap. 1. briefly Declareth that Eternal worshipping without you affection of the heart, & integrity of life is unprofitable. np1. np1 crd av-j vvz d j vvg p-acp pn22 n1 pp-f dt n1, cc n1 pp-f n1 vbz j. (23) chapter (DIV2) 487 Image 82
1738 The sane Cap. 25.26.27. preacheth of the rewardes of the godly and of the punishement of the wicked. The sane Cap. 25.26.27. Preacheth of the rewards of the godly and of the punishment of the wicked. dt j np1 crd. vvz pp-f dt n2 pp-f dt j cc pp-f dt n1 pp-f dt j. (23) chapter (DIV2) 487 Image 82
1739 Agayne, Cap. 66. of the true worshippinge of GOD. Christ Math. 5. preacheth of ye true blessednes, of the right vse of the lawe. Again, Cap. 66. of the true worshipping of GOD. christ Math. 5. Preacheth of you true blessedness, of the right use of the law. av, np1 crd pp-f dt j vvg pp-f np1. np1 np1 crd vvz pp-f pn22 j n1, pp-f dt j-jn n1 pp-f dt n1. (23) chapter (DIV2) 488 Image 82
1740 Cap. 6. of confidence in God: Cap. 6. of confidence in God: np1 crd pp-f n1 p-acp np1: (23) chapter (DIV2) 488 Image 82
1741 or, if thou wilt, of the prouidence of GOD, cap. 11. of ye punishement of those ye dispise the gospell. or, if thou wilt, of the providence of GOD, cap. 11. of the punishment of those you despise the gospel. cc, cs pns21 vm2, pp-f dt n1 pp-f np1, n1. crd pp-f dt n1 pp-f d pn22 vvb dt n1. (23) chapter (DIV2) 488 Image 82
1742 cap. 13. of the dilligent hearinge of the worde of God, & of theffectes of the worde. cap. 13. of the diligent hearing of the word of God, & of theffectes of the word. n1. crd pp-f dt j vvg pp-f dt n1 pp-f np1, cc pp-f n2 pp-f dt n1. (23) chapter (DIV2) 488 Image 82
1743 cap. 16. of the confession of fayth, and of the knowen truth. cap. 16. of the Confessi of faith, and of the known truth. n1. crd pp-f dt n1 pp-f n1, cc pp-f dt j-vvn n1. (23) chapter (DIV2) 488 Image 82
1744 Cap. 17, of obedience and honor due vnto Magistrates, Cap. 19. hée teacheth what greate rewarde remayneth for them that constantely cleaue vnto the Gospell. Cap. 17, of Obedience and honour due unto Magistrates, Cap. 19. he Teaches what great reward remaineth for them that constantly cleave unto the Gospel. np1 crd, pp-f n1 cc n1 j-jn p-acp n2, np1 crd pns31 vvz r-crq j n1 vvz p-acp pno32 cst av-j vvb p-acp dt n1. (23) chapter (DIV2) 488 Image 82
1745 Cap. 20. how it commeth to passe by the frée mercy of God alone, that the beléeuers are called, iustified and glorified. Cap. 20. how it comes to pass by the free mercy of God alone, that the believers Are called, justified and glorified. np1 crd c-crq pn31 vvz pc-acp vvi p-acp dt j n1 pp-f np1 av-j, cst dt n2 vbr vvn, vvn cc vvn. (23) chapter (DIV2) 488 Image 82
1746 Cap. 24. and 25. of the ende and consummation of the worlde, and of the comminge of Christ vnto iudgement. Cap. 24. and 25. of the end and consummation of the world, and of the coming of christ unto judgement. np1 crd cc crd pp-f dt n1 cc n1 pp-f dt n1, cc pp-f dt n-vvg pp-f np1 p-acp n1. (23) chapter (DIV2) 488 Image 82
1747 Ioan. 14.15.16. of fortitude and pacience in persecution for religious sake, of Charitie and perfect loue. &c. Act. 13. Sainct Paule declareth what ye gospell is. Ioan. 14.15.16. of fortitude and patience in persecution for religious sake, of Charity and perfect love. etc. Act. 13. Saint Paul Declareth what you gospel is. np1 crd. pp-f n1 cc n1 p-acp n1 p-acp j n1, pp-f n1 cc j n1. av n1 crd n1 np1 vvz r-crq pn22 n1 vbz. (23) chapter (DIV2) 488 Image 82
1748 In his epistle to ye Ro. ye one disputatiō touching iustificatiō by faith without ye workes of ye law, the other likewise cap. 9.10.11. as cōcerning ye reiection of the Iewes and callinge of the Gentiles, mighte bée propounded in steade of examples, In his epistle to you Ro. the one disputation touching justification by faith without you works of you law, the other likewise cap. 9.10.11. as Concerning the rejection of the Iewes and calling of the Gentiles, might been propounded in stead of Examples, p-acp po31 n1 p-acp pn22 np1 dt crd n1 vvg n1 p-acp n1 p-acp pn22 n2 pp-f pn22 n1, dt n-jn av n1. crd. p-acp vvg dt n1 pp-f dt npg1 cc vvg pp-f dt n2-j, vmd vbi vvn p-acp n1 pp-f n2, (23) chapter (DIV2) 488 Image 82
1749 but that they are written rather after the Scolasticall maner of teachinge then after the popular, but that they Are written rather After the Scolastical manner of teaching then After the popular, cc-acp cst pns32 vbr vvn av-c p-acp dt j n1 pp-f vvg av p-acp dt j, (23) chapter (DIV2) 488 Image 82
1750 albeit the laste doe approch most néere vnto the popular. albeit the laste doe approach most near unto the popular. cs dt ord n1 vvi av-ds av-j p-acp dt j. (23) chapter (DIV2) 488 Image 82
1751 The same is to bée iudged of the disputation to the Galath. 3. which in all poyntes agréeth with the former to the Romaynes aforesayde, The same is to been judged of the disputation to the Galatians. 3. which in all points agreeth with the former to the Romans aforesaid, dt d vbz pc-acp vbi vvn pp-f dt n1 p-acp dt np1. crd r-crq p-acp d n2 vvz p-acp dt j p-acp dt np1 vvn, (23) chapter (DIV2) 489 Image 82
1752 excepte that it serueth more for the people. except that it serveth more for the people. c-acp cst pn31 vvz av-dc p-acp dt n1. (23) chapter (DIV2) 489 Image 82
1753 But moste fitte and proper to this presente busynesse is the assertion of the re•urrection of the dead. But most fit and proper to this present business is the assertion of the re•urrection of the dead. p-acp ds n1 cc j p-acp d j n1 vbz dt n1 pp-f dt n1 pp-f dt j. (23) chapter (DIV2) 489 Image 82
1754 1. Corinth. 15 Also to the Heb. 1. and 2. touchinge the two natures in Christ. 1. Corinth. 15 Also to the Hebrew 1. and 2. touching the two nature's in christ. crd np1. crd av p-acp dt np1 crd cc crd vvg dt crd n2 p-acp np1. (23) chapter (DIV2) 489 Image 82
1755 Againe cap. 5.6.7.8.9.10. of the abrogatiō of the Leuiticall priesthood & legal sacrifices, and of the succession of ths eternall priesthod and ye onely sacrifice of Christe. Again cap. 5.6.7.8.9.10. of the abrogation of the Levitical priesthood & Legal Sacrifices, and of the succession of this Eternal priesthood and you only sacrifice of Christ. av n1. crd. pp-f dt n1 pp-f dt j n1 cc j n2, cc pp-f dt n1 pp-f d j n1 cc pn22 j n1 pp-f np1. (23) chapter (DIV2) 489 Image 82
1756 In Chrisostome are extant many Sermons of this kinde, especially in his enarratiō of the Gospels of Mathew and Iohn. Notable is the Homily. In Chrysostom Are extant many Sermons of this kind, especially in his enarration of the Gospels of Matthew and John. Notable is the Homily. p-acp np1 vbr j d n2 pp-f d n1, av-j p-acp po31 n1 pp-f dt ng1 pp-f np1 cc np1. j vbz dt n1. (23) chapter (DIV2) 489 Image 82
1757 60. vpon Mathew, where hée disputeth of the cause of sinne. Likewyse in his fift Tome Homilye. 60. upon Matthew, where he disputeth of the cause of sin. Likewise in his fift Tome Homily. crd p-acp np1, c-crq pns31 vvz pp-f dt n1 pp-f n1. av p-acp po31 ord n1 n1. (23) chapter (DIV2) 490 Image 82
1758 48 touchinge the fearefull iudgenent of GOD. Homilye. 71. that fastinge profiteth nothinge, if innocency of lyfe bee away. Homily. 48 touching the fearful iudgenent of GOD. Homily. 71. that fasting profiteth nothing, if innocency of life be away. Homily. crd vvg dt j n1 pp-f np1. n1. crd cst vvg vvz pix, cs n1 pp-f n1 vbb av. n1. (23) chapter (DIV2) 491 Image 82
1759 77. that a sinner after his fall ougthe not to dispayre. Lastely his. 6. Sermons, and 3. bookes, of the prouidence of GOD: 77. that a sinner After his fallen ougthe not to despair. Lastly his. 6. Sermons, and 3. books, of the providence of GOD: crd cst dt n1 p-acp po31 n1 n1 xx pc-acp vvi. ord po31. crd n2, cc crd n2, pp-f dt n1 pp-f np1: (23) chapter (DIV2) 491 Image 82
1760 For these also to bee written popularly, no man denieth. For these also to be written popularly, no man Denieth. c-acp d av pc-acp vbi vvn av-j, dx n1 vvz. (23) chapter (DIV2) 491 Image 82
1761 ¶ Whensoeuer any parte of the holy Scripture is to be expounded in the Kinde didascalik, that many and diuerse common places may be noted therein, out of which it shall bee conuenient ot chose and declare some more exactely and at large. Cap. III. ¶ Whensoever any part of the holy Scripture is to be expounded in the Kind didascalik, that many and diverse Common places may be noted therein, out of which it shall be convenient It chosen and declare Some more exactly and At large. Cap. III. ¶ c-crq d n1 pp-f dt j n1 vbz pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp dt j n1, cst d cc j j n2 vmb vbi vvn av, av pp-f r-crq pn31 vmb vbi j zz vvi cc vvi d dc av-j cc p-acp j. np1 np1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 491 Image 83
1762 ALbeit ther cannot a more absolute order of Preachinge be set forth to be followed, ALbeit there cannot a more absolute order of Preaching be Set forth to be followed, cs a-acp vmbx dt dc j n1 pp-f vvg vbb vvn av pc-acp vbi vvn, (24) chapter (DIV2) 492 Image 83
1763 then that which shyneth in the examples of Sermons, which partely the Prophetes, Apostles and Christe himselfe, then that which shineth in the Examples of Sermons, which partly the prophets, Apostles and Christ himself, av cst r-crq vvz p-acp dt n2 pp-f n2, r-crq av dt n2, n2 cc np1 px31, (24) chapter (DIV2) 492 Image 83
1764 and partely certayne of the holy fathers haue had: and partly certain of the holy Father's have had: cc av j pp-f dt j n2 vhb vhn: (24) chapter (DIV2) 492 Image 83
1765 Yet notwithstandinge I suppose it will bée greately profitable, in cace I shall further declare more at large, Yet notwithstanding I suppose it will been greatly profitable, in case I shall further declare more At large, av c-acp pns11 vvb pn31 vmb vbi av-j j, p-acp n1 pns11 vmb av-jc vvi av-dc p-acp j, (24) chapter (DIV2) 492 Image 83
1766 howe euery man may rightly vse, whensoeuer hee will, those thinges that in maner of preceptes are of mee put forth in the former Chapiter. how every man may rightly use, whensoever he will, those things that in manner of Precepts Are of me put forth in the former Chapter. c-crq d n1 vmb av-jn vvi, c-crq pns31 vmb, d n2 cst p-acp n1 pp-f n2 vbr pp-f pno11 vvd av p-acp dt j n1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 492 Image 83
1767 For I truste it will come to passe, that by this meanes, all men shall somwhat more easely and prudently iudge both of those examples, whereof I rehearced euen now, For I trust it will come to pass, that by this means, all men shall somewhat more Easily and prudently judge both of those Examples, whereof I rehearsed even now, c-acp pns11 vvi pn31 vmb vvi pc-acp vvi, cst p-acp d n2, d n2 vmb av av-dc av-j cc av-j vvi d pp-f d n2, c-crq pns11 vvd av av, (24) chapter (DIV2) 493 Image 83
1768 as ye woulde say, a cataloge: as you would say, a catalogue: c-acp pn22 vmd vvi, dt n1: (24) chapter (DIV2) 493 Image 83
1769 and also by littell and littell enure themselues, cunningly to excogitate and finde out such thinges as may aptly bee alledged touchinge any maner of Theames, and also by little and little enure themselves, cunningly to excogitate and find out such things as may aptly be alleged touching any manner of Thames, cc av p-acp j cc j vvi px32, av-jn pc-acp vvi cc vvi av d n2 c-acp vmb av-j vbi vvn vvg d n1 pp-f n2, (24) chapter (DIV2) 493 Image 83
1770 or readinges of Scripture offred vnto them. or readings of Scripture offered unto them. cc n2-vvg pp-f np1 vvd p-acp pno32. (24) chapter (DIV2) 493 Image 83
1771 We sayde that, in this didascalik kynde, somwhile no forme of confirmation at all is to bée obserued, erewhile agayne that some certayne forme is to bée vsed: We said that, in this didascalik kind, somewhile no Form of confirmation At all is to been observed, erewhile again that Some certain Form is to been used: pns12 vvd cst, p-acp d j n1, av dx n1 pp-f n1 p-acp d vbz pc-acp vbi vvn, av av cst d j n1 vbz pc-acp vbi vvn: (24) chapter (DIV2) 493 Image 83
1772 and in neither of them progression to bée made after one and the same maner but no small diuersitie to be permitted. and in neither of them progression to been made After one and the same manner but no small diversity to be permitted. cc p-acp dx pp-f pno32 n1 pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp crd cc dt d n1 p-acp dx j n1 pc-acp vbi vvn. (24) chapter (DIV2) 493 Image 83
1773 Of this diuersitie, therefore, it séemeth good vnto mee, to entreate by putting forth some examples, to the intents they may come forth prepared and furnished to all assayes, that wil endeuour themselues to execute ye offices & duties of an Euangelicall Teacher. Of this diversity, Therefore, it Seemeth good unto me, to entreat by putting forth Some Examples, to the intents they may come forth prepared and furnished to all assays, that will endeavour themselves to execute you Offices & duties of an Evangelical Teacher. pp-f d n1, av, pn31 vvz j p-acp pno11, pc-acp vvi p-acp vvg av d n2, p-acp dt n2 pns32 vmb vvi av vvn cc vvn p-acp d n2, cst vmb n1 px32 pc-acp vvi pn22 n2 cc n2 pp-f dt j n1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 494 Image 83
1774 But before all thinges, wée will bringe them, as it were by the hande, vnto this poynte that euery man may easely perceyue, But before all things, we will bring them, as it were by the hand, unto this point that every man may Easily perceive, p-acp p-acp d n2, pns12 vmb vvi pno32, c-acp pn31 vbdr p-acp dt n1, p-acp d n1 cst d n1 vmb av-j vvi, (24) chapter (DIV2) 494 Image 83
1775 howe and after what sorte, when a parte of holy Scripture is offred to be explaned, many and diuers common places may be drawen and noted out of the same, againe how some may with iudgement bée selected out of them, how and After what sort, when a part of holy Scripture is offered to be explained, many and diverse Common places may be drawn and noted out of the same, again how Some may with judgement been selected out of them, c-crq cc p-acp r-crq n1, c-crq dt n1 pp-f j n1 vbz vvn pc-acp vbi vvn, d cc j j n2 vmb vbi vvn cc vvn av pp-f dt d, av c-crq d vmb p-acp n1 vbi vvn av pp-f pno32, (24) chapter (DIV2) 494 Image 83
1776 and somwhat more dillygently be declared before the multitude. The partes of holy Scripture are accustomed to bee set forth in two sortes. and somewhat more dillygently be declared before the multitude. The parts of holy Scripture Are accustomed to be Set forth in two sorts. cc av av-dc av-j vbi vvn p-acp dt n1. dt n2 pp-f j n1 vbr vvn pc-acp vbi vvn av p-acp crd n2. (24) chapter (DIV2) 494 Image 83
1777 1 The one consisteth in a continuall historicall narration, in which notwithstandinge somwhere appeareth that which doth not obscurely argue, to what kynde of Sermons the same ought to bée ascribed. 1 The one Consisteth in a continual historical narration, in which notwithstanding somewhere appears that which does not obscurely argue, to what kind of Sermons the same ought to been ascribed. crd dt pi vvz p-acp dt j j n1, p-acp r-crq a-acp av vvz cst r-crq vdz xx av-j vvi, p-acp r-crq n1 pp-f n2 dt d pi pc-acp vbi vvn. (24) chapter (DIV2) 496 Image 83
1778 For in déede the most parte of the narrations in the Euangelistes doe perteyne to the kynde didascalick, forsomuch as they doe chiefely establishe this doctrine, to wit, that, Iesus is Christ, that is to say, the true Messins and true God, by whom; For in deed the most part of the narrations in the Evangelists do pertain to the kind Didascalick, forsomuch as they do chiefly establish this Doctrine, to wit, that, Iesus is christ, that is to say, the true Messins and true God, by whom; c-acp p-acp n1 dt av-ds n1 pp-f dt n2 p-acp dt n2 vdb vvb p-acp dt n1 j, av c-acp pns32 vdb av-jn vvi d n1, pc-acp vvi, cst, np1 vbz np1, cst vbz pc-acp vvi, dt j ng1 cc j np1, p-acp ro-crq; (24) chapter (DIV2) 497 Image 83
1779 whosoeuer beléeue us him, doe aspire to eternall saluation Which doctrine or generall sentence, to be the common scope of the Euangelicall narrations, Iohn Cap. 20. hath expressed. whosoever believe us him, do aspire to Eternal salvation Which Doctrine or general sentence, to be the Common scope of the Evangelical narrations, John Cap. 20. hath expressed. r-crq vvb pno12 pno31, vdb vvi p-acp j n1 r-crq n1 cc j n1, pc-acp vbi dt j n1 pp-f dt j n2, np1 np1 crd vhz vvn. (24) chapter (DIV2) 497 Image 83
1780 2 The other sorte is, when all that parte is simply spente and consumed in teachinge, 2 The other sort is, when all that part is simply spent and consumed in teaching, crd dt j-jn n1 vbz, c-crq d cst n1 vbz av-j vvn cc vvn p-acp vvg, (24) chapter (DIV2) 498 Image 83
1781 namely so, as with argumentes distinct, and one followinge an other, and directed to one and the selfe same ende, a certayne sentence or assertion is there handeled and set forth. namely so, as with Arguments distinct, and one following an other, and directed to one and the self same end, a certain sentence or assertion is there handled and Set forth. av av, c-acp p-acp n2 j, cc pi vvg dt n-jn, cc vvn p-acp crd cc dt n1 d n1, dt j n1 cc n1 vbz a-acp vvn cc vvn av. (24) chapter (DIV2) 498 Image 83
1782 Example may bée taken out of the fourth Chapiter of the Epistle to the Romaynes. No man séeth not in all that Chapiter diuers proofes and reasones to bée packed togither, whereof euery one proueth a man to bée iustified by fayth without workes. Exampl may been taken out of the fourth Chapter of the Epistle to the Romans. No man seeth not in all that Chapter diverse proofs and Reasons to been packed together, whereof every one Proves a man to been justified by faith without works. n1 vmb vbi vvn av pp-f dt ord n1 pp-f dt n1 p-acp dt np1. dx n1 vvz xx p-acp d cst n1 j n2 cc n2 pc-acp vbi vvn av, c-crq d pi vvz dt n1 pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp n1 p-acp n2. (24) chapter (DIV2) 499 Image 83
1783 Wherefore that the same Chapiter is of the kynde didascalick, séeinge such a doctrine is there plainely confirmed, eche man may easely iudge. Wherefore that the same Chapter is of the kind Didascalick, seeing such a Doctrine is there plainly confirmed, eke man may Easily judge. c-crq cst dt d n1 vbz pp-f dt n1 j, vvg d dt n1 vbz a-acp av-j vvn, d n1 vmb av-j vvi. (24) chapter (DIV2) 500 Image 83
1784 Of either parte of the sacred Scriptures, it shall bée requisite at this present that wée note so much as we shall thinke méete and sufficient. Of either part of the sacred Scriptures, it shall been requisite At this present that we note so much as we shall think meet and sufficient. pp-f d n1 pp-f dt j n2, pn31 vmb vbi j p-acp d n1 cst pns12 vvb av av-d c-acp pns12 vmb vvi j cc j. (24) chapter (DIV2) 501 Image 84
1785 Of which sort soeuer it shall fortune the holy reading to bée offred, it is necessary that hee which is desposed to gather and excerpte common places, Of which sort soever it shall fortune the holy reading to been offered, it is necessary that he which is desposed to gather and excerpte Common places, pp-f r-crq n1 av pn31 vmb n1 dt j n-vvg pc-acp vbi vvn, pn31 vbz j cst pns31 r-crq vbz vvn pc-acp vvi cc vvi j n2, (24) chapter (DIV2) 502 Image 84
1786 before all thinges doo peruse ouer the wholle once and peraduenture twyse or thrise, till such tyme, before all things do peruse over the wholle once and Peradventure twice or thrice, till such time, p-acp d n2 vdi vvi p-acp dt j-jn c-acp cc av av cc av, c-acp d n1, (24) chapter (DIV2) 502 Image 84
1787 as he may well conceyue the simple meaninge of the wordes. as he may well conceive the simple meaning of the words. c-acp pns31 vmb av vvi dt j n1 pp-f dt n2. (24) chapter (DIV2) 502 Image 84
1788 Then let him returne backe to the canuessinge of all the partes and members, and stayinge a littell at euery of them, let him consider, Then let him return back to the canuessinge of all the parts and members, and staying a little At every of them, let him Consider, av vvb pno31 vvi av p-acp dt n1 pp-f d dt n2 cc n2, cc vvg dt j p-acp d pp-f pno32, vvb pno31 vvi, (24) chapter (DIV2) 503 Image 84
1789 and weigh more déepely with him selfe, whither any thing may bée drawen out of ye wordes of the same member perteyninge, either vnto doctrine, yt is to saye, the confirmation of true assertions, and weigh more deeply with him self, whither any thing may been drawn out of the words of the same member pertaining, either unto Doctrine, that is to say, the confirmation of true assertions, cc vvi av-dc av-jn p-acp pno31 n1, c-crq d n1 vmb vbi vvn av pp-f dt n2 pp-f dt d n1 vvg, av-d p-acp n1, pn31 vbz pc-acp vvi, dt n1 pp-f j n2, (24) chapter (DIV2) 503 Image 84
1790 or to the redargution of false opinions, or to the institution of lyfe in rightuousnesse, or to the correction of vniuste dealinge, or lastely vnto consolation. or to the redargution of false opinions, or to the Institution of life in righteousness, or to the correction of unjust dealing, or Lastly unto consolation. cc p-acp dt n1 pp-f j n2, cc p-acp dt n1 pp-f n1 p-acp n1, cc p-acp dt n1 pp-f j vvg, cc ord p-acp n1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 503 Image 84
1791 For as wée haue before specified, it behoueth these fyue generall Diuine places of inuention of bée continuallye conuersaunt in our myndes, For as we have before specified, it behooves these fyue general Divine places of invention of been continually conversant in our minds, c-acp c-acp pns12 vhb a-acp vvn, pn31 vvz d crd n1 j-jn n2 pp-f n1 pp-f vbn av-j j p-acp po12 n2, (24) chapter (DIV2) 504 Image 84
1792 as those that sufficienely declare of themselues, howe wée oughte to search, disclose and pronounce common places conteyned in the wordes of Scripture, as those that sufficienely declare of themselves, how we ought to search, disclose and pronounce Common places contained in the words of Scripture, c-acp d cst av-j vvi pp-f px32, c-crq pns12 vmd pc-acp vvi, vvb cc vvi j n2 vvn p-acp dt n2 pp-f n1, (24) chapter (DIV2) 504 Image 84
1793 and in the sentences of the wholle course of Christian doctrine. and in the sentences of the wholle course of Christian Doctrine. cc p-acp dt n2 pp-f dt j-jn n1 pp-f njp n1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 504 Image 84
1794 For they are beyond measure plentifull, and doe eftsones bringe forth profitable common places, of all thinges, which are necessary to the perfection of a Christian man. For they Are beyond measure plentiful, and do eftsoon bring forth profitable Common places, of all things, which Are necessary to the perfection of a Christian man. c-acp pns32 vbr p-acp n1 j, cc vdb av vvi av j j n2, pp-f d n2, r-crq vbr j p-acp dt n1 pp-f dt njp n1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 505 Image 84
1795 Neither occurreth any readinge of Scripture so barren and vnfruitefull, but that the wordes placed in the text, do minister som thing answerable to those general places. Neither occurreth any reading of Scripture so barren and unfruitful, but that the words placed in the text, do minister Some thing answerable to those general places. av-d vvz d vvg pp-f n1 av j cc j, cc-acp cst dt n2 vvn p-acp dt n1, vdb vvi d n1 j p-acp d j n2. (24) chapter (DIV2) 505 Image 84
1796 But go to, let vs make a triall, and take in hande some examples of the former sorte, which namely consist in historicall narrations, But go to, let us make a trial, and take in hand Some Examples of the former sort, which namely consist in historical narrations, cc-acp vvb p-acp, vvb pno12 vvi dt n1, cc vvi p-acp n1 d n2 pp-f dt j n1, r-crq av vvb p-acp j n2, (24) chapter (DIV2) 505 Image 84
1797 and let vs examyn them according to the sayde fyue generall places of inuention. and let us examine them according to the said fyue general places of invention. cc vvb pno12 vvi pno32 vvg p-acp dt j-vvn crd j n2 pp-f n1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 505 Image 84
1798 For when wée haue opened a way in the narrations historical, wherin, séemeth alwayes to be the greater difficulty, it will be an easy matter to go forwarde to the tractatiō of examples of the other sort, in which are simply declared assertions of our religion. For when we have opened a Way in the narrations historical, wherein, Seemeth always to be the greater difficulty, it will be an easy matter to go forward to the tractation of Examples of the other sort, in which Are simply declared assertions of our Religion. p-acp c-crq pns12 vhb vvn dt n1 p-acp dt n2 j, c-crq, vvz av pc-acp vbi dt jc n1, pn31 vmb vbi dt j n1 pc-acp vvi av-j p-acp dt n1 pp-f n2 pp-f dt j-jn n1, p-acp r-crq vbr av-j vvn n2 pp-f po12 n1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 505 Image 84
1799 Let the history therefore bée recited out of the Euangelist Marc. Cap. 8 which is this: Let the history Therefore been recited out of the Evangelist Marc. Cap. 8 which is this: vvb dt n1 av vbi vvn av pp-f dt np1 np1 np1 crd r-crq vbz d: (24) chapter (DIV2) 506 Image 84
1800 When there was a very greate company, and had nothinge to eate, Iesus callinge his disciples vnto him, sayth vnto them: When there was a very great company, and had nothing to eat, Iesus calling his Disciples unto him, say unto them: c-crq pc-acp vbds dt j j n1, cc vhd pix pc-acp vvi, np1 vvg po31 n2 p-acp pno31, vvz p-acp pno32: (24) chapter (DIV2) 506 Image 84
1801 I haue compassion on the people, bycause they haue bene with mee nowe three dayes, and haue nothinge to eate: I have compassion on the people, Because they have be with me now three days, and have nothing to eat: pns11 vhi n1 p-acp dt n1, c-acp pns32 vhb vbn p-acp pno11 av crd n2, cc vhb pix pc-acp vvi: (24) chapter (DIV2) 506 Image 84
1802 And if I sende them awaye fastinge to their owne houses, they will faynte by the waye: And if I send them away fasting to their own houses, they will faint by the Way: cc cs pns11 vvb pno32 av vvg p-acp po32 d n2, pns32 vmb j p-acp dt n1: (24) chapter (DIV2) 506 Image 84
1803 for diuerse of them came from farre. And his Disciples aunswered him: for diverse of them Come from Far. And his Disciples answered him: c-acp j pp-f pno32 vvd p-acp av-j. cc po31 n2 vvd pno31: (24) chapter (DIV2) 506 Image 84
1804 from whence can a man satisfie these men with breade heere in the wildernes? And hee asked them: from whence can a man satisfy these men with bread Here in the Wilderness? And he asked them: p-acp c-crq vmb dt n1 vvi d n2 p-acp n1 av p-acp dt n1? cc pns31 vvd pno32: (24) chapter (DIV2) 506 Image 84
1805 howe many loaues haue yee? They sayde seuen. And he commaunded the people to sit downe no the grounde. how many loaves have ye? They said seuen. And he commanded the people to fit down not the ground. c-crq d n2 vhb pn22? pns32 vvd crd. cc pns31 vvd dt n1 pc-acp vvi a-acp xx dt n1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 506 Image 84
1806 And he tooke the seuen loues, and when he had giuen thankes, he brake, and gaue to his disciples, to set before them: And he took the seuen loves, and when he had given thanks, he brake, and gave to his Disciples, to Set before them: cc pns31 vvd dt crd n2, cc c-crq pns31 vhd vvn n2, pns31 vvd, cc vvd p-acp po31 n2, pc-acp vvi p-acp pno32: (24) chapter (DIV2) 506 Image 84
1807 and they did set them before the people. And they had a fewe small fishes: and when he had blessed, he commaunded them also to be set before thē. and they did Set them before the people. And they had a few small Fish: and when he had blessed, he commanded them also to be Set before them. cc pns32 vdd vvi pno32 p-acp dt n1. cc pns32 vhd dt d j n2: cc c-crq pns31 vhd vvn, pns31 vvd pno32 av pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp pno32. (24) chapter (DIV2) 506 Image 84
1808 So they did eate and were suffised: and they toke vp of the broken meat, that was lefte, seuen-baskets full. So they did eat and were sufficed: and they took up of the broken meat, that was left, seuen-baskets full. av pns32 vdd vvi cc vbdr vvn: cc pns32 vvd a-acp pp-f dt j-vvn n1, cst vbds vvn, n2 j. (24) chapter (DIV2) 506 Image 84
1809 And they that had eaten, were about fower thousand: and he sent them away. And they that had eaten, were about fower thousand: and he sent them away. cc pns32 cst vhd vvn, vbdr p-acp crd crd: cc pns31 vvd pno32 av. (24) chapter (DIV2) 506 Image 84
1810 Let vs sée then vnto what kinde of Sermon this sacred Lesson is to be referred. Let us see then unto what kind of Sermon this sacred lesson is to be referred. vvb pno12 vvi av p-acp r-crq n1 pp-f n1 d j n1 vbz pc-acp vbi vvn. (24) chapter (DIV2) 507 Image 84
1811 That it is of the kinde didascalick, no man doubteth. That it is of the kind Didascalick, no man doubteth. cst pn31 vbz pp-f dt j j, dx n1 vvz. (24) chapter (DIV2) 507 Image 84
1812 For therefore are these notable miracles described and set sorth, that all men might be induced to confesse, that Christ is true God, For Therefore Are these notable Miracles described and Set forth, that all men might be induced to confess, that christ is true God, p-acp av vbr d j n2 vvn cc vvn av, cst d n2 vmd vbi vvn pc-acp vvi, cst np1 vbz j np1, (24) chapter (DIV2) 507 Image 84
1813 and that they might beléeue in him. and that they might believe in him. cc cst pns32 vmd vvi p-acp pno31. (24) chapter (DIV2) 507 Image 84
1814 For so Iohn Baptist, when he beinge in prison heard of the doinges of Christ, sent his disciples more truly for others sakes thē his owne, which enquyred: For so John Baptist, when he being in prison herd of the doings of christ, sent his Disciples more truly for Others sakes them his own, which inquired: p-acp av np1 np1, c-crq pns31 vbg p-acp n1 vvn pp-f dt n2-vdg pp-f np1, vvd po31 n2 av-dc av-j p-acp n2-jn n2 pno32 po31 d, r-crq vvd: (24) chapter (DIV2) 507 Image 84
1815 whither he were that promised & of so long time loked for Messias, or no? But Christe aunswered in such wise, whither he were that promised & of so long time looked for Messias, or no? But Christ answered in such wise, c-crq pns31 vbdr cst vvd cc pp-f av j n1 vvn p-acp np1, cc dx? p-acp np1 vvd p-acp d j, (24) chapter (DIV2) 507 Image 84
1816 as he woulde haue it gathered by his workes, that he was in déed that promissed Messias and Sauiour. as he would have it gathered by his works, that he was in deed that promised Messias and Saviour. c-acp pns31 vmd vhi pn31 vvn p-acp po31 n2, cst pns31 vbds p-acp n1 cst vvd np1 cc n1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 507 Image 84
1817 Yea, and els where Christ more then once or twise affirmed to the same effect, that the workes which he did, testified of him ye he was the son of god & god himself. Yea, and Else where christ more then once or twice affirmed to the same Effect, that the works which he did, testified of him the he was the son of god & god himself. uh, cc av c-crq np1 av-dc cs a-acp cc av vvd p-acp dt d n1, cst dt n2 r-crq pns31 vdd, vvd pp-f pno31 dt pns31 vbds dt n1 pp-f n1 cc n1 px31. (24) chapter (DIV2) 508 Image 84
1818 The state therefore of this presēt reading is didascalick: namely, that Christ is the author of so greate a mirackle, that hée is the true Messias and very God, by whome all men may obteyne saluation through fayth. The state Therefore of this present reading is Didascalick: namely, that christ is the author of so great a mirackle, that he is the true Messias and very God, by whom all men may obtain salvation through faith. dt n1 av pp-f d j n-vvg vbz j: av, cst np1 vbz dt n1 pp-f av j dt n1, cst pns31 vbz dt j np1 cc j np1, p-acp ro-crq d n2 vmb vvi n1 p-acp n1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 508 Image 85
1819 Nowe in passinge through all the members, and hauing respect euery where vnto those fiue generall places of inuention, let vs dilligently enserch, in that order which wée spake off, the sondry common places of Christian doctrine conteyned in the same. Now in passing through all the members, and having respect every where unto those fiue general places of invention, let us diligently enserch, in that order which we spoke off, the sundry Common places of Christian Doctrine contained in the same. av p-acp vvg p-acp d dt n2, cc vhg n1 d c-crq p-acp d crd j n2 pp-f n1, vvb pno12 av-j vvi, p-acp d n1 r-crq pns12 vvd a-acp, dt j j n2 pp-f njp n1 vvn p-acp dt d. (24) chapter (DIV2) 509 Image 85
1820 Where there was a very greate company, sayth hée, and had nothinge to eate, &c. 1 First, when the Euangelist sheweth that a very great multitude was gathered togither to heare the wordes of Christ, héere by and by an instruction offreth it self, wherby wée are admonished with greate study and endeuour to couit after ye knowledge of goods worde, wherin all the will & pleasure of God is most apparauntely discouered. Where there was a very great company, say he, and had nothing to eat, etc. 1 First, when the Evangelist shows that a very great multitude was gathered together to hear the words of christ, Here by and by an instruction Offereth it self, whereby we Are admonished with great study and endeavour to couit After you knowledge of goods word, wherein all the will & pleasure of God is most apparauntely discovered. c-crq pc-acp vbds dt j j n1, vvz pns31, cc vhd pix pc-acp vvi, av crd ord, c-crq dt np1 vvz cst dt j j n1 vbds vvn av pc-acp vvi dt n2 pp-f np1, av p-acp cc p-acp dt n1 vvz pn31 n1, c-crq pns12 vbr vvn p-acp j n1 cc n1 pc-acp vvi p-acp pn22 n1 pp-f n2-j n1, c-crq d dt n1 cc n1 pp-f np1 vbz av-ds av-j vvn. (24) chapter (DIV2) 510 Image 85
1821 2 Secondely, héere is to bee noted a correction or reprehension of those persones, that are founde slowe and dull aboue measure, 2 Secondly, Here is to be noted a correction or reprehension of those Persons, that Are found slow and dull above measure, crd ord, av vbz pc-acp vbi vvn dt n1 cc n1 pp-f d n2, cst vbr vvn j cc j p-acp n1, (24) chapter (DIV2) 512 Image 85
1822 vnto those thinges that pertayne to the Saluation of their soules, and doe scarcely thinke once in a yéere of hearinge the holesom doctryne of the Scriptures. unto those things that pertain to the Salvation of their Souls, and do scarcely think once in a year of hearing the wholesome Doctrine of the Scriptures. p-acp d n2 cst vvi p-acp dt n1 pp-f po32 n2, cc vdb av-j vvi a-acp p-acp dt n1 pp-f vvg dt j n1 pp-f dt n2. (24) chapter (DIV2) 512 Image 85
1823 3 And bicause it is added: 3 And Because it is added: crd cc c-acp pn31 vbz vvn: (24) chapter (DIV2) 513 Image 85
1824 That the company hadd nothinge to eate, it is an vndoubted argumente, that those hearers were more carefull of the thinges that pertayne to the mynde, That the company had nothing to eat, it is an undoubted argument, that those hearers were more careful of the things that pertain to the mind, cst dt n1 vhd pix pc-acp vvi, pn31 vbz dt j n1, cst d n2 vbdr av-dc j pp-f dt n2 cst vvi p-acp dt n1, (24) chapter (DIV2) 513 Image 85
1825 then of those thinges that concerned their téeth or bellies, and that they longed more ardently after spirituall benefites, then after temporall. then of those things that concerned their tooth or bellies, and that they longed more ardently After spiritual benefits, then After temporal. av pp-f d n2 cst vvd po32 n1 cc n2, cc cst pns32 vvd av-dc av-j p-acp j n2, av p-acp j. (24) chapter (DIV2) 513 Image 85
1826 Wherefore héere also I obserue a newe place, which béelongeth to iustification, or else an assertion or doctrine: Wherefore Here also I observe a new place, which belongeth to justification, or Else an assertion or Doctrine: c-crq av av pns11 vvb dt j n1, r-crq vvz p-acp n1, cc av dt n1 cc n1: (24) chapter (DIV2) 513 Image 85
1827 Namely, that we oughte alwayes in the fyrste place to caste our care vppon spirituall benefites: Namely, that we ought always in the First place to cast our care upon spiritual benefits: av, cst pns12 vmd av p-acp dt ord n1 p-acp vvn po12 n1 p-acp j n2: (24) chapter (DIV2) 513 Image 85
1828 And in the laste place, vppon corporall. And in the laste place, upon corporal. cc p-acp dt ord n1, p-acp j. (24) chapter (DIV2) 513 Image 85
1829 In which behalfe Christ, Firste seeke (sayth hée) the kingdome of GOD and the righteousnesse thereof, In which behalf christ, First seek (say he) the Kingdom of GOD and the righteousness thereof, p-acp r-crq n1 np1, ord vvb (vvz pns31) dt n1 pp-f np1 cc dt n1 av, (24) chapter (DIV2) 514 Image 85
1830 and and all these thinges shalbe ministred vnto you. and and all these things shall ministered unto you. cc cc d d n2 vmb|vbi vvn p-acp pn22. (24) chapter (DIV2) 514 Image 85
1831 Yea, and the same also hathe taughte vs in our daylye prayer, fyrste to desyre of our heauenly father the sanctification of his name, the inlargement of his spirituall kingdome, the study of accomplishing his will: Yea, and the same also hath taught us in our daily prayer, First to desire of our heavenly father the sanctification of his name, the enlargement of his spiritual Kingdom, the study of accomplishing his will: uh, cc dt d av vhz vvn pno12 p-acp po12 av-j n1, ord pc-acp vvi pp-f po12 j n1 dt n1 pp-f po31 n1, dt n1 pp-f po31 j n1, dt n1 pp-f vvg po31 n1: (24) chapter (DIV2) 515 Image 85
1832 and after that our dayly bread with other thinges necessarye for our liues. and After that our daily bred with other things necessary for our lives. cc p-acp d po12 j n1 p-acp j-jn n2 j p-acp po12 n2. (24) chapter (DIV2) 515 Image 85
1833 IIII Agayne héere is vnderstanded a correction to be, forasmuch as they are reproued which are more intentiue about thinges earthly and transitorye, then heauenly and eternall. It followeth in the Text. IIII Again Here is understanded a correction to be, forasmuch as they Are reproved which Are more intentive about things earthly and transitory, then heavenly and Eternal. It follows in the Text. crd av av vbz vvn dt n1 pc-acp vbi, av c-acp pns32 vbr vvn r-crq vbr av-dc j p-acp n2 j cc j, av j cc j. pn31 vvz p-acp dt np1 (24) chapter (DIV2) 516 Image 85
1834 And Iesus called his disciples vnto him, and saide vnto them: I haue compassion on the people, bicause they haue ben with me now three daies, & haue nothing to eate. And Iesus called his Disciples unto him, and said unto them: I have compassion on the people, Because they have been with me now three days, & have nothing to eat. cc np1 vvd po31 n2 p-acp pno31, cc vvd p-acp pno32: pns11 vhi n1 p-acp dt n1, c-acp pns32 vhb vbn p-acp pno11 av crd n2, cc vhb pix pc-acp vvi. (24) chapter (DIV2) 518 Image 85
1835 We will note héere in this place manyfolde poyntes of doctrine. We will note Here in this place manifold points of Doctrine. pns12 vmb vvi av p-acp d n1 j n2 pp-f n1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 519 Image 85
1836 V The first is, touching the mercye and prouidence of God, wher with he neuer fa•leth to help and assist vs. Yea and before we aske, hee knoweth what thinges we haue néede of, V The First is, touching the mercy and providence of God, where with he never fa•leth to help and assist us Yea and before we ask, he Knoweth what things we have need of, crd dt ord vbz, vvg dt n1 cc n1 pp-f np1, c-crq p-acp pns31 av-x vvz pc-acp vvi cc vvb pno12 uh cc a-acp pns12 vvb, pns31 vvz r-crq n2 pns12 vhb n1 pp-f, (24) chapter (DIV2) 520 Image 85
1837 & séeth by what meanes he may best prouide for vs, which thing Christ also hymselfe Mathew 6. full well hath expressed. & seeth by what means he may best provide for us, which thing christ also himself Matthew 6. full well hath expressed. cc vvz p-acp r-crq n2 pns31 vmb av-js vvi p-acp pno12, r-crq n1 np1 av px31 np1 crd j av vhz vvn. (24) chapter (DIV2) 520 Image 85
1838 VI The seconde, God prouideth for vs not onely sprytuall thinges, and that generally and vniuersally for all: VI The seconde, God Provideth for us not only sprytuall things, and that generally and universally for all: crd dt ord, np1 vvz p-acp pno12 xx j j n2, cc cst av-j cc av-j p-acp d: (24) chapter (DIV2) 521 Image 85
1839 but also thinges corporall and that partycularly for euerye man. but also things corporal and that partycularly for every man. cc-acp av n2 j cc cst av-j p-acp d n1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 521 Image 85
1840 VII The third, God will prouide for those moste chiefely aboue the rest, that abide and continue longest with hym: VII The third, God will provide for those most chiefly above the rest, that abide and continue longest with him: crd dt ord, np1 vmb vvi p-acp d av-ds av-jn p-acp dt n1, cst vvb cc vvi js p-acp pno31: (24) chapter (DIV2) 522 Image 85
1841 that is to saye, that studiously imbrace sounde doctrine, and perseuer in the loue and confession therof, reposing all their hope and confidence in God alone. that is to say, that studiously embrace sound Doctrine, and persever in the love and Confessi thereof, reposing all their hope and confidence in God alone. cst vbz pc-acp vvi, cst av-j vvi n1 n1, cc vvi p-acp dt n1 cc n1 av, vvg d po32 n1 cc n1 p-acp np1 av-j. (24) chapter (DIV2) 522 Image 85
1842 VIII Nowe out of these poyntes of doctrine, riseth a certayne and incomparble consolation whiche it behoueth the godly to haue continually before their eyes. VIII Now out of these points of Doctrine, Riseth a certain and incomparble consolation which it behooves the godly to have continually before their eyes. crd av av pp-f d n2 pp-f n1, vvz dt j cc n1 n1 r-crq pn31 vvz dt j pc-acp vhi av-j p-acp po32 n2. (24) chapter (DIV2) 523 Image 85
1843 They that remaine with God, and depende wholy vppon GOD, shall of him neuer be forsaken or lefte destitute. They that remain with God, and depend wholly upon GOD, shall of him never be forsaken or left destitute. pns32 d vvb p-acp np1, cc vvb av-jn p-acp np1, vmb pp-f pno31 av vbi vvn cc vvn j. (24) chapter (DIV2) 524 Image 85
1844 First god would raine downe Manna frō heauē as he dyd in times past for the Israelits in the wildernes, First god would rain down Manna from heaven as he did in times passed for the Israelites in the Wilderness, ord n1 vmd vvi a-acp n1 p-acp n1 c-acp pns31 vdd p-acp n2 vvn p-acp dt np1 p-acp dt n1, (24) chapter (DIV2) 524 Image 86
1845 or send his aungell to minister bread and water, as he dyd sometyme to the wandring Helias, then suffer so much as one of hys little flock, to perish for lack of sustenaunce. or send his angel to minister bred and water, as he did sometime to the wandering Elias, then suffer so much as one of his little flock, to perish for lack of sustenance. cc vvi po31 n1 pc-acp vvi n1 cc n1, c-acp pns31 vdd av p-acp dt j-vvg np1, av vvi av av-d c-acp crd pp-f po31 j n1, pc-acp vvi p-acp n1 pp-f n1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 524 Image 86
1846 God esteemeth much more of good men, then, of Rauens or Sparrowes, whiche in the meane time hee mercifullye féedeth. God esteems much more of good men, then, of Ravens or Sparrows, which in the mean time he mercifully feedeth. np1 vvz d dc pp-f j n2, av, pp-f n2 cc n2, r-crq p-acp dt j n1 pns31 av-j vvz. (24) chapter (DIV2) 525 Image 86
1847 It is added moreouer in the Gospell. It is added moreover in the Gospel. pn31 vbz vvn av p-acp dt n1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 526 Image 86
1848 And if I sende them away fastinge to their owne houses, they will faint by the way. And if I send them away fasting to their own houses, they will faint by the Way. cc cs pns11 vvb pno32 av vvg p-acp po32 d n2, pns32 vmb vvi p-acp dt n1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 527 Image 86
1849 For diuers of them came from farre. In which wordes we may perceiue both a doctrine and institutions. For diverse of them Come from Far. In which words we may perceive both a Doctrine and institutions. p-acp j pp-f pno32 vvd p-acp av-j. p-acp r-crq n2 pns12 vmb vvi d dt n1 cc n2. (24) chapter (DIV2) 527 Image 86
1850 IX A doctrine verily, that miserable men, if God should forsake them, were not able to endure, IX A Doctrine verily, that miserable men, if God should forsake them, were not able to endure, crd dt n1 av-j, cst j n2, cs np1 vmd vvi pno32, vbdr xx j pc-acp vvi, (24) chapter (DIV2) 529 Image 86
1851 and that it is not in their power or strength to acquire to thēselues so much as corporall benifites necessarie for the sustentation of theyr wretched lyfe: and that it is not in their power or strength to acquire to themselves so much as corporal benefits necessary for the sustentation of their wretched life: cc cst pn31 vbz xx p-acp po32 n1 cc n1 pc-acp vvi p-acp px32 av av-d c-acp j n2 j p-acp dt n1 pp-f po32 j n1: (24) chapter (DIV2) 529 Image 86
1852 how much more then passeth it their power to get thinges spirituall? how much more then passes it their power to get things spiritual? c-crq av-d av-dc cs vvz pn31 po32 n1 pc-acp vvi n2 j? (24) chapter (DIV2) 529 Image 86
1853 When God once withdraweth his hand, we begin forthwith to decay, which testifieth Psalm. 124. 127.&c. Thinstitutions lurking heerein are these. When God once withdraweth his hand, we begin forthwith to decay, which Testifieth Psalm. 124. 127.&c. Thinstitutions lurking herein Are these. c-crq np1 a-acp vvz po31 n1, pns12 vvb av pc-acp vvi, r-crq vvz n1. crd. j. n2 vvg av vbr d. (24) chapter (DIV2) 530 Image 86
1854 X We are admonished, when we know that we can doe nothinge at all without God, to acknowledge our owne weaknesse and infirmitie. X We Are admonished, when we know that we can do nothing At all without God, to acknowledge our own weakness and infirmity. crd pns12 vbr vvn, c-crq pns12 vvb cst pns12 vmb vdi pix p-acp d p-acp np1, pc-acp vvi po12 d n1 cc n1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 532 Image 86
1855 XI Agayne, we are admonished to praye vnto God continually, that he would not leaue vs destitute, XI Again, we Are admonished to pray unto God continually, that he would not leave us destitute, crd av, pns12 vbr vvn pc-acp vvi p-acp np1 av-j, cst pns31 vmd xx vvi pno12 j, (24) chapter (DIV2) 533 Image 86
1856 but minister vnto vs things both spiritual and also temporal, as he séeth them to be expedyent for vs. It followeth: And his disciples aunswered him: but minister unto us things both spiritual and also temporal, as he seeth them to be expedient for us It follows: And his Disciples answered him: cc-acp vvb p-acp pno12 n2 av-d j cc av j, c-acp pns31 vvz pno32 pc-acp vbi j p-acp pno12 pn31 vvz: cc po31 n2 vvd pno31: (24) chapter (DIV2) 533 Image 86
1857 Form whence can a man satisfie these men with bread heere in the wildernesse? From whence can a man satisfy these men with bred Here in the Wilderness? n1 c-crq vmb dt n1 vvi d n2 p-acp n1 av p-acp dt n1? (24) chapter (DIV2) 535 Image 86
1858 XII Doctrine. Mans reason cannot perceiue how prouision may be made for the necessities of our lyfe. XII Doctrine. men reason cannot perceive how provision may be made for the necessities of our life. crd n1. ng1 n1 vmbx vvi c-crq n1 vmb vbi vvn p-acp dt n2 pp-f po12 n1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 536 Image 86
1859 Carnall wisdome is astonished and to séeke so oft as daunger, or any misfortune doth chaunce. Carnal Wisdom is astonished and to seek so oft as danger, or any misfortune does chance. j n1 vbz vvn cc pc-acp vvi av av c-acp n1, cc d n1 vdz vvi. (24) chapter (DIV2) 537 Image 86
1860 And yet in the meane time, the thinges that are impossible to men, are not only possible, but also cysye vnto God. And yet in the mean time, the things that Are impossible to men, Are not only possible, but also cysye unto God. cc av p-acp dt j n1, dt n2 cst vbr j p-acp n2, vbr xx av-j j, cc-acp av j p-acp np1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 537 Image 86
1861 Wherfore an institution or enstruction is héere also to bee gathered. Wherefore an Institution or instruction is Here also to be gathered. c-crq dt n1 cc n1 vbz av av pc-acp vbi vvn. (24) chapter (DIV2) 538 Image 86
1862 XIII We ought verily in all daungers to put our confidence in God, and to commit our selues, XIII We ought verily in all dangers to put our confidence in God, and to commit our selves, crd pns12 vmd av-j p-acp d n2 pc-acp vvi po12 n1 p-acp np1, cc pc-acp vvi po12 n2, (24) chapter (DIV2) 539 Image 86
1863 and all that wee haue, vnto his wisdome good wil and pleasure: Otherwise, if we sticke to our owne wisdome, if we conceiue nothinge in our minde, and all that we have, unto his Wisdom good will and pleasure: Otherwise, if we stick to our own Wisdom, if we conceive nothing in our mind, cc d cst pns12 vhb, p-acp po31 n1 j n1 cc n1: av, cs pns12 vvb p-acp po12 d n1, cs pns12 vvb pix p-acp po12 n1, (24) chapter (DIV2) 539 Image 86
1864 further then humaine reason doth perswade, ti is to be feared least we fall headlonge into desperation. further then human reason does persuade, ti is to be feared lest we fallen headlong into desperation. av-jc cs j n1 vdz vvi, fw-mi vbz pc-acp vbi vvn cs pns12 vvb av-j p-acp n1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 539 Image 86
1865 Whether it pertayneth, that the disciples being doubtfull by reason they had neglected to take breade, are called NONLATINALPHABET, of little saith. Whither it pertaineth, that the Disciples being doubtful by reason they had neglected to take bread, Are called, of little Says. cs pn31 vvz, cst dt n2 vbg j p-acp n1 pns32 vhd vvn pc-acp vvi n1, vbr vvn, pp-f j vvz. (24) chapter (DIV2) 539 Image 86
1866 XIIII Whervpon followeth also a certayne redargution or correctiō, namely of those men, which if they perceiue any thing at al to be wanting vnto them, XIIII Whereupon follows also a certain redargution or correction, namely of those men, which if they perceive any thing At all to be wanting unto them, crd c-crq vvz av dt j n1 cc n1, av pp-f d n2, r-crq cs pns32 vvb d n1 p-acp d pc-acp vbi vvg p-acp pno32, (24) chapter (DIV2) 540 Image 86
1867 or doe not by & by feele present help in their necessity, they so take on through the impotency of their minde, or do not by & by feel present help in their necessity, they so take on through the impotency of their mind, cc vdb xx p-acp cc p-acp vvi j n1 p-acp po32 n1, pns32 av vvb a-acp p-acp dt n1 pp-f po32 n1, (24) chapter (DIV2) 540 Image 86
1868 as though the Furies themselues ▪ dyd driue them forwarde, by meanes whereof they begin at the length to dispaire vtterly of the ayde and assistaunce of GOD. It followeth. as though the Furies themselves ▪ did driven them forward, by means whereof they begin At the length to despair utterly of the aid and assistance of GOD. It follows. c-acp cs dt n2 px32 ▪ vdd vvi pno32 av-j, p-acp n2 c-crq pns32 vvb p-acp dt n1 pc-acp vvi av-j pp-f dt n1 cc n1 pp-f np1. pn31 vvz. (24) chapter (DIV2) 540 Image 86
1869 And hee asked them: How many loaues haue yee? They sayde, seauen. And he commaunded the people to sitte downe on the grounde. And he asked them: How many loaves have ye? They said, seauen. And he commanded the people to sit down on the ground. cc pns31 vvd pno32: c-crq d n2 vhb pn22? pns32 vvd, crd. cc pns31 vvd dt n1 pc-acp vvi a-acp p-acp dt n1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 541 Image 86
1870 We may note in these wordes, besides a doctrin a place also consolatory. We may note in these words, beside a Doctrine a place also consolatory. pns12 vmb vvi p-acp d n2, p-acp dt n1 dt n1 av j. (24) chapter (DIV2) 542 Image 86
1871 XV. & XVI. God suffereth not his children longe to be troubled, hee permitteth them not be tempted aboue their strength. XV. & XVI. God suffers not his children long to be troubled, he permitteth them not be tempted above their strength. crd. cc np1. np1 vvz xx po31 n2 av-j pc-acp vbi vvn, pns31 vvz pno32 xx vbi vvn p-acp po32 n1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 543 Image 86
1872 Mannes reason in déede or this fleshe of ours, encreaseth the heape of temptations, and compelleth vs in a maner to mistrust: Man's reason in deed or this Flesh of ours, increases the heap of temptations, and compelleth us in a manner to mistrust: ng1 n1 p-acp n1 cc d n1 pp-f png12, vvz dt n1 pp-f n2, cc vvz pno12 p-acp dt n1 pc-acp vvi: (24) chapter (DIV2) 544 Image 86
1873 who can (sayeth humaine reason) satissie these men with bread in the wildernesse? But God by and by sheweth a present ayde and remedy, who can (Saith human reason) satissie these men with bred in the Wilderness? But God by and by shows a present aid and remedy, r-crq vmb (vvz j n1) vvi d n2 p-acp n1 p-acp dt n1? p-acp np1 p-acp cc a-acp vvz dt j n1 cc n1, (24) chapter (DIV2) 544 Image 86
1874 and that which mannes power wanteth, he wounderfullye maketh god, if so bee wee caste our care and confydence vppon him, and that which Man's power Wants, he wonderfully makes god, if so be we cast our care and confidence upon him, cc cst r-crq ng1 n1 vvz, pns31 av-j vvz n1, cs av vbb pns12 vvd po12 n1 cc n1 p-acp pno31, (24) chapter (DIV2) 544 Image 86
1875 and committe the whole busynesse vnto hym. and commit the Whole business unto him. cc vvi dt j-jn n1 p-acp pno31. (24) chapter (DIV2) 544 Image 86
1876 Let vs neuer therfore doubt of Gods goodnesse toward vs, or put any mistruct in our matters, Let us never Therefore doubt of God's Goodness towards us, or put any mistruct in our matters, vvb pno12 av av n1 pp-f npg1 n1 p-acp pno12, cc vvd d vvi p-acp po12 n2, (24) chapter (DIV2) 544 Image 87
1877 but be most assuredly perswaded that, lyke as he can, so also he will help vs in time conuenient, but be most assuredly persuaded that, like as he can, so also he will help us in time convenient, cc-acp vbb av-ds av-vvn vvn cst, av-j c-acp pns31 vmb, av av pns31 vmb vvi pno12 p-acp n1 j, (24) chapter (DIV2) 544 Image 87
1878 and when it shall séeme good vnto him. Let vs goe on to that which followeth. and when it shall seem good unto him. Let us go on to that which follows. cc c-crq pn31 vmb vvi j p-acp pno31. vvb pno12 vvi a-acp p-acp d r-crq vvz. (24) chapter (DIV2) 544 Image 87
1879 And he tooke the seauen loues, and when hee had giuen thankes, he brake, and gaue to his disciples, to set before thē. And he took the seauen loves, and when he had given thanks, he brake, and gave to his Disciples, to Set before them. cc pns31 vvd dt crd n2, cc c-crq pns31 vhd vvn n2, pns31 vvd, cc vvd p-acp po31 n2, pc-acp vvi p-acp pno32. (24) chapter (DIV2) 546 Image 87
1880 And they did set them before the people. And they had a few small sisshes: and when he had blessed, hee commaunded them also to be set before them. And they did Set them before the people. And they had a few small sisshes: and when he had blessed, he commanded them also to be Set before them. cc pns32 vdd vvi pno32 p-acp dt n1. cc pns32 vhd dt d j n2: cc c-crq pns31 vhd vvn, pns31 vvd pno32 av pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp pno32. (24) chapter (DIV2) 546 Image 87
1881 B•holde when we heare Christ giuing of thankes, and also blessinge, wee sée a double instruction set foorth vnto vs. B•holde when we hear christ giving of thanks, and also blessing, we see a double instruction Set forth unto us vvi c-crq pns12 vvb np1 vvg pp-f n2, cc av n1, pns12 vvb dt j-jn n1 vvi av p-acp pno12 (24) chapter (DIV2) 547 Image 87
1882 XVII The one, that as oft as we take meate or drinck, we should pray vnto God, that he woulde sanctify it by the vertue of his worde, XVII The one, that as oft as we take meat or drink, we should pray unto God, that he would sanctify it by the virtue of his word, np1 dt crd, cst c-acp av c-acp pns12 vvb n1 cc vvi, pns12 vmd vvi p-acp np1, cst pns31 vmd vvi pn31 p-acp dt n1 pp-f po31 n1, (24) chapter (DIV2) 548 Image 87
1883 and graunt that it may bee holsome vnto vs. and grant that it may be wholesome unto us cc vvb cst pn31 vmb vbi j p-acp pno12 (24) chapter (DIV2) 548 Image 87
1884 XVIII The other, that we shoulde alwayes giue God thankes for the dayly benefites, whiche he of his goodnesse most frankly and bountifully bestoweth vppon vs. It behoueth all fathers and maisters of householdes to teache their familes, and to sée that they neither eate nor drinke without grace and thanks giuing before and after meate. XVIII The other, that we should always give God thanks for the daily benefits, which he of his Goodness most frankly and bountifully bestoweth upon us It behooves all Father's and masters of Households to teach their Families, and to see that they neither eat nor drink without grace and thanks giving before and After meat. np1 dt n-jn, cst pns12 vmd av vvi np1 n2 p-acp dt j n2, r-crq pns31 pp-f po31 n1 av-ds av-j cc av-j vvz p-acp pno12 pn31 vvz d n2 cc n2 pp-f n2 pc-acp vvi po32 n2, cc pc-acp vvi cst pns32 dx vvi ccx vvi p-acp n1 cc n2 vvg a-acp cc p-acp n1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 549 Image 87
1885 And not alonely for meat and drinck, but also let vs perswade our selues that it is our duty with like dillgence to pray and giue thanks for al other benefits whatsoeuer. And not alonely for meat and drink, but also let us persuade our selves that it is our duty with like dillgence to pray and give thanks for all other benefits whatsoever. cc xx av-j p-acp n1 cc vvi, cc-acp av vvb pno12 vvi po12 n2 cst pn31 vbz po12 n1 p-acp j n1 pc-acp vvi cc vvi n2 p-acp d j-jn n2 r-crq. (24) chapter (DIV2) 550 Image 87
1886 XIX. Now perhaps yt maist also conueniently handle this doctrine: namely, that God hath created meates to be taken with thankes giuing of the faithfull, and of those that: haue knowen the truth: XIX. Now perhaps that Mayest also conveniently handle this Doctrine: namely, that God hath created Meats to be taken with thanks giving of the faithful, and of those that: have known the truth: np1. av av pn31 vm2 av av-j vvi d n1: av, cst np1 vhz vvn n2 pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp n2 vvg pp-f dt j, cc pp-f d cst: vhb vvn dt n1: (24) chapter (DIV2) 551 Image 87
1887 agayne that whatsoeuer God hath created, is good: and nothinge to be reiected, if it be receyued with giuing of thankes. again that whatsoever God hath created, is good: and nothing to be rejected, if it be received with giving of thanks. av cst r-crq np1 vhz vvn, vbz j: cc pix pc-acp vbi vvn, cs pn31 vbb vvn p-acp vvg pp-f n2. (24) chapter (DIV2) 551 Image 87
1888 For it is sanctified by the word of God and by prayer. It followeth, further, in the Text. For it is sanctified by the word of God and by prayer. It follows, further, in the Text. p-acp pn31 vbz vvn p-acp dt n1 pp-f np1 cc p-acp n1. pn31 vvz, av-jc, p-acp dt np1 (24) chapter (DIV2) 551 Image 87
1889 So they did eate and were suffised, and they toke vp of the broken meate, that was left, seuen baskets full, L•e héere an institution. So they did eat and were sufficed, and they took up of the broken meat, that was left, seuen baskets full, L•e Here an Institution. av pns32 vdd vvi cc vbdr vvn, cc pns32 vvd a-acp pp-f dt j-vvn n1, cst vbds vvn, crd n2 j, vvd av dt n1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 553 Image 87
1890 XX It is not inough for vs to giue thankes, when it chanceth vs to be full fed & suffised: XX It is not enough for us to give thanks, when it chanceth us to be full fed & sufficed: crd pn31 vbz xx av-d p-acp pno12 pc-acp vvi n2, c-crq pn31 vvz pno12 pc-acp vbi av-j vvn cc vvn: (24) chapter (DIV2) 555 Image 87
1891 but God moreouer willeth vs, that we should not wastfully and prodigally spende those things yt are left, but God moreover wills us, that we should not wastefully and prodigally spend those things that Are left, cc-acp np1 av vvz pno12, cst pns12 vmd xx av-j cc av-jn vvi d n2 pn31 vbr vvn, (24) chapter (DIV2) 555 Image 87
1892 or contemptuously cast them away, but carefully and deintily to reserue them: or contemptuously cast them away, but carefully and deintily to reserve them: cc av-j vvd pno32 av, cc-acp av-j cc av-j pc-acp vvi pno32: (24) chapter (DIV2) 555 Image 87
1893 and that truly, to the intent there might alwayes be remayning with vs some testimony of Gods good will, whereby he ministreth all thinges more aboundantlye then we néede: and that truly, to the intent there might always be remaining with us Some testimony of God's good will, whereby he Ministereth all things more abundantly then we need: cc cst av-j, p-acp dt n1 a-acp vmd av vbi vvg p-acp pno12 d n1 pp-f npg1 j n1, c-crq pns31 vvz d n2 av-dc av-j cs pns12 vvb: (24) chapter (DIV2) 555 Image 87
1894 againe, to the ende we may know that God giueth the encrease, yea and addeth his blessing to our substaunce, again, to the end we may know that God gives the increase, yea and adds his blessing to our substance, av, p-acp dt n1 pns12 vmb vvi cst np1 vvz dt n1, uh cc vvz po31 n1 p-acp po12 n1, (24) chapter (DIV2) 555 Image 87
1895 euen then when we are not aware: Lastly, to thintent we may haue what to giue and bestow vpon other néedy creatures. even then when we Are not aware: Lastly, to intent we may have what to give and bestow upon other needy creatures. av av c-crq pns12 vbr xx j: ord, p-acp n1 pns12 vmb vhi r-crq pc-acp vvi cc vvi p-acp j-jn j n2. (24) chapter (DIV2) 555 Image 87
1896 For whatsoeuer remaineth ouer and besides our dayly expences, we ought to know that it is no other thing, For whatsoever remains over and beside our daily expenses, we ought to know that it is no other thing, p-acp r-crq vvz a-acp cc p-acp po12 j n2, pns12 vmd pc-acp vvi cst pn31 vbz dx j-jn n1, (24) chapter (DIV2) 556 Image 87
1897 then a present matter, to exercise the duties of godlynes withall. At the length this also is added: then a present matter, to exercise the duties of godliness withal. At the length this also is added: cs dt j n1, pc-acp vvi dt n2 pp-f n1 av. p-acp dt n1 d av vbz vvn: (24) chapter (DIV2) 556 Image 87
1898 And they that had eaten, were about fower thousand. XXI Therfore the goodnesse and power of God is in all things to be consydered: And they that had eaten, were about fower thousand. XXI Therefore the Goodness and power of God is in all things to be considered: cc pns32 cst vhd vvn, vbdr p-acp crd crd. crd av dt n1 cc n1 pp-f np1 vbz p-acp d n2 pc-acp vbi vvn: (24) chapter (DIV2) 558 Image 87
1899 the one truely whereby hee féedeth all men, whether they be good or bad: the one truly whereby he feedeth all men, whither they be good or bad: dt pi av-j c-crq pns31 vvz d n2, cs pns32 vbb j cc j: (24) chapter (DIV2) 559 Image 87
1900 the other whereby he féedeth an innumerable multitude with a few loaues, & then inespecially when all thinges are geason and harde to be come by. the other whereby he feedeth an innumerable multitude with a few loaves, & then inespecially when all things Are geason and harden to be come by. dt j-jn c-crq pns31 vvz dt j n1 p-acp dt d n2, cc av av-j c-crq d n2 vbr j cc j pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp. (24) chapter (DIV2) 559 Image 87
1901 XXII. That which Christ accomplished héere by his diuine power, is of vs to be merueyled at, reue renced, and celebrated: XXII. That which christ accomplished Here by his divine power, is of us to be marveled At, reue renced, and celebrated: np1. cst r-crq np1 vvd av p-acp po31 j-jn n1, vbz pp-f pno12 pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp, vvi vvn, cc vvn: (24) chapter (DIV2) 560 Image 87
1902 that which he dyd by his singuler goodnesse, is of vs also to be followed. that which he did by his singular Goodness, is of us also to be followed. cst r-crq pns31 vdd p-acp po31 j n1, vbz pp-f pno12 av pc-acp vbi vvn. (24) chapter (DIV2) 560 Image 87
1903 For certes it standeth vs vpon to deserue well of all men, yea euen of our very enemies. For certes it Stands us upon to deserve well of all men, yea even of our very enemies. p-acp av pn31 vvz pno12 p-acp p-acp vvi av pp-f d n2, uh av pp-f po12 j n2. (24) chapter (DIV2) 560 Image 87
1904 Wee sée therefore in few words, partly a doctrine, partly an instruction, to lurk. The last clawse. And hee sent them awaye. we see Therefore in few words, partly a Doctrine, partly an instruction, to lurk. The last clause. And he sent them away. pns12 vvb av p-acp d n2, av dt n1, av dt n1, pc-acp vvi. dt ord n1. cc pns31 vvd pno32 av. (24) chapter (DIV2) 560 Image 87
1905 We may gather here a doctrine as touching God, and lykewise a notable institution of our lyfe. We may gather Here a Doctrine as touching God, and likewise a notable Institution of our life. pns12 vmb vvi av dt n1 c-acp vvg np1, cc av dt j n1 pp-f po12 n1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 563 Image 87
1906 XXIII God giueth liberally, and in the meane time vpbraideth not, he requireth not one thing for an other, he séeketh not for glory after the maner of men, he coueteth not the fauour of the people, to thintent to obtaine the dignitie of a prince or potentate, XXIII God gives liberally, and in the mean time upbraideth not, he requires not one thing for an other, he seeketh not for glory After the manner of men, he covets not the favour of the people, to intent to obtain the dignity of a Prince or potentate, np1 np1 vvz av-j, cc p-acp dt j n1 vvz xx, pns31 vvz xx crd n1 p-acp dt n-jn, pns31 vvz xx p-acp n1 p-acp dt n1 pp-f n2, pns31 vvz xx dt n1 pp-f dt n1, p-acp n1 pc-acp vvi dt n1 pp-f dt n1 cc n1, (24) chapter (DIV2) 564 Image 88
1907 but rather he escheweth al company, coueting to goe away vnespied. but rather he escheweth all company, coveting to go away unespied. cc-acp av-c pns31 vvz d n1, vvg pc-acp vvi av j-vvn-u. (24) chapter (DIV2) 564 Image 88
1908 XXIIII We therefore ought in like maner to immitate this goodnesse of Christ ioyned with humilitie, XXIIII We Therefore ought in like manner to imitate this Goodness of christ joined with humility, crd pns12 av vmd p-acp j n1 pc-acp vvi d n1 pp-f np1 vvd p-acp n1, (24) chapter (DIV2) 565 Image 88
1909 and to endeuour our selues, so much as lieth in vs, to do good works, not séeking for any glory or rewarde of men thereby. and to endeavour our selves, so much as lies in us, to do good works, not seeking for any glory or reward of men thereby. cc p-acp n1 po12 n2, av av-d c-acp vvz p-acp pno12, pc-acp vdi j n2, xx vvg p-acp d n1 cc n1 pp-f n2 av. (24) chapter (DIV2) 565 Image 88
1910 Beholde therefore these common places to the number of fower and twenty vpon a briefe euangelycall hystory packed and heaped of vs together, whereof some doe comprehende the confirmation of trus doctrine, and the redargution of false: Behold Therefore these Common places to the number of fower and twenty upon a brief Evangelical history packed and heaped of us together, whereof Some do comprehend the confirmation of trus Doctrine, and the redargution of false: vvb av d j n2 p-acp dt n1 pp-f crd cc crd p-acp dt j j n1 vvn cc vvn pp-f pno12 av, c-crq d vdb vvi dt n1 pp-f j n1, cc dt n1 pp-f j: (24) chapter (DIV2) 566 Image 88
1911 other some, the institution, and correction of life: againe othersome comfort or consolation. other Some, the Institution, and correction of life: again Othersome Comfort or consolation. av-jn d, dt n1, cc n1 pp-f n1: av j n1 cc n1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 566 Image 88
1912 Now hee that preacheth vnto the people, shall in no wise vtter & expounde at large al the sayde places, Now he that Preacheth unto the people, shall in no wise utter & expound At large all the said places, av pns31 cst vvz p-acp dt n1, vmb p-acp dx j j cc vvi p-acp j d dt j-vvn n2, (24) chapter (DIV2) 567 Image 88
1913 but out of so many he shall chose a few, in ye more ample tractation whereof (the residew pretermitted) he shall somewhat the longer stay. but out of so many he shall chosen a few, in the more ample tractation whereof (the residue pretermitted) he shall somewhat the longer stay. cc-acp av pp-f av d pns31 vmb vvi dt d, p-acp dt av-dc j n1 c-crq (dt n1 vvn) pns31 vmb av dt jc n1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 567 Image 88
1914 Which, how and after what sorte it ought to be done to the edifyinge and behoofe of the Churche, we will endeuour in certaine Obseruations to comprise: wherof this be the first: Which, how and After what sort it ought to be done to the edifying and behoof of the Church, we will endeavour in certain Observations to comprise: whereof this be the First: r-crq, c-crq cc p-acp r-crq n1 pn31 vmd pc-acp vbi vdn p-acp dt j-vvg cc n1 pp-f dt n1, pns12 vmb n1 p-acp j n2 pc-acp vvi: c-crq d vbb dt ord: (24) chapter (DIV2) 567 Image 88
1915 I. Common places to be expounded at large to the people the Preacher shall not take but a few among so many, to wit, thrée, fowre, or fiue. I Common places to be expounded At large to the people the Preacher shall not take but a few among so many, to wit, thrée, fowre, or fiue. uh j n2 pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp j p-acp dt n1 dt n1 vmb xx vvi p-acp dt d p-acp av d, pc-acp vvi, crd, crd, cc crd. (24) chapter (DIV2) 568 Image 88
1916 The reasons are preste and at hand: The Reasons Are pressed and At hand: dt n2 vbr j-vvn cc p-acp n1: (24) chapter (DIV2) 568 Image 88
1917 It behoueth him to prouide best for the capacytle of his hearers, and to sée what chiefely is expedient for thē, It behooves him to provide best for the capacytle of his hearers, and to see what chiefly is expedient for them, pn31 vvz pno31 pc-acp vvi js p-acp dt n1 pp-f po31 n2, cc pc-acp vvi r-crq av-jn vbz j p-acp pno32, (24) chapter (DIV2) 568 Image 88
1918 and that they bee not to much burthened or ouercharged with matter: and that they be not to much burdened or overcharged with matter: cc cst pns32 vbb xx p-acp d j-vvn cc vvn p-acp n1: (24) chapter (DIV2) 568 Image 88
1919 agayne what the rude and ignorunte ma ye best perceyue and retayne in memorye, to the intent that after they be returned home they may repeat and commende somwhat to their frinds and familiars being either sicke or haile. again what the rude and ignorunte ma the best perceive and retain in memory, to the intent that After they be returned home they may repeat and commend somewhat to their Friends and familiars being either sick or hail. av q-crq dt j cc n1 fw-fr dt js vvi cc vvi p-acp n1, p-acp dt n1 cst c-acp pns32 vbb vvn av-an pns32 vmb vvi cc vvi av p-acp po32 n2 cc n2-jn vbg av-d j cc n1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 568 Image 88
1920 For that it is worthely required of all Christians, that so soone as they be come home to their houses, For that it is worthily required of all Christians, that so soon as they be come home to their houses, p-acp cst pn31 vbz av-j vvn pp-f d np1, cst av av c-acp pns32 vbb vvn av-an p-acp po32 n2, (24) chapter (DIV2) 569 Image 88
1921 or at the least in the euening before they goe to bed, they should talke and propounde somthing of the sacred Scriptures to their aqualls and companions, Chrysostom in his enarration vpon Genesis homil. 29. vppon the gospell of Iohn homil. 13.52. &c. abundauntly teacheth and parswadeth. or At the least in the evening before they go to Bed, they should talk and propound something of the sacred Scriptures to their aqualls and Sodales, Chrysostom in his enarration upon Genesis Homily. 29. upon the gospel of John Homily. 13.52. etc. abundantly Teaches and parswadeth. cc p-acp dt ds p-acp dt n1 c-acp pns32 vvb p-acp n1, pns32 vmd vvi cc vvi pi pp-f dt j n2 p-acp po32 n2 cc n2, np1 p-acp po31 n1 p-acp n1 n1. crd p-acp dt n1 pp-f np1 n1. crd. av av-j vvz cc vvz. (24) chapter (DIV2) 569 Image 88
1922 Herevnto is added that in a heape of so many places together, seldom or neuer, any one place can so bée examined, Hereunto is added that in a heap of so many places together, seldom or never, any one place can so been examined, av vbz vvn cst p-acp dt n1 pp-f av d n2 av, av cc av-x, d crd n1 vmb av vbi vvn, (24) chapter (DIV2) 570 Image 88
1923 as that it may but indifferently satisfie the hearers. as that it may but indifferently satisfy the hearers. c-acp cst pn31 vmb cc-acp av-j vvi dt n2. (24) chapter (DIV2) 570 Image 88
1924 For by that meanes no other thinge should bée done then many places, slightly, & as it were beside the purpose, onely touched, and not declared. For by that means no other thing should been done then many places, slightly, & as it were beside the purpose, only touched, and not declared. p-acp p-acp cst vvz dx j-jn n1 vmd vbi vdn av d n2, av-j, cc c-acp pn31 vbdr p-acp dt n1, av-j vvn, cc xx vvn. (24) chapter (DIV2) 570 Image 88
1925 Furthermore the ignoraunte and vnlearned sorte doe very hardely reape any fruite at all out of so great breuitie, whom reason would not onely to be taught but also to be moued & perswaded. Furthermore the ignorant and unlearned sort do very hardly reap any fruit At all out of so great brevity, whom reason would not only to be taught but also to be moved & persuaded. av dt j cc j n1 vdb av av vvi d n1 p-acp d av pp-f av j n1, ro-crq n1 vmd xx av-j pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp av pc-acp vbi vvn cc vvn. (24) chapter (DIV2) 571 Image 88
1926 Yea, and by such short and ouer briefe speakinge, it would of necessitie come to passe, that the same thinges shoulde oftetimes bée iterated and repeated to ye great ircksomnes, of all men. Yea, and by such short and over brief speaking, it would of necessity come to pass, that the same things should oftentimes been iterated and repeated to you great ircksomnes, of all men. uh, cc p-acp d j cc a-acp av-j vvg, pn31 vmd pp-f n1 vvb pc-acp vvi, cst dt d n2 vmd av vbi vvn cc vvn p-acp pn22 j n1, pp-f d n2. (24) chapter (DIV2) 571 Image 88
1927 Moreouer it is much better and more thankfull to the preacher, in cace he expounde now these now those places somwhat more exactly, Moreover it is much better and more thankful to the preacher, in case he expound now these now those places somewhat more exactly, av pn31 vbz av-d jc cc av-dc j p-acp dt n1, p-acp n1 pns31 vvi av d av d n2 av av-dc av-j, (24) chapter (DIV2) 572 Image 88
1928 and with as great sharpenes as maye bée, setle them in the mindes of his hearers. and with as great sharpness as may been, settle them in the minds of his hearers. cc p-acp p-acp j n1 c-acp vmb vbi, vvi pno32 p-acp dt n2 pp-f po31 n2. (24) chapter (DIV2) 572 Image 88
1929 And loke what places he leaueth vntouched at one tyme the same at an other time conuenient he shall euidently declare. And look what places he Leaveth untouched At one time the same At an other time convenient he shall evidently declare. cc vvi r-crq n2 pns31 vvz j-vvn-u p-acp crd n1 dt d p-acp dt j-jn n1 j pns31 vmb av-j vvi. (24) chapter (DIV2) 572 Image 88
1930 For if a man repeate often the same places, with like breuitie, and with like fourme of wordes, it is to bée feared truely lest he incurre that which a certayne Poete pleasauntly spake: For if a man repeat often the same places, with like brevity, and with like Form of words, it is to been feared truly lest he incur that which a certain Poet pleasantly spoke: p-acp cs dt n1 vvi av dt d n2, p-acp j n1, cc p-acp j n1 pp-f n2, pn31 vbz pc-acp vbi vvn av-j cs pns31 vvi d r-crq dt j n1 av-j vvd: (24) chapter (DIV2) 572 Image 88
1931 And that same Harper eke, Is to be laught to scorne, that aye Vpon on stringe doth streke. And that same Harper eke, Is to be laughed to scorn, that aye Upon on string does streke. cc cst d n1 av, vbz pc-acp vbi vvn pc-acp vvi, cst av p-acp p-acp n1 vdz vvi. (24) chapter (DIV2) 572 Image 88
1932 II. Where if thou wilt nedes vtter and alledge diuers and soundry common places, as in déede somtimes the present readinge of Scripture doth minister many & the same very profytable, II Where if thou wilt needs utter and allege diverse and sundry Common places, as in deed sometimes the present reading of Scripture does minister many & the same very profitable, crd c-crq cs pns21 vm2 av vvi cc vvi j cc j j n2, c-acp p-acp n1 av dt j vvg pp-f n1 vdz vvi d cc dt d av j, (24) chapter (DIV2) 573 Image 88
1933 yet shalt thou laboure with more fydelytye and deliygence specyally in explayninge of thrée or fower: yet shalt thou labour with more fydelytye and deliygence specially in explayninge of thrée or fower: av vm2 pns21 n1 p-acp dc n1 cc n1 av-j p-acp vvg pp-f crd cc crd: (24) chapter (DIV2) 573 Image 88
1934 as for the other and those also very fewe, it shall bée sufficient briefely, and, as it were, houerly to touch them, all the residue pretermitted. as for the other and those also very few, it shall been sufficient briefly, and, as it were, hourly to touch them, all the residue pretermitted. c-acp p-acp dt j-jn cc d av av d, pn31 vmb vbi j av-j, cc, c-acp pn31 vbdr, av-j pc-acp vvi pno32, d dt n1 vvn. (24) chapter (DIV2) 573 Image 89
1935 After which sorte Crysostom in his 60. homily vpon Mathewe, comminge to those wordes in the text: After which sort Chrysostom in his 60. homily upon Matthew, coming to those words in the text: p-acp r-crq n1 np1 p-acp po31 crd n1 p-acp np1, vvg p-acp d n2 p-acp dt n1: (24) chapter (DIV2) 574 Image 89
1936 I say vnto you that their aungels in heauen do alwayes behold the face of my father, prudently gathereth and noteth an assertion, I say unto you that their Angels in heaven do always behold the face of my father, prudently gathereth and notes an assertion, pns11 vvb p-acp pn22 cst po32 n2 p-acp n1 vdb av vvi dt n1 pp-f po11 n1, av-j vvz cc vvz dt n1, (24) chapter (DIV2) 574 Image 89
1937 namely, that to euery man are appointed certayne aungels as their kepers or ouerséers. namely, that to every man Are appointed certain Angels as their keepers or Overseers. av, cst p-acp d n1 vbr vvn j n2 p-acp po32 n2 cc n2. (24) chapter (DIV2) 574 Image 89
1938 But be absolueth this place in very fewe wordes, efts•nes procéeding to other matters, as more profytable and apte for the enformation of lyfe. But be absolveth this place in very few words, efts•nes proceeding to other matters, as more profitable and apt for the information of life. p-acp vbi vvz d n1 p-acp av d n2, n2 vvg p-acp j-jn n2, c-acp av-dc j cc j p-acp dt n1 pp-f n1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 574 Image 89
1939 For he passeth to a common place, touchinge the not contemninge of our brethren. For he passes to a Common place, touching thee not contemning of our brothers. p-acp pns31 vvz p-acp dt j n1, vvg pno32 xx vvg pp-f po12 n2. (24) chapter (DIV2) 574 Image 89
1940 III. Let those common places bée chosen, that are suffyciētly large and apparaunt, and that conteyne nothinge intricate or doubteful, to thintente, thou maist entreate amply and playnely, and popularly to the hearers. III. Let those Common places been chosen, that Are sufficiently large and apparent, and that contain nothing intricate or doubtful, to thintente, thou Mayest entreat amply and plainly, and popularly to the hearers. np1. vvb d j n2 vbi vvn, cst vbr av-j j cc j, cc d vvb pix j cc j, p-acp n1, pns21 vm2 vvi av-j cc av-j, cc av-j p-acp dt n2. (24) chapter (DIV2) 575 Image 89
1941 For there be some matters very barren, and (as ye woulde say) pent vp in a streight prison, For there be Some matters very barren, and (as you would say) penned up in a straight prison, p-acp pc-acp vbi d n2 av j, cc (c-acp pn22 vmd vvi) vvd a-acp p-acp dt j n1, (24) chapter (DIV2) 576 Image 89
1942 and the same also obscure with darke and perplexed questions. and the same also Obscure with dark and perplexed questions. cc dt d av j p-acp j cc j-vvn n2. (24) chapter (DIV2) 576 Image 89
1943 If any suche therefore doe happen in the holy scripture which is expounded, it is much better to couer or dissemble them with silence then with many wordes to stande vpon the same. If any such Therefore do happen in the holy scripture which is expounded, it is much better to cover or dissemble them with silence then with many words to stand upon the same. cs d d av vdb vvi p-acp dt j n1 r-crq vbz vvn, pn31 vbz av-d jc pc-acp vvi cc vvi pno32 p-acp n1 av p-acp d n2 pc-acp vvi p-acp dt d. (24) chapter (DIV2) 577 Image 89
1944 Of this kinde it is, it a man explaning ye history out of Luke 16. touching the riche gloutton buryed in hell, Of this kind it is, it a man explaining you history out of Lycia 16. touching the rich gloutton buried in hell, pp-f d n1 pn31 vbz, pn31 dt n1 n1 pn22 n1 av pp-f av crd vvg dt j n1 vvn p-acp n1, (24) chapter (DIV2) 578 Image 89
1945 and Lazarus raried into Abrahams bosome, shoulde goe about a longe time and with much a doe to deteine his audytory, alledging many things of Abrahams bosome, whereof séeing the opinions of interpreters, and Lazarus raried into Abrahams bosom, should go about a long time and with much a do to detain his audytory, alleging many things of Abrahams bosom, whereof seeing the opinions of Interpreters, cc np1 vvd p-acp npg1 n1, vmd vvi p-acp dt av-j n1 cc p-acp d dt vdb pc-acp vvi po31 n1, vvg d n2 pp-f npg1 n1, c-crq vvg dt n2 pp-f n2, (24) chapter (DIV2) 578 Image 89
1946 yea euen of the learned sort, be so diuers and discrepant, few thinges certaine and fruifull can be sayde: yea even of the learned sort, be so diverse and discrepant, few things certain and fruifull can be said: uh av pp-f dt j n1, vbb av j cc j, d n2 j cc j vmb vbi vvn: (24) chapter (DIV2) 578 Image 89
1947 where in the meane time in the verye same hystory many profitable places might holsomely be handeled, where in the mean time in the very same history many profitable places might holsomely be handled, c-crq p-acp dt j n1 p-acp dt j d n1 d j n2 vmd av-j vbi vvn, (24) chapter (DIV2) 578 Image 89
1948 as against superfluitie in meate and apparaile, against couetousnesse, touching pouertie to be taken in good part, touching the poore not to be contemned, of almes déedes, of the mercy and iustice of God, of the rewardes of the godly and paynes of the wicked. as against superfluity in meat and apparel, against covetousness, touching poverty to be taken in good part, touching the poor not to be contemned, of alms Deeds, of the mercy and Justice of God, of the rewards of the godly and pains of the wicked. c-acp p-acp n1 p-acp n1 cc vvi, p-acp n1, vvg n1 pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp j n1, vvg dt j xx pc-acp vbi vvn, pp-f n2 n2, pp-f dt n1 cc n1 pp-f np1, pp-f dt n2 pp-f dt j cc n2 pp-f dt j. (24) chapter (DIV2) 578 Image 89
1949 In sumnme, all those places shall bée pretermitted, which ingender perith us & perplexed questions or dissentions amongst the people, In sumnme, all those places shall been pretermitted, which engender Perith us & perplexed questions or dissensions among the people, p-acp vvi, d d n2 vmb vbi vvn, r-crq vvb vvz pno12 cc j-vvn n2 cc n2 p-acp dt n1, (24) chapter (DIV2) 578 Image 89
1950 or doe by any meanes cast doubtes into the consciences of good men, or lastly doe minister small •••••tie or pro•ite. or do by any means cast doubts into the Consciences of good men, or lastly doe minister small •••••tie or pro•ite. cc vdb p-acp d n2 vvd n2 p-acp dt n2 pp-f j n2, cc ord n1 vvi j n1 cc j-jn. (24) chapter (DIV2) 578 Image 89
1951 4. Out of the manyfolde, places which are profitable, & apparaunt, those chiefely (beefore the residewe) shall bée chosen to bee discussed, that are moste apte and conuenient for the place and tyme. 4. Out of the manifold, places which Are profitable, & apparent, those chiefly (before the residue) shall been chosen to be discussed, that Are most apt and convenient for the place and time. crd av pp-f dt j, n2 r-crq vbr j, cc j, d av-jn (a-acp dt n1) vmb vbi vvn pc-acp vbi vvn, cst vbr av-ds j cc j p-acp dt n1 cc n1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 579 Image 89
1952 As for example there happen in the Euangelicall history places conteyning assertions, and the same peraduenture touching high & misticall matters: As for Exampl there happen in the Evangelical history places containing assertions, and the same Peradventure touching high & mystical matters: c-acp p-acp n1 pc-acp vvi p-acp dt j n1 n2 vvg n2, cc dt d av vvg j cc j n2: (24) chapter (DIV2) 580 Image 89
1953 Againe other places ▪ wherin vices are reproued, and perhappes the very same where with the multitude is knowen that presente tyme to bée infected, Again other places ▪ wherein vices Are reproved, and perhaps the very same where with the multitude is known that present time to been infected, av j-jn n2 ▪ c-crq n2 vbr vvn, cc av dt av d c-crq p-acp dt n1 vbz vvn cst j n1 pc-acp vbi vvn, (24) chapter (DIV2) 580 Image 89
1954 or other places enstructinge the lyfe and maners of men. or other places instructing the life and manners of men. cc j-jn n2 vvg dt n1 cc n2 pp-f n2. (24) chapter (DIV2) 580 Image 89
1955 Heere truly it shall bée the parte, of a wise Preacher, to omitte those places that demonstrate the assertions of fayth, Here truly it shall been the part, of a wise Preacher, to omit those places that demonstrate the assertions of faith, av av-j pn31 vmb vbi dt n1, pp-f dt j n1, pc-acp vvb d n2 cst vvb dt n2 pp-f n1, (24) chapter (DIV2) 581 Image 89
1956 and to turne himselfe vnto those, that teache the duties of loue, wherein sinnes are corrected, and to turn himself unto those, that teach the duties of love, wherein Sins Are corrected, cc pc-acp vvi px31 p-acp d, cst vvb dt n2 pp-f n1, c-crq n2 vbr vvn, (24) chapter (DIV2) 581 Image 89
1957 and corrupt maners amended, séinge the multitude is vnapt to conceyue that doctrine, and of this also standeth great•ly in néede. and corrupt manners amended, séinge the multitude is unapt to conceive that Doctrine, and of this also Stands great•ly in need. cc j n2 vvn, vvg dt n1 vbz j pc-acp vvi d n1, cc pp-f d av vvz av-j p-acp n1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 581 Image 89
1958 Bee it sufficiente once for all generally to note, that the places touchinge assertions, especially of greater weight and importance, are not to bée handeled, be it sufficient once for all generally to note, that the places touching assertions, especially of greater weight and importance, Are not to been handled, vbb pn31 j c-acp p-acp d av-j p-acp n1, cst dt n2 vvg n2, av-j pp-f jc n1 cc n1, vbr xx pc-acp vbi vvn, (24) chapter (DIV2) 582 Image 89
1959 but before that multitude, in which are mixed many learned men, as is to bée séene in greate Townes or Cities: but before that multitude, in which Are mixed many learned men, as is to been seen in great Towns or Cities: cc-acp p-acp d n1, p-acp r-crq vbr vvn d j n2, c-acp vbz pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp j n2 cc n2: (24) chapter (DIV2) 582 Image 89
1960 and then moste chiefely, suben any heresies or errors bée crepte in, which it is expedient to refute by those assertions more playnly expounded: and then most chiefly, suben any heresies or errors been crept in, which it is expedient to refute by those assertions more plainly expounded: cc av av-ds av-jn, fw-ge d n2 cc n2 vbi vvn p-acp, r-crq pn31 vbz j pc-acp vvi p-acp d n2 av-dc av-j vvn: (24) chapter (DIV2) 582 Image 89
1961 Agayne with such perspicuitie, as not onely the learned, but also the vnlearned maye perceyue them. Again with such perspicuity, as not only the learned, but also the unlearned may perceive them. av p-acp d n1, c-acp xx av-j dt j, cc-acp av dt j vmb vvi pno32. (24) chapter (DIV2) 582 Image 89
1962 In which order verily Chrysostom also with wonderfull prudence and dexteritie decideth many hard and difficulte places, In which order verily Chrysostom also with wonderful prudence and dexterity decideth many hard and difficult places, p-acp r-crq n1 av-j np1 av p-acp j n1 cc n1 vvz d j cc j n2, (24) chapter (DIV2) 583 Image 89
1963 as, touching the cause of sin in his saide homily. as, touching the cause of since in his said homily. c-acp, vvg dt n1 pp-f n1 p-acp po31 j-vvn n1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 583 Image 89
1964 60. vppon Mathewe, and that by reason of the Manichees which in those dayes had far and nére spred their venime of two principles or beginninges, 60. upon Matthew, and that by reason of the manichees which in those days had Far and nére spread their venom of two principles or beginnings, crd p-acp np1, cc cst p-acp n1 pp-f dt n2 r-crq p-acp d n2 vhd av-j cc av-j vvn po32 n1 pp-f crd n2 cc n2, (24) chapter (DIV2) 583 Image 90
1965 or the one whereof they affirmed all thinges to bée made: or the one whereof they affirmed all things to been made: cc dt pi c-crq pns32 vvd d n2 pc-acp vbi vvn: (24) chapter (DIV2) 583 Image 90
1966 touchinge the same substance and equall dignitie of each persone in the holy Trinitie in duiers and sundry Sermons, touching the same substance and equal dignity of each person in the holy Trinity in duiers and sundry Sermons, vvg dt d n1 cc j-jn n1 pp-f d n1 p-acp dt j np1 p-acp n2 cc j n2, (24) chapter (DIV2) 583 Image 90
1967 bycause of the Arrians of that age. Nazianzenus both gaue and followed the like counsayle in a number of his Orations. Because of the Arians of that age. Nazianzenus both gave and followed the like counsel in a number of his Orations. c-acp pp-f dt n2-jn pp-f d n1. np1 av-d vvd cc vvd dt j n1 p-acp dt n1 pp-f po31 n2. (24) chapter (DIV2) 583 Image 90
1968 Amonge the places which are applied to the institution of lyfe in rightuousnesse, or to correction, those alwayes before other shall profitably bée declared, which concerne the present state and conditions of the Church. Among the places which Are applied to the Institution of life in righteousness, or to correction, those always before other shall profitably been declared, which concern the present state and conditions of the Church. p-acp dt n2 r-crq vbr vvn p-acp dt n1 pp-f n1 p-acp n1, cc p-acp n1, d av p-acp n-jn vmb av-j vbi vvn, r-crq vvb dt j n1 cc n2 pp-f dt n1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 584 Image 90
1969 As touching which thing somwhat wée haue sayde already, what tyme we entreated of the matter of Sermons. As touching which thing somewhat we have said already, what time we entreated of the matter of Sermons. p-acp vvg r-crq n1 av pns12 vhb vvn av, q-crq n1 pns12 vvd pp-f dt n1 pp-f n2. (24) chapter (DIV2) 584 Image 90
1970 These thinges thus generally premised, let vs nowe weighe and consider what common places, maye seeme moste chiefely to bée chosen out of those which wée haue gathered vppon the historicall narration aforegoinge. These things thus generally premised, let us now weigh and Consider what Common places, may seem most chiefly to been chosen out of those which we have gathered upon the historical narration aforegoing. d n2 av av-j vvn, vvb pno12 av vvi cc vvi r-crq j n2, vmb vvi av-ds av-jn pc-acp vbi vvn av pp-f d r-crq pns12 vhb vvn p-acp dt j n1 vvg. (24) chapter (DIV2) 585 Image 90
1971 Marc. 8. accordinge to the state of the Church and of the hearers, to the intente a fruitefull Sermon maye bée had. Marc. 8. according to the state of the Church and of the hearers, to the intent a fruitful Sermon may been had. np1 crd vvg p-acp dt n1 pp-f dt n1 cc pp-f dt n2, p-acp dt n1 dt j n1 vmb vbi vhn. (24) chapter (DIV2) 585 Image 90
1972 Certes bée that is purposed to teach and instructe that kynde of people which inhabiteth small Townes and Villages, shall with very good righte take those places that to suche maners and dispositions are moste agreeable. Such places are, these: Certes been that is purposed to teach and instruct that kind of people which Inhabiteth small Towns and Villages, shall with very good right take those places that to such manners and dispositions Are most agreeable. Such places Are, these: av vbi d vbz vvn pc-acp vvi cc vvi d n1 pp-f n1 r-crq vvz j n2 cc n2, vmb p-acp av j j-jn vvb d n2 cst p-acp d n2 cc n2 vbr av-ds j. d n2 vbr, d: (24) chapter (DIV2) 586 Image 90
1973 Of the dilligente hearinge of gods worde: Of séekinge firste after spirituall, then after temrorall benefites: Of the dilligente hearing of God's word: Of seeking First After spiritual, then After temrorall benefits: pp-f dt n1 vvg pp-f n2 n1: pp-f vvg ord p-acp j, av p-acp j n2: (24) chapter (DIV2) 587 Image 90
1974 Agaynst those that so gape after carnall, thinges. that they vtterly neglect thinges spirituall: Against those that so gape After carnal, things. that they utterly neglect things spiritual: p-acp d cst av vvb p-acp j, n2. cst pns32 av-j vvb n2 j: (24) chapter (DIV2) 587 Image 90
1975 Of prayer and thankes giuinge for meate and drincke, and other daily benefites of GOD bestowed vppon vs. Of prayer and thanks giving for meat and drink, and other daily benefits of GOD bestowed upon us pp-f n1 cc n2 vvg p-acp n1 cc vvi, cc j-jn j n2 pp-f np1 vvd p-acp pno12 (24) chapter (DIV2) 587 Image 90
1976 Agayne if peraduenture there hath happened lately any calamitie or publyke daunger, then with greate fruite shall bee handeled a place consolatory, Again if Peradventure there hath happened lately any calamity or public danger, then with great fruit shall be handled a place consolatory, av cs av a-acp vhz vvn av-j d n1 cc j n1, av p-acp j n1 vmb vbi vvn dt n1 j, (24) chapter (DIV2) 588 Image 90
1977 as namely that GOD suffreth not his children longe tyme to bée troubled, or tempted aboue theire strength &c. These kinde of places, I saye, that minister either instruction or consolacion, shall very fytly and profytably be declared to the vnlearned people, to whose capacitie and profite in lyfe and conuersation all the whole oration of the Preacher ought to hée applied. as namely that GOD suffers not his children long time to been troubled, or tempted above their strength etc. These kind of places, I say, that minister either instruction or consolation, shall very fytly and profytably be declared to the unlearned people, to whose capacity and profit in life and Conversation all the Whole oration of the Preacher ought to he applied. c-acp av cst np1 vvz xx po31 n2 av-j n1 pc-acp vbi vvn, cc vvn p-acp po32 n1 av np1 n1 pp-f n2, pns11 vvb, cst vvb d n1 cc n1, vmb av av-j cc av-j vbi vvn p-acp dt j n1, p-acp rg-crq n1 cc n1 p-acp n1 cc n1 d dt j-jn n1 pp-f dt n1 vmd p-acp pns31 vvd. (24) chapter (DIV2) 588 Image 90
1978 But in bigger townes or cities, where frequente assemblies bée, in which no smal number of learned men are intermedled, But in bigger Towns or cities, where frequent assemblies been, in which no small number of learned men Are intermedled, cc-acp p-acp jc n2 cc n2, q-crq vvi n2 vbi, p-acp r-crq dx j n1 pp-f j n2 vbr vvn, (24) chapter (DIV2) 589 Image 90
1979 and many of the citizens and common people can iudge indifferently well touchinge the doctrine of religion, there in déede, both the places which wee rehearced may rightly bée discussed (for what doctrine tendinge to godlynes shall there vnseasonably or vnfruitefully bée taught, where men of all sortes and degrees are assembled together? and many of the Citizens and Common people can judge indifferently well touching the Doctrine of Religion, there in deed, both the places which we rehearsed may rightly been discussed (for what Doctrine tending to godliness shall there unseasonably or unfruitfully been taught, where men of all sorts and Degrees Are assembled together? cc d pp-f dt n2 cc j n1 vmb vvi av-j av vvg dt n1 pp-f n1, a-acp p-acp n1, d dt n2 r-crq pns12 vvd vmb av-jn vbi vvn (c-acp r-crq n1 vvg p-acp n1 vmb a-acp av-j cc av-j vbi vvn, c-crq n2 pp-f d n2 cc n2 vbr vvn av? (24) chapter (DIV2) 589 Image 90
1980 Albeit with somwhat more ample furniture as well of argumentes as of phrases in speakinge, that is to saye both of matters, and wordes: Albeit with somewhat more ample furniture as well of Arguments as of phrases in speaking, that is to say both of matters, and words: cs p-acp av av-dc j n1 c-acp av pp-f n2 c-acp pp-f n2 p-acp vvg, cst vbz pc-acp vvi d pp-f n2, cc n2: (24) chapter (DIV2) 590 Image 90
1981 And besides them other places also, which are occupied in the confirmation or coufutation of assertions, of which sorte wée haue shewed some packed vp in the foresayde Euangelicall history. And beside them other places also, which Are occupied in the confirmation or coufutation of assertions, of which sort we have showed Some packed up in the foresaid Evangelical history. cc p-acp pno32 j-jn n2 av, r-crq vbr vvn p-acp dt n1 cc n1 pp-f n2, pp-f r-crq n1 pns12 vhb vvn d vvn a-acp p-acp dt j-vvn j n1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 590 Image 90
1982 For such a one is that, touchinge the merry and prouidence of GOD, whereby hée neuer ceasseth to care for our affayres, For such a one is that, touching the merry and providence of GOD, whereby he never ceaseth to care for our affairs, p-acp d dt pi vbz d, vvg dt j cc n1 pp-f np1, c-crq pns31 av-x vvz pc-acp vvi p-acp po12 n2, (24) chapter (DIV2) 591 Image 90
1983 and ministreth aboundantly vnto vs not onelye spirituall but also thinges corporall, and that to euery one, and Ministereth abundantly unto us not only spiritual but also things corporal, and that to every one, cc vvz av-j p-acp pno12 xx j j p-acp av n2 j, cc cst p-acp d crd, (24) chapter (DIV2) 591 Image 90
1984 yea, and in all our procéedinges, so that not so much as a heaire of our heade without his good will and wyse preordinaunce falleth off, or perisheth. yea, and in all our proceedings, so that not so much as a heaire of our head without his good will and wise preordinaunce falls off, or Perishes. uh, cc p-acp d po12 n2-vvg, av cst xx av av-d c-acp dt n1 pp-f po12 n1 p-acp po31 j n1 cc j n1 vvz a-acp, cc vvz. (24) chapter (DIV2) 591 Image 90
1985 Also touchinge mannes infirmitie, whereby it commeth to passe, that wée cannot of our owne selues endure, Also touching Man's infirmity, whereby it comes to pass, that we cannot of our own selves endure, av vvg ng1 n1, c-crq pn31 vvz pc-acp vvi, cst pns12 vmbx pp-f po12 d n2 vvi, (24) chapter (DIV2) 592 Image 90
1986 or by our owne industry prepare thinges necessary for our lyuinge: Further, that mannes wisdome is astonyed in all difficulties and danngers. or by our own industry prepare things necessary for our living: Further, that Man's Wisdom is astonied in all difficulties and danngers. cc p-acp po12 d n1 vvb n2 j p-acp po12 vvg: av-jc, cst ng1 n1 vbz vvn p-acp d n2 cc n2. (24) chapter (DIV2) 592 Image 90
1987 Finially the Preacher oughte in this behalfe to vse a singuler prudence and sharpenesse of wit, to the intent hée may become all thinges to all men, Finially the Preacher ought in this behalf to use a singular prudence and sharpness of wit, to the intent he may become all things to all men, av-j dt n1 vmd p-acp d n1 pc-acp vvi dt j n1 cc n1 pp-f n1, p-acp dt n1 pns31 vmb vvi d n2 p-acp d n2, (24) chapter (DIV2) 593 Image 91
1988 and saue so many as is possible. and save so many as is possible. cc vvi av av-d c-acp vbz j. (24) chapter (DIV2) 593 Image 91
1989 The Apostle Paule sayth that hee spake to the Corinthians as vnto carnall and babes in Christe, The Apostle Paul say that he spoke to the Corinthians as unto carnal and babes in Christ, dt n1 np1 vvz cst pns31 vvd p-acp dt np1 a-acp p-acp j cc n2 p-acp np1, (24) chapter (DIV2) 593 Image 91
1990 and that hée nourished them with milke, and not wyth stronge meates, forasmuch as they were not able to perceyue any graue or profounde doctrine, and that he nourished them with milk, and not with strong Meats, forasmuch as they were not able to perceive any graven or profound Doctrine, cc cst pns31 vvd pno32 p-acp n1, cc xx p-acp j n2, av c-acp pns32 vbdr xx j pc-acp vvi d j cc j n1, (24) chapter (DIV2) 593 Image 91
1991 as men giuen to lucre and carnal thinges: as men given to lucre and carnal things: c-acp n2 vvn p-acp n1 cc j n2: (24) chapter (DIV2) 593 Image 91
1992 But to others (vndoubtedly) which had more profited and gone forward, he preached the Gospell after an other maner of teachinge, But to Others (undoubtedly) which had more profited and gone forward, he preached the Gospel After an other manner of teaching, cc-acp p-acp n2-jn (av-j) r-crq vhd dc vvn cc vvn av-j, pns31 vvd dt n1 p-acp dt j-jn n1 pp-f vvg, (24) chapter (DIV2) 593 Image 91
1993 and by propoundinge places of greater weighte and importance. and by propounding places of greater weight and importance. cc p-acp vvg n2 pp-f jc n1 cc n1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 593 Image 91
1994 In lyke maner therefore shall the wyse dispenser of gods holy worde, hauinge a dilligente consideration of the persons, tymes, In like manner Therefore shall the wise dispenser of God's holy word, having a dilligente consideration of the Persons, times, p-acp av-j n1 av vmb dt j n1 pp-f n2 j n1, vhg dt j n1 pp-f dt n2, n2, (24) chapter (DIV2) 594 Image 91
1995 and places, amongste many places offringe themselues, choose onely a fewe, suche namely as hée supposeth will bringe moste profite to the Church, and places, amongst many places offringe themselves, choose only a few, such namely as he Supposeth will bring most profit to the Church, cc n2, p-acp d n2 vvi px32, vvb av-j dt d, d av c-acp pns31 vvz vmb vvi ds n1 p-acp dt n1, (24) chapter (DIV2) 594 Image 91
1996 and the same shall bee more amply and playnely explane. As for the residewe, hée shall either (as is aforesayde) very sparingely touch, or altogither pretermit them. and the same shall be more amply and plainly explain. As for the residue, he shall either (as is aforesaid) very sparingly touch, or altogether pretermit them. cc dt d vmb vbi av-dc av-j cc av-j vvi. c-acp p-acp dt n1, pns31 vmb av-d (c-acp vbz vvn) av av-j vvi, cc av vvi pno32. (24) chapter (DIV2) 594 Image 91
1997 But to the intent, those men that endeuour to take vppon them the office of teachinge in the Church, maye the more easely and coueniently enure themselues, But to the intent, those men that endeavour to take upon them the office of teaching in the Church, may the more Easily and conveniently enure themselves, p-acp p-acp dt n1, d n2 cst n1 pc-acp vvi p-acp pno32 dt n1 pp-f vvg p-acp dt n1, vmb dt av-dc av-j cc av-j vvi px32, (24) chapter (DIV2) 595 Image 91
1998 after the fyue generall diuine places of inuention, to reape a large and plentifull croppe of fruite, wee will (not vnwillingely) adde one or two examples more. After the fyue general divine places of invention, to reap a large and plentiful crop of fruit, we will (not vnwillingely) add one or two Examples more. p-acp dt crd n1 j-jn n2 pp-f n1, pc-acp vvi dt j cc j n1 pp-f n1, pns12 vmb (xx av-j) vvb crd cc crd n2 av-dc. (24) chapter (DIV2) 595 Image 91
1999 For in déed euery interpreter of the Scriptures ought to haue those places in a readinesse and at hand, thorough much musinge and meditatinge vppon them. For in deed every interpreter of the Scriptures ought to have those places in a readiness and At hand, through much musing and meditating upon them. c-acp p-acp n1 d n1 pp-f dt n2 vmd pc-acp vhi d n2 p-acp dt n1 cc p-acp n1, p-acp d vvg cc vvg p-acp pno32. (24) chapter (DIV2) 596 Image 91
2000 Therefore let vs examyne the manyfolde doctrine conteyned in euery the members of the Euangelicall narration, as touchinge Christ woorshipped of the wise men, which is extant Math. 2. When Iesus was borne in Bethlehem, a Citie of Iury, in the dayes of Herode the Kinge: Therefore let us examine the manifold Doctrine contained in every the members of the Evangelical narration, as touching christ worshipped of the wise men, which is extant Math. 2. When Iesus was born in Bethlehem, a city of Jury, in the days of Herod the King: av vvb pno12 vvi dt j n1 vvn p-acp d dt n2 pp-f dt j n1, p-acp vvg np1 vvn pp-f dt j n2, r-crq vbz j np1 crd c-crq np1 vbds vvn p-acp np1, dt n1 pp-f n1, p-acp dt n2 pp-f np1 dt n1: (24) chapter (DIV2) 597 Image 91
2001 Beholde, there came wise men from the East to Hierusalem, saying: Behold, there Come wise men from the East to Jerusalem, saying: vvb, a-acp vvd j n2 p-acp dt n1 p-acp np1, vvg: (24) chapter (DIV2) 598 Image 91
2002 where is he that is borne kinge of Iewes? For we haue seene his starre in the East, where is he that is born King of Iewes? For we have seen his star in the East, c-crq vbz pns31 cst vbz vvn n1 pp-f np2? c-acp pns12 vhb vvn po31 n1 p-acp dt n1, (24) chapter (DIV2) 598 Image 91
2003 and are come to worship him. and Are come to worship him. cc vbr vvn pc-acp vvi pno31. (24) chapter (DIV2) 598 Image 91
2004 When Herode the kinge had harde these thinges, he was troubled, and all the Citie of Hierusalem with him. When Herod the King had harden these things, he was troubled, and all the city of Jerusalem with him. c-crq np1 dt n1 vhd vvn d n2, pns31 vbds vvn, cc d dt n1 pp-f np1 p-acp pno31. (24) chapter (DIV2) 598 Image 91
2005 And when he had gathered all the chiefe priestes and Scribes of the people togither, he demaunded of them where Christe shoulde bee borne. And they sayde vnto him: At Bethlem in Iury. And when he had gathered all the chief Priests and Scribes of the people together, he demanded of them where Christ should be born. And they said unto him: At Bethlehem in Jury cc c-crq pns31 vhd vvn d dt j-jn n2 cc n2 pp-f dt n1 av, pns31 vvd pp-f pno32 c-crq np1 vmd vbi vvn. cc pns32 vvd p-acp pno31: p-acp np1 p-acp np1 (24) chapter (DIV2) 598 Image 91
2006 For thus it is written by the prophet: For thus it is written by the Prophet: c-acp av pn31 vbz vvn p-acp dt n1: (24) chapter (DIV2) 599 Image 91
2007 And thou Bethlem in the lande of Iuda, art not the leaste amonge the Princes of Iuda. And thou Bethlehem in the land of Iuda, art not the jest among the Princes of Iuda. cc pns21 np1 p-acp dt n1 pp-f np1, vb2r xx dt n1 p-acp dt n2 pp-f np1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 599 Image 91
2008 For out of thee shall there come a capitayne, that shall gouerne my people Israell. For out of thee shall there come a captain, that shall govern my people Israel. p-acp av pp-f pno21 vmb a-acp vvi dt n1, cst vmb vvi po11 n1 np1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 599 Image 91
2009 Then Herode, when hee had priuily called the wise men, enquired of them dilligently, what tyme the starre appeared. Then Herod, when he had privily called the wise men, inquired of them diligently, what time the star appeared. av np1, c-crq pns31 vhd av-j vvn dt j n2, vvn pp-f pno32 av-j, r-crq n1 dt n1 vvd. (24) chapter (DIV2) 600 Image 91
2010 And hee cent them to Bethlem, and sayde: And he cent them to Bethlehem, and said: cc pns31 n1 pno32 p-acp np1, cc vvd: (24) chapter (DIV2) 600 Image 91
2011 Goe, and fearche dilligently for the younge childe, and when yee haue founde him, bring me worde againe, that I may come, and worship him also. Go, and fearche diligently for the young child, and when ye have found him, bring me word again, that I may come, and worship him also. vvb, cc vvi av-j p-acp dt j n1, cc c-crq pn22 vhb vvn pno31, vvb pno11 n1 av, cst pns11 vmb vvi, cc vvb pno31 av. (24) chapter (DIV2) 600 Image 91
2012 When they had harde the Kinge, they departed, and loe, the starre which they sawe in the East, went before them, till it came and stode ouer the place wherein the young childe was. When they had harden the King, they departed, and lo, the star which they saw in the East, went before them, till it Come and stood over the place wherein the young child was. c-crq pns32 vhd vvn dt n1, pns32 vvd, cc uh, dt n1 r-crq pns32 vvd p-acp dt n1, vvd p-acp pno32, c-acp pn31 vvd cc vvd p-acp dt n1 c-crq dt j n1 vbds. (24) chapter (DIV2) 600 Image 91
2013 When they sawe the star, they reioysed exceedingly with great ioye. When they saw the star, they rejoiced exceedingly with great joy. c-crq pns32 vvd dt n1, pns32 vvd av-vvg p-acp j n1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 600 Image 91
2014 And went into the house, and founde the younge childe with Mary his mother, and fell downe, And went into the house, and found the young child with Marry his mother, and fell down, np1 vvd p-acp dt n1, cc vvd dt j n1 p-acp vvi po31 n1, cc vvd a-acp, (24) chapter (DIV2) 600 Image 91
2015 and worshipped him, and opened their treasures, and presented vnto him giftes, golde, and Frankensence, and Mirre. and worshipped him, and opened their treasures, and presented unto him Gifts, gold, and Frankincense, and Myrrh. cc vvd pno31, cc vvd po32 n2, cc vvd p-acp pno31 n2, n1, cc n1, cc n1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 600 Image 91
2016 And after they were warned of God in a dreame, that they shoulde not goe agayne to Herode, they retourned into their owne country an other waye. And After they were warned of God in a dream, that they should not go again to Herod, they returned into their own country an other Way. cc c-acp pns32 vbdr vvn pp-f np1 p-acp dt n1, cst pns32 vmd xx vvi av p-acp np1, pns32 vvd p-acp po32 d n1 dt j-jn n1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 600 Image 91
2017 The kinde is knowen to be didascalick. For ye State is: that Christ is both true man & true God. The kind is known to be Didascalick. For the State is: that christ is both true man & true God. dt n1 vbz vvn pc-acp vbi j. p-acp dt n1 vbz: cst np1 vbz d j n1 cc j np1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 601 Image 91
2018 For both his natiuitie after the fleshe is briefely repeated, and also it is shewed that the wise men which came out of far countryes, gaue vnto him diuine worship. For both his Nativity After the Flesh is briefly repeated, and also it is showed that the wise men which Come out of Far countries, gave unto him divine worship. p-acp d po31 n1 p-acp dt n1 vbz av-j vvn, cc av pn31 vbz vvn cst dt j n2 r-crq vvd av pp-f j n2, vvd p-acp pno31 j-jn n1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 601 Image 91
2019 Wherefore it béehoueth our fayth of and in Christ, true & perfect God, to be maruelously confirmed. Wherefore it béehoueth our faith of and in christ, true & perfect God, to be marvelously confirmed. c-crq pn31 vvz po12 n1 pp-f cc p-acp np1, j cc j np1, pc-acp vbi av-j vvn. (24) chapter (DIV2) 601 Image 91
2020 The whole narration may be deuided into two partes: The Whole narration may be divided into two parts: dt j-jn n1 vmb vbi vvn p-acp crd n2: (24) chapter (DIV2) 602 Image 91
2021 whereof the one and principall declareth, how the wise men worshipped and accknoweledged Christ, very man & very God, to bée their sauiour: whereof the one and principal Declareth, how the wise men worshipped and accknoweledged christ, very man & very God, to been their Saviour: c-crq dt crd cc n-jn vvz, c-crq dt j n2 vvn cc j-vvn np1, j n1 cc j np1, pc-acp vbi po32 n1: (24) chapter (DIV2) 602 Image 92
2022 The other depainteth forth Herode takinge counsayle how to oppresse and confounde Christ. The other depainteth forth Herod taking counsel how to oppress and confound christ. dt n-jn vvz av np1 vvg n1 c-crq pc-acp vvi cc vvi np1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 602 Image 92
2023 Wonderfull (no doubt) and most diuers are the dispositions of men towardes Christ then newly borne: Wonderful (not doubt) and most diverse Are the dispositions of men towards christ then newly born: j (xx n1) cc av-ds j vbr dt n2 pp-f n2 p-acp np1 av av-j vvn: (24) chapter (DIV2) 602 Image 92
2024 Some dwell farre off, and take longe iorneyes to worshippe him: some dwell Far off, and take long journeys to worship him: d vvb av-j a-acp, cc vvb av-j n2 pc-acp vvi pno31: (24) chapter (DIV2) 602 Image 92
2025 other some haue their bidinge in ye same place where Christ is borne, and séeke forthwith to destroye him. other Some have their biding in you same place where christ is born, and seek forthwith to destroy him. j-jn n1 vhb po32 n-vvg p-acp pn22 d n1 c-crq np1 vbz vvn, cc vvi av pc-acp vvi pno31. (24) chapter (DIV2) 602 Image 92
2026 Euen so commeth it to passe ofte times, looke vpon whom god most liberally powreth and bestoweth his spirituall giftes and graces, Eve so comes it to pass oft times, look upon whom god most liberally poureth and bestoweth his spiritual Gifts and graces, np1 av vvz pn31 pc-acp vvi av n2, vvb p-acp ro-crq n1 ds av-j vvz cc vvz po31 j n2 cc n2, (24) chapter (DIV2) 602 Image 92
2027 as the pure doctrine of his worde and such like, those make small accounte of them, as the pure Doctrine of his word and such like, those make small account of them, c-acp dt j n1 pp-f po31 n1 cc d av-j, d vvb j n1 pp-f pno32, (24) chapter (DIV2) 602 Image 92
2028 yea (I had almost saide) contemne and dispise thē: yea (I had almost said) contemn and despise them: uh (pns11 vhd av vvd) vvi cc vvi pno32: (24) chapter (DIV2) 602 Image 92
2029 but amonge them, to whom hath happened scarcely any taste at all of the same benefytes, they are most highly estéemed and most gredily defired. but among them, to whom hath happened scarcely any taste At all of the same benefits, they Are most highly esteemed and most greedily desired. cc-acp p-acp pno32, p-acp ro-crq vhz vvn av-j d n1 p-acp d pp-f dt d n2, pns32 vbr av-ds av-j vvn cc av-ds av-j vvn. (24) chapter (DIV2) 602 Image 92
2030 In the dayes of Herode the Kinge, behold, there came wise men from the East to Hierusalem. In the days of Herod the King, behold, there Come wise men from the East to Jerusalem. p-acp dt n2 pp-f np1 dt n1, vvb, a-acp vvd j n2 p-acp dt n1 p-acp np1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 603 Image 92
2031 I Doctrine. The circumstances touchinge the time, touchinge the condition of the persons comminge, and touching ye place whence they came, doe not onely purchase credite to the Euangelist reportinge such thinges, I Doctrine. The Circumstances touching the time, touching the condition of the Persons coming, and touching the place whence they Come, do not only purchase credit to the Evangelist reporting such things, pns11 n1. dt n2 vvg dt n1, vvg dt n1 pp-f dt n2 vvg, cc vvg dt n1 c-crq pns32 vvd, vdb xx av-j vvi n1 p-acp dt np1 vvg d n2, (24) chapter (DIV2) 604 Image 92
2032 but also minister no small momente to the fortifyinge and establishinge of our faith likewise in Christ. but also minister no small moment to the fortifying and establishing of our faith likewise in christ. cc-acp av vvb dx j n1 p-acp dt vvg cc vvg pp-f po12 n1 av p-acp np1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 604 Image 92
2033 That they came out of Persia it is likely, as well for that Persia is situate directly Eastwarde to Palestine: as also bicause they that in Greke are called NONLATINALPHABET or NONLATINALPHABET amomge the Latines Sapientes: amongest ye Persians are cōmonly termed Magi: that is to say, wise men. That they Come out of Persiam it is likely, as well for that Persiam is situate directly Eastward to Palestine: as also Because they that in Greek Are called or amomge the Latins Wise: amongst you Persians Are commonly termed Magi: that is to say, wise men. cst pns32 vvd av pp-f np1 pn31 vbz j, c-acp av c-acp d np1 vbz j av-j av p-acp np1: c-acp av c-acp pns32 d p-acp jp vbr vvn cc vvb dt np1 np1: p-acp pn22 npg1 vbr av-j vvn n2: cst vbz pc-acp vvi, j n2. (24) chapter (DIV2) 604 Image 92
2034 Witnesses here of are Hierom vppon Daniell, and Chrysostom vppon Mathew. Witnesses Here of Are Hieronymus upon Daniell, and Chrysostom upon Matthew. n2 av pp-f vbr np1 p-acp np1, cc np1 p-acp np1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 604 Image 92
2035 II. Doctrine. The Gentiles, accordinge to the oracles of the prophetes, began to be called vnto Christ, II Doctrine. The Gentiles, according to the oracles of the Prophets, began to be called unto christ, crd n1. dt n2-j, vvg p-acp dt n2 pp-f dt n2, vvd pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp np1, (24) chapter (DIV2) 605 Image 92
2036 as soone as he was borne vpon earth. as soon as he was born upon earth. c-acp av c-acp pns31 vbds vvn p-acp n1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 605 Image 92
2037 Wherevpon the wise men are of some celebrated as ye first & original confessiōs of christ. Whereupon the wise men Are of Some celebrated as you First & original confessions of Christ. c-crq dt j n2 vbr pp-f d vvn c-acp pn22 ord cc n-jn n2 pp-f np1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 605 Image 92
2038 III. Doctrine. God or Christ, without hauinge any respecte or choyse of persons, calleth all men vnto him indifferently, and voucheth safe to illustrate their hartes with his holy spirite. III. Doctrine. God or christ, without having any respect or choice of Persons, calls all men unto him indifferently, and voucheth safe to illustrate their hearts with his holy Spirit. np1. n1. np1 cc np1, p-acp vhg d n1 cc n1 pp-f n2, vvz d n2 p-acp pno31 av-j, cc vvz j pc-acp vvi po32 n2 p-acp po31 j n1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 606 Image 92
2039 Frste are called the Iewes, then the Gentiles: afterwarde poore simple Shepheards, then againe learned experte or wise men. First Are called the Iewes, then the Gentiles: afterward poor simple Shepherds, then again learned expert or wise men. n1 vbr vvn dt np2, cs dt np1: av j j n2, av av vvn j cc j n2. (24) chapter (DIV2) 606 Image 92
2040 So far forth in Christ there is neither Iewe nor Gentile, circumcision or vncircumcision, Barbarian, Scythian, bonde or frée. So Far forth in christ there is neither Iewe nor Gentile, circumcision or uncircumcision, Barbarian, Scythian, bond or free. av av-j av p-acp np1 pc-acp vbz dx np1 ccx j, n1 cc n1, j-jn, jp, n1 cc j. (24) chapter (DIV2) 606 Image 92
2041 IIII. Institution. It is our parte and duetie, (in what place soeuer wée be) with all our endeuoure to séeke after Christe. IIII. Institution. It is our part and duty, (in what place soever we be) with all our endeavour to seek After Christ. crd. n1. pn31 vbz po12 n1 cc n1, (p-acp r-crq n1 av pns12 vbb) p-acp d po12 n1 pc-acp vvi p-acp np1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 607 Image 92
2042 Those men came from the furthest parte of all Persia, with great costes & charges, with great paine & trauile, Those men Come from the furthest part of all Persiam, with great costs & charges, with great pain & trauile, d n2 vvd p-acp dt js n1 pp-f d np1, p-acp j n2 cc n2, p-acp j n1 cc vvi, (24) chapter (DIV2) 607 Image 92
2043 and in so long and tedious a iorney, also with incredible perill of their liues. and in so long and tedious a journey, also with incredible peril of their lives. cc p-acp av j cc j dt n1, av p-acp j n1 pp-f po32 n2. (24) chapter (DIV2) 607 Image 92
2044 What behoueth vs therfore to doe, who, wheresoeuer our minde is endued and garnisshed with faith, may there be sure to finde Christe? Christ is at home at our houses, What behooves us Therefore to do, who, wheresoever our mind is endued and garnished with faith, may there be sure to find Christ? christ is At home At our houses, q-crq vvz pno12 av pc-acp vdi, r-crq, c-crq po12 n1 vbz vvn cc vvn p-acp n1, vmb pc-acp vbi j pc-acp vvi np1? np1 vbz p-acp n1-an p-acp po12 n2, (24) chapter (DIV2) 607 Image 92
2045 and obteineth the middell place wheresoeuer two or thrée be gathered together in his name. Where is he that is borne Kinge of Iewes? and obtaineth the middle place wheresoever two or thrée be gathered together in his name. Where is he that is born King of Iewes? cc vvz dt j-jn n1 c-crq crd cc crd vbb vvn av p-acp po31 n1. c-crq vbz pns31 cst vbz vvn n1 pp-f np2? (24) chapter (DIV2) 607 Image 92
2046 V. Doctrine. Christ is a true kinge, albeit his kingdom be not of this worlde, temporall, V. Doctrine. christ is a true King, albeit his Kingdom be not of this world, temporal, np1 n1. np1 vbz dt j n1, cs po31 n1 vbb xx pp-f d n1, j, (24) chapter (DIV2) 609 Image 92
2047 or such a one as is gotten and confyrmed by force of armes, and strength of men: or such a one as is got and confirmed by force of arms, and strength of men: cc d dt pi a-acp vbz vvn cc vvn p-acp n1 pp-f n2, cc n1 pp-f n2: (24) chapter (DIV2) 609 Image 92
2048 but heauenly, spiritual, eternal, and establyshed all onely by the power of God. but heavenly, spiritual, Eternal, and established all only by the power of God. cc-acp j, j, j, cc vvn d j p-acp dt n1 pp-f np1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 609 Image 92
2049 VI. Institution. It is worthy of great admiration that a fewe straungers, in an vnknowen Countrey, in the chiefe and principall citye of all Iurye, where the kinges Courte with his warlicke garrison was residente, durst make so notable a confession of Christ being as yet base and obscure, of whom no ayde or succoure semed to bee loked for, by reason whereof greate stirres ensued, the kinge and all Hierusalem beinge vehemently troubled. VI. Institution. It is worthy of great admiration that a few Strangers, in an unknown Country, in the chief and principal City of all Jury, where the Kings Court with his warlike garrison was resident, durst make so notable a Confessi of christ being as yet base and Obscure, of whom no aid or succour seemed to be looked for, by reason whereof great stirs ensued, the King and all Jerusalem being vehemently troubled. crd. n1. pn31 vbz j pp-f j n1 cst dt d n2, p-acp dt j n1, p-acp dt j-jn cc j-jn n1 pp-f d n1, c-crq dt ng1 n1 p-acp po31 j n1 vbds j-jn, vvd vvi av j dt n1 pp-f np1 vbg a-acp av j cc j, pp-f ro-crq dx n1 cc n1 vvd pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp, p-acp n1 c-crq j n2 vvd, dt n1 cc d np1 vbg av-j vvn. (24) chapter (DIV2) 610 Image 92
2050 But that came to passe vndoubtedly, forasmuche as they were enflamed with an inuinsible faith towardes God, But that Come to pass undoubtedly, forasmuch as they were inflamed with an invincible faith towards God, p-acp d vvd pc-acp vvi av-j, av c-acp pns32 vbdr vvn p-acp dt j n1 p-acp np1, (24) chapter (DIV2) 610 Image 92
2051 and the holy Ghoste moued and droue forward their mindes. and the holy Ghost moved and drove forward their minds. cc dt j n1 vvn cc vvd av-j po32 n2. (24) chapter (DIV2) 610 Image 92
2052 Let vs therefore learne in like maner, being instructed with a sounde and stéedfast Faith, vnbashfullye, and couragiously contemning all daungers whatsoeuer, which séeme to bée set before vs, Let us Therefore Learn in like manner, being instructed with a sound and stéedfast Faith, vnbashfullye, and courageously contemning all dangers whatsoever, which seem to been Set before us, vvb pno12 av vvi p-acp j n1, vbg vvn p-acp dt n1 cc j n1, av-j, cc av-j vvg d n2 r-crq, r-crq vvb pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp pno12, (24) chapter (DIV2) 611 Image 93
2053 or also daily to be renewed of Sathan and the worlde, to confesse Iesus Christ to bée our kinge and Sauiour: or also daily to be renewed of Sathan and the world, to confess Iesus christ to been our King and Saviour: cc av av-j pc-acp vbi vvn pp-f np1 cc dt n1, pc-acp vvi np1 np1 pc-acp vbi po12 n1 cc n1: (24) chapter (DIV2) 611 Image 93
2054 yea, and by all possible meanes to publishe and declare his name. yea, and by all possible means to publish and declare his name. uh, cc p-acp d j n2 pc-acp vvi cc vvi po31 n1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 611 Image 93
2055 Let the tyrauntes (lyke vnto Herode ) storme and stampe, let the hypocrites forge their wiles and snares, let the Scribes and Pharises take their crafty counsayles togither, Let the Tyrants (like unto Herod) storm and stamp, let the Hypocrites forge their wiles and snares, let the Scribes and Pharisees take their crafty Counsels together, vvb dt n2 (av-j p-acp np1) n1 cc n1, vvb dt n2 vvb po32 n2 cc n2, vvb dt n2 cc np1 vvb po32 j n2 av, (24) chapter (DIV2) 612 Image 93
2056 yet will not wée ceasse with all our harte and mynde to séeke, and with all boldenesse to confesse Christ to bée our kinge and Sauiour. yet will not we cease with all our heart and mind to seek, and with all boldness to confess christ to been our King and Saviour. av vmb xx pns12 vvi p-acp d po12 n1 cc n1 pc-acp vvi, cc p-acp d n1 pc-acp vvi np1 pc-acp vbi po12 n1 cc n1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 612 Image 93
2057 VII Correction. Where are nowe those NONLATINALPHABET, those dastardes, which euen when all things are safe & sounde, doe yéelde no confession at all of Christ or of faith in Christ? Let them bée ashamed of their ingratitude towardes God. VII Correction. Where Are now those, those dastards, which even when all things Are safe & sound, do yield no Confessi At all of christ or of faith in christ? Let them been ashamed of their ingratitude towards God. np1 n1. c-crq vbr av d, d n2, r-crq av c-crq d n2 vbr j cc av-j, vdb vvi dx n1 p-acp d pp-f np1 cc pp-f n1 p-acp np1? vvb pno32 vbi j pp-f po32 n1 p-acp np1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 613 Image 93
2058 For we haue seene his Starre in the Easte. VIII Doctrine. God reuealeth his will vnto men diuers wayes. For we have seen his Star in the East. VIII Doctrine. God Revealeth his will unto men diverse ways. c-acp pns12 vhb vvn po31 n1 p-acp dt n1. crd n1. np1 vvz po31 n1 p-acp n2 j n2. (24) chapter (DIV2) 614 Image 93
2059 First truely internally, to witt, by the secrete inspiration of his spirite wherwith hée eftsoones moueth the hartes of all men, which is so far forth necessary euery where, that without it no knowledge is supsed to bée certayne and sure. First truly internally, to wit, by the secret inspiration of his Spirit wherewith he eftsoons moves the hearts of all men, which is so Far forth necessary every where, that without it no knowledge is supsed to been certain and sure. np1 av-j av-j, p-acp n1, p-acp dt j-jn n1 pp-f po31 n1 c-crq pns31 av vvz dt n2 pp-f d n2, r-crq vbz av av-j av j d q-crq, cst p-acp pn31 dx n1 vbz vvn pc-acp vbi j cc j. (24) chapter (DIV2) 615 Image 93
2060 And ofte tymes verily God certifieth by this meanes as wel the regenerate as not regenerate of most graue and weighty matters. Secondely externally: And oft times verily God certifieth by this means as well the regenerate as not regenerate of most graven and weighty matters. Secondly externally: cc av n2 av-j np1 vvz p-acp d n2 c-acp av dt j-vvn c-acp xx vvn pp-f ds j cc j n2. ord av-j: (24) chapter (DIV2) 616 Image 93
2061 and that, eyther by his angels appearinge some tyme in visible forme: and that, either by his Angels appearing Some time in visible Form: cc cst, av-d p-acp po31 n2 vvg d n1 p-acp j n1: (24) chapter (DIV2) 616 Image 93
2062 Or by men, such as were the Patriarkes, Prophetes, Apostles and the electe of all ages, which moue and perswade other to the fayth and the holy actions of loue: Or by men, such as were the Patriarchs, prophets, Apostles and the elect of all ages, which move and persuade other to the faith and the holy actions of love: cc p-acp n2, d c-acp vbdr dt n2, n2, n2 cc dt vvi pp-f d n2, r-crq vvb cc vvi j-jn p-acp dt n1 cc dt j n2 pp-f n1: (24) chapter (DIV2) 616 Image 93
2063 Or by other creatures voyd of reason, amongest which may bée numbred, as well all this wholle frame of the worlde, distincted and adorned with hir partes, Or by other creatures void of reason, amongst which may been numbered, as well all this wholle frame of the world, distincted and adorned with his parts, cc p-acp j-jn n2 j pp-f n1, p-acp r-crq vmb vbi vvn, c-acp av d d j-jn n1 pp-f dt n1, j-vvn cc vvn p-acp png31 n2, (24) chapter (DIV2) 616 Image 93
2064 as also the fyre in the bushe, the cloude in lykenesse of a piller, and the starre, whereof we nowe speake, &c. By these and such lyke meanes, God, whensoeuer it pleaseth him, declareth vnto mankinde his goodnesse, iustice, and power. as also the fire in the bush, the cloud in likeness of a pillar, and the star, whereof we now speak, etc. By these and such like means, God, whensoever it Pleases him, Declareth unto mankind his Goodness, Justice, and power. c-acp av dt n1 p-acp dt n1, dt n1 p-acp n1 pp-f dt n1, cc dt n1, c-crq pns12 av vvi, av p-acp d cc d av-j n2, np1, c-crq pn31 vvz pno31, vvz p-acp n1 po31 n1, n1, cc n1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 616 Image 93
2065 IX. Institution. We are admonished by the example of she wise men, that we should not be idle gasers and beholders of such tokens, IX. Institution. We Are admonished by the Exampl of she wise men, that we should not be idle gazers and beholders of such tokens, crd. n1. pns12 vbr vvn p-acp dt n1 pp-f pns31 n1 n2, cst pns12 vmd xx vbi j n2 cc n2 pp-f d n2, (24) chapter (DIV2) 617 Image 93
2066 if at any time they appeare. if At any time they appear. cs p-acp d n1 pns32 vvb. (24) chapter (DIV2) 617 Image 93
2067 For God by his prouidence ordayneth all these thinges, and vndoubtedlye to our instruction though not alwayes knowen vnto vs. For God by his providence ordaineth all these things, and undoubtedly to our instruction though not always known unto us p-acp np1 p-acp po31 n1 vvz d d n2, cc av-j p-acp po12 n1 cs xx av vvn p-acp pno12 (24) chapter (DIV2) 617 Image 93
2068 X Redargution. They erre and are deceiued not onelye in the stars, but also al ye heauen ouer, X Redargution. They err and Are deceived not only in the Stars, but also all the heaven over, crd n1. pns32 vvb cc vbr vvn xx av-j p-acp dt n2, cc-acp av d dt n1 a-acp, (24) chapter (DIV2) 618 Image 93
2069 as they say, whiche by reason the wise men, were taught, by the guidinge of a starre, that Christ the sauiour of mankinde was borne, goe about to commend Astrology, which they cal iudiciall and coniecturall, as they say, which by reason the wise men, were taught, by the guiding of a star, that christ the Saviour of mankind was born, go about to commend Astrology, which they call judicial and conjectural, c-acp pns32 vvb, r-crq p-acp n1 dt j n2, vbdr vvn, p-acp dt n-vvg pp-f dt n1, cst np1 dt n1 pp-f n1 vbds vvn, vvb a-acp pc-acp vvi n1, r-crq pns32 vvb j cc j, (24) chapter (DIV2) 618 Image 93
2070 as an art certayne and infallible. as an art certain and infallible. c-acp dt n1 j cc j. (24) chapter (DIV2) 618 Image 93
2071 For that starre was not of the number eyther of fixed or erraticall, but verily a newe starre, which god woulde haus for a time to bée séene, For that star was not of the number either of fixed or erratical, but verily a new star, which god would haus for a time to been seen, p-acp d n1 vbds xx pp-f dt n1 av-d pp-f j-vvn cc j, cc-acp av-j dt j n1, r-crq n1 vmd n1 p-acp dt n1 pc-acp vbi vvn, (24) chapter (DIV2) 619 Image 93
2072 and agayne to banishe out of sight. and again to banish out of sighed. cc av pc-acp vvi av pp-f n1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 619 Image 93
2073 Yea, rather truely it was no starre at all, if wée will credite Chrysostom, but onely the likenes of a starre. Yea, rather truly it was no star At all, if we will credit Chrysostom, but only the likeness of a star. uh, av-c av-j pn31 vbds dx n1 p-acp d, cs pns12 vmb n1 np1, p-acp j dt n1 pp-f dt n1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 620 Image 93
2074 In like maner the wise men gathered not by that starre any thinge touchinge the maner of Christes lyfe, In like manner the wise men gathered not by that star any thing touching the manner of Christ's life, p-acp j n1 dt j n2 vvd xx p-acp d n1 d n1 vvg dt n1 pp-f npg1 n1, (24) chapter (DIV2) 621 Image 93
2075 or of those things which it behoued afterwarde to chaunce vnto him, as neither they obserued after the order of the Mathematickes, the disposition and aspect of other Planetes accordinge to their regions or houses, or of those things which it behooved afterward to chance unto him, as neither they observed After the order of the Mathematics, the disposition and aspect of other Planets according to their regions or houses, cc pp-f d n2 r-crq pn31 vvd av pc-acp vvi p-acp pno31, c-acp av-d pns32 vvd p-acp dt n1 pp-f dt n1, dt n1 cc n1 pp-f j-jn n2 vvg p-acp po32 n2 cc n2, (24) chapter (DIV2) 621 Image 93
2076 but they were taught that Christ is the kinge and sauiour as well of the Iewes as also of the Gentiles. Moreouer, that his kingedome is spirituall and heauenly, not carnall and earthly. but they were taught that christ is the King and Saviour as well of the Iewes as also of the Gentiles. Moreover, that his Kingdom is spiritual and heavenly, not carnal and earthly. cc-acp pns32 vbdr vvn cst np1 vbz dt n1 cc n1 c-acp av pp-f dt npg1 c-acp av pp-f dt n2-j. av, cst po31 n1 vbz j cc j, xx j cc j. (24) chapter (DIV2) 621 Image 93
2077 Wherevpon it necessarily, followeth, that whatsoeuer they obtayned, they receiued it by the reuelation of the holy ghoste, Whereupon it necessarily, follows, that whatsoever they obtained, they received it by the Revelation of the holy ghost, c-crq pn31 av-j, vvz, cst r-crq pns32 vvd, pns32 vvd pn31 p-acp dt n1 pp-f dt j n1, (24) chapter (DIV2) 621 Image 93
2078 & not by the canons of Astrologie againe, yt by the same spirite and star (which was with them in stéede of ye external word and euen of a preacher hymselfe) they were brought to the faith and the confession of faith, & not by the Canonas of Astrology again, that by the same Spirit and star (which was with them in steed of the external word and even of a preacher himself) they were brought to the faith and the Confessi of faith, cc xx p-acp dt n2 pp-f n1 av, pn31 p-acp dt d n1 cc n1 (r-crq vbds p-acp pno32 p-acp n1 pp-f dt j n1 cc av pp-f dt n1 px31) pns32 vbdr vvn p-acp dt n1 cc dt n1 pp-f n1, (24) chapter (DIV2) 621 Image 93
2079 and that nothinge euer came into their mindes as touching Astrological coniecture. XI. and XII. Doctrine and Institution. and that nothing ever Come into their minds as touching Astrological conjecture. XI. and XII. Doctrine and Institution. cc cst pix av vvd p-acp po32 n2 p-acp vvg j vvi. crd. cc np1. n1 cc n1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 621 Image 94
2080 Séeinge further that God vouchsafeth to teache the wise men in this sorte by a Starre, Seeing further that God vouchsafeth to teach the wise men in this sort by a Star, vvg av-j cst np1 vvz pc-acp vvi dt j n2 p-acp d n1 p-acp dt n1, (24) chapter (DIV2) 623 Image 94
2081 and not by angels or men, we shall héere worthely note the wonderfull counsel and purpose of God, whereby so oft as he determineth to perswade any vnto hym, he applieth himselfe (such is his wisdome and goodnesse) to their capacities, to the intent veryly they may profytte and goe forewarde through those thinges wherewith they are moste chiefely acquainted. and not by Angels or men, we shall Here worthily note the wonderful counsel and purpose of God, whereby so oft as he determineth to persuade any unto him, he Applieth himself (such is his Wisdom and Goodness) to their capacities, to the intent verily they may profit and go forward through those things wherewith they Are most chiefly acquainted. cc xx p-acp n2 cc n2, pns12 vmb av av-j vvi dt j n1 cc n1 pp-f np1, c-crq av av c-acp pns31 vvz pc-acp vvi d p-acp pno31, pns31 vvz px31 (d vbz po31 n1 cc n1) p-acp po32 n2, p-acp dt n1 av-j pns32 vmb vvi cc vvi av-j p-acp d n2 c-crq pns32 vbr av-ds av-jn vvn. (24) chapter (DIV2) 623 Image 94
2082 Wherefore it pleased God to call vnto hym the wise men of the Gentiles being dilligent enserchers of naturall causes, by a signe appéering in heauen. Wherefore it pleased God to call unto him the wise men of the Gentiles being diligent enserchers of natural Causes, by a Signen appearing in heaven. c-crq pn31 vvd np1 pc-acp vvi p-acp pno31 dt j n2 pp-f dt n2-j vbg j n2 pp-f j n2, p-acp dt n1 vvg p-acp n1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 624 Image 94
2083 For the Starre was as fytte an instrument for that purpose among those Persians, as the preaching of the worde is knowen to be a most apt and ordinary instrument amongst other nations. For the Star was as fit an Instrument for that purpose among those Persians, as the preaching of the word is known to be a most apt and ordinary Instrument among other Nations. p-acp dt n1 vbds a-acp j dt n1 p-acp d n1 p-acp d np1, p-acp dt vvg pp-f dt n1 vbz vvn pc-acp vbi dt av-ds j cc j n1 p-acp j-jn n2. (24) chapter (DIV2) 625 Image 94
2084 But a while after, when the wise men had stepped vp to somewhat an higher degrée in the schoole of Christian doctrine, hee instructed them with the wordes of the Prophet which they heard at Hierusalem. But a while After, when the wise men had stepped up to somewhat an higher degree in the school of Christian Doctrine, he instructed them with the words of the Prophet which they herd At Jerusalem. p-acp dt n1 a-acp, c-crq dt j n2 vhd vvn a-acp p-acp av dt jc n1 p-acp dt n1 pp-f njp n1, pns31 vvd pno32 p-acp dt n2 pp-f dt n1 r-crq pns32 vvd p-acp np1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 626 Image 94
2085 Laste of all, (as being further profited) he taught them also by his angels in a dreame. Laste of all, (as being further profited) he taught them also by his Angels in a dream. ord pp-f d, (c-acp vbg av-jc vvn) pns31 vvd pno32 av p-acp po31 n2 p-acp dt n1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 627 Image 94
2086 Heerevpon therefore wee haue to vnderstande what great prudence and dexterytie is required in them, that take vppon them to teache, Hereupon Therefore we have to understand what great prudence and dexterytie is required in them, that take upon them to teach, av av pns12 vhb pc-acp vvi r-crq j n1 cc n1 vbz vvn p-acp pno32, cst vvb p-acp pno32 pc-acp vvi, (24) chapter (DIV2) 628 Image 94
2087 or by reason of their office ought to teache others. or by reason of their office ought to teach Others. cc p-acp n1 pp-f po32 n1 vmd pc-acp vvi n2-jn. (24) chapter (DIV2) 628 Image 94
2088 Certes it is very requisite that they accommodate themselues (in all that they may) to the capacitie of their hearers, Certes it is very requisite that they accommodate themselves (in all that they may) to the capacity of their hearers, av pn31 vbz av j cst pns32 vvi px32 (p-acp d cst pns32 vmb) p-acp dt n1 pp-f po32 n2, (24) chapter (DIV2) 629 Image 94
2089 and make also their proofes and reasōs of thinges vsuall, familyar and wel knowne. and make also their proofs and Reasons of things usual, familiar and well known. cc vvi av po32 n2 cc n2 pp-f n2 j, j-jn cc av vvn. (24) chapter (DIV2) 629 Image 94
2090 For so Paule the apostle preachinge of Christ the true God to the Athenienses taketh occasion of speaking of a thing, manifest to all men, to wit, of the altar dedicate to the vnknowne God: For so Paul the apostle preaching of christ the true God to the Athenians Takes occasion of speaking of a thing, manifest to all men, to wit, of the altar dedicate to the unknown God: c-acp av np1 dt n1 vvg pp-f np1 dt j np1 p-acp dt np1 vvz n1 pp-f vvg pp-f dt n1, j p-acp d n2, pc-acp vvi, pp-f dt n1 vvb p-acp dt j np1: (24) chapter (DIV2) 630 Image 94
2091 Afterwarde he procéedeth vnto reasons prouing the power and goodnesse of GOD, playnly perceyued of all by the onely instinction of nature. Afterward he Proceedeth unto Reasons proving the power and Goodness of GOD, plainly perceived of all by the only instinction of nature. av pns31 vvz p-acp n2 vvg dt n1 cc n1 pp-f np1, av-j vvd pp-f d p-acp dt j n1 pp-f n1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 630 Image 94
2092 And we are come, to worship him. XIII. and XIIII. Doctrine and Institution. And we Are come, to worship him. XIII. and XIIII. Doctrine and Institution. cc pns12 vbr vvn, pc-acp vvi pno31. np1. cc crd. n1 cc n1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 631 Image 94
2093 They which sée the Starre, that is to say, that haue teathers and guides, of whom they may by the woorde bee rightly instructed in the exercises of Godlynesse, in their mindes faith springeth, They which see the Star, that is to say, that have teathers and guides, of whom they may by the word be rightly instructed in the exercises of Godliness, in their minds faith springs, pns32 r-crq vvb dt n1, cst vbz pc-acp vvi, cst vhb n2 cc n2, pp-f ro-crq pns32 vmb p-acp dt n1 vbb av-jn vvn p-acp dt n2 pp-f n1, p-acp po32 ng1 n1 vvz, (24) chapter (DIV2) 633 Image 94
2094 and withall they are stirred vp to the true worshipping and pure inuocation of God and vnto other thinges adioyned herevnto: and withal they Are stirred up to the true worshipping and pure invocation of God and unto other things adjoined hereunto: cc av pns32 vbr vvn a-acp p-acp dt j vvg cc j n1 pp-f np1 cc p-acp j-jn n2 vvn av: (24) chapter (DIV2) 633 Image 94
2095 But they that haue not teachers of the worde, or refuse to heare suche as they haue, doubtlesse it can not be, that they shoulde laye a right the foundations of faith, or otherwise profytte therein. But they that have not Teachers of the word, or refuse to hear such as they have, doubtless it can not be, that they should say a right the foundations of faith, or otherwise profit therein. cc-acp pns32 cst vhb xx n2 pp-f dt n1, cc vvb pc-acp vvi d c-acp pns32 vhb, av-j pn31 vmb xx vbi, cst pns32 vmd vvi dt j-jn dt n2 pp-f n1, cc av vvb av. (24) chapter (DIV2) 633 Image 94
2096 For faith commeth of hearing, and hearinge by the worde of God. For faith comes of hearing, and hearing by the word of God. p-acp n1 vvz pp-f vvg, cc vvg p-acp dt n1 pp-f np1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 634 Image 94
2097 Let vs all therefore praye vnto God, that if the trueth hath not as yet shined vnto vs, he woulde sende those that might enforme vs, by hearinge of whom we may also conceiue true faith in Christ. Let us all Therefore pray unto God, that if the truth hath not as yet shined unto us, he would send those that might inform us, by hearing of whom we may also conceive true faith in christ. vvb pno12 d av vvb p-acp np1, cst cs dt n1 vhz xx p-acp av vvd p-acp pno12, pns31 vmd vvi d cst vmd vvi pno12, p-acp vvg pp-f ro-crq pns12 vmb av vvi j n1 p-acp np1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 635 Image 94
2098 But if the truth hath now already bene reuealed vnto vs, then that we may rightly vse it and direct the knowledge whiche wee haue gotten, to the true inuocation of Christ, through a lyuely fayth and sanctimony of lyfe. But if the truth hath now already be revealed unto us, then that we may rightly use it and Direct the knowledge which we have got, to the true invocation of christ, through a lively faith and sanctimony of life. cc-acp cs dt n1 vhz av av vbn vvn p-acp pno12, av cst pns12 vmb av-jn vvi pn31 cc vvi dt n1 r-crq pns12 vhb vvn, p-acp dt j n1 pp-f np1, p-acp dt j n1 cc n1 pp-f n1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 636 Image 94
2099 XV. Doctrine. The wise men, whilest they professe themselues to bee come to worshippe Christe, doe not obscurely testify and declare his diuine nature. XV. Doctrine. The wise men, whilst they profess themselves to be come to worship Christ, do not obscurely testify and declare his divine nature. crd. n1. dt j n2, cs pns32 vvb px32 pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp n1 np1, vdb xx av-j vvi cc vvi po31 j-jn n1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 637 Image 94
2100 For it is the Lord that ought to be worshipped. For it is the Lord that ought to be worshipped. p-acp pn31 vbz dt n1 cst vmd pc-acp vbi vvn. (24) chapter (DIV2) 637 Image 94
2101 When Herode the Kinge had heard these thinges, he was troubled, and all the citie of Hierusalem with him. When Herod the King had herd these things, he was troubled, and all the City of Jerusalem with him. c-crq np1 dt n1 vhd vvn d n2, pns31 vbds vvn, cc d dt n1 pp-f np1 p-acp pno31. (24) chapter (DIV2) 638 Image 94
2102 XVI. Correction. Wonderfull is the difference betwéen the Gospell, and men following the worlde and the things that are in it. XVI. Correction. Wonderful is the difference between the Gospel, and men following the world and the things that Are in it. np1. n1. j vbz dt n1 p-acp dt n1, cc n2 vvg dt n1 cc dt n2 cst vbr p-acp pn31. (24) chapter (DIV2) 639 Image 95
2103 Assoone as by the grace of God the trueth of the gospell waxeth cléere, Princes and a great number of people séeke meanes to stop the course thereof. As soon as by the grace of God the truth of the gospel Waxes clear, Princes and a great number of people seek means to stop the course thereof. av c-acp p-acp dt n1 pp-f np1 dt n1 pp-f dt n1 vvz j, n2 cc dt j n1 pp-f n1 vvb n2 pc-acp vvi dt n1 av. (24) chapter (DIV2) 640 Image 95
2104 For the diuell without ceassing, moueth by his champions (suche as are described, Actes. 16.17.18.19.21.23. &c.) bloody broyles and tragidies, soweth battels, seditions and tumults, trusting he thal bring to passe by this meanes, that sounde doctrine shall be euill spoken of, suspected and become hatefull, For the Devil without ceasing, moves by his champions (such as Are described, Acts. 16.17.18.19.21.23. etc.) bloody broils and tragidies, Soweth battles, seditions and tumults, trusting he Thal bring to pass by this means, that sound Doctrine shall be evil spoken of, suspected and become hateful, p-acp dt n1 p-acp vvg, vvz p-acp po31 n2 (d c-acp vbr vvn, n2. crd. av) j n2 cc n2, vvz n2, n2 cc n2, vvg pns31 av vvi pc-acp vvi p-acp d n2, cst av-j n1 vmb vbi av-jn vvn pp-f, vvn cc vvn j, (24) chapter (DIV2) 640 Image 95
2105 & so by little and little be vtterly explosed and abandoned of al men. & so by little and little be utterly explosed and abandoned of all men. cc av p-acp j cc av-j vbi av-j vvn cc vvn pp-f d n2. (24) chapter (DIV2) 640 Image 95
2106 And the world now adaies nourisheth euery where an huge heard of Sathans bonde•laues, whiche at all times goe about craftely to take away the truth and to hinder the studies of the holy scriptures. And the world now adais Nourishes every where an huge herd of Satan's bonde•laues, which At all times go about craftily to take away the truth and to hinder the studies of the holy Scriptures. cc dt n1 av av vvz d c-crq dt j vvn pp-f npg1 n2, r-crq p-acp d n2 vvb a-acp av-j pc-acp vvi av dt n1 cc pc-acp vvi dt n2 pp-f dt j n2. (24) chapter (DIV2) 640 Image 95
2107 But they labour in vaine, as it is manisest that Herode also with his conspiratours attempted all thinges in vaine. But they labour in vain, as it is manifest that Herod also with his conspirators attempted all things in vain. p-acp pns32 vvb p-acp j, c-acp pn31 vbz j cst np1 av p-acp po31 n2 vvd d n2 p-acp j. (24) chapter (DIV2) 641 Image 95
2108 The trueth may for a time bee assaulted and hidden, but expugned and vttery abolyshed it can not be. The truth may for a time be assaulted and hidden, but expugned and vttery abolished it can not be. dt n1 vmb p-acp dt n1 vbi vvn cc vvn, cc-acp vvn cc n1 vvn pn31 vmb xx vbi. (24) chapter (DIV2) 642 Image 95
2109 So also the vngodlye may accomplishe some thing after their owne desyre, but in the meane time the misers and blinde bussardes doe not perceiue that the victorye whiche they haue of the poore ministers of the worde, wyll turne to their owne destruction. So also the ungodly may accomplish Some thing After their own desire, but in the mean time the misers and blind Buzzards do not perceive that the victory which they have of the poor Ministers of the word, will turn to their own destruction. av av dt j vmb vvi d n1 p-acp po32 d n1, cc-acp p-acp dt j n1 dt n2 cc j n2 vdb xx vvi cst dt n1 r-crq pns32 vhb pp-f dt j n2 pp-f dt n1, vmb vvi p-acp po32 d n1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 643 Image 95
2110 For suche is this kinde of conflicte, that whosoeuer haue the vpper hande in it, are in deede miserablye vanquisshed and put to the foyle. For such is this kind of conflict, that whosoever have the upper hand in it, Are in deed miserably vanquished and put to the foil. p-acp d vbz d n1 pp-f n1, cst r-crq vhb dt jc n1 p-acp pn31, vbr p-acp n1 av-j vvn cc vvn p-acp dt n1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 644 Image 95
2111 And victorye in this respect is nothynge els then a token of GODS wrath and vengeaunce, whiche bursteth foorth eyther vpon the children, nephewes, And victory in this respect is nothing Else then a token of GOD'S wrath and vengeance, which bursteth forth either upon the children, nephews, cc n1 p-acp d n1 vbz pix av av dt n1 pp-f npg1 n1 cc n1, r-crq vvz av av-d p-acp dt n2, n2, (24) chapter (DIV2) 645 Image 95
2112 or vppon the posterytie to come. or upon the posterytie to come. cc p-acp dt n1 pc-acp vvi. (24) chapter (DIV2) 645 Image 95
2113 XVII. Institution. Whiche of vs soeuer will declare our selues to bee the children of the light, XVII. Institution. Which of us soever will declare our selves to be the children of the Light, np1. n1. r-crq pp-f pno12 av vmb vvi po12 n2 pc-acp vbi dt n2 pp-f dt n1, (24) chapter (DIV2) 646 Image 95
2114 if at any time wee perceyue the Starre of trueth to shine anywhere vnto vs, let vs not with wicked Herode and his adherentes be troubled and kéepe a sturre, if At any time we perceive the Star of truth to shine anywhere unto us, let us not with wicked Herod and his adherentes be troubled and keep a stir, cs p-acp d n1 pns12 vvb dt n1 pp-f n1 pc-acp vvi av p-acp pno12, vvb pno12 xx p-acp j np1 cc po31 n2 vbb vvn cc vvi dt n1, (24) chapter (DIV2) 646 Image 95
2115 but rather as ioyful and glad let vs runne to méete it, imbrace it with both our armes, but rather as joyful and glad let us run to meet it, embrace it with both our arms, cc-acp av-c p-acp j cc j vvb pno12 vvi pc-acp vvi pn31, vvi pn31 p-acp d po12 n2, (24) chapter (DIV2) 646 Image 95
2116 and giue thankes vnto God for it. XVIII. Doctrine. Herode, through ambition, ritches, auarice, and ingratitude towardes god, was driuen to resiste. and give thanks unto God for it. XVIII. Doctrine. Herod, through ambition, riches, avarice, and ingratitude towards god, was driven to resist. cc vvi n2 p-acp np1 p-acp pn31. np1. n1. np1, p-acp n1, n2, n1, cc n1 p-acp n1, vbds vvn pc-acp vvi. (24) chapter (DIV2) 646 Image 95
2117 He feared least a newe kinge rising vp, he should be put from his kingedom. He feared least a new King rising up, he should be put from his Kingdom. pns31 vvd ds dt j n1 vvg a-acp, pns31 vmd vbi vvn p-acp po31 n1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 647 Image 95
2118 The vnthankeful multitude alwaies proue to the worste, willingly ioyneth it selfe to the will of princes, especially in euill matters. The unthankful multitude always prove to the worst, willingly Joineth it self to the will of Princes, especially in evil matters. dt j n1 av vvi p-acp dt js, av-j vvz pn31 n1 p-acp dt n1 pp-f n2, av-j p-acp j-jn n2. (24) chapter (DIV2) 647 Image 95
2119 It is euident, therefore, that men of haughtye minde, proud, puffed vp, vaineglorious, dronke thorough pleasaunt fortune, couetous, vnthankefull to god warde, craftye, vnstable, It is evident, Therefore, that men of haughty mind, proud, puffed up, vainglorious, drunk through pleasant fortune, covetous, unthankful to god ward, crafty, unstable, pn31 vbz j, av, cst n2 pp-f j n1, j, vvd a-acp, j, vvn p-acp j n1, j, j p-acp n1 n1, j, j, (24) chapter (DIV2) 647 Image 95
2120 and such as in a moment apply themselues vnto all thinges thorough a certaine carnal wisdom they haue, doo not lightly imbrace the Gospell, and such as in a moment apply themselves unto all things through a certain carnal Wisdom they have, do not lightly embrace the Gospel, cc d c-acp p-acp dt n1 vvb px32 p-acp d n2 p-acp dt j j n1 pns32 vhb, vdb xx av-j vvi dt n1, (24) chapter (DIV2) 647 Image 95
2121 and doo very hardly enter into the kingdom of heauen. and do very hardly enter into the Kingdom of heaven. cc vdi av av vvi p-acp dt n1 pp-f n1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 647 Image 95
2122 As touching which thing, Christ Math. 8.19. Luc. 18. and the Apostles also els where doe preache. As touching which thing, christ Math. 8.19. Luke 18. and the Apostles also Else where do preach. p-acp vvg r-crq n1, np1 np1 crd. np1 crd cc dt n2 av av c-crq vdb vvi. (24) chapter (DIV2) 647 Image 95
2123 And when he had gathered all the chiefe priestes and Scribes of the people togither, he demaunded, of them where Christ shoulde be borne. And when he had gathered all the chief Priests and Scribes of the people together, he demanded, of them where christ should be born. cc c-crq pns31 vhd vvn d dt j-jn n2 cc n2 pp-f dt n1 av, pns31 vvd, pp-f pno32 c-crq np1 vmd vbi vvn. (24) chapter (DIV2) 648 Image 95
2124 XIX Correction. The vngodly being prouoked with the maiesty of the truth appearinge, séeke diuers and sondrye wayes to oppresse it. XIX Correction. The ungodly being provoked with the majesty of the truth appearing, seek diverse and sundry ways to oppress it. np1 n1. dt j vbg vvn p-acp dt n1 pp-f dt n1 vvg, vvb j cc j n2 pc-acp vvi pn31. (24) chapter (DIV2) 649 Image 95
2125 They apoint commissions, they call counsels and sinodes, and pretermitte no •ote of those thinges, which they suppose will bee profitable to the furtheraunce of their mischiefe. They appoint commissions, they call Counsels and Synods, and pretermit no •ote of those things, which they suppose will be profitable to the furtherance of their mischief. pns32 vvb n2, pns32 vvb n2 cc n2, cc n1 av-dx n1 pp-f d n2, r-crq pns32 vvb vmb vbi j p-acp dt n1 pp-f po32 n1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 650 Image 95
2126 The men of Anathoth goe craftelye about to intrappe Ieremy. The men of Anathoth go craftily about to entrap Ieremy. dt n2 pp-f np1 vvb av-j a-acp pc-acp vvi np1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 651 Image 95
2127 XX Doctrine. Out of the mischeuous endeuours of men the Lorde oft times draweth that which is good. XX Doctrine. Out of the mischievous endeavours of men the Lord oft times draws that which is good. crd n1. av pp-f dt j n2 pp-f n2 dt n1 av n2 vvz cst r-crq vbz j. (24) chapter (DIV2) 652 Image 95
2128 The consultations and mandates of the wicked Kinge touching the enserchinge of the trueth were the cause that the trueth which before laye hidden, was out of the monuments of the prophets brought into light. The Consultations and mandates of the wicked King touching the enserchinge of the truth were the cause that the truth which before say hidden, was out of the monuments of the Prophets brought into Light. dt n2 cc n2 pp-f dt j n1 vvg dt vvg pp-f dt n1 vbdr dt n1 cst dt n1 r-crq a-acp vvd vvn, vbds av pp-f dt n2 pp-f dt n2 vvn p-acp n1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 653 Image 96
2129 Except this dilligent inquisition had bene made by the kinges commaundement, neither the Persian wise men nether the Iewes, yea nor yet we at this day shoulde haue so certaine knowledge of the place, wherein Christe was borne. Except this diligent inquisition had be made by the Kings Commandment, neither the Persian wise men neither the Iewes, yea nor yet we At this day should have so certain knowledge of the place, wherein Christ was born. c-acp d j n1 vhd vbn vvn p-acp dt ng1 n1, av-dx dt jp j n2 j dt np2, uh cc av pns12 p-acp d n1 vmd vhi av j n1 pp-f dt n1, c-crq np1 vbds vvn. (24) chapter (DIV2) 654 Image 96
2130 Beholde after what sort God wonderfully prouideth for his church, and how in it men profyte & goe forwarde in the knowledge of thinges spirituall. Behold After what sort God wonderfully Provideth for his Church, and how in it men profit & go forward in the knowledge of things spiritual. vvb p-acp r-crq n1 np1 av-j vvz p-acp po31 n1, cc c-crq p-acp pn31 n2 n1 cc vvi av-j p-acp dt n1 pp-f n2 j. (24) chapter (DIV2) 655 Image 96
2131 There sprang vp heresies, cruell and barbarous persecutions against the professors of the trueth: There sprang up heresies, cruel and barbarous persecutions against the professors of the truth: a-acp vvd a-acp n2, j cc j n2 p-acp dt n2 pp-f dt n1: (24) chapter (DIV2) 656 Image 96
2132 in the meane season the church standeth stedfast, and is encreased, not onely for that it profiteth in the doctrine of faith, in the mean season the Church Stands steadfast, and is increased, not only for that it profiteth in the Doctrine of faith, p-acp dt j n1 dt n1 vvz j, cc vbz vvn, xx av-j p-acp cst pn31 vvz p-acp dt n1 pp-f n1, (24) chapter (DIV2) 656 Image 96
2133 but also forasmuch as it becommeth more ware and prouident in auoyding or enduringe of daungers, but also forasmuch as it becomes more aware and provident in avoiding or enduring of dangers, cc-acp av av c-acp pn31 vvz av-dc j cc j p-acp vvg cc vvg pp-f n2, (24) chapter (DIV2) 656 Image 96
2134 & in humilitie, modestie, patience, and other vertues, exerciseth it selfe not without great gayne and aduantage. & in humility, modesty, patience, and other Virtues, Exerciseth it self not without great gain and advantage. cc p-acp n1, n1, n1, cc j-jn n2, vvz pn31 n1 xx p-acp j n1 cc n1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 656 Image 96
2135 For so truely it pleaseth GOD to delude the enterprises of the wicked, and to bring to passe, that to the godly al things turne to the best. For so truly it Pleases GOD to delude the enterprises of the wicked, and to bring to pass, that to the godly all things turn to the best. c-acp av av-j pn31 vvz np1 pc-acp vvi dt n2 pp-f dt j, cc pc-acp vvi pc-acp vvi, cst p-acp dt j d n2 vvb p-acp dt js. (24) chapter (DIV2) 657 Image 96
2136 XXI Institution. It is to be obserued in this presente place, that the colloquies and assemblies of learned men touching matters perteyninge to religion and the state of the Church, are oft times ordayned to a very goodende and purpose. XXI Institution. It is to be observed in this present place, that the colloquies and assemblies of learned men touching matters pertaining to Religion and the state of the Church, Are oft times ordained to a very goodende and purpose. np1 n1. pn31 vbz pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp d j n1, cst dt n2 cc n2 pp-f j n2 vvg n2 vvg p-acp n1 cc dt n1 pp-f dt n1, vbr av n2 vvn p-acp dt j n1 cc n1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 658 Image 96
2137 And albeit there be commonly in such assemblies some hypocrits or other, yet is the trueth by them or by the godly adioyned with them sifted out and brought to light. And albeit there be commonly in such assemblies Some Hypocrites or other, yet is the truth by them or by the godly adjoined with them sifted out and brought to Light. cc cs pc-acp vbi av-j p-acp d n2 d n2 cc j-jn, av vbz dt n1 p-acp pno32 cc p-acp dt j vvn p-acp pno32 vvn av cc vvn p-acp n1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 659 Image 96
2138 The wise men verily declare their opinion of the Starre, the Iewes searche the scriptures, The wise men verily declare their opinion of the Star, the Iewes search the Scriptures, dt j n2 av-j vvi po32 n1 pp-f dt n1, dt npg1 vvi dt n2, (24) chapter (DIV2) 660 Image 96
2139 and wh•lest in this sorte as well natural reason, as the word of God are with iudgment and dexteritie conferred together, a certayne definitiue sentence is gathered out of them both. and wh•lest in this sort as well natural reason, as the word of God Are with judgement and dexterity conferred together, a certain definitive sentence is gathered out of them both. cc vvn p-acp d n1 c-acp av j n1, c-acp dt n1 pp-f np1 vbr p-acp n1 cc n1 vvn av, dt j j n1 vbz vvn av pp-f pno32 d. (24) chapter (DIV2) 660 Image 96
2140 XXII, & XXIII. Institution, and Correction. Herode asking counsayle of the chiefe priests & scribes, opportunelye admoniseth vs, that in all matters of doubte we shoulde craue aduice of those men that are perfectlye séene in the same. XXII, & XXIII. Institution, and Correction. Herod asking counsel of the chief Priests & Scribes, opportunelye admoniseth us, that in all matters of doubt we should crave Advice of those men that Are perfectly seen in the same. np1, cc np1. n1, cc n1. np1 vvg n1 pp-f dt j-jn n2 cc n2, av-j vvz pno12, cst p-acp d n2 pp-f n1 pns12 vmd vvi n1 pp-f d n2 cst vbr av-j vvn p-acp dt d. (24) chapter (DIV2) 661 Image 96
2141 It is not without cause commonly spoken abroade: Let euery man exercise himselfe in ye arte which he knoweth. It is not without cause commonly spoken abroad: Let every man exercise himself in the art which he Knoweth. pn31 vbz xx p-acp n1 av-j vvn av: vvb d n1 vvi px31 p-acp dt n1 r-crq pns31 vvz. (24) chapter (DIV2) 662 Image 96
2142 But now adayes a greate number of men doe ouermuche offende in this behalfe. But now adays a great number of men do overmuch offend in this behalf. p-acp av av dt j n1 pp-f n2 vdb av vvi p-acp d n1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 662 Image 96
2143 They presume to giue sentence touching matters of religion, that neuer had any •aste in the sacred scriptures, They presume to give sentence touching matters of Religion, that never had any •aste in the sacred Scriptures, pns32 vvb pc-acp vvi n1 vvg n2 pp-f n1, cst av-x vhd d n1 p-acp dt j n2, (24) chapter (DIV2) 663 Image 96
2144 yea, that as well in maners as in opinions are cleane voyde of all godlynesse and pyetie. yea, that as well in manners as in opinions Are clean void of all godliness and pyetie. uh, cst c-acp av p-acp n2 c-acp p-acp n2 vbr av-j j pp-f d n1 cc n1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 663 Image 96
2145 What good shoulde we hope for at their handes? And they saide vnto hym: At Bethlem in Iury For thus it is written by the Prophet: What good should we hope for At their hands? And they said unto him: At Bethlehem in Jury For thus it is written by the Prophet: q-crq j vmd pns12 vvi p-acp p-acp po32 n2? cc pns32 vvd p-acp pno31: p-acp np1 p-acp n1 c-acp av pn31 vbz vvn p-acp dt n1: (24) chapter (DIV2) 663 Image 96
2146 And thou Bethlem in the lande of Iuda, art not the least amonge the princes of Iuda. And thou Bethlehem in the land of Iuda, art not the least among the Princes of Iuda. cc pns21 np1 p-acp dt n1 pp-f np1, vb2r xx dt ds p-acp dt n2 pp-f np1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 664 Image 96
2147 For out of the shall there come a captaine, that shal gouerne my people Israell. XXIIII. Doctrine. Right excellent is the dignitie of the Scriptures. For out of thee shall there come a captain, that shall govern my people Israel. XXIIII. Doctrine. Right excellent is the dignity of the Scriptures. p-acp av pp-f pno32 vmb a-acp vvi dt n1, cst vmb vvi po11 n1 np1. crd. n1. av-jn j vbz dt n1 pp-f dt n2. (24) chapter (DIV2) 664 Image 96
2148 For the scripture alone is vnto vs a certayne and assured rule, faythfully shewing the truth as touching Christ and all thinges necessary to saluation. For the scripture alone is unto us a certain and assured Rule, faithfully showing the truth as touching christ and all things necessary to salvation. p-acp dt n1 av-j vbz p-acp pno12 dt j cc j-vvn n1, av-j vvg dt n1 c-acp vvg np1 cc d n2 j p-acp n1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 665 Image 96
2149 Philosophycall proofes flowing out of the riuers of mans reason, are of great weight, and bringe no small light to things darke & obsecure: Philosophycall proofs flowing out of the Rivers of men reason, Are of great weight, and bring no small Light to things dark & obsecure: j n2 vvg av pp-f dt n2 pp-f ng1 n1, vbr pp-f j n1, cc vvb dx j n1 p-acp n2 j cc j: (24) chapter (DIV2) 666 Image 96
2150 But in cace they be compared with the scriptures, they ought to giue place as farre vnmete to match with them. But in case they be compared with the Scriptures, they ought to give place as Far unmeet to match with them. cc-acp p-acp n1 pns32 vbb vvn p-acp dt n2, pns32 vmd pc-acp vvi n1 c-acp av-j j pc-acp vvi p-acp pno32. (24) chapter (DIV2) 666 Image 96
2151 Like as truely when the wise men were come to Hierusalem, where the scripture had hir place, Like as truly when the wise men were come to Jerusalem, where the scripture had his place, j c-acp av-j c-crq dt j n2 vbdr vvn p-acp np1, c-crq dt n1 vhd po31 n1, (24) chapter (DIV2) 666 Image 96
2152 & (as ye woulde saye) hir mansion house, the starre whiche they had séene in the East forthwith disappéered and withdrew it selfe. & (as you would say) his mansion house, the star which they had seen in the East forthwith disappéered and withdrew it self. cc (c-acp pn22 vmd vvi) po31 n1 n1, dt n1 r-crq pns32 vhd vvn p-acp dt n1 av vvn cc vvd pn31 n1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 666 Image 96
2153 XXV. and XXVI. Doctrine and Institution. In Micheas the Prophet cap. 5. it is thus reade worde for word. XXV. and XXVI. Doctrine and Institution. In Micheas the Prophet cap. 5. it is thus read word for word. np1. cc crd. n1 cc n1. p-acp np1 dt n1 n1. crd pn31 vbz av vvd n1 p-acp n1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 667 Image 96
2154 And thou Bethlem Ephrata art little among the thousands of Iuda, out of thee shal he comforth vnto me which shal be the gouernour in Israell, whose outgoinges haue bene from the beginning, and from euerlasting. And thou Bethlehem Ephrata art little among the thousands of Iuda, out of thee shall he Comfort unto me which shall be the governor in Israel, whose outgoinges have be from the beginning, and from everlasting. cc pns21 np1 np1 n1 j p-acp dt crd pp-f np1, av pp-f pno21 vmb pns31 vvi p-acp pno11 r-crq vmb vbi dt n1 p-acp np1, rg-crq n2-vdg vhi vbn p-acp dt n1, cc p-acp j. (24) chapter (DIV2) 669 Image 97
2155 It appeareth therfore that the Euangelist expressed the prophesye so farre onely as was agréeable to his purpose. It appears Therefore that the Evangelist expressed the prophesy so Far only as was agreeable to his purpose. pn31 vvz av cst dt np1 vvd dt vvi av av-j j c-acp vbds j p-acp po31 n1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 670 Image 97
2156 Howbeit in the words of the prophet, not onely the humanytie of Christe but also his diuinitie is playnely described and set forth. Howbeit in the words of the Prophet, not only the humanytie of Christ but also his divinity is plainly described and Set forth. a-acp p-acp dt n2 pp-f dt n1, xx av-j dt n1 pp-f np1 p-acp av po31 n1 vbz av-j vvn cc vvn av. (24) chapter (DIV2) 670 Image 97
2157 And héere againe lykewise in this place is suggested vnto vs the wonderfull goodnesse of God to be considered, And Here again likewise in this place is suggested unto us the wonderful Goodness of God to be considered, cc av av av p-acp d n1 vbz vvn p-acp pno12 dt j n1 pp-f np1 pc-acp vbi vvn, (24) chapter (DIV2) 671 Image 97
2158 and the holy Scripture most highly commended. and the holy Scripture most highly commended. cc dt j n1 av-ds av-j vvn. (24) chapter (DIV2) 671 Image 97
2159 For it pleased God euen immediately at the beginning to open and manyfest his purpose, touching the procuringe of the saluation of mankinde by his sonne, For it pleased God even immediately At the beginning to open and manifest his purpose, touching the procuring of the salvation of mankind by his son, p-acp pn31 vvd np1 av av-j p-acp dt n1 pc-acp vvi cc j po31 n1, vvg dt n-vvg pp-f dt n1 pp-f n1 p-acp po31 n1, (24) chapter (DIV2) 672 Image 97
2160 and to the inient men should become daylye more certaine and sure of so great and worthy a thing, and to the inient men should become daily more certain and sure of so great and worthy a thing, cc p-acp dt j n2 vmd vvi av-j av-dc j cc j pp-f av j cc j dt n1, (24) chapter (DIV2) 672 Image 97
2161 and their faith by that meanes be nourished and encreased, he vouched safe also to declare long before all the whole maner and the very circumstances how euery thing should betide. and their faith by that means be nourished and increased, he vouched safe also to declare long before all the Whole manner and the very Circumstances how every thing should betide. cc po32 n1 p-acp d n2 vbb vvn cc vvn, pns31 vvd j av pc-acp vvi av-j p-acp d dt j-jn n1 cc dt j n2 c-crq d n1 vmd vvi. (24) chapter (DIV2) 672 Image 97
2162 Hitherto it pertayneth that the prophet Micheas so longe time before, shewed as it were with his finger, the place where Christ should he borne. Hitherto it pertaineth that the Prophet Micheas so long time before, showed as it were with his finger, the place where christ should he born. av pn31 vvz cst dt n1 np1 av av-j n1 a-acp, vvd c-acp pn31 vbdr p-acp po31 n1, dt n1 c-crq np1 vmd pns31 vvn. (24) chapter (DIV2) 673 Image 97
2163 It is our parte to giue vnto God continuall thanks, and perpetually to prayse hym which would haue as well the holy fathers as also our faith by that meanes to bee established. It is our part to give unto God continual thanks, and perpetually to praise him which would have as well the holy Father's as also our faith by that means to be established. pn31 vbz po12 n1 pc-acp vvi p-acp np1 j n2, cc av-j pc-acp vvi pno31 r-crq vmd vhi a-acp av dt j n2 c-acp av po12 n1 p-acp d n2 pc-acp vbi vvn. (24) chapter (DIV2) 674 Image 97
2164 And as for the holy scriptures, in whiche those premisses and prophesies are contayned, and is declared how and after what sort they all at the length were accomplyshed and performed, let vs haue them euermore in high estimation, reuerence them, read and reuolue them without intermission, from the iudgement whereof to swarue but a haires breddthe, And as for the holy Scriptures, in which those premises and prophecies Are contained, and is declared how and After what sort they all At the length were accomplished and performed, let us have them evermore in high estimation, Reverence them, read and revolve them without intermission, from the judgement whereof to swerve but a hairs breddthe, cc c-acp p-acp dt j n2, p-acp r-crq d n2 cc n2 vbr vvn, cc vbz vvn c-crq cc p-acp r-crq n1 pns32 d p-acp dt n1 vbdr vvn cc vvn, vvb pno12 vhi pno32 av p-acp j n1, vvb pno32, vvb cc vvi pno32 p-acp n1, p-acp dt n1 c-crq pc-acp vvi p-acp dt ng1 n1, (24) chapter (DIV2) 674 Image 97
2165 as they saye, is to be counted a very wickednesse. as they say, is to be counted a very wickedness. c-acp pns32 vvb, vbz pc-acp vbi vvn dt j n1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 674 Image 97
2166 XXVII. Doctrine. By ye words of ye Prophet, Christ is described to be a Kinge and Lorde, XXVII. Doctrine. By you words of you Prophet, christ is described to be a King and Lord, np1. n1. p-acp pn22 n2 pp-f pn22 n1, np1 vbz vvn pc-acp vbi dt n1 cc n1, (24) chapter (DIV2) 675 Image 97
2167 but such a Kinge as whose kingdom is not carnall, but in déede spirituall, consisting in the hartes of the faithfull, but such a King as whose Kingdom is not carnal, but in deed spiritual, consisting in the hearts of the faithful, cc-acp d dt n1 p-acp rg-crq n1 vbz xx j, cc-acp p-acp n1 j, vvg p-acp dt n2 pp-f dt j, (24) chapter (DIV2) 675 Image 97
2168 and streatchinge so farre as the limites of the catholike and euerlastinge church doe extende. and stretching so Far as the Limits of the catholic and everlasting Church do extend. cc vvg av av-j c-acp dt n2 pp-f dt jp cc j n1 vdb vvi. (24) chapter (DIV2) 675 Image 97
2169 This church compriseth all the saintes and electe, and is an eternal churche, the boundes whereof are contayned partly in heauen, This Church compriseth all the Saints and elect, and is an Eternal Church, the bounds whereof Are contained partly in heaven, d n1 vvz d dt n2 cc vvi, cc vbz dt j n1, dt n2 q-crq vbr vvn av p-acp n1, (24) chapter (DIV2) 675 Image 97
2170 and partely in and aboute the whole worlde. and partly in and about the Whole world. cc av p-acp cc p-acp dt j-jn n1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 675 Image 97
2171 This honour therfore and title of a kinge we finde attributed to Christ, both nowe at his natiuitie of the Gentile wise men, This honour Therefore and title of a King we find attributed to christ, both now At his Nativity of the Gentile wise men, d n1 av cc n1 pp-f dt n1 pns12 vvb vvn p-acp np1, d av p-acp po31 n1 pp-f dt j j n2, (24) chapter (DIV2) 675 Image 97
2172 and againe at the time of his death of ye president Pilte a Gentile also, albeit not knowinge what he did. and again At the time of his death of the president Pilte a Gentile also, albeit not knowing what he did. cc av p-acp dt n1 pp-f po31 n1 pp-f dt n1 vvd dt j av, cs xx vvg r-crq pns31 vdd. (24) chapter (DIV2) 675 Image 97
2173 But the Iewes both first and laste in such wise employed their diligence, that from them the doctrine of saluation was deriued to the Gentiles. Nowe what maner of kingedome this is, it is of Christ in many places, But the Iewes both First and laste in such wise employed their diligence, that from them the Doctrine of salvation was derived to the Gentiles. Now what manner of Kingdom this is, it is of christ in many places, p-acp dt npg1 d ord cc ord p-acp d n1 vvd po32 n1, cst p-acp pno32 dt n1 pp-f n1 vbds vvn p-acp dt n2-j. av q-crq n1 pp-f n1 d vbz, pn31 vbz pp-f np1 p-acp d n2, (24) chapter (DIV2) 675 Image 97
2174 as in the parables wherin he calleth the church the kingedome of heauen, likewise when he fléed leaste he shoulde haue bene made a Kinge of the people, againe before Pilate, &c. Playnely and euidently declared. as in the parables wherein he calls the Church the Kingdom of heaven, likewise when he fléed jest he should have be made a King of the people, again before Pilate, etc. Plainly and evidently declared. c-acp p-acp dt n2 c-crq pns31 vvz dt n1 dt n1 pp-f n1, av c-crq pns31 vvi n1 pns31 vmd vhi vbn vvn dt n1 pp-f dt n1, av p-acp np1, av av-j cc av-j vvn. (24) chapter (DIV2) 675 Image 97
2175 XXVIII. Redargution. The false and trecherous Iewes doe nowe impudently interprete these wordes touching the kingedome and principalitie to concerne Zorobabell, of whom mencion is made Esdr. 2. Heggeus. 1. &c. And yet besides that they are conuinced by the authoritie of their owne auncitors, into whose head, duringe the time that Herode reigned and enquired the truth of the matter, no such things euer came, it can by no meanes be vnderstanded of Zorobabell, which is added of the Prophete, XXVIII. Redargution. The false and treacherous Iewes do now impudently interpret these words touching the Kingdom and principality to concern Zerubbabel, of whom mention is made Ezra 2. Heggeus. 1. etc. And yet beside that they Are convinced by the Authority of their own auncitors, into whose head, during the time that Herod reigned and inquired the truth of the matter, no such things ever Come, it can by no means be understanded of Zerubbabel, which is added of the Prophet, np1. n1. dt j cc j npg1 vdb av av-j vvi d n2 vvg dt n1 cc n1 pc-acp vvi np1, pp-f r-crq n1 vbz vvn np1 crd np1. crd av cc av p-acp cst pns32 vbr j-vvn p-acp dt n1 pp-f po32 d n2, p-acp rg-crq n1, p-acp dt n1 cst np1 vvd cc vvd dt n1 pp-f dt n1, dx d n2 av vvd, pn31 vmb p-acp dx n2 vbb vvn pp-f np1, r-crq vbz vvn pp-f dt n1, (24) chapter (DIV2) 676 Image 97
2176 namely, that his outgoinges haue bene from the beginninge and from euerlastinge. namely, that his outgoinges have be from the begin and from everlasting. av, cst po31 n2-vdg vhi vbn p-acp dt n-vvg cc p-acp j. (24) chapter (DIV2) 676 Image 97
2177 This was very well noted of Chrysostom. And thus doe the Iawes reiecte the veritie explaned vnto them of their doctors, This was very well noted of Chrysostom. And thus do the Jaws reject the verity explained unto them of their Doctors, d vbds av av vvn pp-f np1. cc av vdb dt n2 vvi dt n1 vvd p-acp pno32 pp-f po32 n2, (24) chapter (DIV2) 677 Image 97
2178 and dayly deuise absurd and false interpretaciōs of the diuine oracles, in such sorte that nowe it is euident that they are giuen vp of god into a reprobate sense, and daily devise absurd and false interpretations of the divine oracles, in such sort that now it is evident that they Are given up of god into a Reprobate sense, cc av-j vvi j cc j n2 pp-f dt j-jn n2, p-acp d n1 cst av pn31 vbz j cst pns32 vbr vvn a-acp pp-f n1 p-acp dt j-jn n1, (24) chapter (DIV2) 677 Image 97
2179 and that as well the scriptures as euery other thinge besides (yet thorough their owne deseruinge) is become pernitious vnto them. and that as well the Scriptures as every other thing beside (yet through their own deserving) is become pernicious unto them. cc d c-acp av dt n2 p-acp d j-jn n1 a-acp (av p-acp po32 d vvg) vbz vvn j p-acp pno32. (24) chapter (DIV2) 677 Image 97
2180 XXIX. Institution. But goe to let vs by the example of the wise men submitte our selues wholy vnto Christ our kinge, XXIX. Institution. But go to let us by the Exampl of the wise men submit our selves wholly unto christ our King, np1. n1. p-acp vvi pc-acp vvi pno12 p-acp dt n1 pp-f dt j n2 vvi po12 n2 av-jn p-acp np1 po12 n1, (24) chapter (DIV2) 678 Image 98
2181 and acknowledge ye incomparable benefites which we may receyue of him, if so be we will beléeue in him with our wholle harte, and acknowledge you incomparable benefits which we may receive of him, if so be we will believe in him with our wholle heart, cc vvb pn22 j n2 r-crq pns12 vmb vvi pp-f pno31, cs av vbb pns12 vmb vvi p-acp pno31 p-acp po12 j-jn n1, (24) chapter (DIV2) 678 Image 98
2182 and with such fidelitye and diligence as is méete, obeye his commaundementes. and with such Fidis and diligence as is meet, obey his Commandments. cc p-acp d n1 cc n1 c-acp vbz j, vvi po31 n2. (24) chapter (DIV2) 678 Image 98
2183 Where as if wée beléeue an obey him in déede, then are we true Israelites, and citizens regestred in the kingdome of heauen. Where as if we believe an obey him in deed, then Are we true Israelites, and Citizens registered in the Kingdom of heaven. c-crq c-acp cs pns12 vvb dt vvb pno31 p-acp n1, av vbr pns12 j np2, cc n2 vvn p-acp dt n1 pp-f n1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 679 Image 98
2184 Not all that are of Israell, are Israelites, but they that are the children of promise. Not all that Are of Israel, Are Israelites, but they that Are the children of promise. xx d cst vbr pp-f np1, vbr np2, cc-acp pns32 cst vbr dt n2 pp-f n1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 679 Image 98
2185 Then Herode, when he had priuily called the wise mē, enquired, of them diligently, what tyme the Starre appered. Then Herod, when he had privily called the wise men, inquired, of them diligently, what time the Star appeared. av np1, c-crq pns31 vhd av-j vvn dt j n2, vvn, pp-f pno32 av-j, r-crq n1 dt n1 vvd. (24) chapter (DIV2) 680 Image 98
2186 And he sente them to Bethelem, and saide: And he sent them to bethlehem, and said: cc pns31 vvd pno32 p-acp np1, cc vvd: (24) chapter (DIV2) 680 Image 98
2187 Goe and search diligently for the younge childe, an when yee haue founde him, bringe me worde againe, that I may come and worshippe him also. Go and search diligently for the young child, an when ye have found him, bring me word again, that I may come and worship him also. vvb cc vvi av-j p-acp dt j n1, cs c-crq pn22 vhb vvn pno31, vvb pno11 n1 av, cst pns11 vmb vvi cc vvi pno31 av. (24) chapter (DIV2) 680 Image 98
2188 xxx. Correction. The vngodly albeit they haue rightly bene enstructed as touchinge the trueth, yet is their conscience neuer in quiet. xxx. Correction. The ungodly albeit they have rightly be instructed as touching the truth, yet is their conscience never in quiet. crd. n1. dt j cs pns32 vhb av-jn vbi vvn p-acp vvg dt n1, av vbz po32 n1 av p-acp j-jn. (24) chapter (DIV2) 681 Image 98
2189 They giue no credite to the Scriptures, and therefore they turne themselues to the deuises of mannes wisdome. They give no credit to the Scriptures, and Therefore they turn themselves to the devises of Man's Wisdom. pns32 vvb dx n1 p-acp dt n2, cc av pns32 vvb px32 p-acp dt n2 pp-f ng1 n1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 681 Image 98
2190 But assone as they perceiue themselues to be conuinced as well by the Scripture as by naturall reason, they knowe not in the worlde which way to turne them. But As soon as they perceive themselves to be convinced as well by the Scripture as by natural reason, they know not in the world which Way to turn them. p-acp av c-acp pns32 vvb px32 pc-acp vbi j-vvn c-acp av p-acp dt n1 c-acp p-acp j n1, pns32 vvb xx p-acp dt n1 r-crq n1 pc-acp vvi pno32. (24) chapter (DIV2) 681 Image 98
2191 Wherefore they conuert themselues to deceites and wiles, and when they are fully bent in their mindes vppon mischiefe, Wherefore they convert themselves to Deceits and wiles, and when they Are Fully bent in their minds upon mischief, c-crq pns32 vvi px32 p-acp n2 cc n2, cc c-crq pns32 vbr av-j vvn p-acp po32 n2 p-acp n1, (24) chapter (DIV2) 681 Image 98
2192 and in ye meane time stand in doubte of all thinges, they séeme as though they were moued with some fauour and zeale of the truth, and in the mean time stand in doubt of all things, they seem as though they were moved with Some favour and zeal of the truth, cc p-acp dt j n1 vvi p-acp n1 pp-f d n2, pns32 vvb c-acp cs pns32 vbdr vvn p-acp d n1 cc n1 pp-f dt n1, (24) chapter (DIV2) 681 Image 98
2193 but in very déed they imagine nothinge els, then howe to deface and oppresse it. but in very deed they imagine nothing Else, then how to deface and oppress it. cc-acp p-acp j n1 pns32 vvb pix av, av c-crq pc-acp vvi cc vvi pn31. (24) chapter (DIV2) 681 Image 98
2194 But at the length their malyce, one way or other, brusteth forth in such wise that the godly may both eschew them and auoide their snares pryuily prepared. But At the length their malice, one Way or other, bursteth forth in such wise that the godly may both eschew them and avoid their snares pryuily prepared. p-acp p-acp dt n1 po32 n1, crd n1 cc n-jn, vvz av p-acp d j cst dt j vmb d vvi pno32 cc vvi po32 n2 av-j vvn. (24) chapter (DIV2) 681 Image 98
2195 xxxi. Institution. All the godly therefore are admonished to béeware and circumspecte, and to obserue diligently, xxxi. Institution. All the godly Therefore Are admonished to beware and circumspect, and to observe diligently, crd. n1. d dt j av vbr vvn pc-acp vvi cc j, cc pc-acp vvi av-j, (24) chapter (DIV2) 682 Image 98
2196 so far forth as may be, the tokens whereby they may finde out the fraude and impietie of those men, with whom they haue to doe. so Far forth as may be, the tokens whereby they may find out the fraud and impiety of those men, with whom they have to do. av av-j av c-acp vmb vbi, dt n2 c-crq pns32 vmb vvi av dt n1 cc n1 pp-f d n2, p-acp ro-crq pns32 vhb pc-acp vdi. (24) chapter (DIV2) 682 Image 98
2197 Those that goe about to oppresse the truthe, some are tirauntes, some hipocrites: Those that go about to oppress the truth, Some Are Tyrants, Some Hypocrites: d cst vvb a-acp pc-acp vvi dt n1, d vbr n2, d n2: (24) chapter (DIV2) 683 Image 98
2198 of either of them we may beholde the image and paterne in Herode alone, and goe no further. of either of them we may behold the image and pattern in Herod alone, and go no further. pp-f d pp-f pno32 pns12 vmb vvi dt n1 cc n1 p-acp np1 av-j, cc vvb av-dx av-jc. (24) chapter (DIV2) 683 Image 98
2199 Both of them at the first coulloure their deuises, yea and fame themselue to séeke with the godly to promote ye sincere worshipping of God, Both of them At the First coulloure their devises, yea and fame themselves to seek with the godly to promote you sincere worshipping of God, av-d pp-f pno32 p-acp dt ord n1 po32 n2, uh cc n1 px32 pc-acp vvi p-acp dt j pc-acp vvi pn22 j vvg pp-f np1, (24) chapter (DIV2) 683 Image 98
2200 as Herode saith here that hee will worshippe Christ. as Herod Says Here that he will worship christ. c-acp np1 vvz av cst pns31 vmb vvi np1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 683 Image 98
2201 But surely those affections of the mind• shime not forth, neither doth that spirite appeare to bee in them, which otherwise is to bee founde in the godly sort: But surely those affections of the mind• shime not forth, neither does that Spirit appear to be in them, which otherwise is to be found in the godly sort: p-acp av-j d n2 pp-f dt n1 vvb xx av, av-dx vdz d n1 vvi pc-acp vbi p-acp pno32, r-crq av vbz pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp dt j n1: (24) chapter (DIV2) 683 Image 98
2202 but rather alwayes there are noted in them either some wordes or déedes, out of which it is no harde matter to gather their contempte and hatred of pure religion. but rather always there Are noted in them either Some words or Deeds, out of which it is no harden matter to gather their contempt and hatred of pure Religion. cc-acp av-c av pc-acp vbr vvn p-acp pno32 d d n2 cc n2, av pp-f r-crq pn31 vbz dx j n1 pc-acp vvi po32 n1 cc n1 pp-f j n1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 683 Image 98
2203 Such a one is this, where Herode héere not without disdayne calleth Christ a childe, sayinge: Such a one is this, where Herod Here not without disdain calls christ a child, saying: d dt pi vbz d, c-crq np1 av xx p-acp n1 vvz np1 dt n1, vvg: (24) chapter (DIV2) 684 Image 98
2204 Serch diligently for the younge childe. Search diligently for the young child. vvb av-j p-acp dt j n1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 684 Image 98
2205 Neither truely can the wicked any otherwise doe, then extinuate the dignitie of Christ, the worde of God, the Church, the ministery of the gospell: Neither truly can the wicked any otherwise do, then extinuate the dignity of christ, the word of God, the Church, the Ministry of the gospel: d av-j vmb dt j d av vdb, av j dt n1 pp-f np1, dt n1 pp-f np1, dt n1, dt n1 pp-f dt n1: (24) chapter (DIV2) 685 Image 98
2206 and one while openly, an other while ouerthwartly, giue some signifycation of their malignante minde, especially when they feare either that it will come to passe, that their enormites shal bée disclosed and reproued, and one while openly, an other while overthwartly, give Some signification of their malignante mind, especially when they Fear either that it will come to pass, that their enormities shall been disclosed and reproved, cc crd n1 av-j, dt j-jn n1 av, vvb d n1 pp-f po32 n1 n1, av-j c-crq pns32 vvb d cst pn31 vmb vvi pc-acp vvi, cst po32 n2 vmb vbi vvn cc vvn, (24) chapter (DIV2) 685 Image 98
2207 or els their credite and commoditie any thinge empayred. or Else their credit and commodity any thing impaired. cc av po32 n1 cc n1 d n1 vvn. (24) chapter (DIV2) 685 Image 98
2208 There is no doubt but that the Iewes, perceiued some such signes in them, which after they were brought out of Babilon into Iury, would haue ioyned themselues as inhabitauntes vnto the Iewes, returned out of captiuitie, in buildinge of the Temple: There is no doubt but that the Iewes, perceived Some such Signs in them, which After they were brought out of Babylon into Jury, would have joined themselves as inhabitants unto the Iewes, returned out of captivity, in building of the Temple: pc-acp vbz dx n1 cc-acp cst dt np2, vvd d d n2 p-acp pno32, r-crq c-acp pns32 vbdr vvn av pp-f np1 p-acp n1, vmd vhi vvn px32 p-acp n2 p-acp dt np2, vvd av pp-f n1, p-acp n-vvg pp-f dt n1: (24) chapter (DIV2) 686 Image 98
2209 Howbeit Zorobabell would not admit them: and that for good cause. For albeit they auouched themselues to worshippe together with them one and the same GOD, Howbeit Zerubbabel would not admit them: and that for good cause. For albeit they avouched themselves to worship together with them one and the same GOD, a-acp np1 vmd xx vvi pno32: cc cst p-acp j n1. c-acp cs pns32 vvn px32 pc-acp vvi av p-acp pno32 crd cc dt d np1, (24) chapter (DIV2) 686 Image 98
2210 yet notwithstāding sone after they declared many way•s how cruel & vnmercyful enemies they were of pure & sincere religiō. yet notwithstanding soon After they declared many way•s how cruel & unmerciful enemies they were of pure & sincere Religion. av a-acp av c-acp pns32 vvd d n2 c-crq j cc j n2 pns32 vbdr pp-f j cc j n1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 687 Image 98
2211 And lo• the Starre which they had seene in the Easte, went before them, tyll it came and stoode ouer the place, where the childe was. And lo• the Star which they had seen in the East, went before them, till it Come and stood over the place, where the child was. cc n1 dt n1 r-crq pns32 vhd vvn p-acp dt n1, vvd p-acp pno32, p-acp pn31 vvd cc vvd p-acp dt n1, c-crq dt n1 vbds. (24) chapter (DIV2) 688 Image 98
2212 XXXII, and XXXIII. Doctrine, and Institution. XXXII, and XXXIII. Doctrine, and Institution. crd, cc crd. n1, cc n1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 689 Image 99
2213 The iudgement of the Scriptures is heard, the common incklinge engrauen in the mindes of all men, likewise naturall causes are considered: The judgement of the Scriptures is herd, the Common inkling engraved in the minds of all men, likewise natural Causes Are considered: dt n1 pp-f dt n2 vbz vvn, dt j n1 vvn p-acp dt n2 pp-f d n2, av j n2 vbr vvn: (24) chapter (DIV2) 690 Image 99
2214 and that, to the intente all those thinges (so farre forth as may bée) beinge compared amonge themselues, bothe our Faith might be confirmed, and that, to the intent all those things (so Far forth as may been) being compared among themselves, both our Faith might be confirmed, cc cst, p-acp dt n1 d d n2 (av av-j av c-acp vmb vbi) vbg vvn p-acp px32, av-d po12 n1 vmd vbi vvn, (24) chapter (DIV2) 690 Image 99
2215 and also the knowledge of spirituall thinges, chiefely of the rightuousnesse, goodnesse, mercy, and power of God, myght growe and encrease, in vs. To which ende and purpose God himselfe oft times is accoustomed els where to adioyne eftesones vnto his worde and doctrine notable workes and effectes. and also the knowledge of spiritual things, chiefly of the righteousness, Goodness, mercy, and power of God, might grow and increase, in us To which end and purpose God himself oft times is accustomed Else where to adjoin eftsoons unto his word and Doctrine notable works and effects. cc av dt n1 pp-f j n2, av-jn pp-f dt n1, n1, n1, cc n1 pp-f np1, vmd vvi cc vvi, p-acp pno12 pc-acp r-crq n1 cc n1 np1 px31 av n2 vbz vvn av c-crq pc-acp vvi av p-acp po31 n1 cc n1 j n2 cc n2. (24) chapter (DIV2) 690 Image 99
2216 Let vs not contemne therefore the reasons and naturall causes which doe illustrate and set forth vnto vs the knowledge conteyned in the woorde of God, Let us not contemn Therefore the Reasons and natural Causes which do illustrate and Set forth unto us the knowledge contained in the word of God, vvb pno12 xx vvi av dt n2 cc j n2 r-crq vdb vvi cc vvi av p-acp pno12 dt n1 vvn p-acp dt n1 pp-f np1, (24) chapter (DIV2) 692 Image 99
2217 and wonderfully helpe forwarde our weake vnderstandinge. XXXIIII. Doctrine. There was néede of a Starre, which shoulde shewe not onely the Citye, and wonderfully help forward our weak understanding. XXXIIII. Doctrine. There was need of a Star, which should show not only the city, cc av-j vvi av-j po12 j n1. crd. n1. a-acp vbds n1 pp-f dt n1, r-crq vmd vvi xx av-j dt n1, (24) chapter (DIV2) 692 Image 99
2218 but also the house, yea and the childe himselfe. but also the house, yea and the child himself. cc-acp av dt n1, uh cc dt n1 px31. (24) chapter (DIV2) 693 Image 99
2219 It is very lykely that all thinge there were so vile and abiecte, that no man woulde haue thought Christ the king to bée there. It is very likely that all thing there were so vile and abject, that no man would have Thought christ the King to been there. pn31 vbz av j cst d n1 a-acp vbdr av j cc j, cst dx n1 vmd vhi vvn np1 dt n1 pc-acp vbi a-acp. (24) chapter (DIV2) 694 Image 99
2220 Albeit the Scripture be a faithfull wytnes & testifyer of the truth, yet, is it néedefull for vs to learne many thinges of men, of causes naturall, of signes, Albeit the Scripture be a faithful witness & testifyer of the truth, yet, is it needful for us to Learn many things of men, of Causes natural, of Signs, cs dt n1 vbb dt j vvb cc n1 pp-f dt n1, av, vbz pn31 j p-acp pno12 pc-acp vvi d n2 pp-f n2, pp-f n2 j, pp-f n2, (24) chapter (DIV2) 694 Image 99
2221 and other of the same kinde, which are ordynary and allowed of God, and so be made certaine of many particular thinges necessary to be knowne. and other of the same kind, which Are ordinary and allowed of God, and so be made certain of many particular things necessary to be known. cc n-jn pp-f dt d n1, r-crq vbr j cc vvn pp-f np1, cc av vbi vvn j pp-f d j n2 j pc-acp vbi vvn. (24) chapter (DIV2) 694 Image 99
2222 And when they sawe the starre, they reioyced exceedingly with greate ioye. And when they saw the star, they rejoiced exceedingly with great joy. cc c-crq pns32 vvd dt n1, pns32 vvd av-vvg p-acp j n1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 695 Image 99
2223 XXXV. Institution. The doctrine touchinge spiritual matters by which we are directed vnto Christ, & doo profite in Christ, we ought to imbrace with gladd & ioyfull minde and also to giue thanckes vnto God for the same. XXXV. Institution. The Doctrine touching spiritual matters by which we Are directed unto christ, & do profit in christ, we ought to embrace with glad & joyful mind and also to give thanks unto God for the same. crd. n1. dt n1 vvg j n2 p-acp r-crq pns12 vbr vvn p-acp np1, cc vdi vvi p-acp np1, pns12 vmd pc-acp vvi p-acp j cc j n1 cc av pc-acp vvi n2 p-acp np1 p-acp dt d. (24) chapter (DIV2) 696 Image 99
2224 Which thinge truely they gladly wil doe that haue any vnderstandinge at all what great v•ili•ie and profyte commeth of sounde doctrine. Which thing truly they gladly will do that have any understanding At all what great v•ili•ie and profit comes of sound Doctrine. r-crq n1 av-j pns32 av-j vmb vdi cst vhb d vvg p-acp d r-crq j n1 cc n1 vvz pp-f n1 n1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 696 Image 99
2225 And entring into the house, they founde the young childe with Mary his Mother, and fell downe and worshipped him, And entering into the house, they found the young child with Marry his Mother, and fell down and worshipped him, cc vvg p-acp dt n1, pns32 vvd dt j n1 p-acp vvi po31 n1, cc vvd a-acp cc vvd pno31, (24) chapter (DIV2) 696 Image 99
2226 and openinge their treasures, they presented vnto him giftes, Gode, and Frankensence, and Myrhe. XXXXVI, and XXXVII. Doctrine and Institution and opening their treasures, they presented unto him Gifts, Good, and Frankincense, and Myrrh. XXXXVI, and XXXVII. Doctrine and Institution cc vvg po32 n2, pns32 vvd p-acp pno31 n2, j, cc n1, cc n1. np1, cc crd. n1 cc n1 (24) chapter (DIV2) 696 Image 99
2227 Faith fyxed on the promises of God is not dcceiued, but like as god that promiseth is true, Faith fixed on the promises of God is not dcceiued, but like as god that promises is true, n1 vvn p-acp dt n2 pp-f np1 vbz xx vvn, cc-acp av-j c-acp n1 cst vvz vbz j, (24) chapter (DIV2) 698 Image 99
2228 so ye faith also of the belieuer fyndeth at the length the trueth by experience, and perceyueth in déede the large fruites of fayth. so you faith also of the believer findeth At the length the truth by experience, and perceiveth in deed the large fruits of faith. av pn22 n1 av pp-f dt n1 vvz p-acp dt n1 dt n1 p-acp n1, cc vvz p-acp n1 dt j n2 pp-f n1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 698 Image 99
2229 By fayth the wise men were drawen out of farre Countries into Bethlem (for howe shoulde they haue taken vppon them so longe, difficulte, By faith the wise men were drawn out of Far Countries into Bethlehem (for how should they have taken upon them so long, difficult, p-acp n1 dt j n2 vbdr vvn av pp-f j n2 p-acp np1 (c-acp q-crq vmd pns32 vhb vvn p-acp pno32 av av-j, j, (24) chapter (DIV2) 698 Image 99
2230 and daungerous a iorney, the way being altogether vnknowne vnto them, except they had bene incensed with a wonderfull Fayth?) there then they founde in very déede that which afore they beléeued. and dangerous a journey, the Way being altogether unknown unto them, except they had be incensed with a wonderful Faith?) there then they found in very deed that which afore they believed. cc j dt n1, dt n1 vbg av j p-acp pno32, c-acp pns32 vhd vbn vvn p-acp dt j n1?) a-acp av pns32 vvd p-acp j n1 cst r-crq p-acp pns32 vvn. (24) chapter (DIV2) 698 Image 99
2231 Therefore let vs also, lokinge vppon the promises of god touchinge the benefytes as well of the life present as to come, neuer caste away our faith, Therefore let us also, looking upon the promises of god touching the benefits as well of the life present as to come, never cast away our faith, av vvb pno12 av, vvg p-acp dt n2 pp-f n1 vvg dt n2 c-acp av pp-f dt n1 j c-acp pc-acp vvi, av-x vvn av po12 n1, (24) chapter (DIV2) 699 Image 99
2232 but by the example of the faithfull Abraham, beyond hope beléeue vnder hope, nothinge doubtinge, but by the Exampl of the faithful Abraham, beyond hope believe under hope, nothing doubting, cc-acp p-acp dt n1 pp-f dt j np1, p-acp n1 vvb p-acp n1, pix vvg, (24) chapter (DIV2) 699 Image 99
2233 but that God will performe his promises, if not for our cause, which verely are vnworthy of his benefytes, yet for his owne sake. but that God will perform his promises, if not for our cause, which verily Are unworthy of his benefits, yet for his own sake. cc-acp cst np1 vmb vvi po31 n2, cs xx p-acp po12 n1, r-crq av-j vbr j pp-f po31 n2, av p-acp po31 d n1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 699 Image 99
2234 xxxviii. Doctrine. The wise men whilest they honour Christ with that honour which is due to God alone, doe confesse Christ not onely to be man but also true and perfecte God. xxxviii. Doctrine. The wise men whilst they honour christ with that honour which is due to God alone, do confess christ not only to be man but also true and perfect God. crd. n1. dt j n2 cs pns32 vvb np1 p-acp d n1 r-crq vbz j-jn p-acp np1 av-j, vdb vvi np1 xx av-j pc-acp vbi n1 p-acp av j cc vvi np1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 700 Image 99
2235 Which thing they fyrst learned in Persia by reuelation from heauen, afterwarde in Iury by the oracles of the Prophetes. Which thing they fyrst learned in Persiam by Revelation from heaven, afterward in Jury by the oracles of the prophets. r-crq n1 pns32 ord vvd p-acp np1 p-acp n1 p-acp n1, av p-acp n1 p-acp dt n2 pp-f dt n2. (24) chapter (DIV2) 701 Image 99
2236 XXXIX. and XL. Redargucion and Doctrine XXXIX. and XL. Redargution and Doctrine crd. cc crd. n1 cc n1 (24) chapter (DIV2) 702 Image 99
2237 Here are conuinced all heretikes as the Ebionites, Cerinthians and such like, which contended that Christ is onely pure man, and not God. Here Are convinced all Heretics as the Ebionites, Cerinthians and such like, which contended that christ is only pure man, and not God. av vbr j-vvn d n2 p-acp dt np2, np1 cc d av-j, r-crq vvd cst np1 vbz av-j j n1, cc xx np1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 703 Image 99
2238 But much more grieuously are confuted the Iewes, which when they had heard partly of the wise men, partly out of the Scripture, many and most certaine testimonies touchinge Christ, But much more grievously Are confuted the Iewes, which when they had herd partly of the wise men, partly out of the Scripture, many and most certain testimonies touching christ, p-acp d dc av-j vbr vvn dt np2, r-crq c-crq pns32 vhd vvn av pp-f dt j n2, av av pp-f dt n1, d cc ds j n2 vvg np1, (24) chapter (DIV2) 703 Image 99
2239 yet would they not adioyne them selues to the wise men, to the intent to worshippe him: yet would they not adjoin them selves to the wise men, to the intent to worship him: av vmd pns32 xx vvi pno32 n2 p-acp dt j n2, p-acp dt n1 pc-acp vvi pno31: (24) chapter (DIV2) 703 Image 100
2240 as neyther they will be perswaded to this daye to worshippe and ackonwledge Christ to be true God. as neither they will be persuaded to this day to worship and ackonwledge christ to be true God. c-acp dx pns32 vmb vbi vvn p-acp d n1 pc-acp vvi cc n1 np1 pc-acp vbi j np1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 703 Image 100
2241 Howe much better had it bene neuer to haue had any knowledge of Christ at all? for vndoubtedly looke how much more manifestly Christ is declared vnto them, Howe much better had it be never to have had any knowledge of christ At all? for undoubtedly look how much more manifestly christ is declared unto them, np1 av-d jc vhd pn31 vbn av pc-acp vhi vhn d n1 pp-f np1 p-acp d? p-acp av-j vvi c-crq av-d av-dc av-j np1 vbz vvn p-acp pno32, (24) chapter (DIV2) 703 Image 100
2242 so much more grieuously shall they be punished, whiche refuse to beléeue in him beinge knowne. so much more grievously shall they be punished, which refuse to believe in him being known. av av-d av-dc av-j vmb pns32 vbi vvn, r-crq vvb pc-acp vvi p-acp pno31 vbg vvn. (24) chapter (DIV2) 703 Image 100
2243 But in déed those thinges ought to be fulfilled which God longe before by his Prophetes had pronounced touchinge the callinge of the Gentiles to come, and the reiection of the Iewes, and of a people to be raysed vp of no peole, But in deed those things ought to be fulfilled which God long before by his prophets had pronounced touching the calling of the Gentiles to come, and the rejection of the Iewes, and of a people to be raised up of no people, p-acp p-acp n1 d n2 vmd pc-acp vbi vvn r-crq np1 av-j a-acp p-acp po31 n2 vhd vvn vvg dt vvg pp-f dt n2-j pc-acp vvi, cc dt n1 pp-f dt np2, cc pp-f dt n1 pc-acp vbi vvn a-acp pp-f dx n1, (24) chapter (DIV2) 703 Image 100
2244 and of those that were a people in déede, to be abolished. and of those that were a people in deed, to be abolished. cc pp-f d cst vbdr dt n1 p-acp n1, pc-acp vbi vvn. (24) chapter (DIV2) 703 Image 100
2245 Which things truely from the time ye the wise men came to worship Christ, began wonderfully to be accomplished and euen to this present day are performed. Which things truly from the time you the wise men Come to worship christ, began wonderfully to be accomplished and even to this present day Are performed. r-crq n2 av-j p-acp dt n1 pn22 dt j n2 vvd pc-acp vvi np1, vvd av-j pc-acp vbi vvn cc av-j p-acp d j n1 vbr vvn. (24) chapter (DIV2) 704 Image 100
2246 It is requisite therefore that the doctrine touchinge the callinge of the Gentiles be noted in this place. It is requisite Therefore that the Doctrine touching the calling of the Gentiles be noted in this place. pn31 vbz j av cst dt n1 vvg dt vvg pp-f dt n2-j vbi vvn p-acp d n1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 705 Image 100
2247 XLI. Doctrine. To worshippe with the bodie prostrate, and to offer giftes, are outwarde signes, to declare the inwarde disposition of the minde. XLI. Doctrine. To worship with the body prostrate, and to offer Gifts, Are outward Signs, to declare the inward disposition of the mind. crd. n1. pc-acp vvi p-acp dt n1 j, cc pc-acp vvi n2, vbr j n2, pc-acp vvi dt j n1 pp-f dt n1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 706 Image 100
2248 For GOD hath ordained that in profession of relygyon certaine rites and ceremonies shoulde bée vsurped in the Church, with which men myght testyfye euery waye their godly and obedient minde. For GOD hath ordained that in profession of Religion certain Rites and ceremonies should been usurped in the Church, with which men might testify every Way their godly and obedient mind. p-acp np1 vhz vvn d p-acp n1 pp-f n1 j n2 cc n2 vmd vbi vvn p-acp dt n1, p-acp r-crq n2 vmd vvi d n1 po32 j cc j n1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 707 Image 100
2249 And for this cause woulde God himselfe likewise declare his will towardes men by certaine Sacramentes of him instituted: And for this cause would God himself likewise declare his will towards men by certain Sacraments of him instituted: cc p-acp d n1 vmd np1 px31 av vvb po31 n1 p-acp n2 p-acp j n2 pp-f pno31 vvd: (24) chapter (DIV2) 708 Image 100
2250 whereof such are the actions, that lyke as they shewe forth alwayes some signification of the fayth of men to god warde, whereof such Are the actions, that like as they show forth always Some signification of the faith of men to god ward, c-crq d vbr dt n2, cst av-j c-acp pns32 vvb av av d n1 pp-f dt n1 pp-f n2 p-acp n1 n1, (24) chapter (DIV2) 708 Image 100
2251 so also they yeld the like signification of the good will of God towardes men. so also they yield the like signification of the good will of God towards men. av av pns32 vvb dt j n1 pp-f dt j n1 pp-f np1 p-acp n2. (24) chapter (DIV2) 708 Image 100
2252 And yet is it not lawfull to admit here euery sort of signes, but those onely which are founde established by the worde of God. And yet is it not lawful to admit Here every sort of Signs, but those only which Are found established by the word of God. cc av vbz pn31 xx j pc-acp vvi av d n1 pp-f n2, cc-acp d av-j r-crq vbr vvn vvn p-acp dt n1 pp-f np1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 708 Image 100
2253 For to goe aboute to reduce againe the superstitious rites of of the Gentiles alredye abolished and abandoned by gods worde, were an heynous offence. For to go about to reduce again the superstitious Rites of of the Gentiles already abolished and abandoned by God's word, were an heinous offence. p-acp pc-acp vvi p-acp pc-acp vvi av dt j n2 pp-f pp-f dt n2-j av vvn cc vvn p-acp ng1 n1, vbdr dt j n1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 708 Image 100
2254 XLII. Doctrine. By the very kinde & maner of their presentes, the wise men declare, that they make a true and perfect confession of Christ the sonne of God. XLII. Doctrine. By the very kind & manner of their presents, the wise men declare, that they make a true and perfect Confessi of christ the son of God. crd. n1. p-acp dt j n1 cc n1 pp-f po32 n2, dt j n2 vvi, cst pns32 vvb dt j cc j n1 pp-f np1 dt n1 pp-f np1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 709 Image 100
2255 They offred Golde, as who sayth, acknowledginge him to bée their Kinge and Lorde, which should most wisely gouerne and most mightely, defende his spirituall kingedome, that is to say, his Church wherein they themselues were enrolled. They offered Gold, as who say, acknowledging him to been their King and Lord, which should most wisely govern and most mightily, defend his spiritual Kingdom, that is to say, his Church wherein they themselves were enrolled. pns32 vvd n1, p-acp r-crq vvz, vvg pno31 pc-acp vbi po32 n1 cc n1, r-crq vmd ds av-j vvi cc av-ds av-j, vvi po31 j n1, cst vbz pc-acp vvi, po31 n1 c-crq pns32 px32 vbdr vvn. (24) chapter (DIV2) 709 Image 100
2256 Kinges and Princes commaunde Golde or Coinage too be payde vnto them. Whylest they offer Frankensence, they confesse him to be very God. Kings and Princes command Gold or Coinage too be paid unto them. Whilst they offer Frankincense, they confess him to be very God. ng1 cc ng1 vvb n1 cc n1 av vbi vvn p-acp pno32. cs pns32 vvb n1, pns32 vvb pno31 pc-acp vbi j np1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 709 Image 100
2257 For in sacrificing or consecrating of things, it was a cus•ome commonly receyued for the most parte amongest all people, to offer Frankensence. For in sacrificing or consecrating of things, it was a cus•ome commonly received for the most part amongst all people, to offer Frankincense. p-acp p-acp vvg cc vvg pp-f n2, pn31 vbds dt n1 av-j vvn p-acp dt av-ds n1 p-acp d n1, pc-acp vvi n1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 710 Image 100
2258 Wherefore Marcellinus the Bishop by castinge thrée greynes of Frankensence into the fire, is iudged to haue attributed a kinde of diuinitie to his Idoles. Wherefore Marcellinus the Bishop by casting thrée greynes of Frankincense into the fire, is judged to have attributed a kind of divinity to his Idols. c-crq np1 dt n1 p-acp vvg crd n2 pp-f n1 p-acp dt n1, vbz vvn pc-acp vhi vvn dt n1 pp-f n1 p-acp po31 n2. (24) chapter (DIV2) 711 Image 100
2259 The offering of Myrhe testifieth that Christ is true man, which should dye the death. The offering of Myrrh Testifieth that christ is true man, which should die the death. dt n1 pp-f n1 vvz cst np1 vbz j n1, r-crq vmd vvi dt n1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 711 Image 100
2260 The people of the East partes, and especially the Iewes, had a custome to season the bodies of the dead with Myrhe, by ye vertue whereof they wee kept from putrifaction, as the Phisition doe auouch. The people of the East parts, and especially the Iewes, had a custom to season the bodies of the dead with Myrrh, by the virtue whereof they we kept from putrefaction, as the physician do avouch. dt n1 pp-f dt n1 n2, cc av-j dt np2, vhd dt n1 pc-acp vvi dt n2 pp-f dt j p-acp n1, p-acp dt n1 c-crq pns32 pns12 vvd p-acp n1, c-acp dt n1 vdb vvi. (24) chapter (DIV2) 711 Image 100
2261 They therefore that confesse themselues fyrst before the congregation to be citizens of the Church of God, They Therefore that confess themselves fyrst before the congregation to be Citizens of the Church of God, pns32 av cst vvb px32 ord p-acp dt n1 pc-acp vbi n2 pp-f dt n1 pp-f np1, (24) chapter (DIV2) 712 Image 100
2262 and afterwarde that Christ is both true God and true man, doe make (as we thinke) so notable a confession of faith, that nothinge can be further required therin. and afterward that christ is both true God and true man, do make (as we think) so notable a Confessi of faith, that nothing can be further required therein. cc av cst np1 vbz d j n1 cc j n1, vdb vvi (c-acp pns12 vvb) av j dt n1 pp-f n1, cst pix vmb vbi av-jc vvn av. (24) chapter (DIV2) 712 Image 100
2263 XLIII. Institution. We are admonished also by the example of the wise men, as well in our minde as in our bodye to worship Christ, to confesse and acknowledge him to be the head and Lord ouer his church, XLIII. Institution. We Are admonished also by the Exampl of the wise men, as well in our mind as in our body to worship christ, to confess and acknowledge him to be the head and Lord over his Church, crd. n1. pns12 vbr vvn av p-acp dt n1 pp-f dt j n2, c-acp av p-acp po12 n1 c-acp p-acp po12 n1 p-acp n1 np1, pc-acp vvi cc vvi pno31 pc-acp vbi dt n1 cc n1 p-acp po31 n1, (24) chapter (DIV2) 713 Image 100
2264 and as very mā so also to be very god. and as very man so also to be very god. cc p-acp j n1 av av pc-acp vbi j n1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 713 Image 100
2265 Moreouer we offer gold or money to Christ, if we deale to our néedy berthrē any part of our owne proper substance. Moreover we offer gold or money to christ, if we deal to our needy berthren any part of our own proper substance. av pns12 vvb n1 cc n1 p-acp np1, cs pns12 vvb p-acp po12 j n2 d n1 pp-f po12 d j n1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 713 Image 100
2266 God giueth vs richies, & therfore wil he be honored wc our ritches but thē is he honored whē we giue to his mēbers. God gives us richies, & Therefore will he be honoured which our riches but them is he honoured when we give to his members. np1 vvz pno12 n2, cc av vmb pns31 vbi vvn q-crq po12 n2 p-acp pno32 vbz pns31 vvn c-crq pns12 vvb p-acp po31 n2. (24) chapter (DIV2) 713 Image 100
2267 We offer Myrhe, whē we take diligent héede, least ye corrupcion of sins do defile either our selues or others. We offer Myrrh, when we take diligent heed, lest you corruption of Sins do defile either our selves or Others. pns12 vvb n1, c-crq pns12 vvb j n1, cs pn22 n1 pp-f n2 vdb vvi av-d po12 n2 cc n2-jn. (24) chapter (DIV2) 713 Image 100
2268 Wée offer Frankensence of a most swéet sauoure, when our good déedes to the glory of GOD and edifiinge of our neighbour doe shyne forth and become apparaunte to all men. We offer Frankincense of a most sweet savour, when our good Deeds to the glory of GOD and edifying of our neighbour do shine forth and become apparaunte to all men. pns12 vvb n1 pp-f dt av-ds j n1, c-crq po12 j n2 p-acp dt n1 pp-f np1 cc vvg pp-f po12 n1 vdb vvi av cc vvi n1 p-acp d n2. (24) chapter (DIV2) 713 Image 101
2269 Finally we drawe forth of our treasuries giftes gratefull to God, if, as the Apostle monisheth and besecheth, We wake our bodyes a quicke sacrifice, holy, Finally we draw forth of our treasuries Gifts grateful to God, if, as the Apostle monisheth and Beseecheth, We wake our bodies a quick sacrifice, holy, av-j pns12 vvb av pp-f po12 n2 n2 j p-acp np1, cs, c-acp dt n1 vvz cc vvz, pns12 vvb po12 n2 dt j n1, j, (24) chapter (DIV2) 713 Image 101
2270 and acceptable vnto God, which is our reasonable seruice, & not fasshion our selues after the shape of this world. and acceptable unto God, which is our reasonable service, & not fashion our selves After the shape of this world. cc j p-acp np1, r-crq vbz po12 j n1, cc xx vvi po12 n2 p-acp dt n1 pp-f d n1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 713 Image 101
2271 XLIIII. Correction. What punishmentes are not they worthy off, which hauing aboundantly wherewith (after the example of the wyse men) to honour & worship Christ the sonne of God, doo yet nothinge at all? they giue not to the poore, they make no confession of Christ, to the short, thou canst finde nothinge in them whereby thou maiest know them to be Christians. XLIIII. Correction. What punishments Are not they worthy off, which having abundantly wherewith (After the Exampl of the wise men) to honour & worship christ the son of God, do yet nothing At all? they give not to the poor, they make no Confessi of christ, to the short, thou Canst find nothing in them whereby thou Mayest know them to be Christians. crd. n1. q-crq n2 vbr xx pns32 j a-acp, r-crq vhg av-j c-crq (c-acp dt n1 pp-f dt j n2) pc-acp vvi cc n1 np1 dt n1 pp-f np1, vdi av pix p-acp d? pns32 vvb xx p-acp dt j, pns32 vvb dx n1 pp-f np1, p-acp dt j, pns21 vm2 vvi pix p-acp pno32 c-crq pns21 vm2 vvi pno32 pc-acp vbi np1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 714 Image 101
2272 And although such appeare outwardly to be sober and modest, yet are they no better then the good and modest Gentiles. For no man is ignorant, that of a Christian man farre other duties and otherwyse done are required, then of a Gentile. And although such appear outwardly to be Sobrium and modest, yet Are they not better then the good and modest Gentiles. For no man is ignorant, that of a Christian man Far other duties and otherwise done Are required, then of a Gentile. cc cs d vvb av-j pc-acp vbi j cc j, av vbr pns32 xx jc cs dt j cc j np1. p-acp dx n1 vbz j, cst pp-f dt njp n1 av-j j-jn n2 cc av vdn vbr vvn, av pp-f dt j. (24) chapter (DIV2) 714 Image 101
2273 And after they were warned of God in a dreame, tha• they should not goe againe to Herode, they returned into theyr owne country an other way. And After they were warned of God in a dream, tha• they should not go again to Herod, they returned into their own country an other Way. cc c-acp pns32 vbdr vvn pp-f np1 p-acp dt n1, n1 pns32 vmd xx vvi av p-acp np1, pns32 vvd p-acp po32 d n1 dt j-jn n1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 715 Image 101
2274 xlv. Doctrine. The prouidence of God is euer bent to the moderating and aduauncing of humaine affayres. xlv. Doctrine. The providence of God is ever bent to the moderating and advancing of human affairs. crd. n1. dt n1 pp-f np1 vbz av vvn p-acp dt vvg cc vvg pp-f j n2. (24) chapter (DIV2) 716 Image 101
2275 For, that Christ new born might be kept from daunger, yt the wise men might returne home safe & sound, yt the rags of wicked Herode might be brideled & stayd, God accordīg to his vnsearchable wisedome prouided fyt & conuenient meanes. For, that christ new born might be kept from danger, that the wise men might return home safe & found, that the rags of wicked Herod might be bridled & stayed, God according to his unsearchable Wisdom provided fit & convenient means. p-acp, cst np1 av-j vvn vmd vbi vvn p-acp n1, pn31 dt j n2 vmd vvi av-an j cc j, pn31 dt n2 pp-f j np1 vmd vbi vvn cc vvn, np1 vvg p-acp po31 j n1 vvd j cc j n2. (24) chapter (DIV2) 716 Image 101
2276 Who would haue thought ye by this meanes the Innocents should haue bene saued, & the tiraūt repressed? But truely God is no more destitute of his purpose, thē he ceaseth to take care fro vs: Who would have Thought you by this means the Innocents should have be saved, & the tyrant repressed? But truly God is no more destitute of his purpose, them he ceases to take care from us: q-crq vmd vhi vvn pn22 p-acp d n2 dt n2-jn vmd vhi vbn vvn, cc dt n1 vvn? p-acp av-j np1 vbz av-dx av-dc j pp-f po31 n1, pno32 pns31 vvz pc-acp vvi n1 p-acp pno12: (24) chapter (DIV2) 716 Image 101
2277 which in déede is so great and wonderful, ye euen whilest we be a sléepe, he suggesteth vnto vs ye which is néedefull to be done. which in deed is so great and wondered, you even whilst we be a sleep, he suggests unto us you which is needful to be done. r-crq p-acp n1 vbz av j cc j, pn22 av cs pns12 vbb dt n1, pns31 vvz p-acp pno12 pn22 r-crq vbz j pc-acp vbi vdn. (24) chapter (DIV2) 716 Image 101
2278 So far foorth also doo the godly oft times euen in their sléepe profit more in good thinges, So Far forth also do the godly oft times even in their sleep profit more in good things, av av-j av av vdi dt j av n2 av-j p-acp po32 n1 n1 av-dc p-acp j n2, (24) chapter (DIV2) 716 Image 101
2279 then the wicked continually wakinge profit in euill. then the wicked continually waking profit in evil. cs dt j av-j vvg n1 p-acp j-jn. (24) chapter (DIV2) 716 Image 101
2280 xlvi Redargution. Why do ye vngodly wax proude, bosting of their ownestrength? why threaten they to do al things as they lust? why doe they not rather obserue, xlvi Redargution. Why do you ungodly wax proud, boasting of their ownestrength? why threaten they to do all things as they lust? why do they not rather observe, crd n1. q-crq vdb pn22 j n1 j, vvg pp-f po32 n1? q-crq vvb pns32 pc-acp vdi d n2 c-acp pns32 vvb? q-crq vdb pns32 xx av-c vvi, (24) chapter (DIV2) 717 Image 101
2281 how easely and quickly all their deuises are ouerthrowen? as for example whatsoeuer Herode went about is subuerted onelye by a dreame. how Easily and quickly all their devises Are overthrown? as for Exampl whatsoever Herod went about is subverted only by a dream. c-crq av-j cc av-j d po32 n2 vbr vvn? c-acp p-acp n1 r-crq np1 vvd a-acp vbz vvn av-j p-acp dt n1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 717 Image 101
2282 XLVII. Consolation. Let the godly consider these thinges diligently, and beléeue that God will neuer faile them. XLVII. Consolation. Let the godly Consider these things diligently, and believe that God will never fail them. crd. n1. vvb dt j vvb d n2 av-j, cc vvb cst np1 vmb av-x vvi pno32. (24) chapter (DIV2) 718 Image 101
2283 For he will destroy both his and their enemies, when and by what meanes we least suppose: For he will destroy both his and their enemies, when and by what means we least suppose: p-acp pns31 vmb vvi av-d png31 cc po32 n2, c-crq cc p-acp r-crq n2 pns12 ds vvb: (24) chapter (DIV2) 718 Image 101
2284 If so be wee repose our hope and confidence in him, hee will bringe to passe vndoubtedly whatsoeuer he shall iudge to be expedient for our saluation. If so be we repose our hope and confidence in him, he will bring to pass undoubtedly whatsoever he shall judge to be expedient for our salvation. cs av vbb pns12 vvb po12 n1 cc n1 p-acp pno31, pns31 vmb vvi pc-acp vvi av-j r-crq pns31 vmb vvi pc-acp vbi j p-acp po12 n1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 718 Image 101
2285 XLVIII. Doctrine. By this place it is manifest, that oft times dreames are sent of God, XLVIII. Doctrine. By this place it is manifest, that oft times dreams Are sent of God, crd. n1. p-acp d n1 pn31 vbz j, cst av n2 n2 vbr vvn pp-f np1, (24) chapter (DIV2) 719 Image 101
2286 and that men when they dreame are taught of God, & warned of most weightie matters. and that men when they dream Are taught of God, & warned of most weighty matters. cc d n2 c-crq pns32 vvb vbr vvn pp-f np1, cc vvn pp-f ds j n2. (24) chapter (DIV2) 719 Image 101
2287 A little after the Euangelist declareth that Iosephe likewise was by an Angell admonished in his sléepe to flie into Aegipt: and againe how after certaine yeares expired he was cōmaunded by like meanes to returne into Iury. Many examples are extant as wel in ye olde as new testament. A little After the Evangelist Declareth that Joseph likewise was by an Angel admonished in his sleep to fly into Egypt: and again how After certain Years expired he was commanded by like means to return into Jury Many Examples Are extant as well in you old as new Testament. dt j p-acp dt np1 vvz cst n1 av vbds p-acp dt n1 vvn p-acp po31 n1 pc-acp vvi p-acp np1: cc av c-crq p-acp j n2 vvd pns31 vbds vvn p-acp j n2 pc-acp vvi p-acp np1 d n2 vbr j c-acp av p-acp pn22 j p-acp j n1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 720 Image 101
2288 And mark in the meane time, how diuers and sondry waies God openeth his will to men. And mark in the mean time, how diverse and sundry ways God Openeth his will to men. cc vvb p-acp dt j n1, c-crq j cc j n2 np1 vvz po31 n1 p-acp n2. (24) chapter (DIV2) 720 Image 101
2289 XLIX. Institution. The faith and obedience of the wise men is commended, whiche did not vnwillingly obey the monition giuen in their sléepe. XLIX. Institution. The faith and Obedience of the wise men is commended, which did not unwillingly obey the monition given in their sleep. crd. n1. dt n1 cc n1 pp-f dt j n2 vbz vvn, r-crq vdd xx av-j vvi dt n1 vvn p-acp po32 n1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 721 Image 101
2290 There might easely haue risen in their mindes new doubts and scruples, & they mought peraduenture haue thought thus: There might Easily have risen in their minds new doubts and scruples, & they might Peradventure have Thought thus: pc-acp vmd av-j vhi vvn p-acp po32 n2 j n2 cc n2, cc pns32 vmd av vhi vvn av: (24) chapter (DIV2) 721 Image 101
2291 If this, whom we haue worshipped, were God, he would be nothing afrayde of Herode, neither should we be forbidden to return to Herode. But they in no wise troubled themselues with any such curious inquisition, If this, whom we have worshipped, were God, he would be nothing afraid of Herod, neither should we be forbidden to return to Herod. But they in no wise troubled themselves with any such curious inquisition, cs d, ro-crq pns12 vhb vvn, vbdr np1, pns31 vmd vbi pix j pp-f np1, av-dx vmd pns12 vbi vvn pc-acp vvi p-acp np1. p-acp pns32 p-acp dx j vvn px32 p-acp d d j n1, (24) chapter (DIV2) 721 Image 101
2292 yea vtterly excluding al such cogitations, they accomplished with chéerfull minde ye which they were commaunded. yea utterly excluding all such cogitations, they accomplished with cheerful mind you which they were commanded. uh av-j vvg d d n2, pns32 vvd p-acp j n1 pn22 r-crq pns32 vbdr vvn. (24) chapter (DIV2) 721 Image 101
2293 Let vs therfore also enure our selues without backslyding to obey the voyce of god, which we oft times heare, Let us Therefore also enure our selves without backsliding to obey the voice of god, which we oft times hear, vvb pno12 av av vvi po12 n2 p-acp vvg pc-acp vvi dt n1 pp-f n1, r-crq pns12 av n2 vvb, (24) chapter (DIV2) 721 Image 101
2294 if not in dreames, yet certes in the holy Scripture, in the vniuersall engine of this worlde, in our vnderstanding and perfect reson, in those thinges that teache vs publyquely in the •hurch, if not in dreams, yet certes in the holy Scripture, in the universal engine of this world, in our understanding and perfect Reason's, in those things that teach us publyquely in the •hurch, cs xx p-acp n2, av av p-acp dt j n1, p-acp dt j n1 pp-f d n1, p-acp po12 n1 cc j ng1, p-acp d n2 cst vvb pno12 av-j p-acp dt n1, (24) chapter (DIV2) 721 Image 102
2295 and that priuately prouoke vs to the thinges that 〈 ◊ 〉 good and iust, fynally, in the notable déedes and examples of holy men. and that privately provoke us to the things that 〈 ◊ 〉 good and just, finally, in the notable Deeds and Examples of holy men. cc cst av-jn vvi pno12 p-acp dt n2 cst 〈 sy 〉 j cc j, av-j, p-acp dt j n2 cc n2 pp-f j n2. (24) chapter (DIV2) 721 Image 102
2296 For by these and such like meanes God at all times talketh with vs, and prouoketh vs to obedyence, and all kinde of vertues. For by these and such like means God At all times talketh with us, and provoketh us to Obedience, and all kind of Virtues. p-acp p-acp d cc d j n2 np1 p-acp d n2 vvz p-acp pno12, cc vvz pno12 p-acp n1, cc d n1 pp-f n2. (24) chapter (DIV2) 721 Image 102
2297 L. Institution. What other thing shal we suppose the godly wise men to doe after they were returned into Persia, then all the dayes of their life with great gladnes and fauour to haue preached vnto their nation this Iesus whō fyrst they had learned by secrete reuelation, L. Institution. What other thing shall we suppose the godly wise men to do After they were returned into Persiam, then all the days of their life with great gladness and favour to have preached unto their Nation this Iesus whom fyrst they had learned by secret Revelation, np1 n1. q-crq j-jn n1 vmb pns12 vvi dt j j n2 pc-acp vdi c-acp pns32 vbdr vvn p-acp np1, av d dt n2 pp-f po32 n1 p-acp j n1 cc n1 pc-acp vhi vvn p-acp po32 n1 d np1 ro-crq ord pns32 vhd vvn p-acp j-jn n1, (24) chapter (DIV2) 722 Image 102
2298 and by the starre, afterward by the Scriptures, and had beléeued and worshipped him both as very God the sonne of his heauenly father, and by the star, afterwards by the Scriptures, and had believed and worshipped him both as very God the son of his heavenly father, cc p-acp dt n1, av p-acp dt n2, cc vhd vvn cc vvn pno31 d p-acp j np1 dt n1 pp-f po31 j n1, (24) chapter (DIV2) 722 Image 102
2299 and also as very man the sauiour and redemer of mankinde? and also as very man the Saviour and redeemer of mankind? cc av c-acp j n1 dt n1 cc n1 pp-f n1? (24) chapter (DIV2) 722 Image 102
2300 In lyke maner, therfore, if there be any of vs, whiche are before the residew of our brethren, lightned and aduaunced of God to an higher knowledge of spirituall thinges, let vs not suffer our selues by any meanes to bee letted, In like manner, Therefore, if there be any of us, which Are before the residue of our brothers, lightened and advanced of God to an higher knowledge of spiritual things, let us not suffer our selves by any means to be letted, p-acp av-j n1, av, cs pc-acp vbb d pp-f pno12, r-crq vbr p-acp dt n1 pp-f po12 n2, vvn cc vvn pp-f np1 p-acp dt jc n1 pp-f j n2, vvb pno12 xx vvi po12 n2 p-acp d n2 pc-acp vbi vvn, (24) chapter (DIV2) 723 Image 102
2301 but that we may preache Christ sincerely, faithfullye enforme al others, confyrme and strengthen those that haue any whit profyted, but that we may preach christ sincerely, faithfully inform all Others, confirm and strengthen those that have any whit profited, cc-acp cst pns12 vmb vvi np1 av-j, av-j vvi d n2-jn, vvi cc vvi d cst vhb d n1 vvn, (24) chapter (DIV2) 723 Image 102
2302 and lastly direct all our thoughts, wordes, and deedes to celebrate the glory of CHRIST, and procure the profyt and vtilytie of our brethren. and lastly Direct all our thoughts, words, and Deeds to celebrate the glory of CHRIST, and procure the profit and vtilytie of our brothers. cc ord vvi d po12 n2, n2, cc n2 pc-acp vvi dt n1 pp-f np1, cc vvi dt n1 cc n1 pp-f po12 n2. (24) chapter (DIV2) 723 Image 102
2303 Now if according to the maner of the time presente, and according to the state of the Churche, it séemeth good to selecte a few places amongst so many, Now if according to the manner of the time present, and according to the state of the Church, it Seemeth good to select a few places among so many, av cs vvg p-acp dt n1 pp-f dt n1 n1, cc vvg p-acp dt n1 pp-f dt n1, pn31 vvz j pc-acp vvi dt d n2 p-acp av d, (24) chapter (DIV2) 724 Image 102
2304 then chiefely shal be vrged with great fruite, those that excite men to make confession of Christ both true God and true man. Such places are 4.6.7.13.16.17.41.42.43. In these if a man stande somewhat longe, and spende the principall parte of his sermon, he shal very much profyt his hearers, especially the slow and duller sort. then chiefly shall be urged with great fruit, those that excite men to make Confessi of christ both true God and true man. Such places Are 4.6.7.13.16.17.41.42.43. In these if a man stand somewhat long, and spend the principal part of his sermon, he shall very much profit his hearers, especially the slow and duller sort. av av-jn vmb vbi vvn p-acp j n1, d cst vvb n2 pc-acp vvi n1 pp-f np1 d j n1 cc j n1. d n2 vbr crd. p-acp d cs dt n1 vvi av av-j, cc vvi dt j-jn n1 pp-f po31 n1, pns31 vmb av av-d vvi po31 n2, av-j dt j cc jc n1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 724 Image 102
2305 Amonge the people giuen to the supersticious obseruation of celestial motions, of dayes, of howres, or to diuinations, the 9. and 10. place shal prudently be discussed: Among the people given to the superstitious observation of celestial motions, of days, of hours, or to divinations, the 9. and 10. place shall prudently be discussed: p-acp dt n1 vvn p-acp dt j n1 pp-f j n2, pp-f n2, pp-f n2, cc p-acp n2, dt crd cc crd n1 vmb av-j vbi vvn: (24) chapter (DIV2) 726 Image 102
2306 whervnto it behoueth those thinges to be applyed whiche are iudged conformable to the same argument, accordyng as thou shalt déeme it profytable to the capacities of the hearers. whereunto it behooves those things to be applied which Are judged conformable to the same argument, according as thou shalt deem it profitable to the capacities of the hearers. c-crq pn31 vvz d n2 pc-acp vbi vvd r-crq vbr vvn j p-acp dt d n1, vvg c-acp pns21 vm2 vvi pn31 j p-acp dt n2 pp-f dt n2. (24) chapter (DIV2) 726 Image 102
2307 For so doth Chrisostom also vpon this place refel in many words iuditiall Astrologie. Yf it be expedient to inueigh with sharpe speaking against the enemies of the euangelicall veritie, the 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 28. 29. 30. 31. places, will minister large and sufficient matter ynough. For so does Chrysostom also upon this place refel in many words judicial Astrology. If it be expedient to inveigh with sharp speaking against the enemies of the Evangelical verity, the 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 28. 29. 30. 31. places, will minister large and sufficient matter enough. p-acp av vdz np1 av p-acp d n1 vvi p-acp d n2 j n1. cs pn31 vbb j pc-acp vvi p-acp j vvg p-acp dt n2 pp-f dt j n1, dt crd crd crd crd crd crd crd crd crd n2, vmb vvi j cc j n1 av-d. (24) chapter (DIV2) 726 Image 102
2308 Finally where the people neglectinge Gods worde and diume affaires is to bee stirred vp and awaked from their fylthye sluggishnesse, Finally where the people neglecting God's word and diume affairs is to be stirred up and awaked from their filthy sluggishness, av-j c-crq dt n1 vvg npg1 n1 cc n1 n2 vbz pc-acp vbi vvn a-acp cc vvn p-acp po32 j n1, (24) chapter (DIV2) 726 Image 102
2309 and to be induced to the hearing and loue of Gods word, it shall be conuenient to sticke some what the longer in the enarration of the places, 3. 5. 8. 9. 11. 12. 13. 14. 16. 17. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. 30. and to be induced to the hearing and love of God's word, it shall be convenient to stick Some what the longer in the enarration of the places, 3. 5. 8. 9. 11. 12. 13. 14. 16. 17. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. 30. cc pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp dt n-vvg cc n1 pp-f npg1 n1, pn31 vmb vbi j pc-acp vvi d r-crq dt av-jc p-acp dt n1 pp-f dt n2, crd crd crd crd crd crd crd crd crd crd crd crd crd crd crd crd crd (24) chapter (DIV2) 726 Image 102
2310 Thus muche to haue admonisshed is sufficient. Héere followeth an other example out of Luke. 2. And his father and mother marueiled at those thinges, Example. III. which were spoken of hym. Thus much to have admonished is sufficient. Here follows an other Exampl out of Lycia. 2. And his father and mother marveled At those things, Exampl. III. which were spoken of him. av av-d pc-acp vhi vvn vbz j. av vvz dt j-jn n1 av pp-f av. crd cc po31 n1 cc n1 vvd p-acp d n2, n1. np1. q-crq vbdr vvn pp-f pno31. (24) chapter (DIV2) 727 Image 102
2311 And Simeon blessed them, and saide vnto Mary his mother: And Simeon blessed them, and said unto Marry his mother: cc np1 vvd pno32, cc vvd p-acp vvi po31 n1: (24) chapter (DIV2) 728 Image 102
2312 Beholde, this childe is set to be the fal and vprising againe of many in Israel, Behold, this child is Set to be the fall and uprising again of many in Israel, vvb, d n1 vbz vvn pc-acp vbi dt n1 cc vvg av pp-f d p-acp np1, (24) chapter (DIV2) 728 Image 102
2313 and for a signe whiche is spoken against. and for a Signen which is spoken against. cc p-acp dt n1 r-crq vbz vvn p-acp. (24) chapter (DIV2) 728 Image 102
2314 And moreouer the sword shall pearce thy soule, that the thoughtes of many hartes may be opened. And moreover the sword shall pierce thy soul, that the thoughts of many hearts may be opened. cc av dt n1 vmb vvi po21 n1, cst dt n2 pp-f d n2 vmb vbi vvn. (24) chapter (DIV2) 728 Image 102
2315 And there was a prophetisse one Anna the daughter of Phanuel, of the tribe of Aser, whiche was of a great age, And there was a Prophetess one Anna the daughter of Phanuel, of the tribe of Aser, which was of a great age, cc a-acp vbds dt n1 crd np1 dt n1 pp-f np1, pp-f dt n1 pp-f n1, r-crq vbds pp-f dt j n1, (24) chapter (DIV2) 728 Image 102
2316 and had liued with an husbande seauen yeares from hir virginitie. And she had bene a widowe about fower score and fower yeares: and had lived with an husband seauen Years from his virginity. And she had be a widow about fower score and fower Years: cc vhd vvn p-acp dt n1 crd n2 p-acp png31 n1. cc pns31 vhd vbn dt n1 p-acp crd n1 cc crd n2: (24) chapter (DIV2) 728 Image 102
2317 whiche departed not from the temple, but serued God with fastinges and prayers night and day. which departed not from the temple, but served God with Fastings and Prayers night and day. r-crq vvd xx p-acp dt n1, cc-acp vvd np1 p-acp n2-vvg cc n2 n1 cc n1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 728 Image 102
2318 And she came foorth that same hower, and praysed the Lorde, and spake of him, to al them that loked for redemption in Israel. And she Come forth that same hour, and praised the Lord, and spoke of him, to all them that looked for redemption in Israel. cc pns31 vvd av cst d n1, cc vvd dt n1, cc vvd pp-f pno31, p-acp d pno32 d vvn p-acp n1 p-acp np1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 729 Image 102
2319 And when they had perfourmed all things according to the law of the Lord, they returned into Galile, to their owne citie Nazareth. And when they had performed all things according to the law of the Lord, they returned into Galilee, to their own City Nazareth. cc c-crq pns32 vhd vvn d n2 vvg p-acp dt n1 pp-f dt n1, pns32 vvd p-acp np1, p-acp po32 d n1 np1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 729 Image 102
2320 And the childe grewe and waxed stronge in spirite, and was filled with wisedome, and the grace of God was vppon him. And the child grew and waxed strong in Spirit, and was filled with Wisdom, and the grace of God was upon him. cc dt n1 vvd cc vvd j p-acp n1, cc vbds vvn p-acp n1, cc dt n1 pp-f np1 vbds p-acp pno31. (24) chapter (DIV2) 730 Image 103
2321 This narration conteineth a double confession of Iesus Christ, namely that he is the true Messias promised to the fathers, and true God (for this is the state and summe of this present reading): This narration Containeth a double Confessi of Iesus christ, namely that he is the true Messias promised to the Father's, and true God (for this is the state and sum of this present reading): d n1 vvz dt j-jn n1 pp-f np1 np1, av cst pns31 vbz dt j np1 vvn p-acp dt n2, cc j np1 (c-acp d vbz dt n1 cc n1 pp-f d j n-vvg): (24) chapter (DIV2) 731 Image 103
2322 the one made by Simeon, ye other by Anna the prophetisse, two persons of great estimation, the one made by Simeon, you other by Anna the Prophetess, two Persons of great estimation, dt pi vvd p-acp np1, pn22 n-jn p-acp np1 dt n1, crd n2 pp-f j n1, (24) chapter (DIV2) 731 Image 103
2323 and of notable sanctimony of life. Whatsoeuer therefore is héere rehearsed perteineth to the kinde didascalick. and of notable sanctimony of life. Whatsoever Therefore is Here rehearsed pertaineth to the kind Didascalick. cc pp-f j n1 pp-f n1. r-crq av vbz av vvn vvz p-acp dt j j. (24) chapter (DIV2) 731 Image 103
2324 And his father & mother merueiled at those things, which were spoken of him. And his father & mother marveled At those things, which were spoken of him. cc po31 n1 cc n1 vvd p-acp d n2, r-crq vbdr vvn pp-f pno31. (24) chapter (DIV2) 732 Image 103
2325 These words are thus added to ye sermon & thankes giuing of Simeō going next immediatly before: These words Are thus added to you sermon & thanks giving of Simeō going next immediately before: d n2 vbr av vvn p-acp pn22 n1 cc n2 vvg pp-f np1 vvg ord av-j a-acp: (24) chapter (DIV2) 733 Image 103
2326 we ought in the meane time to obserue héere dilligently, what things conduce to ye cōmon places of christian doctrine. These are such as follow. we ought in the mean time to observe Here diligently, what things conduce to you Common places of christian Doctrine. These Are such as follow. pns12 vmd p-acp dt j n1 pc-acp vvi av av-j, r-crq n2 vvi p-acp pn22 j n2 pp-f njp n1. d vbr d c-acp vvi. (24) chapter (DIV2) 733 Image 103
2327 I. Doctrine. The foundation whervpon our faith in christ doth stay, are ye reuelations sent of God to ye godly, or the church. I Doctrine. The Foundation whereupon our faith in Christ does stay, Are you revelations sent of God to you godly, or the Church. uh n1. dt n1 c-crq po12 n1 p-acp np1 vdz vvi, vbr pn22 n2 vvn pp-f np1 p-acp pn22 j, cc dt n1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 734 Image 103
2328 For by this meanes were taught & enstructed the shepherds, Simeō, Anna, Zacharias, Elizabeth & many other more ēflamed wt holy ye ghost, which al cōfessed & testified ye Iesus is ye promised Messias, & sauiour of our soules. For by this means were taught & instructed the shepherd's, Simeō, Anna, Zacharias, Elizabeth & many other more inflamed with holy the ghost, which all confessed & testified you Iesus is the promised Messias, & Saviour of our Souls. p-acp p-acp d n2 vbdr vvn cc vvn dt n2, np1, np1, np1, np1 cc d j-jn n1 vvn p-acp j dt n1, r-crq d vvd cc vvd pn22 np1 vbz dt j-vvn np1, cc n1 pp-f po12 n2. (24) chapter (DIV2) 734 Image 103
2329 Therfore albeit many other reasons do cōcur which may worthily induce vs to beléeue in Christe, Therefore albeit many other Reasons do concur which may worthily induce us to believe in Christ, av cs d j-jn n2 vdb vvi r-crq vmb av-j vvi pno12 pc-acp vvi p-acp np1, (24) chapter (DIV2) 734 Image 103
2330 yet ought these testimonies to be of great weight & importance we vs, & to stir vp faith in vs. For which cause also it is euident y• they were registred amonge the sacred scriptures. yet ought these testimonies to be of great weight & importance we us, & to stir up faith in us For which cause also it is evident y• they were registered among the sacred Scriptures. av vmd d n2 pc-acp vbi pp-f j n1 cc n1 pns12 pno12, cc pc-acp vvi a-acp n1 p-acp pno12 p-acp r-crq n1 av pn31 vbz j n1 pns32 vbdr vvn p-acp dt j n2. (24) chapter (DIV2) 734 Image 103
2331 II. Institution. It becōmeth vs highy to estéeme of ye holy scriptures, whiche conteine those notable testimonies of Christ our sauiour, II Institution. It becomes us highy to esteem of you holy Scriptures, which contain those notable testimonies of christ our Saviour, crd n1. pn31 vvz pno12 vvi pc-acp vvi pp-f pn22 j n2, r-crq vvi d j n2 pp-f np1 po12 n1, (24) chapter (DIV2) 735 Image 103
2332 & out of thē to séeke ye ground & confirmatiō of our faith. & out of them to seek you ground & confirmation of our faith. cc av pp-f pno32 pc-acp vvi pn22 n1 cc n1 pp-f po12 n1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 735 Image 103
2333 And moreouer we must dilligently enserch, heare, obserue, & reuolue ye witnesses of all famous men touching Christ and the vniuersal doctrine of religiō, And moreover we must diligently enserch, hear, observe, & revolve you Witnesses of all famous men touching christ and the universal Doctrine of Religion, cc av pns12 vmb av-j vvi, vvb, vvb, cc vvi pn22 n2 pp-f d j n2 vvg np1 cc dt j-u n1 pp-f n1, (24) chapter (DIV2) 735 Image 103
2334 whether the same be newlye reuealed by the holy Ghost, or taken out of the Srpitures. whither the same be newly revealed by the holy Ghost, or taken out of the Srpitures. cs dt d vbb av-j vvn p-acp dt j n1, cc vvn av pp-f dt n2. (24) chapter (DIV2) 735 Image 103
2335 For by this meanes Faith hath euen from the beginninge bene planted in the church, and yet still groweth and is nourished, lyke as in déede there haue bene, bee, For by this means Faith hath even from the begin be planted in the Church, and yet still grows and is nourished, like as in deed there have be, bee, p-acp p-acp d n2 n1 vhz av p-acp dt n-vvg vbi vvn p-acp dt n1, cc av av vvz cc vbz vvn, av-j c-acp p-acp n1 pc-acp vhi vbn, n1, (24) chapter (DIV2) 735 Image 103
2336 and will bee some at all times which are not afrayde to beare witnesse of. Christ, euen when the hazarde of their life is set beefore their eyes. and will be Some At all times which Are not afraid to bear witness of. christ, even when the hazard of their life is Set before their eyes. cc vmb vbi d p-acp d n2 r-crq vbr xx j pc-acp vvi n1 pp-f. np1, av c-crq dt n1 pp-f po32 n1 vbz vvn a-acp po32 n2. (24) chapter (DIV2) 735 Image 103
2337 For whiche cause they are called Act. 1. and els where, Confessors and Martirs, that is to saye witnesses. For which cause they Are called Act. 1. and Else where, Confessors and Martyrs, that is to say Witnesses. p-acp r-crq n1 pns32 vbr vvn n1 crd cc av c-crq, n2 cc n2, cst vbz pc-acp vvi n2. (24) chapter (DIV2) 735 Image 103
2338 Therfore with their testimonies also oft times reuoked into memory, we ought to strengthen and fortify our faith. Therefore with their testimonies also oft times revoked into memory, we ought to strengthen and fortify our faith. av p-acp po32 n2 av av n2 vvn p-acp n1, pns12 vmd pc-acp vvi cc vvi po12 n1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 735 Image 103
2339 III. Redargution. Forasmuch as both héere in this place and also els where Ioseph is called the father of Christ, a great sort gathered that Christ was borne of the séede of Ioseph and that Mary remayned not an vndefyled virgin. III. Redargution. Forasmuch as both Here in this place and also Else where Ioseph is called the father of christ, a great sort gathered that christ was born of the seed of Ioseph and that Marry remained not an undefiled Virgae. np1. n1. av p-acp d av p-acp d n1 cc av av c-crq np1 vbz vvn dt n1 pp-f np1, dt j n1 vvd cst np1 vbds vvn pp-f dt n1 pp-f np1 cc d vvi vvd xx dt j n1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 736 Image 103
2340 But they are conuinced by those thinges which we reade Luke. 1: When the angell had declared vnto Mary, that she should beare a childe: But they Are convinced by those things which we read Lycia. 1: When the angel had declared unto Marry, that she should bear a child: p-acp pns32 vbr j-vvn p-acp d n2 r-crq pns12 vvb av. crd: c-crq dt n1 vhd vvn p-acp vvi, cst pns31 vmd vvi dt n1: (24) chapter (DIV2) 736 Image 103
2341 How can this thing be so, saith she, seing I know not a man? The angell aunswered forthwith: How can this thing be so, Says she, sing I know not a man? The angel answered forthwith: q-crq vmb d n1 vbb av, vvz pns31, vvg pns11 vvb xx dt n1? dt n1 vvd av: (24) chapter (DIV2) 736 Image 103
2342 The holy Ghost shall come vppon thee, and the power of the highest shall ouershadowe thee. The holy Ghost shall come upon thee, and the power of the highest shall overshadow thee. dt j n1 vmb vvi p-acp pno21, cc dt n1 pp-f dt js vmb vvi pno21. (24) chapter (DIV2) 737 Image 103
2343 And therefore the holy one that shall bee borne, shall be called the sonne of God. And Simeon blessed them. And Therefore the holy one that shall be born, shall be called the son of God. And Simeon blessed them. cc av dt j pi cst vmb vbi vvn, vmb vbi vvn dt n1 pp-f np1. cc np1 vvd pno32. (24) chapter (DIV2) 737 Image 103
2344 IIII. and V. Institution and Correction. It is our duty in lyke maner to wish well and congratulate with those whom God voucheth safe to adorne with his spyrituall benefits, IIII. and V. Institution and Correction. It is our duty in like manner to wish well and congratulate with those whom God voucheth safe to adorn with his spiritual benefits, crd. cc np1 n1 cc n1. pn31 vbz po12 n1 p-acp av-j n1 pc-acp vvi av cc vvi p-acp d r-crq np1 vvz j pc-acp vvi p-acp po31 j n2, (24) chapter (DIV2) 739 Image 103
2345 yea and we ought also to giue thankes and sing prayses vnto God for them. yea and we ought also to give thanks and sing praises unto God for them. uh cc pns12 vmd av pc-acp vvi n2 cc vvi n2 p-acp np1 p-acp pno32. (24) chapter (DIV2) 739 Image 103
2346 The angell Gabriel and Elizabeth called the virgin Mary, in semblable wise, blessed and happy aboue al women. The angel Gabriel and Elizabeth called the Virgae Marry, in semblable wise, blessed and happy above all women. dt n1 np1 cc np1 vvn dt n1 vvi, p-acp j n1, j-vvn cc j p-acp d n2. (24) chapter (DIV2) 740 Image 103
2347 But those ye doo not reioyce in other mens gifts and graces, especially spirituall, but enuy and disdayne them, declare themselues sufficiently not to be Christes disciples, But those you do not rejoice in other men's Gifts and graces, especially spiritual, but envy and disdain them, declare themselves sufficiently not to be Christ's Disciples, p-acp d pn22 vdb xx vvi p-acp j-jn ng2 n2 cc n2, av-j j, cc-acp vvb cc vvi pno32, vvi px32 av-j xx pc-acp vbi npg1 n2, (24) chapter (DIV2) 740 Image 103
2348 neither to acknowledge the benefits of God in his saints. Wherefore as of enuy and hatred, so also deserue they to be accused of ingratitude. neither to acknowledge the benefits of God in his Saints. Wherefore as of envy and hatred, so also deserve they to be accused of ingratitude. av-dx pc-acp vvi dt n2 pp-f np1 p-acp po31 n2. c-crq p-acp pp-f n1 cc n1, av av vvb pns32 pc-acp vbi vvn pp-f n1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 740 Image 103
2349 And sayde vnto Marye his Mother: And said unto Mary his Mother: cc vvd p-acp vvi po31 n1: (24) chapter (DIV2) 741 Image 103
2350 Beholde this childe is set to bee the fall and vprisinge againe of many in Israel, Behold this child is Set to be the fallen and uprising again of many in Israel, vvb d n1 vbz vvn pc-acp vbi dt n1 cc vvg av pp-f d p-acp np1, (24) chapter (DIV2) 741 Image 104
2351 & for a signe that is spoken against. & for a Signen that is spoken against. cc p-acp dt n1 cst vbz vvn p-acp. (24) chapter (DIV2) 741 Image 104
2352 VI Doctrine. Simeon calleth to minde the oracles of the Prophets as touching Christ, and chiefely that of Esay. 28: The worde of the Lorde shall bee to them an offence, that they may goe on and fall backward and be broken in pieces. And after a few words: VI Doctrine. Simeon calls to mind the oracles of the prophets as touching christ, and chiefly that of Isaiah. 28: The word of the Lord shall be to them an offence, that they may go on and fallen backward and be broken in Pieces. And After a few words: crd n1. np1 vvz pc-acp vvi dt n2 pp-f dt n2 p-acp vvg np1, cc av-jn cst pp-f np1. crd: dt n1 pp-f dt n1 vmb vbi p-acp pno32 dt n1, cst pns32 vmb vvi a-acp cc vvi av-j cc vbb vvn p-acp n2. cc p-acp dt d n2: (24) chapter (DIV2) 742 Image 104
2353 Beholde I lay in Sion a stone, an approued stone, a corner stone, a precious stone, a sure foundation: Behold I lay in Sion a stone, an approved stone, a corner stone, a precious stone, a sure Foundation: vvb pns11 vvd p-acp np1 dt n1, dt j-vvn n1, dt n1 n1, dt j n1, dt j n1: (24) chapter (DIV2) 742 Image 104
2354 he that beleeueth, let him not be to hastye. he that Believeth, let him not be to hasty. pns31 cst vvz, vvb pno31 xx vbi p-acp j. (24) chapter (DIV2) 742 Image 104
2355 Which place Peter also Act. 4. likewise in his fyrst Epi••le cap. 2. interpreteth after the minde of Simeon, saying: Which place Peter also Act. 4. likewise in his fyrst Epi••le cap. 2. interpreteth After the mind of Simeon, saying: r-crq n1 np1 av n1 crd av p-acp po31 ord n1 n1. crd vvz p-acp dt n1 pp-f np1, vvg: (24) chapter (DIV2) 743 Image 104
2356 Christe is a stone sette to bee an offence and ruine of them that will not beleeue, Christ is a stone Set to be an offence and ruin of them that will not believe, np1 vbz dt n1 vvd pc-acp vbi dt n1 cc n1 pp-f pno32 cst vmb xx vvi, (24) chapter (DIV2) 743 Image 104
2357 and to be an vprising againe of the beleeuers. and to be an uprising again of the believers. cc pc-acp vbi dt n-vvg av pp-f dt n2. (24) chapter (DIV2) 743 Image 104
2358 To the same effect also speaketh Sainct Paule Rom. 9. who againe 2. Cor. 2. doubteth not to pronounce the verye gospell to be a swéet smell vnto God. To the same Effect also speaks Saint Paul Rom. 9. who again 2. Cor. 2. doubteth not to pronounce the very gospel to be a sweet smell unto God. p-acp dt d n1 av vvz n1 np1 np1 crd r-crq av crd np1 crd vvz xx pc-acp vvi dt j n1 pc-acp vbi dt j n1 p-acp np1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 744 Image 104
2359 to those verily that are saued, the fauour of life vnto life: But to them that perish, the sauour of death vnto death. to those verily that Are saved, the favour of life unto life: But to them that perish, the savour of death unto death. p-acp d av-j cst vbr vvn, dt n1 pp-f n1 p-acp n1: cc-acp p-acp pno32 cst vvb, dt n1 pp-f n1 p-acp n1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 744 Image 104
2360 Heere vpon it followeth that whether men be saued or damned it dependeth chiefely of Christ. Here upon it follows that whither men be saved or damned it dependeth chiefly of christ. av p-acp pn31 vvz d cs n2 vbb vvn cc vvn pn31 vvz av-jn pp-f np1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 745 Image 104
2361 For they that beeleeue in hym obtaine saluation, but those that wil not beléeue are damned: For they that beeleeue in him obtain salvation, but those that will not believe Are damned: p-acp pns32 cst vvb p-acp pno31 vvi n1, cc-acp d cst vmb xx vvi vbr vvn: (24) chapter (DIV2) 745 Image 104
2362 like as Christ himselfe also defyneth Marc. 16. Who then perceiueth not the most ample dignitie of Christ to be heere celebrated and set forth? Furthermore, like as christ himself also defyneth Marc. 16. Who then perceives not the most ample dignity of christ to be Here celebrated and Set forth? Furthermore, av-j c-acp np1 px31 av vvz np1 crd r-crq av vvz xx dt av-ds j n1 pp-f np1 pc-acp vbi av vvn cc vvn av? np1, (24) chapter (DIV2) 745 Image 104
2363 as those ye are saued ought to ascribe the benefyt of their saluation onely to God and to his goodnesse, séeinge namely they receiue also the very power of beléeuing freely of God (for faith is the gifte of God): as those you Are saved ought to ascribe the benefit of their salvation only to God and to his Goodness, seeing namely they receive also the very power of believing freely of God (for faith is the gift of God): c-acp d pn22 vbr vvn pi pc-acp vvi dt n1 pp-f po32 n1 av-j p-acp np1 cc p-acp po31 n1, vvg av pns32 vvb av dt j n1 pp-f vvg av-j pp-f np1 (c-acp n1 vbz dt n1 pp-f np1): (24) chapter (DIV2) 745 Image 104
2364 euen so those that perishe, perishe onelye through their owne defaulte whilest they refuse to beléeue and to receiue the benefyts offred. even so those that perish, perish only through their own default whilst they refuse to believe and to receive the benefits offered. av av d cst vvi, vvi av-j p-acp po32 d n1 cs pns32 vvb pc-acp vvi cc pc-acp vvi dt n2 vvn. (24) chapter (DIV2) 745 Image 104
2365 Which thing the Apostle Rom. 10 out of the same prophet Esay obiecteth to the vnbeléeuing Iewes. All the day long, saith he, haue I stretched out my handes to a people that beleeueth not, and that speaketh against me. Which thing the Apostle Rom. 10 out of the same Prophet Isaiah Objecteth to the unbelieving Iewes. All the day long, Says he, have I stretched out my hands to a people that Believeth not, and that speaks against me. r-crq n1 dt n1 np1 crd av pp-f dt d n1 np1 vvz p-acp dt vvg np2. av-d dt n1 av-j, vvz pns31, vhb pns11 vvn av po11 n2 p-acp dt n1 cst vvz xx, cc d vvz p-acp pno11. (24) chapter (DIV2) 746 Image 104
2366 Therefore not vnto God, but to our owne malice and wickednesse ought our damnation to be imputed. Therefore not unto God, but to our own malice and wickedness ought our damnation to be imputed. av xx p-acp np1, cc-acp p-acp po12 d n1 cc n1 pi po12 n1 pc-acp vbi vvn. (24) chapter (DIV2) 746 Image 104
2367 VII. Redargution. Like as Christe by him selfe and simply is the cause of the risinge vp of many, VII. Redargution. Like as Christ by him self and simply is the cause of the rising up of many, np1. n1. av-j c-acp np1 p-acp pno31 n1 cc av-j vbz dt n1 pp-f dt vvg a-acp pp-f d, (24) chapter (DIV2) 747 Image 104
2368 and not the cause of ruine or falling but accidentally or by occasion: and not the cause of ruin or falling but accidentally or by occasion: cc xx dt n1 pp-f n1 cc vvg p-acp av-j cc p-acp n1: (24) chapter (DIV2) 747 Image 104
2369 So the Gospell also by it selfe is the power of God to saluation to euery one that beléeueth: So the Gospel also by it self is the power of God to salvation to every one that Believeth: av dt n1 av p-acp pn31 n1 vbz dt n1 pp-f np1 p-acp n1 p-acp d pi cst vvz: (24) chapter (DIV2) 747 Image 104
2370 but if debate, sedition, or any publique calamities doe arise, that commeth to passe onely by occasion, whiche vngodlye men, hypocrits couetuous misers, tirauntes and such lyke doe séeke and procure. but if debate, sedition, or any public calamities do arise, that comes to pass only by occasion, which ungodly men, Hypocrites covetous misers, Tyrants and such like do seek and procure. cc-acp cs n1, n1, cc d j n2 vdb vvi, cst vvz pc-acp vvi av-j p-acp n1, r-crq j n2, n2 j n2, n2 cc d av-j vdb vvi cc vvi. (24) chapter (DIV2) 747 Image 104
2371 For assoone as they perceiue that by the Gospell their incredulitie, and corrupte maners are reproued, For As soon as they perceive that by the Gospel their incredulity, and corrupt manners Are reproved, c-acp av c-acp pns32 vvb cst p-acp dt n1 po32 n1, cc j n2 vbr vvn, (24) chapter (DIV2) 748 Image 104
2372 and drawne to the tribunall seate of God and there condemned, they leaue no stone vnturned, to the intent they may oppresse it and vtterly extinguish it. and drawn to the tribunal seat of God and there condemned, they leave no stone unturned, to the intent they may oppress it and utterly extinguish it. cc vvn p-acp dt n1 n1 pp-f np1 cc a-acp vvn, pns32 vvb dx n1 j, p-acp dt n1 pns32 vmb vvi pn31 cc av-j vvi pn31. (24) chapter (DIV2) 748 Image 104
2373 Let therefore those maliparte and subtill deceyeurs holde their tougues which in these dayes falslye slaunder the Gospell and moste cruelly molest all good men with false accusations, Let Therefore those maliparte and subtle deceyeurs hold their tougues which in these days falsely slander the Gospel and most cruelly molest all good men with false accusations, vvb av d vvi cc j fw-fr vvi po32 n2 r-crq p-acp d n2 av-j vvi dt n1 cc av-ds av-j vvi d j n2 p-acp j n2, (24) chapter (DIV2) 749 Image 104
2374 as though Christe were the ruine and fall of a great number by hymselfe, as though the Gospell dyd nothinge els then destroye and marre all, as though Christ were the ruin and fallen of a great number by himself, as though the Gospel did nothing Else then destroy and mar all, c-acp cs np1 vbdr dt n1 cc n1 pp-f dt j n1 p-acp px31, c-acp cs dt n1 vdd pix av av vvi cc vvi d, (24) chapter (DIV2) 749 Image 104
2375 and lastely as though the godly teachers were the authours of dissentions, sectes, seditions, tumults. &c. and Lastly as though the godly Teachers were the Authors of dissensions, Sects, seditions, tumults. etc. cc ord p-acp cs dt j n2 vbdr dt n2 pp-f n2, n2, n2, n2. av (24) chapter (DIV2) 749 Image 104
2376 When as in verye déede they wishe well euen from the botome of their harte to all sortes of men, When as in very deed they wish well even from the bottom of their heart to all sorts of men, c-crq c-acp p-acp j n1 pns32 vvb av av-j p-acp dt n1 pp-f po32 n1 p-acp d n2 pp-f n2, (24) chapter (DIV2) 750 Image 104
2377 and labour by all meanes to erecte, edifie, saue, and traine all men to a better lyfe in CHRIST Iesu. and labour by all means to erect, edify, save, and train all men to a better life in CHRIST Iesu. cc n1 p-acp d n2 pc-acp vvb, vvi, vvb, cc vvi d n2 p-acp dt jc n1 p-acp np1 np1 (24) chapter (DIV2) 750 Image 104
2378 But what doest thou? Suche complayntes of the vngodlye haue beene hearde euen from the fyrste beginninge, But what dost thou? Suche complaints of the ungodly have been heard even from the First begin, cc-acp q-crq vd2 pns21? np1 n2 pp-f dt j vhb vbn vvn av p-acp dt ord n-vvg, (24) chapter (DIV2) 751 Image 104
2379 as in the time of Elias, Ieremye, and Micheas the Prophetes, in the time of the Apostles, as in the time of Elias, Jeremiah, and Micheas the prophets, in the time of the Apostles, c-acp p-acp dt n1 pp-f np1, np1, cc np1 dt n2, p-acp dt n1 pp-f dt n2, (24) chapter (DIV2) 751 Image 104
2380 and in all ages hereafter shall the eares of menne be troubled and disquieted with such slaunderous voyces. and in all ages hereafter shall the ears of men be troubled and disquieted with such slanderous voices. cc p-acp d n2 av vmb dt n2 pp-f n2 vbb vvn cc vvn p-acp d j n2. (24) chapter (DIV2) 751 Image 104
2381 But how these are to be resisted and their mouthes to be stopped, euery man may learne out of Tertulian cap. 4..41. of, his Apologeticus, out of Cyprian against Demetrianus, Augustines bookes of the Citie of God, and the hystory of Orosius. But how these Are to be resisted and their mouths to be stopped, every man may Learn out of Tertullian cap. 4..41. of, his Apologetic, out of Cyprian against Demetrianus, Augustine's books of the city of God, and the history of Orosius. cc-acp c-crq d vbr pc-acp vbi vvn cc po32 n2 pc-acp vbi vvn, d n1 vmb vvi av pp-f np1 n1. crd. a-acp, po31 np1, av pp-f jp p-acp np1, njp2 n2 pp-f dt n1 pp-f np1, cc dt n1 pp-f np1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 751 Image 105
2382 VIII Institution. Let vs pray continually vnto god our heauenly father, that he wil not leade vs at any time into temptacion, VIII Institution. Let us pray continually unto god our heavenly father, that he will not lead us At any time into temptation, crd n1. vvb pno12 vvi av-j p-acp n1 po12 j n1, cst pns31 vmb xx vvi pno12 p-acp d n1 p-acp n1, (24) chapter (DIV2) 752 Image 105
2383 nor suffer vs to stomble at the offendicles, which, of the humilitie of Christ, or of the doctrine of the Gospell, nor suffer us to Stumble At the offendicles, which, of the humility of christ, or of the Doctrine of the Gospel, ccx vvi pno12 pc-acp vvi p-acp dt j, r-crq, pp-f dt n1 pp-f np1, cc pp-f dt n1 pp-f dt n1, (24) chapter (DIV2) 752 Image 105
2384 or of the conditiō of the ministers, or of some other lyke cause, may séeme to arise. or of the condition of the Ministers, or of Some other like cause, may seem to arise. cc pp-f dt n1 pp-f dt n2, cc pp-f d n-jn av-j n1, vmb vvi pc-acp vvi. (24) chapter (DIV2) 752 Image 105
2385 Where if by reason of our infirmitie, or also by the iust iudgement of God for our sinnes, it chaunceth vs at length to fall: Where if by reason of our infirmity, or also by the just judgement of God for our Sins, it chanceth us At length to fallen: q-crq cs p-acp n1 pp-f po12 n1, cc av p-acp dt j n1 pp-f np1 p-acp po12 n2, pn31 vvz pno12 p-acp n1 pc-acp vvi: (24) chapter (DIV2) 752 Image 105
2386 then that he w•ulde by his mercy and for the glory of his name, erect and lyft vs vp againe. then that he w•ulde by his mercy and for the glory of his name, erect and lift us up again. av cst pns31 vmd p-acp po31 n1 cc p-acp dt n1 pp-f po31 n1, vvb cc vvi pno12 a-acp av. (24) chapter (DIV2) 752 Image 105
2387 IX. and X. Doctrine and Institution. That Christ• was an offence to a great number of the Iewishe nation, the Apostle Rom. 9.10.11. plainly sheweth, where he disputeth of the reprobation of the Iewes, & calling of the Gentiles. Againe, 1. Corinth. 1. We preache Christ crucified to the Iewes an offence, and to the Gentiles folishnesse. IX. and X. Doctrine and Institution. That Christ• was an offence to a great number of the Jewish Nation, the Apostle Rom. 9.10.11. plainly shows, where he disputeth of the reprobation of the Iewes, & calling of the Gentiles. Again, 1. Corinth. 1. We preach christ Crucified to the Iewes an offence, and to the Gentiles folishnesse. crd. cc fw-la n1 cc n1. cst np1 vbds dt n1 p-acp dt j n1 pp-f dt jp n1, dt n1 np1 crd. av-j vvz, c-crq pns31 vvz pp-f dt n1 pp-f dt np2, cc n-vvg pp-f dt n2-j. av, crd np1. crd pns12 vvi np1 vvd p-acp dt np2 dt n1, cc p-acp dt n2-j n1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 753 Image 105
2388 Paule also and Barnabas to the Iews, To you first, say they, it behoued the word of God to be spoken, Paul also and Barnabas to the Iews, To you First, say they, it behooved the word of God to be spoken, np1 av cc np1 p-acp dt np2, p-acp pn22 ord, vvb pns32, pn31 vvd dt n1 pp-f np1 pc-acp vbi vvn, (24) chapter (DIV2) 754 Image 105
2389 but forasmuch as ye repell it, and iudge your selues vnworth, of eternall lyfe, beholde we are turned to the Gentiles. but forasmuch as you repel it, and judge your selves unworth, of Eternal life, behold we Are turned to the Gentiles. cc-acp av c-acp pn22 vvi pn31, cc vvb po22 n2 n1, pp-f j n1, vvb pns12 vbr vvn p-acp dt n2-j. (24) chapter (DIV2) 754 Image 105
2390 Likewise Peter in the seconde chapter of his first epistle, doth not obscurely reason of this matter. Likewise Peter in the seconde chapter of his First epistle, does not obscurely reason of this matter. av np1 p-acp dt ord n1 pp-f po31 ord n1, vdz xx av-j n1 pp-f d n1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 754 Image 105
2391 Wherefore all men are admonished, and especiallye those whom GOD hath vouchsafed to illustrate, more then other, with the knowledge of his sincere doctrine, to ponder deeply with themselues, what maner of example is in the Iewish nation set foorth vnto all that are graffed into the church of God. Wherefore all men Are admonished, and especially those whom GOD hath vouchsafed to illustrate, more then other, with the knowledge of his sincere Doctrine, to ponder deeply with themselves, what manner of Exampl is in the Jewish Nation Set forth unto all that Are graffed into the Church of God. q-crq d n2 vbr vvn, cc av-j d r-crq np1 vhz vvn pc-acp vvi, av-dc cs j-jn, p-acp dt n1 pp-f po31 j n1, pc-acp vvi av-jn p-acp px32, r-crq n1 pp-f n1 vbz p-acp dt jp n1 vvd av p-acp d cst vbr vvn p-acp dt n1 pp-f np1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 755 Image 105
2392 That people was peculiarly well beloued of GOD, and of them alone God gathered to hymselfe an holye Churche: That people was peculiarly well Beloved of GOD, and of them alone God gathered to himself an holy Church: cst n1 vbds av-j av vvn pp-f np1, cc pp-f pno32 av-j np1 vvd p-acp px31 dt j n1: (24) chapter (DIV2) 756 Image 105
2393 but yet for theyr ingratitude they were reiected. but yet for their ingratitude they were rejected. cc-acp av c-acp po32 n1 pns32 vbdr vvn. (24) chapter (DIV2) 756 Image 105
2394 They therefore that now stande in faith, let them not be proude thereof, knowings ye theire ruine is at all times likewise to be feared. They Therefore that now stand in faith, let them not be proud thereof, knowings you their ruin is At all times likewise to be feared. pns32 av cst av vvi p-acp n1, vvb pno32 xx vbi j av, n2-vvg pn22 po32 n1 vbz p-acp d n2 av pc-acp vbi vvn. (24) chapter (DIV2) 756 Image 105
2395 Certaine it is, that if we which haue longe since receyued the light of the gospell, doe not procéede to bringe forth fruites worthy of the gospell otherwise then hitherto we haue done, God will soner then we be aware take him kingdome away from vs, Certain it is, that if we which have long since received the Light of the gospel, do not proceed to bring forth fruits worthy of the gospel otherwise then hitherto we have done, God will sooner then we be aware take him Kingdom away from us, j pn31 vbz, cst cs pns12 r-crq vhb av-j a-acp vvd dt n1 pp-f dt n1, vdb xx vvi pc-acp vvi av n2 j pp-f dt n1 av av av pns12 vhb vdn, np1 vmb av-c cs pns12 vbb j vvb pno31 n1 av p-acp pno12, (24) chapter (DIV2) 756 Image 105
2396 and giue it to a nation that will bringe forth worthy fruites in déede. When will ye •wake, O ye stubburne and stiffenecked people oppressed with continuall sléepe? and give it to a Nation that will bring forth worthy fruits in deed. When will you •wake, Oh you stubborn and Stiffnecked people oppressed with continual sleep? cc vvb pn31 p-acp dt n1 cst vmb vvi av j n2 p-acp n1. c-crq vmb pn22 vvb, uh pn22 j cc j n1 vvn p-acp j n1? (24) chapter (DIV2) 756 Image 105
2397 XI. and XII. Institution and Consolation. With what force and power all wiches hypocrites, false teachars, heretickes and tyrauntes haue to this presente day withstoode our sauiour and redéemer Christe, from the time that he was fyrst manifested in the fleshe, may partly out of the Euangelicall, history, Actes and writinges of the Apostles, partly out of the Ecclesiasticall stories, inough and to much appere. XI. and XII. Institution and Consolation. With what force and power all wiches Hypocrites, false teachars, Heretics and Tyrants have to this present day withstood our Saviour and redeemer Christ, from the time that he was fyrst manifested in the Flesh, may partly out of the Evangelical, history, Acts and writings of the Apostles, partly out of the Ecclesiastical stories, enough and to much appear. crd. cc np1. n1 cc n1. p-acp r-crq n1 cc n1 d n2 n2, j n2, n2 cc n2 vhb p-acp d j n1 vvd po12 n1 cc n1 np1, p-acp dt n1 cst pns31 vbds ord vvn p-acp dt n1, vmb av av pp-f dt j, n1, n2 cc n2-vvg pp-f dt n2, av av pp-f dt j n2, d cc p-acp av-d vvi. (24) chapter (DIV2) 758 Image 105
2398 And surely in Christ, which is in many thinges set forth to vs for an example, shineth a type or figure of ye christian lyfe and euen of the whole Church. And surely in christ, which is in many things Set forth to us for an Exampl, shines a type or figure of the christian life and even of the Whole Church. cc av-j p-acp np1, r-crq vbz p-acp d n2 vvd av p-acp pno12 p-acp dt n1, vvz dt n1 cc n1 pp-f dt njp n1 cc av pp-f dt j-jn n1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 759 Image 105
2399 Wherefore séeinge Christ himselfe hath alwayes susteyned contradictions and controlementes, it is not to bée meruayled at, Wherefore seeing christ himself hath always sustained contradictions and controlments, it is not to been marveled At, c-crq vvg np1 px31 vhz av vvn n2 cc n2, pn31 vbz xx pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp, (24) chapter (DIV2) 760 Image 105
2400 if the godly also bée oftetymes and in many thinges spoken againste. if the godly also been oftetymes and in many things spoken against. cs dt j av vbi av cc p-acp d n2 vvn p-acp. (24) chapter (DIV2) 760 Image 105
2401 For contradiction or persecution we may knowe to bée as a sure token, whereby the true Church of Christ is discerned from the sinagoge of Sathan. For contradiction or persecution we may know to been as a sure token, whereby the true Church of christ is discerned from the synagogue of Sathan. p-acp n1 cc n1 pns12 vmb vvi pc-acp vbi p-acp dt j n1, c-crq dt j n1 pp-f np1 vbz vvn p-acp dt n1 pp-f np1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 761 Image 105
2402 For so it is prouyded, that, as many as will liue godly in Christe Iesu, muste suffer, persecution. For so it is provided, that, as many as will live godly in Christ Iesu, must suffer, persecution. c-acp av pn31 vbz vvn, cst, p-acp d c-acp vmb vvi j p-acp np1 np1, vmb vvi, n1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 762 Image 105
2403 And as hee that was borne after the fleshe, persecuted him that was borne after the spirite: euen so is it nowe. And as he that was born After the Flesh, persecuted him that was born After the Spirit: even so is it now. cc c-acp pns31 cst vbds vvn p-acp dt n1, vvn pno31 cst vbds vvn p-acp dt n1: av av vbz pn31 av. (24) chapter (DIV2) 762 Image 105
2404 And our Lorde Christe hymselfe vnto his disciples, If yee were of the worlde, saith he, the worlde woulde loue his owne. And our Lord Christ himself unto his Disciples, If ye were of the world, Says he, the world would love his own. cc po12 n1 np1 px31 p-acp po31 n2, cs pn22 vbdr pp-f dt n1, vvz pns31, dt n1 vmd vvi po31 d. (24) chapter (DIV2) 763 Image 105
2405 If they haue persecuted mee, they will also per•ute you. If they have persecuted me, they will also per•ute you. cs pns32 vhb vvn pno11, pns32 vmb av vvi pn22. (24) chapter (DIV2) 763 Image 105
2406 But let vs be of a good courage, and comfort our selues in aduersitye by the example of Christe goinge before vs. We knowe well ynoughe that seruauntes can not be in better place, then their lorde is in: But let us be of a good courage, and Comfort our selves in adversity by the Exampl of Christ going before us We know well enough that Servants can not be in better place, then their lord is in: p-acp vvb pno12 vbi pp-f dt j n1, cc vvi po12 n2 p-acp n1 p-acp dt n1 pp-f np1 vvg p-acp pno12 pns12 vvb av av-d d n2 vmb xx vbi p-acp jc n1, cs po32 n1 vbz p-acp: (24) chapter (DIV2) 764 Image 106
2407 wherefore let vs valyauntly susteyne the lot that God hath appointed vs in the confession of the Gospel, nothing doubting, But that if we suffer and be humbled heere with Christ, we shall also with him be exalted and haue the fruitiō of eternal glory. Wherefore let us valyauntly sustain the lot that God hath appointed us in the Confessi of the Gospel, nothing doubting, But that if we suffer and be humbled Here with christ, we shall also with him be exalted and have the fruition of Eternal glory. c-crq vvb pno12 av-j vvi dt n1 cst np1 vhz vvn pno12 p-acp dt n1 pp-f dt n1, pix vvg, p-acp cst cs pns12 vvb cc vbi vvn av p-acp np1, pns12 vmb av p-acp pno31 vbi vvn cc vhb dt n1 pp-f j n1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 765 Image 106
2408 And moreouer the sworde shall pearce the soule that the thoughtes of many hartes may be opened. And moreover the sword shall pierce the soul that the thoughts of many hearts may be opened. cc av dt n1 vmb vvi dt n1 cst dt n2 pp-f d n2 vmb vbi vvn. (24) chapter (DIV2) 766 Image 106
2409 XIII. Doctrine. The blessed Virgin hir selfe sufferd no doubt excedinge much griefe and anguishe for Christes cause. XIII. Doctrine. The blessed Virgae his self suffered no doubt exceeding much grief and anguish for Christ's cause. np1. n1. dt j-vvn n1 png31 n1 vvd dx n1 vvg d n1 cc n1 p-acp npg1 n1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 767 Image 106
2410 For what hart had she, (may we thincke) I say not when for feare of Herode she was driuen to flye into Aegipte, and there liue longe time an exull, For what heart had she, (may we think) I say not when for Fear of Herod she was driven to fly into Aegyptus, and there live long time an exull, p-acp r-crq n1 vhd pns31, (vmb pns12 vvb) pns11 vvb xx c-crq p-acp n1 pp-f np1 pns31 vbds vvn pc-acp vvi p-acp np1, cc pc-acp vvi av-j n1 dt j, (24) chapter (DIV2) 767 Image 106
2411 nor whē afterwarde beinge loste by the way she fought hir sonne very carefully in euery company, nor when afterward being lost by the Way she fought his son very carefully in every company, ccx c-crq av vbg vvn p-acp dt n1 pns31 vvd png31 n1 av av-j p-acp d n1, (24) chapter (DIV2) 767 Image 106
2412 but when she sawe him hanging on the crosse, and distressed with al kinde of contumelies? There is no doubte but that she was then vehemensly troubled, but when she saw him hanging on the cross, and distressed with all kind of Contumelies? There is no doubt but that she was then vehemensly troubled, cc-acp c-crq pns31 vvd pno31 vvg p-acp dt n1, cc vvn p-acp d n1 pp-f n2? pc-acp vbz dx n1 cc-acp cst pns31 vbds av av-j vvn, (24) chapter (DIV2) 767 Image 106
2413 and had almost thought, that he was not the true Messias whom afore she beleued, & of whom she had conceiued a most certaine hope. and had almost Thought, that he was not the true Messias whom afore she believed, & of whom she had conceived a most certain hope. cc vhd av vvn, cst pns31 vbds xx dt j np1 r-crq p-acp pns31 vvd, cc pp-f ro-crq pns31 vhd vvn dt av-ds j n1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 767 Image 106
2414 Such an offendicle therefore or at least such inwarde heauines, is noted by the Metonimye of a sworde bringinge sorowe with it. Such an offendicle Therefore or At least such inward heaviness, is noted by the Metonymy of a sword bringing sorrow with it. d dt n1 av cc p-acp ds d j n1, vbz vvn p-acp dt j pp-f dt n1 vvg n1 p-acp pn31. (24) chapter (DIV2) 768 Image 106
2415 Howebeit héere we may learne, that no man is so perfect, but that nowe and then he suffereth some offence (vaynquished by the infyrmitie of the fléesh) by reason of Christ or the Gospell. Howbeit Here we may Learn, that no man is so perfect, but that now and then he suffers Some offence (vanquished by the infyrmitie of the fléesh) by reason of christ or the Gospel. a-acp av pns12 vmb vvi, cst dx n1 vbz av j, cc-acp cst av cc av pns31 vvz d n1 (vvn p-acp dt n1 pp-f dt n1) p-acp n1 pp-f np1 cc dt n1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 769 Image 106
2416 For euen the Saintes also doe oftetimes complaine, that their féete are well nie caused to slide: For even the Saints also do oftentimes complain, that their feet Are well High caused to slide: c-acp av dt n2 av vdb av vvi, cst po32 n2 vbr av av-j vvd pc-acp vvi: (24) chapter (DIV2) 770 Image 106
2417 whiles they behold the godly here on earth to bée afflicted and the wicked to florishe in sprosperitie. while they behold the godly Here on earth to been afflicted and the wicked to flourish in sprosperitie. cs pns32 vvb dt j av p-acp n1 pc-acp vbi vvn cc dt j pc-acp vvi p-acp n1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 770 Image 106
2418 But so it is, God helpeth his chosen in due tyme, and by streatchinge forth, as it were, his hande, lifteth them vp, whom he perceyueth to be in daunger. But so it is, God Helpeth his chosen in due time, and by stretching forth, as it were, his hand, lifts them up, whom he perceiveth to be in danger. p-acp av pn31 vbz, np1 vvz po31 j-vvn p-acp j-jn n1, cc p-acp vvg av, c-acp pn31 vbdr, po31 n1, vvz pno32 a-acp, ro-crq pns31 vvz pc-acp vbi p-acp n1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 771 Image 106
2419 Temptations are not perpetuall, neither doth God suffer any to bée tormoyled with them aboue their strength. Temptations Are not perpetual, neither does God suffer any to been tormoyled with them above their strength. n2 vbr xx j, av-dx vdz np1 vvi d pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp pno32 p-acp po32 n1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 772 Image 106
2420 XIIII. Institution. Let vs acknowledge therefore our owne weakenes, and if at any tyme it chaunceth vs to wauer and fayle either in doctrine or déedes, let vs remember that we are not better then the residue of the Saintes, XIIII. Institution. Let us acknowledge Therefore our own weakness, and if At any time it chanceth us to waver and fail either in Doctrine or Deeds, let us Remember that we Are not better then the residue of the Saints, crd. n1. vvb pno12 vvi av po12 d n1, cc cs p-acp d n1 pn31 vvz pno12 pc-acp vvi cc vvi d p-acp n1 cc n2, vvb pno12 vvi cst pns12 vbr xx jc cs dt n1 pp-f dt n2, (24) chapter (DIV2) 773 Image 106
2421 and with all let vs require and expecte at gods hande, that he woulde confyrme vs in the trueth. and with all let us require and expect At God's hand, that he would confirm us in the truth. cc p-acp d vvb pno12 vvi cc vvi p-acp ng1 n1, cst pns31 vmd vvi pno12 p-acp dt n1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 773 Image 106
2422 XV. Doctrine. Ruine or vprisinge, as they happen for Christes cause, are not light or hidden, such as manye be apprehended onely by thoughts, XV. Doctrine. Ruin or uprising, as they happen for Christ's cause, Are not Light or hidden, such as many be apprehended only by thoughts, crd. n1. n1 cc j-vvg, c-acp pns32 vvb p-acp npg1 n1, vbr xx j cc vvn, d c-acp d vbb vvn av-j p-acp n2, (24) chapter (DIV2) 774 Image 106
2423 but very graue, sharpe, vehement, and such as are apparaunt and open, so that all men haue power to iudge of them. but very graven, sharp, vehement, and such as Are apparent and open, so that all men have power to judge of them. cc-acp av j, j, j, cc d c-acp vbr j cc j, av cst d n2 vhb n1 pc-acp vvi pp-f pno32. (24) chapter (DIV2) 774 Image 106
2424 For all maner of offences doe first springe in the harte, where the thoughts doe accuse or also excuse one an other, For all manner of offences do First spring in the heart, where the thoughts do accuse or also excuse one an other, p-acp d n1 pp-f n2 vdb ord n1 p-acp dt n1, c-crq dt n2 vdb vvi cc av vvi pi dt n-jn, (24) chapter (DIV2) 775 Image 106
2425 and as ye would saye, striue and conflicte amonge themselues, notwithstanding a litle while after they breake forth into wordes or else into manifest déedes. and as you would say, strive and conflict among themselves, notwithstanding a little while After they break forth into words or Else into manifest Deeds. cc c-acp pn22 vmd vvi, vvb cc n1 p-acp px32, p-acp dt j n1 c-acp pns32 vvb av p-acp n2 cc av p-acp j n2. (24) chapter (DIV2) 775 Image 106
2426 So lurked the offence of CHRIST some whiles in the hart of Peter, whylest he priuily thought: So lurked the offence of CHRIST Some while in the heart of Peter, whilst he privily Thought: av vvd dt n1 pp-f np1 d n1 p-acp dt n1 pp-f np1, cs pns31 av-j vvd: (24) chapter (DIV2) 776 Image 106
2427 That Christ, whom the Iews so spitefully entreated, was in no wise the true Messias. But in short space aster his thoughtes were disclosed, when he openly reuolted from Christ, That christ, whom the Iews so spitefully entreated, was in no wise the true Messias. But in short Molle aster his thoughts were disclosed, when he openly revolted from christ, cst np1, ro-crq dt np2 av av-j vvn, vbds p-acp dx j dt j np1. cc-acp p-acp j n1 a-acp po31 n2 vbdr vvn, c-crq pns31 av-j vvd p-acp np1, (24) chapter (DIV2) 776 Image 106
2428 yea and flatly denyed that euer he knewe him. yea and flatly denied that ever he knew him. uh cc av-j vvn cst av pns31 vvd pno31. (24) chapter (DIV2) 777 Image 106
2429 Wherefore howe Christ was to him an occasion of ruine or fallinge, euery manne myght then easily iudge. Wherefore how christ was to him an occasion of ruin or falling, every man might then Easily judge. c-crq c-crq np1 vbds p-acp pno31 dt n1 pp-f n1 cc vvg, d n1 vmd av av-j vvi. (24) chapter (DIV2) 778 Image 106
2430 Contrarywise, they that beléeue, doe fyrst in their harte beléeue vnto rightuousnesse, and afterward with their mouth make confession to saluation. Contrariwise, they that believe, doe fyrst in their heart believe unto righteousness, and afterwards with their Mouth make Confessi to salvation. av, pns32 cst vvb, n1 ord p-acp po32 n1 vvi p-acp n1, cc av p-acp po32 n1 vvi n1 p-acp n1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 779 Image 106
2431 Which whilest they doe, all men maye iudge, howe CHRIST is to them a resurrectyon or vprisynge againe. Which whilst they do, all men may judge, how CHRIST is to them a resurrection or uprising again. r-crq cs pns32 vdb, d n2 vmb vvi, c-crq np1 vbz p-acp pno32 dt n1 cc vvg av. (24) chapter (DIV2) 780 Image 106
2432 XVI. Institution. Seing therfore the cace standeth thus, that euery offence is first conceyued in the hart, XVI. Institution. Sing Therefore the case Stands thus, that every offence is First conceived in the heart, np1. n1. vvb av dt n1 vvz av, cst d n1 vbz ord vvn p-acp dt n1, (24) chapter (DIV2) 781 Image 107
2433 and after commeth abrode into light: and After comes abroad into Light: cc a-acp vvz av p-acp n1: (24) chapter (DIV2) 781 Image 107
2434 It be honeth vs truely to pray vnfeignedly to God, that he would vouchsafe so to purge and fortify our hartes with his spirite, that no offenses take any roote in them. It be honeth us truly to pray unfeignedly to God, that he would vouchsafe so to purge and fortify our hearts with his Spirit, that no offenses take any root in them. pn31 vbb n1 pno12 av-j pc-acp vvi av-j p-acp np1, cst pns31 vmd vvi av pc-acp vvi cc vvi po12 n2 p-acp po31 n1, cst dx n2 vvb d n1 p-acp pno32. (24) chapter (DIV2) 781 Image 107
2435 Or if at any time we beginne to wauer and doubte as touching the dignity of Christ, Or if At any time we begin to waver and doubt as touching the dignity of christ, cc cs p-acp d n1 pns12 vvb pc-acp vvi cc n1 p-acp vvg dt n1 pp-f np1, (24) chapter (DIV2) 782 Image 107
2436 or excellency of the Gospell, then that he would by his holy spirite and word strengthen vs, or excellency of the Gospel, then that he would by his holy Spirit and word strengthen us, cc n1 pp-f dt n1, av cst pns31 vmd p-acp po31 j n1 cc n1 vvb pno12, (24) chapter (DIV2) 782 Image 107
2437 before such cogitations come to light, whereby extreme destruction should of nessitye folowe. before such cogitations come to Light, whereby extreme destruction should of nessitye follow. c-acp d n2 vvb pc-acp vvi, c-crq j-jn n1 vmd pp-f n1 vvi. (24) chapter (DIV2) 782 Image 107
2438 And there was one Anna a prophetisse the daughter of Phanuell of the tribe of Aser: And there was one Anna a Prophetess the daughter of Phanuel of the tribe of Aser: cc a-acp vbds crd np1 dt n1 dt n1 pp-f np1 pp-f dt n1 pp-f n1: (24) chapter (DIV2) 783 Image 107
2439 she was of a great age, and had liued with an husband seuen yeres from hir virginitie. she was of a great age, and had lived with an husband seuen Years from his virginity. pns31 vbds pp-f dt j n1, cc vhd vvn p-acp dt n1 crd n2 p-acp png31 n1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 783 Image 107
2440 And she had bene a widowe about fower score and fower yeres, which departed not from the temple, And she had be a widow about fower score and fower Years, which departed not from the temple, cc pns31 vhd vbn dt n1 p-acp crd n1 cc crd n2, r-crq vvd xx p-acp dt n1, (24) chapter (DIV2) 783 Image 107
2441 but serued god with fastinges and prayers night and daye. but served god with Fastings and Prayers night and day. cc-acp vvd n1 p-acp n2-vvg cc n2 n1 cc n1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 783 Image 107
2442 XVII. Doctrine. In this seconde parte touchinge the confession of Anna, where many thinges are rehearced attributed to hir persone, XVII. Doctrine. In this seconde part touching the Confessi of Anna, where many things Are rehearsed attributed to his person, np1. n1. p-acp d ord n1 vvg dt n1 pp-f np1, c-crq d n2 vbr vvn vvn p-acp png31 n1, (24) chapter (DIV2) 784 Image 107
2443 as the name of Anne, the gifte wherewith shée was adorned, prophesie, hir parentes, tribe, age, hir former state of life, hir widdowehoode, place, she departed not out of the temple, hir exercise or maners, she serued GOD with fastinges and praiers night and daye: as the name of Anne, the gift wherewith she was adorned, prophesy, his Parents, tribe, age, his former state of life, his widdowehoode, place, she departed not out of the temple, his exercise or manners, she served GOD with Fastings and Prayers night and day: c-acp dt n1 pp-f zz, dt n1 c-crq pns31 vbds vvn, vvb, png31 n2, n1, n1, png31 j n1 pp-f n1, png31 n1, n1, pns31 vvd xx av pp-f dt n1, png31 n1 cc n2, pns31 vvd np1 p-acp n2-vvg cc n2 n1 cc n1: (24) chapter (DIV2) 784 Image 107
2444 these thinges, I say, thus attributed vnto hir, wee shall perceyue to bée heaped together to the amplifyinge and augmentinge of hir dignitie, by reason whereof the autoritie of hir testimonye or confession which she made of Christe, is of necessitie also illustrated and increased. these things, I say, thus attributed unto his, we shall perceive to been heaped together to the amplifying and augmenting of his dignity, by reason whereof the Authority of his testimony or Confessi which she made of Christ, is of necessity also illustrated and increased. d n2, pns11 vvb, av vvn p-acp png31, pns12 vmb vvi pc-acp vbi vvn av p-acp dt j-vvg cc vvg pp-f png31 n1, p-acp n1 c-crq dt n1 pp-f png31 n1 cc n1 r-crq pns31 vvd pp-f np1, vbz pp-f n1 av vvn cc vvn. (24) chapter (DIV2) 784 Image 107
2445 Herevpon wée haue to consider that there is no estate or degrée of men, which God refuseth but that euen to all, Hereupon we have to Consider that there is no estate or degree of men, which God Refuseth but that even to all, av pns12 vhb pc-acp vvi cst pc-acp vbz dx n1 cc n1 pp-f n2, r-crq np1 vvz p-acp d av-j p-acp d, (24) chapter (DIV2) 785 Image 107
2446 so they imbrace rightuousnesse and pietie, the holy ghost is giuen and the trueth reuealed. so they embrace righteousness and piety, the holy ghost is given and the truth revealed. av pns32 vvi n1 cc n1, dt j n1 vbz vvn cc dt n1 vvd. (24) chapter (DIV2) 785 Image 107
2447 Beholde, I beséech you, what great diuersitye there is, of those that confesse and celebrate CHRIST as soone as he is borne. Behold, I beseech you, what great diversity there is, of those that confess and celebrate CHRIST as soon as he is born. vvb, pns11 vvb pn22, r-crq j n1 a-acp vbz, pp-f d cst vvb cc vvi np1 c-acp av c-acp pns31 vbz vvn. (24) chapter (DIV2) 786 Image 107
2448 Some are angels, some are humaine creatures, and of them both men and women, some are simple and rude shepehardes, some Are Angels, Some Are human creatures, and of them both men and women, Some Are simple and rude shepehardes, d vbr n2, d vbr j n2, cc pp-f pno32 d n2 cc n2, d vbr j cc j n2, (24) chapter (DIV2) 786 Image 107
2449 and the same Iews and neighboures borne, some are learned some vnlearned, some are pagan wyse men and straungers, some are maried folke, and the same Iews and neighbours born, Some Are learned Some unlearned, Some Are pagan wise men and Strangers, Some Are married folk, cc dt d np2 cc n2 vvn, d vbr vvn d j, d vbr j-jn j n2 cc n2, d vbr vvn n1, (24) chapter (DIV2) 786 Image 107
2450 as Zacharias and Elizabeth, some single as Anna the widow &c. as Zacharias and Elizabeth, Some single as Anna the widow etc. c-acp np1 cc np1, d j c-acp np1 dt n1 av (24) chapter (DIV2) 786 Image 107
2451 For certes he that was sent to procure the saluation of all men, is worthily made manifeste to all sortes or men, For certes he that was sent to procure the salvation of all men, is worthily made manifest to all sorts or men, c-acp av pns31 cst vbds vvn pc-acp vvi dt n1 pp-f d n2, vbz av-j vvn j p-acp d n2 cc n2, (24) chapter (DIV2) 787 Image 107
2452 and of the same honored and praised. and of the same honoured and praised. cc pp-f dt d vvn cc vvn. (24) chapter (DIV2) 787 Image 107
2453 XVIII. Institution. Let euery man haue a diligent consideration of his owne callinge, and be altogether in this, that he maye please the Lorde in that state wherevnto he is called. XVIII. Institution. Let every man have a diligent consideration of his own calling, and be altogether in this, that he may please the Lord in that state whereunto he is called. np1. n1. vvb d n1 vhb dt j n1 pp-f po31 d vvg, cc vbb av p-acp d, cst pns31 vmb vvi dt n1 p-acp d n1 c-crq pns31 vbz vvn. (24) chapter (DIV2) 788 Image 107
2454 For in eche kinde of life wée may serue and please GOD, least any man should thinck y• he might iustely pretende, any excuse. For in eke kind of life we may serve and please GOD, lest any man should think y• he might justly pretend, any excuse. c-acp p-acp d n1 pp-f n1 pns12 vmb vvi cc vvi np1, cs d n1 vmd vvi n1 pns31 vmd av-j vvi, d n1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 789 Image 107
2455 Albeit it can not be dissembled but that sometime in one kinde of life more oportunitie doe happē to ye furtheraunce of pure inuocation, Albeit it can not be dissembled but that sometime in one kind of life more opportunity do happen to you furtherance of pure invocation, cs pn31 vmb xx vbi vvn p-acp d av p-acp crd n1 pp-f n1 dc n1 vdb vvi p-acp pn22 n1 pp-f j n1, (24) chapter (DIV2) 789 Image 107
2456 and to the accomplishement of such like dueties of pietie, then in an other, which thinge both here in this place, and to the accomplishment of such like duties of piety, then in an other, which thing both Here in this place, cc p-acp dt n1 pp-f d j n2 pp-f n1, av p-acp dt n-jn, r-crq n1 d av p-acp d n1, (24) chapter (DIV2) 789 Image 107
2457 and also 1. Corinthians, 7. touchinge single life, wée sée to bee signified and also 1. Corinthians, 7. touching single life, we see to be signified cc av crd np1, crd vvg j n1, pns12 vvb pc-acp vbi vvn (24) chapter (DIV2) 789 Image 107
2458 XIX. Institution. Amongeste other exercises of godlynes here is commended vnto vs the continuall inuocetion of gods name, XIX. Institution. Amongst other exercises of godliness Here is commended unto us the continual inuocetion of God's name, np1. n1. p-acp j-jn n2 pp-f n1 av vbz vvn p-acp pno12 dt j n1 pp-f ng1 n1, (24) chapter (DIV2) 790 Image 107
2459 and fastinge, whereof that norrysheth Fayth, thys humylytye and mortyfycatyon of the fleshe. and fasting, whereof that norrysheth Faith, this humylytye and mortyfycatyon of the Flesh. cc vvg, c-crq d vvz n1, d n1 cc n1 pp-f dt n1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 790 Image 107
2460 Neyther shalt thou thincke it suffycient in cace, thou exercysest thy selfe in these kynde of Godly actyons, Neither shalt thou think it sufficient in case, thou exercysest thy self in these kind of Godly actyons, av-dx vm2 pns21 vvi pn31 j p-acp n1, pns21 vv2 po21 n1 p-acp d n1 pp-f j n2, (24) chapter (DIV2) 791 Image 107
2461 whilest common prayers or publick fastinge is appointed, but rather thou shalt indeuoure thy selfe to this, that of thine owne accorde, without the appoyntement or commaudement of any man, thou maist chéerefully accomplyth all thinges, whilst Common Prayers or public fasting is appointed, but rather thou shalt endeavour thy self to this, that of thine own accord, without the appointment or commaudement of any man, thou Mayest cheerfully accomplyth all things, cs j n2 cc j n-vvg vbz vvn, cc-acp av-c pns21 vm2 vvi po21 n1 p-acp d, cst pp-f po21 d n1, p-acp dt n1 cc n1 pp-f d n1, pns21 vm2 av-j vvz d n2, (24) chapter (DIV2) 791 Image 107
2462 as it is euident the widowe Anna did. God is moste cheifly delighted with a frée harted, chéerfully, and liberall worship. as it is evident the widow Anna did. God is most chiefly delighted with a free hearted, cheerfully, and liberal worship. c-acp pn31 vbz j dt n1 np1 vdd. np1 vbz av-ds av-jn vvn p-acp dt j j-vvn, av-j, cc j n1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 791 Image 107
2463 But seuerally by name these exericses are to bee commended to Widowes, vnto whom is sette forth and be paynted in Anna the Prophetist, But severally by name these exericses Are to be commended to Widows, unto whom is Set forth and be painted in Anna the Prophetist, cc-acp av-j p-acp n1 d n2 vbr pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp n2, p-acp ro-crq vbz vvn av cc vbb vvn p-acp np1 dt n1, (24) chapter (DIV2) 793 Image 108
2464 an absolute image and paterne of life rightly to be framed. Wherevnto may be added that whch is reade as touchinge Widowes. 1. Timoth. 5. an absolute image and pattern of life rightly to be framed. Whereunto may be added that which is read as touching Widows. 1. Timothy 5. dt j n1 cc n1 pp-f n1 av-jn pc-acp vbi vvn. c-crq vmb vbi vvn d r-crq vbz vvd c-acp vvg n2. crd np1 crd (24) chapter (DIV2) 793 Image 108
2465 And she came forthe that same hower, and praysed the lorde, and spake of hym, to all that looked for redemption in Israell And she Come forth that same hour, and praised the lord, and spoke of him, to all that looked for redemption in Israel cc pns31 vvd av cst d n1, cc vvd dt n1, cc vvd pp-f pno31, p-acp d cst vvd p-acp n1 p-acp np1 (24) chapter (DIV2) 794 Image 108
2466 XX, and XXI. Doctrine and Institution. This thing may all men worthily iudge to be euen miraculous, that so many men and women of diuers degrées and calling hauing no talke or communiation togyther before and without making any conspirasie, should pronoūce one and the same sentence of Christ namely that he is both true God and true man, the Messias, that was promised to the fathers. XX, and XXI. Doctrine and Institution. This thing may all men worthily judge to be even miraculous, that so many men and women of diverse Degrees and calling having no talk or communiation together before and without making any conspirasie, should pronounce one and the same sentence of christ namely that he is both true God and true man, the Messias, that was promised to the Father's. crd, cc np1. n1 cc n1. d n1 vmb d n2 av-j vvi pc-acp vbi av j, cst av d n2 cc n2 pp-f j n2 cc n1 vhg dx n1 cc n1 av a-acp cc p-acp vvg d n1, vmd vvi crd cc dt d n1 pp-f np1 av cst pns31 vbz av-d j n1 cc j n1, dt np1, cst vbds vvn p-acp dt n2. (24) chapter (DIV2) 795 Image 108
2467 And cer•es this consent and agréement of ye doctrine and confession of Christ, ought greatly to confirme and establishe our fayth. And cer•es this consent and agreement of the Doctrine and Confessi of christ, ought greatly to confirm and establish our faith. cc vvz d n1 cc n1 pp-f dt n1 cc n1 pp-f np1, vmd av-j pc-acp vvi cc vvi po12 n1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 796 Image 108
2468 Neither let vs doubt to adioyne our selues vnto that Church, in which is heard a perpetuall consent both in the doctrine and confession of Christ. Neither let us doubt to adjoin our selves unto that Church, in which is herd a perpetual consent both in the Doctrine and Confessi of christ. av-dx vvd pno12 vvi pc-acp vvi po12 n2 p-acp d n1, p-acp r-crq vbz vvn dt j n1 av-d p-acp dt n1 cc n1 pp-f np1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 797 Image 108
2469 For this confession is as it were a marke and token wherby the true Church is adorned, and sequestred from the false. For this Confessi is as it were a mark and token whereby the true Church is adorned, and sequestered from the false. p-acp d n1 vbz c-acp pn31 vbdr dt n1 cc n1 c-crq dt j n1 vbz vvn, cc vvn p-acp dt j. (24) chapter (DIV2) 798 Image 108
2470 They that consent and agrée not with the catholike Church of God, which euen from the beginninge of the worlde hathe alwayes confessed and preached Christe to be the true Messias, which should breake the Serpentes head doo exclude themselues from the Church of Christ, They that consent and agree not with the catholic Church of God, which even from the begin of the world hath always confessed and preached Christ to be the true Messias, which should break the Serpents head do exclude themselves from the Church of christ, pns32 d vvi cc vvb xx p-acp dt jp n1 pp-f np1, r-crq av p-acp dt n-vvg pp-f dt n1 vhz av vvn cc vvd np1 pc-acp vbi dt j np1, r-crq vmd vvi dt ng1 n1 vdb vvi px32 p-acp dt n1 pp-f np1, (24) chapter (DIV2) 799 Image 108
2471 and departinge awaye, become the authors of newe sectes. and departing away, become the Authors of new Sects. cc vvg av, vvb dt n2 pp-f j n2. (24) chapter (DIV2) 799 Image 108
2472 And surely without the Church which standeth vppon a perpetuall consent of doctrine, no man can nay more obteyne saluation, And surely without the Church which Stands upon a perpetual consent of Doctrine, no man can nay more obtain salvation, cc av-j p-acp dt n1 r-crq vvz p-acp dt j n1 pp-f n1, dx n1 vmb uh-x n1 vvi n1, (24) chapter (DIV2) 800 Image 108
2473 then without the arke of Noe any could be saued from drowninge, the flood couering and swallowinge vp all thinges. then without the Ark of No any could be saved from drowning, the flood covering and swallowing up all things. av p-acp dt n1 pp-f dx d vmd vbi vvn p-acp vvg, dt n1 vvg cc vvg a-acp d n2. (24) chapter (DIV2) 800 Image 108
2474 Therefore nothinge is more amyable thou the concorde and vnitie of the Church, seing where the same is by the temeritie and mallyce of wicked men once broken and dissolued, it can by no Councells, Synodes, Colloquies or assemblies be amended and redressed, Therefore nothing is more amiable thou the concord and unity of the Church, sing where the same is by the temerity and mallyce of wicked men once broken and dissolved, it can by no Counsels, Synods, Colloquies or assemblies be amended and Redressed, av pix vbz av-dc j pns21 dt n1 cc n1 pp-f dt n1, vvg c-crq dt d vbz p-acp dt n1 cc n1 pp-f j n2 a-acp vvn cc vvn, pn31 vmb p-acp dx n2, n2, n2 cc n2 vbb vvn cc vvn, (24) chapter (DIV2) 801 Image 108
2475 except the holy Ghost doe after a certaine priuie and wonderfull maner conciliate the myndes of those that be at variaunce. except the holy Ghost do After a certain privy and wonderful manner conciliate the minds of those that be At variance. c-acp dt j n1 vdb p-acp dt j j cc j n1 vvi dt n2 pp-f d cst vbb p-acp n1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 801 Image 108
2476 XXII and XIII. Doctrine and Institution. Confession as touchinge. XXII and XIII. Doctrine and Institution. Confessi as touching. np1 cc np1. n1 cc n1. n1 p-acp vvg. (24) chapter (DIV2) 802 Image 108
2477 Christe ought not to be done in hudder mudder, but openly and before all the Congregation. Christ ought not to be done in hudder mudder, but openly and before all the Congregation. np1 vmd xx pc-acp vbi vdn p-acp vvi n1, cc-acp av-j cc p-acp d dt n1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 803 Image 108
2478 Let our news followers of Nicodemus goe packe them hence, which are of opinion that they doe aboundantly satisfie the duties of Christians, Let our news followers of Nicodemus go pack them hence, which Are of opinion that they do abundantly satisfy the duties of Christians, vvb po12 n1 n2 pp-f np1 vvb vvi pno32 av, r-crq vbr pp-f n1 cst pns32 vdb av-j vvi dt n2 pp-f np1, (24) chapter (DIV2) 803 Image 108
2479 when as they whisper in the eares of two or thrée that they professe the trueth of Christ. But that is not suffieient: when as they whisper in the ears of two or thrée that they profess the truth of christ. But that is not suffieient: c-crq c-acp pns32 vvb p-acp dt n2 pp-f crd cc crd cst pns32 vvb dt n1 pp-f np1. p-acp d vbz xx j: (24) chapter (DIV2) 803 Image 108
2480 For it is required that thou make also confession before all men, whensoeuer the oportunitie of confessing shall offer it selfe to the glory of God and edifiynge of our neighbour. For it is required that thou make also Confessi before all men, whensoever the opportunity of confessing shall offer it self to the glory of God and edifying of our neighbour. c-acp pn31 vbz vvn cst pns21 vvb av n1 p-acp d n2, c-crq dt n1 pp-f vvg vmb vvi pn31 n1 p-acp dt n1 pp-f np1 cc n-vvg pp-f po12 n1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 804 Image 108
2481 And this oportunitie is not to bée omitted, but rather diligently to be sought for: And this opportunity is not to been omitted, but rather diligently to be sought for: cc d n1 vbz xx pc-acp vbi vvn, cc-acp av-c av-j pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp: (24) chapter (DIV2) 805 Image 108
2482 For as Anna was inflamed with incredible feruency of fayth, which durst so promptly and fréely confesse Christ openly in the very temple ▪ Euen so we also, For as Anna was inflamed with incredible fervency of faith, which durst so promptly and freely confess christ openly in the very temple ▪ Even so we also, c-acp c-acp np1 vbds vvn p-acp j n1 pp-f n1, r-crq vvd av av-j cc av-j vvi np1 av-j p-acp dt j n1 ▪ av av pns12 av, (24) chapter (DIV2) 805 Image 108
2483 if at least there remayne any sparke of sincere fayth in vs, ought no lesse wyllingly and vnbashefully to confesse Christ as occasion shall serue, if At least there remain any spark of sincere faith in us, ought no less willingly and vnbashefully to confess christ as occasion shall serve, cs p-acp ds pc-acp vvi d n1 pp-f j n1 p-acp pno12, vmd av-dx av-dc av-j cc av-j pc-acp vvi np1 p-acp n1 vmb vvi, (24) chapter (DIV2) 805 Image 108
2484 and be ready to render an account of our fayth to euery one that will require the sam•. and be ready to render an account of our faith to every one that will require the sam•. cc vbi j pc-acp vvi dt n1 pp-f po12 n1 p-acp d pi cst vmb vvi dt n1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 805 Image 108
2485 XXIIII. Doctrine. The Euangeliste dooth not obscurely signifie, that Anna witnessed by hir confession that the redemption and deliuerance of mankinde, which was brought into the power and seruitude of sinne and death, ough to be accomplished onely be Christe, which the Lawe and Prophetes had euery where declared. XXIIII. Doctrine. The Evangelist doth not obscurely signify, that Anna witnessed by his Confessi that the redemption and deliverance of mankind, which was brought into the power and servitude of sin and death, ough to be accomplished only be Christ, which the Law and prophets had every where declared. crd. n1. dt np1 vdz xx av-j vvi, cst np1 vvn p-acp png31 n1 cst dt n1 cc n1 pp-f n1, r-crq vbds vvn p-acp dt n1 cc n1 pp-f n1 cc n1, av-d pc-acp vbi vvn av-j vbb np1, r-crq dt n1 cc n2 vhd d c-crq vvn. (24) chapter (DIV2) 806 Image 108
2486 XXV. and XXVI. Doctrine and Consolation. The expectation and loking for redemption is a notable token of the true Church. XXV. and XXVI. Doctrine and Consolation. The expectation and looking for redemption is a notable token of the true Church. np1. cc crd. n1 cc n1. dt n1 cc vvg p-acp n1 vbz dt j n1 pp-f dt j n1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 807 Image 109
2487 For in the Church alone remayneth the vndoubted hope as touchinge redemption and saluation, and the godly sorte onely donne with an vnshaken Faith looke for saluation by and for Christ. For in the Church alone remaineth the undoubted hope as touching redemption and salvation, and the godly sort only done with an unshaken Faith look for salvation by and for christ. p-acp p-acp dt n1 av-j vvz dt j n1 p-acp vvg n1 cc n1, cc dt j n1 av-j vdn p-acp dt j-vvn n1 vvb p-acp n1 p-acp cc p-acp np1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 808 Image 109
2488 For which cause the church is thought to bée armed with such a Faith touchinge Christ our sauiour, that the gates of hell can not preuaile against it. For which cause the Church is Thought to been armed with such a Faith touching christ our Saviour, that the gates of hell can not prevail against it. p-acp r-crq n1 dt n1 vbz vvn pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp d dt n1 vvg np1 po12 n1, cst dt n2 pp-f n1 vmb xx vvi p-acp pn31. (24) chapter (DIV2) 809 Image 109
2489 Therefore with this hope of redemption to bée had in the Church let the godly comforte them selues in all daungers and temptations. Therefore with this hope of redemption to been had in the Church let the godly Comfort them selves in all dangers and temptations. av p-acp d n1 pp-f n1 pc-acp vbi vhn p-acp dt n1 vvb dt j vvi pno32 n2 p-acp d n2 cc n2. (24) chapter (DIV2) 810 Image 109
2490 With this hope let the weaker sorte bée armed as ofte as they shall enter into any spirituall conflictes. With this hope let the Weaker sort been armed as oft as they shall enter into any spiritual conflicts. p-acp d n1 vvb dt jc n1 vbi vvn a-acp av c-acp pns32 vmb vvi p-acp d j n2. (24) chapter (DIV2) 811 Image 109
2491 And thou whosoeuer thou arte, take héede in any wise, that thou bée alwaies in the noumber of them, that looke for redemption of Christ. And thou whosoever thou art, take heed in any wise, that thou been always in the number of them, that look for redemption of christ. cc pns21 r-crq pns21 vb2r, vvb n1 p-acp d n1, cst pns21 vbi av p-acp dt n1 pp-f pno32, cst vvb p-acp n1 pp-f np1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 812 Image 109
2492 Which if thou doest care for in déede, thou shalt no doubt féele euery where great peacè and consolation. Which if thou dost care for in deed, thou shalt no doubt feel every where great peacè and consolation. r-crq cs pns21 vd2 vvi p-acp p-acp n1, pns21 vm2 dx n1 vvi d c-crq j fw-la cc n1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 813 Image 109
2493 And when they had performed all thinges according to the lawe of the lorde, they returned into Galile, to their owne citie Nazareth. And when they had performed all things according to the law of the lord, they returned into Galilee, to their own City Nazareth. cc c-crq pns32 vhd vvn d n2 vvg p-acp dt n1 pp-f dt n1, pns32 vvd p-acp np1, p-acp po32 d n1 np1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 814 Image 109
2494 XXVII. and XXVIII. Doctrine and Institution. XXVII. and XXVIII. Doctrine and Institution. np1. cc np1. n1 cc n1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 815 Image 109
2495 By the law of God it was commaunded, that euery first borne should bée brought and consecrated to the Lorde. By the law of God it was commanded, that every First born should been brought and consecrated to the Lord. p-acp dt n1 pp-f np1 pn31 vbds vvn, cst d ord vvn vmd vbi vvn cc vvn p-acp dt n1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 816 Image 109
2496 Gods lawe hath nothinge vaine or superfluous in it, but what soeuer God commaundeth, is grounded vppon iust and weightie causes. God's law hath nothing vain or superfluous in it, but what soever God commandeth, is grounded upon just and weighty Causes. npg1 n1 vhz pix j cc j p-acp pn31, cc-acp q-crq av np1 vvz, vbz vvn p-acp j cc j n2. (24) chapter (DIV2) 816 Image 109
2497 Wherefore God saith well that al the first borne in Israell was due vnto him, from that time wherein he strake all the first borne in the lande of Aegipt. But nowe all euen as manye as professe Christes religion ought to be brought forth and consecrated to God, Wherefore God Says well that all the First born in Israel was due unto him, from that time wherein he strake all the First born in the land of Egypt. But now all even as many as profess Christ's Religion ought to be brought forth and consecrated to God, c-crq np1 vvz av cst d dt ord vvn p-acp np1 vbds j-jn p-acp pno31, p-acp d n1 c-crq pns31 vvd d dt ord vvn p-acp dt n1 pp-f np1. p-acp av d av c-acp d c-acp vvb npg1 n1 vmd pc-acp vbi vvn av cc vvn p-acp np1, (24) chapter (DIV2) 817 Image 109
2498 forasmuch as all the glory and benediction of that auncient people is con•eighed by Christe to the beléeuinge Gentiles, as Peter in his fyrste Epistle Cap. 2. aparauntly teacheth: forasmuch as all the glory and benediction of that ancient people is con•eighed by Christ to the beléeuinge Gentiles, as Peter in his First Epistle Cap. 2. aparauntly Teaches: av c-acp d dt n1 cc n1 pp-f d j-jn n1 vbz vvn p-acp np1 p-acp dt vvg np1, p-acp np1 p-acp po31 ord n1 np1 crd av-j vvz: (24) chapter (DIV2) 817 Image 109
2499 You, saith •ée, are a chosen Kinde, a Kinglye priesthod, an holy nation. You, Says •ée, Are a chosen Kind, a Kingly priesthood, an holy Nation. pn22, vvz j, vbr dt j-vvn j, dt j n1, dt j n1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 817 Image 109
2500 We are admonished therefore that we should with al studye and dilligence endeuour our selues to obserue the law of God. We Are admonished Therefore that we should with all study and diligence endeavour our selves to observe the law of God. pns12 vbr vvn av cst pns12 vmd p-acp d n1 cc n1 n1 po12 n2 pc-acp vvi dt n1 pp-f np1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 818 Image 109
2501 If Christ the author and lord of the law, did humbly submit himself to the law, what excuse shal we make, wherby we should not obey the law? It remayneth therefore that we consecrate our selues wholy vnto God, not onely in our younge and tender age, If christ the author and lord of the law, did humbly submit himself to the law, what excuse shall we make, whereby we should not obey the law? It remaineth Therefore that we consecrate our selves wholly unto God, not only in our young and tender age, cs np1 dt n1 cc n1 pp-f dt n1, vdd av-j vvi px31 p-acp dt n1, r-crq n1 vmb pns12 vvi, c-crq pns12 vmd xx vvi dt n1? pn31 vvz av cst pns12 vvb po12 n2 av-jn p-acp np1, xx av-j p-acp po12 j cc j n1, (24) chapter (DIV2) 819 Image 109
2502 but also all our lyfe longe. but also all our life long. cc-acp av d po12 n1 av-j. (24) chapter (DIV2) 819 Image 109
2503 The ceremonies and oblations of Moyses are verilye in our dayes abolyshed, neither is it required of vs that we shoulde offer for our children Turtle doues or young pigeons: The ceremonies and Oblations of Moses Are verily in our days abolished, neither is it required of us that we should offer for our children Turtle Dove or young pigeons: dt n2 cc n2 pp-f np1 vbr av-j p-acp po12 n2 vvn, av-dx vbz pn31 vvn pp-f pno12 cst pns12 vmd vvi p-acp po12 n2 n1 n2 cc j n2: (24) chapter (DIV2) 820 Image 109
2504 Neuerthelesse it is our part and dutye in cace we haue any children borne vnto vs, fyrst to acknowledge them to be giuen by the onelye goodnesse of God, Nevertheless it is our part and duty in case we have any children born unto us, fyrst to acknowledge them to be given by the only Goodness of God, av pn31 vbz po12 n1 cc n1 p-acp n1 pns12 vhb d n2 vvn p-acp pno12, ord pc-acp vvi pno32 pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp dt j n1 pp-f np1, (24) chapter (DIV2) 821 Image 109
2505 and that we owe vnto hym vnspeakable thankes for so great a benefite. and that we owe unto him unspeakable thanks for so great a benefit. cc cst pns12 vvb p-acp pno31 j n2 c-acp av j dt n1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 821 Image 109
2506 Moreouer we shall consecrate them vnto the Lorde, if so farre forth as lyeth in vs, we bring them vp in the feare of God, Moreover we shall consecrate them unto the Lord, if so Far forth as lies in us, we bring them up in the Fear of God, av pns12 vmb vvi pno32 p-acp dt n1, cs av av-j av c-acp vvz p-acp pno12, pns12 vvb pno32 a-acp p-acp dt n1 pp-f np1, (24) chapter (DIV2) 821 Image 109
2507 and in the simplicitie of doues, in modesty and innocencye, and so instruct them throughout all their life, and in the simplicity of Dove, in modesty and innocency, and so instruct them throughout all their life, cc p-acp dt n1 pp-f n2, p-acp n1 cc n1, cc av vvi pno32 p-acp d po32 n1, (24) chapter (DIV2) 821 Image 109
2508 as that for their sanctimony and vertues the name of God may be gloryfyed on earth. as that for their sanctimony and Virtues the name of God may be glorified on earth. c-acp cst p-acp po32 n1 cc n2 dt n1 pp-f np1 vmb vbi vvn p-acp n1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 821 Image 109
2509 This is one manner of conseeratinge children to the Lorde, set forthe vnto al christians: Ye fathers bringe vp your children in the nourtour and correction of the Lorde. This is one manner of conseeratinge children to the Lord, Set forth unto all Christians: You Father's bring up your children in the nourtour and correction of the Lord. d vbz crd n1 pp-f j-vvg n2 p-acp dt n1, vvd av p-acp d njpg2: pn22 n2 vvi a-acp po22 n2 p-acp dt n1 cc n1 pp-f dt n1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 822 Image 109
2510 For the whole institution and chastisement ought to be directed to the glory of the Lorde. For the Whole Institution and chastisement ought to be directed to the glory of the Lord. p-acp dt j-jn n1 cc n1 vmd pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp dt n1 pp-f dt n1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 822 Image 109
2511 And the childe grew, and waxed stronge in spirite, and was fylled with wisdome, and the grace of God was vpon hym. And the child grew, and waxed strong in Spirit, and was filled with Wisdom, and the grace of God was upon him. cc dt n1 vvd, cc vvd j p-acp n1, cc vbds vvn p-acp n1, cc dt n1 pp-f np1 vbds p-acp pno31. (24) chapter (DIV2) 823 Image 109
2512 XXIX. Doctrine. All thinges truely in Christe are very excellent and singuler, and that by reason of his dyuine nature ioyned to his humayne. XXIX. Doctrine. All things truly in Christ Are very excellent and singular, and that by reason of his divine nature joined to his human. np1. n1. d n2 av-j p-acp np1 vbr av j cc j, cc cst p-acp n1 pp-f po31 j-jn n1 vvn p-acp po31 j. (24) chapter (DIV2) 824 Image 109
2513 Notwithstanding we may iudge also in generall of all children, especially those that are borne of faithfull parents, that the holy Ghost vouchsafeth likewise to strengthen them, which in deede is the most ample benefytte of God toward vs. For this cause Christ not in one place greatly commendeth little children. Notwithstanding we may judge also in general of all children, especially those that Are born of faithful Parents, that the holy Ghost vouchsafeth likewise to strengthen them, which in deed is the most ample benefytte of God towards us For this cause christ not in one place greatly commends little children. a-acp pns12 vmb vvi av p-acp n1 pp-f d n2, av-j d cst vbr vvn pp-f j n2, cst dt j n1 vvz av pc-acp vvi pno32, r-crq p-acp n1 vbz dt av-ds j n1 pp-f np1 p-acp pno12 p-acp d n1 np1 xx p-acp crd n1 av-j vvz j n2. (24) chapter (DIV2) 825 Image 110
2514 Except ye turne and become as young children, ye shal not enter into the kingdom of heauen. Except you turn and become as young children, you shall not enter into the Kingdom of heaven. c-acp pn22 vvb cc vvi p-acp j n2, pn22 vmb xx vvi p-acp dt n1 pp-f n1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 826 Image 110
2515 Suffer little children to come vnto me & forbid them not, for of such is the kingedom of God, &c. XXX. Redargution. Who therefore is of so mischeuous a minde, to cry out ye young children, which Christe so muche commendeth can not be partakers of spirituall benefyts? and to restraine them from baptisme and all sacred rites? God voucheth safe to sanctifye some euen in their mothers wombe, whiche is reported of Ieremy and Iohn the Baptist, in the scriptures, some he sanctifieth eftsoones in their childhood, as Samson and others: Suffer little children to come unto me & forbid them not, for of such is the Kingdom of God, etc. XXX. Redargution. Who Therefore is of so mischievous a mind, to cry out you young children, which Christ so much commends can not be partakers of spiritual benefits? and to restrain them from Baptism and all sacred Rites? God voucheth safe to sanctify Some even in their mother's womb, which is reported of Ieremy and John the Baptist, in the Scriptures, Some he Sanctifieth eftsoons in their childhood, as samson and Others: vvb j n2 pc-acp vvi p-acp pno11 cc vvb pno32 xx, p-acp pp-f d vbz dt n1 pp-f np1, av np1. n1. r-crq av vbz pp-f av j dt n1, pc-acp vvi av pn22 j n2, r-crq np1 av av-d vvz vmb xx vbi n2 pp-f j n2? cc pc-acp vvi pno32 p-acp n1 cc d j n2? np1 vvz j pc-acp vvi d av p-acp po32 ng1 n1, r-crq vbz vvn pp-f np1 cc np1 dt np1, p-acp dt n2, d pns31 vvz av p-acp po32 n1, c-acp np1 cc n2-jn: (24) chapter (DIV2) 826 Image 110
2516 why doste thou thē enuie such, and wilt not suffer them to be consecrated to the Lord? why dost thou them envy such, and wilt not suffer them to be consecrated to the Lord? c-crq vd2 pns21 pno32 vvi d, cc vm2 xx vvi pno32 pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp dt n1? (24) chapter (DIV2) 827 Image 110
2517 xxxi. Institution. How much better that we doe, if we entirely loue young children being so déere vnto god, xxxi. Institution. How much better that we do, if we entirely love young children being so dear unto god, crd. n1. c-crq av-d j cst pns12 vdb, cs pns12 av-j vvb j n2 vbg av j-jn p-acp n1, (24) chapter (DIV2) 828 Image 110
2518 and deuoutely reuerence them as the electe organs of God? againe if we pray to our heauenly father, that hee woulde enforme their harts with his holy spirite, and devoutly Reverence them as the elect organs of God? again if we pray to our heavenly father, that he would inform their hearts with his holy Spirit, cc av-j vvi pno32 p-acp dt vvi n2 pp-f np1? av cs pns12 vvb p-acp po12 j n1, cst pns31 vmd vvi po32 n2 p-acp po31 j n1, (24) chapter (DIV2) 828 Image 110
2519 and direct them to learne and imbrace true pietie and godlynes? For the feare of the Lorde is the beginninge of wisedome. and Direct them to Learn and embrace true piety and godliness? For the Fear of the Lord is the begin of Wisdom. cc vvi pno32 pc-acp vvi cc vvi j n1 cc n1? p-acp dt n1 pp-f dt n1 vbz dt n-vvg pp-f n1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 828 Image 110
2520 Let children therfore be nourtered and taught in the elements of sounde doctrine. Let children Therefore be nourtered and taught in the elements of sound Doctrine. vvb n2 av vbb vvn cc vvn p-acp dt n2 pp-f n1 n1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 830 Image 110
2521 Where the foundations shall in this wise be layde, the lord will add happy successe and procedinges in the rest. Where the foundations shall in this wise be laid, the lord will add happy success and proceedings in the rest. c-crq dt n2 vmb p-acp d n1 vbi vvn, dt n1 vmb vvi j n1 cc n2-vvg p-acp dt n1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 830 Image 110
2522 Hee wyll fyll them with wisedome, and the grace of GOD shall bee vpon them, He will fill them with Wisdom, and the grace of GOD shall be upon them, pns31 vmb vvi pno32 p-acp n1, cc dt n1 pp-f np1 vmb vbi p-acp pno32, (24) chapter (DIV2) 831 Image 110
2523 as it shall séeme good vnto the Lorde, in whom alone it lieth to prescribe the meane. as it shall seem good unto the Lord, in whom alone it lies to prescribe the mean. c-acp pn31 vmb vvi j p-acp dt n1, p-acp ro-crq av-j pn31 vvz pc-acp vvi dt j. (24) chapter (DIV2) 831 Image 110
2524 O happy are those children of whom it may in some sorte be iudged that God doth illustrate them with the light of •is grace. O happy Are those children of whom it may in Some sort be judged that God does illustrate them with the Light of •is grace. sy j vbr d n2 pp-f ro-crq pn31 vmb p-acp d n1 vbi vvn cst np1 vdz vvi pno32 p-acp dt n1 pp-f n1 n1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 831 Image 110
2525 xxxii. Correction. Albeit it chiefelye dependeth of the goodnesse of God, that children are made strong in spirite, fylled with wisdom, xxxii. Correction. Albeit it chiefly dependeth of the Goodness of God, that children Are made strong in Spirit, filled with Wisdom, crd. n1. cs pn31 av-jn vvz pp-f dt n1 pp-f np1, cst n2 vbr vvn j p-acp n1, vvn p-acp n1, (24) chapter (DIV2) 832 Image 110
2526 and by the speciall grace of God prospered in all their procéedinges, yet that a great helpe and furtheraunce herevnto remaineth also in the parentes, no man is ignoraunt. and by the special grace of God prospered in all their proceedings, yet that a great help and furtherance hereunto remains also in the Parents, no man is ignorant. cc p-acp dt j n1 pp-f np1 vvd p-acp d po32 n2-vvg, av cst dt j n1 cc n1 av vvz av p-acp dt n2, dx n1 vbz j. (24) chapter (DIV2) 832 Image 110
2527 The first education of children euen alone for the most parte is the cause, that we haue either good or ill citiezens. The First education of children even alone for the most part is the cause, that we have either good or ill Citizens. dt ord n1 pp-f n2 av av-j p-acp dt av-ds n1 vbz dt n1, cst pns12 vhb d j cc j-jn n2. (24) chapter (DIV2) 833 Image 110
2528 For looke what impes we bringe vp, such men in a maner doth the common wealth receiue of vs afterward. For look what imps we bring up, such men in a manner does the Common wealth receive of us afterwards. p-acp vvi r-crq n2 pns12 vvb a-acp, d n2 p-acp dt n1 vdz dt j n1 vvi pp-f pno12 av. (24) chapter (DIV2) 833 Image 110
2529 Beware how thou thinkest them to proue good men, whom beinge boyes, thou séest to be of rude and dissolute maners. Beware how thou Thinkest them to prove good men, whom being boys, thou See to be of rude and dissolute manners. vvb c-crq pns21 vv2 pno32 p-acp vvi j n2, r-crq vbg n1, pns21 vv2 pc-acp vbi pp-f j cc j n2. (24) chapter (DIV2) 834 Image 110
2530 What great infection of euills children take of their parents, and what mischeuous examples they mark oftetimes at this age in their gouerners and masters, no man can with toung expresse or declare. What great infection of evils children take of their Parents, and what mischievous Examples they mark oftentimes At this age in their Governors and Masters, no man can with tongue express or declare. q-crq j n1 pp-f n2-jn n2 vvi pp-f po32 n2, cc r-crq j n2 pns32 vvb av p-acp d n1 p-acp po32 n2 cc n2, dx n1 vmb p-acp n1 vvi cc vvi. (24) chapter (DIV2) 835 Image 110
2531 There is no doubt, but that this inordinate education of children, which now a dayes we may euery wher behold, doth portende some bloody happes, There is no doubt, but that this inordinate education of children, which now a days we may every where behold, does portende Some bloody haps, pc-acp vbz dx n1, cc-acp cst d j n1 pp-f n2, r-crq av dt n2 pns12 vmb d q-crq vvb, vdz vvi d j n2, (24) chapter (DIV2) 836 Image 110
2532 and great calamities verye shortly to ensue. But let vs praye vnto God that hee will guide vs all with his grace, and great calamities very shortly to ensue. But let us pray unto God that he will guide us all with his grace, cc j n2 av av-j pc-acp vvi. p-acp vvb pno12 vvi p-acp np1 cst pns31 vmb vvi pno12 d p-acp po31 n1, (24) chapter (DIV2) 836 Image 110
2533 and turne awaye in time the mischiefes hanginge ouer our heades. and turn away in time the mischiefs hanging over our Heads. cc vvi av p-acp n1 dt n2 vvg p-acp po12 n2. (24) chapter (DIV2) 837 Image 110
2534 How if consideration be had of the time present, then with good right shall be handeled before the Church the 1. and 2. places, which are as touchinge the certainty of the christian faith, How if consideration be had of the time present, then with good right shall be handled before the Church the 1. and 2. places, which Are as touching the certainty of the christian faith, c-crq cs n1 vbb vhn pp-f dt n1 j, av p-acp j n-jn vmb vbi vvn p-acp dt n1 dt crd cc crd n2, r-crq vbr c-acp vvg dt n1 pp-f dt njp n1, (24) chapter (DIV2) 838 Image 110
2535 also the 20. 21. 22. 23. of the agrement in doctrine and confession of the same before the Church of God. also the 20. 21. 22. 23. of the agreement in Doctrine and Confessi of the same before the Church of God. av dt crd crd crd crd pp-f dt n1 p-acp n1 cc n1 pp-f dt d p-acp dt n1 pp-f np1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 838 Image 110
2536 It is certaine, that these places beinge either seuerally at large or ioyntly amonge themselues (forsomuch as if thou lokest vppon the matter, they are of allyaunce togyther) clearelye explayned, will ingender no lyttell fruite in the myndes of the hearers, It is certain, that these places being either severally At large or jointly among themselves (forsomuch as if thou lokest upon the matter, they Are of allyaunce together) clearly explained, will engender no little fruit in the minds of the hearers, pn31 vbz j, cst d n2 vbg d av-j p-acp j cc av-j p-acp px32 (av c-acp cs pns21 vv2 p-acp dt n1, pns32 vbr pp-f n1 av) av-j vvd, vmb vvi dx j n1 p-acp dt n2 pp-f dt n2, (24) chapter (DIV2) 839 Image 110
2537 and will bringe to passe that a greate number shall couragiouslye imbrace the GOSPELL, and with all séeke by all meanes possible to promote and aduance the same. and will bring to pass that a great number shall courageously embrace the GOSPEL, and with all seek by all means possible to promote and advance the same. cc vmb vvi pc-acp vvi cst dt j n1 vmb av-j vvi dt n1, cc p-acp d vvb p-acp d vvz j pc-acp vvi cc vvi dt d. (24) chapter (DIV2) 839 Image 111
2538 Moreouer, for those that in these dayes doe slaunder and barke against the labours of godlye teachers, Moreover, for those that in these days do slander and bark against the labours of godly Teachers, av, c-acp d cst p-acp d n2 vdb vvi cc vvi p-acp dt n2 pp-f j n2, (24) chapter (DIV2) 840 Image 111
2539 and that forge and contriue no fewe thinges whereby they maye bring as well the Gospell it selfe as also the interpreters therof into hatred and hasard, it shall bee for the behoofe of the church, and that forge and contrive no few things whereby they may bring as well the Gospel it self as also the Interpreters thereof into hatred and hazard, it shall be for the behoof of the Church, cc d n1 cc vvi dx d n2 c-crq pns32 vmb vvi a-acp av dt n1 pn31 n1 c-acp av dt n2 av p-acp n1 cc n1, pn31 vmb vbi p-acp dt n1 pp-f dt n1, (24) chapter (DIV2) 840 Image 111
2540 if the 6. and 7. places, against them to whom Christe is an offence, bee more largely and amplye declared. if the 6. and 7. places, against them to whom Christ is an offence, be more largely and amply declared. cs dt crd cc crd n2, p-acp pno32 pc-acp ro-crq np1 vbz dt n1, vbb av-dc av-j cc av-j vvn. (24) chapter (DIV2) 840 Image 111
2541 Where if it lyke thée rather to erect and comfort those that now in many prouinces are most cruelly oppressed for the confession of the trueth, thou shalt oportunely entreate of the 9. 10. 11. 12. 20. 21. places. Where if it like thee rather to erect and Comfort those that now in many Provinces Are most cruelly oppressed for the Confessi of the truth, thou shalt opportunely entreat of the 9. 10. 11. 12. 20. 21. places. c-crq cs pn31 vvb pno21 av-c pc-acp vvi cc vvi d cst av p-acp d n2 vbr av-ds av-j vvn p-acp dt n1 pp-f dt n1, pns21 vm2 av-j vvi pp-f dt crd crd crd crd crd crd n2. (24) chapter (DIV2) 841 Image 111
2542 But in case any be disposed to frame such a Sermon, whereby all sortes of men may be admonished and moued vnto pyetie and sanctimony of lyfe, very fyt for this purpose wyll be the 17. 18. 19. places more copyouselye discoursed. But in case any be disposed to frame such a Sermon, whereby all sorts of men may be admonished and moved unto pyetie and sanctimony of life, very fit for this purpose will be the 17. 18. 19. places more copyouselye discoursed. cc-acp p-acp n1 d vbi vvn pc-acp vvi d dt n1, c-crq d n2 pp-f n2 vmb vbi vvn cc vvn p-acp n1 cc n1 pp-f n1, av j p-acp d n1 vmb vbi dt crd crd crd vvz av-dc av-j vvn. (24) chapter (DIV2) 842 Image 111
2543 But who knoweth not what detestable demeanour and corruption of maners is now euery where to be seene in children? agayne what great negligence there is as well of parents as of Scholemaisters in the good bringing vp of Children? But who Knoweth not what detestable demeanour and corruption of manners is now every where to be seen in children? again what great negligence there is as well of Parents as of Schoolmasters in the good bringing up of Children? cc-acp r-crq vvz xx r-crq j n1 cc n1 pp-f n2 vbz av d c-crq pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp n2? av q-crq j n1 a-acp vbz p-acp av pp-f n2 c-acp pp-f n2 p-acp dt j vvg a-acp pp-f n2? (24) chapter (DIV2) 843 Image 111
2544 Therfore he should best prouide for the vtilitie of many, that shall determin with himselfe to tary somewhat long in those thinges, that are briefely touched in the 29. 30. 31. 32. places. Therefore he should best provide for the utility of many, that shall determine with himself to tarry somewhat long in those things, that Are briefly touched in the 29. 30. 31. 32. places. av pns31 vmd av-js vvi p-acp dt n1 pp-f d, cst vmb vvi p-acp px31 pc-acp vvi av av-j p-acp d n2, cst vbr av-j vvn p-acp dt crd crd crd crd n2. (24) chapter (DIV2) 844 Image 111
2545 What néede many words? Out of the places hytherto declared thou shalte chose now these now those to bee more at large discoursed and illustrated, which thou shalt déeme most conuenient for the state of the Churche, the time, places, and persons. What need many words? Out of the places hitherto declared thou shalt chosen now these now those to be more At large discoursed and illustrated, which thou shalt deem most convenient for the state of the Church, the time, places, and Persons. q-crq vvb d n2? av pp-f dt n2 av vvn pns21 vm2 vvi av d av d pc-acp vbi av-dc p-acp j vvn cc vvn, r-crq pns21 vm2 vvi av-ds j p-acp dt n1 pp-f dt n1, dt n1, n2, cc n2. (24) chapter (DIV2) 845 Image 111
2546 We haue exhybited thrée examples of the kynde didascalike deriued out of historycall narrations, and howe it behooueth to excrepte and digeste common places oute of euerye member thereof, I suppose it is of vs sufficiently declared: We have exhybited thrée Examples of the kind didascalike derived out of historical narrations, and how it behooveth to excrepte and digest Common places out of every member thereof, I suppose it is of us sufficiently declared: pns12 vhb vvn crd n2 pp-f dt n1 j vvn av pp-f j n2, cc c-crq pn31 vvz pc-acp vvi cc vvi j n2 av pp-f d n1 av, pns11 vvb pn31 vbz pp-f pno12 av-j vvn: (24) chapter (DIV2) 846 Image 111
2547 Now reason requireth that we adde also an example of the other forme, in which namely no continuall narration is knit together but some doctrin is simply expressed, Now reason requires that we add also an Exampl of the other Form, in which namely no continual narration is knit together but Some Doctrine is simply expressed, av n1 vvz cst pns12 vvb av dt n1 pp-f dt j-jn n1, p-acp r-crq av dx j n1 vbz vvn av p-acp d n1 vbz av-j vvn, (24) chapter (DIV2) 847 Image 111
2548 and the same also with certaine argumentes and reasons confyrmed. and the same also with certain Arguments and Reasons confirmed. cc dt d av p-acp j n2 cc n2 vvn. (24) chapter (DIV2) 847 Image 111
2549 It is dilligentlye to be prouided and foreséene in this forme, that the scope and certaine meaning or doctrine of that part or parcell, which is taken out of the holy Scripture to be declared to the people, be before all thinges thoroughly knowne and perceiued. It is diligently to be provided and foreseen in this Form, that the scope and certain meaning or Doctrine of that part or parcel, which is taken out of the holy Scripture to be declared to the people, be before all things thoroughly known and perceived. pn31 vbz av-j pc-acp vbi vvn cc vvn p-acp d n1, cst dt n1 cc j n1 cc n1 pp-f d n1 cc n1, r-crq vbz vvn av pp-f dt j n1 pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp dt n1, vbb p-acp d n2 av-j vvn cc vvn. (24) chapter (DIV2) 848 Image 111
2550 And that alwaies for the most part is expressely to be founde either in the beeginning or els in the ende of the reading. And that always for the most part is expressly to be found either in the beginning or Else in the end of the reading. cc cst av p-acp dt av-ds n1 vbz av-j pc-acp vbi vvn av-d p-acp dt n1 cc av p-acp dt n1 pp-f dt n-vvg. (24) chapter (DIV2) 848 Image 111
2551 Iohn Baptiste seeing Iesus comminge vnto him, had in déede a very briefe, but yet a graue and and high Sermon as touching Christ, whereof he himselfe maketh this the ende, saying: John Baptiste seeing Iesus coming unto him, had in deed a very brief, but yet a graven and and high Sermon as touching christ, whereof he himself makes this the end, saying: np1 np1 vvg np1 vvg p-acp pno31, vhd p-acp n1 dt j n1, cc-acp av dt j cc cc j n1 c-acp vvg np1, c-crq pns31 px31 vvz d dt n1, vvg: (24) chapter (DIV2) 849 Image 111
2552 I haue seene and testified, that this is the sonne of God. It is plaine therefore that all that Sermon of Iohn tendeth to this ende: I have seen and testified, that this is the son of God. It is plain Therefore that all that Sermon of John tendeth to this end: pns11 vhb vvn cc vvn, cst d vbz dt n1 pp-f np1. pn31 vbz j av cst d cst n1 pp-f np1 vvz p-acp d n1: (24) chapter (DIV2) 850 Image 111
2553 that he might declare, Chrst to bee God the sonne of God. that he might declare, Christ to be God the son of God. cst pns31 vmd vvi, vvd pc-acp vbi np1 dt n1 pp-f np1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 851 Image 111
2554 In the epistle to the Hebrues, it is learnedly declared, that Christ is both God the sonne of God, In the epistle to the Hebrews, it is learnedly declared, that christ is both God the son of God, p-acp dt n1 p-acp dt njp2, pn31 vbz av-j vvn, cst np1 vbz d np1 dt n1 pp-f np1, (24) chapter (DIV2) 852 Image 111
2555 and also man, and that two natures doe consist in one person. Wherfore in the very entrye of the Epistle it is cléerely sayde: and also man, and that two nature's do consist in one person. Wherefore in the very entry of the Epistle it is clearly said: cc av n1, cc d crd n2 vdb vvi p-acp crd n1. c-crq p-acp dt j n1 pp-f dt n1 pn31 vbz av-j vvn: (24) chapter (DIV2) 852 Image 111
2556 That God the father, as he spake in times paste to our forefathers which beleeued, by his Prophets, That God the father, as he spoke in times past to our Forefathers which believed, by his prophets, cst np1 dt n1, c-acp pns31 vvd p-acp n2 j p-acp po12 n2 r-crq vvd, p-acp po31 n2, (24) chapter (DIV2) 853 Image 111
2557 so in these later daies hee hath spoken by his sonne verye God and verye man. so in these later days he hath spoken by his son very God and very man. av p-acp d jc n2 pns31 vhz vvn p-acp po31 n1 j np1 cc j n1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 853 Image 111
2558 And yt this scope or state ought alwaies first to be found out, before it be pronounced as touching the kinde of the Sermon, it is aboue rehearced. And that this scope or state ought always First to be found out, before it be pronounced as touching the kind of the Sermon, it is above rehearsed. cc pn31 d n1 cc n1 vmd av ord pc-acp vbi vvn av, c-acp pn31 vbb vvn p-acp vvg dt n1 pp-f dt n1, pn31 vbz p-acp vvn. (24) chapter (DIV2) 854 Image 111
2559 Secondly, in the examples of this forme many and diuers arguments are founde for the most part orderly disposed, Secondly, in the Examples of this Form many and diverse Arguments Are found for the most part orderly disposed, ord, p-acp dt n2 pp-f d n1 d cc j n2 vbr vvn p-acp dt av-ds n1 av-j vvn, (24) chapter (DIV2) 855 Image 111
2560 and applyed to confyrme one and the same state or article of doctrine. and applied to confirm one and the same state or article of Doctrine. cc vvd pc-acp vvi crd cc dt d n1 cc n1 pp-f n1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 855 Image 111
2561 Those it behooueth alwaies so to be taken and expounded as that they may be vnderstoode to tende directly to the selfe same state. Those it behooveth always so to be taken and expounded as that they may be understood to tend directly to the self same state. d pn31 vvz av av pc-acp vbi vvn cc vvn p-acp cst pns32 vmb vbi vvd p-acp vvb av-j p-acp dt n1 d n1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 855 Image 112
2562 For it is necessary that all thinges be directed to one and the same scope, which the Scripture it selfe proposeth. For it is necessary that all things be directed to one and the same scope, which the Scripture it self Proposeth. p-acp pn31 vbz j cst d n2 vbb vvn p-acp crd cc dt d n1, r-crq dt n1 pn31 n1 vvz. (24) chapter (DIV2) 856 Image 112
2563 Further, hereof it foloweth thirdly, that in examining of euerye argument, many and diuers places ought not rashelye to be drawne oute of the partes or members of them, Further, hereof it Followeth Thirdly, that in examining of every argument, many and diverse places ought not rashly to be drawn out of the parts or members of them, jc, av pn31 vvz ord, cst p-acp vvg pp-f d n1, d cc j n2 vmd xx av-j pc-acp vbi vvn av pp-f dt n2 cc n2 pp-f pno32, (24) chapter (DIV2) 857 Image 112
2564 and that least suche plentye and diuersitie might withdraw the mindes from the chiefe and principal state or scope of the matter. and that lest such plenty and diversity might withdraw the minds from the chief and principal state or scope of the matter. cc cst cs d n1 cc n1 vmd vvi dt n2 p-acp dt j-jn cc j-jn n1 cc n1 pp-f dt n1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 857 Image 112
2565 Lastly, albeit some places also may be drawne forth, such inesp•ciallye as are diuers and some what differente from the state it selfe, Lastly, albeit Some places also may be drawn forth, such inesp•ciallye as Are diverse and Some what different from the state it self, ord, cs d n2 av vmb vbi vvn av, d av-j c-acp vbr j cc d r-crq j p-acp dt n1 pn31 n1, (24) chapter (DIV2) 858 Image 112
2566 yet shall it not be expedient to stand ouerlong in the enarration therof. yet shall it not be expedient to stand overlong in the enarration thereof. av vmb pn31 xx vbi j pc-acp vvi av-j p-acp dt n1 av. (24) chapter (DIV2) 858 Image 112
2567 For it would be very absurde, to turne away the oration from that whiche is the head and fountayne of the busynesse. For it would be very absurd, to turn away the oration from that which is the head and fountain of the business. p-acp pn31 vmd vbi av j, pc-acp vvi av dt n1 p-acp d r-crq vbz dt n1 cc n1 pp-f dt n1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 859 Image 112
2568 These thinges it séemed good thus briefely to premise. These things it seemed good thus briefly to premise. np1 n2 pn31 vvd j av av-j p-acp n1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 859 Image 112
2569 Let vs take in hande therefore the short Sermon of Iohn the Baptist touching our Lorde Christe, as it is read Iohn. 1. Iohn seeth Iefus comminge vnto him, and saieth: Let us take in hand Therefore the short Sermon of John the Baptist touching our Lord Christ, as it is read John. 1. John sees Iefus coming unto him, and Saith: vvb pno12 vvi p-acp n1 av dt j n1 pp-f np1 dt n1 vvg po12 n1 np1, p-acp pn31 vbz vvn np1. crd np1 vvz fw-la vvg p-acp pno31, cc vvz: (24) chapter (DIV2) 860 Image 112
2570 Beholde the lambe of God, which taketh awaye the sinnes of the world. This is he of whom I saide: Behold the lamb of God, which Takes away the Sins of the world. This is he of whom I said: vvb dt n1 pp-f np1, r-crq vvz av dt n2 pp-f dt n1. d vbz pns31 pp-f ro-crq pns11 vvd: (24) chapter (DIV2) 861 Image 112
2571 after mee commeth a man, which went before mee: After me comes a man, which went before me: p-acp pno11 vvz dt n1, r-crq vvd p-acp pno11: (24) chapter (DIV2) 861 Image 112
2572 for hee was before me, and I knew him not, but that he shoulde bee declared to Israel, for he was before me, and I knew him not, but that he should be declared to Israel, c-acp pns31 vbds p-acp pno11, cc pns11 vvd pno31 xx, cc-acp cst pns31 vmd vbi vvn p-acp np1, (24) chapter (DIV2) 861 Image 112
2573 therfore am I come baptisinge with water. And Iohn bare recorde, sayinge: I sawe the spirit descende from heauen like vnto a doue, and abode vpon him, Therefore am I come Baptizing with water. And John bore record, saying: I saw the Spirit descend from heaven like unto a dove, and Abided upon him, av vbm pns11 vvb vvg p-acp n1. cc np1 j n1, vvg: pns11 vvd dt n1 vvb p-acp n1 av-j p-acp dt n1, cc vvd p-acp pno31, (24) chapter (DIV2) 861 Image 112
2574 & I knewe him not, but he that sent mee to baptise in water, the same saide vnto me: & I knew him not, but he that sent me to baptise in water, the same said unto me: cc pns11 vvd pno31 xx, cc-acp pns31 cst vvd pno11 pc-acp vvb p-acp n1, dt d vvd p-acp pno11: (24) chapter (DIV2) 861 Image 112
2575 Vpon whom thou shalt see the spirite descende, and tary still on him, the same is hee which baptiseth with the holy ghost. Upon whom thou shalt see the Spirit descend, and tarry still on him, the same is he which baptizeth with the holy ghost. p-acp ro-crq pns21 vm2 vvi dt n1 vvb, cc vvi av p-acp pno31, dt d vbz pns31 r-crq vvz p-acp dt j n1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 861 Image 112
2576 And I saw and bare recorde, that hee is the sonne of God. And I saw and bore record, that he is the son of God. cc pns11 vvd cc j n1, cst pns31 vbz dt n1 pp-f np1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 861 Image 112
2577 In this briefe Sermon Iohn the Baptist affirmeth and proueth, that Christe is not onely man, In this brief Sermon John the Baptist Affirmeth and Proves, that Christ is not only man, p-acp d j n1 np1 dt np1 vvz cc vvz, cst np1 vbz xx av-j n1, (24) chapter (DIV2) 862 Image 112
2578 but also God the sonne of God. For this is the conclusion & likewise the state of this present Sermon. but also God the son of God. For this is the conclusion & likewise the state of this present Sermon. cc-acp av np1 dt n1 pp-f np1. p-acp d vbz dt n1 cc av dt n1 pp-f d j n1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 862 Image 112
2579 Wherevpon euery man may easely consider, séeinge there is handled héere a doctrine as touching the diuinitie of Christ, that it is of the kinde didascalick. Whereupon every man may Easily Consider, seeing there is handled Here a Doctrine as touching the divinity of christ, that it is of the kind Didascalick. c-crq d n1 vmb av-j vvi, vvg a-acp vbz vvn av dt n1 c-acp vvg dt n1 pp-f np1, cst pn31 vbz pp-f dt j j. (24) chapter (DIV2) 863 Image 112
2580 The argumentes or proofes how and after what sorte they are distincted and deuided, we will eftsoones declare. The Arguments or proofs how and After what sort they Are distincted and divided, we will eftsoons declare. dt n2 cc n2 c-crq cc p-acp r-crq n1 pns32 vbr j-vvn cc vvn, pns12 vmb av vvi. (24) chapter (DIV2) 864 Image 112
2581 And héere we saye againe that our faith in this place ought greatly to be confyrmed as touching the diuine nature in Christ. And Here we say again that our faith in this place ought greatly to be confirmed as touching the divine nature in christ. cc av pns12 vvb av cst po12 n1 p-acp d n1 vmd av-j pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp vvg dt j-jn n1 p-acp np1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 865 Image 112
2582 Yea and the example also of Iohn Baptiste doth not a little excite vs to make confession of our faith. Yea and the Exampl also of John Baptiste does not a little excite us to make Confessi of our faith. uh cc dt n1 av pp-f np1 np1 vdz xx dt j vvi pno12 pc-acp vvi n1 pp-f po12 n1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 865 Image 112
2583 But let vs examine euery parte and member by it selfe. Iohn seeth Iesus comminge vnto hym. But let us examine every part and member by it self. John sees Iesus coming unto him. cc-acp vvb pno12 vvi d n1 cc n1 p-acp pn31 n1. np1 vvz np1 vvg p-acp pno31. (24) chapter (DIV2) 865 Image 112
2584 I. Doctrine. Iesus came to Iohn, as well that by his presence he might cause him to be strong, couragious, I Doctrine. Iesus Come to John, as well that by his presence he might cause him to be strong, courageous, uh n1. np1 vvd p-acp np1, c-acp av cst p-acp po31 n1 pns31 vmd vvi pno31 pc-acp vbi j, j, (24) chapter (DIV2) 867 Image 112
2585 and constant in the office of teaching, as also that by such an occasiō the people might more fully be taught of Iohn, that Christ is the Messias promised in times paste to the fathers, and constant in the office of teaching, as also that by such an occasion the people might more Fully be taught of John, that christ is the Messias promised in times past to the Father's, cc j p-acp dt n1 pp-f vvg, c-acp av cst p-acp d dt n1 dt n1 vmd av-dc av-j vbi vvn pp-f np1, cst np1 vbz dt np1 vvn p-acp n2 j p-acp dt n2, (24) chapter (DIV2) 867 Image 112
2586 and that the same also is both true GOD and true man, by whom mankinde shoulde be deliuered from sinne and euerlasting damnation. and that the same also is both true GOD and true man, by whom mankind should be Delivered from sin and everlasting damnation. cc cst dt d av vbz d j np1 cc j n1, p-acp ro-crq n1 vmd vbi vvn p-acp n1 cc j n1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 867 Image 112
2587 Wherevppon truely it becommeth plaine and euident, that GOD, like as he determined from euerlasting to sende his sonne into the world, to the intent those that beléeue in hym might likewise bee made the children of GOD, and obtayne saluation: Whereupon truly it becomes plain and evident, that GOD, like as he determined from everlasting to send his son into the world, to the intent those that believe in him might likewise be made the children of GOD, and obtain salvation: c-crq av-j pn31 vvz j cc j, cst np1, av-j c-acp pns31 vvd p-acp j pc-acp vvi po31 n1 p-acp dt n1, p-acp dt n1 d cst vvb p-acp pno31 vmd av vbi vvn dt n2 pp-f np1, cc vvi n1: (24) chapter (DIV2) 868 Image 112
2588 euen so when the same his sonne was come downe to the earth, he ordayned and woulde haue to be extante certaine fytte and conuenient meanes, by which men might bee moued and perswaded to beléeue. even so when the same his son was come down to the earth, he ordained and would have to be extant certain fit and convenient means, by which men might be moved and persuaded to believe. av av c-crq dt d po31 n1 vbds vvn a-acp p-acp dt n1, pns31 vvn cc vmd vhi pc-acp vbi j j n1 cc j n2, p-acp r-crq n2 vmd vbi vvn cc vvd pc-acp vvi. (24) chapter (DIV2) 868 Image 112
2589 In these poynts therfore ought to be put the comming of Christ vnto Iohn, & the Sermon of Iohn that followeth immediately of Christ. In these points Therefore ought to be put the coming of christ unto John, & the Sermon of John that follows immediately of christ. p-acp d n2 av vmd p-acp vbi vvn dt n-vvg pp-f np1 p-acp np1, cc dt n1 pp-f np1 cst vvz av-j pp-f np1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 869 Image 112
2590 II Institustion. Herevppon we learne, that we ought both to minister vnto other all occasion of promotinge the trueth and of preaching Christ, II Institustion. Hereupon we Learn, that we ought both to minister unto other all occasion of promoting the truth and of preaching christ, crd n1. av pns12 vvb, cst pns12 vmd d pc-acp vvi p-acp j-jn d n1 pp-f j-vvg dt n1 cc pp-f vvg np1, (24) chapter (DIV2) 870 Image 112
2591 and also to take it beinge offred of others. and also to take it being offered of Others. cc av pc-acp vvi pn31 vbg vvn pp-f n2-jn. (24) chapter (DIV2) 870 Image 112
2592 Certes where the same may be had ▪ we must in no wise suffer it to slyp away. Certes where the same may be had ▪ we must in no wise suffer it to slip away. av c-crq dt d vmb vbi vhn ▪ pns12 vmb p-acp dx n1 vvi pn31 pc-acp vvi av. (24) chapter (DIV2) 870 Image 113
2593 Wherefore the Apostle, to what place soeuer he came, assoone as he was entred into the Synagogs or Schooles, preached Christe with great and inuincible courage, Wherefore the Apostle, to what place soever he Come, As soon as he was entered into the Synagogues or Schools, preached Christ with great and invincible courage, c-crq dt n1, p-acp r-crq n1 av pns31 vvd, av c-acp pns31 vbds vvn p-acp dt n2 cc n2, vvd np1 p-acp j cc j n1, (24) chapter (DIV2) 871 Image 113
2594 and refuted the Iewes that withstoode and contraryed his doctrine. and refuted the Iewes that withstood and contraried his Doctrine. cc vvn dt npg1 cst vvd cc vvd po31 n1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 871 Image 113
2595 III. Correction. They are reproued indifferentlye as well that get oportunitie, and yet dare not vtter any thing o•enly as touchinge the Gospell, III. Correction. They Are reproved indifferently as well that get opportunity, and yet Dare not utter any thing o•enly as touching the Gospel, np1. n1. pns32 vbr vvn av-j p-acp av d vvi n1, cc av vvb xx vvi d n1 av-j p-acp vvg dt n1, (24) chapter (DIV2) 872 Image 113
2596 neither giue any ynckling or signifycation, that they haue any knowledge thereof, as also that labour by all meanes, to hynder the study of the holy Scriptures, neither give any ynckling or signification, that they have any knowledge thereof, as also that labour by all means, to hinder the study of the holy Scriptures, av-dx vvb d n1 cc n1, cst pns32 vhb d n1 av, c-acp av d n1 p-acp d n2, pc-acp vvi dt n1 pp-f dt j n2, (24) chapter (DIV2) 872 Image 113
2597 and to stop the course of gods worde. and to stop the course of God's word. cc pc-acp vvi dt n1 pp-f ng1 n1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 872 Image 113
2598 For in déede eyther of them doe sufficiently declare themselues to be vnwillinge, that Christe shoulde come vnto Iohn, and by hym be commended to the people. For in deed either of them do sufficiently declare themselves to be unwilling, that Christ should come unto John, and by him be commended to the people. c-acp p-acp n1 av-d pp-f pno32 vdb av-j vvi px32 pc-acp vbi j, cst np1 vmd vvi p-acp np1, cc p-acp pno31 vbi vvn p-acp dt n1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 873 Image 113
2599 And sayth: Beholde the lambe of God, that taketh awaye the synnes of the worlde. And say: Behold the lamb of God, that Takes away the Sins of the world. cc vvz: vvb dt n1 pp-f np1, cst vvz av dt n2 pp-f dt n1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 874 Image 113
2600 IIII. Doctrine. The fyrst reason whereby Iohn declareth Christ not onely to be man, but also God, deriued of the type to the truth, IIII. Doctrine. The fyrst reason whereby John Declareth christ not only to be man, but also God, derived of the type to the truth, crd. n1. dt ord n1 c-crq np1 vvz np1 xx av-j pc-acp vbi n1, cc-acp av np1, vvn pp-f dt n1 p-acp dt n1, (24) chapter (DIV2) 875 Image 113
2601 and of the propheticall predictions to the thinge present. and of the prophetical predictions to the thing present. cc pp-f dt j n2 p-acp dt n1 j. (24) chapter (DIV2) 875 Image 113
2602 In times past it was presignifyed and foretolde, partly by diuers sacrifyces and rites, and partly by the oracles of the holy prophets, that there would one day come a lambe with whose bloud the synnes of the whole worlde shoulde be clensed. In times passed it was presignified and foretold, partly by diverse Sacrifices and Rites, and partly by the oracles of the holy Prophets, that there would one day come a lamb with whose blood the Sins of the Whole world should be cleansed. p-acp n2 p-acp pn31 vbds vvn cc vvd, av p-acp j n2 cc n2, cc av p-acp dt n2 pp-f dt j n2, cst a-acp vmd pi n1 vvi dt n1 p-acp rg-crq n1 dt n2 pp-f dt j-jn n1 vmd vbi vvd. (24) chapter (DIV2) 876 Image 113
2603 And certes that Lambe is this whiche wee fee, Christ. Christ therefore expiateth the synns of the world with his blood and death. And certes that Lamb is this which we fee, christ. christ Therefore expiateth the Sins of the world with his blood and death. cc av d n1 vbz d r-crq pns12 vvb, np1. np1 av vvz dt n2 pp-f dt n1 p-acp po31 n1 cc n1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 876 Image 113
2604 Howbeit by blood and death is noted the humanytie of Christe whiche is playnely expressed Heb. 2. Againe heerevpon it followeth, that Christe, forsomuch as hée purgeth sinnes, is also very God. Howbeit by blood and death is noted the humanytie of Christ which is plainly expressed Hebrew 2. Again hereupon it follows, that Christ, forsomuch as he Purgeth Sins, is also very God. a-acp p-acp n1 cc n1 vbz vvn dt n1 pp-f np1 r-crq vbz av-j vvn np1 crd av av pn31 vvz, cst np1, av c-acp pns31 vvz n2, vbz av j np1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 878 Image 113
2605 For no man can deny that by his owne proper power and vertue to expiat, take away, For no man can deny that by his own proper power and virtue to expiate, take away, p-acp dx n1 vmb vvi cst p-acp po31 d j n1 cc n1 pc-acp vvi, vvb av, (24) chapter (DIV2) 879 Image 113
2606 and remitte sinnes, belongeth onely vnto God. But as touching that which perteyneth to sacrifices or rites, •he Scripture most apparauntly entreateth, and remit Sins, belongeth only unto God. But as touching that which pertaineth to Sacrifices or Rites, •he Scripture most apparauntly entreateth, cc vvi n2, vvz av-j p-acp np1. cc-acp p-acp vvg d r-crq vvz p-acp n2 cc n2, j n1 av-ds av-j vvz, (24) chapter (DIV2) 879 Image 113
2607 as of the Paschall Lambe Exod. 12, of the two Lambes to be offered dayly continually Exod. 29, and Num. 28. finally of the Lambe to be giuen after certaine dayes of clensinge for euery childe newe borne Leuit. 12. To these tipes and figures ye Iohn directed the force and sharpnes of his minde, no man standeth in doubt: as of the Paschal Lamb Exod 12, of the two Lambs to be offered daily continually Exod 29, and Num. 28. finally of the Lamb to be given After certain days of cleansing for every child new born Levites 12. To these tipes and figures you John directed the force and sharpness of his mind, no man Stands in doubt: c-acp pp-f dt np1 n1 np1 crd, pp-f dt crd n2 pc-acp vbi vvn av-j av-j np1 crd, cc np1 crd av-j pp-f dt n1 pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp j n2 pp-f vvg p-acp d n1 j vvn np1 crd p-acp d n2 cc n2 pn22 np1 vvn dt n1 cc n1 pp-f po31 n1, dx n1 vvz p-acp n1: (24) chapter (DIV2) 880 Image 113
2608 The prophesye if we requiyre, Christ Esay. 53. is depainted & described in the likenes of a Lambe holding hir peace, The prophesy if we requiyre, christ Isaiah. 53. is depainted & described in the likeness of a Lamb holding his peace, dt vvi cs pns12 vvb, np1 np1. crd vbz vvn cc vvn p-acp dt n1 pp-f dt n1 vvg po31 n1, (24) chapter (DIV2) 881 Image 113
2609 when she is leade awaye to the place of slaughter. when she is lead away to the place of slaughter. c-crq pns31 vbz n1 av p-acp dt n1 pp-f n1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 881 Image 113
2610 Therfore that Lambe both God & man, which the tipes and predictions of the prophetes foretould should come, Iohn affirmeth to be present, Therefore that Lamb both God & man, which the tipes and predictions of the Prophets foretold should come, John Affirmeth to be present, av d n1 d n1 cc n1, r-crq dt n2 cc n2 pp-f dt n2 vvd vmd vvi, np1 vvz pc-acp vbi j, (24) chapter (DIV2) 882 Image 113
2611 and that it ought to be acknowledged in Christ. and that it ought to be acknowledged in christ. cc cst pn31 vmd pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp np1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 882 Image 113
2612 And what other thing séemeth to be signified by the particle Ecce Behoulde, then a difference betwixte the lawe and the Gospell? In the time of the lawe were inculked in the Churche figures and prophesies of the Lambe to come, And what other thing Seemeth to be signified by the particle Ecce Behold, then a difference betwixt the law and the Gospel? In the time of the law were inculked in the Church figures and prophecies of the Lamb to come, cc r-crq j-jn n1 vvz pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp dt n1 fw-la vvb, av dt n1 p-acp dt n1 cc dt n1? p-acp dt n1 pp-f dt n1 vbdr zz p-acp dt n1 n2 cc n2 pp-f dt n1 pc-acp vvi, (24) chapter (DIV2) 883 Image 113
2613 but vnder the Gospll the Lambe it selfe is openly séene. but under the Gospll the Lamb it self is openly seen. cc-acp p-acp dt j dt n1 pn31 n1 vbz av-j vvn. (24) chapter (DIV2) 883 Image 113
2614 Wherfore, here vppon maye easely be gathered the certaintye and excellensye of the Gospell and of the euangelicall doctrine, before the lawe. Wherefore, Here upon may Easily be gathered the certainty and excellensye of the Gospel and of the Evangelical Doctrine, before the law. c-crq, av p-acp vmb av-j vbi vvn dt n1 cc n1 pp-f dt n1 cc pp-f dt j n1, p-acp dt n1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 884 Image 113
2615 As touching which thinge also 2. Corinth. 3. We haue here then a double doctrine declared at once. As touching which thing also 2. Corinth. 3. We have Here then a double Doctrine declared At once. p-acp vvg r-crq n1 av crd np1. crd pns12 vhb av av dt j-jn n1 vvn p-acp a-acp. (24) chapter (DIV2) 884 Image 113
2616 V. and VI. Doctrine and Institution. V. and VI. Doctrine and Institution. np1 cc crd. n1 cc n1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 885 Image 113
2617 The power and goodnes of our sauiour Christ is not a littell amplyfied, when as Iohn very aptly saith, that by him are taken away the sinnes of the world. The power and Goodness of our Saviour christ is not a little amplified, when as John very aptly Says, that by him Are taken away the Sins of the world. dt n1 cc n1 pp-f po12 n1 np1 vbz xx dt j vvn, c-crq p-acp np1 av av-j vvz, cst p-acp pno31 vbr vvn av dt n2 pp-f dt n1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 886 Image 113
2618 For it is signified that there can not bée so many or so greate sinnes at any time committed, For it is signified that there can not been so many or so great Sins At any time committed, p-acp pn31 vbz vvn cst a-acp vmb xx vbi av d cc av j n2 p-acp d n1 vvn, (24) chapter (DIV2) 887 Image 113
2619 but that the bloud of Christ is sufficient to make satisfaction for them. Which amplification Iohn expressed also in his first Epistle Cap. 2. saying: but that the blood of christ is sufficient to make satisfaction for them. Which amplification John expressed also in his First Epistle Cap. 2. saying: cc-acp cst dt n1 pp-f np1 vbz j pc-acp vvi n1 p-acp pno32. r-crq n1 np1 vvn av p-acp po31 ord n1 np1 crd vvg: (24) chapter (DIV2) 887 Image 114
2620 He is the propitiatiō for our sinnes, and not for our sinnes only, but also for the sinnes of the whole worlde. He is the propitiation for our Sins, and not for our Sins only, but also for the Sins of the Whole world. pns31 vbz dt n1 p-acp po12 n2, cc xx p-acp po12 n2 av-j, cc-acp av c-acp dt n2 pp-f dt j-jn n1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 887 Image 114
2621 And certes it is true, if the will of God and of Christ be considered, the fruit of his bloud sufficeth and is applied vniuersally to all men: And certes it is true, if the will of God and of christ be considered, the fruit of his blood Suffices and is applied universally to all men: cc av pn31 vbz j, cs dt n1 pp-f np1 cc pp-f np1 vbb vvn, dt n1 pp-f po31 n1 vvz cc vbz vvn av-j p-acp d n2: (24) chapter (DIV2) 888 Image 114
2622 but if regarde be had to the will of men, there commethe oftetimes an impediment therefrom, whereby they can not be pertakers of spirituall benefites. but if regard be had to the will of men, there cometh oftentimes an impediment therefrom, whereby they can not be partakers of spiritual benefits. cc-acp cs n1 vbb vhn p-acp dt n1 pp-f n2, a-acp vvz av dt n1 av, c-crq pns32 vmb xx vbi n2 pp-f j n2. (24) chapter (DIV2) 888 Image 114
2623 VII. Redargution. They are greatly deceyued, that séek• for remission of sinnes any other waye, then by Christ. VII. Redargution. They Are greatly deceived, that séek• for remission of Sins any other Way, then by christ. np1. n1. pns32 vbr av-j vvn, cst n1 p-acp n1 pp-f n2 d j-jn n1, av p-acp np1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 889 Image 114
2624 There is no other Lambe that hath power to forgyue sinnes, but this alone to whom Iohn willeth all men spedily to come. There is no other Lamb that hath power to forgive Sins, but this alone to whom John wills all men speedily to come. pc-acp vbz dx j-jn n1 cst vhz n1 pc-acp vvi n2, cc-acp d av-j p-acp r-crq np1 vvz d n2 av-j pc-acp vvi. (24) chapter (DIV2) 889 Image 114
2625 Be thine owne workes neuer so excellent, and presume neuer so much with god after thine owne deseruing, yet must thou néedes graunt of necessitye vnto this lambe the right and power of pardoninge thy sinnes. Be thine own works never so excellent, and presume never so much with god After thine own deserving, yet must thou needs grant of necessity unto this lamb the right and power of pardoning thy Sins. vbb po21 d n2 av av j, cc vvb av av av-d p-acp n1 p-acp po21 d j-vvg, av vmb pns21 av vvi pp-f n1 p-acp d n1 dt j-jn cc n1 pp-f vvg po21 n2. (24) chapter (DIV2) 890 Image 114
2626 VIII. Institution. Where if we feele then our selues to be oppressed with the greuous burthen of our sinnes (for we must all confesse of necessitie the cace so to stande with vs): VIII. Institution. Where if we feel then our selves to be oppressed with the grievous burden of our Sins (for we must all confess of necessity the case so to stand with us): crd. n1. c-crq cs pns12 vvb av po12 n2 pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp dt j n1 pp-f po12 n2 (c-acp pns12 vmb d vvi pp-f n1 dt n1 av pc-acp vvi p-acp pno12): (24) chapter (DIV2) 891 Image 114
2627 Let vs flye vnto this our aduocate & redemer Christ, and praye humblye to God the father being iustly offended with vs, that it would please him to be pacified for the blood of his innocēt sonne, for somuch as he also is the paschall Lambe offered vp for vs, Let us fly unto this our advocate & redeemer christ, and pray humbly to God the father being justly offended with us, that it would please him to be pacified for the blood of his innocent son, for So much as he also is the paschal Lambe offered up for us, vvb pno12 vvi p-acp d po12 n1 cc n1 np1, cc vvb av-j p-acp np1 dt n1 vbg av-j vvn p-acp pno12, cst pn31 vmd vvi pno31 pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp dt n1 pp-f po31 j-jn n1, p-acp av c-acp pns31 av vbz dt n1 np1 vvd a-acp p-acp pno12, (24) chapter (DIV2) 891 Image 114
2628 and not impute vnto vs any more our sinnes. and not impute unto us any more our Sins. cc xx vvi p-acp pno12 d dc po12 n2. (24) chapter (DIV2) 891 Image 114
2629 For what shall it profyt vs to haue Christ appointed the Lambe, by whose death the sinnes of the worlde shoulde be taken away, For what shall it profit us to have christ appointed the Lamb, by whose death the Sins of the world should be taken away, c-acp q-crq vmb pn31 vvi pno12 pc-acp vhi np1 vvn dt n1, p-acp rg-crq n1 dt n2 pp-f dt n1 vmd vbi vvn av, (24) chapter (DIV2) 892 Image 114
2630 if in the meane tyme those thinges which wee haue committed, be not done awaye? if in the mean time those things which we have committed, be not done away? cs p-acp dt j n1 d n2 r-crq pns12 vhb vvn, vbb xx vdn av? (24) chapter (DIV2) 892 Image 114
2631 To the ende thereof the benefytes and merites of Christe may bee applied vnto vs albeit vnworthy, it is our partes and duties both day and night to praye vnto God our heauenly father with a pure and constant faith. To the end thereof the benefits and merits of Christ may be applied unto us albeit unworthy, it is our parts and duties both day and night to pray unto God our heavenly father with a pure and constant faith. p-acp dt n1 av dt n2 cc n2 pp-f np1 vmb vbi vvn p-acp pno12 cs j-u, pn31 vbz po12 n2 cc n2 d n1 cc n1 pc-acp vvi p-acp np1 po12 j n1 p-acp dt j cc j n1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 893 Image 114
2632 IX. Consolation. With what thinge maye doubtfull and carefull consciences more fortifie and confirme themselues, IX. Consolation. With what thing may doubtful and careful Consciences more fortify and confirm themselves, crd. n1. p-acp r-crq n1 vmb j cc j n2 av-dc vvi cc vvi px32, (24) chapter (DIV2) 894 Image 114
2633 then when they vnderstand that by this meanes the vndefiled Lambe Iesus Christ is set forth vnto thē, through whose intercession, then when they understand that by this means the undefiled Lamb Iesus christ is Set forth unto them, through whose Intercession, av c-crq pns32 vvb cst p-acp d n2 dt j n1 np1 np1 vbz vvn av p-acp pno32, p-acp rg-crq n1, (24) chapter (DIV2) 894 Image 114
2634 as many as beinge moued with repentaūce of their former offences beleeue in him, doe obteyne ouerlastinge saluation? as many as being moved with Repentance of their former offences believe in him, do obtain ouerlastinge salvation? c-acp d c-acp vbg vvn p-acp n1 pp-f po32 j n2 vvb p-acp pno31, vdb vvi j n1? (24) chapter (DIV2) 894 Image 114
2635 X. Institution. Wée ought to yelde continual thankes vnto God ye father who hath giuen vs to liue at those times in which ye Lambe so long before promised and loked for of the holy fathers is exhibited in the flesh, X. Institution. We ought to yield continual thanks unto God you father who hath given us to live At those times in which you Lamb so long before promised and looked for of the holy Father's is exhibited in the Flesh, fw-la n1. pns12 vmd pc-acp vvi j n2 p-acp np1 pn22 n1 r-crq vhz vvn pno12 pc-acp vvi p-acp d n2 p-acp r-crq pn22 n1 av av-j a-acp vvd cc vvn p-acp pp-f dt j n2 vbz vvn p-acp dt n1, (24) chapter (DIV2) 895 Image 114
2636 and hath with his pretious bloude and death as with a raunsome giuen, made satisfaction for the sinnes of all men. and hath with his precious blood and death as with a ransom given, made satisfaction for the Sins of all men. cc vhz p-acp po31 j n1 cc n1 c-acp p-acp dt n1 vvn, vvd n1 p-acp dt n2 pp-f d n2. (24) chapter (DIV2) 895 Image 114
2637 Many Kinges and Prophetes haue bene desirous to se the thinges that you see, and haue not sene them: Many Kings and prophets have be desirous to see the things that you see, and have not seen them: d n2 cc n2 vhb vbn j pc-acp vvi dt n2 cst pn22 vvb, cc vhb xx vvn pno32: (24) chapter (DIV2) 896 Image 114
2638 and to heare the thinges that you heare, and haue not hearde them, &c. This is he of whom I sayd: and to hear the things that you hear, and have not heard them, etc. This is he of whom I said: cc pc-acp vvi dt n2 cst pn22 vvb, cc vhb xx vvn pno32, av d vbz pns31 pp-f ro-crq pns11 vvd: (24) chapter (DIV2) 896 Image 114
2639 After me commeth a man, which wente before mee. After me comes a man, which went before me. p-acp pno11 vvz dt n1, r-crq vvd p-acp pno11. (24) chapter (DIV2) 897 Image 114
2640 For he was before mee, and I knewe him not, but that he shoulde be declared to Israell, For he was before me, and I knew him not, but that he should be declared to Israel, p-acp pns31 vbds p-acp pno11, cc pns11 vvd pno31 xx, cc-acp cst pns31 vmd vbi vvn p-acp np1, (24) chapter (DIV2) 897 Image 114
2641 therefore am I come baptisinge with water. The seconde reason prouinge Christe to be GOD, taken of his eternitie. Therefore am I come Baptizing with water. The seconde reason proving Christ to be GOD, taken of his eternity. av vbm pns11 vvb vvg p-acp n1. dt ord n1 vvg np1 pc-acp vbi np1, vvn pp-f po31 n1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 897 Image 114
2642 Christ came after me, to witte, as touchinge the fleshe and his humaine nature: and yet went the very same before mee in respecte of his dyuinitye. christ Come After me, to wit, as touching the Flesh and his human nature: and yet went the very same before me in respect of his dyuinitye. np1 vvd p-acp pno11, p-acp n1, p-acp vvg dt n1 cc po31 j n1: cc av vvd dt j d p-acp pno11 p-acp n1 pp-f po31 n1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 898 Image 114
2643 But if Christ be eternall it is plaine that he is also very GOD. But if christ be Eternal it is plain that he is also very GOD. cc-acp cs np1 vbb j pn31 vbz j cst pns31 vbz av j np1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 899 Image 114
2644 And in deede Christ was simplye before Iohn in the beginninge and from euerlastinge, as the maker and creator of the same Iohn: But yet in takinge of manes nature he is knowne to be after Iohn, namely by the space of Sy•e monthes or thereaboutes, And in deed christ was simply before John in the begin and from everlasting, as the maker and creator of the same John: But yet in taking of manes nature he is known to be After John, namely by the Molle of Sy•e months or thereabouts, cc p-acp n1 np1 vbds av-j p-acp np1 p-acp dt n-vvg cc p-acp j, c-acp dt n1 cc n1 pp-f dt d np1: cc-acp av p-acp vvg pp-f n2 n1 pns31 vbz vvn pc-acp vbi p-acp np1, av p-acp dt n1 pp-f j n2 cc av, (24) chapter (DIV2) 900 Image 114
2645 as the angell Luc. 1. doth wytnes. as the angel Luke 1. does witness. c-acp dt n1 np1 crd vdz vvi. (24) chapter (DIV2) 900 Image 114
2646 XI. Institution. Iohn, in auouchinge himselfe fo haue borne ye same recorde of Christ before yt he heareth now, admonisheth vs that we ought neuer at any time to be beterred either with any feare or shamefastenes from the confession of the Gospell, XI. Institution. John, in avouching himself foe have born you same record of christ before that he hears now, Admonisheth us that we ought never At any time to be beterred either with any Fear or shamefastenes from the Confessi of the Gospel, crd. n1. np1, p-acp vvg px31 p-acp vhb vvn pn22 d n1 pp-f np1 p-acp pn31 pns31 vvz av, vvz pno12 cst pns12 vmd av-x p-acp d n1 pc-acp vbi vvn av-d p-acp d n1 cc n1 p-acp dt n1 pp-f dt n1, (24) chapter (DIV2) 901 Image 115
2647 but rather whensoeuer occasion is offered, that we shoulde clerely and vnbashefully pronounce whatsoeuer wée thincke of Christe and of all the Euangelicall doctrine. but rather whensoever occasion is offered, that we should clearly and vnbashefully pronounce whatsoever we think of Christ and of all the Evangelical Doctrine. cc-acp av-c c-crq n1 vbz vvn, cst pns12 vmd av-j cc av-j vvi r-crq pns12 vvb pp-f np1 cc pp-f d dt j n1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 901 Image 115
2648 A good songe, though it be oftetimes repeated (accordinge to the prouerbe) is alwayes gratefull to the hearers. A good song, though it be oftentimes repeated (according to the proverb) is always grateful to the hearers. dt j n1, cs pn31 vbb av vvn (vvg p-acp dt n1) vbz av j p-acp dt n2. (24) chapter (DIV2) 902 Image 115
2649 Add moreouer that in this place is commended the constancye and perpetuall consente of godly teachers in sound & wholsome doctrine. Add moreover that in this place is commended the constancy and perpetual consent of godly Teachers in found & wholesome Doctrine. vvb av cst p-acp d n1 vbz vvn dt n1 cc j n1 pp-f j n2 p-acp n1 cc j n1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 903 Image 115
2650 Iohn confesseth still the same thinge nowe in the presence of Christ, which he had pronounced before of Christ being absente. John Confesses still the same thing now in the presence of christ, which he had pronounced before of christ being absent. np1 vvz av dt d n1 av p-acp dt n1 pp-f np1, r-crq pns31 vhd vvn a-acp pp-f np1 vbg j. (24) chapter (DIV2) 903 Image 115
2651 Nothinge is to be altred or transposed in the substance of doctrine or foundation of faith. Nothing is to be altered or transposed in the substance of Doctrine or Foundation of faith. pix vbz pc-acp vbi vvn cc vvn p-acp dt n1 pp-f n1 cc n1 pp-f n1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 904 Image 115
2652 The doctrine that hath once bene sounde and true, must of necessitie alwayes be true, like as God himeselfe also, of whom all sounde doctrine doth procéede, is altogether immutable. The Doctrine that hath once be sound and true, must of necessity always be true, like as God himeselfe also, of whom all sound Doctrine does proceed, is altogether immutable. dt n1 cst vhz a-acp vbn n1 cc j, vmb pp-f n1 av vbi j, av-j c-acp np1 n1 av, pp-f ro-crq d n1 n1 vdz vvi, vbz av j. (24) chapter (DIV2) 904 Image 115
2653 XII. Doctrine. Here is a notable confession of the two natures in Christ, when as Christ is described, by the one to haue bene before Iohn, and by the other to haue come after Iohn. XII. Doctrine. Here is a notable Confessi of the two nature's in christ, when as christ is described, by the one to have be before John, and by the other to have come After John. np1. n1. av vbz dt j n1 pp-f dt crd n2 p-acp np1, c-crq p-acp np1 vbz vvn, p-acp dt crd pc-acp vhi vbn p-acp np1, cc p-acp dt j-jn pc-acp vhi vvn p-acp np1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 905 Image 115
2654 Therfore Iohn sheweth Christ openly, and commendeth him takinge awaye the sinnes of the worlde, as he is one person in which two natures are ioyned together. Therefore John shows christ openly, and commends him taking away the Sins of the world, as he is one person in which two nature's Are joined together. av np1 vvz np1 av-j, cc vvz pno31 vvg av dt n2 pp-f dt n1, c-acp pns31 vbz crd n1 p-acp r-crq crd n2 vbr vvn av. (24) chapter (DIV2) 906 Image 115
2655 For truely it behoueth vs that wee vnderstande Christe to haue accomplisshed, accordinge to eyther nature, the thinges that pertayne to our saluation. For truly it behooves us that we understand Christ to have accomplished, according to either nature, the things that pertain to our salvation. c-acp av-j pn31 vvz pno12 cst pns12 vvb np1 pc-acp vhi vvn, vvg p-acp d n1, dt n2 cst vvi p-acp po12 n1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 907 Image 115
2656 For in cace Christ ought to haue executed the busines of our saluation onely after his diuine nature, For in case christ ought to have executed the business of our salvation only After his divine nature, c-acp p-acp n1 np1 vmd p-acp vhb vvn dt n1 pp-f po12 n1 av-j p-acp po31 j-jn n1, (24) chapter (DIV2) 908 Image 115
2657 then it had in no wise bene néedefull for him to haue put on humaine flesh. then it had in no wise be needful for him to have put on human Flesh. cs pn31 vhd p-acp dx j vbn j p-acp pno31 pc-acp vhi vvn p-acp j n1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 908 Image 115
2658 XIII. Redargution. By what meanes shall they defende their cause, which affirme: XIII. Redargution. By what means shall they defend their cause, which affirm: np1. n1. p-acp r-crq n2 vmb pns32 vvi po32 n1, r-crq vvb: (24) chapter (DIV2) 909 Image 115
2659 That the Worde or Sonne, beinge the seconde person in the diuine essence, did then first take his beginning, That the Word or Son, being the seconde person in the divine essence, did then First take his beginning, cst dt n1 cc n1, vbg dt ord n1 p-acp dt j-jn n1, vdd av ord vvi po31 n1, (24) chapter (DIV2) 909 Image 115
2660 when hée tooke vppon him mannes fleshe? Iohn very wisely confesseth that he was before him, God vndoubtedly begotten of God before all worldes, in which respect Christ also himselfe said that he was before Abraham was borne. when he took upon him Man's Flesh? John very wisely Confesses that he was before him, God undoubtedly begotten of God before all world's, in which respect christ also himself said that he was before Abraham was born. c-crq pns31 vvd p-acp pno31 ng1 n1? np1 av av-j vvz cst pns31 vbds p-acp pno31, np1 av-j vvn pp-f np1 p-acp d n2, p-acp r-crq n1 np1 av px31 vvd d pns31 vbds p-acp np1 vbds vvn. (24) chapter (DIV2) 909 Image 115
2661 XIIII. Institution. Of some peraduenture might be suspected so diligent and ofte repeted a cōmendatian of Christ by Iohn, as though, thorough a certaine humaine affectiō, XIIII. Institution. Of Some Peradventure might be suspected so diligent and oft repeated a commendatian of christ by John, as though, through a certain human affection, crd. n1. pp-f d av vmd vbi vvn av j cc av vvn dt n1 pp-f np1 p-acp np1, c-acp cs, p-acp dt j j n1, (24) chapter (DIV2) 910 Image 115
2662 & perhaps for kinredes sake (Inasmuch as Elyzabeth Luc. 1. is accounted to be Maries cousin) the one fawned vppon the other, Iohn aunswereth: & perhaps for kinredes sake (Inasmuch as Elizabeth Luke 1. is accounted to be Mary's Cousin) the one fawned upon the other, John Answers: cc av p-acp fw-la n1 (av c-acp np1 np1 crd vbz vvn pc-acp vbi npg1 n1) dt pi vvd p-acp dt n-jn, np1 vvz: (24) chapter (DIV2) 910 Image 115
2663 How should I either by reason of flattery or any other sinister affection commend Christ, How should I either by reason of flattery or any other sinister affection commend christ, q-crq vmd pns11 d p-acp n1 pp-f n1 cc d j-jn j n1 vvb np1, (24) chapter (DIV2) 910 Image 115
2664 when as I neuer before this time had any kinde of acquayntaunce with him, neyther dyd I euer sée him till nowe? when as I never before this time had any kind of acquaintance with him, neither did I ever see him till now? c-crq c-acp pns11 av-x p-acp d n1 vhd d n1 pp-f n1 p-acp pno31, dx vdd pns11 av vvb pno31 p-acp av? (24) chapter (DIV2) 910 Image 115
2665 I, saith he, knewe him not. And it is very likely that Christ was vnknowe to Iohn, not only bycause Iohn kept in the Countreye and in the defart far off, I, Says he, knew him not. And it is very likely that christ was unknown to John, not only Because John kept in the Country and in the defart Far off, pns11, vvz pns31, vvd pno31 xx. cc pn31 vbz av j cst np1 vbds j p-acp np1, xx av-j c-acp np1 vvn p-acp dt n1 cc p-acp dt n1 av-j a-acp, (24) chapter (DIV2) 911 Image 115
2666 and Christ lyued alwayes in townes & néere to Hierusalem, but also for that Christ vntill that present time wherein he was baptised, had as yet gotten himselfe no name and renowne by reason of any myra•les. and christ lived always in Towns & near to Jerusalem, but also for that christ until that present time wherein he was baptised, had as yet got himself not name and renown by reason of any myra•les. cc np1 vvd av p-acp n2 cc av-j p-acp np1, p-acp av c-acp cst np1 p-acp d j n1 c-crq pns31 vbds j-vvn, vhd p-acp av vvn px31 xx n1 cc n1 p-acp n1 pp-f d n2. (24) chapter (DIV2) 911 Image 115
2667 But then did Iohn beginne to know Christ when he came to be baptised of him, at what time Iohn was taught by diuine reuelation, that Christe was present, whiche had bene promised a redeemer to the fathers, But then did John begin to know christ when he Come to be baptised of him, At what time John was taught by divine Revelation, that Christ was present, which had be promised a redeemer to the Father's, p-acp av vdd np1 vvb pc-acp vvi np1 c-crq pns31 vvd pc-acp vbi j-vvn pp-f pno31, p-acp r-crq n1 np1 vbds vvn p-acp j-jn n1, cst np1 vbds j, r-crq vhd vbn vvn dt n1 p-acp dt n2, (24) chapter (DIV2) 912 Image 115
2668 and of whom he longe before had begonne to preach. and of whom he long before had begun to preach. cc pp-f ro-crq pns31 av-j a-acp vhd vvn pc-acp vvi. (24) chapter (DIV2) 912 Image 115
2669 Wherefore here are all men admonished, and especially those that teach in the Church, or that are occupied by any meanes about thaffayres of religion, that they both speake warely and deale wisely, Wherefore Here Are all men admonished, and especially those that teach in the Church, or that Are occupied by any means about th'affairs of Religion, that they both speak warily and deal wisely, c-crq av vbr d n2 vvn, cc av-j d cst vvb p-acp dt n1, cc d vbr vvn p-acp d n2 p-acp n2 pp-f n1, cst pns32 d vvi av-j cc vvi av-j, (24) chapter (DIV2) 913 Image 115
2670 and put forth nothinge after the corrupte affection of minde. and put forth nothing After the corrupt affection of mind. cc vvd av pix p-acp dt j n1 pp-f n1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 913 Image 115
2671 Where if they smell any offendicles to be imminente, then that they prudently turne them awaye with some Preoccupation or preuention, by premonishinge all their hearers in time: Where if they smell any offendicles to be imminent, then that they prudently turn them away with Some Preoccupation or prevention, by premonishinge all their hearers in time: c-crq cs pns32 vvb d j pc-acp vbi j, av cst pns32 av-j vvi pno32 av p-acp d n1 cc n1, p-acp vvg d po32 n2 p-acp n1: (24) chapter (DIV2) 914 Image 116
2672 and finally yt they labour by all meanes possible to bring to passe, that all men may vnderstande, that they sincerely and vprightely doe accomplyshe their dutie. and finally that they labour by all means possible to bring to pass, that all men may understand, that they sincerely and vprightely do accomplish their duty. cc av-j pn31 pns32 vvb p-acp d n2 j pc-acp vvi pc-acp vvi, cst d n2 vmb vvi, cst pns32 av-j cc av-j vdb vvi po32 n1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 914 Image 116
2673 And let them in the meane season goe forwarde stoutly to execute the office ioyned them of GOD, And let them in the mean season go forward stoutly to execute the office joined them of GOD, cc vvb pno32 p-acp dt j n1 vvi av-j av-j pc-acp vvi dt n1 vvd pno32 pp-f np1, (24) chapter (DIV2) 915 Image 116
2674 as Iohn also saith, when he was commaunded to baptise, he was then likewise cōmaunded to celebrate and preche Christ to the intent he might become knowen vnto all Israell. as John also Says, when he was commanded to baptise, he was then likewise commanded to celebrate and preach christ to the intent he might become known unto all Israel. c-acp np1 av vvz, c-crq pns31 vbds vvn p-acp vvb, pns31 vbds av av vvn pc-acp vvi cc uh np1 p-acp dt n1 pns31 vmd vvi vvn p-acp d np1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 915 Image 116
2675 For so was Iohn appointed by the prouidence of God, that he shoulde informe the mindes of all men to the doctrine of Christ and also to the sacrament by Christ after to be instituted. For so was John appointed by the providence of God, that he should inform the minds of all men to the Doctrine of christ and also to the sacrament by christ After to be instituted. p-acp av vbds np1 vvn p-acp dt n1 pp-f np1, cst pns31 vmd vvi dt n2 pp-f d n2 p-acp dt n1 pp-f np1 cc av p-acp dt n1 p-acp np1 p-acp pc-acp vbi vvn. (24) chapter (DIV2) 916 Image 116
2676 XV. Correction. Woe therfore vnto them, that bothe speake and doe all thinges after their owne fantasye and affection, to the greate offence of all good men, that I say nothing of the huge losse and detriment of Churches, XV. Correction. Woe Therefore unto them, that both speak and do all things After their own fantasy and affection, to the great offence of all good men, that I say nothing of the huge loss and detriment of Churches, crd. n1. n1 av p-acp pno32, cst d vvb cc vdb d n2 p-acp po32 d n1 cc n1, p-acp dt j n1 pp-f d j n2, cst pns11 vvb pix pp-f dt j n1 cc n1 pp-f n2, (24) chapter (DIV2) 917 Image 116
2677 and of the corruption of pure religion that doth follow therevppon. and of the corruption of pure Religion that does follow thereupon. cc pp-f dt n1 pp-f j n1 cst vdz vvi av. (24) chapter (DIV2) 917 Image 116
2678 Those that can not saye of them, whom they commende, I knewe them not, do not well prouide doubtlesse for the behouse of the Church. Those that can not say of them, whom they commend, I knew them not, do not well provide doubtless for the behouse of the Church. d cst vmb xx vvi pp-f pno32, ro-crq pns32 vvi, pns11 vvd pno32 xx, vdb xx av vvi av-j p-acp dt n1 pp-f dt n1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 918 Image 116
2679 For I speake chiefely of them that are placed in the ecclesiasticall function: For I speak chiefly of them that Are placed in the ecclesiastical function: p-acp pns11 vvb av-jn pp-f pno32 cst vbr vvn p-acp dt j n1: (24) chapter (DIV2) 918 Image 116
2680 albeit euen in the ciuile state also we maye perceye ouer many things to be determined and done after the corrupte affections of men, which (no doubt) deserue sharply to be reproued. albeit even in the civil state also we may perceye over many things to be determined and done After the corrupt affections of men, which (no doubt) deserve sharply to be reproved. cs av p-acp dt j n1 av pns12 vmb vvi p-acp d n2 pc-acp vbi vvn cc vdn p-acp dt j n2 pp-f n2, r-crq (dx n1) vvi av-j pc-acp vbi vvn. (24) chapter (DIV2) 918 Image 116
2681 XVI. Doctrine. Vocation to a certaine office, is the gift of God. XVI. Doctrine. Vocation to a certain office, is the gift of God. np1. n1. n1 p-acp dt j n1, vbz dt n1 pp-f np1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 919 Image 116
2682 Neither is any man apte to teach ye Gospel, or to accomplishe any thing as it ought to be, Neither is any man apt to teach you Gospel, or to accomplish any thing as it ought to be, av-d vbz d n1 j pc-acp vvi pn22 n1, cc pc-acp vvi d n1 c-acp pn31 vmd pc-acp vbi, (24) chapter (DIV2) 919 Image 116
2683 excepte God himselfe will first call him. except God himself will First call him. c-acp np1 px31 vmb ord vvi pno31. (24) chapter (DIV2) 919 Image 116
2684 For he assone as he calleth, ministreth gifts also by which a man becommeth méete for his callinge. For he As soon as he calls, Ministereth Gifts also by which a man becomes meet for his calling. c-acp pns31 av a-acp pns31 vvz, vvz n2 av p-acp r-crq dt n1 vvz j p-acp po31 vvg. (24) chapter (DIV2) 920 Image 116
2685 And here vpon truely it commeth to passe, that those men that thrust in themselues before they be called, doe hardely proue euer fytte for the turne, And Here upon truly it comes to pass, that those men that thrust in themselves before they be called, do hardly prove ever fit for the turn, cc av p-acp av-j pn31 vvz pc-acp vvi, cst d n2 cst vvd p-acp px32 a-acp pns32 vbb vvn, vdb av vvi av j p-acp dt n1, (24) chapter (DIV2) 920 Image 116
2686 or at leaste doe féele by experience no happy successe to follow of theyr doinges. or At jest do feel by experience no happy success to follow of their doings. cc p-acp n1 vdb vvi p-acp n1 dx j n1 pc-acp vvi pp-f po32 n2-vdg. (24) chapter (DIV2) 920 Image 116
2687 XVII. Institution. They therefore that perceyue themselues to be called of God, and especially to the function of preachinge the gospell, let them take dilligente héede, that they omitte not to doe those thinges that are beseminge for them. XVII. Institution. They Therefore that perceive themselves to be called of God, and especially to the function of preaching the gospel, let them take dilligente heed, that they omit not to do those things that Are beseeming for them. np1. n1. pns32 av cst vvb px32 pc-acp vbi vvn pp-f np1, cc av-j p-acp dt n1 pp-f vvg dt n1, vvb pno32 vvi j n1, cst pns32 vvb xx pc-acp vdi d n2 cst vbr vvg p-acp pno32. (24) chapter (DIV2) 921 Image 116
2688 In all their sermons and actions let them declare themselues to be desirous of nothinge more, In all their Sermons and actions let them declare themselves to be desirous of nothing more, p-acp d po32 n2 cc n2 vvb pno32 vvi px32 pc-acp vbi j pp-f pix av-dc, (24) chapter (DIV2) 921 Image 116
2689 then that Christ may bee manyfested to Israell, that is to say, to the Church of God. then that christ may be manifested to Israel, that is to say, to the Church of God. cs cst np1 vmb vbi vvn p-acp np1, cst vbz pc-acp vvi, p-acp dt n1 pp-f np1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 921 Image 116
2690 Neither let them suffer themselues either by threateninges or flatteries of any men to be letted and sequestred from their godly purpose. Neither let them suffer themselves either by threatenings or flatteries of any men to be letted and sequestered from their godly purpose. av-dx vvd pno32 vvi px32 d p-acp n2-vvg cc n2 pp-f d n2 pc-acp vbi vvn cc vvn p-acp po32 j n1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 922 Image 116
2691 XVIII. Correction. They incurre reprehension that either doe not their office committed vnto them at all, or els doe it neglygently: neyther preache Christ, but themselues: XVIII. Correction. They incur reprehension that either do not their office committed unto them At all, or Else do it neglygently: neither preach christ, but themselves: np1. n1. pns32 vvi n1 cst d vdb xx po32 n1 vvn p-acp pno32 p-acp d, cc av vdb pn31 av-j: av-dx vvi np1, cc-acp px32: (24) chapter (DIV2) 923 Image 116
2692 and doe séeke more carefullye after the thinges that are their owne, then after the thinges that are Iesus Christes. Against which hipocrites, the Apostle oftetimes very sharpely, as they are worthy, inueigheth. and do seek more carefully After the things that Are their own, then After the things that Are Iesus Christ's. Against which Hypocrites, the Apostle oftentimes very sharply, as they Are worthy, inveigheth. cc vdb vvi av-dc av-j p-acp dt n2 cst vbr po32 d, av p-acp dt n2 cst vbr np1 npg1. p-acp r-crq n2, dt n1 av av av-j, c-acp pns32 vbr j, vvz. (24) chapter (DIV2) 923 Image 116
2693 XIX. Doctrine. These offyces are ioyned together, to manifest Christ to Israell, and to baptise with water, that is to say, to preach the worde and administer the sacramentes. XIX. Doctrine. These Offices Are joined together, to manifest christ to Israel, and to baptise with water, that is to say, to preach the word and administer the Sacraments. np1. n1. d n2 vbr vvn av, pc-acp vvi np1 p-acp np1, cc p-acp vvb p-acp n1, cst vbz pc-acp vvi, pc-acp vvi dt n1 cc vvi dt n2. (24) chapter (DIV2) 924 Image 116
2694 For doctrine and the sacramentes rightly ministred, are two markes declaringe the true Church, and of necessitie where Christ beareth rule, there either office is dilligently exercysed with out intermissyon, For Doctrine and the Sacraments rightly ministered, Are two marks declaring the true Church, and of necessity where christ bears Rule, there either office is diligently exercised with out intermissyon, p-acp n1 cc dt n2 av-jn vvn, vbr crd n2 vvg dt j n1, cc pp-f n1 c-crq np1 vvz n1, a-acp d n1 vbz av-j vvn p-acp av n1, (24) chapter (DIV2) 925 Image 116
2695 as Iohn also confesseth both of them to be committed vnto him of God. But there is, moreouer, in the words water, a certaine NONLATINALPHABET worthy to be obserued. as John also Confesses both of them to be committed unto him of God. But there is, moreover, in the words water, a certain worthy to be observed. c-acp np1 av vvz d pp-f pno32 pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp pno31 pp-f np1. p-acp pc-acp vbz, av, p-acp dt n2 n1, dt j j pc-acp vbi vvn. (24) chapter (DIV2) 925 Image 116
2696 For Iohn signifieth that he is not the author of any new doctrine, or baptisme: For John signifies that he is not the author of any new Doctrine, or Baptism: p-acp np1 vvz cst pns31 vbz xx dt n1 pp-f d j n1, cc n1: (24) chapter (DIV2) 927 Image 116
2697 but onely the minister of eyther of them, and that the inwarde workinge therof is to bee loked for of an other more worthy, but only the minister of either of them, and that the inward working thereof is to be looked for of an other more worthy, cc-acp av-j dt n1 pp-f d pp-f pno32, cc cst dt j n-vvg av vbz pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp pp-f dt n-jn av-dc j, (24) chapter (DIV2) 927 Image 116
2698 namely of Christ himselfe true and very God, which alone (as it is saide a litle after) baptiseth with the holy Ghost, namely of christ himself true and very God, which alone (as it is said a little After) baptizeth with the holy Ghost, av pp-f np1 px31 j cc j np1, r-crq av-j (c-acp pn31 vbz vvn dt j p-acp) vvz p-acp dt j n1, (24) chapter (DIV2) 927 Image 116
2699 and ought alone to bee acknowledged the authoure as well of the Euangelycall Doctrine, as also of the Sacramente of Baptisme ▪ Therefore by thys meanes Iohn maketh it knowen, that he doth all thinges not after his owne arbitremente, and ought alone to be acknowledged the author as well of the Evangelical Doctrine, as also of the Sacrament of Baptism ▪ Therefore by this means John makes it known, that he does all things not After his own arbitrement, cc vmd av-j pc-acp vbi vvn dt n1 c-acp av pp-f dt j n1, c-acp av pp-f dt n1 pp-f n1 ▪ av p-acp d n2 np1 vvz pn31 vvn, cst pns31 vdz d n2 xx p-acp po31 d n1, (24) chapter (DIV2) 927 Image 117
2700 but by the commaundement of God himselfe. but by the Commandment of God himself. cc-acp p-acp dt n1 pp-f np1 px31. (24) chapter (DIV2) 927 Image 117
2701 Which thinge let al men worthily endeuoure to followe, that susteyne any offyce in the Church. And Iohn bare recorde, sayinge: Which thing let all men worthily endeavour to follow, that sustain any office in the Church. And John bore record, saying: r-crq n1 vvb d n2 av-j vvi pc-acp vvi, cst vvi d n1 p-acp dt n1. cc np1 j n1, vvg: (24) chapter (DIV2) 927 Image 117
2702 I sawe the spirite descende from heauen like vnto a doue, and abode vppon him, and I knewe him not. I saw the Spirit descend from heaven like unto a dove, and Abided upon him, and I knew him not. pns11 vvd dt n1 vvb p-acp n1 av-j p-acp dt n1, cc vvd p-acp pno31, cc pns11 vvd pno31 xx. (24) chapter (DIV2) 928 Image 117
2703 But he that sente me to baptise in water, the same saide vnto mee: But he that sent me to baptise in water, the same said unto me: p-acp pns31 cst vvd pno11 pc-acp vvb p-acp n1, dt d vvd p-acp pno11: (24) chapter (DIV2) 928 Image 117
2704 Vppon whom thou shalt see the spirite descende, and tarry still on him, the same is hee which baptiseth with the holy Ghoste. Upon whom thou shalt see the Spirit descend, and tarry still on him, the same is he which baptizeth with the holy Ghost. p-acp ro-crq pns21 vm2 vvi dt n1 vvb, cc vvi av p-acp pno31, dt d vbz pns31 r-crq vvz p-acp dt j n1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 928 Image 117
2705 XX. Institution. Forasmuch as Iohn goeth still on to confesse and preach Christ, wee are admonished also, not once or twise, XX. Institution. Forasmuch as John Goes still on to confess and preach christ, we Are admonished also, not once or twice, crd. n1. av p-acp np1 vvz av a-acp pc-acp vvi cc vvi np1, pns12 vbr vvn av, xx c-acp cc av, (24) chapter (DIV2) 929 Image 117
2706 but frequently and as ofte as occasion shall serue, yea and with greate enforcemente of minde, but frequently and as oft as occasion shall serve, yea and with great enforcemente of mind, cc-acp av-j cc a-acp av c-acp n1 vmb vvi, uh cc p-acp j n1 pp-f n1, (24) chapter (DIV2) 929 Image 117
2707 euen before the whole worlde to performe & accomplishe the same. For Christ himselfe also that we should so do, hath most grauely commaunded. even before the Whole world to perform & accomplish the same. For christ himself also that we should so do, hath most gravely commanded. av p-acp dt j-jn n1 pc-acp vvi cc vvi dt d. c-acp np1 px31 av cst pns12 vmd av vdi, vhz av-ds av-j vvn. (24) chapter (DIV2) 929 Image 117
2708 XXI. and XXII. Doctrine and Institution God neuer omitteth to reueale those thinges vnto men which are necessarye to be knowne to saluation neither doth he euer omitte to giue that which is required to the accomplishement of those thinges that are agréeable to euery mannes callinge. XXI. and XXII. Doctrine and Institution God never omitteth to reveal those things unto men which Are necessary to be known to salvation neither does he ever omit to give that which is required to the accomplishment of those things that Are agreeable to every Man's calling. np1. cc np1. n1 cc n1 np1 av-x vvz pc-acp vvi d n2 p-acp n2 r-crq vbr j pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp n1 d vdz pns31 av vvb pc-acp vvi d r-crq vbz vvn p-acp dt n1 pp-f d n2 cst vbr j p-acp d ng1 vvg. (24) chapter (DIV2) 930 Image 117
2709 Our heauenly father did louingly reueale vnto Iohn as well how he ought to baptise in the name of him that was to come, Our heavenly father did lovingly reveal unto John as well how he ought to baptise in the name of him that was to come, po12 j n1 vdd av-vvg vvi p-acp np1 c-acp av c-crq pns31 vmd p-acp vvb p-acp dt n1 pp-f pno31 cst vbds pc-acp vvi, (24) chapter (DIV2) 931 Image 117
2710 as also howe amongest many to be baptised he should knowe Christ comminge vnto him, and the same also to be very God. as also how amongst many to be baptised he should know christ coming unto him, and the same also to be very God. c-acp av c-crq p-acp d pc-acp vbi j-vvn pns31 vmd vvi np1 vvg p-acp pno31, cc dt d av pc-acp vbi j np1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 931 Image 117
2711 And that was done, to the intente he might most diligently and certainly execute his office of publishinge Christ, And that was done, to the intent he might most diligently and Certainly execute his office of publishing christ, cc cst vbds vdn, p-acp dt n1 pns31 vmd av-ds av-j cc av-j vvi po31 n1 pp-f vvg np1, (24) chapter (DIV2) 931 Image 117
2712 and remission of sinnes thorough him. and remission of Sins through him. cc n1 pp-f n2 p-acp pno31. (24) chapter (DIV2) 931 Image 117
2713 Let vs not doubt therefore but that our most mercifull father will make manyfest vnto vs also whatsoeuer things are to be beléeued, Let us not doubt Therefore but that our most merciful father will make manifest unto us also whatsoever things Are to be believed, vvb pno12 xx vvi av cc-acp cst po12 av-ds j n1 vmb vvi j p-acp pno12 av r-crq n2 vbr pc-acp vbi vvn, (24) chapter (DIV2) 931 Image 117
2714 or to be done according to ye maner of our callinge. or to be done according to you manner of our calling. cc pc-acp vbi vdn p-acp p-acp pn22 n1 pp-f po12 vvg. (24) chapter (DIV2) 931 Image 117
2715 And doubteles he dayly reuealeth vnto vs, if not by ministring new apparitions or miracles, yet by setting forth openly ye holy scripture, which al is nothing els, And doubtless he daily Revealeth unto us, if not by ministering new apparitions or Miracles, yet by setting forth openly the holy scripture, which all is nothing Else, cc av-j pns31 av-j vvz p-acp pno12, cs xx p-acp j-vvg j n2 cc n2, av p-acp vvg av av-j dt j n1, r-crq d vbz pix av, (24) chapter (DIV2) 931 Image 117
2716 then a diuine reuelation, and the same most absolute and certaine, as whereby all other reuelations ought as by a touchstone to be tryed and examined. then a divine Revelation, and the same most absolute and certain, as whereby all other revelations ought as by a touchstone to be tried and examined. cs dt j-jn n1, cc dt d av-ds j cc j, c-acp c-crq d j-jn n2 vmd p-acp p-acp dt n1 pc-acp vbi vvn cc vvn. (24) chapter (DIV2) 931 Image 117
2717 XXIII Doctrine. Iohn now putteth forth heere the thirde reason, yea and the fourth also whereby he proueth Christe to be very God, the former taken of the power or office of Christ, the later of the signe, XXIII Doctrine. John now putteth forth Here the Third reason, yea and the fourth also whereby he Proves Christ to be very God, the former taken of the power or office of christ, the later of the Signen, np1 n1. np1 av vvz av av dt ord n1, uh cc dt ord av c-crq pns31 vvz np1 pc-acp vbi j np1, dt j vvn pp-f dt n1 cc n1 pp-f np1, dt jc pp-f dt n1, (24) chapter (DIV2) 932 Image 117
2718 and either of them declared of God the father himselfe. For thus Iohn reasoneth: and either of them declared of God the father himself. For thus John reasoneth: cc d pp-f pno32 vvd pp-f np1 dt n1 px31. c-acp av np1 vvz: (24) chapter (DIV2) 932 Image 117
2719 He is God that can baptise with the holy ghoste, that is, giue the holy ghoste by his owne authorytie. He is God that can baptise with the holy ghost, that is, give the holy ghost by his own authorytie. pns31 vbz np1 cst vmb vvb p-acp dt j n1, cst vbz, vvb dt j n1 p-acp po31 d n1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 933 Image 117
2720 But Christ can this doe, Christ therefore is God. But christ can this do, christ Therefore is God. p-acp np1 vmb d vdi, np1 av vbz np1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 933 Image 117
2721 The Maior is supposed to be manifest of it selfe, forasmuch as so great power can light vpon no man, but vpon God. The Mayor is supposed to be manifest of it self, forasmuch as so great power can Light upon no man, but upon God. dt n1 vbz vvn pc-acp vbi j pp-f pn31 n1, av c-acp av j n1 vmb vvi p-acp dx n1, cc-acp p-acp np1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 934 Image 117
2722 The Minor he confyrmeth of the signe or pronunciatum of the heauenly father. The Minor he confirmeth of the Signen or pronunciatum of the heavenly father. dt j pns31 vvz pp-f dt n1 cc j-jn pp-f dt j n1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 934 Image 117
2723 God the father of heauen whiche commaunded me to baptise, signifyed vnto me that he had power to giue the holy ghost, vpon whom the holy spirit shoulde desende and abide in lykenes of a doue. God the father of heaven which commanded me to baptise, signified unto me that he had power to give the holy ghost, upon whom the holy Spirit should desende and abide in likeness of a dove. np1 dt n1 pp-f n1 r-crq vvd pno11 pc-acp vvb, vvn p-acp pno11 cst pns31 vhd n1 pc-acp vvi dt j n1, p-acp ro-crq dt j n1 vmd vvi cc vvi p-acp n1 pp-f dt n1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 935 Image 117
2724 But this signe I haue founde to be in Christ. Christ is he therfore that can giue the holy ghost. But this Signen I have found to be in christ. christ is he Therefore that can give the holy ghost. p-acp d n1 pns11 vhb vvn pc-acp vbi p-acp np1. np1 vbz pns31 av cst vmb vvi dt j n1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 936 Image 117
2725 Wherfore if we duly weigh the matter, the diuinitie of Christ is here proued and commended by two signes. Wherefore if we duly weigh the matter, the divinity of christ is Here proved and commended by two Signs. c-crq cs pns12 av-jn vvi dt n1, dt n1 pp-f np1 vbz av vvn cc vvn p-acp crd n2. (24) chapter (DIV2) 937 Image 117
2726 The one is, that the holy ghost came down vpon Christ, and taried on him. The other, that Christ baptiseth with the holy ghost. The one is, that the holy ghost Come down upon christ, and tarried on him. The other, that christ baptizeth with the holy ghost. dt pi vbz, cst dt j n1 vvd a-acp p-acp np1, cc vvd p-acp pno31. dt j-jn, cst np1 vvz p-acp dt j n1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 937 Image 117
2727 In which two signes Christe incomparably excelleth all other creatures, and all sorts of men though neuer so holy. In which two Signs Christ incomparably excels all other creatures, and all sorts of men though never so holy. p-acp r-crq crd n2 np1 av-j vvz d j-jn n2, cc d n2 pp-f n2 cs av-x av j. (24) chapter (DIV2) 938 Image 117
2728 For in déede the holy ghost in lyke maner commeth downe vpon other men, and yet doth not so abide in them, For in deed the holy ghost in like manner comes down upon other men, and yet does not so abide in them, p-acp p-acp n1 dt j n1 p-acp av-j n1 vvz a-acp p-acp j-jn n2, cc av vdz xx av vvi p-acp pno32, (24) chapter (DIV2) 938 Image 117
2729 as that he alwaies worketh effectually in them. as that he always works effectually in them. c-acp cst pns31 av vvz av-j p-acp pno32. (24) chapter (DIV2) 938 Image 117
2730 Inasmuch as the Apostles themselues, after they had receiued the holy ghost in a visible forme, are read to haue bene touched somwhat with humaine infyrmities, Inasmuch as the Apostles themselves, After they had received the holy ghost in a visible Form, Are read to have be touched somewhat with human infirmities, av p-acp dt n2 px32, c-acp pns32 vhd vvn dt j n1 p-acp dt j n1, vbr vvn pc-acp vhi vbn vvn av p-acp j n2, (24) chapter (DIV2) 939 Image 117
2731 & that the holy ghost ceassed for a time to put forthe his strength in them. & that the holy ghost ceased for a time to put forth his strength in them. cc cst dt j n1 vvd p-acp dt n1 pc-acp vvi av po31 n1 p-acp pno32. (24) chapter (DIV2) 939 Image 118
2732 Peter, Galath. 2. went not directly to the trueth of the gospell. Peter, Galatians. 2. went not directly to the truth of the gospel. np1, np1. crd vvd xx av-j p-acp dt n1 pp-f dt n1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 940 Image 118
2733 Paule and Barnabas, Act. 15. so bitterly tarred betwixt themselues, that the one was sequestred from the other. Paul and Barnabas, Act. 15. so bitterly tarred betwixt themselves, that the one was sequestered from the other. np1 cc np1, n1 crd av av-j vvn p-acp px32, cst dt pi vbds vvn p-acp dt n-jn. (24) chapter (DIV2) 940 Image 118
2734 Dauid, after he had receiued the holy ghost, and many excellent gifts, committed adultrye, whervnto he adioyned also manslaughter: David, After he had received the holy ghost, and many excellent Gifts, committed adultrye, whereunto he adjoined also manslaughter: np1, c-acp pns31 vhd vvn dt j n1, cc d j n2, vvn n1, c-crq pns31 vvd av n1: (24) chapter (DIV2) 940 Image 118
2735 But agayne when his sinnes were forgiuen hym, he was confyrmed of the holy ghost. But again when his Sins were forgiven him, he was confirmed of the holy ghost. cc-acp av c-crq po31 n2 vbdr vvn pno31, pns31 vbds vvn pp-f dt j n1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 940 Image 118
2736 Moreouer, men in déede doe baptise, but yet only with water, and administring no other thing then the outward signe: Moreover, men in deed doe baptise, but yet only with water, and administering no other thing then the outward Signen: av, n2 p-acp n1 n1 vvb, cc-acp av av-j p-acp n1, cc j-vvg dx j-jn n1 cs dt j n1: (24) chapter (DIV2) 941 Image 118
2737 but Christ baptiseth with the spirit, and ministreth inward and spyrituall effectes. It appeareth therefore sufficiently that Christ by those signes is declared to bée very God. but christ baptizeth with the Spirit, and Ministereth inward and spiritual effects. It appears Therefore sufficiently that christ by those Signs is declared to been very God. cc-acp np1 vvz p-acp dt n1, cc vvz j cc j n2. pn31 vvz av av-j cst np1 p-acp d n2 vbz vvn pc-acp vbi j np1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 941 Image 118
2738 XXIIII. Redargution. They are greatly deceyued, that suppose the sacraments, either of the externall action it selfe, XXIIII. Redargution. They Are greatly deceived, that suppose the Sacraments, either of the external actium it self, crd. n1. pns32 vbr av-j vvn, cst vvb dt n2, d pp-f dt j n1 pn31 n1, (24) chapter (DIV2) 942 Image 118
2739 or of the dignitie of the ministers, to take force and effect. It is nothing so. or of the dignity of the Ministers, to take force and Effect. It is nothing so. cc pp-f dt n1 pp-f dt n2, pc-acp vvi n1 cc n1. pn31 vbz pix av. (24) chapter (DIV2) 942 Image 118
2740 For Iohn baptiseth only we water: But Christ alone baptiseth with the spirit. For John baptizeth only we water: But christ alone baptizeth with the Spirit. p-acp np1 vvz av-j po12 n1: cc-acp np1 av-j vvz p-acp dt n1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 943 Image 118
2741 The effect therfore of the sacraments procéedeth onely of God the author, or of the spirit which in the sacred action is giuen. The Effect Therefore of the Sacraments Proceedeth only of God the author, or of the Spirit which in the sacred actium is given. dt n1 av pp-f dt n2 vvz av-j pp-f np1 dt n1, cc pp-f dt n1 r-crq p-acp dt j n1 vbz vvn. (24) chapter (DIV2) 943 Image 118
2742 xxv. Institution We ought to pray continually to our heauenly father, that whilest thinges externall and earthly are ministred vnto vs by the ministers of the Church, xxv. Institution We ought to pray continually to our heavenly father, that whilst things external and earthly Are ministered unto us by the Ministers of the Church, crd. n1 pns12 vmd pc-acp vvi av-j p-acp po12 j n1, cst cs n2 j cc j vbr vvn p-acp pno12 p-acp dt n2 pp-f dt n1, (24) chapter (DIV2) 944 Image 118
2743 whether I say, we heare the worde from them sounding in our eares, or whether we often vse the sacraments, we may there with all also receiue internal, spirituall, and heauenly fruites. whither I say, we hear the word from them sounding in our ears, or whither we often use the Sacraments, we may there with all also receive internal, spiritual, and heavenly fruits. cs pns11 vvb, pns12 vvb dt n1 p-acp pno32 vvg p-acp po12 n2, cc cs pns12 av vvb dt n2, pns12 vmb a-acp p-acp d av vvi j, j, cc j n2. (24) chapter (DIV2) 944 Image 118
2744 For all vtter and corporal thinges wyll be vayne, yea hurtfull vnto vs, vnlesse our whole minde being through fayth fixed vpon the diuine promises, God voucheth safe to impart his holy spirit, which may puryfy our harts, For all utter and corporal things will be vain, yea hurtful unto us, unless our Whole mind being through faith fixed upon the divine promises, God voucheth safe to impart his holy Spirit, which may puryfy our hearts, p-acp d j cc j n2 vmb vbi j, uh j p-acp pno12, cs po12 j-jn n1 vbg p-acp n1 vvn p-acp dt j-jn n2, np1 vvz j pc-acp vvi po31 j n1, r-crq vmb vvi po12 n2, (24) chapter (DIV2) 944 Image 118
2745 and make vs pertakers of internal and spirituall benefyts. And I saw, and testifyed that he is the sonne of God. xxvi. Institution. and make us partakers of internal and spiritual benefits. And I saw, and testified that he is the son of God. xxvi. Institution. cc vvb pno12 n2 pp-f j cc j n2. cc pns11 vvd, cc vvd cst pns31 vbz dt n1 pp-f np1. crd. n1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 944 Image 118
2746 We sayde in the beginninge that the conclusion is such, as that it conteyneth both the state and summe of the whole sermon. We said in the begin that the conclusion is such, as that it Containeth both the state and sum of the Whole sermon. pns12 vvd p-acp dt n-vvg cst dt n1 vbz d, c-acp cst pn31 vvz d dt n1 cc n1 pp-f dt j-jn n1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 945 Image 118
2747 For it is in such wise declared, as we may learne, that the confession which we make of Christ, ought to be frank and aperte, For it is in such wise declared, as we may Learn, that the Confessi which we make of christ, ought to be frank and aperte, p-acp pn31 vbz p-acp d j vvn, c-acp pns12 vmb vvi, cst dt n1 r-crq pns12 vvb pp-f np1, pi pc-acp vbi j cc j, (24) chapter (DIV2) 945 Image 118
2748 then also to be expressed with apt and perspicuous words. then also to be expressed with apt and perspicuous words. av av pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp j cc j n2. (24) chapter (DIV2) 945 Image 118
2749 Thou séest therefore in this sermon thrée or foure argumentes to be heaped together of Iohn Baptiste, whereby he manyfestly proueth that Christ is God. Thou See Therefore in this sermon thrée or foure Arguments to be heaped together of John Baptiste, whereby he manifestly Proves that christ is God. pns21 vv2 av p-acp d n1 crd cc crd n2 pc-acp vbi vvn av pp-f np1 np1, c-crq pns31 av-j vvz cst np1 vbz np1. (24) chapter (DIV2) 945 Image 118
2750 Wherfore speciall labour must be imployed in the explanation of the same arguments, and it shall be conuenient to declare at large, that the power of remittinge sinnes is reserued only to God, that God alone is from euerlasting, that the holy ghost effectually working is perpetually present with God alone, that it pertayneth onely vnto God to baptise with the holy ghost: Wherefore special labour must be employed in the explanation of the same Arguments, and it shall be convenient to declare At large, that the power of remitting Sins is reserved only to God, that God alone is from everlasting, that the holy ghost effectually working is perpetually present with God alone, that it pertaineth only unto God to baptise with the holy ghost: c-crq j n1 vmb vbi vvn p-acp dt n1 pp-f dt d n2, cc pn31 vmb vbi j pc-acp vvi p-acp j, cst dt n1 pp-f vvg n2 vbz vvn av-j p-acp np1, cst np1 av-j vbz p-acp j, cst dt j n1 av-j vvg vbz av-j j p-acp np1 av-j, cst pn31 vvz av-j p-acp np1 p-acp vvb p-acp dt j n1: (24) chapter (DIV2) 946 Image 118
2751 and that all these thinges are apparauntly to be found in Christ Iesu. From this state and square line it is not good to digresse. and that all these things Are apparauntly to be found in christ Iesu. From this state and square line it is not good to digress. cc cst d d n2 vbr av-j pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp np1 np1 p-acp d n1 cc j-jn n1 pn31 vbz xx j pc-acp vvi. (24) chapter (DIV2) 946 Image 118
2752 Or if there be any other places which (in iudgement) may profytably be admixed in respect of the time, Or if there be any other places which (in judgement) may profytably be admixed in respect of the time, cc cs pc-acp vbb d j-jn n2 r-crq (p-acp n1) vmb av-j vbi vvn p-acp n1 pp-f dt n1, (24) chapter (DIV2) 947 Image 118
2753 yet shal they not be but briefely and (as ye would saye) beside the purpose, runne ouer. yet shall they not be but briefly and (as you would say) beside the purpose, run over. av vmb pns32 xx vbi cc-acp av-j cc (c-acp pn22 vmd vvi) p-acp dt n1, vvb a-acp. (24) chapter (DIV2) 947 Image 118
2754 Howbeit these thinges peraduenture might better haue bene shewed in the explication of the fourth chapter of the epistle to the Romaines, or. Howbeit these things Peradventure might better have be showed in the explication of the fourth chapter of the epistle to the Romans, or. a-acp d n2 av vmd j vhi vbn vvn p-acp dt n1 pp-f dt ord n1 pp-f dt n1 p-acp dt njp2, cc. (24) chapter (DIV2) 947 Image 118
2755 3. & 4. to the Galathians, where it is auouched, that man is iustified by faith withoute workes: 3. & 4. to the Galatians, where it is avouched, that man is justified by faith without works: crd cc crd p-acp dt np2, c-crq pn31 vbz vvn, cst n1 vbz vvn p-acp n1 p-acp n2: (24) chapter (DIV2) 947 Image 118
2756 But it is requisite that those lessons be kept in store for the chapters following. But it is requisite that those Lessons be kept in store for the Chapters following. cc-acp pn31 vbz j cst d n2 vbb vvn p-acp n1 p-acp dt n2 vvg. (24) chapter (DIV2) 947 Image 118
2757 Now that whiche we haue hytherto exhibited to demonstrate, how and after what sort out of any readyng of the Scriptures offered manifold and sondry common places ought to be drawen, I suppose for this time to be sufficient. Now that which we have hitherto exhibited to demonstrate, how and After what sort out of any reading of the Scriptures offered manifold and sundry Common places ought to be drawn, I suppose for this time to be sufficient. av cst r-crq pns12 vhb av vvn pc-acp vvi, c-crq cc p-acp r-crq n1 av pp-f d vvg pp-f dt n2 vvd j cc j j n2 vmd pc-acp vbi vvn, pns11 vvb p-acp d n1 pc-acp vbi j. (24) chapter (DIV2) 948 Image 118
2758 And I truste verilye that of those thinges, whiche are to this ende and purpose of me sette forth, many shall reape no small fruite and commodytye, And I trust verily that of those things, which Are to this end and purpose of me Set forth, many shall reap no small fruit and commodytye, cc pns11 vvi av-j d pp-f d n2, r-crq vbr pc-acp d n1 cc n1 pp-f pno11 vvi av, d vmb vvi dx j n1 cc n1, (24) chapter (DIV2) 949 Image 118
2759 as the thinges that maye woonderfullye profytte not onelye such as teache the people in the churche, as the things that may wonderfully profit not only such as teach the people in the Church, c-acp dt n2 cst vmb av-j vvi xx av-j d c-acp vvi dt n1 p-acp dt n1, (24) chapter (DIV2) 949 Image 119
2760 but also that instruct yonge Scholers of good towardenes in common and publike Scholes. but also that instruct young Scholars of good towardenes in Common and public Schools. cc-acp av cst vvb j n2 pp-f j n1 p-acp j cc j n2. (24) chapter (DIV2) 949 Image 119
2761 That al the whole reding of holy Scripture, which is offered to bee declared, is somtimes aptely distributed into two or three chapters only or parts, That all the Whole reding of holy Scripture, which is offered to be declared, is sometimes aptly distributed into two or three Chapters only or parts, cst d dt j-jn vvg pp-f j n1, r-crq vbz vvn pc-acp vbi vvn, vbz av av-j vvn p-acp crd cc crd n2 av-j cc n2, (25) chapter (DIV2) 949 Image 119
2762 or principal common places. Cap. IIII. MOreouer, they, to whom the preceding• order of drawyng forth so many common places séemeth to be ouer busye and painfull, shall haue now an other muche more easy exhibited vnto them. or principal Common places. Cap. IIII. Moreover, they, to whom the preceding• order of drawing forth so many Common places Seemeth to be over busy and painful, shall have now an other much more easy exhibited unto them. cc j-jn j n2. np1 crd. av, pns32, p-acp ro-crq dt n1 n1 pp-f vvg av av d j n2 vvz pc-acp vbi a-acp j cc j, vmb vhi av dt j-jn av-d av-dc j vvn p-acp pno32. (25) chapter (DIV2) 949 Image 119
2763 And that is, when the sacred Sermon it so appointed, that the whole readyng of scripture, which• is in hande, may be distributed into two or thrée chapters onely, or parts, or common places. And that is, when the sacred Sermon it so appointed, that the Whole reading of scripture, which• is in hand, may be distributed into two or thrée Chapters only, or parts, or Common places. cc d vbz, c-crq dt j n1 pn31 av vvn, cst dt j-jn vvg pp-f n1, n1 vbz p-acp n1, vmb vbi vvn p-acp crd cc crd n2 av-j, cc n2, cc j n2. (25) chapter (DIV2) 951 Image 119
2764 For as we haue said alreadye, how we terme these partes, it maketh no great matter. For as we have said already, how we term these parts, it makes no great matter. p-acp c-acp pns12 vhb vvn av, c-crq pns12 vvb d n2, pn31 vvz dx j n1. (25) chapter (DIV2) 951 Image 119
2765 And héere certes those generall diuine places of Inuention, which we before rehearced, are not so muche to be put in practise, And Here certes those general divine places of Invention, which we before rehearsed, Are not so much to be put in practice, cc av av d j j-jn n2 pp-f n1, r-crq pns12 p-acp vvd, vbr xx av av-d pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp n1, (25) chapter (DIV2) 952 Image 119
2766 as a certayne Rethorical or Logical maner of deuiding: as a certain Rhetorical or Logical manner of dividing: c-acp dt j j cc j n1 pp-f vvg: (25) chapter (DIV2) 952 Image 119
2767 when as of the present reading only some of the larger partes are examined, of which intrealy may orderly be made. when as of the present reading only Some of the larger parts Are examined, of which intrealy may orderly be made. c-crq p-acp pp-f dt j n-vvg av-j d pp-f dt jc n2 vbr vvn, pp-f r-crq j vmb av-j vbi vvn. (25) chapter (DIV2) 952 Image 119
2768 Neither is it alwayes néedeful to be consydered, whether in the text of ye holy reding there be already extāt a lawful deuision of the partes made by the authour himselfe, Neither is it always needful to be considered, whither in the text of the holy reding there be already extant a lawful division of the parts made by the author himself, d vbz pn31 av j pc-acp vbi vvn, cs p-acp dt n1 pp-f dt j vvg pc-acp vbi av j dt j n1 pp-f dt n2 vvn p-acp dt n1 px31, (25) chapter (DIV2) 953 Image 119
2769 but it is ynough, if euen, wher al things are coherēt together, a distinction be in such wise made, but it is enough, if even, where all things Are coherent together, a distinction be in such wise made, cc-acp pn31 vbz av-d, cs av, c-crq d n2 vbr j av, dt n1 vbb p-acp d n1 vvd, (25) chapter (DIV2) 953 Image 119
2770 as that two or thrée cōmon places, which we shal suppose wil be most profitable to ye hearers, may be drawē forth, more fréely & at large to be declared, as that two or thrée Common places, which we shall suppose will be most profitable to you hearers, may be drawn forth, more freely & At large to be declared, c-acp cst crd cc crd j n2, r-crq pns12 vmb vvi vmb vbi av-ds j p-acp pn22 n2, vmb vbi vvn av, av-dc av-j cc p-acp j pc-acp vbi vvn, (25) chapter (DIV2) 953 Image 119
2771 whiles in ye meane time digression be in no wise made from the natiue sence and meaning of the sacred wordes. while in you mean time digression be in no wise made from the native sense and meaning of the sacred words. cs p-acp pn22 vvb n1 n1 vbb p-acp dx j vvn p-acp dt j-jn n1 cc n1 pp-f dt j n2. (25) chapter (DIV2) 953 Image 119
2772 And further, these partes or places are so deuided, that sometime they are all referred to one and the same fountayne of doctrine, somtime agayne they be not of one sorte or matter, And further, these parts or places Are so divided, that sometime they Are all referred to one and the same fountain of Doctrine, sometime again they be not of one sort or matter, cc jc, d n2 cc n2 vbr av vvn, cst av pns32 vbr d vvn p-acp crd cc dt d n1 pp-f n1, av av pns32 vbb xx pp-f crd n1 cc n1, (25) chapter (DIV2) 954 Image 119
2773 but may be ascribed to diuers fountaines. but may be ascribed to diverse fountains. cc-acp vmb vbi vvn p-acp j n2. (25) chapter (DIV2) 954 Image 119
2774 Therefore in this behalfe there is left no small libertie, which truly euery man may more easely perceiue by examples, that shal forthwith be added, Therefore in this behalf there is left no small liberty, which truly every man may more Easily perceive by Examples, that shall forthwith be added, av p-acp d n1 a-acp vbz vvn dx j n1, r-crq av-j d n1 vmb av-dc av-j vvi p-acp n2, cst vmb av vbi vvn, (25) chapter (DIV2) 955 Image 119
2775 then we can declare by any maner of precepts or rules. then we can declare by any manner of Precepts or rules. cs pns12 vmb vvi p-acp d n1 pp-f n2 cc n2. (25) chapter (DIV2) 955 Image 119
2776 Neither is it to be doubted, but that he which in that order, that is spoken of in the Chapter next before, hath once learned out of one reading of holy Scripture to collect many and diuers places, may easely also note and excerpt a fewe notable partes or places before the resydewe. Neither is it to be doubted, but that he which in that order, that is spoken of in the Chapter next before, hath once learned out of one reading of holy Scripture to collect many and diverse places, may Easily also note and excerpt a few notable parts or places before the resydewe. d vbz pn31 pc-acp vbi vvn, cc-acp cst pns31 r-crq p-acp d n1, cst vbz vvn pp-f p-acp dt n1 ord p-acp, vhz a-acp vvn av pp-f crd vvg pp-f j n1 pc-acp vvi d cc j n2, vmb av-j av vvi cc vvn dt d j n2 cc n2 p-acp dt n1. (25) chapter (DIV2) 956 Image 119
2777 And certes to say that this forme of Sermons floweth out of the former, and that they haue great affinitie together the one with the other, we shall not speake much frō the purpose. And certes to say that this Form of Sermons flows out of the former, and that they have great affinity together the one with the other, we shall not speak much from the purpose. cc av pc-acp vvi cst d n1 pp-f n2 vvz av pp-f dt j, cc cst pns32 vhb j n1 av dt crd p-acp dt n-jn, pns12 vmb xx vvi d p-acp dt n1. (25) chapter (DIV2) 957 Image 119
2778 And of these Sermons, that are resolued into certayne partes or places, there occurreth in the sacred scriptures examples very notable and famous. And of these Sermons, that Are resolved into certain parts or places, there occurreth in the sacred Scriptures Examples very notable and famous. cc pp-f d n2, cst vbr vvn p-acp j n2 cc n2, a-acp vvz p-acp dt j n2 n2 av j cc j. (25) chapter (DIV2) 958 Image 119
2779 I Christ himselfe of one sermon in the kinde didascalick maketh thrée distinct parts. I christ himself of one sermon in the kind Didascalick makes thrée distinct parts. pns11 np1 px31 pp-f crd n1 p-acp dt j j vvz crd j n2. (25) chapter (DIV2) 959 Image 119
2780 For in the first place he teacheth, in what poyntes christian perfection and the true beatitude consisteth: For in the First place he Teaches, in what points christian perfection and the true beatitude Consisteth: p-acp p-acp dt ord n1 pns31 vvz, p-acp r-crq n2 njp n1 cc dt j n1 vvz: (25) chapter (DIV2) 960 Image 119
2781 In the second be addeth some things touching their duties that aspire vnto perfection, and chiefely how they ought to surmount all other in sanctimony of lyfe: In the second be adds Some things touching their duties that aspire unto perfection, and chiefly how they ought to surmount all other in sanctimony of life: p-acp dt ord vbi vvz d n2 vvg po32 n2 cst vvb p-acp n1, cc av-jn c-crq pns32 vmd pc-acp vvi d n-jn p-acp n1 pp-f n1: (25) chapter (DIV2) 961 Image 119
2782 Ye are sayeth he, the salt of the earth, &c. You Are Saith he, the salt of the earth, etc. pn22 vbr vvz pns31, dt n1 pp-f dt n1, av (25) chapter (DIV2) 961 Image 119
2783 In the last place he sheweth by dyuers examples heaped together, what the right vnderstanding of the law is, In the last place he shows by Diverse Examples heaped together, what the right understanding of the law is, p-acp dt ord n1 pns31 vvz p-acp j n2 vvd av, q-crq dt j-jn n1 pp-f dt n1 vbz, (25) chapter (DIV2) 962 Image 119
2784 and how it ought to be obserued, of those that are perfecte. and how it ought to be observed, of those that Are perfect. cc c-crq pn31 vmd pc-acp vbi vvn, pp-f d cst vbr vvi. (25) chapter (DIV2) 962 Image 119
2785 And that these partes are in this wise to be ioyned together, Chrisostom doth not obscurely signify, And that these parts Are in this wise to be joined together, Chrysostom does not obscurely signify, cc cst d n2 vbr p-acp d n1 pc-acp vbi vvn av, np1 vdz xx av-j vvi, (25) chapter (DIV2) 962 Image 119
2786 when in hys homily 18. vpon Mathew, expounding the last part, he reduceth into memorye certayne thinges before spoken as touching the beatitudes. when in his homily 18. upon Matthew, expounding the last part, he reduceth into memory certain things before spoken as touching the Beatitudes. c-crq p-acp po31 n1 crd p-acp np1, vvg dt ord n1, pns31 vvz p-acp n1 j n2 a-acp vvn c-acp vvg dt n2. (25) chapter (DIV2) 962 Image 120
2787 II Those things that follow immediately in Mathew cap. 6. it is plaine that they belonge to an other kinde of Sermon, to wit, Redargutiue, or rather Correctiue, forasmuch as Christe there manifestlye reproueth the abuses and imperfections that doe commonly spring about almes giuing, prayers, fastings. &c. III To our purpose more agréeth the Sermon extants Math. 24. and 25. Which Christ being required of his disciples had in the kinde didascalik as touchinge the ende and consumation of the world. II Those things that follow immediately in Matthew cap. 6. it is plain that they belong to an other kind of Sermon, to wit, Redargutive, or rather Corrective, forasmuch as Christ there manifestly Reproveth the Abuses and imperfections that do commonly spring about alms giving, Prayers, Fastings. etc. III To our purpose more agreeth the Sermon extants Math. 24. and 25. Which christ being required of his Disciples had in the kind didascalik as touching the end and consummation of the world. crd d n2 cst vvb av-j p-acp np1 n1. crd pn31 vbz j cst pns32 vvb p-acp dt j-jn n1 pp-f n1, pc-acp vvi, j, cc av-c j, av p-acp np1 a-acp av-j vvz dt n2 cc n2 cst vdb av-j vvi p-acp n2 vvg, n2, n2-vvg. av crd p-acp po12 n1 av-dc vvz dt n1 n2 np1 crd cc crd r-crq np1 vbg vvn pp-f po31 n2 vhd p-acp dt j j c-acp vvg dt n1 cc n1 pp-f dt n1. (25) chapter (DIV2) 963 Image 120
2788 He deuideth it into thrée partes, whereof in the fyrste he digesteth and recounteth diuers signes, whiche goe before and prenunciate the time of Christes comminge to iudgement: He Divideth it into thrée parts, whereof in the First he digesteth and recounteth diverse Signs, which go before and prenunciate the time of Christ's coming to judgement: pns31 vvz pn31 p-acp crd n2, c-crq p-acp dt ord pns31 vvz cc vvz j n2, r-crq vvb a-acp cc vvi dt n1 pp-f npg1 n-vvg p-acp n1: (25) chapter (DIV2) 965 Image 120
2789 In the seconde part, he exhorteth all men to be vigilant and sober in their office, In the seconde part, he exhorteth all men to be vigilant and Sobrium in their office, p-acp dt ord n1, pns31 vvz d n2 pc-acp vbi j cc j p-acp po32 n1, (25) chapter (DIV2) 965 Image 120
2790 and that whilest they looke for the Lorde, they rightlye dispose both themselues and all their affaires: and that whilst they look for the Lord, they rightly dispose both themselves and all their affairs: cc cst cs pns32 vvb p-acp dt n1, pns32 av-jn vvi d px32 cc d po32 n2: (25) chapter (DIV2) 965 Image 120
2791 Watche, sayth he, for ye knowe not what hower your Lord will come: Watch, say he, for you know not what hour your Lord will come: vvb, vvz pns31, p-acp pn22 vvb xx r-crq n1 po22 n1 vmb vvi: (25) chapter (DIV2) 965 Image 120
2792 In the thirde parte, he declareth after what maner and order the saide iudgement shall be executed by Christ. In the Third part, he Declareth After what manner and order the said judgement shall be executed by christ. p-acp dt ord n1, pns31 vvz p-acp r-crq n1 cc n1 dt j-vvn n1 vmb vbi vvn p-acp np1. (25) chapter (DIV2) 965 Image 120
2793 What time the sonne of man shall come in his glorye and all the holy angels with hym, and so forth as it followeth euen to the ende of the chapter. What time the son of man shall come in his glory and all the holy Angels with him, and so forth as it follows even to the end of the chapter. q-crq n1 dt n1 pp-f n1 vmb vvi p-acp po31 n1 cc d dt j n2 p-acp pno31, cc av av c-acp pn31 vvz av p-acp dt n1 pp-f dt n1. (25) chapter (DIV2) 965 Image 120
2794 We may reade, moreouer, many Sermons of Christ composed of diuers parables, whiche are founde not alwayes to be of one argument. We may read, moreover, many Sermons of christ composed of diverse parables, which Are found not always to be of one argument. pns12 vmb vvi, av, d n2 pp-f np1 vvd pp-f j n2, r-crq vbr vvn xx av pc-acp vbi pp-f crd n1. (25) chapter (DIV2) 966 Image 120
2795 For Math, 13. Christ vseth a parable of a man scatteringe his séede, which fell in diuers places, wherein he noteth, that like as the mindes of the hearers are affected, For Math, 13. christ uses a parable of a man scattering his seed, which fell in diverse places, wherein he notes, that like as the minds of the hearers Are affected, p-acp np1, crd np1 vvz dt n1 pp-f dt n1 vvg po31 n1, r-crq vvd p-acp j n2, c-crq pns31 vvz, cst av-j c-acp dt n2 pp-f dt n2 vbr vvn, (25) chapter (DIV2) 967 Image 120
2796 so the doctrine published, to some truely becommeth holsom, and to othersome nothing profytable at all. so the Doctrine published, to Some truly becomes holsom, and to Othersome nothing profitable At all. av dt n1 vvn, p-acp d av-j vvz j, cc p-acp j pix j p-acp d. (25) chapter (DIV2) 967 Image 120
2797 He addeth forthwith the second, as touching the enemy that in the night time sowed cockle amongst the wheate, which parable may very well be vnderstoode, of the corruptions, He adds forthwith the second, as touching the enemy that in the night time sowed cockle among the wheat, which parable may very well be understood, of the corruptions, pns31 vvz av dt ord, c-acp vvg dt n1 cst p-acp dt n1 n1 vvd n1 p-acp dt n1, r-crq n1 vmb av av vbi vvd, pp-f dt n2, (25) chapter (DIV2) 968 Image 120
2798 as well of false opinions, as also of peruerse maners créeping by little and little into the church. as well of false opinions, as also of perverse manners creeping by little and little into the Church. c-acp av pp-f j n2, c-acp av pp-f j n2 vvg p-acp j cc j p-acp dt n1. (25) chapter (DIV2) 968 Image 120
2799 Then followeth the third, of a little grayne of Mustard séede, growing vp into a trée: Then follows the third, of a little grain of Mustard seed, growing up into a tree: av vvz dt ord, pp-f dt j n1 pp-f n1 n1, vvg a-acp p-acp dt n1: (25) chapter (DIV2) 968 Image 120
2800 whiche (I doubt not) may be interpreted of the wonderfull effect and fruite of the euangelycall doctrine spreading it selfe most largely abroade. which (I doubt not) may be interpreted of the wonderful Effect and fruit of the Evangelical Doctrine spreading it self most largely abroad. r-crq (pns11 vvb xx) vmb vbi vvn pp-f dt j n1 cc n1 pp-f dt j n1 vvg pn31 n1 av-ds av-j av. (25) chapter (DIV2) 968 Image 120
2801 The fourth is, of a little leauen quickly sowerynge the whole lump of dough, whereby I suppose to be signifyed after the iudgement of the apostle, that through a little error once admitted, all thinges are forthwith infected though neuer so well deuised or religiously appoynted. The fourth is, of a little leaven quickly sowerynge the Whole lump of dough, whereby I suppose to be signified After the judgement of the apostle, that through a little error once admitted, all things Are forthwith infected though never so well devised or religiously appointed. dt ord vbz, pp-f dt j n1 av-j vvg dt j-jn n1 pp-f n1, c-crq pns11 vvb pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp dt n1 pp-f dt n1, cst p-acp dt j n1 a-acp vvn, d n2 vbr av vvn c-acp av-x av av vvn cc av-j vvn. (25) chapter (DIV2) 968 Image 120
2802 Amonge these Sermons, therfore of Christe, that whiche we reherced in the seconde place, hath partes belonginge to one and the selfe same place: Among these Sermons, Therefore of Christ, that which we rehearsed in the seconde place, hath parts belonging to one and the self same place: p-acp d n2, av pp-f np1, cst r-crq pns12 vvd p-acp dt ord n1, vhz n2 vvg p-acp crd cc dt n1 d n1: (25) chapter (DIV2) 968 Image 120
2803 But in the fyrst and second the partes séeme not in like maner to agrée on euery side betwixt themselues, But in the fyrst and second the parts seem not in like manner to agree on every side betwixt themselves, cc-acp p-acp dt ord cc ord dt n2 vvb xx p-acp j n1 pc-acp vvi p-acp d n1 p-acp px32, (25) chapter (DIV2) 968 Image 120
2804 but thou mayste auouche, that they are rather after a sort disioyned and to be referred vnto diuers chapters. but thou mayste avouch, that they Are rather After a sort disjoined and to be referred unto diverse Chapters. cc-acp pns21 vm2 vvi, cst pns32 vbr av-c p-acp dt n1 vvn cc pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp j n2. (25) chapter (DIV2) 968 Image 120
2805 Howbeit lyke as in the precéedynge chapter o also in this we repeate agayne to be obserued, that certayn parts or notable cōmon places may no lesse aptly to be drawen out of the sacred historycall narrations, Howbeit like as in the precéedynge chapter oh also in this we repeat again to be observed, that certain parts or notable Common places may no less aptly to be drawn out of the sacred historical narrations, a-acp av-j c-acp p-acp dt vvg n1 sy av p-acp d pns12 vvi av pc-acp vbi vvn, cst j n2 cc j j n2 vmb av-dx av-dc av-j pc-acp vbi vvn av pp-f dt j j n2, (25) chapter (DIV2) 969 Image 120
2806 then out of those readings, which conteine a simple doctrine. then out of those readings, which contain a simple Doctrine. av av pp-f d n2-vvg, r-crq vvi dt j n1. (25) chapter (DIV2) 969 Image 120
2807 But all these thinges shall become more cleare and euident, in case the matter be discoursed by examples propounded. But all these things shall become more clear and evident, in case the matter be discoursed by Examples propounded. p-acp d d n2 vmb vvi av-dc j cc j, p-acp n1 dt n1 vbb vvn p-acp n2 vvn. (25) chapter (DIV2) 970 Image 120
2808 Let vs take therefore the first example out of Marke the seuenthe: Let us take Therefore the First Exampl out of Mark the seuenthe: vvb pno12 vvi av dt ord n1 av pp-f vvb dt ord: (25) chapter (DIV2) 970 Image 120
2809 And he departed againe from the coastes of Tyre and Sydon, & came to the sea of Galilee, through the middes of the coastes of the ten Cities. And he departed again from the coasts of Tyre and Sidon, & Come to the sea of Galilee, through the mids of the coasts of the ten Cities. cc pns31 vvd av p-acp dt n2 pp-f n1 cc np1, cc vvd p-acp dt n1 pp-f np1, p-acp dt n2-jn pp-f dt n2 pp-f dt crd n2. (25) chapter (DIV2) 971 Image 120
2810 And they brought vnto him one that was deafe, and had an impedyment in his speach: And they brought unto him one that was deaf, and had an impediment in his speech: cc pns32 vvd p-acp pno31 pi cst vbds j, cc vhd dt n1 p-acp po31 n1: (25) chapter (DIV2) 971 Image 120
2811 and they prayed him to put his hande vppon him. and they prayed him to put his hand upon him. cc pns32 vvd pno31 pc-acp vvi po31 n1 p-acp pno31. (25) chapter (DIV2) 971 Image 120
2812 And when he had taken him aside from the people, he put his fingers into his eares, And when he had taken him aside from the people, he put his fingers into his ears, cc c-crq pns31 vhd vvn pno31 av p-acp dt n1, pns31 vvd po31 n2 p-acp po31 n2, (25) chapter (DIV2) 971 Image 120
2813 and did spitte, and touched his tongue, and loked vp to heauen, and sighed, and saide vnto him: and did spit, and touched his tongue, and looked up to heaven, and sighed, and said unto him: cc vdd vvi, cc vvd po31 n1, cc vvn a-acp p-acp n1, cc vvd, cc vvd p-acp pno31: (25) chapter (DIV2) 971 Image 120
2814 Ephphatha, that is to saye, be opened. And straight waye his eares were opened, and the string of his tongue was loosened, and he spake plaine. Ephphatha, that is to say, be opened. And straight Way his ears were opened, and the string of his tongue was loosened, and he spoke plain. np1, cst vbz pc-acp vvi, vbb vvn. cc av n1 po31 n2 vbdr vvn, cc dt n1 pp-f po31 n1 vbds j-vvn, cc pns31 vvd av-j. (25) chapter (DIV2) 971 Image 120
2815 And he commaunded them that they should tell no man: And he commanded them that they should tell no man: cc pns31 vvd pno32 cst pns32 vmd vvi dx n1: (25) chapter (DIV2) 971 Image 121
2816 But the more hee forbad them, so muche the more a great deale they published it. But the more he forbade them, so much the more a great deal they published it. cc-acp dt av-dc pns31 vvd pno32, av av-d dt av-dc dt j n1 pns32 vvd pn31. (25) chapter (DIV2) 971 Image 121
2817 And were beyonde measure astonied, saying: And were beyond measure astonished, saying: cc vbdr p-acp n1 vvn, vvg: (25) chapter (DIV2) 971 Image 121
2818 Hee hath done all thinges well, hee hath made both the deafe to heare, and the dumbe to speake. He hath done all things well, he hath made both the deaf to hear, and the dumb to speak. pns31 vhz vdn d n2 av, pns31 vhz vvn d dt j pc-acp vvi, cc dt j pc-acp vvi. (25) chapter (DIV2) 971 Image 121
2819 That it is of the kinde didascalick, it may appeare by this, that the noble workes and power of miracles, doe plainely proue Christ to be God, which also the beholders that were present, do openly confesse. That it is of the kind Didascalick, it may appear by this, that the noble works and power of Miracles, do plainly prove christ to be God, which also the beholders that were present, do openly confess. cst pn31 vbz pp-f dt j j, pn31 vmb vvi p-acp d, cst dt j n2 cc n1 pp-f n2, vdb av-j vvi np1 pc-acp vbi np1, r-crq av dt n2 cst vbdr j, vdb av-j vvi. (25) chapter (DIV2) 972 Image 121
2820 But we shall very aptly deuide this readyng into thrée partes. But we shall very aptly divide this reading into thrée parts. cc-acp pns12 vmb av av-j vvi d vvg p-acp crd n2. (25) chapter (DIV2) 973 Image 121
2821 I By the example of those, that bring the deafe &c dumbe man to Christ, we learne, what great force and efficacye there is in an other mans faith. I By the Exampl of those, that bring the deaf etc. dumb man to christ, we Learn, what great force and efficacy there is in an other men faith. pns11 p-acp dt n1 pp-f d, cst vvb dt j av j n1 p-acp np1, pns12 vvb, r-crq j n1 cc n1 pc-acp vbz p-acp dt j-jn ng1 n1. (25) chapter (DIV2) 974 Image 121
2822 Whosoeuer is endued with a true and liuely faith, he, as one altogether depending vpon god alone, obteyneth chieflye for hymselfe whatsoeuer (so it bee dulye requested) at Gods hand. Whosoever is endued with a true and lively faith, he, as one altogether depending upon god alone, obtaineth chiefly for himself whatsoever (so it be duly requested) At God's hand. r-crq vbz vvn p-acp dt j cc j n1, pns31, c-acp pi av vvg p-acp n1 av-j, vvz av-jn p-acp px31 r-crq (av pn31 vbi av-jn vvn) p-acp npg1 n1. (25) chapter (DIV2) 975 Image 121
2823 But when the same faith goeth forewarde to worke through loue, and more largely to extende it selfe, But when the same faith Goes forward to work through love, and more largely to extend it self, cc-acp c-crq dt d n1 vvz av-j pc-acp vvi p-acp n1, cc av-dc av-j pc-acp vvi pn31 n1, (25) chapter (DIV2) 976 Image 121
2824 then it maketh intercession also vnto God for others, and those thinges that God foreséeth to be profytable, he mercyfully graunteth. then it makes Intercession also unto God for Others, and those things that God Foreseeth to be profitable, he mercifully granteth. cs pn31 vvz n1 av p-acp np1 p-acp n2-jn, cc d n2 cst np1 vvb pc-acp vbi j, pns31 av-j vvz. (25) chapter (DIV2) 976 Image 121
2825 II Where Christ is described to haue restored vnto the miserable man power both of hearing and speakinge, we haue to consyder how Christ behaueth hymselfe towarde those that beléeue, II Where christ is described to have restored unto the miserable man power both of hearing and speaking, we have to Consider how christ behaveth himself toward those that believe, crd c-crq np1 vbz vvn pc-acp vhi vvn p-acp dt j n1 n1 av-d pp-f vvg cc vvg, pns12 vhb pc-acp vvi c-crq np1 vvz px31 p-acp d cst vvb, (25) chapter (DIV2) 977 Image 121
2826 and how ready God is at all times to helpe poore and wretched creatures, especiallye when hee is humblye and with an assured minde prayed vnto. and how ready God is At all times to help poor and wretched creatures, especially when he is humbly and with an assured mind prayed unto. cc c-crq j np1 vbz p-acp d n2 pc-acp vvi j cc j n2, av-j c-crq pns31 vbz av-j cc p-acp dt j-vvn n1 vvd p-acp. (25) chapter (DIV2) 977 Image 121
2827 III We heare that those men for the benefyt receyued preached and published Christ with as great an indeuour as they could. III We hear that those men for the benefit received preached and published christ with as great an endeavour as they could. np1 pns12 vvb cst d n2 p-acp dt n1 vvd vvn cc vvn np1 p-acp p-acp j dt n1 c-acp pns32 vmd. (25) chapter (DIV2) 978 Image 121
2828 We therfore are in lyke maner admonished, whensoeuer we shall perceyue any benefyts, eyther spiritual and internall, We Therefore Are in like manner admonished, whensoever we shall perceive any benefits, either spiritual and internal, pns12 av vbr p-acp av-j n1 vvn, c-crq pns12 vmb vvi d n2, d j cc j, (25) chapter (DIV2) 979 Image 121
2829 or corporall and external, to haue happened vnto vs from God, (but can then bée any time or season giuen, wherein wée haue not good experience hereof?) to yelde vnto him continuall thankes for the same, to celebrate his power and goodnesse amongest all men, or corporal and external, to have happened unto us from God, (but can then been any time or season given, wherein we have not good experience hereof?) to yield unto him continual thanks for the same, to celebrate his power and Goodness amongst all men, cc j cc j, pc-acp vhi vvn p-acp pno12 p-acp np1, (cc-acp vmb av vbi d n1 cc n1 vvn, c-crq pns12 vhb xx j n1 av?) pc-acp vvi p-acp pno31 j n2 p-acp dt d, pc-acp vvi po31 n1 cc n1 p-acp d n2, (25) chapter (DIV2) 979 Image 121
2830 and to moue others to congratulate and doe the semblable with vs. Let vs procéede to an other example. and to move Others to congratulate and do the semblable with us Let us proceed to an other Exampl. cc pc-acp vvi n2-jn p-acp vvi cc vdb dt j p-acp pno12 vvb pno12 vvi p-acp dt j-jn n1. (25) chapter (DIV2) 979 Image 121
2831 In the fifte of Luke wée reade thus: In the Fifth of Lycia we read thus: p-acp dt ord pp-f av pns12 vvb av: (25) chapter (DIV2) 980 Image 121
2832 It came to passe; that when the people preassed vppon him, to heare the worde of God, hee stoode by the lake of Genezareth, It Come to pass; that when the people pressed upon him, to hear the word of God, he stood by the lake of Gennesaret, pn31 vvd pc-acp vvi; cst c-crq dt n1 vvn p-acp pno31, pc-acp vvi dt n1 pp-f np1, pns31 vvd p-acp dt n1 pp-f np1, (25) chapter (DIV2) 981 Image 121
2833 and sawe twoo shippes standinge by the lake side. But the fishermen were gone out of them, and were wasshinge their nettes. and saw twoo ships standing by the lake side. But the fishermen were gone out of them, and were washing their nets. cc vvd crd n2 vvg p-acp dt n1 n1. p-acp dt n2 vbdr vvn av pp-f pno32, cc vbdr vvg po32 n2. (25) chapter (DIV2) 981 Image 121
2834 And he entred into one of the shippes, which perteyned to Simon, and prayed him that he would thruste out a litle from the lande: And he entered into one of the ships, which pertained to Simon, and prayed him that he would thrust out a little from the land: cc pns31 vvd p-acp crd pp-f dt n2, r-crq vvd p-acp np1, cc vvd pno31 cst pns31 vmd vvi av dt j p-acp dt n1: (25) chapter (DIV2) 981 Image 121
2835 and hee sat downe, and taught the people out of the shippe. Whē hee had left speakinge, hee saide vnto Simon: and he sat down, and taught the people out of the ship. When he had left speaking, he said unto Simon: cc pns31 vvd a-acp, cc vvd dt n1 av pp-f dt n1. c-crq pns31 vhd vvn vvg, pns31 vvd p-acp np1: (25) chapter (DIV2) 981 Image 121
2836 Launche out into the diepe, and let slippe your nettes to make a draught. And Simon answered, and said vnto him: Launch out into the Dieppe, and let slip your nets to make a draught. And Simon answered, and said unto him: np1 av p-acp dt n1, cc vvb vvi po22 n2 pc-acp vvi dt n1. cc np1 vvd, cc vvd p-acp pno31: (25) chapter (DIV2) 981 Image 121
2837 Master, wee haue laboured all nighte, and haue taken nothinge: Neuerthelesse at thy commaundement. I will lose forth the nette. Master, we have laboured all night, and have taken nothing: Nevertheless At thy Commandment. I will loose forth the net. n1, pns12 vhb vvn d n1, cc vhb vvn pix: av p-acp po21 n1. pns11 vmb vvi av dt n1. (25) chapter (DIV2) 981 Image 121
2838 And whē they had this done, they inclosed a great multitude of fisshes: But their nette brake. And when they had this done, they enclosed a great multitude of fishes: But their net brake. cc c-crq pns32 vhd d vdn, pns32 vvd dt j n1 pp-f n2: cc-acp po32 n1 vvd. (25) chapter (DIV2) 981 Image 121
2839 And they beckened vnto their fellowes, which were in the other shippe, that they should come and helpe them: And they beckoned unto their Fellows, which were in the other ship, that they should come and help them: cc pns32 vvd p-acp po32 n2, r-crq vbdr p-acp dt j-jn n1, cst pns32 vmd vvi cc vvi pno32: (25) chapter (DIV2) 981 Image 121
2840 and they came, and filled both the shippes, that they suncke agayne. When Symon Peter sawe this, hee feel downe at Iesus knees, sayinge: and they Come, and filled both the ships, that they sunk again. When Symon Peter saw this, he feel down At Iesus knees, saying: cc pns32 vvd, cc vvd d dt n2, cst pns32 vvd av. c-crq np1 np1 vvd d, pns31 vvb a-acp p-acp np1 n2, vvg: (25) chapter (DIV2) 981 Image 121
2841 Lorde goe from mee, for I am a sinfull man. Lord go from me, for I am a sinful man. n1 vvb p-acp pno11, c-acp pns11 vbm dt j n1. (25) chapter (DIV2) 981 Image 121
2842 For hee was vtterly astonied, and all that were with him, at the draught of fisshes, which they had taken. For he was utterly astonished, and all that were with him, At the draught of fishes, which they had taken. p-acp pns31 vbds av-j vvn, cc d cst vbdr p-acp pno31, p-acp dt n1 pp-f n2, r-crq pns32 vhd vvn. (25) chapter (DIV2) 981 Image 121
2843 And so was also Iames and Iohn the sonnes of Zebedee, which were parteners with Simon. And Iesus said vnto Simon: And so was also James and John the Sons of Zebedee, which were partners with Simon. And Iesus said unto Simon: cc av vbds av np1 cc np1 dt n2 pp-f np1, r-crq vbdr n2 p-acp np1. cc np1 vvd p-acp np1: (25) chapter (DIV2) 981 Image 121
2844 Feare not, from henceforth thou shalt catch men. fear not, from henceforth thou shalt catch men. vvb xx, p-acp av pns21 vm2 vvi n2. (25) chapter (DIV2) 981 Image 121
2845 And when they had brought vp their boates to the shore, they forsooke all, and followed him. And when they had brought up their boats to the shore, they forsook all, and followed him. cc c-crq pns32 vhd vvn a-acp po32 n2 p-acp dt n1, pns32 vvd d, cc vvd pno31. (25) chapter (DIV2) 981 Image 121
2846 And heere againe by the miracle of the takinge of innumberable fisshes, and of the mindes of the disciples sodeinly styrred vp to forsake all and folowe Christ, is per••icuously proued the diuinitie of Christ. And Here again by the miracle of the taking of innumerable fishes, and of the minds of the Disciples suddenly stirred up to forsake all and follow christ, is per••icuously proved the divinity of christ. cc av av p-acp dt n1 pp-f dt vvg pp-f j n2, cc pp-f dt n2 pp-f dt n2 av-j vvd a-acp pc-acp vvi d cc vvi np1, vbz av-j vvn dt n1 pp-f np1. (25) chapter (DIV2) 982 Image 121
2847 Therefore that this narration is of ye kinde didascalick no man can deny? I. Therefore that this narration is of you kind Didascalick no man can deny? I. av cst d n1 vbz pp-f pn22 j j dx n1 vmb vvi? pns11. (25) chapter (DIV2) 982 Image 122
2848 But here in the first place is commended and set forth, the admirable diligence of Christ, But Here in the First place is commended and Set forth, the admirable diligence of christ, p-acp av p-acp dt ord n1 vbz vvn cc vvn av, dt j n1 pp-f np1, (25) chapter (DIV2) 983 Image 122
2849 and his feruensy in teachinge the people, and spreadinge abrode euery where the truth: and agayne the wonderfull desyre of the people in learning of the truth. and his feruensy in teaching the people, and spreading abroad every where the truth: and again the wonderful desire of the people in learning of the truth. cc po31 n1 p-acp vvg dt n1, cc vvg av d c-crq dt n1: cc av dt j n1 pp-f dt n1 p-acp n1 pp-f dt n1. (25) chapter (DIV2) 983 Image 122
2850 Here therfore, not onely they that teach the people in the Churche, but also the hearers themselues, haue, wherwith greatly to be excited, Here Therefore, not only they that teach the people in the Church, but also the hearers themselves, have, wherewith greatly to be excited, av av, xx av-j pns32 cst vvb dt n1 p-acp dt n1, cc-acp av dt n2 px32, vhb, c-crq av-j pc-acp vbi vvd, (25) chapter (DIV2) 984 Image 122
2851 and what to sette before them to imitate and folowe. and what to Set before them to imitate and follow. cc r-crq pc-acp vvi p-acp pno32 pc-acp vvi cc vvi. (25) chapter (DIV2) 984 Image 122
2852 II. After his Sermon ended, Christ commaundeth his disciples to cast forth their nettes, and straightwaye they take an incredible draught of fisshes. II After his Sermon ended, christ commandeth his Disciples to cast forth their nets, and straightway they take an incredible draught of fishes. crd p-acp po31 n1 vvn, np1 vvz po31 n2 pc-acp vvi av po32 n2, cc av pns32 vvb dt j n1 pp-f n2. (25) chapter (DIV2) 985 Image 122
2853 Herevppon we maye gather that, when our chiefe and principall care is to séeke the kingedome of God, Hereupon we may gather that, when our chief and principal care is to seek the Kingdom of God, av pns12 vmb vvi d, c-crq po12 n-jn cc j-jn n1 vbz pc-acp vvi dt n1 pp-f np1, (25) chapter (DIV2) 986 Image 122
2854 and the rightuousnes thereof, and shall not in ye meane time forbeare diligently to performe, that which our callinge and kinde of life doth requyre, and the righteousness thereof, and shall not in you mean time forbear diligently to perform, that which our calling and kind of life does require, cc dt n1 av, cc vmb xx p-acp pn22 vvb n1 vvi av-j pc-acp vvi, cst r-crq po12 vvg cc n1 pp-f n1 vdz vvi, (25) chapter (DIV2) 986 Image 122
2855 then no iote of those things which we stand in néede of for the necessities of our life, shall be wanting vnto vs. III. then no jot of those things which we stand in need of for the necessities of our life, shall be wanting unto us III. av dx n1 pp-f d n2 r-crq pns12 vvb p-acp n1 pp-f p-acp dt n2 pp-f po12 n1, vmb vbi vvg p-acp pno12 np1. (25) chapter (DIV2) 986 Image 122
2856 When a man after the example of Peter• on the one side considereth the greatenes of Gods benefites and power, When a man After the Exampl of Peter• on the one side Considereth the greatness of God's benefits and power, c-crq dt n1 p-acp dt n1 pp-f np1 p-acp dt crd n1 vvz dt n1 pp-f npg1 n2 cc n1, (25) chapter (DIV2) 987 Image 122
2857 and on the other side beholdeth his owne abiecte state and condition, by reason chiefely of his sinnes which come to his remembraunce, and on the other side beholdeth his own abject state and condition, by reason chiefly of his Sins which come to his remembrance, cc p-acp dt j-jn n1 vvz po31 d j n1 cc n1, p-acp n1 av-jn pp-f po31 n2 r-crq vvb p-acp po31 n1, (25) chapter (DIV2) 987 Image 122
2858 so far is it off, ye God would haue him terrified and driuen into dispayre, that he euen willeth him also to hope for better thinges, so Far is it off, you God would have him terrified and driven into despair, that he even wills him also to hope for better things, av av-j vbz pn31 p-acp, pn22 np1 vmd vhi pno31 vvn cc vvn p-acp n1, cst pns31 av-j vvz pno31 av pc-acp vvi p-acp jc n2, (25) chapter (DIV2) 987 Image 122
2859 and increaseth him with newe and more ample benefites. and increases him with new and more ample benefits. cc vvz pno31 p-acp j cc av-dc j n2. (25) chapter (DIV2) 987 Image 122
2860 For in deed the knowledge of our sinnes ought to indure vs, not that we shoulde bée turned from God and fall into desperation, For in deed the knowledge of our Sins ought to endure us, not that we should been turned from God and fallen into desperation, c-acp p-acp n1 dt n1 pp-f po12 n2 vmd pc-acp vvi pno12, xx cst pns12 vmd vbi vvn p-acp np1 cc vvi p-acp n1, (25) chapter (DIV2) 988 Image 122
2861 but that we should hasten vnto God, and longe to be reconsiled vnto him through our mediator Iesus Christ. but that we should hasten unto God, and long to be reconciled unto him through our Mediator Iesus christ. cc-acp cst pns12 vmd vvi p-acp np1, cc av-j pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp pno31 p-acp po12 n1 np1 np1. (25) chapter (DIV2) 988 Image 122
2862 Vaine is repentaunce and sorrowe for sinnes passed, if faith and true consolation doe not followe. IIII. Vain is Repentance and sorrow for Sins passed, if faith and true consolation do not follow. IIII. j vbz n1 cc n1 p-acp n2 vvn, cs n1 cc j n1 vdb xx vvi. crd. (25) chapter (DIV2) 989 Image 122
2863 As they by the worde of Christ were called to the Apostolike office, and quiclye folowed him, As they by the word of christ were called to the Apostolic office, and quiclye followed him, p-acp pns32 p-acp dt n1 pp-f np1 vbdr vvn p-acp dt jp n1, cc av-j vvd pno31, (25) chapter (DIV2) 990 Image 122
2864 so oughte we alwayes to praye vnto God, that whatsoeuer séemeth good vnto him as touching euery one of vs, he would vouhsafe to appointe and giue vs to persist in our callinge, so ought we always to pray unto God, that whatsoever Seemeth good unto him as touching every one of us, he would vouhsafe to appoint and give us to persist in our calling, av vmd pns12 av pc-acp vvi p-acp np1, cst r-crq vvz j p-acp pno31 c-acp vvg d crd pp-f pno12, pns31 vmd vvi pc-acp vvi cc vvi pno12 pc-acp vvi p-acp po12 vvg, (25) chapter (DIV2) 990 Image 122
2865 & to obeye his good will and pleasure in all thinges. Wee are not sufficient of our selues to thinke any thinge, as of our selues, & to obey his good will and pleasure in all things. we Are not sufficient of our selves to think any thing, as of our selves, cc pc-acp vvi po31 j n1 cc n1 p-acp d n2. pns12 vbr xx j pp-f po12 n2 pc-acp vvi d n1, c-acp pp-f po12 n2, (25) chapter (DIV2) 990 Image 122
2866 but if wee bee able to doe any thinge; but if we be able to do any thing; cc-acp cs pns12 vbb j pc-acp vdi d n1; (25) chapter (DIV2) 991 Image 122
2867 2. Cor. 3. it commeth of God, which hath made vs able ministers of the newe testamente. 2. Cor. 3. it comes of God, which hath made us able Ministers of the new Testament. crd np1 crd pn31 vvz pp-f np1, r-crq vhz vvn pno12 j n2 pp-f dt j n1. (25) chapter (DIV2) 991 Image 122
2868 Further, there is no doubt, but that by like reason, men must of necessitie be drawen, Further, there is no doubt, but that by like reason, men must of necessity be drawn, jc, pc-acp vbz dx n1, cc-acp cst p-acp j n1, n2 vmb pp-f n1 vbb vvn, (25) chapter (DIV2) 991 Image 122
2869 and made apte of God to euery kinde of callinge. and made apt of God to every kind of calling. cc vvd j pp-f np1 p-acp d n1 pp-f vvg. (25) chapter (DIV2) 991 Image 122
2870 Let vs take in hande an other example not historycall, out of the epistle to the Romains the sixte Chapter. Let us take in hand an other Exampl not historical, out of the epistle to the Romans the sixte Chapter. vvb pno12 vvi p-acp n1 dt j-jn n1 xx j, av pp-f dt n1 p-acp dt njp2 dt ord n1. (25) chapter (DIV2) 992 Image 122
2871 As many of vs as are baptized into Iesus Christe, are baptized into his death. As many of us as Are baptised into Iesus Christ, Are baptised into his death. p-acp d pp-f pno12 c-acp vbr vvn p-acp np1 np1, vbr vvn p-acp po31 n1. (25) chapter (DIV2) 993 Image 122
2872 Wee are buryed then with him by baptisme into his death, that like as Christ was raised from the dead by the glory of the father, we Are buried then with him by Baptism into his death, that like as christ was raised from the dead by the glory of the father, pns12 vbr vvn av p-acp pno31 p-acp n1 p-acp po31 n1, cst av-j c-acp np1 vbds vvn p-acp dt j p-acp dt n1 pp-f dt n1, (25) chapter (DIV2) 993 Image 122
2873 euen so wee also should walke in newnes of lyfe. For if wee be grafte together in him by the likenes of his death: even so we also should walk in newness of life. For if we be graft together in him by the likeness of his death: av av pns12 av vmd vvi p-acp n1 pp-f n1. p-acp cs pns12 vbb vvn av p-acp pno31 p-acp dt n1 pp-f po31 n1: (25) chapter (DIV2) 993 Image 122
2874 wee shall in like maner be partakers, of the resurrection Knowinge this, that our olde man is crucifyed with him also, that the bodye of sinne might vtterly bee destroyed, that henceforth we should not serue sin. we shall in like manner be partakers, of the resurrection Knowing this, that our old man is Crucified with him also, that the body of sin might utterly be destroyed, that henceforth we should not serve since. pns12 vmb p-acp j n1 vbb n2, pp-f dt n1 vvg d, cst po12 j n1 vbz vvn p-acp pno31 av, cst dt n1 pp-f n1 vmd av-j vbi vvn, cst av pns12 vmd xx vvi n1. (25) chapter (DIV2) 993 Image 122
2875 For he that is deade, is iustified from sinne. For he that is dead, is justified from sin. p-acp pns31 cst vbz j, vbz vvn p-acp n1. (25) chapter (DIV2) 993 Image 122
2876 And if we bee deade with Christ, wee beleeue that wee shall also liue with him: And if we be dead with christ, we believe that we shall also live with him: cc cs pns12 vbb j p-acp np1, pns12 vvb cst pns12 vmb av vvi p-acp pno31: (25) chapter (DIV2) 993 Image 122
2877 knowinge that Christ beynge raysed from the deade, dyeth no more: death hath no more power ouer him. knowing that christ being raised from the dead, Dies no more: death hath no more power over him. vvg cst np1 vbg vvn p-acp dt j, vvz av-dx av-dc: n1 vhz dx dc n1 p-acp pno31. (25) chapter (DIV2) 993 Image 122
2878 For as touchinge that he died, he died concerninge sin once: And as touching that hee liueth, hee liueth vnto god. For as touching that he died, he died Concerning since once: And as touching that he lives, he lives unto god. p-acp c-acp vvg cst pns31 vvd, pns31 vvd vvg n1 a-acp: cc c-acp vvg cst pns31 vvz, pns31 vvz p-acp n1. (25) chapter (DIV2) 993 Image 122
2879 Likewise reken your selues to be deade to sinne, but aliue vnto God thorough Iesus Christ our Lorde. The state is: Likewise reckon your selves to be dead to sin, but alive unto God through Iesus christ our Lord. The state is: av vvb po22 n2 pc-acp vbi j p-acp n1, cc-acp j p-acp np1 p-acp np1 np1 po12 n1. dt n1 vbz: (25) chapter (DIV2) 993 Image 122
2880 That those which are once iustifyed thorough faith and baptized into Christ, ought alwayes after to liue godly and Christianly. That those which Are once justified through faith and baptised into christ, ought always After to live godly and Christianly. cst d r-crq vbr a-acp vvn p-acp n1 cc vvn p-acp np1, vmd av c-acp pc-acp vvi j cc av-jp. (25) chapter (DIV2) 994 Image 122
2881 Which thinge the apostle also els where very often and with pithy reasons auoucheth. This readinge therefore is ascribed to the kinde didascalick. I. Which thing the apostle also Else where very often and with pithy Reasons avoucheth. This reading Therefore is ascribed to the kind Didascalick. I. r-crq n1 dt n1 av av c-crq av av cc p-acp j n2 vvz. np1 vvg av vbz vvn p-acp dt j j. pns11. (25) chapter (DIV2) 994 Image 122
2882 Here before all things is commended vnto vs baptisme, as beinge instituted of Christ our Lord, Here before all things is commended unto us Baptism, as being instituted of christ our Lord, av p-acp d n2 vbz vvn p-acp pno12 n1, c-acp vbg vvn pp-f np1 po12 n1, (25) chapter (DIV2) 995 Image 122
2883 & takinge effectes of his most pretious bloude and death, and as that which is necessary to all beleuers, & taking effects of his most precious blood and death, and as that which is necessary to all believers, cc vvg n2 pp-f po31 av-ds j n1 cc n1, cc c-acp d r-crq vbz j p-acp d n2, (25) chapter (DIV2) 995 Image 123
2884 forasmuch as by it they are engraffed into the Churche of God, and by reason of it are named Christians. forasmuch as by it they Are engrafted into the Church of God, and by reason of it Are nam Christians. av c-acp p-acp pn31 pns32 vbr vvn p-acp dt n1 pp-f np1, cc p-acp n1 pp-f pn31 vbr vvn np1. (25) chapter (DIV2) 995 Image 123
2885 II. The effectes of baptisme ough• exactely to be obserued, especially that by baptisme we are made pertakers of the death of Christ, II The effects of Baptism ough• exactly to be observed, especially that by Baptism we Are made partakers of the death of christ, crd dt n2 pp-f n1 n1 av-j pc-acp vbi vvn, av-j cst p-acp n1 pns12 vbr vvn n2 pp-f dt n1 pp-f np1, (25) chapter (DIV2) 996 Image 123
2886 and of all the benefites deriued therefrom to the beléeuers: of which sorte are remission of sinnes passed, lyfe, euerlasting saluation &c. and of all the benefits derived therefrom to the believers: of which sort Are remission of Sins passed, life, everlasting salvation etc. cc pp-f d dt n2 vvn av p-acp dt n2: pp-f r-crq n1 vbr n1 pp-f n2 vvn, n1, j n1 av (25) chapter (DIV2) 996 Image 123
2887 Moreouer that it behoueth all those that are baptized, to dye vnto sinne, and liue only vnto rightuousnes. For thus the Apostle reasoneth: Moreover that it behooves all those that Are baptised, to die unto sin, and live only unto righteousness. For thus the Apostle reasoneth: av cst pn31 vvz d d cst vbr vvn, pc-acp vvi p-acp n1, cc vvi av-j p-acp n1. p-acp av dt n1 vvz: (25) chapter (DIV2) 997 Image 123
2888 All we which are baptized, are made pertakers of the death of Christ. But Christ dying, dyed vnto sinne. All we which Are baptised, Are made partakers of the death of christ. But christ dying, died unto sin. d pns12 r-crq vbr vvn, vbr vvn n2 pp-f dt n1 pp-f np1. p-acp np1 vvg, vvd p-acp n1. (25) chapter (DIV2) 997 Image 123
2889 Therefore are we also by baptisme deade vnto sinne. Therefore Are we also by Baptism dead unto sin. av vbr pns12 av p-acp n1 j p-acp n1. (25) chapter (DIV2) 997 Image 123
2890 And if we be deads vnto sin, it were very conuenient for vs to couet to liue againe therevnto. And if we be deads unto since, it were very convenient for us to covet to live again thereunto. cc cs pns12 vbb n2-j p-acp n1, pn31 vbdr av j p-acp pno12 pc-acp vvi pc-acp vvi av av. (25) chapter (DIV2) 997 Image 123
2891 And certes it is true that, we in baptisme do dye vnto sinne, and sinne dyeth vnto vs: And certes it is true that, we in Baptism do die unto sin, and sin Dies unto us: cc av pn31 vbz j cst, pns12 p-acp n1 vdb vvi p-acp n1, cc n1 vvz p-acp pno12: (25) chapter (DIV2) 997 Image 123
2892 forasmuche as in baptisme all our sinnes are washed awaye, and the holy Ghost is giuen vnto vs, by whom bothe the force of sinne and concupiscence is restrained, forasmuch as in Baptism all our Sins Are washed away, and the holy Ghost is given unto us, by whom both the force of sin and concupiscence is restrained, av c-acp p-acp n1 d po12 n2 vbr vvn av, cc dt j n1 vbz vvn p-acp pno12, p-acp ro-crq d dt n1 pp-f n1 cc n1 vbz vvn, (25) chapter (DIV2) 997 Image 123
2893 and repressed, and we not onely are induced to well dooing, but also are vehemently holpen forward. and repressed, and we not only Are induced to well doing, but also Are vehemently helped forward. cc vvn, cc pns12 xx av-j vbr vvn p-acp av vdg, cc-acp av vbr av-j vvn av-j. (25) chapter (DIV2) 997 Image 123
2894 For this cause also all, afore they be baptized, doe openly before ye church of God, forsake the world, For this cause also all, afore they be baptised, do openly before you Church of God, forsake the world, p-acp d n1 av av-d, a-acp pns32 vbb vvn, vdb av-j p-acp pn22 n1 pp-f np1, vvb dt n1, (25) chapter (DIV2) 998 Image 123
2895 and ye diuel that brought sinne into the worlde, to the intent they might therby declare, that they will hereafter haue no maner of thinge to doe with them, and you Devil that brought sin into the world, to the intent they might thereby declare, that they will hereafter have no manner of thing to do with them, cc pn22 n1 cst vvd n1 p-acp dt n1, p-acp dt n1 pns32 vmd av vvi, cst pns32 vmb av vhi dx n1 pp-f n1 pc-acp vdi p-acp pno32, (25) chapter (DIV2) 998 Image 123
2896 but will institute a newe and holy kinde of life. III. but will institute a new and holy kind of life. III. cc-acp vmb vvi dt j cc j n1 pp-f n1. np1. (25) chapter (DIV2) 998 Image 123
2897 they that are once babtized into Christ ought highly to estéeme all thinges, that are put forth as touchinge Christ, they that Are once babtized into christ ought highly to esteem all things, that Are put forth as touching christ, pns32 cst vbr a-acp vvn p-acp np1 vmd av-j pc-acp vvi d n2, cst vbr vvn av p-acp vvg np1, (25) chapter (DIV2) 999 Image 123
2898 forasmuch as Christ is giuen vnto vs not onely to paye the price of our redemption out of the power of the diuell, forasmuch as christ is given unto us not only to pay the price of our redemption out of the power of the Devil, av c-acp np1 vbz vvn p-acp pno12 xx j pc-acp vvi dt n1 pp-f po12 n1 av pp-f dt n1 pp-f dt n1, (25) chapter (DIV2) 999 Image 123
2899 and also to be an example, and whom wée should with al our endeuoure imitate and folowe, in those thinges specially which may be conuenient for vs. Hitherto perteyne the two reasons, whereby the Apostle plainly proueth, that we, and also to be an Exampl, and whom we should with all our endeavour imitate and follow, in those things specially which may be convenient for us Hitherto pertain the two Reasons, whereby the Apostle plainly Proves, that we, cc av pc-acp vbi dt n1, cc r-crq pns12 vmd p-acp d po12 n1 vvi cc vvi, p-acp d n2 av-j r-crq vmb vbi j p-acp pno12 av vvb dt crd n2, c-crq dt n1 av-j vvz, cst pns12, (25) chapter (DIV2) 999 Image 123
2900 for that we are baptized, ought to be dead vnto sinne. The one is taken of the effect and finall cause of the death of Christ. for that we Are baptised, ought to be dead unto sin. The one is taken of the Effect and final cause of the death of christ. c-acp cst pns12 vbr vvn, pi pc-acp vbi j p-acp n1. dt pi vbz vvn pp-f dt n1 cc j n1 pp-f dt n1 pp-f np1. (25) chapter (DIV2) 999 Image 123
2901 You knowe (saith he) that this is the proper effect and ende of Christes death, that sinne is abolished, You know (Says he) that this is the proper Effect and end of Christ's death, that sin is abolished, pn22 vvb (vvz pns31) cst d vbz dt j n1 cc n1 pp-f npg1 n1, cst n1 vbz vvn, (25) chapter (DIV2) 999 Image 123
2902 & that to thintent we should not serue it any more. & that to intent we should not serve it any more. cc cst p-acp n1 pns12 vmd xx vvi pn31 av-d av-dc. (25) chapter (DIV2) 999 Image 123
2903 But this effect of Christes death he séemeth to despise, whosoeuer after remission of sinnes once receiued, wyll returne againe vnto sinne. But this Effect of Christ's death he Seemeth to despise, whosoever After remission of Sins once received, will return again unto sin. p-acp d n1 pp-f npg1 n1 pns31 vvz pc-acp vvi, r-crq p-acp n1 pp-f n2 a-acp vvn, vmb vvi av p-acp n1. (25) chapter (DIV2) 1000 Image 123
2904 Wherefore it is necessary• that we remayne styll dead vnto sinne. Wherefore it is necessary• that we remain still dead unto sin. c-crq pn31 vbz n1 cst pns12 vvb av j p-acp n1. (25) chapter (DIV2) 1000 Image 123
2905 The other reason is deriued of a similitude, as touchinge ciuill seruitude, which by the comminge of death taketh an ende. The other reason is derived of a similitude, as touching civil servitude, which by the coming of death Takes an end. dt j-jn n1 vbz vvn pp-f dt n1, c-acp vvg j n1, r-crq p-acp dt n-vvg pp-f n1 vvz dt n1. (25) chapter (DIV2) 1000 Image 123
2906 As he that ciuilly is a bondeman, so soone as he dyeth, is deliuered from his power to whome hée was bounde: As he that civilly is a bondman, so soon as he Dies, is Delivered from his power to whom he was bound: c-acp pns31 cst av-j vbz dt n1, av av c-acp pns31 vvz, vbz vvn p-acp po31 n1 p-acp ro-crq pns31 vbds vvn: (25) chapter (DIV2) 1001 Image 123
2907 Euen so we which were the bondeslaues of sinne, séeinge in baptisme we dye once with Christ, ought by no meanes to serue sinne any more. Even so we which were the bondeslaues of sin, seeing in Baptism we die once with christ, ought by no means to serve sin any more. av av pns12 r-crq vbdr dt n2 pp-f n1, vvg p-acp n1 pns12 vvb a-acp p-acp np1, vmd p-acp dx n2 pc-acp vvi n1 d dc. (25) chapter (DIV2) 1001 Image 123
2908 Here therefore is set forth vnto vs the example of Christ himselfe, whom both in dyinge once vnto sinne and liuinge againe vnto roghtuousenes, we ought to imitate and folowe. Here Therefore is Set forth unto us the Exampl of christ himself, whom both in dying once unto sin and living again unto roghtuousenes, we ought to imitate and follow. av av vbz vvn av p-acp pno12 dt n1 pp-f np1 px31, ro-crq av-d p-acp vvg a-acp p-acp n1 cc vvg av p-acp n1, pns12 vmd pc-acp vvi cc vvi. (25) chapter (DIV2) 1002 Image 123
2909 By this dilygent imitation we shall both be called and be in very deade perfect Christians. By this diligent imitation we shall both be called and be in very dead perfect Christians. p-acp d j n1 pns12 vmb d vbi vvn cc vbi p-acp av j j np1. (25) chapter (DIV2) 1002 Image 123
2910 These examples thus to haue propounded be it sufficient. These Examples thus to have propounded be it sufficient. np1 n2 av pc-acp vhi vvn vbi pn31 j. (25) chapter (DIV2) 1002 Image 123
2911 Further amongest the auncient writers of homilies very many thinges & the same also right learned may of euery man be noted. Further amongst the ancient writers of homilies very many things & the same also right learned may of every man be noted. jc p-acp dt j-jn n2 pp-f n2 av d n2 cc dt d av av-jn vvn vmb pp-f d n1 vbi vvn. (25) chapter (DIV2) 1003 Image 123
2912 Chrisostom deuided his homily. 60. vppon Mathewe, entreating vppon those wordes of the. Chrysostom divided his homily. 60. upon Matthew, entreating upon those words of thee. np1 vvd po31 n1. crd p-acp np1, vvg p-acp d n2 pp-f pno32. (25) chapter (DIV2) 1004 Image 123
2913 18. chapter, woe be vnto the worlde, bycause of offences, it must needes be that offences come, &c. Into two partes: 18. chapter, woe be unto the world, Because of offences, it must needs be that offences come, etc. Into two parts: crd n1, n1 vbb p-acp dt n1, c-acp pp-f n2, pn31 vmb av vbi d n2 vvb, av p-acp crd n2: (25) chapter (DIV2) 1004 Image 123
2914 whereof in ye former he argueth very grauely (certes) and yet popularly and with great cunning, whereof in you former he argue very gravely (certes) and yet popularly and with great cunning, c-crq p-acp pn22 j pns31 vvz av av-j (av) cc av av-j cc p-acp j n-jn, (25) chapter (DIV2) 1004 Image 123
2915 as touchinge the cause of sinne: in the later by reason of those wordes: Take heede that ye despise not one of these litell ones: as touching the cause of sin: in the later by reason of those words: Take heed that you despise not one of these little ones: c-acp vvg dt n1 pp-f n1: p-acp dt jc p-acp n1 pp-f d n2: vvb n1 cst pn22 vvb xx pi pp-f d j pi2: (25) chapter (DIV2) 1004 Image 123
2916 he entreateth of the not contemning of our bretheren: he entreateth of the not contemning of our brethren: pns31 vvz pp-f dt xx vvg pp-f po12 n2: (25) chapter (DIV2) 1004 Image 123
2917 whence at ye length he slippeth to a place, as concerninge the care that parentes oughte to haue, whence At you length he slippeth to a place, as Concerning the care that Parents ought to have, c-crq p-acp pn22 n1 pns31 vvz p-acp dt n1, c-acp vvg dt n1 cst n2 vmd pc-acp vhi, (25) chapter (DIV2) 1004 Image 124
2918 least their children be idely and filthily brought vp. lest their children be idly and filthily brought up. cs po32 n2 vbb av-j cc av-j vvn a-acp. (25) chapter (DIV2) 1004 Image 124
2919 The same in his homilie 62. declaring out of the sayd Chapter of Mathewe, the parable of the man yt was a kinge which would take accountes of his seruauntes, chooseth these pomtes most chiefely to discusse at large: The same in his homily 62. declaring out of the said Chapter of Matthew, the parable of the man that was a King which would take accounts of his Servants, chooses these pomtes most chiefly to discuss At large: dt d p-acp po31 n1 crd vvg av pp-f dt j-vvn n1 pp-f np1, dt n1 pp-f dt n1 pn31 vbds dt n1 r-crq vmd vvi n2 pp-f po31 n2, vvz d n2 av-ds av-jn pc-acp vvi p-acp j: (25) chapter (DIV2) 1004 Image 124
2920 first, that sinnes are not alike: Seconde, where as wée, which offende against God deseruinge most excellently well at our handes, First, that Sins Are not alike: Seconde, where as we, which offend against God deserving most excellently well At our hands, ord, cst n2 vbr xx av: ord, c-crq c-acp pns12, r-crq vvb p-acp np1 vvg av-ds av-j av p-acp po12 n2, (25) chapter (DIV2) 1004 Image 124
2921 and against men, do couet notwithstanding to haue all our offences forgiuen vs: and against men, do covet notwithstanding to have all our offences forgiven us: cc p-acp n2, vdb vvi a-acp pc-acp vhi d po12 n2 vvn pno12: (25) chapter (DIV2) 1004 Image 124
2922 that it is very good reason, why we should in like maner forbeare others, that haue by any meanes hurt or endammaged vs: that it is very good reason, why we should in like manner forbear Others, that have by any means hurt or endamaged us: cst pn31 vbz av j n1, c-crq pns12 vmd p-acp j n1 vvi n2-jn, cst vhb p-acp d n2 vvn cc vvn pno12: (25) chapter (DIV2) 1004 Image 124
2923 Third, that it is better to suffer wrong whereby an other mollesteth thée, then to offer or inferre iniury to an other. Third, that it is better to suffer wrong whereby an other mollesteth thee, then to offer or infer injury to an other. ord, cst pn31 vbz jc pc-acp vvi n-jn c-crq dt n-jn vvz pno21, cs pc-acp vvi cc vvi n1 p-acp dt n-jn. (25) chapter (DIV2) 1004 Image 124
2924 But in these dayes specially thou shalt sé all the most notable preachers for the most part, to deuide their Sermons which they haue vnto the people, into thrée or fower chapters, partes, or common places. But in these days specially thou shalt sé all the most notable Preachers for the most part, to divide their Sermons which they have unto the people, into thrée or fower Chapters, parts, or Common places. p-acp p-acp d n2 av-j pns21 vm2 fw-fr d dt av-ds j n2 p-acp dt av-ds n1, pc-acp vvi po32 n2 r-crq pns32 vhb p-acp dt n1, p-acp crd cc crd n2, n2, cc j n2. (25) chapter (DIV2) 1004 Image 124
2925 I suppose therfore that those whom we haue taken in hand to instruct, can not iustly complaine, that they want any excelent authors, whose counsayles and steppes they may followe. I suppose Therefore that those whom we have taken in hand to instruct, can not justly complain, that they want any excellent Authors, whose Counsels and steps they may follow. pns11 vvb av cst d ro-crq pns12 vhb vvn p-acp n1 pc-acp vvi, vmb xx av-j vvi, cst pns32 vvb d j n2, rg-crq n2 cc n2 pns32 vmb vvi. (25) chapter (DIV2) 1005 Image 124
2926 But to procéede, the partes, after they be in this sorte once noted and disposed, they are accustomed ofte times to explane more at large, But to proceed, the parts, After they be in this sort once noted and disposed, they Are accustomed oft times to explain more At large, p-acp pc-acp vvi, dt n2, c-acp pns32 vbb p-acp d n1 a-acp vvn cc vvn, pns32 vbr vvn av n2 pc-acp vvi av-dc p-acp j, (25) chapter (DIV2) 1006 Image 124
2927 namely by inferringe as well proofes and sentences, as also apte historyes out of the store house of the holy Scriptures: namely by inferring as well proofs and sentences, as also apt histories out of the store house of the holy Scriptures: av p-acp vvg a-acp av n2 cc n2, c-acp av j n2 av pp-f dt n1 n1 pp-f dt j n2: (25) chapter (DIV2) 1006 Image 124
2928 Moreouer, by applying similitudes, comparisons, and whatsoeuer els is of that kinde profitable to teach, illustrat, & moue: Moreover, by applying Similitudes, comparisons, and whatsoever Else is of that kind profitable to teach, illustrate, & move: av, p-acp vvg n2, n2, cc r-crq av vbz pp-f d j j pc-acp vvi, vvb, cc vvi: (25) chapter (DIV2) 1006 Image 124
2929 all which things (so far forth as may bee) they adioyne to the vnderstandinge of the hearers and to the present state of thinges. all which things (so Far forth as may be) they adjoin to the understanding of the hearers and to the present state of things. d r-crq n2 (av av-j av c-acp vmb vbi) pns32 vvi p-acp dt n1 pp-f dt n2 cc p-acp dt j n1 pp-f n2. (25) chapter (DIV2) 1006 Image 124
2930 As touchinge which diligence and industry somwhat we haue saide in our former booke, what time we noted some thinges in generall of confyrmation. As touching which diligence and industry somewhat we have said in our former book, what time we noted Some things in general of confirmation. p-acp vvg r-crq n1 cc n1 av pns12 vhb vvd p-acp po12 j n1, r-crq n1 pns12 vvd d n2 p-acp n1 pp-f n1. (25) chapter (DIV2) 1006 Image 124
2931 Herevpon it commeth to passe that they déme this order of treatinge, to bee easie, Hereupon it comes to pass that they déme this order of treating, to be easy, av pn31 vvz pc-acp vvi cst pns32 vvd d n1 pp-f vvg, pc-acp vbi j, (25) chapter (DIV2) 1007 Image 124
2932 and of no great laboure, and like as to them that teach, so also to the hearers, whō it is best not to bee ouerated with ouer many places or partes, very apte and accommodate. and of no great labour, and like as to them that teach, so also to the hearers, whom it is best not to be ouerated with over many places or parts, very apt and accommodate. cc pp-f dx j n1, cc av-j c-acp p-acp pno32 cst vvb, av av p-acp dt n2, ro-crq pn31 vbz av-j xx pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp p-acp d n2 cc n2, av j cc vvi. (25) chapter (DIV2) 1007 Image 124
2933 That somtimes the whole sacred readinge is with all the partes thereof to bee directed to the explication of one common place. Cap. V. IT happeneth somtimes that a sacred readinge is offered, so subsistinge and linked together in partes, that euery one may in order of discourse be aptely referred, to one and the same common place. That sometimes the Whole sacred reading is with all the parts thereof to be directed to the explication of one Common place. Cap. V. IT Happeneth sometimes that a sacred reading is offered, so subsistinge and linked together in parts, that every one may in order of discourse be aptly referred, to one and the same Common place. cst av dt j-jn j vvg vbz p-acp d dt n2 av pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp dt n1 pp-f crd j n1. np1 np1 pn31 vvz av cst dt j vvg vbz vvn, av vvg cc vvn av p-acp n2, cst d pi vmb p-acp n1 pp-f n1 vbb av-j vvn, p-acp crd cc dt d j n1. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1007 Image 124
2934 By cōmon place I here vnderstand the state it selfe, and the certaine preposition which is summarily excerpted out of the whole readinge, By Common place I Here understand the state it self, and the certain preposition which is summarily excerpted out of the Whole reading, p-acp j n1 pns11 av vvi dt n1 pn31 n1, cc dt j n1 r-crq vbz av-j vvn av pp-f dt j-jn vvg, (26) chapter (DIV2) 1008 Image 124
2935 and may profitably be prefixed, to the intent a further entreatye may be made therof. and may profitably be prefixed, to the intent a further entreaty may be made thereof. cc vmb av-j vbi vvn, p-acp dt n1 dt jc n1 vmb vbi vvn av. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1008 Image 124
2936 Howbeit he that coueteth to finde out this same state, hath néede inespecially to bestowe some time in readinge & reuoluinge the sacred lesson, Howbeit he that covets to find out this same state, hath need inespecially to bestow Some time in reading & revolving the sacred Lesson, a-acp pns31 cst vvz pc-acp vvi av d d n1, vhz n1 av-j pc-acp vvi d n1 p-acp vvg cc vvg dt j n1, (26) chapter (DIV2) 1008 Image 124
2937 and to serch diligently, with rype iudgemente, whither and to what ende it wholly tendeth. and to search diligently, with ripe judgement, whither and to what end it wholly tendeth. cc pc-acp vvi av-j, p-acp j n1, c-crq cc p-acp r-crq n1 pn31 av-jn vvz. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1008 Image 124
2938 For take this by the waye, let no man thinke that he can by interpretation apply the whole readinge to one common place, For take this by the Way, let no man think that he can by Interpretation apply the Whole reading to one Common place, p-acp vvi d p-acp dt n1, vvb dx n1 vvi cst pns31 vmb p-acp n1 vvi dt j-jn vvg p-acp crd j n1, (26) chapter (DIV2) 1008 Image 124
2939 excepte the very partes thereof be by a certaine propinquitie and consent ioyned together after a sorte betwene themselues. except the very parts thereof be by a certain propinquity and consent joined together After a sort between themselves. c-acp dt j n2 av vbb p-acp dt j n1 cc n1 vvd av p-acp dt n1 p-acp px32. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1008 Image 124
2940 Wherefore the profitablest waye is, by glidinge eftesoones thorough all the partes, to looke, whether thou maist in them obserue any certain order and progression of causes, effectes, contingents, connexes, adiacents, and such like places howsoeuer allied one with an other. Wherefore the profitablest Way is, by gliding eftesoones through all the parts, to look, whither thou Mayest in them observe any certain order and progression of Causes, effects, contingents, connexes, adiacents, and such like places howsoever allied one with an other. c-crq dt js n1 vbz, p-acp vvg av p-acp d dt n2, pc-acp vvi, cs pns21 vm2 p-acp pno32 vvi d j n1 cc n1 pp-f n2, n2, n2, n2, n2, cc d j n2 c-acp vvn crd p-acp dt n-jn. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1009 Image 124
2941 Where if thou findest such an order in déede, then maye the whole order of partes bee easily deduced to one certaine common place. Where if thou Findest such an order in deed, then may the Whole order of parts be Easily deduced to one certain Common place. c-crq cs pns21 vv2 d dt n1 p-acp n1, av vmb dt j-jn n1 pp-f n2 vbb av-j vvn p-acp crd j j n1. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1010 Image 124
2942 Howbeit this maner of interpretinge is scarcely vsed any other where, then in historycall narrations. Howbeit this manner of interpreting is scarcely used any other where, then in historical narrations. a-acp d n1 pp-f n-vvg vbz av-j vvn d n-jn c-crq, cs p-acp j n2. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1010 Image 124
2943 For where any thinge is simpely affirmed, and manye argumentes prouinge the same thinge bee in a didascalick method orderly digested, there no man shall deuise to excogitate any strange thinge, For where any thing is simpely affirmed, and many Arguments proving the same thing be in a Didascalick method orderly digested, there no man shall devise to excogitate any strange thing, p-acp c-crq d n1 vbz av-j vvn, cc d n2 vvg dt d n1 vbi p-acp dt j n1 av-j vvn, a-acp dx n1 vmb vvi pc-acp vvi d j n1, (26) chapter (DIV2) 1011 Image 125
2944 neither induce any thing discordinge from the same. neither induce any thing discordinge from the same. av-dx vvi d n1 vvg p-acp dt d. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1011 Image 125
2945 In the first to the Corenthes cap. 15. is proued and established with most learned and weighty argumentes the chiefest principle of Christian religion, In the First to the Corenthes cap. 15. is proved and established with most learned and weighty Arguments the chiefest principle of Christian Religion, p-acp dt ord p-acp dt np1 n1. crd vbz vvn cc vvn p-acp ds j cc j n2 dt js-jn n1 pp-f njp n1, (26) chapter (DIV2) 1012 Image 125
2946 namely touhinge the resurrection of the dead: namely touhinge the resurrection of the dead: av vvg dt n1 pp-f dt j: (26) chapter (DIV2) 1012 Image 125
2947 I praye theée therefore, were it a pointe of wisdome, either to serche out other argumentes as more fytte for the purpose, I pray thee Therefore, were it a point of Wisdom, either to search out other Arguments as more fit for the purpose, pns11 vvb pno21 av, vbdr pn31 dt n1 pp-f n1, av-d pc-acp vvi av j-jn n2 a-acp av-dc j p-acp dt n1, (26) chapter (DIV2) 1012 Image 125
2948 or otherwise to interprete the selfe same, then the simple and plaine sence of the wordes requireth? Him that shoulde goe aboute to attempt this thinge all men vndoubtedly would accounte to be madd. or otherwise to interpret the self same, then the simple and plain sense of the words requires? Him that should go about to attempt this thing all men undoubtedly would account to be mad. cc av pc-acp vvi dt n1 d, cs dt j cc j n1 pp-f dt n2 vvz? pno31 cst vmd vvi p-acp pc-acp vvi d n1 d n2 av-j vmd vvi pc-acp vbi j. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1012 Image 125
2949 Therefore it shall bée best for vs to tarye and abide still in historycall narrations. Therefore it shall been best for us to tarry and abide still in historical narrations. av pn31 vmb vbi av-js p-acp pno12 pc-acp vvi cc vvi av p-acp j n2. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1013 Image 125
2950 An example of an entier history as touchinge one common place explayned in the kinde didascalick, amongest other very excellent and fytte, occurreth in the epistle to ye Hebrues cap. 7. where whatsoeuer is read in the olde Testamente of Melchisedick, we may sée very aptely expounded to declare Iesus Christ to be the onely high and euerlastinge Bishop of gods Church. an Exampl of an entire history as touching one Common place explained in the kind Didascalick, amongst other very excellent and fit, occurreth in the epistle to you Hebrews cap. 7. where whatsoever is read in the old Testament of Melchisedek, we may see very aptly expounded to declare Iesus christ to be the only high and everlasting Bishop of God's Church. dt n1 pp-f dt j n1 p-acp vvg crd j n1 vvn p-acp dt j j, p-acp n-jn av j cc j, vvz p-acp dt n1 p-acp pn22 njp2 n1. crd c-crq q-crq vbz vvn p-acp dt j n1 pp-f np1, pns12 vmb vvi av av-j vvn pc-acp vvi np1 np1 pc-acp vbi dt j j cc j n1 pp-f ng1 n1. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1014 Image 125
2951 And least we should any longer deteine the reader, wée will euen forthwith make a proofe of the mater. And lest we should any longer detain the reader, we will even forthwith make a proof of the mater. cc cs pns12 vmd av-d av-jc vvi dt n1, pns12 vmb av av vvi dt n1 pp-f dt fw-la. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1014 Image 125
2952 There is extante Luke 24. a very proper narration of the twoo disciples gooinge to Emaus. There is extant Lycia 24. a very proper narration of the twoo Disciples going to Emaus. pc-acp vbz j av crd dt j j n1 pp-f dt crd n2 vvg p-acp np1. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1015 Image 125
2953 Two of the disciples of Iesus went that same daye to a towne which was from Hierusalem about threescore furlonges, called Emaus. Two of the Disciples of Iesus went that same day to a town which was from Jerusalem about threescore furlongs, called Emaus. crd pp-f dt n2 pp-f np1 vvd cst d n1 p-acp dt n1 r-crq vbds p-acp np1 p-acp crd n2, vvn np1. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1016 Image 125
2954 And they talked together of all these thinges that were done. And they talked together of all these things that were done. cc pns32 vvd av pp-f d d n2 cst vbdr vdn. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1016 Image 125
2955 And it came to passe, as they communed together, and reasoned, that Iesus himselfe drewe nere, and wente with them. And it Come to pass, as they communed together, and reasoned, that Iesus himself drew never, and went with them. cc pn31 vvd pc-acp vvi, c-acp pns32 vvd av, cc vvn, cst np1 px31 vvd av-j, cc vvd p-acp pno32. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1016 Image 125
2956 But their eyes were holden, that they coulde not knowe him. And he sayde vnto them: But their eyes were held, that they could not know him. And he said unto them: p-acp po32 n2 vbdr vvn, cst pns32 vmd xx vvi pno31. cc pns31 vvd p-acp pno32: (26) chapter (DIV2) 1016 Image 125
2957 What maner of cōmunications are these that ye haue one to an other, as yee walke, and are sadde? What manner of communications Are these that you have one to an other, as ye walk, and Are sad? q-crq n1 pp-f n2 vbr d cst pn22 vhb pi p-acp dt n-jn, c-acp pn22 vvb, cc vbr j? (26) chapter (DIV2) 1016 Image 125
2958 And the one (named Cleopas) answered and said vnto him: And the one (nam Cleopas) answered and said unto him: cc dt crd (vvd np1) vvd cc vvd p-acp pno31: (26) chapter (DIV2) 1017 Image 125
2959 Arte thou onely a straunger in Hierusalem, and hast not knowen the thinges that are come to passe there in these dayes? And he sayd vnto them: Art thou only a stranger in Jerusalem, and hast not known the things that Are come to pass there in these days? And he said unto them: vb2r pns21 av-j dt n1 p-acp np1, cc vvb xx vvn dt n2 cst vbr vvn pc-acp vvi a-acp p-acp d n2? cc pns31 vvd p-acp pno32: (26) chapter (DIV2) 1017 Image 125
2960 what thinges? And they saide vnto him: what things? And they said unto him: r-crq n2? cc pns32 vvd p-acp pno31: (26) chapter (DIV2) 1017 Image 125
2961 of Iesus of Nazareth, which was a prophet, mightie in deede & in word before God, and all the people. of Iesus of Nazareth, which was a Prophet, mighty in deed & in word before God, and all the people. pp-f np1 pp-f np1, r-crq vbds dt n1, j p-acp n1 cc p-acp n1 p-acp np1, cc d dt n1. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1017 Image 125
2962 And how the high priestes, and our rulers deliuered him to be condemned to death, & haue crucified him. And how the high Priests, and our Rulers Delivered him to be condemned to death, & have Crucified him. cc c-crq dt j n2, cc po12 n2 vvd pno31 pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp n1, cc vhb vvn pno31. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1017 Image 125
2963 But we trusted that it had bene he which should haue redeemed Israel: But we trusted that it had be he which should have redeemed Israel: cc-acp pns12 vvd cst pn31 vhd vbn pns31 r-crq vmd vhi vvn np1: (26) chapter (DIV2) 1017 Image 125
2964 and as touching all these thinges, to daye is the third day, that they were done. and as touching all these things, to day is the third day, that they were done. cc c-acp vvg d d n2, p-acp n1 vbz dt ord n1, cst pns32 vbdr vdn. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1017 Image 125
2965 Yea and certaine women among vs made vs astonied, which came earely to the sepulchre, Yea and certain women among us made us astonished, which Come early to the Sepulchre, uh cc j n2 p-acp pno12 vvn pno12 vvn, r-crq vvd av-j p-acp dt n1, (26) chapter (DIV2) 1017 Image 125
2966 and when they found not his body, they came saying, that they had also seene a vision of angels, whiche saide that he was aliue. and when they found not his body, they Come saying, that they had also seen a vision of Angels, which said that he was alive. cc c-crq pns32 vvd xx po31 n1, pns32 vvd vvg, cst pns32 vhd av vvn dt n1 pp-f n2, r-crq vvd cst pns31 vbds j. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1017 Image 125
2967 Therfore certaine of them which were with vs, went to the sepulchre, and founde it euen so as the women had said, but him they sawe not. Then he saide vnto them: Therefore certain of them which were with us, went to the Sepulchre, and found it even so as the women had said, but him they saw not. Then he said unto them: av j pp-f pno32 r-crq vbdr p-acp pno12, vvd p-acp dt n1, cc vvd pn31 av av c-acp dt n2 vhd vvn, cc-acp pno31 pns32 vvd xx. cs pns31 vvd p-acp pno32: (26) chapter (DIV2) 1017 Image 125
2968 O fooles and slow of harte to beleeue al that the Prophets haue spoken. Oh Fools and slow of heart to believe all that the prophets have spoken. uh n2 cc j pp-f n1 pc-acp vvi d cst dt n2 vhb vvn. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1017 Image 125
2969 Oughte not Christe to haue suffered these thinges, and to enter into his glorye? And he began at Moyses, Ought not Christ to have suffered these things, and to enter into his glory? And he began At Moses, vmd xx np1 pc-acp vhi vvn d n2, cc pc-acp vvi p-acp po31 n1? cc pns31 vvd p-acp np1, (26) chapter (DIV2) 1017 Image 125
2970 and at all the prophetes, and interpretd vnto them in all the scriptures, the thinges which were writen of him. and At all the Prophets, and interpretd unto them in all the Scriptures, the things which were written of him. cc p-acp d dt n2, cc vvd p-acp pno32 p-acp d dt n2, dt n2 r-crq vbdr vvn pp-f pno31. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1017 Image 125
2971 And they drewe neere to the towne, which they went vnto, but he made as though hee woulde haue gone further. But they constrained him, saying: And they drew near to the town, which they went unto, but he made as though he would have gone further. But they constrained him, saying: cc pns32 vvd av-j p-acp dt n1, r-crq pns32 vvd p-acp, cc-acp pns31 vvd c-acp cs pns31 vmd vhi vvn jc. p-acp pns32 vvn pno31, vvg: (26) chapter (DIV2) 1017 Image 125
2972 Abide with vs, for it draweth towards night, and the day is farre spent. And so he went in to tary with them. Abide with us, for it draws towards night, and the day is Far spent. And so he went in to tarry with them. vvb p-acp pno12, c-acp pn31 vvz p-acp n1, cc dt n1 vbz av-j vvn. cc av pns31 vvd p-acp pc-acp vvi p-acp pno32. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1017 Image 125
2973 And it came to passe, as he sate at the table with them, he tooke breade and gaue thankes, And it Come to pass, as he sat At the table with them, he took bread and gave thanks, cc pn31 vvd pc-acp vvi, c-acp pns31 vvd p-acp dt n1 p-acp pno32, pns31 vvd n1 cc vvd n2, (26) chapter (DIV2) 1017 Image 125
2974 and brake it, and gaue it vnto them. Then their eyes were opened, & they knewe him: and brake it, and gave it unto them. Then their eyes were opened, & they knew him: cc vvd pn31, cc vvd pn31 p-acp pno32. av po32 n2 vbdr vvn, cc pns32 vvd pno31: (26) chapter (DIV2) 1017 Image 125
2975 but hee was taken out of their sight. And they said betwene themselues: Did not our harts burne within vs, while he talked with vs, by the way, but he was taken out of their sighed. And they said between themselves: Did not our hearts burn within us, while he talked with us, by the Way, cc-acp pns31 vbds vvn av pp-f po32 n1. cc pns32 vvd p-acp px32: vdd xx po12 n2 vvi p-acp pno12, cs pns31 vvd p-acp pno12, p-acp dt n1, (26) chapter (DIV2) 1018 Image 125
2976 & whē he opened to vs the scriptures? And they rose vp the same howre and returned to Hierusalem, & when he opened to us the Scriptures? And they rose up the same hour and returned to Jerusalem, cc c-crq pns31 vvd p-acp pno12 dt n2? cc pns32 vvd a-acp dt d n1 cc vvd p-acp np1, (26) chapter (DIV2) 1018 Image 125
2977 & found the eleuen gathered together, & them that were with thē, which said: The Lord is risen in deede, and hath appeered to Simon. & found the eleuen gathered together, & them that were with them, which said: The Lord is risen in deed, and hath appeared to Simon. cc vvd dt crd vvn av, cc pno32 cst vbdr p-acp pno32, r-crq vvd: dt n1 vbz vvn p-acp n1, cc vhz vvd p-acp np1. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1018 Image 125
2978 Thē they told what things were done in the way, & how he was knowen of them in breaking of bread. Them they told what things were done in the Way, & how he was known of them in breaking of bred. cs pns32 vvd r-crq n2 vbdr vdn p-acp dt n1, cc c-crq pns31 vbds vvn pp-f pno32 p-acp vvg pp-f n1. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1018 Image 125
2979 Whilest I somwhat briefely come ouer this readyng, I perceiue that in it is most cléerely shewed, Whilst I somewhat briefly come over this reading, I perceive that in it is most clearly showed, cs pns11 av av-j vvn p-acp d vvg, pns11 vvb cst p-acp pn31 vbz av-ds av-j vvn, (26) chapter (DIV2) 1019 Image 126
2980 how and by what meanes the disciples came to the knowledge of the trueth of Christ, how and by what means the Disciples Come to the knowledge of the truth of christ, c-crq cc p-acp r-crq vvz dt n2 vvd p-acp dt n1 pp-f dt n1 pp-f np1, (26) chapter (DIV2) 1019 Image 126
2981 and how after many things it is sayde, that their eyes were opened, and that the Lorde was knowen of them. and how After many things it is said, that their eyes were opened, and that the Lord was known of them. cc c-crq p-acp d n2 pn31 vbz vvn, cst po32 n2 vbdr vvn, cc cst dt n1 vbds vvn pp-f pno32. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1019 Image 126
2982 Therfore I may séeme very aptely to gather the state of the whole reading, namely, Therefore I may seem very aptly to gather the state of the Whole reading, namely, av pns11 vmb vvi av av-j pc-acp vvi dt n1 pp-f dt j-jn n-vvg, av, (26) chapter (DIV2) 1020 Image 126
2983 how we may aspire to the knowledge of God and the trueth of his word? how we may aspire to the knowledge of God and the truth of his word? c-crq pns12 vmb vvi p-acp dt n1 pp-f np1 cc dt n1 pp-f po31 n1? (26) chapter (DIV2) 1020 Image 126
2984 Wherefore I doubt not to pronounce this readynge to be placed in the kinde didascalick. Wherefore I doubt not to pronounce this reading to be placed in the kind Didascalick. c-crq pns11 vvb xx pc-acp vvi d n-vvg pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp dt j j. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1021 Image 126
2985 Moreouer I sée the partes to be so disposed and so mutually followinge one an other, that any man may verye well note and poynte out in them, as it were, certayne steppes and degrées whereby the godly are brought vnto true and perfect knowlege. Moreover I see the parts to be so disposed and so mutually following one an other, that any man may very well note and point out in them, as it were, certain steps and Degrees whereby the godly Are brought unto true and perfect knowledge. av pns11 vvb dt n2 pc-acp vbi av vvn cc av av-j vvg pi dt n-jn, cst d n1 vmb av av n1 cc vvi av p-acp pno32, p-acp pn31 vbdr, j n2 cc n2 c-crq dt j vbr vvn p-acp j cc j n1. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1022 Image 126
2986 Which thinge how it may with ease be accomplyshed, I will in few words rehearce, and (as ye would saye) with certayne poyntes added declare. They talked together. Which thing how it may with ease be accomplished, I will in few words rehearse, and (as you would say) with certain points added declare. They talked together. r-crq n1 c-crq pn31 vmb p-acp n1 vbi vvn, pns11 vmb p-acp d n2 vvi, cc (c-acp pn22 vmd vvi) p-acp j n2 vvd vvi. pns32 vvd av. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1023 Image 126
2987 I The first degrée to come to an absolute knowledge of the trueth, as touching Christ and the will of God, is constituted in holy and godly meditations, I The First degree to come to an absolute knowledge of the truth, as touching christ and the will of God, is constituted in holy and godly meditations, pns11 dt ord n1 pc-acp vvi p-acp dt j n1 pp-f dt n1, c-acp vvg np1 cc dt n1 pp-f np1, vbz vvn p-acp j cc j n2, (26) chapter (DIV2) 1025 Image 126
2988 and in a feruente desyre of perceiuing the trueth. and in a fervent desire of perceiving the truth. cc p-acp dt j n1 pp-f vvg dt n1. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1025 Image 126
2989 Whiche desyre or study GOD hymselfe other whiles graffeth in the mindes of men, ministringe of hys owne accord occasion of godly meditations, Which desire or study GOD himself other while graffeth in the minds of men, ministering of his own accord occasion of godly meditations, r-crq n1 cc vvi np1 px31 j-jn n1 vvz p-acp dt n2 pp-f n2, j-vvg pp-f po31 d n1 n1 pp-f j n2, (26) chapter (DIV2) 1026 Image 126
2990 like as those thinges that were done at Hierusalem, gaue cause to the disciples to talk and common of Christ. And Iesus himselfe drew neere. like as those things that were done At Jerusalem, gave cause to the Disciples to talk and Common of christ. And Iesus himself drew near. av-j c-acp d n2 cst vbdr vdn p-acp np1, vvd n1 p-acp dt n2 pc-acp vvi cc j pp-f np1. cc np1 px31 vvd av-j. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1026 Image 126
2991 II Assoone as any doe earnestly begin to applye theyr minde to thatteynement of diuine knowledge, God hymselfe vouchsafeth to be present with them, II As soon as any do earnestly begin to apply their mind to thatteynement of divine knowledge, God himself vouchsafeth to be present with them, crd av p-acp d vdb av-j vvi pc-acp vvi po32 n1 p-acp n1 pp-f j-jn n1, np1 px31 vvz pc-acp vbi j p-acp pno32, (26) chapter (DIV2) 1028 Image 126
2992 and to fauour their godly desyres. and to favour their godly Desires. cc pc-acp vvi po32 j n2. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1028 Image 126
2993 Wherefore they easely perceyue their mindes to be wonderfully and in a certaine secrete maner inflamed, their counsayls to vs directed, Wherefore they Easily perceive their minds to be wonderfully and in a certain secret manner inflamed, their Counsels to us directed, c-crq pns32 av-j vvi po32 n2 pc-acp vbi av-j cc p-acp dt j j-jn n1 vvn, po32 n2 p-acp pno12 vvn, (26) chapter (DIV2) 1029 Image 126
2994 and a meane wherby they may profyt, to be opened. and a mean whereby they may profit, to be opened. cc dt j c-crq pns32 vmb vvi, pc-acp vbi vvn. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1029 Image 126
2995 By meanes whereof we may learne that the second step or degrée, whereby the way is laide open to the knowledge of thinges diuine, consisteth in the sincere callinge vppon the name of GOD, By means whereof we may Learn that the second step or degree, whereby the Way is laid open to the knowledge of things divine, Consisteth in the sincere calling upon the name of GOD, p-acp n2 c-crq pns12 vmb vvi d dt ord n1 cc n1, c-crq dt n1 vbz vvn j p-acp dt n1 pp-f n2 j-jn, vvz p-acp dt j vvg p-acp dt n1 pp-f np1, (26) chapter (DIV2) 1030 Image 126
2996 and in the present aide and helpe of the same. and in the present aid and help of the same. cc p-acp dt j n1 cc n1 pp-f dt d. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1030 Image 126
2997 There is no cause why any mā should perswade himself, that he can happily attempte the study of holy thinges, There is no cause why any man should persuade himself, that he can happily attempt the study of holy things, pc-acp vbz dx n1 q-crq d n1 vmd vvi px31, cst pns31 vmb av-j vvi dt n1 pp-f j n2, (26) chapter (DIV2) 1031 Image 126
2998 if he first implore not humbly the diuine ayde, and féele the same to be present with hym. if he First implore not humbly the divine aid, and feel the same to be present with him. cs pns31 ord vvb xx av-j dt j-jn n1, cc vvb dt d pc-acp vbi j p-acp pno31. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1031 Image 126
2999 And for this cause doth Iames cap, 1. grauely admonish vs, that we should aske spirituall wisdom of him that giueth it, namely GOD. &c. One of them aunswered whose name was Cleopas. And for this cause does James cap, 1. gravely admonish us, that we should ask spiritual Wisdom of him that gives it, namely GOD. etc. One of them answered whose name was Cleopas. cc p-acp d n1 vdz np1 n1, crd av-j vvb pno12, cst pns12 vmd vvi j n1 pp-f pno31 cst vvz pn31, av np1. av crd pp-f pno32 vvd rg-crq n1 vbds np1. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1032 Image 126
3000 III The third degrée of profyting in thinges spiritual, is the diligent conferrence with others, especiallye with the learneder sorte. III The third degree of profiting in things spiritual, is the diligent conference with Others, especially with the Learneder sort. crd dt ord n1 pp-f vvg p-acp n2 j, vbz dt j n1 p-acp n2-jn, av-j p-acp dt jc n1. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1034 Image 126
3001 And God is wont alwayes to those that with all their harte long after the knowledge of heauenlye thinges, to minister apt helps and instruments of all sortes. And God is wont always to those that with all their heart long After the knowledge of heavenly things, to minister apt helps and Instruments of all sorts. cc np1 vbz j av p-acp d cst p-acp d po32 n1 av-j p-acp dt n1 pp-f j n2, pc-acp vvi j n2 cc n2 pp-f d n2. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1035 Image 126
3002 For the holy ghoste commaundeth Phillip to approche more néere to the chariot wherin the Eunuche (quéene Candaces chief gouernour) was caryed to the intent he might cléerely interpret the scriptures read but not vnderstanded. For the holy ghost commandeth Philip to approach more near to the chariot wherein the Eunuch (queen Candace's chief governor) was carried to the intent he might clearly interpret the Scriptures read but not understanded. p-acp dt j n1 vvz vvb pc-acp vvi av-dc av-j p-acp dt n1 c-crq dt n1 (n1 n2 j-jn n1) vbds vvn p-acp dt n1 pns31 vmd av-j vvi dt n2 vvb cc-acp xx vvn. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1035 Image 126
3003 God by an angell willeth Cornelius the Centurion, to send spéedily to Ioppa for Simō Peter, of whom he mighte be instructed in the doctrine of true religyon. God by an angel wills Cornelius the Centurion, to send speedily to Joppa for Simō Peter, of whom he might be instructed in the Doctrine of true Religion. np1 p-acp dt n1 vvz np1 dt n1, pc-acp vvi av-j p-acp np1 p-acp np1 np1, pp-f ro-crq pns31 vmd vbi vvn p-acp dt n1 pp-f j n1. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1036 Image 126
3004 And héere in this place Christ himselfe commeth forth in this owne person rather then those his disciples shoulde be destitute of a faithfull instructor. And Here in this place christ himself comes forth in this own person rather then those his Disciples should be destitute of a faithful instructor. cc av p-acp d n1 np1 px31 vvz av p-acp d d n1 av-c cs d po31 n2 vmd vbi j pp-f dt j n1. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1036 Image 126
3005 What, that a place very profytable to the commendation of the heauenly doctrine falleth in, where it is sayde: What, that a place very profitable to the commendation of the heavenly Doctrine falls in, where it is said: q-crq, cst dt n1 av j p-acp dt n1 pp-f dt j n1 vvz p-acp, c-crq pn31 vbz vvn: (26) chapter (DIV2) 1037 Image 126
3006 That Iesus of Nazreth was a prophete mightye in deede and in worde before God and all the people? That Iesus of Nazreth was a Prophet mighty in deed and in word before God and all the people? cst np1 pp-f np1 vbds dt n1 j p-acp n1 cc p-acp n1 p-acp np1 cc d dt n1? (26) chapter (DIV2) 1037 Image 126
3007 Truely very notable effects of the celestiall doctrine are héere set forth before our eyes. Yea and certaine women amonge vs. Truly very notable effects of the celestial Doctrine Are Here Set forth before our eyes. Yea and certain women among us av-j av j n2 pp-f dt j n1 vbr av vvn av p-acp po12 n2. uh cc j n2 p-acp pno12 (26) chapter (DIV2) 1038 Image 126
3008 IIII They that couet to profyt in sound & holy doctrine, what time they haue diligently conferred as touchinge the trueth with other godly menne of all sortes and degrees, in the forrth place they shal exactly weigh and perpende all mens opinions, sayings, interpretations, disputations, IIII They that covet to profit in found & holy Doctrine, what time they have diligently conferred as touching the truth with other godly men of all sorts and Degrees, in the forrth place they shall exactly weigh and Perpend all men's opinions, sayings, interpretations, disputations, crd pns32 cst vvb pc-acp vvi p-acp n1 cc j n1, r-crq n1 pns32 vhb av-j vvn c-acp vvg dt n1 p-acp j-jn j n2 pp-f d n2 cc n2, p-acp dt j n1 pns32 vmb av-j vvi cc vvb d ng2 n2, n2-vvg, n2, n2, (26) chapter (DIV2) 1040 Image 127
3009 yea they, shall marke also visions, reuelations, dreames, of whiche the Prophete Ioell speaketh capi. 2. signes and wonders, yea they, shall mark also visions, revelations, dreams, of which the Prophet Joel speaks Capi. 2. Signs and wonders, uh pns32, vmb vvi av n2, n2, n2, pp-f r-crq dt n1 np1 vvz n2. crd n2 cc n2, (26) chapter (DIV2) 1040 Image 127
3010 and of al these thinges so farre forth as in them lyeth, they shall prudently shewe their iudgement. and of all these things so Far forth as in them lies, they shall prudently show their judgement. cc pp-f d d n2 av av-j av c-acp p-acp pno32 vvz, pns32 vmb av-j vvi po32 n1. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1040 Image 127
3011 Finally they shall trie all thinges (as the Apostle sayth 1. Thess. 5. ) and holde that which is good. Finally they shall try all things (as the Apostle say 1. Thess 5.) and hold that which is good. av-j pns32 vmb vvi d n2 (c-acp dt n1 vvz crd np1 crd) cc vvb d r-crq vbz j. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1041 Image 127
3012 But that all sorts of men ought worthily to employ their endeuor to the doctrine of piety it is plaine and euident, But that all sorts of men ought worthily to employ their endeavour to the Doctrine of piety it is plain and evident, p-acp d d n2 pp-f n2 vmd av-j pc-acp vvi po32 n1 p-acp dt n1 pp-f n1 pn31 vbz j cc j, (26) chapter (DIV2) 1042 Image 127
3013 forasmuche as we sée the care and dutie euen of women also toward Christ crucifyed, dead, forasmuch as we see the care and duty even of women also towards christ Crucified, dead, av c-acp pns12 vvb dt n1 cc n1 av pp-f n2 av p-acp np1 vvd, j, (26) chapter (DIV2) 1042 Image 127
3014 and buryed, to be héere vehemently praysed and set forth. They found it euen so as the women had saide. and buried, to be Here vehemently praised and Set forth. They found it even so as the women had said. cc vvn, pc-acp vbi av av-j vvn cc vvn av. pns32 vvd pn31 av av c-acp dt n2 vhd vvn. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1042 Image 127
3015 There is good hope, that the godlye may there verye well profyt and goe forwarde where as consent and agréement is founde in sounde doctrine, which alone is of great importance to the establishing of Gods church, and to the amplyfying therof. And he saide vnto them: O yee fooles. There is good hope, that the godly may there very well profit and go forward where as consent and agreement is found in sound Doctrine, which alone is of great importance to the establishing of God's Church, and to the amplifying thereof. And he said unto them: Oh ye Fools. pc-acp vbz j n1, cst dt j n1 a-acp av av vvi cc vvi av-j c-crq p-acp n1 cc n1 vbz vvn p-acp n1 n1, r-crq av-j vbz pp-f j n1 p-acp dt n-vvg pp-f npg1 n1, cc p-acp dt j-vvg av. cc pns31 vvd p-acp pno32: uh pn22 n2. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1044 Image 127
3016 V Ater the opinions of other men heard and prudently weighed, there remayneth an other marke, V Ater the opinions of other men herd and prudently weighed, there remaineth an other mark, crd np1 dt n2 pp-f j-jn n2 vvn cc av-j vvn, a-acp vvz dt j-jn n1, (26) chapter (DIV2) 1046 Image 127
3017 or fyft step, whiche the disciples must climbe. or fyft step, which the Disciples must climb. cc ord n1, r-crq dt n2 vmb vvi. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1046 Image 127
3018 That is, that the iudgement of the Scriptures themselues, which is most perfect and aboue all other, may alwayes be harkened vnto. That is, that the judgement of the Scriptures themselves, which is most perfect and above all other, may always be hearkened unto. cst vbz, cst dt n1 pp-f dt n2 px32, r-crq vbz av-ds j cc p-acp d n-jn, vmb av vbi vvn p-acp. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1046 Image 127
3019 For vnto these must of necessitie be referred, whatsoeuer is at any time produced as touchinge the doctryne of trueth. For unto these must of necessity be referred, whatsoever is At any time produced as touching the Doctrine of truth. c-acp p-acp d vmb pp-f n1 vbb vvn, r-crq vbz p-acp d n1 vvn p-acp vvg dt n1 pp-f n1. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1047 Image 127
3020 We sée how Christ and the Apostles doe fortyfye all their assertions with the testimonies of the lawe & the prophets: We see how christ and the Apostles do fortyfye all their assertions with the testimonies of the law & the Prophets: pns12 vvb c-crq np1 cc dt n2 vdb vvi d po32 n2 p-acp dt n2 pp-f dt n1 cc dt n2: (26) chapter (DIV2) 1047 Image 127
3021 how much more méete is it therefore yt we stick fast for the authorytie of the lawe. how much more meet is it Therefore that we stick fast for the authorytie of the law. c-crq av-d av-dc j vbz pn31 av pn31 zz vvi av-j p-acp dt n1 pp-f dt n1. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1047 Image 127
3022 〈 ◊ 〉 thee 〈 ◊ 〉 be set, Christ and Apostles? vpon this foundation whatsoeuer is builts, that shal be certaine, sound, 〈 ◊ 〉 thee 〈 ◊ 〉 be Set, christ and Apostles? upon this Foundation whatsoever is builts, that shall be certain, found, 〈 sy 〉 pno21 〈 sy 〉 vbi vvn, np1 cc np1? p-acp d n1 r-crq vbz n2, cst vmb vbi j, j, (26) chapter (DIV2) 1047 Image 127
3023 and stable in the churh, and he shall be iudged to haue more profyted others, whosoeuer shal build in this sort. and stable in the Church, and he shall be judged to have more profited Others, whosoever shall built in this sort. cc n1 p-acp dt n1, cc pns31 vmb vbi vvn pc-acp vhi dc vvn n2-jn, r-crq vmb vvi p-acp d n1. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1047 Image 127
3024 Againe it can nothe chosen, but that it muste néedefull, whatsoeuer is taken from any at 〈 ◊ 〉, Again it can nothe chosen, but that it must needful, whatsoever is taken from any At 〈 ◊ 〉, av pn31 vmb vvi vvn, cc-acp cst pn31 vmb j, r-crq vbz vvn p-acp d p-acp 〈 sy 〉, (26) chapter (DIV2) 1048 Image 127
3025 and obtruded for sound 〈 ◊ 〉. And they drew 〈 ◊ 〉 to the towne. and obtruded for found 〈 ◊ 〉. And they drew 〈 ◊ 〉 to the town. cc vvd p-acp j 〈 sy 〉. cc pns32 vvd 〈 sy 〉 pc-acp dt n1. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1048 Image 127
3026 VI 〈 … 〉 all times, the thankfulnes their 〈 … 〉 God that distributeth to euery 〈 ◊ 〉 hys gift• 〈 ◊ 〉 measure as pleaseth hym, VI 〈 … 〉 all times, the thankfulness their 〈 … 〉 God that distributeth to every 〈 ◊ 〉 his gift• 〈 ◊ 〉 measure as Pleases him, crd 〈 … 〉 d n2, dt n1 po32 〈 … 〉 uh-np cst vvz p-acp d 〈 sy 〉 po31 n1 〈 sy 〉 n1 c-acp vvz pno31, (26) chapter (DIV2) 1050 Image 127
3027 as also to 〈 … 〉 by which they know and confesse themselues to be holpen for 〈 … 〉. as also to 〈 … 〉 by which they know and confess themselves to be helped for 〈 … 〉. c-acp av pc-acp 〈 … 〉 p-acp r-crq pns32 vvb cc vvi px32 pc-acp vbi vvn c-acp 〈 … 〉. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1050 Image 127
3028 For to those that are thankfull, and doe rightlye vse the gifts graunted vnto them ▪ God willinglye 〈 ◊ 〉 more, and committeth vnto them as it were new tallents. For to those that Are thankful, and do rightly use the Gifts granted unto them ▪ God willingly 〈 ◊ 〉 more, and Committeth unto them as it were new Talents. c-acp p-acp d cst vbr j, cc vdb av-jn vvi dt n2 vvn p-acp pno32 ▪ uh-np av-j 〈 sy 〉 av-dc, cc vvz p-acp pno32 p-acp pn31 vbdr j n2. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1051 Image 127
3029 But from the vnthankfull, and those that either knowe not or wyll not vse them aright, are taken a waye agayne, such those that they haue already gotten. And their eyes were opened. But from the unthankful, and those that either know not or will not use them aright, Are taken a Way again, such those that they have already got. And their eyes were opened. p-acp p-acp dt j, cc d cst d vvb xx cc vmb xx vvi pno32 av, vbr vvn dt n1 av, d d cst pns32 vhb av vvn. cc po32 n2 vbdr vvn. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1051 Image 127
3030 Truely they that are thankfull, do féel• in themselues manifest increasements of knowledge, God vndoubtedly augmenting and be w•ifying his gifts in them. Truly they that Are thankful, do féel• in themselves manifest increasements of knowledge, God undoubtedly augmenting and be w•ifying his Gifts in them. av-j pns32 cst vbr j, vdb n1 p-acp px32 j n2 pp-f n1, np1 av-j vvg cc vbi vvg po31 n2 p-acp pno32. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1053 Image 127
3031 And in this behalfe we sée the Apostle Paule praying with great effect to God the father, that the loue of all his heaters might yet more and more abounde in knowledge, And in this behalf we see the Apostle Paul praying with great Effect to God the father, that the love of all his heaters might yet more and more abound in knowledge, cc p-acp d n1 pns12 vvb dt n1 np1 vvg p-acp j n1 p-acp np1 dt n1, cst dt n1 pp-f d po31 n2 vmd av av-dc cc av-dc vvi p-acp n1, (26) chapter (DIV2) 1054 Image 127
3032 and in all spirituall vnderstanding &c. And they rose vp the same howre, and returned. and in all spiritual understanding etc. And they rose up the same hour, and returned. cc p-acp d j n1 av cc pns32 vvd a-acp dt d n1, cc vvn. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1054 Image 127
3033 VII Moreouer when a man is come to the exact knowledge iudge of the 〈 … 〉 shall 〈 … 〉 ••ught to 〈 ◊ 〉, VII Moreover when a man is come to the exact knowledge judge of the 〈 … 〉 shall 〈 … 〉 ••ught to 〈 ◊ 〉, crd av c-crq dt n1 vbz vvn p-acp dt j n1 n1 pp-f dt 〈 … 〉 vmb 〈 … 〉 vmdx pc-acp 〈 sy 〉, (26) chapter (DIV2) 1056 Image 128
3034 but shall inde••• 〈 … 〉 all 〈 ◊ 〉 possible to bring others also to 〈 … 〉. but shall inde••• 〈 … 〉 all 〈 ◊ 〉 possible to bring Others also to 〈 … 〉. cc-acp vmb n1 〈 … 〉 d 〈 sy 〉 j pc-acp vvi n2-jn av pc-acp 〈 … 〉. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1056 Image 128
3035 Therfore we shall fréely and ▪ but a 〈 … 〉 confesse the knowen trueth, he shall labour to 〈 … 〉 other both priuate and publickly 〈 … 〉 forth as oportunitie will serue, 〈 … 〉 and friendly confer with other learned men, moued not so much with desyr of teaching as of learning, Therefore we shall freely and ▪ but a 〈 … 〉 confess the known truth, he shall labour to 〈 … 〉 other both private and publicly 〈 … 〉 forth as opportunity will serve, 〈 … 〉 and friendly confer with other learned men, moved not so much with desire of teaching as of learning, av pns12 vmb av-j cc ▪ cc-acp dt 〈 … 〉 vvi dt j-vvn n1, pns31 vmb vvi pc-acp 〈 … 〉 n-jn d j cc av-j 〈 … 〉 av c-acp n1 vmb vvi, 〈 … 〉 cc av-j vvi p-acp j-jn j n2, vvd xx av av-d p-acp n1 pp-f vvg a-acp pp-f n1, (26) chapter (DIV2) 1057 Image 128
3036 and fynally in al his actions hee shall set before his eyes both the edyfying of his hearers and increasement of the church. and finally in all his actions he shall Set before his eyes both the edifying of his hearers and increasement of the Church. cc av-j p-acp d po31 n2 pns31 vmb vvi p-acp po31 n2 d dt j-vvg pp-f po31 n2 cc n1 pp-f dt n1. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1057 Image 128
3037 For to thèse ••des most thief 〈 … 〉 God giueth to the faithful the 〈 … 〉 of thinges spirituall, with these ••tion the 〈 … 〉 good will towardes God and men, by this 〈 … 〉 concorde and agréement in doctrine in nourished in all Churches, For to thèse ••des most thief 〈 … 〉 God gives to the faithful the 〈 … 〉 of things spiritual, with these ••tion the 〈 … 〉 good will towards God and men, by this 〈 … 〉 concord and agreement in Doctrine in nourished in all Churches, p-acp pc-acp vvi n2 av-ds n1 〈 … 〉 uh-np vvz p-acp dt j dt 〈 … 〉 pp-f n2 j, p-acp d n1 dt 〈 … 〉 j vmb p-acp np1 cc n2, p-acp d 〈 … 〉 n1 cc n1 p-acp n1 p-acp vvn p-acp d n2, (26) chapter (DIV2) 1058 Image 128
3038 and to be shorte, by such diligence is the Church of God confirmed, encreased; and preserued. and to be short, by such diligence is the Church of God confirmed, increased; and preserved. cc pc-acp vbi j, p-acp d n1 vbz dt n1 pp-f np1 vvd, vvd; cc vvn. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1058 Image 128
3039 An other example out of Mathew cap. 16. When Iesus was come into the coastes of Cesarea philippi, II. Example. he asked his disciples, saying: an other Exampl out of Matthew cap. 16. When Iesus was come into the coasts of Caesarea philippi, II Exampl. he asked his Disciples, saying: dt j-jn n1 av pp-f np1 n1. crd c-crq np1 vbds vvn p-acp dt n2 pp-f np1 fw-la, crd n1. pns31 vvd po31 n2, vvg: (26) chapter (DIV2) 1059 Image 128
3040 whom do men say that I, the sonne of man am? And they sayde: Some saye, Iohn Baptist, and some, Elias: whom do men say that I, the son of man am? And they said: some say, John Baptist, and Some, Elias: r-crq vdb n2 vvb cst pns11, dt n1 pp-f n1 vbm? cc pns32 vvd: d vvb, np1 np1, cc d, np1: (26) chapter (DIV2) 1060 Image 128
3041 and others Hieremias, or one of the prophets. and Others Jeremiah, or one of the Prophets. cc ng2-jn np1, cc crd pp-f dt n2. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1060 Image 128
3042 He sayd vnto them, but whom say ye that I am? Then Simon Peter aunswered, and said: He said unto them, but whom say you that I am? Then Simon Peter answered, and said: pns31 vvd p-acp pno32, p-acp ro-crq vvb pn22 cst pns11 vbm? av np1 np1 vvd, cc vvd: (26) chapter (DIV2) 1060 Image 128
3043 Thou art Christ the sonne of the lyuinge God. And Iesus aunswered, & sayde vnto him: Thou art christ the son of the living God. And Iesus answered, & said unto him: pns21 vb2r np1 dt n1 pp-f dt j-vvg n1. cc np1 vvd, cc vvd p-acp pno31: (26) chapter (DIV2) 1060 Image 128
3044 Blessed art thou Simon, the sonne of Iona, for fleshe and bloode hath not reuealed it vnto thee, Blessed art thou Simon, the son of Iona, for Flesh and blood hath not revealed it unto thee, j-vvn vb2r pns21 np1, dt n1 pp-f np1, p-acp n1 cc n1 vhz xx vvn pn31 p-acp pno21, (26) chapter (DIV2) 1060 Image 128
3045 but my father which is in heauen. but my father which is in heaven. cc-acp po11 n1 r-crq vbz p-acp n1. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1060 Image 128
3046 And I say vnto thee againe, that thou art Peter, and vppon this rocke will I builde my Church, And I say unto thee again, that thou art Peter, and upon this rock will I build my Church, cc pns11 vvb p-acp pno21 av, cst pns21 vb2r np1, cc p-acp d n1 vmb pns11 vvi po11 n1, (26) chapter (DIV2) 1060 Image 128
3047 and the gates of hell shall not preuayle against it. and the gates of hell shall not prevail against it. cc dt n2 pp-f n1 vmb xx vvi p-acp pn31. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1060 Image 128
3048 And I will giue thee the keyes of the Kingdom of heauen, and whatsoeuer thou shalt binde vppon earth, shall be bounde in heauen, And I will give thee the keys of the Kingdom of heaven, and whatsoever thou shalt bind upon earth, shall be bound in heaven, cc pns11 vmb vvi pno21 dt n2 pp-f dt n1 pp-f n1, cc r-crq pns21 vm2 vvi p-acp n1, vmb vbi vvn p-acp n1, (26) chapter (DIV2) 1060 Image 128
3049 and whatsoeuer thou shalt lose on earth, shall be loosed in heauen. and whatsoever thou shalt loose on earth, shall be loosed in heaven. cc r-crq pns21 vm2 vvi p-acp n1, vmb vbi vvn p-acp n1. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1060 Image 128
3050 There is no man but perceyueth the Euangelist Mathew to commemorate, how and after what forte Christe exacted of his diseiples the confession of faith, There is no man but perceiveth the Evangelist Matthew to commemorate, how and After what fort Christ exacted of his Disciples the Confessi of faith, pc-acp vbz dx n1 cc-acp vvz dt np1 np1 p-acp j, c-crq cc p-acp r-crq n1 np1 vvn pp-f po31 n2 dt n1 pp-f n1, (26) chapter (DIV2) 1061 Image 128
3051 and what maner of confession Peter made in the name of all the reste. and what manner of Confessi Peter made in the name of all the rest. cc r-crq n1 pp-f n1 np1 vvn p-acp dt n1 pp-f d dt n1. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1061 Image 128
3052 Therfore we shal not vnaptly affirme the state of this readying to be that the confession of faith ought necessarylye to be made of euery one of vs. Therefore we shall not unaptly affirm the state of this readying to be that the Confessi of faith ought necessarily to be made of every one of us av pns12 vmb xx av-j vvi dt n1 pp-f d vvg pc-acp vbi d dt n1 pp-f n1 vmd av-j pc-acp vbi vvn pp-f d crd pp-f pno12 (26) chapter (DIV2) 1062 Image 128
3053 And that this state pertayneth to the kinde didascalick it is more manifest then that it néedeth to be proued. And that this state pertaineth to the kind Didascalick it is more manifest then that it needeth to be proved. cc cst d n1 vvz p-acp dt j j pn31 vbz av-dc j cs cst pn31 vvz pc-acp vbi vvn. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1063 Image 128
3054 This state being prefixed, these thinges may profitablye be noted as referred to the same. And they saide ▪ Some say Iohn Baptiste. This state being prefixed, these things may profitably be noted as referred to the same. And they said ▪ some say John Baptiste. d n1 vbg vvn, d n2 vmb av-j vbi vvn c-acp vvn p-acp dt d. cc pns32 vvd ▪ d vvz np1 np1. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1064 Image 128
3055 I. It is no easye matter alwayes, to render a pure and perfyt confession of the trueth. I It is no easy matter always, to render a pure and perfect Confessi of the truth. uh pn31 vbz dx j n1 av, pc-acp vvi dt j cc j n1 pp-f dt n1. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1066 Image 128
3056 For oft times, partl••y reason of the wonderfull myste and ignoraunce continually cleaning to al men, For oft times, partl••y reason of the wonderful mist and ignorance continually cleaning to all men, c-acp av n2, j n1 pp-f dt j n1 cc n1 av-j vvg p-acp d n2, (26) chapter (DIV2) 1067 Image 128
3057 and part•ly through the great plenty of obscure and darke disputations, diuers iudgements, and varyable opinions, of other onē which are supposet to be wise, the mindes yea euen of excellent and good men are in suche wise letted & hindered us that they can not determin any thing certayne touching matters of religion. and part•ly through the great plenty of Obscure and dark disputations, diverse Judgments, and variable opinions, of other onē which Are supposet to be wise, the minds yea even of excellent and good men Are in such wise letted & hindered us that they can not determine any thing certain touching matters of Religion. cc av-j p-acp dt j n1 pp-f j cc j n2, j n2, cc j n2, pp-f j-jn fw-la r-crq vbr n1 pc-acp vbi j, dt n2 uh av pp-f j cc j n2 vbr p-acp d n1 vvd cc vvn pno12 d pns32 vmb xx vvi d n1 j vvg n2 pp-f n1. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1067 Image 128
3058 Examples hereof if euer there were any, be in these our dayes most chiefely to be séene. Examples hereof if ever there were any, be in these our days most chiefly to be seen. n2 av cs av a-acp vbdr d, vbb p-acp d po12 n2 av-ds av-jn pc-acp vbi vvn. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1068 Image 128
3059 In the meane season, it standeth euery one greatly in hande, that is at the least touched with any ca•e at all, of his •a•••tion, to be fully resolued in his conscience as son•thing matters of faith, In the mean season, it Stands every one greatly in hand, that is At the least touched with any ca•e At all, of his •a•••tion, to be Fully resolved in his conscience as son•thing matters of faith, p-acp dt j n1, pn31 vvz d pi av-j p-acp n1, cst vbz p-acp dt av-ds vvn p-acp d n1 p-acp d, pp-f po31 n1, pc-acp vbi av-j vvn p-acp po31 n1 p-acp j-vvg n2 pp-f n1, (26) chapter (DIV2) 1069 Image 128
3060 neyther can he iustlye pretende why excuse, why he •••lo• refine so to be. neither can he justly pretend why excuse, why he •••lo• refine so to be. dx vmb pns31 av-j vvi c-crq n1, c-crq pns31 n1 vvi av pc-acp vbi. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1069 Image 128
3061 Christ therefor 〈 ◊ 〉 doth 〈 … 〉 séeke to know what the 〈 … 〉 are but he 〈 … 〉 instantly 〈 … 〉 would fréely confesse at on•• what they 〈 … 〉 or christ Therefore 〈 ◊ 〉 does 〈 … 〉 seek to know what the 〈 … 〉 Are but he 〈 … 〉 instantly 〈 … 〉 would freely confess At on•• what they 〈 … 〉 or np1 av 〈 sy 〉 vdz 〈 … 〉 vvi pc-acp vvi r-crq dt 〈 … 〉 vbr cc-acp pns31 〈 … 〉 av-jn 〈 … 〉 vmd av-j vvi p-acp n1 r-crq pns32 〈 … 〉 cc (26) chapter (DIV2) 1070 Image 129
3062 Flesh and bloud 〈 … 〉 healed it vnto thee. II. Here •e• see whe••• the power of makinge a perfect confession commeth: Flesh and blood 〈 … 〉 healed it unto thee. II Here •e• see whe••• the power of making a perfect Confessi comes: n1 cc n1 〈 … 〉 vvn pn31 p-acp pno21. crd av n1 vvb n1 dt n1 pp-f vvg dt j n1 vvz: (26) chapter (DIV2) 1071 Image 129
3063 The thinges that are of GOD, no man truely knoweth, but the spirit of God, and he whō the holy ghost hath taught. The things that Are of GOD, no man truly Knoweth, but the Spirit of God, and he whom the holy ghost hath taught. dt n2 cst vbr pp-f np1, dx n1 av-j vvz, cc-acp dt n1 pp-f np1, cc pns31 ro-crq dt j n1 vhz vvn. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1072 Image 129
3064 The naturall man pere•y••eth not the thinges of the spirit of God. The natural man pere•y••eth not the things of the Spirit of God. dt j n1 vvz xx dt n2 pp-f dt n1 pp-f np1. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1073 Image 129
3065 And our heauenlye father hath hidden those thinges from the wise and prudente, and hath reuealed them to Babes. And our heavenly father hath hidden those things from the wise and prudent, and hath revealed them to Babes. cc po12 j n1 vhz vvn d n2 p-acp dt j cc j, cc vhz vvn pno32 p-acp n2. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1074 Image 129
3066 And agayne the holy Scripture, whiche is the princypall ayde and instruement to procure the knowledge of the trueth, is wholl• giue• and opened by the gift of god, And again the holy Scripture, which is the principal aid and Instrument to procure the knowledge of the truth, is wholl• giue• and opened by the gift of god, cc av dt j n1, r-crq vbz dt j-jn n1 cc n1 pc-acp vvi dt n1 pp-f dt n1, vbz n1 n1 cc vvd p-acp dt n1 pp-f n1, (26) chapter (DIV2) 1075 Image 129
3067 and without reuelation is not vnderstood. and without Revelation is not understood. cc p-acp n1 vbz xx vvn. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1075 Image 129
3068 To be short, God graunteth vnto every man so muche knowledge of spirytuall thinges, as he iudgeth to, be profytable for hym. To be short, God granteth unto every man so much knowledge of spiritual things, as he Judgeth to, be profitable for him. pc-acp vbi j, np1 vvz p-acp d n1 av d n1 pp-f j n2, c-acp pns31 vvz p-acp, vbb j p-acp pno31. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1076 Image 129
3069 Vpon this ro•• will I build my Churche ▪ Upon this ro•• will I built my Church ▪ p-acp d n1 vmb pns11 vvi po11 n1 ▪ (26) chapter (DIV2) 1077 Image 129
3070 III. The notable 〈 ◊ 〉 and effects of a pure confession ▪ Fyrst, by the confession of faith the true Churche is knowwen, III. The notable 〈 ◊ 〉 and effects of a pure Confessi ▪ Fyrst, by the Confessi of faith the true Church is knowwen, np1. dt j 〈 sy 〉 cc n2 pp-f dt j n1 ▪ ord, p-acp dt n1 pp-f n1 dt j n1 vbz vvn, (26) chapter (DIV2) 1078 Image 129
3071 and decerned from all foreine assemblies, whether they be of the Iewes, Turks, or hypocrites. and decerned from all foreign assemblies, whither they be of the Iewes, Turks, or Hypocrites. cc vvn p-acp d j n2, cs pns32 vbb pp-f dt np2, np1, cc n2. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1078 Image 129
3072 Seconde, where constancy in a true confession ••ineth forth, there the Churche remayneth 〈 ◊ 〉 and the 〈 … 〉 challenge to hymselfe no ryghte or intereste•. Seconde, where constancy in a true Confessi ••ineth forth, there the Church remaineth 〈 ◊ 〉 and thee 〈 … 〉 challenge to himself not right or intereste•. ord, c-crq n1 p-acp dt j n1 vvz av, a-acp dt n1 vvz 〈 sy 〉 cc pno32 〈 … 〉 vvi p-acp px31 xx av-jn cc n1. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1079 Image 129
3073 Let h•resides springe vp never so fall •et tyraunts 〈 ◊ 〉 hyhypocrits imagine what they can, Let h•resides spring up never so fallen •et Tyrants 〈 ◊ 〉 hyhypocrits imagine what they can, vvn vvz n1 a-acp av av vvi j n2 〈 sy 〉 n2 vvi r-crq pns32 vmb, (26) chapter (DIV2) 1080 Image 129
3074 yet as long as the confesson of faith shalbe 〈 ◊ 〉 whole and it 〈 ◊ 〉, yet as long as the Confessi of faith shall 〈 ◊ 〉 Whole and it 〈 ◊ 〉, av c-acp av-j c-acp dt n1 pp-f n1 vmb|vbi 〈 sy 〉 j-jn cc pn31 〈 sy 〉, (26) chapter (DIV2) 1080 Image 129
3075 so longe shalbe 〈 … 〉 so long shall 〈 … 〉 av av-j vmb|vbi 〈 … 〉 (26) chapter (DIV2) 1080 Image 129
3076 Third, 〈 ◊ 〉 that 〈 … 〉 confession is founde to 〈 ◊ 〉 and approued with God, God giueth power •oth to iudge au•••••• wisely. Third, 〈 ◊ 〉 that 〈 … 〉 Confessi is found to 〈 ◊ 〉 and approved with God, God gives power •oth to judge au•••••• wisely. ord, 〈 sy 〉 cst 〈 … 〉 n1 vbz vvn pc-acp 〈 sy 〉 cc j-vvn p-acp np1, np1 vvz n1 av-d pc-acp vvi n1 av-j. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1081 Image 129
3077 For the iudgements of bindinge and loosinge, is no other where rightly & lawfully exercised saue in the true church. For the Judgments of binding and loosing, is no other where rightly & lawfully exercised save in the true Church. p-acp dt n2 pp-f vvg cc vvg, vbz dx j-jn n1 av-jn cc av-j vvn p-acp p-acp dt j n1. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1082 Image 129
3078 Wherefore a pure confession of Faith by vs made, causeth that euery one of vs also is knowen to be a liuely member of Gods Church, Wherefore a pure Confessi of Faith by us made, Causes that every one of us also is known to be a lively member of God's Church, c-crq dt j n1 pp-f n1 p-acp pno12 vvn, vvz cst d crd pp-f pno12 av vbz vvn pc-acp vbi dt j n1 pp-f npg1 n1, (26) chapter (DIV2) 1082 Image 129
3079 and that we are safe from the power and snares of ye diuill, and may besides that iudge prudently of all thinges that are done, and that we Are safe from the power and snares of you Devil, and may beside that judge prudently of all things that Are done, cc cst pns12 vbr j p-acp dt n1 cc n2 pp-f pn22 n1, cc vmb p-acp d n1 av-j pp-f d n2 cst vbr vdn, (26) chapter (DIV2) 1082 Image 129
3080 or ought to be done in the Church. or ought to be done in the Church. cc pi pc-acp vbi vdn p-acp dt n1. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1082 Image 129
3081 And in this wise, as well what belongeth to the whole Church, which resteth in the pure confession of the Faith of Christ, And in this wise, as well what belongeth to the Whole Church, which rests in the pure Confessi of the Faith of christ, cc p-acp d n1, c-acp av q-crq vvz p-acp dt j-jn n1, r-crq vvz p-acp dt j n1 pp-f dt n1 pp-f np1, (26) chapter (DIV2) 1082 Image 129
3082 as also what perteyneth vnto all men yeldinge a sounde and sincere confession, it séemeth to bée aboundauntly declared. as also what pertaineth unto all men yielding a sound and sincere Confessi, it Seemeth to been abundantly declared. c-acp av q-crq vvz p-acp d n2 vvg dt n1 cc j n1, pn31 vvz pc-acp vbi av-j vvn. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1082 Image 129
3083 But wee will add also a thirde example out of Iohn cap. 4. in which are learnedly discussed certaine poyntes as touchinge the nature of Fayth. But we will add also a Third Exampl out of John cap. 4. in which Are learnedly discussed certain points as touching the nature of Faith. cc-acp pns12 vmb vvi av dt ord n1 av pp-f np1 n1. crd p-acp r-crq vbr av-j vvn j n2 p-acp vvg dt n1 pp-f n1. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1083 Image 129
3084 There was a certaine Ruler, whose sonne wa sicke at Capernaum. There was a certain Ruler, whose son wa sick At Capernaum. a-acp vbds dt j n1, rg-crq n1 zz j p-acp np1. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1084 Image 129
3085 Hee, when he hearde that Iesus was come out of Iudea into Galile, went vnto him, He, when he heard that Iesus was come out of Iudea into Galilee, went unto him, pns31, c-crq pns31 vvd cst np1 vbds vvn av pp-f np1 p-acp np1, vvd p-acp pno31, (26) chapter (DIV2) 1084 Image 129
3086 and besought him, that he would goe downe, and heale his sonne: For he was euen at tho point of death. Then sayd Iesus vnto him: and besought him, that he would go down, and heal his son: For he was even At tho point of death. Then said Iesus unto him: cc vvd pno31, cst pns31 vmd vvi a-acp, cc vvi po31 n1: c-acp pns31 vbds av p-acp crd n1 pp-f n1. av vvd np1 p-acp pno31: (26) chapter (DIV2) 1084 Image 129
3087 Except ye see signes and wonders, ye will not beleeue. The Ruler saide vnto him: Syr, goe downe before my sōne dye. Iesus saide vnto him: Except you see Signs and wonders, you will not believe. The Ruler said unto him: Sir, go down before my son die. Iesus said unto him: c-acp pn22 vvb n2 cc n2, pn22 vmb xx vvi. dt n1 vvd p-acp pno31: n1, vvb a-acp p-acp po11 n1 vvi. np1 vvd p-acp pno31: (26) chapter (DIV2) 1084 Image 129
3088 Goe thy way, thy sonne liueth. Go thy Way, thy son lives. vvb po21 n1, po21 n1 vvz. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1084 Image 129
3089 And the man beleeued the word that Iesus had spoken vnto him, and went his waye. And the man believed the word that Iesus had spoken unto him, and went his Way. cc dt n1 vvd dt n1 cst np1 vhd vvn p-acp pno31, cc vvd po31 n1. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1084 Image 129
3090 And as he was nowe goinge downe, his seruantes mette him, sayinge: thy sonne lyueth. Then enquired he of them the hower when he began to amende. And as he was now going down, his Servants met him, saying: thy son liveth. Then inquired he of them the hour when he began to amend. cc c-acp pns31 vbds av vvg a-acp, po31 n2 vvd pno31, vvg: po21 n1 vvz. av vvd pns31 pp-f pno32 dt n1 c-crq pns31 vvd pc-acp vvi. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1084 Image 129
3091 And they saide vnto him, yester daye the seuenth hower, the feuer lefte him. And they said unto him, yester day the Seventh hour, the fever left him. cc pns32 vvd p-acp pno31, j n1 dt ord n1, dt n1 vvd pno31. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1084 Image 129
3092 Then the father knewe, that it was the same hower, in the which Iesus had saide vnto him, they sonne liueth, Then the father knew, that it was the same hour, in the which Iesus had said unto him, they son lives, av dt n1 vvd, cst pn31 vbds dt d n1, p-acp dt r-crq np1 vhd vvn p-acp pno31, pns32 n1 vvz, (26) chapter (DIV2) 1084 Image 129
3093 And he beleeued, and all his householde. And he believed, and all his household. cc pns31 vvd, cc d po31 n1. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1084 Image 129
3094 Iohn the Euangelist pronounceth very well that the man beleeued the worde, that Iesus had spoken vnto him. John the Evangelist pronounceth very well that the man believed the word, that Iesus had spoken unto him. np1 dt np1 vvz av av cst dt n1 vvd dt n1, cst np1 vhd vvn p-acp pno31. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1085 Image 129
3095 And straight way hée addeth also: he beleeued, and all his housholde. And straight Way he adds also: he believed, and all his household. cc av n1 pns31 vvz av: pns31 vvd, cc d po31 n1. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1085 Image 129
3096 And in the very discourse the narration, it is showed how he & all his house was induced to beleeue. And in the very discourse the narration, it is showed how he & all his house was induced to believe. cc p-acp dt j n1 dt n1, pn31 vbz vvn c-crq pns31 cc d po31 n1 vbds vvn pc-acp vvi. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1085 Image 129
3097 These thinges therfore doe cause me to affirme, that in this present reading is declared howe & by what meanes, faith springeth and is confirmed. These things Therefore do cause me to affirm, that in this present reading is declared how & by what means, faith springs and is confirmed. d n2 av vdb vvi pno11 pc-acp vvi, cst p-acp d j n-vvg vbz vvn c-crq cc p-acp r-crq n2, n1 vvz cc vbz vvn. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1085 Image 130
3098 Wherfore the state shall be, touching the nature or beginning and encreasement of faith. Wherefore the state shall be, touching the nature or beginning and encreasement of faith. c-crq dt n1 vmb vbi, vvg dt n1 cc n1 cc n1 pp-f n1. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1086 Image 130
3099 And that this state is to be attributed to the kinde didascalick, ech man may easely without any teacher, perceyue. And that this state is to be attributed to the kind Didascalick, each man may Easily without any teacher, perceive. cc cst d n1 vbz pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp dt j j, d n1 vmb av-j p-acp d n1, vvb. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1086 Image 130
3100 He when he hearde that Iesus. He when he heard that Iesus. pns31 c-crq pns31 vvd cst np1. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1087 Image 130
3101 I. First of all are put forth & heard certaine things of god, and of his good will and benefites towardes mankinde. I First of all Are put forth & herd certain things of god, and of his good will and benefits towards mankind. uh ord pp-f d vbr vvn av cc vvd j n2 pp-f n1, cc pp-f po31 j n1 cc n2 p-acp n1. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1088 Image 130
3102 The beginning of faith commeth of hearing: and hearing by the worde of God. He went vnto him, and besought him. The beginning of faith comes of hearing: and hearing by the word of God. He went unto him, and besought him. dt n1 pp-f n1 vvz pp-f vvg: cc vvg p-acp dt n1 pp-f np1. pns31 vvd p-acp pno31, cc vvd pno31. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1088 Image 130
3103 II. By hearing the worde, the minde of man is turned vnto God. II By hearing the word, the mind of man is turned unto God. crd p-acp vvg dt n1, dt n1 pp-f n1 vbz vvn p-acp np1. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1090 Image 130
3104 Moreouer man wisheth and praieth that hée may be made pertaker of Gods benefites, And so to praye our necessitye enforceth vs. Except ye see signes and wonders. Moreover man wishes and Prayeth that he may be made partaker of God's benefits, And so to pray our necessity enforceth us Except you see Signs and wonders. av n1 vvz cc vvz cst pns31 vmb vbi vvn n1 pp-f npg1 n2, cc av pc-acp vvi po12 n1 vvz pno12 c-acp pn22 vvb n2 cc n2. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1090 Image 130
3105 III. A weake and wauering faith in men, displeaseth God: III. A weak and wavering faith in men, displeaseth God: np1. dt j cc j-vvg n1 p-acp n2, vvz np1: (26) chapter (DIV2) 1092 Image 130
3106 yet God according to his mercye voucheth safe to make the same more stronge and perfect. yet God according to his mercy voucheth safe to make the same more strong and perfect. av np1 vvg p-acp po31 n1 vvz j pc-acp vvi dt d dc j cc j. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1092 Image 130
3107 Faith is the gift of God, and he encreaseth it being giuen. Wherefore wée ought with the Apostles to praye ofte times vnto God, and saye: Faith is the gift of God, and he increases it being given. Wherefore we ought with the Apostles to pray oft times unto God, and say: n1 vbz dt n1 pp-f np1, cc pns31 vvz pn31 vbg vvn. c-crq pns12 vmd p-acp dt n2 pc-acp vvi av n2 p-acp np1, cc vvi: (26) chapter (DIV2) 1092 Image 130
3108 Lorde encrease in vs our faith. Lord increase in us our faith. n1 vvi p-acp pno12 po12 n1. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1092 Image 130
3109 There be very many places of ye scripture which testifie, that there ought to be distinguished certaine degées, There be very many places of you scripture which testify, that there ought to be distinguished certain degées, pc-acp vbi av d n2 pp-f pn22 n1 r-crq vvb, d a-acp vmd p-acp vbi vvn j n2, (26) chapter (DIV2) 1093 Image 130
3110 as it were and encreasements of faith, and one while an infirme, weake, & vnperfect, an other while a stronge, stedfaste, and perfecte fayth to be noted. as it were and encreasements of faith, and one while an infirm, weak, & unperfect, an other while a strong, steadfast, and perfect faith to be noted. c-acp pn31 vbdr cc n2 pp-f n1, cc crd n1 dt j, j, cc j-u, dt n-jn cs dt j, j, cc vvi n1 pc-acp vbi vvn. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1093 Image 130
3111 Lorde goe downe before he dyeth. Lord go down before he Dies. n1 vvi a-acp c-acp pns31 vvz. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1094 Image 130
3112 IIII. Faith being somwhat encreased by the grace of god, proceadeth more franckly to entreat and call vpon God. IIII. Faith being somewhat increased by the grace of god, Proceedeth more frankly to entreat and call upon God. crd. n1 vbg av vvn p-acp dt n1 pp-f n1, vvz av-dc av-j pc-acp vvi cc vvi p-acp np1. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1095 Image 130
3113 Through pure and earnest inuocation all things are obteyned at Gods hande. Goe thy waye, thy sonne liueth. Through pure and earnest invocation all things Are obtained At God's hand. Go thy Way, thy son lives. p-acp j cc j n1 d n2 vbr vvn p-acp npg1 n1. vvb po21 n1, po21 n1 vvz. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1095 Image 130
3114 V. The faith as yet not fully perfect God mercifully looketh vppon, & rendereth vnto it according as it desireth. V. The faith as yet not Fully perfect God mercifully looks upon, & rendereth unto it according as it Desires. np1 dt n1 c-acp av xx av-j j np1 av-j vvz p-acp, cc vvz p-acp pn31 vvg p-acp pn31 vvz. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1097 Image 130
3115 And through faith men obtaine of God most ample benefites, like as spirituall, so also corporall. The man beleeued the worde. And through faith men obtain of God most ample benefits, like as spiritual, so also corporal. The man believed the word. cc p-acp n1 n2 vvi pp-f np1 av-ds j n2, av-j c-acp j, av av j. dt n1 vvd dt n1. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1097 Image 130
3116 VI. Fayth by the worde and promises of God is erected, receyueth strength, and is made perfect. VI. Faith by the word and promises of God is erected, receiveth strength, and is made perfect. crd. n1 p-acp dt n1 cc n2 pp-f np1 vbz vvn, vvz n1, cc vbz vvn j. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1099 Image 130
3117 Nowe as hee was goinge downe. Now as he was going down. av c-acp pns31 vbds vvg a-acp. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1100 Image 130
3118 VII. Man becommeth dayely more stronge in faith, that after the erample of Abraham, he may euen without hope beléeue vnder hope, VII. Man becomes daily more strong in faith, that After the erample of Abraham, he may even without hope believe under hope, np1. n1 vvz av-j av-dc j p-acp n1, cst p-acp dt vvb pp-f np1, pns31 vmb av-j p-acp n1 vvb p-acp n1, (26) chapter (DIV2) 1101 Image 130
3119 whylest namely the certaintie of gode promises doe alwaies more and more appere, and god neuer ceasseth wt new benefites to bewtify & adorne ye godly. whilst namely the certainty of good promises do always more and more appear, and god never ceaseth with new benefits to bewtify & adorn you godly. cs av dt n1 pp-f j n2 vdb av av-dc cc av-dc vvi, cc n1 av-x vvz p-acp j n2 pc-acp vvi cc vvi pn22 j. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1101 Image 130
3120 And he beleeued and all his householde. And he believed and all his household. cc pns31 vvd cc d po31 n1. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1102 Image 130
3121 VIII. The incomparable force and effecte as well of the worde of God, as of Fayth. VIII. The incomparable force and Effect as well of the word of God, as of Faith. crd. dt j n1 cc n1 c-acp av pp-f dt n1 pp-f np1, c-acp pp-f n1. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1103 Image 130
3122 For both the certaintie and truth of Gods worde beinge made manifest doth stirre vp faith in a greate number, For both the certainty and truth of God's word being made manifest does stir up faith in a great number, p-acp d dt n1 cc n1 pp-f npg1 n1 vbg vvn j vdz vvi a-acp n1 p-acp dt j n1, (26) chapter (DIV2) 1103 Image 130
3123 and also the notable fayth of one man beinge put forth for an example vnto others, inuyteth euen these also after a sorte to beléeue. and also the notable faith of one man being put forth for an Exampl unto Others, inuyteth even these also After a sort to believe. cc av dt j n1 pp-f crd n1 vbg vvn av p-acp dt n1 p-acp n2-jn, vvz av d av p-acp dt n1 pc-acp vvi. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1103 Image 130
3124 In respecte whereof wée may sée the eramples of the faith of the holy Saintes in the Scriptures worthy of imitation to be set before our eyes. In respect whereof we may see the eramples of the faith of the holy Saints in the Scriptures worthy of imitation to be Set before our eyes. p-acp n1 c-crq pns12 vmb vvi dt vvz pp-f dt n1 pp-f dt j n2 p-acp dt n2 j pp-f n1 pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp po12 n2. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1104 Image 130
3125 Thou séeste therefore howe aptely it is declared throughout ye whole narratio, ̄ by what meanes faith is ingendered, Thou See Therefore how aptly it is declared throughout you Whole Narration, ̄ by what means faith is engendered, pns21 vv2 av c-crq av-j pn31 vbz vvn p-acp pn22 j-jn fw-la, fw-la p-acp r-crq vvz n1 vbz vvn, (26) chapter (DIV2) 1104 Image 130
3126 & at ye lenght becōmeth perfit. One example more if wée shall add, wée will so make and ende. & At the length becomes perfect. One Exampl more if we shall add, we will so make and end. cc p-acp dt n1 vvz j. crd n1 av-dc cs pns12 vmb vvi, pns12 vmb av vvi cc n1. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1104 Image 130
3127 That shall be taken out of Marke. 16. That shall be taken out of Mark. 16. cst vmb vbi vvn av pp-f vvb. crd (26) chapter (DIV2) 1105 Image 130
3128 After that he appeared to the eleuen as they sat together, & reproued them of their vnbeliefe, After that he appeared to the eleuen as they sat together, & reproved them of their unbelief, p-acp cst pns31 vvd p-acp dt crd c-acp pns32 vvd av, cc vvd pno32 pp-f po32 n1, (26) chapter (DIV2) 1106 Image 130
3129 and hardenes of harte, bicause they beleeued not them that had seene him, beinge risen vp againe. And he sayd vnto them: and hardens of heart, Because they believed not them that had seen him, being risen up again. And he said unto them: cc n1 pp-f n1, c-acp pns32 vvd xx pno32 cst vhd vvn pno31, vbg vvn a-acp av. cc pns31 vvd p-acp pno32: (26) chapter (DIV2) 1106 Image 130
3130 Goe yee into all the worlde, and preach the Gospell to euery creature. Hee that shall beleeue, and bee baptized, shalbe saued: Go ye into all the world, and preach the Gospel to every creature. He that shall believe, and be baptised, shall saved: vvb pn22 p-acp d dt n1, cc vvi dt n1 p-acp d n1. pns31 cst vmb vvi, cc vbi vvn, vmb|vbi vvn: (26) chapter (DIV2) 1106 Image 130
3131 but hee that will not beleeue shalbe damned, And these tokens shall followe them that beleeue: but he that will not believe shall damned, And these tokens shall follow them that believe: cc-acp pns31 cst vmb xx vvi vmb|vbi vvn, cc d n2 vmb vvi pno32 cst vvb: (26) chapter (DIV2) 1106 Image 130
3132 In my name they shall cast out diuells and shall speake with newe tongue, and shall driue awaye serpentes, In my name they shall cast out Devils and shall speak with new tongue, and shall driven away Serpents, p-acp po11 n1 pns32 vmb vvi av n2 cc vmb vvi p-acp j n1, cc vmb vvi av n2, (26) chapter (DIV2) 1106 Image 130
3133 and if they shall drincke any deadly thinge, it shall not hurt them: they shal laye their hands on the sikle, and they shall recouer. and if they shall drink any deadly thing, it shall not hurt them: they shall say their hands on the sikle, and they shall recover. cc cs pns32 vmb vvi d j n1, pn31 vmb xx vvi pno32: pns32 vmb vvi po32 n2 p-acp dt j, cc pns32 vmb vvi. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1106 Image 130
3134 So after the lorde had spoken vnto them, he was receyued into heauen, and sate on the right hand of God. So After the lord had spoken unto them, he was received into heaven, and sat on the right hand of God. av p-acp dt n1 vhd vvn p-acp pno32, pns31 vbds vvn p-acp n1, cc vvd p-acp dt j-jn n1 pp-f np1. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1107 Image 131
3135 And they went forth, and preched euery where, and the lord wrought with them, and confirmed the worde with signes that followed. And they went forth, and preached every where, and the lord wrought with them, and confirmed the word with Signs that followed. cc pns32 vvd av, cc vvd d c-crq, cc dt n1 vvn p-acp pno32, cc vvd dt n1 p-acp n2 cst vvd. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1107 Image 131
3136 Séest thou not, howe Christ vpbraideth his sluggish disciples with their incredulitye & hardenesse of hart? Therefore least we at any time be reproued for the like, wée must take diligent héede, that, See thou not, how christ upbraideth his sluggish Disciples with their incredulity & hardenesse of heart? Therefore lest we At any time be reproved for the like, we must take diligent heed, that, vv2 pns21 xx, c-crq np1 vvz po31 j n2 p-acp po32 n1 cc n1 pp-f n1? av cs pns12 p-acp d n1 vbi vvn p-acp dt j, pns12 vmb vvi j n1, cst, (26) chapter (DIV2) 1108 Image 131
3137 after we haue harde, beléeued, ad imbraced the Gospell, we cleaue constantlye to the same. Wherfore let the state of this reading be: After we have harden, believed, and embraced the Gospel, we cleave constantly to the same. Wherefore let the state of this reading be: c-acp pns12 vhb vvn, vvn, cc vvd dt n1, pns12 vvb av-j p-acp dt d. q-crq vvb dt n1 pp-f d n-vvg vbi: (26) chapter (DIV2) 1108 Image 131
3138 that ye Gospell is constantly and fréely to be cleaued vnto. that you Gospel is constantly and freely to be cleaved unto. cst pn22 n1 vbz av-j cc av-j pc-acp vbi j p-acp. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1109 Image 131
3139 As for those thinges that folow in the texte, they shall aptely be taken in stead of arguments or reasons confirminge the same. As for those things that follow in the text, they shall aptly be taken in stead of Arguments or Reasons confirming the same. c-acp p-acp d n2 cst vvi p-acp dt n1, pns32 vmb av-j vbi vvn p-acp n1 pp-f n2 cc n2 vvg dt d. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1109 Image 131
3140 Neither truely shall it be a hard matter so to axplane all the partes thereof, as that they may be agreable to our purpose. Neither truly shall it be a hard matter so to axplane all the parts thereof, as that they may be agreeable to our purpose. av-d av-j vmb pn31 vbi dt j n1 av pc-acp vvi d dt n2 av, c-acp cst pns32 vmb vbi j p-acp po12 n1. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1109 Image 131
3141 Bycause they beleeued not them that had seene him, being risen agayne. I The first reason. Because they believed not them that had seen him, being risen again. I The First reason. c-acp pns32 vvd xx pno32 cst vhd vvn pno31, vbg vvn av. pns11 dt ord n1. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1110 Image 131
3142 We ought to sticke fast vnto the Gospell of Christ, for the authorities sake and testimony of those men that haue séene, hard, We ought to stick fast unto the Gospel of christ, for the authorities sake and testimony of those men that have seen, hard, pns12 vmd pc-acp vvi av-j p-acp dt n1 pp-f np1, p-acp dt n2 n1 cc n1 pp-f d n2 cst vhb vvn, j, (26) chapter (DIV2) 1111 Image 131
3143 and declared the same vnto vs. For thus faith Christ Act. 1. to his apostles: Ye shalbe my witnesses, not onely at Hierusalem, but also in al Iury, & Samaria, and declared the same unto us For thus faith christ Act. 1. to his Apostles: You shall my Witnesses, not only At Jerusalem, but also in all Jury, & Samaria, cc vvd dt d p-acp pno12 p-acp av n1 np1 n1 crd p-acp po31 n2: pn22 vmb po11 n2, xx av-j p-acp np1, cc-acp av p-acp d n1, cc np1, (26) chapter (DIV2) 1111 Image 131
3144 & euen to the worldes end. Peter like wise Act. 2. saith: This Iesus hath god raised vp, wherof we are all witnesses. & even to the world's end. Peter like wise Act. 2. Says: This Iesus hath god raised up, whereof we Are all Witnesses. cc av p-acp dt ng1 n1. np1 av-j j n1 crd vvz: d np1 vhz n1 vvn a-acp, c-crq pns12 vbr d n2. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1111 Image 131
3145 And Iohn in his first epist. And John in his First Epistle. cc np1 p-acp po31 ord vvn. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1111 Image 131
3146 cap. 1. That which was frō the begining, which we haue heard, which we haue sene with our eyes, which we haue loked vpon, cap. 1. That which was from the beginning, which we have herd, which we have seen with our eyes, which we have looked upon, n1. crd d r-crq vbds p-acp dt n-vvg, r-crq pns12 vhb vvn, r-crq pns12 vhb vvn p-acp po12 n2, r-crq pns12 vhb vvn p-acp, (26) chapter (DIV2) 1111 Image 131
3147 & our hands haue handeled of the worde of lyfe: and shewe vnto you that eternal life. & our hands have handled of the word of life: and show unto you that Eternal life. cc po12 n2 vhb vvn pp-f dt n1 pp-f n1: cc vvi p-acp pn22 d j n1. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1111 Image 131
3148 God will haue therfore ye testimony of such men to be accounted of most great weight and importaunce amongest all men. God will have Therefore the testimony of such men to be accounted of most great weight and importance amongst all men. np1 vmb vhi av dt n1 pp-f d n2 pc-acp vbi vvn pp-f ds j n1 cc n1 p-acp d n2. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1111 Image 131
3149 Goe into the whole world and preache. II. The second reason, of the •dicte or cōmaundement of Christ. Go into the Whole world and preach. II The second reason, of the •dicte or Commandment of christ. vvb p-acp dt j-jn n1 cc vvi. crd dt ord n1, pp-f dt n1 cc n1 pp-f np1. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1112 Image 131
3150 Christ gaue in charge to his apostles, yt they should publishe the gospell to all nations. christ gave in charge to his Apostles, that they should publish the gospel to all Nations. np1 vvd p-acp n1 p-acp po31 n2, pn31 pns32 vmd vvi dt n1 p-acp d n2. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1113 Image 131
3151 By the same diligence, no doubte, it is commaunded also vnto vs, that we should with all our endeuour imbrace and reteyne the same. By the same diligence, no doubt, it is commanded also unto us, that we should with all our endeavour embrace and retain the same. p-acp dt d n1, dx n1, pn31 vbz vvn av p-acp pno12, cst pns12 vmd p-acp d po12 n1 vvi cc vvi dt d. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1113 Image 131
3152 Hee that beleeueth, and is pabtized. He that Believeth, and is pabtized. pns31 cst vvz, cc vbz vvn. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1114 Image 131
3153 III. The thirde reason, of the promise and threateninge, which are annexed to the commaundemente of God. III. The Third reason, of the promise and threatening, which Are annexed to the Commandment of God. np1. dt ord n1, pp-f dt n1 cc j-vvg, r-crq vbr vvn p-acp dt n1 pp-f np1. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1115 Image 131
3154 In like maner we sée promises and comminations adioyned to the preceptes of the Decaloge. And these tokens shall folowe them that beleeue. In like manner we see promises and comminations adjoined to the Precepts of the Decalogue. And these tokens shall follow them that believe. p-acp j n1 pns12 vvb n2 cc n2 vvn p-acp dt n2 pp-f dt n1. cc d n2 vmb vvi pno32 cst vvb. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1115 Image 131
3155 IIII. The fourth reason, of the manifolde giftes, whereby God vnto this end and purpose garnisheth and illustrateth his Church, that the certaintie and excellency of the Euangelical doctrine might be approued. IIII. The fourth reason, of the manifold Gifts, whereby God unto this end and purpose garnisheth and illustrateth his Church, that the certainty and excellency of the Evangelical Doctrine might be approved. crd. dt ord n1, pp-f dt j n2, c-crq np1 p-acp d n1 cc n1 vvz cc vvz po31 n1, cst dt n1 cc n1 pp-f dt np1 n1 vmd vbi vvn. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1117 Image 131
3156 So the Lorde after hee had spoken. V. The fift reason. So the Lord After he had spoken. V. The fift reason. av dt n1 c-acp pns31 vhd vvn. np1 dt ord n1. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1118 Image 131
3157 Whatsoeuer thinges haue bene hitherto spoken, are established and confyrmed by the ascention of Christ himselfe into the heauens, Whatsoever things have be hitherto spoken, Are established and confirmed by the Ascension of christ himself into the heavens, r-crq n2 vhb vbn av vvn, vbr vvn cc vvn p-acp dt n1 pp-f np1 px31 p-acp dt n2, (26) chapter (DIV2) 1119 Image 131
3158 and by his syttinge at the right hande of the father. and by his sitting At the right hand of the father. cc p-acp po31 vvg p-acp dt j-jn n1 pp-f dt n1. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1119 Image 131
3159 For by these two signes or markes, he signified vnto all men, how great his power and dignitie were. For by these two Signs or marks, he signified unto all men, how great his power and dignity were. p-acp p-acp d crd n2 cc n2, pns31 vvd p-acp d n2, c-crq j po31 n1 cc n1 vbdr. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1119 Image 131
3160 And vndoubtedly to ascende by his owne proper power into heauen, and to sitte at the right hand of the father, are most assured argumentes of his deuine nature, in respecte whereof he is in all pointes coequall with his father. And undoubtedly to ascend by his own proper power into heaven, and to sit At the right hand of the father, Are most assured Arguments of his divine nature, in respect whereof he is in all points coequal with his father. cc av-j pc-acp vvi p-acp po31 d j n1 p-acp n1, cc pc-acp vvi p-acp dt j-jn n1 pp-f dt n1, vbr av-ds vvn n2 pp-f po31 j-jn n1, p-acp n1 c-crq pns31 vbz p-acp d n2 j p-acp po31 n1. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1119 Image 131
3161 And they went forth and preached euery where. VI. The sixt reason, of the effectes that folowed. And they went forth and preached every where. VI. The sixt reason, of the effects that followed. cc pns32 vvd av cc vvd d c-crq. crd. dt ord n1, pp-f dt n2 cst vvd. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1120 Image 131
3162 The apostles, like as they were commaunded, published the Gospell. They preached also euery where: The Apostles, like as they were commanded, published the Gospel. They preached also every where: dt n2, av-j c-acp pns32 vbdr vvn, vvn dt n1. pns32 vvd av d c-crq: (26) chapter (DIV2) 1121 Image 131
3163 Wherefore the knowledge of the Gospell hath of necessitie come euen vnto vs also and to ours. Wherefore the knowledge of the Gospel hath of necessity come even unto us also and to ours. c-crq dt n1 pp-f dt n1 vhz pp-f n1 vvb av p-acp pno12 av cc p-acp png12. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1121 Image 131
3164 No signes and wonders, neither the wonderfull power of the holy Ghost, ne yet any thinge els was lackinge. No Signs and wonders, neither the wonderful power of the holy Ghost, ne yet any thing Else was lacking. av-dx n2 cc n2, av-dx dt j n1 pp-f dt j n1, ccx av d n1 av vbds vvg. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1122 Image 131
3165 All these things therefore doe conuince yea and euen compell vs, that wee should ascribe all glory vnto the gospell, All these things Therefore do convince yea and even compel us, that we should ascribe all glory unto the gospel, d d n2 av vdb vvi uh cc av vvb pno12, cst pns12 vmd vvi d n1 p-acp dt n1, (26) chapter (DIV2) 1123 Image 131
3166 and vnto God the author of the gospell, & that wée should cōstantly cleaue vnto the same. and unto God the author of the gospel, & that we should constantly cleave unto the same. cc p-acp np1 dt n1 pp-f dt n1, cc cst pns12 vmd av-j vvi p-acp dt d. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1123 Image 131
3167 For héere vndoubtedly are remembred those thinges by which men of all former ages haue bene most chiefely perswaded, to imbrace, For Here undoubtedly Are remembered those things by which men of all former ages have be most chiefly persuaded, to embrace, p-acp av av-j vbr vvn d n2 p-acp r-crq n2 pp-f d j n2 vhb vbn av-ds av-jn vvn, pc-acp vvi, (26) chapter (DIV2) 1123 Image 132
3168 and highly estéeme, the holesome doctrine of the Church, comprised in the volumes of the prophetes and Apostles. and highly esteem, the wholesome Doctrine of the Church, comprised in the volumes of the Prophets and Apostles. cc av-j vvi, dt j n1 pp-f dt n1, vvn p-acp dt n2 pp-f dt n2 cc n2. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1123 Image 132
3169 And thus much touching this euangelicall narration of Mark 16. There are in the thirde Chapter aforegoing certaine readinges out of the Euangelicall history, explaned of vs in such order as we there handeled and set foorth: And thus much touching this Evangelical narration of Mark 16. There Are in the Third Chapter aforegoing certain readings out of the Evangelical history, explained of us in such order as we there handled and Set forth: cc av av-d vvg d j n1 pp-f vvb crd pc-acp vbr p-acp dt ord n1 vvg j n2-vvg av pp-f dt j n1, vvn pp-f pno12 p-acp d n1 c-acp pns12 a-acp vvd cc vvn av: (26) chapter (DIV2) 1123 Image 132
3170 and yet nothing letteth, but that the very same, may no lesse profitably then godly, be expounded also in this forme wherof we nowe entreate. and yet nothing lets, but that the very same, may no less profitably then godly, be expounded also in this Form whereof we now entreat. cc av pix vvz, cc-acp cst dt j d, vmb av-dx av-dc av-j cs j, vbb vvn av p-acp d n1 c-crq pns12 av vvi. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1124 Image 132
3171 Which thing truly I will not sticke héere briefely to declare. Which thing truly I will not stick Here briefly to declare. r-crq n1 av-j pns11 vmb xx vvi av av-j pc-acp vvi. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1124 Image 132
3172 That narration out of Mark. 6. as touching the multitude which was thrée dayes without méate through ye desyre they had to hére ye most holy sermons of Christ, doth first of all wonderfully commend vnto all men ye studye of learning and vnderstanding the worde of God. That narration out of Mark. 6. as touching the multitude which was thrée days without méate through you desire they had to Here you most holy Sermons of christ, does First of all wonderfully commend unto all men you study of learning and understanding the word of God. cst n1 av pp-f vvb. crd p-acp vvg dt n1 r-crq vbds crd n2 p-acp n1 p-acp pn22 vvi pns32 vhd p-acp av pn22 av-ds j n2 pp-f np1, vdz ord pp-f d av-j vvb p-acp d n2 pn22 n1 pp-f n1 cc vvg dt n1 pp-f np1. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1125 Image 132
3173 Therfore we shall worthily accept this sentence in steade of the state. Therefore we shall worthily accept this sentence in stead of the state. av pns12 vmb av-j vvi d n1 p-acp n1 pp-f dt n1. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1125 Image 132
3174 In ye second place is added ye which declareth, ye al those ye are touched with any desyre at al of profiting in ye doctrine of true religion are cared for of god, In you second place is added you which Declareth, you all those you Are touched with any desire At all of profiting in you Doctrine of true Religion Are cared for of god, p-acp pn22 ord n1 vbz vvn pn22 r-crq vvz, pn22 d d pn22 vbr vvn p-acp d n1 p-acp d pp-f vvg p-acp pn22 n1 pp-f j n1 vbr vvn p-acp pp-f n1, (26) chapter (DIV2) 1125 Image 132
3175 and ye god will in no wise forsake them. and you god will in no wise forsake them. cc pn22 n1 vmb p-acp dx n1 vvi pno32. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1125 Image 132
3176 I haue compassion (sayth he) on the multitude. Thirdly, by ye wordes of the disciples supposinge that it coulde not be that so many might be satisfied with breade in the wildernes, may bée gathered: I have compassion (say he) on the multitude. Thirdly, by the words of the Disciples supposing that it could not be that so many might be satisfied with bread in the Wilderness, may been gathered: pns11 vhb n1 (vvz pns31) p-acp dt n1. ord, p-acp dt n2 pp-f dt n2 vvg cst pn31 vmd xx vbi d av d vmd vbi vvn p-acp n1 p-acp dt n1, vmb vbi vvn: (26) chapter (DIV2) 1125 Image 132
3177 that those which prepare themselues to the study of sacred and heauenly thynges, are first hindered and oppressed with many griefes and temptations, that those which prepare themselves to the study of sacred and heavenly things, Are First hindered and oppressed with many griefs and temptations, cst d r-crq vvb px32 p-acp dt n1 pp-f j cc j n2, vbr ord vvn cc vvn p-acp d n2 cc n2, (26) chapter (DIV2) 1125 Image 132
3178 before they can attayne to their wished scope, yea and ofte times they strike vpon ye rockes (as they saye) euen in the very heauen it selfe, before they can attain to their wished scope, yea and oft times they strike upon you Rocks (as they say) even in the very heaven it self, c-acp pns32 vmb vvi p-acp po32 j-vvn n1, uh cc av n2 pns32 vvb p-acp pn22 n2 (c-acp pns32 vvb) av-j p-acp dt j n1 pn31 n1, (26) chapter (DIV2) 1125 Image 132
3179 and are haled awaye from their godly purpose. and Are haled away from their godly purpose. cc vbr vvn av p-acp po32 j n1. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1125 Image 132
3180 But whereas christ in ye fourth place demaūdeth of his disciples how many leaues they haue, we are taught euidently thereby, ye God hath alwayes in a readines diuers apte and conuenient meanes, whereby he may prouibe for the godly, But whereas Christ in the fourth place demandeth of his Disciples how many leaves they have, we Are taught evidently thereby, you God hath always in a readiness diverse apt and convenient means, whereby he may prouibe for the godly, p-acp cs np1 p-acp dt ord n1 vvz pp-f po31 n2 c-crq d n2 pns32 vhb, pns12 vbr vvn av-j av, pn22 np1 vhz av p-acp dt n1 j j cc j n2, c-crq pns31 vmb vvi p-acp dt j, (26) chapter (DIV2) 1125 Image 132
3181 & next after spirituall or heauenly benefytes minister also corporall or earthly. & next After spiritual or heavenly benefits minister also corporal or earthly. cc ord p-acp j cc j n2 vvi av j cc j. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1125 Image 132
3182 For by ye meanes ye we least thinke off, god succureth all those that labour and be in necessitie. For by the means you we least think off, god succureth all those that labour and be in necessity. c-acp p-acp dt n2 pn22 pns12 ds vvb a-acp, n1 vvz d d cst n1 cc vbb p-acp n1. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1126 Image 132
3183 And therefore in the fyfte place Christ giueth vnto his disciples, that they shoulde set before others. And Therefore in the Fifth place christ gives unto his Disciples, that they should Set before Others. cc av p-acp dt ord n1 np1 vvz p-acp po31 n2, cst pns32 vmd vvi p-acp n2-jn. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1126 Image 132
3184 for God sendeth alwayes in season teachers, which maye with all fydelitie and diligence enstructe those that are desirous to learne. for God sends always in season Teachers, which may with all fydelitie and diligence enstructe those that Are desirous to Learn. p-acp np1 vvz av p-acp n1 n2, r-crq vmb p-acp d n1 cc n1 vvi d cst vbr j pc-acp vvi. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1126 Image 132
3185 Lastely and in the sixt place; they all eate and are suffysed. Lastly and in the sixt place; they all eat and Are sufficed. ord cc p-acp dt ord n1; pns32 d vvi cc vbr vvn. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1126 Image 132
3186 They that a litle before hongered and thristed after the knowledge of the trueth, doe now happely profyt therein, They that a little before hongered and thirsted After the knowledge of the truth, do now happily profit therein, pns32 d dt j c-acp vvn cc vvd p-acp dt n1 pp-f dt n1, vdb av av-j vvi av, (26) chapter (DIV2) 1127 Image 132
3187 yea and so far forth doe they eftesoones procéede, ye there remayneth vnto them, what they may giue an imparte vnto others, yea and so Far forth do they eftesoones proceed, you there remaineth unto them, what they may give an impart unto Others, uh cc av av-j av vdb pns32 av vvb, pn22 zz vvz p-acp pno32, r-crq pns32 vmb vvi dt vvi p-acp n2-jn, (26) chapter (DIV2) 1127 Image 132
3188 and at the length may, either publikely or priuately teach the doctrine of pietie vnto the rest. and At the length may, either publicly or privately teach the Doctrine of piety unto the rest. cc p-acp dt n1 vmb, av-d av-j cc av-j vvi dt n1 pp-f n1 p-acp dt n1. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1127 Image 132
3189 Nowe that history likewise of Mathew 2. as touching the wise men that come from the East to worship Christ, it shall be very easye to applye wholy to the tractation of one common place. Now that history likewise of Matthew 2. as touching the wise men that come from the East to worship christ, it shall be very easy to apply wholly to the tractation of one Common place. av d n1 av pp-f np1 crd p-acp vvg dt j n2 cst vvb p-acp dt n1 pc-acp vvi np1, pn31 vmb vbi av j pc-acp vvi av-jn p-acp dt n1 pp-f crd j n1. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1128 Image 132
3190 The state or common place maye aptly bee prefixed, as concerninge vocation or callynge. The state or Common place may aptly be prefixed, as Concerning vocation or calling. dt n1 cc j n1 vmb av-j vbi vvn, c-acp vvg n1 cc n1. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1128 Image 132
3191 This state beinge assigned, first of all shall bee declared, whensoeuer God calleth any man by a signe either externall or internall, This state being assigned, First of all shall be declared, whensoever God calls any man by a Signen either external or internal, d n1 vbg vvn, ord pp-f d vmb vbi vvn, c-crq np1 vvz d n1 p-acp dt n1 av-d j cc j, (26) chapter (DIV2) 1129 Image 132
3192 or rather by them both, to the knowledge and confession of the Gospell, or els to some certaine kinde of lyfe, in which he may dayly serue God and profyte his neighbour, that he ought not to refuse, or rather by them both, to the knowledge and Confessi of the Gospel, or Else to Some certain kind of life, in which he may daily serve God and profit his neighbour, that he ought not to refuse, cc av-c p-acp pno32 d, p-acp dt n1 cc n1 pp-f dt n1, cc av p-acp d j n1 pp-f n1, p-acp r-crq pns31 vmb av-j vvi np1 cc n1 po31 n1, cst pns31 vmd xx pc-acp vvi, (26) chapter (DIV2) 1129 Image 132
3193 but with chéerefull harte to come and deuoutly obaye vnto the caller. but with cheerful heart to come and devoutly obey unto the caller. cc-acp p-acp j n1 pc-acp vvi cc av-j vvi p-acp dt n1. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1129 Image 132
3194 In the seconde place where it is reported that Herode and ye whole citie was troubled, thou shalt not without cause inculke an exhortation to ouercome temptations. In the seconde place where it is reported that Herod and the Whole City was troubled, thou shalt not without cause inculk an exhortation to overcome temptations. p-acp dt ord n1 c-crq pn31 vbz vvn cst np1 cc dt j-jn n1 vbds vvn, pns21 vm2 xx p-acp n1 vvi dt n1 pc-acp vvi n2. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1130 Image 132
3195 For thus commonly it commeth to passe, assoone as any is elected and called of God to a godly worke Sathan by and by together with his conspirators the fleshe and the worlde worketh wiles, For thus commonly it comes to pass, As soon as any is elected and called of God to a godly work Sathan by and by together with his conspirators the Flesh and the world works wiles, c-acp av av-j pn31 vvz pc-acp vvi, av c-acp d vbz vvn cc vvn pp-f np1 p-acp dt j n1 np1 p-acp cc p-acp av p-acp po31 n2 dt n1 cc dt n1 vvz n2, (26) chapter (DIV2) 1131 Image 132
3196 and leaueth nothinge vnattempted whereby they may withdrawe him from his good and holy purpose. and Leaveth nothing unattempted whereby they may withdraw him from his good and holy purpose. cc vvz pix j c-crq pns32 vmb vvi pno31 p-acp po31 j cc j n1. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1131 Image 132
3197 But their followeth in the thirde place ye which in this kinde of conflict bringeth an excéeding great comforte, But their follows in the Third place you which in this kind of conflict brings an exceeding great Comfort, p-acp po32 vvz p-acp dt ord n1 pn22 r-crq p-acp d n1 pp-f n1 vvz dt j-vvg j n1, (26) chapter (DIV2) 1131 Image 132
3198 namely that against the most fierce and bitter temptations a present remedie is to be sought for out of ye holy Scripture. namely that against the most fierce and bitter temptations a present remedy is to be sought for out of the holy Scripture. av cst p-acp dt av-ds j cc j n2 dt j n1 vbz pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp av pp-f dt j n1. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1131 Image 132
3199 The lawe, the prophetes, and Apostles doo certifie the conscience as touchinge thinges doubtefull, they shewe most apparauntly where Christ is to be founde, The law, the Prophets, and Apostles do certify the conscience as touching things doubtful, they show most apparauntly where christ is to be found, dt n1, dt n2, cc n2 vdi vvi dt n1 c-acp vvg n2 j, pns32 vvb av-ds av-j c-crq np1 vbz pc-acp vbi vvn, (26) chapter (DIV2) 1131 Image 133
3200 and where the minde finally may rest in safetye. and where the mind finally may rest in safety. cc c-crq dt n1 av-j vmb vvi p-acp n1. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1131 Image 133
3201 For it is euen the holy Scripture alone, that confirmeth and susteyneth thée in the knowledge and confession of the Gospell, in sincere faith, in puritie of life and conuersation. For it is even the holy Scripture alone, that confirmeth and sustaineth thee in the knowledge and Confessi of the Gospel, in sincere faith, in purity of life and Conversation. p-acp pn31 vbz av-j dt j n1 av-j, cst vvz cc vvz pno21 p-acp dt n1 cc n1 pp-f dt n1, p-acp j n1, p-acp n1 pp-f n1 cc n1. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1132 Image 133
3202 Fourthly, where the subtelty of Herode priuily calling the wise men vnto him is disclosed, shall very well be added that after the first and most grieuous temptations are ouercome, Fourthly, where the subtlety of Herod privily calling the wise men unto him is disclosed, shall very well be added that After the First and most grievous temptations Are overcome, ord, c-crq dt n1 pp-f np1 av-j vvg dt j n2 p-acp pno31 vbz vvn, vmb av av vbi vvn cst p-acp dt ord cc av-ds j n2 vbr vvn, (26) chapter (DIV2) 1132 Image 133
3203 and after the minde is confirmed, and that by the ayde of Gods worde, in hir calling & holy purpose, there remayne as yet successiuely newe daungers which hipocrits, which false teachers or heretickes, which tyrauntes, and After the mind is confirmed, and that by the aid of God's word, in his calling & holy purpose, there remain as yet successively new dangers which hipocrits, which false Teachers or Heretics, which Tyrants, cc p-acp dt n1 vbz vvn, cc cst p-acp dt n1 pp-f npg1 n1, p-acp png31 vvg cc j n1, pc-acp vvi a-acp av av-j j n2 r-crq n2, r-crq j n2 cc n2, r-crq n2, (26) chapter (DIV2) 1132 Image 133
3204 and such kinde of aduersaries of true religion will forge and contriue. and such kind of Adversaries of true Religion will forge and contrive. cc d n1 pp-f n2 pp-f j n1 vmb vvi cc vvi. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1132 Image 133
3205 For as longe as we liue here in this life, ther is nothing but perils vppon perils, For as long as we live Here in this life, there is nothing but perils upon perils, c-acp c-acp av-j c-acp pns12 vvb av p-acp d n1, pc-acp vbz pix cc-acp n2 p-acp n2, (26) chapter (DIV2) 1133 Image 133
3206 and euen as if a certaine rancke of troubles were linked togither with chains, so doth one distresse after an other fasten vppon the godly. and even as if a certain rank of Troubles were linked together with chains, so does one distress After an other fasten upon the godly. cc av-j c-acp cs dt j n1 pp-f n2 vbdr vvn av p-acp n2, av vdz pi n1 p-acp dt n-jn vvi p-acp dt j. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1133 Image 133
3207 But yet we ought in no cace to be discouraged in our minds through the frequency or greatnesse of the perills. But yet we ought in no case to be discouraged in our minds through the frequency or greatness of the perils. p-acp av pns12 vmd p-acp dx n1 pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp po12 n2 p-acp dt n1 cc n1 pp-f dt n2. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1134 Image 133
3208 Hitherto perteineth that which followeth in the fift place, as touching the departure of the wise men, Hitherto pertaineth that which follows in the fift place, as touching the departure of the wise men, av vvz cst r-crq vvz p-acp dt ord n1, c-acp vvg dt n1 pp-f dt j n2, (26) chapter (DIV2) 1135 Image 133
3209 and the starre againe going before them. and the star again going before them. cc dt n1 av vvg p-acp pno32. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1135 Image 133
3210 Thou shalt here not vnexpertly add, yt he which by valiaunt striuinge bath already escaped the daungers of the first and seconde sorte, doth nowe lye (as it were) at anchor and rest in a quiet baye. Thou shalt Here not vnexpertly add, that he which by valiant striving bath already escaped the dangers of the First and seconde sort, does now lie (as it were) At anchor and rest in a quiet bay. pns21 vm2 av xx av-jn vvi, pn31 pns31 r-crq p-acp j vvg n1 av vvd dt n2 pp-f dt ord cc ord n1, vdz av vvi (c-acp pn31 vbdr) p-acp n1 cc vvi p-acp dt j-jn n1. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1136 Image 133
3211 For let the Champion of Christ constantly ensue the first signes of his callinge, but most diligently let him folowe the scripture, which doth assure him of his vocation and all the order of his dutie, For let the Champion of christ constantly ensue the First Signs of his calling, but most diligently let him follow the scripture, which does assure him of his vocation and all the order of his duty, p-acp vvb dt n1 pp-f np1 av-j vvi dt ord n2 pp-f po31 vvg, cc-acp av-ds av-j vvb pno31 vvi dt n1, r-crq vdz vvi pno31 pp-f po31 n1 cc d dt n1 pp-f po31 n1, (26) chapter (DIV2) 1136 Image 133
3212 & he shall (vndoubtedly) come vnto that place, where hee shall see Christ in his glory, & he shall (undoubtedly) come unto that place, where he shall see christ in his glory, cc pns31 vmb (av-j) vvb p-acp d n1, c-crq pns31 vmb vvi np1 p-acp po31 n1, (26) chapter (DIV2) 1136 Image 133
3213 and obteyne thorough him euerlasting life. He that endureth to the ende shalbe saued. and obtain through him everlasting life. He that Endureth to the end shall saved. cc vvi p-acp pno31 j n1. pns31 cst vvz p-acp dt n1 vmb|vbi vvn. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1136 Image 133
3214 Thou seeste therefore all the partes hereof not vnaptly to be reduced to one common place, Thou See Therefore all the parts hereof not unaptly to be reduced to one Common place, pns21 vv2 av av-d dt n2 av xx av-j pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp crd j n1, (26) chapter (DIV2) 1137 Image 133
3215 as touching calling or vocation, and perseueraunce in the same. as touching calling or vocation, and perseverance in the same. c-acp vvg n1 cc n1, cc n1 p-acp dt d. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1137 Image 133
3216 Againe in lyke maner the historye out of Luke. 2. as concerning the confession, which as well Simeon, as Anna made of Christ, shall fruitfully be expounded, by declaring out of it, Again in like manner the history out of Lycia. 2. as Concerning the Confessi, which as well Simeon, as Anna made of christ, shall fruitfully be expounded, by declaring out of it, av p-acp av-j n1 dt n1 av pp-f av. crd p-acp vvg dt n1, r-crq c-acp av np1, p-acp np1 vvn pp-f np1, vmb av-j vbi vvn, p-acp vvg av pp-f pn31, (26) chapter (DIV2) 1138 Image 133
3217 how necessarye it is, that all the faithfull, whensoeuer oportunitie will serue, shoulde render an account, how necessary it is, that all the faithful, whensoever opportunity will serve, should render an account, c-crq j pn31 vbz, cst d dt j, c-crq n1 vmb vvi, vmd vvi dt n1, (26) chapter (DIV2) 1138 Image 133
3218 or that which is all one, make confession of theyr faith. And ye this is the state of the sayd reading, it shal truly vs auouched, or that which is all one, make Confessi of their faith. And you this is the state of the said reading, it shall truly us avouched, cc cst r-crq vbz d pi, vvb n1 pp-f po32 n1. cc pn22 d vbz dt n1 pp-f dt j-vvn n-vvg, pn31 vmb av-j pno12 vvn, (26) chapter (DIV2) 1138 Image 133
3219 as soone as mencion shal be made of Simeon. as soon as mention shall be made of Simeon. c-acp av c-acp n1 vmb vbi vvn pp-f np1. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1139 Image 133
3220 Secondly at the wordes of Siemon, in which he pronounceth Christ to be put for the ruine and vprysinge agayne of many, Secondly At the words of Siemon, in which he pronounceth christ to be put for the ruin and vprysinge again of many, ord p-acp dt n2 pp-f np1, p-acp r-crq pns31 vvz np1 pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp dt n1 cc vvg av pp-f d, (26) chapter (DIV2) 1140 Image 133
3221 and for a signe which is spoken agaynst, & moreouer that a sworde shoul perce Maries soule, shal aptely be intreated as touchinge that poynte, that a confession made is alwayes pursued with offences, sondry mocions, contencions and great daungers. and for a Signen which is spoken against, & moreover that a sword Should pierce Mary's soul, shall aptly be entreated as touching that point, that a Confessi made is always pursued with offences, sundry motions, contentions and great dangers. cc p-acp dt n1 r-crq vbz vvn p-acp, cc av cst dt n1 n1 vvi npg1 n1, vmb av-j vbi vvn p-acp vvg d n1, cst dt n1 vvn vbz av vvn p-acp n2, j n2, n2 cc j n2. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1140 Image 133
3222 The world neuer ceaseth to bringe the godly confessors into peryll and hazard. The world never ceases to bring the godly Confessors into peril and hazard. dt n1 av-x vvz pc-acp vvi dt j n2 p-acp n1 cc n1. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1141 Image 133
3223 Thirdly, where it is described what maner of person the sayde Anna was, how godly and vnblameably she lyued, very oportunely next after those wordes briefelye declared, shall be added, that wheresoeuer the confession of faith taketh place, ther ought also manifest fruits of faith, Thirdly, where it is described what manner of person the said Anna was, how godly and unblamably she lived, very opportunely next After those words briefly declared, shall be added, that wheresoever the Confessi of faith Takes place, there ought also manifest fruits of faith, ord, c-crq pn31 vbz vvn r-crq n1 pp-f n1 dt j-vvn np1 vbds, c-crq j cc av-j pns31 vvd, av av-j ord p-acp d n2 av-j vvn, vmb vbi vvn, cst c-crq dt n1 pp-f n1 vvz n1, pc-acp vmd av j n2 pp-f n1, (26) chapter (DIV2) 1142 Image 133
3224 and manifold exercises of pietie to be seene. and manifold exercises of piety to be seen. cc j n2 pp-f n1 pc-acp vbi vvn. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1142 Image 133
3225 Finally that confession is known to be perfect, which on the one syde is accompanied with the perils of temptations & perfecution, Finally that Confessi is known to be perfect, which on the one side is accompanied with the perils of temptations & persecution, av-j d n1 vbz vvn pc-acp vbi j, r-crq p-acp dt crd n1 vbz vvn p-acp dt n2 pp-f n2 cc n1, (26) chapter (DIV2) 1142 Image 133
3226 and on the other side with the notable fruites of faith. and on the other side with the notable fruits of faith. cc p-acp dt j-jn n1 p-acp dt j n2 pp-f n1. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1142 Image 133
3227 With suche a confession God is delighted, the rest of the godly are strengthened, the enemies are directed and discouraged, the Diuell hymselfe is discomfited and subdude. With such a Confessi God is delighted, the rest of the godly Are strengthened, the enemies Are directed and discouraged, the devil himself is discomfited and subdued. p-acp d dt n1 np1 vbz vvn, dt n1 pp-f dt j vbr vvn, dt n2 vbr vvn cc vvn, dt n1 px31 vbz vvn cc vvn. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1143 Image 133
3228 Fourthly, Anna is reported to haue confessed lyke wise, and agreeing in al poynts with Simeō, to haue spoken 〈 ◊ 〉 so of Christ to al ye looked for redemption. Fourthly, Anna is reported to have confessed like wise, and agreeing in all points with Simeō, to have spoken 〈 ◊ 〉 so of christ to all you looked for redemption. ord, np1 vbz vvn pc-acp vhi vvn av-j j, cc vvg p-acp d n2 p-acp np1, pc-acp vhi vvn 〈 sy 〉 av pp-f np1 p-acp d pn22 vvd p-acp n1. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1144 Image 133
3229 Not without cause therfore shall be declared in ye last place, how it behoueth, ye a confession in al ye partes & members therof be agreeable with the worde of god, Not without cause Therefore shall be declared in you last place, how it behooves, you a Confessi in all you parts & members thereof be agreeable with the word of god, xx p-acp n1 av vmb vbi vvn p-acp pn22 ord n1, c-crq pn31 vvz, pn22 dt n1 p-acp d pn22 n2 cc n2 av vbb j p-acp dt n1 pp-f n1, (26) chapter (DIV2) 1144 Image 134
3230 & further, ye it remayne apparaunt, franck, firme and constant, euen to the ende of lyfe. & further, you it remain apparent, franck, firm and constant, even to the end of life. cc av-jc, pn22 pn31 vvi j, j, j cc j, av p-acp dt n1 pp-f n1. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1144 Image 134
3231 And thus the whole sermon very neere shall be spent about one common plate touching the making of a confession of faith. And thus the Whole sermon very near shall be spent about one Common plate touching the making of a Confessi of faith. cc av dt j-jn n1 av av-j vmb vbi vvn p-acp crd j n1 vvg dt n-vvg pp-f dt n1 pp-f n1. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1144 Image 134
3232 But I feare least ther be some yt wil cry out and accuse me to be ouer tedious: But I Fear least there be Some that will cry out and accuse me to be over tedious: p-acp pns11 vvb av-ds pc-acp vbb d pn31 vmb vvi av cc vvb pno11 pc-acp vbi a-acp j: (26) chapter (DIV2) 1144 Image 134
3233 wherfore I forbeare to adde any more examples. Wherefore I forbear to add any more Examples. c-crq pns11 vvb pc-acp vvi d dc n2. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1144 Image 134
3234 Further there is no cause why any man shoulde suppose ye héere are digested allegorical interpretations. Further there is no cause why any man should suppose you Here Are digested allegorical interpretations. jc a-acp vbz dx n1 q-crq d n1 vmd vvi pn22 av vbr vvn j n2. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1145 Image 134
3235 For the state is alwaies drawen forth out of certaine words apparauntly placed in the narration. For the state is always drawn forth out of certain words apparauntly placed in the narration. p-acp dt n1 vbz av vvn av av pp-f j n2 av-j vvn p-acp dt n1. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1145 Image 134
3236 Neither is digressiō made in the explication of the parts from the natiue sygnifycation of the words, which in euery allegory is accustomed to be done. Neither is digression made in the explication of the parts from the native sygnifycation of the words, which in every allegory is accustomed to be done. av-d vbz n1 vvn p-acp dt n1 pp-f dt n2 p-acp dt j-jn n1 pp-f dt n2, r-crq p-acp d n1 vbz vvn pc-acp vbi vdn. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1145 Image 134
3237 Besydes, there is no other thing sought for héere, then yt the interpretation of the parts, may both be directed to one fountaine or common place, Besides, there is no other thing sought for Here, then that the Interpretation of the parts, may both be directed to one fountain or Common place, p-acp, pc-acp vbz dx j-jn n1 vvd p-acp av, cs pn31 dt n1 pp-f dt n2, vmb d vbi vvn p-acp crd n1 cc j n1, (26) chapter (DIV2) 1145 Image 134
3238 & also conuerted to ye cōmon instruction of life in rightuousnes. & also converted to you Common instruction of life in righteousness. cc av vvn p-acp pn22 j n1 pp-f n1 p-acp n1. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1145 Image 134
3239 For if somtimes out of doctrines, yet for the most parte we sée al this order of interpreting to be gathered out of institutions, which otherwise, according to yt forme yt I haue exhibited in the thirde chapter, may be excerpted out of ye same mēbers. For if sometimes out of doctrines, yet for the most part we see all this order of interpreting to be gathered out of institutions, which otherwise, according to that Form that I have exhibited in the Third chapter, may be excerpted out of you same members. p-acp cs av av pp-f n2, av p-acp dt av-ds n1 pns12 vvb d d n1 pp-f n-vvg pc-acp vbi vvn av pp-f n2, r-crq av, vvg p-acp pn31 n1 pn31 pns11 vhb vvn p-acp dt ord n1, vmb vbi vvn av pp-f pn22 d n2. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1145 Image 134
3240 And now & thē there happē such narratiōs, as séeme to minister very little matter to teache: And now & them there happen such narrations, as seem to minister very little matter to teach: cc av cc pno32 pc-acp vvi d n2, c-acp vvb pc-acp vvi av j n1 pc-acp vvi: (26) chapter (DIV2) 1145 Image 134
3241 wherefore it is no lesse requisite then profytable, yt the partes thereof be expounded after this sort as touching some certaine common and large stretching place. Wherefore it is no less requisite then profitable, that the parts thereof be expounded After this sort as touching Some certain Common and large stretching place. c-crq pn31 vbz av-dx av-dc j cs j, pn31 dt n2 av vbb vvn p-acp d n1 c-acp vvg d j j cc j vvg n1. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1145 Image 134
3242 Thefore truely a man may more rightly terme all this kind of •narration instructiue or morall, then allegorycall. And to be true that we saye, we will shewe it by an example taken out of Christom. Therefore truly a man may more rightly term all this kind of •narration instructive or moral, then allegorycall. And to be true that we say, we will show it by an Exampl taken out of Christian. av av-j dt n1 vmb av-dc av-jn vvi d d n1 pp-f n1 j cc j, av j. cc pc-acp vbi j cst pns12 vvb, pns12 vmb vvi pn31 p-acp dt n1 vvn av pp-f njp. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1145 Image 134
3243 For he in his homilie 67. vpon Mathew séeking occasion to prouoke his hearers to deserue well of the poore, selecteth two partes out of the text of the euangelical histore, which he interpreteth of one & the same cōmon place, procéeding in the like order that wee haue done, For he in his homily 67. upon Matthew seeking occasion to provoke his hearers to deserve well of the poor, selecteth two parts out of the text of the Evangelical histore, which he interpreteth of one & the same Common place, proceeding in the like order that we have done, c-acp pns31 p-acp po31 n1 crd p-acp np1 vvg n1 pc-acp vvi po31 n2 pc-acp vvi av pp-f dt j, vvz crd n2 av pp-f dt n1 pp-f dt j vvi, r-crq pns31 vvz pp-f crd cc dt d j n1, vvg p-acp dt j n1 cst pns12 vhb vdn, (26) chapter (DIV2) 1146 Image 134
3244 and so longe taryeth he in them, as he iudgeth to be most fyt & conuenient. and so long tarrieth he in them, as he Judgeth to be most fit & convenient. cc av av-j vvz pns31 p-acp pno32, c-acp pns31 vvz pc-acp vbi av-ds j cc j. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1146 Image 134
3245 The one part is of Christ the king méeke & poore, whiche was contented to be caried vpon a she Asse: The one part is of christ the King meek & poor, which was contented to be carried upon a she Ass: dt crd n1 vbz pp-f np1 dt n1 j cc j, r-crq vbds vvn pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp dt pns31 n1: (26) chapter (DIV2) 1147 Image 134
3246 wherin Chrisostom teacheth, yt those things are only of vs to be sought for, which the necessary vse of lyfe doth require, wherein Chrysostom Teaches, that those things Are only of us to be sought for, which the necessary use of life does require, c-crq np1 vvz, pn31 d n2 vbr j pp-f pno12 pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp, r-crq dt j n1 pp-f n1 vdz vvi, (26) chapter (DIV2) 1147 Image 134
3247 and that pouerty is to be taken in good part of al men. and that poverty is to be taken in good part of all men. cc d n1 vbz pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp j n1 pp-f d n2. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1147 Image 134
3248 The other, wherein it is sayd, that some layde their garments vpon the Asse, & some spread them in the way: The other, wherein it is said, that Some laid their garments upon the Ass, & Some spread them in the Way: dt n-jn, c-crq pn31 vbz vvn, cst d vvd po32 n2 p-acp dt n1, cc d vvd pno32 p-acp dt n1: (26) chapter (DIV2) 1148 Image 134
3249 this Chrisostom explaneth as touching helping and clothinge of the poore. this Chrysostom Explaineth as touching helping and clothing of the poor. d np1 vvz p-acp vvg vvg cc vvg pp-f dt j. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1148 Image 134
3250 Therefore to the commending and setting forth of the poore tendeth the explications of the cause of the two partes, Therefore to the commending and setting forth of the poor tendeth the explications of the cause of the two parts, av p-acp dt vvg cc vvg av pp-f dt j vvz dt n2 pp-f dt n1 pp-f dt crd n2, (26) chapter (DIV2) 1148 Image 134
3251 and standinge somwhat long vpon either of them with great sharpenes of speache, setting abroche all the engings of arguments, he exhorteth, vrgeth, soliciteth, impelleth all men to indeuour to be benefyciall to the poore. and standing somewhat long upon either of them with great sharpness of speech, setting abroche all the engings of Arguments, he exhorteth, urges, soliciteth, impelleth all men to endeavour to be beneficial to the poor. cc vvg av av-j p-acp d pp-f pno32 p-acp j n1 pp-f n1, vvg av d dt n2-vvg pp-f n2, pns31 vvz, vvz, vvz, vvz d n2 pc-acp vvi pc-acp vbi j p-acp dt j. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1148 Image 134
3252 Nowe that héere are to be séene allegorycall interpretations, no man being in his right minde, will affirme, Now that Here Are to be seen allegorycall interpretations, no man being in his right mind, will affirm, av cst av vbr pc-acp vbi vvn j n2, dx n1 vbg p-acp po31 j-jn n1, vmb vvi, (26) chapter (DIV2) 1149 Image 134
3253 but all men may easely perceiue them to bee playne instructions. Howbeit in the same sermon Crisostom there rather vseth an allegory where he auoucheth: but all men may Easily perceive them to be plain instructions. Howbeit in the same sermon Chrysostom there rather uses an allegory where he avoucheth: cc-acp d n2 vmb av-j vvi pno32 pc-acp vbi j n2. a-acp p-acp dt d n1 np1 a-acp av vvz dt n1 c-crq pns31 vvz: (26) chapter (DIV2) 1149 Image 134
3254 that by the Asse is sygnifyed the Iewish people accustomed to beare the burthen of the lawe: that by the Ass is sygnifyed the Jewish people accustomed to bear the burden of the law: cst p-acp dt n1 vbz vvn dt jp n1 j-vvn pc-acp vvi dt n1 pp-f dt n1: (26) chapter (DIV2) 1149 Image 134
3255 and by the Colte the Gentiles, which liued alwayes without the law, without burthen, without the discipline of Gods commaundements. and by the Colt the Gentiles, which lived always without the law, without burden, without the discipline of God's Commandments. cc p-acp dt n1 dt n2-j, r-crq vvd av p-acp dt n1, p-acp n1, p-acp dt n1 pp-f npg1 n2. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1149 Image 134
3256 That the Asse like wise and hir Colts were brought of the disciples, forasmuch as the Apostles by the preaching of the word ought to conduct both ye peoples vnto Christ. That the Ass like wise and his Colts were brought of the Disciples, forasmuch as the Apostles by the preaching of the word ought to conduct both you peoples unto christ. cst dt n1 av-j j cc png31 n2 vbdr vvn pp-f dt n2, av c-acp dt n2 p-acp dt vvg pp-f dt n1 vmd pc-acp vvi d pn22 n2 p-acp np1. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1150 Image 134
3257 That Christ moreouer rode vppon either beast as theyr Lord, for that he gathered to himselfe of either people an obedient Church, That christ moreover road upon either beast as their Lord, for that he gathered to himself of either people an obedient Church, cst np1 av vvd p-acp d n1 p-acp po32 n1, c-acp cst pns31 vvd p-acp px31 pp-f d n1 dt j n1, (26) chapter (DIV2) 1150 Image 134
3258 and that the Gospell is paciently heard of their both. and that the Gospel is patiently herd of their both. cc cst dt n1 vbz av-j vvn pp-f po32 d. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1150 Image 134
3259 That no man forbad the beasts to be brought vnto christ, bicause it lyeth not in the power of any man to stop the course of the Gospel. That no man forbade the beasts to be brought unto Christ, Because it lies not in the power of any man to stop the course of the Gospel. cst dx n1 vvd dt n2 pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp np1, c-acp pn31 vvz xx p-acp dt n1 pp-f d n1 pc-acp vvi dt n1 pp-f dt n1. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1151 Image 134
3260 In the Colt so sodenly admitting one to take his 〈 ◊ 〉 without kicking to be shewed the prompt & ready minde of the Gentiles in receiuing of the Gospell. In the Colt so suddenly admitting one to take his 〈 ◊ 〉 without kicking to be showed the prompt & ready mind of the Gentiles in receiving of the Gospel. p-acp dt n1 av av-j vvg pi pc-acp vvi po31 〈 sy 〉 p-acp vvg pc-acp vbi vvn dt j cc j n1 pp-f dt n2-j p-acp vvg pp-f dt n1. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1152 Image 134
3261 Agayne, whilest the Asse commeth after the Colte to be signifyed, that after Christ hath drawen vnto hym all the Gentiles, the Iewes also will one day with greate zeale follow after. Again, whilst the Ass comes After the Colt to be signified, that After christ hath drawn unto him all the Gentiles, the Iewes also will one day with great zeal follow After. av, cs dt n1 vvz p-acp dt n1 pc-acp vbi vvn, cst p-acp np1 vhz vvn p-acp pno31 d dt n2-j, dt npg1 av vmb crd n1 p-acp j n1 vvb a-acp. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1152 Image 135
3262 By the disciples putting their clothes vpon the beasts, that Christ might the more conueniently syt, to he mente the teachers of the Gospell, which ought not vnwillingly to bestow all that euer they haue, By the Disciples putting their clothes upon the beasts, that christ might the more conveniently fit, to he mente the Teachers of the Gospel, which ought not unwillingly to bestow all that ever they have, p-acp dt n2 vvg po32 n2 p-acp dt n2, cst np1 vmd dt av-dc av-j vvi, p-acp pns31 fw-la dt n2 pp-f dt n1, r-crq vmd xx av-j pc-acp vvi d cst av pns32 vhb, (26) chapter (DIV2) 1153 Image 135
3263 yea euen their bodye and soule, so that their hearers may be furthered, and the glory of Christ more and more set forth. yea even their body and soul, so that their hearers may be furthered, and the glory of christ more and more Set forth. uh av po32 n1 cc n1, av cst po32 n2 vmb vbi vvn, cc dt n1 pp-f np1 n1 cc av-dc vvd av. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1153 Image 135
3264 And thus muche welnigh hath Chrisostom in that place. And thus much Wellnigh hath Chrysostom in that place. cc av av-d av vhz np1 p-acp d n1. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1153 Image 135
3265 But yet there is no man that séth not the interpretations to be very discrepant, where one sayeth, that forasmuche as Christe was contented to be caryed on an Asse and hir Colte, we are taught, that wee ought to liue contented with a fewe thinges, But yet there is no man that séth not the interpretations to be very discrepant, where one Saith, that forasmuch as Christ was contented to be carried on an Ass and his Colt, we Are taught, that we ought to live contented with a few things, p-acp av pc-acp vbz dx n1 cst vhz xx dt n2 pc-acp vbi av j, c-crq pi vvz, cst av c-acp np1 vbds vvn pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp dt n1 cc png31 n1, pns12 vbr vvn, cst pns12 vmd pc-acp vvi vvn p-acp dt d n2, (26) chapter (DIV2) 1154 Image 135
3266 and pacientlye to beare our necessetie and agayne for that Christe was caried vppon an Asse and hir Colte, to bee signified twoe peoples, to wit, the Iewes and Gentiles, that shoulde acknowledge Christ to be their Lord, and receyue his gospell. and patiently to bear our necessetie and again for that Christ was carried upon an Ass and his Colt, to be signified twoe peoples, to wit, the Iewes and Gentiles, that should acknowledge christ to be their Lord, and receive his gospel. cc av-j pc-acp vvi po12 n1 cc av p-acp cst np1 vbds vvn p-acp dt n1 cc png31 n1, pc-acp vbi vvn crd n2, pc-acp vvi, dt npg1 cc n2-j, cst vmd vvi np1 pc-acp vbi po32 n1, cc vvi po31 n1. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1154 Image 135
3267 Agayne there is founde no smal difference, in case where the disciples are reported to haue layed their garmentes vpon the beastes, whereon Christ ought to sitte, it be one while added, that all men are there admonished willingly to giue clothes and other necessarys to the poore, Again there is found no small difference, in case where the Disciples Are reported to have laid their garments upon the beasts, whereon christ ought to sit, it be one while added, that all men Are there admonished willingly to give clothes and other necessarys to the poor, av pc-acp vbz vvn dx j n1, p-acp n1 c-crq dt n2 vbr vvn pc-acp vhi vvn po32 n2 p-acp dt n2, c-crq np1 vmd p-acp vvi, pn31 vbi crd n1 vvn, cst d n2 vbr a-acp vvn av-j pc-acp vvi n2 cc j-jn n2 p-acp dt j, (26) chapter (DIV2) 1155 Image 135
3268 an other while it be sayde to signifye, howe it behoueth the Preachers of the Gospell to bestowe all that they haue, an other while it be said to signify, how it behooves the Preachers of the Gospel to bestow all that they have, dt j-jn n1 pn31 vbb vvn pc-acp vvi, c-crq pn31 vvz dt n2 pp-f dt n1 pc-acp vvi d cst pns32 vhb, (26) chapter (DIV2) 1155 Image 135
3269 yea euen their body and soule for their flock. yea even their body and soul for their flock. uh av po32 n1 cc n1 p-acp po32 n1. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1155 Image 135
3270 Certes those former interpretations are excerpted out of the natiue sense of the words standing in the text, Certes those former interpretations Are excerpted out of the native sense of the words standing in the text, av d j n2 vbr vvn av pp-f dt j-jn n1 pp-f dt n2 vvg p-acp dt n1, (26) chapter (DIV2) 1156 Image 135
3271 and be perspicuously referred to the institution of lyfe, whiche thing is the cause, why Chrisostom discusseth them with a more plentifull discourse: and be perspicuously referred to the Institution of life, which thing is the cause, why Chrysostom discusseth them with a more plentiful discourse: cc vbi av-j vvn p-acp dt n1 pp-f n1, r-crq n1 vbz dt n1, q-crq np1 vvz pno32 p-acp dt av-dc j n1: (26) chapter (DIV2) 1156 Image 135
3272 but in the later interpretacions digression is made from the proper signifycation of the wordes, but in the later interpretations digression is made from the proper signification of the words, cc-acp p-acp dt jc n2 n1 vbz vvn p-acp dt j n1 pp-f dt n2, (26) chapter (DIV2) 1156 Image 135
3273 wherefore that they are allegorycall, and for & that cause the lesse profitable to the information of lyfe and mouing of affections, there is no man that canne well dissemble: Wherefore that they Are allegorycall, and for & that cause the less profitable to the information of life and moving of affections, there is no man that can well dissemble: c-crq cst pns32 vbr j, cc p-acp cc d n1 dt av-dc j p-acp dt n1 pp-f n1 cc n-vvg pp-f n2, pc-acp vbz dx n1 cst vmb av vvi: (26) chapter (DIV2) 1156 Image 135
3274 wherevpon also it pleased Chrysostom to touch them only in few words, and as it were beside the purpose. whereupon also it pleased Chrysostom to touch them only in few words, and as it were beside the purpose. c-crq av pn31 vvd np1 pc-acp vvi pno32 av-j p-acp d n2, cc c-acp pn31 vbdr p-acp dt n1. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1156 Image 135
3275 These thinges therfore being duly considered, it wyll be very easy, to giue a right iudgement as touchinge the interpretations which wee haue vsed in this present Chapter. These things Therefore being duly considered, it will be very easy, to give a right judgement as touching the interpretations which we have used in this present Chapter. d n2 av vbg av-jn vvn, pn31 vmb vbi av j, pc-acp vvi dt j-jn n1 p-acp vvg dt n2 r-crq pns12 vhb vvn p-acp d j n1. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1157 Image 135
3276 First is briefely & playnly expounded, in passing through all the partes, whatsoeuer belongeth to the sacred narration. First is briefly & plainly expounded, in passing through all the parts, whatsoever belongeth to the sacred narration. np1 vbz av-j cc av-j vvn, p-acp vvg p-acp d dt n2, r-crq vvz p-acp dt j n1. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1158 Image 135
3277 Then to euery parte is ioyned an interpretation, in which appéereth nothing hard, wrested, or farre fet: Then to every part is joined an Interpretation, in which appeareth nothing hard, wrested, or Far fetched: av p-acp d n1 vbz vvn dt n1, p-acp r-crq vvz pix j, vvn, cc av-j vvn: (26) chapter (DIV2) 1159 Image 135
3278 but out of the aduised consideration of the words and sentēces are those thinges deduced, which ingender holesome institutions or instructions of lyfe. but out of the advised consideration of the words and sentences Are those things deduced, which engender wholesome institutions or instructions of life. cc-acp av pp-f dt vvn n1 pp-f dt n2 cc n2 vbr d n2 vvn, r-crq vvb j n2 cc n2 pp-f n1. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1159 Image 135
3279 And to make the matter more cléere and lightsom, euery thing is in such sort disposed, that all thinges are directed to the nature and true vse of one common place. And to make the matter more clear and lightsome, every thing is in such sort disposed, that all things Are directed to the nature and true use of one Common place. cc pc-acp vvi dt n1 av-dc j cc j, d n1 vbz p-acp d n1 vvn, cst d n2 vbr vvn p-acp dt n1 cc j n1 pp-f crd j n1. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1160 Image 135
3280 In which respect no doubt the hearers capacitie is better prouided for, then if many thinges and the same diuers and not euident should be obtruded. In which respect no doubt the hearers capacity is better provided for, then if many things and the same diverse and not evident should be obtruded. p-acp r-crq vvb dx n1 dt ng2 n1 vbz jc vvn p-acp, cs cs d n2 cc dt d j cc xx j vmd vbi vvd. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1160 Image 135
3281 Who therefore will deny this maner of interpretinge with great fruit to be exercised, and to be both godly and profytably produced to the people in the Church? Who Therefore will deny this manner of interpreting with great fruit to be exercised, and to be both godly and profytably produced to the people in the Church? r-crq av vmb vvi d n1 pp-f n-vvg p-acp j n1 pc-acp vbi vvn, cc pc-acp vbi d j cc av-j vvn p-acp dt n1 p-acp dt n1? (26) chapter (DIV2) 1161 Image 135
3282 And, as I admonished in the beginninge, to those that in the partes of the historycall narration can not by obseruing a certayne course and order of causes, effectes, contingents, and suche lyke places, it is no harde matter to make and adorne these kindes of interpretations. And, as I admonished in the begin, to those that in the parts of the historical narration can not by observing a certain course and order of Causes, effects, contingents, and such like places, it is no harden matter to make and adorn these Kinds of interpretations. cc, c-acp pns11 vvd p-acp dt n-vvg, p-acp d cst p-acp dt n2 pp-f dt j n1 vmb xx p-acp vvg dt j n1 cc n1 pp-f n2, n2, n2, cc d av-j n2, pn31 vbz dx j n1 pc-acp vvi cc vvi d n2 pp-f n2. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1162 Image 135
3283 But from allegories, such inespecially as very necessitie it selfe doth not extort in those places of Scripture which of themselues sygnifye otherwise some inconuenience, euery man shall by mine aduice (so far forth as may be) absteine. But from allegories, such inespecially as very necessity it self does not extort in those places of Scripture which of themselves sygnifye otherwise Some inconvenience, every man shall by mine Advice (so Far forth as may be) abstain. cc-acp p-acp n2, d av-j c-acp j n1 pn31 n1 vdz xx vvi p-acp d n2 pp-f n1 r-crq pp-f px32 vvi av d n1, d n1 vmb p-acp po11 n1 (av av-j av c-acp vmb vbi) vvi. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1163 Image 135
3284 We sée in so great a worke of the propheticall and apostolycall bookes how fewe are vsed. We see in so great a work of the prophetical and apostolical books how few Are used. pns12 vvb p-acp av j dt n1 pp-f dt j cc j n2 c-crq d vbr vvn. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1164 Image 135
3285 It is playne that they are more apt to delight with then to teach, and that none but very slender proofes are deriued out of them, It is plain that they Are more apt to delight with then to teach, and that none but very slender proofs Are derived out of them, pn31 vbz j cst pns32 vbr av-dc j pc-acp vvi p-acp av pc-acp vvi, cc cst pix cc-acp av j n2 vbr vvn av pp-f pno32, (26) chapter (DIV2) 1164 Image 136
3286 & therfore that place is to be giuen vnto them onelye after other arguments, whiche haue in them more pithe and strength. & Therefore that place is to be given unto them only After other Arguments, which have in them more pith and strength. cc av d n1 vbz pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp pno32 av-j p-acp j-jn n2, r-crq vhb p-acp pno32 dc n1 cc n1. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1164 Image 136
3287 They haue very litle or no gra•e at all, if they be diffused through all the partes of an oration, They have very little or no gra•e At all, if they be diffused through all the parts of an oration, pns32 vhb av j cc dx n1 p-acp d, cs pns32 vbb vvn p-acp d dt n2 pp-f dt n1, (26) chapter (DIV2) 1165 Image 136
3288 yea the sacred Sermō which is on euery side powdred with allegories, is iudged verye slender and barren. yea the sacred Sermon which is on every side powdered with allegories, is judged very slender and barren. uh dt j n1 r-crq vbz p-acp d n1 vvn p-acp n2, vbz vvn av j cc j. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1165 Image 136
3289 And in a matter little fruitfull, to t•uet to séeme witty, and to spend much time, no man will iudge it to be the part of a wise man, And in a matter little fruitful, to t•uet to seem witty, and to spend much time, no man will judge it to be the part of a wise man, cc p-acp dt n1 j j, pc-acp vvi pc-acp vvi j, cc pc-acp vvi d n1, dx n1 vmb vvi pn31 pc-acp vbi dt n1 pp-f dt j n1, (26) chapter (DIV2) 1165 Image 136
3290 and of one that séeketh the profyt of his hearers. and of one that seeketh the profit of his hearers. cc pp-f pi cst vvz dt n1 pp-f po31 n2. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1165 Image 136
3291 Wherefore I purpose not to adioyne vnto this our work any Chapter at al touching allegorycall sermons. Wherefore I purpose not to adjoin unto this our work any Chapter At all touching allegorycall Sermons. c-crq pns11 vvb xx pc-acp vvi p-acp d po12 n1 d n1 p-acp d vvg j n2. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1166 Image 136
3292 These thinges that we should in this maner somwhat more pro•ixly thē we thought for prosecute and discourse, we were by the temeritie (yt we speake nothing more bitterly) of some mens iudgement, vehemently compelled. These things that we should in this manner somewhat more pro•ixly them we Thought for prosecute and discourse, we were by the temerity (that we speak nothing more bitterly) of Some men's judgement, vehemently compelled. d n2 cst pns12 vmd p-acp d n1 av av-dc av-j pno32 pns12 vvd p-acp vvi cc n1, pns12 vbdr p-acp dt n1 (pn31 pns12 vvi pix av-dc av-j) pp-f d ng2 n1, av-j vvn. (26) chapter (DIV2) 1167 Image 136
3293 That somtime the whole reading of the sacred Scripture is briefely runne ouer, to the intente some one common place may afterwarde more at large be declared. Cap. VI. That sometime the Whole reading of the sacred Scripture is briefly run over, to the intent Some one Common place may afterward more At large be declared. Cap. VI. cst av dt j-jn n-vvg pp-f dt j n1 vbz av-j vvn a-acp, p-acp dt n1 d crd j n1 vmb av av-dc p-acp j vbi vvn. np1 crd. (27) chapter (DIV2) 1167 Image 136
3294 WE finde commonly in the sacred Sarmons of the holy fathers had vnto the people, the whole reading of scripture (euen so muche as had bene recited) to be discoursed with a compendious paraphrase, or some other lyke apte forme of enarration, WE find commonly in the sacred Sarmons of the holy Father's had unto the people, the Whole reading of scripture (even so much as had be recited) to be discoursed with a compendious Paraphrase, or Some other like apt Form of enarration, pns12 vvb av-j p-acp dt j np1 pp-f dt j n2 vhd p-acp dt n1, dt j-jn n-vvg pp-f n1 (av av av-d c-acp vhd vbn vvn) pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp dt j n1, cc d n-jn av-j j n1 pp-f n1, (27) chapter (DIV2) 1168 Image 136
3295 and yt parte which remaineth whole and principal to be consumed in the explication of one common place. and that part which remains Whole and principal to be consumed in the explication of one Common place. cc pn31 n1 q-crq vvz j-jn cc j-jn pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp dt n1 pp-f crd j n1. (27) chapter (DIV2) 1168 Image 136
3296 And that commeth to passe, not onely when an historycall narration, but also when a tretise of doctrine taken out of the holy scriptures, is in hand. And that comes to pass, not only when an historical narration, but also when a treatise of Doctrine taken out of the holy Scriptures, is in hand. cc cst vvz pc-acp vvi, xx av-j c-crq dt j n1, cc-acp av c-crq dt n1 pp-f n1 vvn av pp-f dt j n2, vbz p-acp n1. (27) chapter (DIV2) 1168 Image 136
3297 Examples almost infinit are extant in Iohn Chrisostom especially in his expositions vppon the sacred bookes, Examples almost infinite Are extant in John Chrysostom especially in his expositions upon the sacred books, n2 av j vbr j p-acp np1 np1 av-j p-acp po31 n2 p-acp dt j n2, (27) chapter (DIV2) 1168 Image 136
3298 as Genesis, the Gospel of Mathew & Iohn, and the epistles of S. Paule, For in his homilie 3. vpon Genesis whilest his intent is briefly to reproue y• Gentiles, which supposed yt al things created were gouerned by chaunce & fortune, he handeleth a common place at large, as Genesis, the Gospel of Matthew & John, and the Epistles of S. Paul, For in his homily 3. upon Genesis whilst his intent is briefly to reprove y• Gentiles, which supposed that all things created were governed by chance & fortune, he handleth a Common place At large, c-acp n1, dt n1 pp-f np1 cc np1, cc dt n2 pp-f n1 np1, p-acp p-acp po31 n1 crd p-acp n1 cs po31 n1 vbz av-j pc-acp vvi n1 np1, r-crq vvd pn31 d n2 vvn vbdr vvn p-acp n1 cc n1, pns31 vvz dt j n1 p-acp j, (27) chapter (DIV2) 1168 Image 136
3299 as touching the reducinge of those that erre into the right way: whence lastlye he falleth to the commendation of almes. as touching the reducing of those that err into the right Way: whence Lastly he falls to the commendation of alms. c-acp vvg dt vvg pp-f d cst vvb p-acp dt j-jn n1: c-crq ord pns31 vvz p-acp dt n1 pp-f n2. (27) chapter (DIV2) 1168 Image 136
3300 Againe in his homiles. 7. & 8. he entreateth of reclayminge the Gentiles from their error, Again in his homiles. 7. & 8. he entreateth of reclaiming the Gentiles from their error, av p-acp po31 vvz. crd cc crd pns31 vvz pp-f vvg dt n2-j p-acp po32 n1, (27) chapter (DIV2) 1168 Image 136
3301 albeit in ye later some thinges are added as concerning fasting. albeit in the later Some things Are added as Concerning fasting. cs p-acp dt jc n1 n2 vbr vvn p-acp vvg n-vvg. (27) chapter (DIV2) 1168 Image 136
3302 In his 4. homilie, after the partes of scripture before read declared, he toucheth the right vse & maner of fastinge, In his 4. homily, After the parts of scripture before read declared, he touches the right use & manner of fasting, p-acp po31 crd n1, p-acp dt n2 pp-f n1 a-acp vvn vvn, pns31 vvz dt j-jn n1 cc n1 pp-f vvg, (27) chapter (DIV2) 1168 Image 136
3303 and the restraynt of wicked lusts. and the restraint of wicked Lustiest. cc dt n1 pp-f j n2. (27) chapter (DIV2) 1168 Image 136
3304 A good part of his 26. homilie is spent in stirring vp the hearers to render thanks vnto God for hys benefits receyued. A good part of his 26. homily is spent in stirring up the hearers to render thanks unto God for his benefits received. dt j n1 pp-f po31 crd n1 vbz vvn p-acp vvg a-acp dt n2 pc-acp vvi n2 p-acp np1 p-acp po31 n2 vvn. (27) chapter (DIV2) 1168 Image 136
3305 Homilie 27. hee reasoneth al large touching ye remitting of wrongs, and yt not coueting of reu•gment. Homily 27. he reasoneth all large touching you remitting of wrongs, and that not coveting of reu•gment. n1 crd pns31 vvz d j vvg pn22 vvg pp-f n2-jn, cc pn31 xx vvg pp-f n1. (27) chapter (DIV2) 1168 Image 136
3306 In ye greater part of his homilie 30. he intreateth of fasting and praier. In the greater part of his homily 30. he intreateth of fasting and prayer. p-acp dt jc n1 pp-f po31 n1 crd pns31 vvz pp-f vvg cc n1. (27) chapter (DIV2) 1168 Image 136
3307 Vpon the Gospell of Math. homilie 4. Chrisostō declareth in many words what maner of people yt people of god is yt should be deliuered from their sins 〈 ◊ 〉 Christ, Upon the Gospel of Math. homily 4. Chrisoston Declareth in many words what manner of people that people of god is that should be Delivered from their Sins 〈 ◊ 〉 christ, p-acp dt n1 pp-f np1 n1 crd n1 vvz p-acp d n2 r-crq n1 pp-f n1 pn31 n1 pp-f n1 vbz pn31 vmd vbi vvn p-acp po32 n2 〈 sy 〉 np1, (27) chapter (DIV2) 1168 Image 136
3308 & withal admonisheth euery man to study •o shew hīselfe faithfull, & to be one of the nūber of Gods people. & withal Admonisheth every man to study •o show hinself faithful, & to be one of the number of God's people. cc av vvz d n1 pc-acp vvi av vvi n1 j, cc pc-acp vbi crd pp-f dt n1 pp-f npg1 n1. (27) chapter (DIV2) 1168 Image 136
3309 We might, out of ye gospel of Math. which conceiueth hystorycall narrations, & out of Paules epistles, in which is plainly exhibited ye handling of manifold doctrine, produce and bring forth no few example 〈 ◊ 〉 séeing euery man sufficiently perceiueth vnto what ende our discourse tendeth, no man will think it needful. We might, out of the gospel of Math. which conceiveth hystorycall narrations, & out of Paul's Epistles, in which is plainly exhibited you handling of manifold Doctrine, produce and bring forth no few Exampl 〈 ◊ 〉 seeing every man sufficiently perceives unto what end our discourse tendeth, no man will think it needful. pns12 vmd, av pp-f dt n1 pp-f np1 r-crq vvz j n2, cc av pp-f npg1 n2, p-acp r-crq vbz av-j vvn pn22 vvg pp-f j n1, vvb cc vvi av dx d n1 〈 sy 〉 vvg d n1 av-j vvz p-acp r-crq n1 po12 n1 vvz, dx n1 vmb vvi pn31 j. (27) chapter (DIV2) 1168 Image 136
3310 Onely therfore héere we wil admonishe: Only Therefore Here we will admonish: av-j av av pns12 vmb vvi: (27) chapter (DIV2) 1169 Image 136
3311 how it commeth to passe two maner of waies, yt a commō place after the scriptures expounded may be declared at large. how it comes to pass two manner of ways, that a Common place After the Scriptures expounded may be declared At large. c-crq pn31 vvz pc-acp vvi crd n1 pp-f n2, pn31 av j n1 p-acp dt n2 vvn vmb vbi vvn p-acp j. (27) chapter (DIV2) 1169 Image 136
3312 I Somtime occasion is taken of those things, yt in ye in self text of the scriptures read are spoken or touched. I Sometime occasion is taken of those things, that in you in self text of the Scriptures read Are spoken or touched. pns11 av n1 vbz vvn pp-f d n2, pn31 p-acp pn22 p-acp n1 n1 pp-f dt n2 vvn vbr vvn cc vvn. (27) chapter (DIV2) 1170 Image 136
3313 In the homilie vpon Gene. 26. to speak of thanks to be giuen vnto God after his benefyts receiued, he is moued by the example of the gratitude which he saw in Noe. In the homily upon Gene. 26. to speak of thanks to be given unto God After his benefits received, he is moved by the Exampl of the gratitude which he saw in Noah p-acp dt n1 p-acp np1 crd pc-acp vvi pp-f n2 pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp np1 p-acp po31 n2 vvn, pns31 vbz vvn p-acp dt n1 pp-f dt n1 r-crq pns31 vvd p-acp uh-dx (27) chapter (DIV2) 1170 Image 136
3314 Homilie 4. vpon Mathew, is in good time prosecuted ye long discourse touching the people of God, Homily 4. upon Matthew, is in good time prosecuted you long discourse touching the people of God, n1 crd p-acp np1, vbz p-acp j n1 vvd pn22 j n1 vvg dt n1 pp-f np1, (27) chapter (DIV2) 1171 Image 137
3315 forasmuche as the angell had sayd, that Christ should saue his people from theyr sinnes. forasmuch as the angel had said, that christ should save his people from their Sins. av c-acp dt n1 vhd vvn, cst np1 vmd vvi po31 n1 p-acp po32 n2. (27) chapter (DIV2) 1171 Image 137
3316 Homilie 67. vppon Mathewe, it is reported in the texte, that the disciples put their clothes vpon the beast, whereon their Lorde shoulde be caried: Homily 67. upon Matthew, it is reported in the text, that the Disciples put their clothes upon the beast, whereon their Lord should be carried: n1 crd p-acp np1, pn31 vbz vvn p-acp dt n1, cst dt n2 vvb po32 n2 p-acp dt n1, c-crq po32 n1 vmd vbi vvn: (27) chapter (DIV2) 1172 Image 137
3317 Herevppon therefore taketh Chrisostome occasyon to speake at large of clothing and reléeuing euery way the poore. Hereupon Therefore Takes Chrysostom occasion to speak At large of clothing and relieving every Way the poor. av av vvz np1 n1 pc-acp vvi p-acp j pp-f n1 cc vvg d n1 dt j. (27) chapter (DIV2) 1172 Image 137
3318 II Again somtimes a common place is handeled in the seconde parte of the Sermon, not for that in the Scripture read beefore there happeneth any mencion thereof, II Again sometimes a Common place is handled in the seconde part of the Sermon, not for that in the Scripture read before there Happeneth any mention thereof, crd av av dt j n1 vbz vvn p-acp dt ord n1 pp-f dt n1, xx p-acp d p-acp dt n1 vvb a-acp pc-acp vvz d n1 av, (27) chapter (DIV2) 1173 Image 137
3319 but bycause the order of time, and the state of the Churche doe greatly require it. but Because the order of time, and the state of the Church do greatly require it. cc-acp c-acp dt n1 pp-f n1, cc dt n1 pp-f dt n1 vdb av-j vvi pn31. (27) chapter (DIV2) 1173 Image 137
3320 Wherfore when Chrisostome in the time of a publyke fast tooke in hande the interpretation of the booke of Genesis, hee diuers times with verye good cause breaketh forth into a common place of fasting. Wherefore when Chrysostom in the time of a public fast took in hand the Interpretation of the book of Genesis, he diverse times with very good cause breaks forth into a Common place of fasting. c-crq c-crq np1 p-acp dt n1 pp-f dt j n1 vvd p-acp n1 dt n1 pp-f dt n1 pp-f n1, pns31 j n2 p-acp av j n1 vvz av p-acp dt j n1 pp-f vvg. (27) chapter (DIV2) 1174 Image 137
3321 So in an other place also in the chiefe and greatest part of his Oration, he reproueth certayne vices, So in an other place also in the chief and greatest part of his Oration, he Reproveth certain vices, av p-acp dt j-jn n1 av p-acp dt j-jn cc js n1 pp-f po31 n1, pns31 vvz j n2, (27) chapter (DIV2) 1175 Image 137
3322 or doth some other thinge not vnlyke. or does Some other thing not unlike. cc vdz d j-jn n1 xx j. (27) chapter (DIV2) 1175 Image 137
3323 But howsoeuer it shall séeme good to deale, it behoueth wise deliberation to be had at all times, But howsoever it shall seem good to deal, it behooves wise deliberation to be had At all times, p-acp c-acp pn31 vmb vvi j pc-acp vvi, pn31 vvz j n1 pc-acp vbi vhn p-acp d n2, (27) chapter (DIV2) 1176 Image 137
3324 as touchinge the choice of the places that are in this sorte to be handeled. as touching the choice of the places that Are in this sort to be handled. c-acp vvg dt n1 pp-f dt n2 cst vbr p-acp d n1 pc-acp vbi vvn. (27) chapter (DIV2) 1176 Image 137
3325 For other thinges serue for other times, places, & persons, which also is a thing commonlye knowen. For other things serve for other times, places, & Persons, which also is a thing commonly known. p-acp j-jn n2 vvi p-acp j-jn n2, n2, cc n2, r-crq av vbz dt n1 av-j vvn. (27) chapter (DIV2) 1176 Image 137
3326 Howe and after what sorte one place of Scripture, or some certaine sentence ought conueniently to be handeled. Cap. VII. Howe and After what sort one place of Scripture, or Some certain sentence ought conveniently to be handled. Cap. VII. np1 cc p-acp r-crq n1 crd n1 pp-f n1, cc d j n1 vmd av-j pc-acp vbi vvn. np1 np1. (28) chapter (DIV2) 1176 Image 137
3327 NOt alwaies an entier booke, not alwaies a parte of a booke is offered to be declared, NOt always an entire book, not always a part of a book is offered to be declared, xx av dt j n1, xx av dt n1 pp-f dt n1 vbz vvn pc-acp vbi vvn, (28) chapter (DIV2) 1177 Image 137
3328 but ofte times it behoueth the Sermon to bée framed to the people, of one onely sentence, but oft times it behooves the Sermon to been framed to the people, of one only sentence, cc-acp av n2 pn31 vvz dt n1 pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp dt n1, pp-f crd j n1, (28) chapter (DIV2) 1177 Image 137
3329 or of one place of Scripture, and ye same also not very largely stretchinge. or of one place of Scripture, and you same also not very largely stretching. cc pp-f crd n1 pp-f n1, cc pn22 d av xx av av-j vvg. (28) chapter (DIV2) 1177 Image 137
3330 But that the same order of gatheringe diuers common places shoulde héere bée vsurped, which we haue shewed to be profitable in the premisses, it can by no meanes bée. But that the same order of gathering diverse Common places should Here been usurped, which we have showed to be profitable in the premises, it can by no means been. p-acp d dt d n1 pp-f vvg j j n2 vmd av vbi vvn, r-crq pns12 vhb vvn pc-acp vbi j p-acp dt n2, pn31 vmb p-acp dx n2 vbi. (28) chapter (DIV2) 1178 Image 137
3331 What then, will some man saye, remaineth to bée done? In what maner and method shal one place or one certain sentence bée fruitfully declared? Wée (so far forth as we maye) will set forth a most syt and absolute forme, which, What then, will Some man say, remains to been done? In what manner and method shall one place or one certain sentence been fruitfully declared? We (so Far forth as we may) will Set forth a most fit and absolute Form, which, q-crq av, vmb d n1 vvi, vvz pc-acp vbi vdn? p-acp r-crq n1 cc n1 vmb crd n1 cc crd j n1 vbi av-j vvn? pns12 (av av-j av c-acp pns12 vmb) vmb vvi av dt av-ds j cc j n1, r-crq, (28) chapter (DIV2) 1178 Image 137
3332 excepte any shall deuise a better, it shall bée expedient for him to folowe, and as well for breuities sake, except any shall devise a better, it shall been expedient for him to follow, and as well for brevities sake, c-acp d vmb vvi dt jc, pn31 vmb vbi j p-acp pno31 pc-acp vvi, cc c-acp av c-acp ng1 n1, (28) chapter (DIV2) 1178 Image 137
3333 as also yt it may become the more clere and euident, we will comprehende the same in certaine obseruations. as also that it may become the more clear and evident, we will comprehend the same in certain observations. c-acp av pn31 pn31 vmb vvi dt av-dc j cc j, pns12 vmb vvi dt d p-acp j n2. (28) chapter (DIV2) 1178 Image 137
3334 I. Before all thinges it is conuenient very carefully to consider and to declare vnto the people, vppon what occasion, I Before all things it is convenient very carefully to Consider and to declare unto the people, upon what occasion, uh p-acp d n2 pn31 vbz j av av-j pc-acp vvi cc pc-acp vvi p-acp dt n1, p-acp r-crq n1, (28) chapter (DIV2) 1179 Image 137
3335 or to what ende, the author of the sacred booke out of which the place or sentence is taken, spake and pronounced those wordes. or to what end, the author of the sacred book out of which the place or sentence is taken, spoke and pronounced those words. cc p-acp r-crq n1, dt n1 pp-f dt j n1 av pp-f r-crq dt n1 cc n1 vbz vvn, vvd cc vvd d n2. (28) chapter (DIV2) 1179 Image 137
3336 And that for this cause, that whilest wée declare of what matter wée will speake, And that for this cause, that whilst we declare of what matter we will speak, cc cst p-acp d n1, cst cs pns12 vvb pp-f r-crq n1 pns12 vmb vvi, (28) chapter (DIV2) 1180 Image 137
3337 and what our purpose is, we may credibly auouche that we will in no wise abuse an other mans sayinge, and what our purpose is, we may credibly avouch that we will in no wise abuse an other men saying, cc q-crq po12 n1 vbz, pns12 vmb av-j vvi cst pns12 vmb p-acp dx j n1 dt j-jn n2 vvg, (28) chapter (DIV2) 1180 Image 137
3338 neither transfer it vnto other purposes thē is méete, but vsurpe it altogeher in the same, neither transfer it unto other Purposes them is meet, but usurp it altogeher in the same, av-dx vvi pn31 p-acp j-jn n2 pno32 vbz j, cc-acp vvi pn31 av p-acp dt d, (28) chapter (DIV2) 1180 Image 137
3339 or at leaste in the like cause, for which ye author himselfe did so speak. or At jest in the like cause, for which you author himself did so speak. cc p-acp n1 p-acp dt j n1, p-acp r-crq pn22 n1 px31 vdd av vvi. (28) chapter (DIV2) 1180 Image 137
3340 After this maner we may sée Peter Act. 2. intendinge to interprete certayne wordes taken out of the Psalme. 16. as touchinge Christe risynge againe from death, prudently to add some thinges of Dauid and of his meaninge and iudgemente in those wordes. After this manner we may see Peter Act. 2. intending to interpret certain words taken out of the Psalm. 16. as touching Christ rising again from death, prudently to add Some things of David and of his meaning and judgement in those words. p-acp d n1 pns12 vmb vvi np1 n1 crd vvg pc-acp vvi j n2 vvn av pp-f dt n1. crd p-acp vvg np1 vvg av p-acp n1, av-j pc-acp vvi d n2 pp-f np1 cc pp-f po31 n1 cc n1 p-acp d n2. (28) chapter (DIV2) 1180 Image 137
3341 And truely it standeth vs very much vppon, to deale faithfully and vprightly in this behalfe. And truly it Stands us very much upon, to deal faithfully and uprightly in this behalf. cc av-j pn31 vvz pno12 av av-d p-acp, pc-acp vvi av-j cc av-j p-acp d n1. (28) chapter (DIV2) 1180 Image 138
3342 For it is a greuous offence, yea and the holy Ghost is moued with vnspeakeable reproch, in cace a man doth force or wreste any sentence out of the scriptures to any other ende or purpose then becommeth him. For it is a grievous offence, yea and the holy Ghost is moved with unspeakable reproach, in case a man does force or wrest any sentence out of the Scriptures to any other end or purpose then becomes him. p-acp pn31 vbz dt j n1, uh cc dt j n1 vbz vvn p-acp j n1, p-acp n1 dt n1 vdz vvi cc vvb d n1 av pp-f dt n2 p-acp d j-jn n1 cc n1 av vvz pno31. (28) chapter (DIV2) 1181 Image 138
3343 He that shall be founde to haue done this but once, doth quickly loose all his authoritie with the hearers, He that shall be found to have done this but once, does quickly lose all his Authority with the hearers, pns31 cst vmb vbi vvn pc-acp vhi vdn d p-acp a-acp, vdz av-j vvi d po31 n1 p-acp dt n2, (28) chapter (DIV2) 1182 Image 138
3344 and afterwarde, yea euen then when he alledgeth the Scriptures aright, he shall hardely bee credited. and afterward, yea even then when he allegeth the Scriptures aright, he shall hardly be credited. cc av, uh av av c-crq pns31 vvz dt n2 av, pns31 vmb av vbi vvn. (28) chapter (DIV2) 1182 Image 138
3345 To apply aptely and properly the Scriptures to present busines and affaires, is the principall vertue that belongeth to a preacher. To apply aptly and properly the Scriptures to present business and affairs, is the principal virtue that belongeth to a preacher. pc-acp vvi av-j cc av-j dt n2 p-acp j n1 cc n2, vbz dt j-jn n1 cst vvz p-acp dt n1. (28) chapter (DIV2) 1183 Image 138
3346 II. Where it is nowe discouered, of what matter wée minde to entreate, and declared, that the sentence taken out of the holy scripture accordeth to our purpose, the next poynt is, that we diligently consider, II Where it is now discovered, of what matter we mind to entreat, and declared, that the sentence taken out of the holy scripture accords to our purpose, the next point is, that we diligently Consider, crd c-crq pn31 vbz av vvn, pp-f r-crq n1 pns12 n1 pc-acp vvi, cc vvn, cst dt n1 vvn av pp-f dt j n1 vvz p-acp po12 n1, dt ord n1 vbz, cst pns12 av-j vvb, (28) chapter (DIV2) 1184 Image 138
3347 whether that very sentence, as it standeth in the sacred writer, doth minister any proofes at all, of causes, circumstaunces, signes, whither that very sentence, as it Stands in the sacred writer, does minister any proofs At all, of Causes, Circumstances, Signs, cs cst j n1, c-acp pn31 vvz p-acp dt j n1, vdz vvi d n2 p-acp d, pp-f n2, n2, n2, (28) chapter (DIV2) 1184 Image 138
3348 or discriptions, agréeable to the busines of which entreaty is made. As many as are founde to be such; or descriptions, agreeable to the business of which entreaty is made. As many as Are found to be such; cc n2, j p-acp dt n1 pp-f r-crq n1 vbz vvn. p-acp d c-acp vbr vvn pc-acp vbi d; (28) chapter (DIV2) 1184 Image 138
3349 shall worthily before any other be brought forth, and as those that be of greate weight and importaunce, shall worthily before any other be brought forth, and as those that be of great weight and importance, vmb av-j p-acp d n-jn vbi vvn av, cc c-acp d cst vbb pp-f j n1 cc n1, (28) chapter (DIV2) 1185 Image 138
3350 forasmuch as they answer to ye minde and method of the author, from whiche it is not lawfull vnaduisedly to depart, forasmuch as they answer to you mind and method of the author, from which it is not lawful unadvisedly to depart, av c-acp pns32 vvb p-acp pn22 n1 cc n1 pp-f dt n1, p-acp r-crq pn31 vbz xx j av-j pc-acp vvi, (28) chapter (DIV2) 1185 Image 138
3351 and doe in all pointes agrée with our matters, shall studiously be digested, adorned, and inculked. and do in all points agree with our matters, shall studiously be digested, adorned, and inculked. cc vdb p-acp d n2 vvi p-acp po12 n2, vmb av-j vbi vvn, vvn, cc zz. (28) chapter (DIV2) 1185 Image 138
3352 Neither is it a hard matter, to drawe forth such kinde of proofes or argumentes, partly out of the thinges that lye hid and are included in the sentence it selfe, Neither is it a hard matter, to draw forth such kind of proofs or Arguments, partly out of the things that lie hid and Are included in the sentence it self, d vbz pn31 dt j n1, pc-acp vvi av d n1 pp-f n2 cc n2, av av pp-f dt n2 cst vvb vvn cc vbr vvd p-acp dt n1 pn31 n1, (28) chapter (DIV2) 1186 Image 138
3353 and partely out of those things that either goe before or folowe after the same. and partly out of those things that either go before or follow After the same. cc av av pp-f d n2 cst d vvb a-acp cc vvi p-acp dt d. (28) chapter (DIV2) 1186 Image 138
3354 Of this kinde I would affyrme it to be tht Peter Act. 2. in that Sermon whereof mention is made before, to the intent he might shew ye he rightely vsurpeth ye sayinge of Dauid, reduceth into memory, Of this kind I would affirm it to be that Peter Act. 2. in that Sermon whereof mention is made before, to the intent he might show you he rightly usurpeth the saying of David, reduceth into memory, pp-f d n1 pns11 vmd vvb pn31 pc-acp vbi d np1 n1 crd p-acp d n1 c-crq n1 vbz vvn a-acp, p-acp dt n1 pns31 vmd vvi pn22 pns31 av-jn vvz dt n-vvg pp-f np1, vvz p-acp n1, (28) chapter (DIV2) 1187 Image 138
3355 howe Dauid in that he was a prophet, knewe before hand that Christe after the flesh should take his beginning out of his posteritye, how David in that he was a Prophet, knew before hand that Christ After the Flesh should take his beginning out of his posterity, c-crq np1 p-acp cst pns31 vbds dt n1, vvd p-acp n1 cst np1 p-acp dt n1 vmd vvi po31 n1 av pp-f po31 n1, (28) chapter (DIV2) 1187 Image 138
3356 and therfore also by the inspiration of the holy Ghost prophesied before of Christes rising againe. and Therefore also by the inspiration of the holy Ghost prophesied before of Christ's rising again. cc av av p-acp dt n1 pp-f dt j n1 vvd a-acp pp-f npg1 n-vvg av. (28) chapter (DIV2) 1187 Image 138
3357 And whosoeuer is but meanely exercised in the holy scriptures, may easely perceyue, that in the same Psalme, And whosoever is but meanly exercised in the holy Scriptures, may Easily perceive, that in the same Psalm, cc c-crq vbz p-acp av-j vvn p-acp dt j n2, vmb av-j vvi, cst p-acp dt d n1, (28) chapter (DIV2) 1188 Image 138
3358 as of the death and great deiection of Christ, so also certaine thinges are ioyntly spoken of his resurrection. as of the death and great dejection of christ, so also certain things Are jointly spoken of his resurrection. c-acp pp-f dt n1 cc j n1 pp-f np1, av av j n2 vbr av-j vvn pp-f po31 n1. (28) chapter (DIV2) 1188 Image 138
3359 It is not much vnlyke, that ye Apostle Galat. 3. speakinge of the Gentiles that should be blessed in the séede of Abraham, affirmeth those that are of faith, to be the sonnes of Abraham, and howe it was longe before tould vnto Abraham, that it would please God to iustifie the Gentiles by fayth, againe where he addeth, that the inheritaunce was giuen vnto Abraham by promise. It is not much unlike, that you Apostle Galatians 3. speaking of the Gentiles that should be blessed in the seed of Abraham, Affirmeth those that Are of faith, to be the Sons of Abraham, and how it was long before told unto Abraham, that it would please God to justify the Gentiles by faith, again where he adds, that the inheritance was given unto Abraham by promise. pn31 vbz xx d j, cst pn22 n1 np1 crd vvg pp-f dt n2-j cst vmd vbi vvn p-acp dt n1 pp-f np1, vvz d cst vbr pp-f n1, pc-acp vbi dt n2 pp-f np1, cc c-crq pn31 vbds av-j a-acp vvd p-acp np1, cst pn31 vmd vvi np1 pc-acp vvi dt n2-j p-acp n1, av c-crq pns31 vvz, cst dt n1 vbds vvn p-acp np1 p-acp n1. (28) chapter (DIV2) 1189 Image 138
3360 III. Moreouer it is very profitable to make as it were a certaine resolution of the whole sacred sentence, III. Moreover it is very profitable to make as it were a certain resolution of the Whole sacred sentence, np1. av pn31 vbz av j pc-acp vvi c-acp pn31 vbdr dt j n1 pp-f dt j-jn j n1, (28) chapter (DIV2) 1190 Image 138
3361 and to examine in a iust balaunce euery words therein, and diligently to ensearche the significatiō, force and vse of them. and to examine in a just balance every words therein, and diligently to ensearche the signification, force and use of them. cc pc-acp vvi p-acp dt j n1 d n2 av, cc av-j pc-acp vvi dt n1, n1 cc n1 pp-f pno32. (28) chapter (DIV2) 1190 Image 138
3362 And that, to thint•nt out of euery of them may be gathered certaine argumentes or proofes, agreable to the state of thappointed Sermon, And that, to thint•nt out of every of them may be gathered certain Arguments or proofs, agreeable to the state of thappointed Sermon, cc d, pc-acp vvi av pp-f d pp-f pno32 vmb vbi vvn j n2 cc n2, j p-acp dt n1 pp-f dt|j-vvn n1, (28) chapter (DIV2) 1190 Image 138
3363 and may afterward be oportunely applied to teache and instruct the hearers. and may afterwards be opportunely applied to teach and instruct the hearers. cc vmb av vbi av-j vvn pc-acp vvi cc vvi dt n2. (28) chapter (DIV2) 1190 Image 138
3364 Of which craft and diligence (I meane in drawing foorth of proofes out of euery worde well nighe of any one sentence) we haue the holye Scripture it selfe, Of which craft and diligence (I mean in drawing forth of proofs out of every word well High of any one sentence) we have the holy Scripture it self, pp-f r-crq n1 cc n1 (pns11 vvb p-acp vvg av pp-f n2 av pp-f d n1 av av-j pp-f d crd n1) pns12 vhb dt j n1 pn31 n1, (28) chapter (DIV2) 1191 Image 138
3365 as a moste expert maistres and most faithfull teacher. Which thing we will straight wayes make playne and euident. as a most expert masters and most faithful teacher. Which thing we will straight ways make plain and evident. c-acp dt av-ds j n2 cc av-ds j n1. r-crq n1 pns12 vmb av-j n2 vvb j cc j. (28) chapter (DIV2) 1191 Image 138
3366 III. After the wordes wisely weighed and considered, it is requisite, that we procéede with like industrye, to a more exacte contemplation of the matters themselues, III. After the words wisely weighed and considered, it is requisite, that we proceed with like industry, to a more exact contemplation of the matters themselves, np1. p-acp dt n2 av-j vvn cc vvn, pn31 vbz j, cst pns12 vvb p-acp j n1, p-acp dt av-dc vvb n1 pp-f dt n2 px32, (28) chapter (DIV2) 1193 Image 138
3367 or affayres, which in euery sentence are signified. or affairs, which in every sentence Are signified. cc n2, r-crq p-acp d n1 vbr vvn. (28) chapter (DIV2) 1193 Image 138
3368 For it is not very lykely, that there shoulde any where happen thinges of them selues so barren, that a man may not out of thē (if at least he be not altogither endued with a blount and blockishe witte) deuise and excogitate some profes profitable to teach. For it is not very likely, that there should any where happen things of them selves so barren, that a man may not out of them (if At least he be not altogether endued with a Blount and blockish wit) devise and excogitate Some profess profitable to teach. p-acp pn31 vbz xx av j, cst a-acp vmd d n1 vvi n2 pp-f pno32 n2 av j, cst dt n1 vmb xx av pp-f pno32 (cs p-acp ds pns31 vbb xx av vvn p-acp dt j cc j n1) n1 cc vvi d vvb j pc-acp vvi. (28) chapter (DIV2) 1194 Image 139
3369 He that hath once throughlye sifted and examined the thinges, whereof he entreath, may easely finde the meanes, to make his oration become both frutefull, plentious, and delectable. He that hath once thoroughly sifted and examined the things, whereof he entreath, may Easily find the means, to make his oration become both fruitful, plenteous, and delectable. pns31 cst vhz a-acp av-j vvn cc vvn dt n2, c-crq pns31 vvz, vmb av-j vvi dt n2, pc-acp vvi po31 n1 vvi d j, j, cc j. (28) chapter (DIV2) 1194 Image 139
3370 We see in this behalfe the Apostle Paule, after arguments drawē out of euery worde of one peculiar sentence, to heape vp still a plentifull matter of other proofes, We see in this behalf the Apostle Paul, After Arguments drawn out of every word of one peculiar sentence, to heap up still a plentiful matter of other proofs, pns12 vvb p-acp d n1 dt n1 np1, p-acp n2 vvn av pp-f d n1 pp-f crd j n1, pc-acp vvi a-acp av dt j n1 pp-f j-jn n2, (28) chapter (DIV2) 1195 Image 139
3371 and the same flowing out of the nature of the thinges themselues. and the same flowing out of the nature of the things themselves. cc dt d vvg av pp-f dt n1 pp-f dt n2 px32. (28) chapter (DIV2) 1195 Image 139
3372 The examples which we will a litell after touche, shall plainely testifie this thinge to he true. The Examples which we will a little After touch, shall plainly testify this thing to he true. dt n2 r-crq pns12 vmb dt j p-acp n1, vmb av-j vvi d n1 p-acp pns31 j. (28) chapter (DIV2) 1196 Image 139
3373 V. Last of all, to him that feareth and suspecteth that he shall want sufficient matter of speaking, we giue this aduice namely that he put before his eyes, the places of inuencion, which he knoweth to be attributed vnto that kinde of Sermons, to which the sentence of the sacred author appertayneth. V. Last of all, to him that fears and suspects that he shall want sufficient matter of speaking, we give this Advice namely that he put before his eyes, the places of invention, which he Knoweth to be attributed unto that kind of Sermons, to which the sentence of the sacred author appertaineth. np1 ord pp-f d, p-acp pno31 cst vvz cc vvz cst pns31 vmb vvi j n1 pp-f vvg, pns12 vvb d n1 av cst pns31 vvd p-acp po31 n2, dt n2 pp-f n1, r-crq pns31 vvz pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp d n1 pp-f n2, p-acp r-crq dt n1 pp-f dt j n1 vvz. (28) chapter (DIV2) 1197 Image 139
3374 For euery kinde of sermon, (as is afore sayde) hath certayne proper and peculiar places of inuention, the order whereof beinge attentiuely considered, we are eftsones admonished of many thinges, which maye aptely be spoken of eche kinde of busines taken in hande. For every kind of sermon, (as is afore said) hath certain proper and peculiar places of invention, the order whereof being attentively considered, we Are eftsoon admonished of many things, which may aptly be spoken of eke kind of business taken in hand. p-acp d n1 pp-f n1, (c-acp vbz p-acp vvn) vhz j j cc j n2 pp-f n1, dt n1 c-crq vbg av-j vvn, pns12 vbr av vvn pp-f d n2, r-crq vmb av-j vbi vvn pp-f d n1 pp-f n1 vvn p-acp n1. (28) chapter (DIV2) 1198 Image 139
3375 Therefore him that shall speake of a sentence or state of the kinde didascalick, we remitte to the places of inuentiō as well diuine as other not diuine, that he may so longe exercyse himselfe in them, Therefore him that shall speak of a sentence or state of the kind Didascalick, we remit to the places of invention as well divine as other not divine, that he may so long exercise himself in them, av pno31 cst vmb vvi pp-f dt n1 cc n1 pp-f dt j j, pns12 vvi p-acp dt n2 pp-f n1 c-acp av j-jn c-acp ng1-jn xx vvi, cst pns31 vmb av av-j vvi px31 p-acp pno32, (28) chapter (DIV2) 1199 Image 139
3376 as that he maye procure for his true méete and sufficient furniture therby. as that he may procure for his true meet and sufficient furniture thereby. c-acp cst pns31 vmb vvi p-acp po31 j j cc j n1 av. (28) chapter (DIV2) 1199 Image 139
3377 Of which thinge we then also made mention, when as we heaped together some thinges as touchinge the places of the kinde didascalick, in the seconde Chapter of this present booke. Of which thing we then also made mention, when as we heaped together Some things as touching the places of the kind Didascalick, in the seconde Chapter of this present book. pp-f r-crq n1 pns12 av av vvd n1, c-crq c-acp pns12 vvd av d n2 c-acp vvg dt n2 pp-f dt j j, p-acp dt ord n1 pp-f d j n1. (28) chapter (DIV2) 1200 Image 139
3378 But to come to examples, where a full furnyshed explanatiō of one place or sentence is to be seene, we haue none u•ore famous in the whole bodye of the holy Scriptures, But to come to Examples, where a full furnished explanation of one place or sentence is to be seen, we have none u•ore famous in the Whole body of the holy Scriptures, p-acp pc-acp vvi p-acp n2, c-crq dt j vvn n1 pp-f crd n1 cc n1 vbz pc-acp vbi vvn, pns12 vhb pix av-dc j p-acp dt j-jn n1 pp-f dt j n2, (28) chapter (DIV2) 1201 Image 139
3379 then in the Epistles and Thapostle Paule. Which albeit they be rather writen in a scolasticall, then in the Epistles and Apostle Paul. Which albeit they be rather written in a Scolastical, av p-acp dt n2 cc n1 np1. r-crq cs pns32 vbb av-c vvn p-acp dt j, (28) chapter (DIV2) 1201 Image 139
3380 then in a popular kinde of speaking, yet doe they import vnto vs no small helpe to the due framinge of Sermons to the people. then in a popular kind of speaking, yet do they import unto us no small help to the due framing of Sermons to the people. av p-acp dt j n1 pp-f vvg, av vdb pns32 vvi p-acp pno12 av-dx j n1 p-acp dt j-jn vvg pp-f n2 p-acp dt n1. (28) chapter (DIV2) 1201 Image 139
3381 The first example very notable thou shalt finde in the fourth Chapter of the Epistle to the Romans, where this short sentence or place out of Genesis 15. Abraham beleeued god, The First Exampl very notable thou shalt find in the fourth Chapter of the Epistle to the Roman, where this short sentence or place out of Genesis 15. Abraham believed god, dt ord n1 av j pns21 vm2 vvi p-acp dt ord n1 pp-f dt n1 p-acp dt njp2, c-crq d j n1 cc n1 av pp-f n1 crd np1 vvd n1, (28) chapter (DIV2) 1202 Image 139
3382 and it was imputed vnto him for rightuousnes, is with wonderfull prudence and dexteritye, expounded at large. and it was imputed unto him for righteousness, is with wonderful prudence and dexterity, expounded At large. cc pn31 vbds vvn p-acp pno31 p-acp n1, vbz p-acp j n1 cc n1, vvn p-acp j. (28) chapter (DIV2) 1202 Image 139
3383 The wordes truely are very fewe, if thou respectest the nomber, but if thou lookest into the sense, thou shalt perceyue in them to be most strongely proued, that men are iustified by fayth, The words truly Are very few, if thou respectest the number, but if thou Lookest into the sense, thou shalt perceive in them to be most strongly proved, that men Are justified by faith, dt n2 av-j vbr av d, cs pns21 vv2 dt n1, cc-acp cs pns21 vv2 p-acp dt n1, pns21 vm2 vvi p-acp pno32 pc-acp vbi av-ds av-j vvn, cst n2 vbr vvn p-acp n1, (28) chapter (DIV2) 1202 Image 139
3384 and that great plentye of argumentes are ingendered therein. and that great plenty of Arguments Are engendered therein. cc cst j n1 pp-f n2 vbr vvn av. (28) chapter (DIV2) 1202 Image 139
3385 The state of the whole disputation, the Aposte had prefixed before in the 3. Chapter, saying: The state of the Whole disputation, the Apost had prefixed before in the 3. Chapter, saying: dt n1 pp-f dt j-jn n1, dt n1 vhd vvn a-acp p-acp dt crd n1, vvg: (28) chapter (DIV2) 1203 Image 139
3386 We suppose that a man is iustified by faith without the workes of the lawe. We suppose that a man is justified by faith without the works of the law. pns12 vvb cst dt n1 vbz vvn p-acp n1 p-acp dt n2 pp-f dt n1. (28) chapter (DIV2) 1203 Image 139
3387 To the confirmatiō therfore of this state, he iudgeth ye noble example of the iustification of Abraham to bée most fitte and conuenient, to the intent he might gather by order of reasoninge, that all other men also are in like maner iustified by fayth. To the confirmation Therefore of this state, he Judgeth you noble Exampl of the justification of Abraham to been most fit and convenient, to the intent he might gather by order of reasoning, that all other men also Are in like manner justified by faith. p-acp dt n1 av pp-f d n1, pns31 vvz pn22 j n1 pp-f dt n1 pp-f np1 pc-acp vbi av-ds n1 cc j, p-acp dt n1 pns31 vmd vvi p-acp n1 pp-f vvg, cst d j-jn n2 av vbr p-acp j n1 vvn p-acp n1. (28) chapter (DIV2) 1203 Image 139
3388 Which his pourpose he himselfe doth not obscurly declare, when a litell after he sayth, that it is not so written for him onely, that it was imputed vnto him for rightuousnes, Which his purpose he himself does not obscurly declare, when a little After he say, that it is not so written for him only, that it was imputed unto him for righteousness, r-crq po31 n1 pns31 px31 vdz xx av-j vvi, c-crq dt j c-acp pns31 vvz, cst pn31 vbz xx av vvn p-acp pno31 av-j, cst pn31 vbds vvn p-acp pno31 p-acp n1, (28) chapter (DIV2) 1204 Image 139
3389 but also for vs, to whom it shalbe imputed if we, beleeue in him that raysed vp our Lorde Iesus from the deade &c. but also for us, to whom it shall imputed if we, believe in him that raised up our Lord Iesus from the dead etc. cc-acp av p-acp pno12, p-acp ro-crq pn31 vmb|vbi vvn cs pns12, vvb p-acp pno31 cst vvd a-acp po12 n1 np1 p-acp dt j av (28) chapter (DIV2) 1204 Image 139
3390 Howbeit not contented to haue showed in this wise that the said sentence agreeth wondrously well to his enterprised busines, he deuideth it into partes, Howbeit not contented to have showed in this wise that the said sentence agreeth wondrously well to his enterprised business, he Divideth it into parts, a-acp xx vvn pc-acp vhi vvn p-acp d n1 cst dt j-vvn n1 vvz av-j av p-acp po31 vvn n1, pns31 vvz pn31 p-acp n2, (28) chapter (DIV2) 1205 Image 139
3391 and out of euery parte draweth forth newe argumentes. and out of every part draws forth new Arguments. cc av pp-f d n1 vvz av j n2. (28) chapter (DIV2) 1205 Image 139
3392 Wherefore forasmuch as in that sentence wherein it is sayde, that Abraham beléeued and in beleeuinge was iustified, by and by out of the worde beleeue is this argumente subtelly contriued Wherefore forasmuch as in that sentence wherein it is said, that Abraham believed and in believing was justified, by and by out of the word believe is this argument subtly contrived c-crq av c-acp p-acp d n1 c-crq pn31 vbz vvn, cst np1 vvn cc p-acp vvg vbds vvn, p-acp cc p-acp av pp-f dt n1 vvb vbz d n1 av-j vvn (28) chapter (DIV2) 1206 Image 139
3393 If Abraham be iustified, for that he beléeued, it followeth of necessitie ye he was not iustified by workes. If Abraham be justified, for that he believed, it follows of necessity you he was not justified by works. cs np1 vbi vvn, c-acp cst pns31 vvn, pn31 vvz pp-f n1 pn22 pns31 vbds xx vvn p-acp n2. (28) chapter (DIV2) 1207 Image 139
3394 In asmuch as faith and workes are after a sorte repugaunte the one to ye other. In as as faith and works Are After a sort repugaunte the one to you other. p-acp p-acp c-acp n1 cc n2 vbr p-acp dt n1 vvi dt crd p-acp pn22 j-jn. (28) chapter (DIV2) 1207 Image 140
3395 Now the Apostle rendreth this argument thus: If Abraham were iustified by workes, he hath wherein to glory, but not with god. Now the Apostle rendereth this argument thus: If Abraham were justified by works, he hath wherein to glory, but not with god. av dt n1 vvz d n1 av: cs np1 vbdr vvn p-acp n2, pns31 vhz c-crq pc-acp vvi, cc-acp xx p-acp n1. (28) chapter (DIV2) 1207 Image 140
3396 For what saith the scripture? Abraham beleeued God, and it was conuted vnto him for rightuousnes. For what Says the scripture? Abraham believed God, and it was conuted unto him for righteousness. p-acp r-crq vvz dt n1? np1 vvd np1, cc pn31 vbds vvn p-acp pno31 p-acp n1. (28) chapter (DIV2) 1207 Image 140
3397 From hence the Apostle, bendeth the ernest contemplation of his minde to ye signification of the word, Impute: out of which he produceth the seconde proofe to this effect. From hence the Apostle, bendeth the earnest contemplation of his mind to you signification of the word, Impute: out of which he Produceth the seconde proof to this Effect. p-acp av dt n1, vvz dt j n1 pp-f po31 n1 p-acp pn22 n1 pp-f dt n1, vvb: av pp-f r-crq pns31 vvz dt ord n1 p-acp d n1. (28) chapter (DIV2) 1207 Image 140
3398 To him also that worketh not, but beleeueth in God that iustifieth, his faith is by grace counted for rightuousnes. To him also that works not, but Believeth in God that Justifieth, his faith is by grace counted for righteousness. p-acp pno31 av cst vvz xx, cc-acp vvz p-acp np1 cst vvz, po31 n1 vbz p-acp n1 vvn p-acp n1. (28) chapter (DIV2) 1207 Image 140
3399 But it shoulde not bee sayde, to bee counted by grace for rightuousnes, if he had deserued it by workes: But it should not be said, to be counted by grace for righteousness, if he had deserved it by works: p-acp pn31 vmd xx vbi vvn, pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp n1 p-acp n1, cs pns31 vhd vvn pn31 p-acp n2: (28) chapter (DIV2) 1207 Image 140
3400 for then it shoulde rather bee called wages or debte. Iustification therfore cōmeth not by workes, but freely & by grace. for then it should rather be called wages or debt. Justification Therefore comes not by works, but freely & by grace. c-acp cs pn31 vmd av-c vbi vvn n2 cc n1. n1 av vvz xx p-acp n2, cc-acp av-j cc p-acp n1. (28) chapter (DIV2) 1207 Image 140
3401 Like as in the former argument consideration is had of ye antithetons, to worke and beleeue: Like as in the former argument consideration is had of the antithetons, to work and believe: av-j c-acp p-acp dt j n1 n1 vbz vhn pp-f dt n2, pc-acp vvi cc vvi: (28) chapter (DIV2) 1207 Image 140
3402 so here wages or debte is set against imputation. Thirdly the Apostle exactly noteth the forme of speaking, To count or impute for rightuousnes. so Here wages or debt is Set against imputation. Thirdly the Apostle exactly notes the Form of speaking, To count or impute for righteousness. av av n2 cc n1 vbz vvn p-acp n1. ord dt n1 av-j vvz dt n1 pp-f vvg, pc-acp vvi cc vvi p-acp n1. (28) chapter (DIV2) 1207 Image 140
3403 For it commeth to his remembraunce howe in the Psal. 31. that man is called blessed, holy, For it comes to his remembrance how in the Psalm 31. that man is called blessed, holy, p-acp pn31 vvz p-acp po31 n1 c-crq p-acp dt np1 crd cst n1 vbz vvn vvn, j, (28) chapter (DIV2) 1208 Image 140
3404 and rightuous, to whom the lorde impueth not sinne: and righteous, to whom the lord impueth not sin: cc j, p-acp ro-crq dt n1 vvz xx n1: (28) chapter (DIV2) 1208 Image 140
3405 Wherefore he determineth that to impute vnto rightuousnes, is euen all one with not to impute sins. For to remit or not to impute sinnes, is as much as frely to pardon thē, Wherefore he determineth that to impute unto righteousness, is even all one with not to impute Sins. For to remit or not to impute Sins, is as much as freely to pardon them, c-crq pns31 vvz cst p-acp vvb p-acp n1, vbz av d pi p-acp xx p-acp vvb n2. p-acp pc-acp vvi cc xx pc-acp vvi n2, vbz p-acp d c-acp av-j pc-acp vvi pno32, (28) chapter (DIV2) 1208 Image 140
3406 or to iudge one eightuous without desert. Iustification therefore commeth by grace, and not by workes. or to judge one eightuous without desert. Justification Therefore comes by grace, and not by works. cc pc-acp vvi crd j p-acp n1. n1 av vvz p-acp n1, cc xx p-acp n2. (28) chapter (DIV2) 1208 Image 140
3407 And this is it that the apostle so studiously saith: That God imputeth vnto man rightuousnes without workes. And this is it that the apostle so studiously Says: That God imputeth unto man righteousness without works. cc d vbz pn31 cst dt n1 av av-j vvz: cst np1 vvz p-acp n1 n1 p-acp n2. (28) chapter (DIV2) 1208 Image 140
3408 Wherefore out of euery worde we sée notable reasons to be drawen. Wherefore out of every word we see notable Reasons to be drawn. c-crq av pp-f d n1 pns12 vvb j n2 pc-acp vbi vvn. (28) chapter (DIV2) 1208 Image 140
3409 Howbeit the apostle procéedeth yet further, and as we admonished in the 2. obseruation, he diligently enquireth what time faith was imputed vnto Abraham for rightuousnes. Howbeit the apostle Proceedeth yet further, and as we admonished in the 2. observation, he diligently enquireth what time faith was imputed unto Abraham for righteousness. a-acp dt n1 vvz av av-jc, cc c-acp pns12 vvd p-acp dt crd n1, pns31 av-j vvz q-crq n1 n1 vbds vvn p-acp np1 p-acp n1. (28) chapter (DIV2) 1208 Image 140
3410 Nowe he findeth that thinge to be done about fourtene yeres before Circumcision. Of this circumstance therefore of time, he gathereth in the fourth place well néere after this maner: Now he finds that thing to be done about fourtene Years before Circumcision. Of this circumstance Therefore of time, he gathereth in the fourth place well near After this manner: av pns31 vvz d n1 pc-acp vbi vdn p-acp crd n2 p-acp n1. pp-f d n1 av pp-f n1, pns31 vvz p-acp dt ord n1 av av-j p-acp d n1: (28) chapter (DIV2) 1209 Image 140
3411 If Abraham had bene iustified by workes, then chiefely by circumcision. If Abraham had be justified by works, then chiefly by circumcision. cs np1 vhd vbn vvn p-acp n2, av av-jn p-acp n1. (28) chapter (DIV2) 1209 Image 140
3412 But by this he was not iustified, forasmuch as rightuousnes was imputed vnto him longe time before he was circumcised. But by this he was not justified, forasmuch as righteousness was imputed unto him long time before he was circumcised. cc-acp p-acp d pns31 vbds xx vvn, av p-acp n1 vbds vvn p-acp pno31 av-j n1 c-acp pns31 vbds vvn. (28) chapter (DIV2) 1209 Image 140
3413 Therfore in no wise commeth rightuousnes by workes. The wordes of the Apostle as they stande in the text are playne. Therefore in no wise comes righteousness by works. The words of the Apostle as they stand in the text Are plain. av p-acp dx n1 vvz n1 p-acp n2. dt n2 pp-f dt n1 c-acp pns32 vvb p-acp dt n1 vbr j. (28) chapter (DIV2) 1209 Image 140
3414 Furthermore Thapostle interlaceth foorth with the fifte argument, taken of ye vse and signification of circumcision. Abraham receyued the signe of circumcision as a seale of the rightuousnes of the saith which he had, when he was vnsircumcised. Furthermore The apostle interlaceth forth with the Fifth argument, taken of you use and signification of circumcision. Abraham received the Signen of circumcision as a seal of the righteousness of the Says which he had, when he was vnsircumcised. np1 np1 vvz av p-acp dt ord n1, vvn pp-f pn22 vvb cc n1 pp-f n1. np1 vvd dt n1 pp-f n1 p-acp dt n1 pp-f dt n1 pp-f dt vvz r-crq pns31 vhd, c-crq pns31 vbds vvn. (28) chapter (DIV2) 1209 Image 140
3415 Which we maye take euen as if he had sayde: Which we may take even as if he had said: r-crq pns12 vmb vvi av c-acp cs pns31 vhd vvn: (28) chapter (DIV2) 1209 Image 140
3416 Circumcision is not therefore receyued, to the intent any man shoulde be iustified thereby, but that it might be a seale of ye assuraunce of rightuousnes nowe before receyued by fayth. Circumcision is not Therefore received, to the intent any man should be justified thereby, but that it might be a seal of you assurance of righteousness now before received by faith. n1 vbz xx av vvn, p-acp dt n1 d n1 vmd vbi vvn av, cc-acp cst pn31 vmd vbi dt n1 pp-f pn22 n1 pp-f n1 av a-acp vvd p-acp n1. (28) chapter (DIV2) 1209 Image 140
3417 For a man must alwayes first beleeue and confesse his faith, or euer he can rightly vse any sacrament instituted of god: For a man must always First believe and confess his faith, or ever he can rightly use any sacrament instituted of god: p-acp dt n1 vmb av ord vvi cc vvi po31 n1, cc av pns31 vmb av-jn vvi d n1 vvn pp-f n1: (28) chapter (DIV2) 1209 Image 140
3418 and vnlesse a man alredye indued with faith doe receyue the sacramentes, there is no cause whye he should hope yt they will become holesome vnto him. and unless a man already endued with faith do receive the Sacraments, there is no cause why he should hope that they will become wholesome unto him. cc cs dt n1 av vvn p-acp n1 vdb vvi dt n2, pc-acp vbz dx n1 c-crq pns31 vmd vvi pn31 pns32 vmb vvi j p-acp pno31. (28) chapter (DIV2) 1209 Image 140
3419 There is no man that knoweth not the sacramentes to be signs of the couenaunt made before with God, There is no man that Knoweth not the Sacraments to be Signs of the Covenant made before with God, pc-acp vbz dx n1 cst vvz xx dt n2 pc-acp vbi n2 pp-f dt n1 vvd a-acp p-acp np1, (28) chapter (DIV2) 1210 Image 140
3420 and that they are added as seales of our reconciliatiō with God, like as after ye bargainers are agreed betwixt them selues writings and seales are accustomed to be made. and that they Are added as Seals of our reconciliation with God, like as After you bargainers Are agreed betwixt them selves writings and Seals Are accustomed to be made. cc cst pns32 vbr vvn p-acp n2 pp-f po12 n1 p-acp np1, av-j c-acp p-acp pn22 n2 vbr vvn p-acp pno32 n2 n2 cc n2 vbr vvn pc-acp vbi vvn. (28) chapter (DIV2) 1210 Image 140
3421 The sixt argument followeth of that, ye we shewed to be digested in the fourth place. The sixt argument follows of that, you we showed to be digested in the fourth place. dt ord n1 vvz pp-f d, pn22 zz vvd pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp dt ord n1. (28) chapter (DIV2) 1211 Image 140
3422 Seeing nowe it appereth that faith was imputed vnto Abraham for rightuousnes before he was circumcised, Seeing now it appeareth that faith was imputed unto Abraham for righteousness before he was circumcised, vvg av pn31 vvz d n1 vbds vvn p-acp np1 p-acp n1 c-acp pns31 vbds vvn, (28) chapter (DIV2) 1211 Image 140
3423 & whilest he was yet vncircūcised it is a plaine cace, that the Gentiles also which are not as yet circumcised, & whilst he was yet uncircumcised it is a plain case, that the Gentiles also which Are not as yet circumcised, cc cs pns31 vbds av j pn31 vbz dt j n1, cst dt n2-j av r-crq vbr xx p-acp av j-vvn, (28) chapter (DIV2) 1211 Image 140
3424 neyther dare chalendge to themselues any good worke, may be iustified by fayth: and generally that vnto all men, whether they be circumcised or vncircumcised, rightuousnes shalbe imputed, neither Dare challenge to themselves any good work, may be justified by faith: and generally that unto all men, whither they be circumcised or uncircumcised, righteousness shall imputed, dx n1 vvb p-acp px32 dg j n1, vmb vbi vvn p-acp n1: cc av-j cst p-acp d n2, cs pns32 vbb vvn cc j, n1 vmb|vbi vvn, (28) chapter (DIV2) 1211 Image 140
3425 so that by the example of Abraham (which is indifferently the common parent and prince of all beléeuers as well of the circumcised, so that by the Exampl of Abraham (which is indifferently the Common parent and Prince of all believers as well of the circumcised, av cst p-acp dt n1 pp-f np1 (r-crq vbz av-j dt j n1 cc n1 pp-f d n2 c-acp av pp-f dt j-vvn, (28) chapter (DIV2) 1211 Image 140
3426 as hauing vncircumcision) they repose their faith and confidence in God. Hee receiued, saith he, he scale of the rightuousnes of the fayth which he had, as having uncircumcision) they repose their faith and confidence in God. He received, Says he, he scale of the righteousness of the faith which he had, c-acp vhg n1) pns32 vvb po32 n1 cc n1 p-acp np1. pns31 vvd, vvz pns31, pns31 n1 pp-f dt n1 pp-f dt n1 r-crq pns31 vhd, (28) chapter (DIV2) 1211 Image 140
3427 when he was vncircumcised, that hee shoulde bee the father of all them that beleeue, not beinge circumcised, that rightuousnes might bee imputed to them also. when he was uncircumcised, that he should be the father of all them that believe, not being circumcised, that righteousness might be imputed to them also. c-crq pns31 vbds j, cst pns31 vmd vbi dt n1 pp-f d pno32 cst vvb, xx vbg vvn, cst n1 vmd vbi vvn p-acp pno32 av. (28) chapter (DIV2) 1211 Image 141
3428 And the father of circumcision, not vnto them onely which are of the circumcision, but vnto them also that walk in the steppes of the fayth of our father Abraham (which he had) when hee was vncircumcised. And the father of circumcision, not unto them only which Are of the circumcision, but unto them also that walk in the steps of the faith of our father Abraham (which he had) when he was uncircumcised. cc dt n1 pp-f n1, xx p-acp pno32 av-j r-crq vbr pp-f dt n1, cc-acp p-acp pno32 av cst vvb p-acp dt n2 pp-f dt n1 pp-f po12 n1 np1 (r-crq pns31 vhd) c-crq pns31 vbds j. (28) chapter (DIV2) 1211 Image 141
3429 Moreouer in ye seauenth argumente he declareth that rightuousnes before god happeneth by faith, forasmuch as it can not be that rightuousnes shoulde be receyued by the Lawe. Moreover in you Seventh argument he Declareth that righteousness before god Happeneth by faith, forasmuch as it can not be that righteousness should be received by the Law. av p-acp pn22 ord n1 pns31 vvz d n1 p-acp n1 vvz p-acp n1, av c-acp pn31 vmb xx vbi d n1 vmd vbi vvn p-acp dt n1. (28) chapter (DIV2) 1211 Image 141
3430 Of which thing he rendreth also in the causes. For where the lawe is, there imediately followeth transgression: Of which thing he rendereth also in the Causes. For where the law is, there Immediately follows Transgression: pp-f r-crq n1 pns31 vvz av p-acp dt n2. c-acp c-crq dt n1 vbz, a-acp av-j vvz n1: (28) chapter (DIV2) 1211 Image 141
3431 for such is our imbecilitie and weakenes that wee can neuer exactely fulfyll the lawe. for such is our imbecility and weakness that we can never exactly fulfil the law. c-acp d vbz po12 n1 cc n1 cst pns12 vmb av-x av-j vvi dt n1. (28) chapter (DIV2) 1211 Image 141
3432 And where transgression is, what, I beseech you, is to bee loked for but the wrath of god? And where Transgression is, what, I beseech you, is to be looked for but the wrath of god? cc c-crq n1 vbz, q-crq, pns11 vvb pn22, vbz pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp p-acp dt n1 pp-f n1? (28) chapter (DIV2) 1211 Image 141
3433 By the lawe therfore or by workes wee can by no meanes atteyne vnto rightuousnes. By the law Therefore or by works we can by no means attain unto righteousness. p-acp dt n1 av cc p-acp n2 pns12 vmb p-acp dx n2 vvi p-acp n1. (28) chapter (DIV2) 1212 Image 141
3434 But to the intent he might the more easyly perswade the same thinge, he inserteth two inconueniences, which, But to the intent he might the more Easily persuade the same thing, he inserteth two inconveniences, which, cc-acp p-acp dt n1 pns31 vmd dt av-dc av-j vvi dt d n1, pns31 vvz crd n2, r-crq, (28) chapter (DIV2) 1213 Image 141
3435 if rightuousnes were not to be loked for but by the lawe, should of necessytie follow. if righteousness were not to be looked for but by the law, should of necessity follow. cs n1 vbdr xx pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp cc-acp p-acp dt n1, vmd pp-f n1 vvi. (28) chapter (DIV2) 1213 Image 141
3436 If rightuousnes or the inheritaunce of spirituall benefytes shoulde then onely be receiued, when the law were of vs throughly fulfilled, our faith no doubt should be void, If righteousness or the inheritance of spiritual benefits should then only be received, when the law were of us thoroughly fulfilled, our faith no doubt should be void, cs n1 cc dt n1 pp-f j n2 vmd av av-j vbi vvn, c-crq dt n1 vbdr pp-f pno12 av-j vvn, po12 n1 dx n1 vmd vbi j, (28) chapter (DIV2) 1213 Image 141
3437 & the promise of god of none effect. & the promise of god of none Effect. cc dt n1 pp-f n1 pp-f pix n1. (28) chapter (DIV2) 1213 Image 141
3438 But yt it is a very absurde matter in cace any should auouch it thus to be, euery man perceyueth. But that it is a very absurd matter in case any should avouch it thus to be, every man perceiveth. p-acp pn31 pn31 vbz dt av j n1 p-acp n1 d vmd vvi pn31 av pc-acp vbi, d n1 vvz. (28) chapter (DIV2) 1213 Image 141
3439 For GOD vndoubtedly performeth that which he promiseth: as he that neuer ceasseth to be true and iust of his worde. For GOD undoubtedly Performeth that which he promises: as he that never ceaseth to be true and just of his word. p-acp np1 av-j vvz cst r-crq pns31 vvz: c-acp pns31 cst av-x vvz pc-acp vbi j cc j pp-f po31 n1. (28) chapter (DIV2) 1213 Image 141
3440 And where as is the certaine, fyrme, & infallible promise of God, ther our faith ought in no wise to wauer or doubt. And where as is the certain, firm, & infallible promise of God, there our faith ought in no wise to waver or doubt. cc c-crq c-acp vbz dt j, j, cc j n1 pp-f np1, a-acp po12 n1 vmd p-acp dx j pc-acp vvi cc vvi. (28) chapter (DIV2) 1214 Image 141
3441 Let these thinges therfore he taken in steade of the eight argument. Let these things Therefore he taken in stead of the eight argument. vvb d n2 av pns31 vvn p-acp n1 pp-f dt crd n1. (28) chapter (DIV2) 1214 Image 141
3442 But nowe againe the Apostle stayeth somewhat at this, that the holy scripture testyfieth that the promises belong not onely vnto Abraham but also vnto an his séede. But now again the Apostle stays somewhat At this, that the holy scripture testyfieth that the promises belong not only unto Abraham but also unto an his seed. p-acp av av dt n1 vvz av p-acp d, cst dt j n1 vvz cst dt n2 vvb xx av-j p-acp np1 p-acp av p-acp cs po31 n1. (28) chapter (DIV2) 1215 Image 141
3443 In which consideration beinge occupyed he remembreth that in the olde Testament the Gentiles also are conteined in the séede of Abraham. For it was saide vnto Abraham Gen. 17. I haue appointed thee to be the father of many nations. In which consideration being ocupied he Remember that in the old Testament the Gentiles also Are contained in the seed of Abraham. For it was said unto Abraham Gen. 17. I have appointed thee to be the father of many Nations. p-acp r-crq n1 vbg vvn pns31 vvz cst p-acp dt j n1 dt n2-j av vbr vvn p-acp dt n1 pp-f np1. p-acp pn31 vbds vvn p-acp np1 np1 crd pns11 vhb vvn pno21 pc-acp vbi dt n1 pp-f d n2. (28) chapter (DIV2) 1216 Image 141
3444 Wherfore herevpon also he produceth an other argument, which is framed in this sort: The promised spirituall benefyts shal redound also to the seede of Abraham. Wherefore hereupon also he Produceth an other argument, which is framed in this sort: The promised spiritual benefits shall redound also to the seed of Abraham. q-crq av av pns31 vvz dt j-jn n1, r-crq vbz vvn p-acp d n1: dt j-vvn j n2 vmb vvi av p-acp dt n1 pp-f np1. (28) chapter (DIV2) 1217 Image 141
3445 But the Gentiles are knowen to be the seede of Abraham. But the Gentiles Are known to be the seed of Abraham. p-acp dt n2-j vbr vvn pc-acp vbi dt n1 pp-f np1. (28) chapter (DIV2) 1217 Image 141
3446 Ergo, the promised benefits shal come in like maner to the Gentiles, though destitute of the lawe and voide of good works. Ergo, the promised benefits shall come in like manner to the Gentiles, though destitute of the law and void of good works. fw-la, dt j-vvn n2 vmb vvi p-acp j n1 p-acp dt n2-j, cs j pp-f dt n1 cc j pp-f j n2. (28) chapter (DIV2) 1217 Image 141
3447 Be this therfore the ninth argument taken of the proper signification of the worde Gentiles or Nations, and it belongeth to ye places of inuention of whiche mention was made in the fift obseruation. Be this Therefore the ninth argument taken of the proper signification of the word Gentiles or nations, and it belongeth to you places of invention of which mention was made in the fift observation. vbb d av dt ord n1 vvn pp-f dt j n1 pp-f dt n1 n2-j cc n2, cc pn31 vvz p-acp pn22 n2 pp-f n1 pp-f r-crq n1 vbds vvn p-acp dt ord n1. (28) chapter (DIV2) 1217 Image 141
3448 X The tenth argument is added to deriued of the nature of ye things themselues, which kind of proofes we shewed to be méete and requysyte in ye fourth obseruation. X The tenth argument is added to derived of the nature of the things themselves, which kind of proofs we showed to be meet and requysyte in you fourth observation. crd dt ord n1 vbz vvn p-acp vvn pp-f dt n1 pp-f dt n2 px32, r-crq n1 pp-f n2 pns12 vvd pc-acp vbi j cc vvi p-acp pn22 ord n1. (28) chapter (DIV2) 1218 Image 141
3449 Abraham, saieth he, aboue hope, beleeued vnder hope, that hee shoulde be the father of many nations: Abraham, Saith he, above hope, believed under hope, that he should be the father of many Nations: np1, vvz pns31, p-acp n1, vvn p-acp n1, cst pns31 vmd vbi dt n1 pp-f d n2: (28) chapter (DIV2) 1218 Image 141
3450 according to that which was spokē to him: So shal thy seede be. according to that which was spoken to him: So shall thy seed be. vvg p-acp d r-crq vbds vvn p-acp pno31: av vmb po21 n1 vbi. (28) chapter (DIV2) 1218 Image 141
3451 And he not weake in the faith, considered not his owne body, &c. The apostle in déede describeth the nature & force of the faith, which is imputed for rightuousnes, And he not weak in the faith, considered not his own body, etc. The apostle in deed Describeth the nature & force of the faith, which is imputed for righteousness, cc pns31 xx j p-acp dt n1, vvd xx po31 d n1, av dt n1 p-acp n1 vvz dt n1 cc n1 pp-f dt n1, r-crq vbz vvn p-acp n1, (28) chapter (DIV2) 1218 Image 141
3452 and sheweth that it was very excellent in Abrahā, and far greater then any man could beléeue. and shows that it was very excellent in Abrahā, and Far greater then any man could believe. cc vvz cst pn31 vbds av j p-acp np1, cc av-j jc cs d n1 vmd vvi. (28) chapter (DIV2) 1218 Image 141
3453 He saith ye true and perfect faith, doth assuredly & vndoubtedly lay hold vpon those things, yt excéede mans reason, He Says you true and perfect faith, does assuredly & undoubtedly lay hold upon those things, that exceed men reason, pns31 vvz pn22 j cc j n1, vdz av-vvn cc av-j vvd vvi p-acp d n2, pn31 vvd n2 n1, (28) chapter (DIV2) 1219 Image 141
3454 & ye by no menes are iudged to be hoped for, & besids, yt it neglecteth, dispiseth, & you by no menes Are judged to be hoped for, & besides, that it neglecteth, despiseth, cc pn22 p-acp dx n2 vbr vvn pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp, cc p-acp, pn31 pn31 vvz, vvz, (28) chapter (DIV2) 1219 Image 141
3455 & vtterly remoueth al things yt are thought to be a let or hindraunce vnto it. & utterly Removeth all things that Are Thought to be a let or hindrance unto it. cc av-j vvz d n2 pn31 vbr vvn pc-acp vbi dt vvb cc n1 p-acp pn31. (28) chapter (DIV2) 1219 Image 141
3456 For it alwaies leaneth vpon God, to when nothinge is impossible to be done. For it always leaneth upon God, to when nothing is impossible to be done. p-acp pn31 av vvz p-acp np1, p-acp c-crq pix vbz j pc-acp vbi vdn. (28) chapter (DIV2) 1219 Image 141
3457 Such and so great a faith therefore seeinge it shined forth in Abrahā, it pleased god with merciful eyes to behold it before al other works, Such and so great a faith Therefore seeing it shined forth in Abrahā, it pleased god with merciful eyes to behold it before all other works, d cc av j dt n1 av vvg pn31 vvd av p-acp np1, pn31 vvd n1 p-acp j n2 pc-acp vvi pn31 p-acp d j-jn n2, (28) chapter (DIV2) 1219 Image 141
3458 & to impute it for rightuousnes. & to impute it for righteousness. cc pc-acp vvi pn31 p-acp n1. (28) chapter (DIV2) 1219 Image 141
3459 XI Last of all, ye holy Apostle going about to bring his explanation to all end, auoucheth that the same meane or way, yt Abraham was iustified by, ought also to be applyed vnto vs: XI Last of all, you holy Apostle going about to bring his explanation to all end, avoucheth that the same mean or Way, that Abraham was justified by, ought also to be applied unto us: crd ord pp-f d, pn22 j n1 vvg a-acp pc-acp vvi po31 n1 p-acp d n1, vvz cst dt d j cc n1, pn31 np1 vbds vvn p-acp, vmd av pc-acp vbi vvd p-acp pno12: (28) chapter (DIV2) 1220 Image 142
3460 for therefore were those thinges writen of Abraham, to the ende we might know, yt we in like maner by the example of Abraham shoulde without workes be iustified by faith. for Therefore were those things written of Abraham, to the end we might know, that we in like manner by the Exampl of Abraham should without works be justified by faith. c-acp av vbdr d n2 vvn pp-f np1, p-acp dt n1 pns12 vmd vvi, pn31 zz p-acp j n1 p-acp dt n1 pp-f np1 vmd p-acp n2 vbb vvn p-acp n1. (28) chapter (DIV2) 1220 Image 142
3461 And thus much touching the interpretation of one short sentence. And thus much touching the Interpretation of one short sentence. cc av av-d vvg dt n1 pp-f crd j n1. (28) chapter (DIV2) 1220 Image 142
3462 The seconde example being no lesse notable then the first is extant Galat. 3. where euery word of the most knowen promise made vnto Abraham Gene. 22. In thee all nations shall bee blessed, is so expounded and declared, yt it likewise teacheth yt men are iustified before God, not by the workes of the law, but by faith. The seconde Exampl being no less notable then the First is extant Galatians 3. where every word of the most known promise made unto Abraham Gene. 22. In thee all Nations shall be blessed, is so expounded and declared, that it likewise Teaches that men Are justified before God, not by the works of the law, but by faith. dt ord n1 vbg av-dx av-dc j cs dt ord vbz j np1 crd c-crq d n1 pp-f dt av-ds j-vvn n1 vvn p-acp np1 np1 crd p-acp pno21 d n2 vmb vbi vvn, vbz av vvn cc vvn, pn31 zz av vvz pn31 n2 vbr vvn p-acp np1, xx p-acp dt n2 pp-f dt n1, cc-acp p-acp n1. (28) chapter (DIV2) 1221 Image 142
3463 sBut yet far away surmounteth the third example which occurreth Heb. 5. &. sBut yet Far away surmounteth the third Exampl which occurreth Hebrew 5. &. np1 av av-j av vvz dt ord n1 r-crq vvz np1 crd cc. (28) chapter (DIV2) 1222 Image 142
3464 7. where euery member of the fourth verse of the Psalm. 110: The Lorde hath sworne and will not repent, thou art a priest for euer after the order of Melchisedec, is with such great arte, industrye, 7. where every member of the fourth verse of the Psalm. 110: The Lord hath sworn and will not Repent, thou art a priest for ever After the order of Melchizedek, is with such great art, industry, crd c-crq d n1 pp-f dt ord n1 pp-f dt n1. crd: dt n1 vhz vvn cc vmb xx vvi, pns21 vb2r dt n1 c-acp av c-acp dt n1 pp-f np1, vbz p-acp d j n1, n1, (28) chapter (DIV2) 1222 Image 142
3465 & grace opened and explaned, yt I néede not doubt to affirme, yt no mans wit without the speciall direction of ye holy ghost is able to immitate the like. & grace opened and explained, that I need not doubt to affirm, that no men wit without the special direction of the holy ghost is able to imitate the like. cc n1 vvn cc vvn, pn31 pns11 vvb xx vvi pc-acp vvi, pn31 av-dx vvz n1 p-acp dt j n1 pp-f dt j n1 vbz j pc-acp vvi dt j. (28) chapter (DIV2) 1222 Image 142
3466 For truely the apostle with many & diuers proofes takē out of ye one testimony of scripture, plainly teacheth in ye same chapter, & in the thrée following: For truly the apostle with many & diverse proofs taken out of you one testimony of scripture, plainly Teaches in you same chapter, & in the thrée following: p-acp av-j dt n1 p-acp d cc j n2 vvn av pp-f pn22 crd n1 pp-f n1, av-j vvz p-acp pn22 d n1, cc p-acp dt crd vvg: (28) chapter (DIV2) 1222 Image 142
3467 first that Christ is the true priest after the order of Melchisedec, and ye the said prophesie of ye Psal. 110. doth most chifely agrée vnto him: First that christ is the true priest After the order of Melchizedek, and you the said prophesy of you Psalm 110. does most chifely agree unto him: ord cst np1 vbz dt j n1 p-acp dt n1 pp-f np1, cc pn22 dt j-vvn vvi pp-f pn22 np1 crd vdz av-ds av-j vvi p-acp pno31: (28) chapter (DIV2) 1222 Image 142
3468 secondly, yt the priesthod of Christ is far more excelent thē the priesthod of the law, which was after the order of Aaron, or Leuiticall: thirdly, yt by ye priesthod of Christ appointed & established through the patefaction of the Gospell, the priesthode of Aaron is abolished: secondly, that the priesthood of christ is Far more excellent them the priesthood of the law, which was After the order of Aaron, or Levitical: Thirdly, that by you priesthood of christ appointed & established through the patefaction of the Gospel, the priesthood of Aaron is abolished: ord, pn31 dt n1 pp-f np1 vbz av-j av-dc j pno32 dt n1 pp-f dt n1, r-crq vbds p-acp dt n1 pp-f np1, cc j: ord, pn31 p-acp pn22 n1 pp-f np1 vvd cc vvn p-acp dt n1 pp-f dt n1, dt n1 pp-f np1 vbz vvn: (28) chapter (DIV2) 1222 Image 142
3469 fourthly, that by the priesthod of Christe once constituted and confyrmed, the olde ceremonies and sacrifices, fourthly, that by the priesthood of Christ once constituted and confirmed, the old ceremonies and Sacrifices, j, cst p-acp dt n1 pp-f np1 a-acp vvn cc vvn, dt j n2 cc n2, (28) chapter (DIV2) 1222 Image 142
3470 yea and the law it selfe take an ende. yea and the law it self take an end. uh cc dt n1 pn31 n1 vvi dt n1. (28) chapter (DIV2) 1222 Image 142
3471 What man would haue thought, that out of one verse or clause might haue bene drawen, matter of so many weighty poyntes of Christian doctrine, What man would have Thought, that out of one verse or clause might have be drawn, matter of so many weighty points of Christian Doctrine, q-crq n1 vmd vhi vvn, cst av pp-f crd n1 cc n1 vmd vhi vbn vvn, n1 pp-f av d j n2 pp-f njp n1, (28) chapter (DIV2) 1223 Image 142
3472 and so diuers and s•ndry proofes for euery poynte? But thus it is, to whom the holy ghost becommeth a scholemaster, and so diverse and s•ndry proofs for every point? But thus it is, to whom the holy ghost becomes a Schoolmaster, cc av j cc j n2 p-acp d n1? p-acp av pn31 vbz, p-acp ro-crq dt j n1 vvz dt n1, (28) chapter (DIV2) 1223 Image 142
3473 vnto those all things are easye, playne, penetrable, and ready. unto those all things Are easy, plain, penetrable, and ready. p-acp d d n2 vbr j, j, j, cc j. (28) chapter (DIV2) 1223 Image 142
3474 The thing it selfe speaketh, that all that are placed in the Ecclesiasticall ministerye, are not so far for the enstructed of the holy ghost, yt they may be counted equal with the Apostles or other pillers of the Church: The thing it self speaks, that all that Are placed in the Ecclesiastical Ministry, Are not so Far for the instructed of the holy ghost, that they may be counted equal with the Apostles or other pillars of the Church: dt n1 pn31 n1 vvz, cst d cst vbr vvn p-acp dt j n1, vbr xx av av-j p-acp dt j-vvn pp-f dt j n1, pn31 pns32 vmb vbi vvn j-jn p-acp dt n2 cc j-jn n2 pp-f dt n1: (28) chapter (DIV2) 1223 Image 142
3475 wherfore it is very requisite that the study & diligence of immitation should appéere and shine forth in them, Wherefore it is very requisite that the study & diligence of imitation should appear and shine forth in them, c-crq pn31 vbz av j cst dt n1 cc n1 pp-f n1 vmd vvi cc vvi av p-acp pno32, (28) chapter (DIV2) 1223 Image 142
3476 and when they perceyue themselues not able to atteine the vertue and maiesty of the Apostolike phrase of speaking, and when they perceive themselves not able to attain the virtue and majesty of the Apostolic phrase of speaking, cc c-crq pns32 vvb px32 xx j pc-acp vvi dt n1 cc n1 pp-f dt jp n1 pp-f vvg, (28) chapter (DIV2) 1223 Image 142
3477 then let them diligentlye next after the Apostles follow the steppes of the holy fathers, whiche we know with great laude and fruite in the kinde didascalick to haue explaned sentences or single places of scripture in the Church. then let them diligently next After the Apostles follow the steps of the holy Father's, which we know with great laud and fruit in the kind Didascalick to have explained sentences or single places of scripture in the Church. av vvb pno32 av-j ord p-acp dt n2 vvb dt n2 pp-f dt j n2, r-crq pns12 vvb p-acp j n1 cc n1 p-acp dt j j pc-acp vhi vvn n2 cc j n2 pp-f n1 p-acp dt n1. (28) chapter (DIV2) 1223 Image 142
3478 Chrisostom in his first Tome learnedly expoundeth in a iust homilie those words of Gene. 3. I will put enmitie betwixt thee and the woman, betweene thy seede, Chrysostom in his First Tome learnedly expoundeth in a just homily those words of Gene. 3. I will put enmity betwixt thee and the woman, between thy seed, np1 p-acp po31 ord n1 av-j vvz p-acp dt j n1 d n2 pp-f np1 crd pns11 vmb vvi n1 p-acp pno21 cc dt n1, p-acp po21 n1, (28) chapter (DIV2) 1224 Image 142
3479 and hyr seede, &c. There is also an homilie as touchinge these words of the Psalm 9. I will declare all thy wonderous works. and her seed, etc. There is also an homily as touching these words of the Psalm 9. I will declare all thy wondrous works. cc po31 n1, av pc-acp vbz av dt n1 p-acp vvg d n2 pp-f dt n1 crd pns11 vmb vvi d po21 j n2. (28) chapter (DIV2) 1224 Image 142
3480 Another of the words out of the Psalm. 25. Leade mee in thy trueth, and teache mee. another of the words out of the Psalm. 25. Lead me in thy truth, and teach me. j-jn pp-f dt n2 av pp-f dt n1. crd n1 pno11 p-acp po21 n1, cc vvb pno11. (28) chapter (DIV2) 1224 Image 142
3481 Agayne of the wordes out of the Psalm. 27. The Lorde is my light and my saluation: Again of the words out of the Psalm. 27. The Lord is my Light and my salvation: av pp-f dt n2 av pp-f dt n1. crd dt n1 vbz po11 n1 cc po11 n1: (28) chapter (DIV2) 1224 Image 142
3482 whom then shall I feare? Moreouer of these wordes out of the Psal. 85. Be not angry with vs O Lord for euer. whom then shall I Fear? Moreover of these words out of the Psalm 85. Be not angry with us O Lord for ever. r-crq av vmb pns11 vvi? av pp-f d n2 av pp-f dt np1 crd vbb xx j p-acp pno12 sy n1 c-acp av. (28) chapter (DIV2) 1224 Image 142
3483 Item out of the Psalm. 122. Peace be within thy walles, and plentiousnesse within thy palaces. Item out of the Psalm. 122. Peace be within thy walls, and plentiousnesse within thy palaces. n1 av pp-f dt n1. crd n1 vbb p-acp po21 n2, cc n1 p-acp po21 n2. (28) chapter (DIV2) 1224 Image 142
3484 In the second tome is read an homilie concerninge those words of Math. 25: That which ye haue done to one of these little ones, ye haue done vnto mee. In the second tome is read an homily Concerning those words of Math. 25: That which you have done to one of these little ones, you have done unto me. p-acp dt ord n1 vbz vvn dt n1 vvg d n2 pp-f np1 crd: d r-crq pn22 vhb vdn p-acp crd pp-f d j pi2, pn22 vhb vdn p-acp pno11. (28) chapter (DIV2) 1225 Image 142
3485 In the thirde tome are expounded in entire Sermons these places: out of Iohn 4. The true worshippers shall worship the father in spirite and trueth. In the Third tome Are expounded in entire Sermons these places: out of John 4. The true worshippers shall worship the father in Spirit and truth. p-acp dt ord n1 vbr vvn p-acp j n2 d n2: av pp-f np1 crd dt j n2 vmb vvi dt n1 p-acp n1 cc n1. (28) chapter (DIV2) 1226 Image 142
3486 Out of Iohn 15. Yee are my friends, if ye doe whatsoeuer I commaund you: Out of John 15. Ye Are my Friends, if you do whatsoever I command you: av pp-f np1 crd pn22 vbr po11 n2, cs pn22 vdb r-crq pns11 vvb pn22: (28) chapter (DIV2) 1226 Image 142
3487 which sentence he explaneth in two homilies. Out of the i. Cor. xi. There must be heresies, that the approued might be knowen. which sentence he Explaineth in two homilies. Out of the i. Cor. xi. There must be heresies, that the approved might be known. r-crq n1 pns31 vvz p-acp crd n2. av pp-f dt pns11. np1 crd. pc-acp vmb vbi n2, cst dt j-vvn vmd vbi vvn. (28) chapter (DIV2) 1226 Image 142
3488 Out of other writers other examples may be had. Out of other writers other Examples may be had. av pp-f j-jn n2 j-jn n2 vmb vbi vhn. (28) chapter (DIV2) 1226 Image 142
3489 Howbeit whensoeuer the members of a sentence or any place, be in that order which is spoken off, expounded and declared, it is the parte truely of a wise interpreter to consyder, what speciall poyntes bene expedient out of them, according to the state of the church and the publike vtilitie or necessitie, either largely or compendiouslye to be handeled. Howbeit whensoever the members of a sentence or any place, be in that order which is spoken off, expounded and declared, it is the part truly of a wise interpreter to Consider, what special points be expedient out of them, according to the state of the Church and the public utility or necessity, either largely or compendiously to be handled. a-acp c-crq dt n2 pp-f dt n1 cc d n1, vbb p-acp d n1 r-crq vbz vvn a-acp, vvn cc vvn, pn31 vbz dt n1 av-j pp-f dt j n1 pc-acp vvi, r-crq j n2 vbn j av pp-f pno32, vvg p-acp dt n1 pp-f dt n1 cc dt j n1 cc n1, av-d av-j cc av-j pc-acp vbi vvn. (28) chapter (DIV2) 1227 Image 143
3490 This thing is also to be vnderstoode, that those, to whom it apperteyneth to preache of present businesse & affaires offered by occasion, doe sometimes excerpte some sentence or place out of the scripture, This thing is also to be understood, that those, to whom it appertaineth to preach of present business & affairs offered by occasion, do sometime excerpte Some sentence or place out of the scripture, d n1 vbz av pc-acp vbi vvd, cst d, p-acp ro-crq pn31 vvz pc-acp vvi pp-f j n1 cc n2 vvn p-acp n1, vdb av vvi d n1 cc n1 av pp-f dt n1, (28) chapter (DIV2) 1227 Image 143
3491 and apply it to their purpose, somtimes agayne vse no place of scripture at all in the beginninge. and apply it to their purpose, sometimes again use no place of scripture At all in the begin. cc vvi pn31 p-acp po32 n1, av av vvi dx n1 pp-f n1 p-acp d p-acp dt n-vvg. (28) chapter (DIV2) 1227 Image 143
3492 What time therefore they prefixe to their Sermon any place of Scripture, they shall very aptlye haue recourse vnto that forme of interpreting, whiche in this presente Chapter we haue indeuoured to shew and commend vnto all men. What time Therefore they prefix to their Sermon any place of Scripture, they shall very aptly have recourse unto that Form of interpreting, which in this present Chapter we have endeavoured to show and commend unto all men. q-crq n1 av pns32 vvi p-acp po32 n1 d n1 pp-f n1, pns32 vmb av av-j vhb n1 p-acp d n1 pp-f n-vvg, r-crq p-acp d j n1 pns12 vhb vvd pc-acp vvi cc vvi p-acp d n2. (28) chapter (DIV2) 1228 Image 143
3493 ¶ A simple Theame how it ought to be discussed in the kinde Didascalick. Cap. VIII. ¶ A simple Theme how it ought to be discussed in the kind Didascalick. Cap. VIII. ¶ dt j n1 c-crq pn31 vmd pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp dt j n1. np1 crd. (29) chapter (DIV2) 1228 Image 143
3494 OFt times in this didascalik kind in which we are yet busy, hauing one while no reding or sentence, of ye holy scriptures going before, OFt times in this didascalik kind in which we Are yet busy, having one while not reding or sentence, of the holy Scriptures going before, av n2 p-acp d j j p-acp r-crq pns12 vbr av j, vhg crd n1 xx vvg cc n1, pp-f dt j n2 vvg a-acp, (29) chapter (DIV2) 1229 Image 143
3495 an other while agayne after ye somewhat hath bene declared out of the scriptures, it behoueth vs to handle simple theames, an other while again After you somewhat hath be declared out of the Scriptures, it behooves us to handle simple Thames, dt j-jn n1 av p-acp pn22 av vhz vbn vvn av pp-f dt n2, pn31 vvz pno12 pc-acp vvi j n2, (29) chapter (DIV2) 1229 Image 143
3496 and to entreat somtime more largely, somtime more briefely, of faith, loue, hope, the law, sinne, death, of the Gospel, and such like. and to entreat sometime more largely, sometime more briefly, of faith, love, hope, the law, sin, death, of the Gospel, and such like. cc pc-acp vvi av av-dc av-j, av av-dc av-j, pp-f n1, n1, vvb, dt n1, n1, n1, pp-f dt n1, cc d av-j. (29) chapter (DIV2) 1229 Image 143
3497 Luke reporteth Act. 24. that Saint Paule disputed before the president Felix, as touching iustice and temperaunce, Lycia Reporteth Act. 24. that Saint Paul disputed before the president Felix, as touching Justice and temperance, av vvz n1 crd cst n1 np1 vvn p-acp dt n1 np1, p-acp vvg n1 cc n1, (29) chapter (DIV2) 1229 Image 143
3498 & of the iudgement to come. & of the judgement to come. cc pp-f dt n1 pc-acp vvi. (29) chapter (DIV2) 1229 Image 143
3499 Which disputations would god we might haue had, they would haue bene, no doubt, greatly for our commodyty. Which disputations would god we might have had, they would have be, no doubt, greatly for our commodyty. r-crq n2 vmd n1 pns12 vmd vhi vhn, pns32 vmd vhi vbn, dx n1, av-j p-acp po12 n1. (29) chapter (DIV2) 1229 Image 143
3500 Neuerthelesse we will assay, to exhibit a certayne order of examining those theames, profytable and easye to be knowne to all men. Nevertheless we will assay, to exhibit a certain order of examining those Thames, profitable and easy to be known to all men. av pns12 vmb vvi, pc-acp vvi dt j n1 pp-f vvg d n2, j cc j pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp d n2. (29) chapter (DIV2) 1229 Image 143
3501 It must bee called to remembraunce, that there were two formes or orders of places of inuention once attrybuted of vs vnto this kinde, in the former wherof we reherced the diuine places, of vs afterwarde termed somewhere generall, that is to say, doctrine, redargution, institution, correction, and consolation: in the latter we disposed partly the places which commonlye after the receyued maner they call logicall, and reduce them to certayne questions, partelye other also taken out of Diuinitie it selfe. It must be called to remembrance, that there were two forms or order of places of invention once attrybuted of us unto this kind, in the former whereof we rehearsed the divine places, of us afterward termed somewhere general, that is to say, Doctrine, redargution, Institution, correction, and consolation: in the latter we disposed partly the places which commonly After the received manner they call logical, and reduce them to certain questions, partly other also taken out of Divinity it self. pn31 vmb vbi vvn p-acp n1, cst a-acp vbdr crd n2 cc n2 pp-f n2 pp-f n1 a-acp vvn pp-f pno12 p-acp d n1, p-acp dt j c-crq pns12 vvd dt j-jn n2, pp-f pno12 av vvn av j, cst vbz pc-acp vvi, n1, n1, n1, n1, cc n1: p-acp dt d pns12 vvd av dt n2 r-crq av-j p-acp dt vvn n1 pns32 vvb j, cc vvi pno32 p-acp j n2, av j-jn av vvn av pp-f n1 pn31 n1. (29) chapter (DIV2) 1230 Image 143
3502 Now therfore let vs sée, howe by the direction and ayde of those places, a single theme may and ought to be expounded with the fruite of the hearers. Now Therefore let us see, how by the direction and aid of those places, a single theme may and ought to be expounded with the fruit of the hearers. av av vvb pno12 vvi, c-crq p-acp dt n1 cc n1 pp-f d n2, dt j n1 vmb cc pi pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp dt n1 pp-f dt n2. (29) chapter (DIV2) 1231 Image 143
3503 But to the intente all this deuise may become the more cléere, and euery man the sooner perceiue it, wee will comprise in certayne obseruations, whatsoeuer conduceth therevnto. But to the intent all this devise may become the more clear, and every man the sooner perceive it, we will comprise in certain observations, whatsoever conduceth thereunto. p-acp p-acp dt n1 d d n1 vmb vvi dt av-dc j, cc d n1 dt av-c vvb pn31, pns12 vmb vvi p-acp j n2, r-crq vvz av. (29) chapter (DIV2) 1231 Image 143
3504 I It séemeth good by all meanes, that he that wyll declare a simple theme, doe prescribe to himselfe (following the example of the Logicians ) a certayne order of questions, and exactly serch: I It Seemeth good by all means, that he that will declare a simple theme, do prescribe to himself (following the Exampl of the Logicians) a certain order of questions, and exactly search: pns11 pn31 vvz j p-acp d n2, cst pns31 cst vmb vvi dt j n1, vdb vvi p-acp px31 (vvg dt n1 pp-f dt n2) dt j n1 pp-f n2, cc av-j vvi: (29) chapter (DIV2) 1232 Image 143
3505 First, What it is of which the sacred Sermon is appointed: secondly, what partes, or how many formes be thereof: First, What it is of which the sacred Sermon is appointed: secondly, what parts, or how many forms be thereof: ord, r-crq pn31 vbz a-acp r-crq dt j n1 vbz vvn: ord, r-crq n2, cc c-crq d n2 vbb av: (29) chapter (DIV2) 1232 Image 143
3506 thirdelye, what the causes bee: fourthly, what the duties or effectes: fyftely what thinges be of aliaunce therevnto: Thirdly, what the Causes be: fourthly, what the duties or effects: Fifty what things be of alliance thereunto: ord, r-crq dt n2 vbb: j, r-crq dt n2 cc n2: av-j r-crq n2 vbb pp-f n1 av: (29) chapter (DIV2) 1232 Image 143
3507 sixtly and lastely, what contraries it hath. sixthly and Lastly, what contraries it hath. av-j cc ord, r-crq n-jn pn31 vhz. (29) chapter (DIV2) 1232 Image 143
3508 Neither shall any man thinke this order to be dispised séeing it is very much profytable, Neither shall any man think this order to be despised seeing it is very much profitable, av-d vmb d n1 vvb d n1 pc-acp vbi vvn vvg pn31 vbz av av-d j, (29) chapter (DIV2) 1233 Image 143
3509 as well for the teacher as also for the learners, to haue a certayne method reteined and kept. as well for the teacher as also for the learners, to have a certain method retained and kept. c-acp av c-acp dt n1 c-acp av c-acp dt n2, pc-acp vhi dt j n1 vvn cc vvn. (29) chapter (DIV2) 1233 Image 143
3510 But me thinketh I here some man obiecting vnto me: But me Thinketh I Here Some man objecting unto me: p-acp pno11 vvz pns11 av d n1 vvg p-acp pno11: (29) chapter (DIV2) 1234 Image 143
3511 that this forme of entreating which I speake off, is more frequented of Aristotle and of his followers the Logicians, then of the Diuines. And that very seldom or neuer among the prophets or holye fathers are to be founde any sermons simply declared in this method. that this Form of entreating which I speak off, is more frequented of Aristotle and of his followers the Logicians, then of the Divines. And that very seldom or never among the Prophets or holy Father's Are to be found any Sermons simply declared in this method. cst d n1 pp-f vvg r-crq pns11 vvb a-acp, vbz av-dc vvn pp-f np1 cc pp-f po31 n2 dt n2, av pp-f dt n2-jn. cc cst av av cc av-x p-acp dt n2 cc j n2 vbr pc-acp vbi vvn d n2 av-j vvn p-acp d n1. (29) chapter (DIV2) 1234 Image 144
3512 Verily I wyll say that which is trueth. To the enserching and drawing forth of the nature of euery thing out of darknesse, Verily I will say that which is truth. To the enserching and drawing forth of the nature of every thing out of darkness, av-j pns11 vmb vvi d r-crq vbz n1. p-acp dt vvg cc vvg av pp-f dt n1 pp-f d n1 av pp-f n1, (29) chapter (DIV2) 1235 Image 144
3513 as many (certes) as are wisely occupyed in the office of preaching, so oft as they wyll entreat of simple theames, doe set before them, as many (certes) as Are wisely ocupied in the office of preaching, so oft as they will entreat of simple Thames, do Set before them, c-acp d (av) a-acp vbr av-j vvn p-acp dt n1 pp-f vvg, av av c-acp pns32 vmb vvi pp-f j n2, vdb vvi p-acp pno32, (29) chapter (DIV2) 1235 Image 144
3514 as a rule, this order of questions. as a Rule, this order of questions. c-acp dt n1, d n1 pp-f n2. (29) chapter (DIV2) 1235 Image 144
3515 But yet this difference is to be marked betwene a Logician or philosopher, and a diuine preacher. But yet this difference is to be marked between a Logician or philosopher, and a divine preacher. p-acp av d n1 vbz pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp dt n1 cc n1, cc dt j-jn n1. (29) chapter (DIV2) 1235 Image 144
3516 The Logician truely by his owne proper right, as he ye vndertaketh and promiseth yt he will vtter & bring forth whatsoeuer may probably be sayde of euery argument yt is offered, The Logician truly by his own proper right, as he you undertaketh and promises that he will utter & bring forth whatsoever may probably be said of every argument that is offered, dt n1 av-j p-acp po31 d j n-jn, c-acp pns31 pn22 vvz cc vvz pn31 pns31 vmb vvi cc vvi av r-crq vmb av-j vbi vvn pp-f d n1 pn31 vbz vvn, (29) chapter (DIV2) 1235 Image 144
3517 & imagineth ye he hath disciples desyrous to bee come philosophers, very curiouslye and subtelty pursueth the course of all the saide questions. & imagineth you he hath Disciples desirous to be come Philosophers, very curiously and subtlety pursueth the course of all the said questions. cc vvz pn22 pns31 vhz n2 j pc-acp vbi vvn n2, av av-j cc n1 vvz dt n1 pp-f d dt j-vvn n2. (29) chapter (DIV2) 1235 Image 144
3518 But the Diuine, and specially the Preacher, whiche professeth himselfe to be the teacher of the whole multitude, But the Divine, and specially the Preacher, which Professes himself to be the teacher of the Whole multitude, p-acp dt j-jn, cc av-j dt n1, r-crq vvz px31 pc-acp vbi dt n1 pp-f dt j-jn n1, (29) chapter (DIV2) 1236 Image 144
3519 and in it of a greate number of vnlearned, suffereth not his oration to be enclosed in so narrow straightes, and in it of a great number of unlearned, suffers not his oration to be enclosed in so narrow straights, cc p-acp pn31 pp-f dt j n1 pp-f j, vvz xx po31 n1 pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp av j n2, (29) chapter (DIV2) 1236 Image 144
3520 but as one raunging in a champion fielde, choseth those questions onely to be explaned, whiche he supposeth to be moste congruent to the vnderstanding of his hearers, but as one ranging in a champion field, chooses those questions only to be explained, which he Supposeth to be most congruent to the understanding of his hearers, cc-acp c-acp pi vvg p-acp dt n1 n1, vvz d n2 av-j pc-acp vbi vvn, r-crq pns31 vvz pc-acp vbi av-ds j p-acp dt n1 pp-f po31 n2, (29) chapter (DIV2) 1236 Image 144
3521 and also most fyt for the place and time. and also most fit for the place and time. cc av av-ds j p-acp dt n1 cc n1. (29) chapter (DIV2) 1236 Image 144
3522 Wherfore albeit be premeditating at home in his studye what thinges are expedyent to bee propounded in the Church, haue those questions before his eyes as the moderators of his thoughtes, Wherefore albeit be premeditating At home in his study what things Are expedient to be propounded in the Church, have those questions before his eyes as the moderators of his thoughts, c-crq cs vbb vvg p-acp n1-an p-acp po31 n1 r-crq n2 vbr j pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp dt n1, vhb d n2 p-acp po31 n2 p-acp dt n2 pp-f po31 n2, (29) chapter (DIV2) 1237 Image 144
3523 yet after that hee hath some while debated the matter, he sticketh faste in the inuestigation onelye of one or two or els of thrée questions at the most. yet After that he hath Some while debated the matter, he sticketh fast in the investigation only of one or two or Else of thrée questions At the most. av p-acp cst pns31 vhz d n1 vvn dt n1, pns31 vvz j p-acp dt n1 j pp-f crd cc crd cc av pp-f crd n2 p-acp dt av-ds. (29) chapter (DIV2) 1237 Image 144
3524 Herevpon therfore grew the custome, whereby for the most part the pastors of churches do in the first place learnedly discouer, what the thing is of whiche they purpose to entreate. Hereupon Therefore grew the custom, whereby for the most part the Pastors of Churches do in the First place learnedly discover, what the thing is of which they purpose to entreat. av av vvd dt n1, c-crq p-acp dt av-ds n1 dt n2 pp-f n2 vdb p-acp dt ord n1 av-j vvi, q-crq dt n1 vbz a-acp r-crq pns32 vvb pc-acp vvi. (29) chapter (DIV2) 1238 Image 144
3525 Where if they be perswaded that the thing is knowen already to the hearers, then with good cause pretermit they that question. Where if they be persuaded that the thing is known already to the hearers, then with good cause pretermit they that question. c-crq cs pns32 vbb vvn cst dt n1 vbz vvn av p-acp dt n2, av p-acp j n1 vvi pns32 cst vvb. (29) chapter (DIV2) 1239 Image 144
3526 From thence they procéede to an other question, whiche they déeme to be most conueniente for the place time and persones, From thence they proceed to an other question, which they deem to be most convenient for the place time and Persons, p-acp av pns32 vvb p-acp dt j-jn n1, r-crq pns32 vvb pc-acp vbi av-ds j p-acp dt n1 n1 cc n2, (29) chapter (DIV2) 1239 Image 144
3527 and doe alledge somewhat peraduenture of the thirde question, whiche is as touching the causes. and do allege somewhat Peradventure of the Third question, which is as touching the Causes. cc vdb vvi av av pp-f dt ord n1, r-crq vbz p-acp vvg dt n2. (29) chapter (DIV2) 1239 Image 144
3528 This being accomplished, they passe to that whiche is the fourth in number, namely, concerninge the duties or effectes. This being accomplished, they pass to that which is the fourth in number, namely, Concerning the duties or effects. d vbg vvn, pns32 vvb p-acp d r-crq vbz dt ord p-acp n1, av, vvg dt n2 cc n2. (29) chapter (DIV2) 1240 Image 144
3529 And in this wise with the explication of two or haply of thrée questions they make account to satisfy their hearers. And in this wise with the explication of two or haply of thrée questions they make account to satisfy their hearers. cc p-acp d n1 p-acp dt n1 pp-f crd cc av pp-f crd n2 pns32 vvb n1 pc-acp vvi po32 n2. (29) chapter (DIV2) 1241 Image 144
3530 Somtimes, and that not seldome, there happen thinges, which in no cace doe admit all the said questions in Diuinitie. Sometimes, and that not seldom, there happen things, which in no case do admit all the said questions in Divinity. av, cc cst xx av, pc-acp vvi n2, r-crq p-acp dx n1 vdb vvi d dt j-vvn n2 p-acp n1. (29) chapter (DIV2) 1241 Image 144
3531 As for example, there is offered a thing that can be deuided into no parts or formes: As for Exampl, there is offered a thing that can be divided into no parts or forms: p-acp p-acp n1, pc-acp vbz vvn dt n1 cst vmb vbi vvn p-acp dx n2 cc n2: (29) chapter (DIV2) 1241 Image 144
3532 Why then should there be a question prefixed of diuers partes or formes? In lyke maner when there can be giuen no contraryes of a thing, doubtles it were very ridiculous, to assigne a question to be discussed of contraryes. Why then should there be a question prefixed of diverse parts or forms? In like manner when there can be given no contraries of a thing, doubtless it were very ridiculous, to assign a question to be discussed of contraries. uh-crq av vmd pc-acp vbi dt n1 vvn pp-f j n2 cc n2? p-acp av-j n1 c-crq a-acp vmb vbi vvn av-dx n2-jn pp-f dt n1, av-j pn31 vbdr av j, pc-acp vvi dt n1 pc-acp vbi vvn pp-f n2-jn. (29) chapter (DIV2) 1241 Image 144
3533 To be short, there may happen also such a theame, as may easely be conueighed through all the orders of questions, To be short, there may happen also such a theme, as may Easily be conveyed through all the order of questions, pc-acp vbi j, pc-acp vmb vvi av d dt n1, c-acp vmb av-j vbi vvn p-acp d dt n2 pp-f n2, (29) chapter (DIV2) 1242 Image 144
3534 yet notwithstandinge the godlye Preacher, forasmuche as he enioyeth (as I sayde) frée lybertye, yet notwithstanding the godly Preacher, forasmuch as he Enjoyeth (as I said) free liberty, av p-acp dt j n1, av c-acp pns31 vvz (c-acp pns11 vvd) j n1, (29) chapter (DIV2) 1242 Image 144
3535 and delighteth in mature deliberation and in sage aduice taking, among many choseth not aboue two or thrée questions to be declared in the sacred assembly. and delights in mature deliberation and in sage Advice taking, among many chooses not above two or thrée questions to be declared in the sacred assembly. cc vvz p-acp j n1 cc p-acp j-jn n1 vvg, p-acp d vvz xx p-acp crd cc crd n2 pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp dt j n1. (29) chapter (DIV2) 1242 Image 144
3536 The Logician and Philosopher doe gladly trye what they are able to doe, and doe take pleasure in vauntynge of their wit: The Logician and Philosopher do gladly try what they Are able to do, and do take pleasure in vaunting of their wit: dt n1 cc n1 vdb av-j vvi r-crq pns32 vbr j pc-acp vdi, cc vdb vvi n1 p-acp vvg pp-f po32 n1: (29) chapter (DIV2) 1243 Image 144
3537 but the Preacher for his parte, weigheth and considereth what is moste expedient to be done, accordinge to the place and time, but the Preacher for his part, weigheth and Considereth what is most expedient to be done, according to the place and time, cc-acp dt n1 p-acp po31 n1, vvz cc vvz r-crq vbz av-ds j pc-acp vbi vdn, vvg p-acp dt n1 cc n1, (29) chapter (DIV2) 1243 Image 144
3538 for the godly enstruction and information of good men. for the godly instruction and information of good men. p-acp dt j n1 cc n1 pp-f j n2. (29) chapter (DIV2) 1243 Image 144
3539 Where fynally if it bee greatelye for the behoofe of the Churche to haue many questions expounded, Where finally if it be greatly for the behoof of the Church to have many questions expounded, q-crq av-j cs pn31 vbb av-j p-acp dt n1 pp-f dt n1 pc-acp vhi d n2 vvn, (29) chapter (DIV2) 1244 Image 144
3540 yet shall it be the parte of a wise teacher to reserue some tyll an other time. yet shall it be the part of a wise teacher to reserve Some till an other time. av vmb pn31 vbi dt n1 pp-f dt j n1 pc-acp vvi d p-acp dt j-jn n1. (29) chapter (DIV2) 1244 Image 144
3541 II After thou hast disposed and set in order the questions which thou iudgest will serue thy turne, thou muste haue recourse to the places of the second forme, those inespecially, which the diuines receiue out of the schole of the Logicians to be vsed: II After thou hast disposed and Set in order the questions which thou Judges will serve thy turn, thou must have recourse to the places of the second Form, those inespecially, which the Divines receive out of the school of the Logicians to be used: crd c-acp pns21 vh2 vvn cc vvn p-acp n1 dt n2 r-crq pns21 vv2 vmb vvi po21 n1, pns21 vmb vhi n1 p-acp dt n2 pp-f dt ord n1, d av-j, r-crq dt n2-jn vvb av pp-f dt n1 pp-f dt n2 pc-acp vbi vvn: (29) chapter (DIV2) 1245 Image 145
3542 and according to their direction, thou shalt excogitate whatsoeuer may conueniently be sayd of the purposed theme. and according to their direction, thou shalt excogitate whatsoever may conveniently be said of the purposed theme. cc vvg p-acp po32 n1, pns21 vm2 vvi r-crq vmb av-j vbi vvn pp-f dt j-vvn n1. (29) chapter (DIV2) 1245 Image 145
3543 But in such sorte shal these thinges be gathered together, that, so farre forth as may be, eache thinge may bee drawen out of the fountaines of the scriptures, But in such sort shall these things be gathered together, that, so Far forth as may be, each thing may be drawn out of the fountains of the Scriptures, cc-acp p-acp d n1 vmb d n2 vbb vvn av, cst, av av-j av c-acp vmb vbi, d n1 vmb vbi vvn av pp-f dt n2 pp-f dt n2, (29) chapter (DIV2) 1246 Image 145
3544 or at the least confyrmed by the testimonies of the same. or At the least confirmed by the testimonies of the same. cc p-acp dt av-ds vvn p-acp dt n2 pp-f dt d. (29) chapter (DIV2) 1246 Image 145
3545 And albeit there occurre no where in the sacred Bookes common places explaned in that order, whiche the questions and places to them attributed doe prescribe, And albeit there occurre no where in the sacred Books Common places explained in that order, which the questions and places to them attributed doe prescribe, cc cs a-acp fw-la dx n1 p-acp dt j n2 j n2 vvn p-acp d n1, r-crq dt n2 cc n2 p-acp pno32 vvd n1 vvi, (29) chapter (DIV2) 1246 Image 145
3546 yet may it truely be affirmed that some diuine common places are to be founde, of which so many and diuers thinges héere and there scattered in the Canonicall Scriptures are put in writinge, that if the same were bounde together (as ye woulde saye) in one bundell and broughte forthe, vndoubtedly we should sée those places handeled in a iust method. yet may it truly be affirmed that Some divine Common places Are to be found, of which so many and diverse things Here and there scattered in the Canonical Scriptures Are put in writing, that if the same were bound together (as you would say) in one bundle and brought forth, undoubtedly we should see those places handled in a just method. av vmb pn31 av-j vbi vvn cst d j-jn j n2 vbr pc-acp vbi vvn, pp-f r-crq av d cc j n2 av cc a-acp vvn p-acp dt j n2 vbr vvn p-acp n1, cst cs dt d vbdr vvn av (c-acp pn22 vmd vvi) p-acp crd n1 cc vvn av, av-j pns12 vmd vvi d n2 vvd p-acp dt j n1. (29) chapter (DIV2) 1246 Image 145
3547 For héere certes is founde that out of which maye be framed a definition, there that conduceth to the furnishing of a diuision or partition, elles where are distinguished certayne causes, there is agayne where are shewed duties and effectes, in some place occurreth that which is to bée counted for a contrary, fynally there can scarcely anye thinge be required necessary to the openinge of the nature of a common place, which a painefull man and one exercised in the holy Scriptures may not drawe out of them. For Here certes is found that out of which may be framed a definition, there that conduceth to the furnishing of a division or partition, Else where Are distinguished certain Causes, there is again where Are showed duties and effects, in Some place occurreth that which is to been counted for a contrary, finally there can scarcely any thing be required necessary to the opening of the nature of a Common place, which a painful man and one exercised in the holy Scriptures may not draw out of them. c-acp av av vbz vvn cst av pp-f r-crq vmb vbi vvn dt n1, a-acp cst vvz p-acp dt n-vvg pp-f dt n1 cc n1, av q-crq vbr vvn j n2, a-acp vbz av q-crq vbr vvn n2 cc n2, p-acp d n1 vvz cst r-crq vbz pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp dt j-jn, av-j a-acp vmb av-j d n1 vbi vvn j p-acp dt vvg pp-f dt n1 pp-f dt j n1, r-crq dt j n1 cc crd vvn p-acp dt j n2 vmb xx vvi av pp-f pno32. (29) chapter (DIV2) 1247 Image 145
3548 And by this meanes it is brought to passe, that those thinges which are put in order and alledged as touchinge a common place, all men may perceyue to be deriued out of the Scriptures, And by this means it is brought to pass, that those things which Are put in order and alleged as touching a Common place, all men may perceive to be derived out of the Scriptures, cc p-acp d n2 pn31 vbz vvn pc-acp vvi, cst d n2 r-crq vbr vvn p-acp n1 cc vvn c-acp vvg dt j n1, d n2 vmb vvi pc-acp vbi vvn av pp-f dt n2, (29) chapter (DIV2) 1247 Image 145
3549 and for that cause to bée of great weight and importaunce. and for that cause to been of great weight and importance. cc p-acp d n1 pc-acp vbi pp-f j n1 cc n1. (29) chapter (DIV2) 1247 Image 145
3550 III. Moreouer ye places which in the second forme we called diuine or Theological, are in like maner to be cōsidred. III. Moreover you places which in the second Form we called divine or Theological, Are in like manner to be considered. np1. av pn22 n2 r-crq p-acp dt ord n1 pns12 vvd j-jn cc j, vbr p-acp j n1 pc-acp vbi vvn. (29) chapter (DIV2) 1248 Image 145
3551 For euen these also doe minister vnto the minde very high and excellent things: For even these also do minister unto the mind very high and excellent things: p-acp av d av vdb vvi p-acp dt n1 av j cc j n2: (29) chapter (DIV2) 1249 Image 145
3552 Neither truely can it bée chosen, but that he that hath bene some deale envred in the readinge of the holy scriptures, shall receyue of them great helpe and furtheraunce to apte teachinge. Neither truly can it been chosen, but that he that hath be Some deal enured in the reading of the holy Scriptures, shall receive of them great help and furtherance to apt teaching. av-d av-j vmb pn31 vbi vvn, cc-acp cst pns31 cst vhz vbn d n1 vvn p-acp dt vvg pp-f dt j n2, vmb vvi pp-f pno32 j n1 cc n1 p-acp j n-vvg. (29) chapter (DIV2) 1249 Image 145
3553 And whatsoeuer thinges are deuised and inuented by the direction of these places, ought to be referred vnto those questions, which wee determined in the beginninge to goe thorough with, And whatsoever things Are devised and invented by the direction of these places, ought to be referred unto those questions, which we determined in the begin to go through with, cc r-crq n2 vbr vvn cc vvn p-acp dt n1 pp-f d n2, pi pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp d n2, r-crq pns12 vvd p-acp dt n-vvg pc-acp vvi a-acp p-acp, (29) chapter (DIV2) 1250 Image 145
3554 and (with rype iudgemente) to bée placed in their order. and (with ripe judgement) to been placed in their order. cc (p-acp j n1) pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp po32 n1. (29) chapter (DIV2) 1250 Image 145
3555 IIII. Furthermore he shall in no case thinke himselfe to haue sufficiently done his dutie, that accordinge to the places reherced in the second forme, hath found out those thinges, which after the order and nature of the questions may bee saide, IIII. Furthermore he shall in no case think himself to have sufficiently done his duty, that according to the places rehearsed in the second Form, hath found out those things, which After the order and nature of the questions may be said, crd. av pns31 vmb p-acp dx n1 vvi px31 pc-acp vhi av-j vdn po31 n1, cst vvg p-acp dt n2 vvn p-acp dt ord n1, vhz vvn av d n2, r-crq p-acp dt n1 cc n1 pp-f dt n2 vmb vbi vvd, (29) chapter (DIV2) 1251 Image 145
3556 except also hee endeuour further to illustrate the same thinges beinge founde out with diuers respectes, except also he endeavour further to illustrate the same things being found out with diverse respects, c-acp av pns31 n1 av-j pc-acp vvi dt d n2 vbg vvn av p-acp j n2, (29) chapter (DIV2) 1251 Image 145
3557 as namely by producinge certaine groundes or testimonies, certaine examples, similitudes, and other of the same kinde, as namely by producing certain grounds or testimonies, certain Examples, Similitudes, and other of the same kind, c-acp av p-acp vvg j n2 cc n2, j n2, n2, cc n-jn pp-f dt d n1, (29) chapter (DIV2) 1251 Image 145
3558 and that (so much as in him lieth) taken out of the holy scriptures, and that (so much as in him lies) taken out of the holy Scriptures, cc d (av d c-acp p-acp pno31 vvz) vvi av pp-f dt j n2, (29) chapter (DIV2) 1251 Image 145
3559 or els out of the commentaries of the moste famous writers. or Else out of the commentaries of the most famous writers. cc av av pp-f dt n2 pp-f dt av-ds j n2. (29) chapter (DIV2) 1251 Image 145
3560 For truely ech man perceyueth that the proofes gathered together in such breuitie and straightenes as is vsed of the Logicians, doe make ye treatise to become bare & slender, For truly each man perceiveth that the proofs gathered together in such brevity and straightenes as is used of the Logicians, do make you treatise to become bore & slender, c-acp av-j d n1 vvz cst dt n2 vvd av p-acp d n1 cc n1 c-acp vbz vvn pp-f dt n2, vdb vvi pn22 n1 pc-acp vvi j cc j, (29) chapter (DIV2) 1252 Image 145
3561 and to breath foorth onely the ecliptick kinde of speakinge of the Scoles: and to breath forth only the ecliptic kind of speaking of the Scoles: cc pc-acp vvi av av-j dt j-jn j pp-f vvg pp-f dt np1: (29) chapter (DIV2) 1252 Image 145
3562 but if there be added further some certaine lightes and ornamentes of thinges, together with a certaine cleannes (at the leaste waye) of speach, but if there be added further Some certain lights and Ornament of things, together with a certain cleanness (At the jest Way) of speech, cc-acp cs pc-acp vbi vvn av-j d j n2 cc n2 pp-f n2, av p-acp dt j n2 (p-acp dt n1 n1) pp-f n1, (29) chapter (DIV2) 1252 Image 145
3563 then will the honour seemely for the Church, and congruent to the mindes and eares of the frequent auditory, appere. then will the honour seemly for the Church, and congruent to the minds and ears of the frequent auditory, appear. av vmb dt n1 j p-acp dt n1, cc j p-acp dt n2 cc n2 pp-f dt j j, vvi. (29) chapter (DIV2) 1252 Image 145
3564 For it is not méete that ye teacher of the multitude, should stand altogether vppon simple and bare inuention, For it is not meet that you teacher of the multitude, should stand altogether upon simple and bore invention, p-acp pn31 vbz xx j cst pn22 n1 pp-f dt n1, vmd vvi av p-acp j cc j n1, (29) chapter (DIV2) 1252 Image 145
3565 but he at his libertie breaketh through and interrupteth the order prescribed of the Lorgicians, accordinge in déede as it is expedient, but he At his liberty breaks through and interrupteth the order prescribed of the Lorgicians, according in deed as it is expedient, cc-acp pns31 p-acp po31 n1 vvz p-acp cc vvz dt n1 vvn pp-f dt n2, vvg p-acp n1 c-acp pn31 vbz j, (29) chapter (DIV2) 1252 Image 145
3566 yea and where all thinges are most chiefely instituted by arte, there he studiously hideth and dissembleth arte. yea and where all things Are most chiefly instituted by art, there he studiously Hideth and dissembleth art. uh cc c-crq d n2 vbr av-ds av-jn vvn p-acp n1, a-acp pns31 av-j vvz cc vvz n1. (29) chapter (DIV2) 1252 Image 146
3567 And we maye sée euery where in the sacred Scriptures the wonderfull libertye that is vsed in orderinge the propositions of argumentations, reasons, confirmations of reasons, exornations, complexions, And we may see every where in the sacred Scriptures the wonderful liberty that is used in ordering the propositions of argumentations, Reasons, confirmations of Reasons, exornations, complexions, cc pns12 vmb vvi d c-crq p-acp dt j n2 dt j n1 cst vbz vvn p-acp n-vvg dt n2 pp-f n2, n2, n2 pp-f n2, n2, n2, (29) chapter (DIV2) 1252 Image 146
3568 and howe holy men bestowe greate laboure and diligence in this behalfe, namely ye their indifferent oration should not abhor from the popular coustome of reasoninge. and how holy men bestow great labour and diligence in this behalf, namely you their indifferent oration should not abhor from the popular coustome of reasoning. cc c-crq j n2 vvb j n1 cc n1 p-acp d n1, av pn22 po32 j n1 vmd xx vvi p-acp dt j n1 pp-f vvg. (29) chapter (DIV2) 1252 Image 146
3569 V. Last of all this diligence is also required, that the manifolde spirituall vse, of those thinges whch are duly collected to the explication of any question, be added with out delaye. V. Last of all this diligence is also required, that the manifold spiritual use, of those things which Are duly collected to the explication of any question, be added with out Delay. np1 ord pp-f d d n1 vbz av vvn, cst dt j j n1, pp-f d n2 r-crq vbr av-jn vvn p-acp dt n1 pp-f d n1, vbb vvn p-acp av vvi. (29) chapter (DIV2) 1253 Image 146
3570 For as many arguments as are handeled for the explaning of any question, it is very méete to be declared, For as many Arguments as Are handled for the explaining of any question, it is very meet to be declared, c-acp c-acp d n2 c-acp vbr vvn p-acp dt n1 pp-f d n1, pn31 vbz av j pc-acp vbi vvn, (29) chapter (DIV2) 1254 Image 146
3571 and it is greatly for the behoofe of the godly to knowe, what fruite they may reape out of them. and it is greatly for the behoof of the godly to know, what fruit they may reap out of them. cc pn31 vbz av-j p-acp dt n1 pp-f dt j pc-acp vvi, q-crq n1 pns32 vmb vvi av pp-f pno32. (29) chapter (DIV2) 1254 Image 146
3572 For certes (which maketh maruelously to the prayse an dignitye of the holy Scriptures) there is nothing occurrent in them neyther doe we attempte to discusse any thing out of them, in which is not layed vp some notable doctrine very profitable to the confirmation of our faith, hope, charitye, to the stirring vp of our mindes, that we maye acknowledge the good will of God towarde vs, that we maye gyue him thankes for his incomparable benefites, that we maye be made prompt and chéerefull to render vnto euery man the duties of loue, For certes (which makes marvelously to the praise an dignity of the holy Scriptures) there is nothing occurrent in them neither doe we attempt to discuss any thing out of them, in which is not laid up Some notable Doctrine very profitable to the confirmation of our faith, hope, charity, to the stirring up of our minds, that we may acknowledge the good will of God toward us, that we may gyve him thanks for his incomparable benefits, that we may be made prompt and cheerful to render unto every man the duties of love, c-acp av (r-crq vvz av-j p-acp dt n1 dt n1 pp-f dt j n2) pc-acp vbz pix j p-acp pno32 dx n1 pns12 vvi pc-acp vvi d n1 av pp-f pno32, p-acp r-crq vbz xx vvn a-acp d j n1 av j p-acp dt n1 pp-f po12 n1, vvb, n1, p-acp dt vvg a-acp pp-f po12 n2, cst pns12 vmb vvi dt j n1 pp-f np1 p-acp pno12, cst pns12 vmb vvi pno31 n2 p-acp po31 j n2, cst pns12 vmb vbi vvn j cc j pc-acp vvi p-acp d n1 dt n2 pp-f n1, (29) chapter (DIV2) 1255 Image 146
3573 also that we maye priuatelye leade an holy and blamelesse lyfe, that we maye timely and moderately correct those that erre either in Doctrine or maners, also that we may privately lead an holy and blameless life, that we may timely and moderately correct those that err either in Doctrine or manners, av cst pns12 vmb av-j vvi dt j cc j n1, cst pns12 vmb av-j cc av-j vvi d cst vvb d p-acp n1 cc n2, (29) chapter (DIV2) 1255 Image 146
3574 and finally that we maye obteyne comfort and redresse in publicke or priuate calamities. and finally that we may obtain Comfort and redress in public or private calamities. cc av-j cst pns12 vmb vvi n1 cc vvi p-acp j cc j n2. (29) chapter (DIV2) 1255 Image 146
3575 And this order of openinge the vse of those thinges, which shall be explaned in the kinde didascalick as touchinge any common place, we may finde euery where in the Sermons of the prophetes, Christ, And this order of opening the use of those things, which shall be explained in the kind Didascalick as touching any Common place, we may find every where in the Sermons of the Prophets, christ, cc d n1 pp-f vvg dt n1 pp-f d n2, r-crq vmb vbi vvn p-acp dt j j p-acp vvg d j n1, pns12 vmb vvi d c-crq p-acp dt n2 pp-f dt n2, np1, (29) chapter (DIV2) 1256 Image 146
3576 and Thapostles, yea and in the Epistles themselues: and Apostles, yea and in the Epistles themselves: cc n2, uh cc p-acp dt n2 px32: (29) chapter (DIV2) 1256 Image 146
3577 Where truely vnlesse the lawfull vse be kept, and all things transfered to the proofe of pietie, Where truly unless the lawful use be kept, and all things transferred to the proof of piety, c-crq av-j cs dt j n1 vbi vvn, cc d n2 vvd p-acp dt n1 pp-f n1, (29) chapter (DIV2) 1256 Image 146
3578 and amendement of life, the knowledge doubtlesse of most excellent thinges remaineth very barren and vnfruitefull. and amendment of life, the knowledge doubtless of most excellent things remains very barren and unfruitful. cc n1 pp-f n1, dt n1 av-j pp-f ds j n2 vvz av j cc j. (29) chapter (DIV2) 1256 Image 146
3579 Of this kinde it is, that in the Epistle to the Romains the beginninge of the fift Chapter, is discouered the spirituall vse of the doctrine touchinge the iustification of man by faith, Of this kind it is, that in the Epistle to the Romans the begin of the fift Chapter, is discovered the spiritual use of the Doctrine touching the justification of man by faith, pp-f d n1 pn31 vbz, cst p-acp dt n1 p-acp dt njp2 dt n-vvg pp-f dt ord n1, vbz vvn dt j n1 pp-f dt n1 vvg dt n1 pp-f n1 p-acp n1, (29) chapter (DIV2) 1257 Image 146
3580 whilest many notable effectes are repeated, which accompany iustification by fayth, and doe wonderfully extoll the dignitie of Faith: whilst many notable effects Are repeated, which accompany justification by faith, and do wonderfully extol the dignity of Faith: cs d j n2 vbr vvn, r-crq vvb n1 p-acp n1, cc vdb av-j vvi dt n1 pp-f n1: (29) chapter (DIV2) 1257 Image 146
3581 that also in the sixt Chapter, after hee had spoken of Baptisme and the effectes thereof, hée annexeth a graue exhortation, that they should recken themselues dead vnto sinne, that also in the sixt Chapter, After he had spoken of Baptism and the effects thereof, he annexeth a graven exhortation, that they should reckon themselves dead unto sin, cst av p-acp dt ord n1, c-acp pns31 vhd vvn pp-f n1 cc dt n2 av, pns31 vvz dt j n1, cst pns32 vmd vvi px32 j p-acp n1, (29) chapter (DIV2) 1257 Image 146
3582 but lyuinge vnto GOD, to the intent they might diligently foresée that sinne should reigne no more in them, but living unto GOD, to the intent they might diligently foresee that sin should Reign no more in them, cc-acp vvg p-acp np1, p-acp dt n1 pns32 vmd av-j vvi d n1 vmd vvi av-dx dc p-acp pno32, (29) chapter (DIV2) 1257 Image 146
3583 neither that they should giue their members (as weapons of vnrightuousnes) to sinne &c. Againe the eight Chapter to to the Romains contayneth the vse of the whole disputatiō afore going touching mans iustification by Faith without workes. neither that they should give their members (as weapons of unrighteousness) to sin etc. Again the eight Chapter to to the Romans Containeth the use of the Whole disputation afore going touching men justification by Faith without works. av-dx cst pns32 vmd vvi po32 n2 (c-acp n2 pp-f n1) p-acp n1 av av dt crd n1 p-acp p-acp dt njp2 vvz dt n1 pp-f dt j-jn n1 p-acp vvg vvg vvz n1 p-acp n1 p-acp n2. (29) chapter (DIV2) 1257 Image 146
3584 In like maner to the Romains Cap. 11. is put foorth to bée séene the vse of the discourse concerninge the reiection of the Iewes and vocation of the Gentiles. In like manner to the Romans Cap. 11. is put forth to been seen the use of the discourse Concerning the rejection of the Iewes and vocation of the Gentiles. p-acp j n1 p-acp dt njp2 np1 crd vbz vvn av pc-acp vbi vvn dt n1 pp-f dt n1 vvg dt n1 pp-f dt npg1 cc n1 pp-f dt n2-j. (29) chapter (DIV2) 1259 Image 146
3585 Wherefore that, one while at euery argument or reason, an other while next after the tractation of any question or entier place accomplished and ended, those thinges ought to bée added which may declare the vse therof, I supposse it may by these thinges appeare: Wherefore that, one while At every argument or reason, an other while next After the tractation of any question or entire place accomplished and ended, those things ought to been added which may declare the use thereof, I supposse it may by these things appear: q-crq d, crd n1 p-acp d n1 cc n1, dt j-jn n1 ord p-acp dt n1 pp-f d n1 cc j n1 vvn cc vvn, d n2 vmd pc-acp vbi vvn r-crq vmb vvi dt n1 av, pns11 vvb pn31 vmb p-acp d n2 vvi: (29) chapter (DIV2) 1260 Image 146
3586 Howbeit whosoeuer shall haue alwayes in a readines the diuine places of Inuention of the first forme or order, he shall be able profitably to performe somwhat in this behalfe. Howbeit whosoever shall have always in a readiness the divine places of Invention of the First Form or order, he shall be able profitably to perform somewhat in this behalf. a-acp r-crq vmb vhi av p-acp dt n1 dt j-jn n2 pp-f n1 pp-f dt ord n1 cc n1, pns31 vmb vbi j av-j pc-acp vvi av p-acp d n1. (29) chapter (DIV2) 1261 Image 146
3587 But wée will in a briefe example indeuour to demonstrate, how greatly it auayleth to folowe the aduice giuen in these fiue obseruations. But we will in a brief Exampl endeavour to demonstrate, how greatly it availeth to follow the Advice given in these fiue observations. cc-acp pns12 vmb p-acp dt j n1 n1 pc-acp vvi, c-crq av-j pn31 vvz pc-acp vvi dt n1 vvn p-acp d crd n2. (29) chapter (DIV2) 1261 Image 146
3588 Let a single theame therefore be taken in hande, to wit Sinne, & as touchinge it let vs examine onely two questiōs, namely, what it is: and then, Howe manifolde it is, or how diuerse the formes thereof be. Let a single theme Therefore be taken in hand, to wit Sin, & as touching it let us examine only two questions, namely, what it is: and then, How manifold it is, or how diverse the forms thereof be. vvb dt j n1 av vbi vvn p-acp n1, pc-acp vvi n1, cc c-acp vvg pn31 vvi pno12 vvi av-j crd n2, av, r-crq pn31 vbz: cc av, c-crq j pn31 vbz, cc c-crq j dt n2 av vbi. (29) chapter (DIV2) 1262 Image 147
3589 To him that considereth somwhat of the first question and of the places subiected thervnto, these thinges come to memory: To him that Considereth somewhat of the First question and of the places subjected thereunto, these things come to memory: p-acp pno31 cst vvz av pp-f dt ord n1 cc pp-f dt n2 vvn av, d n2 vvb p-acp n1: (29) chapter (DIV2) 1263 Image 147
3590 we perceyue yt a mā doth sin, so oft as he trāgresseth the lawe of god. we perceive that a man does sin, so oft as he trangresseth the law of god. pns12 vvb pn31 dt n1 vdz vvi, av av c-acp pns31 vvz dt n1 pp-f n1. (29) chapter (DIV2) 1263 Image 147
3591 Truely therefore it is said of Iohn in his first Epistle Cap 3. NONLATINALPHABET Sin is the transgression of the lawe. Truly Therefore it is said of John in his First Epistle Cap 3. since is the Transgression of the law. av-j av pn31 vbz vvn pp-f np1 p-acp po31 ord n1 n1 crd n1 vbz dt n1 pp-f dt n1. (29) chapter (DIV2) 1263 Image 147
3592 From him dissenteth not the Apostle Paule Rom. 4. sayinge: Where no lawe is, there is no transgression. From him dissenteth not the Apostle Paul Rom. 4. saying: Where no law is, there is no Transgression. p-acp pno31 vvz xx dt n1 np1 np1 crd vvg: q-crq dx n1 vbz, pc-acp vbz dx n1. (29) chapter (DIV2) 1264 Image 147
3593 And Rom. 5. Sinne is not imputed, while there is no lawe. Againe in ye same Chapter: And Rom. 5. Sin is not imputed, while there is no law. Again in you same Chapter: cc np1 crd n1 vbz xx vvn, cs pc-acp vbz dx n1. av p-acp pn22 d n1: (29) chapter (DIV2) 1264 Image 147
3594 The lawe entred therevppon that the offence should abound. The law entered thereupon that the offence should abound. dt n1 vvd av cst dt n1 vmd vvi. (29) chapter (DIV2) 1265 Image 147
3595 Beinge therefore moued with these most weighty testymonies, we shall not vnexpartely conclude with Augustine in his booke 2. Cap. 4. touchinge the consent of the Euangelistes, that sinne is the transgression of the lawe. Being Therefore moved with these most weighty testymonies, we shall not vnexpartely conclude with Augustine in his book 2. Cap. 4. touching the consent of the Evangelists, that sin is the Transgression of the law. vbg av vvn p-acp d av-ds j n2, pns12 vmb xx av-j vvi p-acp np1 p-acp po31 n1 crd np1 crd vvg dt n1 pp-f dt n2, cst n1 vbz dt n1 pp-f dt n1. (29) chapter (DIV2) 1265 Image 147
3596 Nowe here vppon we gather that man is vtterly lyke to a most miserable and vile seruaunt, Now Here upon we gather that man is utterly like to a most miserable and vile servant, av av p-acp pns12 vvb d n1 vbz av-j av-j p-acp dt av-ds j cc j n1, (29) chapter (DIV2) 1265 Image 147
3597 and of what state or condition soeuer he be in ye world, yet ye he is not at his owne choyse or libertye, and of what state or condition soever he be in you world, yet you he is not At his own choice or liberty, cc pp-f r-crq n1 cc n1 av pns31 vbb p-acp pn22 n1, av pn22 pns31 vbz xx p-acp po31 d n1 cc n1, (29) chapter (DIV2) 1265 Image 147
3598 but brought perforce into the power of an other. but brought perforce into the power of an other. cc-acp vvd av p-acp dt n1 pp-f dt n-jn. (29) chapter (DIV2) 1265 Image 147
3599 For he is the seruaunt of the most mightye Lorde, namely God, which also created him: For he is the servant of the most mighty Lord, namely God, which also created him: p-acp pns31 vbz dt n1 pp-f dt av-ds j n1, av np1, r-crq av vvd pno31: (29) chapter (DIV2) 1265 Image 147
3600 yea and in this lyfe still preserueth him, & by his sōne giuen for his raunsome, redéemeth him, yea and in this life still Preserveth him, & by his son given for his ransom, Redeemeth him, uh cc p-acp d n1 av vvz pno31, cc p-acp po31 n1 vvn p-acp po31 n1, vvz pno31, (29) chapter (DIV2) 1265 Image 147
3601 & besides all this hath power finally to determine of him what he will. & beside all this hath power finally to determine of him what he will. cc p-acp d d vhz n1 av-j pc-acp vvi pp-f pno31 r-crq pns31 vmb. (29) chapter (DIV2) 1265 Image 147
3602 This Lord after his pleasure and wisdome prescribeth a lawe, to which if man will obey, he shall receyue incomperable rewardes: This Lord After his pleasure and Wisdom prescribeth a law, to which if man will obey, he shall receive incomparable rewards: d n1 p-acp po31 n1 cc n1 vvz dt n1, p-acp r-crq cs n1 vmb vvi, pns31 vmb vvi j n2: (29) chapter (DIV2) 1265 Image 147
3603 if not, he shall susteyne bitter paines both in this lyfe and also after this lyfe if not, he shall sustain bitter pains both in this life and also After this life cs xx, pns31 vmb vvi j n2 av-d p-acp d n1 cc av p-acp d n1 (29) chapter (DIV2) 1265 Image 147
3604 Which thing if we would somwhat more déepely consider, all our pride should forthwith of necessitie be quayled & beaten downe. Which thing if we would somewhat more deeply Consider, all our pride should forthwith of necessity be quailed & beaten down. r-crq n1 cs pns12 vmd av dc av-jn vvi, d po12 n1 vmd av pp-f n1 vbb vvn cc vvn a-acp. (29) chapter (DIV2) 1266 Image 147
3605 Why therefore doe we not wtout delaye acknowledge onr estate, & layinge a side all haughtines & pride, submitte our selues vnto our Lorde and master, being for nothing more carefull, Why Therefore do we not without Delay acknowledge onr estate, & laying a side all haughtiness & pride, submit our selves unto our Lord and master, being for nothing more careful, uh-crq av vdb pns12 xx p-acp n1 vvi po12 n1, cc vvg dt n1 d n1 cc n1, vvi po12 n2 p-acp po12 n1 cc n1, vbg p-acp pix av-dc j, (29) chapter (DIV2) 1266 Image 147
3606 then that we maye obey his commaundementes, and please him al our lyfe longe? But yet is it not for all this, thoroughly knowen what sin is. then that we may obey his Commandments, and please him all our life long? But yet is it not for all this, thoroughly known what since is. av cst pns12 vmb vvi po31 n2, cc vvb pno31 d po12 n1 av-j? p-acp av vbz pn31 xx p-acp d d, av-j vvn r-crq n1 vbz. (29) chapter (DIV2) 1266 Image 147
3607 To the intent therfore we may more narrowly serch the nature of sinne, it is requisite that we looke vppon the lawe it selfe, by the transgression whereof sinne is committed. To the intent Therefore we may more narrowly search the nature of sin, it is requisite that we look upon the law it self, by the Transgression whereof sin is committed. p-acp dt n1 av pns12 vmb av-dc av-j vvi dt n1 pp-f n1, pn31 vbz j cst pns12 vvb p-acp dt n1 pn31 n1, p-acp dt n1 c-crq n1 vbz vvn. (29) chapter (DIV2) 1266 Image 147
3608 For so counselleth the Apostle, where as Rom. 3. he sayth: By the lawe commeth the knowledge of sinne. For so counselleth the Apostle, where as Rom. 3. he say: By the law comes the knowledge of sin. c-acp av vvz dt n1, c-crq c-acp np1 crd pns31 vvz: p-acp dt n1 vvz dt n1 pp-f n1. (29) chapter (DIV2) 1267 Image 147
3609 Againe Rom 7. I knewe not sinne but by the lawe. For I had not knowen concupiscence, excepte the lawe had sayd: Thou shalt not luste. Again Rom 7. I knew not sin but by the law. For I had not known concupiscence, except the law had said: Thou shalt not lust. av np1 crd pns11 vvd xx n1 cc-acp p-acp dt n1. p-acp pns11 vhd xx vvn n1, c-acp dt n1 vhd vvn: pns21 vm2 xx n1. (29) chapter (DIV2) 1267 Image 147
3610 Let vs weigh therfore what the lawe requireth of vs, what it commaundeth, & what it forbiddeth, Let us weigh Therefore what the law requires of us, what it commandeth, & what it forbiddeth, vvb pno12 vvi av q-crq dt n1 vvz pp-f pno12, r-crq pn31 vvz, cc r-crq pn31 vvz, (29) chapter (DIV2) 1267 Image 147
3611 so shall the nature of sinne more clerely appere vnto vs. Certes the lawe forbiddeth parcialitie in wordes. so shall the nature of sin more clearly appear unto us Certes the law forbiddeth partiality in words. av vmb dt n1 pp-f n1 av-dc av-j vvi p-acp pno12 av dt n1 vvz n1 p-acp n2. (29) chapter (DIV2) 1267 Image 147
3612 Thou shalt not beare, saith it, false witnesse. It prohibiteth likewise vniust doinges. Thou shalt not bear, Says it, false witness. It prohibiteth likewise unjust doings. pns21 vm2 xx vvi, vvz pn31, j n1. pn31 vvz av j-u n2-vdg. (29) chapter (DIV2) 1268 Image 147
3613 Thou shalt not kill, saith it, Thou shalt not steale, &c. Moreouer it commaundeth as well honest wordes as déedes, where it ioyneth the parentes to be honored, Thou shalt not kill, Says it, Thou shalt not steal, etc. Moreover it commandeth as well honest words as Deeds, where it Joineth the Parents to be honoured, pns21 vm2 xx vvi, vvz pn31, pns21 vm2 xx vvi, av av pn31 vvz a-acp av j n2 c-acp n2, c-crq pn31 vvz dt n2 pc-acp vbi vvn, (29) chapter (DIV2) 1268 Image 147
3614 forasmuch as it is playne, that the dutyes of honor, ought to be performed, not onely in wordes, but also in déedes. forasmuch as it is plain, that the duties of honour, ought to be performed, not only in words, but also in Deeds. av c-acp pn31 vbz j, cst dt n2 pp-f n1, pi pc-acp vbi vvn, xx av-j p-acp n2, cc-acp av p-acp n2. (29) chapter (DIV2) 1268 Image 147
3615 I procéede further, and finde that in the first precepte of the former table it is commaunded, that we shoulde worshippe God with all our harte, with all our minde, I proceed further, and find that in the First precept of the former table it is commanded, that we should worship God with all our heart, with all our mind, pns11 vvb av-jc, cc vvb cst p-acp dt ord n1 pp-f dt j n1 pn31 vbz vvn, cst pns12 vmd vvi np1 p-acp d po12 n1, p-acp d po12 n1, (29) chapter (DIV2) 1268 Image 147
3616 and with all our strength and againe that in the last precept of the second table it is forbidden, that we should not luste. and with all our strength and again that in the last precept of the second table it is forbidden, that we should not lust. cc p-acp d po12 n1 cc av cst p-acp dt ord n1 pp-f dt ord n1 pn31 vbz vvn, cst pns12 vmd xx n1. (29) chapter (DIV2) 1268 Image 147
3617 By these thinges nowe it is manifest, that by the lawe of God are condemned wicked wordes and déedes, all sinfull lustes & affections, By these things now it is manifest, that by the law of God Are condemned wicked words and Deeds, all sinful lusts & affections, p-acp d n2 av pn31 vbz j, cst p-acp dt n1 pp-f np1 vbr vvn j n2 cc n2, d j n2 cc n2, (29) chapter (DIV2) 1268 Image 147
3618 & peruerse cogitations and thoughtes hidden in the very entrayles of the harte. & perverse cogitations and thoughts hidden in the very entrails of the heart. cc j n2 cc n2 vvn p-acp dt j n2 pp-f dt n1. (29) chapter (DIV2) 1268 Image 147
3619 I will conclude therfore that sinne is euery lust, thought, will, study, worde and déede dissenting from the lawe of God. I will conclude Therefore that sin is every lust, Thought, will, study, word and deed dissenting from the law of God. pns11 vmb vvi av d n1 vbz d n1, n1, n1, n1, n1 cc n1 vvg p-acp dt n1 pp-f np1. (29) chapter (DIV2) 1268 Image 147
3620 And doubtlesse as touching déedes vniustly cōmitted, there is no man but iudgeth of them, yea and those thinges that are wickedly & desperately done, all men doe (at the least) priuilye detest and abhorre as well in others as also in them selues. And doubtless as touching Deeds unjustly committed, there is no man but Judgeth of them, yea and those things that Are wickedly & desperately done, all men do (At the least) privily detest and abhor as well in Others as also in them selves. cc av-j c-acp vvg n2 av-j vvn, pc-acp vbz dx n1 cc-acp vvz pp-f pno32, uh cc d n2 cst vbr av-j cc av-j vdn, d n2 vdb (p-acp dt ds) av-j vvi cc vvi c-acp av p-acp n2-jn c-acp av p-acp pno32 n2. (29) chapter (DIV2) 1269 Image 147
3621 Furthermore all men doe agrée, that wée ought to be slowe to speake, that our tongue is to be refreyned, Furthermore all men do agree, that we ought to be slow to speak, that our tongue is to be refreyned, np1 d n2 vdb vvi, cst pns12 vmd pc-acp vbi j pc-acp vvi, cst po12 n1 vbz pc-acp vbi vvn, (29) chapter (DIV2) 1269 Image 148
3622 and that he finally is perfect that fayleth not in his speche. and that he finally is perfect that Faileth not in his speech. cc cst pns31 av-j vbz j cst vvz xx p-acp po31 n1. (29) chapter (DIV2) 1269 Image 148
3623 Besides this, Christ himselfe affirmeth that we shall giue account of euery idle worde that procéedeth out of our mouth. Beside this, christ himself Affirmeth that we shall give account of every idle word that Proceedeth out of our Mouth. p-acp d, np1 px31 vvz d pns12 vmb vvi n1 pp-f d j n1 cst vvz av pp-f po12 n1. (29) chapter (DIV2) 1270 Image 148
3624 Howbeit that saying of thoughtes may séeme peraduenture to some ouer hard and dure, and therfore that it néedeth a mitigation. But so it is verily: Howbeit that saying of thoughts may seem Peradventure to Some over hard and dure, and Therefore that it needeth a mitigation. But so it is verily: a-acp d n-vvg pp-f n2 vmb vvi av p-acp d p-acp j cc vvi, cc av cst pn31 vvz dt n1. p-acp av pn31 vbz av-j: (29) chapter (DIV2) 1270 Image 148
3625 he that hath to doe with God, there is no place left vnto him either of feigning or dissembling. he that hath to do with God, there is no place left unto him either of feigning or dissembling. pns31 cst vhz pc-acp vdi p-acp np1, pc-acp vbz dx n1 vvn p-acp pno31 d pp-f vvg cc vvg. (29) chapter (DIV2) 1271 Image 148
3626 For all thinges are bare, open and vncouered in the sight of God. For all things Are bore, open and uncovered in the sighed of God. c-acp d n2 vbr j, j cc vvn p-acp dt n1 pp-f np1. (29) chapter (DIV2) 1271 Image 148
3627 Man iudgeth onely of those thinges that be apparaunte without, wherein he is both ofte times deceyued, and also deceyueth: Man Judgeth only of those things that be apparaunte without, wherein he is both oft times deceived, and also deceiveth: n1 vvz av-j pp-f d n2 cst vbb j p-acp, c-crq pns31 vbz av-d av n2 vvn, cc av vvz: (29) chapter (DIV2) 1271 Image 148
3628 but God sercheth the very harte and reines, and bringeth to light, whatsoeuer lye hidden within. but God searcheth the very heart and reins, and brings to Light, whatsoever lie hidden within. cc-acp np1 vvz dt j n1 cc n2, cc vvz pc-acp vvi, r-crq n1 vvn a-acp. (29) chapter (DIV2) 1271 Image 148
3629 Therefore Genes. 6. it is sayd, that God sawe all the thoughtes of mannes hart to be turned allwaies to that which is euill. Therefore Genesis. 6. it is said, that God saw all the thoughts of Man's heart to be turned always to that which is evil. av np1. crd pn31 vbz vvn, cst np1 vvd d dt n2 pp-f ng1 n1 pc-acp vbi vvn av p-acp d r-crq vbz j-jn. (29) chapter (DIV2) 1271 Image 148
3630 And Genes. 22. God sayd that he knewe well inoughe, with what minde kinge Abimeleche woulde cause Sara Abrahams wife to be brought vnto him. And Genesis. 22. God said that he knew well enough, with what mind King Abimeleche would cause Sarah Abrahams wife to be brought unto him. cc zz. crd np1 vvd cst pns31 vvd av av-d, p-acp r-crq n1 n1 np1 vmd vvi np1 npg1 n1 pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp pno31. (29) chapter (DIV2) 1271 Image 148
3631 But how should any Christians doubte, whither the secretes of hartes be open vnto God, But how should any Christians doubt, whither the secrets of hearts be open unto God, cc-acp q-crq vmd d np1 n1, c-crq dt n2-jn pp-f n2 vbb j p-acp np1, (29) chapter (DIV2) 1272 Image 148
3632 when as the very Ethnickes haue fréely confessed, that God hath reserued that office onely to himselfe? For the Gentiles as Paule reporteth Rom. 2. are a lawe to themselues, when as the very Ethnics have freely confessed, that God hath reserved that office only to himself? For the Gentiles as Paul Reporteth Rom. 2. Are a law to themselves, c-crq c-acp dt j n2-jn vhb av-j vvn, cst np1 vhz vvn d n1 av-j p-acp px31? p-acp dt n2-j p-acp np1 vvz np1 crd vbr dt n1 p-acp px32, (29) chapter (DIV2) 1272 Image 148
3633 and shewe the effect of the lawe writen in their hartes, their conscience also bearinge witnes, and show the Effect of the law written in their hearts, their conscience also bearing witness, cc vvi dt n1 pp-f dt n1 vvn p-acp po32 n2, po32 n1 av vvg n1, (29) chapter (DIV2) 1272 Image 148
3634 and their thoughtes accusing one an other, or excusinge, in the daye when god shal iudge the secretes of mē. and their thoughts accusing one an other, or excusing, in the day when god shall judge the secrets of men. cc po32 n2 vvg pi dt n-jn, cc vvg, p-acp dt n1 c-crq n1 vmb vvi dt n2-jn pp-f n2. (29) chapter (DIV2) 1272 Image 148
3635 And therfore truly doth ye cōsience prick, perce, sting, and torment without ceasing: And Therefore truly does the conscience prick, pierce, sting, and torment without ceasing: cc av av-j vdz dt n1 vvi, vvi, n1, cc vvi p-acp vvg: (29) chapter (DIV2) 1272 Image 148
3636 forasmuch as it knoweth that God not onely sercheth and findeth out all secrete sinnes and offences, forasmuch as it Knoweth that God not only searcheth and finds out all secret Sins and offences, av c-acp pn31 vvz cst np1 xx av-j vvz cc vvz av d j-jn n2 cc n2, (29) chapter (DIV2) 1272 Image 148
3637 but also most seuerely punisheth thē. but also most severely Punisheth them. cc-acp av av-ds av-j vvz pno32. (29) chapter (DIV2) 1272 Image 148
3638 And verily so déepe is this knowledge touching the condemnation of wicked affections imprinted in the mindes of al men, that euen the heathen lawe makers and iudges doubted not to pronounce, that the will somtimes is to be estemed as the déede it selfe. And verily so deep is this knowledge touching the condemnation of wicked affections imprinted in the minds of all men, that even the heathen law makers and judges doubted not to pronounce, that the will sometimes is to be esteemed as the deed it self. cc av-j av av-jn vbz d n1 vvg dt n1 pp-f j n2 vvn p-acp dt n2 pp-f d n2, cst av-j dt j-jn n1 n2 cc n2 vvd xx pc-acp vvi, cst dt n1 av vbz pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp dt n1 pn31 n1. (29) chapter (DIV2) 1272 Image 148
3639 Which thinge also the Satyricall Poete in his Satyre 13. noted in these verses followinge. Which thing also the Satirical Poet in his Satire 13. noted in these Verses following. r-crq n1 av dt j n1 p-acp po31 n1 crd vvn p-acp d n2 vvg. (29) chapter (DIV2) 1272 Image 148
3640 These paynes and penalties of sinne, the onely will sustaynes. For looke in whom a secret thought, on mischiefe sette, remaynes, Hee guyltie is of thactuall deed, &c. These pains and penalties of sin, the only will sustains. For look in whom a secret Thought, on mischief Set, remains, He guilty is of thactuall deed, etc. d n2 cc n2 pp-f n1, dt j n1 vvz. p-acp n1 p-acp ro-crq dt j-jn n1, p-acp n1 vvn, vvz, pns31 j vbz pp-f j n1, av (29) chapter (DIV2) 1272 Image 148
3641 Now hitherto doe these thinges tende, and therefore are they thus appointed, to the intent we may know how that God, Now hitherto do these things tend, and Therefore Are they thus appointed, to the intent we may know how that God, av av vdb d n2 vvi, cc av vbr pns32 av vvn, p-acp dt n1 pns12 vmb vvi c-crq d np1, (29) chapter (DIV2) 1273 Image 148
3642 like as he would haue man by him created to consist of two most excellent partes, that is to saye of minde and body, like as he would have man by him created to consist of two most excellent parts, that is to say of mind and body, av-j c-acp pns31 vmd vhi n1 p-acp pno31 vvd pc-acp vvi pp-f crd av-ds j n2, cst vbz pc-acp vvi pp-f n1 cc n1, (29) chapter (DIV2) 1273 Image 148
3643 so also that he would perpetually kéepe and reteine him wholly adicted to himselfe, and bee of him deuoutly worshipped in eyther of the said partes. so also that he would perpetually keep and retain him wholly addicted to himself, and be of him devoutly worshipped in either of the said parts. av av cst pns31 vmd av-j vvi cc vvb pno31 av-jn vvn p-acp px31, cc vbi pp-f pno31 av-j vvn p-acp d pp-f dt j-vvn n2. (29) chapter (DIV2) 1273 Image 148
3644 But God veryly is a spirite, and therefore that kinde of worship chiefely pleaseth him, which procéedeth from the moste noble part of vs, to wit, the minde, the spirite or soule. But God verily is a Spirit, and Therefore that kind of worship chiefly Pleases him, which Proceedeth from the most noble part of us, to wit, the mind, the Spirit or soul. p-acp np1 av-j vbz dt n1, cc av d n1 pp-f n1 av-jn vvz pno31, r-crq vvz p-acp dt av-ds j n1 pp-f pno12, pc-acp vvi, dt n1, dt n1 cc n1. (29) chapter (DIV2) 1274 Image 148
3645 And to the ende this thinge might the more conueniently be in this wise of men accomplished, it hath pleased God to impart his spirit also to the faithfull, by the which their spirite may be stirred vp, gouerned and holpē forward to the right exhibitinge of spirituall worship. And to the end this thing might the more conveniently be in this wise of men accomplished, it hath pleased God to impart his Spirit also to the faithful, by the which their Spirit may be stirred up, governed and helped forward to the right exhibiting of spiritual worship. cc p-acp dt n1 d n1 vmd dt av-dc av-j vbi p-acp d n1 pp-f n2 vvn, pn31 vhz vvn np1 pc-acp vvi po31 n1 av p-acp dt j, p-acp dt r-crq po32 n1 vmb vbi vvn a-acp, vvn cc vvd av-j p-acp dt n-jn vvg pp-f j n1. (29) chapter (DIV2) 1274 Image 148
3646 By meanes whereof the spirite of god also witnesseth together with the spirite of the faythfull, that they are the sonnes of god, By means whereof the Spirit of god also Witnesseth together with the Spirit of the faithful, that they Are the Sons of god, p-acp n2 c-crq dt n1 pp-f n1 av vvz av p-acp dt n1 pp-f dt j, cst pns32 vbr dt n2 pp-f n1, (29) chapter (DIV2) 1275 Image 148
3647 & by like indeuoure induceth them to crye: & by like endeavour induceth them to cry: cc p-acp j n1 vvz pno32 pc-acp vvi: (29) chapter (DIV2) 1275 Image 148
3648 Abba, Eather. Moreouer by this meanes the minde, the harte, the soule, the spirite, the affections, thoughtes, will, study and by what name soeuer it may be called, whatsoeuer is found to be most excellent in man, doe procéede further in the internall and true spirituall seruice of God, Abba, Eather. Moreover by this means the mind, the heart, the soul, the Spirit, the affections, thoughts, will, study and by what name soever it may be called, whatsoever is found to be most excellent in man, do proceed further in the internal and true spiritual service of God, np1, zz. av p-acp d n2 dt n1, dt n1, dt n1, dt n1, dt n2, n2, n1, n1 cc p-acp r-crq n1 av pn31 vmb vbi vvn, r-crq vbz vvn pc-acp vbi av-ds j p-acp n1, vdb vvi av-jc p-acp dt j cc j j n1 pp-f np1, (29) chapter (DIV2) 1275 Image 148
3649 and in the same are exercised without intermission. and in the same Are exercised without intermission. cc p-acp dt d vbr vvn p-acp n1. (29) chapter (DIV2) 1275 Image 148
3650 Againe forasmuch as the same God is the creator also of mannes body, it is very méete doubtles, that this wonderfull worke in like maner doe acknowledge, reuerence and celebrate his maker. Again forasmuch as the same God is the creator also of Man's body, it is very meet doubtless, that this wonderful work in like manner do acknowledge, Reverence and celebrate his maker. av av c-acp dt d np1 vbz dt n1 av pp-f ng1 n1, pn31 vbz av j av-j, cst d j n1 p-acp j n1 vdb vvi, n1 cc vvi po31 n1. (29) chapter (DIV2) 1276 Image 148
3651 Wherefore it behoueth vs also to worship God in our body. Wherefore it behooves us also to worship God in our body. c-crq pn31 vvz pno12 av p-acp n1 np1 p-acp po12 n1. (29) chapter (DIV2) 1276 Image 148
3652 This thinge is the cause, why the Apostle Romaines 12. beseecheth all the beleeuers, that they woulde make their bodies a quick sacrifice, holy, This thing is the cause, why the Apostle Romans 12. Beseecheth all the believers, that they would make their bodies a quick sacrifice, holy, d n1 vbz dt n1, q-crq dt n1 njpg2 crd vvz d dt n2, cst pns32 vmd vvi po32 n2 dt j n1, j, (29) chapter (DIV2) 1277 Image 149
3653 and acceptable vnto God, their reasonable seruice. And Rom. 6. he exhorteth them in this maner: and acceptable unto God, their reasonable service. And Rom. 6. he exhorteth them in this manner: cc j p-acp np1, po32 j n1. cc np1 crd pns31 vvz pno32 p-acp d n1: (29) chapter (DIV2) 1277 Image 149
3654 As you haue giuen your members seruauntes to vncleānes and iniquitie, from one iniquitie to an other: As you have given your members Servants to vncleamnes and iniquity, from one iniquity to an other: c-acp pn22 vhb vvn po22 n2 n2 p-acp n2 cc n1, p-acp crd n1 p-acp dt n-jn: (29) chapter (DIV2) 1277 Image 149
3655 Euen so nowe giue your members seruauntes vnto rightuousnes, to holines. Even so now give your members Servants unto righteousness, to holiness. av av av vvi po22 n2 n2 p-acp n1, p-acp n1. (29) chapter (DIV2) 1277 Image 149
3656 Which thinges forasmuch as they are so, consider, O mā, and applye thy selfe vnto this, that thou maist with all thine indeuour consecrate thy selfe wholly vnto god, serue him with all thine harte, with all thy soule, Which things forasmuch as they Are so, Consider, Oh man, and apply thy self unto this, that thou Mayest with all thine endeavour consecrate thy self wholly unto god, serve him with all thine heart, with all thy soul, r-crq n2 av c-acp pns32 vbr av, vvb, uh n1, cc vvb po21 n1 p-acp d, cst pns21 vm2 p-acp d po21 n1 vvi po21 n1 av-jn p-acp n1, vvb pno31 p-acp d po21 n1, p-acp d po21 n1, (29) chapter (DIV2) 1278 Image 149
3657 and with all thy strength, yea and with all thy bodye also. Kéepe thy handes and beware, least thou commit anye wicked acte with them: and with all thy strength, yea and with all thy body also. Keep thy hands and beware, lest thou commit any wicked act with them: cc p-acp d po21 n1, uh cc p-acp d po21 n1 av. vvb po21 n2 cc vvb, cs pns21 vvb d j n1 p-acp pno32: (29) chapter (DIV2) 1278 Image 149
3658 Refraine thy tongue, neither let any reproch, filthy speakinge, leasinge, scurrilitie, or euill language procéede out of thy mouth: Refrain thy tongue, neither let any reproach, filthy speaking, leasing, scurrility, or evil language proceed out of thy Mouth: vvb po21 n1, av-dx vvb d n1, j vvg, n-vvg, n1, cc j-jn n1 vvb av pp-f po21 n1: (29) chapter (DIV2) 1279 Image 149
3659 last of all studye also to bridle thy corrupt affections and cogitations. last of all study also to bridle thy corrupt affections and cogitations. ord pp-f d n1 av pc-acp vvi po21 j n2 cc n2. (29) chapter (DIV2) 1279 Image 149
3660 Take héede thou be not brought into that beliefe, that thou maiste followe thy fancye as touchinge thoughtes, Take heed thou be not brought into that belief, that thou Master follow thy fancy as touching thoughts, vvb n1 pns21 vbb xx vvn p-acp d n1, cst pns21 vvb vvi po21 n1 c-acp vvg n2, (29) chapter (DIV2) 1280 Image 149
3661 for that they are not séene, neither can any man reproue thée for them: for that they Are not seen, neither can any man reprove thee for them: c-acp cst pns32 vbr xx vvn, dx vmb d n1 vvi pno21 p-acp pno32: (29) chapter (DIV2) 1280 Image 149
3662 Inasmuch as out of thē all maner of offences, whither they be cōmitted with ye tongue or any other members, doe take (as Christ witnesseth Marke. 7. ) their beginninge. Inasmuch as out of them all manner of offences, whither they be committed with you tongue or any other members, do take (as christ Witnesseth Mark. 7.) their begin. av c-acp av pp-f pno32 d n1 pp-f n2, c-crq pns32 vbb vvn p-acp pn22 n1 cc d j-jn n2, vdb vvi (c-acp np1 vvz vvi. crd) po32 n-vvg. (29) chapter (DIV2) 1280 Image 149
3663 But when thou féelest thy selfe ouer weake and almost destitute of strength, knowe that it is thy part & duty, to cal cōtinually vpon god thy heauenly father and wt inwarde groninge & teares to praye vnto him, that he would create a pure harte within thée, yt he would turne awaye thine eyes, But when thou Feel thy self over weak and almost destitute of strength, know that it is thy part & duty, to call continually upon god thy heavenly father and with inward groaning & tears to pray unto him, that he would create a pure heart within thee, that he would turn away thine eyes, p-acp c-crq pns21 vv2 po21 n1 p-acp j cc av j pp-f n1, vvb cst pn31 vbz po21 n1 cc n1, pc-acp vvi av-j p-acp n1 po21 j n1 cc p-acp j j-vvg cc n2 pc-acp vvi p-acp pno31, cst pns31 vmd vvi dt j n1 p-acp pno21, pn31 pns31 vmd vvi av po21 n2, (29) chapter (DIV2) 1280 Image 149
3664 least they behold vanytie, that he would apply thy tongue to speake that which is good and godly, that he would direct thy handes to the doinge of laudable actions and such as are acceptable vnto him, that he would kéepe thée wholly both in minde and body harmeles and innocent, lest they behold Vanity, that he would apply thy tongue to speak that which is good and godly, that he would Direct thy hands to the doing of laudable actions and such as Are acceptable unto him, that he would keep thee wholly both in mind and body harmless and innocent, cs pns32 vvb n1, cst pns31 vmd vvi po21 n1 pc-acp vvi d r-crq vbz j cc j, cst pns31 vmd vvi po21 n2 p-acp dt vdg pp-f j n2 cc d c-acp vbr j p-acp pno31, cst pns31 vmd vvi pno21 av-jn av-d p-acp n1 cc n1 j cc j-jn, (29) chapter (DIV2) 1280 Image 149
3665 and that he would alwaies further thée to the exercising of the duties of godlynes and pietie. and that he would always further thee to the exercising of the duties of godliness and piety. cc cst pns31 vmd av av-j pno21 p-acp dt vvg pp-f dt n2 pp-f n1 cc n1. (29) chapter (DIV2) 1280 Image 149
3666 For vndoubtedly except God of his mercy doe prouide that thou be not tempted, or if temptation come, that thou bée spéedily deliuered from it, thou canst in •o wyse be frée from sinne. For undoubtedly except God of his mercy do provide that thou be not tempted, or if temptation come, that thou been speedily Delivered from it, thou Canst in •o wise be free from sin. c-acp av-j c-acp np1 pp-f po31 n1 vdb vvi cst pns21 vbb xx vvn, cc cs n1 vvb, cst pns21 vbn av-j vvn p-acp pn31, pns21 vm2 p-acp av j vbb j p-acp n1. (29) chapter (DIV2) 1281 Image 149
3667 But thus far touchinge the question what the thing is, I feare least ouer much. But thus Far touching the question what the thing is, I Fear least over much. p-acp av av-j vvg dt n1 r-crq dt n1 vbz, pns11 vvb av-ds p-acp d. (29) chapter (DIV2) 1281 Image 149
3668 For in case wee should séeme to proséede in this order, our discourse would grow to be ouer tedious. For in case we should seem to proséede in this order, our discourse would grow to be over tedious. p-acp p-acp n1 pns12 vmd vvi pc-acp vvi p-acp d n1, po12 n1 vmd vvi pc-acp vbi a-acp j. (29) chapter (DIV2) 1281 Image 149
3669 It is requisite therefore that we vse henceforwarde breuitie, and note onely certayne poynts of things briefely as touching the seconde question. It is requisite Therefore that we use henceforwarde brevity, and note only certain points of things briefly as touching the seconde question. pn31 vbz j av cst pns12 vvb av-j n1, cc n1 av-j j n2 pp-f n2 av-j p-acp vvg dt ord n1. (29) chapter (DIV2) 1282 Image 149
3670 The sinne in which we are borne is by the fall of our first parentes deriued into all their posteritie, wherof so great is the force, that we can neuer be inclyned to that whiche is good, The sin in which we Are born is by the fallen of our First Parents derived into all their posterity, whereof so great is the force, that we can never be inclined to that which is good, dt n1 p-acp r-crq pns12 vbr vvn vbz p-acp dt n1 pp-f po12 ord n2 vvn p-acp d po32 n1, c-crq av j vbz dt n1, cst pns12 vmb av-x vbi vvn p-acp d r-crq vbz j, (29) chapter (DIV2) 1282 Image 149
3671 nor obey the law of God: wherefore we are founde guilty also through our owne offence. nor obey the law of God: Wherefore we Are found guilty also through our own offence. ccx vvi dt n1 pp-f np1: c-crq pns12 vbr vvn j av p-acp po12 d n1. (29) chapter (DIV2) 1282 Image 149
3672 There is a sinne ye euery man, whē he is now come to perfect reasō & vnderstanding, cōmitteth of his owne wil, by transgressing the law of god either in thought, word, or déede. There is a sin you every man, when he is now come to perfect reason & understanding, Committeth of his own will, by transgressing the law of god either in Thought, word, or deed. pc-acp vbz dt n1 pn22 d n1, c-crq pns31 vbz av vvn p-acp j n1 cc n1, vvz pp-f po31 d n1, p-acp vvg dt n1 pp-f n1 av-d p-acp n1, n1, cc n1. (29) chapter (DIV2) 1282 Image 149
3673 That sinne they cal oryginall, this actual: of which chiefely we haue hitherto entreated. That sin they call original, this actual: of which chiefly we have hitherto entreated. cst n1 pns32 vvb j-jn, d j: pp-f r-crq av-jn pns12 vhb av vvn. (29) chapter (DIV2) 1282 Image 149
3674 Moreouer the holy scripture cōmemorateth, sins of omission & ignoraunce, as namely when one is founde to be gilty, for that he hath not perfourmed those things which he ought, Moreover the holy scripture commemorateth, Sins of omission & ignorance, as namely when one is found to be guilty, for that he hath not performed those things which he ought, av dt j n1 vvz, n2 pp-f n1 cc n1, c-acp av c-crq pi vbz vvn pc-acp vbi j, p-acp cst pns31 vhz xx vvn d n2 r-crq pns31 vmd, (29) chapter (DIV2) 1282 Image 149
3675 or in such order as he ought to haue done: or in such order as he ought to have done: cc p-acp d n1 c-acp pns31 vmd pc-acp vhi vdn: (29) chapter (DIV2) 1282 Image 149
3676 agayne when he sinneth, where he least thought, yea supposed also ye he had done well, after which sorte S. Paule confesseth in moe places then one, ye he had grieuously offended. again when he Sinneth, where he least Thought, yea supposed also you he had done well, After which sort S. Paul Confesses in more places then one, you he had grievously offended. av c-crq pns31 vvz, c-crq pns31 av-ds vvn, uh j-vvn av pn22 pns31 vhd vdn av, p-acp r-crq n1 np1 np1 vvz p-acp dc n2 cs pi, pn22 pns31 vhd av-j vvn. (29) chapter (DIV2) 1282 Image 149
3677 Furthermore some sins are called straunge or extraordinary, as when a man commeth into daunger, & sustayneth blame for an other mans offence. Furthermore Some Sins Are called strange or extraordinary, as when a man comes into danger, & sustaineth blame for an other men offence. np1 d n2 vbr vvn j cc j, p-acp c-crq dt n1 vvz p-acp n1, cc vvz n1 p-acp dt j-jn ng1 n1. (29) chapter (DIV2) 1282 Image 149
3678 And what wil ye say to yt sinne? where Christ pronounceth him worthy of most grieuous punishmēt, which shal minister to an other an offēce, And what will you say to that sin? where christ pronounceth him worthy of most grievous punishment, which shall minister to an other an offence, cc q-crq vmb pn22 vvi p-acp pn31 n1? q-crq np1 vvz pno31 j pp-f ds j n1, r-crq vmb vvi p-acp dt j-jn dt n1, (29) chapter (DIV2) 1282 Image 149
3679 & occasiō of falling? But how hard a thing is it to know, whether ye brethren ye are present be weake & soone offended, & occasion of falling? But how hard a thing is it to know, whither you brothers you Are present be weak & soon offended, cc n1 pp-f vvg? p-acp q-crq av-j dt n1 vbz pn31 pc-acp vvi, cs pn22 n2 pn22 vbr j vbb j cc av vvn, (29) chapter (DIV2) 1282 Image 149
3680 or whether they be strong & throughly instructed. Againe further, ye sin committed against the holy ghost is saide neuer to be forgiuen. or whither they be strong & thoroughly instructed. Again further, the since committed against the holy ghost is said never to be forgiven. cc cs pns32 vbb j cc av-j vvn. av av-jc, dt n1 vvn p-acp dt j n1 vbz vvn av pc-acp vbi vvn. (29) chapter (DIV2) 1282 Image 149
3681 Now among so many & sundry sorts of sins Iohn teacheth 1. Epist. cap. v. ye there is one kinde of sin vnto death, Now among so many & sundry sorts of Sins John Teaches 1. Epistle cap. v. you there is one kind of since unto death, av p-acp av d cc j n2 pp-f n2 np1 vvz crd np1 n1. n1 pn22 a-acp vbz crd n1 pp-f n1 p-acp n1, (29) chapter (DIV2) 1282 Image 149
3682 & an other not vnto death. & an other not unto death. cc dt n-jn xx p-acp n1. (29) chapter (DIV2) 1282 Image 149
3683 But what shal néede many wordes? We are compelled to •btles to say with the prophet: But what shall need many words? We Are compelled to •btles to say with the Prophet: p-acp q-crq vmb vvi d n2? pns12 vbr vvn p-acp av-j pc-acp vvi p-acp dt n1: (29) chapter (DIV2) 1282 Image 149
3684 Our errors or sinnes who may comprehend? So great therfore is the varyetie in sinnes that it enforceth vs to confesse, the law of god to be most largely spred abroad, Our errors or Sins who may comprehend? So great Therefore is the varyetie in Sins that it enforceth us to confess, the law of god to be most largely spread abroad, po12 n2 cc n2 r-crq vmb vvi? av j av vbz dt n1 p-acp n2 cst pn31 vvz pno12 pc-acp vvi, dt n1 pp-f n1 pc-acp vbi av-ds av-j vvn av, (29) chapter (DIV2) 1282 Image 150
3685 neither that we can so easely attayne the sence and effect thereof, as a great number doe suppose. neither that we can so Easily attain the sense and Effect thereof, as a great number do suppose. av-dx cst pns12 vmb av av-j vvi dt n1 cc n1 av, c-acp dt j n1 vdb vvi. (29) chapter (DIV2) 1282 Image 150
3686 For what soeuer thinges are any where discoursed or rehersed in the sacred scriptures as touching good or euill déedes, those thinges ought with very good right to be taken of vs for a commentary and interpretation of the same law. For what soever things Are any where discoursed or rehearsed in the sacred Scriptures as touching good or evil Deeds, those things ought with very good right to be taken of us for a commentary and Interpretation of the same law. p-acp r-crq av n2 vbr d q-crq vvn cc vvd p-acp dt j n2 p-acp vvg j cc j-jn n2, d n2 vmd p-acp av j n-jn pc-acp vbi vvn pp-f pno12 p-acp dt n1 cc n1 pp-f dt d n1. (29) chapter (DIV2) 1282 Image 150
3687 Moreouer it behoueth vs héere to consider the seuerytie of Gods iudgement, when as wretched man is so many wayes euery where beset with perils, Moreover it behooves us Here to Consider the seuerytie of God's judgement, when as wretched man is so many ways every where beset with perils, av pn31 vvz pno12 av pc-acp vvi dt n1 pp-f npg1 n1, c-crq c-acp j n1 vbz av d n2 d c-crq vvn p-acp n2, (29) chapter (DIV2) 1283 Image 150
3688 and for the causes that he least supposeth, found giltie of sinne. and for the Causes that he least Supposeth, found guilty of sin. cc p-acp dt n2 cst pns31 av-ds vvz, vvn j pp-f n1. (29) chapter (DIV2) 1283 Image 150
3689 For by this meanes the whole worlde is in daungered to God, and God concludeth al men vnder vnbeléefe: For by this means the Whole world is in dangered to God, and God Concludeth all men under unbelief: p-acp p-acp d n2 dt j-jn n1 vbz p-acp vvn p-acp np1, cc np1 vvz d n2 p-acp n1: (29) chapter (DIV2) 1283 Image 150
3690 which neuerthelesse we may not so interpret to be done, that he shoulde destroy all men, which nevertheless we may not so interpret to be done, that he should destroy all men, r-crq av pns12 vmb xx av vvi pc-acp vbi vdn, cst pns31 vmd vvi d n2, (29) chapter (DIV2) 1283 Image 150
3691 and damne them for euer, but rather that he shoulde haue compassion vpon all men, and by that meanes set forth and make knowne his goodnesse euery where. and damn them for ever, but rather that he should have compassion upon all men, and by that means Set forth and make known his Goodness every where. cc vvi pno32 p-acp av, cc-acp av-c cst pns31 vmd vhi n1 p-acp d n2, cc p-acp d n2 vvd av cc vvi vvn po31 n1 d q-crq. (29) chapter (DIV2) 1283 Image 150
3692 Howbeit these thinges doe admonishe all the sorte of vs, that we should be sober, vigilant, ware, circumspect and that we should studiously avoyde not onely open and manifest, Howbeit these things do admonish all the sort of us, that we should be Sobrium, vigilant, ware, circumspect and that we should studiously avoid not only open and manifest, a-acp d n2 vdb vvi d dt n1 pp-f pno12, cst pns12 vmd vbi j, j, n1, j cc cst pns12 vmd av-j vvi xx av-j vvi cc j, (29) chapter (DIV2) 1284 Image 150
3693 but also priuy and secret sinnes, yea all occasion of sinne, and euen suspition also. but also privy and secret Sins, yea all occasion of sin, and even suspicion also. cc-acp av j cc j-jn n2, uh d n1 pp-f n1, cc av n1 av. (29) chapter (DIV2) 1284 Image 150
3694 We are lilke vnto Pilgrimes or to those that trauaile in a straunge and vnknowne country by waies, in which we are euery moment in daunger of théeues, wilde and venemous beasts, waters, downe falles & such lyke hurtful and perillous things. We Are lilke unto Pilgrims or to those that travail in a strange and unknown country by ways, in which we Are every moment in danger of thieves, wild and venomous beasts, waters, down falls & such like hurtful and perilous things. pns12 vbr n1 p-acp n2 cc p-acp d cst n1 p-acp dt j cc j n1 p-acp n2, p-acp r-crq pns12 vbr d n1 p-acp n1 pp-f n2, j cc j n2, n2, a-acp vvz cc d av-j j cc j n2. (29) chapter (DIV2) 1285 Image 150
3695 The diuell, the worlde, and our flesh doe neuer cease to lye in awayt for vs, they séeke by a thousand wiles to draw vs into their nets and snares. The Devil, the world, and our Flesh do never cease to lie in await for us, they seek by a thousand wiles to draw us into their nets and snares. dt n1, dt n1, cc po12 n1 vdb av-x vvb pc-acp vvi p-acp n1 p-acp pno12, pns32 vvb p-acp dt crd n2 pc-acp vvi pno12 p-acp po32 n2 cc n2. (29) chapter (DIV2) 1285 Image 150
3696 But we must resist & valiantly striue against thē by faith, prayers, fastings, by the word of God, But we must resist & valiantly strive against them by faith, Prayers, Fastings, by the word of God, cc-acp pns12 vmb vvi cc av-j vvi p-acp pno32 p-acp n1, n2, n2-vvg, p-acp dt n1 pp-f np1, (29) chapter (DIV2) 1285 Image 150
3697 and other spiritual weapons, which Christe the inuincible confounder of all vices and wicked spirites hath prepared, and other spiritual weapons, which Christ the invincible confounder of all vices and wicked spirits hath prepared, cc j-jn j n2, r-crq np1 dt j n1 pp-f d n2 cc j n2 vhz vvn, (29) chapter (DIV2) 1285 Image 150
3698 & hath vouched safe to shew vs how we should vse them. 1. Pet. 5. Ephe. 5. Math. 4.17. &c. Thou séest what great plenty of things doe offer themselues, and how large fields are opened vnto him, that wyll procéede after this maner. & hath vouched safe to show us how we should use them. 1. Pet. 5. Ephes 5. Math. 4.17. etc. Thou See what great plenty of things do offer themselves, and how large fields Are opened unto him, that will proceed After this manner. cc vhz vvn j pc-acp vvi pno12 c-crq pns12 vmd vvi pno32. crd np1 crd np1 crd np1 crd. av pns21 vv2 r-crq j n1 pp-f n2 vdb vvi px32, cc c-crq j n2 vbr vvn p-acp pno31, cst vmb vvi p-acp d n1. (29) chapter (DIV2) 1285 Image 150
3699 Wherfore we will make an ende. Wherefore we will make an end. c-crq pns12 vmb vvi dt n1. (29) chapter (DIV2) 1285 Image 150
3700 In asmuch as the other questions may be reserued tyll an other time, namely that touching the causes of sinne, In as as the other questions may be reserved till an other time, namely that touching the Causes of sin, p-acp av c-acp dt j-jn n2 vmb vbi vvn p-acp dt j-jn n1, av cst vvg dt n2 pp-f n1, (29) chapter (DIV2) 1286 Image 150
3701 and another touchinge the effectes, of which sort in the scriptures are handeled no smal number and (alas wretches that we be) in so many troubles and calamities of our times, great store may dayly be obserued. and Another touching the effects, of which sort in the Scriptures Are handled no small number and (alas wretches that we be) in so many Troubles and calamities of our times, great store may daily be observed. cc j-jn vvg dt n2, pp-f r-crq n1 p-acp dt n2 vbr vvn dx j n1 cc (uh n2 cst pns12 vbb) p-acp av d n2 cc n2 pp-f po12 n2, j n1 vmb av-j vbi vvn. (29) chapter (DIV2) 1286 Image 150
3702 But forasmuch as death also is numbred amonge the effects of sinne, we will adde lykewise an example (but briefely handeled) as thouching this. But forasmuch as death also is numbered among the effects of sin, we will add likewise an Exampl (but briefly handled) as thouching this. p-acp av c-acp n1 av vbz vvn p-acp dt n2 pp-f n1, pns12 vmb vvi av dt n1 (cc-acp av-j vvn) p-acp vvg d. (29) chapter (DIV2) 1287 Image 150
3703 He that will speake therfore of death, may aptly prefixe two questions, out of which he shall finde sufficient plenty of matters that he may declare to the commodytie of his hearers. Let them therfore be these: He that will speak Therefore of death, may aptly prefix two questions, out of which he shall find sufficient plenty of matters that he may declare to the commodities of his hearers. Let them Therefore be these: pns31 cst vmb vvi av pp-f n1, vmb av-j vvi crd n2, av pp-f r-crq pns31 vmb vvi j n1 pp-f n2 cst pns31 vmb vvi p-acp dt n2 pp-f po31 n2. vvb pno32 av vbb d: (29) chapter (DIV2) 1287 Image 150
3704 What death is, and what the effects of death. For a description or definition of death this may be had: What death is, and what the effects of death. For a description or definition of death this may be had: r-crq n1 vbz, cc r-crq dt n2 pp-f n1. p-acp dt n1 cc n1 pp-f n1 d vmb vbi vhn: (29) chapter (DIV2) 1288 Image 150
3705 Death is the penalty of sinne iustly inflicted of god vnto al men, like as al men also are sinners. Death is the penalty of sin justly inflicted of god unto all men, like as all men also Are Sinners. n1 vbz dt n1 pp-f n1 av-j vvn pp-f n1 p-acp d n2, av-j c-acp d n2 av vbr n2. (29) chapter (DIV2) 1288 Image 150
3706 It is deriued of the causes, and aboundantly proued by the testimonies of the scriptures: God threateneth the payne of death vnto sinners. It is derived of the Causes, and abundantly proved by the testimonies of the Scriptures: God threateneth the pain of death unto Sinners. pn31 vbz vvn pp-f dt n2, cc av-j vvn p-acp dt n2 pp-f dt n2: np1 vvz dt n1 pp-f n1 p-acp n2. (29) chapter (DIV2) 1288 Image 150
3707 The reward of sinne is death. The reward of sin is death. dt n1 pp-f n1 vbz n1. (29) chapter (DIV2) 1289 Image 150
3708 Through one man sinne entred into the world, and through sinne death, and so death came vpō al men, inasmuch as al we haue sinned. Through one man sin entered into the world, and through sin death, and so death Come upon all men, inasmuch as all we have sinned. p-acp crd n1 n1 vvn p-acp dt n1, cc p-acp n1 n1, cc av n1 vvd p-acp d n2, av c-acp d pns12 vhb vvn. (29) chapter (DIV2) 1289 Image 150
3709 In which place are touched the chiefe causes of death, man, I say, & sinne, whervnto may be added out of Gene. 2. ye the Serpent also or the diuell is the author of death, which to the Hebrues. 2. is sayd to holde the empier of death. Heb, 9 it is saide: In which place Are touched the chief Causes of death, man, I say, & sin, whereunto may be added out of Gene. 2. you the Serpent also or the Devil is the author of death, which to the Hebrews. 2. is said to hold the empire of death. Hebrew, 9 it is said: p-acp r-crq n1 vbr vvn dt j-jn n2 pp-f n1, n1, pns11 vvb, cc n1, c-crq vmb vbi vvn av pp-f np1 crd pn22 dt n1 av cc dt n1 vbz dt n1 pp-f n1, r-crq p-acp dt njp2. crd vbz vvn pc-acp vvi dt n1 pp-f n1. n1, crd pn31 vbz vvn: (29) chapter (DIV2) 1289 Image 150
3710 This is appointed to all men, that they shall once dye, and after that commeth the iudgement. This is appointed to all men, that they shall once die, and After that comes the judgement. d vbz vvn p-acp d n2, cst pns32 vmb a-acp vvi, cc p-acp cst vvz dt n1. (29) chapter (DIV2) 1289 Image 150
3711 Out of which places, diuers and sundry things may be drawen, to demonstrate more amply what Death is: Out of which places, diverse and sundry things may be drawn, to demonstrate more amply what Death is: av pp-f r-crq n2, j cc j n2 vmb vbi vvn, pc-acp vvi av-dc av-j r-crq n1 vbz: (29) chapter (DIV2) 1289 Image 150
3712 And by like industrye may the godly be excited to true humilitie of minde, to the contempt of carthly thinges, to passe theyr lyfe in the feare of God, to call vpon Gods mercy for the intigation of the paynes whiche we through our sinnes haue deserued. &c. And by like industry may the godly be excited to true humility of mind, to the contempt of carthly things, to pass their life in the Fear of God, to call upon God's mercy for the intigation of the pains which we through our Sins have deserved. etc. cc p-acp j n1 vmb dt j vbi vvd p-acp j n1 pp-f n1, p-acp dt n1 pp-f j n2, pc-acp vvi po32 n1 p-acp dt n1 pp-f np1, pc-acp vvi p-acp ng1 n1 p-acp dt n1 pp-f dt n2 r-crq pns12 p-acp po12 n2 vhb vvn. av (29) chapter (DIV2) 1289 Image 151
3713 When he shall come to the question of the effectes, it shal be necessary to discerne the effects of death in the Godly, from the effects of death in the vngodly, When he shall come to the question of the effects, it shall be necessary to discern the effects of death in the Godly, from the effects of death in the ungodly, c-crq pns31 vmb vvi p-acp dt n1 pp-f dt n2, pn31 vmb vbi j pc-acp vvi dt n2 pp-f n1 p-acp dt j, p-acp dt n2 pp-f n1 p-acp dt j, (29) chapter (DIV2) 1290 Image 151
3714 and that partlye by this meanes: first: and that partly by this means: First: cc cst av p-acp d n2: ord: (29) chapter (DIV2) 1290 Image 151
3715 The godly are perswaded that death shal in no wise happen vnto thē to their condemnation & destruction, The godly Are persuaded that death shall in no wise happen unto them to their condemnation & destruction, dt j vbr vvn d n1 vmb p-acp dx n1 vvi p-acp pno32 p-acp po32 n1 cc n1, (29) chapter (DIV2) 1290 Image 151
3716 but rather to their health and saluation, inasmuch as the sentence of dampnation now long since pronounced agaynst vs, is by the death of Christe vtterlye cancelled and rased out. but rather to their health and salvation, inasmuch as the sentence of damnation now long since pronounced against us, is by the death of Christ utterly canceled and rased out. cc-acp av-c p-acp po32 n1 cc n1, av c-acp dt n1 pp-f n1 av av-j c-acp vvn p-acp pno12, vbz p-acp dt n1 pp-f np1 av-j vvn cc vvn av. (29) chapter (DIV2) 1290 Image 151
3717 The law of the spirite of lyfe through Christe Iesus hath made me free from the law of sinne and death. The law of the Spirit of life through Christ Iesus hath made me free from the law of sin and death. dt n1 pp-f dt n1 pp-f n1 p-acp np1 np1 vhz vvn pno11 j p-acp dt n1 pp-f n1 cc n1. (29) chapter (DIV2) 1291 Image 151
3718 Christe by his death hath abolished the power of death. Christ by his death hath abolished the power of death. np1 p-acp po31 n1 vhz vvn dt n1 pp-f n1. (29) chapter (DIV2) 1291 Image 151
3719 Christe hath once suffered for our sinnes, the iust for the vniust, that he might bring vs to God. Christ hath once suffered for our Sins, the just for the unjust, that he might bring us to God. np1 vhz a-acp vvn p-acp po12 n2, dt j p-acp dt j, cst pns31 vmd vvi pno12 p-acp np1. (29) chapter (DIV2) 1291 Image 151
3720 We know, that if our earthly māsion of this tabernacle bee destroyed, wee haue an other building of God, a mansion not made with handes, but eternal in heauen. We know, that if our earthly mansion of this tabernacle be destroyed, we have an other building of God, a mansion not made with hands, but Eternal in heaven. pns12 vvb, cst cs po12 j n1 pp-f d n1 vbi vvn, pns12 vhb dt j-jn n1 pp-f np1, dt n1 xx vvn p-acp n2, cc-acp j p-acp n1. (29) chapter (DIV2) 1291 Image 151
3721 But as touching the vngodly•, they know, that death is appointed to them, as a moste bitter paine, But as touching the vngodly•, they know, that death is appointed to them, as a most bitter pain, cc-acp p-acp vvg dt n1, pns32 vvb, cst n1 vbz vvn p-acp pno32, c-acp dt av-ds j n1, (29) chapter (DIV2) 1291 Image 151
3722 & doe féele vndoubtedly ye heauy iudgement of damnation: & do feel undoubtedly the heavy judgement of damnation: cc vdb vvi av-j dt j n1 pp-f n1: (29) chapter (DIV2) 1291 Image 151
3723 by reason whereof it commeth to passe also, that in temptations, but chiefely in their extreame conflictes they are vehemently troubled, afflicted, by reason whereof it comes to pass also, that in temptations, but chiefly in their extreme conflicts they Are vehemently troubled, afflicted, p-acp n1 c-crq pn31 vvz pc-acp vvi av, cst p-acp n2, cc-acp av-jn p-acp po32 j-jn n2 pns32 vbr av-j vvn, j-vvn, (29) chapter (DIV2) 1291 Image 151
3724 and doe miserably faint and giue ouer, I will not say for the most parte vtterly dispayre. and do miserably faint and give over, I will not say for the most part utterly despair. cc vdb av-j vvi cc vvi a-acp, pns11 vmb xx vvi p-acp dt av-ds n1 av-j n1. (29) chapter (DIV2) 1291 Image 151
3725 For what can they els doe, in whom remayneth no hope or confidence at all touching the remission of their sinnes? Euill shall slea the vngodly, For what can they Else do, in whom remaineth no hope or confidence At all touching the remission of their Sins? Evil shall slay the ungodly, p-acp q-crq vmb pns32 av vdb, p-acp ro-crq vvz dx n1 cc n1 p-acp d vvg dt n1 pp-f po32 n2? j-jn vmb vvi dt j, (29) chapter (DIV2) 1291 Image 151
3726 and they that hate the rightuous shall be desolate, Secondly: and they that hate the righteous shall be desolate, Secondly: cc pns32 cst vvb dt j vmb vbi j, ord: (29) chapter (DIV2) 1291 Image 151
3727 The godly, forasmuch as they suffer continually many aduersities, and so long as they liue in this worlde, are vexed of the vngodly, doe willingly longe after death, The godly, forasmuch as they suffer continually many adversities, and so long as they live in this world, Are vexed of the ungodly, do willingly long After death, dt j, av c-acp pns32 vvb av-j d n2, cc av av-j c-acp pns32 vvb p-acp d n1, vbr vvn pp-f dt j, vdb av-j av-j p-acp n1, (29) chapter (DIV2) 1291 Image 151
3728 and with ioyfull mindes imbrace it, as they that are not ignoraūt, that by it is giuen vnto them an entraunce to a happy & blessed life. and with joyful minds embrace it, as they that Are not ignorant, that by it is given unto them an Entrance to a happy & blessed life. cc p-acp j n2 vvi pn31, c-acp pns32 cst vbr xx j, cst p-acp pn31 vbz vvn p-acp pno32 dt n1 p-acp dt j cc j-vvn n1. (29) chapter (DIV2) 1291 Image 151
3729 I desyre (saith Saint Paule ) to be dissolued, and be with Christ. I desire (Says Faint Paul) to be dissolved, and be with christ. pns11 vvi (vvz j np1) pc-acp vbi vvn, cc vbb p-acp np1. (29) chapter (DIV2) 1291 Image 151
3730 We mourne inwardly in our selues for the adoption looking for the redemption of our body. We mourn inwardly in our selves for the adoption looking for the redemption of our body. pns12 vvi av-j p-acp po12 n2 p-acp dt n1 vvg p-acp dt n1 pp-f po12 n1. (29) chapter (DIV2) 1291 Image 151
3731 We grone in this our tabernacle, longing to be translated into that which is from heauen. And after a few words: We groan in this our tabernacle, longing to be translated into that which is from heaven. And After a few words: pns12 vvb p-acp d po12 n1, vvg pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp d r-crq vbz p-acp n1. cc p-acp dt d n2: (29) chapter (DIV2) 1291 Image 151
3732 Wee truste and doe better lyke, to be farre away absent from the body, and to be present with God. we trust and do better like, to be Far away absent from the body, and to be present with God. pns12 vvi cc vdi av-jc av-j, pc-acp vbi av-j av j p-acp dt n1, cc pc-acp vbi j p-acp np1. (29) chapter (DIV2) 1291 Image 151
3733 And 2. Pet. 1. Death is called the putting off of this tabernacle. And 2. Pet. 1. Death is called the putting off of this tabernacle. cc crd np1 crd n1 vbz vvn dt vvg a-acp pp-f d n1. (29) chapter (DIV2) 1291 Image 151
3734 On the other side, ye vngodlye, for that they enioy héere in this life wealth & prosperitie, On the other side, you ungodly, for that they enjoy Here in this life wealth & Prosperity, p-acp dt j-jn n1, pn22 j, c-acp cst pns32 vvb av p-acp d n1 n1 cc n1, (29) chapter (DIV2) 1291 Image 151
3735 and all thinges happen vnto them for the moste part, after their hartes desyre, are plucked away sore against their willes, and all things happen unto them for the most part, After their hearts desire, Are plucked away soar against their wills, cc d n2 vvi p-acp pno32 p-acp dt av-ds n1, p-acp po32 n2 vvi, vbr vvn av av-j p-acp po32 n2, (29) chapter (DIV2) 1291 Image 151
3736 and doe take it very grieuouslye if a man doth but once make mention of death vnto them. But what followeth? and do take it very grievously if a man does but once make mention of death unto them. But what follows? cc vdb vvi pn31 av av-j cs dt n1 vdz p-acp a-acp vvi n1 pp-f n1 p-acp pno32. cc-acp q-crq vvz? (29) chapter (DIV2) 1291 Image 151
3737 When they flatter themselues most of all, and thinke to settle themselues heere most sure, sayinge: When they flatter themselves most of all, and think to settle themselves Here most sure, saying: c-crq pns32 vvb px32 av-ds pp-f d, cc vvb pc-acp vvi px32 av av-ds j, vvg: (29) chapter (DIV2) 1293 Image 151
3738 O soule thou haste great aboundance of wealth, enioye it at thy pleasure: Oh soul thou haste great abundance of wealth, enjoy it At thy pleasure: uh n1 pns21 n1 j n1 pp-f n1, vvb pn31 p-acp po21 n1: (29) chapter (DIV2) 1293 Image 151
3739 Not long after, yea the very same time, & when they least do suspect, they héere it sayde: Not long After, yea the very same time, & when they least do suspect, they Here it said: xx av-j a-acp, uh dt j d n1, cc c-crq pns32 ds vdb vvi, pns32 av pn31 vvd: (29) chapter (DIV2) 1293 Image 151
3740 Thou foole, this night shall they fetch thy soule from thee. And generally both of the godly and vngodly we reade. Thou fool, this night shall they fetch thy soul from thee. And generally both of the godly and ungodly we read. pns21 n1, d n1 vmb pns32 vvb po21 n1 p-acp pno21. cc av-j d pp-f dt j cc j pns12 vvb. (29) chapter (DIV2) 1293 Image 151
3741 2. Thes. 1. It is a rightuous thing with God, to render vnto those that persecute you, afflictiō, 2. Thebes 1. It is a righteous thing with God, to render unto those that persecute you, affliction, crd np1 crd pn31 vbz dt j n1 p-acp np1, pc-acp vvi p-acp d cst vvi pn22, n1, (29) chapter (DIV2) 1293 Image 151
3742 & vnto you that are persecuted, peace & tranquilitie with vs, when our lord Iesus shall be reuealed from heauen. & unto you that Are persecuted, peace & tranquillity with us, when our lord Iesus shall be revealed from heaven. cc p-acp pn22 cst vbr vvn, n1 cc n1 p-acp pno12, c-crq po12 n1 np1 vmb vbi vvn p-acp n1. (29) chapter (DIV2) 1293 Image 151
3743 And moreouer Abrahā saieth vnto the ritch man Luk. 16. Sonne remēber, that thou in thy life time receiuedst thy pleasure, And moreover Abrahā Saith unto the rich man Luk. 16. Son Remember, that thou in thy life time Received thy pleasure, cc av np1 vvz p-acp dt j n1 np1 crd n1 vvb, cst pns21 p-acp po21 n1 n1 vvd2 po21 n1, (29) chapter (DIV2) 1293 Image 151
3744 and Lazarus in like maner receyued paine: but now is he comforted, and thou art punished. Thirdly: and Lazarus in like manner received pain: but now is he comforted, and thou art punished. Thirdly: cc np1 p-acp j n1 vvd n1: cc-acp av vbz pns31 vvn, cc pns21 vb2r vvn. ord: (29) chapter (DIV2) 1293 Image 151
3745 when death is now to be entred into, the godlye are not afrayde, they remayne constant and inuincible, they pray and call vpon GOD, they desyre to haue their sinnes pardoned through Christe, they prayse and extoll their most mercifull and heauenly father, they giue hym thankes, they wholly dedicate and commend all that euer they haue vnto hym. They say we the apostle: when death is now to be entered into, the godly Are not afraid, they remain constant and invincible, they pray and call upon GOD, they desire to have their Sins pardoned through Christ, they praise and extol their most merciful and heavenly father, they give him thanks, they wholly dedicate and commend all that ever they have unto him. They say we the apostle: c-crq n1 vbz av pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp, dt j vbr xx j, pns32 vvb j cc j, pns32 vvb cc vvi p-acp np1, pns32 vvi pc-acp vhi po32 n2 vvn p-acp np1, pns32 vvb cc vvi po32 av-ds j cc j n1, pns32 vvb pno31 n2, pns32 av-jn vvi cc vvi d cst av pns32 vhb p-acp pno31. pns32 vvb pns12 dt n1: (29) chapter (DIV2) 1293 Image 151
3746 I am fully perswaded, that neither death, neither lyfe can separate vs from the loue of God, whiche is in Christ Iesu our lorde. I am Fully persuaded, that neither death, neither life can separate us from the love of God, which is in christ Iesu our lord. pns11 vbm av-j vvn, cst dx n1, dx n1 vmb vvi pno12 p-acp dt n1 pp-f np1, r-crq vbz p-acp np1 np1 po12 n1. (29) chapter (DIV2) 1294 Image 151
3747 And agayne Rom. xiiii. whether we liue, or die, we are the Lords. And again Rom. xiiii. whither we live, or die, we Are the lords. cc av np1 crd. cs pns12 vvb, cc vvi, pns12 vbr dt n2. (29) chapter (DIV2) 1294 Image 152
3748 But the wicked & vngodly are altogether troubled, they tremble for feare, their harts faile them, they are angry wt God, they cursse, they blaspheme. But the wicked & ungodly Are altogether troubled, they tremble for Fear, their hearts fail them, they Are angry with God, they curse, they Blaspheme. p-acp dt j cc j vbr av vvn, pns32 vvb p-acp n1, po32 n2 vvi pno32, pns32 vbr j p-acp np1, pns32 vvi, pns32 vvb. (29) chapter (DIV2) 1294 Image 152
3749 An example of such great diuersitie we may behold in the two théeues yt were hanged on ye crosse with Christ, of whō both the actions & endes are described to be very diuers, Luke 23. Fourthly: an Exampl of such great diversity we may behold in the two thieves that were hanged on you cross with christ, of whom both the actions & ends Are described to be very diverse, Lycia 23. Fourthly: dt n1 pp-f d j n1 pns12 vmb vvi p-acp dt crd n2 pn31 vbdr vvn p-acp pn22 vvi p-acp np1, pp-f ro-crq d dt n2 cc n2 vbr vvn pc-acp vbi av j, av crd ord: (29) chapter (DIV2) 1294 Image 152
3750 The godly being now dead, do rise again to euerlastīg life but to ye wicked remaineth a second death to be suffered after ye death of their body. The godly being now dead, do rise again to everlasting life but to you wicked remains a second death to be suffered After you death of their body. dt j vbg av j, vdb vvi av p-acp j n1 cc-acp p-acp pn22 j vvz dt ord n1 pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp pn22 n1 pp-f po32 n1. (29) chapter (DIV2) 1294 Image 152
3751 This difference moreouer is expressed Luk. 16 by a manyfest document as touching the ritch man and Lazerus. This difference moreover is expressed Luk. 16 by a manifest document as touching the rich man and Lazarus. d n1 av vbz vvn np1 crd p-acp dt j n1 p-acp vvg dt j n1 cc np1. (29) chapter (DIV2) 1294 Image 152
3752 These things be of no small force and moment to admonish and warne all estates of men. These things be of no small force and moment to admonish and warn all estates of men. d n2 vbb pp-f dx j n1 cc n1 pc-acp vvi cc vvi d n2 pp-f n2. (29) chapter (DIV2) 1295 Image 152
3753 The vngodly may in good time be admonished to bethink them of conuersion, and amendement of lyfe. The ungodly may in good time be admonished to bethink them of conversion, and amendment of life. dt j vmb p-acp j n1 vbi vvn pc-acp vvi pno32 pp-f n1, cc n1 pp-f n1. (29) chapter (DIV2) 1296 Image 152
3754 To the auoydinge of sinnes it wyll profyt greatly, if they oft times be mindefull of death, To the avoiding of Sins it will profit greatly, if they oft times be mindful of death, p-acp dt vvg pp-f n2 pn31 vmb vvi av-j, cs pns32 av n2 vbb j pp-f n1, (29) chapter (DIV2) 1296 Image 152
3755 and of those thinges that follow after death. and of those things that follow After death. cc pp-f d n2 cst vvb p-acp n1. (29) chapter (DIV2) 1296 Image 152
3756 The godly againe may learne out of al these thinges, how they ought to behaue themselues as well in their lyfe as also in death it selfe, they may learne that deathe is in no wise to be feared of them, they may learne to despise the world and all thinges that are in the worlde, they may rightly prepare themselues vnto death throughout their whole life, they may minister vnto others that are sicke and at the poynt of death apte consolations, they may learne how to strengthen and sustaine themselues in their very last conflict with death. The godly again may Learn out of all these things, how they ought to behave themselves as well in their life as also in death it self, they may Learn that death is in no wise to be feared of them, they may Learn to despise the world and all things that Are in the world, they may rightly prepare themselves unto death throughout their Whole life, they may minister unto Others that Are sick and At the point of death apt consolations, they may Learn how to strengthen and sustain themselves in their very last conflict with death. dt j av vmb vvi av pp-f d d n2, c-crq pns32 vmd pc-acp vvi px32 p-acp av p-acp po32 n1 c-acp av p-acp n1 pn31 n1, pns32 vmb vvi d n1 vbz p-acp dx j pc-acp vbi vvn pp-f pno32, pns32 vmb vvi pc-acp vvi dt n1 cc d n2 cst vbr p-acp dt n1, pns32 vmb av-jn vvi px32 p-acp n1 p-acp po32 j-jn n1, pns32 vmb vvi p-acp n2-jn cst vbr j cc p-acp dt n1 pp-f n1 j n2, pns32 vmb vvi c-crq pc-acp vvi cc vvi px32 p-acp po32 j ord n1 p-acp n1. (29) chapter (DIV2) 1296 Image 152
3757 He that shall both by good reasons and also by apte and plaine words declare and illustrate all these thinges, He that shall both by good Reasons and also by apt and plain words declare and illustrate all these things, pns31 cst vmb av-d p-acp j n2 cc av p-acp j cc j n2 vvi cc vvi d d n2, (29) chapter (DIV2) 1297 Image 152
3758 or certaine other haply besides, not disagréeing from his purpose, shal be iudged to haue bestowed a very good and holsome labour in speaking. or certain other haply beside, not disagreeing from his purpose, shall be judged to have bestowed a very good and wholesome labour in speaking. cc j n-jn av a-acp, xx vvg p-acp po31 n1, vmb vbi vvn pc-acp vhi vvn dt j j cc j n1 p-acp vvg. (29) chapter (DIV2) 1297 Image 152
3759 But, as I sayde, there is left great libertie in the handeling of these kinde of theames, to the teachers in ye church, But, as I said, there is left great liberty in the handling of these kind of Thames, to the Teachers in you Church, p-acp, c-acp pns11 vvd, pc-acp vbz vvn j n1 p-acp dt n-vvg pp-f d n1 pp-f n2, p-acp dt n2 p-acp pn22 n1, (29) chapter (DIV2) 1298 Image 152
3760 forasmuche as it behoueth them ofte times to enterlace many thinges, that conduce to reproue them that be of a sinister iudgement, to exhort, to rebuke, to comfort: forasmuch as it behooves them oft times to interlace many things, that conduce to reprove them that be of a sinister judgement, to exhort, to rebuke, to Comfort: av c-acp pn31 vvz pno32 av n2 pc-acp vvi d n2, cst vvi pc-acp vvi pno32 cst vbb pp-f dt j n1, pc-acp vvi, pc-acp vvi, pc-acp vvi: (29) chapter (DIV2) 1298 Image 152
3761 by reason wherof it commeth to passe that the bounds of the Logicians be of necessitie transgressed. by reason whereof it comes to pass that the bounds of the Logicians be of necessity transgressed. p-acp n1 c-crq pn31 vvz pc-acp vvi cst dt n2 pp-f dt n2 vbb pp-f n1 vvd. (29) chapter (DIV2) 1298 Image 152
3762 Chrisostome ofte times compareth the ministers of the worde with those men, that vse to furnishe their tables with deinty and delicate meates, the better to entertaine many guestes of diuers and sondry dietes. Chrysostom oft times compareth the Ministers of the word with those men, that use to furnish their tables with dainty and delicate Meats, the better to entertain many guests of diverse and sundry diets. np1 av n2 vvz dt n2 pp-f dt n1 p-acp d n2, cst vvb pc-acp vvi po32 n2 p-acp j cc j n2, dt jc pc-acp vvi d n2 pp-f j cc j n2. (29) chapter (DIV2) 1299 Image 152
3763 And very aptlye in my opinion. And very aptly in my opinion. cc av av-j p-acp po11 n1. (29) chapter (DIV2) 1299 Image 152
3764 For lyke as that feast maker is not thought to satisfy his guestes, that setteth before thē one onely kinde of meate, For like as that feast maker is not Thought to satisfy his guests, that sets before them one only kind of meat, p-acp av-j c-acp d n1 n1 vbz xx vvn pc-acp vvi po31 n2, cst vvz p-acp pno32 crd j n1 pp-f n1, (29) chapter (DIV2) 1299 Image 152
3765 and that alwayes dressed after one & the same maner, but ought rather euer & anon to alter ye kindes of meate, and that always dressed After one & the same manner, but ought rather ever & anon to altar you Kinds of meat, cc cst av vvn p-acp crd cc dt d n1, cc-acp vmd av-c av cc av pc-acp vvi pn22 n2 pp-f n1, (29) chapter (DIV2) 1299 Image 152
3766 and then cause them to be brought vnto the bourd now dressed after this fashion now after that: and then cause them to be brought unto the board now dressed After this fashion now After that: cc av vvi pno32 pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp dt n1 av vvn p-acp d n1 av p-acp d: (29) chapter (DIV2) 1299 Image 152
3767 Euen so the Preacher except he vse somtimes chaunge and varietie of matter in the inuention and disposition of thinges, the hearers will soone be weryed and yrked, Even so the Preacher except he use sometimes change and variety of matter in the invention and disposition of things, the hearers will soon be wearied and yrked, av av dt n1 c-acp pns31 vvb av n1 cc n1 pp-f n1 p-acp dt n1 cc n1 pp-f n2, dt n2 vmb av vbi vvn cc vvn, (29) chapter (DIV2) 1299 Image 152
3768 & euen glutted (as ye would say) with a certaine fulnesse and lothsomnesse of stomack. & even glutted (as you would say) with a certain fullness and loathsomeness of stomach. cc av-j vvn (c-acp pn22 vmd vvi) p-acp dt j n1 cc n1 pp-f n1. (29) chapter (DIV2) 1299 Image 152
3769 Wherfore it may truely be saide, that it is a work moste harde and difficult, to prescribe rules or perpetuall obseruations, Wherefore it may truly be said, that it is a work most harden and difficult, to prescribe rules or perpetual observations, c-crq pn31 vmb av-j vbi vvd, cst pn31 vbz dt n1 av-ds j cc j, pc-acp vvi n2 cc j n2, (29) chapter (DIV2) 1300 Image 152
3770 and suche as may be sufficient, to the colledge of Preachers. and such as may be sufficient, to the college of Preachers. cc d c-acp vmb vbi j, p-acp dt n1 pp-f n2. (29) chapter (DIV2) 1300 Image 152
3771 One most certayne rule there is, and that can in no wise deceiue vs, namely, to imitate and followe with all dilygence and endeuour the examples of the holy Sermons, which are extant as well in the sacred scriptures, One most certain Rule there is, and that can in no wise deceive us, namely, to imitate and follow with all diligence and endeavour the Examples of the holy Sermons, which Are extant as well in the sacred Scriptures, crd av-ds j n1 pc-acp vbz, cc cst vmb p-acp dx n1 vvi pno12, av, pc-acp vvi cc vvi p-acp d n1 cc n1 dt n2 pp-f dt j n2, r-crq vbr j c-acp av p-acp dt j n2, (29) chapter (DIV2) 1301 Image 152
3772 as also whiche are read in all the most allowed Doctors of the Church. as also which Are read in all the most allowed Doctors of the Church. c-acp av r-crq vbr vvn p-acp d dt av-ds vvn n2 pp-f dt n1. (29) chapter (DIV2) 1301 Image 152
3773 Albeit there is no doubt, but that the holy Ghost also the Prince and a lonely maister of all true teachers, what time he is in the beginning of the sacred Sermon, with a feruent harte and perfect fayth called vpon, wyll both liberally minister and suggest, Albeit there is no doubt, but that the holy Ghost also the Prince and a lonely master of all true Teachers, what time he is in the beginning of the sacred Sermon, with a fervent heart and perfect faith called upon, will both liberally minister and suggest, cs pc-acp vbz dx n1, cc-acp cst dt j n1 av dt n1 cc dt j n1 pp-f d j n2, r-crq n1 pns31 vbz p-acp dt n-vvg pp-f dt j n1, p-acp dt j n1 cc j n1 vvn p-acp, vmb d av-j vvi cc vvi, (29) chapter (DIV2) 1301 Image 152
3774 and also most wisely dispose and put in order, what thinges so euer are to be spoken: and also most wisely dispose and put in order, what things so ever Are to be spoken: cc av av-ds av-j vvi cc vvi p-acp n1, r-crq n2 av av vbr pc-acp vbi vvn: (29) chapter (DIV2) 1301 Image 152
3775 so farre foorth that the excellent preachers doe oft times perceyue far other matters to come into their mindes standing in the pulpit, so Far forth that the excellent Preachers do oft times perceive Far other matters to come into their minds standing in the pulpit, av av-j av cst dt j n2 vdb av n2 vvb av-j j-jn n2 pc-acp vvi p-acp po32 n2 vvg p-acp dt n1, (29) chapter (DIV2) 1301 Image 152
3776 then they had premeditated at 〈 ◊ 〉, and that the same matters vttered ex tempore the 〈 ◊ 〉 to a better yssue, then they had premeditated At 〈 ◊ 〉, and that the same matters uttered ex tempore the 〈 ◊ 〉 to a better issue, cs pns32 vhd vvn p-acp 〈 sy 〉, cc cst dt d n2 vvd fw-la fw-la dt 〈 sy 〉 pc-acp dt jc n1, (29) chapter (DIV2) 1301 Image 153
3777 and are more gredily and fruitfully receyued of the hearers, then those which they had before exactely prepared and digested. and Are more greedily and fruitfully received of the hearers, then those which they had before exactly prepared and digested. cc vbr av-dc av-j cc av-j vvn pp-f dt n2, cs d r-crq pns32 vhd a-acp av-j vvn cc vvn. (29) chapter (DIV2) 1301 Image 153
3778 Howebeit examples of Sermons in which are to bée sene simple theames godly and profitably handeled, thou maist finde in Chysostome in his fift Tome, as touching praier, fastinge, repentaunce, of which also he entreateth ther in many sermons Howbeit Examples of Sermons in which Are to been seen simple Thames godly and profitably handled, thou Mayest find in Chysostome in his fift Tome, as touching prayer, fasting, Repentance, of which also he entreateth there in many Sermons a-acp n2 pp-f n2 p-acp r-crq vbr pc-acp vbi vvn j n2 j cc av-j vvd, pns21 vm2 vvi p-acp n1 p-acp po31 ord n1, p-acp vvg n1, vvg, n1, pp-f r-crq av pns31 vvz a-acp p-acp d n2 (29) chapter (DIV2) 1302 Image 153
3779 Of his sermons touchinge gods prouidence we haue before mentioned. Of his Sermons touching God's providence we have before mentioned. pp-f po31 n2 vvg n2 n1 pns12 vhb a-acp vvn. (29) chapter (DIV2) 1303 Image 153
3780 There be besides in mennes handes certaine orations of Basilius magnus concerninge fastinge, baptisme, humilitie, thankes giuing, ire, enuye. There be beside in men's hands certain orations of Basil magnus Concerning fasting, Baptism, humility, thanks giving, ire, envy. pc-acp vbi a-acp p-acp ng2 n2 j n2 pp-f np1 fw-la vvg vvg, n1, n1, n2 vvg, n1, n1. (29) chapter (DIV2) 1304 Image 153
3781 And of Gregorius Nazianzenus, touchinge peace, & touchinge baptisme. And of Gregorius Nazianzenus, touching peace, & touching Baptism. cc pp-f np1 np1, vvg n1, cc vvg n1. (29) chapter (DIV2) 1304 Image 153
3782 I can not, but that I must needes add by the waye for the better admonishemente of the reader that a simple theame is at some times in such wise declared, that the whole tractation thereof doth passe to an other kinde of Sermon, then to the kinde didascalick. I can not, but that I must needs add by the Way for the better admonishemente of the reader that a simple theme is At Some times in such wise declared, that the Whole tractation thereof does pass to an other kind of Sermon, then to the kind Didascalick. pns11 vmb xx, cc-acp cst pns11 vmb av vvi p-acp dt n1 p-acp dt jc n1 pp-f dt n1 cst dt j n1 vbz p-acp d n2 p-acp d j vvn, cst dt j-jn n1 av vdz vvi p-acp dt j-jn n1 pp-f n1, av p-acp dt j j. (29) chapter (DIV2) 1305 Image 153
3783 Some one promiseth (peraduenture) that he will entreate of almes, but whilest hee goeth on his whole Oration is spent in exhorting and perswading, that all men woulde giue gladly to the poore. some one promises (Peradventure) that he will entreat of alms, but whilst he Goes on his Whole Oration is spent in exhorting and persuading, that all men would give gladly to the poor. d pi vvz (av) cst pns31 vmb vvi pp-f n2, cc-acp cs pns31 vvz p-acp po31 j-jn n1 vbz vvn p-acp vvg cc vvg, cst d n2 vmd vvi av-j p-acp dt j. (29) chapter (DIV2) 1306 Image 153
3784 It is certaine, that this Sermon shal more iustly be referred to the kinde Institutiue, then to the kinde didascalick. Agayne one taketh in hande to entreate of death, It is certain, that this Sermon shall more justly be referred to the kind Institutive, then to the kind Didascalick. Again one Takes in hand to entreat of death, pn31 vbz j, cst d n1 vmb av-dc av-j vbi vvn p-acp dt j j, av p-acp dt j j. av pi vvz p-acp n1 pc-acp vvi pp-f n1, (29) chapter (DIV2) 1307 Image 153
3785 but he teacheth in ye meane time that it is not to be feared of ye godly, ye the dead are not immoderatly to be lamēted May not a man say ye he comforteth more rather then teacheth? In lyke maner he ye intendeth to speake of ire, but he Teaches in you mean time that it is not to be feared of you godly, you the dead Are not immoderately to be lamented May not a man say you he comforts more rather then Teaches? In like manner he the intends to speak of ire, cc-acp pns31 vvz p-acp pn22 vvb n1 cst pn31 vbz xx pc-acp vbi vvn pp-f pn22 j, pn22 dt j vbr xx av-j pc-acp vbi vvn vmb xx dt n1 vvb pn22 pns31 vvz av-dc av-c av vvz? p-acp av-j n1 pns31 dt vvz pc-acp vvi pp-f n1, (29) chapter (DIV2) 1307 Image 153
3786 or enuy, and reproueth those vices as vehementlye as hee can, declaring that they are greatly to be abandoned of all men, there is no man (I suppose) that will not graunt hym to be occupied in the kynde Correctiue. or envy, and Reproveth those vices as vehemently as he can, declaring that they Are greatly to be abandoned of all men, there is no man (I suppose) that will not grant him to be occupied in the kind Corrective. cc n1, cc vvz d n2 c-acp av-j c-acp pns31 vmb, vvg cst pns32 vbr av-j pc-acp vbi vvn pp-f d n2, pc-acp vbz dx n1 (pns11 vvb) cst vmb xx vvi pno31 pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp dt n1 j. (29) chapter (DIV2) 1307 Image 153
3787 ¶ What the way and maner is to declare a theame compound in the kinde didascalick. Cap. IX. ¶ What the Way and manner is to declare a theme compound in the kind Didascalick. Cap. IX. ¶ q-crq dt n1 cc n1 vbz pc-acp vvi dt n1 vvi p-acp dt j n1. np1 crd. (30) chapter (DIV2) 1307 Image 153
3788 A Theame compound is then offered to bée handeled, when the state of the Sermon to bée had is declared in many wordes, A Theme compound is then offered to been handled, when the state of the Sermon to been had is declared in many words, dt n1 n1 vbz av vvn pc-acp vbi vvn, c-crq dt n1 pp-f dt n1 pc-acp vbi vhd vbz vvn p-acp d n2, (30) chapter (DIV2) 1308 Image 153
3789 & euen in a full proposition (as the Logicians vse to speake) as when we say: & even in a full proposition (as the Logicians use to speak) as when we say: cc av p-acp dt j n1 (c-acp dt n2 vvb pc-acp vvi) c-acp c-crq pns12 vvb: (30) chapter (DIV2) 1308 Image 153
3790 Christ is very God and very man, man is iustified by faith without workes, they that are iustified ought to bée giuen to good workes, the dead shall rise or reuiue againe. christ is very God and very man, man is justified by faith without works, they that Are justified ought to been given to good works, the dead shall rise or revive again. np1 vbz j np1 cc j n1, n1 vbz vvn p-acp n1 p-acp n2, pns32 cst vbr vvn pi pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp j n2, dt j vmb vvi cc vvi av. (30) chapter (DIV2) 1308 Image 153
3791 But as oft as it is required of vs, that we should expound a parte of an holy boke, But as oft as it is required of us, that we should expound a part of an holy book, cc-acp c-acp av c-acp pn31 vbz vvn pp-f pno12, cst pns12 vmd vvi dt n1 pp-f dt j n1, (30) chapter (DIV2) 1308 Image 153
3792 or also some certaine place taken out of the holy Scripture, it is by all meanes very requisite, that we expresse the state or summe of those thinges, whereof wée will entreate, in one theame compounde. or also Some certain place taken out of the holy Scripture, it is by all means very requisite, that we express the state or sum of those things, whereof we will entreat, in one theme compound. cc av d j n1 vvn av pp-f dt j n1, pn31 vbz p-acp d n2 av j, cst pns12 vvb dt n1 cc n1 pp-f d n2, c-crq pns12 vmb vvi, p-acp crd n1 vvi. (30) chapter (DIV2) 1308 Image 153
3793 And that the like thinge happeneth somtimes, when entreatie is made of an entier booke of Scripture, wée haue already by examples brought as touchinge Ecclesiastes, Cantica Salomonis, and the Gospell after Iohn, aboue declared. And that the like thing Happeneth sometimes, when entreaty is made of an entire book of Scripture, we have already by Examples brought as touching Ecclesiastes, Cantica Salomonis, and the Gospel After John, above declared. cc cst dt j n1 vvz av, c-crq n1 vbz vvn pp-f dt j n1 pp-f n1, pns12 vhb av p-acp n2 vvn p-acp vvg n2, np1 np1, cc dt n1 p-acp np1, a-acp vvn. (30) chapter (DIV2) 1308 Image 153
3794 Besides when any thinge falleth out by occasion to be talked off in the pulpit, it is necessary, that the same be propounded in a theame compounde. Beside when any thing falls out by occasion to be talked off in the pulpit, it is necessary, that the same be propounded in a theme compound. p-acp c-crq d n1 vvz av p-acp n1 pc-acp vbi vvn a-acp p-acp dt n1, pn31 vbz j, cst dt d vbb vvn p-acp dt n1 vvi. (30) chapter (DIV2) 1308 Image 153
3795 Of this sorte it is, if I say: Honger or drouth is paciently and quietly of vs to be endured: Of this sort it is, if I say: Hunger or drouth is patiently and quietly of us to be endured: pp-f d n1 pn31 vbz, cs pns11 vvb: n1 cc n1 vbz av-j cc av-jn pp-f pno12 pc-acp vbi vvn: (30) chapter (DIV2) 1309 Image 153
3796 God by his iust iudgement, sent the calamitie that fell through haile: God by his just judgement, sent the calamity that fell through hail: np1 p-acp po31 j n1, vvd dt n1 cst vvd p-acp n1: (30) chapter (DIV2) 1309 Image 153
3797 Of the one Theame Basilius Magnus most grauely entreateth of the other, Gregorius Nazianzenus. Now hereby it maye plainely appeare, that the vse of those thinges which are to bée touched in this Chapter, is of very great importance in the Church of God. Of the one Theme Basil Magnus most gravely entreateth of the other, Gregorius Nazianzenus. Now hereby it may plainly appear, that the use of those things which Are to been touched in this Chapter, is of very great importance in the Church of God. pp-f dt crd n1 np1 np1 ds av-j vvz pp-f dt n-jn, np1 np1. av av pn31 vmb av-j vvi, cst dt n1 pp-f d n2 r-crq vbr pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp d n1, vbz pp-f av j n1 p-acp dt n1 pp-f np1. (30) chapter (DIV2) 1309 Image 153
3798 In the meane time it shall be lawfull briefely to absolue these thinges, forasmuch as very many pointes doe accorde herevnto, which are sufficiently at large discussed in the former Chapters. In the mean time it shall be lawful briefly to absolve these things, forasmuch as very many points do accord hereunto, which Are sufficiently At large discussed in the former Chapters. p-acp dt j n1 pn31 vmb vbi j av-j pc-acp vvi d n2, av c-acp av d n2 vdb vvi av, r-crq vbr av-j p-acp j vvn p-acp dt j n2. (30) chapter (DIV2) 1309 Image 153
3799 I. Where if so bée therefore thou be determined, to handle a theame compounde, when a whole booke is taken in hande to be declared, I Where if so been Therefore thou be determined, to handle a theme compound, when a Whole book is taken in hand to be declared, uh c-crq cs av vbi av pns21 vbi vvn, pc-acp vvi dt n1 vvi, c-crq dt j-jn n1 vbz vvn p-acp n1 pc-acp vbi vvn, (30) chapter (DIV2) 1310 Image 154
3800 or a part out of any booke of scripture is proposed to the multitude: or a part out of any book of scripture is proposed to the multitude: cc dt n1 av pp-f d n1 pp-f n1 vbz vvn p-acp dt n1: (30) chapter (DIV2) 1310 Image 154
3801 there is no man yt seeth not, the very text of the diuine wordes which are recited in the sacred assembly, to minister and suggest by it selfe many and diuers things, which may both godly and relygiousely be vttered, there is no man that sees not, the very text of the divine words which Are recited in the sacred assembly, to minister and suggest by it self many and diverse things, which may both godly and relygiousely be uttered, pc-acp vbz dx n1 pn31 vvz xx, dt j n1 pp-f dt j-jn n2 r-crq vbr vvn p-acp dt j n1, pc-acp vvi cc vvi p-acp pn31 n1 av-d cc j n2, r-crq vmb d j cc av-j vbi vvn, (30) chapter (DIV2) 1310 Image 154
3802 and through euery part thereof be aptly dilated and amplified. and through every part thereof be aptly dilated and amplified. cc p-acp d n1 av vbi av-j vvn cc vvn. (30) chapter (DIV2) 1310 Image 154
3803 It shall then therefore be best, to imitate & followe some one of those orders of expoūding, which we haue comprised in ye 3.4.5.6. chapters of this present boke. It shall then Therefore be best, to imitate & follow Some one of those order of expounding, which we have comprised in you 3.4.5.6. Chapters of this present book. pn31 vmb av av vbi js, pc-acp vvi cc vvi d crd pp-f d n2 pp-f vvg, r-crq pns12 vhb vvn p-acp pn22 crd. n2 pp-f d j n1. (30) chapter (DIV2) 1310 Image 154
3804 II. But, where as no reading or lecture of holy Scripture ouer longe shall goe before, II But, where as not reading or lecture of holy Scripture over long shall go before, crd p-acp, c-crq c-acp xx vvg cc n1 pp-f j n1 a-acp av-j vmb vvi a-acp, (30) chapter (DIV2) 1311 Image 154
3805 but onely either a briefe sentence, or a place out of some sacred booke shall be taken in hande, but only either a brief sentence, or a place out of Some sacred book shall be taken in hand, cc-acp av-j d dt j n1, cc dt n1 av pp-f d j n1 vmb vbi vvn p-acp n1, (30) chapter (DIV2) 1311 Image 154
3806 or els no wordes at all be premised out of the scriptures: or Else no words At all be premised out of the Scriptures: cc av dx n2 p-acp d vbb vvn av pp-f dt n2: (30) chapter (DIV2) 1311 Image 154
3807 thē truely it shall be expedient thoroughly and exactly to consider all those thinges in order, which we haue in certaine obseruations comprehended, noted in the seauenth Chapter, them truly it shall be expedient thoroughly and exactly to Consider all those things in order, which we have in certain observations comprehended, noted in the Seventh Chapter, pno32 av-j pn31 vmb vbi j av-j cc av-j pc-acp vvi d d n2 p-acp n1, r-crq pns12 vhb p-acp j n2 vvn, vvn p-acp dt ord n1, (30) chapter (DIV2) 1311 Image 154
3808 as touchinge the maner of handelinge one place or sentence of scripture. For it is conuenient, that ye same consideration be had as well of a sentence, as of a theame compounde. as touching the manner of handling one place or sentence of scripture. For it is convenient, that you same consideration be had as well of a sentence, as of a theme compound. c-acp vvg dt n1 pp-f vvg pi n1 cc n1 pp-f n1. p-acp pn31 vbz j, cst pn22 d n1 vbb vhn p-acp av pp-f dt n1, c-acp pp-f dt n1 vvi. (30) chapter (DIV2) 1311 Image 154
3809 A proufe hereof is this, that oftentimes those that are purposed to declare a theame compound, doe gladly borrowe some sentence out of ye scriptures, which may be agreable to their purpose, A proof hereof is this, that oftentimes those that Are purposed to declare a theme compound, do gladly borrow Some sentence out of the Scriptures, which may be agreeable to their purpose, dt n1 av vbz d, cst av d cst vbr vvn pc-acp vvi dt n1 vvi, vdb av-j vvi d n1 av pp-f dt n2, r-crq vmb vbi j p-acp po32 n1, (30) chapter (DIV2) 1311 Image 154
3810 & doe prefixe it before their Sermon, or in any wise insert it. & do prefix it before their Sermon, or in any wise insert it. cc vdb vvi pn31 p-acp po32 n1, cc p-acp d n1 vvi pn31. (30) chapter (DIV2) 1311 Image 154
3811 The Apostle to the Romaynes 4. intendinge to proue that man is iustified by faith, taketh that sentence out of Gene. 15. Abrahā beleeued god, The Apostle to the Romans 4. intending to prove that man is justified by faith, Takes that sentence out of Gene. 15. Abrahā believed god, dt n1 p-acp dt np1 crd vvg pc-acp vvi d n1 vbz vvn p-acp n1, vvz d n1 av pp-f np1 crd np1 vvd n1, (30) chapter (DIV2) 1312 Image 154
3812 & it was imputed vnto him for rightuousnes. & it was imputed unto him for righteousness. cc pn31 vbds vvn p-acp pno31 p-acp n1. (30) chapter (DIV2) 1312 Image 154
3813 In the Epistle to the Galathians handeling the same matter, he produceth out of Geneses. 22 the promise of god made vnto Abraham: In thee, or in thy seede shal al the nations of the earth be blessed. In the Epistle to the Galatians handling the same matter, he Produceth out of Genesis. 22 the promise of god made unto Abraham: In thee, or in thy seed shall all the Nations of the earth be blessed. p-acp dt n1 p-acp dt np2 n-vvg av d n1, pns31 vvz av pp-f jp. crd dt n1 pp-f n1 vvn p-acp np1: p-acp pno21, cc p-acp po21 n1 vmb d dt n2 pp-f dt n1 vbb vvn. (30) chapter (DIV2) 1312 Image 154
3814 Moreouer in the two sayd Epistles, & in that to ye Hebrues, is prefixed a theame compounde, or briefe sentence out of ye prophet Abacuc, 2. The iust man shall liue by fayth. Moreover in the two said Epistles, & in that to you Hebrews, is prefixed a theme compound, or brief sentence out of the Prophet Habakkuk, 2. The just man shall live by faith. av p-acp dt crd j-vvn n2, cc p-acp d p-acp pn22 njp2, vbz vvn dt n1 vvi, cc j n1 av pp-f dt n1 np1, crd dt j n1 vmb vvi p-acp n1. (30) chapter (DIV2) 1312 Image 154
3815 That the same craft or cunning therfore is aptly to be applied to the tractatiō of a theame cōpound, which a litell before we shewed to be requisit to ye discussing of a sētence, That the same craft or cunning Therefore is aptly to be applied to the tractation of a theme compound, which a little before we showed to be requisite to you discussing of a sentence, cst dt d n1 cc n-jn av vbz av-j pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp dt n1 pp-f dt n1 vvi, r-crq dt j c-acp pns12 vvd pc-acp vbi j p-acp pn22 vvg pp-f dt n1, (30) chapter (DIV2) 1312 Image 154
3816 or place of holy scripture, ther is no cause why any man should doubte. or place of holy scripture, there is no cause why any man should doubt. cc n1 pp-f j n1, pc-acp vbz dx n1 q-crq d n1 vmd n1. (30) chapter (DIV2) 1312 Image 154
3817 III. And forasmuch as wée then also admonished, that it is somtime very necessary, in case a resolution of a sentence or place taken out of the Scriptures be had, III. And forasmuch as we then also admonished, that it is sometime very necessary, in case a resolution of a sentence or place taken out of the Scriptures be had, np1. cc av c-acp pns12 av av vvn, cst pn31 vbz av av j, p-acp n1 dt n1 pp-f dt n1 cc n1 vvn av pp-f dt n2 vbb vhn, (30) chapter (DIV2) 1313 Image 154
3818 and all the partes therof examined a parte, it shall be profitable also to vse the like experience in the tractation of a theame compounde. When this thinge is to be done, it shall be conuenient not onely to goe that waye to worke which we haue shewed to bee open vnto vs in the holy Scriptures, and all the parts thereof examined a part, it shall be profitable also to use the like experience in the tractation of a theme compound. When this thing is to be done, it shall be convenient not only to go that Way to work which we have showed to be open unto us in the holy Scriptures, cc d dt n2 av vvn dt n1, pn31 vmb vbi j av pc-acp vvi dt j n1 p-acp dt n1 pp-f dt n1 vvi. c-crq d n1 vbz pc-acp vbi vdn, pn31 vmb vbi j xx av-j pc-acp vvi d n1 pc-acp vvi r-crq pns12 vhb vvn pc-acp vbi j p-acp pno12 p-acp dt j n2, (30) chapter (DIV2) 1313 Image 154
3819 and that truely very excellent, but also wée shall gette furniture of teachinge both substanciall and plentious out of those thinges whiche in ye former Chapter bée of vs declared as touchinge ye explanation of simple theames. For certes ye places, which deuided into two formes or orders we shewd to be attributed to ye kinde didascalicke, doe giue occasion of deuising and finding out great and weightie thinges of euery theame that is offered. and that truly very excellent, but also we shall get furniture of teaching both substantial and plenteous out of those things which in you former Chapter been of us declared as touching the explanation of simple Thames. For certes you places, which divided into two forms or order we showed to be attributed to you kind didascalicke, do give occasion of devising and finding out great and weighty things of every theme that is offered. cc cst av-j av j, cc-acp av pns12 vmb vvi n1 pp-f vvg d j cc j av pp-f d n2 r-crq p-acp pn22 j n1 vbi pp-f pno12 vvd p-acp vvg dt n1 pp-f j n2. c-acp av pn22 n2, r-crq vvd p-acp crd n2 cc n2 pns12 vvd pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp pn22 j j, vdb vvi n1 pp-f vvg cc vvg av j cc j n2 pp-f d n1 cst vbz vvn. (30) chapter (DIV2) 1313 Image 154
3820 Wherfore wee shall not without cause require ayde and succoure of them. Wherefore we shall not without cause require aid and succour of them. c-crq pns12 vmb xx p-acp n1 vvi n1 cc n1 pp-f pno32. (30) chapter (DIV2) 1314 Image 154
3821 As touching all which thinges, here to repeate againe with many wordes, that which hath bene already sayd, would bée very superfluous. As touching all which things, Here to repeat again with many words, that which hath be already said, would been very superfluous. p-acp vvg d r-crq n2, av pc-acp vvi av p-acp d n2, cst r-crq vhz vbn av vvn, vmd vbi av j. (30) chapter (DIV2) 1314 Image 154
3822 IIII. And surely séeinge the multitude and varyetie of thinges is infinite, that are treated off in the Church, IIII. And surely seeing the multitude and varyetie of things is infinite, that Are treated off in the Church, crd. cc av-j vvg dt n1 cc n1 pp-f n2 vbz j, cst vbr vvn a-acp p-acp dt n1, (30) chapter (DIV2) 1315 Image 154
3823 so ofte as the vse and order of time doe require, there can no better counsaile or aduice be giuen, so oft as the use and order of time do require, there can no better counsel or Advice be given, av av c-acp dt n1 cc n1 pp-f n1 vdb vvi, pc-acp vmb dx jc n1 cc n1 vbb vvn, (30) chapter (DIV2) 1315 Image 154
3824 then that euery man haue a speciall regarde vnto their Sermons, which haue most aptely and holily handeled theames compound, and that he endeuour so far forth as lieth in him to render and expresse in his sermons that which he perceyueth to haue most force and grace in them. then that every man have a special regard unto their Sermons, which have most aptly and holily handled Thames compound, and that he endeavour so Far forth as lies in him to render and express in his Sermons that which he perceiveth to have most force and grace in them. av cst d n1 vhb dt j n1 p-acp po32 n2, r-crq vhb av-ds av-j cc av-j vvd n2 vvi, cc cst pns31 n1 av av-j av c-acp vvz p-acp pno31 pc-acp vvi cc vvi p-acp po31 n2 cst r-crq pns31 vvz pc-acp vhi ds n1 cc n1 p-acp pno32. (30) chapter (DIV2) 1315 Image 154
3825 Such Sermons are with great care and exacte iudgement to be pervsed, to ye intente thou maist examaine euery thinge occurrent in them, Such Sermons Are with great care and exact judgement to be perused, to the intent thou Mayest examaine every thing occurrent in them, d n2 vbr p-acp j n1 cc vvb n1 pc-acp vbi vvn, p-acp dt n1 pns21 vm2 vvi d n1 j p-acp pno32, (30) chapter (DIV2) 1315 Image 154
3826 and that which is best to bee liked choycely digest and put in order as things to be adioyned to thy household stuffe, and that which is best to be liked choicely digest and put in order as things to be adjoined to thy household stuff, cc cst r-crq vbz js pc-acp vbi vvn av-j vvi cc vvi p-acp n1 c-acp n2 pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp po21 n1 n1, (30) chapter (DIV2) 1315 Image 154
3827 & to be vsurped as thine owne when time and occasion shall serue. To make any futher declaration it is not necessary. & to be usurped as thine own when time and occasion shall serve. To make any further declaration it is not necessary. cc pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp po21 d c-crq n1 cc n1 vmb vvi. p-acp vvi d av-jc n1 pn31 vbz xx j. (30) chapter (DIV2) 1315 Image 154
3828 But examples wherein theames compounde of the kinde didascalick are most learnedly explaned, these inespecially be commended in the sacred Scriptures. But Examples wherein Thames compound of the kind Didascalick Are most learnedly explained, these inespecially be commended in the sacred Scriptures. p-acp n2 c-crq n2 vvi pp-f dt j j vbr av-ds av-j vvn, d av-j vbb vvn p-acp dt j n2. (30) chapter (DIV2) 1316 Image 155
3829 In the Epistle to the Romaynes the Apostle declareth at large, that men are iustified by faith without the workes of the lawe. In the Epistle to the Romans the Apostle Declareth At large, that men Are justified by faith without the works of the law. p-acp dt n1 p-acp dt np1 dt n1 vvz p-acp j, cst n2 vbr vvn p-acp n1 p-acp dt n2 pp-f dt n1. (30) chapter (DIV2) 1316 Image 155
3830 Againe cap. 9.10.11. That ye Iewes are reiected of god, and the Gentiles called, to be the people or Church of God. Again cap. 9.10.11. That you Iewes Are rejected of god, and the Gentiles called, to be the people or Church of God. av n1. crd. cst pn22 npg1 vbr vvn pp-f n1, cc dt n2-j vvn, pc-acp vbi dt n1 cc n1 pp-f np1. (30) chapter (DIV2) 1316 Image 155
3831 In the first Epistle to the Corinthes cap. 15. it is proued by stronge argumentes that the deade doe all rise or reuiue againe. In the First Epistle to the Corinthians cap. 15. it is proved by strong Arguments that the dead do all rise or revive again. p-acp dt ord n1 p-acp dt njpg2 n1. crd pn31 vbz vvn p-acp j n2 cst dt j vdb d vvi cc vvi av. (30) chapter (DIV2) 1316 Image 155
3832 In the Epistle to the Galathyans, it is againe confirmed, that men are iustified by fayth without the workes of the lawe, in the last part of the second Chapter, In the Epistle to the Galatians, it is again confirmed, that men Are justified by faith without the works of the law, in the last part of the second Chapter, p-acp dt n1 p-acp dt npg1, pn31 vbz av vvn, cst n2 vbr vvn p-acp n1 p-acp dt n2 pp-f dt n1, p-acp dt ord n1 pp-f dt ord n1, (30) chapter (DIV2) 1316 Image 155
3833 and also in the 3.4. and some parte of the 5. Chapters. and also in the 3.4. and Some part of the 5. Chapters. cc av p-acp dt crd. cc d n1 pp-f dt crd n2. (30) chapter (DIV2) 1316 Image 155
3834 In the Epistle to the Ephesians Thapostle teacheth in thrée Chapters, that men by the onely grace of God in Christ, are elected, called, iustified, and glorified. In the Epistle to the Ephesians The apostle Teaches in thrée Chapters, that men by the only grace of God in christ, Are elected, called, justified, and glorified. p-acp dt n1 p-acp dt np1 np1 vvz p-acp crd n2, cst n2 p-acp dt j n1 pp-f np1 p-acp np1, vbr vvn, vvn, vvn, cc vvn. (30) chapter (DIV2) 1316 Image 155
3835 The author of the Epistle to the Hebrues in two Chapters declareth with wonderfull perspicuitye, that Christ is true God, and true man. The author of the Epistle to the Hebrews in two Chapters Declareth with wonderful perspicuity, that christ is true God, and true man. dt n1 pp-f dt n1 p-acp dt njp2 p-acp crd n2 vvz p-acp j n1, cst np1 vbz j np1, cc j n1. (30) chapter (DIV2) 1317 Image 155
3836 In the same Epistle cap. 7.8.9.10. out of one sentence of scripture are drawen fower distinct theames compounde, and euery one of thē is with certaine and assured reasons established and explaned: In the same Epistle cap. 7.8.9.10. out of one sentence of scripture Are drawn fower distinct Thames compound, and every one of them is with certain and assured Reasons established and explained: p-acp dt d n1 n1. crd. av pp-f crd n1 pp-f n1 vbr vvn crd j n2 vvi, cc d crd pp-f pno32 vbz p-acp j cc j-vvn n2 vvn cc vvn: (30) chapter (DIV2) 1318 Image 155
3837 whereof the first is, that Christ is a preist after the order of Melchisedec: the second, that the priesthode of Christ is farre more excellent then the priesthod of Aron or Leuiticus: the thyrde, that by the priesthod of Christ the Aaronicall priesthod is abolished: whereof the First is, that christ is a priest After the order of Melchizedek: the second, that the priesthood of christ is Far more excellent then the priesthood of Aron or Leviticus: the Third, that by the priesthood of christ the Aaronical priesthood is abolished: c-crq dt ord vbz, cst np1 vbz dt n1 p-acp dt n1 pp-f np1: dt ord, cst dt n1 pp-f np1 vbz av-j av-dc j cs dt n1 pp-f np1 cc np1: dt ord, cst p-acp dt n1 pp-f np1 dt j n1 vbz vvn: (30) chapter (DIV2) 1318 Image 155
3838 the fourth, that by the priesthod of Christ the olde ceremonies, sacrifices, and euen the lawe it selfe doe take an ende. the fourth, that by the priesthood of christ the old ceremonies, Sacrifices, and even the law it self do take an end. dt ord, cst p-acp dt n1 pp-f np1 dt j n2, n2, cc av-j dt n1 pn31 n1 vdz vvi dt n1. (30) chapter (DIV2) 1318 Image 155
3839 In déede I must nedes confesse, that the sayde Epistles are not writen in the popular kinde of teaching, In deed I must needs confess, that the said Epistles Are not written in the popular kind of teaching, p-acp n1 pns11 vmb av vvi, cst dt j-vvn n2 vbr xx vvn p-acp dt j n1 pp-f vvg, (30) chapter (DIV2) 1319 Image 155
3840 but it is vndoubtedly to be graunted, that in them maye be noted such a trade and maner of collectinge argumentes and proufes, but it is undoubtedly to be granted, that in them may be noted such a trade and manner of collecting Arguments and proofs, cc-acp pn31 vbz av-j pc-acp vbi vvn, cst p-acp pno32 vmb vbi vvn d dt n1 cc n1 pp-f vvg n2 cc n2, (30) chapter (DIV2) 1319 Image 155
3841 and likewise such a disposition of thinges, as is to be founde in no other bookes of scripture beside. and likewise such a disposition of things, as is to be found in no other books of scripture beside. cc av d dt n1 pp-f n2, c-acp vbz pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp dx j-jn n2 pp-f n1 a-acp. (30) chapter (DIV2) 1319 Image 155
3842 Therfore euen for this cause do we here worthily cōmend and set foorthe the examples conteyned in them, where we haue appointed to entreate of inuention and disposition. As for the Sermons of Christ and the prophetes, we haue out of them shewed some examples already in the seconde Chapter of this present booke. Therefore even for this cause do we Here worthily commend and Set forth the Examples contained in them, where we have appointed to entreat of invention and disposition. As for the Sermons of christ and the Prophets, we have out of them showed Some Examples already in the seconde Chapter of this present book. av av-j p-acp d n1 vdb pns12 av av-j vvi cc vvi av dt n2 vvn p-acp pno32, c-crq pns12 vhb vvn pc-acp vvi pp-f n1 cc n1. c-acp p-acp dt n2 pp-f np1 cc dt n2, pns12 vhb av pp-f pno32 vvd d n2 av p-acp dt ord n1 pp-f d j n1. (30) chapter (DIV2) 1320 Image 155
3843 Out of Chrisostom Tome 5. may be added these sermons entituled thus: that Christian ought to leade a holy and vertuous life. Out of Chrysostom Tome 5. may be added these Sermons entitled thus: that Christian ought to lead a holy and virtuous life. av pp-f np1 np1 crd vmb vbi vvn d n2 vvn av: cst np1 vmd p-acp vvi dt j cc j n1. (30) chapter (DIV2) 1320 Image 155
3844 That we must doe well in the least thinges. That a Christian man ought with great endeuour to tender Gods glory. That we must do well in the least things. That a Christian man ought with great endeavour to tender God's glory. cst pns12 vmb vdi av p-acp dt ds n2. cst dt njp n1 vmd p-acp j n1 p-acp j ng1 n1. (30) chapter (DIV2) 1321 Image 155
3845 That it behoueth euery man to be carefull for his owne saluation. That it behooves every man to be careful for his own salvation. cst pn31 vvz d n1 pc-acp vbi j p-acp po31 d n1. (30) chapter (DIV2) 1321 Image 155
3846 That their trespasses are to be remitted that haue offended vs. That the remembraunce of sinnes past doth much profit. That their Trespasses Are to be remitted that have offended us That the remembrance of Sins past does much profit. d po32 n2 vbr pc-acp vbi vvn cst vhb vvn pno12 d dt n1 pp-f n2 j vdz d n1. (30) chapter (DIV2) 1321 Image 155
3847 How we should communicate the sacred misteries. That we ought with all kinde of duties to giue thankes vnto God. How we should communicate the sacred Mysteres. That we ought with all kind of duties to give thanks unto God. c-crq pns12 vmd vvi dt j n2. cst pns12 vmd p-acp d n1 pp-f n2 pc-acp vvi n2 p-acp np1. (30) chapter (DIV2) 1321 Image 155
3848 That loue doth direct and accomplishe all thinges. That we ought to loue euen our enemies, that persecute vs. That love does Direct and accomplish all things. That we ought to love even our enemies, that persecute us cst n1 vdz vvi cc vvi d n2. cst pns12 vmd pc-acp vvi av po12 n2, cst vvi pno12 (30) chapter (DIV2) 1321 Image 155
3849 But it behoueth not the younge beginners, for whom we haue writen these thinges, to be accombred and ouercharged with the multitude of examples. But it behooves not the young beginners, for whom we have written these things, to be accombred and overcharged with the multitude of Examples. p-acp pn31 vvz xx dt j n2, p-acp ro-crq pns12 vhb vvn d n2, pc-acp vbi vvn cc vvn p-acp dt n1 pp-f n2. (30) chapter (DIV2) 1322 Image 155
3850 Hitherto haue we procéeded touching the diuers formes of Sermons in one and the same kinde Didascalick, in the tractation whereof like as with singuler fidelitye, Hitherto have we proceeded touching the diverse forms of Sermons in one and the same kind Didascalick, in the tractation whereof like as with singular Fidis, av vhb pns12 vvn vvg dt j n2 pp-f n2 p-acp crd cc dt d j j, p-acp dt n1 c-crq av-j a-acp p-acp j n1, (30) chapter (DIV2) 1323 Image 155
3851 so also with great diligence and industrie haue we specified those thinges, which we supposed were most profitable for our purpose. so also with great diligence and industry have we specified those things, which we supposed were most profitable for our purpose. av av p-acp j n1 cc n1 vhb pns12 vvd d n2, r-crq pns12 vvd vbdr av-ds j p-acp po12 n1. (30) chapter (DIV2) 1323 Image 155
3852 We haue in déede bene the longer herein, partely that we might make all thinges plaine and easye, We have in deed bene the longer herein, partly that we might make all things plain and easy, pns12 vhb p-acp n1 fw-la dt jc av, av cst pns12 vmd vvi d n2 j cc j, (30) chapter (DIV2) 1323 Image 155
3853 and partely least we shoulde of necessitie be compelled (to our great griefe) to repeate againe the same thinges in the discourses following. and partly lest we should of necessity be compelled (to our great grief) to repeat again the same things in the discourses following. cc av cs pns12 vmd pp-f n1 vbb vvn (p-acp po12 j n1) pc-acp vvi av dt d n2 p-acp dt n2 vvg. (30) chapter (DIV2) 1323 Image 155
3854 For certes that in euery kinde of Sermons, so ofte as the cace requireth, one while the partes and manifold readinges of the sacred bookes, For certes that in every kind of Sermons, so oft as the case requires, one while the parts and manifold readings of the sacred books, p-acp av cst p-acp d n1 pp-f n2, av av c-acp dt n1 vvz, crd n1 dt n2 cc j n2-vvg pp-f dt j n2, (30) chapter (DIV2) 1323 Image 155
3855 an other while some sentence or certaine place out of ye Scriptures, moreouer somwhile simple theames, somtimes theames compounde are expoūded & declared, there is no man that is ignorant. an other while Some sentence or certain place out of the Scriptures, moreover somewhile simple Thames, sometimes Thames compound Are expounded & declared, there is no man that is ignorant. dt n-jn cs d n1 cc j n1 av pp-f dt n2, av av j n2, av n2 vvi vbr vvn cc vvn, pc-acp vbz dx n1 cst vbz j. (30) chapter (DIV2) 1323 Image 155
3856 And whosoeuer he be that hath now already rightly conceyued, what ought to bée done in euery forme of sermon in the kinde didascalick, he shall easely vnderstande, what is likewise to be done in the other kindes of Sermons, of which we will nowe take in hande to speake. And whosoever he be that hath now already rightly conceived, what ought to been done in every Form of sermon in the kind Didascalick, he shall Easily understand, what is likewise to be done in the other Kinds of Sermons, of which we will now take in hand to speak. cc c-crq pns31 vbb cst vhz av av av-jn vvn, r-crq vmd pc-acp vbi vdn p-acp d n1 pp-f n1 p-acp dt j j, pns31 vmb av-j vvi, q-crq vbz av pc-acp vbi vdn p-acp dt j-jn n2 pp-f n2, pp-f r-crq pns12 vmb av vvi p-acp n1 pc-acp vvi. (30) chapter (DIV2) 1323 Image 156
3857 For in case thou doest except the palces of inuention, and also ye cantions proper to euery kinde, the order and proportion of all the kindes will in a maner be all one. For in case thou dost except the palces of invention, and also you cantions proper to every kind, the order and proportion of all the Kinds will in a manner be all one. p-acp p-acp n1 pns21 vd2 vvi dt fw-la pp-f n1, cc av pn22 n2 j p-acp d n1, dt n1 cc n1 pp-f d dt n2 vmb p-acp dt n1 vbb d crd. (30) chapter (DIV2) 1323 Image 156
3858 ¶ With what great care and industry it is to be prouyded, that those things which are alleadged in the sermon out of the fountaines of the scriptures or from any other place, may skilfully & accordingely be applied to the matters present. cap. x. ¶ With what great care and industry it is to be provided, that those things which Are alleged in the sermon out of the fountains of the Scriptures or from any other place, may skilfully & accordingly be applied to the matters present. cap. x. ¶ p-acp r-crq j n1 cc n1 pn31 vbz pc-acp vbi vvn, cst d n2 r-crq vbr vvd p-acp dt n1 av pp-f dt n2 pp-f dt n2 cc p-acp d j-jn n1, vmb av-j cc av-vvg vbi vvn p-acp dt n2 j. n1. crd. (31) chapter (DIV2) 1323 Image 156
3859 THat which shall now bée spoken off, will profit much as well vnto ye thinges, that haue bene hitherto touched, THat which shall now been spoken off, will profit much as well unto you things, that have be hitherto touched, cst r-crq vmb av vbi vvn a-acp, vmb vvi d c-acp av p-acp pn22 n2, cst vhb vbn av vvn, (31) chapter (DIV2) 1324 Image 156
3860 as also vnto those thinges that remaine, & may worthily be accounted amonge the chiefe and principall vertues of a faithfull teacher. as also unto those things that remain, & may worthily be accounted among the chief and principal Virtues of a faithful teacher. c-acp av p-acp d n2 cst vvb, cc vmb av-j vbi vvn p-acp dt j-jn cc j-jn n2 pp-f dt j n1. (31) chapter (DIV2) 1324 Image 156
3861 That is this, that all those to whom it appertayneth to enstructe the multitude, doe with great care and diligence endeuoure themselues, cunningely and aptely to aplie those thinges which they in their Sermon produce out of the fountaines of the Scriptures, That is this, that all those to whom it appertaineth to enstructe the multitude, do with great care and diligence endeavour themselves, cunningly and aptly to aplie those things which they in their Sermon produce out of the fountains of the Scriptures, cst vbz d, cst d d p-acp ro-crq pn31 vvz pc-acp vvi dt n1, vdb p-acp j n1 cc n1 vvb px32, av-jn cc av-j p-acp av-j d n2 r-crq pns32 p-acp po32 n1 vvi av pp-f dt n2 pp-f dt n2, (31) chapter (DIV2) 1324 Image 156
3862 or from anye other where, either for proofe, or illustratinge of their cause, to ye present state of things and matters incident. or from any other where, either for proof, or illustrating of their cause, to you present state of things and matters incident. cc p-acp d n-jn c-crq, av-d p-acp n1, cc vvg pp-f po32 n1, p-acp pn22 j n1 pp-f n2 cc n2 j. (31) chapter (DIV2) 1324 Image 156
3863 For verily that it is by all meanes to be prouided and foreséene, that nothinge, harde, wrested, For verily that it is by all means to be provided and foreseen, that nothing, harden, wrested, p-acp av-j cst pn31 vbz p-acp d n2 pc-acp vbi vvn cc vvn, cst pix, j, vvn, (31) chapter (DIV2) 1324 Image 156
3864 or in any wise far fet, be alledged out of the scriptures, when we intend to stablish the doctrine of faith, or in any wise Far fetched, be alleged out of the Scriptures, when we intend to establish the Doctrine of faith, cc p-acp d n1 av-j vvn, vbb vvn av pp-f dt n2, c-crq pns12 vvb pc-acp vvi dt n1 pp-f n1, (31) chapter (DIV2) 1324 Image 156
3865 or a principle of our religion, I suppose there is no man that knoweth not. or a principle of our Religion, I suppose there is no man that Knoweth not. cc dt n1 pp-f po12 n1, pns11 vvb pc-acp vbz dx n1 cst vvz xx. (31) chapter (DIV2) 1324 Image 156
3866 And certes our desire is not onely to admonish the godly sorte of this, but we aduertise thē also, ye a speciall diligence ought to be emploied in this, ye the testimony which is founde now fully •o agrée with ye busines in hande, be with an apte forme of wordes declared, to be as fitte and correspondent therevnto, as if the diuine author out of whom it is borrowed, had first purposely spoken of the very same matter. And certes our desire is not only to admonish the godly sort of this, but we advertise them also, you a special diligence ought to be employed in this, you the testimony which is found now Fully •o agree with you business in hand, be with an apt Form of words declared, to be as fit and correspondent thereunto, as if the divine author out of whom it is borrowed, had First purposely spoken of the very same matter. cc av po12 n1 vbz xx av-j pc-acp vvi dt j n1 pp-f d, cc-acp pns12 vvi pno32 av, pn22 dt j n1 vmd pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp d, pn22 dt n1 r-crq vbz vvn av av-j vdb vvi p-acp pn22 n1 p-acp n1, vbb p-acp dt j n1 pp-f n2 vvn, pc-acp vbi p-acp n1 cc j av, c-acp cs dt j-jn n1 av pp-f r-crq pn31 vbz vvn, vhd ord av-j vvn pp-f dt j d n1. (31) chapter (DIV2) 1324 Image 156
3867 And doubtles we sée some, whē as they vtter a prophesie, a promise, threatening, graue sentence, And doubtless we see Some, when as they utter a prophesy, a promise, threatening, graven sentence, cc av-j pns12 vvb d, c-crq c-acp pns32 vvb dt vvb, dt n1, vvg, j n1, (31) chapter (DIV2) 1324 Image 156
3868 or a notable example out of the canonicall scriptures, to expresse it with such comelines and decencye of speache, or a notable Exampl out of the canonical Scriptures, to express it with such comeliness and decency of speech, cc dt j n1 av pp-f dt j n2, pc-acp vvi pn31 p-acp d n1 cc n1 pp-f n1, (31) chapter (DIV2) 1324 Image 156
3869 and so to apply it to the present state of thinges, and euen present it (as ye would saye) to the eyes and senses, that the hearers are compelled to iudge, and so to apply it to the present state of things, and even present it (as you would say) to the eyes and Senses, that the hearers Are compelled to judge, cc av pc-acp vvi pn31 p-acp dt j n1 pp-f n2, cc av vvb pn31 (c-acp pn22 vmd vvi) p-acp dt n2 cc n2, cst dt n2 vbr vvn pc-acp vvi, (31) chapter (DIV2) 1324 Image 156
3870 and not vnwillingly to confesse, that the same thing was longe agoe spoken or writen, for their sakes, and especially of their times: and not unwillingly to confess, that the same thing was long ago spoken or written, for their sakes, and especially of their times: cc xx av-j pc-acp vvi, cst dt d n1 vbds av-j av vvn cc vvn, p-acp po32 n2, cc av-j pp-f po32 n2: (31) chapter (DIV2) 1324 Image 156
3871 neither can it be tolde, how greatly good men are delighted in their mindes, if at any time they chaunce to here some one excelling in this craft. neither can it be told, how greatly good men Are delighted in their minds, if At any time they chance to Here Some one excelling in this craft. av-dx vmb pn31 vbi vvn, c-crq av-j j n2 vbr vvn p-acp po32 n2, cs p-acp d n1 pns32 vvb p-acp av d pi vvg p-acp d n1. (31) chapter (DIV2) 1324 Image 156
3872 And in déed all Preachers for the most part doe after one and ye same manar goe about to apply ye places of scripture to ye peculiar affaires of their owne church, And in deed all Preachers for the most part do After one and you same manar go about to apply you places of scripture to you peculiar affairs of their own Church, cc p-acp n1 d n2 p-acp dt av-ds n1 vdb p-acp crd cc pn22 d n1 vvi a-acp pc-acp vvi pn22 n2 pp-f n1 p-acp pn22 j n2 pp-f po32 d n1, (31) chapter (DIV2) 1324 Image 156
3873 but they do it not in any cace we like successe. but they do it not in any case we like success. cc-acp pns32 vdb pn31 xx p-acp d n1 pns12 vvb n1. (31) chapter (DIV2) 1324 Image 156
3874 Wherfore if we sée any in this behalfe to surmount the reside we, we must needes interprete it to come to passe by the singuler gift of the holy ghost. Wherefore if we see any in this behalf to surmount the reside we, we must needs interpret it to come to pass by the singular gift of the holy ghost. q-crq cs pns12 vvb d p-acp d n1 pc-acp vvi dt vvi pns12, pns12 vmb av vvi pn31 pc-acp vvi pc-acp vvi p-acp dt j n1 pp-f dt j n1. (31) chapter (DIV2) 1324 Image 156
3875 Which thing séeing it is so, we with very good right exhort all the ministers of gods word, yt they would with all their power & enforcement apply themselues vnto this point, Which thing seeing it is so, we with very good right exhort all the Ministers of God's word, that they would with all their power & enforcement apply themselves unto this point, r-crq n1 vvg pn31 vbz av, pns12 p-acp av j n-jn vvb d dt n2 pp-f n2 n1, pn31 pns32 vmd p-acp d po32 n1 cc n1 vvb px32 p-acp d n1, (31) chapter (DIV2) 1324 Image 156
3876 and craue of god their heauenly father yt he would vouchsafe to giue thē his holy spirite, which may enstruct thē in all thinges. and crave of god their heavenly father that he would vouchsafe to give them his holy Spirit, which may enstruct them in all things. cc vvi pp-f n1 po32 j n1 pn31 pns31 vmd vvi pc-acp vvi pno32 po31 j n1, r-crq vmb vvi pno32 p-acp d n2. (31) chapter (DIV2) 1324 Image 156
3877 There are found in ye sacred scriptures some formes of such applications, if not described wt many wordes, There Are found in you sacred Scriptures Some forms of such applications, if not described with many words, pc-acp vbr vvn p-acp pn22 j n2 d n2 pp-f d n2, cs xx vvn p-acp d n2, (31) chapter (DIV2) 1324 Image 156
3878 yet right worthy to be of vs exactly obserued, and studiously followed. yet right worthy to be of us exactly observed, and studiously followed. av av-jn j pc-acp vbi pp-f pno12 av-j vvn, cc av-j vvn. (31) chapter (DIV2) 1324 Image 156
3879 For they enforced me by their grauitye & importaūce, yt I should thinke it expedient, to put those that will teache in ye church in remēbraunce of them. For they Enforced me by their gravity & importance, that I should think it expedient, to put those that will teach in you Church in remembrance of them. p-acp pns32 vvd pno11 p-acp po32 n1 cc n1, pn31 pns11 vmd vvi pn31 j, pc-acp vvi d cst vmb vvi p-acp pn22 n1 p-acp n1 pp-f pno32. (31) chapter (DIV2) 1324 Image 156
3880 Our sauiour Christ the prince of all preachers entred accordinge to his custome on the sabboth day into ye sinagog, and stoode vp to reade. Our Saviour christ the Prince of all Preachers entered according to his custom on the Sabbath day into you Synagogue, and stood up to read. po12 n1 np1 dt n1 pp-f d n2 vvd vvg p-acp po31 n1 p-acp dt n1 n1 p-acp pn22 n1, cc vvd a-acp pc-acp vvi. (31) chapter (DIV2) 1324 Image 156
3881 And there was deliuered vnto him the boke of ye prophet Esay. And when he had vnfoulded ye booke, he found ye place where it was writen: And there was Delivered unto him the book of the Prophet Isaiah. And when he had unfolded you book, he found you place where it was written: cc a-acp vbds vvn p-acp pno31 dt n1 pp-f dt n1 np1. cc c-crq pns31 vhd vvn pn22 n1, pns31 vvd pn22 n1 c-crq pn31 vbds vvn: (31) chapter (DIV2) 1324 Image 156
3882 The spirite of the Lorde is vppon me, and therefore he hath annointed mee, &c. Wherevpon he began to say vnto them: The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, and Therefore he hath anointed me, etc. Whereupon he began to say unto them: dt n1 pp-f dt n1 vbz p-acp pno11, cc av pns31 vhz vvn pno11, av c-crq pns31 vvd pc-acp vvi p-acp pno32: (31) chapter (DIV2) 1324 Image 156
3883 This day is this scripture fulfilled in your eares. This day is this scripture fulfilled in your ears. d n1 vbz d n1 vvn p-acp po22 n2. (31) chapter (DIV2) 1324 Image 156
3884 In which place Christ vndoubtedly did with manye wordes apply the oracle of the prophet vnto that time, In which place christ undoubtedly did with many words apply the oracle of the Prophet unto that time, p-acp r-crq n1 np1 av-j vdd p-acp d n2 vvi dt n1 pp-f dt n1 p-acp d n1, (31) chapter (DIV2) 1325 Image 157
3885 as it was also conuenient, to the intent all men might clerely vnderstande, that Esay prophesied simply & without any ambiguitie of Christ himselfe, as it was also convenient, to the intent all men might clearly understand, that Isaiah prophesied simply & without any ambiguity of christ himself, c-acp pn31 vbds av j, p-acp dt n1 d n2 vmd av-j vvi, cst np1 vvd av-j cc p-acp d n1 pp-f np1 px31, (31) chapter (DIV2) 1325 Image 157
3886 and of that very state of thinges which then was. and of that very state of things which then was. cc pp-f d j n1 pp-f n2 r-crq av vbds. (31) chapter (DIV2) 1325 Image 157
3887 And albeit ye applicatiō as Christ did exhibit it, be not committed to writinge, but onely the summe or state thereof expressed, And albeit you application as christ did exhibit it, be not committed to writing, but only the sum or state thereof expressed, cc cs pn22 n1 c-acp np1 vdd vvi pn31, vbb xx vvn p-acp n1, cc-acp av-j dt n1 cc n1 av vvn, (31) chapter (DIV2) 1325 Image 157
3888 yet that it was very fitly and congruently prepared, it appereth sufficiently by the wordes that the Euangelist addeth. yet that it was very fitly and congruently prepared, it appeareth sufficiently by the words that the Evangelist adds. av cst pn31 vbds av av-j cc av-j vvn, pn31 vvz av-j p-acp dt n2 cst dt np1 vvz. (31) chapter (DIV2) 1325 Image 157
3889 And all, saith he, gaue witnes vnto him, and marueled at the grace of his wordes, which proceeded out of his mouth. And all, Says he, gave witness unto him, and marveled At the grace of his words, which proceeded out of his Mouth. cc d, vvz pns31, vvd n1 p-acp pno31, cc vvd p-acp dt n1 pp-f po31 n2, r-crq vvd av pp-f po31 n1. (31) chapter (DIV2) 1326 Image 157
3890 Moreouer when the vngodly scoffers and deriders harde the Apostles speake with diuers tongues, they were not ashamed to say, that Thapostles were droncke and ouerladen with wine. Moreover when the ungodly scoffers and deriders harden the Apostles speak with diverse tongues, they were not ashamed to say, that Apostles were drunk and overladen with wine. av c-crq dt j n2 cc n2 av-j dt n2 vvb p-acp j n2, pns32 vbdr xx j pc-acp vvi, cst n2 vbdr vvn cc vvn p-acp n1. (31) chapter (DIV2) 1326 Image 157
3891 But Peter remoueth ye vice of dronkēnes both from himselfe and from the rest of the Apostles, But Peter Removeth you vice of Drunkenness both from himself and from the rest of the Apostles, p-acp np1 vvz pn22 n1 pp-f n1 av-d p-acp px31 cc p-acp dt n1 pp-f dt n2, (31) chapter (DIV2) 1327 Image 157
3892 and as the case then required, interpreteth the prediction of Ioell the prophet to be fulfilled. and as the case then required, interpreteth the prediction of Joel the Prophet to be fulfilled. cc p-acp dt n1 av vvn, vvz dt n1 pp-f np1 dt n1 pc-acp vbi vvn. (31) chapter (DIV2) 1327 Image 157
3893 These are not droncke, as yee doe suppose, seeing it is but the thirde hower of the daye, These Are not drunk, as ye do suppose, seeing it is but the Third hour of the day, d vbr xx vvn, c-acp pn22 vdb vvi, vvg pn31 vbz p-acp dt ord n1 pp-f dt n1, (31) chapter (DIV2) 1327 Image 157
3894 but this it is, that was spoken by the prophet Ioel: but this it is, that was spoken by the Prophet Joel: cc-acp d pn31 vbz, cst vbds vvn p-acp dt n1 np1: (31) chapter (DIV2) 1327 Image 157
3895 And it shall bee in the later daies, sayth God, I will poure out my spirit vppon all fleshe &c. And it shall be in the later days, say God, I will pour out my Spirit upon all Flesh etc. cc pn31 vmb vbi p-acp dt jc n2, vvz np1, pns11 vmb vvi av po11 n1 p-acp d n1 av (31) chapter (DIV2) 1327 Image 157
3896 And so a litle after he applyeth them vnto those thinges that had happened, sayinge: Yee men of Israell, here these wordes: And so a little After he Applieth them unto those things that had happened, saying: Ye men of Israel, Here these words: cc av dt j c-acp pns31 vvz pno32 p-acp d n2 cst vhd vvn, vvg: pn22 n2 pp-f np1, av d n2: (31) chapter (DIV2) 1328 Image 157
3897 Iesus of Nazareth a man approued of God among you in miracles, in signes and wonders, which God did by him in the middest of you, Iesus of Nazareth a man approved of God among you in Miracles, in Signs and wonders, which God did by him in the midst of you, np1 pp-f np1 dt n1 vvn pp-f np1 p-acp pn22 p-acp n2, p-acp n2 cc n2, r-crq np1 vdd p-acp pno31 p-acp dt n1 pp-f pn22, (31) chapter (DIV2) 1328 Image 157
3898 as you your selues also know, him by the determinate counsell &c. And againe: as you your selves also know, him by the determinate counsel etc. And again: c-acp pn22 po22 n2 av vvb, pno31 p-acp dt j n1 av cc av: (31) chapter (DIV2) 1328 Image 157
3899 Hee beinge therefore axalted on the right hande of God, and hauinge receyued of his father the promise of the holy ghost, hath shed forth this, which ye now see & heare &c. He being Therefore axalted on the right hand of God, and having received of his father the promise of the holy ghost, hath shed forth this, which you now see & hear etc. pns31 vbg av vvn p-acp dt j-jn n1 pp-f np1, cc vhg vvn pp-f po31 n1 dt n1 pp-f dt j n1, vhz vvn av d, r-crq pn22 av vvi cc vvi av (31) chapter (DIV2) 1328 Image 157
3900 But least any man should obiecte and saye that those prophesies were in such sort vttered in times past of Esay and Ioel, as that they could not be expounded of any other thinges then those ye happened in ye time of Christ, I will produce other examples that stretche further, But lest any man should Object and say that those prophecies were in such sort uttered in times past of Isaiah and Joel, as that they could not be expounded of any other things then those you happened in you time of christ, I will produce other Examples that stretch further, cc-acp cs d n1 vmd n1 cc vvb cst d n2 vbdr p-acp d n1 vvn p-acp n2 j pp-f np1 cc np1, p-acp cst pns32 vmd xx vbi vvn pp-f d j-jn n2 av d pn22 vvd p-acp pn22 n1 pp-f np1, pns11 vmb vvi j-jn n2 cst vvi av-jc, (31) chapter (DIV2) 1329 Image 157
3901 and may not vnaptly be referred to all times. and may not unaptly be referred to all times. cc vmb xx av-j vbi vvn p-acp d n2. (31) chapter (DIV2) 1329 Image 157
3902 Saint Paule entending to shew how that men are iustifyed by faith without the workes of the law, taketh a most strong and valyaunt reason of the example of Abraham, whom the scripture pronounceth to be iustified by faith, saying: Saint Paul intending to show how that men Are justified by faith without the works of the law, Takes a most strong and valiant reason of the Exampl of Abraham, whom the scripture pronounceth to be justified by faith, saying: n1 np1 vvg pc-acp vvi c-crq d n2 vbr vvn p-acp n1 p-acp dt n2 pp-f dt n1, vvz dt av-ds j cc j n1 pp-f dt n1 pp-f np1, ro-crq dt n1 vvz pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp n1, vvg: (31) chapter (DIV2) 1330 Image 157
3903 Abraham beleeued in God, & it was counted vnto him for rightuousnes. Abraham believed in God, & it was counted unto him for righteousness. np1 vvd p-acp np1, cc pn31 vbds vvn p-acp pno31 p-acp n1. (31) chapter (DIV2) 1330 Image 157
3904 And after diuers & sundry reasons deduced out of the same testimonye, he applyeth the very order of iustification to all sorts of men vniuersally of euery age and time in these words: And After diverse & sundry Reasons deduced out of the same testimony, he Applieth the very order of justification to all sorts of men universally of every age and time in these words: cc p-acp j cc j n2 vvn av pp-f dt d n1, pns31 vvz dt j n1 pp-f n1 p-acp d n2 pp-f n2 av-j pp-f d n1 cc n1 p-acp d n2: (31) chapter (DIV2) 1330 Image 157
3905 It is not written, saith he, for him onely, that it was imputed vnto hym but also for vs, to whom it shall be imputed, It is not written, Says he, for him only, that it was imputed unto him but also for us, to whom it shall be imputed, pn31 vbz xx vvn, vvz pns31, p-acp pno31 av-j, cst pn31 vbds vvn p-acp pno31 p-acp av p-acp pno12, p-acp ro-crq pn31 vmb vbi vvn, (31) chapter (DIV2) 1330 Image 157
3906 if we beleeue in hym that raysed vp our Lord Iesus frō the dead. if we believe in him that raised up our Lord Iesus from the dead. cs pns12 vvb p-acp pno31 cst vvd a-acp po12 n1 np1 p-acp dt j. (31) chapter (DIV2) 1330 Image 157
3907 Agayn to the Rom. xi. Thapostle confirming that God hath not vtterly forsakē ye people of ye Iewes, whō he knew before, Again to the Rom. xi. The apostle confirming that God hath not utterly forsaken you people of the Iewes, whom he knew before, av p-acp dt np1 crd. np1 vvg cst np1 vhz xx av-j vvn pn22 n1 pp-f dt np2, ro-crq pns31 vvd a-acp, (31) chapter (DIV2) 1330 Image 157
3908 but that alwayes some of them shall be saued: but that always Some of them shall be saved: cc-acp cst av d pp-f pno32 vmb vbi vvn: (31) chapter (DIV2) 1330 Image 157
3909 Knowe ye not, saith he, what the scripture saith of Elias? How he maketh intercessiō to god against Israel, saying: Know you not, Says he, what the scripture Says of Elias? How he makes Intercession to god against Israel, saying: vvb pn22 xx, vvz pns31, r-crq dt n1 vvz pp-f np1? c-crq pns31 vvz n1 p-acp n1 p-acp np1, vvg: (31) chapter (DIV2) 1330 Image 157
3910 Lord they haue killed thy prophets, & subuerted thine altars: & I am left alone, & they ly in await for my life. Lord they have killed thy Prophets, & subverted thine Altars: & I am left alone, & they lie in await for my life. n1 pns32 vhb vvn po21 n2, cc vvn po21 n2: cc pns11 vbm vvn av-j, cc pns32 vvb p-acp n1 p-acp po11 n1. (31) chapter (DIV2) 1330 Image 157
3911 But what saith the answer of God vnto hym? I haue reserued vnto my selfe seauen thousand men, that haue not bowed their knees to the image of Baal. But what Says the answer of God unto him? I have reserved unto my self seauen thousand men, that have not bowed their knees to the image of Baal. p-acp r-crq vvz dt n1 pp-f np1 p-acp pno31? pns11 vhb vvn p-acp po11 n1 crd crd n2, cst vhb xx vvn po32 n2 p-acp dt n1 pp-f np1. (31) chapter (DIV2) 1330 Image 157
3912 So therfore euē at this time also are some left according to the election of grace. So Therefore even At this time also Are Some left according to the election of grace. av av av p-acp d n1 av vbr d vvn vvg p-acp dt n1 pp-f n1. (31) chapter (DIV2) 1330 Image 157
3913 And we sée the same example to be transferred of writers to the elect and true Church of all times. And we see the same Exampl to be transferred of writers to the elect and true Church of all times. cc pns12 vvb dt d n1 pc-acp vbi vvn pp-f n2 p-acp dt j cc j n1 pp-f d n2. (31) chapter (DIV2) 1331 Image 157
3914 But a most pro•er and elegant forme of appilcatiō Saint Paule hath left vnto vs. i. Corin. x. where he affirmeth that the fathers in the olde Testament vsed in déede holy misteries, which might worthily be compared with oures, But a most pro•er and elegant Form of appilcation Saint Paul hath left unto us i. Corin. x. where he Affirmeth that the Father's in the old Testament used in deed holy Mysteres, which might worthily be compared with ours, p-acp dt av-ds j cc j n1 pp-f n1 n1 np1 vhz vvn p-acp pno12 pns11. np1 crd. c-crq pns31 vvz cst dt n2 p-acp dt j n1 vvn p-acp n1 j n2, r-crq vmd av-j vbi vvn p-acp png12, (31) chapter (DIV2) 1331 Image 157
3915 but when they abstayned not from wickednes, they were seuerely punished according as thei had deserued, but when they abstained not from wickedness, they were severely punished according as they had deserved, cc-acp c-crq pns32 vvd xx p-acp n1, pns32 vbdr av-j vvn vvg c-acp pns32 vhd vvn, (31) chapter (DIV2) 1331 Image 157
3916 and were ouerthrowen in the wildernesse. and were overthrown in the Wilderness. cc vbdr vvn p-acp dt n1. (31) chapter (DIV2) 1331 Image 157
3917 And these were figures, saith he, to put vs in remembrāce, least we should couet after euill thinges, as some of thē coueted. And these were figures, Says he, to put us in remembrance, lest we should covet After evil things, as Some of them coveted. cc d vbdr n2, vvz pns31, pc-acp vvi pno12 p-acp n1, cs pns12 vmd vvi p-acp j-jn n2, c-acp d pp-f pno32 vvd. (31) chapter (DIV2) 1332 Image 157
3918 And least wee should be worshippers of images as some of them were, as it is writen: And lest we should be worshippers of Images as Some of them were, as it is written: cc cs pns12 vmd vbi n2 pp-f n2 p-acp d pp-f pno32 vbdr, c-acp pn31 vbz vvn: (31) chapter (DIV2) 1332 Image 158
3919 The people sate downe to eate & drinck, and rose vp to play. The people sat down to eat & drink, and rose up to play. dt n1 vvd a-acp pc-acp vvi cc vvi, cc vvd a-acp pc-acp vvi. (31) chapter (DIV2) 1332 Image 158
3920 And that we should not be defyled with fornication, as some of them were defyled with fornication, And that we should not be defiled with fornication, as Some of them were defiled with fornication, cc cst pns12 vmd xx vbi vvn p-acp n1, c-acp d pp-f pno32 vbdr vvn p-acp n1, (31) chapter (DIV2) 1332 Image 158
3921 and fell in one day three and twenty thousand. and fell in one day three and twenty thousand. cc vvd p-acp crd n1 crd cc crd crd. (31) chapter (DIV2) 1332 Image 158
3922 And that we should not tempt Christe, as some of them tempted, and were killed of serpents. And that we should not tempt Christ, as Some of them tempted, and were killed of Serpents. cc cst pns12 vmd xx vvi np1, c-acp d pp-f pno32 vvd, cc vbdr vvn pp-f n2. (31) chapter (DIV2) 1332 Image 158
3923 Neyther murmer as some of them murmured, & were destroied of the destroyer. Al these thinges happened vnto them by figures. Neither murmer as Some of them murmured, & were destroyed of the destroyer. All these things happened unto them by figures. dx n1 p-acp d pp-f pno32 vvd, cc vbdr vvn pp-f dt n1. d d n2 vvn p-acp pno32 p-acp n2. (31) chapter (DIV2) 1332 Image 158
3924 But they are writen for our learning, vpon whō are come the ends of the worlde. But they Are written for our learning, upon whom Are come the ends of the world. p-acp pns32 vbr vvn p-acp po12 n1, p-acp ro-crq vbr vvn dt n2 pp-f dt n1. (31) chapter (DIV2) 1332 Image 158
3925 Wherefore let him that thinketh he standeth take heede least he fall, &c. These therfore and many other examples moe in like maner handeled, we may perceiue to be applied to exhort and perswade men of all ages, which through a certayne confydence they haue, that they are once registred in the Church of God and doe vse in common the Sacraments, are séene to become the more boulde vnto all kindes of sinne. Wherefore let him that Thinketh he Stands take heed lest he fallen, etc. These Therefore and many other Examples more in like manner handled, we may perceive to be applied to exhort and persuade men of all ages, which through a certain confidence they have, that they Are once registered in the Church of God and do use in Common the Sacraments, Are seen to become the more bold unto all Kinds of sin. q-crq vvb pno31 cst vvz pns31 vvz vvb n1 cs pns31 vvb, av np1 av cc d j-jn n2 av-dc p-acp j n1 vvd, pns12 vmb vvi pc-acp vbi vvn pc-acp vvi cc vvi n2 pp-f d n2, r-crq p-acp dt j n1 pns32 vhb, cst pns32 vbr a-acp vvn p-acp dt n1 pp-f np1 cc vdb vvi p-acp j dt n2, vbr vvn pc-acp vvi dt av-dc av-j p-acp d n2 pp-f n1. (31) chapter (DIV2) 1332 Image 158
3926 With no lesse diligence the Apostle to the entent hée might proue them ye beléeue the Gospell, and are iustified by faith, to be frée from the burdens of the law, declareth that it was long time before signified by an exquisyt type or figure, of the two sonnes of Abraham, the one borne of a bondmaid, the other of a frée woman: With no less diligence the Apostle to the intent he might prove them you believe the Gospel, and Are justified by faith, to be free from the burdens of the law, Declareth that it was long time before signified by an exquisyt type or figure, of the two Sons of Abraham, the one born of a bondmaid, the other of a free woman: p-acp dx dc n1 dt n1 p-acp dt n1 pns31 vmd vvi pno32 pn22 vvb dt n1, cc vbr vvn p-acp n1, pc-acp vbi j p-acp dt n2 pp-f dt n1, vvz cst pn31 vbds j n1 a-acp vvd p-acp dt j n1 cc n1, pp-f dt crd n2 pp-f np1, dt crd vvn pp-f dt n1, dt n-jn pp-f dt j n1: (31) chapter (DIV2) 1334 Image 158
3927 Of whom neuerthelesse he (we omit many thinges for breuities sake) betokening the law and those that séeke to be iustified by the lawe, is commaūded with his mother to be cast out, Of whom nevertheless he (we omit many things for brevities sake) betokening the law and those that seek to be justified by the law, is commanded with his mother to be cast out, pp-f ro-crq av pns31 (pns12 vvb d n2 p-acp ng1 n1) vvg dt n1 cc d cst vvb pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp dt n1, vbz vvn p-acp po31 n1 pc-acp vbi vvn av, (31) chapter (DIV2) 1334 Image 158
3928 but to this imbracing the Gospel is ye inheritaunce giuen to enioy. He applyeth those wordes to his purpose in the beginnng, saying: but to this embracing the Gospel is the inheritance given to enjoy. He Applieth those words to his purpose in the beginnng, saying: cc-acp p-acp d vvg dt n1 vbz dt n1 vvn pc-acp vvi. pns31 vvz d n2 p-acp po31 n1 p-acp dt j, vvg: (31) chapter (DIV2) 1334 Image 158
3929 Tell mee yee that will be vnder the law, doe ye no heare the law? For it is writen that Abraham had two sonnes, &c. Very wittely doubtles and pythyly to make them attent. Againe in the ende: Tell me ye that will be under the law, do you not hear the law? For it is written that Abraham had two Sons, etc. Very wittely doubtless and pythyly to make them attended. Again in the end: vvb pno11 pn22 cst vmb vbi p-acp dt n1, vdb pn22 xx vvi dt n1? p-acp pn31 vbz vvn cst np1 vhd crd n2, av av av-j av-j cc av-j pc-acp vvi pno32 j. av p-acp dt n1: (31) chapter (DIV2) 1334 Image 158
3930 Wherfore brethren we are sonnes not of the bondwoman, but of the free womā. Wherefore brothers we Are Sons not of the bondwoman, but of the free woman. c-crq n2 pns12 vbr n2 xx pp-f dt n1, cc-acp pp-f dt j n1. (31) chapter (DIV2) 1334 Image 158
3931 Stand therfore in the lybertie that Christ hath purchased for vs, and bee not againe tangeled in the yoke of bondage. Stand Therefore in the liberty that christ hath purchased for us, and be not again tangeled in the yoke of bondage. n1 av p-acp dt n1 cst np1 vhz vvn p-acp pno12, cc vbb xx av vvn p-acp dt n1 pp-f n1. (31) chapter (DIV2) 1334 Image 158
3932 Thapostle likewise by the way in serteth somwaht touchinge the vnquencheable haters and contentions of the same brethren, The apostle likewise by the Way in serteth somwaht touching the unquenchable haters and contentions of the same brothers, np1 av p-acp dt n1 p-acp vvz fw-ge vvg dt j-u n2 cc n2 pp-f dt d n2, (31) chapter (DIV2) 1335 Image 158
3933 and transferreth it to his, yea and to our times, and to all the posteritye of the Church, saying: and transferreth it to his, yea and to our times, and to all the posterity of the Church, saying: cc vvz pn31 p-acp png31, uh cc p-acp po12 n2, cc p-acp d dt n1 pp-f dt n1, vvg: (31) chapter (DIV2) 1335 Image 158
3934 Like as then he that was borne after the flesh, percecuted him that was borne after th• spirite, euen so it is nowe. Like as then he that was born After the Flesh, percecuted him that was born After th• Spirit, even so it is now. av-j c-acp cs pns31 cst vbds vvn p-acp dt n1, vvd pno31 cst vbds vvn p-acp n1 n1, av av pn31 vbz av. (31) chapter (DIV2) 1335 Image 158
3935 But ther is no néede that any thinge should further bée added, séeinge euery man nowe may easely perceiue how and after what sort it behoueth vs to followe and imitate holy and diuine writers. But there is no need that any thing should further been added, seeing every man now may Easily perceive how and After what sort it behooves us to follow and imitate holy and divine writers. p-acp pc-acp vbz dx n1 cst d n1 vmd av-jc vbi vvn, vvg d n1 av vmb av-j vvi c-crq cc p-acp r-crq n1 pn31 vvz pno12 pc-acp vvi cc vvi j cc j-jn n2. (31) chapter (DIV2) 1335 Image 158
3936 Howbeit if any man be desirous to knowe what maner of sayings chiefely out of the scriptures, may and ought to be applied, Howbeit if any man be desirous to know what manner of sayings chiefly out of the Scriptures, may and ought to be applied, a-acp cs d n1 vbi j pc-acp vvi r-crq n1 pp-f n2-vvg av-jn av pp-f dt n2, vmb cc pi pc-acp vbi vvn, (31) chapter (DIV2) 1335 Image 158
3937 vnto things present and matters incident: unto things present and matters incident: p-acp n2 j cc n2 j: (31) chapter (DIV2) 1335 Image 158
3938 We briefely make him this answere, that what thinges soeuer are occurrent in the canonicall Scriptures are rightly and duely to bée vsed, We briefly make him this answer, that what things soever Are occurrent in the canonical Scriptures Are rightly and duly to been used, pns12 av-j vvb pno31 d n1, cst r-crq n2 av vbr j p-acp dt j n2 vbr av-jn cc av-jn pc-acp vbi vvn, (31) chapter (DIV2) 1335 Image 158
3939 so that as well the wordes as matters be agréeable and correspondent to our purpose ▪ so that as well the words as matters be agreeable and correspondent to our purpose ▪ av cst p-acp av dt n2 p-acp n2 vbb j cc j p-acp po12 n1 ▪ (31) chapter (DIV2) 1335 Image 158
3940 For thou séeste how the prophisies and promises of the prophetes are of Christ & Peter expounded of those things that then came to passe in Iudea: thou séest Rom. 4. a very shorte sentence touchinge the maner whereby Abraham was iustified, to be applied to the interprised disputation: For thou See how the prophisies and promises of the Prophets Are of christ & Peter expounded of those things that then Come to pass in Iudea: thou See Rom. 4. a very short sentence touching the manner whereby Abraham was justified, to be applied to the enterprised disputation: p-acp pns21 vv2 c-crq dt n2 cc n2 pp-f dt n2 vbr pp-f np1 cc np1 vvn pp-f d n2 cst av vvd pc-acp vvi p-acp np1: pns21 vv2 np1 crd dt j j n1 vvg dt n1 c-crq np1 vbds vvn, pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp dt vvn n1: (31) chapter (DIV2) 1336 Image 158
3941 thou séest Rom. 10.1. Corinth. 10. Gal. 4. historicall examples to be added to. thou See Rom. 10.1. Corinth. 10. Gal. 4. historical Examples to be added to. pns21 vv2 np1 crd. np1. crd np1 crd j n2 pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp. (31) chapter (DIV2) 1336 Image 158
3942 And in the place where the apostle 1. Corinth. 9. goeth about to proue, that to the ministers of the Gospell all thinges necessary for this lyfe are duly to be ministred of the hearers, he taketh out of Duet. 25. a certaine precept, And in the place where the apostle 1. Corinth. 9. Goes about to prove, that to the Ministers of the Gospel all things necessary for this life Are duly to be ministered of the hearers, he Takes out of Duet. 25. a certain precept, cc p-acp dt n1 c-crq dt n1 crd np1. crd vvz a-acp pc-acp vvi, cst p-acp dt n2 pp-f dt n1 d n2 j p-acp d n1 vbr av-jn pc-acp vbi vvn pp-f dt n2, pns31 vvz av pp-f zz. crd dt j n1, (31) chapter (DIV2) 1337 Image 158
3943 and showeth it to agrée very well with the cause that he hath in hande. and Showeth it to agree very well with the cause that he hath in hand. cc vvz pn31 pc-acp vvi av av p-acp dt n1 cst pns31 vhz p-acp n1. (31) chapter (DIV2) 1337 Image 158
3944 Speake I these thinges after the maner of men? Saith not the lawe the same also? For it is writen in the lawe of Moses: Speak I these things After the manner of men? Says not the law the same also? For it is written in the law of Moses: vvb pns11 d n2 p-acp dt n1 pp-f n2? vvz xx dt n1 dt d av? p-acp pn31 vbz vvn p-acp dt n1 pp-f np1: (31) chapter (DIV2) 1338 Image 158
3945 Thou shalt not mosell the mouth of the oxe that treadeth out the Corne. Thou shalt not mosell the Mouth of the ox that treadeth out the Corn. pns21 vm2 xx n1 dt n1 pp-f dt n1 cst vvz av dt n1. (31) chapter (DIV2) 1338 Image 158
3946 Doth god care for oxen? Sayth he not this altogether for our sakes? Yea for our sake is this writen, that he which eareth, might eare in hope: Does god care for oxen? Say he not this altogether for our sakes? Yea for our sake is this written, that he which eareth, might ear in hope: vdz n1 vvi p-acp n2? n1 pns31 xx d av p-acp po12 n2? uh p-acp po12 n1 vbz d vvn, cst pns31 r-crq vvz, vmd n1 p-acp n1: (31) chapter (DIV2) 1338 Image 158
3947 and he which soweh in hope, might be partaker of his hope. and he which soweh in hope, might be partaker of his hope. cc pns31 r-crq n1 p-acp n1, vmd vbi n1 pp-f po31 n1. (31) chapter (DIV2) 1338 Image 158
3948 It is no harde case to note in readinge many moe examples, in which diuers things that are spoken off may aptlye be ioyned together, It is no harden case to note in reading many more Examples, in which diverse things that Are spoken off may aptly be joined together, pn31 vbz dx j n1 pc-acp vvi p-acp vvg d dc n2, p-acp r-crq j n2 cst vbr vvn a-acp vmb av-j vbi vvn av, (31) chapter (DIV2) 1338 Image 159
3949 and may aunswere accordingly to the purposed matter. and may answer accordingly to the purposed matter. cc vmb vvi av-vvg p-acp dt j-vvn n1. (31) chapter (DIV2) 1338 Image 159
3950 For like as the Prophets doe take and apply those their sayinges out of the law, Christ and the Apostles both out of the lawe and the Prophets: For like as the prophets do take and apply those their sayings out of the law, christ and the Apostles both out of the law and the prophets: c-acp av-j c-acp dt n2 vdb vvi cc vvi d po32 n2-vvg av pp-f dt n1, np1 cc dt n2 av-d av pp-f dt n1 cc dt n2: (31) chapter (DIV2) 1339 Image 159
3951 So haue we frée lyberty to borrow all maner of sentences whatsoeuer, out of the law, prophets, and apostles. So have we free liberty to borrow all manner of sentences whatsoever, out of the law, Prophets, and Apostles. av vhb pns12 j n1 pc-acp vvi d n1 pp-f n2 r-crq, av pp-f dt n1, n2, cc n2. (31) chapter (DIV2) 1339 Image 159
3952 And not onely olde and auncient matters out of ye holy Scriptures, but also late and new, not much past our memory or the memory of our fathers, And not only old and ancient matters out of the holy Scriptures, but also late and new, not much passed our memory or the memory of our Father's, cc xx av-j j cc j-jn n2 av pp-f dt j n2, cc-acp av j cc j, xx av-d p-acp po12 n1 cc dt n1 pp-f po12 n2, (31) chapter (DIV2) 1340 Image 159
3953 yea and such daily as styll come to passe, adde also thinges taken out of other writers, yea and such daily as still come to pass, add also things taken out of other writers, uh cc d j c-acp av vvb pc-acp vvi, vvb av n2 vvn av pp-f j-jn n2, (31) chapter (DIV2) 1340 Image 159
3954 as Poets, Historiographers, and such like, may somtimes fittely and opportunly be adioyned to the confirmation of any thing belonging to the present state of thinges. as Poets, Historiographers, and such like, may sometimes fitly and opportunely be adjoined to the confirmation of any thing belonging to the present state of things. c-acp n2, n2, cc d av-j, vmb av av-j cc av-j vbi vvn p-acp dt n1 pp-f d n1 vvg p-acp dt j n1 pp-f n2. (31) chapter (DIV2) 1340 Image 159
3955 For Christ when he laboured to moue all men alyke to repentaunce, to the entent they might so with feare and trembling looke for the comming of the Lorde, For christ when he laboured to move all men alike to Repentance, to the intent they might so with Fear and trembling look for the coming of the Lord, p-acp np1 c-crq pns31 vvd pc-acp vvi d n2 av-j p-acp n1, p-acp dt n1 pns32 vmd av p-acp n1 cc j-vvg n1 p-acp dt n-vvg pp-f dt n1, (31) chapter (DIV2) 1341 Image 159
3956 and some were then present that shewed hym of the Galilaeans, whose bloud Pilate had mingeled with their sacrifices, he aunswering them that told him such newes, sayth: and Some were then present that showed him of the Galilaeans, whose blood Pilate had mingled with their Sacrifices, he answering them that told him such news, say: cc d vbdr av j cst vvd pno31 pp-f dt n2, rg-crq n1 np1 vhd vvn p-acp po32 n2, pns31 vvg pno32 cst vvd pno31 d n1, vvz: (31) chapter (DIV2) 1341 Image 159
3957 Suppose ye that these Galilaeans were sinners aboue all other Galilaeans, bicause they suffered such thinges? I say vnto you, no, Suppose you that these Galilaeans were Sinners above all other Galilaeans, Because they suffered such things? I say unto you, no, vvb pn22 d d n2 vbdr n2 p-acp d j-jn n2, c-acp pns32 vvd d n2? pns11 vvb p-acp pn22, uh-dx, (31) chapter (DIV2) 1342 Image 159
3958 for except yee repent, yee shall all likewise perish. for except ye Repent, ye shall all likewise perish. c-acp c-acp pn22 vvb, pn22 vmb av-d av vvi. (31) chapter (DIV2) 1342 Image 159
3959 Either els suppose ye that those eighteene persons vpon whom the towre in Siloe fell and slew them, were detters more then al the inhabitaunts of Hierusalē? I say vnto you, no, Either Else suppose you that those eighteene Persons upon whom the tower in Siloe fell and slew them, were debtors more then all the inhabitants of Hierusalē? I say unto you, no, av-d av vvb pn22 cst d crd n2 p-acp ro-crq dt n1 p-acp np1 vvd cc vvd pno32, vbdr n2 dc cs d dt n2 pp-f np1? pns11 vvb p-acp pn22, uh-dx, (31) chapter (DIV2) 1342 Image 159
3960 but except ye repent, ye shal al likewise perish. but except you Repent, you shall all likewise perish. cc-acp c-acp pn22 vvb, pn22 vmb d av vvi. (31) chapter (DIV2) 1342 Image 159
3961 And Mat. 11. & Luk. 7. Christ speaking of ye stiffenecked Iewes, which would neither admit his preaching nor ye preaching of Iohn Baptist: To whom shal I resemble, saith he, the men of this generation, And Mathew 11. & Luk. 7. christ speaking of the Stiffnecked Iewes, which would neither admit his preaching nor you preaching of John Baptist: To whom shall I resemble, Says he, the men of this generation, cc np1 crd cc np1 crd np1 vvg pp-f dt j np2, r-crq vmd av-dx vvi po31 vvg ccx pn22 vvg pp-f np1 np1: p-acp ro-crq vmb pns11 vvi, vvz pns31, dt n2 pp-f d n1, (31) chapter (DIV2) 1342 Image 159
3962 & whō are they like? They are like vnto childrē sitting in the market place, & whom Are they like? They Are like unto children sitting in the market place, cc ro-crq vbr pns32 j? pns32 vbr av-j p-acp n2 vvg p-acp dt n1 n1, (31) chapter (DIV2) 1342 Image 159
3963 & crying one to an other & saying: we haue piped vnto you, & ye haue not daūced: & crying one to an other & saying: we have piped unto you, & you have not danced: cc vvg pi p-acp dt j-jn cc vvg: pns12 vhb vvd p-acp pn22, cc pn22 vhb xx vvn: (31) chapter (DIV2) 1342 Image 159
3964 we haue song vnto you a mournful song, and ye haue not wept. For Iohn Baptist came neihter eating bread nor drincking wine, and ye saye: he hath the diuell. we have song unto you a mournful song, and you have not wept. For John Baptist Come neihter eating bred nor drinking wine, and you say: he hath the Devil. pns12 vhb vvn p-acp pn22 dt j n1, cc pn22 vhb xx vvn. p-acp np1 np1 vvd n1 vvg n1 ccx vvg n1, cc pn22 vvb: pns31 vhz dt n1. (31) chapter (DIV2) 1342 Image 159
3965 The sonne of man came eating and drincking, and ye say: Behold a great eater and drincker of wine, a friend of Publicans and sinners. The son of man Come eating and drinking, and you say: Behold a great eater and drincker of wine, a friend of Publicans and Sinners. dt n1 pp-f n1 vvd vvg cc vvg, cc pn22 vvb: vvb dt j n1 cc n1 pp-f n1, dt n1 pp-f np1 cc n2. (31) chapter (DIV2) 1342 Image 159
3966 And wisedome is iustified of all hir children. And Wisdom is justified of all his children. cc n1 vbz vvn pp-f d png31 n2. (31) chapter (DIV2) 1342 Image 159
3967 Likewise the interpretations of the parables, as they are of Christ hymselfe made and put forth, be replenished with this kinde of craft and workmanship of applyinge. Likewise the interpretations of the parables, as they Are of christ himself made and put forth, be replenished with this kind of craft and workmanship of applying. av dt n2 pp-f dt n2, c-acp pns32 vbr pp-f np1 px31 vvd cc vvd av, vbb vvn p-acp d n1 pp-f n1 cc n1 pp-f vvg. (31) chapter (DIV2) 1343 Image 159
3968 And how the Apostle in his most graue Sermons and Epistles, hath vsed the testimonies or sayinges of the Poets, to witte, of Aratus Act. 17. of Menander 1. Cor. 7.15. of Epimenides Titus. 1. it is better knowne then that it shall be needefull to reherce the places themselues. And how the Apostle in his most graven Sermons and Epistles, hath used the testimonies or sayings of the Poets, to wit, of Aratus Act. 17. of Menander 1. Cor. 7.15. of Epimenides Titus. 1. it is better known then that it shall be needful to rehearse the places themselves. cc c-crq dt n1 p-acp po31 av-ds j n2 cc n2, vhz vvn dt n2 cc n2-vvg pp-f dt n2, p-acp n1, pp-f npg1 n1 crd pp-f np1 crd np1 crd. pp-f np1 np1. crd pn31 vbz jc vvn av cst pn31 vmb vbi j pc-acp vvi dt n2 px32. (31) chapter (DIV2) 1343 Image 159
3969 But out of this admonition touching the heaping together of proofes or argumentes, to be skilfully and conueniently applyed to the businesse of which intreaty is made or to the present state of the Church, floweth an other exhortation, But out of this admonition touching the heaping together of proofs or Arguments, to be skilfully and conveniently applied to the business of which entreaty is made or to the present state of the Church, flows an other exhortation, p-acp av pp-f d n1 vvg dt vvg av pp-f n2 cc n2, pc-acp vbi av-j cc av-j vvd p-acp dt n1 pp-f r-crq n1 vbz vvn cc p-acp dt j n1 pp-f dt n1, vvz dt j-jn n1, (31) chapter (DIV2) 1344 Image 159
3970 as holesome and necessary as any other. as wholesome and necessary as any other. c-acp j cc j c-acp d n-jn. (31) chapter (DIV2) 1344 Image 159
3971 That is, that all men would wisely weigh and consider with themselues, how farre forth it shall be expedient to vse the holy sermons, whiche other haue made and setle forth. That is, that all men would wisely weigh and Consider with themselves, how Far forth it shall be expedient to use the holy Sermons, which other have made and settle forth. cst vbz, cst d n2 vmd av-j vvi cc vvi p-acp px32, c-crq av-j av pn31 vmb vbi j pc-acp vvi dt j n2, r-crq j-jn vhi vvn cc vvi av. (31) chapter (DIV2) 1345 Image 159
3972 The causes of this exhortation when thou shalt heare, whosoeuer thou art, I knowe thou wilt pronounce thē to bée iust and lawfull. The Causes of this exhortation when thou shalt hear, whosoever thou art, I know thou wilt pronounce them to been just and lawful. dt n2 pp-f d n1 c-crq pns21 vm2 vvi, r-crq pns21 vb2r, pns11 vvb pns21 vm2 vvi pno32 pc-acp vbi j cc j. (31) chapter (DIV2) 1346 Image 159
3973 Wée se (which is greatly to bée marueled at) the minysters of Churches euery where to be so tied and fastened wholly to the bookes that conteyne the diuine sermons cōpiled, with no litle study, by others, that by reason therof they neglecte to reade the sacred Byble, there wanted litle but I had sayd, plainely contemne it. We see (which is greatly to been marveled At) the Ministers of Churches every where to be so tied and fastened wholly to the books that contain the divine Sermons compiled, with no little study, by Others, that by reason thereof they neglect's to read the sacred bible, there wanted little but I had said, plainly contemn it. pns12 vvb (r-crq vbz av-j pc-acp vbi vvd p-acp) dt n2 pp-f n2 d c-crq pc-acp vbi av vvn cc vvn av-jn p-acp dt n2 cst vvb dt j-jn n2 vvn, p-acp dx j n1, p-acp n2-jn, cst p-acp n1 av pns32 ng1 pc-acp vvi dt j n1, a-acp vvd j cc-acp pns11 vhd vvn, av-j vvb pn31. (31) chapter (DIV2) 1347 Image 159
3974 But it can not be dissembled, that the authors of those sermons doe ofte times adnixe long and tedious digressions, But it can not be dissembled, that the Authors of those Sermons do oft times adnixe long and tedious digressions, p-acp pn31 vmb xx vbi vvn, cst dt n2 pp-f d n2 vdb av n2 vvb av-j cc j n2, (31) chapter (DIV2) 1348 Image 159
3975 also interlace without order reasons and argumētes somwhat discrepant from ye scriptures openly recited: also interlace without order Reasons and Arguments somewhat discrepant from you Scriptures openly recited: av vvi p-acp n1 n2 cc n2 av j p-acp pn22 n2 av-j vvn: (31) chapter (DIV2) 1348 Image 159
3976 namely forasmuch as they iudged them in especially to be méete and conuenient for the place and time. namely forasmuch as they judged them in especially to be meet and convenient for the place and time. av av c-acp pns32 vvd pno32 p-acp av-j pc-acp vbi j cc j p-acp dt n1 cc n1. (31) chapter (DIV2) 1348 Image 160
3977 Now it can not be, that those selfe same thinges, shoulde be apt and correspondent to the present state of ye church, wherein thou supplyest the office of teaching. Now it can not be, that those self same things, should be apt and correspondent to the present state of the Church, wherein thou suppliest the office of teaching. av pn31 vmb xx vbi, cst d n1 d n2, vmd vbi j cc j p-acp dt j n1 pp-f dt n1, c-crq pns21 vv2 dt n1 pp-f vvg. (31) chapter (DIV2) 1349 Image 160
3978 Howbeit let vs admit that there be no digressions at all, and that the holy scriptures are simply and sincerely expounded in them: Howbeit let us admit that there be no digressions At all, and that the holy Scriptures Are simply and sincerely expounded in them: a-acp vvb pno12 vvi cst pc-acp vbi dx n2 p-acp d, cc cst dt j n2 vbr av-j cc av-j vvn p-acp pno32: (31) chapter (DIV2) 1349 Image 160
3979 but what maketh that to thy purpose, I praye thée, if the whole explanation as it lyeth, be directed most chifely to those poyntes of Christian doctrine, whiche in those places and times were in déede very aptely and with great grace handeled of the Preachers, but what makes that to thy purpose, I pray thee, if the Whole explanation as it lies, be directed most chifely to those points of Christian Doctrine, which in those places and times were in deed very aptly and with great grace handled of the Preachers, cc-acp q-crq vvz d p-acp po21 n1, pns11 vvb pno21, cs dt j-jn n1 c-acp pn31 vvz, vbb vvn av-ds av-j p-acp d n2 pp-f njp n1, r-crq p-acp d n2 cc n2 vbdr p-acp n1 av av-j cc p-acp j n1 vvd pp-f dt n2, (31) chapter (DIV2) 1349 Image 160
3980 and fauourablye receiued of the hearers, where as nowe in these dayes and with thy audien•es they will all bee out of season? and favourably received of the hearers, where as now in these days and with thy audien•es they will all be out of season? cc av-j vvn pp-f dt n2, c-crq c-acp av p-acp d n2 cc p-acp po21 n2 pns32 vmb d vbi av pp-f n1? (31) chapter (DIV2) 1349 Image 160
3981 To what ende serueth the explication of that portion of Scripture, wherein are confuted the mayntayners and defenders of two contray beginninges the Manichees or other hereticks: To what end serveth the explication of that portion of Scripture, wherein Are confuted the maintainers and defenders of two country beginnings thee manichees or other Heretics: p-acp r-crq n1 vvz dt n1 pp-f d n1 pp-f n1, q-crq vbr vvn dt n2 cc n2 pp-f crd n-jn n2 pno32 n2 cc j-jn n2: (31) chapter (DIV2) 1350 Image 160
3982 whose assertions haue now no where any place? What shall it profyt to inueigh against those that gad to the Lystes or Theater to beholde playes and games, whose assertions have now no where any place? What shall it profit to inveigh against those that gad to the Lists or Theater to behold plays and games, rg-crq n2 vhb av av-dx c-crq d n1? q-crq vmb pn31 vvi pc-acp vvi p-acp d cst n1 p-acp dt n2 cc n1 pc-acp vvi n2 cc n2, (31) chapter (DIV2) 1350 Image 160
3983 before that people whiche is vtterly ignoraunt what those termes meane? before that people which is utterly ignorant what those terms mean? c-acp cst n1 r-crq vbz av-j j r-crq d n2 j? (31) chapter (DIV2) 1350 Image 160
3984 Moreouer it is no poynt of wisdome nor conuenient to vtter straight wayes euery thinge openlye (especially in diuine matters) that is gathered together by the labour and iudgement of other men. Moreover it is no point of Wisdom nor convenient to utter straight ways every thing openly (especially in divine matters) that is gathered together by the labour and judgement of other men. av pn31 vbz dx n1 pp-f n1 ccx j pc-acp vvi av-j n2 d n1 av-j (av-j p-acp j-jn n2) cst vbz vvn av p-acp dt n1 cc n1 pp-f j-jn n2. (31) chapter (DIV2) 1351 Image 160
3985 For they doe alledge in déede out of the Scriptures, sentences, examples, proofes and probations of all sorts, For they do allege in deed out of the Scriptures, sentences, Examples, proofs and probations of all sorts, c-acp pns32 vdb vvi p-acp n1 av pp-f dt n2, n2, n2, n2 cc n2 pp-f d n2, (31) chapter (DIV2) 1352 Image 160
3986 but forasmuch as some of them doe note the same very briefly, and onely, as ye would saye, by poyntes or titles, some also doe scrape them together at all aduentures, out of others, whiche haue lykewise lately published and put forth Sermons: but forasmuch as Some of them do note the same very briefly, and only, as you would say, by points or titles, Some also do scrape them together At all adventures, out of Others, which have likewise lately published and put forth Sermons: cc-acp av c-acp d pp-f pno32 vdb vvi dt d av av-j, cc av-j, c-acp pn22 vmd vvi, p-acp n2 cc n2, d av vdb vvi pno32 av p-acp d n2, av pp-f n2-jn, r-crq vhb av av-j vvn cc vvd av n2: (31) chapter (DIV2) 1352 Image 160
3987 it is very requisite (except thou wilt cast as well thy selfe as thy hearers into open daunger) that thou shouldest diligently examine euery thing, it is very requisite (except thou wilt cast as well thy self as thy hearers into open danger) that thou Shouldst diligently examine every thing, pn31 vbz av j (c-acp pns21 vm2 vvi c-acp av po21 n1 p-acp po21 n2 p-acp j n1) cst pns21 vmd2 av-j vvi d n1, (31) chapter (DIV2) 1352 Image 160
3988 & takynge a narrow new of the fountaines of scripture & obseruing there all thinges that either goe before or followe after, what causes or circumstaunces hange together, agayne what driftes of reasons or arguments there be, & taking a narrow new of the fountains of scripture & observing there all things that either go before or follow After, what Causes or Circumstances hang together, again what drifts of Reasons or Arguments there be, cc vvg dt j j pp-f dt n2 pp-f n1 cc vvg a-acp d n2 cst d vvb a-acp cc vvi a-acp, r-crq n2 cc n2 vvi av, av q-crq n2 pp-f n2 cc n2 pc-acp vbi, (31) chapter (DIV2) 1352 Image 160
3989 & what force they be off, determine finally with thy self, whether they be agréeable to thy purpose, or no. & what force they be off, determine finally with thy self, whither they be agreeable to thy purpose, or no. cc r-crq n1 pns32 vbb a-acp, vvb av-j p-acp po21 n1, cs pns32 vbb j p-acp po21 n1, cc uh-dx. (31) chapter (DIV2) 1352 Image 160
3990 And by the same paynes taking that thou must of necessitie sustayne in this behalfe, thou thy selfe mightest as wel after thine owne lykement deuise a new and entier sermon according to the state of thinges present. And by the same pains taking that thou must of necessity sustain in this behalf, thou thy self Mightest as well After thine own lykement devise a new and entire sermon according to the state of things present. cc p-acp dt d n2 vvg cst pns21 vmb pp-f n1 vvi p-acp d n1, pns21 po21 n1 vmd2 a-acp av c-acp po21 d n1 vvi dt j cc j n1 vvg p-acp dt n1 pp-f n2 j. (31) chapter (DIV2) 1353 Image 160
3991 But (to draw to an ende) be it so, that those straunge and forreine Sermons be in all respects perfect and sounde, But (to draw to an end) be it so, that those strange and foreign Sermons be in all respects perfect and sound, cc-acp (p-acp vvi p-acp dt n1) vbi pn31 av, cst d j cc j n2 vbb p-acp d n2 j cc av-j, (31) chapter (DIV2) 1353 Image 160
3992 and that there is nothing, as touching either matters or wordes, wanting in them: and that there is nothing, as touching either matters or words, wanting in them: cc cst pc-acp vbz pix, c-acp vvg d n2 cc n2, vvg p-acp pno32: (31) chapter (DIV2) 1353 Image 160
3993 yet art thou very much deceyued, which supposest that thou shalt with as good a grace sette foorth the doyngs of an other man, yet art thou very much deceived, which Supposest that thou shalt with as good a grace Set forth the doings of an other man, av vb2r pns21 av av-d vvn, r-crq vv2 d pns21 vm2 p-acp a-acp j dt n1 vvd av dt n2-vdg pp-f dt j-jn n1, (31) chapter (DIV2) 1353 Image 160
3994 as thou vtterest thine owne made at home in thy house. as thou utterest thine own made At home in thy house. c-acp pns21 vv2 po21 d vvd p-acp n1-an p-acp po21 n1. (31) chapter (DIV2) 1353 Image 160
3995 Labour, striue, enforce thy selfe so far as thy wittes wyll suffer, and yet truely will there neuer appere in thée that voyce, that plyauntnes of sounde, that moderation of gesture and mouing, that grauitie, that ardent affection, that power and vehemency in words, which were found in the first author. Labour, strive, enforce thy self so Far as thy wits will suffer, and yet truly will there never appear in thee that voice, that plyauntnes of sound, that moderation of gesture and moving, that gravity, that Ardent affection, that power and vehemency in words, which were found in the First author. n1, vvb, vvb po21 n1 av av-j c-acp po21 n2 vmb vvi, cc av av-j n1 a-acp av vvi p-acp pno21 d n1, cst n1 pp-f n1, cst n1 pp-f n1 cc n-vvg, cst n1, cst j n1, cst n1 cc n1 p-acp n2, r-crq vbdr vvn p-acp dt ord n1. (31) chapter (DIV2) 1354 Image 160
3996 Euery man is the best and most graue reciter of his owne doyngs. Every man is the best and most graven reciter of his own doings. d n1 vbz dt js cc av-ds j n1 pp-f po31 d n2-vdg. (31) chapter (DIV2) 1355 Image 160
3997 And the chiefe part of a Preacher, teaching with commendation is absent, when he wanteth pronounciation. And the chief part of a Preacher, teaching with commendation is absent, when he Wants Pronunciation. cc dt j-jn n1 pp-f dt n1, vvg p-acp n1 vbz j, c-crq pns31 vvz n1. (31) chapter (DIV2) 1355 Image 160
3998 I omitte to tell that if it shall fortune any of thy hearers to haue ye very same author at home, of whō thou borrowest in a maner all thinges, it will come to passe that in short space thou shalt procure to thy selfe great haterd and contempt amongst all men. I omit to tell that if it shall fortune any of thy hearers to have you very same author At home, of whom thou borrowest in a manner all things, it will come to pass that in short Molle thou shalt procure to thy self great haterd and contempt among all men. pns11 vvb pc-acp vvi cst cs pn31 vmb n1 d pp-f po21 n2 pc-acp vhi pn22 av d n1 p-acp n1-an, pp-f ro-crq pns21 vv2 p-acp dt n1 d n2, pn31 vmb vvi pc-acp vvi cst p-acp j n1 pns21 vm2 vvi p-acp po21 n1 j vvn cc n1 p-acp d n2. (31) chapter (DIV2) 1356 Image 160
3999 I could my selfe (wil they say) make as good a Sermon as our Preacher. I could my self (will they say) make as good a Sermon as our Preacher. pns11 vmd po11 n1 (n1 pns32 vvb) vvb p-acp j dt n1 p-acp po12 n1. (31) chapter (DIV2) 1356 Image 160
4000 I can read at home at my house euery day in the wéeke al ye he preacheth, I can read At home At my house every day in the Week all the he Preacheth, pns11 vmb vvi p-acp n1-an p-acp po11 n1 d n1 p-acp dt n1 d dt pns31 vvz, (31) chapter (DIV2) 1356 Image 160
4001 neither is there any cause why I should after this resort to the church. And by this meanes is engēdred in their minds a certein contempt of holy assembelies, neither is there any cause why I should After this resort to the Church. And by this means is engendered in their minds a certain contempt of holy assembelies, av-dx vbz pc-acp d n1 c-crq pns11 vmd p-acp d n1 p-acp dt n1. cc p-acp d n2 vbz vvn p-acp po32 n2 dt j n1 pp-f j n2, (31) chapter (DIV2) 1356 Image 160
4002 and by litle and litle all ecclesiasticall actions and the whole ministery of the Church begin to waxe vile and lothsom. and by little and little all ecclesiastical actions and the Whole Ministry of the Church begin to wax vile and loathsome. cc p-acp j cc av-j d j n2 cc dt j-jn n1 pp-f dt n1 vvb pc-acp vvi j cc j. (31) chapter (DIV2) 1357 Image 161
4003 Verily I beléeue that those which doe alwayes thus vse, yea rather abuse, the labours of other men, Verily I believe that those which do always thus use, yea rather abuse, the labours of other men, av-j pns11 vvb cst d r-crq vdb av av vvi, uh av-c vvb, dt n2 pp-f j-jn n2, (31) chapter (DIV2) 1358 Image 161
4004 & bring forth litle or nothing of their owne, are of Gregory Nazianzenus well and thriftely taunted and taken vp, where as in his Apologeticus he saith: & bring forth little or nothing of their own, Are of Gregory Nazianzenus well and thriftely taunted and taken up, where as in his Apologetic he Says: cc vvi av j cc pix pp-f po32 d, vbr pp-f np1 np1 av cc av-j vvn cc vvn a-acp, c-crq c-acp p-acp po31 np1 pns31 vvz: (31) chapter (DIV2) 1358 Image 161
4005 If there be any peraduenture that haue learned two or thrée sermons, out of the auncient writers, If there be any Peradventure that have learned two or thrée Sermons, out of the ancient writers, cs pc-acp vbb d av cst vhb vvn crd cc crd n2, av pp-f dt j-jn n2, (31) chapter (DIV2) 1358 Image 161
4006 and that haply more by hearing then by reading: and that haply more by hearing then by reading: cc cst av av-dc p-acp vvg av p-acp vvg: (31) chapter (DIV2) 1358 Image 161
4007 Or in case we haue kanned a few Psalmes héere and there out of Dauid, & afterward doe vse them by apparelling them with a more fulsome and well plighted vesture, Or in case we have kanned a few Psalms Here and there out of David, & afterwards do use them by appareling them with a more fulsome and well plighted vesture, cc p-acp n1 pns12 vhb vvn dt d n2 av cc a-acp av pp-f np1, cc av vdb vvi pno32 p-acp vvg pno32 p-acp dt av-dc j cc av j-vvn n1, (31) chapter (DIV2) 1358 Image 161
4008 or if we can bragge and vaunt of Phylosophy euen to the starres, counterfettinge a certaine shewe of godlynesse, or if we can brag and vaunt of Philosophy even to the Stars, counterfeiting a certain show of godliness, cc cs pns12 vmb vvi cc n1 pp-f n1 av p-acp dt n2, vvg dt j n1 pp-f n1, (31) chapter (DIV2) 1358 Image 161
4009 and disguising our face with such like inuentions, we will now in all the haste be praysed, and disguising our face with such like Inventions, we will now in all the haste be praised, cc vvg po12 n1 p-acp d j n2, pns12 vmb av p-acp d dt n1 vbb vvn, (31) chapter (DIV2) 1358 Image 161
4010 and had in admiration, we thinke now forthwith to be placed ouer some peoples, we séeme, in our owne fantasy, and had in admiration, we think now forthwith to be placed over Some peoples, we seem, in our own fantasy, cc vhd p-acp n1, pns12 vvb av av pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp d n2, pns12 vvb, p-acp po12 d n1, (31) chapter (DIV2) 1358 Image 161
4011 euen from our cradels to be some consecrated Samuels: We will also be counted wise and teachers of diuine misteries, even from our cradles to be Some consecrated Samuels: We will also be counted wise and Teachers of divine Mysteres, av p-acp po12 n2 pc-acp vbi d j-vvn np1: pns12 vmb av vbi vvn j cc n2 pp-f j-jn n2, (31) chapter (DIV2) 1358 Image 161
4012 yea and set our selues amonge the Scribes and Doctors of law. &c. yea and Set our selves among the Scribes and Doctors of law. etc. uh cc vvi po12 n2 p-acp dt n2 cc n2 pp-f n1. av (31) chapter (DIV2) 1358 Image 161
4013 And certes it is to to be lamented, that the labours of most excellent men replenished with no lesse learninge then godly zeale, shoulde be racked to a far other end and purpose, And certes it is to to be lamented, that the labours of most excellent men replenished with no less learning then godly zeal, should be racked to a Far other end and purpose, cc av pn31 vbz p-acp pc-acp vbi vvn, cst dt n2 pp-f ds j n2 vvn p-acp dx dc n1 cs j n1, vmd vbi vvn p-acp dt av-j j-jn n1 cc n1, (31) chapter (DIV2) 1359 Image 161
4014 then the authors, when they put them forth, looked they should haue come. For we sée how shamefully both the vnlearned and learned do abuse them alike. then the Authors, when they put them forth, looked they should have come. For we see how shamefully both the unlearned and learned do abuse them alike. cs dt n2, c-crq pns32 vvd pno32 av, vvd pns32 vmd vhi vvn. c-acp pns12 vvb c-crq av-j d dt j cc j vdb vvi pno32 av-j. (31) chapter (DIV2) 1359 Image 161
4015 Those verily, when by the helpe of them, they craftely and deceitfully intrude themselues into the ecclesiastical function, Those verily, when by the help of them, they craftily and deceitfully intrude themselves into the ecclesiastical function, d av-j, c-crq p-acp dt n1 pp-f pno32, pns32 av-j cc av-j vvi px32 p-acp dt j n1, (31) chapter (DIV2) 1361 Image 161
4016 for the which they are vnméete, and these for that assoone as they haue gotten them, they become all together sluggishe and slouthfull, they neglect to peruse the holy scripture and other godly bookes, they are not carefull, for the which they Are unmeet, and these for that As soon as they have got them, they become all together sluggish and slothful, they neglect to peruse the holy scripture and other godly books, they Are not careful, p-acp dt r-crq pns32 vbr j, cc d p-acp d c-acp c-acp pns32 vhb vvn pno32, pns32 vvb d av j cc j, pns32 vvb pc-acp vvi dt j n1 cc j-jn j n2, pns32 vbr xx j, (31) chapter (DIV2) 1361 Image 161
4017 neither doe they once thinke any more to frame sermons by their owne with and labour. neither do they once think any more to frame Sermons by their own with and labour. av-dx vdb pns32 a-acp vvb d dc pc-acp vvi n2 p-acp po32 d p-acp cc vvi. (31) chapter (DIV2) 1361 Image 161
4018 And yet it is most certaine, that the scope and meaninge of those good men was not, to aduaunce and promote vnto dignitie any impudente, vnlearned and shamelesse persons, And yet it is most certain, that the scope and meaning of those good men was not, to advance and promote unto dignity any impudent, unlearned and shameless Persons, cc av pn31 vbz av-ds j, cst dt n1 cc n1 pp-f d j n2 vbds xx, pc-acp vvi cc vvi p-acp n1 d j, j cc j n2, (31) chapter (DIV2) 1362 Image 161
4019 or to maintaine the slouth & vnlustines of any meane schollers, and of all other they ment least to withdrawe any from the readinge of the canonicall Scriptures. or to maintain the sloth & unlustiness of any mean Scholars, and of all other they meant least to withdraw any from the reading of the canonical Scriptures. cc pc-acp vvi dt n1 cc n1 pp-f d j n2, cc pp-f d n-jn pns32 vvd av-ds pc-acp vvi d p-acp dt vvg pp-f dt j n2. (31) chapter (DIV2) 1362 Image 161
4020 But this rather they alwayes wished, and hoped by all meanes it woulde come to passe, that the Lucubrations which they consecrated to the whole Church, But this rather they always wished, and hoped by all means it would come to pass, that the Lucubrations which they consecrated to the Whole Church, p-acp d av pns32 av vvd, cc vvd p-acp d n2 pn31 vmd vvi pc-acp vvi, cst dt n2 r-crq pns32 vvd p-acp dt j-jn n1, (31) chapter (DIV2) 1363 Image 161
4021 and submitted to the iudgement thereof, should redounde also to the profit and vtilitie of all the whole Congregation. and submitted to the judgement thereof, should redound also to the profit and utility of all the Whole Congregation. cc vvd p-acp dt n1 av, vmd vvi av p-acp dt n1 cc n1 pp-f d dt j-jn n1. (31) chapter (DIV2) 1363 Image 161
4022 And amongest other, their desire was chiefely to profite those, that being called to the ecclesiasticall ministery, beginne with commendation to exercise themselues therin, to the intent doubtlesse they might out of their most sacred workes gette a ready and familiar methode of popular teachinge, to the intent they might learne apte and vsuall phrases, the maner of findinge and disposinge all maner of proofes, of chosinge and applyinge common places, And amongst other, their desire was chiefly to profit those, that being called to the ecclesiastical Ministry, begin with commendation to exercise themselves therein, to the intent doubtless they might out of their most sacred works get a ready and familiar method of popular teaching, to the intent they might Learn apt and usual phrases, the manner of finding and disposing all manner of proofs, of choosing and applying Common places, cc p-acp n-jn, po32 n1 vbds av-jn pc-acp vvi d, cst vbg vvn p-acp dt j n1, vvb p-acp n1 pc-acp vvi px32 av, p-acp dt n1 av-j pns32 vmd av pp-f po32 av-ds j n2 vvi dt j cc j-jn n1 pp-f j vvg, p-acp dt n1 pns32 vmd vvi j cc j n2, dt n1 pp-f vvg cc vvg d n1 pp-f n2, pp-f vvg cc vvg j n2, (31) chapter (DIV2) 1364 Image 161
4023 and to be shorte, the order of mouinge of affectious: and to be short, the order of moving of affectious: cc pc-acp vbi j, dt n1 pp-f vvg pp-f n2: (31) chapter (DIV2) 1364 Image 161
4024 againe to the intent they might by their example be stirred and prouoked to the continuall readinge of the prophetical and Apostolick books, to the collection of apt reasons and argumentes out of the same, again to the intent they might by their Exampl be stirred and provoked to the continual reading of the prophetical and Apostolic books, to the collection of apt Reasons and Arguments out of the same, av p-acp dt n1 pns32 vmd p-acp po32 n1 vbb vvn cc vvn p-acp dt j vvg pp-f dt j cc j-jn n2, p-acp dt n1 pp-f j n2 cc n2 av pp-f dt d, (31) chapter (DIV2) 1364 Image 161
4025 and to the diligent deuisinge and framinge of sacred Sermons. and to the diligent devising and framing of sacred Sermons. cc p-acp dt j vvg cc vvg pp-f j n2. (31) chapter (DIV2) 1364 Image 161
4026 For like as those mē that sell Sinamon, Galingale, nutmigs, cloues and mace, and such like straunge and precious spices, doe vse to giue a peéce of euery of them for a taste to the commers by to the intent they might the raher be allured to bye. For like as those men that fell Cinnamon, Galingale, nutmigs, cloves and mace, and such like strange and precious spices, do use to give a peéce of every of them for a taste to the comers by to the intent they might the raher be allured to buy. c-acp av-j c-acp d n2 cst vvb n1, np1, n2, n2 cc n1, cc d av-j j cc j n2, vdb vvi pc-acp vvi dt n1 pp-f d pp-f pno32 p-acp dt n1 p-acp dt n2 p-acp p-acp dt n1 pns32 vmd dt n1 vbb vvn pc-acp vvi. (31) chapter (DIV2) 1365 Image 161
4027 Euen so they that haue put forth bookes of holy sermons, haue wished, and desired nothinge more, Eve so they that have put forth books of holy Sermons, have wished, and desired nothing more, np1 av pns32 cst vhb vvn av n2 pp-f j n2, vhb vvn, cc vvd pix av-dc, (31) chapter (DIV2) 1365 Image 161
4028 then by giuinge (as ye would say) a certaine taste of diuine matters, to excite all men to the reading of holy bookes, then by giving (as you would say) a certain taste of divine matters, to excite all men to the reading of holy books, cs p-acp vvg (c-acp pn22 vmd vvi) dt j n1 pp-f j-jn n2, pc-acp vvi d n2 p-acp dt n-vvg pp-f j n2, (31) chapter (DIV2) 1365 Image 161
4029 and to encrease their, diligence in the study of imitatiō. Now hitherto doe al these things tende: and to increase their, diligence in the study of imitation. Now hitherto do all these things tend: cc pc-acp vvi po32, n1 p-acp dt n1 pp-f n1. av av vdb d d n2 vvi: (31) chapter (DIV2) 1365 Image 162
4030 We couit to perswad al those ye haue already applied their mind to the ministery of the Church, We couit to persuade all those you have already applied their mind to the Ministry of the Church, pns12 vvb pc-acp vvi d d pn22 vhb av vvn po32 n1 p-acp dt n1 pp-f dt n1, (31) chapter (DIV2) 1365 Image 162
4031 yea and we beséech them in Christ Iesus: yea and we beseech them in christ Iesus: uh cc pns12 vvb pno32 p-acp np1 np1: (31) chapter (DIV2) 1365 Image 162
4032 that first & formest they would withall possible diligence peruse and turne ouer the sacred Scriptures conteined in the body of the holy Bible, that they would make them to be most familiar vnto them, that First & formest they would withal possible diligence peruse and turn over the sacred Scriptures contained in the body of the holy bible, that they would make them to be most familiar unto them, d ord cc js pns32 vmd av j n1 vvi cc vvi p-acp dt j n2 vvn p-acp dt n1 pp-f dt j n1, cst pns32 vmd vvi pno32 pc-acp vbi av-ds j-jn p-acp pno32, (31) chapter (DIV2) 1365 Image 162
4033 whiles they may haue out of them sondry and manifoulde matter of heauenly doctrine prepared against all euentes & purposes: while they may have out of them sundry and manifoulde matter of heavenly Doctrine prepared against all events & Purposes: cs pns32 vmb vhi av pp-f pno32 j cc vvn n1 pp-f j n1 vvn p-acp d n2 cc n2: (31) chapter (DIV2) 1365 Image 162
4034 then after that they would with as great endeuour as they can, enure themselues to make and describe godly Sermons after the patterne and examples of the Sermons of Christ, the prophetes, and Apostles: then After that they would with as great endeavour as they can, enure themselves to make and describe godly Sermons After the pattern and Examples of the Sermons of christ, the Prophets, and Apostles: av c-acp cst pns32 vmd p-acp a-acp j n1 c-acp pns32 vmb, vvi px32 pc-acp vvi cc vvi j n2 p-acp dt n1 cc n2 pp-f dt n2 pp-f np1, dt n2, cc n2: (31) chapter (DIV2) 1365 Image 162
4035 and lastely that they would aptly and conueniently apply to their busines in hande, those things that they shall finde in other doctors of the Church whither they be Greekes or Latines, to be profitable for their vse, directinge in the meane time all thinges to the glory of God alone, and Lastly that they would aptly and conveniently apply to their business in hand, those things that they shall find in other Doctors of the Church whither they be Greeks or Latins, to be profitable for their use, directing in the mean time all things to the glory of God alone, cc ord cst pns32 vmd av-j cc av-j vvi p-acp po32 n1 p-acp n1, d n2 cst pns32 vmb vvi p-acp j-jn n2 pp-f dt n1 c-crq pns32 vbb njpg2 cc np1, pc-acp vbi j p-acp po32 n1, vvg p-acp dt j n1 d n2 p-acp dt n1 pp-f np1 av-j, (31) chapter (DIV2) 1365 Image 162
4036 and to the edifyinge of their hearers. and to the edifying of their hearers. cc p-acp dt n-vvg pp-f po32 n2. (31) chapter (DIV2) 1365 Image 162
4037 And so finally by this meanes shall they be iudged, and that truely by the verdicte of the authors themselues, rightly to vse and enioye the laboures and trauiles of other men. And so finally by this means shall they be judged, and that truly by the verdict of the Authors themselves, rightly to use and enjoy the labours and trauiles of other men. cc av av-j p-acp d n2 vmb pns32 vbi vvn, cc cst av-j p-acp dt n1 pp-f dt n2 px32, av-jn pc-acp vvi cc vvi dt n2 cc vvz pp-f j-jn n2. (31) chapter (DIV2) 1365 Image 162
4038 ¶ Of the kinde Redargutiue, or Reprehensiue. Cap. XI. ¶ Of the kind Redargutive, or Reprehensive. Cap. XI. ¶ pp-f dt j j, cc j. np1 crd. (32) chapter (DIV2) 1365 Image 162
4039 IN this kinde which is ordayned to reproue false assertions, Sermons cōmonly are in such sort digested and disposed, IN this kind which is ordained to reprove false assertions, Sermons commonly Are in such sort digested and disposed, p-acp d n1 r-crq vbz vvn pc-acp vvi j n2, n2 av-j vbr p-acp d n1 vvn cc vvn, (32) chapter (DIV2) 1366 Image 162
4040 as that one while the whole discourse is occupied alonely in the reprehension of a false opinion: as that one while the Whole discourse is occupied alonely in the reprehension of a false opinion: c-acp cst crd n1 dt j-jn n1 vbz vvn av-j p-acp dt n1 pp-f dt j n1: (32) chapter (DIV2) 1366 Image 162
4041 an other while in one part of the Sermon is confuted and subuerted a false assertion, in an other is affirmed, an other while in one part of the Sermon is confuted and subverted a false assertion, in an other is affirmed, dt j-jn n1 p-acp crd n1 pp-f dt n1 vbz vvn cc vvn dt j n1, p-acp dt n-jn vbz vvn, (32) chapter (DIV2) 1366 Image 162
4042 and with as great industry as may be, vrged a true assertion. and with as great industry as may be, urged a true assertion. cc p-acp p-acp j n1 c-acp vmb vbi, vvd dt j n1. (32) chapter (DIV2) 1366 Image 162
4043 Where if in case the matter so requireth, many Sermons also are appointed to this busines. Where if in case the matter so requires, many Sermons also Are appointed to this business. c-crq cs p-acp n1 dt n1 av vvz, d n2 av vbr vvn p-acp d n1. (32) chapter (DIV2) 1367 Image 162
4044 But as touching affirmation or application, how and after what sort it should be vsed, it is playnely shewed in the preceading Chapter: But as touching affirmation or application, how and After what sort it should be used, it is plainly showed in the preceding Chapter: cc-acp p-acp vvg n1 cc n1, c-crq cc p-acp r-crq n1 pn31 vmd vbi vvn, pn31 vbz av-j vvn p-acp dt j-vvg n1: (32) chapter (DIV2) 1368 Image 162
4045 wherfore now the order of confuting or reprouinge is onely of vs to be declared. Wherefore now the order of confuting or reproving is only of us to be declared. c-crq av dt n1 pp-f vvg cc vvg vbz j pp-f pno12 pc-acp vbi vvn. (32) chapter (DIV2) 1368 Image 162
4046 To ye furtheraunce therfore of this matter auayleth very much whatsoeuer is of ye Logicians or Orators profitably put forth to confute and to assoyle reasons or argumentes with all. To the furtherance Therefore of this matter availeth very much whatsoever is of the Logicians or Orators profitably put forth to confute and to assoil Reasons or Arguments with all. p-acp dt n1 av pp-f d n1 vvz av av-d r-crq vbz pp-f dt n2 cc n2 av-j vvd av pc-acp vvi cc pc-acp vvi n2 cc n2 p-acp d. (32) chapter (DIV2) 1369 Image 162
4047 For those that obtrude false assertions to the simple and vnlearned, or sowe them in ye Church, are perceyued oft times to bring in for ye mayntenaunce of thier quarell proofes very subtill and sophisticall, and to defend themselues most chiefely by the healpes and sleightes of mannes wisdome. For those that obtrude false assertions to the simple and unlearned, or sow them in the Church, Are perceived oft times to bring in for you maintenance of their quarrel proofs very subtle and sophistical, and to defend themselves most chiefly by the healpes and sleights of Man's Wisdom. p-acp d cst vvi j n2 p-acp dt j cc j, cc vvi pno32 p-acp dt n1, vbr vvn av n2 pc-acp vvi p-acp p-acp pn22 n1 pp-f po32 n1 n2 av j cc j, cc pc-acp vvi px32 av-ds av-jn p-acp dt n2 cc n2 pp-f ng1 n1. (32) chapter (DIV2) 1369 Image 162
4048 Wherfore whosoeuer he be that will valiauntly ioyne battayle with them, must be indifferently well furnished with all kinde of weapons and pollecy of fightinge which they doe vse. Wherefore whosoever he be that will valiantly join battle with them, must be indifferently well furnished with all kind of weapons and policy of fighting which they do use. c-crq c-crq pns31 vbb cst vmb av-j vvi n1 p-acp pno32, vmb vbi av-j av vvn p-acp d n1 pp-f n2 cc n1 pp-f vvg r-crq pns32 vdb vvi. (32) chapter (DIV2) 1369 Image 162
4049 False assertions be reproued many waies, and weake and féeble argumentes are diuersly subuerted. I. The first way and maner therfore is this: False assertions be reproved many ways, and weak and feeble Arguments Are diversely subverted. I. The First Way and manner Therefore is this: j n2 vbb vvn d n2, cc j cc j n2 vbr av-j vvn. np1 dt ord n1 cc n1 av vbz d: (32) chapter (DIV2) 1369 Image 162
4050 to ye intent thou mayst finde what truth and falsehod ye troublesome, to wit, the fower fold, fiue folde, to you intent thou Mayest find what truth and falsehood you troublesome, to wit, the fower fold, fiue fold, pc-acp pn22 n1 pns21 vm2 vvi r-crq n1 cc n1 pn22 j, pc-acp vvi, dt crd n1, crd n1, (32) chapter (DIV2) 1370 Image 162
4051 and such like curious and peynted proofes of the aduersaries doe conteine in them, it shall be very requisit, to reduce them into the forme of sillogismes or apt reasons, such (I meane) as are taught and set foorth of the Logicians. For by this briefe and compēdious meane, and such like curious and painted proofs of the Adversaries do contain in them, it shall be very requisite, to reduce them into the Form of syllogisms or apt Reasons, such (I mean) as Are taught and Set forth of the Logicians. For by this brief and compendious mean, cc d av-j j cc j-vvn n2 pp-f dt n2 vdb vvi p-acp pno32, pn31 vmb vbi av j, pc-acp vvi pno32 p-acp dt n1 pp-f n2 cc j n2, d (pns11 vvb) a-acp vbr vvn cc vvn av pp-f dt n2. c-acp p-acp d j cc j n1, (32) chapter (DIV2) 1370 Image 162
4052 if there be any default lurking either in the forme, or in ye matter of ye argument, it may both quickly, and certainly be perceyued. if there be any default lurking either in the Form, or in the matter of you argument, it may both quickly, and Certainly be perceived. cs pc-acp vbb d n1 vvg d p-acp dt n1, cc p-acp dt n1 pp-f pn22 n1, pn31 vmb d av-j, cc av-j vbi vvn. (32) chapter (DIV2) 1370 Image 162
4053 And how the forme of a reasō is to be sifted and iudged off, may out of those things which are put foorth touching the making of sillogismes enthimemes & oher kinds of argumentations, againe how the matter is to be tryed and examined, may out of the places of inuention, And how the Form of a reason is to be sifted and judged off, may out of those things which Are put forth touching the making of syllogisms enthimemes & oher Kinds of argumentations, again how the matter is to be tried and examined, may out of the places of invention, cc c-crq dt n1 pp-f dt n1 vbz pc-acp vbi vvn cc vvn a-acp, vmb av pp-f d n2 r-crq vbr vvn av vvg dt n-vvg pp-f n2 vvz cc zz n2 pp-f n2, av c-crq dt n1 vbz pc-acp vbi vvn cc vvn, vmb av pp-f dt n2 pp-f n1, (32) chapter (DIV2) 1370 Image 162
4054 and the rules adioyned therevnto which they call consequencies, be aboundauntly knowen. and the rules adjoined thereunto which they call consequencies, be abundantly known. cc dt n2 vvd av r-crq pns32 vvb n2, vbb av-j vvn. (32) chapter (DIV2) 1370 Image 162
4055 Where therfore if the preacher shall in any of the prooues made by the aduersaries perceyue defaulte either in fourme or in matter, he shall not doubt publykely to denounce and disclose it: Where Therefore if the preacher shall in any of the Proves made by the Adversaries perceive default either in Form or in matter, he shall not doubt publykely to denounce and disclose it: c-crq av cs dt n1 vmb p-acp d pp-f dt n2 vvn p-acp dt n2 vvb n1 av-d p-acp n1 cc p-acp n1, pns31 vmb xx vvi j p-acp vvi cc vvi pn31: (32) chapter (DIV2) 1370 Image 163
4056 so notwithstanding as that hée may purposely kéepe backe all arte and cunninge so far as in him lyeth, keuered (as ye would saye) with a veyle. so notwithstanding as that he may purposely keep back all art and cunning so Far as in him lies, keuered (as you would say) with a veil. av c-acp p-acp cst pns31 vmb av vvi av d n1 cc j-jn av av-j c-acp p-acp pno31 vvz, vvd (c-acp pn22 vmd vvi) p-acp dt n1. (32) chapter (DIV2) 1370 Image 163
4057 For in cace thou shouldest exhibit ye craft and workemanship of Logick openly of all men to be séene, which commeth chiefely to passe by producing the very wordes of art out of ye schole into the Church, it is to be feared doubtles, For in case thou Shouldst exhibit the craft and workmanship of Logic openly of all men to be seen, which comes chiefly to pass by producing the very words of art out of the school into the Church, it is to be feared doubtless, p-acp p-acp n1 pns21 vmd2 vvi dt n1 cc n1 pp-f n1 av-j pp-f d n2 pc-acp vbi vvn, r-crq vvz av-jn p-acp vvi p-acp vvg dt j n2 pp-f n1 av pp-f dt n1 p-acp dt n1, pn31 vbz pc-acp vbi vvn av-j, (32) chapter (DIV2) 1370 Image 163
4058 least thy solutions become as greatly suspected, as the obiections of thine aduersary. lest thy Solutions become as greatly suspected, as the objections of thine adversary. cs po21 n2 vvb a-acp av-j vvn, c-acp dt n2 pp-f po21 n1. (32) chapter (DIV2) 1370 Image 163
4059 II. The second way and meane to discerne and ponder according to there importaunce the reasons of those that teache false thinges, dependeth vppon ye diligent enserchment of the Paralogismes, if there be any peraduenture entermedled with them. II The second Way and mean to discern and ponder according to there importance the Reasons of those that teach false things, dependeth upon you diligent enserchment of the Paralogisms, if there be any Peradventure intermeddled with them. crd dt ord n1 cc vvb pc-acp vvi cc vvi vvg p-acp a-acp n1 dt n2 pp-f d cst vvb j n2, vvz p-acp pn22 j n1 pp-f dt n2, cs pc-acp vbb d av vvd p-acp pno32. (32) chapter (DIV2) 1371 Image 163
4060 Therfore it is to be considered, whither the Paralogisme be committed within ye compasse of ye worde, Therefore it is to be considered, whither the Paralogism be committed within you compass of you word, av pn31 vbz pc-acp vbi vvn, c-crq dt n1 vbb vvn p-acp pn22 n1 pp-f pn22 n1, (32) chapter (DIV2) 1371 Image 163
4061 namely by equiuocation, amphibologia, composition, diuision, accent, phrase of speche: namely by equivocation, amphibologia, composition, division, accent, phrase of speech: av p-acp n1, fw-la, n1, n1, n1, n1 pp-f n1: (32) chapter (DIV2) 1371 Image 163
4062 or whither the Paralogisme happeneth to be without the compasse of the worde, as when there is brought in a fallacion of the antecedent, a fallaciō of the consequent, a thing so after a sort spokē as though it were simply so, or whither the Paralogism Happeneth to be without the compass of the word, as when there is brought in a fallation of the antecedent, a fallation of the consequent, a thing so After a sort spoken as though it were simply so, cc c-crq dt n1 vvz pc-acp vbi p-acp dt n1 pp-f dt n1, c-acp c-crq pc-acp vbz vvn p-acp dt n1 pp-f dt n1, dt n1 pp-f dt j, dt n1 av p-acp dt n1 vvn c-acp cs pn31 vbdr av-j av, (32) chapter (DIV2) 1371 Image 163
4063 the not cause of a thing as the cause, petitio principij, many interrogations, ignoraunce of the elenche. the not cause of a thing as the cause, petitio principij, many interrogations, ignorance of the elenche. cs xx n1 pp-f dt n1 p-acp dt n1, fw-la fw-la, d n2, n1 pp-f dt n1. (32) chapter (DIV2) 1371 Image 163
4064 III. Moreouer it profiteth much to obserue the captious and subtill argumentes, such as are: antistrephon, ceratine, crocodelites, vtis, pseudomenos, cacosistata, asystata. III. Moreover it profiteth much to observe the captious and subtle Arguments, such as Are: antistrephon, ceratine, crocodelites, vtis, pseudomenos, cacosistata, asystata. np1. av pn31 vvz d pc-acp vvi dt j cc j n2, d c-acp vbr: n1, j, n2, fw-gr, fw-gr, fw-la, fw-la. (32) chapter (DIV2) 1372 Image 163
4065 For these are accustomed somtime to fall into doubtfull and perplexed disputations. For these Are accustomed sometime to fallen into doubtful and perplexed disputations. p-acp d vbr vvn av pc-acp vvi p-acp j cc j-vvn n2. (32) chapter (DIV2) 1372 Image 163
4066 And all these thinges verily pertaine to the solution (called of the Logicians of our time) reall, as it is in their bookes to be séene. And all these things verily pertain to the solution (called of the Logicians of our time) real, as it is in their books to be seen. cc d d n2 av-j vvi p-acp dt n1 (vvn pp-f dt n2 pp-f po12 n1) j, c-acp pn31 vbz p-acp po32 n2 pc-acp vbi vvn. (32) chapter (DIV2) 1372 Image 163
4067 Further, the preacher oft times also taketh aduice of those thinges, that belonge to the solution called personall, and of the Orators very much vsed. Further, the preacher oft times also Takes Advice of those things, that belong to the solution called personal, and of the Orators very much used. av-jc, dt n1 av n2 av vvz n1 pp-f d n2, cst vvb p-acp dt n1 vvn j, cc pp-f dt n2 av av-d vvn. (32) chapter (DIV2) 1372 Image 163
4068 IIII. Somtimes againe we refell obiections by regestion, that is to saye, by shewinge that it becommeth not the aduersaries to bring forth any such cauilling obiections, IIII. Sometimes again we refel objections by regestion, that is to say, by show that it becomes not the Adversaries to bring forth any such cavilling objections, crd. av av pns12 vvd n2 p-acp n1, cst vbz pc-acp vvi, p-acp vvg cst pn31 vvz xx dt n2 pc-acp vvi av d d vvg n2, (32) chapter (DIV2) 1373 Image 163
4069 or by setting against them other questions alike crabbed to sée to. Which two maners of regestiō, we may perceyue in the holy Scriptures. or by setting against them other questions alike crabbed to see to. Which two manners of regestion, we may perceive in the holy Scriptures. cc p-acp vvg p-acp pno32 j-jn n2 av j pc-acp vvi p-acp. q-crq crd n2 pp-f n1, pns12 vmb vvi p-acp dt j n2. (32) chapter (DIV2) 1373 Image 163
4070 The former we haue to the Romaynes cap. 9. Thou wilt say then vnto me: why doth he yet complayne? For who can resist his will? Thapostle aunswereth: The former we have to the Romans cap. 9. Thou wilt say then unto me: why does he yet complain? For who can resist his will? The apostle Answers: dt j pns12 vhb p-acp dt np1 n1. crd pns21 vm2 vvi av p-acp pno11: uh-crq vdz pns31 av vvi? p-acp r-crq vmb vvi po31 n1? np1 vvz: (32) chapter (DIV2) 1373 Image 163
4071 But O man who art thou that pleadest the matter against god? Albeit he addeth straight wayes also an other apt and directe solution. But Oh man who art thou that pleadest the matter against god? Albeit he adds straight ways also an other apt and Direct solution. cc-acp uh n1 q-crq vb2r pns21 cst vv2 dt n1 p-acp n1? cs pns31 vvz av n2 av dt j-jn j cc j n1. (32) chapter (DIV2) 1373 Image 163
4072 Example of the later is extant Math. 21. The Pristes and elders of the people sayd vnto Christ: Exampl of the later is extant Math. 21. The Priests and Elders of the people said unto christ: n1 pp-f dt jc vbz j np1 crd dt n2 cc n2-jn pp-f dt n1 vvd p-acp np1: (32) chapter (DIV2) 1373 Image 163
4073 By what authoritie dost thou these thinges? and who gaue thee this power? Christ aunswered them: By what Authority dost thou these things? and who gave thee this power? christ answered them: p-acp r-crq n1 vd2 pns21 d n2? cc q-crq vvd pno21 d n1? np1 vvd pno32: (32) chapter (DIV2) 1373 Image 163
4074 And I wil demaūd of you one thing, which if ye shall shew me, I will also tell you, by what authoritye I doe these thinges. And I will demand of you one thing, which if you shall show me, I will also tell you, by what Authority I do these things. cc pns11 vmb vvi pp-f pn22 crd n1, r-crq cs pn22 vmb vvi pno11, pns11 vmb av vvi pn22, p-acp r-crq n1 pns11 vdb d n2. (32) chapter (DIV2) 1373 Image 163
4075 The baptisme of Iohn, was it from heauen, or was it of men? V. Nowe and then also the sayinges of yt aduersaries are subuerted by eleuation. The Baptism of John, was it from heaven, or was it of men? V. Now and then also the sayings of that Adversaries Are subverted by elevation. dt n1 pp-f np1, vbds pn31 p-acp n1, cc vbds pn31 pp-f n2? np1 av cc av av dt n2-vvg pp-f pn31 n2 vbr vvn p-acp n1. (32) chapter (DIV2) 1373 Image 163
4076 And this is brought to passe two maner of wayes: And this is brought to pass two manner of ways: cc d vbz vvn pc-acp vvi crd n1 pp-f n2: (32) chapter (DIV2) 1374 Image 163
4077 first by reiection, to witte, when ye obiection of an other is reiected as a thing light and very slender with a certayne signification of contempt or indignation, First by rejection, to wit, when you objection of an other is rejected as a thing Light and very slender with a certain signification of contempt or Indignation, ord p-acp n1, p-acp n1, c-crq pn22 n1 pp-f dt n-jn vbz vvn p-acp dt n1 j cc j j p-acp dt j n1 pp-f n1 cc n1, (32) chapter (DIV2) 1374 Image 163
4078 as Rom. 3. whē some sayd: Let vs doe euill that good may come thereof: the apostle reproueth thē saying nothing els then that their damnation is iust. as Rom. 3. when Some said: Let us do evil that good may come thereof: the apostle Reproveth them saying nothing Else then that their damnation is just. c-acp np1 crd c-crq d vvd: vvb pno12 vdi n-jn cst j vmb vvi av: dt n1 vvz pno32 vvg pix av av cst po32 n1 vbz j. (32) chapter (DIV2) 1374 Image 163
4079 Which wordes doe procéede from a troubled minde by reason of the vnworthines of the thing. Which words do proceed from a troubled mind by reason of the unworthiness of the thing. r-crq n2 vdb vvi p-acp dt j-vvn n1 p-acp n1 pp-f dt n1 pp-f dt n1. (32) chapter (DIV2) 1374 Image 163
4080 Secondly it commeth to passe by NONLATINALPHABET, whereby through expressing ye wordes & gesture of the aduersaries, Secondly it comes to pass by, whereby through expressing you words & gesture of the Adversaries, ord pn31 vvz pc-acp vvi p-acp, c-crq p-acp vvg pn22 n2 cc n1 pp-f dt n2, (32) chapter (DIV2) 1374 Image 163
4081 or by like meanes, we deride them and laugh them to scorne. or by like means, we deride them and laugh them to scorn. cc p-acp j n2, pns12 vvi pno32 cc vvi pno32 pc-acp vvi. (32) chapter (DIV2) 1374 Image 163
4082 This maner ye Apostle vseth Coless. 2. where against those that sought meanes to drawe them that were newe borne in Christ to the obseruation of Iewishe ceremonies, hée sayth: This manner you Apostle uses Coless. 2. where against those that sought means to draw them that were new born in christ to the observation of Jewish ceremonies, he say: d n1 pn22 n1 vvz j. crd c-crq p-acp d cst vvd n2 pc-acp vvi pno32 cst vbdr j vvn p-acp np1 p-acp dt n1 pp-f jp n2, pns31 vvz: (32) chapter (DIV2) 1375 Image 163
4083 Touch not, tast not, handle not, which all doe perishe with the abuse thereof. Touch not, taste not, handle not, which all do perish with the abuse thereof. vvb xx, vvb xx, vvb xx, r-crq d vdb vvi p-acp dt n1 av. (32) chapter (DIV2) 1375 Image 163
4084 VI. The aduersaries may in like maner be met withall by digression, whereby an excursion is made from the purpose. VI. The Adversaries may in like manner be met withal by digression, whereby an excursion is made from the purpose. crd. dt n2 vmb p-acp j n1 vbi vvn av p-acp n1, c-crq dt n1 vbz vvn p-acp dt n1. (32) chapter (DIV2) 1376 Image 163
4085 Albeit the Preacher shall scarcely vse this any other where, then where ye solution of the obiection propounded is easie & apparaunt to euery man, Albeit the Preacher shall scarcely use this any other where, then where you solution of the objection propounded is easy & apparent to every man, cs dt n1 vmb av-j vvi d d n-jn c-crq, cs c-crq pn22 n1 pp-f dt n1 vvn vbz j cc j p-acp d n1, (32) chapter (DIV2) 1376 Image 163
4086 or where peraduenture some inconuenience might redounde to the hearers through a more plentifull tractation of that matter. or where Peradventure Some inconvenience might redound to the hearers through a more plentiful tractation of that matter. cc c-crq av d n1 vmd vvi p-acp dt n2 p-acp dt av-dc j n1 pp-f d n1. (32) chapter (DIV2) 1376 Image 164
4087 VII. Furthermore those thinges that are put forth of the Orators profitable to confute and solute withall, the preacher shall duely challendge to himselfe as common both to him and them. Cicero in his booke. VII. Furthermore those things that Are put forth of the Orators profitable to confute and solute withal, the preacher shall duly challenge to himself as Common both to him and them. Cicero in his book. np1. av d n2 cst vbr vvn av pp-f dt n2 j pc-acp vvi cc j av, dt n1 vmb av-jn vvi p-acp px31 p-acp j av-d p-acp pno31 cc pno32. np1 p-acp po31 n1. (32) chapter (DIV2) 1377 Image 164
4088 1. de inuentione entreatinge of reprehension, and Fabius Quintilianus in his fifte booke cap. 13. touchinge confutation, doe teach some thinges not to be refused. 1. the invention entreating of reprehension, and Fabius Quintilianus in his Fifth book cap. 13. touching confutation, do teach Some things not to be refused. crd dt n1 vvg pp-f n1, cc np1 np1 p-acp po31 ord n1 n1. crd vvg n1, vdb vvi d n2 xx pc-acp vbi vvn. (32) chapter (DIV2) 1378 Image 164
4089 In which notwithstanding the preacher must prudently dis•earne, what may rightly by introduced into the Church, where all things ought to be accomplished with great reuerence and without the breach of charitie, In which notwithstanding the preacher must prudently dis•earne, what may rightly by introduced into the Church, where all things ought to be accomplished with great Reverence and without the breach of charity, p-acp r-crq p-acp dt n1 vmb av-j vvi, q-crq vmb av-jn a-acp vvd p-acp dt n1, c-crq d n2 vmd pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp j n1 cc p-acp dt n1 pp-f n1, (32) chapter (DIV2) 1379 Image 164
4090 and what is to be left to the brabbelinge pleadinge place. and what is to be left to the brabbelinge pleading place. cc r-crq vbz pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp dt n1 vvg n1. (32) chapter (DIV2) 1379 Image 164
4091 VIII. Diuinitie sheweth also certaine formes of solutinge or assoylinge peculiar in a maner to it selfe and very much vsed and frequented. VIII. Divinity shows also certain forms of solutinge or assoiling peculiar in a manner to it self and very much used and frequented. crd. n1 vvz av j n2 pp-f n-vvg cc vvg j p-acp dt n1 p-acp pn31 n1 cc j av-d vvn cc vvn. (32) chapter (DIV2) 1380 Image 164
4092 Chiefely and principally ye iudgement of God is oft times set against the iudgement of men, Chiefly and principally the judgement of God is oft times Set against the judgement of men, av-jn cc av-jn dt n1 pp-f np1 vbz av av vvn p-acp dt n1 pp-f n2, (32) chapter (DIV2) 1380 Image 164
4093 or the sayinge of the superior against the sayinge of the inferior. or the saying of the superior against the saying of the inferior. cc dt n-vvg pp-f dt j-jn p-acp dt n-vvg pp-f dt j-jn. (32) chapter (DIV2) 1380 Image 164
4094 In which respecte verily Christ Math. 15. infringeth the opinion and tradition of the Pharises, by opposinge against them the worde & assertion of god him selfe: In which respect verily christ Math. 15. infringeth the opinion and tradition of the Pharisees, by opposing against them the word & assertion of god him self: p-acp r-crq n1 av-j np1 np1 crd vvz dt n1 cc n1 pp-f dt np2, p-acp vvg p-acp pno32 dt n1 cc n1 pp-f n1 pno31 n1: (32) chapter (DIV2) 1381 Image 164
4095 when he proueth them guilty, by reason they transgressed the commaundement of God through their owne traditions. when he Proves them guilty, by reason they transgressed the Commandment of God through their own traditions. c-crq pns31 vvz pno32 j, p-acp n1 pns32 vvd dt n1 pp-f np1 p-acp po32 d n2. (32) chapter (DIV2) 1381 Image 164
4096 IX. The true and natiue interpretation of the Scripture is alleadged against that, which was of other peruorstly put forth. IX. The true and native Interpretation of the Scripture is alleged against that, which was of other peruorstly put forth. crd. dt j cc j-jn n1 pp-f dt n1 vbz vvd p-acp d, r-crq vbds pp-f j-jn av-j vvn av. (32) chapter (DIV2) 1382 Image 164
4097 Christ Math. 4. vnto that that the diuell saide: If thou be the sonne of God, cast thy selfe downe headlonge: christ Math. 4. unto that that the Devil said: If thou be the son of God, cast thy self down headlong: np1 np1 crd p-acp cst d dt n1 vvd: cs pns21 vbb dt n1 pp-f np1, vvb po21 n1 a-acp av-j: (32) chapter (DIV2) 1383 Image 164
4098 For it is writen, he shall giue his Angels charge ouer thee, and with their handes they shal beare thee vp, For it is written, he shall give his Angels charge over thee, and with their hands they shall bear thee up, c-acp pn31 vbz vvn, pns31 vmb vvi po31 n2 vvb p-acp pno21, cc p-acp po32 n2 pns32 vmb vvi pno21 a-acp, (32) chapter (DIV2) 1383 Image 164
4099 least at any time thou hurt thy foote against a stone: answereth eftes•nes by bringinge a true interpretation: lest At any time thou hurt thy foot against a stone: Answers eftes•nes by bringing a true Interpretation: cs p-acp d n1 pns21 vvi po21 n1 p-acp dt n1: vvz n2 p-acp vvg dt j n1: (32) chapter (DIV2) 1383 Image 164
4100 It is writen, saith he Thou shalt not tempt the Lorde thy God. It is written, Says he Thou shalt not tempt the Lord thy God. pn31 vbz vvn, vvz pns31 pns21 vm2 xx vvi dt n1 po21 n1. (32) chapter (DIV2) 1383 Image 164
4101 X. To the sentence by an other alleadged is sometime added or opposed that which in the same matter is chiefely to be considered. X. To the sentence by an other alleged is sometime added or opposed that which in the same matter is chiefly to be considered. fw-la p-acp dt n1 p-acp dt n-jn vvd vbz av vvd cc vvn d r-crq p-acp dt d n1 vbz av-jn pc-acp vbi vvn. (32) chapter (DIV2) 1384 Image 164
4102 When the diuell had sayd vnto Christ: If thou be the sonne of God, commaund that these stones be made bread. Christ maketh aunswer: When the Devil had said unto christ: If thou be the son of God, command that these stones be made bred. christ makes answer: c-crq dt n1 vhd vvn p-acp np1: cs pns21 vbb dt n1 pp-f np1, vvb cst d n2 vbb vvn n1. np1 vvz n1: (32) chapter (DIV2) 1385 Image 164
4103 Man liueth not by bread onely, but by euery worde that proceedeth out of the mouth of God. Man lives not by bred only, but by every word that Proceedeth out of the Mouth of God. n1 vvz xx p-acp n1 av-j, cc-acp p-acp d n1 cst vvz av pp-f dt n1 pp-f np1. (32) chapter (DIV2) 1385 Image 164
4104 As who sayth, Christ addeth that wherevppon dependeth chiefely the sustentation and preseruation of our lyfe, As who say, christ adds that whereupon dependeth chiefly the sustentation and preservation of our life, p-acp r-crq vvz, np1 vvz d c-crq vvz av-jn dt n1 cc n1 pp-f po12 n1, (32) chapter (DIV2) 1385 Image 164
4105 and opposeth and preferreth spirituall nourishment to that which is corporall. and Opposeth and preferreth spiritual nourishment to that which is corporal. cc vvz cc vvz j n1 p-acp d r-crq vbz j. (32) chapter (DIV2) 1385 Image 164
4106 XI. Necessitie requireth often times ye a concilement of ye places outwardly repugnant be vsed & made, XI. Necessity requires often times you a concilement of the places outwardly repugnant be used & made, crd. n1 vvz av n2 pn22 dt n1 pp-f dt n2 av-j j vbi vvn cc vvn, (32) chapter (DIV2) 1386 Image 164
4107 as touching which matter Augustine hath copiously entreated in his bookes de consensu Euaingelistarū, likewise against Adimantus the disciple of Maniches: & we also haue briefely touched some thinges in our second booke de Theologo, cōcerninge the order of diuine study. as touching which matter Augustine hath copiously entreated in his books de consensu Euaingelistarū, likewise against Adamantius the disciple of Maniches: & we also have briefly touched Some things in our second book de Theologo, Concerning the order of divine study. c-acp vvg r-crq n1 np1 vhz av-j vvn p-acp po31 n2 fw-it fw-la fw-la, av p-acp np1 dt n1 pp-f n2: cc pns12 av vhi av-j vvn d n2 p-acp po12 ord n1 fw-fr np1, vvg dt n1 pp-f j-jn n1. (32) chapter (DIV2) 1386 Image 164
4108 XII. And moreouer ye same places may stand vs in great stead, & be oft times applied to redargution, which in the preceeding chapter we recounted fit to the confirmation of true doctrine. XII. And moreover you same places may stand us in great stead, & be oft times applied to redargution, which in the preceding chapter we recounted fit to the confirmation of true Doctrine. np1. cc av pn22 d n2 vmb vvi pno12 p-acp j n1, cc vbb av n2 vvn p-acp n1, r-crq p-acp dt j-vvg n1 pns12 vvd j p-acp dt n1 pp-f j n1. (32) chapter (DIV2) 1387 Image 164
4109 The diligent reading and examining of confutations, which doe here & there occurre in ye sacred scriptures, will euidently demonstrate many moe thinges perteyning to this effect. The diligent reading and examining of confutations, which do Here & there occurre in the sacred Scriptures, will evidently demonstrate many more things pertaining to this Effect. dt j n-vvg cc vvg pp-f n2, r-crq vdb av cc a-acp fw-la p-acp dt j n2, vmb av-j vvi d dc n2 vvg p-acp d n1. (32) chapter (DIV2) 1387 Image 164
4110 XIII. And like as to the solutions of argumentes and reasons are very opportunely and fitly added, those thinges that may stirre vp and prouoke ye mindes of men to assent: XIII. And like as to the Solutions of Arguments and Reasons Are very opportunely and fitly added, those things that may stir up and provoke you minds of men to assent: np1. cc av-j c-acp p-acp dt n2 pp-f n2 cc n2 vbr av av-j cc av-j vvn, d n2 cst vmb vvi a-acp cc vvi pn22 n2 pp-f n2 pc-acp vvi: (32) chapter (DIV2) 1388 Image 164
4111 euen so at the ende of that part or whole Sermon which is ordeyned to reproue, shall not vnprofitably be heaped togither certen perswasiue, even so At the end of that part or Whole Sermon which is ordained to reprove, shall not unprofitably be heaped together certain persuasive, av av p-acp dt n1 pp-f d n1 cc j-jn n1 r-crq vbz vvn pc-acp vvi, vmb xx av-j vbi vvn av j j, (32) chapter (DIV2) 1388 Image 164
4112 or rather dehortatory reasons wehreby men may be deterred frō embracing false assertions, & premonished to take diligent héed of ye infection of hipocrites. or rather dehortatory Reasons wehreby men may be deterred from embracing false assertions, & premonished to take diligent heed of the infection of Hypocrites. cc av-c j n2 av n2 vmb vbi vvn p-acp vvg j n2, cc vvn pc-acp vvi j n1 pp-f dt n1 pp-f n2. (32) chapter (DIV2) 1388 Image 164
4113 Such are reasons deriued of ye study & scope of false teachers, after which sort Christ and the Apostles doe oft times forewarne the belieuers, Such Are Reasons derived of you study & scope of false Teachers, After which sort christ and the Apostles do oft times forewarn the believers, d vbr n2 vvn pp-f pn22 vvb cc n1 pp-f j n2, p-acp r-crq n1 np1 cc dt n2 vdb av n2 vvi dt n2, (32) chapter (DIV2) 1388 Image 164
4114 lykewise of the unprofitablenes, of the unrightuousnes, of the perill and daunger of the thing, &c. likewise of the unprofitableness, of the unrighteousness, of the peril and danger of the thing, etc. av pp-f dt n1, pp-f dt n1, pp-f dt n1 cc n1 pp-f dt n1, av (32) chapter (DIV2) 1388 Image 165
4115 Whereby are declared the dammages & inconueniences, which out of errors and dissentions, doe redounde as well publikly to the Church, Whereby Are declared the damages & inconveniences, which out of errors and dissensions, do redound as well publicly to the Church, c-crq vbr vvn dt n2 cc n2, r-crq av pp-f n2 cc n2, vdb vvi c-acp av av-j p-acp dt n1, (32) chapter (DIV2) 1389 Image 165
4116 as also priuately to euery mans conscience. In which behalfe may some thinges lawefully be entermedled méete for the mouinge of affections. as also privately to every men conscience. In which behalf may Some things lawfully be intermeddled meet for the moving of affections. c-acp av av-j p-acp d ng1 n1. p-acp r-crq n1 vmb d n2 av-j vbi vvd vvi p-acp dt vvg pp-f n2. (32) chapter (DIV2) 1389 Image 165
4117 But like as in the former kinde, so in this also are certaine Cantions very requisite and necessary. But like as in the former kind, so in this also Are certain Cantions very requisite and necessary. cc-acp av-j c-acp p-acp dt j n1, av p-acp d av vbr j n2 av j cc j. (32) chapter (DIV2) 1391 Image 165
4118 I. The preacher shall endeuour himselfe with all industry and diligence to bringe to light ye subtill sophistry and fraudulent workinges of the aduersaries, I The preacher shall endeavour himself with all industry and diligence to bring to Light you subtle sophistry and fraudulent workings of the Adversaries, uh dt n1 vmb n1 px31 p-acp d n1 cc n1 pc-acp vvi pc-acp vvi pn22 j n1 cc j n2 pp-f dt n2, (32) chapter (DIV2) 1392 Image 165
4119 but with such pollicie and discretion that he againe be not thought to vse like sophisticall dealinge. but with such policy and discretion that he again be not Thought to use like sophistical dealing. cc-acp p-acp d n1 cc n1 cst pns31 av vbi xx vvn pc-acp vvi av-j j vvg. (32) chapter (DIV2) 1392 Image 165
4120 The talke of truth ought to be playne and simple. The talk of truth ought to be plain and simple. dt n1 pp-f n1 vmd pc-acp vbi j cc j. (32) chapter (DIV2) 1392 Image 165
4121 For in case thou doest nothinge els then subtelly inueigh against subteltie, thy tale will be as much suspected and disliked as their tale whom thou impugnest, For in case thou dost nothing Else then subtly inveigh against subtlety, thy tale will be as much suspected and disliked as their tale whom thou impugnest, p-acp p-acp n1 pns21 vd2 pix av av av-j vvi p-acp n1, po21 n1 vmb vbi c-acp av-d vvn cc vvn p-acp po32 n1 ro-crq pns21 vv2, (32) chapter (DIV2) 1392 Image 165
4122 and the hearers will iudge none other but that there is come before them som noble payre of sophisters, and the hearers will judge none other but that there is come before them Some noble pair of sophisters, cc dt n2 vmb vvi pi j-jn cc-acp cst pc-acp vbz vvn p-acp pno32 d j n1 pp-f n2, (32) chapter (DIV2) 1392 Image 165
4123 as if they behelde Protagoras and Euathlus on a day appointed brauling in the brabbelinge consistory. as if they beheld Protagoras and Euathlus on a day appointed brawling in the brabbelinge consistory. c-acp cs pns32 vvd np1 cc np1 p-acp dt n1 vvd j-vvg p-acp dt vvg n1. (32) chapter (DIV2) 1392 Image 165
4124 II. Howbeit neither is it necessary, nor expedient, publikely to ensearch and narrowely to examaine all thinges, which are produced of the authors of false assertions whither they bée Ethnickes or heretickes: II Howbeit neither is it necessary, nor expedient, publicly to ensearch and narrowly to examaine all things, which Are produced of the Authors of false assertions whither they been Ethnics or Heretics: crd a-acp d vbz pn31 j, ccx j, av-j pc-acp vvi cc av-j pc-acp vvi d n2, r-crq vbr vvn pp-f dt n2 pp-f j n2 c-crq pns32 vbi n2-jn cc n2: (32) chapter (DIV2) 1393 Image 165
4125 leaste verily whilest we goe about to withdrawe men from error, wee minister occasion to some amonge the hearers, especially to the curious, to enquire more scrupulously after them and by this enquiry (as it commonly commeth to passe) to slide and fall into erroure. jest verily whilst we go about to withdraw men from error, we minister occasion to Some among the hearers, especially to the curious, to inquire more scrupulously After them and by this enquiry (as it commonly comes to pass) to slide and fallen into error. n1 av-j cs pns12 vvb a-acp pc-acp vvi n2 p-acp n1, pns12 vvb n1 p-acp d p-acp dt n2, av-j p-acp dt j, pc-acp vvi av-dc av-j p-acp pno32 cc p-acp d n1 (c-acp pn31 av-j vvz pc-acp vvi) pc-acp vvi cc vvi p-acp n1. (32) chapter (DIV2) 1393 Image 165
4126 Counsell not much vnlike to this giueth S. Augustine, who in this booke de catechizandis rudibus cap. 7. hath these wordes. Counsel not much unlike to this gives S. Augustine, who in this book de catechizandis rudibus cap. 7. hath these words. n1 xx av-d j-u p-acp d vvz n1 np1, r-crq p-acp d n1 fw-fr fw-fr fw-la n1. crd vhz d n2. (32) chapter (DIV2) 1393 Image 165
4127 Then is mannes infirmitie to be enstructed and encouraged against temptations and offences, whither they be without, Then is Man's infirmity to be instructed and encouraged against temptations and offences, whither they be without, av vbz ng1 n1 pc-acp vbi vvn cc vvn p-acp n2 cc n2, c-crq pns32 vbb p-acp, (32) chapter (DIV2) 1393 Image 165
4128 or in the Church it selfe: or in the Church it self: cc p-acp dt n1 pn31 n1: (32) chapter (DIV2) 1393 Image 165
4129 without against the Gentiles, or Iewes, or heretickes, within against the chaffe of the Lordes floore. without against the Gentiles, or Iewes, or Heretics, within against the chaff of the lords floor. p-acp p-acp dt n2-j, cc np2, cc n2, p-acp p-acp dt n1 pp-f dt ng1 n1. (32) chapter (DIV2) 1393 Image 165
4130 Not that discourse shoulde bee made agaynst all kindes of frowarde and peruerse menne, nor that all their crooked and fantasticall opinions should by questions propounded be refelled: Not that discourse should be made against all Kinds of forward and perverse men, nor that all their crooked and fantastical opinions should by questions propounded be refelled: xx d n1 vmd vbi vvn p-acp d n2 pp-f j cc j n2, ccx cst d po32 j cc j n2 vmd p-acp n2 vvn vbi vvn: (32) chapter (DIV2) 1393 Image 165
4131 but it is to be declared according to the shortnesse of time, that it was so sygnified before, but it is to be declared according to the shortness of time, that it was so sygnified before, cc-acp pn31 vbz pc-acp vbi vvn vvg p-acp dt n1 pp-f n1, cst pn31 vbds av vvn a-acp, (32) chapter (DIV2) 1393 Image 165
4132 and what the profit of temptations is in teachinge of the faithfull, and what holsome medicine there is in the example of Gods pacience, who hath determined to suffer these things to the end. and what the profit of temptations is in teaching of the faithful, and what wholesome medicine there is in the Exampl of God's patience, who hath determined to suffer these things to the end. cc q-crq dt n1 pp-f n2 vbz p-acp vvg pp-f dt j, cc r-crq j n1 a-acp vbz p-acp dt n1 pp-f npg1 n1, r-crq vhz vvn pc-acp vvi d n2 p-acp dt n1. (32) chapter (DIV2) 1393 Image 165
4133 That whiche Augustine therefore thought good to be done in teaching the elder sort, that I suppose in consideration of our times wyll be profytable to the whole multitude, in which (no doubte) a number may be founde more rude and ignoraunt then those rude and simple of whom he maketh mention. That which Augustine Therefore Thought good to be done in teaching the elder sort, that I suppose in consideration of our times will be profitable to the Whole multitude, in which (no doubt) a number may be found more rude and ignorant then those rude and simple of whom he makes mention. cst r-crq np1 av vvd j pc-acp vbi vdn p-acp vvg dt jc-jn n1, cst pns11 vvb p-acp n1 pp-f po12 n2 vmb vbi j p-acp dt j-jn n1, p-acp r-crq (dx n1) dt n1 vmb vbi vvn av-dc j cc j cs d j cc j pp-f r-crq pns31 vvz n1. (32) chapter (DIV2) 1394 Image 165
4134 III Moreouer the Preacher shall take diligent héede, least he be thought to vtter and pronounce any thinge of a corrupt affection, of which sort it is, in case he immoderately flattereth himselfe or those that fauour his opinion, III Moreover the Preacher shall take diligent heed, lest he be Thought to utter and pronounce any thing of a corrupt affection, of which sort it is, in case he immoderately Flattereth himself or those that favour his opinion, crd av dt n1 vmb vvi j n1, cs pns31 vbb vvn pc-acp vvi cc vvi d n1 pp-f dt j n1, pp-f r-crq n1 pn31 vbz, p-acp n1 pns31 av-j vvz px31 cc d cst n1 po31 n1, (32) chapter (DIV2) 1395 Image 165
4135 if he commendeth all his owne stuffe more then is méete, or if so bee hee inueigheth ouer bitterly against any of his aduersaries, if he commends all his own stuff more then is meet, or if so be he inveigheth over bitterly against any of his Adversaries, cs pns31 vvz d po31 d n1 av-dc cs vbz j, cc cs av vbb pns31 vvz a-acp av-j p-acp d pp-f po31 n2, (32) chapter (DIV2) 1395 Image 165
4136 as though he were more incensed with hatred of the persons, then with desyre of defendinge the trueth. as though he were more incensed with hatred of the Persons, then with desire of defending the truth. c-acp cs pns31 vbdr av-dc vvn p-acp n1 pp-f dt n2, av p-acp n1 pp-f vvg dt n1. (32) chapter (DIV2) 1395 Image 165
4137 In déede he may touch the persons, sometimes also sharpely, after which sorte we sée the Pharisies to be handeled of Christ: In deed he may touch the Persons, sometime also sharply, After which sort we see the Pharisees to be handled of christ: p-acp n1 pns31 vmb vvi dt n2, av av av-j, p-acp r-crq n1 pns12 vvb dt np2 pc-acp vbi vvn pp-f np1: (32) chapter (DIV2) 1396 Image 165
4138 but •e must in no wise pretermitte grauitie, wherevnto it behoueth a godly zeale to be ioyned, but •e must in no wise pretermit gravity, whereunto it behooves a godly zeal to be joined, cc-acp n1 vmb p-acp dx j n1 n1, c-crq pn31 vvz dt j n1 pc-acp vbi vvn, (32) chapter (DIV2) 1396 Image 165
4139 and that (as the Apostles speaketh) accordinge to knowledge: finally thorough loue he ought to auoyde all offence giuinge. and that (as the Apostles speaks) according to knowledge: finally through love he ought to avoid all offence giving. cc d (c-acp dt n2 vvz) vvg p-acp n1: av-j p-acp n1 pns31 vmd pc-acp vvi d n1 vvg. (32) chapter (DIV2) 1396 Image 165
4140 IIII Againe in the whole Sermon behoueth great moderation to be vsed, whereby all men may be giuen to vnderstande, that their saluation and repentaunce is ernestly sought for which haue erred from the trueth: and not their condemnation. IIII Again in the Whole Sermon behooves great moderation to be used, whereby all men may be given to understand, that their salvation and Repentance is earnestly sought for which have erred from the truth: and not their condemnation. crd av p-acp dt j-jn n1 vvz j n1 pc-acp vbi vvn, c-crq d n2 vmb vbi vvn pc-acp vvi, cst po32 n1 cc n1 vbz av-j vvn p-acp r-crq vhb vvn p-acp dt n1: cc xx po32 n1. (32) chapter (DIV2) 1397 Image 165
4141 The good sheapheard directeth al the drifte of his endeuours to this end, that he may bring safely home the wanderyng shéepe to the folde. The good shepherd directeth all the drift of his endeavours to this end, that he may bring safely home the wandering sheep to the fold. dt j n1 vvz d dt n1 pp-f po31 n2 p-acp d n1, cst pns31 vmb vvi av-j av-an av j-vvg n1 p-acp dt n1. (32) chapter (DIV2) 1397 Image 166
4142 Many examples there be of Sermons pertayninge to this kinde Redargutiue. Many Examples there be of Sermons pertaining to this kind Redargutive. av-d n2 pc-acp vbi pp-f n2 vvg p-acp d j j. (32) chapter (DIV2) 1397 Image 166
4143 Esay in his eight chapter reproueth the Iewes, for that they trusted more in the strength of man then of God, what time they made a league with the idolatrous AEgiptians. Isaiah in his eight chapter Reproveth the Iewes, for that they trusted more in the strength of man then of God, what time they made a league with the idolatrous AEgiptians. np1 p-acp po31 crd n1 vvz dt np2, p-acp cst pns32 vvd av-dc p-acp dt n1 pp-f n1 av pp-f np1, r-crq n1 pns32 vvd dt n1 p-acp dt j np1. (32) chapter (DIV2) 1398 Image 166
4144 The same in his 28. chap. preacheth against those, that vrged mens traditions before the law of God. The same in his 28. chap. Preacheth against those, that urged men's traditions before the law of God. dt d p-acp po31 crd n1 vvz p-acp d, cst vvd ng2 n2 p-acp dt n1 pp-f np1. (32) chapter (DIV2) 1399 Image 166
4145 Againe cap. 29.31. he inueigheth against them that reposed their confidence in the help of man, Again cap. 29.31. he inveigheth against them that reposed their confidence in the help of man, av n1. crd. pns31 vvz p-acp pno32 cst vvd po32 n1 p-acp dt n1 pp-f n1, (32) chapter (DIV2) 1399 Image 166
4146 and neglected to call vpon God. Item cap. 44.46.47. is idolatry confuted we stronge and waighty reasons: and neglected to call upon God. Item cap. 44.46.47. is idolatry confuted we strong and weighty Reasons: cc vvd pc-acp vvi p-acp np1. n1 n1. crd. vbz n1 vvn po12 j cc j n2: (32) chapter (DIV2) 1399 Image 166
4147 cap. 66. hipocrysy and hypocriticall obseruations. cap. 66. hipocrysy and hypocritical observations. n1. crd n1 cc j n2. (32) chapter (DIV2) 1399 Image 166
4148 In the 14. and 15. of Ezechiel, is disproued their opinion which maintayned ye God spared the wicked, In the 14. and 15. of Ezechiel, is disproved their opinion which maintained you God spared the wicked, p-acp dt crd cc crd pp-f np1, vbz vvn po32 n1 r-crq vvd pn22 np1 vvd dt j, (32) chapter (DIV2) 1400 Image 166
4149 for the godlyes •ake that are meynt with the multitude. for the godlyes •ake that Are meant with the multitude. p-acp dt js n1 cst vbr vvn p-acp dt n1. (32) chapter (DIV2) 1400 Image 166
4150 Of the Euangelistes are described & set forth many sermons wherin Christ shaketh vp the Pharises and the most part of their false assertions. Of the Evangelists Are described & Set forth many Sermons wherein christ shakes up the Pharisees and the most part of their false assertions. pp-f dt n2 vbr vvn cc vvn av d n2 c-crq np1 vvz a-acp dt np2 cc dt av-ds n1 pp-f po32 j n2. (32) chapter (DIV2) 1400 Image 166
4151 Math. 5.6.7. Christe ouerthroweth their iudgement, ye would haue the rightuousenes whiche is accepted of God, to depend onely vpon outwarde actions; Math. 5.6.7. Christ Overthroweth their judgement, you would have the rightuousenes which is accepted of God, to depend only upon outward actions; np1 crd. np1 vvz po32 n1, pn22 vmd vhi dt n1 r-crq vbz vvn pp-f np1, pc-acp vvi av-j p-acp j n2; (32) chapter (DIV2) 1400 Image 166
4152 and as touching the inwarde rightuousenes of the minde, which God most chiefely requireth, made no mētion at all. and as touching the inward rightuousenes of the mind, which God most chiefly requires, made no mention At all. cc c-acp vvg dt j n1 pp-f dt n1, r-crq np1 av-ds av-jn vvz, vvd dx n1 p-acp d. (32) chapter (DIV2) 1400 Image 166
4153 Math. 12. he reiecteth the preposterous interpretation of the Pharises touching the halowing of ye Sabboth day, Math. 12. he rejects the preposterous Interpretation of the Pharisees touching the hallowing of the Sabbath day, np1 crd pns31 vvz dt j n1 pp-f dt np2 vvg dt n-vvg pp-f dt n1 n1, (32) chapter (DIV2) 1401 Image 166
4154 & declareth in what poyntes the true vse thereof consisteth. & Declareth in what points the true use thereof Consisteth. cc vvz p-acp r-crq n2 dt j n1 av vvz. (32) chapter (DIV2) 1401 Image 166
4155 Cap. 15. he subuerteth their false perswasions concerning washings, choice of meats, &c. of which also. Cap. 15. he subverteth their false persuasions Concerning washings, choice of Meats, etc. of which also. np1 crd pns31 vvz po32 j n2 vvg n2-vvg, n1 pp-f n2, av pp-f r-crq av. (32) chapter (DIV2) 1401 Image 166
4156 Mar. 7. Again Math. 22. he disputeth against the Saduces denying the resurrection of ye dead. Mar. 7. Again Math. 22. he disputeth against the Sadducees denying the resurrection of the dead. np1 crd av np1 crd pns31 vvz p-acp dt vvz vvg dt n1 pp-f dt j. (32) chapter (DIV2) 1401 Image 166
4157 Cap. 23. he impugneth diuers & sundry assertions of the Pharises, sharply rebuking them and threatning vengeaunce vnto them. Cap. 23. he impugns diverse & sundry assertions of the Pharisees, sharply rebuking them and threatening vengeance unto them. np1 crd pns31 vvz j cc j n2 pp-f dt np2, av-j vvg pno32 cc j-vvg n1 p-acp pno32. (32) chapter (DIV2) 1401 Image 166
4158 Math. 19. & Mark. 10. is confounded the false opinion of the Pharises touching diuorcement. Math. 19. & Mark. 10. is confounded the false opinion of the Pharisees touching divorcement. np1 crd cc vvb. crd vbz vvn dt j n1 pp-f dt np2 vvg n1. (32) chapter (DIV2) 1401 Image 166
4159 The confutation extant in the epistle to the Romaines, which beginneth in the fift chapter, where it is sayde, That hope maketh not ashamed, and is protracted to the eight chapter, The confutation extant in the epistle to the Romans, which begins in the fift chapter, where it is said, That hope makes not ashamed, and is protracted to the eight chapter, dt n1 j p-acp dt n1 p-acp dt njp2, r-crq vvz p-acp dt ord n1, c-crq pn31 vbz vvn, cst n1 vvz xx j, cc vbz vvn p-acp dt crd n1, (32) chapter (DIV2) 1401 Image 166
4160 forasmuch as it is ful of arte and skil, might worthily be put for an example, forasmuch as it is full of art and skill, might worthily be put for an Exampl, av c-acp pn31 vbz j pp-f n1 cc n1, vmd av-j vbi vvn p-acp dt n1, (32) chapter (DIV2) 1401 Image 166
4161 but that the whole disputation approcheth more néere to the scholasticall maner of teaching, then to the common or popular. Albeit the exhortations annexed well nigh to euery solution be very meete and requisite for those that doe teache the people. i. Cor. vii. but that the Whole disputation Approaches more near to the scholastical manner of teaching, then to the Common or popular. Albeit the exhortations annexed well High to every solution be very meet and requisite for those that do teach the people. i. Cor. vii. cc-acp cst dt j-jn n1 vvz av-dc av-j p-acp dt j n1 pp-f vvg, av p-acp dt j cc j. cs dt n2 vvn av av-j p-acp d n1 vbb av j cc j p-acp d cst vdb vvi dt n1. sy. np1 crd. (32) chapter (DIV2) 1401 Image 166
4162 Thapostle assayleth them that simply condemned maryage, againe those that dissalowed the seconde maryage, that permitted diuourcement for religions sake, lykewise that exacted perpetuall virginitie. The apostle assaileth them that simply condemned marriage, again those that dissalowed the seconde marriage, that permitted diuourcement for Religions sake, likewise that exacted perpetual virginity. np1 vvz pno32 d av-j vvn n1, av d d j-vvn dt ord n1, cst vvd n1 p-acp n2 n1, av d vvn j n1. (32) chapter (DIV2) 1402 Image 166
4163 In the same epistle cap. 8.9.10. the apostle rebuketh those that abused the lybertie of the Gospell, to the offence of theyr weake brethren. In the same epistle cap. 8.9.10. the apostle Rebuketh those that abused the liberty of the Gospel, to the offence of their weak brothers. p-acp dt d n1 n1. crd. dt n1 vvz d cst vvd dt n1 pp-f dt n1, p-acp dt n1 pp-f po32 j n2. (32) chapter (DIV2) 1402 Image 166
4164 In the first to the Thess. in some part of the. In the First to the Thess in Some part of thee. p-acp dt ord p-acp dt np1 p-acp d n1 pp-f pno32. (32) chapter (DIV2) 1403 Image 166
4165 5. chapter, & in the last cap. 2. he reproueth them of error, whiche had spred abrode that the end of the world was then at hand, 5. chapter, & in the last cap. 2. he Reproveth them of error, which had spread abroad that the end of the world was then At hand, crd n1, cc p-acp dt ord n1. crd pns31 vvz pno32 pp-f n1, r-crq vhd vvn av cst dt n1 pp-f dt n1 vbds av p-acp n1, (32) chapter (DIV2) 1403 Image 166
4166 and that Christe shoulde come euen straight wayes to iudgement. and that Christ should come even straight ways to judgement. cc cst np1 vmd vvi av av-j n2 p-acp n1. (32) chapter (DIV2) 1403 Image 166
4167 And although all thinges be of the Apostle very briefely and compendiously handeled, yet is it not without profit for vs to haue shedwed the maner of inuention which is in him to be séene. And although all things be of the Apostle very briefly and compendiously handled, yet is it not without profit for us to have shedwed the manner of invention which is in him to be seen. cc cs d n2 vbb pp-f dt n1 av av-j cc av-j vvd, av vbz pn31 xx p-acp n1 p-acp pno12 pc-acp vhi vvn dt n1 pp-f n1 r-crq vbz p-acp pno31 pc-acp vbi vvn. (32) chapter (DIV2) 1404 Image 166
4168 Chrisostom in his fift Tome hath left vnto vs two learned homilies 49. & 50. wherin he entreateth of those ye beléeue not the paynes of hell. Chrysostom in his fift Tome hath left unto us two learned homilies 49. & 50. wherein he entreateth of those you believe not the pains of hell. np1 p-acp po31 ord n1 vhz vvn p-acp pno12 crd j n2 crd cc crd c-crq pns31 vvz pp-f d pn22 vvb xx dt n2 pp-f n1. (32) chapter (DIV2) 1405 Image 166
4169 There is also homily 21. bearynge this title: There is also homily 21. bearing this title: pc-acp vbz av n1 crd vvg d n1: (32) chapter (DIV2) 1406 Image 166
4170 An enstruction or information to those ye were to be lightened & as touching women ye decked themselues with garlands and golde, & followed forceries, & inchauntmentes. an instruction or information to those you were to be lightened & as touching women you decked themselves with garlands and gold, & followed forceries, & enchantments. dt n1 cc n1 p-acp d pn22 vbdr pc-acp vbi vvn cc p-acp vvg n2 pn22 vvd px32 p-acp n2 cc n1, cc vvd n2, cc n2. (32) chapter (DIV2) 1406 Image 166
4171 Lykewise in a certaine homily had on the Calendes or first day of the month, he disputeth against them that obserue new moones: homily. r. hath some things against idolatry. Likewise in a certain homily had on the Calends or First day of the Monn, he disputeth against them that observe new moons: homily. r. hath Some things against idolatry. av p-acp dt j n1 vhd p-acp dt n2 cc ord n1 pp-f dt n1, pns31 vvz p-acp pno32 cst vvb j n2: n1. sy. vhz d n2 p-acp n1. (32) chapter (DIV2) 1406 Image 166
4172 Ther be read two sermons of his made against desperation, or wherin he sheweth, that we ought not to dispayre. There be read two Sermons of his made against desperation, or wherein he shows, that we ought not to despair. pc-acp vbi vvn crd n2 pp-f po31 vvn p-acp n1, cc c-crq pns31 vvz, cst pns12 vmd xx pc-acp vvi. (32) chapter (DIV2) 1406 Image 166
4173 Now amonge the Sermons that are entituted, as touching the prouidence of God, there be some which are spent in impugning of fatum or destenye, whiche it behoueth vs to ascribe vnto this order, Now among the Sermons that Are entituted, as touching the providence of God, there be Some which Are spent in impugning of fatum or destiny, which it behooves us to ascribe unto this order, av p-acp dt n2 cst vbr vvn, c-acp vvg dt n1 pp-f np1, pc-acp vbi d r-crq vbr vvn p-acp vvg pp-f fw-la cc n1, r-crq pn31 vvz pno12 pc-acp vvi p-acp d n1, (32) chapter (DIV2) 1407 Image 167
4174 and as such as declare a theame simple. and as such as declare a theme simple. cc c-acp d c-acp vvi dt n1 j. (32) chapter (DIV2) 1407 Image 167
4175 Besides, those against the Iewes, against the Anomaei, and other in generall had against hereticke, be appertayning to this frome. Beside, those against the Iewes, against the Anomaei, and other in general had against heretic, be aPPERTAINING to this from. a-acp, d p-acp dt np2, p-acp dt np1, cc n-jn p-acp n1 vhd p-acp n1, vbb vvg p-acp d p-acp. (32) chapter (DIV2) 1408 Image 167
4176 Basilius in a learned oration confuteth thē, that supposed God to be the author of euill. Basil in a learned oration confuteth them, that supposed God to be the author of evil. np1 p-acp dt j n1 vvz pno32, cst vvd np1 pc-acp vbi dt n1 pp-f n-jn. (32) chapter (DIV2) 1409 Image 167
4177 Out of all these thinges it becommeth playne and euident, that what things soeuer be of the orators ascribed to the iuditiall kinde belonging to the state definitiue, those ought to be referred to these two kindes hytherto expressed, the didafcalick, I meane, and redargutiue. Out of all these things it becomes plain and evident, that what things soever be of the Orators ascribed to the judicial kind belonging to the state definitive, those ought to be referred to these two Kinds hitherto expressed, the didafcalick, I mean, and Redargutive. av pp-f d d n2 pn31 vvz n1 cc j, cst r-crq n2 av vbb pp-f dt n2 vvn p-acp dt j j vvg p-acp dt n1 j, d pi pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp d crd n2 av vvn, dt j, pns11 vvb, cc j. (32) chapter (DIV2) 1409 Image 167
4178 For as oft as question is moued touching any principle or point of doctrine, certes to the ende thou mayest determin whether it be true or false, For as oft as question is moved touching any principle or point of Doctrine, certes to the end thou Mayest determine whither it be true or false, c-acp c-acp av c-acp n1 vbz vvn vvg d n1 cc n1 pp-f n1, av p-acp dt n1 pns21 vm2 vvi cs pn31 vbb j cc j, (32) chapter (DIV2) 1410 Image 167
4179 and maist defend ye which is true: and destroy that which is false: and Mayest defend you which is true: and destroy that which is false: cc vm2 vvi pn22 r-crq vbz j: cc vvi d r-crq vbz j: (32) chapter (DIV2) 1410 Image 167
4180 thou hast néede to be wel aduised by those things which we haue giuē forth as touching these two kindes. thou hast need to be well advised by those things which we have given forth as touching these two Kinds. pns21 vh2 n1 pc-acp vbi av vvn p-acp d n2 r-crq pns12 vhb vvn av p-acp vvg d crd n2. (32) chapter (DIV2) 1410 Image 167
4181 ¶ Of the kinde Institutiue or Instructiue. Cap. XII. ¶ Of the kind Institutive or Instructive. Cap. XII. ¶ pp-f dt j j cc j. np1 np1. (33) chapter (DIV2) 1410 Image 167
4182 TO the kinde Instructiue doe appertaine al those thinges in especially which the Rethoricians haue placed in the kinde deliberatiue. For perswasions, exhortations, admonitions, no man perceyueth not to tend to the right information of mans lyfe in rightuousnesse, TO the kind Instructive do appertain all those things in especially which the Rhetoricians have placed in the kind deliberative. For persuasions, exhortations, admonitions, no man perceiveth not to tend to the right information of men life in righteousness, p-acp dt j j vdb vvi d d n2 p-acp av-j r-crq dt n2 vhb vvn p-acp dt j j. p-acp n2, n2, n2, dx n1 vvz xx pc-acp vvi p-acp dt j-jn n1 pp-f ng1 n1 p-acp n1, (33) chapter (DIV2) 1411 Image 167
4183 lyke as we haue aboue also declared. like as we have above also declared. av-j c-acp pns12 vhb p-acp av vvn. (33) chapter (DIV2) 1411 Image 167
4184 Further, those thinges ye he peculiar to ye kinde demonstratiue, & encomiastical, shal be reduced to this forme. Further, those things you he peculiar to you kind demonstrative, & encomiastical, shall be reduced to this Form. av-jc, d n2 pn22 pns31 j p-acp pn22 j j, cc j, vmb vbi vvn p-acp d n1. (33) chapter (DIV2) 1411 Image 167
4185 For when it falleth out ye there is praised in ye ecclesiastical assēbly, either some person, For when it falls out you there is praised in you ecclesiastical assembly, either Some person, p-acp c-crq pn31 vvz av pn22 pc-acp vbz vvn p-acp pn22 j n1, d d n1, (33) chapter (DIV2) 1411 Image 167
4186 as Abraham, Iob: or déede, as ye inuincible fortitude & constan•y of ye Machabees in confessiō of y• truth: as Abraham, Job: or deed, as you invincible fortitude & constan•y of you Maccabees in Confessi of y• truth: c-acp np1, np1: cc n1, c-acp pn22 j n1 cc n1 pp-f pn22 np2 p-acp n1 pp-f n1 n1: (33) chapter (DIV2) 1411 Image 167
4187 or any thing els, as bountifulnesse towardes the poore, hospitality, concorde, Prophesye, fastinge, Prayer: or any thing Else, as bountifulness towards the poor, hospitality, concord, Prophesy, fasting, Prayer: cc d n1 av, c-acp n1 p-acp dt j, n1, n1, vvb, vvg, n1: (33) chapter (DIV2) 1411 Image 167
4188 no manne doubteth these thinges therefore chiefely to bee done, to the entent the hearers might be prouoked either to the imitation of the lyke in their common trade of lyfe, no man doubteth these things Therefore chiefly to be done, to the intent the hearers might be provoked either to the imitation of the like in their Common trade of life, dx n1 vvz d n2 av av-jn pc-acp vbi vdn, p-acp dt n1 dt n2 vmd vbi vvn av-d p-acp dt n1 pp-f dt av-j p-acp po32 j n1 pp-f n1, (33) chapter (DIV2) 1411 Image 167
4189 or truely to praise and magnifye God, which would haue such notable thinges accomplished of his chosen. or truly to praise and magnify God, which would have such notable things accomplished of his chosen. cc av-j pc-acp vvi cc vvi np1, r-crq vmd vhi d j n2 vvn pp-f po31 j-vvn. (33) chapter (DIV2) 1411 Image 167
4190 Moreouer to this order shall be transferred NONLATINALPHABET: Moreover to this order shall be transferred: av p-acp d n1 vmb vbi vvn: (33) chapter (DIV2) 1412 Image 167
4191 for so they called short exhortations whereby the pastors in times past were accustomed in the Church to stirre vp the people to giue God thankes for his benefits receiued as wel spirituall as corporall. for so they called short exhortations whereby the Pastors in times past were accustomed in the Church to stir up the people to give God thanks for his benefits received as well spiritual as corporal. p-acp av pns32 vvd j n2 c-crq dt n2 p-acp n2 j vbdr vvn p-acp dt n1 pc-acp vvi a-acp dt n1 pc-acp vvi np1 n2 p-acp po31 n2 vvd a-acp av j c-acp j. (33) chapter (DIV2) 1412 Image 167
4192 Lykewise also funerall orations, whereby are praysed in some respecte the persones which haue led an vpright and holy life, Likewise also funeral orations, whereby Are praised in Some respect the Persons which have led an upright and holy life, av av n1 n2, c-crq vbr vvn p-acp d n1 dt n2 r-crq vhb vvn dt av-j cc j n1, (33) chapter (DIV2) 1412 Image 167
4193 and of whō the church can iustly testifie and beare record. and of whom the Church can justly testify and bear record. cc pp-f ro-crq dt n1 vmb av-j vvi cc vvi n1. (33) chapter (DIV2) 1412 Image 167
4194 Againe further it is no harde matter redily to recount such places as doe agrée to these diuers fourmes of Sermons. Again further it is no harden matter readily to recount such places as do agree to these diverse forms of Sermons. av av-j pn31 vbz dx j n1 av-j pc-acp vvi d n2 c-acp vdb vvi p-acp d j n2 pp-f n2. (33) chapter (DIV2) 1412 Image 167
4195 If therfore thou be desyrous to perswade thy hearers, either to allow or to accomplish any thinge, as that they would procure to be builded an hospitall for the poore comming out of straunge Countries, If Therefore thou be desirous to persuade thy hearers, either to allow or to accomplish any thing, as that they would procure to be built an hospital for the poor coming out of strange Countries, cs av pns21 vbi j pc-acp vvi po21 n2, av-d pc-acp vvi cc pc-acp vvi d n1, c-acp cst pns32 vmd vvi pc-acp vbi vvn dt n1 p-acp dt j n-vvg av pp-f j n2, (33) chapter (DIV2) 1413 Image 167
4196 or collections to be made on the feas•ful dayes to redéeme their captiue brethren, or that they woulde labour to erect some decayed schole, to restore the censure of the Churche, which they call excommunication, that they would receiue againe into fauour those persons that haue bene the authors of great and publike offences, &c. We will shew a compendious way how these thinges may be brought to passe. or collections to be made on the feas•ful days to Redeem their captive brothers, or that they would labour to erect Some decayed school, to restore the censure of the Church, which they call excommunication, that they would receive again into favour those Persons that have be the Authors of great and public offences, etc. We will show a compendious Way how these things may be brought to pass. cc n2 pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp dt j n2 pc-acp vvi po32 j-jn n2, cc cst pns32 vmd vvi pc-acp vvi d j-vvn n1, pc-acp vvi dt n1 pp-f dt n1, r-crq pns32 vvb n1, cst pns32 vmd vvi av p-acp n1 d n2 cst vhb vbn dt n2 pp-f j cc j n2, av pns12 vmb vvi dt j n1 c-crq d n2 vmb vbi vvn pc-acp vvi. (33) chapter (DIV2) 1413 Image 167
4197 I No small number of reasons may chiefely be deryued from those places, which we sée to be in vse with the Orators: as, Of the honesty. Of the cause or matter. Of the iustice and equitie. Of the cause or matter. Of the goodnesse. Of the cause or matter. Of the profitablenesse. Of the cause or matter. Of the surety. Of the cause or matter. I No small number of Reasons may chiefly be deryued from those places, which we see to be in use with the Orators: as, Of the honesty. Of the cause or matter. Of the Justice and equity. Of the cause or matter. Of the Goodness. Of the cause or matter. Of the profitableness. Of the cause or matter. Of the surety. Of the cause or matter. pns11 dx j n1 pp-f n2 vmb av-jn vbi vvn p-acp d n2, r-crq pns12 vvb pc-acp vbi p-acp n1 p-acp dt n2: a-acp, pp-f dt n1. pp-f dt n1 cc n1. pp-f dt n1 cc n1. pp-f dt n1 cc n1. pp-f dt n1. pp-f dt n1 cc n1. pp-f dt n1. pp-f dt n1 cc n1. pp-f dt n1. pp-f dt n1 cc n1. (33) chapter (DIV2) 1414 Image 167
4198 Of the comlynes & cōmendation Of the cause or matter. Of the necessitie. Of the cause or matter. Of the easines or possibilytie. Of the cause or matter. Of the comlynes & commendation Of the cause or matter. Of the necessity. Of the cause or matter. Of the easiness or possibilytie. Of the cause or matter. pp-f dt n1 cc n1 pp-f dt n1 cc n1. pp-f dt n1. pp-f dt n1 cc n1. pp-f dt n1 cc n1. pp-f dt n1 cc n1. (33) chapter (DIV2) 1414 Image 167
4199 II To declare any thing to be iust, godly, praise worthy, necessary, many grounds and proofes may be drawen out of the most plentifull storehouse of the sacred Scriptures, whiche thou mayste dispose in what order thou wilte: Of the commaundement of God. Of the promises of God. II To declare any thing to be just, godly, praise worthy, necessary, many grounds and proofs may be drawn out of the most plentiful storehouse of the sacred Scriptures, which thou mayste dispose in what order thou wilt: Of the Commandment of God. Of the promises of God. crd pc-acp vvi d n1 pc-acp vbi j, j, vvb j, j, d n2 cc n2 vmb vbi vvn av pp-f dt av-ds j n1 pp-f dt j n2, r-crq pns21 vm2 vvi p-acp r-crq n1 pns21 vm2: pp-f dt n1 pp-f np1. pp-f dt n2 pp-f np1. (33) chapter (DIV2) 1415 Image 168
4200 Of the counsell of the holy prophets or Apostles whiche séeme to perswade some such lyke thing. Of the counsel of the holy Prophets or Apostles which seem to persuade Some such like thing. pp-f dt n1 pp-f dt j n2 cc n2 r-crq vvb pc-acp vvi d d av-j n1. (33) chapter (DIV2) 1415 Image 168
4201 Of the examples and déedes of the holy Saints. Of the Examples and Deeds of the holy Saints. pp-f dt n2 cc n2 pp-f dt j n2. (33) chapter (DIV2) 1415 Image 168
4202 Of the profit and vtilitie, which wyl redound to ye mindes of the faithfull or to the whole church. Of the profit and utility, which will redound to you minds of the faithful or to the Whole Church. pp-f dt n1 cc n1, r-crq vmb vvi p-acp pn22 n2 pp-f dt j cc p-acp dt j-jn n1. (33) chapter (DIV2) 1415 Image 168
4203 Of the illustration of Gods maiesty and glory when namely we shew ye to the settyng forth of Gods glory, Of the illustration of God's majesty and glory when namely we show you to the setting forth of God's glory, pp-f dt n1 pp-f npg1 n1 cc n1 c-crq av pns12 vvb pn22 p-acp dt vvg av pp-f npg1 n1, (33) chapter (DIV2) 1416 Image 168
4204 & to the sanctyfying of his name vpon earth, the thing that we speake off, wil wonderfully auayle. & to the sanctyfying of his name upon earth, the thing that we speak off, will wonderfully avail. cc p-acp dt n-vvg pp-f po31 n1 p-acp n1, dt n1 cst pns12 vvb a-acp, vmb av-j vvi. (33) chapter (DIV2) 1416 Image 168
4205 Of the edifying of others, when we declare that the same déede wil be profytable to a great number of other, to the end they may be confirmed in godlynes. Of the edifying of Others, when we declare that the same deed will be profitable to a great number of other, to the end they may be confirmed in godliness. pp-f dt n-vvg pp-f n2-jn, c-crq pns12 vvb cst dt d n1 vmb vbi j p-acp dt j n1 pp-f n-jn, p-acp dt n1 pns32 vmb vbi vvn p-acp n1. (33) chapter (DIV2) 1417 Image 168
4206 For these and such lyke places moe, be as ye woulde say domesticall and companyon lyke to diuinitie, For these and such like places more, be as you would say domestical and Companion like to divinity, p-acp d cc d av-j n2 av-dc, vbb p-acp pn22 vmd vvi j cc n1 av-j p-acp n1, (33) chapter (DIV2) 1418 Image 168
4207 but to the Orators they are straunge and vnaccustomed, if so bee, I meane, they be handeled after the same maner, that we sée them to be handeled in the holy scriptures. but to the Orators they Are strange and unaccustomed, if so be, I mean, they be handled After the same manner, that we see them to be handled in the holy Scriptures. cc-acp p-acp dt n2 pns32 vbr j cc j, cs av vbi, pns11 vvb, pns32 vbb vvn p-acp dt d n1, cst pns12 vvb pno32 pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp dt j n2. (33) chapter (DIV2) 1418 Image 168
4208 Now if thou be disposed to exhort or admonish, thou hast in this behalfe also certaine places at hand. Now if thou be disposed to exhort or admonish, thou hast in this behalf also certain places At hand. av cs pns21 vbb vvn pc-acp vvi cc vvi, pns21 vh2 p-acp d n1 av j n2 p-acp n1. (33) chapter (DIV2) 1419 Image 168
4209 I And worthily in the first place shalt thou put before thée those thinges that may be taken out of Diuinitie, I And worthily in the First place shalt thou put before thee those things that may be taken out of Divinity, pns11 cc av-j p-acp dt ord n1 vm2 pns21 vvi p-acp pno21 d n2 cst vmb vbi vvn av pp-f n1, (33) chapter (DIV2) 1420 Image 168
4210 as a treasury by it selfe very ritch and plentifull. Argumentes are deriued: as a treasury by it self very rich and plentiful. Arguments Are derived: c-acp dt n1 p-acp pn31 n1 av j cc j. n2 vbr vvn: (33) chapter (DIV2) 1420 Image 168
4211 Of the prayse of the thing wherof entreaty is made, or also of the persons which we desyre to admonish. Of the praise of the thing whereof entreaty is made, or also of the Persons which we desire to admonish. pp-f dt n1 pp-f dt n1 c-crq n1 vbz vvn, cc av pp-f dt n2 r-crq pns12 vvi pc-acp vvi. (33) chapter (DIV2) 1422 Image 168
4212 For so the Apostle doth oftetimes through praysing stirre vp mens mindes. Of the hope of the successe. For so the Apostle does oftentimes through praising stir up men's minds. Of the hope of the success. p-acp av dt n1 vdz av p-acp vvg n1 p-acp ng2 n2. pp-f dt n1 pp-f dt n1. (33) chapter (DIV2) 1422 Image 168
4213 For God fauoreth & gladly helpeth the endeuorus of the faithfull. Of the publike expectation of other brethren or congregations. For God favoureth & gladly Helpeth the endeuorus of the faithful. Of the public expectation of other brothers or congregations. p-acp np1 vvz cc av-j vvz dt n1 pp-f dt j. pp-f dt j n1 pp-f j-jn n2 cc n2. (33) chapter (DIV2) 1423 Image 168
4214 Of the glory to be looked for, as well with God, as with men. Of the glory to be looked for, as well with God, as with men. pp-f dt n1 pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp, c-acp av p-acp np1, c-acp p-acp n2. (33) chapter (DIV2) 1424 Image 168
4215 For to require a testimony of the trueth of honest & good men, is an honest poynt. For to require a testimony of the truth of honest & good men, is an honest point. p-acp pc-acp vvi dt n1 pp-f dt n1 pp-f j cc j n2, vbz dt j n1. (33) chapter (DIV2) 1424 Image 168
4216 And all men ought to labour in this, that they may to all euery where bee a good sauour of Christe. And all men ought to labour in this, that they may to all every where be a good savour of Christ. cc d n2 vmd pc-acp vvi p-acp d, cst pns32 vmb p-acp d d c-crq vbi dt j n1 pp-f np1. (33) chapter (DIV2) 1424 Image 168
4217 It behoueth all men to profit a lyke both by good reporte, and euill report, and to promote the thinges that are Jesus Christes. It behooves all men to profit a like both by good report, and evil report, and to promote the things that Are jesus Christ's. pn31 vvz d n2 pc-acp vvi dt av-j av-d p-acp j n1, cc j-jn n1, cc pc-acp vvi dt n2 cst vbr uh-np npg1. (33) chapter (DIV2) 1425 Image 168
4218 But yet shall no good man couet ouer much to séeke after glory with men, much lesse shal he rest in it being gotten: But yet shall no good man covet over much to seek After glory with men, much less shall he rest in it being got: p-acp av vmb dx j n1 vvb p-acp d pc-acp vvi p-acp n1 p-acp n2, av-d av-dc vmb pns31 vvi p-acp pn31 vbg vvn: (33) chapter (DIV2) 1426 Image 168
4219 and that for this cause, least whilest be obteyneth temporall glory of men, he be spoyled of a more ample glorye, to wit, immortall, which he should haue enioyed of the immortall God. and that for this cause, lest whilst be obtaineth temporal glory of men, he be spoiled of a more ample glory, to wit, immortal, which he should have enjoyed of the immortal God. cc cst p-acp d n1, cs cs vbb vvz j n1 pp-f n2, pns31 vbb vvn pp-f dt av-dc j n1, pc-acp vvi, j, r-crq pns31 vmd vhi vvn pp-f dt j np1. (33) chapter (DIV2) 1426 Image 168
4220 Of the feare of ignominye or reproche. Of the Fear of ignominy or reproach. pp-f dt n1 pp-f n1 cc n1. (33) chapter (DIV2) 1427 Image 168
4221 For it may be obiected vnto them that they profit not in Christ, but rather reuoult from Christ, For it may be objected unto them that they profit not in christ, but rather reuoult from christ, p-acp pn31 vmb vbi vvn p-acp pno32 cst pns32 vvb xx p-acp np1, cc-acp av-c vvi p-acp np1, (33) chapter (DIV2) 1428 Image 168
4222 as we sée the Galathians to be taunted of the Apostle, whom he doubteth not to call foolysh, NONLATINALPHABET. as we see the Galatians to be taunted of the Apostle, whom he doubteth not to call foolish,. c-acp pns12 vvb dt np2 pc-acp vbi vvn pp-f dt n1, ro-crq pns31 vvz xx pc-acp vvi j,. (33) chapter (DIV2) 1428 Image 168
4223 Of the certaintie and greatnesse of the rewards which remayne for vs as well in this lyfe as also in the lyfe to come. Of the certainty and greatness of the rewards which remain for us as well in this life as also in the life to come. pp-f dt n1 cc n1 pp-f dt n2 r-crq vvb p-acp pno12 p-acp av p-acp d n1 c-acp av p-acp dt n1 pc-acp vvi. (33) chapter (DIV2) 1429 Image 168
4224 For there be promises of both kyndes put foorth vnto vs. II And héere againe be effectuall those places that a litle before I reherced, to wit: For there be promises of both Kinds put forth unto us II And Here again be effectual those places that a little before I rehearsed, to wit: p-acp pc-acp vbi n2 pp-f d n2 vvd av p-acp pno12 crd cc av av vbi j d n2 cst dt j c-acp pns11 vvd, pc-acp vvi: (33) chapter (DIV2) 1429 Image 168
4225 Of the commaundement of God, Of the promises of God, Of the threatnings of God, Of the counsell of holy men, Of the examples and déedes of the same, Of comparisons, &c. Of the Commandment of God, Of the promises of God, Of the threatenings of God, Of the counsel of holy men, Of the Examples and Deeds of the same, Of comparisons, etc. pp-f dt n1 pp-f np1, pp-f dt n2 pp-f np1, pp-f dt n2-vvg pp-f np1, pp-f dt n1 pp-f j n2, pp-f dt n2 cc n2 pp-f dt d, pp-f n2, av (33) chapter (DIV2) 1430 Image 168
4226 III What shall I saye, that of causes moreouer and circumstaunces, may no slender argumentes be taken, III What shall I say, that of Causes moreover and Circumstances, may no slender Arguments be taken, crd r-crq vmb pns11 vvi, cst pp-f n2 av cc n2, vmb dx j n2 vbb vvn, (33) chapter (DIV2) 1431 Image 168
4227 when as in these oft times lye hid many thinges, which minister no small force to the styrring vp of mindes? when as in these oft times lie hid many things, which minister no small force to the stirring up of minds? c-crq c-acp p-acp d av n2 vvb vvd d n2, r-crq vvb dx j n1 p-acp dt vvg a-acp pp-f n2? (33) chapter (DIV2) 1431 Image 169
4228 IIII Neither shall héere be pretermitted the craft or cunning of mouing of affections. IIII Neither shall Here be pretermitted the craft or cunning of moving of affections. crd av-d vmb av vbi vvn dt n1 cc n-jn pp-f vvg pp-f n2. (33) chapter (DIV2) 1432 Image 169
4229 For in case thou desyrest to induce the multitude to the loue of vertue, to the hatred of vice, to compassion towardes the oppressed with wronge, to indignation against the despisers of vertuous exercises, to the seruēt study of any thing, it shal be thy part to set abroch all the engins of art and grace in speaking. For in case thou Desirest to induce the multitude to the love of virtue, to the hatred of vice, to compassion towards the oppressed with wrong, to Indignation against the despisers of virtuous exercises, to the servent study of any thing, it shall be thy part to Set abroach all the Engines of art and grace in speaking. c-acp p-acp n1 pns21 vv2 pc-acp vvi dt n1 p-acp dt n1 pp-f n1, p-acp dt n1 pp-f n1, p-acp n1 p-acp dt j-vvn p-acp n-jn, p-acp n1 p-acp dt n2 pp-f j n2, p-acp dt n1 n1 pp-f d n1, pn31 vmb vbi po21 n1 pc-acp vvi av d dt n2 pp-f n1 cc n1 p-acp vvg. (33) chapter (DIV2) 1433 Image 169
4230 Hitherto finally do pertaine also communications, obsecrations, contestations, and such like figures, as we sée oftentimes the prophets and apostles to haue vsed. Hitherto finally do pertain also communications, Prayer, contestations, and such like figures, as we see oftentimes the Prophets and Apostles to have used. av av-j vdb vvi av n2, n2, n2, cc d j n2, c-acp pns12 vvb av dt n2 cc n2 pc-acp vhi vvn. (33) chapter (DIV2) 1433 Image 169
4231 Furthermore he that wyll prayse eyther a person, or déede, or thing, shall vnderstand that he must somwhat otherwise frame his talke in the Church, Furthermore he that will praise either a person, or deed, or thing, shall understand that he must somewhat otherwise frame his talk in the Church, av pns31 cst vmb vvi d dt n1, cc n1, cc n1, vmb vvi cst pns31 vmb av av vvi po31 n1 p-acp dt n1, (33) chapter (DIV2) 1434 Image 169
4232 then the company of Rethoritians is accustomed at the barre, or in the Scholes. For these truely when they prayse any person doe prefixe before their eyes these places: then the company of Rhetoricians is accustomed At the bar, or in the Schools. For these truly when they praise any person do prefix before their eyes these places: cs dt n1 pp-f n2 vbz vvn p-acp dt n1, cc p-acp dt n2. p-acp d av-j c-crq pns32 vvb d n1 vdb vvi p-acp po32 n2 d n2: (33) chapter (DIV2) 1434 Image 169
4233 the nation, countrey, lygnage, wounders or miracles that went before the natiuitie, name, ornamentes of the body, as fauour, strength, comlines: moreouer education, studies, artes: the Nation, country, lineage, wonders or Miracles that went before the Nativity, name, Ornament of the body, as favour, strength, comeliness: moreover education, studies, arts: dt n1, n1, n1, n2 cc n2 cst vvd p-acp dt n1, n1, n2 pp-f dt n1, c-acp n1, n1, n1: av n1, n2, n2: (33) chapter (DIV2) 1435 Image 169
4234 also the goodes or ornamentes of the minde, as witte, docilitye, sharpnes of sight, prudence, gentilnes, sobrietye, grauitye, constancy, fortitude, godlines, zeale of religion: also the goods or Ornament of the mind, as wit, docilitye, sharpness of sighed, prudence, gentleness, sobriety, gravity, constancy, fortitude, godliness, zeal of Religion: av dt n2-j cc n2 pp-f dt n1, c-acp n1, n1, n1 pp-f n1, n1, n1, n1, n1, n1, n1, n1, n1 pp-f n1: (33) chapter (DIV2) 1435 Image 169
4235 then the kinde of life, state or condition; likewise the benefites of fortune, as riches, friendships, possessions, enheritaūces: then the kind of life, state or condition; likewise the benefits of fortune, as riches, friendships, possessions, enheritaunces: av dt n1 pp-f n1, n1 cc n1; av dt n2 pp-f n1, c-acp n2, n2, n2, n2: (33) chapter (DIV2) 1435 Image 169
4236 againe the actes done both publickely and priuately: afterward the rewardes of the actes done, as honours, offices, triumphes: again the acts done both publicly and privately: afterwards the rewards of the acts done, as honours, Offices, Triumphos: av dt n2 vdn d av-j cc av-jn: av dt n2 pp-f dt n2 vdn, c-acp n2, n2, n2: (33) chapter (DIV2) 1435 Image 169
4237 last of all the thinges accomplished in the olde age, death, end of life, opinion after death, signes or wonders going before or following after death. last of all the things accomplished in the old age, death, end of life, opinion After death, Signs or wonders going before or following After death. ord pp-f d dt n2 vvn p-acp dt j n1, n1, n1 pp-f n1, n1 p-acp n1, n2 cc n2 vvg a-acp cc vvg p-acp n1. (33) chapter (DIV2) 1435 Image 169
4238 After this sort, I saye, are ye Orators wont to run through all the degrees of age. After this sort, I say, Are you Orators wont to run through all the Degrees of age. p-acp d n1, pns11 vvb, vbr pn22 n2 j pc-acp vvi p-acp d dt n2 pp-f n1. (33) chapter (DIV2) 1436 Image 169
4239 But somtimes they distribute those places in this order, ye first they speake of the gifts of the body, next of the gifts of fortune, But sometimes they distribute those places in this order, you First they speak of the Gifts of the body, next of the Gifts of fortune, p-acp av pns32 vvi d n2 p-acp d n1, pn22 ord pns32 vvi pp-f dt n2 pp-f dt n1, ord pp-f dt n2 pp-f n1, (33) chapter (DIV2) 1437 Image 169
4240 and finally of the giftes of the minde. But verily the preacher in all this busines vseth somuch vnlike practise. and finally of the Gifts of the mind. But verily the preacher in all this business uses So much unlike practise. cc av-j pp-f dt n2 pp-f dt n1. cc-acp av-j dt n1 p-acp d d n1 vvz av av-j vvi. (33) chapter (DIV2) 1437 Image 169
4241 I. First truely the Churche hath not bene accustomed to prosecute with prayses those that be a liue, I. First truly the Church hath not be accustomed to prosecute with praises those that be a live, np1 np1 av-j dt n1 vhz xx vbn vvn pc-acp vvi p-acp n2 d cst vbb dt j, (33) chapter (DIV2) 1439 Image 169
4242 & still subiecte to all kindes of tempations and sinnes, as the Orators haue done in puttinge forth their Panegyricall and plausible Orations vttered in prayse and commendatiō of men: & still Subject to all Kinds of Temptations and Sins, as the Orators have done in putting forth their Panegyrical and plausible Orations uttered in praise and commendation of men: cc av j-jn p-acp d n2 pp-f n2 cc n2, c-acp dt n2 vhb vdn p-acp vvg av po32 j cc j n2 vvn p-acp n1 cc n1 pp-f n2: (33) chapter (DIV2) 1439 Image 169
4243 as who saith iudgeinge that to be either the propertie of flatterers, or of such as prepare a triumph before the victory: as who Says judging that to be either the property of Flatterers, or of such as prepare a triumph before the victory: c-acp r-crq vvz vvg d pc-acp vbi d dt n1 pp-f n2, cc pp-f d c-acp vvb dt n1 p-acp dt n1: (33) chapter (DIV2) 1439 Image 169
4244 Of whom that the doinges of those are shamefull, of these fonde and folishe, it is plaine and manifest. Of whom that the doings of those Are shameful, of these fond and foolish, it is plain and manifest. pp-f r-crq d dt n2-vdg pp-f d vbr j, pp-f d j cc j, pn31 vbz j cc j. (33) chapter (DIV2) 1439 Image 169
4245 But it prayseth and extolleth those onely whom all good men trust assuredly to be now translated into the felowshippe and societie of Saintes. But it Praiseth and extolleth those only whom all good men trust assuredly to be now translated into the fellowship and society of Saints. p-acp pn31 vvz cc vvz d av-j r-crq d j n2 vvb av-vvn p-acp vbi av vvn p-acp dt n1 cc n1 pp-f np1. (33) chapter (DIV2) 1440 Image 169
4246 II. Againe the Preacher that will celebrate the praises of any good & holy man, dealeth very slenderly with those places which wée reherced, II Again the Preacher that will celebrate the praises of any good & holy man, deals very slenderly with those places which we rehearsed, crd av dt n1 cst vmb vvi dt n2 pp-f d j cc j n1, vvz av av-j p-acp d n2 r-crq pns12 vvd, (33) chapter (DIV2) 1441 Image 169
4247 yea so far is it off that he taketh matter of prayse, of the benefites of the body and of fortune, that he scarce toucheth them at all, yea so Far is it off that he Takes matter of praise, of the benefits of the body and of fortune, that he scarce touches them At all, uh av av-j vbz pn31 p-acp cst pns31 vvz n1 pp-f n1, pp-f dt n2 pp-f dt n1 cc pp-f n1, cst pns31 av-j vvz pno32 p-acp d, (33) chapter (DIV2) 1441 Image 169
4248 or if he doth touch them, yet is it beside the purpose, and not but to teach by the way, or if he does touch them, yet is it beside the purpose, and not but to teach by the Way, cc cs pns31 vdz vvi pno32, av vbz pn31 p-acp dt n1, cc xx p-acp pc-acp vvi p-acp dt n1, (33) chapter (DIV2) 1441 Image 169
4249 how that blessed man trusted not or abused not those giftes and benefites. how that blessed man trusted not or abused not those Gifts and benefits. c-crq d j-vvn n1 vvd xx cc vvd xx d n2 cc n2. (33) chapter (DIV2) 1441 Image 169
4250 III. Moreouer, the Preacher many times expoundeth some Chapter of the holy Scriptures recited in the publicke assemblie, in which also he standeth somwhat longe: III. Moreover, the Preacher many times expoundeth Some Chapter of the holy Scriptures recited in the public assembly, in which also he Stands somewhat long: np1. av, dt n1 d n2 vvz d n1 pp-f dt j n2 vvn p-acp dt j n1, p-acp r-crq av pns31 vvz av av-j: (33) chapter (DIV2) 1442 Image 169
4251 and at length by litle and litle he taketh in hande one or two, or certes not lightly aboue thrée places as touching his lyfe whose memory they wish with all honour to be preserued, commendinge in them some vertues of his more eminent and perspicuous. and At length by little and little he Takes in hand one or two, or certes not lightly above thrée places as touching his life whose memory they wish with all honour to be preserved, commending in them Some Virtues of his more eminent and perspicuous. cc p-acp n1 p-acp j cc j pns31 vvz p-acp n1 crd cc crd, cc av xx av-j p-acp crd n2 p-acp vvg po31 n1 rg-crq n1 pns32 vvb p-acp d n1 pc-acp vbi vvn, vvg p-acp pno32 d n2 pp-f po31 av-dc j cc j. (33) chapter (DIV2) 1442 Image 169
4252 IIII. Last of all the Ecclesiasticall Teacher doth with more earnest endeuour enforce himselfe to this, that hée may direct all his discourse to the correctinge and amendinge of mens corrupt maners, IIII. Last of all the Ecclesiastical Teacher does with more earnest endeavour enforce himself to this, that he may Direct all his discourse to the correcting and amending of men's corrupt manners, crd. ord pp-f d dt j n1 vdz p-acp av-dc j n1 vvi px31 p-acp d, cst pns31 vmb vvi d po31 n1 p-acp dt vvg cc vvg pp-f ng2 j n2, (33) chapter (DIV2) 1443 Image 169
4253 and to frame in ye mindes of his hearers impressions of true godlynes, also to illustrate and séet forth the glory of the heauenly Countrey: and to frame in you minds of his hearers impressions of true godliness, also to illustrate and séet forth the glory of the heavenly Country: cc pc-acp vvi p-acp pn22 n2 pp-f po31 n2 n2 pp-f j n1, av pc-acp vvi cc vvi av dt n1 pp-f dt j n1: (33) chapter (DIV2) 1443 Image 169
4254 then howe he may make that blessed man to be had in admiration, to be wondered at, or worshipped. then how he may make that blessed man to be had in admiration, to be wondered At, or worshipped. av c-crq pns31 vmb vvi cst j-vvn n1 pc-acp vbi vhn p-acp n1, pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp, cc vvn. (33) chapter (DIV2) 1443 Image 170
4255 For he that is occupied in praysing of any vertuous person ought to prefixe to himselfe a double scope or ende. For he that is occupied in praising of any virtuous person ought to prefix to himself a double scope or end. c-acp pns31 cst vbz vvn p-acp vvg pp-f d j n1 vmd pc-acp vvi p-acp px31 dt j-jn n1 cc n1. (33) chapter (DIV2) 1444 Image 170
4256 The one, that by hearinge the gracious and excellent déedes of worthy and famous men the godly hearers may be prouoked to prayse and magnifie GOD, who vouched safe to elect and call them, The one, that by hearing the gracious and excellent Deeds of worthy and famous men the godly hearers may be provoked to praise and magnify GOD, who vouched safe to elect and call them, dt pi, cst p-acp vvg dt j cc j n2 pp-f j cc j n2 dt j n2 vmb vbi vvn pc-acp vvi cc vvi np1, r-crq vvd j pc-acp vvi cc vvi pno32, (33) chapter (DIV2) 1444 Image 170
4257 and to brings to passe through them great and mightye thinges, wherby his name might be sanctified and celebrated vppon earth. and to brings to pass through them great and mighty things, whereby his name might be sanctified and celebrated upon earth. cc pc-acp vvz pc-acp vvi p-acp pno32 j cc j n2, c-crq po31 n1 vmd vbi vvn cc vvn p-acp n1. (33) chapter (DIV2) 1444 Image 170
4258 The other, that the multitude maye be stirred and enflamed to the imitation of their so notable déedes. The other, that the multitude may be stirred and inflamed to the imitation of their so notable Deeds. dt n-jn, cst dt n1 vmb vbi vvn cc vvn p-acp dt n1 pp-f po32 av j n2. (33) chapter (DIV2) 1445 Image 170
4259 Either of these scopes is euidently set foorth in the Scriptures. Either of these scopes is evidently Set forth in the Scriptures. av-d pp-f d n2 vbz av-j vvn av p-acp dt n2. (33) chapter (DIV2) 1445 Image 170
4260 Touching the former Christ sayth Math. 5. Let your light so shine before men, that they may see your good workes, Touching the former christ say Math. 5. Let your Light so shine before men, that they may see your good works, vvg dt j np1 vvz np1 crd vvb po22 n1 av vvi p-acp n2, cst pns32 vmb vvi po22 j n2, (33) chapter (DIV2) 1445 Image 170
4261 and glorifie your father which is in heauen. To the Galath. 1. Thapostle: and Glorify your father which is in heaven. To the Galatians. 1. The apostle: cc vvi po22 n1 r-crq vbz p-acp n1. p-acp dt np1. crd np1: (33) chapter (DIV2) 1445 Image 170
4262 In me, saith he, they glorified God, which preached the fayth that before I sought to destroye. In me, Says he, they glorified God, which preached the faith that before I sought to destroy. p-acp pno11, vvz pns31, pns32 vvn np1, r-crq vvd dt n1 cst c-acp pns11 vvd pc-acp vvi. (33) chapter (DIV2) 1446 Image 170
4263 As touching the later likewise Christ Math. 11. Learne of me for I am meeke and humble of hart. As touching the later likewise christ Math. 11. Learn of me for I am meek and humble of heart. p-acp vvg dt jc av np1 np1 crd vvb pp-f pno11 c-acp pns11 vbm j cc j pp-f n1. (33) chapter (DIV2) 1446 Image 170
4264 Againe 1. Corinth. 11. Paule sayth? Be yee the followers of me, euen as I am of Christ. Again 1. Corinth. 11. Paul say? Be ye the followers of me, even as I am of christ. av crd np1. crd np1 vvz? vbb pn22 dt n2 pp-f pno11, av c-acp pns11 vbm pp-f np1. (33) chapter (DIV2) 1447 Image 170
4265 And Heb. 13. Remember them that haue the ouersight of you, which haue spoken to you the worde of God: And Hebrew 13. remember them that have the oversight of you, which have spoken to you the word of God: cc np1 crd vvb pno32 cst vhb dt n1 pp-f pn22, r-crq vhb vvn p-acp pn22 dt n1 pp-f np1: (33) chapter (DIV2) 1447 Image 170
4266 whose fayth followe ye, considering the ende of their conuersation. Hitherto touching the prayses of persons or holy men. whose faith follow you, considering the end of their Conversation. Hitherto touching the praises of Persons or holy men. rg-crq n1 vvb pn22, vvg dt n1 pp-f po32 n1. av vvg dt n2 pp-f n2 cc j n2. (33) chapter (DIV2) 1447 Image 170
4267 Moreouer whosoeuer desireth in his Sermon to praise an acte or déede, as the acte of kinge Iosias breaking in péeces the Idoles and restoringe the true worship of God, Moreover whosoever Desires in his Sermon to praise an act or deed, as the act of King Iosias breaking in Pieces the Idols and restoring the true worship of God, av r-crq vvz p-acp po31 n1 pc-acp vvi dt n1 cc n1, p-acp dt n1 pp-f n1 np1 vvg p-acp n2 dt n2 cc vvg dt j n1 pp-f np1, (33) chapter (DIV2) 1449 Image 170
4268 or of Elias stoutely striuing against the priestes of Baal, or of the Machabees valiauntly venturing their liues for the dignitye of the truth and the ordinances of GOD, or of Elias stoutly striving against the Priests of Baal, or of the Maccabees valiantly venturing their lives for the dignity of the truth and the ordinances of GOD, cc pp-f np1 av-j vvg p-acp dt n2 pp-f np1, cc pp-f dt np2 av-j vvg po32 n2 p-acp dt n1 pp-f dt n1 cc dt n2 pp-f np1, (33) chapter (DIV2) 1449 Image 170
4269 or of them that a litell before these times prouided by all meanes that sincere doctrine might be aduaunced in churches, that the necessitie of the poore might be relieued, &c. ought to haue in a readines those thinges that serue to this purpose. or of them that a little before these times provided by all means that sincere Doctrine might be advanced in Churches, that the necessity of the poor might be relieved, etc. ought to have in a readiness those things that serve to this purpose. cc pp-f pno32 cst dt j p-acp d n2 vvn p-acp d n2 cst j n1 vmd vbi vvn p-acp n2, cst dt n1 pp-f dt j vmd vbi vvn, av vmd p-acp vhb p-acp dt n1 d n2 cst vvb p-acp d n1. (33) chapter (DIV2) 1449 Image 170
4270 I. He shall declare before all thinges that the facte or déede which he speaketh off is honest, iust, godly, profitable, prayse worthy, agreable to the worde and wil of God. I. He shall declare before all things that the fact or deed which he speaks off is honest, just, godly, profitable, praise worthy, agreeable to the word and will of God. np1 pns31 vmb vvi p-acp d n2 cst dt n1 cc n1 r-crq pns31 vvz a-acp vbz j, j, j, j, vvb j, j p-acp dt n1 cc n1 pp-f np1. (33) chapter (DIV2) 1450 Image 170
4271 II. Further he shall not neglecte to encrease and amplify his furniture, by the causes and circumstances thereof. II Further he shall not neglect's to increase and amplify his furniture, by the Causes and Circumstances thereof. crd jc pns31 vmb xx ng1 p-acp n1 cc vvi po31 n1, p-acp dt n2 cc n2 av. (33) chapter (DIV2) 1451 Image 170
4272 III. But he shall bestowe his chiefe and principall labour in exhortinge vnto imitation, or if so bée his hearers haue already attempted the like déedes, III. But he shall bestow his chief and principal labour in exhorting unto imitation, or if so been his hearers have already attempted the like Deeds, np1. p-acp pns31 vmb vvi po31 j-jn cc j-jn n1 p-acp vvg p-acp n1, cc cs av vbn po31 n2 vhb av vvn dt j n2, (33) chapter (DIV2) 1452 Image 170
4273 then to goe forwarde in their good beginninges. Good déedes are to be adorned with due commendation: then to go forward in their good beginnings. Good Deeds Are to be adorned with due commendation: cs pc-acp vvi av-j p-acp po32 j n2. j n2 vbr pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp j-jn n1: (33) chapter (DIV2) 1452 Image 170
4274 but yet the chiefest care of all ought to bée employed about the profit and vtilitie of the hearers. but yet the chiefest care of all ought to been employed about the profit and utility of the hearers. cc-acp av dt js-jn n1 pp-f d pi pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp dt n1 cc n1 pp-f dt n2. (33) chapter (DIV2) 1453 Image 170
4275 Wherefore it is expedient that those good déedes be inespecially praysed and set forth, wherevnto we chiefely couet (hauing regard both of the time & state of the Church) to stirre and prouoke them that are committed vnto vs to be taught. Wherefore it is expedient that those good Deeds be inespecially praised and Set forth, whereunto we chiefly covet (having regard both of the time & state of the Church) to stir and provoke them that Are committed unto us to be taught. c-crq pn31 vbz j cst d j n2 vbb av-j vvn cc vvn av, c-crq pns12 av-jn vvb (vhg n1 av-d pp-f dt n1 cc n1 pp-f dt n1) pc-acp vvi cc vvi pno32 cst vbr vvn p-acp pno12 pc-acp vbi vvn. (33) chapter (DIV2) 1454 Image 170
4276 The maner of praysinge of thinges is all one with the maner of praising of déedes, and the selfe same places are founde very aptly applied to either purpose. The manner of praising of things is all one with the manner of praising of Deeds, and the self same places Are found very aptly applied to either purpose. dt n1 pp-f vvg pp-f n2 vbz d pi p-acp dt n1 pp-f vvg pp-f n2, cc dt n1 d n2 vbr vvn av av-j vvn p-acp d n1. (33) chapter (DIV2) 1455 Image 170
4277 For the thinge is honest and iust, that hath God for the author, which is commaunded of God, which he cōmendeth with diuers promises, For the thing is honest and just, that hath God for the author, which is commanded of God, which he commends with diverse promises, p-acp dt n1 vbz j cc j, cst vhz n1 p-acp dt n1, r-crq vbz vvn pp-f np1, r-crq pns31 vvz p-acp j n2, (33) chapter (DIV2) 1456 Image 170
4278 and whereby the knowledge that wée haue of God, receyueth encrease or furtherance. and whereby the knowledge that we have of God, receiveth increase or furtherance. cc c-crq dt n1 cst pns12 vhb pp-f np1, vvz n1 cc n1. (33) chapter (DIV2) 1456 Image 170
4279 That thinge is good & godly, which auayleth to the stirringe vp of mindes to the study and embracinge of godlynes, or whereby godlynes is declared. That thing is good & godly, which availeth to the stirring up of minds to the study and embracing of godliness, or whereby godliness is declared. cst n1 vbz j cc j, r-crq vvz p-acp dt vvg a-acp pp-f n2 p-acp dt n1 cc vvg pp-f n1, cc c-crq n1 vbz vvn. (33) chapter (DIV2) 1457 Image 170
4280 Profit and vtilitie is deriued into many partes. Profit and utility is derived into many parts. n1 cc n1 vbz vvn p-acp d n2. (33) chapter (DIV2) 1457 Image 170
4281 First that is profitable, which helpeth to the settinge foorth & sanctifying of gods name on earth, First that is profitable, which Helpeth to the setting forth & sanctifying of God's name on earth, ord d vbz j, r-crq vvz p-acp dt vvg av cc vvg pp-f n2 vvb p-acp n1, (33) chapter (DIV2) 1458 Image 170
4282 then yt whereout commodities also doe flowe vnto miserable mankinde. then that whereout commodities also do flow unto miserable mankind. cs pn31 c-crq n2 av vdb vvi p-acp j n1. (33) chapter (DIV2) 1458 Image 170
4283 Besides, ther is one cōmoditie cōmon to ye whole Church an other peculiar to euery priuate beléeuer. Beside, there is one commodity Common to you Whole Church an other peculiar to every private believer. p-acp, pc-acp vbz crd n1 j p-acp pn22 j-jn n1 dt j-jn j p-acp d j n1. (33) chapter (DIV2) 1458 Image 171
4284 Againe one consisteth in spiritual and internal giftes, an other in corporall and externall giftes. But it is not necessary that we should deuide al the places in this order. Again one Consisteth in spiritual and internal Gifts, an other in corporal and external Gifts. But it is not necessary that we should divide all the places in this order. av pi vvz p-acp j cc j n2, dt n-jn p-acp j cc j n2. p-acp pn31 vbz xx j cst pns12 vmd vvi d dt n2 p-acp d n1. (33) chapter (DIV2) 1458 Image 171
4285 The chiefe thinges that are accustomed to be praysed in the Church are, the word of God, the continuall reading and meditation thereof, the sondry kindes of life, ye ministery of ye word, virginitie, matrimony, The chief things that Are accustomed to be praised in the Church Are, the word of God, the continual reading and meditation thereof, the sundry Kinds of life, you Ministry of the word, virginity, matrimony, dt j-jn n2 cst vbr vvn pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp dt n1 vbr, dt n1 pp-f np1, dt j n-vvg cc n1 av, dt j n2 pp-f n1, pn22 n1 pp-f dt n1, n1, n1, (33) chapter (DIV2) 1459 Image 171
4286 likewise the gifte wherewith God voucheth safe to adorne his Church, as those that be rehersed Rom. 12.1. Corinth. 12. Ephes. 4. finally ther are praysed almes déedes, hospitality, patience, &c. likewise the gift wherewith God voucheth safe to adorn his Church, as those that be rehearsed Rom. 12.1. Corinth. 12. Ephesians 4. finally there Are praised alms Deeds, hospitality, patience, etc. av dt n1 c-crq np1 vvz j pc-acp vvi po31 n1, c-acp d cst vbb vvd np1 crd. np1. crd np1 crd av-j pc-acp vbr vvn n2 n2, n1, n1, av (33) chapter (DIV2) 1459 Image 171
4287 As touchinge funerall Sermons, what the auncient fathers were accustomed to doe, and what the maiestye of our Churches and religion requireth to be done, we will briefely declare. As touching funeral Sermons, what the ancient Father's were accustomed to do, and what the majesty of our Churches and Religion requires to be done, we will briefly declare. p-acp vvg n1 n2, r-crq dt j-jn n2 vbdr vvn pc-acp vdi, cc q-crq dt n1 pp-f po12 n2 cc n1 vvz pc-acp vbi vdn, pns12 vmb av-j vvi. (33) chapter (DIV2) 1460 Image 171
4288 There be extant in the workes of Gregory Nazianzene diuers and sondrye funerall Orations, as those had at the buriall of Basilius magnus, likewise of Athanasius Alexandrius, againe at the buriall of Gregorius his father, Cesarius his brother, and Gorgonia his sister. There be extant in the works of Gregory Nazianzene diverse and sundry funeral Orations, as those had At the burial of Basil magnus, likewise of Athanasius Alexander, again At the burial of Gregorius his father, Cesarius his brother, and Gorgonia his sister. pc-acp vbi j p-acp dt n2 pp-f np1 np1 j cc j n1 n2, c-acp d vhd p-acp dt n1 pp-f np1 fw-la, av pp-f np1 np1, av p-acp dt n1 pp-f np1 po31 n1, np1 po31 n1, cc np1 po31 n1. (33) chapter (DIV2) 1461 Image 171
4289 Ambrose hath left behinde him fower such orations, one of the Emperour Theodosius, an other of Valentinian, and two as touching the departure of his brother Satyrus, albeit Ambrose himselfe doth entitle these last rather by the name of bookes. Ambrose hath left behind him fower such orations, one of the Emperor Theodosius, an other of Valentinian, and two as touching the departure of his brother Satyr, albeit Ambrose himself does entitle these last rather by the name of books. np1 vhz vvn p-acp pno31 crd d n2, crd pp-f dt n1 np1, dt n-jn pp-f np1, cc crd p-acp vvg dt n1 pp-f po31 n1 np1, cs np1 px31 vdz vvi d n1 av-c p-acp dt n1 pp-f n2. (33) chapter (DIV2) 1462 Image 171
4290 And like as it appereth those fathers to haue borowed this example of pronouncinge orations in funerall solemnities of the Gentiles, whose custome (as we reade) was to prayse men when they should be buried, especiallye such as were noble and famous, in an oration before a great assembly of people: And like as it appeareth those Father's to have borrowed this Exampl of pronouncing orations in funeral solemnities of the Gentiles, whose custom (as we read) was to praise men when they should be buried, especially such as were noble and famous, in an oration before a great assembly of people: cc av-j c-acp pn31 vvz d n2 pc-acp vhi vvn d n1 pp-f vvg n2 p-acp n1 n2 pp-f dt n2-j, rg-crq n1 (c-acp pns12 vvb) vbds pc-acp vvi n2 c-crq pns32 vmd vbi vvn, av-j d c-acp vbdr j cc j, p-acp dt n1 p-acp dt j n1 pp-f n1: (33) chapter (DIV2) 1463 Image 171
4291 Euen so they followed also their trade and fashion, when (as ye would saye) sticking fast to the rules of the Rethoritians as touchinge the prayses of persons, they rehersed many thinges of his lyfe that was fallen a sléepe in ye Lorde, repeatinge all thinges from his very childehod euen to his olde age. Even so they followed also their trade and fashion, when (as you would say) sticking fast to the rules of the Rhetoricians as touching the praises of Persons, they rehearsed many things of his life that was fallen a sleep in you Lord, repeating all things from his very Childhood even to his old age. av av pns32 vvd av po32 n1 cc n1, c-crq (c-acp pn22 vmd vvi) vvg av-j p-acp dt n2 pp-f dt n2 c-acp vvg dt n2 pp-f n2, pns32 vvd d n2 pp-f po31 n1 cst vbds vvn dt n1 p-acp pn22 n1, vvg d n2 p-acp po31 j n1 av p-acp po31 j n1. (33) chapter (DIV2) 1463 Image 171
4292 And certes who séeth not this practise to sauoure of the very rites and institutions of the Ethnickes? And certes who seeth not this practice to savour of the very Rites and institutions of the Ethnics? cc av r-crq vvz xx d n1 p-acp n1 pp-f dt j n2 cc n2 pp-f dt n2-jn? (33) chapter (DIV2) 1463 Image 171
4293 But the ecclesiasticall Teachers of our time in my iudgement (as I may speake without the displeasure of the godly) doe in this behalfe goe more sincerely to worke and more accordinge to sounde religion, whilest they duly execute theyr office, in that order that followeth. I. But the ecclesiastical Teachers of our time in my judgement (as I may speak without the displeasure of the godly) do in this behalf go more sincerely to work and more according to sound Religion, whilst they duly execute their office, in that order that follows. I. p-acp dt j n2 pp-f po12 n1 p-acp po11 n1 (c-acp pns11 vmb vvi p-acp dt n1 pp-f dt j) vdb p-acp d n1 vvi av-dc av-j pc-acp vvi cc av-dc vvg pc-acp vvi n1, cs pns32 av-jn vvi po32 n1, p-acp d n1 cst vvz. pns11. (33) chapter (DIV2) 1464 Image 171
4294 If when they commend a funerall with their Sermon, they handle not prayses curiouslye contriued and couched togyther, If when they commend a funeral with their Sermon, they handle not praises curiously contrived and couched together, cs c-crq pns32 vvb dt n1 p-acp po32 n1, pns32 vvb xx n2 av-j vvn cc vvn av, (33) chapter (DIV2) 1465 Image 171
4295 but other places much more holesome and fitte for the enformation of the hearers, such as are these: but other places much more wholesome and fit for the information of the hearers, such as Are these: cc-acp j-jn n2 av-d av-dc j cc vvi p-acp dt n1 pp-f dt n2, d c-acp vbr d: (33) chapter (DIV2) 1465 Image 171
4296 of preparation vnto death, that death is the penaltye of sinne, of the miseries of mannes lyfe, of the delyueraunce from them by death, of the contempt of the world and all earthely things, of desiring ye felicitie of the lyfe to come, of the immortalytye and eternall blessednes of sowles, of the resurrection of bodyes, of the last iudgement, of preparation unto death, that death is the penalty of sin, of the misery's of Man's life, of the deliverance from them by death, of the contempt of the world and all earthly things, of desiring the felicity of the life to come, of the immortalytye and Eternal blessedness of Souls, of the resurrection of bodies, of the last judgement, pp-f n1 p-acp n1, cst n1 vbz dt n1 pp-f n1, pp-f dt n2 pp-f ng1 n1, pp-f dt n1 p-acp pno32 p-acp n1, pp-f dt n1 pp-f dt n1 cc d j n2, pp-f vvg dt n1 pp-f dt n1 pc-acp vvi, pp-f dt n1 cc j n1 pp-f n2, pp-f dt n1 pp-f n2, pp-f dt ord n1, (33) chapter (DIV2) 1465 Image 171
4297 how an accompt is to be made therin of all the life past, of Gods mercy open to all sinners if they repent but euen at the last gaspe, againe that the deade are not immoderately to be bewayled or lamented, how an account is to be made therein of all the life past, of God's mercy open to all Sinners if they Repent but even At the last gasp, again that the dead Are not immoderately to be bewailed or lamented, c-crq dt n1 vbz pc-acp vbi vvn av pp-f d dt n1 j, pp-f npg1 n1 j p-acp d n2 cs pns32 vvb p-acp av p-acp dt ord n1, av cst dt j vbr xx av-j pc-acp vbi vvn cc vvn, (33) chapter (DIV2) 1465 Image 171
4298 but that GOD rather is to be thanked, which hath deliuered them out of the most filthy prison of theyr body, that the death of the sayntes is pretious in the lordes sight, that they are all happye and blessed, to whom it is giuen to sléepe in the LORDE, that is to saye, in the confession of a true fayth, but that GOD rather is to be thanked, which hath Delivered them out of the most filthy prison of their body, that the death of the Saints is precious in the Lords sighed, that they Are all happy and blessed, to whom it is given to sleep in the LORD, that is to say, in the Confessi of a true faith, cc-acp cst np1 av vbz pc-acp vbi vvn, r-crq vhz vvn pno32 av pp-f dt av-ds j n1 pp-f po32 n1, cst dt n1 pp-f dt n2 vbz j p-acp dt ng1 n1, cst pns32 vbr d j cc j-vvn, p-acp ro-crq pn31 vbz vvn pc-acp vvi p-acp dt n1, cst vbz pc-acp vvi, p-acp dt n1 pp-f dt j n1, (33) chapter (DIV2) 1465 Image 171
4299 and who is able to recken vppe the residewe? and who is able to reckon up the residue? cc r-crq vbz j pc-acp vvi a-acp dt n1? (33) chapter (DIV2) 1465 Image 171
4300 II. Where if so be it be thought good after these places declared, that somewhat be sayde of the brother which is brought to buriall, II Where if so be it be Thought good After these places declared, that somewhat be said of the brother which is brought to burial, crd q-crq cs av vbb pn31 vbi vvn j p-acp d n2 vvn, cst av vbb vvn pp-f dt n1 r-crq vbz vvn p-acp n1, (33) chapter (DIV2) 1466 Image 171
4301 then add they briefely, and (as ye woulde say) shamefastely some thinge touchinge the kinde of life that he imbraced, then add they briefly, and (as you would say) shamefastely Some thing touching the kind of life that he embraced, av vvb pns32 av-j, cc (c-acp pn22 vmd vvi) av-j d n1 vvg dt n1 pp-f n1 cst pns31 vvd, (33) chapter (DIV2) 1466 Image 171
4302 and shewe how deuoutly he serued God therin, by diligent performinge of those thinges that were his dutye to doe. and show how devoutly he served God therein, by diligent performing of those things that were his duty to do. cc vvi c-crq av-j pns31 vvd np1 av, p-acp j n-vvg pp-f d n2 cst vbdr po31 n1 pc-acp vdi. (33) chapter (DIV2) 1466 Image 171
4303 Wherby ye hearers also are giuē to vnderstand what great industry it behoueth them to employe, to the intent euery of them in their callinge and kinde of life may become acceptable to God. III. Whereby you hearers also Are given to understand what great industry it behooves them to employ, to the intent every of them in their calling and kind of life may become acceptable to God. III. c-crq pn22 n2 av vbr vvn pc-acp vvi r-crq j n1 pn31 vvz pno32 pc-acp vvi, p-acp dt n1 d pp-f pno32 p-acp po32 vvg cc n1 pp-f n1 vmb vvi j p-acp np1. np1. (33) chapter (DIV2) 1466 Image 172
4304 Peraduenture also they commende, and set before them ye be aliue to be followed, one or other vertue wherin the brother deceassed excelled, Peradventure also they commend, and Set before them you be alive to be followed, one or other virtue wherein the brother deceased excelled, av av pns32 vvi, cc vvn p-acp pno32 pn22 vbb j pc-acp vbi vvn, crd cc j-jn n1 c-crq dt n1 j-vvn vvn, (33) chapter (DIV2) 1467 Image 172
4305 or some notable acte done by him for the behoofe of the Church, for the common wealth, or Some notable act done by him for the behoof of the Church, for the Common wealth, cc d j n1 vdn p-acp pno31 p-acp dt n1 pp-f dt n1, p-acp dt j n1, (33) chapter (DIV2) 1467 Image 172
4306 for redressinge the calamities of the poore, or his confession of Faith made in the very conflicte of death. for redressinge the calamities of the poor, or his Confessi of Faith made in the very conflict of death. p-acp n1 dt n2 pp-f dt j, cc po31 n1 pp-f n1 vvn p-acp dt j n1 pp-f n1. (33) chapter (DIV2) 1467 Image 172
4307 Further, as touchinge the Doxologiae whereof wee made mention before, they are not now in vse. Further, as touching the Doxologies whereof we made mention before, they Are not now in use. jc, p-acp vvg dt np1 c-crq pns12 vvd n1 a-acp, pns32 vbr xx av p-acp n1. (33) chapter (DIV2) 1468 Image 172
4308 They were bestowed altogether in aduauncinge and cōmendinge of gods goodnes towarde mankinde, and in times past were premised in the sacred assemblye, to the intent the people might with more willinge mindes, They were bestowed altogether in advancing and commending of God's Goodness toward mankind, and in times past were premised in the sacred assembly, to the intent the people might with more willing minds, pns32 vbdr vvn av p-acp vvg cc vvg pp-f n2 n1 p-acp n1, cc p-acp n2 j vbdr vvn p-acp dt j n1, p-acp dt n1 dt n1 vmd p-acp av-dc j n2, (33) chapter (DIV2) 1469 Image 172
4309 and with greater deuotion sing holy himnes vnto God, & giue thankes to him for his most ample benefites poured vppon them, as well spirituall as corporall. and with greater devotion sing holy Hymns unto God, & give thanks to him for his most ample benefits poured upon them, as well spiritual as corporal. cc p-acp jc n1 vvb j n2 p-acp np1, cc vvi n2 p-acp pno31 p-acp po31 av-ds j n2 vvn p-acp pno32, c-acp av j c-acp j. (33) chapter (DIV2) 1469 Image 172
4310 But now commonly for the most part in some partes of the Sermon is commended and set foorth after the same rate, the goodnes and clemency of God, his iustice, seueritie, wrath, power, prouidence, But now commonly for the most part in Some parts of the Sermon is commended and Set forth After the same rate, the Goodness and clemency of God, his Justice, severity, wrath, power, providence, p-acp av av-j p-acp dt av-ds n1 p-acp d n2 pp-f dt n1 vbz vvn cc vvn av p-acp dt d n1, dt n1 cc n1 pp-f np1, po31 n1, n1, n1, n1, n1, (33) chapter (DIV2) 1470 Image 172
4311 and other poyntes to him attributed, and that verily to the ende men might be moued and induced to thankes giuinge, to eschewe vice, to repentaunce, to amendement of life, to put their trust and confidence in God. and other points to him attributed, and that verily to the end men might be moved and induced to thanks giving, to eschew vice, to Repentance, to amendment of life, to put their trust and confidence in God. cc j-jn n2 p-acp pno31 vvd, cc cst av-j p-acp dt n1 n2 vmd vbi vvn cc vvn p-acp n2 vvg, pc-acp vvi n1, p-acp n1, p-acp n1 pp-f n1, pc-acp vvi po32 n1 cc n1 p-acp np1. (33) chapter (DIV2) 1470 Image 172
4312 But how these partes ought to be absolued and accomplished, it may be knowne out of those thinges, that bée already saide. But how these parts ought to be absolved and accomplished, it may be known out of those things, that been already said. cc-acp c-crq d n2 vmd pc-acp vbi vvn cc vvn, pn31 vmb vbi vvn av pp-f d n2, cst vbi av vvn. (33) chapter (DIV2) 1471 Image 172
4313 Bée it therefore sufficient to haue in this wyse giuen enstruction touchinge all these thinges, now will wé add certayne Cantions, and then afterwarde examples. Been it Therefore sufficient to have in this wise given instruction touching all these things, now will wé add certain Cantions, and then afterward Examples. vbn pn31 av j pc-acp vhi p-acp d n1 vvn n1 vvg d d n2, av vmb vvn vvi j n2, cc av av n2. (33) chapter (DIV2) 1472 Image 172
4314 I. The first Cantion. The Preacher must not endeuour himselfe to perswade any thinge to the multitude, I The First Cantion. The Preacher must not endeavour himself to persuade any thing to the multitude, uh dt ord n1. dt n1 vmb xx n1 px31 pc-acp vvi d n1 p-acp dt n1, (33) chapter (DIV2) 1473 Image 172
4315 but that which is necessary, and showeth foorth presente profite and vtilitie. but that which is necessary, and Showeth forth present profit and utility. cc-acp cst r-crq vbz j, cc vvz av j n1 cc n1. (33) chapter (DIV2) 1473 Image 172
4316 II. In perswasions or exhortations there must appers in the speaker a francknes or libertie ioyned with a certaine fauourable simplicitie. II In persuasions or exhortations there must appears in the speaker a francknes or liberty joined with a certain favourable simplicity. crd p-acp n2 cc n2 a-acp vmb vvz p-acp dt n1 dt n1 cc n1 vvn p-acp dt j j n1. (33) chapter (DIV2) 1474 Image 172
4317 For the one addeth weight or importaūce, and vehemently moueth, ye other putteth away al suspicion, that ye preacher be not thought either craftily to handle his cause, For the one adds weight or importance, and vehemently moves, the other putteth away all suspicion, that you preacher be not Thought either craftily to handle his cause, p-acp dt pi vvz n1 cc n1, cc av-j vvz, dt n-jn vvz av d n1, cst pn22 n1 vbb xx vvn av-d av-j pc-acp vvi po31 n1, (33) chapter (DIV2) 1475 Image 172
4318 or otherwise to séeke his owne priuate commoditie. or otherwise to seek his own private commodity. cc av pc-acp vvi po31 d j-jn n1. (33) chapter (DIV2) 1475 Image 172
4319 Some there be that endeuour to set foorth certaine things, and doe cunningly pretend a certaine veyle of religion, some there be that endeavour to Set forth certain things, and do cunningly pretend a certain veil of Religion, d a-acp vbi d n1 pc-acp vvi av j n2, cc vdb av-jn vvi dt j n1 pp-f n1, (33) chapter (DIV2) 1476 Image 172
4320 but by litell & litell they bewraye themselues to tender more their owns gaine and lucre, but by little & little they bewray themselves to tender more their owns gain and lucre, cc-acp p-acp j cc j pns32 vvb px32 p-acp j av-dc pc-acp vvz n1 cc n1, (33) chapter (DIV2) 1476 Image 172
4321 then the furtheraunce of true religion. then the furtherance of true Religion. cs dt n1 pp-f j n1. (33) chapter (DIV2) 1476 Image 172
4322 Of which sorte of craftesmen our age (alas the while) hath brought foorth to to many: Of which sort of craftsmen our age (alas the while) hath brought forth to to many: pp-f r-crq n1 pp-f n2 po12 n1 (uh dt n1) vhz vvn av p-acp p-acp d: (33) chapter (DIV2) 1477 Image 172
4323 whom the successe hath openly proued to be such, as haue sought meanes to pamper their gréedy paunch, whom the success hath openly proved to be such, as have sought means to pamper their greedy paunch, r-crq dt n1 vhz av-j vvn pc-acp vbi d, c-acp vhb vvn n2 pc-acp vvi po32 j n1, (33) chapter (DIV2) 1477 Image 172
4324 and to gaine, not soules to Christ, but money to the vnsaciable God their helly. and to gain, not Souls to christ, but money to the unsatiable God their helly. cc pc-acp vvi, xx n2 p-acp np1, cc-acp n1 p-acp dt j np1 po32 n1. (33) chapter (DIV2) 1477 Image 172
4325 III. By like reason he must take héed, that in any wise he be not perceyued to submit and abase himselfe in perswading more then is méete, III. By like reason he must take heed, that in any wise he be not perceived to submit and abase himself in persuading more then is meet, np1. p-acp j n1 pns31 vmb vvi n1, cst p-acp d n1 pns31 vbb xx vvn pc-acp vvi cc vvi px31 p-acp vvg av-dc cs vbz j, (33) chapter (DIV2) 1478 Image 172
4326 for that truely is the point not of teachers with grauitye, but of flatterers with great leauitye. for that truly is the point not of Teachers with gravity, but of Flatterers with great leauitye. c-acp cst av-j vbz dt n1 xx pp-f n2 p-acp n1, cc-acp pp-f n2 p-acp j n1. (33) chapter (DIV2) 1478 Image 172
4327 He that teacheth the multitude, ought not to be carelesse in defending of his owne authoritye He that Teaches the multitude, ought not to be careless in defending of his own Authority pns31 cst vvz dt n1, vmd xx pc-acp vbi j p-acp vvg pp-f po31 d n1 (33) chapter (DIV2) 1479 Image 172
4328 IIII. Further as our exhortations ought to be-voyde of all rude inciulitye, so againe must we prouide that we séeme not ouer nice, secure, colde, or timerous. IIII. Further as our exhortations ought to be-voyde of all rude inciulitye, so again must we provide that we seem not over Nicaenae, secure, cold, or timorous. crd. jc p-acp po12 n2 vmd p-acp j pp-f d j n1, av av vmb pns12 vvi cst pns12 vvb xx p-acp j, j, j-jn, cc j. (33) chapter (DIV2) 1480 Image 172
4329 V. Neither certes shall a man thincke that he doeth as much as he néedeth to doe, V. Neither certes shall a man think that he doth as much as he needeth to do, np1 dx av vmb dt n1 vvb cst pns31 vdz p-acp d c-acp pns31 vvz pc-acp vdi, (33) chapter (DIV2) 1481 Image 172
4330 when he once or twise putteth his hearers in minde of any thing, or exhorteth them to doe this or that, when he once or twice putteth his hearers in mind of any thing, or exhorteth them to do this or that, c-crq pns31 a-acp cc av vvz po31 n2 p-acp n1 pp-f d n1, cc vvz pno32 pc-acp vdi d cc d, (33) chapter (DIV2) 1481 Image 172
4331 but he must often times and with great feruentnes repeate the selfe same cause, and that so longe till he shall perceyue owe fruites to followe. but he must often times and with great feruentnes repeat the self same cause, and that so long till he shall perceive owe fruits to follow. cc-acp pns31 vmb av n2 cc p-acp j n1 vvi dt n1 d n1, cc cst av av-j c-acp pns31 vmb vvi vvi n2 pc-acp vvi. (33) chapter (DIV2) 1481 Image 172
4332 Chrisostome that it ought so to be, declareth in many wordes in his sixt homilie vppon the first Epistle to Timothye. Chrysostom that it ought so to be, Declareth in many words in his sixt homily upon the First Epistle to Timothy. np1 cst pn31 vmd av pc-acp vbi, vvz p-acp d n2 p-acp po31 ord n1 p-acp dt ord n1 p-acp np1. (33) chapter (DIV2) 1482 Image 172
4333 And we may sée in the Sermons of the sayd father, diuers. And we may see in the Sermons of the said father, diverse. cc pns12 vmb vvi p-acp dt n2 pp-f dt j-vvn n1, j. (33) chapter (DIV2) 1483 Image 172
4334 and sondry admonitions, sometimes also very longe and applied to the mouing of affections, as touching the selfe same matters. and sundry admonitions, sometime also very long and applied to the moving of affections, as touching the self same matters. cc j n2, av av av av-j cc vvn p-acp dt n-vvg pp-f n2, c-acp vvg dt n1 d n2. (33) chapter (DIV2) 1483 Image 173
4335 This likewise must not be forgotten. This likewise must not be forgotten. np1 av vmb xx vbi vvn. (33) chapter (DIV2) 1484 Image 173
4336 Where there be many ministers in one Churche to sustayne the laboures of teaching, there they shall viligently common and entreate amonge themselues, of those affayres which they shall iudge to be profitable and necessarye for the behouse of the Church, that with like study and agréement they may handle the same before the people. Where there be many Ministers in one Church to sustain the labours of teaching, there they shall viligently Common and entreat among themselves, of those affairs which they shall judge to be profitable and necessary for the behouse of the Church, that with like study and agreement they may handle the same before the people. c-crq pc-acp vbi d n2 p-acp crd n1 pc-acp vvi dt n2 pp-f vvg, a-acp pns32 vmb av-j j cc vvi p-acp px32, pp-f d n2 r-crq pns32 vmb vvi pc-acp vbi j cc j p-acp dt n1 pp-f dt n1, cst p-acp j n1 cc n1 pns32 vmb vvi dt d p-acp dt n1. (33) chapter (DIV2) 1484 Image 173
4337 VI. Again he that purposeth (the time so requiring) to publishe and set forth the prayses of some holy men, shall doe it very sparingly, VI. Again he that Purposes (the time so requiring) to publish and Set forth the praises of Some holy men, shall do it very sparingly, crd. av pns31 cst vvz (dt n1 av vvg) pc-acp vvi cc vvi av dt n2 pp-f d j n2, vmb vdi pn31 av av-vvg, (33) chapter (DIV2) 1485 Image 173
4338 yea and shall purposely auoide fond and fabulous histories, and the vaine rablement of miracles. yea and shall purposely avoid found and fabulous histories, and the vain rabblement of Miracles. uh cc vmb av vvi j cc j n2, cc dt j n1 pp-f n2. (33) chapter (DIV2) 1485 Image 173
4339 There be some stories of Saintes carried about which are altogither vnsauory and vntrue, some also openly reiected, There be Some stories of Saints carried about which Are altogether unsavoury and untrue, Some also openly rejected, pc-acp vbi d n2 pp-f np1 vvd p-acp r-crq vbr av j cc j, d av av-j vvn, (33) chapter (DIV2) 1486 Image 173
4340 as it may appere Distinctione XV. C. Sancta Romana. as it may appear Distinction XV. C. Sancta Roman. c-acp pn31 vmb vvi n1 crd. np1 fw-la fw-la. (33) chapter (DIV2) 1486 Image 173
4341 Paule the Apostle to the Romaines 15. reporteth that he by the power of Christ had done many signes and wonders, Paul the Apostle to the Romans 15. Reporteth that he by the power of christ had done many Signs and wonders, np1 dt n1 p-acp dt njp2 crd vvz cst pns31 p-acp dt n1 pp-f np1 vhd vdn d n2 cc n2, (33) chapter (DIV2) 1486 Image 173
4342 and yet Luke in the Actes toucheth very fewe. Let vs therfore likewise followe here in the wysdome of Luke. and yet Lycia in the Acts touches very few. Let us Therefore likewise follow Here in the Wisdom of Lycia. cc av av p-acp dt n2 vvz av d. vvb pno12 av av vvi av p-acp dt n1 pp-f av. (33) chapter (DIV2) 1486 Image 173
4343 II. In the prayse and commendation of déedes and of thinges nothinge must in any wise be spoken for fauour or flattery. II In the praise and commendation of Deeds and of things nothing must in any wise be spoken for favour or flattery. crd p-acp dt n1 cc n1 pp-f n2 cc pp-f n2 pi2 vmb p-acp d n1 vbi vvn p-acp n1 cc n1. (33) chapter (DIV2) 1488 Image 173
4344 But as in other thinges, so also in prayses ought a meane and measure to be prefixed. But as in other things, so also in praises ought a mean and measure to be prefixed. cc-acp c-acp p-acp j-jn n2, av av p-acp n2 vmd dt j cc n1 pc-acp vbi vvn. (33) chapter (DIV2) 1488 Image 173
4345 VIII. Besides in all prayse he must be sure to obsteine from such comparisons as may engender enuy & grudge. VIII. Beside in all praise he must be sure to obsteine from such comparisons as may engender envy & grudge. crd. a-acp p-acp d n1 pns31 vmb vbi j pc-acp vvi p-acp d n2 c-acp vmb vvi n1 cc n1. (33) chapter (DIV2) 1489 Image 173
4346 For comparisons are wont for the most part to procure hatred and offence, euen in prophane matters: For comparisons Are wont for the most part to procure hatred and offence, even in profane matters: p-acp n2 vbr j p-acp dt av-ds n1 pc-acp vvi n1 cc n1, av p-acp j n2: (33) chapter (DIV2) 1489 Image 173
4347 Wherefore ther is no cause why thou shouldest hope that they will bée well thought off and allowed in diuine matters. Wherefore there is no cause why thou Shouldst hope that they will been well Thought off and allowed in divine matters. c-crq pc-acp vbz dx n1 q-crq pns21 vmd2 vvi cst pns32 vmb vbi av vvn a-acp cc vvn p-acp j-jn n2. (33) chapter (DIV2) 1490 Image 173
4348 IX. And with the same modesty & prudence it behoneth him to procéed in funerall Sermons, in which some thing is inserted to the praise of him that hath left this transitory lyfe. IX. And with the same modesty & prudence it behoneth him to proceed in funeral Sermons, in which Some thing is inserted to the praise of him that hath left this transitory life. crd. cc p-acp dt d n1 cc n1 pn31 vvz pno31 pc-acp vvi p-acp n1 n2, p-acp r-crq d n1 vbz vvn p-acp dt n1 pp-f pno31 cst vhz vvn d j n1. (33) chapter (DIV2) 1491 Image 173
4349 X If there be any pointes beside in all these things to be obserued, the due consideration of the causes and circumstaunces therof will easely prompt and minister the same. X If there be any points beside in all these things to be observed, the due consideration of the Causes and Circumstances thereof will Easily prompt and minister the same. crd cs pc-acp vbb d n2 a-acp p-acp d d n2 pc-acp vbi vvn, dt j-jn n1 pp-f dt n2 cc n2 av vmb av-j vvi cc vvi dt d. (33) chapter (DIV2) 1492 Image 173
4350 Now let vs note some examples of this kinde of sermons. Now let us note Some Examples of this kind of Sermons. av vvb pno12 vvi d n2 pp-f d n1 pp-f n2. (33) chapter (DIV2) 1493 Image 173
4351 Esaias cap. 49. laboureth to perswade all men that thei would embrace the Gospell and the sonne of GOD Iesus Christ, Isaiah cap. 49. Laboureth to persuade all men that they would embrace the Gospel and the son of GOD Iesus christ, np1 n1. crd vvz pc-acp vvi d n2 cst pns32 vmd vvi dt n1 cc dt n1 pp-f np1 np1 np1, (33) chapter (DIV2) 1493 Image 173
4352 and so be graffed into the Church. and so be graffed into the Church. cc av vbi vvn p-acp dt n1. (33) chapter (DIV2) 1493 Image 173
4353 There is extant in Ieremy xxvii. a swasory Sermon, where the prophet perswadeth the Iewes, that if they will be saued, they must yéelde themselues to the king of Babilon. The same cap. 29. is a perswader of them that were in Babilon, not to attempt any alteration of the state in the common weale. There is extant in Ieremy xxvii. a suasory Sermon, where the Prophet Persuadeth the Iewes, that if they will be saved, they must yield themselves to the King of Babylon. The same cap. 29. is a persuader of them that were in Babylon, not to attempt any alteration of the state in the Common weal. pc-acp vbz j p-acp np1 crd. dt n1 n1, c-crq dt n1 vvz dt np2, cst cs pns32 vmb vbi vvn, pns32 vmb vvi px32 p-acp dt n1 pp-f np1. dt d n1. crd vbz dt n1 pp-f pno32 cst vbdr p-acp np1, xx pc-acp vvi d n1 pp-f dt n1 p-acp dt j n1. (33) chapter (DIV2) 1493 Image 173
4354 i. Cor. xvi. and 2. Cor. 8. Thapostle perswadeth ye Corin. that they would make a collection of almes to be sent to Hierusalē, Chrisostom in a certaine homilie in his fift tome, perswadeth ye the bishop Seuerianus is to be receiued againe, the force of whose reason is expressed in ye Tripartite history lib. x. cap. x. In an other homilie he perswadeth the people, that they shoulde not be moued or disquieted in case it were his chaunce to be put away. i. Cor. xvi. and 2. Cor. 8. The apostle Persuadeth you Corin. that they would make a collection of alms to be sent to Hierusalē, Chrysostom in a certain homily in his fift tome, Persuadeth you the bishop Severianus is to be received again, the force of whose reason is expressed in you Tripartite history lib. x. cap. x. In an other homily he Persuadeth the people, that they should not be moved or disquieted in case it were his chance to be put away. sy. np1 crd. cc crd np1 crd np1 vvz pn22 np1 cst pns32 vmd vvi dt n1 pp-f n2 pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp np1, np1 p-acp dt j n1 p-acp po31 ord n1, vvz pn22 dt n1 np1 vbz pc-acp vbi vvn av, dt n1 pp-f rg-crq n1 vbz vvn p-acp pn22 j n1 n1. crd. n1. crd. p-acp dt j-jn n1 pns31 vvz dt n1, cst pns32 vmd xx vbi vvn cc vvn p-acp n1 pn31 vbdr po31 n1 pc-acp vbi vvn av. (33) chapter (DIV2) 1493 Image 173
4355 Hortatory or admonitory sermons are very rife & plentifull in the sacred scriptures. Moyses Deut. 6.11.28.29. warneth all men straightly to kéepe and fulfyll the law of God. Hortatory or admonitory Sermons Are very rife & plentiful in the sacred Scriptures. Moses Deuteronomy 6.11.28.29. warneth all men straightly to keep and fulfil the law of God. j cc j n2 vbr av j cc j p-acp dt j n2. np1 np1 crd. vvz d n2 av-j pc-acp vvi cc vvi dt n1 pp-f np1. (33) chapter (DIV2) 1493 Image 173
4356 Looke Esay cap 40.55.56. Also Ieremy cap. 3.4.18.33.44. Look Isaiah cap 40.55.56. Also Ieremy cap. 3.4.18.33.44. n1 np1 n1 crd. av np1 n1. crd. (33) chapter (DIV2) 1493 Image 173
4357 For in all these places are graue and weighty Sermons wherin they exhort their hearers to repentaunce, to the loue of Gods word and amendement of lyfe, &c. Cap. 22. Ieremy exhorteth the king to imbrace iustice. For in all these places Are graven and weighty Sermons wherein they exhort their hearers to Repentance, to the love of God's word and amendment of life, etc. Cap. 22. Ieremy exhorteth the King to embrace Justice. p-acp p-acp d d n2 vbr j cc j n2 c-crq pns32 vvb po32 n2 p-acp n1, p-acp dt n1 pp-f npg1 n1 cc n1 pp-f n1, av np1 crd np1 vvz dt n1 pc-acp vvi n1. (33) chapter (DIV2) 1494 Image 173
4358 There is none of all the prophets in a maner in whom thou mayst not note a number of such lyke places. There is none of all the Prophets in a manner in whom thou Mayest not note a number of such like places. pc-acp vbz pix pp-f d dt n2 p-acp dt n1 p-acp ro-crq pns21 vm2 xx vvi dt n1 pp-f d av-j n2. (33) chapter (DIV2) 1495 Image 173
4359 Moreouer there be sundry sermōs of Christ pertaining to this effect. Mark. 9. Christ exhorteth all men to beware least they giue offence to any. Moreover there be sundry Sermons of christ pertaining to this Effect. Mark. 9. christ exhorteth all men to beware lest they give offence to any. av pc-acp vbi j n2 pp-f np1 vvg p-acp d n1. vvb. crd np1 vvz d n2 pc-acp vvi cs pns32 vvb n1 p-acp d. (33) chapter (DIV2) 1495 Image 173
4360 Cap. x. he exciteth euery man to deny himselfe. cap. 12. he admonisheth his hearers to shonne the Phariseis. Cap. x. he Exciteth every man to deny himself. cap. 12. he Admonisheth his hearers to shun the Pharisees. np1 crd. pns31 vvz d n1 pc-acp vvi px31. n1. crd pns31 vvz po31 n2 pc-acp vvi dt np1. (33) chapter (DIV2) 1495 Image 174
4361 Saint Paule Act. 20. commaundeth byshops to take diligent héede to their flock. Saint Paul Act. 20. commandeth Bishops to take diligent heed to their flock. n1 np1 n1 crd vvz n2 pc-acp vvi j n1 p-acp po32 n1. (33) chapter (DIV2) 1496 Image 174
4362 Chrisostom in his v. tome, in diuers and sundrye sermons exhorteth to repentance, to humility, to loue, to concord, to liberalitie towards the poore, to the contempt of earthly things, glory, honour, &c. Whereof in some may be séene the order of handelinge theames simple, in other some theames compounde. The same Chrisostom explaneth a sentence or place of Scripture in this kinde with incredible skill and •unninge in that his homily so well knowen touching the wordes of the apostle vnto Timothy: Vse a litle wine for the weakenesse of thy stomack. Chrysostom in his v. tome, in diverse and sundry Sermons exhorteth to Repentance, to humility, to love, to concord, to liberality towards the poor, to the contempt of earthly things, glory, honour, etc. Whereof in Some may be seen the order of handling Thames simple, in other Some Thames compound. The same Chrysostom Explaineth a sentence or place of Scripture in this kind with incredible skill and •unninge in that his homily so well known touching the words of the apostle unto Timothy: Use a little wine for the weakness of thy stomach. np1 p-acp po31 n1 n1, p-acp j cc j n2 vvz p-acp n1, p-acp n1, pc-acp vvi, p-acp n1, p-acp n1 p-acp dt j, p-acp dt n1 pp-f j n2, n1, n1, av c-crq p-acp d vmb vbi vvn dt n1 pp-f vvg n2 j, p-acp j-jn d n2 vvi. dt d np1 vvz dt n1 cc n1 pp-f n1 p-acp d n1 p-acp j n1 cc vvg p-acp d po31 n1 av av vvn vvg dt n2 pp-f dt n1 p-acp np1: vvb dt j n1 p-acp dt n1 pp-f po21 n1. (33) chapter (DIV2) 1497 Image 174
4363 Gregorius Nazianzenus hath put foorth a notable oration as touching reléeuing of the poore. Gregorius Nazianzenus hath put forth a notable oration as touching relieving of the poor. np1 np1 vhz vvn av dt j n1 p-acp vvg vvg pp-f dt j. (33) chapter (DIV2) 1498 Image 174
4364 The praise of a person is to be séene handled in Esay. 42 where Cyrus king of the Persians is commended, and that so much the more magnificently, The praise of a person is to be seen handled in Isaiah. 42 where Cyrus King of the Persians is commended, and that so much the more magnificently, dt n1 pp-f dt n1 vbz pc-acp vbi vvn vvn p-acp np1. crd c-crq np1 n1 pp-f dt np1 vbz vvn, cc cst av av-d dt av-dc av-j, (33) chapter (DIV2) 1499 Image 174
4365 bycause he bare ye type and figure of Christ. Christ Luk. 7. prayseth Iohn Baptist. Because he bore you type and figure of christ. christ Luk. 7. Praiseth John Baptist. c-acp pns31 vvd pn22 n1 cc n1 pp-f np1. np1 np1 crd vvz np1 np1. (33) chapter (DIV2) 1499 Image 174
4366 Saint Paule in moe places then one greatly commendeth Timothy. Chrisostome in his v. tome preacheth in commendation of Iob, of Elias, of the Macabees, of the thrée children put into the firy furnace, of Susanna, of Inuentius and Maximius martirs. Saint Paul in more places then one greatly commends Timothy. Chrysostom in his v. tome Preacheth in commendation of Job, of Elias, of the Macabees, of the thrée children put into the firy furnace, of Susanna, of Inuentius and Maximius Martyrs. n1 np1 p-acp dc n2 cs pi av-j vvz np1. np1 p-acp po31 n1 n1 vvz p-acp n1 pp-f np1, pp-f np1, pp-f dt np2, pp-f dt crd n2 vvn p-acp dt j n1, pp-f np1, pp-f np1 cc np1 n2. (33) chapter (DIV2) 1501 Image 174
4367 Nazianzenus in lyke maner of Cyprian and the Machabees. Nazianzenus in like manner of Cyprian and the Maccabees. np1 p-acp av-j n1 pp-f jp cc dt np2. (33) chapter (DIV2) 1502 Image 174
4368 The praise of a déede how it is to be adorned and set foorth, may be learned out of the epistle to the Philippiās, and out of the first to the Thessalonians. For these the Apostle praiseth, The praise of a deed how it is to be adorned and Set forth, may be learned out of the epistle to the Philippians, and out of the First to the Thessalonians. For these the Apostle Praiseth, dt n1 pp-f dt n1 c-crq pn31 vbz pc-acp vbi vvn cc vvn av, vmb vbi vvn av pp-f dt n1 p-acp dt njp2, cc av pp-f dt ord p-acp dt njp2. p-acp d dt n1 vvz, (33) chapter (DIV2) 1503 Image 174
4369 forasmuch as they pers•uered constant in the confession of the trueth, and suffered not themselues to be withdrawen from the truth by any delusions or sophistications of the false apostles. forasmuch as they pers•uered constant in the Confessi of the truth, and suffered not themselves to be withdrawn from the truth by any delusions or sophistications of the false Apostles. av c-acp pns32 vvd j p-acp dt n1 pp-f dt n1, cc vvd xx px32 pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp dt n1 p-acp d n2 cc n2 pp-f dt j n2. (33) chapter (DIV2) 1503 Image 174
4370 Chrisostom in his tome v. celebrateth in full sermons the hospitalitie of Abrahā, the patience of Iob, and the notable déedes of other holy men beside. Chrysostom in his tome v. celebrateth in full Sermons the hospitality of Abrahā, the patience of Job, and the notable Deeds of other holy men beside. np1 p-acp po31 n1 n1 vvz p-acp j n2 dt n1 pp-f np1, dt n1 pp-f np1, cc dt j n2 pp-f j-jn j n2 a-acp. (33) chapter (DIV2) 1503 Image 174
4371 To this order in lyke case may be ascribed out of tome v. his third homily touching bishop Flauianus supplying an ambassade for the citie of Antioche to the Emperour Theodosius, where is extolled a like the déede both of the byshop and the Emperour. To this order in like case may be ascribed out of tome v. his third homily touching bishop Flavianus supplying an ambassade for the City of Antioch to the Emperor Theodosius, where is extolled a like the deed both of the bishop and the Emperor. p-acp d n1 p-acp av-j n1 vmb vbi vvn av pp-f n1 n1 po31 ord n1 vvg n1 np1 vvg dt n1 p-acp dt n1 pp-f np1 p-acp dt n1 np1, c-crq vbz vvn dt j dt n1 av-d pp-f dt n1 cc dt n1. (33) chapter (DIV2) 1503 Image 174
4372 In the 9. homilye are commended those that absteyned from the custome of swearing. In the 9. homily Are commended those that abstained from the custom of swearing. p-acp dt crd n1 vbr vvn d cst vvd p-acp dt n1 pp-f vvg. (33) chapter (DIV2) 1503 Image 174
4373 In the homily 10. those that after meales repay•ed imediately to the church to heare the diuine sermon. In the homily 10. those that After meals repay•ed Immediately to the Church to hear the divine sermon. p-acp dt n1 crd d cst p-acp n2 vvn av-j p-acp dt n1 pc-acp vvi dt j-jn n1. (33) chapter (DIV2) 1504 Image 174
4374 Nazianzenus hath left to posterytie thrée exquisit sermons as touching peace making & atonemēt of parties at variēce. Nazianzenus hath left to posterytie thrée exquisite Sermons as touching peace making & atonement of parties At variance. np1 vhz vvn p-acp n1 crd j n2 p-acp vvg n1 vvg cc n1 pp-f n2 p-acp n1. (33) chapter (DIV2) 1504 Image 174
4375 Concerning the praise of a thinge be these thexamples: Psalm 119. conteyneth a praise of the lawe and worde of God. Concerning the praise of a thing be these thexamples: Psalm 119. Containeth a praise of the law and word of God. vvg dt n1 pp-f dt n1 vbb d n2: np1 crd vvz dt n1 pp-f dt n1 cc n1 pp-f np1. (33) chapter (DIV2) 1505 Image 174
4376 Psal. 78. a praise of the church. Psal. 133. a praise of vnitie and concorde. Paule i. Cor. xii. xiii. xiiii. commendeth diuers giftes, especially prophesye (which is the facultie of interpreting the Scriptures) and loue. Psalm 78. a praise of the Church. Psalm 133. a praise of unity and concord. Paul i. Cor. xii. xiii. xiiii. commends diverse Gifts, especially prophesy (which is the faculty of interpreting the Scriptures) and love. np1 crd dt n1 pp-f dt n1. np1 crd dt n1 pp-f n1 cc n1. np1 sy. np1 crd. crd. crd. vvz j n2, av-j vvi (r-crq vbz dt n1 pp-f n-vvg dt n2) cc n1. (33) chapter (DIV2) 1505 Image 174
4377 To the praise of faith perteine those things that are read Heb. xi Chrisostō in his tome v. praiseth almes giuing, in a certaine homilie wherin he proueth it to be an arte, To the praise of faith pertain those things that Are read Hebrew xi Chrisoston in his tome v. Praiseth alms giving, in a certain homily wherein he Proves it to be an art, p-acp dt n1 pp-f n1 vvi d n2 cst vbr vvn np1 crd n1 p-acp po31 n1 n1 vvz n2 vvg, p-acp dt j n1 c-crq pns31 vvz pn31 pc-acp vbi dt n1, (33) chapter (DIV2) 1505 Image 174
4378 and that truely of all arts the most gainefull. Tertulian and Cyprian commend patience in Sermons purposely writen thereof. and that truly of all arts the most gainful. Tertullian and Cyprian commend patience in Sermons purposely written thereof. cc cst av-j pp-f d n2 dt av-ds j. np1 cc jp vvb n1 p-acp n2 av vvn av. (33) chapter (DIV2) 1505 Image 174
4379 As touching funerall sermons we haue spoken sufficiently before. As touching funeral Sermons we have spoken sufficiently before. p-acp vvg n1 n2 pns12 vhb vvn av-j a-acp. (33) chapter (DIV2) 1506 Image 174
4380 Those may be counted for Doxologiae, which are expressed Esay. 12.25.42. Againe likewise many of the Psal. songen in the way of thanks giuing: Those may be counted for Doxologies, which Are expressed Isaiah. 12.25.42. Again likewise many of the Psalm songen in the Way of thanks giving: d vmb vbi vvn p-acp np1, r-crq vbr vvn np1. crd. av av d pp-f dt np1 vvi p-acp dt n1 pp-f n2 vvg: (33) chapter (DIV2) 1507 Image 174
4381 but aboue the residue those are most fit & apt herevnto, wherein the whole multitude is prouoked to giue thankes, and prayse God: but above the residue those Are most fit & apt hereunto, wherein the Whole multitude is provoked to give thanks, and praise God: cc-acp p-acp dt n1 d vbr av-ds j cc j av, c-crq dt j-jn n1 vbz vvn pc-acp vvi n2, cc n1 np1: (33) chapter (DIV2) 1507 Image 174
4382 of which sort are the Psalmes 81.92.93.95.96.98 99.100.103.104.105. Chrisostom in his tome v. homilie xi. exciteth the people to giue God thankes for their deliueraunce out of the daungers that were feared by reason of discorde and sedition. of which sort Are the Psalms 81.92.93.95.96.98 99.100.103.104.105. Chrysostom in his tome v. homily xi. Exciteth the people to give God thanks for their deliverance out of the dangers that were feared by reason of discord and sedition. pp-f r-crq n1 vbr dt n2 crd crd. np1 p-acp po31 n1 n1 n1 crd. vvz dt n1 pc-acp vvi np1 n2 p-acp po32 n1 av pp-f dt n2 cst vbdr vvn p-acp n1 pp-f n1 cc n1. (33) chapter (DIV2) 1507 Image 174
4383 Homilie xii. he exhorteth them to be thankfull for their lybertie obteined of the Emperour Theodosius. Homily xii. he exhorteth them to be thankful for their liberty obtained of the Emperor Theodosius. n1 crd. pns31 vvz pno32 pc-acp vbi j p-acp po32 n1 vvn pp-f dt n1 np1. (33) chapter (DIV2) 1509 Image 175
4384 Lykewise in the homilye whiche he made after his returne out of exile. Likewise in the homily which he made After his return out of exile. av p-acp dt n1 r-crq pns31 vvd p-acp po31 n1 av pp-f n1. (33) chapter (DIV2) 1510 Image 175
4385 Herevnto may be adioyned also thrée other homilies, whereof in the first hee teacheth, that God is to be thanked, Hereunto may be adjoined also thrée other homilies, whereof in the First he Teaches, that God is to be thanked, av vmb vbi vvn av crd j-jn n2, c-crq p-acp dt ord pns31 vvz, cst np1 vbz pc-acp vbi vvn, (33) chapter (DIV2) 1511 Image 175
4386 forasmuch as he commaundeth no grieuous thinge to be done: in the second, that to acknowledge GODS benefytes is the greatest Sacrifyce that may be: forasmuch as he commandeth no grievous thing to be done: in the second, that to acknowledge GOD'S benefits is the greatest Sacrifice that may be: av c-acp pns31 vvz dx j n1 pc-acp vbi vdn: p-acp dt ord, cst pc-acp vvi npg1 n2 vbz dt js n1 cst vmb vbi: (33) chapter (DIV2) 1511 Image 175
4387 in the thirde, that we ought to be thankful vnto God, not onely in wordes, but also in déedes. in the Third, that we ought to be thankful unto God, not only in words, but also in Deeds. p-acp dt ord, cst pns12 vmd pc-acp vbi j p-acp np1, xx av-j p-acp n2, cc-acp av p-acp n2. (33) chapter (DIV2) 1511 Image 175
4388 Of the kinde Correctiue. Cap. XIII. AS in the kinde of Sermons Redargutiue are properly confuted and amended all errors contayned in assertions or principles of doctrine: Of the kind Corrective. Cap. XIII. AS in the kind of Sermons Redargutive Are properly confuted and amended all errors contained in assertions or principles of Doctrine: pp-f dt j n1. np1 np1. p-acp p-acp dt n1 pp-f n2 j vbr av-j vvn cc vvn d n2 vvn p-acp n2 cc n2 pp-f n1: (34) chapter (DIV2) 1511 Image 175
4389 Euen so in the kynde Epanorthotick or Correctiue is reproued & corrected whatsoeuer is founde vicious and offensiue either in maners or rites. Even so in the kind Epanorthotick or Corrective is reproved & corrected whatsoever is found vicious and offensive either in manners or Rites. av av p-acp dt n1 j cc j vbz vvn cc vvn r-crq vbz vvn j cc j av-d p-acp n2 cc n2. (34) chapter (DIV2) 1512 Image 175
4390 Therfore to this kinde pertaine all Sermons and Orations ordeined to reclayme men to a better trade of life, Therefore to this kind pertain all Sermons and Orations ordained to reclaim men to a better trade of life, av p-acp d n1 vvi d n2 cc n2 vvd pc-acp vvi n2 p-acp dt jc n1 pp-f n1, (34) chapter (DIV2) 1513 Image 175
4391 or to suppresse vniust dealinges, or to condemne vices which are rifely vsed, whither they doo consist in perswasions, or to suppress unjust dealings, or to condemn vices which Are rifely used, whither they do consist in persuasions, cc pc-acp vvi j n2-vvg, cc pc-acp vvi n2 r-crq vbr av-j vvn, c-crq pns32 vdb vvi p-acp n2, (34) chapter (DIV2) 1513 Image 175
4392 or disswasions, either in dehortations, or rebukements. or dissuasions, either in dehortations, or rebukements. cc n2, av-d p-acp n2, cc n2. (34) chapter (DIV2) 1513 Image 175
4393 For all these formes must we vse when we take in hand to correct the maners and conditions of men. For all these forms must we use when we take in hand to correct the manners and conditions of men. p-acp d d n2 vmb pns12 vvi c-crq pns12 vvb p-acp n1 pc-acp vvi dt n2 cc n2 pp-f n2. (34) chapter (DIV2) 1514 Image 175
4394 For why we perswade and exhort that men leauinge vice woulde embrace vertue, we disswade and dehort from those thinges that are iustly to be reproued. For why we persuade and exhort that men leaving vice would embrace virtue, we dissuade and dehort from those things that Are justly to be reproved. p-acp c-crq pns12 vvb cc vvi d n2 vvg n1 vmd vvi n1, pns12 vvi cc vvi p-acp d n2 cst vbr av-j pc-acp vbi vvn. (34) chapter (DIV2) 1514 Image 175
4395 Moreouer we blame the persons that are subiect to any notorious vices, and we teache and commaunde theyr company and fellowship by al meanes to be auoided, we rebuke naughty and vncomely déedes, we reproue the thinges themselues, Moreover we blame the Persons that Are Subject to any notorious vices, and we teach and command their company and fellowship by all means to be avoided, we rebuke naughty and uncomely Deeds, we reprove the things themselves, av pns12 vvb dt n2 cst vbr j-jn p-acp d j n2, cc pns12 vvi cc vvi po32 n1 cc n1 p-acp d n2 pc-acp vbi vvn, pns12 vvb j cc j-u n2, pns12 vvb dt n2 px32, (34) chapter (DIV2) 1515 Image 175
4396 namely all kindes of sinne and wickednesse. Unto this kinde may inuectiue Orations, worthyly be thought to be allyed. namely all Kinds of sin and wickedness. Unto this kind may invective Orations, worthily be Thought to be allied. av d n2 pp-f n1 cc n1. p-acp d n1 vmb n1 n2, av-j vbi vvn pc-acp vbi vvn. (34) chapter (DIV2) 1515 Image 175
4397 For what doe they else contayne, then gréeuous corrections, or reprehensions of vniust and iniurious dealinge? Of such are a couple extant put forth of Gregory, Nazianzene, agaynst Iulianus. Of the same sort is there an Oration of Chrisostome, touching Babilas the Martyr, For what do they Else contain, then grievous corrections, or reprehensions of unjust and injurious dealing? Of such Are a couple extant put forth of Gregory, Nazianzene, against Iulianus. Of the same sort is there an Oration of Chrysostom, touching Babilas the Martyr, p-acp q-crq vdb pns32 av vvi, av j n2, cc n2 pp-f j cc j vvg? pp-f d vbr dt n1 j vvn av pp-f np1, np1, p-acp np1. pp-f dt d n1 vbz pc-acp dt n1 pp-f np1, vvg np1 dt n1, (34) chapter (DIV2) 1516 Image 175
4398 As in which be contayned, also many things agaynst the sayd Iulianus, which Oration notwithstanding beareth the title not of an Homilie, but of a Booke. As in which be contained, also many things against the said Iulianus, which Oration notwithstanding bears the title not of an Homily, but of a Book. c-acp p-acp r-crq vbb vvn, av d n2 p-acp dt j-vvn np1, r-crq n1 a-acp vvz dt n1 xx pp-f dt n1, cc-acp pp-f dt n1. (34) chapter (DIV2) 1516 Image 175
4399 Albeit some man peraduenture may iudge, ye such wrytings tend not to ye correction of any ye haue offended (for how may he be corrected which is there chéefely assaulted and inueighed agaynst, Albeit Some man Peradventure may judge, you such writings tend not to you correction of any you have offended (for how may he be corrected which is there chiefly assaulted and inveighed against, cs d n1 av vmb vvi, pn22 d n2-vvg vvb xx p-acp pn22 n1 pp-f d pn22 vhb vvn (c-acp q-crq vmb pns31 vbi vvn r-crq vbz a-acp av-jn vvn cc vvd p-acp, (34) chapter (DIV2) 1517 Image 175
4400 when it is playne & euident ye the same wicked person had now alredy by the myserable & ougly ende of his lyfe sustayned the paynes of his impiety?) but rather to the comforte of the Godly, which ought to reioyce and be glad, when it is plain & evident you the same wicked person had now already by the miserable & ugly end of his life sustained the pains of his impiety?) but rather to the Comfort of the Godly, which ought to rejoice and be glad, c-crq pn31 vbz j cc j pn22 dt d j n1 vhd av av p-acp dt j cc j n1 pp-f po31 n1 vvd dt n2 pp-f po31 n1?) p-acp av-c p-acp dt n1 pp-f dt j, r-crq vmd pc-acp vvi cc vbi j, (34) chapter (DIV2) 1517 Image 175
4401 for that they are by Gods prouidence safely deliuered from the tyranny of their no lesse crafty then cruell enimy. for that they Are by God's providence safely Delivered from the tyranny of their no less crafty then cruel enemy. c-acp cst pns32 vbr p-acp npg1 n1 av-j vvn p-acp dt n1 pp-f po32 dx av-dc j cs j n1. (34) chapter (DIV2) 1517 Image 175
4402 Howbeit after what sorte soeuer thou be disposed to frame thy selfe to ye correction of corrupted manners, Howbeit After what sort soever thou be disposed to frame thy self to you correction of corrupted manners, a-acp p-acp r-crq n1 av pns21 vbi vvn pc-acp vvi po21 n1 p-acp pn22 n1 pp-f j-vvn n2, (34) chapter (DIV2) 1518 Image 175
4403 whether I say by disswading, or dehorting, or reproouing, or by any other meanes, the very same places truely maye serue thy turne in this behalfe, which are recyted orderly in euery the partes of the former kinde. whither I say by dissuading, or dehorting, or reproving, or by any other means, the very same places truly may serve thy turn in this behalf, which Are recited orderly in every the parts of the former kind. cs pns11 vvb p-acp vvg, cc vvg, cc vvg, cc p-acp d j-jn n2, dt av d n2 av-j vmb vvi po21 n1 p-acp d n1, r-crq vbr vvn av-j p-acp d dt n2 pp-f dt j n1. (34) chapter (DIV2) 1518 Image 175
4404 Onely this must thou doe, namely tourne all the sayd places into the contrary parte. Only this must thou do, namely turn all the said places into the contrary part. j d vmb pns21 vdi, av vvi d dt j-vvn n2 p-acp dt j-jn n1. (34) chapter (DIV2) 1518 Image 175
4405 For where any thing is to be perswaded (as we sayde) by reason of the honesty, of the iustice and equity, of the surety, of the easinesse thereof, and so foorth: For where any thing is to be persuaded (as we said) by reason of the honesty, of the Justice and equity, of the surety, of the easiness thereof, and so forth: p-acp c-crq d n1 vbz pc-acp vbi vvn (c-acp pns12 vvd) p-acp n1 pp-f dt n1, pp-f dt n1 cc n1, pp-f dt n1, pp-f dt n1 av, cc av av: (34) chapter (DIV2) 1519 Image 175
4406 in this kynde of Sermons verilye thou shalte with no greate laboure disswade any thinge, if in case thou canste proue it to bée dishonest, vniuste, iniuryous, perrillous, diffyculte. &c. In the same order shalte thou procéede in dehortations, and controlements. in this kind of Sermons verily thou shalt with no great labour dissuade any thing, if in case thou Canst prove it to been dishonest, unjust, iniuryous, perilous, difficult. etc. In the same order shalt thou proceed in dehortations, and controlments. p-acp d n1 pp-f n2 av-j pns21 vm2 p-acp dx j n1 vvi d n1, cs p-acp n1 pns21 vm2 vvi pn31 pc-acp vbi j, j, j, j, j. av p-acp dt d n1 vm2 pns21 vvi p-acp n2, cc n2. (34) chapter (DIV2) 1519 Image 175
4407 For those places which we haue digested in the Chapter afore going, being declared after a contrary sort, shal euery where be vsed and applyed. For those places which we have digested in the Chapter afore going, being declared After a contrary sort, shall every where be used and applied. p-acp d n2 r-crq pns12 vhb vvn p-acp dt n1 p-acp vvg, vbg vvn p-acp dt j-jn n1, vmb d c-crq vbi vvn cc vvd. (34) chapter (DIV2) 1521 Image 176
4408 And doubtlesse whosoeuer he be that heareth his purpose or fact to be reproued and condemned with such lyke reasons and perswasions as these, it can not be chosen but that he shall inwardlye be moued, And doubtless whosoever he be that hears his purpose or fact to be reproved and condemned with such like Reasons and persuasions as these, it can not be chosen but that he shall inwardly be moved, cc av-j c-crq pns31 vbb cst vvz po31 n1 cc n1 pc-acp vbi vvn cc vvn p-acp d av-j n2 cc n2 c-acp d, pn31 vmb xx vbi vvn p-acp cst pns31 vmb av-j vbi vvn, (34) chapter (DIV2) 1522 Image 176
4409 and by litle and litle pierced (as it were) in conscience, wholy submit and prostrate himselfe. and by little and little pierced (as it were) in conscience, wholly submit and prostrate himself. cc p-acp j cc av-j vvd (c-acp pn31 vbdr) p-acp n1, av-jn vvi cc vvi px31. (34) chapter (DIV2) 1522 Image 176
4410 Which when it commeth to passe, there is good hope offerd, that he will euery day more then other forsake his former euill lyfe, Which when it comes to pass, there is good hope offered, that he will every day more then other forsake his former evil life, r-crq c-crq pn31 vvz pc-acp vvi, pc-acp vbz j n1 vvn, cst pns31 vmb d n1 av-dc cs j-jn vvi po31 j j-jn n1, (34) chapter (DIV2) 1523 Image 176
4411 and returne into the right waye agayne. and return into the right Way again. cc vvi p-acp dt j-jn n1 av. (34) chapter (DIV2) 1523 Image 176
4412 For in déede it ought to be the scope of all corrections, to bring men to the knowledge of their sinnes, to the intent that séeing the greatnesse and filthynes therof, they might be touched with the care of their saluation, For in deed it ought to be the scope of all corrections, to bring men to the knowledge of their Sins, to the intent that seeing the greatness and filthiness thereof, they might be touched with the care of their salvation, c-acp p-acp n1 pn31 vmd pc-acp vbi dt n1 pp-f d n2, pc-acp vvi n2 p-acp dt n1 pp-f po32 n2, p-acp dt n1 cst vvg dt n1 cc n1 av, pns32 vmd vbi vvn p-acp dt n1 pp-f po32 n1, (34) chapter (DIV2) 1524 Image 176
4413 and brought to amendement of life. and brought to amendment of life. cc vvd p-acp n1 pp-f n1. (34) chapter (DIV2) 1524 Image 176
4414 Wherfore what pointes soeuer be helpfull and necessary to this ende, whither they be taught in the workes of the Rhetoritians, or set foorth in the holy bookes of Diuines, shall aptely and rightely be applyed vnto this kinde of Sermons. Wherefore what points soever be helpful and necessary to this end, whither they be taught in the works of the Rhetoricians, or Set forth in the holy books of Divines, shall aptly and rightly be applied unto this kind of Sermons. c-crq q-crq n2 av vbb j cc j p-acp d n1, c-crq pns32 vbb vvn p-acp dt n2 pp-f dt n2, cc vvi av p-acp dt j n2 pp-f n2-jn, vmb av-j cc av-jn vbi vvd p-acp d n1 pp-f n2. (34) chapter (DIV2) 1525 Image 176
4415 As touchinge other pointes that are to be obserued and marked in this kinde, they may bee perceiued partly out of those things that we haue said in the preceding chapter, As touching other points that Are to be observed and marked in this kind, they may be perceived partly out of those things that we have said in the preceding chapter, p-acp vvg j-jn n2 cst vbr pc-acp vbi vvn cc vvn p-acp d n1, pns32 vmb vbi vvn av av pp-f d n2 cst pns12 vhb vvn p-acp dt j-vvg n1, (34) chapter (DIV2) 1526 Image 176
4416 and partly out of the cantions following. and partly out of the cantions following. cc av av pp-f dt n2 vvg. (34) chapter (DIV2) 1526 Image 176
4417 But forasmuch as a number of things be required, yea and no small helps of wisdome requisyte in him, that wil rebuke sinnes with any fruit at all, But forasmuch as a number of things be required, yea and no small helps of Wisdom requisyte in him, that will rebuke Sins with any fruit At all, p-acp av c-acp dt n1 pp-f n2 vbb vvn, uh cc uh-dx j n2 pp-f n1 vvb p-acp pno31, cst vmb vvi n2 p-acp d n1 p-acp d, (34) chapter (DIV2) 1527 Image 176
4418 therfore it is necessary that we héere drawe forth and let downe many cantions. Therefore it is necessary that we Here draw forth and let down many cantions. av pn31 vbz j cst pns12 av vvi av cc vvb a-acp d n2. (34) chapter (DIV2) 1527 Image 176
4419 The first shall be of the care and feruentnesse, that ought first of all to be accounted off in Preachers. The First shall be of the care and ferventness, that ought First of all to be accounted off in Preachers. dt ord vmb vbi pp-f dt n1 cc n1, cst vmd ord pp-f d pc-acp vbi vvn a-acp p-acp n2. (34) chapter (DIV2) 1528 Image 176
4420 I First verily the teacher of the church shal often times, and with all his power (as I may say) consider with himselfe, that a good porcion of his office consisteth in reprouinge of sinnes and vices, I First verily the teacher of the Church shall often times, and with all his power (as I may say) Consider with himself, that a good portion of his office Consisteth in reproving of Sins and vices, pns11 ord av-j dt n1 pp-f dt n1 vmb av n2, cc p-acp d po31 n1 (c-acp pns11 vmb vvi) vvb p-acp px31, cst dt j n1 pp-f po31 n1 vvz p-acp vvg pp-f n2 cc n2, (34) chapter (DIV2) 1529 Image 176
4421 and that he then finally truely executeth the function of a faithfull Sheaphearde, when with all diligence he prouideth and forséeth, and that he then finally truly Executeth the function of a faithful Sheaphearde, when with all diligence he Provideth and forséeth, cc cst pns31 av av-j av-j vvz dt n1 pp-f dt j n1, c-crq p-acp d n1 pns31 vvz cc vvb, (34) chapter (DIV2) 1529 Image 176
4422 least with the scabbe and ytching of some one swine the whole flock in the Lords fielde should be corrupted and infected. lest with the scab and itching of Some one Swine the Whole flock in the lords field should be corrupted and infected. cs p-acp dt n1 cc j-vvg pp-f d crd n1 dt j-jn n1 p-acp dt n2 n1 vmd vbi vvn cc vvn. (34) chapter (DIV2) 1529 Image 176
4423 For vndoubtedly that whiche in times past the Lorde sayde vnto the Prophet Esay Cap. 58. For undoubtedly that which in times passed the Lord said unto the Prophet Isaiah Cap. 58. c-acp av-j cst r-crq p-acp n2 p-acp dt n1 vvd p-acp dt n1 np1 np1 crd (34) chapter (DIV2) 1530 Image 176
4424 Crye out of thy throate as loude as thou canst, spare not, lyft vp thy voyce lyke a trumpet, Cry out of thy throat as loud as thou Canst, spare not, lift up thy voice like a trumpet, vvb av pp-f po21 n1 c-acp av-j c-acp pns21 vm2, vvb xx, vvd a-acp po21 n1 av-j dt n1, (34) chapter (DIV2) 1531 Image 176
4425 and shewe my people their iniquitie: and show my people their iniquity: cc vvi po11 n1 po32 n1: (34) chapter (DIV2) 1531 Image 176
4426 that also ought all Preachers to iudge to bee spoken vnto them by the same Lorde euen vntill this day. that also ought all Preachers to judge to be spoken unto them by the same Lord even until this day. cst av vmd d n2 pc-acp vvi pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp pno32 p-acp dt d n1 av c-acp d n1. (34) chapter (DIV2) 1531 Image 176
4427 And I beléeue verily Preachers might (as it were with spurres) prick forwarde themselues to the execution of their office, in case they would oft times consider & haue before their eyes that graue and weighty protestation of Paule thapostle vnto Timothy, and would interpret it to be made priuately to euery one of them, And I believe verily Preachers might (as it were with spurs) prick forward themselves to the execution of their office, in case they would oft times Consider & have before their eyes that graven and weighty protestation of Paul apostle unto Timothy, and would interpret it to be made privately to every one of them, cc pns11 vvb av-j n2 vmd (c-acp pn31 vbdr p-acp n2) vvi av-j px32 p-acp dt n1 pp-f po32 n1, p-acp n1 pns32 vmd av n2 vvb cc vhb p-acp po32 n2 cst j cc j n1 pp-f np1 n1 p-acp np1, cc vmd vvi pn31 pc-acp vbi vvn av-jn p-acp d crd pp-f pno32, (34) chapter (DIV2) 1532 Image 176
4428 yea & imagine that the liuely voyce of so worthy an Apostle resounded dayly and hourely in their eares. yea & imagine that the lively voice of so worthy an Apostle resounded daily and hourly in their ears. uh cc vvi d dt j n1 pp-f av j dt n1 vvd av-j cc av-j p-acp po32 n2. (34) chapter (DIV2) 1532 Image 176
4429 The words of the Apostle be these: The words of the Apostle be these: dt n2 pp-f dt n1 vbb d: (34) chapter (DIV2) 1533 Image 176
4430 I protest before God and the Lord Iesus Christ whiche shall iudge the quicke and the dead at the time of his appeering and in his kingdome: I protest before God and the Lord Iesus christ which shall judge the quick and the dead At the time of his appearing and in his Kingdom: pns11 vvb p-acp np1 cc dt n1 np1 np1 r-crq vmb vvi dt j cc dt j p-acp dt n1 pp-f po31 j-vvg cc p-acp po31 n1: (34) chapter (DIV2) 1533 Image 176
4431 Preache the woorde, bee feruent in season and out of season, reproue, rebuke, exhort with all gentlenesse and doctrine. Preach the word, be fervent in season and out of season, reprove, rebuke, exhort with all gentleness and Doctrine. vvb dt n1, vbb j p-acp n1 cc av pp-f n1, vvi, n1, vvb p-acp d n1 cc n1. (34) chapter (DIV2) 1533 Image 176
4432 It is certaine that whosoeuer shall déepely engraue and imprinte these words in his minde, will not lightly giue occasion that any man may iustlye saye of him, that he eyther for feare of daunger, It is certain that whosoever shall deeply engrave and imprinte these words in his mind, will not lightly give occasion that any man may justly say of him, that he either for Fear of danger, pn31 vbz j cst r-crq vmb av-jn vvi cc vvi d n2 p-acp po31 n1, vmb xx av-j vvi n1 cst d n1 vmb av-j vvi pp-f pno31, cst pns31 d p-acp n1 pp-f n1, (34) chapter (DIV2) 1534 Image 176
4433 or for hope of any commodytie is slouthfull and negligent in reprouinge and condempninge the wicked. or for hope of any commodities is slothful and negligent in reproving and condemning the wicked. cc p-acp n1 pp-f d n2 vbz j cc j p-acp vvg cc vvg dt j. (34) chapter (DIV2) 1534 Image 176
4434 But what maner of person it behoueth him to be ye shall with grace and authoritie accomplishe this thinge, wee will eftsoones declare. But what manner of person it behooves him to be you shall with grace and Authority accomplish this thing, we will eftsoons declare. cc-acp q-crq n1 pp-f n1 pn31 vvz pno31 pc-acp vbi pn22 vmb p-acp n1 cc n1 vvi d n1, pns12 vmb av vvi. (34) chapter (DIV2) 1535 Image 176
4435 II It perteyneth verily to euery Preacher freely and seuerely to controle vices, but none other for the moste part shal doe it with dignitie and comlyn•s, II It pertaineth verily to every Preacher freely and severely to control vices, but none other for the most part shall do it with dignity and comlyn•s, crd pn31 vvz av-j p-acp d n1 av-j cc av-j pc-acp vvi n2, cc-acp pix j-jn p-acp dt ds n1 vmb vdi pn31 p-acp n1 cc n2, (34) chapter (DIV2) 1536 Image 177
4436 except those that be in some credit and estimation with the multitude. except those that be in Some credit and estimation with the multitude. c-acp d cst vbb p-acp d n1 cc n1 p-acp dt n1. (34) chapter (DIV2) 1536 Image 177
4437 Such most chiefely are olde and auncient men honorable to all men by reason of their age, Such most chiefly Are old and ancient men honourable to all men by reason of their age, d av-ds av-jn vbr j cc j-jn n2 j p-acp d n2 p-acp n1 pp-f po32 n1, (34) chapter (DIV2) 1536 Image 177
4438 and such as being somtime conuersaunt in publyke affayres are supposed to haue gotten the experience of many thinges. and such as being sometime conversant in public affairs Are supposed to have got the experience of many things. cc d c-acp vbg av j p-acp j n2 vbr vvn pc-acp vhi vvn dt n1 pp-f d n2. (34) chapter (DIV2) 1536 Image 177
4439 Next vnto these are those that be commended and well thought off for the wonderfull puritie of their lyfe, Next unto these Are those that be commended and well Thought off for the wonderful purity of their life, ord p-acp d vbr d cst vbb vvn cc av vvd a-acp p-acp dt j n1 pp-f po32 n1, (34) chapter (DIV2) 1537 Image 177
4440 and be themselues voyde of all crime. and be themselves void of all crime. cc vbi px32 j pp-f d n1. (34) chapter (DIV2) 1537 Image 177
4441 For with what face shall they accuse others, that are touched with the shame and remorce of their owne offences? Then thirdly such as by their excellent learning and erudition, deserue to haue their wordes credited in al thinges. For with what face shall they accuse Others, that Are touched with the shame and remorse of their own offences? Then Thirdly such as by their excellent learning and erudition, deserve to have their words credited in all things. c-acp p-acp r-crq n1 vmb pns32 vvb n2-jn, cst vbr vvn p-acp dt n1 cc n1 pp-f po32 d n2? av ord d p-acp p-acp po32 j n1 cc n1, vvb pc-acp vhi po32 n2 vvn p-acp d n2. (34) chapter (DIV2) 1538 Image 177
4442 In which two vertues, I meane learning and innocencye of lyfe, Timothy excelled, although but a younge man. In which two Virtues, I mean learning and innocency of life, Timothy excelled, although but a young man. p-acp r-crq crd n2, pns11 vvb n1 cc n1 pp-f n1, np1 vvd, cs p-acp dt j n1. (34) chapter (DIV2) 1539 Image 177
4443 Last of all those in whose wordes the powre of the spirit doe more openly shew foorth it selfe. Last of all those in whose words the pour of the Spirit do more openly show forth it self. ord pp-f d d p-acp rg-crq n2 dt n1 pp-f dt n1 vdb av-dc av-j vvi av pn31 n1. (34) chapter (DIV2) 1540 Image 177
4444 It followeth of the time wherin it is conuenient to reproue sinnes and vices. It follows of the time wherein it is convenient to reprove Sins and vices. pn31 vvz pp-f dt n1 c-crq pn31 vbz j pc-acp vvi n2 cc n2. (34) chapter (DIV2) 1541 Image 177
4445 III And certes then ought sinnes to be reproued and controlled, when either the place of scripture that is expounded, III And certes then ought Sins to be reproved and controlled, when either the place of scripture that is expounded, crd cc av av vmd n2 pc-acp vbi vvn cc vvn, c-crq d dt n1 pp-f n1 cst vbz vvn, (34) chapter (DIV2) 1542 Image 177
4446 or state of the churche, or maners of the people doe require the same. or state of the Church, or manners of the people do require the same. cc n1 pp-f dt n1, cc n2 pp-f dt n1 vdb vvi dt d. (34) chapter (DIV2) 1542 Image 177
4447 For at what time certaine vices and enormities begin to infect the multitude, the ecclesiasticall Teacher shall in repressing of them duly and seasonably be altogether occupied. For At what time certain vices and enormities begin to infect the multitude, the ecclesiastical Teacher shall in repressing of them duly and seasonably be altogether occupied. c-acp p-acp r-crq n1 j n2 cc n2 vvb pc-acp vvi dt n1, dt j n1 vmb p-acp vvg pp-f pno32 av-jn cc av-j vbi av vvn. (34) chapter (DIV2) 1543 Image 177
4448 First the sore is to be healed, before it groweth to an incurable canker: First the soar is to be healed, before it grows to an incurable canker: ord dt n1 vbz pc-acp vbi vvn, c-acp pn31 vvz p-acp dt j n1: (34) chapter (DIV2) 1544 Image 177
4449 For To late is medicine sought, When mischieues once by long delaies past all recure are brought. For To late is medicine sought, When mischiefs once by long delays passed all recure Are brought. c-acp p-acp j vbz n1 vvn, c-crq n2 a-acp p-acp j n2 p-acp d vvi vbr vvn. (34) chapter (DIV2) 1544 Image 177
4450 And verily the Phisition of the soule shall first of all endeuoure himselfe to cut away the greater maladies, And verily the physician of the soul shall First of all endeavour himself to Cut away the greater maladies, cc av-j dt n1 pp-f dt n1 vmb ord pp-f d vvi px31 pc-acp vvi av dt jc n2, (34) chapter (DIV2) 1545 Image 177
4451 then shall hée take in hande those that bée of lesser daunger. then shall he take in hand those that been of lesser danger. av vmb pns31 vvi p-acp n1 d cst vbi pp-f jc n1. (34) chapter (DIV2) 1545 Image 177
4452 IIII. And it is not to be passed ouer that Chrysostom sayde in his 4. homilie vppon the Epistle of S. Paule to the Philippians: That then the Preacher ought to keepe silence, IIII. And it is not to be passed over that Chrysostom said in his 4. homily upon the Epistle of S. Paul to the Philippians: That then the Preacher ought to keep silence, crd. cc pn31 vbz xx pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp d np1 vvd p-acp po31 crd n1 p-acp dt n1 pp-f n1 np1 p-acp dt njp2: cst cs dt n1 vmd pc-acp vvi n1, (34) chapter (DIV2) 1546 Image 177
4453 when hee holdinge his peace, and findinge fault with nothinge that is done, there is sure and certaine hope, that the euills which are committed, may bee turned away: when he holding his peace, and finding fault with nothing that is done, there is sure and certain hope, that the evils which Are committed, may be turned away: c-crq pns31 vvg po31 n1, cc vvg n1 p-acp pix cst vbz vdn, pc-acp vbz j cc j n1, cst dt n2-jn r-crq vbr vvn, vmb vbi vvn av: (34) chapter (DIV2) 1546 Image 177
4454 but if the contrary commeth to passe, so that he keepinge silence enormities are not onely not rooted vp, but if the contrary comes to pass, so that he keeping silence enormities Are not only not rooted up, cc-acp cs dt n-jn vvz pc-acp vvi, av cst pns31 vvg n1 n2 vbr xx j xx vvn a-acp, (34) chapter (DIV2) 1546 Image 177
4455 but all thinges also become worse and worse, then it is necessary, that hee goe forwarde in reprouinge so much as hee may doe. but all things also become Worse and Worse, then it is necessary, that he go forward in reproving so much as he may do. cc-acp d n2 av vvi av-jc cc av-jc, cs pn31 vbz j, cst pns31 vvb av-j p-acp vvg av av-d c-acp pns31 vmb vdi. (34) chapter (DIV2) 1546 Image 177
4456 For hee that sharpely rebuketh sinners albeit he doth nothing els, yet thus much bringeth he to passe, that he suffereth not the mischiefe to growe any further. For he that sharply Rebuketh Sinners albeit he does nothing Else, yet thus much brings he to pass, that he suffers not the mischief to grow any further. p-acp pns31 cst av-j vvz n2 cs pns31 vdz pix av, av av d vvz pns31 pc-acp vvi, cst pns31 vvz xx dt n1 pc-acp vvi d av-jc. (34) chapter (DIV2) 1546 Image 177
4457 And no lesse worthy to bée noted is that which Augustistine hath left writē in his booke 1. cap. 9. de ciuitate dei: And no less worthy to been noted is that which Augustistine hath left written in his book 1. cap. 9. de ciuitate dei: cc av-dx av-dc j pc-acp vbi vvn vbz d r-crq j vhz vvn vvn p-acp po31 n1 crd n1. crd fw-la fw-la fw-la: (34) chapter (DIV2) 1547 Image 177
4458 If therefore any man forbeareth to reproue and finde fault with wicked doers, for that he awayteth a more conuenient time, If Therefore any man forbeareth to reprove and find fault with wicked doers, for that he awaiteth a more convenient time, cs av d n1 vvz pc-acp vvi cc vvi n1 p-acp j n2, c-acp cst pns31 vvz dt av-dc j n1, (34) chapter (DIV2) 1547 Image 177
4459 or feareth least by that meanes they should become worse, or that other weaklinges, which ought rather to bee enformed to a good and godly life, should bee hindered, or fears least by that means they should become Worse, or that other Weaklings, which ought rather to be informed to a good and godly life, should be hindered, cc vvz av-ds p-acp d n2 pns32 vmd vvi av-jc, cc d j-jn n2, r-crq vmd av-c pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp dt j cc j n1, vmd vbi vvn, (34) chapter (DIV2) 1547 Image 177
4460 and oppressed, and turned from the faith, this seemeth not to rise of any corrupte desire that hee hath, and oppressed, and turned from the faith, this seems not to rise of any corrupt desire that he hath, cc vvn, cc vvd p-acp dt n1, d vvz xx pc-acp vvi pp-f d j n1 cst pns31 vhz, (34) chapter (DIV2) 1547 Image 177
4461 but rather of the rule and aduice of charitie. And after a fewe wordes in the same chapter: but rather of the Rule and Advice of charity. And After a few words in the same chapter: cc-acp av-c pp-f dt n1 cc n1 pp-f n1. cc p-acp dt d n2 p-acp dt d n1: (34) chapter (DIV2) 1547 Image 177
4462 They that are placed in the higher degrees of life, prouiding for the most part for their fame & safety, They that Are placed in the higher Degrees of life, providing for the most part for their fame & safety, pns32 cst vbr vvn p-acp dt jc n2 pp-f n1, vvg p-acp dt av-ds n1 p-acp po32 n1 cc n1, (34) chapter (DIV2) 1548 Image 177
4463 whilest they feare the wiles & inuasions of wicked men, doe refraine themselues from reprouinge of them. whilst they Fear the wiles & invasions of wicked men, do refrain themselves from reproving of them. cs pns32 vvb dt n2 cc n2 pp-f j n2, vdb vvi px32 p-acp vvg pp-f pno32. (34) chapter (DIV2) 1548 Image 177
4464 And although they stand not so greatly in doubt of them, that they yelde through any, their threateninges and impieties to perpetrate the like euils: And although they stand not so greatly in doubt of them, that they yield through any, their threatenings and impieties to perpetrate the like evils: cc cs pns32 vvb xx av av-j p-acp n1 pp-f pno32, cst pns32 vvi p-acp d, po32 n2-vvg cc n2 pc-acp vvi dt j n2-jn: (34) chapter (DIV2) 1549 Image 177
4465 yet neuerthelesse the very same thinges which they commit not with them, they will not commonly finde fault with, yet nevertheless the very same things which they commit not with them, they will not commonly find fault with, av av dt av d n2 r-crq pns32 vvb xx p-acp pno32, pns32 vmb xx av-j vvi n1 p-acp, (34) chapter (DIV2) 1549 Image 177
4466 when as peraduenture they might by reprouing correcte & amend some least if they coulde not, their owne safety and renoume should come into harsarde and decaye. when as Peradventure they might by reproving correct & amend Some lest if they could not, their own safety and renown should come into harsarde and decay. c-crq c-acp av pns32 vmd p-acp vvg j cc vvi d cs cs pns32 vmd xx, po32 d n1 cc n1 vmd vvi p-acp n1 cc vvi. (34) chapter (DIV2) 1549 Image 178
4467 And this they doe not vppon that consideration whereby they see their credite and safety to be necessary for the profit of men to bee ēstructed, And this they do not upon that consideration whereby they see their credit and safety to be necessary for the profit of men to be instructed, cc d pns32 vdb xx p-acp d n1 c-crq pns32 vvb po32 n1 cc n1 pc-acp vbi j p-acp dt n1 pp-f n2 pc-acp vbi vvn, (34) chapter (DIV2) 1549 Image 178
4468 but father thorough that infirmity, wherby they are delighted with a fawninge and flattering tongue, but father through that infirmity, whereby they Are delighted with a fawning and flattering tongue, cc-acp n1 p-acp d n1, c-crq pns32 vbr vvn p-acp dt j-vvg cc j-vvg n1, (34) chapter (DIV2) 1549 Image 178
4469 & with a faire and calme day, and whereby they feare the iudgement of the common sorte, & with a fair and Cam day, and whereby they Fear the judgement of the Common sort, cc p-acp dt j cc j-jn n1, cc c-crq pns32 vvb dt n1 pp-f dt j n1, (34) chapter (DIV2) 1549 Image 178
4470 and vexation or destruction of the fleshe, that is, by reason of certaine bandes of couetousenes wherewith they are enwrapped, and vexation or destruction of the Flesh, that is, by reason of certain bands of couetousenes wherewith they Are enwrapped, cc n1 cc n1 pp-f dt n1, cst vbz, p-acp n1 pp-f j n2 pp-f n1 c-crq pns32 vbr vvn, (34) chapter (DIV2) 1549 Image 178
4471 and not for their duties sake of loue. and not for their duties sake of love. cc xx p-acp po32 n2 n1 pp-f n1. (34) chapter (DIV2) 1549 Image 178
4472 Thus much S. Augustine. Wherefore by these thinges when and how far foorth it is lawful to intermit the reprehension of vices, euery man may easely iudge. Thus much S. Augustine. Wherefore by these things when and how Far forth it is lawful to intermit the reprehension of vices, every man may Easily judge. av d n1 np1. c-crq p-acp d n2 c-crq cc c-crq av-j av pn31 vbz j pc-acp vvi dt n1 pp-f n2, d n1 vmb av-j vvi. (34) chapter (DIV2) 1550 Image 178
4473 Nowe what thinges remaine chiefely to be reproued. Now what things remain chiefly to be reproved. av q-crq n2 vvb av-jn pc-acp vbi vvn. (34) chapter (DIV2) 1550 Image 178
4474 V. There is no kinde of sinnes, in which the Preacher ought to wincke and be tongue tied, V. There is no kind of Sins, in which the Preacher ought to wink and be tongue tied, np1 pc-acp vbz dx n1 pp-f n2, p-acp r-crq dt n1 vmd p-acp n1 cc vbi n1 vvn, (34) chapter (DIV2) 1551 Image 178
4475 or that may be pretermitted without reproofe. or that may be pretermitted without reproof. cc cst vmb vbi vvn p-acp n1. (34) chapter (DIV2) 1551 Image 178
4476 Therefore it is not inought egerly to inueigh and abandon such vices as are very great and heynous, Therefore it is not inought eagerly to inveigh and abandon such vices as Are very great and heinous, av pn31 vbz xx n1 av-j pc-acp vvi cc vvi d n2 c-acp vbr av j cc j, (34) chapter (DIV2) 1552 Image 178
4477 but euen those also shal be brought to the iudgement of the Church and called into question, which ye common people estéeme to be but trifles in respecte, but even those also shall be brought to the judgement of the Church and called into question, which you Common people esteem to be but trifles in respect, cc-acp av d av vmb vbi vvn p-acp dt n1 pp-f dt n1 cc vvn p-acp n1, r-crq pn22 j n1 vvi pc-acp vbi p-acp n2 p-acp n1, (34) chapter (DIV2) 1552 Image 178
4478 neither doe account them so great, as in déede they are. neither do account them so great, as in deed they Are. av-dx vdb vvi pno32 av j, c-acp p-acp n1 pns32 vbr. (34) chapter (DIV2) 1552 Image 178
4479 Prouided that those euills be spoken against with more diligence and vehemeny which are growne to be of greatest force with the multitude, Provided that those evils be spoken against with more diligence and vehemeny which Are grown to be of greatest force with the multitude, vvn cst d n2-jn vbb vvn p-acp p-acp dc n1 cc vvi r-crq vbr vvn pc-acp vbi pp-f js n1 p-acp dt n1, (34) chapter (DIV2) 1552 Image 178
4480 and by reason whereof greater inconuenyences are feared. and by reason whereof greater Inconveniences Are feared. cc p-acp n1 c-crq jc n2 vbr vvn. (34) chapter (DIV2) 1552 Image 178
4481 VI. In the meane time the godly Preacher must take heede, least that beinge moued with the false reportes and surmises of some men, hee fall to carpinge and comtrolling of certaine vices. VI. In the mean time the godly Preacher must take heed, lest that being moved with the false reports and surmises of Some men, he fallen to carping and comtrolling of certain vices. crd. p-acp dt j n1 dt j n1 vmb vvi n1, cs d vbg vvn p-acp dt j n2 cc n2 pp-f d n2, pns31 vvb p-acp j-vvg cc vvg pp-f j n2. (34) chapter (DIV2) 1553 Image 178
4482 It is ouer often tried by experyence, and that truely with the great offence of the whole Church, It is over often tried by experience, and that truly with the great offence of the Whole Church, pn31 vbz a-acp av vvn p-acp n1, cc cst av-j p-acp dt j n1 pp-f dt j-jn n1, (34) chapter (DIV2) 1554 Image 178
4483 but with the greatest perill of the estimation and good name of the preachers thmselues, what masses of mischiefe the ouer hastines of some in beleeuinge euery one that commeth, especially women and light persons, haue brought in. but with the greatest peril of the estimation and good name of the Preachers themselves, what masses of mischief the over hastiness of Some in believing every one that comes, especially women and Light Persons, have brought in. cc-acp p-acp dt js n1 pp-f dt n1 cc j n1 pp-f dt n2 px32, r-crq n2 pp-f n1 dt p-acp n2 pp-f d p-acp vvg d pi cst vvz, av-j n2 cc j n2, vhb vvn p-acp. (34) chapter (DIV2) 1554 Image 178
4484 And AEneas Syluius reporteth in his booke de aulicorum miserijs, that is, touchinge the miseries of Courtiers, And AEneas Sylvius Reporteth in his book de Aulicorum miserijs, that is, touching the misery's of Courtiers, cc np1 np1 vvz p-acp po31 n1 fw-fr fw-la fw-la, cst vbz, vvg dt n2 pp-f n2, (34) chapter (DIV2) 1555 Image 178
4485 how a certaine mā of Millaine in times past made a grieuous complaint to one Bernardinus a Preacher, of all those that lent their money vppon vsury, how a certain man of Milan in times past made a grievous complaint to one Bernardine a Preacher, of all those that lent their money upon Usury, c-crq dt j n1 pp-f np1 p-acp n2 j vvn dt j n1 p-acp crd np1 dt n1, pp-f d d cst vvd po32 n1 p-acp n1, (34) chapter (DIV2) 1555 Image 178
4486 and that, verely to this ende that when other shoulde ceasse and leaue off so to doe, hee alone might reape huge gaines & prayes by that trade. and that, verily to this end that when other should cease and leave off so to do, he alone might reap huge gains & prays by that trade. cc cst, av-j p-acp d n1 cst c-crq n-jn vmd vvi cc vvi a-acp av pc-acp vdi, pns31 av-j vmd vvi j n2 cc vvz p-acp d n1. (34) chapter (DIV2) 1555 Image 178
4487 Therefore neither those thinges that are noysed of the simple and ignorant, nor those that be reported of subtill and craftye men, shall the minister of the Gospell rashly admit forthwith to be declared out of the pulpit to the people. Therefore neither those things that Are noised of the simple and ignorant, nor those that be reported of subtle and crafty men, shall the minister of the Gospel rashly admit forthwith to be declared out of the pulpit to the people. av dx d n2 cst vbr vvn pp-f dt j cc j, ccx d cst vbb vvn pp-f j cc j n2, vmb dt n1 pp-f dt n1 av-j vvi av pc-acp vbi vvn av pp-f dt n1 p-acp dt n1. (34) chapter (DIV2) 1556 Image 178
4488 The surest and saffest way is, (where at least be had lawefull méeting and consultations of the Elders of the Church) to rebuke those crimes and enormities, The Surest and saffest Way is, (where At least be had lawful meeting and Consultations of the Elders of the Church) to rebuke those crimes and enormities, dt js cc vv2 n1 vbz, (c-crq p-acp ds vbi vhd j n1 cc n2 pp-f dt n2-jn pp-f dt n1) pc-acp vvi d n2 cc n2, (34) chapter (DIV2) 1556 Image 178
4489 as touching which it shall be determined before in the selfe same assembly, that they should openly be reproued and spoken against. as touching which it shall be determined before in the self same assembly, that they should openly be reproved and spoken against. c-acp vvg r-crq pn31 vmb vbi vvn a-acp p-acp dt n1 d n1, cst pns32 vmd av-j vbi vvn cc vvn p-acp. (34) chapter (DIV2) 1556 Image 178
4490 Now followe diuers thinges touching the maner of reproouing. Now follow diverse things touching the manner of reproving. av vvb j n2 vvg dt n1 pp-f vvg. (34) chapter (DIV2) 1556 Image 178
4491 VII. Whensoeuer it séemeth good to rebuke viees before all thinges it is necessary to premise certaine doctrine and reasons, where out men (though blunt and rude) maye learne, that those things which are of thée reprooued, be very grieuous sinnes, VII. Whensoever it Seemeth good to rebuke vies before all things it is necessary to premise certain Doctrine and Reasons, where out men (though blunt and rude) may Learn, that those things which Are of thee reproved, be very grievous Sins, np1. c-crq pn31 vvz j p-acp n1 vvz p-acp d n2 pn31 vbz j p-acp n1 j n1 cc n2, c-crq av n2 (cs j cc j) vmb vvi, cst d n2 r-crq vbr pp-f pno21 vvn, vbb av j n2, (34) chapter (DIV2) 1557 Image 178
4492 and such as deserue eternall damnation. and such as deserve Eternal damnation. cc d c-acp vvi j n1. (34) chapter (DIV2) 1557 Image 178
4493 For very weake and slender is that reproofe or rebuke, which is not grounded vppon Gods word, and taketh strength therefrom. For very weak and slender is that reproof or rebuke, which is not grounded upon God's word, and Takes strength therefrom. p-acp av j cc j vbz d n1 cc n1, r-crq vbz xx vvn p-acp npg1 n1, cc vvz n1 av. (34) chapter (DIV2) 1557 Image 178
4494 And that is it that the apostle meaneth, when, after he had sayd, improue, rebuke, exhort, he wisely addeth, that it must be don, by applying of doctrine. And that is it that the apostle means, when, After he had said, improve, rebuke, exhort, he wisely adds, that it must be dONE, by applying of Doctrine. cc d vbz pn31 cst dt n1 vvz, c-crq, c-acp pns31 vhd vvn, vvb, n1, vvb, pns31 av-j vvz, cst pn31 vmb vbi vdn, p-acp vvg pp-f n1. (34) chapter (DIV2) 1558 Image 178
4495 VIII. And that all corrections ought not to be framed a like, but one more bitter and vehement, VIII. And that all corrections ought not to be framed a like, but one more bitter and vehement, crd. cc cst d n2 vmd xx pc-acp vbi vvn dt j, cc-acp pi av-dc j cc j, (34) chapter (DIV2) 1559 Image 178
4496 an other more milde and moderate, is a things well knowen of it selfe, partly by the kinde of crimes committed, and partly by the state and condition of those men that are snarled and entangeled with the same crimes. an other more mild and moderate, is a things well known of it self, partly by the kind of crimes committed, and partly by the state and condition of those men that Are snarled and entangled with the same crimes. dt n-jn av-dc j cc j, vbz dt n2 av vvn pp-f pn31 n1, av p-acp dt n1 pp-f n2 vvn, cc av p-acp dt n1 cc n1 pp-f d n2 cst vbr j-vvn cc vvn p-acp dt d n2. (34) chapter (DIV2) 1559 Image 179
4497 To the intent I saye not, howe in the Sermons of the prophets and of Christ we may obserue the lyke trade. To the intent I say not, how in the Sermons of the Prophets and of christ we may observe the like trade. p-acp dt n1 pns11 vvb xx, c-crq p-acp dt n2 pp-f dt n2 cc pp-f np1 pns12 vmb vvi dt av-j n1. (34) chapter (DIV2) 1559 Image 179
4498 looke what prudence and circumspection is requisite in driuing awaye the disseases of the body, the same truely is required in expellinge the maladies of the minde. look what prudence and circumspection is requisite in driving away the diseases of the body, the same truly is required in expelling the maladies of the mind. vvb r-crq n1 cc n1 vbz j p-acp vvg av dt n2 pp-f dt n1, dt d av-j vbz vvn p-acp vvg dt n2 pp-f dt n1. (34) chapter (DIV2) 1560 Image 179
4499 And as touching this difference wisely to be made Chrisostom hath somwhat in the beginning of his Enarration of the Epistle of Saint Paule to the Galathians. And as touching this difference wisely to be made Chrysostom hath somewhat in the beginning of his Enarration of the Epistle of Saint Paul to the Galatians. cc c-acp vvg d n1 av-j pc-acp vbi vvn np1 vhz av p-acp dt n-vvg pp-f po31 n1 pp-f dt n1 pp-f n1 np1 p-acp dt np2. (34) chapter (DIV2) 1560 Image 179
4500 But it behoueth vs notwithstanding to declare, where it shall be conuenient to giue place to the milder and where to the sharper sorte of rebukes. But it behooves us notwithstanding to declare, where it shall be convenient to give place to the milder and where to the sharper sort of rebukes. p-acp pn31 vvz pno12 a-acp pc-acp vvi, c-crq pn31 vmb vbi j pc-acp vvi n1 p-acp dt jc cc c-crq p-acp dt jc n1 pp-f n2. (34) chapter (DIV2) 1561 Image 179
4501 First therefore of the milder sort. First Therefore of the milder sort. np1 av pp-f dt jc n1. (34) chapter (DIV2) 1561 Image 179
4502 IX. There be certaine offences touching the amendement wherof it shall be sufficient after a friendely and louing maner to admonish the hearers. IX. There be certain offences touching the amendment whereof it shall be sufficient After a friendly and loving manner to admonish the hearers. crd. pc-acp vbi j n2 vvg dt n1 c-crq pn31 vmb vbi j p-acp dt j cc j-vvg n1 pc-acp vvi dt n2. (34) chapter (DIV2) 1562 Image 179
4503 Of which sort it is, if a man speake against the affectation of newe and straunge apparell, against the contempt of mennes fond traditions, &c. Which for the most part bée peculiar but to fewe, Of which sort it is, if a man speak against the affectation of new and strange apparel, against the contempt of men's found traditions, etc. Which for the most part been peculiar but to few, pp-f r-crq n1 pn31 vbz, cs dt n1 vvb p-acp dt n1 pp-f j cc j n1, p-acp dt n1 pp-f ng2 j n2, av r-crq p-acp dt av-ds n1 vbn j cc-acp p-acp d, (34) chapter (DIV2) 1563 Image 179
4504 and are in no wise to be accounted among the manifest and greater sort of sinnes. and Are in no wise to be accounted among the manifest and greater sort of Sins. cc vbr p-acp dx j pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp dt j cc jc n1 pp-f n2. (34) chapter (DIV2) 1563 Image 179
4505 If a man therefore should with tragicall clamours and bitter rebuckes crye out against these thinges, he shoulde bring to passe ye not onely ye phantasticall people, If a man Therefore should with tragical clamours and bitter rebuckes cry out against these things, he should bring to pass you not only the fantastical people, cs dt n1 av vmd p-acp j n2 cc j n2 vvb av p-acp d n2, pns31 vmd vvi pc-acp vvi pn22 xx av-j dt j n1, (34) chapter (DIV2) 1564 Image 179
4506 but euen the wiser sorte also returning home, would in their common talke sooner laugh him to scorne, but even the Wiser sort also returning home, would in their Common talk sooner laugh him to scorn, cc-acp av-j dt jc n1 av vvg av-an, vmd p-acp po32 j n1 av-c vvi pno31 pc-acp vvi, (34) chapter (DIV2) 1564 Image 179
4507 then bethinke them of any amendement at all. then bethink them of any amendment At all. av vvb pno32 pp-f d n1 p-acp d. (34) chapter (DIV2) 1564 Image 179
4508 X. And albeit the exhortation be gentill & soft, yet must héede be taken, least any thing in it séeme to extenuat the nature of sinnes. X. And albeit the exhortation be gentle & soft, yet must heed be taken, lest any thing in it seem to extenuat the nature of Sins. fw-la cc cs dt n1 vbb j cc j, av vmb n1 vbi vvn, cs d n1 p-acp pn31 vvi pc-acp vvi dt n1 pp-f n2. (34) chapter (DIV2) 1565 Image 179
4509 For in déede it is an horrible sinne for a man, in his talke to minish sinne, For in deed it is an horrible sin for a man, in his talk to minish sin, c-acp p-acp n1 pn31 vbz dt j n1 p-acp dt n1, p-acp po31 n1 pc-acp vvi n1, (34) chapter (DIV2) 1566 Image 179
4510 or to make it séeme lesse then it is. or to make it seem less then it is. cc pc-acp vvi pn31 vvi dc cs pn31 vbz. (34) chapter (DIV2) 1566 Image 179
4511 XI. Againe this must likewise be foreséene and taken héede off, least whilest thou gentilly admonishest thy hearers, XI. Again this must likewise be foreseen and taken heed off, lest whilst thou gently admonishest thy hearers, crd. av d vmb av vbi vvn cc vvn n1 a-acp, cs cs pns21 av-j vv2 po21 n2, (34) chapter (DIV2) 1567 Image 179
4512 and purposely also séekest to a auoyde the extenuation of sinne, thou so depaintest in the meane time and settest forth sin in his coolours, that thou priuily tickle ye mindes of thy hearers and (as ye would say) egge them to conceyue eyther a certaine new desyre of sinninge, and purposely also Seekest to a avoid the extenuation of sin, thou so depaintest in the mean time and settest forth sin in his colours, that thou privily tickle you minds of thy hearers and (as you would say) egg them to conceive either a certain new desire of sinning, cc av av vv2 p-acp dt vvi dt n1 pp-f n1, pns21 av vv2 p-acp dt j n1 cc vv2 av vvi p-acp po31 n2, cst pns21 av-j vvi pn22 n2 pp-f po21 n2 cc (c-acp pn22 vmd vvi) n1 pno32 pc-acp vvi d dt j j n1 pp-f vvg, (34) chapter (DIV2) 1567 Image 179
4513 or els to take a certaine pleasure of their sinne lately committed. or Else to take a certain pleasure of their sin lately committed. cc av pc-acp vvi dt j n1 pp-f po32 n1 av-j vvn. (34) chapter (DIV2) 1567 Image 179
4514 Thou shalt finde those that are wonderfully delighted, when they heare those vises pleasauntly described, which they knowe themselues to be addicted vnto. Thou shalt find those that Are wonderfully delighted, when they hear those vises pleasantly described, which they know themselves to be addicted unto. pns21 vm2 vvi d cst vbr av-j vvn, c-crq pns32 vvb d n2 av-j vvn, r-crq pns32 vvb px32 pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp. (34) chapter (DIV2) 1567 Image 179
4515 Nowe of the sharper sort of rebuckes. Now of the sharper sort of rebuckes. av pp-f dt jc n1 pp-f n2. (34) chapter (DIV2) 1567 Image 179
4516 XII. Full well is it sayd of Chrysostom: To speake gentilly and mildely to scollers when there is neede of roughnes and sharpnes, is the part, not of a teacher, XII. Full well is it said of Chrysostom: To speak gently and mildly to Scholars when there is need of roughness and sharpness, is the part, not of a teacher, np1. j av vbz pn31 vvn pp-f np1: pc-acp vvi av-j cc av-j p-acp n2 c-crq pc-acp vbz n1 pp-f n1 cc n1, vbz dt n1, xx pp-f dt n1, (34) chapter (DIV2) 1568 Image 179
4517 but rather of a corrupter and an enemy. but rather of a corrupter and an enemy. cc-acp av-c pp-f dt n1 cc dt n1. (34) chapter (DIV2) 1568 Image 179
4518 Many sinnes there be therfore which require more seuere controlment and rebuke, especially those, that are most apparauntly repugnaunt to the fenne commaundementes, that minister manysolde matter of offences, wherewith a great number of men of all sortes are entangeled, Many Sins there be Therefore which require more severe controlment and rebuke, especially those, that Are most apparauntly repugnant to the fen Commandments, that minister manysolde matter of offences, wherewith a great number of men of all sorts Are entangled, d n2 pc-acp vbi av r-crq vvb av-dc j n1 cc n1, av-j d, cst vbr av-ds av-j j p-acp dt n1 n2, cst n1 vvd n1 pp-f n2, c-crq dt j n1 pp-f n2 pp-f d n2 vbr vvn, (34) chapter (DIV2) 1568 Image 179
4519 finallye that are supposed to be such as can not be taken awaye, without searing or cuttinge. finally that Are supposed to be such as can not be taken away, without searing or cutting. av-j cst vbr vvn pc-acp vbi d c-acp vmb xx vbi vvn av, p-acp vvg cc vvg. (34) chapter (DIV2) 1568 Image 179
4520 XIII. And in reproouing of these sinnes those thinges may haue place whereof we sée mention to be made of others. XIII. And in reproving of these Sins those things may have place whereof we see mention to be made of Others. np1. cc p-acp vvg pp-f d n2 d n2 vmb vhi n1 c-crq pns12 vvb n1 pc-acp vbi vvn pp-f n2-jn. (34) chapter (DIV2) 1569 Image 179
4521 Chrisostom vpon Genesis homilie 24. requireth to be pardoned speaking more sharply. I knowe, saith he, that these thinges will sting your eares, but pardon me. Chrysostom upon Genesis homily 24. requires to be pardoned speaking more sharply. I know, Says he, that these things will sting your ears, but pardon me. np1 p-acp n1 n1 crd vvz pc-acp vbi vvn vvg av-dc av-j. pns11 vvb, vvz pns31, cst d n2 vmb vvi po22 n2, cc-acp vvb pno11. (34) chapter (DIV2) 1569 Image 179
4522 I speake them through greedines of your saluation. Peraduenture he imitateth ye Apostle 2. Corinth. 11. speaking in this sort: I speak them through greediness of your salvation. Peradventure he imitateth you Apostle 2. Corinth. 11. speaking in this sort: pns11 vvb pno32 p-acp n1 pp-f po22 n1. av pns31 vvz pn22 n1 crd np1. crd vvg p-acp d n1: (34) chapter (DIV2) 1570 Image 179
4523 would god you had suffered me a litell in my foolishnes. And in deede ye suffer me: would god you had suffered me a little in my foolishness. And in deed you suffer me: vmd n1 pn22 vhd vvn pno11 dt j p-acp po11 n1. cc p-acp n1 pn22 vvb pno11: (34) chapter (DIV2) 1570 Image 179
4524 for I am gelous to you warde through the zeale of God. for I am jealous to you ward through the zeal of God. c-acp pns11 vbm j p-acp pn22 vvi p-acp dt n1 pp-f np1. (34) chapter (DIV2) 1570 Image 179
4525 Am I become your enemy for speaking vnto you the truth? My babes of whom I trauaile againe in birth, &c. Somtimes he that taketh in hand to accuse and rebuke others, numbreth himselfe with those whom he accuseth. Am I become your enemy for speaking unto you the truth? My babes of whom I travail again in birth, etc. Sometimes he that Takes in hand to accuse and rebuke Others, numbereth himself with those whom he Accuseth. vbm pns11 vvn po22 n1 p-acp vvg p-acp pn22 dt n1? po11 n2 pp-f ro-crq pns11 vvi av p-acp n1, av av pns31 cst vvz p-acp n1 pc-acp vvi cc vvi n2-jn, vvz px31 p-acp d r-crq pns31 vvz. (34) chapter (DIV2) 1570 Image 179
4526 The prophetes doe adioyne themselues to the residwe of sinners, and praye for pardon. The Prophets do adjoin themselves to the residwe of Sinners, and pray for pardon. dt n2 vdb vvi px32 p-acp dt n1 pp-f n2, cc vvb p-acp n1. (34) chapter (DIV2) 1571 Image 179
4527 And Paule 1. Timoth. 1. Christ came into the world, saith he, to saue sinners, whereof I am chiefe. And Paul 1. Timothy 1. christ Come into the world, Says he, to save Sinners, whereof I am chief. np1 np1 crd np1 crd np1 vvd p-acp dt n1, vvz pns31, pc-acp vvi n2, c-crq pns11 vbm j-jn. (34) chapter (DIV2) 1571 Image 179
4528 Chrysostome on the first Epistle to the Corinthes homilie 23. hath these wordes: Chrysostom on the First Epistle to the Corinthians homily 23. hath these words: np1 p-acp dt ord n1 p-acp dt njpg2 n1 crd vhz d n2: (34) chapter (DIV2) 1572 Image 180
4529 All men at the very hearinge of holesom Doctrine waxe deafe, and therby are replenyshed with many euils: All men At the very hearing of wholesome Doctrine wax deaf, and thereby Are replenished with many evils: d n2 p-acp dt j vvg pp-f j n1 vvi j, cc av vbr vvn p-acp d n2-jn: (34) chapter (DIV2) 1572 Image 180
4530 and we may behold the naked soules to be as men are cōmonly wont in an army after the bront of battayle, some deade, other some woūded: and we may behold the naked Souls to be as men Are commonly wont in an army After the brunt of battle, Some dead, other Some wounded: cc pns12 vmb vvi dt j n2 pc-acp vbi c-acp n2 vbr av-j vvn p-acp dt n1 p-acp dt n1 pp-f n1, d j, j-jn d j-vvn: (34) chapter (DIV2) 1572 Image 180
4531 euen such ther bee in the Church. even such there be in the Church. av d pc-acp vbi p-acp dt n1. (34) chapter (DIV2) 1572 Image 180
4532 Wherefore I exhorte and admonish, that wee may bee prouoked one to helpe and comfort an other: Wherefore I exhort and admonish, that we may be provoked one to help and Comfort an other: c-crq pns11 vvi cc vvi, cst pns12 vmb vbi vvn pi pc-acp vvi cc vvi dt n-jn: (34) chapter (DIV2) 1572 Image 180
4533 for I also am of the number of them that bee wonuded, and of those that want medicine. But doe not therfore dispaire. for I also am of the number of them that be wonuded, and of those that want medicine. But do not Therefore despair. c-acp pns11 av vbm pp-f dt n1 pp-f pno32 cst vbb vvn, cc pp-f d cst vvb n1. cc-acp vdb xx av vvi. (34) chapter (DIV2) 1572 Image 180
4534 For albeit the woundes be great, yet are they not past cure, &c. And moreouer the same Chrysostom in his homilie 4. touchinge the Fayth of Anna Samuels mother, For albeit the wounds be great, yet Are they not passed cure, etc. And moreover the same Chrysostom in his homily 4. touching the Faith of Anna Samuels mother, p-acp cs dt n2 vbb j, av vbr pns32 xx p-acp n1, av cc av dt d np1 p-acp po31 n1 crd vvg dt n1 pp-f np1 np1 n1, (34) chapter (DIV2) 1572 Image 180
4535 when hée perceyued a very fewe to be come togyther to the Church, inueigheth straight waies in a bitter Oration against those that were absent, whom hée would haue to be seuerely admonished, of them that were ther present. when he perceived a very few to be come together to the Church, inveigheth straight ways in a bitter Oration against those that were absent, whom he would have to be severely admonished, of them that were there present. c-crq pns31 vvd dt av d pc-acp vbi vvn av p-acp dt n1, vvz j n2 p-acp dt j n1 p-acp d cst vbdr j, ro-crq pns31 vmd vhi pc-acp vbi av-j vvn, pp-f pno32 cst vbdr a-acp j. (34) chapter (DIV2) 1572 Image 180
4536 The place is very proper and to the purspose, but longe and tedious. The place is very proper and to the purspose, but long and tedious. dt n1 vbz av j cc p-acp dt n1, cc-acp av-j cc j. (34) chapter (DIV2) 1572 Image 180
4537 These thinges therefore and such like which may serue to their vse, it behoueth the studious diligently to obsere. These things Therefore and such like which may serve to their use, it behooves the studious diligently to obsere. np1 n2 av cc d av-j r-crq vmb vvi p-acp po32 n1, pn31 vvz dt j av-j pc-acp fw-la. (34) chapter (DIV2) 1572 Image 180
4538 XIIII. But in all this whole busines, he that speaketh must take héede that he neuer chafe and become angry in such sort, XIIII. But in all this Whole business, he that speaks must take heed that he never chafe and become angry in such sort, crd. cc-acp p-acp d d j-jn n1, pns31 cst vvz vmb vvi n1 cst pns31 av-x vvi cc vvi j p-acp d n1, (34) chapter (DIV2) 1573 Image 180
4539 as that he forgette ye boundes of modesty, or be thought to be enflamed more with the displeasure of some men, as that he forget you bounds of modesty, or be Thought to be inflamed more with the displeasure of Some men, c-acp cst pns31 vvi pn22 n2 pp-f n1, cc vbi vvn pc-acp vbi vvn av-dc p-acp dt n1 pp-f d n2, (34) chapter (DIV2) 1573 Image 180
4540 then with the hatred of their vices. then with the hatred of their vices. av p-acp dt n1 pp-f po32 n2. (34) chapter (DIV2) 1573 Image 180
4541 Wée haue séene at times some both in voyce, countenaunce, eyne, gesture, and to bée short in the whole state of their bodye, fowlely to deforme & disfigure themselues, againe with rude yellings and outcries to fill all thinges, We have seen At times Some both in voice, countenance, eyes, gesture, and to been short in the Whole state of their body, foully to deform & disfigure themselves, again with rude yellings and Outcries to fill all things, pns12 vhb vvn p-acp n2 d d p-acp n1, n1, n2, n1, cc pc-acp vbi j p-acp dt j-jn n1 pp-f po32 n1, av-j pc-acp vvi cc vvi px32, av p-acp j n2 cc n2 pc-acp vvi d n2, (34) chapter (DIV2) 1573 Image 180
4542 & at length, through the rage & impotency of their minde to depart out of the Pulpit, & At length, through the rage & impotency of their mind to depart out of the Pulpit, cc p-acp n1, p-acp dt n1 cc n1 pp-f po32 n1 pc-acp vvi av pp-f dt n1, (34) chapter (DIV2) 1573 Image 180
4543 or at least forgetfull of the thinges that they spake off a litle before, not able to returne to their purposed matter. or At least forgetful of the things that they spoke off a little before, not able to return to their purposed matter. cc p-acp ds j pp-f dt n2 cst pns32 vvd a-acp dt j a-acp, xx j pc-acp vvi p-acp po32 j-vvn n1. (34) chapter (DIV2) 1573 Image 180
4544 Surely their hearers feared least they had bene on the sodaine attached with an Apoplexie or some such like dissease. Surely their hearers feared lest they had be on the sudden attached with an Apoplexy or Some such like disease. av-j po32 n2 vvn cs pns32 vhd vbn p-acp dt j vvn p-acp dt n1 cc d d j n1. (34) chapter (DIV2) 1574 Image 180
4545 But I praye you was not this with the more follye to finde fault with ye lesse• or with a greater madnes so séeke to reforme madnes of others? liberty in speakinge deserueth praise, fury is coūted blame worthy, But I pray you was not this with the more folly to find fault with you lesse• or with a greater madness so seek to reform madness of Others? liberty in speaking deserves praise, fury is counted blame worthy, p-acp pns11 vvb pn22 vbds xx d p-acp dt av-dc n1 pc-acp vvi n1 p-acp pn22 n1 cc p-acp dt jc n1 av vvi pc-acp vvi n1 pp-f n2-jn? n1 p-acp vvg vvz n1, n1 vbz vvn n1 j, (34) chapter (DIV2) 1574 Image 180
4546 & doth vtterly disgrace euen those things that are most wisely spoken: & does utterly disgrace even those things that Are most wisely spoken: cc vdz av-j vvi av d n2 cst vbr av-ds av-j vvn: (34) chapter (DIV2) 1574 Image 180
4547 as we may reade in the homily 17. vppon the Actes of Thapostles in the worke which is of some ascribed vnto Chrisostome. as we may read in the homily 17. upon the Acts of Apostles in the work which is of Some ascribed unto Chrysostom. c-acp pns12 vmb vvi p-acp dt n1 crd p-acp dt n2 pp-f n2 p-acp dt n1 r-crq vbz pp-f d vvn p-acp np1. (34) chapter (DIV2) 1574 Image 180
4548 XV. Moreouer this discretion also is very requisit in a Preacher. XV. Moreover this discretion also is very requisite in a Preacher. crd. av d n1 av vbz av j p-acp dt n1. (34) chapter (DIV2) 1575 Image 180
4549 He may lawefully entreate of some vices more openly & grosely, as when he inu•ygheth against a murtherer or a dronkard, he shal accordingly declare and paint foorth ye cruelty of the one, He may lawfully entreat of Some vices more openly & grossly, as when he inu•ygheth against a murderer or a drunkard, he shall accordingly declare and paint forth you cruelty of the one, pns31 vmb av-j vvi pp-f d n2 av-dc av-j cc av-j, c-acp c-crq pns31 vvz p-acp dt n1 cc dt n1, pns31 vmb av-vvg vvi cc vvi av pn22 n1 pp-f dt crd, (34) chapter (DIV2) 1575 Image 180
4550 and ye filthines of ye other. and you filthiness of you other. cc pn22 n1 pp-f pn22 j-jn. (34) chapter (DIV2) 1575 Image 180
4551 But as touching some he must in no wise deale with many wordes, but onely with a grieuous detestation & horrour touch thē as it were houerly with his fingers endes, not displaying ye maner how they are don & accōplished. But as touching Some he must in no wise deal with many words, but only with a grievous detestation & horror touch them as it were hourly with his fingers ends, not displaying the manner how they Are dONE & accomplished. cc-acp c-acp vvg d pns31 vmb p-acp dx j n1 p-acp d n2, cc-acp av-j p-acp dt j n1 cc n1 vvb pno32 p-acp pn31 vbdr av-j p-acp po31 ng1 n2, xx vvg dt n1 c-crq pns32 vbr n1 cc vvn. (34) chapter (DIV2) 1575 Image 180
4552 In which sorte are all those sinnes well néere, that be allied to whoredom, and leachery, the procurement of barennes or miscariage of childe, the vse of paynting whereby women doe make themselues to séeme bewtifull. In which sort Are all those Sins well near, that be allied to whoredom, and lechery, the procurement of Barrenness or miscarriage of child, the use of painting whereby women do make themselves to seem beautiful. p-acp r-crq n1 vbr d d n2 av av-j, cst vbb vvn p-acp n1, cc n1, dt n1 pp-f n1 cc n1 pp-f n1, dt n1 pp-f vvg c-crq n2 vdb vvi px32 pc-acp vvi j. (34) chapter (DIV2) 1575 Image 180
4553 Againe ye fraudulent craftes wherwith Chapmen & marchaūtes doe falsefie their wares, add vnto them coolour, weight, and other sleightes almost innumerable. Again you fraudulent crafts wherewith Chapmen & Merchants do falsefie their wares, add unto them colour, weight, and other sleights almost innumerable. av pn22 j n2 c-crq n2 cc n2 vdb vvi po32 n2, vvb p-acp pno32 n1, n1, cc j-jn n2 av j. (34) chapter (DIV2) 1575 Image 180
4554 Certainely to broach and baye open these thinges is not good, least the same vices which thou endeuorest to suppresse, thou plant first of all thy selfe in the mindes of many that were before vtterly ignoraunt thereof. Certainly to broach and bay open these things is not good, lest the same vices which thou endeuorest to suppress, thou plant First of all thy self in the minds of many that were before utterly ignorant thereof. av-j pc-acp vvi cc n1 vvb d n2 vbz xx j, cs dt d n2 r-crq pns21 js p-acp vvi, pns21 n1 ord pp-f d po21 n1 p-acp dt n2 pp-f d cst vbdr p-acp av-j j av. (34) chapter (DIV2) 1576 Image 180
4555 Albeit how far forth also it is lawefull for thée somtimes to stand vppon these pointes, Albeit how Far forth also it is lawful for thee sometimes to stand upon these points, cs c-crq j av av pn31 vbz j p-acp pno21 av pc-acp vvi p-acp d n2, (34) chapter (DIV2) 1577 Image 180
4556 and to defect after a shamfast sort some secrete matters, to the shame and reproch of those that are guilty therein, thou mayst learne out of the Prophet Ezechiell cap. 16. and other places of the holy Scripture, besides out of Chrisostom homil. 37. on the first Epistle to the Corinthes, and homilie 5. vppon the first to the Thessalonians. and to defect After a shamefast sort Some secret matters, to the shame and reproach of those that Are guilty therein, thou Mayest Learn out of the Prophet Ezekiel cap. 16. and other places of the holy Scripture, beside out of Chrysostom Homily. 37. on the First Epistle to the Corinthians, and homily 5. upon the First to the Thessalonians. cc p-acp n1 p-acp dt j n1 d j-jn n2, p-acp dt n1 cc n1 pp-f d cst vbr j av, pns21 vm2 vvi av pp-f dt n1 np1 n1. crd cc j-jn n2 pp-f dt j n1, a-acp av pp-f np1 n1. crd p-acp dt ord n1 p-acp dt njp2, cc n1 crd p-acp dt ord p-acp dt njp2. (34) chapter (DIV2) 1577 Image 180
4557 Now let vs distinguish and sorte out the kindes of men, to the intent it maye appere and become euident vppon whom chiefely the dartes and dint of rebukes ought of right, most frequently to be throwne. Now let us distinguish and sort out the Kinds of men, to the intent it may appear and become evident upon whom chiefly the darts and dint of rebukes ought of right, most frequently to be thrown. av vvb pno12 vvi cc n1 av dt n2 pp-f n2, p-acp dt n1 pn31 vmb vvi cc vvi j p-acp ro-crq av-jn dt n2 cc n1 pp-f n2 vmd pp-f j-jn, av-ds av-j pc-acp vbi vvn. (34) chapter (DIV2) 1578 Image 181
4558 XVI. As it is apparaunt that there is no state or degrée of men voide of lustes or frée from sinne: XVI. As it is apparent that there is no state or degree of men void of lusts or free from sin: np1. p-acp pn31 vbz j cst pc-acp vbz dx n1 cc n1 pp-f n2 j pp-f n2 cc j p-acp n1: (34) chapter (DIV2) 1579 Image 181
4559 so the Preacher shall in no wise let to blame and accuse the enormities of all men without exception. so the Preacher shall in no wise let to blame and accuse the enormities of all men without exception. av dt n1 vmb p-acp dx n1 vvb pc-acp vvi cc vvi dt n2 pp-f d n2 p-acp n1. (34) chapter (DIV2) 1579 Image 181
4560 To which effecte it perteineth that the apostle writinge as well vnto Timothy, as to Titus, so prouidently teacheath them, To which Effect it pertaineth that the apostle writing as well unto Timothy, as to Titus, so providently teacheath them, p-acp r-crq n1 pn31 vvz cst dt n1 n1 c-acp av p-acp np1, a-acp pc-acp np1, av av-j vvi pno32, (34) chapter (DIV2) 1579 Image 181
4561 how and after what sort they should behaue themselues in oxhorting & reproouing of al sortes of men. how and After what sort they should behave themselves in oxhorting & reproving of all sorts of men. c-crq cc p-acp r-crq n1 pns32 vmd vvi px32 p-acp vvg cc vvg pp-f d n2 pp-f n2. (34) chapter (DIV2) 1579 Image 181
4562 And againe the same hath generally cōmaunded that those which offend should openly be reprooued, to the terrour also of others. And again the same hath generally commanded that those which offend should openly be reproved, to the terror also of Others. cc av dt d vhz av-j vvn cst d r-crq vvb vmd av-j vbi vvn, p-acp dt n1 av pp-f n2-jn. (34) chapter (DIV2) 1579 Image 181
4563 That in like maner is vniuersally to be taken, which long before to the prophet Ezechiell (cap. 3.) god him selfe said: That in like manner is universally to be taken, which long before to the Prophet Ezekiel (cap. 3.) god him self said: cst p-acp j n1 vbz av-j pc-acp vbi vvn, r-crq av-j a-acp p-acp dt n1 np1 (n1. crd) n1 pno31 n1 vvd: (34) chapter (DIV2) 1580 Image 181
4564 If thou shalt not warne the vngodly, nor speake vnto him to disswade him from his wicked way that he might liue, I will require his bloude at thy hande. If thou shalt not warn the ungodly, nor speak unto him to dissuade him from his wicked Way that he might live, I will require his blood At thy hand. cs pns21 vm2 xx vvi dt j, ccx vvi p-acp pno31 pc-acp vvi pno31 p-acp po31 j n1 cst pns31 vmd vvi, pns11 vmb vvi po31 n1 p-acp po21 n1. (34) chapter (DIV2) 1580 Image 181
4565 But if thou doest admonishe him, thē hast thou delyuered thine owne soule. But if thou dost admonish him, them hast thou Delivered thine own soul. p-acp cs pns21 vd2 vvi pno31, pno32 vvb pns21 vvn po21 d n1. (34) chapter (DIV2) 1580 Image 181
4566 Wherefore to come to that which I was about to say, the Teacher of the people shall iudge all his hearers indifferently, in this behalfe, to be accompted in ye selfe same order, Wherefore to come to that which I was about to say, the Teacher of the people shall judge all his hearers indifferently, in this behalf, to be accounted in you self same order, c-crq pc-acp vvi p-acp d r-crq pns11 vbds a-acp pc-acp vvi, dt n1 pp-f dt n1 vmb vvi d po31 n2 av-j, p-acp d n1, pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp pn22 n1 d n1, (34) chapter (DIV2) 1580 Image 181
4567 and that ther is none amonge them all whiche ought not to be subiecte to Ecclestasticall discipline and that there is none among them all which ought not to be Subject to Ecclesiastical discipline cc cst pc-acp vbz pix p-acp pno32 d r-crq vmd xx pc-acp vbi j-jn p-acp j n1 (34) chapter (DIV2) 1580 Image 181
4568 XVII. But in the meane time there appéereth to bée some difference made of holy Teachers in reproouinge & comptrollinge of persons. XVII. But in the mean time there appeareth to been Some difference made of holy Teachers in reproving & comptrollinge of Persons. np1. cc-acp p-acp dt j n1 a-acp vvz pc-acp vbi d n1 vvn pp-f j n2 p-acp vvg cc vvg pp-f n2. (34) chapter (DIV2) 1581 Image 181
4569 The prophetes, doe in their wordes both more often, and also more bitingely stinge the Iewes, (vnto whom had shined plentifully the knowledge of gods will) then the Gentiles drowned in ye diepe gulfe of ignoraunce. The Prophets, do in their words both more often, and also more bitingely sting the Iewes, (unto whom had shined plentifully the knowledge of God's will) then the Gentiles drowned in you Dieppe gulf of ignorance. dt n2, vdb p-acp po32 n2 d dc av, cc av av-dc av-j n1 dt np2, (p-acp ro-crq vhd vvn av-j dt n1 pp-f n2 vmb) av dt n2-j vvn p-acp pn22 vvb n1 pp-f n1. (34) chapter (DIV2) 1581 Image 181
4570 Againe the apostle Paule more seuerely chideth the Galathians, then he doth the Corinthians, or any other beside. The same admonisheth. Again the apostle Paul more severely chideth the Galatians, then he does the Corinthians, or any other beside. The same Admonisheth. av dt n1 np1 av-dc av-j vvz dt np2, cs pns31 vdz dt np1, cc d n-jn p-acp. dt d vvz. (34) chapter (DIV2) 1581 Image 181
4571 Titus, that he shoule sharpely reproue the Cretensians. And this he doth truely, not as though they should thincke it méete to haue regarde onely of the crimes themselues, Titus, that he shoule sharply reprove the Cretans. And this he does truly, not as though they should think it meet to have regard only of the crimes themselves, np1, cst pns31 n1 av-j vvi dt np1. cc d pns31 vdz av-j, xx c-acp cs pns32 vmd vvi pn31 vvi pc-acp vhi n1 av-j pp-f dt n2 px32, (34) chapter (DIV2) 1581 Image 181
4572 but also of their qualities and kindes. but also of their qualities and Kinds. cc-acp av pp-f po32 n2 cc n2. (34) chapter (DIV2) 1581 Image 181
4573 Moreouer wee sée the Prophetes, Apostles, and CHRIST chiefe Capteyn of the preaching schole, to be accustomed as most cōmonly, Moreover we see the prophets, Apostles, and CHRIST chief Capteyn of the preaching school, to be accustomed as most commonly, av pns12 vvb dt n2, n2, cc np1 j-jn j pp-f dt vvg n1, pc-acp vbi vvn c-acp ds av-j, (34) chapter (DIV2) 1581 Image 181
4574 so also most grieuously, to assault the vngodly priestes, Doctors, Scribes, Pharyseis, the authors of false opinions, so also most grievously, to assault the ungodly Priests, Doctors, Scribes, Pharisees, the Authors of false opinions, av av av-ds av-j, pc-acp vvi dt j n2, n2, n2, np1, dt n2 pp-f j n2, (34) chapter (DIV2) 1581 Image 181
4575 and that for this cause inespecially in that settinge out their externall and counterfet rightuousnesse, they sought meanes to haue the internall and true rightuousnes in déede to be vtterly buryed vnder foote, and that for this cause inespecially in that setting out their external and counterfeit righteousness, they sought means to have the internal and true righteousness in deed to be utterly buried under foot, cc cst p-acp d n1 av-j p-acp d vvg av po32 j cc j-jn n1, pns32 vvd n2 pc-acp vhi dt j cc j n1 p-acp n1 pc-acp vbi av-j vvn p-acp n1, (34) chapter (DIV2) 1581 Image 181
4576 and agayne for ye they preferred mens traditiōs before ye law of god. and again for you they preferred men's traditions before you law of god. cc av c-acp pn22 pns32 vvd ng2 n2 c-acp pn22 n1 pp-f n1. (34) chapter (DIV2) 1581 Image 181
4577 With lyke lyberty of speach doe the prophets oft times shake vp the corrupt Iudges, terming them NONLATINALPHABET and oppressors of the poore againste all righte and equitie. With like liberty of speech do the Prophets oft times shake up the corrupt Judges, terming them and Oppressors's of the poor against all right and equity. p-acp av-j n1 pp-f n1 vdb dt n2 av n2 vvb a-acp dt j n2, vvg pno32 cc n2 pp-f dt j p-acp d j-jn cc n1. (34) chapter (DIV2) 1581 Image 181
4578 And peraduenture for this cause doe they assayle both the sortes, that is to saye, one while the priestes, And Peradventure for this cause do they assail both the sorts, that is to say, one while the Priests, cc av p-acp d n1 vdb pns32 vvi d dt n2, cst vbz pc-acp vvi, crd n1 dt n2, (34) chapter (DIV2) 1581 Image 181
4579 an other while the Iudges, for ye of these two kindes of men depēd the safety of the whole citie, séeinge that from them sins and vices are soone deriued into all the people, an other while the Judges, for you of these two Kinds of men depend the safety of the Whole City, seeing that from them Sins and vices Are soon derived into all the people, dt n-jn cs dt n2, c-acp pn22 pp-f d crd n2 pp-f n2 vvb dt n1 pp-f dt j-jn n1, vvg cst p-acp pno32 n2 cc n2 vbr av vvn p-acp d dt n1, (34) chapter (DIV2) 1581 Image 181
4580 and againe these being brought into order, it is an easy matter to reduce all the rest of their subiectes to the obedience of lawes. and again these being brought into order, it is an easy matter to reduce all the rest of their Subjects to the Obedience of laws. cc av d vbg vvn p-acp n1, pn31 vbz dt j n1 pc-acp vvi d dt n1 pp-f po32 n2-jn p-acp dt n1 pp-f n2. (34) chapter (DIV2) 1581 Image 181
4581 What néede many wordes? we may gather out of these things, that how much the more fowlely any are fallen, What need many words? we may gather out of these things, that how much the more foully any Are fallen, q-crq vvb d n2? pns12 vmb vvi av pp-f d n2, cst c-crq d dt av-dc av-j d vbr vvn, (34) chapter (DIV2) 1582 Image 181
4582 or be of more obstinate dispositions, or hurt more through their offences, then others, so much the more studiously and seuerely are they to be corrected. or be of more obstinate dispositions, or hurt more through their offences, then Others, so much the more studiously and severely Are they to be corrected. cc vbi pp-f dc j n2, cc vvi av-dc p-acp po32 n2, cs n2-jn, av av-d dt av-dc av-j cc av-j vbr pns32 pc-acp vbi vvn. (34) chapter (DIV2) 1582 Image 181
4583 xviii. But in noting and reproouinge the vices of maiestrates there is néede of singular iudgement. xviii. But in noting and reproving the vices of Magistrates there is need of singular judgement. crd. cc-acp p-acp vvg cc vvg dt n2 pp-f n2 pc-acp vbz n1 pp-f j n1. (34) chapter (DIV2) 1583 Image 181
4584 For some potentates there be which wyll suffer themselues to be rebuked of some men, but not of euery man: For Some potentates there be which will suffer themselves to be rebuked of Some men, but not of every man: p-acp d n2 pc-acp vbi r-crq vmb vvi px32 pc-acp vbi vvn pp-f d n2, cc-acp xx pp-f d n1: (34) chapter (DIV2) 1583 Image 181
4585 some againe will admit no teacher or instructer at all. Some again will admit no teacher or instructer At all. d av vmb vvi dx n1 cc n1 p-acp d. (34) chapter (DIV2) 1583 Image 181
4586 Sainct Ambrose (as it is recorded in the Tripartite history lib. 9. cap 30 ) trusting to the goodnes of his cause which he had in hand, vnbashfully reprooued ye Emperour Theodosius, and he so worthy a prince tooke wel at worth the reprehension of so worthy a doctor, Saint Ambrose (as it is recorded in the Tripartite history lib. 9. cap 30) trusting to the Goodness of his cause which he had in hand, vnbashfully reproved you Emperor Theodosius, and he so worthy a Prince took well At worth the reprehension of so worthy a Doctor, n1 np1 (c-acp pn31 vbz vvn p-acp dt j n1 n1. crd n1 crd) vvg p-acp dt n1 pp-f po31 n1 r-crq pns31 vhd p-acp n1, av-j vvn pn22 n1 np1, cc pns31 av j dt n1 vvd av p-acp j dt n1 pp-f av j dt n1, (34) chapter (DIV2) 1584 Image 181
4587 although it were bytter & publique. although it were bitter & public. cs pn31 vbdr j cc j. (34) chapter (DIV2) 1584 Image 181
4588 For vnto Ambrose was known right wel the notable towardnes of the Emperour, and the feru•t zeale of his minde enclyned to equitie: For unto Ambrose was known right well the notable towardness of the Emperor, and the feru•t zeal of his mind inclined to equity: p-acp p-acp np1 vbds vvn av-jn av dt j n1 pp-f dt n1, cc dt n1 n1 pp-f po31 n1 vvn p-acp n1: (34) chapter (DIV2) 1584 Image 182
4589 againe Theodosius had perfect trial & experience of the wisdom & integrytie of Ambrose. And certes where the preacher himselfe leadeth a pure and vnspotted lyfe, again Theodosius had perfect trial & experience of the Wisdom & integrytie of Ambrose. And certes where the preacher himself leads a pure and unspotted life, av np1 vhd j n1 cc n1 pp-f dt n1 cc n1 pp-f np1. cc av c-crq dt n1 px31 vvz dt j cc j n1, (34) chapter (DIV2) 1584 Image 182
4590 & the maiestrate for his part vnfeignedly imbraceth iustice, there doe the holsome endeuours of the minister of the Gospell aspire to most happy successe. & the magistrate for his part unfeignedly Embraceth Justice, there do the wholesome endeavours of the minister of the Gospel aspire to most happy success. cc dt n1 p-acp po31 n1 av-j vvz n1, pc-acp vdi dt j n2 pp-f dt n1 pp-f dt n1 vvi p-acp ds j n1. (34) chapter (DIV2) 1584 Image 182
4591 Iohn Baptist doubted not openly to rep•oue the wicked kinge Herod, & he againe (as the Euangelist witnesseth) feared and reuerenced Iohn. John Baptist doubted not openly to rep•oue the wicked King Herod, & he again (as the Evangelist Witnesseth) feared and reverenced John. np1 np1 vvd xx av-j pc-acp vvi dt j n1 np1, cc pns31 av (c-acp dt np1 vvz) vvd cc j-vvn np1. (34) chapter (DIV2) 1584 Image 182
4592 Christ Luk. 12 ouerthwartly pinched Herode, calling him fox. christ Luk. 12 overthwartly pinched Herod, calling him fox. np1 np1 crd av vvn np1, vvg pno31 n1. (34) chapter (DIV2) 1585 Image 182
4593 Nathan séemed to vse as it were a certaine stratageme or fine poleey, when intending to reprooue kinge Dauide, he sodeinly deuised a parable of two men, the one riche, the other poore. Nathan seemed to use as it were a certain stratagem or fine poleey, when intending to reprove King David, he suddenly devised a parable of two men, the one rich, the other poor. np1 vvd pc-acp vvi c-acp pn31 vbdr dt j n1 cc j n1, c-crq vvg pc-acp vvi n1 np1, pns31 av-j vvd dt n1 pp-f crd n2, dt crd j, dt j-jn j. (34) chapter (DIV2) 1585 Image 182
4594 Neither is it a straunge thing to obserue other parables also put foorth of the prophets in hard and difficult matters, Neither is it a strange thing to observe other parables also put forth of the Prophets in hard and difficult matters, av-d vbz pn31 dt j n1 pc-acp vvi j-jn n2 av vvn av pp-f dt n2 p-acp j cc j n2, (34) chapter (DIV2) 1585 Image 182
4595 as Esay. 5. Iere. 24, &c. To be short, it is plaine and euident that maiestrates are to be reprooued in time and place as ofte as they depart from the path of rightuousnesse: as Isaiah. 5. Jeremiah 24, etc. To be short, it is plain and evident that Magistrates Are to be reproved in time and place as oft as they depart from the path of righteousness: c-acp np1. crd np1 crd, av pc-acp vbi j, pn31 vbz j cc j cst n2 vbr pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp n1 cc n1 c-acp av c-acp pns32 vvb p-acp dt n1 pp-f n1: (34) chapter (DIV2) 1585 Image 182
4596 but with what foresight and prouision that is expedient to be done, no man canne certeinly demonstrate by rules, but with what foresight and provision that is expedient to be done, no man can Certainly demonstrate by rules, cc-acp p-acp q-crq n1 cc n1 cst vbz j pc-acp vbi vdn, dx n1 vmb av-j vvi p-acp n2, (34) chapter (DIV2) 1586 Image 182
4597 but it is necessarye, that euery man according to his owne discretion, doe partely out of the sermons of the prophets and of Christ, partely out of the kinde, causes, but it is necessary, that every man according to his own discretion, do partly out of the Sermons of the Prophets and of christ, partly out of the kind, Causes, cc-acp pn31 vbz j, cst d n1 vvg p-acp po31 d n1, vdb av av pp-f dt n2 pp-f dt n2 cc pp-f np1, av av pp-f dt n1, n2, (34) chapter (DIV2) 1586 Image 182
4598 & circumstaunces of matters incident gather and deuise with him selfe. & Circumstances of matters incident gather and devise with him self. cc n2 pp-f n2 j vvi cc vvi p-acp pno31 n1. (34) chapter (DIV2) 1586 Image 182
4599 Neither truely doe I knowe very well how it commeth to passe, that in the Sermons of the Apostles wee finde not any thing ouer hardly spokē against any maiestrates, Neither truly do I know very well how it comes to pass, that in the Sermons of the Apostles we find not any thing over hardly spoken against any Magistrates, d av-j vdb pns11 vvi av av c-crq pn31 vvz pc-acp vvi, cst p-acp dt n2 pp-f dt n2 pns12 vvb xx d n1 p-acp av vvn p-acp d n2, (34) chapter (DIV2) 1587 Image 182
4600 but rather there occurre many thinges whereby subiects are admonished to obey them, yea though they be euyll and wicked. but rather there occurre many things whereby Subjects Are admonished to obey them, yea though they be evil and wicked. cc-acp av-c pc-acp fw-la d n2 c-crq n2-jn vbr vvn pc-acp vvi pno32, uh cs pns32 vbb n-jn cc j. (34) chapter (DIV2) 1587 Image 182
4601 But I suppose two causes may be rendred of that matter. But I suppose two Causes may be rendered of that matter. cc-acp pns11 vvb crd n2 vmb vbi vvn pp-f d n1. (34) chapter (DIV2) 1588 Image 182
4602 One, for ye al gouerners of cōmon weales at ye time were euery where ethnicks & vnbeléeuers, One, for you all Governors of Common weals At you time were every where Ethnics & unbelievers, crd, c-acp pn22 d n2 pp-f j n2 p-acp pn22 n1 vbdr d c-crq n2-jn cc n2, (34) chapter (DIV2) 1589 Image 182
4603 and therfore not as yet receiued into the societie of the church: whervnto the Apostles knew right wel that their authorytie only stretched. and Therefore not as yet received into the society of the Church: whereunto the Apostles knew right well that their authorytie only stretched. cc av xx c-acp av vvn p-acp dt n1 pp-f dt n1: c-crq dt np1 vvd av-jn av cst po32 n1 av-j vvn. (34) chapter (DIV2) 1589 Image 182
4604 For those that were without, they left vnto GOD alone to be iudged. For those that were without, they left unto GOD alone to be judged. p-acp d cst vbdr p-acp, pns32 vvd p-acp np1 av-j pc-acp vbi vvn. (34) chapter (DIV2) 1589 Image 182
4605 The other, that forasmuch as the doctrine of the gospell was euery where euill spoken off, The other, that forasmuch as the Doctrine of the gospel was every where evil spoken off, dt n-jn, cst av c-acp dt n1 pp-f dt n1 vbds d c-crq av-jn vvn a-acp, (34) chapter (DIV2) 1590 Image 182
4606 & of a great nūber also flaundered, as seditious and tending to the decay of common weales, the Apostles iudged it very vntimely, to exasperate them with the ouer sharp controlment of their priuate vices, whō being stirred vnto wrath they knewe would forthwith séeke by all meanes possible to hinder and stop the course of the gospell. & of a great number also flaundered, as seditious and tending to the decay of Common weals, the Apostles judged it very untimely, to exasperate them with the over sharp controlment of their private vices, whom being stirred unto wrath they knew would forthwith seek by all means possible to hinder and stop the course of the gospel. cc pp-f dt j n1 av vvn, c-acp j cc vvg p-acp dt n1 pp-f j n2, dt n2 vvd pn31 av av-j, pc-acp vvi pno32 p-acp dt a-acp j n1 pp-f po32 j n2, ro-crq vbg vvn p-acp n1 pns32 vvd vmd av vvi p-acp d n2 j pc-acp vvi cc vvi dt n1 pp-f dt n1. (34) chapter (DIV2) 1590 Image 182
4607 Where I might adde, that ye apostles peraduenture enstructed by the holy ghost saw before, yt in reproouing the princes of that age (whō God as yet vouched not safe to call) they shoulde loose all their labour and trauaile. Where I might add, that you Apostles Peradventure instructed by the holy ghost saw before, that in reproving the Princes of that age (whom God as yet vouched not safe to call) they should lose all their labour and travail. c-crq pns11 vmd vvi, cst pn22 n2 av vvn p-acp dt j n1 vvd a-acp, pn31 p-acp vvg dt n2 pp-f d n1 (ro-crq np1 p-acp av vvd xx j pc-acp vvi) pns32 vmd vvi d po32 n1 cc n1. (34) chapter (DIV2) 1590 Image 182
4608 But the processe of our talke groweth further then wee think for. But the process of our talk grows further then we think for. p-acp dt n1 pp-f po12 n1 vvz av-jc cs pns12 vvb p-acp. (34) chapter (DIV2) 1591 Image 182
4609 XIX Certes that we ought more modestlye to deale sometimes with those that supply any publicke charge, XIX Certes that we ought more modestly to deal sometime with those that supply any public charge, crd av cst pns12 vmd av-dc av-j pc-acp vvi av p-acp d cst vvb d j n1, (34) chapter (DIV2) 1592 Image 182
4610 and are placed in the degrée of worshippe or dignitie, the apostle séemeth to insinuate, where vnto Timothy he saieth: and Are placed in the degree of worship or dignity, the apostle Seemeth to insinuate, where unto Timothy he Saith: cc vbr vvn p-acp dt n1 pp-f n1 cc n1, dt n1 vvz pc-acp vvi, c-crq p-acp np1 pns31 vvz: (34) chapter (DIV2) 1592 Image 182
4611 Rebuke not an Elder, but exhort him as a Father. Rebuke not an Elder, but exhort him as a Father. vvb xx dt n-jn, cc-acp vvb pno31 p-acp dt n1. (34) chapter (DIV2) 1592 Image 182
4612 And we may doubtles prosecute the cause of religion and of the Church with great feruentnes, And we may doubtless prosecute the cause of Religion and of the Church with great feruentnes, cc pns12 vmb av-j vvi dt n1 pp-f n1 cc pp-f dt n1 p-acp j n1, (34) chapter (DIV2) 1593 Image 182
4613 and may also vrge the seuerity of ecclesiastical discipline: but yet this whole busines requireth a certaine moderation and discretion. and may also urge the severity of ecclesiastical discipline: but yet this Whole business requires a certain moderation and discretion. cc vmb av vvi dt n1 pp-f j n1: cc-acp av d j-jn n1 vvz dt j n1 cc n1. (34) chapter (DIV2) 1593 Image 182
4614 Wherefore of some is improoued the sharpnes of Chrisostom in his correctory Homilie entituled, against Eutropius, of which sée the Tripartite histo. lib. 10. cap. 4. The like iudgment haue a number giuen of the homily wherin ye same Chrisostom (by reason of Eudocia the Empresse, whom he knew to be grieuously displeased and to practise wiles against him) displaied and layed open ye vngraciousnes of women. Wherefore of Some is improved the sharpness of Chrysostom in his correctory Homily entitled, against Eutropius, of which see the Tripartite Hist. lib. 10. cap. 4. The like judgement have a number given of the homily wherein you same Chrysostom (by reason of Eudocia the Empress, whom he knew to be grievously displeased and to practise wiles against him) displayed and laid open the ungraciousness of women. q-crq pp-f d vbz vvn dt n1 pp-f np1 p-acp po31 n1 n1 vvn, p-acp np1, pp-f r-crq vvb dt j fw-la. n1. crd n1. crd dt j n1 vhb dt n1 vvn pp-f dt n1 c-crq pn22 d np1 (p-acp n1 pp-f np1 dt n1, r-crq pns31 vvd pc-acp vbi av-j vvn cc pc-acp vvi n2 p-acp pno31) vvn cc vvn av-j dt n1 pp-f n2. (34) chapter (DIV2) 1593 Image 182
4615 Like wise of an other against ye saide Eudocia, ye beginning where of is: Like wise of an other against you said Eudocia, you beginning where of is: j j pp-f dt j-jn p-acp pn22 vvd np1, pn22 n1 c-crq a-acp vbz: (34) chapter (DIV2) 1593 Image 182
4616 Herodias once againe waxeth mad, and is troubled, shee longeth once againe to gette Iohns head in a dish. Herodias once again Waxes mad, and is troubled, she Longeth once again to get Iohns head in a dish. np1 a-acp av vvz j, cc vbz vvn, pns31 vvz a-acp av pc-acp vvi npg1 n1 p-acp dt n1. (34) chapter (DIV2) 1593 Image 182
4617 XX But howsoeuer we prepare a Sermon to reproue our fuperiours, we must take diligent héede, leaste wee vnaduisedly powre foorth any thing, wherby the vngodly may snatch occasion either to vtter or attempt any thing seditiously. XX But howsoever we prepare a Sermon to reprove our fuperiours, we must take diligent heed, jest we unadvisedly pour forth any thing, whereby the ungodly may snatch occasion either to utter or attempt any thing seditiously. crd p-acp c-acp pns12 vvb dt n1 pc-acp vvi po12 n2-jn, pns12 vmb vvi j n1, n1 pns12 av-j vvi av d n1, c-crq dt j vmb vvi n1 av-d pc-acp vvi cc vvi d n1 av-j. (34) chapter (DIV2) 1594 Image 183
4618 So to secke to take away offences, that greater offences grow thereby, séemeth to be ye part of an vnaduised, So to secke to take away offences, that greater offences grow thereby, Seemeth to be the part of an unadvised, av pc-acp vvi pc-acp vvi av n2, cst jc n2 vvb av, vvz pc-acp vbi dt n1 pp-f dt j, (34) chapter (DIV2) 1595 Image 183
4619 or rather of a mad man. And vndoubtedly euery Ecclesiastical reprehension ought to tende, to amendement, not vnto tumult: to edification, not to destruction. or rather of a mad man. And undoubtedly every Ecclesiastical reprehension ought to tend, to amendment, not unto tumult: to edification, not to destruction. cc av-c pp-f dt j n1. cc av-j d j n1 vmd pc-acp vvi, p-acp n1, xx p-acp n1: p-acp n1, xx p-acp n1. (34) chapter (DIV2) 1595 Image 183
4620 XXI And albeit so oft as any degrées of men are touched (by way of rebuke) it be expedient to refrayne from their names, XXI And albeit so oft as any Degrees of men Are touched (by Way of rebuke) it be expedient to refrain from their names, crd cc cs av av c-acp d n2 pp-f n2 vbr vvn (p-acp n1 pp-f n1) pn31 vbi j pc-acp vvi p-acp po32 n2, (34) chapter (DIV2) 1596 Image 183
4621 yet when entreaty is made of such persons as procure destruction to the whole multitude, of whiche sort inespecially are the authors of sects and open rebels, yet when entreaty is made of such Persons as procure destruction to the Whole multitude, of which sort inespecially Are the Authors of Sects and open rebels, av c-crq n1 vbz vvn pp-f d n2 c-acp vvb n1 p-acp dt j-jn n1, pp-f r-crq n1 av-j vbr dt n2 pp-f n2 cc j n2, (34) chapter (DIV2) 1596 Image 183
4622 then is it lawful to vtter their names, or to paint foorth their persons in their coolours. then is it lawful to utter their names, or to paint forth their Persons in their colours. av vbz pn31 j pc-acp vvi po32 n2, cc pc-acp vvi av po32 n2 p-acp po32 n2. (34) chapter (DIV2) 1596 Image 183
4623 For so doth Paule the Apostle 1. Timothy 1.2. Timoth. 2. call Himenaeus, Alexander and Philetus hetitickes by name, For so does Paul the Apostle 1. Timothy 1.2. Timothy 2. call Himenaeus, Alexander and Philetus hetitickes by name, c-acp av vdz np1 dt n1 crd np1 crd. np1 crd n1 np1, np1 cc np1 n2 p-acp n1, (34) chapter (DIV2) 1597 Image 183
4624 and willeth them to be auoyded. Againe in the same Epistle cap. 4. he toucheth Alexander the copper Smith. and wills them to be avoided. Again in the same Epistle cap. 4. he touches Alexander the copper Smith. cc vvz pno32 pc-acp vbi vvn. av p-acp dt d n1 n1. crd pns31 vvz np1 dt n1 n1. (34) chapter (DIV2) 1597 Image 183
4625 But least any man shoulde alledge and saye that this is done in an epistle writen priuately to one, looke Esay cap. 22. openly preaching against Sobna the scribe. But least any man should allege and say that this is done in an epistle written privately to one, look Isaiah cap. 22. openly preaching against Sobna the scribe. p-acp ds d n1 vmd vvi cc vvi cst d vbz vdn p-acp dt n1 vvn av-j p-acp crd, vvb np1 n1. crd av-j vvg p-acp np1 dt n1. (34) chapter (DIV2) 1599 Image 183
4626 xxii Thou must not think much to reproue the selfe same crimes often times and in diuers sermons, xxii Thou must not think much to reprove the self same crimes often times and in diverse Sermons, crd pns21 vmb xx vvi av-d pc-acp vvi dt n1 d n2 av n2 cc p-acp j n2, (34) chapter (DIV2) 1600 Image 183
4627 and truly so long, till thou shalt perceiue some amendement to follow. and truly so long, till thou shalt perceive Some amendment to follow. cc av-j av av-j, c-acp pns21 vm2 vvi d n1 pc-acp vvi. (34) chapter (DIV2) 1600 Image 183
4628 Touching this thing Chrisostō admonisheth in a certaine homily entituled, of Dauid and Saule, and of tolleration or sufferaunce. Touching this thing Chrisoston Admonisheth in a certain homily entitled, of David and Saule, and of toleration or sufferance. vvg d n1 j-jn vvz p-acp dt j n1 vvn, pp-f np1 cc np1, cc pp-f n1 cc n1. (34) chapter (DIV2) 1600 Image 183
4629 The same also hath left vnto vs notable examples, especially where hee inueigheth against swearing, wrath, &c. The same also hath left unto us notable Examples, especially where he inveigheth against swearing, wrath, etc. dt d av vhz vvn p-acp pno12 j n2, av-j c-crq pns31 vvz p-acp vvg, n1, av (34) chapter (DIV2) 1600 Image 183
4630 xxiii Now and then also he that hath the ouersight of the Church, doth wisely threaten those, that declare by euydent proofe, that they wyll by no meanes forsake theyr vycious lyuinge, xxiii Now and then also he that hath the oversight of the Church, does wisely threaten those, that declare by evident proof, that they will by no means forsake their vicious living, crd av cc av av pns31 cst vhz dt n1 pp-f dt n1, vdz av-j vvi d, cst vvb p-acp j n1, cst pns32 vmb p-acp dx n2 vvb po32 j j-vvg, (34) chapter (DIV2) 1601 Image 183
4631 howe hee wyll exclude them according to Christes institution from the holy table of the Lord, that is (as they vse to speake) excommunicate them, especially where the crimes be such that they minister reproche to the Church onely where they are committed, how he will exclude them according to Christ's Institution from the holy table of the Lord, that is (as they use to speak) excommunicate them, especially where the crimes be such that they minister reproach to the Church only where they Are committed, c-crq pns31 vmb vvi pno32 vvg p-acp npg1 n1 p-acp dt j n1 pp-f dt n1, cst vbz (c-acp pns32 vvb pc-acp vvi) vvi pno32, av-j c-crq dt n2 vbb d cst pns32 vvb n1 p-acp dt n1 av-j c-crq pns32 vbr vvn, (34) chapter (DIV2) 1601 Image 183
4632 and be supposed to require such a remedye or medicine. and be supposed to require such a remedy or medicine. cc vbi vvn pc-acp vvi d dt n1 cc n1. (34) chapter (DIV2) 1601 Image 183
4633 Which thing we may sée Chrisostom to doe with a stout and valiaunt courage in his tome v. homilie 26. & 28. where he entreateth against those that vsed vnaduisedly to sweare. XXIIII Neither is this ynough. Which thing we may see Chrysostom to do with a stout and valiant courage in his tome v. homily 26. & 28. where he entreateth against those that used unadvisedly to swear. XXIIII Neither is this enough. r-crq n1 pns12 vmb vvi np1 pc-acp vdi p-acp dt j cc j n1 p-acp po31 n1 n1 n1 crd cc crd c-crq pns31 vvz p-acp d cst vvd av-j pc-acp vvi. crd d vbz d d. (34) chapter (DIV2) 1601 Image 183
4634 The Preacher shal admonish also and exhort the christian maiestrate, to put to his helpinge hande to the suppressinge of sinne and vice. The Preacher shall admonish also and exhort the christian magistrate, to put to his helping hand to the suppressing of sin and vice. dt n1 vmb vvi av cc vvi dt njp n1, pc-acp vvi p-acp po31 vvg n1 p-acp dt vvg pp-f n1 cc n1. (34) chapter (DIV2) 1602 Image 183
4635 Which thing truely he may easely bring to passe, in case he will but inioyne a certaine ciuyll penaltye to those that dispise or deride the worde of GOD, Which thing truly he may Easily bring to pass, in case he will but enjoin a certain ciuyll penalty to those that despise or deride the word of GOD, r-crq n1 av-j pns31 vmb av-j vvi pc-acp vvi, p-acp n1 pns31 vmb p-acp vvi dt j n1 n1 p-acp d cst vvb cc vvi dt n1 pp-f np1, (34) chapter (DIV2) 1602 Image 183
4636 and the censures of the Church. and the censures of the Church. cc dt n2 pp-f dt n1. (34) chapter (DIV2) 1602 Image 183
4637 For what shall the Preacher of the Gospell preuaile with brutish and degenerate people, though he stoutly set forth things profitable, For what shall the Preacher of the Gospel prevail with brutish and degenerate people, though he stoutly Set forth things profitable, c-acp q-crq vmb dt n1 pp-f dt n1 vvi p-acp j cc j n1, cs pns31 av-j vvd av n2 j, (34) chapter (DIV2) 1603 Image 183
4638 & comptrole the contrary, if so be the maiestrate doth not acknowledge it also to bee a parcell of his charge, to aide and assist him? & comptrole the contrary, if so be the magistrate does not acknowledge it also to be a parcel of his charge, to aid and assist him? cc vvi dt n-jn, cs av vbi dt n1 vdz xx vvi pn31 av pc-acp vbi dt n1 pp-f po31 n1, pc-acp vvi cc vvi pno31? (34) chapter (DIV2) 1603 Image 183
4639 Truely there shall neuer be any common weale established worthy the name of christian, where it commeth to passe that how much the teachers of the Churche doe build vp through their trauaile, in declayming continualy against vices, Truly there shall never be any Common weal established worthy the name of christian, where it comes to pass that how much the Teachers of the Church do built up through their travail, in declaiming continually against vices, av-j a-acp vmb av-x vbi d j n1 vvd j dt n1 pp-f njp, c-crq pn31 vvz pc-acp vvi cst c-crq d dt n2 pp-f dt n1 vdb vvi a-acp p-acp po32 n1, p-acp vvg av-j p-acp n2, (34) chapter (DIV2) 1604 Image 183
4640 so much againe the ciuil maiestrates doe pluck downe, through their negligence, in neuer séeinge execusion done vpon those that be offenders. so much again the civil Magistrates do pluck down, through their negligence, in never seeing execusion done upon those that be offenders. av av-d av dt j n2 vdb vvi a-acp, p-acp po32 n1, p-acp av-x vvg n1 vdn p-acp d cst vbb n2. (34) chapter (DIV2) 1604 Image 183
4641 XXV. But in all the order of reprouinge of sinnes it is very necessary, that the minister of the worde doe studiously teach by what meanes sinnes and the custome of sinning may best be auoyded of euery man. XXV. But in all the order of reproving of Sins it is very necessary, that the minister of the word do studiously teach by what means Sins and the custom of sinning may best be avoided of every man. np1. cc-acp p-acp d dt n1 pp-f vvg pp-f n2 pn31 vbz av j, cst dt n1 pp-f dt n1 vdb av-j vvi p-acp r-crq n2 n2 cc dt n1 pp-f vvg vmb av-js vbi vvn pp-f d n1. (34) chapter (DIV2) 1605 Image 183
4642 Chrisostom in his tome v. homily. 5. doth skilfully show a way, how the wicked custome of swearinge might be eschewed. Chrysostom in his tome v. homily. 5. does skilfully show a Way, how the wicked custom of swearing might be Eschewed. np1 p-acp po31 n1 n1 n1. crd vdz av-j vvi dt n1, c-crq dt j n1 pp-f vvg vmd vbi vvn. (34) chapter (DIV2) 1606 Image 183
4643 Ezechiel, whilest cap. 34. hee reprooueth euill pastors, by the same diligence declareth, what the office of a good sheapheard is. Ezechiel, whilst cap. 34. he Reproveth evil Pastors, by the same diligence Declareth, what the office of a good shepherd is. np1, cs n1. crd pns31 vvz j-jn n2, p-acp dt d n1 vvz, r-crq dt n1 pp-f dt j n1 vbz. (34) chapter (DIV2) 1606 Image 184
4644 xxvi I had almost forgotten this. xxvi I had almost forgotten this. crd pns11 vhd av vvn d. (34) chapter (DIV2) 1607 Image 184
4645 Vnto euery bitter and vehement rebuke shall be adioyned some temperature of comfort, and that chiefely by propoundinge vnto them that repent, certayne and assured hope of mercy, which god accustometh bountifully to exhibit to all those that vnfeignedly craue it at his handes. Unto every bitter and vehement rebuke shall be adjoined Some temperature of Comfort, and that chiefly by propounding unto them that Repent, certain and assured hope of mercy, which god accustometh bountifully to exhibit to all those that unfeignedly crave it At his hands. p-acp d j cc j n1 vmb vbi vvn d n1 pp-f n1, cc cst av-jn p-acp vvg p-acp pno32 cst vvb, j cc j-vvn n1 pp-f n1, r-crq n1 vvz av-j pc-acp vvi p-acp d d cst av-j vvb pn31 p-acp po31 n2. (34) chapter (DIV2) 1607 Image 184
4646 The maner is among the Phisitions of bodies, to put to their simple purging medicines, (when by their sharpenosse they molest the stomack or other parts of the bodye) certaine thinges to allay their strength, The manner is among the Physicians of bodies, to put to their simple purging medicines, (when by their sharpenosse they molest the stomach or other parts of the body) certain things to allay their strength, dt n1 vbz p-acp dt n2 pp-f n2, pc-acp vvi p-acp po32 j vvg n2, (c-crq p-acp po32 n1 pns32 vvb dt n1 cc j-jn n2 pp-f dt n1) j n2 pc-acp vvi po32 n1, (34) chapter (DIV2) 1608 Image 184
4647 yea and with all bitter medicines (least the mouth should be brought out of fast) to intermedle swéet thinges. yea and with all bitter medicines (lest the Mouth should be brought out of fast) to intermeddle sweet things. uh cc p-acp d j n2 (cs dt n1 vmd vbi vvn av pp-f av-j) pc-acp vvi j n2. (34) chapter (DIV2) 1608 Image 184
4648 We sée therfore that this deuise hath lyked also the prophets the Phisitions of soules, whose perpetuall fashion (in a maner) is, We see Therefore that this devise hath liked also the Prophets the Physicians of Souls, whose perpetual fashion (in a manner) is, pns12 vvb av cst d n1 vhz vvd av dt n2 dt n2 pp-f n2, rg-crq j n1 (p-acp dt n1) vbz, (34) chapter (DIV2) 1609 Image 184
4649 vnto rebukes to ioyne consolations, and vnto threatnings to add promises. And why it ought so to be, this is the reason: unto rebukes to join consolations, and unto threatenings to add promises. And why it ought so to be, this is the reason: p-acp n2 pc-acp vvi n2, cc p-acp n2-vvg pc-acp vvi n2. cc c-crq pn31 vmd av pc-acp vbi, d vbz dt n1: (34) chapter (DIV2) 1609 Image 184
4650 The preacher must with all diligence bende him selfe to this, that he bring sinners not onely to sorrow of minde or contrition as they call it, The preacher must with all diligence bend him self to this, that he bring Sinners not only to sorrow of mind or contrition as they call it, dt n1 vmb p-acp d n1 vvi pno31 n1 p-acp d, cst pns31 vvb n2 xx av-j p-acp n1 pp-f n1 cc n1 c-acp pns32 vvb pn31, (34) chapter (DIV2) 1610 Image 184
4651 but also vnto faith (for in these two partes, that is to say, contrition or mortification & faith, is repentaunce accomplished): but also unto faith (for in these two parts, that is to say, contrition or mortification & faith, is Repentance accomplished): cc-acp av p-acp n1 (c-acp p-acp d crd n2, cst vbz pc-acp vvi, n1 cc n1 cc n1, vbz n1 vvn): (34) chapter (DIV2) 1610 Image 184
4652 and that for this cause, least such as finde themselues gilty of euerlasting dampnation, being cast downe by the seuerytie of Gods iudgement, should be driuen headlong into desperation. and that for this cause, lest such as find themselves guilty of everlasting damnation, being cast down by the seuerytie of God's judgement, should be driven headlong into desperation. cc cst p-acp d n1, cs d c-acp vvb px32 j pp-f j n1, vbg vvn a-acp p-acp dt n1 pp-f npg1 n1, vmd vbi vvn av-j p-acp n1. (34) chapter (DIV2) 1610 Image 184
4653 xxvii At length when the preacher féeleth and perceyueth that by his fidelity and diligence, by his timely and vntimely entreatings, pursuinges, cryings, twitchinges, instigations, some are brought to amendement of lyfe, he shall at some conuenient time prayse them and comfort them, either publikely all in generall, xxvii At length when the preacher feeleth and perceiveth that by his Fidis and diligence, by his timely and untimely entreatings, pursuinges, cryings, twitchings, instigations, Some Are brought to amendment of life, he shall At Some convenient time praise them and Comfort them, either publicly all in general, crd p-acp n1 c-crq dt n1 vvz cc vvz d p-acp po31 n1 cc n1, p-acp po31 j cc j n2-vvg, n2-vvg, n2-vvg, n2, n2, d vbr vvn p-acp n1 pp-f n1, pns31 vmb p-acp d j n1 vvi pno32 cc vvi pno32, av-d av-j av-d p-acp n1, (34) chapter (DIV2) 1611 Image 184
4654 or some also priuately, & (as much as lieth in him) shall be the author vnto them, of perseueringe in their good and godly purpose. or Some also privately, & (as much as lies in him) shall be the author unto them, of persevering in their good and godly purpose. cc d av av-jn, cc (c-acp d c-acp vvz p-acp pno31) vmb vbi dt n1 p-acp pno32, pp-f vvg p-acp po32 j cc j n1. (34) chapter (DIV2) 1611 Image 184
4655 Which thing also we may perceiue the prophets to haue done oft times, whilst they commende and set foorth the felicitie of them, that reuoltinge from the tents of vngodlynesse, do repayre to the Ensignes of fayth and repentaunce. Which thing also we may perceive the Prophets to have done oft times, while they commend and Set forth the felicity of them, that revolting from the tents of ungodliness, do repair to the Ensigns of faith and Repentance. r-crq n1 av pns12 vmb vvi dt n2 pc-acp vhi vdn av av, cs pns32 vvi cc vvi av dt n1 pp-f pno32, cst j-vvg p-acp dt n2 pp-f n1, vdb vvi p-acp dt n2 pp-f n1 cc n1. (34) chapter (DIV2) 1612 Image 184
4656 And it commeth to passe truely by this meanes, that they doe not lightly returne againe to the filth of their former life, And it comes to pass truly by this means, that they do not lightly return again to the filth of their former life, cc pn31 vvz pc-acp vvi av-j p-acp d n2, cst pns32 vdb xx av-j vvi av p-acp dt n1 pp-f po32 j n1, (34) chapter (DIV2) 1613 Image 184
4657 neither can iustly be touched with these prouerbes: The dog is retired to his old vomit: neither can justly be touched with these proverbs: The dog is retired to his old vomit: dx vmb av-j vbi vvn p-acp d n2: dt n1 vbz vvn p-acp po31 j n1: (34) chapter (DIV2) 1613 Image 184
4658 and the sowe washed to hyr wallowing in the mire. and the sow washed to her wallowing in the mire. cc dt n1 vvn p-acp pno31 vvg p-acp dt n1. (34) chapter (DIV2) 1613 Image 184
4659 xxviii After all these thinges if it happeneth that the Preacher by reason of his franck and seuere, xxviii After all these things if it Happeneth that the Preacher by reason of his franck and severe, crd p-acp d d n2 cs pn31 vvz cst dt n1 p-acp n1 pp-f po31 j cc j, (34) chapter (DIV2) 1614 Image 184
4660 but yet iust and necessary rebukes, doe fall into the hatred & displeasure of some men, but yet just and necessary rebukes, do fallen into the hatred & displeasure of Some men, cc-acp av j cc j n2, vdb vvi p-acp dt n1 cc n1 pp-f d n2, (34) chapter (DIV2) 1614 Image 184
4661 yet shall he therefore in no wise bee faint harted, nor as one discouraged cease from his work, yet shall he Therefore in no wise be faint hearted, nor as one discouraged cease from his work, av vmb pns31 av p-acp dx j vbi j j-vvn, ccx p-acp pi vvd vvi p-acp po31 n1, (34) chapter (DIV2) 1614 Image 184
4662 but rather he shall more and more harden him selfe, and goe forward by all meanes to wrastle out amongst them, to the intent that thinge may come to passe in very déede which he coueteth most chiefely to sée. but rather he shall more and more harden him self, and go forward by all means to wrestle out among them, to the intent that thing may come to pass in very deed which he covets most chiefly to see. cc-acp av-c pns31 vmb n1 cc av-dc vvi pno31 n1, cc vvi av-j p-acp d n2 pc-acp vvi av p-acp pno32, p-acp dt n1 cst n1 vmb vvi pc-acp vvi p-acp j n1 r-crq pns31 vvz av-ds av-jn pc-acp vvi. (34) chapter (DIV2) 1614 Image 184
4663 And let him oft times call to remembraunce, what an excellent function he is called and aduanced to, not of men, but of God himselfe: And let him oft times call to remembrance, what an excellent function he is called and advanced to, not of men, but of God himself: cc vvb pno31 av n2 vvb p-acp n1, r-crq dt j n1 pns31 vbz vvn cc vvd p-acp, xx pp-f n2, cc-acp pp-f np1 px31: (34) chapter (DIV2) 1615 Image 184
4664 also what incomparable rewards be prepared of the same prisemaker God, for all those that doe valyauntlye scriue and continue to the ende of theyr course. also what incomparable rewards be prepared of the same prisemaker God, for all those that do valyauntlye scribe and continue to the end of their course. av q-crq j n2 vbb vvn pp-f dt d n1 np1, p-acp d d cst vdb av-j vvi cc vvi p-acp dt n1 pp-f po32 n1. (34) chapter (DIV2) 1615 Image 184
4665 There is no doubt, but that which is pryuie in himselfe, that he hath with al diligent endeuour and fidelitie, faithfully perfourmed and accomplished whatsoeuer his duty was to doe, There is no doubt, but that which is privy in himself, that he hath with all diligent endeavour and Fidis, faithfully performed and accomplished whatsoever his duty was to do, pc-acp vbz dx n1, cc-acp cst r-crq vbz j p-acp px31, cst pns31 vhz p-acp d j n1 cc n1, av-j vvn cc vvn r-crq po31 n1 vbds pc-acp vdi, (34) chapter (DIV2) 1616 Image 184
4666 but that he (I say) shall féele present comfort neuer wanting vnto him, but that he (I say) shall feel present Comfort never wanting unto him, cc-acp cst pns31 (pns11 vvb) vmb vvi j n1 av-x vvg p-acp pno31, (34) chapter (DIV2) 1616 Image 184
4667 and the holy Ghost shall surely witnesse with his spirit that he hath God in so great labours and difficulties fauorable and merciful vnto him, and the holy Ghost shall surely witness with his Spirit that he hath God in so great labours and difficulties favourable and merciful unto him, cc dt j n1 vmb av-j vvi p-acp po31 n1 cst pns31 vhz n1 p-acp av j n2 cc n2 j cc j p-acp pno31, (34) chapter (DIV2) 1616 Image 184
4668 and that he wil not suffer him through ye vnbridled rage of his enimies to be oppressed or by any other meanes to faint and giue ouer. and that he will not suffer him through the unbridled rage of his enemies to be oppressed or by any other means to faint and give over. cc cst pns31 vmb xx vvi pno31 p-acp dt j-vvn n1 pp-f po31 n2 pc-acp vbi vvn cc p-acp d j-jn n2 pc-acp vvi cc vvi a-acp. (34) chapter (DIV2) 1616 Image 184
4669 But the preacher himselfe moreouer shal molify & break in sunder ye hartes of a great number, But the preacher himself moreover shall mollify & break in sunder you hearts of a great number, p-acp dt n1 px31 av vmb vvi cc vvi p-acp av pn22 n2 pp-f dt j n1, (34) chapter (DIV2) 1617 Image 184
4670 & shall preuent the matter, least they shoulde wrathfully be inflamed against hym, if so be he sometimes inculke in his sermon: & shall prevent the matter, lest they should wrathfully be inflamed against him, if so be he sometime inculk in his sermon: cc vmb vvi dt n1, cs pns32 vmd av-j vbi vvn p-acp pno31, cs av vbb pns31 av vvi p-acp po31 n1: (34) chapter (DIV2) 1617 Image 185
4671 that he doth that which he doth altogether by vertue of his office: that he does that which he does altogether by virtue of his office: cst pns31 vdz d r-crq pns31 vdz av p-acp n1 pp-f po31 n1: (34) chapter (DIV2) 1617 Image 185
4672 that it is not lawful for him so much as the bredth of a nayle to depart from the lyne of trueth, whiche the Lorde himselfe hath limited. that it is not lawful for him so much as the breadth of a nail to depart from the line of truth, which the Lord himself hath limited. cst pn31 vbz xx j p-acp pno31 av av-d c-acp dt n1 pp-f dt n1 pc-acp vvi p-acp dt n1 pp-f n1, r-crq dt n1 px31 vhz vvn. (34) chapter (DIV2) 1617 Image 185
4673 That he is the ambassadour and messenger of the highe GOD (for so doth the Prophet Malachy call the ministers of Churches Angels): That he is the ambassador and Messenger of the high GOD (for so does the Prophet Malachy call the Ministers of Churches Angels): cst pns31 vbz dt n1 cc n1 pp-f dt j np1 (c-acp av vdz dt n1 np1 vvb dt n2 pp-f n2 n2): (34) chapter (DIV2) 1618 Image 185
4674 and therfore that he neither can, nor will vtter any other thing, then that which hys mighty prince hath giuen him in charge. and Therefore that he neither can, nor will utter any other thing, then that which his mighty Prince hath given him in charge. cc av cst pns31 av-dx vmb, ccx vmb vvi d j-jn n1, av cst r-crq po31 j n1 vhz vvn pno31 p-acp n1. (34) chapter (DIV2) 1618 Image 185
4675 Againe, that all thinges whiche he speaketh are grounded vpon the diuine Oracles, and defended by the force of the inuincible trueth. Again, that all things which he speaks Are grounded upon the divine Oracles, and defended by the force of the invincible truth. av, cst d n2 r-crq pns31 vvz vbr vvn p-acp dt j-jn n2, cc vvd p-acp dt n1 pp-f dt j n1. (34) chapter (DIV2) 1619 Image 185
4676 That he in no wise feareth the iudgements of godly and learned men, which shall vprightly & indifferently weigh and consider his cause. That he in no wise fears the Judgments of godly and learned men, which shall uprightly & indifferently weigh and Consider his cause. cst pns31 p-acp dx n1 vvz dt n2 pp-f j cc j n2, r-crq vmb av-j cc av-j vvi cc vvi po31 n1. (34) chapter (DIV2) 1620 Image 185
4677 That he for his part full sore against his wil, and neuer without great griefe of minde, commeth to the painefull reproofes and rebukements of sinnes, That he for his part full soar against his will, and never without great grief of mind, comes to the painful reproofs and rebukements of Sins, cst pns31 p-acp po31 n1 av-j av-j p-acp po31 n1, cc av-x p-acp j n1 pp-f n1, vvz p-acp dt j n2 cc n2 pp-f n2, (34) chapter (DIV2) 1621 Image 185
4678 but that he is drawn and enforced vnto it, seeing both publike necessity requireth it, and the common profite of his hearers perswadeth him therevnto. but that he is drawn and Enforced unto it, seeing both public necessity requires it, and the Common profit of his hearers Persuadeth him thereunto. cc-acp cst pns31 vbz vvn cc vvn p-acp pn31, vvg d j n1 vvz pn31, cc dt j n1 pp-f po31 n2 vvz pno31 av. (34) chapter (DIV2) 1621 Image 185
4679 That he chiefely doth that which good Phisitians vse to doe, who, not after the will of the pacientes, That he chiefly does that which good Physicians use to do, who, not After the will of the patients, cst pns31 av-jn vdz cst r-crq j n2 vvb pc-acp vdi, r-crq, xx p-acp dt n1 pp-f dt n2, (34) chapter (DIV2) 1622 Image 185
4680 but after the nature of the diseases, doe minister medicines some sharper some gentiller. but After the nature of the diseases, do minister medicines Some sharper Some gentiller. cc-acp p-acp dt n1 pp-f dt n2, vdb vvi n2 d jc d n1. (34) chapter (DIV2) 1622 Image 185
4681 That it is a thinge very vnciuill, and agaynst all humanitye to deale contumeliously with hym that well deserueth: That it is a thing very Uncivil, and against all humanity to deal contumeliously with him that well deserves: cst pn31 vbz dt n1 av j, cc p-acp d n1 pc-acp vvi av-j p-acp pno31 cst av vvz: (34) chapter (DIV2) 1623 Image 185
4682 that that sicke body is altogether vnworthy of help at his Leaches hand, which would rewarde hym offryng an holsome (though somewhat bytter) potion vnto hym, with reuilement for his labour. that that sick body is altogether unworthy of help At his Leeches hand, which would reward him offering an wholesome (though somewhat bitter) potion unto him, with revilement for his labour. cst d j n1 vbz av j pp-f n1 p-acp po31 n2 n1, r-crq vmd vvi pno31 vvg dt j (cs av j) n1 p-acp pno31, p-acp n1 p-acp po31 n1. (34) chapter (DIV2) 1623 Image 185
4683 Last of all, that he whiche will néedes stande presumtuously agaynst the pastor of soules, doth nothynge els then NONLATINALPHABET, that is to say, kéepe battayle with God himselfe: Last of all, that he which will needs stand presumptuously against the pastor of Souls, does nothing Else then, that is to say, keep battle with God himself: ord pp-f d, cst pns31 r-crq vmb av vvi av-j p-acp dt n1 pp-f n2, vdz pix av av, cst vbz pc-acp vvi, vvb n1 p-acp np1 px31: (34) chapter (DIV2) 1624 Image 185
4684 and that it is a harde matter in the meane time, which God sayd somtime to Saule, for him to kicke against the pricke. And that in déede the poore minister of the Church may for a time (as one hated and dispised of the worlde) be vexed and afflicted: and that it is a harden matter in the mean time, which God said sometime to Saule, for him to kick against the prick. And that in deed the poor minister of the Church may for a time (as one hated and despised of the world) be vexed and afflicted: cc cst pn31 vbz dt j n1 p-acp dt j n1, r-crq np1 vvd av p-acp np1, p-acp pno31 p-acp vvb p-acp dt vvi. cc cst p-acp n1 dt j n1 pp-f dt n1 vmb p-acp dt n1 (c-acp pi vvn cc vvn pp-f dt n1) vbb vvn cc vvn: (34) chapter (DIV2) 1624 Image 185
4685 but the trueth it selfe can neuer bée troden downe, or extinguished. but the truth it self can never been trodden down, or extinguished. cc-acp dt n1 pn31 n1 vmb av-x vbi vvn a-acp, cc vvn. (34) chapter (DIV2) 1624 Image 185
4686 By these, I saye, and such like reasons, the Teacher of the people shall partly fortify and confyrme himselfe, By these, I say, and such like Reasons, the Teacher of the people shall partly fortify and confirm himself, p-acp d, pns11 vvb, cc d j n2, dt n1 pp-f dt n1 vmb av vvi cc vvi px31, (34) chapter (DIV2) 1625 Image 185
4687 and shall as ye would say pricke forwarde himselfe to the vnfearefull executinge of his office, and shall as you would say prick forward himself to the unfearful executing of his office, cc vmb p-acp pn22 vmd vvi vvi av-j px31 p-acp dt j n-vvg pp-f po31 n1, (34) chapter (DIV2) 1625 Image 185
4688 and partely shall prouide and foresée, that fewe or none be offended with him by reason of that which he doth in reproouinge and comptrollinge of sinne. and partly shall provide and foresee, that few or none be offended with him by reason of that which he does in reproving and comptrollinge of sin. cc av vmb vvi cc vvi, cst d cc pix vbb vvn p-acp pno31 p-acp n1 pp-f d r-crq pns31 vdz p-acp vvg cc vvg pp-f n1. (34) chapter (DIV2) 1625 Image 185
4689 Besides this the kinsfolkes and familiars of those that are stayned with the infection of sinnes, Beside this the kinsfolks and familiars of those that Are stained with the infection of Sins, p-acp d dt n2 cc n2-jn pp-f d cst vbr vvn p-acp dt n1 pp-f n2, (34) chapter (DIV2) 1626 Image 185
4690 and doe stande in néede of the percinge meditine of rebukes, ought gentilly and friendly to admonishe them that they would not conceiue any displeasure against him that enformeth thē of such things onely as are iust, true, profitable, and necessary. and do stand in need of the piercing meditine of rebukes, ought gently and friendly to admonish them that they would not conceive any displeasure against him that Informeth them of such things only as Are just, true, profitable, and necessary. cc vdb vvi p-acp n1 pp-f dt j-vvg n1 pp-f n2, vmd av-j cc j pc-acp vvi pno32 cst pns32 vmd xx vvi d n1 p-acp pno31 cst vvz pno32 pp-f d n2 av-j c-acp vbr j, j, j, cc j. (34) chapter (DIV2) 1626 Image 185
4691 And that which is more, it behooueth the magistrates themselues to prouide, and with all diligence to endeuoure, that the Preachers bée not of any man baynously molested for their holesome reprehensions sake or the sounde doctrine that they teach. And that which is more, it behooveth the Magistrates themselves to provide, and with all diligence to endeavour, that the Preachers been not of any man baynously molested for their wholesome reprehensions sake or the sound Doctrine that they teach. cc cst r-crq vbz av-dc, pn31 vvz dt n2 px32 pc-acp vvi, cc p-acp d n1 pc-acp vvi, cst dt n2 vbi xx pp-f d n1 av-j vvn p-acp po32 j n2 n1 cc dt n1 n1 cst pns32 vvb. (34) chapter (DIV2) 1627 Image 185
4692 For the Apostle in moe places then one willeth, those that laboure in the worde and in teachinge, to bée highly estéemed, to bée had in honour, For the Apostle in more places then one wills, those that labour in the word and in teaching, to been highly esteemed, to been had in honour, p-acp dt n1 p-acp dc n2 cs pi vvz, d cst n1 p-acp dt n1 cc p-acp vvg, pc-acp vbi av-j vvn, pc-acp vbi vhn p-acp n1, (34) chapter (DIV2) 1628 Image 185
4693 & to be preserued from all hostile violence, to the intent they may liue with vs without feare or daunger, & to be preserved from all hostile violence, to the intent they may live with us without Fear or danger, cc pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp d j n1, p-acp dt n1 pns32 vmb vvi p-acp pno12 p-acp n1 cc n1, (34) chapter (DIV2) 1628 Image 185
4694 and with ioye and alacritie execute their office. But let this bée sufficient. and with joy and alacrity execute their office. But let this been sufficient. cc p-acp n1 cc n1 vvi po32 n1. cc-acp vvb d vbi j. (34) chapter (DIV2) 1628 Image 185
4695 Wée haue gathered into this place, as it was méete and conuenient, manye Cantions, but yet many moe may euery man get and obserue, We have gathered into this place, as it was meet and convenient, many Cantions, but yet many more may every man get and observe, pns12 vhb vvn p-acp d n1, c-acp pn31 vbds j cc j, d n2, p-acp av d dc vmb d n1 vvi cc vvi, (34) chapter (DIV2) 1629 Image 185
4696 as well by the diligence perusinge of affayres incident, as also by the very order and procéedinge in preachinge. as well by the diligence perusing of affairs incident, as also by the very order and proceeding in preaching. c-acp av p-acp dt n1 vvg pp-f n2 j, c-acp av p-acp dt j n1 cc vvg p-acp vvg. (34) chapter (DIV2) 1629 Image 185
4697 We will add herevnto some notable Examples of this kinde of Sermons. We will add hereunto Some notable Examples of this kind of Sermons. pns12 vmb vvi av d j n2 pp-f d n1 pp-f n2. (34) chapter (DIV2) 1629 Image 186
4698 Esay cap. 28. griuously inueigheth against the excesse and superfluitye of the Iewes, and withall threateneth punishment vnto them. Isaiah cap. 28. grievously inveigheth against the excess and superfluity of the Iewes, and withal threateneth punishment unto them. np1 n1. crd av-j vvz p-acp dt n1 cc n1 pp-f dt np2, cc av vvz n1 p-acp pno32. (34) chapter (DIV2) 1629 Image 186
4699 Cap. 58. he condemneth the glorious workes of the hipocrites, and requireth of them the déedes of true godlines. Cap. 58. he Condemneth the glorious works of the Hypocrites, and requires of them the Deeds of true godliness. np1 crd pns31 vvz dt j n2 pp-f dt n2, cc vvz pp-f pno32 dt n2 pp-f j n1. (34) chapter (DIV2) 1629 Image 186
4700 Against the same also be preacheth cap. 59. Ieremy. cap. 2.3.4.5.6. Against the same also be Preacheth cap. 59. Ieremy. cap. 2.3.4.5.6. p-acp dt d av vbb vvz n1. crd np1. n1. crd. (34) chapter (DIV2) 1630 Image 186
4701 hath left vnto vs a notable Sermon, which may not without good cause be put for an Example, hath left unto us a notable Sermon, which may not without good cause be put for an Exampl, vhz vvn p-acp pno12 dt j n1, r-crq vmb xx p-acp j n1 vbi vvn p-acp dt n1, (34) chapter (DIV2) 1630 Image 186
4702 as wherein he vpbraydeth and obiecteth to the pastors their ignoraūce, vnto all in common their neglecting of gods lawe, their felowship with the Gentiles, their oppression of the holy Prophetes, their cruelty to the poore Citizens, theyr Idolatrye, periuries, adultries, corrupt iudgementes, &c. Through all which thinges he teacheth that they had deserued great plagues, as wherein he upbraideth and Objecteth to the Pastors their ignorance, unto all in Common their neglecting of God's law, their fellowship with the Gentiles, their oppression of the holy prophets, their cruelty to the poor Citizens, their Idolatry, perjuries, adulteries, corrupt Judgments, etc. Through all which things he Teaches that they had deserved great plagues, c-acp c-crq pns31 vvz cc vvz p-acp dt n2 po32 n1, p-acp d p-acp j po32 vvg pp-f n2 n1, po32 n1 p-acp dt n2-j, po32 n1 pp-f dt j n2, po32 n1 p-acp dt j n2, po32 n1, n2, n2, j n2, av p-acp d r-crq n2 pns31 vvz cst pns32 vhd vvn j n2, (34) chapter (DIV2) 1630 Image 186
4703 and threateneth, that vnlesse they repent & a mende their liues, they will shortly fall vpon thē. and threateneth, that unless they Repent & a mend their lives, they will shortly fallen upon them. cc vvz, cst cs pns32 vvb cc dt vvi po32 n2, pns32 vmb av-j vvi p-acp pno32. (34) chapter (DIV2) 1630 Image 186
4704 The same in a maner he doth cap. 7.8.9. Ezechiell cap. 11. laboureth in reproouings their contempt of gods word, their crueltye to their subiectes. The same in a manner he does cap. 7.8.9. Ezekiel cap. 11. Laboureth in reproouings their contempt of God's word, their cruelty to their Subjects. dt d p-acp dt n1 pns31 vdz vvi. crd. np1 n1. crd vvz p-acp n2-vvg po32 n1 pp-f ng1 n1, po32 n1 p-acp po32 n2-jn. (34) chapter (DIV2) 1630 Image 186
4705 Cap. 13.14. he toucheth false teachers and hipocrites. Cap. 13.14. he touches false Teachers and Hypocrites. np1 crd. pns31 vvz j n2 cc n2. (34) chapter (DIV2) 1630 Image 186
4706 Cap. 16. are accused the Idolatrye and ingratitude of the Iewes. Cap. 17. he compttolleth the felsehood of Zedechias. Cap. 16. Are accused the Idolatry and ingratitude of the Iewes. Cap. 17. he compttolleth the felsehood of Zedechiah. np1 crd vbr vvn dt n1 cc n1 pp-f dt np2. np1 crd pns31 vvz dt n1 pp-f np1. (34) chapter (DIV2) 1630 Image 186
4707 And cap. 19.20. he detecteth the wickednes of the princes and rulers, wherevpon he falleth to ye condempning of the common impietye and Idolatrye of all men. And cap. 19.20. he detecteth the wickedness of the Princes and Rulers, whereupon he falls to you condemning of the Common impiety and Idolatry of all men. cc n1. crd. pns31 vvz dt n1 pp-f dt n2 cc n2, c-crq pns31 vvz p-acp pn22 vvg pp-f dt j n1 cc n1 pp-f d n2. (34) chapter (DIV2) 1631 Image 186
4708 Cap. 22. 23. he is in hand with the same matter. Cap. 22. 23. he is in hand with the same matter. np1 crd crd pns31 vbz p-acp n1 p-acp dt d n1. (34) chapter (DIV2) 1631 Image 186
4709 Cap. 28. he entreateth against the pride of the kinge of Tyrus. Cap. 34. against the auarice and slouthfulnes of the priestes. Cap. 28. he entreateth against the pride of the King of Tyre. Cap. 34. against the avarice and slothfulness of the Priests. np1 crd pns31 vvz p-acp dt n1 pp-f dt n1 pp-f np1. np1 crd p-acp dt n1 cc n1 pp-f dt n2. (34) chapter (DIV2) 1631 Image 186
4710 Hose cap. 1.2.3.4. hath a full Sermon disposed against sondrye enormities, but chiefely Idolatrye. Of the like argument be the 5.6.7. chapters. Hose cap. 1.2.3.4. hath a full Sermon disposed against sundry enormities, but chiefly Idolatry. Of the like argument be the 5.6.7. Chapters. n1 n1. crd. vhz dt j n1 vvn p-acp j n2, cc-acp av-jn n1. pp-f dt j n1 vbi dt crd. n2. (34) chapter (DIV2) 1631 Image 186
4711 To be short looke how many prophetes there be, so many masters hast thou excelling in this craft. To be short look how many Prophets there be, so many Masters hast thou excelling in this craft. pc-acp vbi j vvb c-crq d n2 pc-acp vbi, av d n2 vh2 pns21 vvg p-acp d n1. (34) chapter (DIV2) 1633 Image 186
4712 Againe such as these, be a number of Christes sermons, wherein he reprooueth the vngraciousnes, as well of the rude multitude, as also of the Scribes and Pharisees. Again such as these, be a number of Christ's Sermons, wherein he Reproveth the ungraciousness, as well of the rude multitude, as also of the Scribes and Pharisees. av d c-acp d, vbb dt n1 pp-f npg1 n2, c-crq pns31 vvz dt n1, c-acp av pp-f dt j n1, c-acp av pp-f dt n2 cc np1. (34) chapter (DIV2) 1634 Image 186
4713 Looke Math. cap. 11.12.16.21.23. Mark. 2.8.11. Look Math. cap. 11.12.16.21.23. Mark. 2.8.11. vvi np1 n1. crd. n1. crd. (34) chapter (DIV2) 1635 Image 186
4714 And further to this ende ought to be referred, the histories or actions tendinge to the extirpation of vices, as that touchinge the castinge out of the Temple those that bought and solde. And further to this end ought to be referred, the histories or actions tending to the extirpation of vices, as that touching the casting out of the Temple those that bought and sold. cc jc p-acp d n1 vmd pc-acp vbi vvn, dt n2 cc n2 vvg p-acp dt n1 pp-f n2, p-acp d vvg dt vvg av pp-f dt n1 d cst vvd cc vvn. (34) chapter (DIV2) 1635 Image 186
4715 Neither want there examples in the Epistles to the Galathians and Corinthians. For 1. Corinth. 5. the Apostle expostulateth against those that had committed offence, Neither want there Examples in the Epistles to the Galatians and Corinthians. For 1. Corinth. 5. the Apostle expostulateth against those that had committed offence, av-d vvb a-acp n2 p-acp dt n2 p-acp dt np2 cc np1. p-acp crd np1. crd dt n1 vvz p-acp d cst vhd vvn n1, (34) chapter (DIV2) 1635 Image 186
4716 and willeth them to be chastened by the censure of the Church. Cap. 6. he inueigheth against brawelinges in lawe and wisheth rather iniury to be suffered. and wills them to be chastened by the censure of the Church. Cap. 6. he inveigheth against brawelinges in law and wishes rather injury to be suffered. cc vvz pno32 pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp dt n1 pp-f dt n1. np1 crd pns31 vvz p-acp n2 p-acp n1 cc vvz av-c n1 pc-acp vbi vvn. (34) chapter (DIV2) 1635 Image 186
4717 In the same Chapter he speaketh against sondry vices, but especially against leachery and sensualitie. In the same Chapter he speaks against sundry vices, but especially against lechery and sensuality. p-acp dt d n1 pns31 vvz p-acp j n2, cc-acp av-j p-acp n1 cc n1. (34) chapter (DIV2) 1635 Image 186
4718 Cap. 11. against the custome whereby men prayed in the sacred assembly with their heads couered, Cap. 11. against the custom whereby men prayed in the sacred assembly with their Heads covered, np1 crd p-acp dt n1 c-crq n2 vvd p-acp dt j n1 p-acp po32 n2 vvn, (34) chapter (DIV2) 1635 Image 186
4719 and women with their heads bare. Likewise against those that came not soberly and ••aritably to the Lordes Supper. and women with their Heads bore. Likewise against those that Come not soberly and ••aritably to the lords Supper. cc n2 p-acp po32 n2 j. av p-acp d cst vvd xx av-j cc av-j p-acp dt ng1 n1. (34) chapter (DIV2) 1635 Image 186
4720 Cap. 12. against strifes raysed by reason of spirituall giftes, and chiefely through prophesy, and tongues. Cap. 12. against strifes raised by reason of spiritual Gifts, and chiefly through prophesy, and tongues. np1 crd p-acp n2 vvn p-acp n1 pp-f j n2, cc av-jn p-acp vvi, cc n2. (34) chapter (DIV2) 1635 Image 186
4721 To the Galat. 6. he teacheth how spirituall brethren ought to be haue themselues towardes those that are fallen. To the Galatians 6. he Teaches how spiritual brothers ought to be have themselves towards those that Are fallen. p-acp dt np1 crd pns31 vvz c-crq j n2 vmd pc-acp vbi vhi px32 p-acp d cst vbr vvn. (34) chapter (DIV2) 1635 Image 186
4722 In Chrysostome are extant diuers and sondry Sermons against the detestable custome of swearinge and periury, whereof some be wholly applied vnto this ende alone, In Chrysostom Are extant diverse and sundry Sermons against the detestable custom of swearing and perjury, whereof Some be wholly applied unto this end alone, p-acp np1 vbr j j cc j n2 p-acp dt j n1 pp-f vvg cc n1, c-crq d vbb av-jn vvn p-acp d n1 av-j, (34) chapter (DIV2) 1636 Image 186
4723 as the 27. and 28. other some haue onely certaine pointes mixed here and ther to that effect; as the 27. and 28. other Some have only certain points mixed Here and there to that Effect; c-acp dt crd cc crd j-jn n1 vhb av-j j n2 vvn av cc a-acp p-acp d n1; (34) chapter (DIV2) 1636 Image 186
4724 as homilie 5.6.7.8.9.10. 11.12.13.14.15.16.19.26.28. Of which in some thou mayst finde also certaine thinges scattered against backe biting. as homily 5.6.7.8.9.10. 11.12.13.14.15.16.19.26.28. Of which in Some thou Mayest find also certain things scattered against back biting. c-acp n1 crd. crd. pp-f r-crq p-acp d pns21 vm2 vvi av j n2 vvn p-acp av vvg. (34) chapter (DIV2) 1636 Image 186
4725 Against that vice are the homilies 29.30.31. against ambition the 43. against enuy 44.45.53. Against dronkennes and riot 54.55. against such as come vnworthily to ye holy misteries in the Lordes Supper 60. 61. also, that we giue no offence to any man: Against that vice Are the homilies 29.30.31. against ambition the 43. against envy 44.45.53. Against Drunkenness and riot 54.55. against such as come unworthily to you holy Mysteres in the lords Supper 60. 61. also, that we give no offence to any man: p-acp d n1 vbr dt n2 crd. p-acp n1 dt crd p-acp n1 crd. p-acp n1 cc n1 crd. p-acp d c-acp vvb av-j p-acp pn22 j n2 p-acp dt ng1 n1 crd crd av, cst pns12 vvb dx n1 p-acp d n1: (34) chapter (DIV2) 1636 Image 186
4726 that we followe not the concupiscence of the fleshe: against slouthfulnes in well doing: against the desire of vayne glory: that we follow not the concupiscence of the Flesh: against slothfulness in well doing: against the desire of vain glory: cst pns12 vvb xx dt n1 pp-f dt n1: p-acp n1 p-acp av vdg: p-acp dt n1 pp-f j n1: (34) chapter (DIV2) 1637 Image 186
4727 aginst leachery and other pleasures, &c. against lechery and other pleasures, etc. p-acp n1 cc j-jn n2, av (34) chapter (DIV2) 1637 Image 186
4728 Moreouer it is be noted that vnto these two kindes of Sermons, the Instructiue, I meane, Moreover it is be noted that unto these two Kinds of Sermons, the Instructive, I mean, av pn31 vbz vbi vvn cst p-acp d crd n2 pp-f n2, dt j, pns11 vvb, (34) chapter (DIV2) 1638 Image 186
4729 & Correctiue, may iustl, be added those thinges which the Rethoritians in the kinde iudiciall doe affirme to make statum qualitatis seu iuridicialem, the state of the qualitye or the state iuridiciall. For when entreatye is made of déedes, & Corrective, may iustl, be added those things which the Rhetoricians in the kind judicial do affirm to make Statum qualitatis seu iuridicialem, the state of the quality or the state iuridiciall. For when entreaty is made of Deeds, cc j, vmb n1, vbb vvn d n2 r-crq dt n2 p-acp dt j j vdb vvi pc-acp vvi fw-la fw-la fw-la fw-la, dt n1 pp-f dt n1 cc dt n1 j. c-acp q-crq n1 vbz vvn pp-f n2, (34) chapter (DIV2) 1638 Image 187
4730 and it is called into question, whither a thing be done lawfully or iniuriously, or whether a déede be iust, or vniust: and it is called into question, whither a thing be done lawfully or injuriously, or whither a deed be just, or unjust: cc pn31 vbz vvn p-acp n1, c-crq dt n1 vbi vdn av-j cc av-j, cc cs dt n1 vbi j, cc j: (34) chapter (DIV2) 1638 Image 187
4731 to the doing truely of those thinges that be iust, men are admonished and prouoked, or if they be don already, praised and commended: to the doing truly of those things that be just, men Are admonished and provoked, or if they be dONE already, praised and commended: p-acp dt vdg av-j pp-f d n2 cst vbb j, n2 vbr vvn cc vvn, cc cs pns32 vbb vdn av, vvn cc vvn: (34) chapter (DIV2) 1638 Image 187
4732 but the thinges that be vniust, men are deterred and diswaded from, or it they be already committed, blamed and cōdempned, but the things that be unjust, men Are deterred and dissuaded from, or it they be already committed, blamed and condemned, cc-acp dt n2 cst vbb j, n2 vbr vvn cc vvd p-acp, cc pn31 pns32 vbb av vvn, vvn cc vvn, (34) chapter (DIV2) 1638 Image 187
4733 and ye verily by the groundes and reasons taken out of those very places, which to these two kindes instructiue and correctiue we haue sayde to be accommodate. and you verily by the grounds and Reasons taken out of those very places, which to these two Kinds instructive and corrective we have said to be accommodate. cc pn22 av-j p-acp dt n2 cc n2 vvn av pp-f d j n2, r-crq p-acp d crd n2 j cc j pns12 vhb vvn pc-acp vbi vvi. (34) chapter (DIV2) 1638 Image 187
4734 Of the kinde Consolatory; or Comfortatiue. Cap. XIIII. Of the kind Consolatory; or Comfortative. Cap. XIIII. pp-f dt j j; cc j. np1 crd. (35) chapter (DIV2) 1638 Image 187
4735 THat all mortall affayres are tossed and turmoyled euermore with the tempestuous waues of innumerable daungers, THat all Mortal affairs Are tossed and turmoiled evermore with the tempestuous waves of innumerable dangers, cst d j-jn n2 vbr vvn cc vvn av p-acp dt j n2 pp-f j n2, (35) chapter (DIV2) 1639 Image 187
4736 and that we bee all the sort of vs borne in that state and condition, that as well through the offence of our first parentes Adam & Eue, as also through our owne corrupt nature we are continually oppressed with sondry aduersities and calamities, it is not néedfull to be declared in wordes, séeing the dayly euents ye happen doe much more euidently then were to be wished, verify and demonstrate the same. and that we be all the sort of us born in that state and condition, that as well through the offence of our First Parents Adam & Eve, as also through our own corrupt nature we Are continually oppressed with sundry adversities and calamities, it is not needful to be declared in words, seeing the daily events you happen do much more evidently then were to be wished, verify and demonstrate the same. cc cst pns12 vbb d dt n1 pp-f pno12 vvn p-acp d n1 cc n1, cst c-acp av p-acp dt n1 pp-f po12 ord n2 np1 cc av, c-acp av p-acp po12 d j n1 pns12 vbr av-j vvn p-acp j n2 cc n2, pn31 vbz xx j pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp n2, vvg dt j n2 pn22 vvb vdi av-d av-dc av-j av vbdr pc-acp vbi vvn, vvb cc vvi dt d. (35) chapter (DIV2) 1639 Image 187
4737 For truely we sée by experience that the greatest number of men is miserably vexed and distressed one while with warre, For truly we see by experience that the greatest number of men is miserably vexed and distressed one while with war, c-acp av-j pns12 vvb p-acp n1 cst dt js n1 pp-f n2 vbz av-j vvn cc j-vvn crd n1 p-acp n1, (35) chapter (DIV2) 1640 Image 187
4738 or besiegement or sedition, an other while with dearth and scarcitye of victuals, as hauinge thei corne fildes destroyed through vnseasonable weather, somtimes wi•th••stilence, or besiegement or sedition, an other while with dearth and scarcity of victuals, as having they corn fields destroyed through unseasonable weather, sometimes wi•th••stilence, cc n1 cc n1, dt j-jn n1 p-acp n1 cc n1 pp-f n2, c-acp vhg pns32 n1 n2 vvn p-acp j n1, av n1, (35) chapter (DIV2) 1640 Image 187
4739 and other contagious disseases, sometime with ouerflowinge of waters, somtime with the rage of fire, and other contagious diseases, sometime with overflowing of waters, sometime with the rage of fire, cc j-jn j n2, av p-acp vvg pp-f n2, av p-acp dt n1 pp-f n1, (35) chapter (DIV2) 1640 Image 187
4740 and burning of villages or some part of the citye, sometime with eruell persecution for the confession of faith. and burning of villages or Some part of the City, sometime with eruell persecution for the Confessi of faith. cc vvg pp-f n2 cc d n1 pp-f dt n1, av p-acp vvb n1 p-acp dt n1 pp-f n1. (35) chapter (DIV2) 1640 Image 187
4741 He therfore that in these publike calamities can lift vp those that be downe, comfort the sorowfull, confirme tho weake and wauering, shall be thought verily to deserue well of all men, He Therefore that in these public calamities can lift up those that be down, Comfort the sorrowful, confirm though weak and wavering, shall be Thought verily to deserve well of all men, pns31 av cst p-acp d j n2 vmb vvi a-acp d cst vbb a-acp, vvb dt j, vvb av j cc j-vvg, vmb vbi vvn av-j pc-acp vvi av pp-f d n2, (35) chapter (DIV2) 1641 Image 187
4742 and to haue fulfilled the dutye both of a good pastor, and also of an expert phisition, and to have fulfilled the duty both of a good pastor, and also of an expert Physician, cc pc-acp vhi vvn dt n1 av-d pp-f dt j n1, cc av pp-f dt j n1, (35) chapter (DIV2) 1641 Image 187
4743 But as touching ye Rhetoritians, they haue vtterly cast from thē this part, leauinge it to the Philosophers the masters of lyfe and maners. But as touching you Rhetoricians, they have utterly cast from them this part, leaving it to the Philosophers the Masters of life and manners. cc-acp c-acp vvg pn22 n2, pns32 vhb av-j vvn p-acp pno32 d n1, vvg pn31 p-acp dt n2 dt n2 pp-f n1 cc n2. (35) chapter (DIV2) 1641 Image 187
4744 Howbeit none in very déede can handle & adorne it more excellently then Diuines, as the profession of whom, Howbeit none in very deed can handle & adorn it more excellently then Divines, as the profession of whom, a-acp pi p-acp j n1 vmb vvi cc vvi pn31 av-dc av-j av n2-jn, p-acp dt n1 pp-f ro-crq, (35) chapter (DIV2) 1642 Image 187
4745 like as it doth far awaye surmount & excell all others: so is it peculiarly ordeyned to the easing and asswaging of soro we and griefs. like as it does Far away surmount & excel all Others: so is it peculiarly ordained to the easing and assuaging of soro we and griefs. av-j c-acp pn31 vdz av-j av vvi cc vvi d n2-jn: av vbz pn31 av-j vvn p-acp dt vvg cc vvg pp-f n1 pns12 cc n2. (35) chapter (DIV2) 1642 Image 187
4746 Wherfore whosoeuer is destrous to comfort ye afflicted must first of all borrow certaine rules or proofes out of the places of the kinde instructiue, with which we vse either to perswade or disswade. Wherefore whosoever is desirous to Comfort you afflicted must First of all borrow certain rules or proofs out of the places of the kind instructive, with which we use either to persuade or dissuade. q-crq r-crq vbz j pc-acp vvi pn22 vvn vmb ord pp-f d vvb j n2 cc n2 av pp-f dt n2 pp-f dt j j, p-acp r-crq pns12 vvb av-d pc-acp vvi cc vvi. (35) chapter (DIV2) 1642 Image 187
4747 For what is it els to comfort, but to disswade frō griefe? Then shall he procéede to places of Diuinitie. For what is it Else to Comfort, but to dissuade from grief? Then shall he proceed to places of Divinity. p-acp r-crq vbz pn31 av pc-acp vvi, cc-acp pc-acp vvi p-acp n1? av vmb pns31 vvi p-acp n2 pp-f n1. (35) chapter (DIV2) 1643 Image 187
4748 Of the first sort therfore be these places: I. Of the honesty of the cause. Of the First sort Therefore be these places: I Of the honesty of the cause. pp-f dt ord n1 av vbb d n2: uh pp-f dt n1 pp-f dt n1. (35) chapter (DIV2) 1645 Image 187
4749 It is the part of a wise man with a strong and inuincible courage to stand stedfast in euery daunger. It is the part of a wise man with a strong and invincible courage to stand steadfast in every danger. pn31 vbz dt n1 pp-f dt j n1 p-acp dt j cc j n1 pc-acp vvi j p-acp d n1. (35) chapter (DIV2) 1646 Image 187
4750 It becommeth men chiefely to imbrace all manhood and prowesse, but especially constancye. II. Of the iustice and equitye of the cause. It becomes men chiefly to embrace all manhood and prowess, but especially constancy. II Of the Justice and equity of the cause. pn31 vvz n2 av-jn pc-acp vvi d n1 cc n1, cc-acp av-j n1. crd pp-f dt n1 cc n1 pp-f dt n1. (35) chapter (DIV2) 1647 Image 187
4751 It is méete and conuenient to lay a side mourning, especially séeing we are more fauourably dealt withall then our desertes doe require. It is meet and convenient to lay a side mourning, especially seeing we Are more favourably dealt withal then our deserts do require. pn31 vbz j cc j pc-acp vvi dt n1 n1, av-j vvg pns12 vbr av-dc av-j vvn av av po12 n2 vdb vvi. (35) chapter (DIV2) 1649 Image 187
4752 III. Of the profit or disprofit. III. Of the profit or disprofit. np1. pp-f dt n1 cc n1. (35) chapter (DIV2) 1650 Image 187
4753 What profiteth it thée to lye tumbling in deformitye, to wast and consume thy selfe with sorrowe? Thou art grieuous both to thée and thine, thou disquietest both thy body and minde in vaine. What profiteth it thee to lie tumbling in deformity, to wast and consume thy self with sorrow? Thou art grievous both to thee and thine, thou disquietest both thy body and mind in vain. q-crq vvz pn31 pno21 pc-acp vvi vvg p-acp n1, pc-acp vvi cc vvi po21 n1 p-acp n1? pns21 vb2r j av-d p-acp pno21 cc png21, pns21 js av-d po21 n1 cc n1 p-acp j. (35) chapter (DIV2) 1651 Image 187
4754 IIII. Of the comelines and commendation. IIII. Of the comeliness and commendation. crd. pp-f dt n1 cc n1. (35) chapter (DIV2) 1652 Image 187
4755 All ye be of a sound iudgement, doe thincke it very vncomly and womannishe to lament without measure, All you be of a found judgement, do think it very uncomely and womannishe to lament without measure, d pn22 vbb pp-f dt j n1, vdb vvi pn31 av j cc vvi pc-acp vvi p-acp n1, (35) chapter (DIV2) 1653 Image 188
4756 & to take so impaciently the chaunce that happeneth. All thinges doe inuite thée to pacience. V. Of the easines. & to take so impatiently the chance that Happeneth. All things do invite thee to patience. V. Of the easiness. cc pc-acp vvi av av-j dt n1 cst vvz. av-d n2 vdb vvi pno21 p-acp n1. np1 pp-f dt n1. (35) chapter (DIV2) 1653 Image 188
4757 Thou so oft procurest to thy selfe a freshe newe heauines, as oft as thou procéedest to bewayle thy case. VI. Of the necessitie. Thou so oft procurest to thy self a fresh new heaviness, as oft as thou proceedest to bewail thy case. VI. Of the necessity. pns21 av av vv2 p-acp po21 n1 dt j j n1, c-acp av c-acp pns21 vv2 pc-acp vvi po21 n1. crd. pp-f dt n1. (35) chapter (DIV2) 1654 Image 188
4758 What meanest thou? Thou must bears and not blame that which cannot be remedied. These rules also bée taken out of the frontiers the Philosophers. What Meanest thou? Thou must bears and not blame that which cannot be remedied. These rules also been taken out of the frontiers the Philosophers. q-crq vv2 pns21? pns21 vmb vvz cc xx vvi d r-crq vmbx vbi vvn. np1 vvz av vbi vvn av pp-f dt n2 dt n2. (35) chapter (DIV2) 1655 Image 188
4759 VII. Of the kinde of euills which wée suffer, to witte that they are not so gréeuous as they be commonly taken, VII. Of the kind of evils which we suffer, to wit that they Are not so grievous as they be commonly taken, np1. pp-f dt n1 pp-f n2-jn r-crq pns12 vvb, p-acp n1 cst pns32 vbr xx av j c-acp pns32 vbb av-j vvn, (35) chapter (DIV2) 1656 Image 188
4760 yea that they bée rather benefites then euiles, as being certaine prouokementes vnto vertue. Againe that they bée not, neither can bée continuall: yea that they been rather benefits then evils, as being certain provokements unto virtue. Again that they been not, neither can been continual: uh cst pns32 vbn av n2 cs n2-jn, c-acp vbg j n2 p-acp n1. av cst pns32 vbn xx, dx vmb vbi j: (35) chapter (DIV2) 1656 Image 188
4761 that they molest the body onely, and not the minde, which is frée from all dammage and detriment: that they molest the body only, and not the mind, which is free from all damage and detriment: cst pns32 vvb dt n1 av-j, cc xx dt n1, r-crq vbz j p-acp d n1 cc n1: (35) chapter (DIV2) 1656 Image 188
4762 that they bée common to vs with many: that they are recompensed with other commodities: that in respect of many other inconueniences they are very small: that they been Common to us with many: that they Are recompensed with other commodities: that in respect of many other inconveniences they Are very small: cst pns32 vbn j p-acp pno12 p-acp d: cst pns32 vbr vvn p-acp j-jn n2: cst p-acp n1 pp-f d j-jn n2 pns32 vbr av j: (35) chapter (DIV2) 1656 Image 188
4763 that wée haue before valiantly susteined the like, and also greeuouser thinges. Nowe to the places of the other sort. that we have before valiantly sustained the like, and also greeuouser things. Now to the places of the other sort. cst pns12 vhb p-acp av-j vvn dt j, cc av jc n2. av p-acp dt n2 pp-f dt j-jn n1. (35) chapter (DIV2) 1656 Image 188
4764 Truely there bée conueighed alongest the féeldes of Diuinitie, very pleasaunt and delectable riuers of Consolations, when as it appéereth to bée giuen of GOD vnto mankinde especially to this ende, (I meane to comfort with all) as the Apostle witnesseth to the Romains. 15. Such places therefore wée haue héere. Truly there been conveyed alongst the fields of Divinity, very pleasant and delectable Rivers of Consolations, when as it appeareth to been given of GOD unto mankind especially to this end, (I mean to Comfort with all) as the Apostle Witnesseth to the Romans. 15. Such places Therefore we have Here. av-j pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp dt n2 pp-f n1, av j cc j n2 pp-f n2, c-crq c-acp pn31 vvz pc-acp vbi vvn pp-f np1 p-acp n1 av-j p-acp d n1, (pns11 vvb pc-acp vvi p-acp d) p-acp dt n1 vvz p-acp dt njp2. crd d n2 av pns12 vhb av. (35) chapter (DIV2) 1658 Image 188
4765 I. Of the prouidence of GOD. No man knoweth better then God himselfe what thinges wée haue néede off. I Of the providence of GOD. No man Knoweth better then God himself what things we have need off. uh pp-f dt n1 pp-f np1. dx n1 vvz jc cs np1 px31 q-crq n2 pns12 vhb n1 a-acp. (35) chapter (DIV2) 1659 Image 188
4766 Hée doth nothinge without speciall consideration. Not so much as a haire of the beléeuers perysheth without his will. He does nothing without special consideration. Not so much as a hair of the believers perisheth without his will. pns31 vdz pix p-acp j n1. xx av av-d c-acp dt n1 pp-f dt n2 vvz p-acp po31 n1. (35) chapter (DIV2) 1659 Image 188
4767 II. Of the ayde and succour of the holy angels, vnto wh•m is committed the Charge of vs, God so commaunding it. II Of the aid and succour of the holy Angels, unto wh•m is committed the Charge of us, God so commanding it. crd pp-f dt n1 cc n1 pp-f dt j n2, p-acp n1 vbz vvn dt n1 pp-f pno12, np1 av vvg fw-la. (35) chapter (DIV2) 1661 Image 188
4768 Psal. 91. He hath giuen his angles charge. &c. III. Of the iustnes of the thing. Psalm 91. He hath given his angles charge. etc. III. Of the justness of the thing. np1 crd pns31 vhz vvn po31 ng1 n1. av np1. pp-f dt n1 pp-f dt n1. (35) chapter (DIV2) 1661 Image 188
4769 God being displeased with our sinnes, iustly laieth vppon vs present afflictions. God being displeased with our Sins, justly Layeth upon us present afflictions. np1 vbg vvn p-acp po12 n2, av-j vvz p-acp pno12 j n2. (35) chapter (DIV2) 1662 Image 188
4770 Where if he would call our dooinges to a straight accompt, we should be found to haue deserued far greater plagues. Where if he would call our doings to a straight account, we should be found to have deserved Far greater plagues. q-crq cs pns31 vmd vvi po12 n2-vdg p-acp dt j n1, pns12 vmd vbi vvn pc-acp vhi vvn av-j jc n2. (35) chapter (DIV2) 1662 Image 188
4771 IIII. Of that, that all thinges worke for the best to the faithfull. God when he sendeth aduersitie, exerciseth his children, prooueth them, and finally crowneth them. IIII. Of that, that all things work for the best to the faithful. God when he sends adversity, Exerciseth his children, proveth them, and finally Crowneth them. crd. pp-f d, cst d n2 vvb p-acp dt js p-acp dt j. np1 c-crq pns31 vvz n1, vvz po31 n2, vvz pno32, cc av-j vvz pno32. (35) chapter (DIV2) 1663 Image 188
4772 And Affliction ingendreth pacience, pacience proofe, proofe hope, hope maketh not ashamed. V. Of the vprightnes of the conscience. And Affliction engendereth patience, patience proof, proof hope, hope makes not ashamed. V. Of the uprightness of the conscience. cc n1 vvz n1, n1 n1, n1 n1, n1 vvz xx j. np1 pp-f dt n1 pp-f dt n1. (35) chapter (DIV2) 1664 Image 188
4773 An vpright conscience is a most ample comfort in aduersitie. an upright conscience is a most ample Comfort in adversity. dt av-j n1 vbz dt av-ds j n1 p-acp n1. (35) chapter (DIV2) 1665 Image 188
4774 VI. Of that, that afflictions doe minister cause vnto vs of humbling our selues, of calling vppō god, of exercising the duties of loue towardes our neighboure, of contemning earthly thinges, &c. VII. Of that, that God dayly recompenseth the euiles which we suffer, with newe benefites doublefold. VI. Of that, that afflictions do minister cause unto us of humbling our selves, of calling upon god, of exercising the duties of love towards our neighbour, of contemning earthly things, etc. VII. Of that, that God daily recompenseth the evils which we suffer, with new benefits doublefold. crd. pp-f d, cst n2 vdb vvi n1 p-acp pno12 pp-f vvg po12 n2, pp-f vvg p-acp n1, pp-f vvg dt n2 pp-f n1 p-acp po12 n1, pp-f vvg j n2, av np1. pp-f d, cst np1 av-j vvz dt n2-jn r-crq pns12 vvb, p-acp j n2 j. (35) chapter (DIV2) 1666 Image 188
4775 He inflicteth aduerstities beneath our deseit, but he giueth vs benefites far aboue •u• deseruing. The mercy of God surmounteth his iudgement. He inflicteth aduerstities beneath our deseit, but he gives us benefits Far above •u• deserving. The mercy of God surmounteth his judgement. pns31 vvz n2 p-acp po12 n1, cc-acp pns31 vvz pno12 n2 av-j p-acp n1 vvg. dt n1 pp-f np1 vvz po31 n1. (35) chapter (DIV2) 1667 Image 188
4776 VIII. Of that, that affliction is an euident token of the fatherly loue, where with God imbraceth vs, VIII. Of that, that affliction is an evident token of the fatherly love, where with God Embraceth us, crd. pp-f d, cst n1 vbz dt j n1 pp-f dt j n1, c-crq p-acp np1 vvz pno12, (35) chapter (DIV2) 1668 Image 188
4777 and that we are the lawefull sonnes of God and no bastardes. IX. Of the promises of God, touching the deliueraunce out of vaungels in this life. and that we Are the lawful Sons of God and no bastards. IX. Of the promises of God, touching the deliverance out of vaungels in this life. cc cst pns12 vbr dt j n2 pp-f np1 cc dx n2. crd. pp-f dt n2 pp-f np1, vvg dt n1 av pp-f n2 p-acp d n1. (35) chapter (DIV2) 1668 Image 188
4778 God neuer forsaketh those that be his, neither suffereth them to be tempted aboue their strength. God never Forsaketh those that be his, neither suffers them to be tempted above their strength. np1 av-x vvz d cst vbb png31, av-dx vvz pno32 pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp po32 n1. (35) chapter (DIV2) 1669 Image 188
4779 The Prophets doe in their consolations enterlace promises of diuers thinges to come, of the comming of Christ, of deliueraunce by the same from spirituall tiranny and th•aldome, The prophets do in their consolations interlace promises of diverse things to come, of the coming of christ, of deliverance by the same from spiritual tyranny and th•aldome, dt n2 vdb p-acp po32 n2 vvi n2 pp-f j n2 pc-acp vvi, pp-f dt n-vvg pp-f np1, pp-f n1 p-acp dt d p-acp j n1 cc n1, (35) chapter (DIV2) 1669 Image 188
4780 now and their of restoring the common wealth of the Iewes, &c. It is a wise mannes parte diligently to enquire howe the same places may bee applied to our matters. now and their of restoring the Common wealth of the Iewes, etc. It is a wise Man's part diligently to inquire how the same places may be applied to our matters. av cc po32 pp-f vvg dt j n1 pp-f dt np2, av pn31 vbz dt j ng1 n1 av-j pc-acp vvi c-crq dt d n2 vmb vbi vvn p-acp po12 n2. (35) chapter (DIV2) 1669 Image 188
4781 That shall most conueniently bée done, by comparinge the thinges that haue happened vnto vs, with those that in times past befell vnto the Iewes. That shall most conveniently been done, by comparing the things that have happened unto us, with those that in times past befell unto the Iewes. cst vmb av-ds av-j vbi vdn, p-acp vvg dt n2 cst vhb vvn p-acp pno12, p-acp d cst p-acp n2 j vvd p-acp dt np2. (35) chapter (DIV2) 1671 Image 189
4782 X. Of the necessary effecte of gods election. Whom God hath chosen, them also hee hath glorified. X. Of the necessary Effect of God's election. Whom God hath chosen, them also he hath glorified. fw-la pp-f dt j n1 pp-f ng1 n1. ro-crq np1 vhz vvn, pno32 av pns31 vhz vvn. (35) chapter (DIV2) 1672 Image 189
4783 If God be on our side, who can bee against vs. If God be on our side, who can be against us cs np1 vbb p-acp po12 n1, r-crq vmb vbi p-acp pno12 (35) chapter (DIV2) 1672 Image 189
4784 XI. Of the example of Christ, which is set foorth vnto vs as a Captaine to be followed in humblenes, mortification, &c. XII. Of the examples of holy men, whose wonderfull pacience hath appéered, but yet more maruaylous séemed their deliuerance accomplished by the power and goodnes of God. XI. Of the Exampl of christ, which is Set forth unto us as a Captain to be followed in humbleness, mortification, etc. XII. Of the Examples of holy men, whose wonderful patience hath appeared, but yet more marvelous seemed their deliverance accomplished by the power and Goodness of God. crd. pp-f dt n1 pp-f np1, r-crq vbz vvn av p-acp pno12 p-acp dt n1 pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp n1, n1, av np1. pp-f dt n2 pp-f j n2, rg-crq j n1 vhz vvn, cc-acp av av-dc j vvd po32 n1 vvn p-acp dt n1 cc n1 pp-f np1. (35) chapter (DIV2) 1673 Image 189
4785 XIII. Of the certainty of rewardes after this lyfe. Through afflictions is opened a way vnto glory and to the kingdome of heauen. XIII. Of the certainty of rewards After this life. Through afflictions is opened a Way unto glory and to the Kingdom of heaven. np1. pp-f dt n1 pp-f n2 p-acp d n1. p-acp n2 vbz vvn dt n1 p-acp n1 cc p-acp dt n1 pp-f n1. (35) chapter (DIV2) 1675 Image 189
4786 XIIII. Of the excellency of the rewardes that doe remain for vs after this life. XIIII. Of the excellency of the rewards that do remain for us After this life. crd. pp-f dt n1 pp-f dt n2 cst vdb vvi p-acp pno12 p-acp d n1. (35) chapter (DIV2) 1676 Image 189
4787 The afflictions of this life are not worthy to be compared with the glory that is to come. The afflictions of this life Are not worthy to be compared with the glory that is to come. dt n2 pp-f d n1 vbr xx j pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp dt n1 cst vbz pc-acp vvi. (35) chapter (DIV2) 1676 Image 189
4788 The afflictions be momētany, but the glory is euerlasting. XV. Of the gloryfication of God. God is glorified by the fortitude and constancy of the godly. The afflictions be momentany, but the glory is everlasting. XV. Of the gloryfication of God. God is glorified by the fortitude and constancy of the godly. dt n2 vbb n1, cc-acp dt n1 vbz j. crd. pp-f dt n1 pp-f np1. np1 vbz vvn p-acp dt n1 cc n1 pp-f dt j. (35) chapter (DIV2) 1676 Image 189
4789 XVI. Of the edifyinge of other brethen. The rest of the godly are confirmed by our example. XVI. Of the edifying of other brethren. The rest of the godly Are confirmed by our Exampl. np1. pp-f dt n-vvg pp-f j-jn n2. dt n1 pp-f dt j vbr vvn p-acp po12 n1. (35) chapter (DIV2) 1678 Image 189
4790 XVII. Of the present ayde of the holy Ghost in helpinge our infirmitie. XVIII. Of the nature of hope and pacience. By hope wee are saued. XVII. Of the present aid of the holy Ghost in helping our infirmity. XVIII. Of the nature of hope and patience. By hope we Are saved. np1. pp-f dt j n1 pp-f dt j n1 p-acp vvg po12 n1. np1. pp-f dt n1 pp-f n1 cc n1. p-acp n1 pns12 vbr vvn. (35) chapter (DIV2) 1679 Image 189
4791 XIX. Of the effecte of Christes merites. For the fruites thereof are applyed at all times to the Faithfull. XIX. Of the Effect of Christ's merits. For the fruits thereof Are applied At all times to the Faithful. np1. pp-f dt n1 pp-f npg1 n2. p-acp dt n2 av vbr vvd p-acp d n2 p-acp dt j. (35) chapter (DIV2) 1681 Image 189
4792 XX. Moreouer of the very kinde of daunger against which consolation is required, diuers and sondry proofes may be gathered, XX. Moreover of the very kind of danger against which consolation is required, diverse and sundry proofs may be gathered, crd. av pp-f dt j n1 pp-f n1 p-acp r-crq n1 vbz vvn, j cc j n2 vmb vbi vvn, (35) chapter (DIV2) 1682 Image 189
4793 if the causes and circumstances be wisely serched and considered. if the Causes and Circumstances be wisely searched and considered. cs dt n2 cc n2 vbb av-j vvd cc vvn. (35) chapter (DIV2) 1682 Image 189
4794 If the pestilence or sicknesses which the Phistitions call Epidemiales doe rage and ware rife, this is no small comfort that these sicknesses spare none, neither ritche, nor poore: If the pestilence or Sicknesses which the Phistitions call Epidemiales do rage and ware rife, this is no small Comfort that these Sicknesses spare none, neither rich, nor poor: cs dt n1 cc n2 r-crq dt n2 vvb np1 vdb vvi cc n1 av-j, d vbz dx j n1 cst d n2 vvb pix, dx j, ccx j: (35) chapter (DIV2) 1683 Image 189
4795 that the life passed in riot and excesse hath iustly caused them: that the life passed in riot and excess hath justly caused them: cst dt n1 vvd p-acp n1 cc n1 vhz av-j vvd pno32: (35) chapter (DIV2) 1683 Image 189
4796 that Dauid, when God pronounced his grieuous iudgment against him, chose rather to be striken with this rod, then with warre or hunger. that David, when God pronounced his grievous judgement against him, chosen rather to be stricken with this rod, then with war or hunger. cst np1, c-crq np1 vvd po31 j n1 p-acp pno31, vvd av-c pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp d n1, av p-acp n1 cc n1. (35) chapter (DIV2) 1683 Image 189
4797 If men suffer for the confession of the truth, that also must we construe in good part according to ye saying of Peter, and interpret it to be a glorious thing, in these daies especially wherein the trueth of the Gospell is efts•nes most plentifully reuealed to the whole worlde. If men suffer for the Confessi of the truth, that also must we construe in good part according to you saying of Peter, and interpret it to be a glorious thing, in these days especially wherein the truth of the Gospel is efts•nes most plentifully revealed to the Whole world. cs n2 vvb p-acp dt n1 pp-f dt n1, cst av vmb pns12 vvi p-acp j n1 vvg p-acp pn22 vvg pp-f np1, cc vvi pn31 pc-acp vbi dt j n1, p-acp d n2 av-j c-crq dt n1 pp-f dt n1 vbz ng1 av-ds av-j vvn p-acp dt j-jn n1. (35) chapter (DIV2) 1684 Image 189
4798 Iudging our selues happye and reioysinge, wee ought to giue thanks vnto God, which are counted worthy to suffer rebuke for his names sake. If honger destroyeth our Countrey: Judging our selves happy and rejoicing, we ought to give thanks unto God, which Are counted worthy to suffer rebuke for his names sake. If hunger Destroyeth our Country: vvg po12 n2 j cc vvg, pns12 vmd pc-acp vvi n2 p-acp np1, r-crq vbr vvn j pc-acp vvi n1 p-acp po31 ng1 n1. cs n1 vvz po12 n1: (35) chapter (DIV2) 1685 Image 189
4799 yet that succour is to be hoped for of our neighbours the people next adioyninge vnto vs: yet that succour is to be hoped for of our neighbours the people next adjoining unto us: av cst n1 vbz pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp pp-f po12 n2 dt n1 ord vvg p-acp pno12: (35) chapter (DIV2) 1686 Image 189
4800 that there is some where vndoubtedly a Iosephe remayninge which hath garners and Barnes full of corne and graine for many yeares: that there is Some where undoubtedly a Joseph remaining which hath garners and Barns full of corn and grain for many Years: cst pc-acp vbz d c-crq av-j dt n1 vvg r-crq vhz n2 cc n2 j pp-f n1 cc n1 p-acp d n2: (35) chapter (DIV2) 1686 Image 189
4801 that the LORDE which feedeth Rauens, which nourished innumerable people in the wildernes, which by his angells caused meate and drincke to be ministered to the wanderinge Elias, and likewise to Agar, may also be intreated, to minister thinges necessary for our liuing: that the LORD which feeds Ravens, which nourished innumerable people in the Wilderness, which by his Angels caused meat and drink to be ministered to the wandering Elias, and likewise to Agar, may also be entreated, to minister things necessary for our living: cst dt n1 r-crq vvz n2, r-crq vvd j n1 p-acp dt n1, r-crq p-acp po31 n2 vvd n1 cc vvi pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp dt j-vvg np1, cc av p-acp np1, vmb av vbi vvn, pc-acp vvi n2 j p-acp po12 n-vvg: (35) chapter (DIV2) 1686 Image 189
4802 that he is able to bringe to passe that a litell meale (if any be left) as we knowe it came to passe to the widowe of Sarepta, shall neuer faile or be wantinge. that he is able to bring to pass that a little meal (if any be left) as we know it Come to pass to the widow of Sarepta, shall never fail or be wanting. cst pns31 vbz j pc-acp vvi pc-acp vvi cst dt j n1 (cs d vbb vvn) c-acp pns12 vvb pn31 vvd pc-acp vvi p-acp dt n1 pp-f np1, vmb av-x vvi cc vbi vvg. (35) chapter (DIV2) 1686 Image 189
4803 Some of these reasons are deriued of the power and goodnes of GOD, some of notable examples, some of these Reasons Are derived of the power and Goodness of GOD, Some of notable Examples, d pp-f d n2 vbr vvn pp-f dt n1 cc n1 pp-f np1, d pp-f j n2, (35) chapter (DIV2) 1687 Image 189
4804 and other some of other places. and other Some of other places. cc j-jn d pp-f j-jn n2. (35) chapter (DIV2) 1687 Image 189
4805 And that I may briefely knit vp the matter, the holy Scripture is like vnto a large and mighty sea, whereout in maner of waues one wallowinge after an other by course, doe steame vp and flowe ouer wonderfull Consolations profitable for all purposes, which the Preacher digestinge into certaine places, shall alwayes haue in a redines, to the intent that as oft as any temptations shal assayle and inuade wretched men, he may as well publicklye as pryuatelye deale and distribute the same. And that I may briefly knit up the matter, the holy Scripture is like unto a large and mighty sea, whereout in manner of waves one wallowing After an other by course, do steam up and flow over wonderful Consolations profitable for all Purposes, which the Preacher digestinge into certain places, shall always have in a readiness, to the intent that as oft as any temptations shall assail and invade wretched men, he may as well publicly as pryuatelye deal and distribute the same. cc cst pns11 vmb av-j vvi a-acp dt n1, dt j n1 vbz av-j p-acp dt j cc j n1, c-crq p-acp n1 pp-f n2 crd vvg p-acp dt n-jn p-acp n1, vdb n1 a-acp cc vvi p-acp j n2 j p-acp d n2, r-crq dt n1 vvg p-acp j n2, vmb av vhi p-acp dt n1, p-acp dt n1 cst c-acp av c-acp d n2 vmb vvi cc vvi j n2, pns31 vmb a-acp av av-j c-acp j n1 cc vvi dt d. (35) chapter (DIV2) 1688 Image 190
4806 To note onely a fewe cautions in this kinde shall be sufficient. To note only a few cautions in this kind shall be sufficient. pc-acp vvi av-j dt d n2 p-acp d n1 vmb vbi j. (35) chapter (DIV2) 1689 Image 190
4807 For consolation is not (lyke to correction ) subiect to the hatreds and abtrectations of men. For consolation is not (like to correction) Subject to the hatreds and abtrectations of men. p-acp n1 vbz xx (av-j p-acp n1) j-jn p-acp dt n2 cc n2 pp-f n2. (35) chapter (DIV2) 1690 Image 190
4808 I. Hée that is determined to comfort others, must of necessitie so frame himselfe in all thinges, that he make them beléeue that he is earnestly touched with the griefe of the common calamitie, I. He that is determined to Comfort Others, must of necessity so frame himself in all things, that he make them believe that he is earnestly touched with the grief of the Common calamity, np1 pns31 cst vbz vvn pc-acp vvi n2-jn, vmb pp-f n1 av vvi px31 p-acp d n2, cst pns31 vvb pno32 vvi cst pns31 vbz av-j vvn p-acp dt n1 pp-f dt j n1, (35) chapter (DIV2) 1691 Image 190
4809 & that he is in the meane time ready bent to confirme and establish the mindes of other. & that he is in the mean time ready bent to confirm and establish the minds of other. cc cst pns31 vbz p-acp dt j n1 av-j vvn pc-acp vvi cc vvi dt n2 pp-f n-jn. (35) chapter (DIV2) 1691 Image 190
4810 I know not how it commeth to passe, he talketh a great deale better to our contentation, whom we perceyue to bee endued with the lyke affection, that wee are endued withall. I know not how it comes to pass, he talketh a great deal better to our contentation, whom we perceive to be endued with the like affection, that we Are endued withal. pns11 vvb xx c-crq pn31 vvz pc-acp vvi, pns31 vvz dt j n1 av-jc p-acp po12 n1, ro-crq pns12 vvb pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp dt av-j n1, cst pns12 vbr vvn av. (35) chapter (DIV2) 1691 Image 190
4811 II It shall be alwayes better and more conuenient to collect many reasons taken out of spyrytuall and eternall thinges, II It shall be always better and more convenient to collect many Reasons taken out of spiritual and Eternal things, crd pn31 vmb vbi av j cc av-dc j pc-acp vvi d n2 vvn av pp-f j cc j n2, (35) chapter (DIV2) 1692 Image 190
4812 then out of carnall and momentanye: then out of carnal and momentany: av av pp-f j cc n1: (35) chapter (DIV2) 1692 Image 190
4813 like as it is méete and requisite that those thinges which doe issue out of the liuely fountaine of the sacred Scriptures, shoulde be preferred before those that are dreyned out of the standing lakes of Philosophy. like as it is meet and requisite that those things which do issue out of the lively fountain of the sacred Scriptures, should be preferred before those that Are drained out of the standing lake's of Philosophy. av-j c-acp pn31 vbz j cc j cst d n2 r-crq vdb vvi av pp-f dt j n1 pp-f dt j n2, vmd vbi vvn p-acp d cst vbr vvn av pp-f dt j-vvg n2 pp-f n1. (35) chapter (DIV2) 1692 Image 190
4814 For after that sorte we may sée the Prophetes oft times to digest in order a number of consolations, as touchinge the time of publishinge the Gospell, For After that sort we may see the prophets oft times to digest in order a number of consolations, as touching the time of publishing the Gospel, c-acp p-acp d n1 pns12 vmb vvi dt n2 av n2 pc-acp vvi p-acp n1 dt n1 pp-f n2, p-acp vvg dt n1 pp-f vvg dt n1, (35) chapter (DIV2) 1693 Image 190
4815 and the spirituall kingdome of Christ. and the spiritual Kingdom of christ. cc dt j n1 pp-f np1. (35) chapter (DIV2) 1693 Image 190
4816 III If we take vpon vs at any time to render and declare, any causes, procéeding eyther of the prouidence, III If we take upon us At any time to render and declare, any Causes, proceeding either of the providence, crd cs pns12 vvb p-acp pno12 p-acp d n1 pc-acp vvi cc vvi, d n2, vvg d pp-f dt n1, (35) chapter (DIV2) 1694 Image 190
4817 or of the iustice of GOD or of any other occasion, for the which God scourgeth and punisheth vs, we must not be euer bolde in iudgeing and determining of them, or of the Justice of GOD or of any other occasion, for the which God scourges and Punisheth us, we must not be ever bold in judging and determining of them, cc pp-f dt n1 pp-f np1 cc pp-f d j-jn n1, p-acp dt r-crq np1 vvz cc vvz pno12, pns12 vmb xx vbi av j p-acp vvg cc vvg pp-f pno32, (35) chapter (DIV2) 1694 Image 190
4818 neither must we alledge any, except such as the holy Scripture without any ambiguitie hath set foorth, neither must we allege any, except such as the holy Scripture without any ambiguity hath Set forth, dx vmb pns12 vvi d, c-acp d c-acp dt j n1 p-acp d n1 vhz vvn av, (35) chapter (DIV2) 1694 Image 190
4819 as generall and correspondent to the state of our times. as general and correspondent to the state of our times. c-acp n1 cc j p-acp dt n1 pp-f po12 n2. (35) chapter (DIV2) 1694 Image 190
4820 IIII In lyke maner, when we promise that certayne and assured remedy or deliueraunce wil follow, we must neuer prescribe any one singular meane, whereby the same may be accomplished. IIII In like manner, when we promise that certain and assured remedy or deliverance will follow, we must never prescribe any one singular mean, whereby the same may be accomplished. crd p-acp av-j n1, c-crq pns12 vvb cst j cc j-vvn n1 cc n1 vmb vvi, pns12 vmb av-x vvi d crd j n2, c-crq dt d vmb vbi vvn. (35) chapter (DIV2) 1695 Image 190
4821 And that truely for this cause, least if it falleth out otherwise, then we saye, we become laughing stockes: And that truly for this cause, lest if it falls out otherwise, then we say, we become laughing stocks: cc cst av-j p-acp d n1, cs cs pn31 vvz av av, cs pns12 vvb, pns12 vvb vvg n2: (35) chapter (DIV2) 1696 Image 190
4822 as wee know some, which couetinge to be taken for Prophetes and Soothsayers, when they promised all thinges prosperous, as we know Some, which coveting to be taken for prophets and Soothsayers, when they promised all things prosperous, c-acp pns12 vvb d, r-crq vvg pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp n2 cc n2, c-crq pns32 vvd d n2 j, (35) chapter (DIV2) 1696 Image 190
4823 and all thinges happened cleane contrary, were openly laughed to scorne for their labours, and truely in my iudgement not vnworthyly. and all things happened clean contrary, were openly laughed to scorn for their labours, and truly in my judgement not unworthily. cc d n2 vvd av-j j-jn, vbdr av-j vvn pc-acp vvi p-acp po32 n2, cc av-j p-acp po11 n1 xx av-j. (35) chapter (DIV2) 1696 Image 190
4824 V It is lawful somtimes to acknowledge the sorrow or griefe to be instlye inflicted, V It is lawful sometimes to acknowledge the sorrow or grief to be instlye inflicted, crd pn31 vbz j av pc-acp vvi dt n1 cc n1 pc-acp vbi av-j vvn, (35) chapter (DIV2) 1697 Image 190
4825 yet must wee in any wise take héede, least in acknowledginge it occasion bee giuen, that it take increasement, and become vnmeasurable. yet must we in any wise take heed, lest in acknowledging it occasion be given, that it take increasement, and become unmeasurable. av vmb pns12 p-acp d j vvb n1, cs p-acp vvg pn31 n1 vbi vvn, cst pn31 vvb n1, cc vvi j. (35) chapter (DIV2) 1697 Image 190
4826 In comfortinge, eyther so to increase sorrowe, as that a womannish kinde of wayling and shricking should follow, In comforting, either so to increase sorrow, as that a womanish kind of wailing and shricking should follow, p-acp vvg, av-d av pc-acp vvi n1, c-acp cst dt j n1 pp-f vvg cc n-vvg vmd vvi, (35) chapter (DIV2) 1698 Image 190
4827 or so to induce gladnesse that a childishe reioycement and exultation shoulde therevppon ensue, both these poyntes doe indifferently incurre reprehension. or so to induce gladness that a childish reioycement and exultation should thereupon ensue, both these points do indifferently incur reprehension. cc av pc-acp vvi n1 cst dt j n1 cc n1 vmd av vvi, d d n2 vdb av-j vvi n1. (35) chapter (DIV2) 1698 Image 190
4828 VI As well those that teache as those that learne or heare, shall regarde more the internall consolation and quiet, which is setled in the minde and conscience, VI As well those that teach as those that Learn or hear, shall regard more the internal consolation and quiet, which is settled in the mind and conscience, crd c-acp av d cst vvb p-acp d cst vvb cc vvi, vmb vvi av-dc dt j n1 cc j-jn, r-crq vbz vvn p-acp dt n1 cc n1, (35) chapter (DIV2) 1699 Image 190
4829 then the externall and that which consisteth in corporal and earthly thinges. then the external and that which Consisteth in corporal and earthly things. cs dt j cc cst r-crq vvz p-acp n1 cc j n2. (35) chapter (DIV2) 1699 Image 190
4830 Truely eyther of them (if so be it may be obtayned without the losse of the health of minde) is verye profitable and worthily to be desyred: Truly either of them (if so be it may be obtained without the loss of the health of mind) is very profitable and worthily to be desired: av-j av-d pp-f pno32 (cs av vbb pn31 vmb vbi vvn p-acp dt n1 pp-f dt n1 pp-f n1) vbz av j cc av-j pc-acp vbi vvn: (35) chapter (DIV2) 1700 Image 190
4831 but if there bée no remedye but the one must be wanting, then may a man most safely content himselfe with the former. but if there been no remedy but the one must be wanting, then may a man most safely content himself with the former. cc-acp cs pc-acp vbi dx n1 p-acp dt pi vmb vbi vvg, av vmb dt n1 av-ds av-j vvi px31 p-acp dt j. (35) chapter (DIV2) 1700 Image 190
4832 They doe easely contemne all the bitter misfortunes of this life, vnto whom is giuen the fruition of quiet conscience. They do Easily contemn all the bitter misfortunes of this life, unto whom is given the fruition of quiet conscience. pns32 vdb av-j vvi d dt j n2 pp-f d n1, p-acp ro-crq vbz vvn dt n1 pp-f j-jn n1. (35) chapter (DIV2) 1701 Image 190
4833 Wherfore Augustin his Sermō or treatise •4. vpon Iohn truly & playnly teacheth, that the externall cōfort ought alwaies to bee measured by the internall consolation. Wherefore Augustin his Sermon or treatise •4. upon John truly & plainly Teaches, that the external Comfort ought always to be measured by the internal consolation. c-crq np1 po31 n1 cc n1 n1. p-acp np1 av-j cc av-j vvz, cst dt j n1 vmd av pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp dt j n1. (35) chapter (DIV2) 1702 Image 191
4834 Albeit the same thing may out of the prophets more perspicuously be perceiued, which if at any time they enterlace (by way of comforting) promises touchinge corporall benefits, especially in the kingdome of the true Messias our sauiour Christ to be receiued, Albeit the same thing may out of the Prophets more perspicuously be perceived, which if At any time they interlace (by Way of comforting) promises touching corporal benefits, especially in the Kingdom of the true Messias our Saviour christ to be received, cs dt d n1 vmb av pp-f dt n2 av-dc av-j vbi vvn, r-crq cs p-acp d n1 pns32 vvi (p-acp n1 pp-f vvg) n2 vvg j n2, av-j p-acp dt n1 pp-f dt j np1 po12 n1 np1 pc-acp vbi vvn, (35) chapter (DIV2) 1703 Image 191
4835 yet neuerthelesse will haue the selfe same to be vnderstood onely of things spyrytuall and internall. yet nevertheless will have the self same to be understood only of things spiritual and internal. av av vmb vhi dt n1 d pc-acp vbi vvn av-j pp-f n2 j cc j. (35) chapter (DIV2) 1703 Image 191
4836 For certes it is a familyar and as ye would saye a peculiar matter with them, to bring in and florishe ouer spirytuall thinges, vnder a certayne coollour or shadowe of thinges corporall, For certes it is a familiar and as you would say a peculiar matter with them, to bring in and flourish over spiritual things, under a certain coollour or shadow of things corporal, c-acp av pn31 vbz dt j-jn cc p-acp pn22 vmd vvi dt j n1 p-acp pno32, pc-acp vvi p-acp cc vvi p-acp j n2, p-acp dt j n1 cc n1 pp-f n2 j, (35) chapter (DIV2) 1704 Image 191
4837 & that verily to the intent they might euen by this meanes the more easely lifte vp the rude mindes of men from grose and earthly commodyties, to the contemplation of heauenly and celestiall graces. & that verily to the intent they might even by this means the more Easily lift up the rude minds of men from grose and earthly commodities, to the contemplation of heavenly and celestial graces. cc cst av-j p-acp dt n1 pns32 vmd av-j p-acp d n2 dt av-dc av-j vvn a-acp dt j n2 pp-f n2 p-acp n1 cc j n2, p-acp dt n1 pp-f j cc j n2. (35) chapter (DIV2) 1704 Image 191
4838 VII Last of al ye Preacher shal exhort al his hearers in general, to pray with their whole hart vnto God their heauenly father, that he woulde vouchsafe to send downe into their hartes the holy ghost the comforter, by whom truely alone may all heauinesse be expelled, sorrow mitigated, true fortitude encreased, VII Last of all the Preacher shall exhort all his hearers in general, to pray with their Whole heart unto God their heavenly father, that he would vouchsafe to send down into their hearts the holy ghost the comforter, by whom truly alone may all heaviness be expelled, sorrow mitigated, true fortitude increased, crd ord pp-f d dt n1 vmb vvi d po31 n2 p-acp n1, pc-acp vvi p-acp po32 j-jn n1 p-acp np1 po32 j n1, cst pns31 vmd vvi pc-acp vvi a-acp p-acp po32 n2 dt j n1 dt n1, p-acp ro-crq av-j av-j vmb d n1 vbi vvd, n1 vvn, j n1 vvd, (35) chapter (DIV2) 1705 Image 191
4839 and steadfast hope erected in the mindes of wretched men. and steadfast hope erected in the minds of wretched men. cc j n1 vvn p-acp dt n2 pp-f j n2. (35) chapter (DIV2) 1705 Image 191
4840 For it is, as it were, the proper office of the holy ghoste, to comfort and confirme those that be afflicted. For it is, as it were, the proper office of the holy ghost, to Comfort and confirm those that be afflicted. p-acp pn31 vbz, c-acp pn31 vbdr, dt j n1 pp-f dt j n1, pc-acp vvi cc vvi d cst vbb vvn. (35) chapter (DIV2) 1706 Image 191
4841 In consideration whereof hee is of Christe Iohn. 14. and 16. called NONLATINALPHABET, that is to say, the comforter. In consideration whereof he is of Christ John. 14. and 16. called, that is to say, the comforter. p-acp n1 c-crq pns31 vbz pp-f np1 np1. crd cc crd vvd, cst vbz pc-acp vvi, dt n1. (35) chapter (DIV2) 1706 Image 191
4842 Now follow examples of Sermons consolatory. Esay cap. 32. and 33. willeth the people to be of good chéere, Now follow Examples of Sermons consolatory. Isaiah cap. 32. and 33. wills the people to be of good cheer, av vvi n2 pp-f n2 j. np1 n1. crd cc crd vvz dt n1 pc-acp vbi pp-f j n1, (35) chapter (DIV2) 1707 Image 191
4843 for all thinges wyll fall out to their comfort. for all things will fallen out to their Comfort. p-acp d n2 vmb vvi av p-acp po32 n1. (35) chapter (DIV2) 1707 Image 191
4844 Cap. 40 & in the eight following he comforteth the people in the captiuitie of Babilon. Cap. 40 & in the eight following he comforts the people in the captivity of Babylon. np1 crd cc p-acp dt crd vvg pns31 vvz dt n1 p-acp dt n1 pp-f np1. (35) chapter (DIV2) 1708 Image 191
4845 Where albeit he hath many reasons taken of the promises touching the comming of Christ and the time of publishinge the gospell, Where albeit he hath many Reasons taken of the promises touching the coming of christ and the time of publishing the gospel, q-crq cs pns31 vhz d n2 vvn pp-f dt n2 vvg dt n-vvg pp-f np1 cc dt n1 pp-f vvg dt n1, (35) chapter (DIV2) 1709 Image 191
4846 yet there are sparsed other also, which may serue oft times to speciall vse in diuers and sundrye matters 〈 … 〉 For this Prophete aboundeth aboue the rest in places consolatorye. Ieremy sent a notable consolation writen to the captiues in Babilon cap. 29.30.31. To the same effect also there is extant a sermon of Ezechiel cap. 38. and 40. Christ comforteth and encourageth his disciples againste the persecutions that were to come. yet there Are sparsed other also, which may serve oft times to special use in diverse and sundry matters 〈 … 〉 For this Prophet Aboundeth above the rest in places consolatory. Ieremy sent a notable consolation written to the captives in Babylon cap. 29.30.31. To the same Effect also there is extant a sermon of Ezechiel cap. 38. and 40. christ comforts and Encourageth his Disciples against the persecutions that were to come. av a-acp vbr vvn j-jn av, r-crq vmb vvi av n2 p-acp j n1 p-acp j cc j n2 〈 … 〉 c-acp d n1 vvz p-acp dt n1 p-acp n2 j. np1 vvd dt j n1 vvn p-acp dt n2-jn p-acp np1 n1. crd. p-acp dt d n1 av pc-acp vbz j dt n1 pp-f np1 n1. crd cc crd np1 vvz cc vvz po31 n2 p-acp dt n2 cst vbdr pc-acp vvi. (35) chapter (DIV2) 1709 Image 191
4847 Likewise he comforteth them being heauy by reason of his death néere at hand. Likewise he comforts them being heavy by reason of his death near At hand. av pns31 vvz pno32 vbg j p-acp n1 pp-f po31 n1 av-j p-acp n1. (35) chapter (DIV2) 1711 Image 191
4848 Againe Luk. 21 there is a Sermon, touching the thinges that shal happen before the comming of the sonne of man, framed to the consolation of the godly, Again Luk. 21 there is a Sermon, touching the things that shall happen before the coming of the son of man, framed to the consolation of the godly, av np1 crd a-acp vbz dt n1, vvg dt n2 cst vmb vvi p-acp dt n-vvg pp-f dt n1 pp-f n1, vvn p-acp dt n1 pp-f dt j, (35) chapter (DIV2) 1712 Image 191
4849 namely that they may know ye time of their redemptiō to be then at hand. namely that they may know you time of their redemption to be then At hand. av cst pns32 vmb vvi pn22 n1 pp-f po32 n1 pc-acp vbi av p-acp n1. (35) chapter (DIV2) 1712 Image 191
4850 After many other consolatory Sermons of Christe, the two Epistles to the Thessalonians are writen in this kinde. After many other consolatory Sermons of Christ, the two Epistles to the Thessalonians Are written in this kind. p-acp d j-jn j n2 pp-f np1, dt crd n2 p-acp dt njp2 vbr vvn p-acp d n1. (35) chapter (DIV2) 1712 Image 191
4851 The last part also of the eight Chapter to ye Romains tendeth to this ende. The last part also of the eight Chapter to you Romans tendeth to this end. dt ord n1 av pp-f dt crd n1 p-acp pn22 njp2 vvz p-acp d n1. (35) chapter (DIV2) 1713 Image 191
4852 In like maner to the Hebrues, the later parte of the tenth chapter, with the first part of the xii. cap. In Cyprian is read a Sermon touchinge mortalytie or pestilence. In like manner to the Hebrews, the later part of the tenth chapter, with the First part of the xii. cap. In Cyprian is read a Sermon touching mortalytie or pestilence. p-acp j n1 p-acp dt njp2, dt jc n1 pp-f dt ord n1, p-acp dt ord n1 pp-f dt crd. n1. p-acp jp vbz vvn dt n1 vvg n1 cc n1. (35) chapter (DIV2) 1713 Image 191
4853 In Nazianzenus touching a straunge kinde of hayle and the calamitie that it caused. In Basill of honger and drouth. In Nazianzenus touching a strange kind of hail and the calamity that it caused. In Basil of hunger and drouth. p-acp np1 vvg dt j n1 pp-f n1 cc dt n1 cst pn31 vvd. p-acp np1 pp-f n1 cc n1. (35) chapter (DIV2) 1714 Image 191
4854 Chrisostom in his fift tome, homily. 4.5.6.7. againe homily 13.14.15.16. With great diligence comforteth the people standing in daunger, by reason of the sedition stirred at Antioche. In many other of his homilies he handeleth héere and there diuers and sundrye consolatory places. Chrysostom in his fift tome, homily. 4.5.6.7. again homily 13.14.15.16. With great diligence comforts the people standing in danger, by reason of the sedition stirred At Antioch. In many other of his homilies he handleth Here and there diverse and sundry consolatory places. np1 p-acp po31 ord n1, n1. crd. av n1 crd. p-acp j n1 vvz dt n1 vvg p-acp n1, p-acp n1 pp-f dt n1 vvd p-acp np1. p-acp d n-jn pp-f po31 n2 pns31 vvz av cc a-acp j cc j j n2. (35) chapter (DIV2) 1715 Image 191
4855 Homily. 62. hée teacheth moderate temptations to be profitable. Homily. 62. he Teaches moderate temptations to be profitable. n1. crd pns31 vvz j n2 pc-acp vbi j. (35) chapter (DIV2) 1716 Image 191
4856 Lxiii. that all thinges are to be endured for Christes sake, and that the alterations of thinges are not to be feared. Lxiii. that all things Are to be endured for Christ's sake, and that the alterations of things Are not to be feared. crd. cst d n2 vbr pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp npg1 n1, cc cst dt n2 pp-f n2 vbr xx pc-acp vbi vvn. (35) chapter (DIV2) 1716 Image 191
4857 Lxiiii. and Lxv. that God is to be thanked euen in temptations and conflicts. Lxvi. that no man may come to the kingedome of heauen without afflictions. Lxiiii. and Lxv. that God is to be thanked even in temptations and conflicts. Lxvi. that no man may come to the Kingdom of heaven without afflictions. crd. cc np1 cst np1 vbz pc-acp vbi vvn av p-acp n2 cc n2. crd. cst dx n1 vmb vvi p-acp dt n1 pp-f n1 p-acp n2. (35) chapter (DIV2) 1717 Image 191
4858 Lxvii. that God recompenseth ye troubles which we suffer in this lyfe, with large and most ample benefits. Lxvii. that God recompenseth you Troubles which we suffer in this life, with large and most ample benefits. crd. cst np1 vvz pn22 n2 r-crq pns12 vvb p-acp d n1, p-acp j cc av-ds j n2. (35) chapter (DIV2) 1718 Image 191
4859 Lxviii. That to suffer iniuries with a valiaunt courage for Gods cause, is a most noble vertue. Lxviii. That to suffer injuries with a valiant courage for God's cause, is a most noble virtue. crd. cst p-acp vvi n2 p-acp dt j n1 p-acp npg1 n1, vbz dt av-ds j n1. (35) chapter (DIV2) 1719 Image 192
4860 There is also a declamation of his wherein he teacheth, that no man is hurt but of himselfe. There is also a declamation of his wherein he Teaches, that no man is hurt but of himself. pc-acp vbz av dt n1 pp-f png31 c-crq pns31 vvz, cst dx n1 vbz vvn cc-acp pp-f px31. (35) chapter (DIV2) 1719 Image 192
4861 To these may be added Funerall Orations, which he ordeyned to the comfort of them that be a liue. To these may be added Funeral Orations, which he ordained to the Comfort of them that be a live. p-acp d vmb vbi vvn n1 n2, r-crq pns31 vvd p-acp dt n1 pp-f pno32 cst vbb dt j. (35) chapter (DIV2) 1720 Image 192
4862 Moreouer some thinges which the auncient writers haue published touching the pacient suffering of martirdome, are put foorth, partely to the consolation, partely to the confirmation of the faithfull, which in those dayes were by raging and frantick tyrauntes cruelly persecuted and tormented. Moreover Some things which the ancient writers have published touching the patient suffering of martyrdom, Are put forth, partly to the consolation, partly to the confirmation of the faithful, which in those days were by raging and frantic Tyrants cruelly persecuted and tormented. av d n2 r-crq dt j-jn n2 vhb vvn vvg dt j n1 pp-f n1, vbr vvn av, av p-acp dt n1, av p-acp dt n1 pp-f dt j, r-crq p-acp d n2 vbdr p-acp j-vvg cc j n2 av-j vvn cc vvn. (35) chapter (DIV2) 1721 Image 192
4863 Of the mixt kinde of Sermons. Cap. XV. Of the mixed kind of Sermons. Cap. XV. pp-f dt vvn n1 pp-f n2. np1 crd. (36) chapter (DIV2) 1721 Image 192
4864 THat in one and the selfe same Sermon (whether some entier booke, or parcell of a booke, THat in one and the self same Sermon (whither Some entire book, or parcel of a book, cst p-acp crd cc dt n1 d n1 (cs d j n1, cc n1 pp-f dt n1, (36) chapter (DIV2) 1722 Image 192
4865 or some matter incident by occasion of time be discoursed and declared) many and sundry places may now & then amonge be admitted to be entreated off, we haue before in the first booke admonished, alleadging also certaine examples out of ye holy fathers to the same effect. or Some matter incident by occasion of time be discoursed and declared) many and sundry places may now & then among be admitted to be entreated off, we have before in the First book admonished, alleging also certain Examples out of the holy Father's to the same Effect. cc d n1 j p-acp n1 pp-f n1 vbb vvn cc vvn) d cc j n2 vmb av cc av p-acp vbi vvn pc-acp vbi vvn a-acp, pns12 vhb a-acp p-acp dt ord n1 vvn, vvg av j n2 av pp-f dt j n2 p-acp dt d n1. (36) chapter (DIV2) 1722 Image 192
4866 Wherefore with very good right there is appoynted a certaine mixt kinde of Sermons, framed and compacted indifferently out of diuers kinds by partes. Wherefore with very good right there is appointed a certain mixed kind of Sermons, framed and compacted indifferently out of diverse Kinds by parts. c-crq p-acp av j n-jn a-acp vbz vvn dt j vvn j pp-f n2, vvn cc vvn av-j av pp-f j n2 p-acp n2. (36) chapter (DIV2) 1722 Image 192
4867 Further it is no harde matter in the first entrye, and euen in the premeditation of the sermon ensuing to discerne, Further it is no harden matter in the First entry, and even in the premeditation of the sermon ensuing to discern, av-jc pn31 vbz dx j n1 p-acp dt ord n1, cc av p-acp dt n1 pp-f dt n1 vvg pc-acp vvi, (36) chapter (DIV2) 1722 Image 192
4868 vnto what kinde euery place, or euery part doth belong: unto what kind every place, or every part does belong: p-acp r-crq n1 d n1, cc d n1 vdz vvi: (36) chapter (DIV2) 1722 Image 192
4869 that is to say, whether it be of the kinde Didascalick, or of the kinde Reprehensiue or Redargutiue, or of the kinde Instructiue, or of the kinde Correctiue, or lastly of the kynde Consolatory. that is to say, whither it be of the kind Didascalick, or of the kind Reprehensive or Redargutive, or of the kind Instructive, or of the kind Corrective, or lastly of the kind Consolatory. cst vbz pc-acp vvi, cs pn31 vbb pp-f dt j j, cc pp-f dt j j cc j, cc pp-f dt j j, cc pp-f dt j j, cc ord pp-f dt n1 j. (36) chapter (DIV2) 1722 Image 192
4870 And when the very kinde of the sermon is once known, it will be an easy thinge to collect a certaine order of expoundinge, out of those thinges which in the Chapters afore going, are seuerally declared touching euery kinde. And when the very kind of the sermon is once known, it will be an easy thing to collect a certain order of expounding, out of those things which in the Chapters afore going, Are severally declared touching every kind. cc c-crq dt j n1 pp-f dt n1 vbz a-acp vvn, pn31 vmb vbi dt j n1 pc-acp vvi dt j n1 pp-f vvg, av pp-f d n2 r-crq p-acp dt n2 p-acp vvg, vbr av-j vvn vvg d n1. (36) chapter (DIV2) 1723 Image 192
4871 As for examples of mixt or meint Sermons, there be extant not a few in the Euangelistes. As for Examples of mixed or meint Sermons, there be extant not a few in the Evangelists. c-acp p-acp n2 pp-f vvn cc j n2, pc-acp vbi j xx dt d p-acp dt n2. (36) chapter (DIV2) 1724 Image 192
4872 For Christe doth ofte times in one continuall Oration discusse diuers and sundry places, and therof truely some pertayninge to the doctrine of faith, othersome to the information of life, or consolation. For Christ does oft times in one continual Oration discuss diverse and sundry places, and thereof truly Some pertaining to the Doctrine of faith, Othersome to the information of life, or consolation. p-acp np1 vdz av av p-acp crd j n1 vvi j cc j n2, cc av av-j d vvg p-acp dt n1 pp-f n1, j p-acp dt n1 pp-f n1, cc n1. (36) chapter (DIV2) 1725 Image 192
4873 It is no hard case to deuide the parts and to distinguishe one from an other. It is no hard case to divide the parts and to distinguish one from an other. pn31 vbz dx j n1 pc-acp vvi dt n2 cc pc-acp vvi pi p-acp dt n-jn. (36) chapter (DIV2) 1726 Image 192
4874 The first Epistle to the Corinthes how plentifull is it in this behalfe? how diuer matters doth it contayne? yea thou shalt finde almost neuer an Epistle put foorth by the Apostles, which is not distributed into diuers places. The First Epistle to the Corinthians how plentiful is it in this behalf? how diver matters does it contain? yea thou shalt find almost never an Epistle put forth by the Apostles, which is not distributed into diverse places. dt ord n1 p-acp dt njpg2 c-crq j vbz pn31 p-acp d n1? q-crq n1 n2 vdz pn31 vvi? uh pns21 vm2 vvi av av-x dt n1 vvd av p-acp dt n2, r-crq vbz xx vvn p-acp j n2. (36) chapter (DIV2) 1727 Image 192
4875 Chrisostome as well other where, as also inespecialye where he popularly interpreteth the bookes of holy Scripture, Chrysostom as well other where, as also inespecialye where he popularly interpreteth the books of holy Scripture, np1 c-acp av j-jn c-crq, c-acp av vvi c-crq pns31 av-j vvz dt n2 pp-f j n1, (36) chapter (DIV2) 1727 Image 192
4876 as Genesis, the Gospell of Mathew, Iohn, &c. Lykewise Origen that longe before him laboured in the lyke calling, doe exhibit infinit examples of this matter, as Genesis, the Gospel of Matthew, John, etc. Likewise Origen that long before him laboured in the like calling, do exhibit infinite Examples of this matter, c-acp n1, dt n1 pp-f np1, np1, av av np1 cst av-j p-acp pno31 vvd p-acp dt av-j vvg, vdb vvi j n2 pp-f d n1, (36) chapter (DIV2) 1727 Image 192
4877 and the same also very fitte and conuenient. But these thinges touchinge the mixt kinde thus compendiously to haue admonished, shall suffice. and the same also very fit and convenient. But these things touching the mixed kind thus compendiously to have admonished, shall suffice. cc dt d av j n1 cc j. p-acp d n2 vvg dt vvd j av av-j pc-acp vhi vvn, vmb vvi. (36) chapter (DIV2) 1727 Image 192
4878 ¶ That three thinges, are alwaies to be regarded of the Preacher: ¶ That three things, Are always to be regarded of the Preacher: ¶ cst crd n2, vbr av pc-acp vbi vvn pp-f dt n1: (37) chapter (DIV2) 1728 Image 192
4879 the profit of the hearers, comelynes in gesture and pronounciation, and the studye of concord. Cap. XVI. VErily I suppose we haue sufficiently expressed all thinges, which are requisite to be knowne to the framing of all kynde of sermons: the profit of the hearers, comeliness in gesture and Pronunciation, and the study of concord. Cap. XVI. VErily I suppose we have sufficiently expressed all things, which Are requisite to be known to the framing of all kind of Sermons: dt n1 pp-f dt n2, n1 p-acp n1 cc n1, cc dt n1 pp-f n1. np1 np1. av-j pns11 vvb pns12 vhb av-j vvn d n2, r-crq vbr j pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp dt vvg pp-f d n1 pp-f n2: (37) chapter (DIV2) 1728 Image 192
4880 wherfore it is méete now that our discourse draw to an ende. Wherefore it is meet now that our discourse draw to an end. c-crq pn31 vbz j av cst po12 n1 vvi p-acp dt n1. (37) chapter (DIV2) 1729 Image 192
4881 Onely I entend héere in this place friendly to admonish euery Preacher, yt he would inespecially remēber, thrée thinges, Only I intend Here in this place friendly to admonish every Preacher, that he would inespecially Remember, thrée things, j pns11 vvi av p-acp d n1 j pc-acp vvi d n1, pn31 pns31 vmd av-j vvi, crd n2, (37) chapter (DIV2) 1729 Image 193
4882 and (so long as hee shall sustayne the excellent function of teaching the people) endeuour with al diligence and enforcement to practise and obserue them. and (so long as he shall sustain the excellent function of teaching the people) endeavour with all diligence and enforcement to practise and observe them. cc (av av-j c-acp pns31 vmb vvi dt j n1 pp-f vvg dt n1) n1 p-acp d n1 cc n1 pc-acp vvi cc vvi pno32. (37) chapter (DIV2) 1729 Image 193
4883 The first is, that hée continually set before his eyes the profit and vtilitie of his hearers. The First is, that he continually Set before his eyes the profit and utility of his hearers. dt ord vbz, cst pns31 av-j vvd p-acp po31 n2 dt n1 cc n1 pp-f po31 n2. (37) chapter (DIV2) 1730 Image 193
4884 The seconde, that he be a very careful and diligent obseruer of decorum in the vniuersall order and grace of speaking. The seconde, that he be a very careful and diligent observer of decorum in the universal order and grace of speaking. dt ord, cst pns31 vbb dt av j cc j n1 pp-f n1 p-acp dt j n1 cc n1 pp-f vvg. (37) chapter (DIV2) 1731 Image 193
4885 The third and last, that he become not in any wise the author of any discords in the Church, that is to saye, The third and last, that he become not in any wise the author of any discords in the Church, that is to say, dt ord cc ord, cst pns31 vvb xx p-acp d n1 dt n1 pp-f d n2 p-acp dt n1, cst vbz pc-acp vvi, (37) chapter (DIV2) 1732 Image 193
4886 neyther vary from his fellow labourers in doctrine, or opinions, nor minister any matter to the ignoraunt people of brawlings or contentions. neither vary from his fellow labourers in Doctrine, or opinions, nor minister any matter to the ignorant people of brawlings or contentions. av-dx vvb p-acp po31 n1 n2 p-acp n1, cc n2, ccx vvi d n1 p-acp dt j n1 pp-f n2-vvg cc n2. (37) chapter (DIV2) 1732 Image 193
4887 Touching these three poyntes truely he shall at all times be very solitious, yea and bende héere vnto all his whole care and cogitation, whosoeuer to the aduauncement of Gods glory vppon earth is desyrous in the Church faithfully to deliuer to the flock committed to his charge ye doctrine of sincere religion. Touching these three points truly he shall At all times be very solitious, yea and bend Here unto all his Whole care and cogitation, whosoever to the advancement of God's glory upon earth is desirous in the Church faithfully to deliver to the flock committed to his charge you Doctrine of sincere Religion. vvg d crd n2 av-j pns31 vmb p-acp d n2 vbb av j, uh cc vvi av p-acp d po31 j-jn n1 cc n1, r-crq p-acp dt n1 pp-f npg1 n1 p-acp n1 vbz j p-acp dt n1 av-j pc-acp vvi p-acp dt n1 vvn p-acp po31 n1 pn22 n1 pp-f j n1. (37) chapter (DIV2) 1733 Image 193
4888 I But he declareth himselfe ernestly to seeke ye profit of his auditors, which as well sheweth aparaunt signification of some notable good wyl towards them, I But he Declareth himself earnestly to seek you profit of his Auditors, which as well shows aparaunt signification of Some notable good will towards them, pns11 cc-acp pns31 vvz px31 av-j pc-acp vvi pn22 n1 pp-f po31 n2, r-crq c-acp av vvz j n1 pp-f d j j n1 p-acp pno32, (37) chapter (DIV2) 1734 Image 193
4889 as also choseth such matters to entreate off, as out of which he trusteth most fruite and commodytye wyll redounde to his hearers. as also chooses such matters to entreat off, as out of which he Trusteth most fruit and commodytye will redound to his hearers. c-acp av vvz d n2 pc-acp vvi a-acp, c-acp av pp-f r-crq pns31 vvz ds n1 cc n1 vmb vvi p-acp po31 n2. (37) chapter (DIV2) 1734 Image 193
4890 Certes how desyrously, and with what •urninge affection Christ coueted the profit and vtilytie of his owne nation, he hymselfe expressed, where he sayth: Certes how desyrously, and with what •urninge affection christ coveted the profit and vtilytie of his own Nation, he himself expressed, where he say: av c-crq av-j, cc p-acp r-crq n1 n1 np1 vvd dt n1 cc n1 pp-f po31 d n1, pns31 px31 vvn, c-crq pns31 vvz: (37) chapter (DIV2) 1735 Image 193
4891 that he would often times haue gathered together the inhabitauntes of Hierusalem euen as a Henne gathereth hir chickhens vnder hir winges. that he would often times have gathered together the inhabitants of Jerusalem even as a Hen gathereth his chickhens under his wings. cst pns31 vmd av n2 vhb vvn av dt n2 pp-f np1 av-j c-acp dt n1 vvz png31 n2 p-acp png31 n2. (37) chapter (DIV2) 1735 Image 193
4892 Where I pray you is any creature to be founde that so muche tendereth the safety of hir younge ones as the Henne. Where I pray you is any creature to be found that so much tendereth the safety of his young ones as the Hen. c-crq pns11 vvb pn22 vbz d n1 pc-acp vbi vvn cst av d vvz dt n1 pp-f png31 j pi2 p-acp dt n1. (37) chapter (DIV2) 1736 Image 193
4893 Againe Paule the apostle, how euidentlye, with what exquisyte woordes, and how often doeth hee declare, the incredible loue, wherewith hée imbraced those most tenderly from time to time, which hée had once instructed in the principles of religion? There bee innumerable places in his Epistles, demonstratinge the same. Again Paul the apostle, how evidently, with what exquisyte words, and how often doth he declare, the incredible love, wherewith he embraced those most tenderly from time to time, which he had once instructed in the principles of Religion? There be innumerable places in his Epistles, Demonstrating the same. av np1 dt n1, c-crq av-j, p-acp r-crq n1 n2, cc c-crq av vdz pns31 vvi, dt j n1, c-crq pns31 vvd d av-ds av-j p-acp n1 p-acp n1, r-crq pns31 vhd a-acp vvn p-acp dt n2 pp-f n1? pc-acp vbi j n2 p-acp po31 n2, vvg dt d. (37) chapter (DIV2) 1737 Image 193
4894 But as touchinge the iudgement and dexteritie requisite in choosinge of fit and conuenient matters, forsomuch as wée haue already spoken in the first booke, wée will not héere make any newe repetition. But as touching the judgement and dexterity requisite in choosing of fit and convenient matters, forsomuch as we have already spoken in the First book, we will not Here make any new repetition. cc-acp p-acp vvg dt n1 cc n1 j p-acp vvg pp-f j cc j n2, av c-acp pns12 vhb av vvn p-acp dt ord n1, pns12 vmb xx av vvi d j n1. (37) chapter (DIV2) 1738 Image 193
4895 II. Howbeit as concerninge comlines in gesture and pronunciation, briefely and truly to speake what I thinke, looke how great care is to bée imployed in orderinge of the life, II Howbeit as Concerning comeliness in gesture and pronunciation, briefly and truly to speak what I think, look how great care is to been employed in ordering of the life, crd a-acp p-acp vvg n1 p-acp n1 cc n1, av-j cc av-j pc-acp vvi r-crq pns11 vvb, vvb c-crq j n1 vbz pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp n-vvg pp-f dt n1, (37) chapter (DIV2) 1739 Image 193
4896 and dayly conuersation, euen so great also ought worthily to bée taken to the due gouernment and moderation of the speach. and daily Conversation, even so great also ought worthily to been taken to the due government and moderation of the speech. cc j n1, av av j av vmd av-j pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp dt j-jn n1 cc n1 pp-f dt n1. (37) chapter (DIV2) 1739 Image 193
4897 For doubtlesse the spéech is a certaine portion of the life, and that truely not the least. For doubtless the speech is a certain portion of the life, and that truly not the least. c-acp av-j dt n1 vbz dt j n1 pp-f dt n1, cc cst av-j xx dt ds. (37) chapter (DIV2) 1740 Image 193
4898 And ofte times by the spéech, is a great ghesse and iudgement giuen touchinge the whole inclynation and disposition of a man. And oft times by the speech, is a great guess and judgement given touching the Whole inclination and disposition of a man. cc av n2 p-acp dt n1, vbz dt j vvi cc n1 vvn vvg dt j-jn n1 cc n1 pp-f dt n1. (37) chapter (DIV2) 1741 Image 193
4899 For it is playne and euident that puritie and simplicitie ioyned with prudence and discretion, like as in life, so also in spéech or communication is commended of all men. For it is plain and evident that purity and simplicity joined with prudence and discretion, like as in life, so also in speech or communication is commended of all men. p-acp pn31 vbz j cc j cst n1 cc n1 vvn p-acp n1 cc n1, av-j c-acp p-acp n1, av av p-acp n1 cc n1 vbz vvn pp-f d n2. (37) chapter (DIV2) 1742 Image 193
4900 Wherefore the Preacher must at all times, but then chiefely when hee beginneth first to exercise himselfe in Teachinge the multitude, take diligent héede, Wherefore the Preacher must At all times, but then chiefly when he begins First to exercise himself in Teaching the multitude, take diligent heed, c-crq dt n1 vmb p-acp d n2, cc-acp av av-jn c-crq pns31 vvz ord pc-acp vvi px31 p-acp vvg dt n1, vvb j n1, (37) chapter (DIV2) 1743 Image 193
4901 least hée vsurpe any thinge in wordes, in pronunciation, or also in gesture, which may bréede and ingender contempt of his person with the people. lest he usurp any thing in words, in pronunciation, or also in gesture, which may breed and engender contempt of his person with the people. cs pns31 vvi d n1 p-acp n2, p-acp n1, cc av p-acp n1, r-crq vmb vvi cc vvi n1 pp-f po31 n1 p-acp dt n1. (37) chapter (DIV2) 1743 Image 193
4902 Wee haue séene them sometimes that haue so to often and in euery Sermon repeated some one worde or sentence, wee haue seene them that haue mingeled (euen to the lothsomnes of the hearers) tropes or figures, nothing fitte and correspondent to the diuine matters which they had in hande, agayne wee haue seene them that in the hart of their matter haue vttered diuers times scarce honest and comely motions. we have seen them sometime that have so to often and in every Sermon repeated Some one word or sentence, we have seen them that have mingled (even to the loathsomeness of the hearers) tropes or figures, nothing fit and correspondent to the divine matters which they had in hand, again we have seen them that in the heart of their matter have uttered diverse times scarce honest and comely motions. pns12 vhb vvn pno32 av cst vhb av p-acp av cc p-acp d n1 vvn d crd n1 cc n1, pns12 vhb vvn pno32 cst vhb vvn (av p-acp dt n1 pp-f dt n2) n2 cc n2, pix n1 cc j p-acp dt j-jn n2 r-crq pns32 vhd p-acp n1, av pns12 vhb vvn pno32 d p-acp dt n1 pp-f po32 n1 vhb vvn j n2 av-j j cc j n2. (37) chapter (DIV2) 1744 Image 194
4903 And these thinges ministered occasion to curious carpers and controllers of other mens doinges, to scoffers and iesters amonge the rude sorte, that when they were disposed to procure sport and laughter in their iunkettinges and tipling feastes, they thought there could be no utter thing for theyr turne, And these things ministered occasion to curious carpers and controllers of other men's doings, to scoffers and jesters among the rude sort, that when they were disposed to procure sport and laughter in their iunkettinges and tippling feasts, they Thought there could be no utter thing for their turn, cc d n2 vvn n1 p-acp j n2 cc n2 pp-f j-jn ng2 n2-vdg, p-acp n2 cc n2 p-acp dt j n1, cst c-crq pns32 vbdr vvn pc-acp vvi n1 cc n1 p-acp po32 n2-vvg cc j-vvg n2, pns32 vvd a-acp vmd vbi dx j n1 p-acp po32 n1, (37) chapter (DIV2) 1745 Image 194
4904 then cunningly and pleasauntly to represent the wordes, the voyce, the gesture of the Preacher. then cunningly and pleasantly to represent the words, the voice, the gesture of the Preacher. av av-jn cc av-j pc-acp vvi dt n2, dt n1, dt n1 pp-f dt n1. (37) chapter (DIV2) 1745 Image 194
4905 Yea and moreouer they accustomed through the sames occasions, to miscall the Preacher himselfe by some ridiculous name, Yea and moreover they accustomed through the sames occasions, to miscall the Preacher himself by Some ridiculous name, uh cc av pns32 vvd p-acp dt zz n2, pc-acp vvi dt n1 px31 p-acp d j n1, (37) chapter (DIV2) 1746 Image 194
4906 as oft as in their talke they made any mention of him. What should I say more. as oft as in their talk they made any mention of him. What should I say more. c-acp av c-acp p-acp po32 n1 pns32 vvd d n1 pp-f pno31. q-crq vmd pns11 vvi av-dc. (37) chapter (DIV2) 1746 Image 194
4907 By reason of their vndisereete and vnseemely gesture, some are made the common talking stocke and publicke pastime of the people. By reason of their vndisereete and unseemly gesture, Some Are made the Common talking stock and public pastime of the people. p-acp n1 pp-f po32 j-jn cc j-u n1, d vbr vvn dt j j-vvg n1 cc j n1 pp-f dt n1. (37) chapter (DIV2) 1747 Image 194
4908 But to ye anoyding of these inconueniēces which through vnskilfull dealing in wordes and behauiour be incurred and falne into, two remedies séeme good vnto me for this present time to be considered. But to you anoyding of these inconveniences which through unskilful dealing in words and behaviour be incurred and fallen into, two remedies seem good unto me for this present time to be considered. cc-acp p-acp pn22 vvg pp-f d n2 r-crq p-acp j n-vvg p-acp n2 cc n1 vbb vvn cc vvn p-acp, crd n2 vvb j p-acp pno11 p-acp d j n1 pc-acp vbi vvn. (37) chapter (DIV2) 1748 Image 194
4909 The one is, that whosoeuer taketh in hand the function of preachinge doe foorthwith set before him some one excellent Ecclesiasticall Teacher, whose name is famous and renowmed, The one is, that whosoever Takes in hand the function of preaching doe forthwith Set before him Some one excellent Ecclesiastical Teacher, whose name is famous and renowned, dt crd vbz, cst r-crq vvz p-acp n1 dt n1 pp-f vvg n1 av vvi p-acp pno31 d crd j j n1, rg-crq n1 vbz j cc j-vvn, (37) chapter (DIV2) 1749 Image 194
4910 and who with singuler grace and dexteritye expoundeth the sacred Scriptures, in all respectes so far as may bée, to be imitated and folowed. and who with singular grace and dexterity expoundeth the sacred Scriptures, in all respects so Far as may been, to be imitated and followed. cc r-crq p-acp j n1 cc n1 vvz dt j n2, p-acp d n2 av av-j c-acp vmb vbi, pc-acp vbi vvn cc vvn. (37) chapter (DIV2) 1749 Image 194
4911 For most commonly it commeth so to passe, that what all men doe iudge worthy of commendation in an other that also thou mayelt allure thy selfe (if at least thou feately and cunningly resemblest him in that point) will be well liked and well thought off in thée. For most commonly it comes so to pass, that what all men do judge worthy of commendation in an other that also thou mayelt allure thy self (if At least thou featly and cunningly resemblest him in that point) will be well liked and well Thought off in thee. p-acp av-ds av-j pn31 vvz av pc-acp vvi, cst r-crq d n2 vdb vvi j pp-f n1 p-acp dt n-jn cst av pns21 vvd vvi po21 n1 (cs p-acp ds pns21 av-j cc av-jn vv2 pno31 p-acp d n1) vmb vbi av vvn cc av vvd a-acp p-acp pno21. (37) chapter (DIV2) 1750 Image 194
4912 Hee that applyeth diligence to the imitation and emulation of an other man, it can not be chosen, He that Applieth diligence to the imitation and emulation of an other man, it can not be chosen, pns31 cst vvz n1 p-acp dt n1 cc n1 pp-f dt j-jn n1, pn31 vmb xx vbi vvn, (37) chapter (DIV2) 1751 Image 194
4913 but ye he shall at length obteyne some of hys vertues, whom hée coueteth to bee like. but you he shall At length obtain Some of his Virtues, whom he covets to be like. cc-acp pn22 pns31 vmb p-acp n1 vvi d pp-f po31 n2, ro-crq pns31 vvz pc-acp vbi j. (37) chapter (DIV2) 1751 Image 194
4914 And hée may alwayes finde some one, or more, (yea euen néere at hande also) right worthy to bée folowed & imitated, which shall not bée an arrogant and partiall esteemer of an other mans workemanshippe. And he may always find Some one, or more, (yea even near At hand also) right worthy to been followed & imitated, which shall not been an arrogant and partial esteemer of an other men workmanship. cc pns31 vmb av vvi d pi, cc av-dc, (uh av av-j p-acp n1 av) av-jn j pc-acp vbi vvn cc vvn, r-crq vmb xx vbi dt j cc j n1 pp-f dt j-jn ng1 n1. (37) chapter (DIV2) 1752 Image 194
4915 The other is, that the Preacher doe request some good man beinge of a sound and vncorrupt iudgement, that he would vouchsafe sometime to admonishe him priuately, The other is, that the Preacher do request Some good man being of a found and uncorrupt judgement, that he would vouchsafe sometime to admonish him privately, dt n-jn vbz, cst dt n1 vdb vvi d j n1 vbg pp-f dt n1 cc j-u n1, cst pns31 vmd vvi av pc-acp vvi pno31 av-jn, (37) chapter (DIV2) 1753 Image 194
4916 when he perceiueth any thinge in the speaker, that offendeth either the eares or eyes of the hearers, when he perceives any thing in the speaker, that offends either the ears or eyes of the hearers, c-crq pns31 vvz d n1 p-acp dt n1, cst vvz d dt n2 cc n2 pp-f dt n2, (37) chapter (DIV2) 1753 Image 194
4917 and that in his iudgemente wolde bée amended. and that in his judgement would been amended. cc cst p-acp po31 n1 vmd vbi vvn. (37) chapter (DIV2) 1753 Image 194
4918 Wee our selues doubtlesse are more blinde then Béetles in notinge of our owne proper faultes, to omitte (in the meane time) that a number also doe euen when they commit offence, folishely fawne and flatter themselues: we our selves doubtless Are more blind then Beetles in noting of our own proper Faults, to omit (in the mean time) that a number also do even when they commit offence, folishely fawn and flatter themselves: pns12 po12 n2 av-j vbr av-dc j cs n2 p-acp vvg pp-f po12 d j n2, pc-acp vvb (p-acp dt j n1) cst dt n1 av vdb av c-crq pns32 vvb n1, av-j vvi cc vvi px32: (37) chapter (DIV2) 1754 Image 194
4919 but some other truely doe espye many thinges, which escape vs, and can wisely discerne what pointes are worthy of reprehension in vs. Certes many a one there bée that would in time reforme their owne faltes, if so bee they might haue such a Monitor as were voyde of all guyle and dissimulation. but Some other truly do espy many things, which escape us, and can wisely discern what points Are worthy of reprehension in us Certes many a one there been that would in time reform their own faltes, if so be they might have such a Monitor as were void of all guile and dissimulation. cc-acp d n-jn av-j vdb vvi d n2, r-crq vvb pno12, cc vmb av-j vvi r-crq n2 vbr j pp-f n1 p-acp pno12 av d dt pi pc-acp vbi cst vmd p-acp n1 vvi po32 d vvz, cs av vbb pns32 vmd vhi d dt np1 c-acp vbdr j pp-f d n1 cc n1. (37) chapter (DIV2) 1754 Image 194
4920 Which thinge séeinge it is so, so far is it off, that the Preacher (if he bee a wise man) should take the matter grieuously to be after a friendly and ciuill sort comptrolled of any man, that hée ought also to giue harty thankes to the comptroller, Which thing seeing it is so, so Far is it off, that the Preacher (if he be a wise man) should take the matter grievously to be After a friendly and civil sort comptrolled of any man, that he ought also to give hearty thanks to the comptroller, r-crq n1 vvg pn31 vbz av, av av-j vbz pn31 p-acp, cst dt n1 (cs pns31 vbb dt j n1) vmd vvi dt n1 av-j pc-acp vbi p-acp dt j cc j n1 vvn pp-f d n1, cst pns31 vmd av pc-acp vvi j n2 p-acp dt n1, (37) chapter (DIV2) 1756 Image 194
4921 as vnto one (amonge sewe) that beareth him especiall good will and friendshippe, couetinge by that meanes to prouide very commodiously for his estimation and dignitie. as unto one (among sew) that bears him especial good will and friendship, coveting by that means to provide very commodiously for his estimation and dignity. c-acp p-acp crd (p-acp d) cst vvz pno31 j j n1 cc n1, vvg p-acp d n2 pc-acp vvi av av-j p-acp po31 n1 cc n1. (37) chapter (DIV2) 1756 Image 194
4922 That great Prophet Moyses the loadstarre and chieftain of all gouernours of the Church, sufferd himselfe paciently to bée admonished of most weightie affaires by his father in lawe Hiethro, & willingly imbraced & accōplished his wholsom coūsayle & aduice: That great Prophet Moses the loadstar and chieftain of all Governors of the Church, suffered himself patiently to been admonished of most weighty affairs by his father in law Hiethro, & willingly embraced & accomplished his wholesome counsel & Advice: cst j n1 np1 dt n1 cc n1 pp-f d n2 pp-f dt n1, vvd px31 av-j pc-acp vbi vvn pp-f ds j n2 p-acp po31 n1 p-acp n1 np1, cc av-j vvn cc vvn po31 j n1 cc n1: (37) chapter (DIV2) 1757 Image 194
4923 why should not therfore ye priuate reprehensiō of some honest and sober man louing thée from his hart, be as grateful and acceptable vnto thée also? why should not Therefore you private reprehension of Some honest and Sobrium man loving thee from his heart, be as grateful and acceptable unto thee also? q-crq vmd xx av pn22 j n1 pp-f d j cc j n1 vvg pno21 p-acp po31 n1, vbb a-acp j cc j p-acp pno21 av? (37) chapter (DIV2) 1757 Image 195
4924 The foole despiseth the chastisemēt of his father, sayth the wise Salomon: but he that endureth correction, shall become wise. The fool despises the chastisement of his father, say the wise Solomon: but he that Endureth correction, shall become wise. dt n1 vvz dt n1 pp-f po31 n1, vvz dt j np1: cc-acp pns31 cst vvz n1, vmb vvi j. (37) chapter (DIV2) 1758 Image 195
4925 Againe, he that hateth correction, shall dye. Again, he that hates correction, shall die. av, pns31 cst vvz n1, vmb vvi. (37) chapter (DIV2) 1758 Image 195
4926 Prouerbe. 15. But he that longeth to know more touching this whole busines of priuate admonitions, let him reade attentiuely the learned Homilie of Chrisostom, deferendis reprehensionibus, & de conuersione diui Pauli Apostli, concerning the taking in good part of reprehensions, Proverb. 15. But he that Longeth to know more touching this Whole business of private admonitions, let him read attentively the learned Homily of Chrysostom, deferendis reprehensionibus, & the conversion diui Pauli Apostli, Concerning the taking in good part of reprehensions, n1. crd p-acp pns31 cst vvz pc-acp vvi av-dc vvg d j-jn n1 pp-f j n2, vvb pno31 vvi av-j dt j n1 pp-f np1, fw-la fw-la, cc dt n1 fw-la np1 fw-la, vvg dt vvg p-acp j n1 pp-f n2, (37) chapter (DIV2) 1758 Image 195
4927 and the conuersion of Saint Paule the Apostle in the first part whereof he yéeldeth entire thankes to certaine which had signified vnto him, that the prolixitie of the Exordiums which he very much vsed, greatly displeased and misliked his hearers. and the conversion of Saint Paul the Apostle in the First part whereof he yieldeth entire thanks to certain which had signified unto him, that the prolixity of the Exordiums which he very much used, greatly displeased and misliked his hearers. cc dt n1 pp-f n1 np1 dt n1 p-acp dt ord n1 c-crq pns31 vvz j n2 p-acp j r-crq vhd vvn p-acp pno31, cst dt n1 pp-f dt n2 r-crq pns31 av av-d vvn, av-j vvn cc vvd po31 n2. (37) chapter (DIV2) 1758 Image 195
4928 III. Nowe it is requisit that we speake somwhat as touching the last point, that is to say, the study of norishing and establishing concord. III. Now it is requisite that we speak somewhat as touching the last point, that is to say, the study of nourishing and establishing concord. np1. av pn31 vbz j cst pns12 vvb av c-acp vvg dt ord n1, cst vbz pc-acp vvi, dt n1 pp-f j-vvg cc vvg n1. (37) chapter (DIV2) 1759 Image 195
4929 Surely the concord and tranquilitie of Churches is many waies interrupted and broken in sonder by the preachers themselues: Surely the concord and tranquillity of Churches is many ways interrupted and broken in sunder by the Preachers themselves: av-j dt n1 cc n1 pp-f n2 vbz d n2 vvn cc vvn p-acp av p-acp dt n2 px32: (37) chapter (DIV2) 1760 Image 195
4930 of which seeing it would be ouer long and troublesom to recken vp all, we will onely at this present (forsomuch as the matter so requireth) rehearce some, omitting the rest. of which seeing it would be over long and troublesome to reckon up all, we will only At this present (forsomuch as the matter so requires) rehearse Some, omitting the rest. pp-f r-crq vvg pn31 vmd vbi a-acp j cc j pc-acp vvi a-acp d, pns12 vmb av-j p-acp d j (av c-acp dt n1 av vvz) vvi d, vvg dt n1. (37) chapter (DIV2) 1760 Image 195
4931 We sée therefore oft times certayne Preachers, especially young men, or (as the Apostle termeth them) young Scollers, We see Therefore oft times certain Preachers, especially young men, or (as the Apostle termeth them) young Scholars, pns12 vvb av av n2 j n2, av-j j n2, cc (c-acp dt n1 vvz pno32) j n2, (37) chapter (DIV2) 1761 Image 195
4932 and the same puffed vp with a false opinion of their notable learning and integritye, both to saye and doe all that euer they can possible, to corrye fauour with the multitude, to hunt after vayne glory, and the same puffed up with a false opinion of their notable learning and integrity, both to say and do all that ever they can possible, to corrye favour with the multitude, to hunt After vain glory, cc dt d vvn a-acp p-acp dt j n1 pp-f po32 j n1 cc n1, av-d pc-acp vvi cc vdb d cst av pns32 vmb av-j, p-acp j n1 p-acp dt n1, pc-acp vvi p-acp j n1, (37) chapter (DIV2) 1761 Image 195
4933 and to bringe theyr fellow ministers into hatred and contempt. and to bring their fellow Ministers into hatred and contempt. cc pc-acp vvi po32 n1 n2 p-acp n1 cc n1. (37) chapter (DIV2) 1761 Image 195
4934 Which when their Collages once vnderstande, they by & by are as busy for their partes, they béestirre them not a litell to bringe to passe, that they maye be counted as good men of their handes as they or better, Which when their Collages once understand, they by & by Are as busy for their parts, they béestirre them not a little to bring to pass, that they may be counted as good men of their hands as they or better, r-crq c-crq po32 n2 a-acp vvi, pns32 p-acp cc a-acp vbr p-acp j c-acp po32 n2, pns32 vvb pno32 xx dt j pc-acp vvi pc-acp vvi, cst pns32 vmb vbi vvn p-acp j n2 pp-f po32 n2 c-acp pns32 cc vvi, (37) chapter (DIV2) 1762 Image 195
4935 yea and they seeme to be at a full point rather to trye and hazard any masl•ins, yea and they seem to be At a full point rather to try and hazard any masl•ins, uh cc pns32 vvb pc-acp vbi p-acp dt j n1 av-c pc-acp vvi cc vvi d n2, (37) chapter (DIV2) 1762 Image 195
4936 then they will suffer their glorye late gotten by their manhood and chivalrye to be obscured and defaced 〈 ◊ 〉 the victory by any meanes to be taken from them in the battayle. then they will suffer their glory late got by their manhood and chivalry to be obscured and defaced 〈 ◊ 〉 the victory by any means to be taken from them in the battle. cs pns32 vmb vvi po32 n1 av-j vvn p-acp po32 n1 cc n1 pc-acp vbi vvn cc vvn 〈 sy 〉 dt n1 p-acp d n2 pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp pno32 p-acp dt n1. (37) chapter (DIV2) 1762 Image 195
4937 Sée then how immediately and euen at the first dash the vnlucky séedes of discord and dissention are sowen. See then how immediately and even At the First dash the unlucky seeds of discord and dissension Are sown. vvb av c-crq av-j cc av-j p-acp dt ord vvi dt j n2 pp-f n1 cc n1 vbr vvn. (37) chapter (DIV2) 1763 Image 195
4938 Some there bée that bring into the Chruches straunge and vnaccustomed phrases or formes of speach, some there been that bring into the Churches strange and unaccustomed phrases or forms of speech, d a-acp vbi d vvb p-acp dt n2 j cc j n2 cc n2 pp-f n1, (37) chapter (DIV2) 1764 Image 195
4939 and that to this ende that the ignoraunt and vnlerned might hée made to beleeue that they teach and set foorth maruelous and profound misteries, which other men neuer learned or hard of before: and that to this end that the ignorant and unlearned might he made to believe that they teach and Set forth marvelous and profound Mysteres, which other men never learned or hard of before: cc cst p-acp d n1 cst dt j cc j n1 pns31 vvd pc-acp vvi cst pns32 vvb cc vvi av j cc j n2, r-crq j-jn n2 av-x vvn cc j pp-f p-acp: (37) chapter (DIV2) 1764 Image 195
4940 when as notwithstanding they vtter nothing worthy either of knowledge or admiration. when as notwithstanding they utter nothing worthy either of knowledge or admiration. c-crq c-acp a-acp pns32 vvb pix j av-d pp-f n1 cc n1. (37) chapter (DIV2) 1764 Image 195
4941 Wherefore euen here againe, as well theyr colleagues as the people, beginne to whisper and stomake somwhat against them. Wherefore even Here again, as well their colleagues as the people, begin to whisper and stomach somewhat against them. c-crq av av av, c-acp av po32 n2 p-acp dt n1, vvb pc-acp vvi cc n1 av p-acp pno32. (37) chapter (DIV2) 1765 Image 195
4942 Now and then thou mayst finde such as not onely in wordes, but also in the thinge it selfe, doe vehemently differ and dissagree from their fellowe brethren, Now and then thou Mayest find such as not only in words, but also in the thing it self, do vehemently differ and dissagree from their fellow brothers, av cc av pns21 vm2 vvi d c-acp xx av-j p-acp n2, cc-acp av p-acp dt n1 pn31 n1, vdb av-j vvi cc vvi p-acp po32 n1 n2, (37) chapter (DIV2) 1766 Image 195
4943 whiles namely they goe about to graffe into the mindes of their hearers newe and straunge opinions touching the principles of religion, while namely they go about to graft into the minds of their hearers new and strange opinions touching the principles of Religion, cs av pns32 vvb a-acp pc-acp vvi p-acp dt n2 pp-f po32 n2 j cc j n2 vvg dt n2 pp-f n1, (37) chapter (DIV2) 1766 Image 195
4944 or at least imagine some other thinges as hurtfull and noysome: or At least imagine Some other things as hurtful and noisome: cc p-acp ds vvi d j-jn n2 p-acp j cc j: (37) chapter (DIV2) 1766 Image 195
4945 of which sorte is this, when they take vppon them without cause why to innocate certaine thinges in the Rites and Seremonies of the Church, of which sort is this, when they take upon them without cause why to innocate certain things in the Rites and Seremonies of the Church, pp-f r-crq n1 vbz d, c-crq pns32 vvb p-acp pno32 p-acp n1 c-crq pc-acp vvi j n2 p-acp dt n2 cc n2 pp-f dt n1, (37) chapter (DIV2) 1766 Image 195
4946 when they pretend I knowe not what visions and reuealations, when they promise to prophesy and foretell of thinges to come, and such like. when they pretend I know not what visions and revelations, when they promise to prophesy and foretell of things to come, and such like. c-crq pns32 vvb pns11 vvb xx r-crq n2 cc n2, c-crq pns32 vvb pc-acp vvi cc vvi pp-f n2 pc-acp vvi, cc d av-j. (37) chapter (DIV2) 1766 Image 195
4947 For by these sleightes & wiles as it were with charmes and inchaun•mēts, they inueagle the simple sorte to wonder at theyr doinges and to haue them in admiration. For by these sleights & wiles as it were with charms and inchaun•ments, they inveigle the simple sort to wonder At their doings and to have them in admiration. c-acp p-acp d n2 cc n2 c-acp pn31 vbdr p-acp n2 cc n2, pns32 vvi dt j n1 pc-acp vvi p-acp po32 n2-vdg cc pc-acp vhi pno32 p-acp n1. (37) chapter (DIV2) 1767 Image 195
4948 And there can be nothinge so absurde and inconuenient at any time abtruded but that it will of some bée friendly and plausibly receiued. And there can be nothing so absurd and inconvenient At any time abtruded but that it will of Some been friendly and plausibly received. cc pc-acp vmb vbi pix av j cc j p-acp d n1 vvd p-acp cst pn31 vmb pp-f d vbn j cc av-j vvn. (37) chapter (DIV2) 1768 Image 196
4949 Againe the vnconstant people through hearing of strange deuises, are euen with the turninge of a hande deuided into contrary factions. Again the unconstant people through hearing of strange devises, Are even with the turning of a hand divided into contrary factions. av dt j n1 p-acp vvg pp-f j n2, vbr av-j p-acp dt vvg pp-f dt n1 vvn p-acp j-jn n2. (37) chapter (DIV2) 1769 Image 196
4950 Certaine Preachers there are which doe set wide open their eares (such is their folly) to fonde detractors and backbiters, which delite to bringe tidinges, what this or that body hath at any time reported of them and their Sermons, Certain Preachers there Are which do Set wide open their ears (such is their folly) to fond detractors and backbiters, which delight to bring tidings, what this or that body hath At any time reported of them and their Sermons, j n2 pc-acp vbr r-crq vdb vvi av-j vvi po32 n2 (d vbz po32 n1) p-acp j n2 cc n2, r-crq n1 pc-acp vvi n2, r-crq d cc d n1 vhz p-acp d n1 vvn pp-f pno32 cc po32 n2, (37) chapter (DIV2) 1770 Image 196
4951 or of their maners and conditions, and in the meane while they themselues feigne and imagine many thinges that no man euer thought off or speake off, or of their manners and conditions, and in the mean while they themselves feign and imagine many things that no man ever Thought off or speak off, cc pp-f po32 n2 cc n2, cc p-acp dt j cs pns32 px32 vvi cc vvi d n2 cst dx n1 av vvd a-acp cc vvi a-acp, (37) chapter (DIV2) 1770 Image 196
4952 yea & no small number of thinges well and friendly ment they wrest and wringe to the worst part. yea & no small number of things well and friendly meant they wrest and wring to the worst part. uh cc uh-dx j n1 pp-f n2 av cc av-j vvd pns32 vvb cc vvi p-acp dt js n1. (37) chapter (DIV2) 1770 Image 196
4953 Here vpon therefore & by this oceasion are againe harde from ye Pulpet many things vttered with great despight, angry and disdaynfull inuectiues, Here upon Therefore & by this oceasion Are again harden from you Pulpit many things uttered with great despite, angry and disdainful invectives, av p-acp av cc p-acp d n1 vbr av j p-acp pn22 n1 d n2 vvn p-acp j n1, j cc j n2, (37) chapter (DIV2) 1771 Image 196
4954 and if ther be any other thinges more bitter then these. and if there be any other things more bitter then these. cc cs pc-acp vbb d j-jn n2 av-dc j cs d. (37) chapter (DIV2) 1771 Image 196
4955 Wée haue harde of some that haue fallen to such outragious folly, that they would take aduice of most vile persons, We have harden of Some that have fallen to such outrageous folly, that they would take Advice of most vile Persons, pns12 vhb vvn pp-f d cst vhb vvn p-acp d j n1, cst pns32 vmd vvi n1 pp-f ds j n2, (37) chapter (DIV2) 1772 Image 196
4956 and busy tatlinge Gossups, and would suffer themselues to bée stinted and limited by them of what matters they should intreate, and busy tattling Gossips, and would suffer themselves to been stinted and limited by them of what matters they should entreat, cc j j-vvg npg1, cc vmd vvi px32 pc-acp vbi vvd cc vvn p-acp pno32 pp-f r-crq n2 pns32 vmd vvi, (37) chapter (DIV2) 1772 Image 196
4957 and howe and after what sort they should frame their Sermons in the Church. Wherefore héere againe is ministred manifolde matter of errors, and therefore also of contentions. and how and After what sort they should frame their Sermons in the Church. Wherefore Here again is ministered manifold matter of errors, and Therefore also of contentions. cc c-crq cc p-acp r-crq n1 pns32 vmd vvi po32 n2 p-acp dt n1. c-crq av av vbz vvn j n1 pp-f n2, cc av av pp-f n2. (37) chapter (DIV2) 1772 Image 196
4958 To bée short, by these and such like meanes (for I entende not to touch any more) it is brought to passe, that if there bee many ministers of Churches in one Citie, they heinously vary and contend one with an other, to ye great offēce doubtlesse not onely of their next neighbours, To been short, by these and such like means (for I intend not to touch any more) it is brought to pass, that if there be many Ministers of Churches in one city, they heinously vary and contend one with an other, to you great offence doubtless not only of their next neighbours, pc-acp vbi j, p-acp d cc d j n2 (c-acp pns11 vvb xx pc-acp vvi d dc) pn31 vbz vvn pc-acp vvi, cst cs pc-acp vbb d n2 pp-f n2 p-acp crd n1, pns32 av-j vvi cc vvi pi p-acp dt n-jn, p-acp pn22 j n1 av-j xx av-j pp-f po32 ord n2, (37) chapter (DIV2) 1774 Image 196
4959 but euen of straungers also and such as dwel a great way off from them: but even of Strangers also and such as dwell a great Way off from them: cc-acp av pp-f n2 av cc d c-acp vvi dt j n1 a-acp p-acp pno32: (37) chapter (DIV2) 1774 Image 196
4960 but if there bée not many ministers of Churches together in one place, yet doe the rest of the states of the common weale and the whole people exercise most bitter iarres and priuy hatreds amonge themselues. but if there been not many Ministers of Churches together in one place, yet do the rest of the states of the Common weal and the Whole people exercise most bitter jars and privy hatreds among themselves. cc-acp cs pc-acp vbi xx d n2 pp-f n2 av p-acp crd n1, av vdb dt n1 pp-f dt n2 pp-f dt j n1 cc dt j-jn n1 vvi av-ds j n2 cc j n2 p-acp px32. (37) chapter (DIV2) 1774 Image 196
4961 Thus the small foundations of discord and dissension being once layed, no man can lightlye expresse in wordes, Thus the small foundations of discord and dissension being once laid, no man can lightly express in words, av dt j n2 pp-f n1 cc n1 vbg a-acp vvn, dx n1 vmb av-j vvi p-acp n2, (37) chapter (DIV2) 1775 Image 196
4962 how greatly the mischiefe groweth, and how far in short space it spreadeth abrode. how greatly the mischief grows, and how Far in short Molle it spreadeth abroad. c-crq av-j dt n1 vvz, cc c-crq av-j p-acp j n1 pn31 vvz av. (37) chapter (DIV2) 1775 Image 196
4963 For sodenly from one place or other do breake foorth new deuisors of peritous treacheries, with whom it is but a sport or pastime to set simple and plaine dealinge men together by the eares, to minister féedinge to the flames of discorde, For suddenly from one place or other do break forth new devisors of peritous Treacheries, with whom it is but a sport or pastime to Set simple and plain dealing men together by the ears, to minister feeding to the flames of discord, c-acp av-j p-acp crd n1 cc j-jn vdb vvi av j n2 pp-f j n2, p-acp ro-crq pn31 vbz p-acp dt n1 cc n1 pc-acp vvi j cc j vvg n2 av p-acp dt n2, pc-acp vvi vvg p-acp dt n2 pp-f n1, (37) chapter (DIV2) 1776 Image 196
4964 and (as it is saide in the prouerbe (to put fire to the match, or oyle in the furnace. and (as it is said in the proverb (to put fire to the match, or oil in the furnace. cc (c-acp pn31 vbz vvn p-acp dt n1 (pc-acp vvi n1 p-acp dt n1, cc n1 p-acp dt n1. (37) chapter (DIV2) 1776 Image 196
4965 But by litle and litle the mischiefe créepeth further, and first goe to hauocke those thinges that are placed in the Church for good orders sake, But by little and little the mischief creepeth further, and First go to havoc those things that Are placed in the Church for good order sake, cc-acp p-acp j cc av-j dt n1 vvz av-jc, cc ord vvb p-acp n1 d n2 cst vbr vvn p-acp dt n1 p-acp j ng1 n1, (37) chapter (DIV2) 1777 Image 196
4966 then next is troden vnder foote the doctrine of religion, and (except politike prouision bée had in time) the whole Church is at length vtterly subuerted and ouerthrowen. then next is trodden under foot the Doctrine of Religion, and (except politic provision been had in time) the Whole Church is At length utterly subverted and overthrown. cs ord vbz vvn p-acp n1 dt n1 pp-f n1, cc (c-acp j n1 vbn vhn p-acp n1) dt j-jn n1 vbz p-acp n1 av-j vvn cc vvn. (37) chapter (DIV2) 1777 Image 196
4967 Seeing then so many and great inconueniences do budde foorth out of very smal beginninges of dissensions, Seeing then so many and great inconveniences do bud forth out of very small beginnings of dissensions, vvg av av d cc j n2 vdb vvi av av pp-f av j n2 pp-f n2, (37) chapter (DIV2) 1778 Image 196
4968 and all truely bée ascribed to some one rashe and temerarious Preacher: and all truly been ascribed to Some one rash and temerarious Preacher: cc d av-j vbi vvn p-acp d crd j cc j n1: (37) chapter (DIV2) 1778 Image 196
4969 Yée perceiue I doubte not (my déere brethren as many as are aduaunced to the excellent founction of Teaching the people) that yée haue with all your possible power and enforcement to labour and endeuour your selues studiously to imbrace & nourish peace and concord. The perceive I doubt not (my dear brothers as many as Are advanced to the excellent founction of Teaching the people) that the have with all your possible power and enforcement to labour and endeavour your selves studiously to embrace & nourish peace and concord. dt vvb pns11 n1 xx (po11 j-jn n2 c-acp d c-acp vbr vvn p-acp dt j n1 pp-f vvg dt n1) cst pn22 vhb p-acp d po22 j n1 cc n1 pc-acp vvi cc n1 po22 n2 av-j pc-acp vvi cc vvi n1 cc n1. (37) chapter (DIV2) 1778 Image 196
4970 It behooueth you ofte times to consider and to imprint déepely in your mindes, that in case ye shall doe otherwise, all men will foorth with crye out euery where with seditious voyces: It behooveth you oft times to Consider and to imprint deeply in your minds, that in case you shall do otherwise, all men will forth with cry out every where with seditious voices: pn31 vvz pn22 av n2 pc-acp vvi cc pc-acp vvi av-jn p-acp po22 n2, cst p-acp n1 pn22 vmb vdi av, d n2 vmb av p-acp n1 av d c-crq p-acp j n2: (37) chapter (DIV2) 1778 Image 196
4971 that you are the great disturbers and hinderers of humaine societie, that you are the common distroyers and murtherers of men, that from and through you (whose duty it was chifely to prouide salue for euery fore) infinit euils and mischiefes do redounde to the perill and decay of wretched Citizens. that you Are the great disturbers and hinderers of human society, that you Are the Common distroyers and murderers of men, that from and through you (whose duty it was chifely to provide salve for every before) infinite evils and mischiefs do redound to the peril and decay of wretched Citizens. cst pn22 vbr dt j n2 cc n2 pp-f j n1, cst pn22 vbr dt j n2 cc n2 pp-f n2, cst p-acp cc p-acp pn22 (rg-crq n1 pn31 vbds j pc-acp vvi n1 p-acp d n1) j n2-jn cc n2 vdb vvi p-acp dt n1 cc n1 pp-f j n2. (37) chapter (DIV2) 1778 Image 196
4972 It shall be requisite therefore for euery Preacher to bee very carefull and pro•i•elite, least that being surprised with his owne inordinate loue, he so blinde and deceiue himselfe. It shall be requisite Therefore for every Preacher to be very careful and pro•i•elite, lest that being surprised with his own inordinate love, he so blind and deceive himself. pn31 vmb vbi j av p-acp d n1 pc-acp vbi av j cc n1, cs d vbg vvn p-acp po31 d j n1, pns31 av j cc vvi px31. (37) chapter (DIV2) 1779 Image 196
4973 What doth not selfe loue and the ambitions desyre of 〈 ◊ 〉 •usorce 〈 ◊ 〉 or tall to doe? It is the •oynt of one that to hast all 〈 ◊ 〉 •unoberately (like Thraso ) to 〈 … 〉, What does not self love and the ambitions desire of 〈 ◊ 〉 •usorce 〈 ◊ 〉 or tall to do? It is the •oynt of one that to haste all 〈 ◊ 〉 •unoberately (like Thraso) to 〈 … 〉, q-crq vdz xx n1 n1 cc dt n2 vvi pp-f 〈 sy 〉 vvi 〈 sy 〉 cc j pc-acp vdi? pn31 vbz dt n1 pp-f pi cst p-acp n1 d 〈 sy 〉 av-j (av-j np1) pc-acp 〈 … 〉, (37) chapter (DIV2) 1780 Image 197
4974 but he seemeth to be most foolish that ••tteth his confidence in value glory. but he seems to be most foolish that ••tteth his confidence in valve glory. cc-acp pns31 vvz pc-acp vbi av-ds j cst vvz po31 n1 p-acp n1 n1. (37) chapter (DIV2) 1780 Image 197
4975 They that 〈 ◊ 〉 so please the worlde can not be the seruaunts of Christ. They that 〈 ◊ 〉 so please the world can not be the Servants of christ. pns32 d 〈 sy 〉 av vvb dt n1 vmb xx vbi dt n2 pp-f np1. (37) chapter (DIV2) 1781 Image 197
4976 It is one thing for a man to sake the glory of Christe, an 〈 ◊ 〉 thing to 〈 ◊ 〉 after his owne glory. It is one thing for a man to sake the glory of Christ, an 〈 ◊ 〉 thing to 〈 ◊ 〉 After his own glory. pn31 vbz crd n1 p-acp dt n1 p-acp n1 dt n1 pp-f np1, dt 〈 sy 〉 n1 pc-acp 〈 sy 〉 j-acp po31 d n1. (37) chapter (DIV2) 1782 Image 197
4977 Further, NONLATINALPHABET that is to say, Striuings about words vaine speaches, and new found phrases, they that teach the people shall auoyde and detest worse then a dogge, Further, that is to say, Strivings about words vain Speeches, and new found phrases, they that teach the people shall avoid and detest Worse then a dog, jc, cst vbz pc-acp vvi, n2 p-acp n2 j n2, cc j vvn n2, pns32 cst vvb dt n1 vmb vvi cc vvb av-jc cs dt n1, (37) chapter (DIV2) 1783 Image 197
4978 or Snake, remembringe that they haue longe beefore beene admonished of this thinge. or Snake, remembering that they have long before been admonished of this thing. cc n1, vvg cst pns32 vhb av-j a-acp vbn vvn pp-f d n1. (37) chapter (DIV2) 1783 Image 197
4979 Againe, how greatly not onely ecclesiasticall Teachers, but also euen as many as are entred in the sacred rules of our religion, ought to abhorre frō the assertion of false and erronius doctrine, the authors of holy books do euery where inculkate and declare. Again, how greatly not only ecclesiastical Teachers, but also even as many as Are entered in the sacred rules of our Religion, ought to abhor from the assertion of false and erroneous Doctrine, the Authors of holy books do every where inculkate and declare. av, c-crq av-j xx av-j j n2, cc-acp av av-j c-acp d c-acp vbr vvn p-acp dt j n2 pp-f po12 n1, pi pc-acp vvi p-acp dt n1 pp-f j cc j n1, dt n2 pp-f j n2 vdb d c-crq n1 cc vvi. (37) chapter (DIV2) 1784 Image 197
4980 Moreouer that he is farre from a wise man which is as her hastye of credit, Moreover that he is Far from a wise man which is as her hasty of credit, av cst pns31 vbz av-j p-acp dt j n1 r-crq vbz p-acp po31 j pp-f n1, (37) chapter (DIV2) 1785 Image 197
4981 and will beleoue euery prater and backbiter, besides, that there rise innumerable inconueniences of detraction, and will beleoue every prater and backbiter, beside, that there rise innumerable inconveniences of detraction, cc vmb vvi d n1 cc n1, a-acp, cst pc-acp vvi j n2 pp-f n1, (37) chapter (DIV2) 1785 Image 197
4982 although the wise Salomon had helde his peace, and the Prophetes and Apostles sayde nothinge at all, although the wise Solomon had held his peace, and the prophets and Apostles said nothing At all, cs dt j np1 vhd vvd po31 n1, cc dt n2 cc n2 vvd pix p-acp d, (37) chapter (DIV2) 1785 Image 197
4983 yet might it very well bee knowen and perceyued euen out of the Ethnicke writers which haue published many learned sentences touchinge the same thing. yet might it very well be known and perceived even out of the Ethnic writers which have published many learned sentences touching the same thing. av vmd pn31 av av vbi vvn cc vvd av av pp-f dt n-jn n2 r-crq vhb vvn d j n2 vvg dt d n1. (37) chapter (DIV2) 1785 Image 197
4984 Futhermore, that light and vile persons, also idle Dames and Huswines, in matters specially appertaining to the Church, be in no wise to be heard and harkened vnto, euery man (I suppose) is perswaded sufficiently in his owne minde or conscience, Furthermore, that Light and vile Persons, also idle Dams and Huswines, in matters specially appertaining to the Church, be in no wise to be herd and hearkened unto, every man (I suppose) is persuaded sufficiently in his own mind or conscience, av, cst n1 cc j n2, av j n2 cc n2, p-acp n2 av-j vvg p-acp dt n1, vbb p-acp dx j pc-acp vbi vvn cc vvd p-acp, d n1 (pns11 vvb) vbz vvn av-j p-acp po31 d n1 cc n1, (37) chapter (DIV2) 1786 Image 197
4985 albeit truely we are by many proofes and experiments taught in these daies, how meete and conuenient it is. albeit truly we Are by many proofs and experiments taught in these days, how meet and convenient it is. cs av-j pns12 vbr p-acp d n2 cc n2 vvn p-acp d n2, c-crq j cc j pn31 vbz. (37) chapter (DIV2) 1786 Image 197
4986 What shall we further saye? What shall we further say? q-crq vmb pns12 av-jc vvi? (37) chapter (DIV2) 1786 Image 197
4987 All good men ought assuredly to be perswaded of this, that hée which causeth trouble and perturbation in the Church, All good men ought assuredly to be persuaded of this, that he which Causes trouble and perturbation in the Church, d j n2 vmd av-vvn pc-acp vbi vvn pp-f d, cst pns31 r-crq vvz n1 cc n1 p-acp dt n1, (37) chapter (DIV2) 1787 Image 197
4988 but chiefely he that is the first breaker of peace & beginner of discorde, doth more grieuously offend, but chiefly he that is the First breaker of peace & beginner of discord, does more grievously offend, cc-acp av-jn pns31 cst vbz dt ord n1 pp-f n1 cc n1 pp-f n1, vdz n1 av-j vvi, (37) chapter (DIV2) 1787 Image 197
4989 & shal more sharpely be punished at Gods hande, then be that hath committed those heynous crimes so commonly detested, I meane, murder, theft, adultrye, felonye, or such lyke. & shall more sharply be punished At God's hand, then be that hath committed those heinous crimes so commonly detested, I mean, murder, theft, adultrye, felony, or such like. cc vmb av-dc av-j vbi vvn p-acp npg1 n1, av vbb cst vhz vvn d j n2 av av-j vvn, pns11 vvb, n1, n1, n1, n1, cc d av-j. (37) chapter (DIV2) 1787 Image 197
4990 Whosoeuer shall once giue occasion of schisme and dissention in the Chruche, may thinke continually that all those thinges are spoken of and against him, which are mentioned of the holy Prophetes and Apostles against false teachers and fantasticall authors of sectes. Whosoever shall once give occasion of Schism and dissension in the Church, may think continually that all those things Are spoken of and against him, which Are mentioned of the holy prophets and Apostles against false Teachers and fantastical Authors of Sects. r-crq vmb a-acp vvi n1 pp-f n1 cc n1 p-acp dt n1, vmb vvi av-j cst d d n2 vbr vvn pp-f cc p-acp pno31, r-crq vbr vvn pp-f dt j n2 cc n2 p-acp j n2 cc j n2 pp-f n2. (37) chapter (DIV2) 1788 Image 197
4991 He néede not hope to aspire to the heauenly Hierusalem, wherein alone is the eternall fruition of eternall peace to be bad, which will not learne how happye and ioyfull a thing it is for brethren of this earthly Hierusalem, in the Lordes house to dwell together in vnitie. He need not hope to aspire to the heavenly Jerusalem, wherein alone is the Eternal fruition of Eternal peace to be bad, which will not Learn how happy and joyful a thing it is for brothers of this earthly Jerusalem, in the lords house to dwell together in unity. pns31 vvb xx vvb pc-acp vvi p-acp dt j np1, c-crq av-j vbz dt j n1 pp-f j n1 pc-acp vbi j, r-crq vmb xx vvi c-crq j cc j dt n1 pn31 vbz p-acp n2 pp-f d j np1, p-acp dt ng1 n1 pc-acp vvi av p-acp n1. (37) chapter (DIV2) 1789 Image 197
4992 But an end I must make there is no remedy. But an end I must make there is no remedy. p-acp dt n1 pns11 vmb vvi a-acp vbz dx n1. (37) chapter (DIV2) 1789 Image 197
4993 To the suppressing therfore of al these perils & inconueniences, the most spéedy and effectuall remedy and moste soueraigne preseruatiue is, To the suppressing Therefore of all these perils & inconveniences, the most speedy and effectual remedy and most sovereign preservative is, p-acp dt vvg av pp-f d d n2 cc n2, dt av-ds j cc j n1 cc av-ds j-jn n1 vbz, (37) chapter (DIV2) 1790 Image 197
4994 if all as well the Preachers as the people, doe before euery sermon, with as great deuotion as they can, humbly call vpon God their heauenly father, if all as well the Preachers as the people, do before every sermon, with as great devotion as they can, humbly call upon God their heavenly father, cs d c-acp av dt n2 p-acp dt n1, vdb p-acp d n1, p-acp p-acp j n1 c-acp pns32 vmb, av-j vvb p-acp np1 po32 j n1, (37) chapter (DIV2) 1790 Image 197
4995 and require these thrée thinges to be giuen vnto them: and require these thrée things to be given unto them: cc vvi d crd n2 pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp pno32: (37) chapter (DIV2) 1790 Image 197
4996 Fyrst, that he woulde vouchsafe to puryfye and illustrate with his holy Spirite all theyr hartes in generall. Fyrst, that he would vouchsafe to puryfye and illustrate with his holy Spirit all their hearts in general. ord, cst pns31 vmd vvi pc-acp vvi cc vvi p-acp po31 j n1 d po32 n2 p-acp n1. (37) chapter (DIV2) 1791 Image 197
4997 Seconde, that he woulde giue vnto the Preachers themselues both the will and power fréely to set foorth all thinges profytable and wholesome: Seconde, that he would give unto the Preachers themselves both the will and power freely to Set forth all things profitable and wholesome: ord, cst pns31 vmd vvi p-acp dt n2 px32 av-d dt n1 cc n1 av-j pc-acp vvi av d n2 j cc j: (37) chapter (DIV2) 1792 Image 197
4998 and also that hee woulde guide and gouerne their lippes, tongue, members, and all their whole action, and also that he would guide and govern their lips, tongue, members, and all their Whole actium, cc av cst pns31 vmd vvi cc vvi po32 n2, n1, n2, cc d po32 j-jn n1, (37) chapter (DIV2) 1792 Image 197
4999 least they vtter any thing which is vnséemely and vncomely. lest they utter any thing which is unseemly and uncomely. cs pns32 vvb d n1 r-crq vbz j cc j-u. (37) chapter (DIV2) 1792 Image 197
5000 Thirdly, that he woulde againe vouchsafe to furnish and enstruct all their harts and mindes together as wel with desyre of procuring and preseruing of peace, Thirdly, that he would again vouchsafe to furnish and enstruct all their hearts and minds together as well with desire of procuring and preserving of peace, ord, cst pns31 vmd av vvi pc-acp vvi cc vvi d po32 n2 cc n2 av c-acp av p-acp n1 pp-f vvg cc n-vvg pp-f n1, (37) chapter (DIV2) 1793 Image 198
5001 as also with an ernest indeuour of profyting in true godlynes, and (fynally) that he would make them all stedfast and constant in their holy and godly purpose. as also with an earnest endeavour of profiting in true godliness, and (finally) that he would make them all steadfast and constant in their holy and godly purpose. c-acp av p-acp dt j n1 pp-f vvg p-acp j n1, cc (av-j) cst pns31 vmd vvi pno32 d j cc j p-acp po32 j cc j n1. (37) chapter (DIV2) 1793 Image 198
5002 Wherfore that Preacher may trust assuredly to haue good and fortunate successe in Teachinge, which will duly consyder and remember those thinges, that haue now of vs beene sayde. Soli Deo honor et gloriae. FINIS. Wherefore that Preacher may trust assuredly to have good and fortunate success in Teaching, which will duly Consider and Remember those things, that have now of us been said. Soli God honour et Glory. ¶ FINIS. c-crq d n1 vmb vvi av-vvn p-acp vhi j cc j n1 p-acp vvg, r-crq vmb av-jn vvi cc vvi d n2, cst vhb av pp-f pno12 vbi vvn. fw-la fw-la n1 fw-la fw-la. ¶ fw-la. (37) chapter (DIV2) 1793 Image 198

Marginalia

View Segment and References (Segment No.) Note No. Text Standardized Text Parts of Speech
2 0 I. Tvvo vvayes of interpreting the scriptures: and certaine pointes proper to thē both. I Tvvo ways of interpreting the Scriptures: and certain points proper to them both. uh crd n2 pp-f n-vvg dt n2: cc j n2 j p-acp pno32 d.
9 0 A collation of the order of teaching in Scholes & in Churches. A collation of the order of teaching in Schools & in Churches. dt n1 pp-f dt n1 pp-f vvg p-acp np1 cc p-acp n2.
27 0 〈 ◊ 〉 of 〈 ◊ 〉 〈 ◊ 〉 of 〈 ◊ 〉 〈 sy 〉 pp-f 〈 sy 〉
32 0 Popular. Popular. j.
36 0 Scholasticall. Scholastical. j.
39 0 Transition. Transition. n1.
41 0 The proposition. The proposition. dt n1.
46 0 The partition of this work. The partition of this work. dt n1 pp-f d n1.
48 0 II. The excelency of the Preachers office. II The excellency of the Preachers office. crd dt n1 pp-f dt n2 n1.
49 0 Of the name. Of the name. pp-f dt n1.
52 0 1. Cor. 3. 1. Cor. 3. crd np1 crd
53 0 Philipp. 2. Philip. 2. np1. crd
53 1 Cor. 4. Cor. 4. np1 crd
56 0 Of the dignitie of the thing. Of the dignity of the thing. pp-f dt n1 pp-f dt n1.
60 0 Marc. 16. Marc. 16. np1 crd
65 0 1. Cor. •. 1. Cor. •. crd np1 •.
74 0 1. Timoth. 5. 1. Timothy 5. crd np1 crd
76 0 Daniell. 12. Daniell. 12. np1. crd
83 0 Thre thinges needefull in a Preacher: and vvhat Three things needful in a Preacher: and what crd n2 j p-acp dt n1: cc r-crq
85 0 I. Learning. I Learning. uh n1.
87 0 Vltera crepidare is a vvord taken prouerbially, vvhwere a man vvyll take vpō him further then his knovvlege vvyll serue. Vltera crepidare is a word taken proverbially, vvhwere a man will take upon him further then his knowledge will serve. fw-la fw-la vbz dt n1 vvn av-j, vvb dt n1 vmb vvi p-acp pno31 jc cs po31 n1 vmb vvi.
111 0 Lucke 4. 1. Timoth 3. Tit. 1. Luck 4. 1. Timothy 3. Tit. 1. n1 crd crd np1 crd np1 crd
116 0 Phellipp. 1. Phellipp. 1. np1. crd
125 0 1. Timoth 5. 1. Timothy 5. crd np1 crd
127 0 III. Povver in teachinge. III. Power in teaching. np1. n1 p-acp vvg.
131 0 Math. 7. Marc. 1. Luke 4. Math. 7. Marc. 1. Luke 4. np1 crd np1 crd np1 crd
138 0 Ieremy. 1. Ieremy. 1. np1. crd
142 0 2. Timoth. 1. 2. Timothy 1. crd np1 crd
149 0 Spirite or povver in teachinge vvhence it commeth, and hovv it is encreased. Spirit or power in teaching whence it comes, and how it is increased. n1 cc n1 p-acp vvg c-crq pn31 vvz, cc c-crq pn31 vbz vvn.
153 0 That God giueth the spirit in teching. That God gives the Spirit in teaching. cst np1 vvz dt n1 p-acp vvg.
157 0 Ioan. 16. Math. 10. Ioan. 16. Math. 10. np1 crd np1 crd
159 0 2. Cor. 30. 2. Cor. 30. crd np1 crd
160 0 That the increasement of the spirite, is obteined of God vvith 〈 ◊ 〉 prayer. That the increasement of the Spirit, is obtained of God with 〈 ◊ 〉 prayer. cst dt n1 pp-f dt n1, vbz vvn pp-f np1 p-acp 〈 sy 〉 n1.
162 0 Ephe. 6. Ephes 6. np1 crd
169 0 That the godly and earnest teachers shall haue good & happy succes in their doctrine. That the godly and earnest Teachers shall have good & happy success in their Doctrine. cst dt j cc j n2 vmb vhi j cc j n1 p-acp po32 n1.
173 0 Esay. 55 Luke. 8 1. Timoth 4. Isaiah. 55 Luke. 8 1. Timothy 4. np1. crd np1. crd crd np1 crd
181 0 The studye & affection of a true Preacher by the discription of Sainct Paule• The study & affection of a true Preacher by the description of Saint Paule• dt n1 cc n1 pp-f dt j n1 p-acp dt n1 pp-f n1 np1
200 0 The effect of S. Paules Sermons. The Effect of S. Paul's Sermons. dt n1 pp-f n1 npg1 n2.
202 0 Act. •0. Act. •0. n1 j.
204 0 Conclusio•• Conclusio•• np1
206 0 The cause of the premisses hitherto, touchinge those thinges that are necessarye to a preacher. The cause of the premises hitherto, touching those things that Are necessary to a preacher. dt n1 pp-f dt n2 av, vvg d n2 cst vbr j p-acp dt n1.
210 0 Ieremye. 2• Jeremiah. 2• np1. n1
214 0 • Timo. 5. • Timothy 5. • np1 crd
216 0 In vvhat thinges the Preacher ought to bestowe his labor. In what things the Preacher ought to bestow his labour. p-acp r-crq n2 dt n1 vmd pc-acp vvi po31 n1.
217 0 The Gospell what. • Cor. 5. The Gospel what. • Cor. 5. dt n1 q-crq. • np1 crd
221 0 The ende limited to a Preacher. The end limited to a Preacher. dt n1 vvn p-acp dt n1.
222 0 •. Timo. 3. •. Timothy 3. •. np1 crd
225 0 The markes of a true preacher. The marks of a true preacher. dt n2 pp-f dt j n1.
228 0 That manye thinges are common to the preacher vvith the orator: & vvhat. That many things Are Common to the preacher with the orator: & what. cst d n2 vbr j p-acp dt n1 p-acp dt n1: cc q-crq.
230 0 I. II. III. IIII I. II III. IIII pns11. crd crd. crd
235 0 Rhetorick 〈 … 〉 Rhetoric 〈 … 〉 n1 〈 … 〉
239 0 That the rhetoricall precepts of Pronounciation, pertaine not to a Preacher. That the rhetorical Precepts of Pronunciation, pertain not to a Preacher. cst dt j n2 pp-f n1, vvi xx p-acp dt n1.
244 0 That the preacher differeth in many thinges from the Orator, and that chiefelye in Inuention. That the preacher differeth in many things from the Orator, and that chiefly in Invention. cst dt n1 vvz p-acp d n2 p-acp dt n1, cc cst av-jn p-acp n1.
247 0 Math. 13. Math. 13. np1 crd
249 0 1. Cor. 4. 1. Cor. 4. crd np1 crd
249 1 What matter the Preacher shall chose. What matter the Preacher shall chosen. q-crq n1 dt n1 vmb vvi.
252 0 I. Profitable. I. Profitable. pns11. j.
261 0 Of matter { pro } fitable, three special places, and vvhiche. Of matter { Pro } fitable, three special places, and which. pp-f n1 { fw-la } j-u, crd j n2, cc q-crq.
268 0 2. Places of Loue. 2. Places of Love. crd n2 pp-f n1.
274 0 3. Places of Hope. 3. Places of Hope. crd n2 pp-f n1.
281 0 II. Easye vvhy one easi matter ought to be chosen. II Easy why one easi matter ought to be chosen. crd j c-crq crd n1 n1 vmd pc-acp vbi vvn.
292 0 1. Timo 1.6. 2. Timo 2.3. Tit. 1.3. 1. Timothy 1.6. 2. Timothy 2.3. Tit. 1.3. crd np1 crd. crd np1 crd. np1 crd.
296 0 Trip. histor. Lib. 7. Cap. 1•. Trip. History. Lib. 7. Cap. 1•. np1 n1. np1 crd np1 n1.
298 0 Occupation. Occupation. n1.
300 0 Hovv a harde place is to be expounded. How a harden place is to be expounded. c-crq dt j n1 vbz pc-acp vbi vvn.
564 1 The maner of reading in the old churche. The manner of reading in the old Church. dt n1 pp-f vvg p-acp dt j n1.
302 0 2. Thessal. 2. A place of Paule, touchinge the last comminge of Christ. 2. Thessal. 2. A place of Paul, touching the last coming of christ. crd n1. crd dt n1 pp-f np1, vvg dt ord n-vvg pp-f np1.
310 0 An other place of the same, touching the reicetion of the Ievves & callinge of the Gentiles an other place of the same, touching the reicetion of the Jewish & calling of the Gentiles dt j-jn n1 pp-f dt d, vvg dt n1 pp-f dt np2 cc vvg pp-f dt np1
321 0 III. Necessary Tit. 3. Necessarye matter, vvhat. III. Necessary Tit. 3. Necessary matter, what. np1. j np1 crd j n1, q-crq.
323 0 Diuine places though profitable, yet not al fit for euery place & time. Divine places though profitable, yet not all fit for every place & time. j-jn n2 cs j, av xx d j p-acp d n1 cc n1.
331 0 Esay. 56. Isaiah. 56. np1. crd
332 0 The preacher must somtime vary his oration. The preacher must sometime vary his oration. dt n1 vmb av vvi po31 n1.
340 0 The order & maner of the auncient doctors of the churche in their teching. The order & manner of the ancient Doctors of the Church in their teaching. dt n1 cc n1 pp-f dt j-jn n2 pp-f dt n1 p-acp po32 n-vvg.
342 0 The pastor vvith the other ministers ought to consult, as touching the matter of the Sermon, accordinge to the manner and condicion of the time. The pastor with the other Ministers ought to consult, as touching the matter of the Sermon, according to the manner and condition of the time. dt n1 p-acp dt j-jn n2 vmd pc-acp vvi, c-acp vvg dt n1 pp-f dt n1, vvg p-acp dt n1 cc n1 pp-f dt n1.
353 0 One and the same matter diuers times handeled of all the ministers to the people. One and the same matter diverse times handled of all the Ministers to the people. crd cc dt d n1 j n2 vvn pp-f d dt n2 p-acp dt n1.
362 0 What fathers expounded to the people vvhole books What Father's expounded to the people Whole books q-crq n2 vvn p-acp dt n1 j-jn n2
365 0 Who they vvere that explaned certen partes or percels of the holy bookes to the people. Who they were that explained certain parts or percels of the holy books to the people. r-crq pns32 vbdr d vvn j n2 cc n2 pp-f dt j n2 p-acp dt n1.
367 0 Sermons framed to the expositiō of sōe one place out of the scriptures. Sermons framed to the exposition of soon one place out of the Scriptures. n2 vvn p-acp dt n1 pp-f d crd n1 av pp-f dt n2.
376 0 Sermons of thinges offered by occasion. Sermons of things offered by occasion. n2 pp-f n2 vvn p-acp n1.
383 0 Orations made of vertues and-gainst vices. Orations made of Virtues and-gainst vices. n2 vvn pp-f n2 j n2.
388 0 A Cantion to be vsed in sermons. A Cantion to be used in Sermons. dt n1 pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp n2.
394 0 Transition. Transition. n1.
396 0 Sermon hovv and after what sorte it ought to bee. Sermon how and After what sort it ought to be. n1 c-crq cc p-acp r-crq n1 pn31 vmd pc-acp vbi.
397 0 I. Briefe. I. Brief. pns11. j.
401 0 II. Perspicious. II Perspicious. crd j.
414 0 III. Cōsisting of lavvfull partes. III. Consisting of lawful parts. np1. vvg pp-f j n2.
423 0 The care and diligence of the auncient Doctors before the Sermon. The care and diligence of the ancient Doctors before the Sermon. dt n1 cc n1 pp-f dt j-jn n2 p-acp dt n1.
434 0 Marc. 16. Marc. 16. np1 crd
439 0 1. Timoth 4. 1. Timothy 4. crd np1 crd
447 0 The kyndes of Rhetorical cases, not agreeing to diuine Sermons The Kinds of Rhetorical cases, not agreeing to divine Sermons dt n2 pp-f j n2, xx vvg p-acp j-jn n2
459 0 I. The signification of the vvorde doctrine. I. The signification of the word Doctrine. np1 dt n1 pp-f dt n1 n1.
463 0 II. Of Redargution. II Of Redargution. crd pp-f n1.
467 0 III. Of Institution. III. Of Institution. np1. pp-f n1.
470 0 IIII. Of Correction. IIII. Of Correction. crd. pp-f n1.
473 0 V. Of consolation. V. Of consolation. np1 pp-f n1.
475 0 That all Sermons ought to be referred to these fiue kindes. That all Sermons ought to be referred to these fiue Kinds. cst d n2 vmd pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp d crd n2.
480 0 That al thinges are referred, eyther vnto NONLATINALPHABET, or vnto NONLATINALPHABET. That all things Are referred, either unto, or unto. cst d n2 vbr vvn, av-d p-acp, cc p-acp.
484 0 Philipp. 1. Coloss. 1 Philip. 1. Coloss. 1 np1. crd np1 vvn
486 0 The seedplots of these fiue chapters. The seedplots of these fiue Chapters. dt n2 pp-f d crd n2.
496 0 That the Rhetorical kyndes of cases also are conteyned vnder these fiue orders of Sermons, but not contraryvvise. That the Rhetorical Kinds of cases also Are contained under these fiue order of Sermons, but not contrariwise. cst dt j n2 pp-f n2 av vbr vvn p-acp d crd n2 pp-f n2, cc-acp xx av.
505 0 He passeth to the explicatiō of the kyndes of Sermons. He passes to the explication of the Kinds of Sermons. pns31 vvz p-acp dt n1 pp-f dt n2 pp-f n2.
507 0 The names of the kyndes. The names of the Kinds. dt n2 pp-f dt n2.
509 0 1. Didascalick 1. Didascalick crd j
511 0 2. redargutiue 2. Redargutive crd j
513 0 3. Instructiue. 3. Instructive. crd j.
518 0 iiii. correctiue iiii. corrective crd. j
521 0 v. Comfortatiue. v. Comfortative. n1 j.
526 0 2. Timoth 3. Rom. 15. Preoccupatiō An other particion of the ••des. 2. Timothy 3. Rom. 15. Preoccupation an other partition of the ••des. crd np1 crd np1 crd n1 dt j-jn n1 pp-f dt n2.
530 0 vi. Mixt kinde vi. Mixed kind fw-la. vvn n1
533 0 Transition. Transition. n1.
534 0 State, vhat. State, Vhat. n1, av.
541 0 That the title of Sermons doe oftetimes conteyne the ••ate. That the title of Sermons do oftentimes contain the ••ate. cst dt n1 pp-f n2 vdb av vvi dt n1.
552 0 Theme what: and hovv manyfolde. Theme what: and how manifold. n1 r-crq: cc c-crq j.
560 0 That Sermōs of euery kind are to be deuided into parts. That Sermons of every kind Are to be divided into parts. d n2 pp-f d n1 vbr pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp n2.
562 0 The partes of a Sermon. The parts of a Sermon. dt n2 pp-f dt n1.
564 0 I. Reading. I. Reading. pns11. vvg.
575 0 That reading somtime goeth not before the Sermon. That reading sometime Goes not before the Sermon. cst vvg av vvz xx p-acp dt n1.
587 0 What book• ought to be read. What book• ought to be read. q-crq n1 vmd pc-acp vbi vvn.
589 0 That the precher ought not rashlye to innouate any thing in the sacred scriptures. That the preacher ought not rashly to innovate any thing in the sacred Scriptures. cst dt n1 vmd xx av-j pc-acp vvi d n1 p-acp dt j n2.
592 0 Sozomenus. Tripart. histo lib. 1. cap. 10. Sozomenus. Tripart. Hist lib. 1. cap. 10. np1. np1. fw-la n1. crd n1. crd
600 0 The order of inuocation in the begining of Sermons, of vvhō firste set forth? The order of invocation in the beginning of Sermons, of vvhon First Set forth? dt n1 pp-f n1 p-acp dt n-vvg pp-f n2, pp-f n1 ord vvd av?
602 0 1. Cor. 3 Diuers maners of prayinge. 1. Cor. 3 Diverse manners of praying. crd np1 crd j n2 pp-f vvg.
603 0 I. Of the •athers. I. Of the •athers. pns11. pp-f dt n2.
604 0 What the precher & vvhat the people ought to prai for. What the preacher & what the people ought to Prayer for. q-crq dt n1 cc q-crq dt n1 vmd pc-acp fw-fr p-acp.
607 0 II. II crd
607 1 III. III. np1.
608 0 IIII. IIII. crd.
609 0 Inuocation, vvhat it ought to be. Invocation, what it ought to be. n1, r-crq pn31 vmd pc-acp vbi.
611 0 The maner of Exordinge moste conueniently shevved in examples. The manner of Exordinge most conveniently showed in Examples. dt n1 pp-f vvg av-ds av-j vvn p-acp n2.
613 0 Whether Exordiums be a•lvaries needfull. Whither Exordiums be a•lvaries needful. cs n2 vbb n2 j.
617 0 The matter of exordium vvhence it is to be taken. The matter of exordium whence it is to be taken. dt n1 pp-f fw-la c-crq pn31 vbz pc-acp vbi vvn.
618 0 Obseruations of Exordium. ••n thapplication of a vvhole booke Observations of Exordium. ••n Application of a Whole book n2 pp-f fw-la. j n1 pp-f dt j-jn n1
639 0 2. In thexplication of a part of the booke. 2. In thexplication of a part of the book. crd p-acp n1 pp-f dt n1 pp-f dt n1.
659 0 III III np1
662 0 The first wordes of Thexordium must as neere as may bee, aunsvver to the matter. The First words of Thexordium must as near as may be, answer to the matter. dt ord n2 pp-f fw-la n1 c-acp av-j c-acp vmb vbi, n1 p-acp dt n1.
678 0 Act. 2. Act. 2. n1 crd
680 0 Act. 7. &. 13. Act. 7. &. 13. n1 crd cc. crd
692 0 Exordium sometyme omitted. Exordium sometime omitted. fw-la av vvn.
698 0 Proposition vvhen it is to be vsed. Proposition when it is to be used. n1 c-crq pn31 vbz pc-acp vbi vvn.
700 0 Diuision vvhen. Division when. n1 c-crq.
701 0 Proposition vvhere it is to be placed. Proposition where it is to be placed. n1 c-crq pn31 vbz pc-acp vbi vvn.
710 0 An example of Diuision. an Exampl of Division. dt n1 pp-f n1.
715 0 Diuision vvhat and after vvhat sorte it ought to be Division what and After what sort it ought to be n1 q-crq cc p-acp r-crq n1 pn31 vmd pc-acp vbi
717 0 Diuision vvhen needfull. Division when needful. n1 c-crq j.
722 0 That all the members of Diuision are not alvvayes declared. That all the members of Division Are not always declared. cst d dt n2 pp-f n1 vbr xx av vvn.
727 0 That many and diuers places are handled somtymes without any diuision goinge before. That many and diverse places Are handled sometimes without any division going before. cst d cc j n2 vbr vvn av p-acp d n1 vvg a-acp.
741 0 Transitions, exortacions, & other such lyke figures in diuision do oftetimes betoken a nevv argument. Transitions, exortacions, & other such like figures in division do oftentimes betoken a new argument. n2, n2, cc j-jn d av-j n2 p-acp n1 vdb av vvi dt j n1.
754 0 That proposition & diuision both are novv & then neglected. That proposition & division both Are now & then neglected. cst n1 cc n1 d vbr av cc av vvn.
775 0 The place of Confirmatiō. The place of Confirmation. dt n1 pp-f n1.
780 0 Confirmatiō can not one vvay be handeled. Confirmation can not one Way be handled. n1 vmb xx pi n1 vbb vvn.
781 0 The order of thinges to be said touching confirmation The order of things to be said touching confirmation dt n1 pp-f n2 pc-acp vbi vvn vvg n1
784 0 Chapters of obseruations. Chapters of observations. n2 pp-f n2.
862 0 A prayse of the said forme of deriuing, collecting, & disposinge of proufes. A praise of the said Form of deriving, collecting, & disposing of proofs. dt n1 pp-f dt j-vvn n1 pp-f vvg, vvg, cc vvg pp-f n2.
869 0 The maner of popular Teaching vvhēce it is deriued. The manner of popular Teaching whence it is derived. dt n1 pp-f j vvg c-crq pn31 vbz vvn.
869 1 I. I uh
875 0 II II crd
881 0 Confutation hovv & after what sorte it ought to bee. Confutation how & After what sort it ought to be. n1 c-crq cc p-acp r-crq n1 pn31 vmd pc-acp vbi.
902 0 Confutations vvhere to bee placed & put. Confutations where to be placed & put. n2 c-crq pc-acp vbi vvn cc vvn.
913 0 Diuers formes of confutation. Diverse forms of confutation. j n2 pp-f n1.
915 0 Confutation must be voide of sophystry. Confutation must be void of sophystry. n1 vmb vbi j pp-f n1.
919 0 Cōtumelious chidinges to be auoyded. Contumelious chidings to be avoided. j n2-vvg p-acp vbi vvn.
923 0 Conclusion. Conclusion. n1.
927 0 Conclusion, double: of the parte, and of the vvhole Oration, which is called peroratiō. What is to be repeated in the Conclusion. Conclusion, double: of the part, and of the Whole Oration, which is called peroration. What is to be repeated in the Conclusion. n1, j-jn: pp-f dt n1, cc pp-f dt j-jn n1, r-crq vbz vvn n1. q-crq vbz pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp dt n1.
935 0 Affections to be moued also in a peroration. Exhorte. Reproue. Affections to be moved also in a peroration. Exhort. Reprove. n2 pc-acp vbi vvn av p-acp dt n1. vvb. vvb.
942 0 Simply to pray and beeseech. Simply to pray and beseech. av-j pc-acp vvi cc vvi.
1320 0 Transition to the latter booke, with a briefe declaration of the whole tractation. Transition to the latter book, with a brief declaration of the Whole tractation. n1 p-acp dt d n1, p-acp dt j n1 pp-f dt j-jn n1.
944 0 The herers to be admonished of the matter of the next Sermon. Certayne meanes of finishinge sacred Sermons. The hearers to be admonished of the matter of the next Sermon. Certain means of finishing sacred Sermons. dt n2 pc-acp vbi vvn pp-f dt n1 pp-f dt ord n1. j n2 pp-f vvg j n2.
946 0 I I pns11
947 0 II II crd
947 1 III III np1
948 0 What thinges the Preacher shall get to himselfe. What things the Preacher shall get to himself. q-crq n2 dt n1 vmb vvi p-acp px31.
953 0 Of amplification, what he vvill speake. Of amplification, what he will speak. pp-f n1, r-crq pns31 vmb vvi.
955 0 vvhy the Preacher must vse amplification why the Preacher must use amplification c-crq dt n1 vmb vvi n1
960 0 Amplificatiō, vvhen to be vsed. Amplification, when to be used. n1, c-crq pc-acp vbi vvn.
984 0 Hebr, 3.4 Hebrew, 3.4 np1, crd
987 0 Whence the Preacher may take orders of amplyfiynge. Whence the Preacher may take order of amplyfiynge. c-crq dt n1 vmb vvi n2 pp-f n1.
988 0 I. Out of the facultie of Orators. I. Out of the faculty of Orators. pns11. av pp-f dt n1 pp-f n2.
993 0 II. Out of diuinitie it selfe II Out of divinity it self crd av pp-f n1 pn31 n1
1001 0 Examples. Examples. n2.
1001 1 I I pns11
1052 0 III III np1
1053 0 IIII IIII crd
1054 0 1. Reg. 14 1. Reg. 14 crd np1 crd
1055 0 What maner of arguments ought to bee ministred vnto children for thexercise of their stile. What manner of Arguments ought to be ministered unto children for thexercise of their style. q-crq n1 pp-f n2 vmd pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp n2 p-acp n1 pp-f po32 n1.
1063 0 Thar the maner of mouing of affections ought to bee knovven of the Preacher. Thar the manner of moving of affections ought to be known of the Preacher. cst dt n1 pp-f vvg pp-f n2 vmd pc-acp vbi vvn pp-f dt n1.
1069 0 The order & diuision of the thinges to be spoken touching mouing of affections. I When affections are to be moued. The order & division of the things to be spoken touching moving of affections. I When affections Are to be moved. dt n1 cc n1 pp-f dt n2 pc-acp vbi vvn vvg n-vvg pp-f n2. sy c-crq n2 vbr pc-acp vbi vvn.
1074 0 Diuision of affections. Division of affections. n1 pp-f n2.
1075 0 〈 ◊ 〉 affecti••• 〈 ◊ 〉 to be 〈 ◊ 〉 of the •••••er. 〈 ◊ 〉 affecti••• 〈 ◊ 〉 to be 〈 ◊ 〉 of the •••••er. 〈 sy 〉 n1 〈 sy 〉 pc-acp vbb 〈 sy 〉 pp-f dt n1.
1081 0 Hovve to knovve vvhen affections are to be moued. How to know when affections Are to be moved. q-crq pc-acp vvi c-crq n2 vbr pc-acp vbi vvn.
1104 0 II Where, or in vvhat parte of the Sermon affections are to be moued. II Where, or in what part of the Sermon affections Are to be moved. crd c-crq, cc p-acp r-crq n1 pp-f dt n1 n2 vbr pc-acp vbi vvn.
1120 0 III With what skill & cunning the affection are to be moued. I. Meane. III With what skill & cunning the affection Are to be moved. I. Mean. np1 p-acp r-crq n1 cc j-jn dt n1 vbr pc-acp vbi vvn. pns11. vvb.
1128 0 Hovv we may stir vp affections in our selues. How we may stir up affections in our selves. c-crq pns12 vmb vvi a-acp n2 p-acp po12 n2.
1138 0 Psal. 119. Psalm 119. np1 crd
1140 0 II. Meane. II Mean. crd n1.
1142 0 De ciuita. de•. Lib. 15. Cap. 6 III. De ciuita. de•. Lib. 15. Cap. 6 III. fw-fr fw-la. n1. np1 crd np1 crd crd.
1149 0 IIII IIII crd
1156 0 1. Corinth. 2. 1. Corinth. 2. crd np1. crd
1159 0 V. V. np1
1160 0 Gen. 43.44.45 Gen. 43.44.45 np1 crd
1162 0 2. Samuell. 18. 2. Samuel. 18. crd np1. crd
1162 1 Ioan. 14.15. Ioan. 14.15. np1 crd.
1162 2 VI. VI. crd.
1165 0 Places apt to prouoke grief and indignation for offeces cōmitted. Places apt to provoke grief and Indignation for offences committed. n2 j pc-acp vvi n1 cc n1 p-acp n2 vvn.
1187 0 II. Places apt to procure hatred of any vice. II Places apt to procure hatred of any vice. crd n2 j pc-acp vvi n1 pp-f d n1.
1195 0 Places out of Diuinitie seruing to the same effect. Places out of Divinity serving to the same Effect. n2 av pp-f n1 vvg p-acp dt d n1.
1208 0 To the stirring vp of loue. To the stirring up of love. p-acp dt vvg a-acp pp-f n1.
1232 0 Obiurgatory Sermons. Obiurgatory Sermons. n1 n2.
1233 0 Places to procure hope of mercy. Places to procure hope of mercy. n2 pc-acp vvi n1 pp-f n1.
1233 1 I I pns11
1246 0 Places to moue men to cōpassīon. Places to move men to compassinon. n2 pc-acp vvi n2 p-acp n1.
1271 0 Hovv he benifits of christ are to be published and declared. How he benefits of Christ Are to be published and declared. c-crq pns31 n2 pp-f np1 vbr pc-acp vbi vvn cc vvn.
1271 1 I I pns11
1271 2 II II crd
1273 0 Places of mouing of affections vvhere, and in vvhat order they are most fitly to be taken. Places of moving of affections where, and in what order they Are most fitly to be taken. n2 pp-f vvg pp-f n2 c-crq, cc p-acp r-crq n1 pns32 vbr av-ds av-j pc-acp vbi vvn.
1277 0 Figures. Figures. vvz.
1279 0 A heape of figures. A heap of figures. dt n1 pp-f n2.
1284 0 Ieremie. 23. Ieremie. 23. np1. crd
1286 0 Heb. 4. Hebrew 4. np1 crd
1290 0 Not good to cary longe in vehement affections. Not good to carry long in vehement affections. xx j pc-acp vvi av-j p-acp j n2.
1292 0 Nullum violēcum perpetuū, Phisicum dogma. Nullum violēcum perpetuū, Phisicum dogma. fw-la fw-la fw-la, np1 n1.
1292 1 Myld affectiōs euery vvher to be meinte. Mild affections every where to be meinte. j n2 d c-crq pc-acp vbi vvi.
1293 0 Apoc. 1. Apocalypse 1. np1 crd
1295 0 Examples. Examples. n2.
1307 0 The Sermons of Crisostom, what. The Sermons of Chrysostom, what. dt n2 pp-f np1, q-crq.
1318 0 Conclusion of the first booke. Conclusion of the First book. n1 pp-f dt ord n1.
1345 0 The state of an entier booke, harde to be founde. The state of an entire book, harden to be found. dt n1 pp-f dt j n1, av-j pc-acp vbi vvn.
1352 0 The state of a parte of a booke. The state of a part of a book. dt n1 pp-f dt n1 pp-f dt n1.
1361 0 Act. 10. Act. 10. n1 crd
1366 0 The state of the Oration vvhere it is to be rendred, Rom. 1. The state of the Oration where it is to be rendered, Rom. 1. dt n1 pp-f dt n1 c-crq pn31 vbz pc-acp vbi vvn, np1 crd
1377 0 Act. 13. Act. 13. n1 crd
1380 0 •1. Thess. 4. •1. Thess 4. n1. np1 crd
1394 0 Confirmatiōs Places of Inuention, and Ca•tions, ought to be diuers accordinge to the varietie of the Kindes. Confirmations Places of Invention, and Ca•tions, ought to be diverse according to the variety of the Kinds. n2 n2 pp-f n1, cc n2, pi pc-acp vbi j vvg p-acp dt n1 pp-f dt n2.
1404 0 Three things to be obserued in confirmation of the kinde didascalick. Three things to be observed in confirmation of the kind Didascalick. crd n2 pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp n1 pp-f dt j n1.
1410 0 I. He that wil speake vnto the people, vvhen he shal vse confirmation and vvhē not. I. He that will speak unto the people, when he shall use confirmation and when not. pns11. pns31 cst vmb vvi p-acp dt n1, c-crq pns31 vmb vvi n1 cc q-crq xx.
1433 0 II What places are to bee vsed. II What places Are to be used. crd q-crq n2 vbr pc-acp vbi vvn.
1435 0 A particion of places. A partition of places. dt n1 pp-f n2.
1436 0 I Forme. I Form. pns11 n1.
1441 0 Places of the former order. Places of the former order. n2 pp-f dt j n1.
1442 0 Whence these places are taken, & vvhen vve may rightly vse them. Whence these places Are taken, & when we may rightly use them. q-crq d n2 vbr vvn, cc c-crq pns12 vmb av-jn vvb pno32.
1520 0 The vse of the places of the first order. The use of the places of the First order. dt n1 pp-f dt n2 pp-f dt ord n1.
1523 0 II Places of the later order II Places of the later order crd n2 pp-f dt jc n1
1524 0 Principall Questions. Principal Questions. j-jn n2.
1529 0 〈 … 〉 〈 … 〉 〈 … 〉
1533 0 Places of the question, vvhat is the matter. Places of the question, what is the matter. n2 pp-f dt n1, r-crq vbz dt n1.
1535 0 Places the questiō, hovve many partes, or hovve manifolde the thinge is. Places of the question, touching the causes of the thinge. Places of the questiō, vvhat be the effects or offices Places the question, how many parts, or how manifold the thing is. Places of the question, touching the Causes of the thing. Places of the question, what be the effects or Offices n2 dt n1, c-crq d n2, cc c-crq j dt n1 vbz. n2 pp-f dt n1, vvg dt n2 pp-f dt n1. n2 pp-f dt n1, r-crq vbb dt n2 cc n2
1538 0 Places of the questiō, vvhat be of affinitie. Places of the question, what be of affinity. n2 pp-f dt n1, r-crq vbb pp-f n1.
1539 0 Places of the questiō, vvhat be the contraryes. Places of the question, what be the contraries. n2 pp-f dt n1, r-crq vbb dt n2-jn.
1542 0 Other Theologicall places in the kynde didascalik. Other Theological places in the kind didascalik. j-jn j n2 p-acp dt j n1.
1544 0 Rom. 4. Rom. 4. np1 crd
1547 0 Rom. 4. Rom. 4. np1 crd
1549 0 Math. 2• Math. 2• np1 n1
1558 0 Rom. 3. Rom. 3. np1 crd
1559 0 Rom. 6. Tit. 3. 1. Iohn. 1. Rom. 6. Tit. 3. 1. John. 1. np1 crd np1 crd crd np1. crd
1567 0 Exod. 33. Exod 33. np1 crd
1571 0 Rom. 3. Rom. 3. np1 crd
1580 0 Heb. 11. Hebrew 11. np1 crd
1597 0 Rom. 10 Rom. 10 np1 crd
1599 0 Deut. 32 Deuteronomy 32 np1 crd
1614 0 Rom. 9 Rom. 9 np1 crd
1616 0 Iohn, 19 John, 19 np1, crd
1618 0 Math, 12 Ioan. 3 Num. 21 Math, 12 Ioan. 3 Num. 21 np1, crd np1 crd np1 crd
1625 0 Gala. 4. Gala. 4. np1 crd
1627 0 These places, vvho may vse, & vvhen. These places, who may use, & when. d n2, r-crq vmb vvi, cc c-crq.
1636 0 III. Cantions of the kinde didascalick. III. Cantions of the kind Didascalick. np1. ng1 pp-f dt j n1.
1640 0 Ioan. 16 Ioan. 16 np1 crd
1641 0 1. Cor. 3. 1. Cor. 3. crd np1 crd
1651 0 1. Tim. 1.4.6, 2. Tim. 2.3 Tit. 1. •. 1. Tim. 1.4.6, 2. Tim. 2.3 Tit. 1. •. crd np1 crd, crd np1 crd np1 crd •.
1730 0 Examples of Sermons of the kynde didascalick. Examples of Sermons of the kind Didascalick. n2 pp-f n2 pp-f dt j n1.
1776 0 Partes twofolde in the sacred Sciptures. Parts twofold in the sacred Scriptures. n2 j p-acp dt j n2.
1785 0 Common places, hovve & after vvhat sort to be gathered. Common places, how & After what sort to be gathered. j n2, c-crq cc p-acp r-crq n1 pc-acp vbi vvn.
1800 0 1. Example of the former sorte. 1. Exampl of the former sort. crd n1 pp-f dt j n1.
1810 0 Kynde. Kind. j.
1814 0 Math, 11. Math, 11. np1, crd
1817 0 Ioan. 5.10.14. Ioan. 5.10.14. np1 crd.
1818 0 State, State, n1,
1819 0 Common places. Common places. j n2.
1829 0 Math. 6. Math. 6. np1 crd
1846 0 Math. 6. Psal. 14 Math. 6. Psalm 14 np1 crd np1 crd
1865 0 Mat. •6 Mathew •6 np1 n1
1871 0 1. Cor ▪ 1. Cor ▪ crd np1 ▪
1888 0 • Tim. 4 • Tim. 4 • np1 crd
1906 0 Iacob. 1 Iacob. 1 np1. crd
1912 0 Whether all common places occurring in a part of Scripture ought to be declared. Whither all Common places occurring in a part of Scripture ought to be declared. cs d j n2 vvg p-acp dt n1 pp-f n1 vmd pc-acp vbi vvn.
1915 0 Obseruations in expoundīg of common places. Observations in expounding of Common places. n2 p-acp vvg pp-f j n2.
1931 0 Horat de Arte Poetie. Horatio de Arte Poetie. np1 fw-fr fw-la n1.
1972 0 Places meete for the inhabitauntes of small tovvnes and viliages. Places meet for the inhabitants of small Towns and viliages. n2 vvb p-acp dt n2 pp-f j n2 cc n2.
1978 0 Places to bee expounded in lager tovvnes. Places to be expounded in lager Towns. n2 pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp n1 n2.
2000 0 •. Example, •. Exampl, •. n1,
2017 0 Kinde. State. Kind. State. j. n1.
2040 0 Rom. 2. Coloss. 3. Rom. 2. Coloss. 3. np1 crd np1 crd
2044 0 Math. 18. Math. 18. np1 crd
2046 0 Luc. 1. 13.1•.23. Luke 1. 13.1•.23. np1 crd. n1.
2048 0 Ioan 8. Heb. 7. Ioan 8. Hebrew 7. np1 crd np1 crd
2097 0 Rom. 10. Rom. 10. np1 crd
2100 0 Deut. 6. Math. 4. Deuteronomy 6. Math. 4. np1 crd np1 crd
2126 0 Iere. 11. Jeremiah 11. np1 crd
2135 0 Rom. •. Rom. •. np1 •.
2184 0 Rom. 9. Rom. 9. np1 crd
2208 0 E•d. 4. E•d. 4. vvd. crd
2243 0 Esay. 10.16. Rom. 9.10.11. Isaiah. 10.16. Rom. 9.10.11. np1. crd. np1 crd.
2265 0 Math. 25. Math. 25. np1 crd
2269 0 Rom. 12. Rom. 12. np1 crd
2321 0 Diuision. Division. n1.
2321 1 State. State. n1.
2323 0 Kinde. Kind. j.
2325 0 I. Confession. I. Confessi. np1 n1.
2363 0 Ephes. 2. Ephesians 2. np1 crd
2388 0 Act. 13. Act. 13. n1 crd
2403 0 2. Timoth 3. Galat. 4. 2. Timothy 3. Galatians 4. crd np1 crd np1 crd
2404 0 Iohn 15 ▪ John 15 ▪ np1 crd ▪
2407 0 Rom. 8. Rom. 8. np1 crd
2416 0 Psal. 73. Psalm 73. np1 crd
2418 0 Corinth. 10. Corinth. 10. np1. crd
2439 0 II. Confessiō of Christ. II Confessi of christ. crd n1 pp-f np1.
2454 0 1. Corinth. 7. Colloss. 3. 1. Corinth. 7. Colossus. 3. crd np1. crd np1. crd
2496 0 Num. •. Num. •. np1 •.
2510 0 Ephes. 6 Ephesians 6 np1 crd
2514 0 Math. 18. Math. 18. np1 crd
2515 0 Luc. 18. Luke 18. np1 crd
2515 1 Iere. 1. Jeremiah 1. np1 crd
2515 2 Luc. 1. Luke 1. np1 crd
2520 0 Prouerb. 1. Proverb. 1. n1. crd
2534 0 Of the places afore goyng, which, and vvhen moste chiefely to be handled. Of the places afore going, which, and when most chiefly to be handled. pp-f dt n2 p-acp vvg, r-crq, cc c-crq av-ds av-jn pc-acp vbi vvn.
2547 0 Things to be obserued in the examples of the other forme. Things to be observed in the Examples of the other Form. n2 pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp dt n2 pp-f dt j-jn n1.
2549 0 I I pns11
2553 0 Iohn. 1 John. 1 np1. crd
2559 0 II II crd
2563 0 III III np1
2565 0 IIII IIII crd
2569 0 Example. Exampl. n1.
2577 0 State. State. n1.
2579 0 Kinde. Kind. j.
2581 0 Arguments. Arguments. n2.
2593 0 Act. 13.14.17.18.19 Act. 13.14.17.18.19 n1 crd
2600 0 I. Reason wherby it is proued that Christ is not onely man but also God. I. Reason whereby it is proved that christ is not only man but also God. pns11. vvb c-crq pn31 vbz vvn cst np1 vbz xx av-j n1 p-acp av np1.
2625 0 1. Ioan. 1. 1. Ioan. 1. crd np1 crd
2627 0 1. Corinth. 5. 1. Corinth. 5. crd np1. crd
2637 0 Luc. 10. Luke 10. np1 crd
2642 0 II. Reson. II Reason's. crd ng1.
2660 0 Iohn. 8. John. 8. np1. crd
2707 0 Mth. 10. Marc. 2. Luc. 12. Mth. 10. Marc. 2. Luke 12. np1 crd np1 crd np1 crd
2715 0 2. Pe•. 1 Esay 8 Luc. 1.6 Galat. 1 2. Pe•. 1 Isaiah 8 Luke 1.6 Galatians 1 crd np1. crd np1 crd np1 crd np1 crd
2717 0 III & IIII. Reasons. III & IIII. Reasons. np1 cc crd. ng1.
2734 0 Psal 51. Psalm 51. np1 crd
2763 0 An other forme of Sermons. an other Form of Sermons. dt j-jn n1 pp-f n2.
2765 0 What places are here to be vsed. What places Are Here to be used. q-crq n2 vbr av pc-acp vbi vvn.
2772 0 Partes, how to be deuided. Parts, how to be divided. n2, c-crq pc-acp vbi vvn.
2777 0 Great affinity and aliaunce of this kinde of Sermons with the former. Great affinity and alliance of this kind of Sermons with the former. j n1 cc n1 pp-f d n1 pp-f n2 p-acp dt j.
2780 0 Example. Exampl. n1.
2780 1 Math. 5. Math. 5. np1 crd
2794 0 Sermons framed of sondry parables. Sermons framed of sundry parables. n2 vvn pp-f j n2.
2795 0 Example. Exampl. n1.
2801 0 1. Corinth. 5• 1. Corinth. 5• crd np1. n1
2805 0 Commō places, may also be taken out of holy historicall narrations. Common places, may also be taken out of holy historical narrations. j n2, vmb av vbi vvn av pp-f j j n2.
2809 0 I. Example. I Exampl. uh n1.
2819 0 kinde ▪ kind ▪ n1 ▪
2830 0 II. Example. II Exampl. crd n1.
2846 0 Kinde. Kind. j.
2853 0 Math. •. Math. •. np1 •.
2870 0 III. Example. III. Exampl. np1. n1.
2880 0 State. State. n1.
2881 0 Kinde. Kind. j.
2911 0 Examples of the auncien• fathers. Examples of the auncien• Father's. n2 pp-f dt n1 n2.
2936 0 What things to be considered & done of him that will finde out the state. What things to be considered & done of him that will find out the state. q-crq n2 pc-acp vbi vvn cc vdn pp-f pno31 cst vmb vvi av dt n1.
2952 0 Example. Exampl. n1.
2982 0 State. State. n1.
2984 0 Kinde Kind j
2985 0 Disposition. Disposition. n1.
3003 0 Act. 8 Act. 8 n1 crd
3003 1 Act. 10. Act. 10. n1 crd
3028 0 Math. 25. Math. 25. np1 crd
3031 0 Ephes. 3. Philip. 1. Ephesians 3. Philip. 1. np1 crd np1. crd
3052 0 State. State. n1.
3059 0 Rom. 10. Rom. 10. np1 crd
3065 0 1. Corinth. 2. 1. Corinth. 2. crd np1. crd
3065 1 Math. 11. Math. 11. np1 crd
3066 0 2. Pet. 1. 2. Pet. 1. crd np1 crd
3083 0 III. Example. III. Exampl. np1. n1.
3099 0 State. State. n1.
3099 1 kinde kind n1
3107 0 Ephes. 1. Ephesians 1. np1 crd
3109 0 Luc. 17. Math. 6.8.14 15.16. Luk. 7.12.17. Rom. 4, Luke 17. Math. 6.8.14 15.16. Luk. 7.12.17. Rom. 4, np1 crd np1 crd crd. np1 crd. np1 crd,
3115 0 Mat. 8.9.15, Mark. 2.5.10 Heb. 11. Mathew 8.9.15, Mark. 2.5.10 Hebrew 11. np1 crd, n1. crd np1 crd
3124 0 Hom. 4, Hen. 11. Hom. 4, Hen. 11. np1 crd, n1. crd
3127 0 IIII Example. IIII Exampl. crd n1.
3139 0 State. State. n1.
3154 0 Exod. 20. Exod 20. np1 crd
3213 0 Math. 24. Math. 24. np1 crd
3294 0 A readinge of the holy scripture hovv it is vsed of the holy fathers to be declared to the people. A reading of the holy scripture how it is used of the holy Father's to be declared to the people. dt vvg pp-f dt j n1 c-crq pn31 vbz vvn pp-f dt j n2 pc-acp vbi vvn p-acp dt n1.
3311 0 A common place is tvvo maner of vvayes declared at large. A Common place is tvvo manner of ways declared At large. dt j n1 vbz crd n1 pp-f n2 vvn p-acp j.
3381 0 I. Example. I Exampl. uh n1.
3385 0 State. State. n1.
3387 0 1. Argumen• 1. Argumen• crd np1
3394 0 Ephes. 2. Ephesians 2. np1 crd
3397 0 II. II crd
3402 0 III. III. np1.
3410 0 IIII. IIII. crd.
3414 0 V. V. np1
3422 0 VI. VI. crd.
3432 0 Rom. 8. Rom. 8. np1 crd
3434 0 VIII. VIII. crd.
3442 0 IX. IX. crd.
3450 0 Genes. 15 Genesis. 15 np1. crd
3462 0 II. Example II Exampl crd n1
3463 0 III Example. III Exampl. crd n1.
3478 0 IIII. Example out of the 1. tome of Chrisostome. IIII. Exampl out of the 1. tome of Chrysostom. crd. n1 av pp-f dt crd n1 pp-f np1.
3503 0 Obseruations Observations n2
3589 0 A declaration of sinne, by the question, what it is. A declaration of sin, by the question, what it is. dt n1 pp-f n1, p-acp dt n1, r-crq pn31 vbz.
3620 0 Iacob. 1.3. Iacob. 1.3. np1. crd.
3623 0 Math. 12. Math. 12. np1 crd
3626 0 Heb. 11. Hebrew 11. np1 crd
3664 0 Psal. 5.119. &c. Psalm 5.119. etc. np1 crd. av
3669 0 A deuision of sinne by the questiō, hovv manifold the thinge is. Psal. 51. Rom. 5. • Ephes. 2. A division of sin by the question, how manifold the thing is. Psalm 51. Rom. 5. • Ephesians 2. dt n1 pp-f n1 p-acp dt n1, c-crq j dt n1 vbz. np1 crd np1 crd • np1 crd
3674 0 Leuit. 5. Psal. 25 Levites 5. Psalm 25 np1 crd np1 crd
3676 0 1. Tim. 1. 1. Tim. 1. crd np1 crd
3677 0 1. Tim. 5 Rom. 1 1. Tim. 5 Rom. 1 crd np1 crd np1 crd
3678 0 Math. 18. Rom. 14.15 •. Cor. 8 Math. 18. Rom. 14.15 •. Cor. 8 np1 crd np1 crd •. np1 crd
3680 0 Math. 12. Luke. 12 Math. 12. Luke. 12 np1 crd np1. crd
3684 0 Psalm. 19. Psalm. 19. np1. crd
3691 0 Roma. iii. xi Roma. iii. xi np1. crd. crd
3703 0 A declaration of Death by certaine questions. A declaration of Death by certain questions. dt n1 pp-f n1 p-acp j n2.
3705 0 Gene. 2 Deut. 30. Rom. 6. Rom. 5. Gene. 2 Deuteronomy 30. Rom. 6. Rom. 5. np1 crd np1 crd np1 crd np1 crd
3718 0 Rom. 3 Heb 2. 1. Pet. 3. 2. Cor. 5. Rom. 3 Hebrew 2. 1. Pet. 3. 2. Cor. 5. np1 crd n1 crd crd np1 crd crd np1 crd
3726 0 Psal. 34 Psalm 34 np1 crd
3729 0 Philipp. 1. Philip. 1. np1. crd
3731 0 Rom. 8. 2. Cor. 5. Rom. 8. 2. Cor. 5. np1 crd crd np1 crd
3740 0 Luk. 2• Luk. 2• np1 n1
3746 0 Rom. 8. Rom. 8. np1 crd
3749 0 Math. 24. 1. Thess 4. 1. Pet. 5 Apocalip. 20.21. Math. 24. 1. Thess 4. 1. Pet. 5 Apocalypse. 20.21. np1 crd crd d crd crd np1 crd np1. crd.
3778 0 A heape of examples. A heap of Examples. dt n1 pp-f n2.
3814 0 Rom. 1. Galat. 3. Heb. 10. Rom. 1. Galatians 3. Hebrew 10. np1 crd np1 crd np1 crd
3880 0 Luc. 4. Luke 4. np1 crd
3889 0 Actes. 2. Acts. 2. n2. crd
3902 0 Rom. 4. Rom. 4. np1 crd
3926 0 Galat. 4. Galatians 4. np1 crd
4066 0 Solution reall Solution real n1 j
4067 0 Personall. Personal. j.
4118 0 Cantions. Cantions. n2.
4182 0 What things are to be ascribed out of the scholes of the Rethoritians to the kinde instructiue. What things Are to be ascribed out of the Schools of the Rhetoricians to the kind instructive. q-crq n2 vbr pc-acp vbi vvn av pp-f dt n2 pp-f dt n2 p-acp dt j j.
4191 0 Doxologe. Doxologe. n1.
4195 0 The maner of persvvading. The manner of persuading. dt n1 pp-f vvg.
4208 0 How to exhort. How to exhort. c-crq pc-acp vvi.
4233 0 The waye and maner of praising. The Way and manner of praising. dt n1 cc n1 pp-f vvg.
4267 0 How deedes are to be praised. How Deeds Are to be praised. c-crq n2 vbr pc-acp vbi vvn.
4276 0 The maner of praysing of thinges The manner of praising of things dt n1 pp-f vvg pp-f n2
4287 0 Funerall sermons. Funeral Sermons. n1 n2.
4293 0 Funerall sermons hov• to be framed. Funeral Sermons hov• to be framed. n1 n2 n1 pc-acp vbi vvn.
4307 0 Doxologiae. Doxologies. np1.
4313 0 Cantions, Cantions, n2,
4351 0 Examples of persvvasory Sermons. Examples of persvvasory Sermons. n2 pp-f n1 n2.
4355 0 Examples of hortory sermons. Examples of hortory Sermons. n2 pp-f n1 n2.
4364 0 Examples of a person praised. Examples of a person praised. n2 pp-f dt n1 vvd.
4366 0 1 Cor. 4 16 2. Cor. 1. Philippi. 2. 1. Thssa. 3 1 Cor. 4 16 2. Cor. 1. Philippi. 2. 1. Thssa. 3 vvn np1 crd crd crd np1 crd np1. crd crd np1. crd
4368 0 Examples of a deede praysed. Examples of a deed praised. n2 pp-f dt n1 vvd.
4375 0 Examples of the praise of a thing. Examples of the praise of a thing. n2 pp-f dt n1 pp-f dt n1.
4380 0 Doxologiae. Doxologies. np1.
4419 0 Cantions. Cantions. n2.
4593 0 2. Samucl. 12. 2. Samuel. 12. crd np1. crd
4604 0 1. Cor. 5 1. Cor. 5 crd np1 crd
4612 0 1 Timoth. 5 1 Timothy 5 vvn np1 crd
4614 0 Tripartit. hist. lib. 10. cap. 13 Tripartite. hist. lib. 10. cap. 13 j. uh. n1. crd n1. crd
4616 0 Eodem lib. et cap. Eodem lib. et cap. fw-la n1. fw-fr n1.
4659 0 2. Pet. 2. 2. Pet. 2. crd np1 crd
4692 0 1. Timoth 5. 1. Corinth 16. Heb. 13. 1. Timothy 5. 1. Corinth 16. Hebrew 13. crd np1 crd crd np1 crd np1 crd
4698 0 Examples. Examples. n2.
4714 0 Mark. 11. Luke. 19. Mark. 11. Luke. 19. vvb. crd np1. crd
4746 0 Proofes. Proofs. n2.
4749 0 Places, of the 1. sort, or order. Places, of the 1. sort, or order. n2, pp-f dt crd n1, cc n1.
4764 0 Pleaces of the II. sort or order. Places of the II sort or order. n2 pp-f dt crd n1 cc n1.
4765 0 Diuine places. Divine places. j-jn n2.
4771 0 Rom. 8 Rom. 8 np1 crd
4772 0 Rom. 5. Rom. 5. np1 crd
4773 0 1. Pet. 3• 1. Pet. 3• crd np1 n1
4775 0 Psal. 8. Psalm 8. np1 crd
4777 0 Heb. 12. Hebrew 12. np1 crd
4778 0 1, Cor. 10. 1, Cor. 10. vvn, np1 crd
4782 0 Rom. 8. Rom. 8. np1 crd
4786 0 Act. 14. Act. 14. n1 crd
4787 0 Rom. 8. Rom. 8. np1 crd
4788 0 2. Corinth. 2. Corinth. crd np1.
4790 0 Rom. •. Rom. •. np1 •.
4791 0 Rom. •. Rom. •. np1 •.
4792 0 Ibidem. Ibidem. fw-la.
4798 0 Act. •. Act. •. n1 •.
4848 0 Iohn. 15 Iohn. 14 John. 15 John. 14 np1. crd np1. crd
4861 0 Funerall Orations. Funeral Orations. n1 n2.
4891 0 Math. 23. Math. 23. np1 crd
4991 0 Psal. 133. Psalm 133. np1 crd